BO105 Maintenance Manual

сHAPTЕR
ЕNsloNs AND
Dllvl
RЕFЕRЕNсE PLANЕS
l,1BB ItЕtIсoPтЕRs
}IAINтЕNANсЕ l{ANUAt l,1BB - B0 105
01 DIt\,lЕNsIoNs AND RЕE,ЕRЕNсЕ P1ANЕs
Table оf Contеnts
Paragraph Title Page
0L - 1 DIIt{ЕNsIONs ?
J
01 - 2 RЕЕ.ERЕNсЕ PtA}lЕs 6
.iii ii;iiiiiiiiirrii,i
B0 1"05
СI{APтЕR 01
ЕURoсoPTЕR гvtAlNTЕNANGЕ MANUAL ЕO 1o5
01 -1 D]}IЕNSIONS (sеe figure 01-1)
1. 0vera11 dimenslons
x
Length 11.86 m l-1..84 m A *
Width (= main rotor diametеr) 9.B4 m ,(
Width (wlthout main rotor blades) 2.24 n

Height (tail rotor vertiсa]) 3.80 m
Hеight (tall rotor horizontal) 3.02 m
2, Е'usеlage
Lеngth including tаllbооrп

(tail rоtor vertiсal) 8.56 m 8.81 m A
Width 1.58 m
Ground. сleаranсe (fuselage) 0.35 m
Ground с1еaranсе
(hiqh landing gеar) 0.]2 m
Ground сlearаnсе (tail skid) 1.35 m
З. Landing gеar
Traсk (unlоadеd) 2.5З m
Lеngth оf skids 2.70 m
4. Main rotor
Diamеtеr 9.84 m 9.80m lЗ\
^ *
Blade сhord length 0.27 m 0.30 m (0 ,22 sтt *
bladе tipJ A *
Мain rotor disс area 76.00 n2 ?5. з9 m2 /з\ *
5. Taii rot,or
Diamet,er
Blade сhord length
1.90 t,hru 1.915 m
0.1B0 m
A
Tail rotor disс area 2.83 thru 2.88 m2 A
A
r
Thе heliсopter models B0 105 s
A Depending on tail rotor blade version

x
A Thе heliсopter mоdеls B0 105 сBs-s' DBs.s *

*
BO 105
сttAPтЕR 01
Revlsi.on L0 Page 3
ЕURoGoPтЕR гvlAlN l tsNANUЕ rиANUAL UU tuо
ЕE'Е'EстIVIтY Мodels B0 105 СundD
Гigure 01-1. Threе.view drawing (1 of 3)
I30 10 5
сгiAPTЕR 01
Pagе 4 Rеvislon ].0
ts'UFtUUUl. |Еl-t MAIN lЕNANUЕ ]VIANUAL Elv lUо
ЕFЕ'ЕсTIVITY Мodels tsO DBS.5
|ГЪl €.
i[||ш!IIJ
ПП
Еigure 01.1. Three-view drawing (2 of 3)
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 01
Revision L0 Pagе 4 A/B
ЕURoсoP'тЕR I\,IA|NTENANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
ЕЕ'Е'ЕсTIVIтY }4odеls B0 105 s
ГТl
'€й
шш|II]j
Eigure 0L-1 Three-view drawing (3 of 3)

B0 1c5
сltAPTЕP. 01
Revision 10 Page 5
ЕURoсoPТЕR ]IIIAINтЕNANоЕ ]I'ANUAL вo 105
0I - 2 RЕE'ЕRЕNсE PLANЕS (figurе 01.2)
Еigure 01.2 shows the rеferеnсе planes for the B0 105 hеliсoptеr. These
refеrenсe planеs also apрly to the B0 105 S vеrsion.
1. Еuselage longitudinal statiоns (sTA)
Е'use1agelongit'udinal stations are vertica] planes whiсh arе aL right
anglеs to and are measurеd a1ong, the heliсopter longitudlnal aхis.
Longitudina] station 0 (sTA 0) is the referenсe рlane. It is an imaginary
vеrtiсal рlanе in front of thе hеliсоptеr.
2. I,ateral stat'ions / Buttосk T,ines (BL)
Lateral stations rеferrеd to as Buttoсk Linеs (BL), arе vеrtiсal planes
whlсh are at rlght angles to thе latеral aхis of thе hе}iсoрtеr. Thеy are
mеasurеd tо the right and left of t'he lateral axis. Latеral station 0
(BL 0) is the referеnсе plane and is the planе on thе lоngitudina} aхls
of the heliсоpter.
3. Height stаtlons l Water Т,ines (WL)
Height stations, refеrred to as Watеr Lines (WL), are horizonta] planes
at right angles to thе vеrtlсal axis of thе heliсoрtеr. Thеy a'е mеasured
alоng thе aхis. Hеight statiоn 0 (Wl 0) is an imaginary horizоntal p1ane
undernеath the heliсoptеr.
8L2000
Е
в BLrooо
I
llj
z
cO вLo
P
эtr вL1ooо
вL20o0
wL5000
wL4000
Е wLso00
Е
I
щ
2
Е wL2000
щ
= wLrooo
LЕVELING PoNт sтA з000

wLo
sтAo sтA 2000 sTA4ooo sтA6oo0 sтA8oo0 sтAloooo sтAt2ooo
FUsЕLAqЕ SТATloN.mm
00000?
Figurе 01.2 Referenсe planes

B0 105
сI{APTER 01
Page 6
сHAPTЕR
GENERAL
lNSTRUсТloNs
ЕURoсoPТЕR tt'AlNтЕNANсЕ I',iANUAL вo 105
VZ GвNЕRAL INsTRUстI0Ns
Table of Contents
02-I RЕPLAсEI.,!ЕNт 0Е' BЕARINGS
a2-2 RЕPIAсЕмЕNт 0F. сAI'{L0с.E'ASтЕNЕRS

1'1
VZ-J RЕPLAсЕIi{ЕNт 0Е' сAl4tOс.t.AsтЕNЕRs WIтtl Е.]Ест0R SPRING
a2-4 RЕPAIn. 0E' SURЕ'AсЕ PRoтЕстIVЕ сOATING 0E ALUI'{INIUI,{ PARTS 1v
02-s RЕPAIR 0F. SURE'AсЕ PR0тЕст1vЕ сoAтING O!' I'{AGNЕSIUI'{ PARTS tv

02-6 RЕPAIR 0Е' SURЕ'AсЕ PRoтЕстIVЕ сOAт]NG ol' STЕEL PARтS zv
02-'t RЕPA]R 0F, F'IBЕRGLASS сOl,lPONЕNтs 21
02-B тORQUЕ vALUЕs 22
02-9 CоLoR сoDING 0E' P]PЕ AND ltosЕ LINЕS zЧ
02-10 ANтT-сORROSION TRЕAT},IENT oE. TRANsI\,lIss10N AssЕI{вLIBs 25
02-7L PRЕSЕRVAтIоN 0Е' тRANS}4ISSION AssЕMBT,]Еs 26
uz-rt Е'rеe
a2-L3 E'raд
vZ-!ч TЕsT]NG }{AGNЕTIс RЕтA]NING г0RсЕ 0Е' II,IAGNЕTIс PtUGs

lllчU Uпtr DЕTЕстoRs z6
B0 105
сIiAPTЕR 02
Revision L2 Page 112
EURoGoPТЕR гt,AlN | ЕNANUts гVIANUAL ЕU ]Ub
02 -l RЕPI,AсЕMЕNT 0t' BЕARINGS

*
ЕЕ'E.ЕсTIVITY Thе bеarings list.еd ln the B0 105 IPс may be replaсed ln *

aссordanсе with the folJ.owlng instruсtions. Howevеr, these
instruсtiоns do not apply to bearings 105-13142.03 of rod *
ends 105-13143 and ].05-1З].44 (see WARNING in steр 2. ) . *
1. Rеnova1 оf sрheriсal bearings

Speсia1 tools: refer to tables 02-L and 02-1A
1 Support.
Z Cutter
t00з?з.'
Eigure 02-1 l,lilling tool
Plaсe part with lnstаlled bearing on suрРort of aрpropriate mi}ling

too] (1, figurе 02-1) .
b. Mill off flangеd portion of bearing with сuttеr (2I whilst taking
сare not to dаmage thе part. '
с. Prеss out bearlnq.
Z. Installatiоn of sрheriсal bearings
Speсial tools:
NoTЕ The following tехb desсribes spheriсal bеarlng instal}atiоn using

the adjustable tool {i.е. staking toсll retainеr ].05-4000]. Wl
togеther with the aрpropriate staking too1). However, some
bearing configuratiоns, eхсept thosе listеd in the fоllowing
WARNING, rnay be installed uslng earlier-type tools (105-13141 Wl
and W2}. The follоwing desсriрtion and the сorrеsponding va.luеs
in tables 02.1 and 02-1A alsо apply to these tools.
B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 02
Revision 10 Page 3
ЕUпvvL,г | Еп rYl,.llll | ЕIl,lll!\,E lv|гtl\.v'.rь ЕD\, lL,\,
WARN]NG BЕARINGS WITH TнЕ Е.OLLOWING P/N:
ATBY6V' ADBY6V, AвYт6V.2002 AND кDsY6-14
}4UST NoT BЕ ТNSTALLЕD USING TOоL 105.rз141 W1 OR 105-].З141

w2. T}lЕRЕ Is N0 GUARANтЕЕ TIIAT TI.lЕ STAкING GR00VЕ 0F' тttЕsЕ
BЕARINGS WItt сORRЕSPOND W]т}l т}lЕ CUтT]NG ЕDGES 0F. T}lЕsЕ
т00Ls. сONSЕQUЕNTLY' TIIERЕ WILL BЕ DANGЕR 0E' THЕ BЕARING
BЕING INSTALLЕD INсORRЕсTIY AND 0E. THЕ BЕARING 0R PART
sUвSEQUЕNTLY E'A]LING.
BЕARINGS 105.].3142.0з ARЕ NOT TNтENDЕD Е,0R INSTALLATIoN BY

THЕ сUsTo}4ЕR' BUT ARЕ SUPPLIЕD BY ЕсD ALRЕADY AssЕ}4BLЕD
ТN TtlЕ ROD ЕND. BЕARTNG RЕPLAсЕi{ENT Is BY ЕxсllANGЕ 0Е'THЕ
сOIцPLЕTЕ ROD ЕND AND BЕAR]NG ASSEМBLY (105.1314з or ].05-
13i44) .
IN VIЕW ог T}l]s' Tl{Е E'0Т,LoWING PROсЕDURЕ AND ASSOсIATЕD T00Ls
slIALL NOT BЕ UsЕD FOR тI{ЕsЕ BЕARTNGS.
Staking tool retainer 105-40001 W1

F'or additional tools, refеr to table 02.1.
a. Inspeсt aссornodatlng part for slgns of damag,е

The part must not еxhibit damagе in exсеss of thе sрeсified limits
(rеfer to approрriate сhaрtеr). The borе сhamfer must be undamagеd
and thе сhamfer еdges frее from Wеar.
b. Unsсrew and rеmоve ret.ainer ring |2, figure 02-2) from suрport (1) of
staking toо1 retalner ].05-40001 W1.
с. Position apрropriat'e prеssing-in t.оol (4) on supрort (1) sо t'hat
sliding pads (з) оome tо rest ln thе grooves. ]nsta1} рtэsitioning
sсIеvg t5) .
d. Sсrеw retainer ring |2) in plaсe, handtight '
е. Using сaliреr gaugё' aссurat,ely mеasure diamеtеr D. of bеaring

staking groove аt thе base of the сlroovе.
WARN]NG THЕ D]A}4ЕтЕR Dс 0E' TIiЕ STAKING T00L сUTTING ЕDGЕs МUsT
NoT BЕ tЕss TItAN Ti{Е DIAIIЕTER Dc 0Е' TнЕ STAKТNG GR00VЕ
As TltIs WOULD сAUsЕ PRЕssURЕ 0N TttЕ BЕARТNG INNЕR RAсЕ.
As A RЕSULT THЕRE WILL BЕ N0 GUARANTЕЕ TtlAт TltЕ BЕARTNG
W]lт, ЕUNстION PROPЕRI,Y AND TilЕ BЕAR]NG OR PART W]],l BЕ ]N
DANGЕR 0r Е'AILING DURING OPЕRATION.
B0 105
сt]APтЕR 02
Page 4 Rеvisi-on 10
EUi{UUUF lЕF{ I\IIAINтENANсЕ I\'IANUAL Bo 105
f. Turn posit'ioning sсrew (5) on staking too] until diamеtеr D. of the

staking tool сutting edgеs сorresponds to diamеter of the siakinq
groove.
g, Dеburr outеr edgеs оf bеaring.

h. Clean сontaсt surfaсes and brush.сoat bore of the part with соrroslon
prеvеntive paste (сМ 510) .
i. Insert bearing into bоre wit,hout сantinq it.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 02
Rеvision 10 Page 4 A/B
EURoGoPТЕR мAINТЕNANGЕ lvlANUAL tsU ]Ub
DЕтAlL A
1- Support
2 Retainer ring
3 Slidlng pad
4 Staking tool
5 Posltioning sсrrw
Е'igure 02-2 Staking tool retainеr and staking too1
j. Plaсe part with installed bearing оn 1ower pa:i:t of pressing-ln Lool,

and plaсe upper part of tool оn top of it.
WARNTNG D0 NOT ЕxсЕЕD тilЕ SтAI{]NG Е.ORсE 0R THE I{AXII\,1U}4 SтAKING

Е0RсЕ SPЕсIЕ'IЕD IN TABtЕs 02.]. AI\TD 02.].A RЕSPЕсTIVЕLY,
OтIIЕRWISЕ тitЕRЕ BiIT,t BЕ N0 GUARANTЕЕ TllAT TI.IЕ SPIIЕRIсAL
BЕARING WILL E'UNстION PROPЕRLY AND T}tЕ BЕARII{G 0R PARт
v{Tli. BЕ IN DANGЕR 0E' F.AILING DURING OPERAт]ON.
k. Apply a gra<irrally inсreаsing st'aking forсe up to the valuе sрeсlfiеd

for the partiсu}ar part in Table 02.1 or 02.1A undеr thе сolumn
headed ',Staklng forсe'' or '.Staking fоrсe.initial va1uе '| resресtivе1y
(i.е., 30' 50, 55' 80 or 85 kN)' and maint.ain thls forсе for apрrox.
]"0 seсonds.
1. Rеmоve exсessive сorrqsion prеventivе past,e

Меasure сirсumfеrеntlal breakaway torque of thе followlng sрheriсal
bearings:
B0 i05
сI{APTЕR 02
Page 5
ЕUпЧ'9vr l Еп lvl^ll\{ . ЕlчllNl.-ltr' Iv|AlчU,lL E'L' lUc
1) Sрheriсal bеariпgs installеd in рarts listed in Tablе 02-1.
TitE BRЕAкAWAY TORQUЕ 0E. T}tЕ sPttЕRIсAL BЕARING

},1N(II,1UI4
WARNING N0т BЕ ЕxсЕЕDЕD oTIiЕRWISЕ T}tЕRЕ W]LL BЕ N0 GUARANTЕ!]
I',lUsT
Tl]Aт тнB BЕARING W]LL E'UNсTION PRoPERLY AND TI{Е BЕAB.ING
0R PARт WILL BЕ IN DANGER 0F. гA]LING DURING OPЕRATIoN.
If the existing brеakaway tоrque is not within thе tоlеranсеs

spесified in Tab1е 02.II the bеaring must be replaсed.
2l Spheriсal bearings lnstalled in parts 1istеd in Table 02-1A.
тHЕ ]NCRЕI',IЕNTS 0Е' F0R9Е, I\4N(]piU}{ STAK]NG Е'0RсЕ AND МAx]},IUivI
WARNTNG BRЕAKAWAY ToRQUЕ FOR T}IЕ RЕSPЕсTIVЕ BЕARINGS MUST NoT BЕ
ЕxсЕЕDЕD OTI1ЕRWISЕ TIiЕRЕ WILL BЕ N0 GUARANTЕE TllAт TItЕ BЕA-
BЕARING WitL F'IINсT]ON PROPЕRLY AND TIlЕ BЕARING 0R PART WILL
PART WILL BЕ IN DANGЕR 0F FAILING DURING OPЕRATION.
a) The bearing is properly instal]ed lf its brеakaway torque is

within the tolеranсes spесiflеd in table 02-1A.
b) If the еxisting breakaway tоrque еxсееds the tolеranсе limii,
rеp}aсe t,he bearing.
с) If the еxist'ing brеakaway torquе is ]еss t.han thе speсifiеd

torque, kееp rеstaklng t'he bеaring by inсreasing thе lnitial
staking forсe еaсh time by the apprоpriatе inсremеnt of forсе
(sеe table 02.1A), until thе breakaway torquе is within the
speсifiеd t'olеrance rangе. ]f thе maxlmum staking forсe ls
. rеaсhеd (see table 02-1A) wlthout thе speсlfiеd breakaway
torque bеing obt,ained, rеplaсe bеartng.
n Visually insресt staked groovе. The edges of t,hе bеaring outer raсе
must be flared uniformly agalnst t'hе сhamfe::ed еdgеs of thе bore, and
must not. bе сraсked. If еithеr of i-hesе rеquirements is not met,,
replaсe bеaring.
Cheсk that. bearing installation is symmеtriсal along thе mating bole
axis. If it. is not, rеplaсe bea::ing.
n
I.. Insресt bearing for рlay and tight fit, in the рart,. Rеplaсе bearirrg
in thе evеnt of play or loosе fit.
NOTЕ Deрending on the diametеr of the staking groove and, сonsеquеnt_

]y, that of the tool сutter, ridgеs may be vlsiblе in t,he staking
groovе as a result of the gaps betwееn the indivldual сutting
sеgmеnts. Thеse ridges affeсt nеlthеr bеaring nor part, advеrsеly
and сan be еvеned оut by turning the соntroi rоd through 45o and
rest.aking the bеaring using a forсе aррroх. 5 kN less then pre-
previоus1y applied forсe. Thеn measurе breakaway t,orquе agaln.
q. E'ollowing t,he installatiоn of a sphеriсa] bеarlng in a rod end of
сontrol rod 105.13]-21 or L72L.13L26| inspeсt thrеad of rod end
105-i3141 or 105.].3I42 foс сraсks uslng a magnifying glass.
B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 02
Page 6 кev].s]'on lU
t',lвв нЕtIсoPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ },lANuA]. }Iвв - вo 105
G)
tt
н
o
zЕzz
ЁA
>t
zz
(б
tо
с!N о\9
B
.Oо с.) O
х о|l
llf}ю
tl
lо l..,
Ф t{OФ Oс)
н
ФФс> OO
ч
t]-t
о|
..{
у zzz
удд zz
уA4
.tJ
u) |л)
OOO
оо ф
ФФ
ФФ
со сn tо (n
BBB
FI (r.)
BB
F1 сч
+J
\о
ti
\о
Ф) о!
\o \l с\l
Е' (f}оO
lj)-lFl
со
Fl
rn
с\t
.-i
J.
ssr$
lll
rn <t{
ll
r! l.r, [о ю lл |f)
+J ФоO
нriF{
<Э
Ёl
(э
Fl
FI пl
EBB
(\l с{ sс{
o BB
Ёl o!
дJ
ф\o'Ф
г-оO
6г|
с{
F{
фra
Al
с{
t{ F{ г{ r-{ (\l
.Fl (f) i(fl $ со sl
FI
Ёl фюю
tll
ФoO
tl
Ф]л
оо
Е r{ F{ A{ JF{
JJr)
Ф0)
**
ббйй
ooЬ.|н
}(r.{
gФ tro\
\oнFlФ
фсо дс1
с{ .-с{
.QN
ro г. -loFrо r{ r$ .('r +J r-{ JJ
сa
нЕi 'oЁl-l но{ l]N
Urn н.c1 t].Фs o.зв o.Ф
Fl +l l
Fiю| JJ I l A| о. l
+J
н Еi Ёrлlл, Qл ФФ
Ф ФФ oO'л oOо
(.) .-r
эсЭ
(л
э(Э
AJ tQ L) ?-i -| F| и) .-{
".l
Table 02-1 B0 105

сI1APтЕR 02
I',IвB tIЕtIсOPTЕRs
I4AINтЕNANсE мANUA! l4BB - Bo 105
ЁE'
Е..i Ф
.-l А4 U
ZZZ, za
tх z
Хбн
(d+tO
хд.'!
OOФ оQ
t
Еи)Е| оl \o o| \o \o o)
h
zЕ zE z.Е ЕЕ
zz 2
g
.d с! г* г- г*г\ N
B
б0, Fl Ф с> OФ F|
*4э
бtt
Фн O
ttllt
с{ с\)
о
сN
Ф
сч N
O(>
lr,
<)
I
l{O
сQ &) о о (> OO O
roч]
Фс) zzz
А1дA1
za
J4 д4
z
д
+J O
l-.1
Ogн ч. чf t$ чls чr
tl
H Еt|{ с{
ltl
сч с{ с{ (\l о\t
I
ы' .l
al
.rl Ф .F| Ф
А. O,
rd
э
z
.v
z
.у,
z
.у
zz s/'
z
lc
б ь.r .F] Ft
+,oЁrU
и
с) с)
tл
Ф
'l
Oо
(f)fr) O
> 'l.{.F{ ю ю tл
-l !л lл} rл lf) Ф
E
(t.)
B B BB 3
+) f{ f{ t{ н F| Ёl
<fls
r-{ d Fl ф-. сn
сf) сfl (r) F{ сQ r,
i F{ r1 (nti ril
А4 lltll
(б tf) |.гl lr) lл) lл tг'
I
+J O о Ф O<Э Ф
t-i r{ F{ Ёi Е{ F|
пe
B rо Ф srn г{
B B BB B
.р Ё{ f-l Fl Fl Ё{ ri
iit <f <r с\l <t \g
trr r| F{ r| сo r.l rn
с) (о (Y) r-| сn Ln
11 Ёl гl с)fi $
-{ lllllt
d
.-l lл lо tл лrо t,)
Ф O O оO O
E -i '.{ F. ri Ё| Fl
.l5 с\I
o '.о A4Ёr 'o\.сo
,1э ё
o ъ
б
l..F{ N qsr нA{ нF{ н..r
с\l г{ сo с$ \o
Fl A| со сч ..] Fl (lJ
o(n r.{ -{со o(о -l €o -'| (f,
н-{ l г.{ нЁl
O.<
нс.l
or.с,
й.*
.р 9lrч)4 l +J|JJ|+J|
Ч Е|л) с! нФ сU.' яФ ёL.'
oa !r{
(J-t oO oO oФ
(J'ч 6о
tu o-{ ArЁ{ с).{ o-
Table 02-14 вo 105

сilAPтЕR 02
fiЕl]соPтЕRs
},1AINтЕNANсЕ l,lANUAl МBB - в0 ]'05
Rеmоval of ball bearing with bushing

Speсial tools: refer to tablё 02.2
P}aсе part with installed bearing on suPport of aррropriate milling

tооl (1, figure 02.1).
}\ М111 оff flanged рortion of bushing with сutter (2) .
Plaсe part wit.h insta1led bearing and bushing on suppоrt {2, fig.
02-3) and push out bearing and bushing with drift (1) .
l,
---
0200011s
1 Пri fi
2 Support
Еigure 02.3 Pushing out of ball bеaring and bushing
BO 105
сIiAPтЕR alt
Parтд R
I,lBB itЕlIс0PтвRs
}lIA1NтENANсЕ I.{ANUAI, Мвв - вo 105
л
Installation оf ball bеaring with bushing
Speсial tools:
Staking tool retainеr 105.40001 v{l
fоr further spесial toоls refer to table 02-2
a. Remove retainer ring \2' figure 02-2| from suppоrt (1) of staking too1
retainеr ]'05-4000j. }{]..
b. Pоsition pressing-in toоl (4) on support (1) suсh that sliding рads
(3) сome to rest in grooves. rпstall positioning sсrew (5).
c. Sсrew on retainer ring \2} handtight.
d. Deburr еdges of bearing and bushing.
e. Clеan сontaсt surfaоes and brush-сoat bоre of part with сorrosiоn
preventive Pastе (с}4 510).
f. сhill bushing to .50 oC.

g. Center bushing i.n bore. Use appropriate tool (table A2'2t as
neсessary. Position part on supporL (2, figure 02-4} and press in
bushiпg with drift (1).
tr---
1 Drift
0200021s
z Suрport
Еigure 02-4 Pressing-in of bushing
Bо 105
сIrAPтЕR 02
Dэпa o
МBв }lЕ],IсoPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ l"1ANUAl МBв - B0 105
h. Remove exсess сorrosiоn preventive paste. Cheсk inner diатrreter of

bushing for dimensional aссuraсy (rеfer to table 02-2|. Hone bushing,
if neсеssary.
i. Brush inner diamеtеr of bushing with соrrosion preventive Рaste
(с},l 510)
j. Center bearing in bushing.
k. Place part wlth installed bearing and bushing on 1ower parЕ of

pressing-in tool, and put upper part of tool on top of it.
1. S}owly and evenly apр1y staking forсe tо bushlng (refer tо table
02-2| and mаintain for aрpro:(. ].0 s.
m. Remоve eхсess сorrosion preventlve Pastе.
n. Visually inspeсt staked groove. It тпust be unifoгm}y flared, with
thе staked edges of the bushing seating on the сhamfered еdges оf
bоth the part bore and the bearing, and must not br сraсked.
o. Inspесt bеaring for rоughness and Рlay.
B0 105
сI{APтЕR 02
Pаoe ]0
},вв нЕlIсoPтERs
I,IAINтENA}IсЕ },lANuAт, },lвв - Bo 105
FI
o г-
o
+J
B
r{
ttr с!
с!
+) lf
с
5
I
lг}
o O
t F{
(Y) (f) Ф t.о оo rn

?ч
о !-{ Fl(> оо
(Э<Э oO
н
('l Ф OФ OO оФ
.Ё| Ф
дЕ +l +r+l
и) (б
э..1 с! с{ O)
Еa rJ (n (n Еi
Еl
хz z
.r{ Ф z^
J(O
(бН )1, t
JJOi+.| с) O O
с'') ф \O
\o t.о \o
B B B
Fl
сN
п
с!
rl
со
ttt F{ г-
с\l с\l Ё{
.-t rФ <r (n
д-l
Фo Ф
Ф
I
l..)
O
I
rn
I
U)р O
FI rl
(о с{ с\l
Е Е B
Fl r-l
с! сo
Ё| г. г-
Е с! FI
Fl Fl
s rn
I
со
-t oo r,
I I I
.-l lг)
O
Ер d r-{
t-l г{
с! сo
Ёi Ё| t*.
Oсrtr{
ь{.s
ь.{
ДФ| дФ
+J
н Е >Ф -|Еt
-l (!Ф
б o Фо Ф нO
L)-ld EO O-l
Table 02-2 BO L05

сIIAPтЕR 02
Pапa 11
},lBB lIЕtIсoPтЕRs
I'{AINтЕNANсЕ },IANUAI },IвB - B0 105
5. Removal оf bearings with сlaw-bushings

a. Breguet сlaw bushings
1) Bend uр сlaws using a sсrew drlver.
2| Press out bearing with suitable tооl.
b. Transall сlaтl bushings
Spесia1 toо1:
Pushing-out toоl tool no. 20 (11?.46300 W2) refer tо chapter 04
1) Plaсe part with lnstal].ed bearing on suрport sleeve |2, figure

02-s) .
2) Pоsition drift (1) as shоwn and prеss out bеaring and сlaw-
bushing.
3) Press out seсоnd сlaw-bushlng by hand.
UZI It :24
т'
02000зLs
д Уt Jt L
2 Support sleeve
Figure 02-5 Pushing.out tool, too1 nо. 20 (11?.46300 W2) - Removal of

- bearing with Transall сlaw bushing
RО ] nq
с}IAPтЕR 02
Pаoe .l
2
}4вB l1ЕlIсoPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAL Мвв - BO 105
6' Installation of bearings with Transall сlaш bushings

Speсial tool:
Assembly tоо1 ]-17.46300 W].
a. Clean faying surfaсes and brush-сoat bоre of the part with соrrosiоn
preventive paste (сl,1 510) .
b. Insert bearing (2, figurе 02-6I аnd clаw.bush1ngs (1) into
bore.
1 Claw bushing
Z Bearing
Е,igure 02-6 Insertiоn of bearing and claw-bushi.ngs
с. Assemble assemb}y tool 11?-46300 W1 as shоwn in figure 02-.?. Posltion

part with bearing оn bolt (2) and plaсе upPer thrust pieсe on top.
1 Uppеr thrust pieсe

z Rа.l +
Lоvlеr thrust pieсe

4006?1
{
Figure 02-? Assembly tool ].].?.46300 W]. . Мeshing of сlaws
Rn l nq
сliAPTЕR 02
Dlпa 1?
iЧBв нЕtIс0PтERs
},1AINlЕNA}IсЕ I\,IANUAL }4Bв - B0 105
d Tо mesh сlaws, press tоol halves togеther until they abut against the
РarЕ.
Assemble assembly tоol 1].?-46300 W1 as shown in f1gure 02-8. Position
part with installed bearing оn bolt (2' figure 02-8) so that о}aws at
lower sidо of the part fit in reсesses provided in lower thrust piece
(з) . P}aсe uРper thrust pieсe (1) on tоp.
t Upper thrust рieсe

400627.1
2 Bolt
Lower thrust pieсe
Еigure 02-8 AssembJ.y toоl 11?-46з00 W1 - Bending оf сlaws
f, Prеss tool halves together until сlaws on uРреr side оf part rest оn
the part,
у. Detaсh upPer thrust piесe, reverse part and re-insert so that bent
сlaws сome tо rеst in reсesses prov1dеd in lоwer thrust рieсe ' P]-aсe
uPPer thrust piесе on tоp (rеfer tо figure 02.8).
tt.
11
Pless tool halves together until сlaws оn uppe' side оf рart rest оn
the part.
1 Rеmovе squeezed out сorrosion paste.
'1
Cheсk that bеaring is сenterеd and PloРerly instal}ed.
в0 105
с}IAPтЕR 02
Pастa .1
Д
Мвв }lЕtIсоPтЕRs
}IAINтЕNANсE мANUAI, l,lвв - Bo ].05
'l. Installation of bearing with Breguet сlaw bushing

Special tools:
Pressing-in too1 105-21832 Wl for spheriсal beari.ng ].,N9з67GЕ12N1
аnd tN9367GЕ].0N1
Pressing.in tool 105-40131 W1 for spheriсal bearing LN9193GЕ6D2
a. APрly сorrosiоn preventive Paste (с},1 510) to hole in сompоnent.

b. Е,it washer (2, figure a2-9| оn сlarc bushing (1) and insert сlaw
bushing from outboard in сomponent (3).
1 Claw bushing
2 Washer
3 Component (e.9. trans-
lвissiоn attaсh fitting)
4 Bearinс
800?55
Гigure 02-9 Insеrtion of bearing, washers and claw bushing
1 Frame
2 Еnd support
iпsert
Shaping insert
4 Large drift
q
Drift
Ф
I
I
PI
@ I
I
@
I
'7
Conneсting Рin
Threaded bolt
5 4
Е.igure 02.10 Pressing.in tool

в0 105
снAPтЕR 02
Paqe 15
}4вв ItЕtIсOPтERS
},IA]NтЕNANсЕ l.{ANUAt }4BB - B0 105
с. Insert bearing (4) in сlaw bushing (1) to fuIl eхtent and fit washer
\2) on сlaw bushing.
d. Tо press bearing intо сoтnponenl, place frarne (1, figure 02-11) arоund
same and guide сonneсting Pin (5) through threаded bоlt (4), еnd
suрport insert (3), insertеd beaтing' аnd drift {2}; now sсrew in
threaded bolt all the wаy tо upper stop.
lirlrф
iilllrl
tt! 1 1tl
1 Гramе
Drift
End suрpоrt
insert
4 Thrеaded bоlt
5 Conneсting Pin
Еigure 02-lI Pressing-in of bearing
To loсate bearing and с].ar+ bushing in the bore, exсhange drift

\2, figure 02-11) for shaping insert {3, figure 02-10), then
again sсrew in threadеd bolt a1l the rсay to uРPеr stop. This сauses
the protruding part of the сlaw bushing to be сut into аt regular
intervals by the shaplng insert, whereby the }ugs thus fоrmed are
alternate}y bent s}ightly inwards and оutwards.
f To finalize Press.in proсedure, ехсhange shaping insert (3) for J.arge
drift and аgain sсrell threaded bоlt (7) a1l the way to uрРer stoP.
This оauses the slightly bent lugs to be bent fully agаinst the
component and the bearing.
Rеmove рressing-ln tооl and wipe off any сorrosion рreventive pastе
that пay have еsсaped.
h. Chеck that bеaring is сentеred and properly lnstalled.
Ео .l
0q
сI{APтЕR 02
Pаoе 16
l,1вB ltЕtIсoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNAI{сЕ }IANUAL Мвв - B0 105
02-2 RЕP],AсЕмЕNт 0г сдМtOс-гAsтЕNERs
Speсial too}s: Camloс pliers 4P3
1. Remove сowling or fairing as appIiсable.

2, Remove damaged stud (?' figurе a2-I2l from groтшnet using Camloс pliers
4P3 (1) .
3. Insert new stud i.n grolrmet (3) using Camloс pliers and sесure with
reсeptaсle (5).
4, ]nstall сowling or fаiring, as apрIiсable.
sga_ s ]. Camloс pliers

a7/r 2 Stud
3 Grоlшnet
4 Cowling, fairing
or ejeсtor sрring
5 Receptас1e
Гiqure 02-L2 Removal and insta}lation of Camloс.fasteners
02 -3 RЕPlAсЕl,lЕNт oI' сAt'{toс-гAsтЕt{ЕRs WIтн Е.,Ест0R SPR]NG
SpeсiaJ. tools: Camloс pliers 4P3
1. Rеmove сowling оr fairing аs appliсable.

2, Rеmovе stud (2, figure 02-13) from ejeсtоr spring (1) using Camloс pliers
4P3 (3) .
3. Seсurе broken ejeсtоr spring stub with sсrew с}amp.
4, Drit]. out rivet heads and press out rivets with a drift. Remove ejeсtоr
сnri nп
в0 105
t*::r_l
?3
t"lBB ilЕlIсоPтERs
},lAINтЕNAl{сЕ шANUA], l.{BB - B0 105
6\У
1 Еjeсtor spring 4 R0сeРtaс1е

2 Stud q
Rivet
Carnlос pliеrs
Е'igure 02.].3 Camloс-fаsteners with ejeсtor spring
Clеаn and degrеasё nеw ejeсtor sрrlng with aсetone (сМ 203).
Мix trgo-сomponent washprimer (см 423) with hardener (с}..l 419) and apply tо
еjeсtor spring.
.?
Apрly Aerоdur finish to ejeсtor spring to пatсh with сoating оf adjaсent
ооw1ing/ fairing.
х Insert stud |2' figurе 02-1'2l with Camloо рliers t1) in grошnet (3) and
seсure with rесeрtaсle (5) .
Rivet ejeсtor spring (1, figure 02.13) to сowling or fairing as
apрliсаble.
B0 105
сI{APтЕR 02
Ii{Bв llЕt']сOPтЕRs
МAINтENANсЕ pIANUAL },lBB - B0 105
02 -4 REPAIR 0F. suRгAсЕ PROтЕст]VЕ сOAT]NG OЕ' AI,UI"1INIU},1 PARтS
сAuTI0N sTЕЕt WOOL, sтЕЕt W]RЕ BRUsItEs 0R Pol]sltING сtoтil

сoNтAINING Е'ЕRROUS 0x]DE MUsт N0т BЕ USED sINсЕ
sтЕЕl RЕsIDUЕs l'4AY вЕсо}4Е ЕI'{BЕDDЕD IN т}IЕ AI,IIд{INIIIм
AND сAusЕ E.URт}IЕR сORROSION.
].. Removal of cоrrоsiоn:

a. Removе damaged paint сoating from repair aтea using paint remover
213) in the сase of more extensi.ve damage. Е'or loсally limited
tс'I'{
damage use рolishing сloth 400.
b. Removе ninor сorrosion traсes with an aсid.free abrasive powdеr

or an nylon abrаsive pad.
More sеrious сorrosion shall be removed with alшninium wооl or
aluminiцm wire brush.
Еxсеssive сorrosion shal1 be removed by fillng. milling at polishing.
с. Еliminate сorrosiоn so that it is nоt visible with a nagnifying glass
(5 tо 10 Х magn1fiсation).
To ensure that any соrrоsion that may have penet'rated deeper in the
struсture is removed' removе a further amount of material to a dеpth
of approx. 0.05 пrп.
d. Polish rewоrked area with polishing сloth 400 to provide a smooth
transition frоm blank tо рaint-finished surfaсe.
e. Clean reрaired area with aсetone (с!,1 203) and allor+ tо dry.
2' Тoцсh up of paint coating:
a. In the оase of minor damage, touсh up вurfaсe proteсtion with
two-сomрonent zinс сhromatе рriпer (сМ 41?} and сoating laсquеr
(с},J 402) or two-соnPonent PUR toрсоat' tc|4 4L2| as appliсablе.
сAUтI0N тAKЕ сARЕ тIlAт снЕ},!IсAI, сO}IvERSION I4AтERIAI,

tсМ 316) DOES N0т ЕNтER INтo сRAсKS AND
-Io]Nтs Е.ROl,l T{I{ЕRЕ Iт сANNOт вЕ RЕмovЕD
вЕсAusЕ Iт сAN сORRODЕ },lAтЕRIAls NON-RЕSISтANт
тo AсID.
b. In the case of major damage, renew surfасе proteсtion by applying
chemiea1 сonversion material (с!{ 316) twо-соmponent zinс сhromate
'
primer {с!,1 41?) and еither сoating laсquer {см 402) or twо-сomponenL
PUR tоpсoat (с}.1 412) as appliсable.
After aрplying the сhemlсal сonversion mаteriаl, аlJow time fоr it to
aсt on thе surfaсе, then rinse away with water and al]"ow surfaсe to
dry.
B0 105
сIIAPтЕR 02
Dэaд ]o
},IBB tlEI,IсoPтЕ'Rs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ }{ANuAt МBв - B0 105
02 -5 RЕPAIR 0Е. suRF'AсЕ PRoтЕстIVЕ сoAтING 0t' }4AGNЕSII,},! PARтS
сAuт10N sтЕЕt тiOoI,, sTЕЕТ, WIRЕ вRusllЕs 0R PoI,]s}t]NG сtoтtt

сONтA]NING E'ЕRROUS оxIDЕ },IUST N0т вЕ UsЕD sтNсЕ
sтЕвt RЕsIDUЕs !,lAY BЕсоМЕ Е},IвЕDDЕD IN тHЕ IIAGNЕSIUМ
AND сAUsЕ гURтltЕR с0RR0SI0N.
1. Removal of сorrosiоn and sсratсhes:
a. Remove loose paint from dаmaged areas.
b. Rеmove сorrosion mаrks using a stiff, nоnmetalliс brush or Sсotсh-

Brite.
с. Remоvе deep sсratсhes and nоtсhes wj.th a sharp steel sсraper or a
саrbide t'ipped cutting tool.
d. Sand reworked areas }rith polishing сlоth 400 and finish with
poIishing cloth 600. Then сlean with cleaning agent (сМ 217).
2, Tоuch up of paint соating:
a. Uslng a brush, aРрly passivаting solution (сI',l 701) аnd allor+ to aсt
оn surfaсe for 1 minutе. Then thorоughly rinsе with сlean water and
allot+ tо dry.
b. Apply PUR tоpсoat (с},1 4з7) .
02 . 6 RЕPAIR oЕ. SURгAсЕ PRoтЕстIvЕ сOAт]NG Oг sтEЕL PARтS
1. Removal of mесhanical damage and сorrоsion:
a. In the сasе оf eхtenslve dаmage, remove darпagеd paint сoаting from

reрair arеa using Рaint rеmover (с},l 2]-3) . I'or mj.nor damage, use
pоlishing сloth 400.
b. Remove сorrоsion traсes, sсratсhes, notсhes and sсores with polishing
сloth 280. Е.inаl-рolish t'he surfaсе with polishi-ng сlоth 400 to
provide a srпооth transition from bare to paint-finishеd surfaсe.
c. Clean reworked аrеas with aсetone (с},1 203) and allоr* to dry.
2, Tоuсh up of paint соating:
Touсh up surfaсe рroteсtion with zinс сhr,onatе primer (CI{ 401) and with
eit'her сoating lacguer (см 402) or two.сomponent PUR toPсoat (CI"l 4].2), as
appliсable.
nn l nq
с}IAPTЕR 02
Paоe 20
},lвB ttЕtIсoPтERs
},1AINTЕNAI{сЕ МANUAI },lBB . Bo 105
02 - -l RЕPAIR 0Е' Е'IBERGI,ASS сOМPONЕNтS
1 Еanarа.']
Thе fо11oчin9 reРairs are app1iсab1e to fusеlage parts made of fiberglass

laminates and fiberglass.PVC foam sandwiсh struсtures. oC and
During repair work, the rОom temperature shall not be less than 18
the rЬ1ative humidity sha11 nоt exсёed 60t. тhе tools used for repair
shatl be free of grease, siliсone and oily substanсes.
WARNING F.0Т,L0W т}lЕ APPRoPRIAтЕ SAгЕTY RЕGUlAтIoNs WlIЕN

I{ANDLING sYNт}tЕттс RЕSIN.
o Consumable Мaterials, Too1s and Aids:
a. Consumable Dtaterials
- Piberglass сlоth (сI'{ ?27)

- Еpoxy resln (сt'{ 616), hardener (сМ 617)
- Cleaning agent (с}4 203)
h Tnоl q
- Еlеctriс drill with grinding disс

. Grinding bloсk, miхing bowl, spatula, brush, sсissоrs
- Crow bar, knifе
л Ai rle
- Clоth, сolоred сrayoп, сhalk

- Grinding paper 180, 20a| 250 аnd 300 grit
- Proteсtivе gloves
3. Repair surfaсe рrotесtiоn as follows:
a. Determine thе eхtent of damagе and outline repair area.
b. Remove damaged material. Sand damaged arеa and wiрe surfaсе с}ean
with сleaning agent (с}1 203l' .
с. Cut fiberglass сloth (сM ?2?) to size. The uРрer layer shall overlap
by approхimately ]"0 to 15 rrгrr. Мiх eрoхy rеsin (см 6].6) and hardеner
tсм Ъi;l in сornplianсe with manufacturer,s instruсtions.
Brush.соat repЬir area with the rеsin.hardenеr mixture. Position
fibergtass сlоLh, then saturate, smoоth and dab using a brush. Мix
resin and glass fiber at a ratio of 1: L by volume '
d. Curе at room temperature for appтoximate}y 24 hours.
e. Smоothen uneven spots and edges of the repairеd area' using grinding
papеr 180.
B0 105
сIrAРтЕR 02
t'{Bв нЕtIс0PтЕRs
I.,IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAI., },1вв - в0 105
02.8 тоRQUЕvAtuЕs
.,]
Table 02-3 lists standard torque values for sсrews, bolts aпd nuts.
Thеsе values shal} be оbservеd unless other va}uеs arе eхp}iсit}y
speсified in thе illustrations.
Thread Tоrque va1ue for Torgue value for

Dia. tensile stress shear stress
t 10 t (Nm) * ].5 t (Nп)
!r4 J.0
М5
l\46 ng 6.4
l,l I 16 0 0.u
N4 10 32.О 11 n
t4 12 lУ.U
I'{ 14 92.0 ?n n
l'{ 16 Чl
1,1 18 ZUU 60
$,1 20 zёv h,
l"l, 22 ?an
14 24 ql n
rtl 2'l t5u 90
l,l 30 980 100
l{ 33 t {tП 11n
!4 з6 r.2 0
!4 39 2360 ].з0
Table 02-3
B0 105
сilAPтЕR 02
9zrзo 1)
мвB I{ЕLIсoPтЕRS
I,:AINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAI, tv1вB . Bo 105
2. тab1е 02-4 lists torque values fоr steel and aluminum pipe unions.
Torgue vаlues in Nm
Outer
Diaпieter Steel tubes Alurninum tubes
ltu.i 6;8 tо ].0.8 5.4 to 10.8

NG5 ?.5 tо 12.0 b,ё Lo Lz.z
NG6 U. U Еo l.J.5 я 1 tгr 1? 6
NG8 16.3 to 29.4 1"3 .6 Lo 24 .4
NG 10 23.0 to 40.'I 16.3 tо 40.7
NG 12 ?? O t^ 61 n 24.4 to 61.0
1\\, д o 57.0 tо 79.0 54.2 to 78.6
Table 02-4
вo 105
снAPтЕR 02
Dэrтд ??
мвB }IЕLIсOPтЕRS
IчAINтЕNANсE },IANUAЬ },1вB - B0 t05
02 -9 с0t0R с0D1NG oE. P]PЕ A}ТD }losЕ ],INЕs
The ID markings, symbols and сo1оr сodes indicated on the pipe аnd hose lines
shown in fig. 02.4 servе to identify the fluid flоwing in them.
The ID markings (adhesive t'aPe) are attaсhedto the line unions and at
pаrticular intervals along the lenфhs of the lines.
Arrows indiсate the direсtion of flow. Pipes соnveying a hazardous fluid are
identlfied by adhesive taРe displayiпg a т*arniпg symbol.
|-..-ъ
кrаftзtofl l+l
I lвnз
кraftstotf
|+i
,
|
'""'
FH
t+t
1*l
ffi
m
lЕl
Е\яп
r
^
it
tЕi
H
EntlUftuns I l=
lull
T
n
statiс +l-
.r!v
lueurnJlsu I
luo^ I l--+
-.._,ь
H H
nвlrumenton,
lul i
Pltot
Jtv
luаu,nJl6ul fll эqn.l
1
.+
Brgmsе l I -+ Code Co1оr pеr RAL RAL
olвJв
letter standard 840 llR standard
H H Н
brilliant bluе 5007
grass green OU.t U
г ]-emоn yellow 1012
n сoрРer brown 8004
Е veгmil1ion avv z
I рurp1e red з004
silver grey
fl a76lm 9001
Е'igure 02.14 Colоr сoding оf pipe аnd hose lines
B0 105
с}lAPтЕR UZ
Paоe 24
!{вB llЕLIсoPтЕRs
l4AINтЕNANCЕ мд,lUдт,. мвв - в0 105
02 . 10 ANт1.с0RR0SI0N TRЕAтI'{ЕNT 0г тRдNsмIssIoN AssЕ!{вtIЕs
1 General
This seсtion сontains measures for the prevent,ion and e]lmination of

сorrosion on transmissiоп housings. тake sрeеial сare нhen performing
these measures on heliсорters whiсh are operаted in a сorrosive
environment (e.g. at' sea or in industrlаl regions). Anti.соrrosion
mеasures for thе other assembl1es and parts arе speсified in the
appropriate сhapters of t'his manuаI.
Z. Touсh up of prоtесt,ive сoating of .trаnsmission housings, see paragraрh
02-5. r
? Proteсtive соating and sealing of spllt lines of housings
It is reсommended to seal split }ines with Aerodur finish (C}'t 437) or

seаling соmpound (с},I 662)
Sea1 the followlng split lines against, moisture usiпg Aerodur flnish or
sеаling сompouпd:
a. Маin transmission
- Upper housing/Center housing
- Cеnter hous1ng/Lovler hоusing
. E'rеe wheel unit,/lower hous1ng
. Tail rotor drive сover/Center housing
- Lоwer housing/AnguJ.ar f1ange
- Angular flange/Еngine deсk
b. Tail rotor transmission
. Itousinglсovers (З split' lines)
с. Intermediate gear
. Housing/сovers (3 split lines)
ц. ProLeсt'ive сoating of bo}t and sсrew hеads and nut,s
Apply Aerodur fini.cb (с!,l 4з7) to the following bo1ts and sсrews, nuts and
washers:
. A11 nuts аnd bolts of the above mеntioned split lines,
. Sсrew heаds inсluding flanges of nozzle pipes on the tl.lо ma1n trans.
misвion inputs,
. Heads of transmisslon аttaсhпent bolts and sсrews.
Thе сoatlng shall also сover the immеdiаte areа surrounding the сontасt
surfaсes of bo1t or sсlrw heads, nuts or washеrs. тhis will prevеnt
moistцre from реrmeatj.ng сontaсt surfaсes between housing aпd bolt and
sсrew heads' nuts or washers.
в0 105
сllAPтЕR 02
Pяпa ?Ч
ЕURoсoPтЕR I''AINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL вo 105
02 . 1]. PRЕSЕRVAтION 0E' тRANSI'{ISSION AssЕt',lвLIЕs
1. Trаnsmission assеmblies affeсted

* тransmissions (main t,ransmission, tail rоtor gearbox. intermediate
* gearboх) inst'аlled in heliсopters l*hiсh are out of operatiоn fоr pеriods
* of more than thrеe months and t,ransmlsslons awaiting shipment, repair or
* overhaul.
2.. Preservatioп proсedures
а. Two methods of prеparinE,a presetvat'ion mixture are given below:

1) If lubriсat'ing oil hаs not been drained from the transmission,
add 15 ml сorrosion preventive сonсentrate (см 509) per 1iter
lubriсаting oi1 fo
2| Transmissions not, yet сontaining }ubriсating oil: Еill with
lubriсating oil (с!{ 10з) and add 15 ml соrrosioп рrevеntive
сonсentrаt,e (см 509) per liter lubriсating oil.
b. Run the transшisslon at operating speed for 10 minut,еs (no 1oad) to
spreаd thе mixt'ure evenly. Take сare that transmissiоn oil temperature
does not eхсeed 80 oс.
с. Drаin the preservation mixt.ure.
сAUтIoN IUвRIсAтING OIt сoNтAINING сORRoSION PRЕvЕNтIvЕ

сONсЕNтR,AтЕ ]s Nот PЕRI'{ISSIBLЕ Е'0R 0PЕRAT10N;
тRANsI'{IssIONs llltTсIt ItAvЕ UNDЕRG0NЕ PRЕSЕRVATION
тRЕAтl,lЕNт сAN BЕ PUт INтo oPЕR"AтIoN WIтнoUт
i'LUstl]NG. BЕE'оRЕ PLAсING тнЕ llЕtIсoPтЕR IN sЕRvIсЕ
RЕPLЕNISIi тRANs},lIssIoN AssЕl[BLIЕs WITH IUвRIсAтING
OIt (см 103) т0 TttЕ RЕQUIRЕD tЕvЕt. i
* d. Еnter details of the preservat,ion treatment as fo1lows:

* . 0n aссompanying tag and in the }tistoriсa} Reсord if the trаnsmis-
t siоn j.s removed.
* - In the respeсt,ive heliсoptеr reсords if the transmission
* temains installed on the heliсoрter. In addition, a notе shаll be
* inсlцded whiсh req'lires the transmission to be сheсked when it is
* oрeraЕed аgain. This сheсk is desсribed in the seсtion heаded
*' ''Inst,a11at,ion-.t fоr the respeсtive transmission.
в0 105
сttAPтЕR 02
Page 26 Rеvision 13
ЕURoсoPтЕR мAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL Bo 105
02-12 Eree
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 02
Revision 12 Page 21
ЕURoсoPтER i,|A|NтЕNANоE [\'ANUAL вo 105
-*02-].3 Еrеe
*
*
т
х
x
x
x
)k
:|г
*
*
*
x
*
*
*
*
x
*
х
02 - 1.4 тESтING мAGNЕтIс RЕTAINING FoRсЕ 0Е. !.IAGNЕтIс PtUGs A}ID

сHIP DЕтЕсToRS
1. Gеneral
The fuпсtional еffiсienсy of magnetiс p}ugs and сhip deteсtors is deter.

mlned by the strength of their magnet,iс retaining forсе.
Thе magnet,iсretaining forсe is tеsted by lifting a speсifiс test mass

strаlght up with the magnetiс plug/сhip deteсtor to see if the forсe is
suffiсient to hold the test, mass on the magnetiс plug/сhiр deteсtor.
]f a test mass is not speсified, a steel ball to DIN ].72з0 {I"lateriat:
1.3505' ilardnеss: 100.CR6) or equ1valent shall be usеd.
Steel balls having the required minimum mаss and thе сorresponding dia-
meters' as listеd in tab1e 02-5t сaп be obtained from bеaring manufaс.
turers (e.g. SКE,' Е'AG).
Tab1e 02-5 indiсates whiсh test mass is to be used for each t1рe of
nagnetiс plug/chip deteсtor.
в0 105
сilAPTЕR 02
Page 28 Revision L2
ЕUпoсoPтЕн MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
2, Аssign оf test mass (steel ba|l) to magпetiс plug/сhip deteсtor
Мagnetiс p|ug/сhip deteсtor тest mass (stee| ball, D|N 17230' Test mass
Tyрe/P/N materia|:1.3505, hardness:100.оR6) (g)
diameter in mm (in)
A 4509/6896482 10.319 mm (0.406 in) 4.43 g
687'i534 A 2.8-3.1 g
B75A 12.70 mm (0.5 in) 8.40 g
к 402 Aо 12.70 mm (0.5 in) 8.40 g
P 40214619208043 22.225 mm (0'875 iп) 45.2A g
B 722д./0639490002 25.40 mm (1.0 in) 68.00 g
105 - 61901.06 22.225 mm (0.875 in) 45.20 g
в 4704 &$дqss$99]99Цo.зo,сrrap.o+) 190.00 g l
-_
ABeсausе the taсe ol the magnetiс plug magnet сaпnot be reached with a stee} ball, measure the
magnetiс retaining forсe using a split pin LN 94-30055, or a sсrew LN 9439 АМ 5 x 10.
Тable 02-5
3. Тest
NoтЕ Do not еХpose the magnetiс р|ug/сhip deteоtor tо any other magnetiо fiеld during
thо test, as this wou|d falsify the test rвsult.
a. Cleaп magпetiс plug/сhip deteсtor with dry сleaning so|veпt (оM 202)' thеn dry.
b. Plaсe magnet (2' fig. 02.15) of magnetiс plug/сhip deteоtor {1) оn appropriate test maвs (3)'
с. Litt magnetiс p|ug/сhip deteсtor straight uр. Тhe test mass must remain oп the magпet. lf the test mass
drops' this indiсates insutfiсient magnetiс rataining fоrоe. Replaсe magnвtic plug/оhip deteсtor.
Revisiоп 17 сHAPтЕR 02
Page 29
t'{вв tlЕtlсoPтЕRs
!4AINтЕNANсЕ !.!ANUAL l,tвв . в0 105
1 Мagnetiс plug/
сhip deteсtor
2 Мagnеt
3 Tеst mass
гi9. 02.15 Testing magnetiс rеtainiпg forсe
B0 105
сttAPтЕR 02
Page 30 Rеvision 3
сHAр'тЕR
сoNsUMABLЕ
MAтЕRlALs
МАINТЕNANсЕ I\лANUAL I\ЛBB Bo105
eRжP.Р.,рteг
Revision 24 сHAPТER 03
Page 1
MAINтЕNANсЕ tvlANUAL MBB Bo105
EэRнг.P-Рoрtег
BLANK PAGE
| --,:
сHAPTЕR 03 Revision 24
Рage 2
[ЛAlNтЕNANсЕ MANUAL MBB Bo,105
€Эе=ч|.ОсCIptег
03.1 ЕxPLANAтORY NoтЕs

Тhe |ist of Cоnsumаble МateriаIs сoпtains mаteria|s required for maintenanсe.
The сonsumab|e materiа|s are grouped aссording to their purpose aпd are numbered as fo|lows.
Lubriсants сМ 101.199. 1001.1999
C|eaning Agents спtl 201.299,2001.2999
Pгotectants сM 301-399' 3001.3999
Coаts
Pгimеrs. Paints and Finish сtV.|401-499.40014999
Corrоsion Preventive Agents сM 501-599, 500,t-5999
Sealants аnd Adhesives см 601-699' 6001.6999
Misсellaneous CM 701.799' 7001.7999
Al| produсts |isted iп the List of Consumable Мateria|s саn bе obtained from:
lnterturbine Logistik GmbH
Kisdorfer Weg 36-38
D.24568 Kа|tenkirсhen
Germаny
Phonе: +49-419,| -809300
Fax: +49-4'19'1-809-333
or worldwide from the сorresponding |oсa| serviсe offiсe (as рublished in Еuroсopter Custоmer Serviоe News
No.22-98).
0з.2 ЕQU lvALЕNт r'лAтЕRlALs

Еquivalent mateгials of other manufасturers may be used as alteгnate se|eсtiоns to those Iisted here. ln de-
termining wether or not an item is equivalent, the burden of proof rests with the holderluser.
03.3 AввREvlAтloNs
M|L - US Mi|itary Speсifiсаtion
FЕD _ US Fedeгa|Speсifiоation
LAс = |-OсKHЕED Speсifiсаtion
WL = \,{,/еrkstoff-Leistungsb|att, Weгkstoffhandbuсh der Dеutsсhen
Luftfahrt (Material Datа Sheet, German Aviation Materiа|s Мanual)
тL = Тechnisсhe Lieferbedingungen des Bundesаmtes ftjr Wehгteоhnik und
Besсhаffung (BWв)
(Тeсhniсаl Speсifiсations of the Germаn Federa| offiсe for Military
Тeсhno|ogy and Proсurement)
Revision 24 сHAPтЕR 03
Page 3
IvIАINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL MBB вo105
€PRнГ"P"Рopter
03.4 FORIIJIULA
Prepаratioп of passivating liquid (сМ 701) for treatment of magпesium а|loy оаstings аfter po|ishiпg.
Compоsition:
180g sodium diоhromаte (Na2 Cr2 oт 2I12o)
188 m| сonсentrated nitriо aсid (HNo3) (densitiy 1.42 kgldm3)
Dissolve in distiliеd wаter аnd аdd more desti||ed wаter to obtaiп 1 liter of so|utiоn.
The passivating liquid has an unlimited shelf Iife if kept in a suitable glass сontainer at room temperature
(appгox. 20"с)' Carefu||y сlose the сontаineг eaсh time passivating liquid hаs been taken out.
t:
сHAPтЕR 03 Revision 24
Page 4
IViA|NТЕNANсЕ IиANUAL tvlBв Bo105
€э*^нtPРoЕ]ter
.- 03.5 сoNsutvlAвLЕ tиAТЕRlALs
оtv| Consumable Мaterial Sрeсifiсаtion Prоduct / Sourсe
LuвRlсANтs
101 Gгease, aircraft genera|puгрose tv,llL-PRF-81322 AerоshellGrease 22
G-395 (NAтo) Nyоо Greаse GN22
AIR 4222 Mobil No. 28
сMs N49999Х0108
102 Grease' heavy duty' geпeгa| рur- ЕCD-Materiаl-No. 69660/.10454,1 Мolykote BR2 P|us, Dow Corning
pose Co.
103 Lubriсating оi|, syntheticbase M|L-PRF.23699 Тurbonyсоil600, Nyсо Cоrр.
o-156 (NAТo) Аerоshe||Тurbiпe oil500
сMs N49999Х0040 MobilJet ll
104 Siliсone оompound M|L.S.B660 (сaпсe|ed) DC4' Dow Corning Co.
s-736 (NAтo) Nуоo Greasе GN 69, Nyсo Coгp,
105 Lubriсatiпg oi|, petгoleum base тL 9150-005 lnteгturbine Logistiсs Corp.
o-180 (NAТo)
10B TаIсum powder FЕD U-Т.30 . |nterturbine Logistiсs Corp.
MlL-с.5024 (оaпсetеd)
- 1 10 Нydгauliс fluid M|L-PRF-5606F and other re. Hydraunyсоi| FНs.t, Nyсo Coгp.
|eаsed versions of the MlL.PRF-
5606 from indeх F and on
тL 9150-0020 Aeгoshell F|uid 41

AtR 35208
H.515 (NAтo)
DЕF sтAN 91.451 Grade oм15
111 Anti.seize and lubriоatiпg сom- ЕCD-Мaterial-No' 670701 Never Seez Pure Niоkel Speсia|,
рound, оorrosion preventivе сom- NOveг Sеez Compound Corр.
рound
112 Grease oгe Lube Wаde|l Wade|l
Еquipmeпt Co. â-fi2.
113 Lubriсating oi|, synthetiс base .\л|L.PRF.7B08 Тurbonyсоil 160, Nyсo Corp.
o-148 (NAтo) Aеrоshe|lТuгbine oi| 308
115 Grease M|L-PRF.23827 Aeroshе|| Grease 7 (Тype ll)
G.354 (NAтo)
.|0
Nyсo Grease GN (Тype l)
AlR 4210в NoТЕ: Do not mix greases of Тype
with grease of Тype ll
Revision 24 сНAPТЕR 03
Page 5
MA|NТЕNANсЕ МANUAL I\4BB вo105
€эР#IP"Р.,рtеr
оП,l Consumable Materiа| Speсifiсаtion Produсt / Source
LuвR|сANтs
117 Hydгаu|iо fluid for pгeservаtion M|L-PRF.6083 Hydrаunyсoil FН6, Nyсo Corp.
TL 9150-005'1
с.635 (NAТo)
120 Gгease ECD-Mateгial-No. 540023 Рlastilube Moly Nо.3, Warгen Re.
fining and Chemiсa|s Co.
122 Lubгiоating oil, petro|eum base o.135(NAТo) AeroshelI, Тuгbine oil 3
AlR 3515lB Turbonycoi|280Р, Nyсo Cоrp.
133 Lubгiсating oit, petro|eum base M|L-PRF-60B1 Grad 1010 Тufioпyсoil3516' Nyсo Corp.
o.133 (NAтo)
137 Anti.seize сompound M|L.т.sfl4 (canсе|ed) Nyсo Grease GN GA 47, Nусo
Corр.
s-720 (NATO)
140 Greаse, 46,t45
molybdenum disu|phide ЕCD-Мaterial-No. Nyсo Grease GN17
M|L-G.21164D Aeroshe|| Gгeasе 17
G.353 (NAтo}
AtR 4217A
сMs N49999Х0024
142 Lubгiсant, so|id film ТL 8010.026 Mo|ykote 7409, Dow Corning Co.
143 Тhinner Molykote 7414, Dow Corning Co.
146 Lubгiсant EOD.Мateriаl-No. 710810 Мolykote ТP42, Dow Corning Co.
147 Aпti-fгetting ооmpount ЕCD-Materiаl-No.587297 71B050-0,l.5CМ3, Suпstrand Avia-
tion Roсkford
сlt.l consumable Materiаl Speсifiсation Produсt l Sourсe
сLЕANING AGЕNтs
2a1 C|eaning sоlvent (Degгeasing ЕCD-Mаteriаl.No. 109172 sтAUвсo-T100, Brenntag AG
аgent), suitable for ultrasoniо
сleaning
тURCO 5948.DPM' HenkeI ober.
flёсheпteсhnik GmbH
2a2 Dry с|eаniпg solvent (Washing ЕCD-Мateria|.No' 036455 Esso Varsol
benzin)
FЕD P.D.680 Typ 1 or 2 SheIlsol D40IтYP1 or D60/TYP2
ТL 6810.00,|2/1a lпtertuгbine Logistiсs Corр.
s-752 (NAТo)
)-
Page 6
tvlAINтЕNANсЕ NЛANUАL I\ЛBв вo105
a*н[P*с.,pteг
сiJ| Consumable Material Speсifiсatioп Produсt / Sourсe
сLEAN!NG AGЕNтs
203 Aсetone, Тeсhniоa|, (unsuitable FЕD o.A-51 |nteгturbiпe Logistiсs Coгp'
for ultrasoniс сloaning)
ТL 6810-003
2a4 Тriсhlorethylene FЕD o-т-634Tуp2 lntertuгbine Logistiсs Cоrp.
205 Тetraсh|orethylene (Perсh|ore. FЕD o.т.236 lnteгturbine Logistiсs Corp.
thylene)
209 Cleaner and dеgrеаsiпg Produсt off maгket; use othеr suit-
agent able degreаsing agёnts, e.g. CМ
224
21o oil сarbon solvent Contrax 295 DV' Chemisсhе WerКе
K|uthe GmbН
213 Paint remover FЕD ТT-R-24s (3) N 53509 l gB 27877

'
PRC DеSotо
M IL-R-251 34 (сaпсe|ed)
214 Тriсhlorethane (Мethyl сh|oro- FЕD o.т-620 LPS |nstant Super Cleaner
fоrm)
217 Мethylethylkеtone (MЕK) FЕD ТТ-M.261 |ntertuгbine Logistiсs Corp^
тL 6810.004
.Cleaning
2,|8 solveпt, genera| Тiket, ТЕGЕЕ-Chemie GmbН
219 To|uene FЕD ТT.т-548 lntertuгbine Logistiсs Coгp,
220 Cleaning solvent ЕCD.Materia|-No. 53568 Nikutеx 1,15' Ktuthe GmbH
222 Naphtha FЕD тт-N.95, тyp 2 |nterturbinе Logistiсs Coгp.
225 Wetting agent Р3-т5130' Henkelund Cie GmbH

228 P|astiсs сleaner P|аstiсs.lпteпsive-cleaner, Burпus
GmbН
229 Degгeasing аgent ЕCD.Material-No.40338 Еskapon 3570, Haug Chemie
GmbH
238 lndustrial isoproруla|сoho| A|R 3660/А Aeroshe|lсompound 06A
oтАN 5.737 Nvсoso| 4
s-737 (NAтo)
TТ.l-735A
PageT
MA|NТЕNANCЕ MANUAL MBB Bo105
a*нEР*Р.,рt* i
сtu Consumаble Mаteriа| Speсifiсation Produсt / Sourсe
PROтЕстANтs
303 UP putty, white inс|uding hаrd- ЕCD-МateriaЬNo.42540 N58479' PRC.DeSоto
eпer
DAN 1090-01
304 Нardeneг for UP putty ЕCD.Mаteria|-No. 42541 N59029' PRC.DeSoto
DAN 1090-02
305 РURfiller,whitе ЕCD-Мaterial.No. 15048 N57B18-508, PRC-DeSoto
wL 5.7050
306 Hardener for PUR fi||eг ЕсD-Material.No, 15836 N375,l4' PRC.DeSoto
wL 5.7057
311 Preseгvative оil She|l Еnsis oi| L
316 Chemiсa|сonversion materia| N4IL.DтL.B1706 A|оdine No. 1200' Gerhагd CoI-
lаrdin GmbH
CMs N 8716206112 с.F.P.|.
сtt'l GonsumabIe Materiаl Speсifiсаtiоn Product / Sourсe
PR|ltiЕRs' PA|NтS AND F|Nlst{ сoAтs

401 Primer' zinс сhromate' one- М|L-P-8585 (сanсeled) N 57034' PRC.DeSoto
сomponent, alkyd resin bаse
FЕD Тт-P-1757
тL 8010.001, Class |||, Тype 1
402 Coаting laщuer, mat, sing|e. ЕCD-Mateгial-No, 5098.t сЕLЕROL finish сoat 962.12т83L
layer, aсry|iс nitroсellulosо, dust RAL7037. Мankiewiоz
grey, RAL 70p7
MtL-PRF-81352
тL 80.l0.013
wL 5.7005
4a4 Primer for two-сomponent' fluo. N 58763 l Т508' PRC-DеSoto
resсent paint, pure white, RAL
1 9010
405 PUR finish сoat, two.сomponent, ЕCD-МateriaЬNo. 65366 Alexit tinish сoat 472.33,
halfmat, pure white, RAL 9010 Маnkiewiсz
п/lL-PRF-B5285
тL 8010.002, KIasse ll Тyр 2
wL 5.7132
сHAPтЕR 03 Rovisiоn 24
Page I
MAINТЕNANсЕ MАNUAL MBB Bo105
as^нIRРoрteг
сtt/t Consumable Material Speсifiсation Produсt / Sоurсe
PR|tvlERs' PA|NтS AND F|NlstI сoAтs

406 Fluoгesсent paiпt, two. ECD-Material.No.
,107821 Standoсryl, Herbeгts GmbH
сompoпent, |uminous oraпge,
RAL 9OO5
40т Laсquer, mat, siпg|e-|аyer, aсryliс ЕCD-Mаterial.No. 113091 Alexit 962-.13' RAL9005'
nitroсe|lulоse, jet b|aсk, RАL 9005 Мankiewiсz
ТL 8010.013 N 59676/RAL9005 ' PRC.DeSoto
wL 5.7005
408 Finishing vаrnish for two- ЕCD-Мaterial.No' 83402 Sikkens GmbН
сomponeпt fluoresсent pаiпt,
сoloгless
WL 5.7130 Stаndoх, Нeгberts GmbH
409 Тhinner foт two.сomponeпt fluo- ЕCD-Material.No. 100141 Standoх 2K.Hёгter.Kuгz,
rescent paint Herberts GmbН
41o Laсquersingle-tayer, mаt, aсry|iс ЕCD-Маteria|-No. 113086 Sing|e layer|асquer, mаtt, 9в2-12
nitroсel|ulose, basa|t gгey, RAL 752H, Мankiewiсz
7012
ТL 8010-01з N59676/RАL7012' PRC-DeSoto
wL 5.7005
411 Hardener foг two-сomponent, ЕCD-Мateriаl-Nо. 100140 Stаndox, Нerberts GmbH
f|uoresсent paint
412 PUR finish сoаt two-сomponent, ЕCD.Mаteria|-No. 38981 Alexit 406-23, Mankiewicz
mаt, basalt grey' RAL 7012
MtL-PRF-85285
TL 8010.002, K|asse ||' Тyp 2
wL 5.7054
LV1 05-10000.00.25
413 Тhinner for two-сomponent PUR ЕCD.Materia|.No. 112603 Alexit 901.45, Maпkiewiсz
paint
wL 5.7059
1V105-10000.00.25
414 Тhinner foг two-соmрonent рrim- ЕCD.Мateriat.No' 1
,l
3077 N 39 l 3010' РRC.DeSoto
ers and one-сomponents раints
FЕD ТТ.т-266, Тyр 2 Мankiewiсz
ТL-A-O15
wL 5.7009
415 PUR finish сoat, two.сomрonent, WL 5.7053 lnterturbine Logistik GmbH
ha|fmat, b|асk' RАL 9005
Revision 24 сНAРТЕR 03
Page 9
MAINтЕNANсЕ IVIANUАL Bo105
rRlP*Рoptег
tv1BB
сttll Consumab|e Matsrial Speсifiсation Produсt / Sourсe
PR|ttлЕRs' PAlNтs AND FlNlsH сoAтs

427 Laсquer, mat, sing|e.|аyer, aсryliс ECD.МateriaЬNo.45963 Mаnkiewiоz
nitroсel|u|ose, pure white, RAL
901 0
WL 5.7005 N 59676/R419010. pRC-DeSoto
428 Fluoresсent paint, one. tv1ll-P.21563 N 53550, PRC.DeSоto

сomponent, aсrytiс resine bаse,
luminous orange, RАL 9005
wL 5.7021
429 Lacquer foг fluoresсent paint' l\л|L-P-2,|563 N 39959' PRC-DeSoto
singIe-layer' сolor|ess
wL 5.7022
430 Fire proteсtivе рaint, white ECD-Мateria|.No. 539905 N 56582 / т508, PRC-DeSoto
431 Тhinner for PUR finishing vaгnish' ЕCD.Мaterial.No, 72060 N 39 / 3091, N 39 / з460, PRс.
fire proteсtive paint DeSoto
wL 5.7059.0
4З2 PUR finishing |aсquer for fiгe ЕCD-MateriaЬNo. 719508 4232-0303, PRC.DeSoto
proteсtive paint, two-сomрonent,
сo|or|ess
WL б.7051
433 Paint remover foг fire protесtive МIL-РRF.25134 N 5з509 | gB 27877 , РRC.DeSoto
pаint
FЕD ТТ.R-248 (3)
434 Тhinner foг Нeresite-paint, denа- FED o-Е.760 |nteгturbine Logistik GmbH
tured ethyl аtоoho|
s-738 (NAтo)
435 Hardeneг for two.сomponent ЕP ЕCD-Mаterial.No. 113013 Мankiewiсz
resin base primer
wL 5.7013.0
436 Тhinnerfоrtwo-сomponentЕP ЕCD.Мateria|.No. 113015/64068 Seevaxthinner75, Mаnkiewiсz
oaint
wL 5.7019 N39956, PRC-DeSoto
43т PUR finishing |aсquerfoг gearbox ЕCD-Маteгia|-No. 1020.t6 A|eхit 406.80' Mankiewiсz
сasings, Silver, RAL 9006
lи|L-PRF.B52B5
wL 5.7051
438 Hаrdener for two.сomponent s 66/8' Sikkens Lаkfаbгiekеn
PUR finishing |асquer for gearbox
Rеvision 24 сНAРТЕR 03
Page 11
MAINТЕNANсE MANUAL МBB Bo105
rRнIP"Рoрteг
сasings
см ConsumаbIe Mаteriаl 8peсifiсatioп Produсt l Sourсe
PRlIv|ЕRs' PAlNтs AND FlNlst| сoAтs

439 Thinner for twо-сomponent PUR с 25/90s. Sikkens Lаkfabгieken
finishing laсquеr foг gеarbox cas-
ings
44a Primer, zinс сhromate, po|yviпy|. Lс02-6567, BASF Farbeп uпd Fa-
butyrаЬepoxy base' grey green serAG
RАL 6010
441 Laоquer, finishiпg primer, a|kyd BASF Farben und Faser AG
resin base, gгey, RAL 7012
442 Тhinnеrforlaсquer' finishing sv13.0341, BASF Faгbeп und Fa.
primer ser AG
443 Lасquer, two-сomponent g|oss' М|L-с-22750 Herbol No. 53.22095' BASF Farben
epoхy гesin base uпd FaserAG
wL 5.7012
445 PUR finish сoаt, two.сomponeпt, WL 5.7054 PU66 5462lPU665462, PRс.
mat, light blue, RAL 5012 DeSoto
450 PUR рrimeг two.сomрonent, mat, WL 5.7050 lnterturbine Logistik GmbH
RAL 9OO5
456 Primer, zinс сhromаte, two- t\,4|L-P-23377 Маnkiewiсz
- сomponent, epoхy resin base,
green, RAL 6013
WL 5'7011 N 5з565, PRC.DeSoto

459 Hardener for two-сornponent ЕP ЕCD.Мateria|.No. 18130 Seeveпax hardeпer 115-22.
primeг Мankiewiсz
WL 5.7014 N39/1184, PRC-DeSoto
461 Anti.statiс PUR |aсquer, g|oss, ЕCD.Мaterial-No. 72041 DA 4-653.93, Deutsсhe Airbus
b|асk GmbН
sAЕ Ar\лs.с.83231 N 59111 / tмB 37601. PRC-DeSoto
wL 5.7030
462 Hardener for anti-statiс РUR Laс- ЕCD.Materiа|-No. 56273 N 39 / 1327. PRс-DeSoto
quer, finishing primer
463 Laоquer single-|ayer, mat, acryliс ЕCD-Мateriаl-No. 113081 N 59676/RAL3000, PRC-DeSoto
nitroсe|lu|ose. flame red, RAL
3000
тL 8010-013
wL 5.7005
464 Laсquer sing|e-lаyeг, mаL асry|iс тL 8010-13 N 59676/RAL9010. PRC.DeSoto
nitroсe||ulose, puгe white, RAL
9010
wL 5.7005
t
сHAPТЕR 03 Rеvision 24
Pаge 12
MA|NТЕNANсЕ lv,lANUAL MBB Bo105
€PР#tР*Р.,рteГ
465 Hanner tone finish, yellow olive, WN 53/'1i3, Wandelund Golter-
RАL 6014 mаnn Gmbl.|
сП/| Gonsumable Mаterial Speсifiсation Produсt l Sourсe
PR|tt'ЕRs' PAlNTs AND FlNlst| сoAтs

466 PUR finish сoаt, two.сomponent, ЕCD.Mаteгial.No. 113001 Alexit 472-33, Mankiewiоz
light grey' RАL 7035 М|L-PRF-B5285
wL 5.7132.0
467 PUR finish сoat, two.сomponent, ЕCD-No. 711013 AL-86.9294. Beоker lndustrielaсk
bIaсk ТL 80.10-002, Klаsse ll' Тyp 2
468 Нardenеr for РUR finish сoаt, ЕCD-No.. 711o14
'
Beсker lndustrielaсk
two-сomponent ^z.$4-aoaт
469 Тhinneг for РUR flnish сoat, two- ЕCD:No. т11015 AZ-97-0001' Beсker Industrie|асk
сomponеnt
47a PUR finish соat twо-сomponent' ЕCD-No.681675 PUR-Laсk Al.86-6054. Beоkеr lп-
green dustrielaсk
ТL 8010-002, Klasse ||' Typ 2 45750' Неrbeгts GmbH
471 Тhinner for two.сomoоnent PUR UR-Тhinпer 1.l537'
finish сoat Нerbeгts GmbН
4т2 EP primer, two.сomponent, ЕCD.Mаterial-Nо. 92782 Seevenaх primer 113-24 118G'
сhromate free' RAL 10,t1 Мапkiеwiсz
ТL 8010-0001, Klasse ll' Typ 4 5809.1011' РRC-DeSoto
wL 5.7139
473 Paint, silver Heresite Saеkаpheп |псorp.
SermeTel 1122or SermeTel 196,
Sermateсh Internаtiona|
478 PU-Laсquer for ground tоrmina|s, ЕCD.Мateгial-No. 1 005339 сЕLOMЕR 4125 l 6407 ' PRс-
two.compoпent DeSоto
HS 7072-718
479 Hагdener for PU.laсquer, two. ECD-Material-No. 92933 сЕLoMЕR 0613 / 9000' PRс.
сomponent DeSoto
48a Тhiпneг for PU.laсquer, two. ЕCD.Mаtеrial.No. 92934 сЕLOMER 0580 / 9000. PRс-
сomponent DeSoto
481 Lacquer ЕCD-No.62095 Spezia|(ibezugs|aсk-F, G.Kаiser
482 Laсquerhigh-glоss, RAL 1007 ECD-No.87696 Standoсry| -2K.RAL 1 007' Нeгberts

GmbH
483 Hardеner foг high.gloss ЕCD-Nо.752419 83302 / Standоx МS-Hёгter, Stan-
Iaсquer dox GmbH, Herberts GmbН
ЕCD-No. 100140
Page 13
MAINтЕNANCЕ пЛANUAL MBB Bo105
eРЖР"Рoрteг li
сiл Consumable Mаterial Speсifiсation Produсt / Sourсe
PRlмЕRs' PAlNтs AND FlN|s}| сoAтs

484 Thinner for high-g|oss |aсqueг ЕCD-No. 7og444 78090 / Standox 2K Verdrlnnung
11012, Standox GmbH, Herberts
GmbH
ЕCD-No. 100141
491 Synthetiс ename|, сhгome ye||ow, ЕCD-Materia|-No. 50749 Stаndox, Нerberts GmbН
RAL 1OO7
200..1 1007' Sрies-Нeсker GmbH

492 Synthetiо resin mat paste for 073-07213 Standox, Hефегts GmbН
synthetiс епame| \
493 enаme|
Тhinner for synthetiс ЕCD-Маteгiаl-No. 606246 3B,l0' PRC.DeSotо ,i
494 2K elastiс-аdditive ECD-Маteria|-No. 717872 84279 i Standoх 2K e|astiс аdditive,
Stаndox GmbH
сtv| Consurnаb|e Material Speсifiсation Produсt / Sourсe
сoRRosloN PRЕvЕNтlvЕ AGЕNтs

501 Laсquer' оorrosion preventive for
ground termiпаls (replaсed by
PU.Laсqueг for ground termina|s,
two.сompoпent CМ 478)
502 Coгrosion preventive сompound MIL.PRF-16173, Grade l Nyоoproteс 8131, Nyсo S.А.
тL 8030.0015' Тyр 1
с.632 (NAто)
503 Corrosion preventive paste was
replасed by CМ 51B
wL 5.7070.0
505 Coгrosion preventive сompound tиll-с.11796 Klasse 3 |nterturbine Logistiсs Corp.
ТL 8030-0006
с.627 (NAтo)
506 Coгrosion preventive сompound MlL.с-81309 (M|L.с.23411) WD 40' Hugo Fingerle
508 Coгrosion preventive сomрouпd M|L.PRF-16173, Grаde ll LРS 3 Danie| und Jёger
ТL 8030.015 Nyсopгoteс 8132
с-620 (NAТo) Brаyоote 137
Ardгox 3140
сI.|APтЕR 03 Revision 24
Page 14
MAINТЕNANсЕ МANUAL MBB Bo105
Фянffi"Рoрtег
сlt,l Consumаble Mаteriаt Speсifiсation Prodцсt / Sourсe
сoRRosloN PREvЕNтlvE AGЕNТs

509 Corrosion preventive соnсentrаte М|L-PRF.23699 Brayсo 599' с. Sсan|on und Co.
Тurbonyсoi| тN600' Nyсо Corp.
510 Corrosioп preventive paste (was
replaсed by CМ 518)
512 Anti-оorrosion agent Molykote Мeta| Proteсtor, Dow
Corning
513 Corrosion preventive сompound MIL-PRF-.16173' Grade lll Dinitro|.AV5' Dinitrot GmbH
5.t5 Vаrnish polyurethane D148PтFЕ' Aсhesom Fгanсe SA
518 Corrosion preventivе paste МIL.РRF.8116 Mastinox 6856K, PRC-DeSoto
wL 5.7070.0
сtvls N4911651784
ЕCD-No.62888
1N9368-5903
Revision 24 сHAPТЕR 03
Page 15
MAINTЕNANсЕ IиANUAL MBв Bo105
Eрнгосоptеr
с1'л ConsumaЬ|e Material Speсificatiоn Prоduсt / Sоurсe
sEALANт AND ADl{ЕslvЕs

601 Adhesive, heat proof M|L.A-52194 (сanсeled) Ес 1838 B/A, 3M Company
ЕCD.MateriaЬNo. 66275
602 Adhesive Teсhnovit 2190' Kulzeг und Co
GmbН
603 Adhesive film, heat pгoof Тesa No.54108, Beiersdoгf AG
604 Adhesive fi|m FМ 123.5.06 РSF, Ameriоaп Cy.
аnamid Co'
605 Contaсt adhеsive QPL-MMм-A.129 (M1L-A.1 154) Ес 1300L, 3М Company
Есs 6056.1029 j
606 Adhesive, epoхy resin base сMs с4966056362 Аra|dit AW 106; Vаntiсo
DHS 172-171 Sylamed
607 Hardener for CM 606 HV 9s3U, Hardener for Araldit AW
106, Vantiсo
608 Masking tape, сoaгse сrepe Тesakrepp 4322' Beiersdorf AG
609 Маsking tape, fine оrepe Тesakrepp 4318, Beiersdoгf AG
610 Adhesive Ara|dit AV 123 B. Vantiсo
612 Siliоone гubbвг and adhesive ЕCS 6056-1067 Еlаstosi| RтV Е43. Waсker Chemie
GmbH
ЕCD-Маterial-No. 20320
613 Hardener for CM 610 Araldite HV 953в, Hаrdener for
Araldit AV 123в' Vantiсo
614 Adhesive tape o|ive grеen ECD-MateriaЬNo. 100961 Тesaband 53799-50 (reрlaсеd 555-
50), Beiersdoгf AG
TL 7510-011 Typ B Class 1 ;
615 Аdhesive' со|ored Тesaband 4651. Beiersdorf AG

616 Adhesive paste, two-сomponeпt Есs 6054.1032 ЕA 9396A, Loоtite Coгporation
epory гesin
617 Hardener foг Adhesive paste CМ Есs 6054-1032 ЕA 9396B, Loctite Corporаtion
616
619 Siliсone rubber and adhesive ECS 6056-1066 Е|astosi| RтV Е41. Waсker Chemie
GmbH
ЕCD.Маteria|.No. 764035
620 Sealing, |oоking аnd seсuring Есs 6056-1048 Loсtite 274, Loсtite Corporation
соmpound
ЕCD-Мaterial-No. 746530
Pаge 16
MA|NтЕNANCЕ MANUAL IVIBB Bo105
@s"нrосoрtеr
сtvl Consumable Materiа| Sрeсification Produсt / Sourсe
sEALANт AND ADнЕslvЕs

621 Sеа|iпg, |oсking and seсuring Loсtite 222, Loctite Corporаtion
сompound
622 Sealing,loсking aпd seсuring Loоtite 764' Loсtite Corporation
сompound
623 Sealing, |oсking and seсuring Loсtite 586, Loсtite Coгporation
сompоund
624 Sealing, loсking and seсuгing Loctite 221, Lосtite Gorрoгation
сompound
62в Sealing, |oсking and seсuriпg Loсtite 241' Loсtite Corpоrаtion
сompound
628 Aсtivаtor Т Loсtite 7471, Loctite Coгporation
630 Еpoхy resin adhesive Еleоo|it 325A, Bostik GmbH
631 Hагdeneг for epoxy resin аdhe- Е|eсoIit 3258, Bostik GmbH
sive
6з3 Sealiпg сomрound WL 5.5913.1 PR 1720 F, Le Jоint Fгanсais
мBвN3,l17-131
634 Adhesive tape Sсotсh 5453.25' 3М Deutsсh|and
GmbН
635 Sealing сompouпd LAо 40.776 PR 812' Le Joint Fгanсais
636 Sealing сompound (replaсed by
сM 688)
637 Polyester resin Leguva| K27, BаyeгAG
638 Adhesive Sсotсh Weld ЕC22168lA' 3M Com-
раny
.l38
640 Adhesive Aгаldit AV M. Vantiсo
641 Hardener for CМ 640 Arа|dit HY 297B М, Hаrdener foг
Araldit AV 13B M. Vantiсо
642 Hаrdener for CМ 640 (a|tеrnative) Ara|dit НY 998 M. Hardeneг for
Aгaldit AV 13B M (a|ternative), Vаn-
tiсo
643 Sealing сompоund PR 1201 R' Le Joint Franсаis
644 SeaIing сompound Mll-s.8784 сlass A-1/2 PR 1773 А1|2'Le Joint Frаnсais
645 Loоking and seсuring сompouпd loсking fluid Loоtite 401 (replaсed Loсtite 495)'
Loоtite Corporаtion
647 Seсuring сomрound Есs 6056-1047 Lоctite 601, Lосtite Coгporаtioп
651 Sealing, loсking and seсuгing ЕCD.Мateгia|.No',l 05077 Loсtite 270, Loсtite Corporatiоn
сomрound
Revision 24 C|-{APтЕR 03
Pаge 17
qЭР#tRР.,рtег NЛAINТЕNANсЕ MANUAL MBB Bo105
сin Consumаble Materia! Speсifiсation Produсt / Sourсe
sЕALANт AND ADнЕslvЕs

652 Adhesive tape s1030, Rаyсhem GmbH
653 Cement RтA40. F.P.Т. lndustries LТD
655 Sealiпg Compound Hy|omaг sQ з2п4 / Hy|omar M,
Мarston olсhemie GmbH
656 Adhеsive for асryliс glass Aсrifix 90' Rohm GmbH
657 Adhesive foг aсryIiо glass Agomet М, Degussa
658 Po|yurethаne fi|m аdhesive Sсotсh 8671, (гeplaсed Y 8560-
150), 3f\4 Company
659 Polyurethane film adhesive Sсotсh 8671' (reр|aсed Y 8561.
3049),3M Company
661 Sealing соmpound sAЕ AMs.s.8802 сlass B..1/2 PR 1422B-1|2' Le Joint Frаnсаis
wL 5.5902.'t PR ,|776 B-1|2'Le Joint Frаnоais
662 Seа|ing оomрound sAЕ AMs.s.8802 о|ass B.2 PR 1422 B.2' Le Joint Franсais
wL 5.5902.2 PR 1776 B.2' Le Joint Frаnсais
ECD-Material-No. 771 52
663 Foam rubberadhesive tape, dоu- 4016 Sсotсhmount, 3M Company
ble-sided
664 Adhesive Ес 2216в-A, 3M Company
666 Compound ЕCD-No.072235 PR 120.I Q, Le Joint Frаnсаis
670 Sea|ing сompound firewa|l МlL-S-38249 Тyp 1 PR 812, Le Joint Francais
671 Adhesive, two.сomponent Есs 6054.1012 sW 9323 B/A' 3М Company
в72 Cemeпt, epoxy type сМs N4966396525 ЕA 9309 B/A
Еc 2216 B/A, Loсtite Corporation
673 Adhesive siliсоne KЕ 45 RтV'
Dс 780, Dow Corning Co.
6т4 Adhesive siliсоne transpаrent or Есs 6056.1036 Si|astiс RтV 732, Dow Corning Co.
blaсk
676 Sea|ing, |oсking and secuгing Loоtite 290, Loсtite Corporation
оompound
677 Sea|ing, |oсking аnd sесuring Loсtite 672, Loсtite Corporation
сompound
678 Adhesive FМ 73 K.06, Ameriсan Cyanamid
Cо.
679 Sea|ing, |oоkiпg and seоuring Loоtite 932, Loоtitе Corporаtion
сompound
680 Safety laсquer b|ue ЕCD-MаteriаI.No. 584930 ''Siсhеrungslaсk, bIau',, Baeder
GmbH
683 Seсuring сompound ECD-Мaterial-No. 53732 Loсtite 243 (242)' Loсtite Corрorа-
tion
сHAPтER 03 Revision 24
Page 18
IVIA|NТENANсЕ плANUAL MBB Bo105
€эР-нI*.Рорtег
сllll Gonsumаble Materia| Sрeсifiсation Produсt / Sourсa
sЕALANт AND ADнЕs|vЕs

684 Sealiпg, lосking and seсuring Loсtite 675,
сompound Loоtitе Corporation
685 PVC adhesive tape, blaсk Fa. Coroplasl
686 Sealing сompouпd MIL-S-8784 Klasse B PR 1773 B.
Deutsсhe Нutсhinson GmbН
sAЕ AМs.3267
68т Adhesive Eс з532 вlA, 3M Comрany
688 Bonding аnd sealing сompound Есs 6046..1091 PR 1829 82. Le Joini Frаnсais
сMs N49B8g2182g
694 Adhesive siliсone ЕCD.No. 015027 KЕ 42 RТV'
Shin.Etsu Chemiса| Cоrp.
6026 PU-Film, grey 8681-HS-SS-36173,
3М Deutsсhland GmbН
6028 Adhesive ЕCD.No.035298 Katalysatоr 20, Roehm GmbН
6029 Sea|ing сompound ЕCD.No.54ar4 РR1431-Тype 1,
Deutsсhe Нutсhinson GmbH
wL 5.5903.1
6041 Adhesive paste, two.сomponent ЕCD.Material-No. 678246 EА 9395АlB Нysol
ЕCs 6054-1031
Page 19
qЭР#Г.Р.Р.,рtеr t\i|AlNтЕNANсЕ MANUAL I\4BB Bo1 05
сtv| Consumab|e Material Speсifiсation Product / Sourсe
tt./||sсELLANЕoUs
701 Passivating liquid (See 034 above) (See 03-4 above)
7o7 Nylon сloth, blaсk Pee| Ply No. 6499' Webstoffе Weib.
lingen GmbH
709 Parting and s|iding аgent Тeflon spгay 0.6-0, Н. Costenoble
KG
710 S|iding agent ЕОD-Material-No.683516 Нellerine' Pau| He|lermann GmbH
711 Leak deteоtion sрray Gаlutео 3, F. A' Wobst KG
713 Adhesive ЕCD-No.64681 Mеtаlset.A4, sooтН-oN lNс
714 VinylТape, Adhesive [i|L.|.2439.t (Мll.l-7798) lnterturbine Logistiсs Coгp. *Ъ
L^C24426 '
715 Desiсant M|L-D.3436 Inteгturbine Logistiсs Corp.
ТL 6850-008
718 Siliсone oi|spray Silikonё|-Spгay No. B38, Мatreх
Labor
719 Rubber tape Asтrvl D 2000 (м|L.R.3065) lnteгtuгbine Logistiсs Cоrp,
wL 5.5505.5
720 Lubriсariпg, sliding and separat- .'Spr0h
mit Тeflon.' (Тeflon spray)
ing agent Typ plus 3, Saint-Gobain pampus
GmbH
721 Cleaner for transparent pагts of Prе Cleaner sPR 67, М. Weyeг
сabin сanopУ |mport
Use сommeгсial pгoduоts whiсh are
suitable for aсry|iс g|as
722 Water repel|аnt AМs 15358/15508 3999 WЕSтFALIA Cleаn/l/isiоn
stoсks
)
Prо.Тeсtoг Spray (Use up of ,/
of Repоon permitted)
723 Parting wax тrennwaсhs 826. Leсh|er Chemie
GmbН
726 Glаss fiber fabriс LN 9196 92110' |nterglаs Тeхti| GmbH
WL 8.4и8.60
727 Glass fiber fabriс LN 9196 9214a, |пterglas Тexti| GmbH
wL 8.4s54.60
736 Wax pad, self-аdhesive Тyp | Мaster-waх-sheet,4 mm thiсk, H.G.
Foгrer and Co.
739 Twine, laсing and tying A.A.520B1 (M|L.т-43435) B, lnterturbine Logistiсs Coгp.
Type ll, Size 5, Finish B
J
I
сHAPТЕR 03 Revision 24
Pаge 20
MAINТЕNANсE МANUAL MBB вo105
ФР#IР,"Рoрtrг
сtti Gonsumabte Material Speсifiсatiоn Produсt / Sоurсe
lt.j||sс ЕLLAN ЕoUs

750 Primer Promоtor 86' 3M Comраny
752 Тape (a|uminum foil glаss-woven) P-100, J.J.P.
75З Viny|adhesive tape NY.1, lnteгturbiпe Logistiсs Corp.
758 Leak deteсtion сornpound М|L.PRF.25567 Тyp 1 lnteгturbine Logistiсs Corр.
759 Polishing wax Po|iегwaсhs No.4, Meпzerna Werk
771 Polishing paste Aоry|glаs.Po|ieгpaste, Buгnus
GmbH
7007 Foam material Aгt.-No. 1 301 5' F a. Zerzog
1027 14.1, lпnovаted purсhasing
7016 Тest wire dia. 0.025 mm (0.001in)
сompаny
sPIR.00'1 -50' oMЕGA Engiпeering
inс'
7017 Теst wire dia. 0'075 mm (0.003in) 1 a27 м-2, lnnovated purсhаsing
сompany
sPIR.00з-50' otм ЕGA Еngineering
inс.
7022 Siliсone oi| ECD-No.742458 Rhodorsil oil 47V'12500. Linke &

Partner GbR
Page 21
IvlAlNтЕNANсЕ MANUAL IvlBB Bo105
€ЭР#IP-Р.,рter
03.6 ЕCD-АPPROVЕD sUPPLlЕRs
Тhis сhapter is nоt used anymore.
i!;
с|-|APTЕR 03 Revision 24
Page22
сl-l APTЕR
SELF.
MA NUFAсTURABLЕ
s PЕсIAL TooLs
l'{BB HЕtIсoPTЕRs
мA-INтЕNAI'IсЕ мANUA! },IBB . B0 105
04 s Е I, E'.},tANu Е'Aс тuRA BL Е

sPЕсrAL T00I,s
Table of Contents
04 -1 LIST oE. SЕIE,-МANUE.AсTURAвLE SPЕсIAL Toots J
a4 - 2 тЕсIiI{]сAt IttUsTRAтIoNs 0F SЕI,Е,-I,IANUE,AстURABI,Е

sPЕсIAl тoots 9
, ,,'.,:.j.j.].,,'
, :,('tr(,(*,li:!:,:!(,!
B0 105
сIiAPTЕR 04
ЕURoоoPTЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
l
о
ЦJ
Е
s
eб
э -ё.s E.
сf,
t ч
Ф
U)
ёagЕ ъР
=o=,o.ЬФ
o,сл.=o€.a
gЁ
(б
Е
(J
dt
G
.9
Е
ъ.аgЁРъ ё Е
^
d
аEE:ЁЕ
ь.Е.g.ЕЕ.Ё
g .е
fi fi fi
.>
gЕё
()
o
Ф
a
E .i .ё Еs Ёd
F Е Еg E* ъЕ
I
Е ; ;. io .б,'.;
I ъ
d
'6 Е Е. Еg ЕЁ Е€ Е€ Е*
Ф
с) ea ЕЕ ЕЁ ЕЕ ЕE EЕ
tл6 {t
oё
Jq
oБ
l-б
.z .=Е6
--
d8
.;
Jбо
O';
о)
o)
хх
у99tа o
lдt Б
o.; о)o)o)|l
(в
l^с
7i
Ф
.Е .s 'g 9, я,
яЁ::б4
nt
щЬ
ЬlЦ.с.с
JЕ
ЕlE
zo sсl=ЁЁ;;
ч
J Rб
.Ё.o FNоlsfs
l.
ir
хl.Е
.=
aЁ
-,Аё=
з33з3э
ЗЁ
д Fсчt<')
Alt$lolпJ(\|
(\JNFtsF?
(/t (!
=
J
z ^.O
ёql z q)
(f)
тттYYт
IIIIII
с.) N Gl о| N
o) ФФфtf)'f)'r,
!l яб с) OOOOOO
vq) & 1э
т
| слo.
-FРF?f
ц ъя?
Б
irl
-vЬ
trё Ф
ттттYт
* t() sт!тчsт
I
(f)
\., &P
Фe IL OOOOOO
i_
(: Фх
01
v, Ф9
J s>
F..O
;
z
.o
vo
I
Revision 19 сHAPTЕR 04
Page 3
l.lвв нвtIсoPтЕRs
l.tAINтЕNA}lсЕ t.rANUAt !.tвв . Bo 105
oнq)
.-r
JJ .IJ
Фоr
OФ
б
чl st
r{
<1.
i{i
F.l
sFl
.-| .с
rlu
Aс..i
'<с
у:
Ц-|ro
l|.{o o
ol'|... чo A4 ч
.lJ
л ч{
о
1t с
Ёdo
o !JЦ E Ёo
(It.ft q
.-l t.t ? o
o$. o
O ]J o Еr
.n ё
рё l F]сl 4J..i
rl'с rл-'| c
..1 G'l] сtLl^
Fr о Е o
..{ Фд
(,).fi
F{ !.|
r{ о l..l r{ -{ G)
((' сo+J +J > Ф.d.o
+JЧr U'
q,oA -lo tJ
lнE tJ (1)
ФoЕr .лсJ,o
нO
ь.{
r Ё
.Ё{ U!..t a
д Фo
.с u
с t+r .oФ
."l
tлФ l+| Иiн
15Aэ lro9| o .lб o
'tl
o A.аo o
Ч{]J g ц.{А ё-1 с
бllr.q oслсл
v н Ф16o
б 5 o
.-l Ф..{
Е' +, o tлсJ
-iclдФ Ё (6 a!)cl
(о
Ц +J -|
б d.o -1
.а
q Ф Ф &Ё
Е=н g* (u o.Q
э 8 g o 8H8
gЕf;
Ф.с>
а E.o.Q v,.Q Нц..l &.a вi &.aU
-{
^
o
FI +J d
Ф o o
н o +) o
+J a .J-,
+J o
Ф
-{
огt
-Fl
+,
нцсt rn
I
.d
+) OO.FI +J
OJ A.i.f
E P. -l
Еo
o э5'J
alt
2, U' or оJ Е
r{ г{ (\t
н
Ф
Е Е B
GI
(\I
сo
|€ Ф
\o
za Fl
N
Ёl Ё| € с) 15
ч'r
<Э
сo
O
co ,Ф .J
+J
н
(!
бI
l"
.{
I I
t*- ...1
a)
-'l
r{ -l aс.l
бФ
Ф
t1 OFt (\I (f) чtr
Or F{ -.t r"{ FI .{
trr I tll I
о <l
I
v
I
.r{ <. tf
о
чl. <f, <tr
OФо
'Ч
oo
-l
oz F{
.-{
fч
(\I
F.{
(n
rч
<1.
r{
F{
B0 105
сI{APтЕR 04
Page 4
Ф""гооорteг MAINтЕNANоE ПiANUAL Bo 105
'=
o sf
ФФ т
o=
=ц
o- (Е
<O
Е д€
Е:
эФ
;с'' >s
с ;
б
Ф'
.o
Ф
€3Е 8'с.
э
-o
ЁЕ
i* ЕЁ
хо
o)х ЁЕ :eЕ
Ф.д
E.9 .iв
6
дA
€Q
o ъя
:: ЕЁ
Ф
sо
PФ
6or
Ё.Е $Е ЕЁ
g. бP
(rт EЁ ЕЕ
go
+ E q)
-
(Е
cl
E. EF
9Ar
.Е
()
*с
s#
.sE
Ф o
o a.
о Е
a
(л z (л
o
p
J
() Q)
.сl
5Еg
Щ
Е ЕЕ
EЕЁ Е Ё *
o-
tл z ввб ъ Ч ч Е
ЦJ
J AG' g
o- EEFт'Ft.Ё
Э
o
tr
zэ
E
o)
LL
iTT J T T
ю(oI\сoФOF
OooоoOo T
ЕI
u-
J
lJl
{J zс' сo o,
о o N
l- Р
с)
f
:
сHAPтЕR 04
Rerrision 21 Pagо 5
Ф""гооoрteг IЙA]NтENANoE пjANUAL Bo 105
.Е
сo ari
s с)F t
tEФ
.cф
o.Ф
<O
o5
(,.'Ф о o
olt
E
€*8ё .Е 8'
Ё :fi ЁЁ
6б а
.Е
*
oё
.х.Е
Oо
Ets
Б
ъ Е Е ЕЕ
вE д.E
ъ
€
tg
.Е g* 'g*
.Еа дб EЁ
з- б
й
9o
ФФ .= а
.=
Е: 1э E
C 5Ё Е Е ЁЁйЁ
.9
(Е ;P 6 iЕ
s
.c
o-
o.
ЁЕ Еg Еg Ё* ЁЕ
Ф q)
aэt eg
gа
Еg
сn (Е
!l сt
r8
с)
сэ Er
GI
с
.EЕ
o
с)
Е
ясD C Ё
zo 5:=
g) tL
5
o
u1 E-
o
I Ф]\
ЕЕ
сo
J
33
NоJ 6l
з g
O Ф
дl rr
vt EE 8
Е Е ЕЕ E
\f
цJ
Е oо о
ao. zЁэ |о lо tо
t я
ilt
с0 o-
к'
тт
tо
OO
FF
l', to EETJ'g
s. g oJ 8 €
чvFFтl
(r
O E sJ
sJ Ф чl
fi э ll $t st
тт
с') !тs
оo т
o
I
ltчt
z IL с)o
=
lд
I
J
zс;
IJJ
tл
IL пIФ l\Ф
o o бI 6l (\l Ar
.o
g
l--
сHAPтЕн 04 П
Page 6
Rarision 21
Ф""гocoрtrГ futАlNтЕNANсЕ [\4АNUAL Bo 105
z.9 о,с)пl;3.ф
Фс}
sl!сФ*sF
.ga
*E
аб
ЕаEE*
оDсLr
д E E й $-
d] E Ф Е .g
Ё € ё .Е Е ;Ё
Еg
9 A" Ё
; Ёi Ё
g Е Ё ЕЕrЁ
f,ЕЁэg Ё*EЕEЕ
с
.9
(б
u= ёЁ ЁЁ й ЕЕ .аЕ Её
о-
ЁЁEЕЕЁЕ ЁEgЕЁЁ
gEЬ
бФ
Ф?ёЕ ='-ê
с)
Eq) э
б
бс Ётi'*Еfrдg
.Е
o Ф ЁEЕ8Е.gE
EEg;e.*Ё
о
с)
J
со
z .gEfJРg*g
o
I
3з
tsl
J
() Ф
nJ л AJr
(9с)
Е t-o
э
z т'r?O
Ф с!, $l
ЦJ
J G'
.gфuЬ
еlI
Фoо
lfrr
l-
O с)
э с)
fC\|с)
(.) с)
(о Ф
т
fi
(r)
tll
э tst aJ
.9r ltt
z lJ- O()O a
Е
IL
I
zс'
UJ
сl)
ц o
sс) (o сo
o ,o
G.' с)
l--
Ч
J
П сНAPтЕR 04
Rwislon 22 Pagе7
ЕURoсoPТЕR MAINТЕNANOЕ MANUАL Bo 105
BLANK PAGЕ
оНAPTЕR 04 Rеvision 19
Page 8
MBB ltEtIсOPTЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ I{ANUAL I',IBB - B0 ]-05
0ц-2 TЕс}iNIсAI, ]ttUsтRATIONs 0Е' SЕIЕ'-}.1ANUF'AстURABLЕ sPEсIAt T00ts
GЕNЕRAt
DIN 7168 m ('lmedium'') standard apрliеs to dimепsions speсified wlthout

tоlеranсe limits, refer to Tab}е 1.
Tolеrаnсe in mm for nomina] dimеnslon rаnqe in mm
over ovеr over over ovеr
Dеgree of { <tl 120 400 1000

A.'аtlrа..rl ,{-n
to to to to ln {-^
LU
I 6 ?n 120 400 1000 2000
m (mеdium) t0.l_ r0. 1 lv.z +Л1 t0 .5 10.8 t7.2
Tablе ]-
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 04
I\4BB }tЕtТс0PTЕRs
I"IA]NTЕNANсЕ },lANUA], I',IBB - B0 105
Figurе 04.1 delеted
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 04
MBB ttЕtIсoPTЕRs
I',IAINтENANсE I'{ANUAL I',IBB . B0 105
Мatеrial; Sleеl
Dlmеnsions ln mm
XХ Мarklng
Еigure 04.3 Drift1 toоl No. 3 (105-1З241 !.11)
B0 105
сllAPтЕR 04
Dlлn 1?
IцBB HЕT,IсOPTЕRs
II4AINTЕNANсЕ MANUAI t,lBB . B0 105
о
n
t
тФ
08/26
1 Support Мaterial: Aluminum

Drift Мatеria]: Stee1
Dimensions ln mпl
ХХ Мarking
Еigurе 04-4 Мounting tool, toоl No. 4 (105-42121 li?)
BO 105
сHAPTЕR 04
Pаoр |ц
l4Bв HЕLIс0PTЕRS
}4AINтЕNANсЕ I\,IANUAL I'{BB . Bо 105
1x45o
N
о
N
N
Ф
E
о
ф|
Suррort, Мater1a1: A1uminum

Drif ._l"*---*
t. Маt.er j al: Stее]
Drift J
08/?'l
Dimеnsions in mm
ХХ Мarking
Е,igure 04-5 Мountlng tool, too] No. 5 (105-42122 v{2)
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 04
п^^^ 1tr
},IBB HЕtIс0PTЕRS
I4AINTENANсЕ }|ANUAL MBB * B0 105
OE/ZE
1 Thrust рiесe Маtеria1: Aluminum

Z Soсket It4at.еria1: Stee1
Dimensions ln mп
ХХ Мarking
Еigurе 04-6 Pushing-out tool, tool No. 6 (1,05-q2L24 wlil
B0 105
CнAPTER 04
vad^ I ц
},IBB }IEtIсоPтЕRS
},IAINтЕNANсE },IANUAL I{BB - B0 105
1 Drift l'4atеrial: Steel

2 Suрport
Dimensions ln mm
ХX }4arking
Еigure 04-? Pushing.out tool, tool No. 7 (105-42123 W4)
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 04
Deгуд.1
J
I.lBB ttEtIс0PTЕRs
MAINTЕNANсЕ },IANUAL МBB - B0 105
diа. З2.2.0.1
08,/t0
1 Drift }4atеrial: Stее}

z Suрport
Dimensions rn rnm
ХХ Мarklng
Еigure 04-8 Мounting tool, tool No. 8 (L05-421.22 Wl)
Bо 105
CTIAPTER O4
.l
Dэпо Q
I-1BB }lЕtIсoPTERs
}4A]NтЕNAl{сЕ I\,IANUAI мBB . в0 105
diа. 36
Мateria1: Aluminum
Dimens1ons in mпr
E'igurе 04.9 Suppоrt' tоol No. 9
not illustrated
Еigurе 04.10 Pullеr, tool No. 10
B0 105
CIiAPTЕR 04
МBB }tЕLIсоPTЕRs
},IAINTЕNANсЕ I"IANUAI l,lBB - B0 105
1 Thтust pleсe ir^t^-.i

l^'*"--***'
- 1 .
Steе1
Thrust p1eсe I
3 Drift Мateria1: Aluminurn
Dimensions ln mm
ХХ Мarking
Е19urе 04-11 Pushing out tool, too} No. 11 (117.80168 W1)
B0 105
0n
:111':*
I',lBB tlEtIс0PTERs
I\,lAINтЕNANCЕ },IANUAL МBв - B0 105
0E/з2
1 Pushеr Мatеria1: Aluminum

z DTTIT Мatеrial: Stеe1
Dimеns1ons in mm
ХХ Мarking
Еigure 04-I2 Мounting tool, tool No. ]-2 (117-80168 W2)
B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 04
Daпа ).]
шIBB нELIсOPTЕRS
},IAINтЕNANсЕ },IANUAL l,1BB - B0 105
Еiqure 04-13 deletеd
Е'igure 04-14 delеtеd

B0 l_05
снAPTER 04
Dа*д o.)
@""гооорteг IиAiNтЕNANсЕ I/ANUAL вo 105
Figura 04.15 de|etвd I
Revision 2l сHAPTЕR 04
Pagе 23
.;...;,1;1i. мAINтЕNANOЕ I'/iANUAL Bo 10б
О""rrэоoрtег
I Figure 04.16 dвIoted
сHAPтЕR 04 Rоv|s|on 21
Paga24
!,188 ilЕtIс0PTЕRs
It{AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL мвB - B0 105
Centerlng bоrr
Mat.еrial: Steel
Dimеnsions in mm
ХХ Мarking 08./3з
E'igurе 04.1? Support plate, tool No. 1? (10S-31?65 W1)
Еigurе 04.1B delеted.

an
UV
1nq
IVJ
с}IAPTЕR 0ц
I',lBB }iЕlIс0PтЕRs
I',1AINтЕNANсЕ YIANUAT I4BB - B0 105
AР
э
Bеnd hоok around hoве
trэ
ЕGl
EЕ
loь
т'o
2500
aB/22
Dimеnsions in гflIтl
ХХ l,Iarkiпg
N0TЕ Itеm6=350mm Еor testing of lеak oil

оf thе tandеm hydrauliс unit
Item4=2500mm Changе of hydrau}iс fluid
Dust' сap
Aеroquip-Airсraft'
PiN 3209-6
L Coupling half
Aerоquip-Airсra ft
P/N з205.6 Stylе 1
Clamp {-18 mm dia)
Нosе (hosе, P.V.с. transрarent ].6 x 2 mm rl
.i
а l
' х I mm dla. )
.t
q
Tube (tube, steel 12
Hosе (hоse, P.V,,с. , transрarent ].6 х 2 mm dia. )
Еigurе 04-19 Drain hosе, too] No. 19 (105-45000 W1)
Bо 105
сilAPTЕR 04
т.' . ^^ .) |:
I{BB нЕLIс0PтЕRs
I{AINTЕIIANсЕ II{ANUAI, I{Bв - B0 L05
Ф
6
ХХ }.1arking a
Support sleeve Мatеria1: Чiaal
Dimensions in mm Z Drifi
Е'igurе 04-20 Pushing-out tоo1, tool No. 20 (Ll7-46300 I/{2)
Flgure 04.21 deletеd
B0 105
с,liAPTЕR 04
HЕtIсOPTЕRs
MAINTЕNANсЕ l,lANUAt l,lBB - B0 105
Маteriа1: Stee1
Dimensiоns in mm
XХ Мarking
Еigure 0ц-22 Support, tool Nо. 22 (10s-45041 !{28)
B0 L05
сHAPTЕR 04
D^*^ oo
tiЕLIсOPтЕRs
!,tAINтЕNдI{сЕ мдl.iuAt I'rBв - B0 105
---Г--
I
\i
I
Мaterial: Spring steel

Dimensions in mm
ХХ Mаrking
E.igure 04-23 Е.ixing spring, toоl No. 23 (105.45041 W27)
o
п
Маteriа].: Steei or Alumiпun

Dimensions in mm
ХX Мarking
Еigure 04.24 Mount,ing рlate, tool No. 24 (105-45041 W26)

B0 105
с}iAPтЕR 0 4
Page 29
ЕUнoсoPТЕR }/AINтЕNANсЕ I\лANUAL вo 105
I Figure O+25 deleted
сHAPтЕR 04 levision 19
Pаge 30
ЕURoсoPTЕп I\,IАINTЕNANсЕ fu1ANUAL Bo 105
Figure 04-26 deteted
Revision 19
оHАPтЕR 04
Pаge 31
ttЕtIс0PтЕRs
},1AINтЕNAIIсЕ l'{ANuAL !,lвв . вo 105
0B/\z
ХХ Мarking
Dimensions in mm
-,,.:2:1
1 Мandrel (P .v.с. 16 гпm dia. )

a l.оoр (synthеtiс сord 3 mm dia.)
I Adhеsivе taре, rеd (Width 25 mm)
Е,igure 04.21 Connесting pin, toоl No. 27 (10s-14102 I.l2)
Rn l nc
сIIAPтЕR 04
Page 32
l,1вB tlЕtIс0PTЕRs
}'1AINтЕNAI{сЕ l',lдNUAt I',IBB - в0 105
0в/ь3
XХ Мarking 1
д Мandrel
Dimеnsions in mm Z, Suррort
Мatеria.].:
Mandrel: steel 32 dia.
Suрport': aluminum 40 x 40 tцidt.h
Еlgure 04'28 Pushing.out toо}' tool No. 28 t105-10155 W1)
B0 t_05
с}iAPтЕR 04
Pаgе 33
Q""lъооptег пiAINTЕNANсЕ [\'ANUAL Bo 105
ХX Мarking
Matorial: Spring stesl sheet 0.3 mm thiсk Dimensions in mm
вot 05-wAн-01 8E-R
Figure 0+.2g Тemplate' tool No.29 (105-15103 W9)
I Flguro 04.30 dolotsd
OHAPтЕR 04 Revision 21
Pagв 34
Ф""гоооptег MAINтЕNANсЕ I'ANUAL вo 1o5
Figurе 0l.31 doletod

I
Г*
€
Ф
L I
ra
Ф
o Хx
q
o'
o
I
Мateria|: Aluminum XХ Мarklng

Dimensioпs in mm
Figure 04..rэ2 Raоaрtaсle, too]No.32 (10н1762 W4)
Revision 21 оHAPтЕR 04
Page 35
!4вB ltЕI,TсoPтЕRs
I'IAINTЕNAЬIсЕ !,!ANUAL l',1вв . в0 ].05
l'lateriа1: Steel
ХХ Мarking
Dimensions in mm
Еigure 04.зз Мandrеl, tool No. 33 (105.20001 W4)
l,laterlal: Steel
Dimensions in mm
Е'igure 04-34 Threading-out tool, tool No. 34
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 04
Pagе 36
ЕURoсoPTЕR I\ЛAINТЕNANсЕ MANUAL вO 105
Ф
Ij
B
ь
;
@
XХ Marking
I Piеоe sf wood, approx, 2000 x 200 x 20 mm

2 Pieсe of wood, approх. 500 x 200 х 20 mm
G|ass tube or transрarent hose, 8 mm oD' apprоx. 2 m |оng,
bent to U*shaoe
4 Hose, 10 mm oD, 1 mm wa||thiсkness, approХ.3 m lопg
5 Clamps
Figure 04*35 U-tube гnаnometer, tool No. 35
Rеvision 17
ЕURoсoPтЕR п/AINтЕNANOЕ IиАNUAL вo 105
s'
q
3r
У
Ф
Мaterial: Stee|
Dimensions in mm ХХ Мarking
(,'.') Dimensions in inсhes
Figure 04-36 Test mass, tool no. 36
сHAРтЕR 04 Rovision 17
Page 38
ЕUвoсoРтЕR МAINтЕNANоЕ I\'ANUАL Bo 105
-l
:,
Е
Y
Ф
,/'l\ ltems 2 and 3 bonded with CM 683
Dimensions in mm
Мatsria|: |tem.l Steel(apprоx.40g} 1 Hаmmer head
ltem2 SteelwireФ2mm 2 Handtв
ltвm3 Aluminum06mm 3 Grip
Figure 04-37 Тappiпg hammer
Revislon 19 сHAPтЕR 04
Page 39
МAINтЕNANсЕ I'iANUAL Bo 105
€D""госорtег
Ф
-
з.
o
Б
Мatвrial: A|uminum, approx. 3mm thiоk

ХХ: Marklng fГemp|atв' toolпo.38 for
typв 2 main rotor b|ade)
Not to sоale
All dimeпsions in mm аnd toleranсes i.а.w. DlN/|so 2768m
Figurв 04-38 Temр|аte, toоl No. 38
0HAPТЕн 04 Revision 22
Page 40
\
сHAPTЕR
GROUND HANDLING
l,lBB нвLIс0PтЕRS
i,IAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL }lBB . Bo 105
05 tlЕtIс0PтЕR GR0UND ltANDtING
Table of Contеnts
05 1 Pl,s}lING . tlЕlIсOPтЕR
05 2 ToWING . IIBЬIсoPTЕR q
05 PARKING - нвftсоpтвn I
I',IOORING . IIEIIсOPTЕR
q I
U5 I
05 JAсI(ING . llЕtIсoPтЕR I
05 б itOIsTING . }IЕIIсOPTЕR LZ
ri:i,iii
B0 105
сttAP1ЕR 05
tvlBB llЕt1с0PтЕRs
},lAINTЕNANсЕ IVIANUAL I4BB - B0 105
05 -1 PUsttING . HЕLIсoPтЕR
Speсial tools:
l
Ground Handling Wheels P/N 105-82721
105-82122
105-82723 Configuration I
105-827 66
10s-82? 69 Configuration II after
Configuralion I сonverslon
with SB 80-?1
P/N 117-84421 Configuration I]I
сAUTION T0 AVOID DA}4AGЕ T0 ANY GYRO INsTRUlilЕNTs INSTAILЕD 0N TнЕ

IIЕLIсOPтЕR, D0 NOT JOI,T 0R l,10vЕ нЕLIсOPтЕR FOR ]-0 I.IINUTЕS
Ar'тЕR POWЕR Is RЕ},lOvЕD ЕROIvl TtlЕрI.
]-. Position ground handllng whееls (fig. 05-1) on lеft and right skid tubеs
(8), slidе aft ont'o рiсkup pins (1) and loсk into p1aсe wit.h loсkinq
1еvеr |2| ,
N0тЕ Balanсе hеliсоptеr at tаi1 skid during jaсking and рushing

opеrаtions.
2. Close bleed valve (3) on hydrauliс jaсk (7) using jaсking handlе (4)
and opеratе jacking handlе tо raisе heliсopter. With сonfiguration I1 and
III wheels, oреrate jaсking handlе until piston is extended far enoug,h to
al1ow prоp (6) or stop (5) to be pivoted downwаrd to ]oсk thе pist.on.
з. Open blееd valvе (3) and rе]-еasе рressure j.n hydrauliс jaсk.
CAUTION D0 NOT PUs}l 0R PULL 0N D00Rs' WINDOWS 0R ЕND PLATES.
л
Push оn heliсoptеr аt t.he following points only:
a. Landing gear сrosst.ubes

b. Left and right sidеs of enginе deсk aft edge
с. Left' and тight сabin struсture

d. Tail skid
B0 105
сI{APтЕR 05
Dала ?
I\,1BB ttЕt]сOPTЕRs
I\{AINтЕNANсЕ I{ANIJAI l.1BB - B0 105
Configuration I
same as соnflguratiоn I],
but without prop ( б ).
Configuration II
Configuration III
'l Pinltrrn nin

2 Loсking levеr
З Bleed valve
4 Wheel jaсking handlе
5 St,oр
6 Prop
J Hvdrаtllir: rасk
B Skid tube
' "J
000026.1
н-1ftl1ra llh- |
Instal1ation of ground handlinq wheе1s
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 05
PАrт6 I!
},lBв ltЕtIсoPTЕRS
I,IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAI I{BB . Bo 105
5. Tо lower heliсoptеr equipped with сonfiguration tl or TII ground handllng

wheels, с1ose bleed valve (3), fully extеnd hydrau1iс jaсk piston, and
pivot prop (6) or stop (5) uрward.
6. Slowly open bleed valve (3) and lower heliсoptеr.
1 . Raise loсking lever (2\ to disеngage ground handling wheels. Putl wheеls
forward and rеmove from skid tubes (8).
05 . 2 тOWTNG . I{ЕL]сOPTЕR
Spесial tools:
Ground Handling Wheels P/N 105-82?2l or
LA5-82122
105-82?23
10s-82766
105-82769
117-84421
Tow bar 105-W20
].. ]nstall ground handling Whееls on skid tubes 1rдfar tn nа'^ 05-1.
сAUTION T0 AVOID DAМAGЕ т0 ANY GYRO INSTRUI,IЕNTS ]NSTALLЕD

0N THЕ }IЕLIс0PTЕR' D0 NOT JOLT 0R l-'10VЕ HЕLIсOPTЕR
E'OR 10 М]NUTES AгTER POWЕR Is REI\jOVЕD F'R0.ш1 тнЕ}{.
2, Attaсh tow bar (1, f1g. 05.2) to left and right. skid tubеs (2).
3. Tow heliсopter at less than 10 km/h. Мinimum turning radius is 10 m.
4, Removе tow bar after towlng operat'ion
5. Lower heliсoрter and rеmove grоund handling whеels frоm skid tubеs. Refеr
tо para 05-1.
BO L05
сHAPтЕR 05
}tЕLIсоPTЕRs
I'{AINTЕNANсЕ IvIANUAL I\,188 - B0 105
I Tоw bar
L Skid tube
Гigure 05.2 He1iсopter equipped with tow bar
B0 105
снAPTЕR 05
Рапо 6
l',1вB tlEtIсOPтЕRs
MAINтENANсЕ },IANUAL I'{Bв . B0 105
05 -3 PARKING - I{EIIсOPTЕR
Speсial tools:
Pitot, tubeсover ].05.83106
Еngine air inlet сovеr 105-83206
Ejeсtоr duсt сover 105-83211
Comprеssor intake сovеr 105-83215
Maln rot,or blade tiedown (hook) 105-83221
Tai1 rotor bladе tledown (sleеve) 105.83226
1. Ground the hеliсOрtеr using ground сable (1, fig. 05-з).

2. Swit,сh off all eleсtrical loads. parking the hеliсoptеr for a long
When
periоd, discоnnесt the bat't,ery from thе еleсtriсal systеm.
3. Close and 1oсk doors, sliding windоws and aсcess covеrs.
4. Тnst'a]l protеctive сovеrs on pitоt tube (1), enginе air in]-et {2| and
еjeсtor duсt (3) . Whеn thе еnginе сowling is removed, the enginе air in]-et
must be сovеrеd with сomрressor intakе сover (4) .
NOTЕ o Тf thе heliсopter is to be parkеd in the оpеn

for a 1ong pеriod, tiе down main and tail rotor
].rl эrlдc
o If wind vеloсities higher than 45 knots are fore-

сasl, рark thе hеliсoрtеr in a hangar. If this ls
not possible tiе down main and tai] rotor b].adеs
and moor t'he heliсoрt'еr as outlinеd in рaragraрh 05.4.
5. Tiе down maln and tal1 rоt'or b}adеs as follows:
a. Rotate main rotor unti1 tall rotor bladеs are .approхimately рara1le1
to thе vertiсal fin and one maln rotor b]ade is over the tait boom.
b. Attaсh t'iе-down hook (5) t.o thе mаin rotor b]adе pointinq to the rеar
and fastеn t'о thе tail boom.
с. Inst'all tie-down sleеvе (6) on thе lower tail rotor b].ade and fastеn
to the tail boom.
в0 105
снAPтЕR 05
Dэпа ?
I\,IBB [tЕtIсOPTЕRs
},1A]NтЕNANсE I',IANUAI I\,IBB - B0 105
05 . 4 }400RING - }iЕL]сOPTЕR
1. Еill up fuel tanks.

2, Tie main and. tai1 rotor blаdеs down as out.]inеd ln paragraph 05.3, step 5.
3. Мoоr cross tubеs of the landing gеаr with mooring roprs (B) as shown in
figurе 05.3 or plaсe sand bags on landing skids.
05 -5 JAсKING - IIELIсoРTЕR
Speсial tool:
.Jaсks manufaсtured by Hydro-Gerёtebau, Biberaсh; or еquivalent
1. Park hеliсoptеr on a solid and evеn sutfaсе.

2. Pоsition jaсks (2, fig. 05-4) bеlow jaсking point fiЕtings (1).
WARNТNG RAISЕ TttЕ HЕtIсcРTЕR ЕVЕNLY т0 кЕЕP IT IN BALANCЕ.
3. Oрeratе thе jaсks (2) and raisе the hеliсopt'еr evеn}y. Loсk jaсks by
sс:eъling dоъln rеsрeсtivе spindlе nut.s.
4. Bеfore Iowering thе hеliсоptеr, rеmove all objeсt,s likely to сausе damage
to thе hеIiсoptеr.
5. Unsсrew spindle nut. Slowly орen jaсk rеlease valvеs and lowеr heliсoрter
evеnly.
6. Rеmovе jасks from thе hе1iсoрter.
B0 105
сI]APTЕR 05
o Е trl-ir-{д
o.-r +J .d 'сl д .6 o)
O Op{
lJ, {,ч5lrt.{н
o o o t''н
o
д..lз Ф{J*tE;
5cl
l- .lJ н gr o o.rl t,|
lц (uoФr{нrdЕ!
a р Е{J н Е..l
o..| U o{A.{ 5н
р t,t Е
(l, ..| ..|
-.{ A.пo (' rtl н o
o.- o
orAlElL)Ен()Е
r-{б|(nч.Ф\oг\Ф
IJJ
J
а
F
ln
сl
L'
l-
ц|
сl
ш
!
lrJ
o
m\
t',lBв }IЕLIсOPTЕRS
МAINTЕNANсЕ }lANuAt мBB - B0 105
1 ,Iacking point fi'l-l-inп

ддuUдrrY
z Jaсk
Еigure 05-4 Jaсking Lhe hеliсoptеr
B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 05
мBB llЕLIсoPтЕRs
},IAINтENANсЕ },IANUAL }IBB . B0 105
05 . 6 }ioISTTNG - }IЕLIсOPтЕR
Spесial tools:
The follоvling hoist.ing deviсеs may be used depending on thе maxlmum 1ifting
лenrпi
vцrЧvдuj.}tr
Holsting dеviсe 105-14101 W5 1121-14102 v01 117 W3
Hоisting s1lng i05 v{I2 105 I,027
Мax. 1ifting сaрaсlty 20000 N 23000 N 35000 N 36000 N
1. If thе rotor head is rеmovеd, install hoisting deviсe ]-05 W27 and lift
thе hеliсорter (seе fig. 05-5).
2. If the rotoт head ls insta}lеd, attaсh hoistinq deviсe 117 WЗ аnd lift
the hе]iсoptеr (see fig. 05-5).
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 05
Dзпa .,i
?
I\,IBB ItЕtIсOPTЕRs
I,IATNTЕNANсЕ I',IANUAL l'{BB . B0 105
Yr/
--v --^
\\\(
1 Holsting deviсе
2 Hoistlng sling
J Rоtor mast
Attaсh сrane hook to сenter

hoist'ing eyе whеn hoisting
thе hеllсoptеr
Еigure 05.5 Hoisting provisions
B0 L05
CHAPTЕR 05
uэft^ | <l |а
сHAPTЕR
RЕFUЕLING AND
DЕFUЕLlNG
I'iBB }IЕtIс0PтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ l'{ANUAt !,1BB . Bo 1'05
06- RЕE. IIЕtТNG AND DЕE,uЕЬING
TaPle of Contе}lg
06 -1 DЕSсRIPTION - RЕE.UЕLING A}ID DЕFUЕtING 3
06-2 RЕE'UЕLING 3
06 - 3 DЕгUЕtING Б
B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 06
1 Ia
l.1BB IIELIсoPтЕRS
I\4AINтЕNANсЕ IIANUAI, IvlBB - в0 105
06 -1 DЕSсRIPTION - RЕE.UЕL]NG AI{D DЕE'UЕL]NG
Еor fueling operations park thе heliсоpter on level grоund and estаblish
eleсtrlсal ground соnneсtion. Keеp fire еxtinguisher ready at hand. To spееd
up refueling, it is advisable to turn on the fuel pumРs of the main fue1 tank.
E'or fuel tank сapaсity' rеfеr to tab1e 06-1. Е'or dеfueling of the fuel tanks
usе thе fuel puтnps. If possible an eхternal powеr unit should. be used in both
сases tо сonsеrvе the battery Рower. Position eхternal powеr unit, if avai*
1able, at a safe distanсе (aрproximately 10 m) and сonnЬсt. Еstabllsh
eleсtriсal ground сonnесtion betweeп heliсoрter. fuelj.ng vehiсle аnd, if
available, the eхternal рovler unit. If a piсk-up сontainеr is used to сollесt
the fuel when defueling, an eleсtriсal ground соnneсtion must also bе pro.
vidеd for the сontalner.
06-2 RЕЕ.UЕtING
WARNING o T0 PRЕVЕNт T}lЕ }IAZARD oЕ Е.IRЕ AND ЕХPLOSION

сAUSЕD BY sPARКs RЕSULTING E.ROI{ STAтIс сltARGЕ,
AtWAYs ESтABL]SH ЕLЕсTRIсAI GROUND сoNNЕстION
BЕЕ'ORЕ START]NG RЕE.UЕLING OPЕRATIONS AND D0
NOT RЕ}40vЕ UNTIL RЕЕ'UЕIING Is OvЕR.
o D0 NOT с0NNЕсT' DISсONNЕCт 0R RЕl40vЕ TнЕ BAтTЕRY

DURING 0R I}4}4ЕD]ATELY AЕ'TЕR RЕЕ.UЕ],]NG.
1. Connесt externa]. power unit if main t,ank fuel pumps aIe to swj.tсhеd
on to sрееd the rеfuelling рrОсеss.
2, Сonneсt ground wires tо hеliсoрtrr' fuеling vеhiсlе and, if usеd,
еxtеrnal power unit (rеfer to flgure 06.1).
з. Unloсk and remove сap (3, flguгe 06-i) from fue1 fillеr nесk (1).
4. Insеrt' ground wirе of fillеr grip {6) into thе GROUND HERЕ rесeрtaсle \2)
above the fll]er neсk.
5. Switсh on fuel pumps of the main tank. As soon as the supply tank 1S
fi1led' switсh off the fuel pumps. Refuеl the main tank until thе fuе1
level reaсhes thе edge of thе fi1ler neсk.
Close fi1lеr neсk wlth сaр (з) and sесure.
't. Turn off eхtеrnal рower unit, if usеd, and disсonnесt from hеliсoрter.
B. Remove еleсtriсa1 ground wlrе from fueling vehiс].е аnd eхternal рower
unit.
B0 105
с}IAPтЕR 06
Daпa ?
l,1BB lIЕtIсOPTERS
I4AINTЕNANсЕ MANUAI l',1BB - Bо 105
DЕтAIL с
DЕтA|L B
DEтAIL A
1 Tank fi11er nесk

GROUND ltЕRЕ reсeрtaс]е
J UaьJ
ц гuЬt feed ]lnе сoup]lnq
5 Еuе] feеd llnе
(rj.ght engine)
6 t"iller griр
"l
Ground wirе of the hе]iсoрt,еr
I Grounding tеrmina] on thе ground
э Ground ъiire оf Lhe fuelinq vеhiсle
Еigure 06-1 Rеfuеling and defueling

B0 105
сHAPтER 06
I)зпа А
I{BB }tЕtIсOPTЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAI Мвв - B0 105
06 . 3 DЕЕ.UЕIING
WARNING o T0 PRЕVЕNт TllЕ llAzARD оE' F'IRЕ AND ЕxPtOsION

сAUSЕD BY sPARKs RЕSUIтING Е.ROI{ STATIс сHARGЕ'
AtWAYs ЕsTABlIsн ЕtЕсTRIсAt GRouND сoNNЕсTТON
BЕE'oRЕ SтARTING RЕЕ'UЕLING oPЕRAтIONS AND D0
NOT RЕMоvЕ UNтIL RЕFUЕL]NG Is OvЕR.
o D0 NOT сONNЕсT' DISсONNЕсT 0R R'Еt\,iOvЕ THЕ BAттЕRY

DURING 0R ]}ш'IЕD]ATЕI.Y AFTЕR RЕЕ.UЕLING.
1. Conneсt еxternal рОWеr unit.
2, Conneсt grоund wirеs to hе1iсoptеr' ехterna1 рowеr unit., fueling vehiсlе

and piсk.up сontainers.
? Anдn anгтlng aссess door and seсurr i| in the oреn рosition.
4. Disсonneсt fuel feеd linе (5, figure 06.1) of one of the enginеs from fuеl
fеed linе сoupling (4) above the еnginle deсk. To spееd uр defueling, the
fuе]. fееd lines of both engines may bе disсonnесtеd. Disсоnnесt both fuel
linеs in fuel systerпs сontaining a dividеd suррly tank.
5. Conneсt dеfuеling linе to thе fuel feed linе соupling. Route Lhе free еnd
of the defuеling 1ine inLo the сontаinеr '
6, Turn on eхtеrnal рowеr unit and fuel purrrps of thе main and supрly tanks.
If no eхternal pоwеr unit is availаblе, opеrate only one fueJ- рump аt a
time. Switсh on both fuel pumps in thе supply tank if suрply tank is
dlvidеd. Use fueling vehiсlе in the evеnt that еxееss fuеI must bе
сolleсted from the сont.ainеr to prevеnt it from ovеrflowing.
.7. Cheсk fue1 quantity indiсatоr reading. If the fuel taпks hаve been emptied
t,urn of f fuel pumps.
8. Dlsсonпeсt and removе the defueling line from the fuеl feеd Iine сoupling.
Reсonneсt fuel feеd line (5) to fuеl fееd linе сoupling (4) '
9. Closе еngine aссess door. Turn off еxternаl рowеr unit, if usеd, and
disсоnneсt from heliсopter.
10. Colleсt fuel residue from drain valves in piсk-up сontаiners. Еmрty
pick-up containers.
11. Remоvе ground wires.
B0 105
сllAPTЕR 06
Б^-^ tr
MBB HЕLIс0PTERS
},IATNTЕNANсЕ tllANUAt l4BB . B0 ].05
Caрaсity Usable fuel
Fuel tanks Litеr Kilogram Litеr Кi1оgram
q? '14
Supply tank 95.5 /b
Е'orward and
rear main
tank 484.5 З88 471 382
All tanks 580 464 570 456
Thе above data arе based on a fuel densi.ty оf 0.8 kg рer liter.
Table 06-1 Fuеl tank сapaсitу
BO 105
сHAPTЕR 06
Daпa 6
сHAPTЕR
MAIN ТRANslvl lssloN

МBв нELIсOPTЕRS
},IAТNтЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL It,lBB . Bo 105
11 I'1 AIN TRANSI',1 ISSION
Table of Cоntеnts
Pаragraрh Tit1е
11 - 1 DЕSсRIPт]ОN - I.IAIN TRANSМISSION
lr
II - Z
^ тROUBLЕSi1OОTING - MAIN TRANs},lIssION Ч
11 - 3 INSPЕсT'ION г0R C0NDIтION . }{AiN тRANst"IIssION LZ
11 - 4 OIL сllANGЕ . I4ATN тRANs}4Iss]ON 1.'l
11 - 5 RЕl'{OVAt - I,IAIN тRANs}lIssION 1B
l-I - b DISI\,IANTLING . l4A1N TRANSмISSION 25
11 - 7 BUILD-UP - МAIN TRANSМISS]ON 26
rl - ё INSTALLATION - мAIN TRA}Is},lIssION 11
il - 9 0if f ilter 5t
11 - 10 Rеmoval - o1l filtеr 5Z
11 - L1 Installation - oil filter 32
1I-T2 Rеmoval - filtеr еlement 3"1
11 - 1з Inspeсtlon and сlеaning . f1lter element 3'7
11 - 14 Insta1lation . filtеr elеment 3B
11 - 15 Е1eсt'riс сhiр d et.есt, or {Ч
l_r - lb Мagnetiс drain plug and

drain valve з9
11 I1 Rеmоva1 - magnеtiс drain plug and drain valve 39
11 1B Insресtion and сIeaning . magnеtiс drain рlug or

elесtriс сhip dеtесtоr 39
11 !Э Installation - magnеtiс drain р1ug and drain valvе чZ
11 ^,^
01l tеmperat. urе warning
svlit,сh чl
B0 105
сliAPтЕR 11
Rеvisj.оn 5 Рagе 1
N,IBB HЕLICOPTЕRs
l\,lA1NTЕNANCЕ I4ANUAL I\488 - B0 105
Paragraрh Tit1е Page
11 - 21 Reрlaсеmеnt. oi} temрeraturе warnlng sr+itсh .чL

А.
11
LI ia
- ZZ 0i1 te n A r э t tr r д
rvд bu1 Ь
u qJ
II - A'Z5 Rер}aсement' oil t.еmperaturе bulb 4З
TL-24 Low рr ssurr wa rnin

switсh 44
11 25 Rеplaсement - lovl pressurе lilarn ing switсh 44
11 26 0il pressure t ra nsmittеr 45
11
оa
LI Rерlaсеment - oi1 рressure tran cmittдr 45
11 t0 0il f it1er nес k 45
11 ?q Rеmoval - oil filler nесk 45
11 30 Insta]].ation - oi1 fi1ter nесk цo
11 {l Rер1aсеment of ga sket. oil

lеvеl sight g1ass 48
11 Aссessory gearboх 49
1L 33 Rеmоval - aссessоry gearbox 49
Ll Installation - acсеssоry gе arbox

11 Rеplaсеmеnt of sеals - aссеssory gearboх
11 36 Rotary transmltt еr
11 Rетnova] - rotary transmittеr 54
11 ?o
JU Installation - rotary transmitter 56
11 39 Slip ring retainer 5"1
11 40 Rеmоval and disаssеmbly . s1lp ring rеtalner
11 41 Assembly and lnstallation - slip ring retainer 60
11 Аэ Еan assernb1y 62
11 ^? Removal - fan assеmblv 62
11 44 Insta]-]atj.оn . fan assembly 63
B0 105
СI.IAPTЕR 11
Pagе 2
}4BB HЕLIс0PTЕRs
l,tAINTЕNANCЕ }4ANUAL мBB - B0 105
Paragraрh Titlе Рагrд

r ч:,9
11 - 45 Replaсement of shaft sеаl - fan assemblv 64
1l
ll - чo
^r 0i1 pump 69
II.ц1 Remova] - o11 рump 69
11 - 48 Instal]atloп . oi] pump 70
11 - 49 Transmiss ion mounting

V-struts 11
IL
11 50 Removal - transmission mounting V-struts 11

IL
t1 51 InspeсLion and repair - transmission гnоunting V.struts 11
11 52 Installation . transпlssion mоunting V.struts U!
11 53 Drivе shaf t 6Z
11 54 Removal - drive shаft бZ
11 55 Insресtlоn - drive shаft 84
11 Instal-lat,ion - drive shafi: 89
Rеp1aсement of haft
,J,
11 5'7 D эrсlJ.
'I
t,ail rotor dri ve 91
11 - 58 D r i v e a s s e m b l y . соnfiguration 1
(Drive flange bolted to frееwhееl out'er shaft) 93
11-59 Replaсешеnt of shaft' sеal - drive assembly

(соnfiguratlon I) YJ
11 60 Rеmoval - сlutсh assembly (сonfiguration ]) 9ц
1t 6t Ihst'a1lation - сlut,сh assembly (сonfigi.11дtion I) 99
11 62 D r 1 v е a s s e m b 1 y . соnfigurat.lon II
(Drive flange integral with t'he freewhеel shaft) 101
11 - 6З Rеp}aсement of shаft sea1 . сlutсh assеmbly

(сonfiguration II) 101
1't o.l Remоva.]. - с1utсh assеmbly (соnfiguration II) 103
11
fa 65 ]nstallalion - сlutсh assеmbly (сonfigurаtion II) 105
"t -l
66 Гunсtional test - с]utсh assemblv 108
l1 61 Insресtion - сlutсh assembly' drive shaft and frеe whee]

outer shaft 109
B0 105
снAPTЕR 11
Rеvision 5 Yagе 5/ ц
!,IBB }iЕLIсоPTЕRs
}IAINTЕNANсЕ }4ANUAI l'1BB . B0 105
].1 - 1 DЕSсRIPтION . I\,IAIN TRANSI\,IISSION
1 General
The main transmission (sеe figure 1]..].) transmits thе driving power of thе
two engines to the main rotor, the tаil rotor and the aссеssory unlts.
The main transmissiоn is bottеd to thе transmission deсk and supportеd at

the top by two V-shaped mоunting struLs whlсh transmit the mаin rotor
fоrсes to the fuselage.
Thе aссеssory gearboх t12l drivеs two hydrauliс pumps and the RP},l
taсhometеr.
2. Oil system (sеe fig. 11.3)
Thе oil systеm prоvidеs сontinuous lubricatlon of the main transmisslon

togethеr with simultaneоus сooling of the oil by thе о1l сooler. Thе oil
PumРl whiсh is driven by one of the intermеdiate drlve shafts, draws oil
from the transmissiоn sump and returns it via the fine fltter with press-
urе byрass and the oil соo.ler tо the distribution manlfold in the maln
transmission. lfithln the main transmission the oi] is distributеd thrоugh
various galleries, 1ines and oil jets t,о thе gears1 bearlngs and сlutсh
assembliеs from wherе it flows intо the sump in the lowеr hоusing. oir
tеmperature and oi1 pressure indiсators and a 1or+ рressurе and high tem.
реrature warning light are provided on the instrumеnt panеl.
з. Tесhniсal daЕa:
:
Oil сapaсity 10.3 1itres

Lubricating oil refer to сhaрtеr 101.2 LUBRIсATION CнART *
Max. oi1 prеssure 1.75 bar *
Мax. оil tempеrature ].05 oс
Weight aРprox. 152 hg
БU lU5
снAPтER 11
Revision 2 Pagе 5
Мвв нЕtIсoPтЕRs
!,IAINтвNд]{сE !,lANUAl Mвв - в0 105
I
l"lain rotor mast
L Swash platе
Flange
ч Planetary drive assy
Е'an.
o Fan gearboх
1 Tail rotor drive assy
I Freеwheel drive assy
9 Intermediate shaft
with bevel gear
10 011 pump
11 Collector drive assy
L2 Aссеssory gearbox
100?19
Еigure l.1-1. Мain transпissiоn - sесtional view

в0 105
сttAPтЕR 11
Page 6
},1BB l{Еt1сoPтЕRs
}{AINтENA}IсЕ мANUAI l,lвB . в0 105
7-
1 Rotor mast 8 Chip deteсtor

2 Tail rotоr drive assy 9 0i1 pump
3 Bevel gear L0 l'an assembly
4 Aссessоry drive shaft 11 Sun gear
5 Frееwheel unit 12 Planetary gear
6 Bеvеl gear shaft 13 Planetary сarrier
7 Bevе1 gear 14 Aосessory gearbox
Еigure 11-2 Мain transmission - gear train

в0 105
с}IAPтЕR ].].
Page ?
нЕtIс0PтЕRs
I.{AINтЕNANсE !,IANUAL }4Bв - B0 105
Warning light
oп iпstrument рanr|
Рlessu16 indiсаlof
on instrumёnt Panel
Upрer houвing
of mаin trаnsm|ssion
oil oressurе transmitter

сentвr hous|ng
qf main transmisslon
Lower houslng
ol main transmisslon
Sight gless
оll tempsrаturr buIb
PreSsUre lines
Temperаturе indiсator Еl€сtriсal wiring

on instrument pаnel -
100?s0
Еigure 11.3 Sсhernatic - oil system
в0 ].05
сндPTЕR ].1
Dэrто Я
€эР#жРoptег MA|NТЕNANсЕ МANUАL Bo 105
11 .2 тROUBLЕSHOот|NG . !!|AlN тRANsПn|ssloN
NoтЕ For fudher indiсations of trouble, probabIв саuses aпd оorreсtive aсtions, refer to сhaрter
9'l'
No. тнoUвLЕ sYмPТoМ PROBABLЕ cAUsЕ сoнRЕcTlvЕ АсTloN
. .1 oi| pressure toо high oi| pressure traпsmitter defeс. Fteplaсe oi| pressure transmitter
tive with serviсeab|e one
oil pressure indiсator defeоtive Replaсe oil рressure indiсator
with serviоeab|e oпe
2 on рressure indication too |ow, Warning light bulb defective Reр|ace bu|b
but wаrning light Т-o|L off
Pressure switсh defeсtive Replaсe pressure switоh with
serviсeab|e one
3 oil pressure iпdiсatioп toо low. Trаnsmission oi| |eveltoо low Cheсk transmissioп oi| |eveland
Warning light Т-o|L on. serviсe with oil, if nеоessary
oi| pump defeоtive Remove and inspeсt оil pump.
Flep|aсe defective oil рump
o-rings on oiljets defeсtive Remove oi|jets and rep|aсe o-
Пngs
Lines or оonпeоtioпs |eaky lпspeоt al| |ines аnd conneсtions
for leaks and rep|aсe as neсes-
sary
Fine fi|ter housing leaky Replaоe defeоtive paгts
Fine filter and/or bypass Clean bypass
с|ogged
Suсtion fi|teг с|ogged Clean suоtion filter
4 oi| pressure and oilternрerature Pressure switоh defeсtive Rep|aсe pressure switсh with
indiоations аre within permissi- serviсeable one
b|e limits. т-o|L warning |ight
on
Suсtion filter с|ogged C|ean suсtion fi|ter
5 No oi| pressure indiоation For probable оauses and оor-
reсtive actions' refer to сhapter
91.
6 oi| tempоrature indiоation too Warning light bu|b defeоtive. Rep|aсe bulb
high. Wаrning light T-olL off
oiltemperaturewarning switсh Replaоe oiltemperature warпing
defeсtive. switсh With serviоeab|e one
Тab|e 11-.| Тrоubleshooting - main transmissiоn (1 оf 3)
Revisioп 24 сНAPТЕп 11
Page 9
€эРЖяРoрteг MAINтЕNANсЕ |\4ANUAL Bo 105
No. тRoUвLЕ sYMPтoM PROBAвLE сAUsЕ сoRRЕcт|VЕ Aст|oN
7 oil temperature indiоation too Тransrnission oil leve| toо |ow Cheоk transmissiоn oi| level;
high. Т.o|L warning light oп serviсe with oi| as necessary
oi| сoo|er dirtv Clean exterior surfaоe of oil
соoler; refer to оhapter 63
C|ean oi| passages of oi| сoo|er;
refer to сhарter 63
8 oi| temperature indiсatiоn too oi| temperature bulb defeсtive Replaоe oil temperature bu|b
low with serviоeab|e one
Тemperature indiсаtоr defeсtive Replaсe temperature iпdiсator
with serviсeab|e oпe
9 No oil temperature indiоatioп For probab|e саUses and оor.
reсtive аоtions, refer to сhapter
91.
.10 Warning light Т-PLUG on Aссumulation of metal оhips oп Remove chip deteоtоr and in-
оhip deteсtor speоt for meta| сhips. lf сhiрs
are evident, assess in aсоor.
.l1-14
danсe with figure and
prосeed iп aоооrdаnсe with
table-11-2
Remove oil fi|ter and inspeсt for
сhips. lf сhips are evident, аs.
sess in aссordanсe with figurе
11-14 and рroсeed in aссor-
danсe with tab|e 11-2. Removе
oil pump and c|ean sсr€ens
Defесtive сhip detector |пspect сhip deteсtor for dam-
age and rep|aоe as neоessary
11 Тraсes of oil oп traпsmission in. Leaky shaft seа| Replaсe shaft seal(refеr to para.
put drive 11-58 or 11-62)
12 Тraсes of oi| around fan drive Shaft sea| or o-ring оf fan drive Replaоe shaft sea| or o-rings
defeсtive (refer to para. 11-45)
13 Тrаоes of oi| on tai| tail rotor Shaft seal of tail rotor drive de. Fleplасe shаft seal {refer to
drivо feоtive para, 11-57}
14 Тraces of oil on aсоessory geаr. Seals ot aссessory drive detec- Replace seals (reter to рara.
box tive 11-35)
15 Тraоes of oil on exterior of Shаft seal of slip ring retainer Replaсe shaft seat (refer to
rotary transmitter drive shaft defeоtjve paragraph 11-39)
o-ring or shaft sra|of rotary Replaоe o-ring and shaft seal
trаnsmitter drive shaft defective (efer to paragraph 11-з6)
16 Тraсes of oi| in vicinity of flange Shaft sea| or o-ring oп rotor Rep|aсe shaft seal оr o*ring
on transmission uрper hоusing mast defeсtive (refer to RЕtt/ 103)
Тab|e 11.1 Troubleshooting - main transrnission {2 оf 3)
OHAPтЕR 11 Revision 24
Page 10
I\{AINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
еP#ffiРорter
No. тRoUBLЕ sYMPтoM PRоBABLЕ сAUSE сoRRЕcт|VЕ AсТloN
17 oi| leakage from draiп pipe be- Aсоessory gearbox leaky Rep|aсe aсоessory gearbox (re.
|ow hydrau|iс unit fer to paragraph 11-32)
18 level tube
to lI
Abnormaly high vibratioп Craоk in аrea оf suport Visual|y inspeоt area of supрort
f|ange tube f|ange for сraсks (refer
рaragraph 1.t-3. l
.l1-1
Ъb|e Тroubleshooting - main transmission (3 of 3}
Flеvision 24 сHAPТЕH 11
Page 11
MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
€э-е#tР-Рoptег
11 . 3 lNsPЕотloN FoR сoNDlтloN . tt,lAlN тRANstt,llssloN
a
Visua||y inspeсt mаin transmission for mechaniсal damage, сorrosion and damaged surfaсe proteсtion.
Visua||y inspeоt housing for оraоks.
a. Replace mаin transmission if сraсks are deteсted in the housing.
b. Repair meоhaпiсaldamagе and оorrosioп as ouilined in сhapter 02' Fardamаge and rewоrk limits, reter
to figure 11 -4.
с. Toueh up suгfaоe рroteсtion as out|ined in сhaрter 02' using two-сomponent PUR laоquer (сM 437).
, Visual|y iпspeсt for |eakage at tho fol|owing split lines:
a. Мain trаnsmission upрer housing - Suрport tube flange
b. Main transmission upper housing _ Mаin transmissiоn center seсtion
о. Main transmission сenter housing * main transmission bоttоm seоtioп
d. Мaln transmission оenter housinq - Aосessory gearbox
e. Aсоessorygearbox - Hydтautiо рumрs/RPМ tасhоmeter and соvеr о{

aссessory drive
f. Main transmission сenter housing - Cooling fan drive
g. [/ain transmission сenter housing - Ъi|rоtordrive
h. Мain transmission |ower housing - lпput drive with с|utсh assembly

lf leakage oооurs' removo the affeсted рart as outlined in MoМ or in the app|iсable RЕМ and rep|aсe sea|s.
Inspeоt sp|it |inоs between maiп transmission and асоessory оomрonents, oi|temрerature warning switсh,
оonneоtion for oil pressure lines, and elbow of oi| fil|er neоk for leakage. l{ |eakage oосurs, removо thв аf.
feоted рafi and rep|ace seals.
4. lпspect sp|it line between mаin transmission and oil level sight g|ass for leakage aпd inspeсt oil |eve| sight
g|ass for сontaminаtion. lf leakаge is evideпt, reрlaоe seal (refer to paragraph 11-31). Clean сontaminated
glass.
5. Inspect split liпe between main transmissiоn and oil pump for |eakage. Forthis purpose, insресt oi| drip рan
be|ow oilpumpfortraсes of oil. If |eakage is evident, remove oi|pump and rep|асeseals (refertoparagraphs
11-47 and 11-48).
6. lnspeоt split line betweeп main transmissioп and sliр ring гetainer flange for leakage. For this purpose, тe-
move сabin interior panel|ing and oi| pan as пeоessary. |f |еakage is evideпt, rep|aоe seals (refer to para-
graph '11-39).
7. Remove half* she||s of fire wal| assemb|y as for as neсessary to епab|e the fo||owing insрeоtion of the dгivе
shafts.
B. lnspeсt drive shаfts'

J
OНAPTEFI 11 Revislon 24
Page 12
MAINтЕNANсЕ |\4ANUAL Bo 105
еРsГ-o..9opЕer
Cоnfiguratioп l (see figure 11-з5)
a. lnspeоt drive shafts for meсhaпical and сorrosion damage and damaged sudaоe proteсtion.
Remove drive shаfts exhibiting sсratоhes, пiсks, sоares or сorrosion aссording to paragrаph 11-54,
and subjeсt to a thorough inspeсtion aссording to paragraph 11-55'
Тouсh up damaged suгfaсe proteсtioп aосording to paragraph 11-55.
b. Inspeсt slippage marks between bo|ts (3' figure 11 -35) аnd main transmission drive f|ange (6) for mоve.
meпt'
If s|ippage marks are damaged, оheсk torque of bolts and tighten as neсessary to torque shown iп figure
11 --35.
Аpp|y s|ippage marks, using lооking сomponent (сi\il 620).
с. Inspect anсhor пutsforсoпdition and secure iпstal|ation' Replaсedamaged or |оoseanоhor nuts aссord.
ing to paragraph 11-55.
d. Inspeоt p|aсards for dаmage and seрaratioп.

Beplaсe missing, damaged or separated р|aоards aссording to parаgraph 1.l-55.
Configuration ll (see figure 11-35)
сAUтloN |F SL|PPAGЕ t\'ARKs oN FRAMЕ cоNNЕстlNG НARDWARЕ ARЕ DА[\4AGЕD, DO

Noтт|GI.|TЕN тHЕ сoNNЕстING HAFiDWARЕ. DAMAGЕD SL|РPAGЕ MARKSARЕ
AN IND|оAТ|ON oF тoRsloN.
RE|\4OVЕ DR|VЕ SHAFТ AND SEND Тo I\,IANUFAотURЕR FoR AssЕssfvlENT.
a. lnspeсt frame сonneсting hardware (7) for movement of s|ippage marks. lf slippagemarks are damaged,
remove drivo shaft aосоrding to parаgraрh 11*54 aпd send to mаnufaсturer for assessment.
b. Inspeсt slippage marks between bo|ts (3) and main transmission drive f|ange (6) for movement.
lf sliрpage marks are damаged' сheоk torque of сonneсting bo|ts and tighten as neоessary to torque
shown in figure 11-35. Apply sliррage marks, usiпg |oоking сompound (сгЙ 620).
с. |nspeсt anсhor nuts for сondition and seсure insta||ation. Reр|aсe damaged аnd |oose anсhor nuts
aсcording to paragraph .t1-55.
d. Inspeсt drive shaft for mechaniоal and сorrosion damage and damaged surfaоe proteсtion.
- Po|ish out meсhaniоа| and сorrosion damage using 400/600 grit abrasive оloth. Do not exсeed re.
pair limits speоified in figure .|1-38А. Round reworked and undamаged areas with a transition ra.
dius of аt least 10 mm.
- Prime reworked areas and areas where surfасe proteсtion has been damaged, using two-сompo.
nent wash primer (cM 472I aпd apрly topсoat (сM 473).
9. Reinstall half-shells of fire wall assembly.
,t1
Revision 24 сHAPТЕR
Page 13
€э*нtroрtег MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
10. lnspeсt trаnsmission mounting V-struts for deformation, сrасks, meсhaniоa| damage, сorrosion, missing
or dаmaged seаlaпt on rivet heads, and damaged suгfaоe proteсtion.
Using a 10-рower magnifying gIass' inspeсt welds inсluding their adjaсeпt areas, for crасks. lf areas to be
inspeоted are proteоted by сhafe guards, these shа|l be removed prior to inspeсtion and reinsta||ed after
inspeсtion has been сomp|eted.
a. |f defоrmаtion is evident' replaсe affected V-strut. Rвferto рaragraphs 1.1-5O and 11-52-
b. lf сraсks orfraсtures arefouпd, both V-struts must be rep|aоed even if onlyone of them is сraоked orfraс-
tured. Fleferto paragraphs 11-50 aпd 11 -52.
с. Po|ish out meсhan.iоaldamage and оorrosiоn with 400 grit abrasivе оloth. See tigure '|1-34 tordamage
and reраir limits.
d. Touсh up damaged surfaсe proteсtion, using twо-compоnent zinс оhromate рrimer (сM 423) and PUR
toрсoat (c[n 402). Refertо оhapter 02.
e. lfsealant on a rivet head is missing or damaged, remove the V-strut aссording to parаgrаph .50, eх-
.|.|
i
amiпe interior of V-strut leg for preseпоe of moisture aпd сorrosion, then reapply sealant. For proсedura| !
instruсtions, refer to paragraрh 11-51 step 5..

'
1 1 . Cheсk that the attaоhing hardware сonnecting the traпsmission mounting V-struts to the transmission sup-
port fiange and to the deоk fittings is proper|y seсured with split pins. lf sp|it pins are missing, сheсk affeсted
, hardware fоr specified torque (rвfer to figure 11=31) aпd safety with split pins.
.|2.
l lпspect suрport tube for оondition.
a. lnspeоt surfaсe of cylindriсa|poгtion of supporttubeforwear. To do so, operate swashplate to Upрermost

Position.
lf wear is еvident, proсeed as fo||ows:
1) RФmove bo|ts and washers from suрport tube f|ange.
2) Rotate support tube 180o, taking care not to damage the sealing ring between support tube and
titanium flange.
3) Reinsta|| bo|ts and washers and tighteп bo|ts even|y in two or three torque stеps unti| finaltorque
of 12.5-14.5 Nm is reaсhed.
4) Seсurе botts with loсlсivire.
l b. Visua||y inspвсt area of suppofi tube f|ange (see grey mаrked area оf figure 11 -3A) for craсks, usiпg a
l magnifiying glass of at |eаst S-fold magnifiсation}. lf a сraоk is found, inform ЕcD сustomer serviсe be.
l fore the пext f|ight.
13' lnspeсt sealing оomрound on split line brtween maiп trаnsmission flange and transmission deсk for dam-
age (rоfer to figure 11 -5). Renew damaged sealing оompouпd (спn 662).
14. lnspeоt eleсtriоal оonneсtors of transmitters aпd switоhes for sеоure installation.
oHAPТЕR 11 Revisioп 24
Page 14
€эР#жРoptrг I\лA|NTЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
NoтЕ Aосomplish step 15. only if main rotor head had been removed.
15. lnsрeсt |ower sufaоe of rotor mast f|ange.
a. Visua||y inspect f|ange for сraсks' espeсially in thе webbed areas. Fleplaсe rotor mast if сraсks are evi.
dent.
b. Visually inspeсt webbed areas between bores, bores and surrounding areas, аnd washer bearing sur-
faсes tor сorrosion.
Polish out оorrosion to а depth of 0.2 mm, using 600 grit abrasive c|oth.
The diarneter of the bushing marking borёs must not eхceed 20.03 mm.
с. App|y рroteсtive finish to reworked areas. Тhe base metal must not be оovered in the washer beariпg
areas.
cleantоuоhed up surfaоes with degreasing agent (сtvl 209)' then applytwo-сornponent zinc сhromate
рrimer (сlvl 4.|7)' fo||owed by two-componeпt PUR tорсoat (сM 426).
16. Insрect the interface proteоtion (adhesive tape оr sea|aпt) on transmission upper hоusiпg аssy for damage
and/or separation. RеpIace missing, damaged or separated interfaсe proteоtion in aссordanоe with
Chapter 63-19.
Page 144
MA|NтЕNANсЕ I\4ANUAL вo 105
еР-чР--сopЕeг
-,
t,
Figure 11-зA Craоk inspeсtion - Area of support tubo flange
Pаge.t48
N
Ij
о
o
A
Ен...i lJ
tf) Ф u
б - Р.u rd
р
9
^н^н
.;Ё9 I
Х
Ф0,
Ё
--l
Б{б Ь..с н б
o,Ч Ф A Фt}| ФсO A
to т,б{Jо .QФ
н
.Ft
((t
(\l Е"р
Еtr)
Eoru"р
'н
Е }r tr,
>Ф
Ф
Е
с! o EA Ч.{ Ф
н
z
A]
o
|') tf) Ч.{ с,
o. с\t
э
о.Ao .ФФA рO
нн-rl
+)
N Oдs o a
5
сл .O A
н
н A
E q-l Фч
Е
Н (Э
o :o
ts1 . r.l
or Но.
Й
H
Ен
Е.я нL|
с,l
.lJ
6.1
Ф((,
o P.в
(б
'{ р:' *{J
в. lв :'
g
.б
с,
-i Ёfl
нA
й
ET сrl
Е
a }ru ff"э'..
(ttФ
'.1 A
*o
z4 6t}r
dо
Ф Е Ф'}.
1,брoia{
roo н;
гl Ё.р Е 0r о.р ФA
rJo -|з
E] 16Е
() Еооl Е ч rrr
o д
'-l
ltl о. с.|
qAE --t'O
х2
'{ lf)
.fi
Ф Ч{ o,
.0,ФЁ ЕlЧ
AN o о oдб o U'
.Е| r{
.F{ lб
н
Е
Чo oЕE
o Ф
frl 9{> .я <r
u
,{ E
,q р
б
Е p1, ч-{ Ф
.{
о
r{ Е 0.l
.-l'd oн(t
Ф A
U o Х0,
tu .rl 'г| б0}
Е() Фс
crP
A att гt .r{
: {6 o
l'lBB IIЕLIсoPтERS
},IAINтЕNANс,Е }.{ANUAI, мBB - B0 ]-05
11 -4 OTt сttANGE - I',IAIN TRANSI'{ISSION
Speсial tools:
Oil drain hose 1x56 134 51B (for magnetiс plug with knurlеd knob)
Oil drain hose 1x56 137 035 (for magnet,iс plug with star knоb or
eleсtrj.с сhip deteсtor}
1. Remove еngine сowling; refer to сhapter 22,
2. Open оil fl1lеr neсk cap and removе sсreen. Clean and reinstall sсreеn.
3. Rеmоvе aссess сover from саrgо соmpartmеnt pane11ing be1ow main

transmissiоn.
4, Removе magnetiс drain plug or, if installеd, eleсtriс сhip dеtector
(refer to chAptеr 845) . If a magnetiс drain p1ug with knurled knob is
installed, сonneсt oil drain hose ].x56 1з4 518 and drain off o11. If a
magnetiс drain plug with star knob or lf a сhip deteсtor is installed'
usЬ oil drain hose 1x56 ].37 035 to drain off oil.
5. Inspeсt magnetiс drain plug or сhip deteсtor for deposits and с1ean pеr
paragraph 1]..18. Replaсe damaged O.ring.
6. Rеmоve filter element from oil filter on oil соoler and inspeсt, сlean
and reinstall in aссordanсe with paragraphs 11-]-2 through 11.14.
1, Remove оil drain hose and install magnеtiс drain plug or сhip deteсtor.
N0TЕ Shakе oi1 сans bеfоre use Lo mix the antifoam additives with
the oil. *
8. Serviсe main transпission with lubriсating oil (for CM refеr tо сhapter *
101'.2 IUBRTсATION сilARт) (amount of оi1 10.3 litrеs)l and сlosе filler *
*
nесk.
*
9. Рerfоrm ground run in aссordanсe with сhaptеr 105. Insрeсt oil system x
for leakage and сheсk oil levе}; add oil if neсessary (for CM rеfer to х
оhaptеr 101.2 LUBRIсAтION с}IARт)

10. Instal1 aссess сОver of сargo comрartmеnt panelling underneath mаin
transmisslоn.
11. Install engine сowling, refеr to сhapte r 22.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR ].1
Rеvision 2 Page 1?
I{BB ItЕtIсoPтЕRs
I{A]NTЕNANсE мANUAL }lBв . B0 I05
11 -5 RЕ!,IOvAt -MAINтRANsМIssION
Speсial tools:
Hoisting deviсe 105-14101 W5 оr 1121.14102 W1 or 11? W3 (with main
rotor head installеd)
or
Hoisting dеviсе 105.W27 or 1х56 136 240 (with main rotоr head remоved)
Pushing-out and
pressing-in tоol 1121.].0151 v{3
Dolly 105.10101 Vi3 оr ].x56 136 385

Loсking rings 1х56 150 123
NOTЕ transmission preservatlon requirеs the englnes to bе run at

!,1a1n
operating rpm for aрProx. ].0 mlnutes at zerо blade pitсh.
This is why preservаtion is performed before the main
transтnission is remоved.
].. Prеserve main transmissiоns whiсh are to bе shiрPed; refer to

сhapter 02.
2, Мakе sure neithеr battery nor eхternal power unit is сonneсtеd.
3. Removе engine сowling; refer tо сhapter 22,
4, Remove main rotor bladеs; refеr t,o сhapter ].4.
5. Remove сabln рanelling as neсеssary and detach оil drlp pan.
6, Drain transmission oil; refеr to paragraph 11-4.
NOTЕ The main transmission сan be removеd togеther with t'he maln
rotor heаd. If thls proсedure is used, omit step 7.
1. Rеmove rotatlng сontrol rods, driv1ng 1ink assy and main rotor heаd;
refer to сhаpЕer 13.
8. Remove forward fire wa1l; refeт to сhapter 64.
9. Remove snow defleсtor (5, figure 11.5) if installеd (rеfer to сhapter
6qr
чv I .
10. Remove splash guard {2l figurе 11.-8), guard рlate (4), support braсket
|24' figure 11.5) and oil bafflе. Oil baffle is nоt installеd in
сombination with ram. air ventilation.
B0 105
сI{APTER 11
Pagе 18 Revlsion 2
Б8
IJJ сl
J J
t- F.
цl цt
o сl
Г-Еl
3_lтl
lial
|с.!|
Е
ry
ffi
.*'Z/^t /
1 -t 'tx.',j
.с
.9
t
tt
sФ o)
о C
.Е
'6 Ф
o
o. сol
:]L
Ф
б?
EJ
сЦJ
oо
E
6
о
o.
р
a
}J
{J
'1',
t
Е'
Е Fl
.Еl .a
l{вв нЕr]сoPтЕRs
},lAINtЕNAt'lсв }4A}'тuAl N{вв - в0 105
сAuтIоN PRIoR т0 RЕмOvAl 0г с0NтR0t RoDs BЕTV{ЕЕN !{IXING tЕvER AssY AND
itYDRдUtIс UNIт, sЕсURЕ тItE sv{Astt PtAтЕ тo PRЕVЕNт Iт Е'ROI{
SIIDTNG DOWN.
11. Еit с1amping ring 1x56 150 123 to support tube on main transmission so
that it is direсtly below the swash plate sliding sleeve.
12, Remove сontrоl rods between hydraul1с unit and miхing lever assy.
13. Reпovе mounting plate for hydrauliс lines frоm гпain transmission
housing.
14. Remove hydrau}iс Ршnps from aссessory gearboх; refer to сhapter 43. Do
not detасh lines from hydrauliс pшnрs as bleeding of thе hydrauJ-iс
system will then beсomе neоеssary.
15. Remove air baffle (6l figure 11-5) (not' installed in соmbination ъ'ith
rаm air venti}ation).
].6. Loosеn с}amp on fan and rеmove rubber duсt from fan.
л, ],oosen оil сoоler on оil сooler raсk and pull outboard as far as
рossible.
18. drive shafts; refer to рaragraрh 11-54.
Remove
]-9. Dependlng оn the сonfiguration, remove forward shоrt drivе shaft or

forward short drive shaft and сoupling оf tall rotor drive; rеfer tо
сhaptеr 32.
20. Disсonneсt hose line from nounting braсkеi of brakе сaliper (.1 , figure
11-5). Blank fitting and hose line.
2L, Discоnneсt oil 1inеs (1 and 2, figure 11-7} frоm соnneсting p1eсe (3).
Blank fltting and oil lines.
22. Disсоnnесt сonneсtor from RPМ taсhometer (I4, figure 11-5).
23, Remove all сlamps frоm transmission mоunting V-struts.
24, Remоve bo1t (3, figгure 11-6) from N2 ]-ever (6) of N2 соntrols.
25. Remove bolts (1 fig. 11.6) and remove N2 саblе mоunting brасket (2)
togethеr with Teleflex сables from trаnsmlssiоn flange.
26. Disсоnneсt eleсtriral соnneоtor (5, figurе 1].-10} of oil temperature
warning swltеh (3) from rесeptaсle (2I .
21. Disсonneсt eleсtriсаl сonneсtоr {5, figure 11.9) from rоtary transmitter
(4) .
в0 105
с}IAPтЕR 1]-
Paqe 2L
HЕlIс0PTЕRs
.
},lBв
D4AINтЕNA]lсE }.1A}iUAl Мвв вo 105
6 37
45
Ей*
I
l
Conflgurаtlon l
1100з1.1
1 Bоlts 5 Nut
2 Мounting bracket (N2 сab}e) 6 N2 lever (hydrauliс unit)
3 Bolt 7 Teleflex сab1es
4 Split pin 8 Tubе guide
Fiсure 1]'-6 N2 соntrol сable attaсhment to hvdrauliс unit
1
1100з.1
0i1 Рressure 1inе

2 оil feed line
3 Еitting 1 Transmission mounting strut
4 оil pressure transmitter 2 Sрlаsh guard
5 Low pressure шarning swlteh 3 Tandеm hydrauliс unit
6 Pitting 4 Guard plate
Еigure 11-? 0i1 suрply and oil Еiqure ].1-8 Proteсtive сovers
pressuтr monitoring
B0 105
с}IAPтЕR 11
Pagе 22
ЕURocoPТЕR MAINтЕNANсЕ [''ANUAL вo 105
28. |f thв same main transmission is to be reiпstallgd without remоviпg the attaсhed flangв ring {11, fig. 1.t.5),
mark position of f|ange ring relative to transmission deоk using сolor panсi|.
29. Unsсrвw nuts (26) and rвmove sоr€ws (29) with washers (27' 28).
30. Flemove |oсkwire, then removв banjo bo|t (3' figurвl1-9) and dвtaсh oi| line (1)' Disсаrd seаliпg rings. BIank
openings of oil line and oil pump.
31. Attach hoisting deviсв 105-1410.t W5 or.l121-14102 Wl or 117 W3 to main rotor haad or, if maiп rotor
haad hаs been removed, attaсh hoisting device 1 05 W27 or 1x56 1 36 240 to rotor mast.
32. Lift the main transmission oп|y by the amount neсвssary to rslieve ths |oad oп the transmission mounting
V-struts.
33. Remove attaching hardware (15, 16, 18 aпd 19' flg. 11.5).
сAuтloN |F Foв ANY RЕAsoN тHЕ MAIN тRANsмlssloN ls LoWERED AGA|N' тAKЕ
сAнЕ тНAт |Ts WЕIGHT ls Noт sUPPoвТЕD BY тHЕ ТFlANsM|ssloN
DЕсK.
34. Litt main transmission without сausiпg damage to oil рump aпd transmission deсk.
.t05-10101 W3 or 1х56 1з6 385 and remove hoisting deviсe.

35. P|aоe main transmission on do|ly
36. Using p|ugs or сovers, b|ank off all оpenings produсed during mаin transmission rвmova| proсвdure.
37. Remоve laminum ring (13) from transmission deck oпly if the ring is damagэd or if anothвr maiп transmis.
sion is to bв iпstalled.
38. shipment of main transmission is inteпded (e.g. for purpose of repair or overhaul), dismantle main trans.
|f
mission in aсоordanоe with paragraph 11{'
39. Fо||owing the removal of thв main transmission, inspвсt sphвrica| bearings and о|aw bushings iп the main l
transmission mounts per para 21-3, step 6. I
Revision 18 сI.|APтЕR 1l
Pago 23
l,tBB tlЕLIс0PтЕRs
l',!AINтЕNANсЕ I{ANUAL l'{вB - B0 105
1 0i1 line
a 0i1 pumр
I Banjo bolt
I ц Rotary transmitter
5 Еleсtriсal сonneсtor
(rotary transmitter)
6 0i1 t'emperature bцlb
SIN 161 and subsq.
't Еleсtriсa1 сonneсtor
I Sеallng ring
9 AdapLеr
'ln Double banjо fltting
Еigure J"1-9 0i1 pump, rotary transmitter and oil tетnperaturе bulb
l. Anglе braсket
5 a Reсеptaсlе
1 3 0i1 t,emperature warning
2 switсh
.t Unlon
100зl3 5 Еlесtriсal сonneсtor
Еigure 11.10 Oil temperaturе шarning switсh
B0 105
сttAPтЕR 11
Page 24
Мвв нЕtIсoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ мANUA! },tвв - вo 105
11 -6 D]SI',IANтI,]NG - МAIN тRANs},шssION
Speсial tоо]-:
Hoisting deviсе 105 W27 or ].х56 136 240

Hoisting deviсe 105-14].0]. v{5 оr 1].21-14102 W1 or 11? Wз
Dolly 105-10101 W3 or Lx56 136 385
1. If still conneсted to the main transmission, remove the fo}lowing

assеmblles:
a. Rotаting сontrоl rods; refer Еo chapter 41.
b. Driving }ink assy; refer to сhapt'er 13.
с. Мiхing 1ever assy; refer t,o сhapter 4]..
d. Мain rоtor head; refer to сhaptеr 13.
2. Rеmove transmission mоuntlng V-struts (4' fig. 11-5); refer to Para
't t -qn
3. Remove air duсt (8) fоr

air ventilation; rеfer tо chaрter
ram 63,
4. Reтnove rotor brake сaliper (?}; refer tо сhapter 12.
5. Remove nuts (36) , washers (з7) and remove RPI.{ t'aсhoneter (14) frоm
aссessory gearbоx.
6. Remоve loсkwire and conneсting pieсe i10). Retaln existing rтasher/s for
re.installation if соnnесting рieсe is to be reinstalled on same main
transmissioп.
.1
. Remove oil teтnperature rтarning switch (З, figure 11.10) . Blank off
opening.
8. Remove loсkwire from drain valve (34, figure 11.5) and remove drain
valve together with eleсtriс сhip deteсtor or magnetiс p1ug, as appli-
сable.
9. Remove rotary transmitter 14, figure 11-9); refer to paragraph 11-J?.
10. Install the fo1lowing prоtective сovers for shipment:
split ring abоve and be}ow swash pIate, оovers for aосessory gearbox
сovet for rotary transmitter, plates for flanges of freewheel shаft's.
11. ]nstall hоisting deviсe 105 w2? or ].x56 136 24a to rotor гnast flange and
lift main transmissiоn.
].2. Remove sealing еоlпpоund from bolts (32) and reтпоve attaehing hardчare
(30 thru 33, figiure 11-5) and flange (11) .
1з. Plаcе main trаnsmission into sh1pрing and storagе сontаinеr аnd remove
hoisting deviсe.
L4. Install rоtor masЕ сover.
р..) 1nq
с}IAPтЕR 11
Pяrтa 25
l4BB ItЕtIсoPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсE }4ANUA! Мвв - в0 105
].1 -? BuIID-UP - IIAIN тRANs},шssIoN
Speсial tools:
Iioisting deviсe 105 W27 or 1х56 L36 240
Hoisting deviсe 105-14].01 W5 or 1121-]-4102 Wl or 11? W3
Dolly 105-10101 W3 or 1x56 136 385
1. lift main transmission out of shipping

and storage сontainer, using
hoisting deviсe 105 W2? or1x56 136 24o. Plaсe tiaпsmission on dorly
105-10101 W3 оr 1х56 136 385 and detaсh hoisting deviсe.
2. Remove proteсtive сovers; refer to paragraph l.J'.6, step 1.0.
3. If thе same main transmission is reinstalled', install fitting (10, fig.

]'1.5) with origina]. washer/s. Е.or instаllation роsition, rеfer tо Dеtail
Е in fig. 1]..5. If combination of mаin transnission and fittlпg is no
longer that present at remova}, iпstall fitting as fоllows:
. that when the fitting is
i:*Jill;:{:."i..l: il,ff3'iа:-":}i;I3::u 'o
тigьten flttj.ng to final рo,ittоn of approx. 1з0o.
4, Iпstall rotоr brake сaliper; refer to сhaptet 12,
5. Install RPI"I tасhomеter (14) on aссessоry gеarbох after сoаting the faying
surfaсes with сorrosion Preventive paste (с},t 503) and applying corrosion
рrevent'ive comPouпd (сI'.l 506) to the drive pinion.
N0тЕ Steps 6. thru 9.тпay also bе aссomplished after the main

transmission has lэeen installed.
6. Install miхing lever assembly; refer to сhapter 4]..
1 . InsLall main rotor heаd; refer to оhapter 13.
8. Install driving ]ink assembly; refer to сhapter 13.
9, Install rotat.ing сontrоl rods; refer to сhapter 41.
]'0. Attаch either hоisting dеviсe 105.14101 W5 or 1121.14102 W1 оr 117 W3 to

main rоtоr head, or hoisting deviсe 105 W27 or 1x56 L36 24a to flange оn
main trаnsmission, depending оn main transmission build.uр.
11..rnstall rotary transmitter \4, figure 11-9); refer to paragraph 11-38.

12. Install drain vаlvе (34, figure 11-5) tоgether with nagnetic pIug t35)
or eleсtriс сhip deteсtоr (depending on сonfiguration) and torque-
tighten. Safety drain valve with loсkwire.
13. Aррly сorгosiоn preventive сompound (см 505) to bores оf transmissiоn
lоwer housing and flange (11) and to both f].ange faсes.
B0 105
с}IAPтЕR ].].
Paоe 26
МвB ItЕtIсOPTЕRs
},IAINтвNANсЕ МANUAI, },1Bв - в0 105
L4. Install flange (5, figure 11-11) as follows:

a. Apрly соrrosion preventive Раstё (с},1 503) to bolts (?) .
b. Pоsit'ion and align flange (5) on main transmission so that the kev on
the transmission lower housing is above tbe highest point оf the
flange.
с. Instal1 washers (6) on bolts
with tьe сountersunk sidе faсing the
(.7)
bolt heаd and instаll bolts,
eхсePt bolts (З., flgure 11-6) for
attaсhing the N2 сable support'
d. If neсessary, unsсrew union (4, figure 11.].0) of oil tempеrature
r+arning switсh just enоugh t.o allow bo1ts (.t, figure 11-i1) and
washеrs (6) tо be installed.
е. Pоsition mоunting platе (1) as shown in fig. 11.1]., install washers
t4) and nuts (3) and torque-tighten nuts (1ll. Observefi - nores in
fig. 11-1].. Tighten uniоn if loоsе.
15. Insta11 oil tетnрerature warning sнitсh (3, flgure ].1-10) in union (4).
Safеty union with loсkwire.
16. Install аir duсt (8, figrure 11-5) for ram аir ventilation; refer to
сhaрter 63.
1?. Install transmissiоn mounting v-struts (4). Refer to paragraph 11-52.

18. Clеan heads of bolts |.1, figurе 11.11), washers, nuts (6), a1I split
lines and bare metal areas of housing with aсetоnе (сI'{ 20з) and сoat with
two-component PUR laсquer (с},l 437) .
11 - 8 INSтALLAтION - },IAIN тRANsмIssIoN
Sресial toоls:
Hоisting deviсe ].05.14101 W5 or 1121.14102 W1 or 1].? }{3
Centering deviсe 105.10101 W4 -100/-200
Guide sleeve 105-10151 W2
Hоisting deviсe 105 w2? оr 1x56 136 24o
Еngine alignment deviсe 105-60101 W4
Loсking rings ].x56 150 123
сAUтIoN WliЕN INSтA],I,ING T}IЕ },IAIN тRANsм]ssION D0 N0т A1L0W Iт т0 RЕsT оN

тltЕ тRANs},lIssIoN DЕск BЕсAUSЕ тl1Е LAттЕR Is Noт DЕSIGNЕD тo
sUРPoRт тItE WЕ]GIIт oi. Iт.
].. Attaсh hоisting devlсe 105-14101 W5 or 1121.14102 W1 or 1].7 W3 to main

rotоr head. If main rotor head is removed, attaоh hoisting deviсe 105 W2?
оr 1х56 136 240 to roLor mast flаnqе.
B0 105
cllAPтЕR 11
Paqe 2'l
Мвв ttЕllсoPтЕRs
I',1AINтЕNAI'IсE },IANUAЬ 14вв - B0 1.05
2, ]f either a new main transпrissiоn, a new flange (5, tig.11.11), or a nevJ

laminum ring \2} is installed, thе thiсkness оf the laminum ring (2) must
be redeterminеd acоording to step 7. If the same transmissiоn is to be
reinstalled' сlean exist.ing riпg (2| and flange (5) mating surfaсes with
аcetone (сl,J 203) .
3. Apply сorrosiоn рreventive сompound (см 505) to boreholеs and hardware

mating arеas on flange (5) .
4. Using a сrane, lоwеr main t.ransmission in position abovе transmissiоn

deоk so that the сlevis ends оf the attaсhed тnounting v-struts |4, figure
].]..5) engagё with the deсk-mounted mating J.ugs (17) and the attaсhing
hardware сan bе installed.
с1-_ 8
тlr
Е
ч).-'
"/. __o I
I
-+--#
#--J
i.-з
I
|
l
Installвlion
Фrp tr=-з LDositiono'

)l. --. *. I Plete
mounting
'd- I
\\s
Ь], i
/-*u-J
tl
100256
Мounting plate 5 Е'lange 9 Washеr

(Nz cable mounting braсkеt) 6 Washеr 10 Washer
a Laпinum ring / EoJ.с L1 Nut
Nut 8 Bоlt 12 Flange
4 llasher
If flange |l2, figure 11-11) has been reworkеd to the extent that
аt.taching hardware (3, 4| 6, and 7) сannot be installеd tightly' plaсe
two washers (6) under bolt head.
Insta}l пounting flangе (1) so thаt its first bоre aligns wit'h the siхth
bore in flange (5). The bores are ronseсutively numbered from 0 upwards,
bеginning at thе highest point оf the flangе.
Гigure 11.11 Installation of main transmission on transmissiоn deсk
B0 105
сI{APтЕR ].1
Page 28
},lBB liЕlIсoPTЕRs
МAINтЕNAI{сЕ МANUAI. Мвв - в0 ].05
5. Е'it guide sleeves 105-10151 W2 опto еnd of botts (10, figurе ].1-31)' сoat
|hem with grease (см 101 оr 1.20) and insеrt them into сlёvises (9) ..
6. Remove guide sleeves from bolts (10, figure 11.з1) аnd seсure bolts (10)
with nuts (13) and wаshers (11) . If step ?. is not to be aссompl1shed,
safety пuts (13) vlith split pins |l2), Refer to para 7l-52 (Instаl}ation
. transmission mоunting V-struts) for informatiоn on seсuring nuts (13).
Steps 7. and 8. are only required lf a new main transmission, а

new flange or a new laminum ring is to be installed.
7. Мeasure gaр betwееn flange (5, {ig. 11-11) and transmission deсk, usiпg а
feeler gage. Peel оff laminum ring (2) lо required thiсkness.
8. Remove hаrdware attaсhing transmissiоn mounting V-struts to deсk.пounted
lugs, thеn lift main transmission аnd install laminum ring (2). Reinstall
main transmission in aссordanсe with steps 4. to 6.
l-\
+-.-
-i-\
l-
I
I
I
1
д Centering rod ч Tal1 rotor drive
2 Adjustment fiхture 5 Мain trаnsmission
Еngine mоunts o Rotor brake disk
I'igure 1l-12 Alignmеnt оf main transmission and' еngines,

using toоl 105.10101 W4
вo 105
снAPтЕR 11
Dаад co
мвB IiЕlIсoPтЕRs
I'{AIN?ЕNANсЕ l,lANUAl МBB - во 1.05
9, Cоat all bolts (8) with сorrosion Preventive сompound (сl.{ 506) рriоr to
inst'a1].ation. ]nsert bоlt t8) with washer (9), соuntersunk side neхt to
bolt head, in eaсh of two opposing bores on flange (5) aпd install
washers (10) and пuts (].1}. Do nоt tighten nuts (11) at this tfune.
10. Install angle braсket (1, figure 11-10) together with reоeptaсle (2} for
оonneсtor (5) of the оil temрerature warning switоh (з).
N0тЕ If enginеs are removed, аlign main transmission rcith too1

105-10].01 ir4.100. }lith engines installed, use tоol
105-10101 W4-200 of tool 105-10101 w4-100.
Whеn using the too] 105-1010]. W4-200' the half-shells of the
engine mounts have to be removed.
11. Instal]. сentering deviсe as shovln in fS.gurе 11-12.
LZ, Align nain transпгission with engines. If neсessary, turn transmissiоn

until сеntеring rod (1, figure 11-12) and the pointer of adjustment
fixture (2) align. Tighten bolts {29, figшrе 11-5) with speсified
torguе. Install remaining bоlts together with washers and nuts and
tighten.
tt Removr сentering deviсе 105-10101 W4 and, if рreviously removed, install
half-shells of engine nouпts; refеr tо сhaРter 61.
l4 Cheсk that main traпsmissj.on and engines align, using tool 105-6010]. W4;
refer to сhaptеr 61.
Install N2 сablе mоunting brасket {2, figгure 11.6) together r+ith

telefleх cables (7) on transmission. Tоrque.tighten botts (1) .
Install Telefl.ех сables (7) io N2 levеr (6) and сheck N2 sеttiпg in

ассordanсe with сhaptеr 65.
11 AрP1y a fil].et seal оn split linе of flange (11, figшre 11.5) and trans-
mission deсk using sealing сoтпpound (с},1 662) . Seal split linе of bоlt
heаds and flange by аpplying two.сompoпent, finishing 1aсquеr (сl,1 437) оn
bolt heads and adjaсent flangе areas.
].8. Attaсh eonnесtor to RPМ taсhоmeter аnd safety with loсkwire.
19. Install hydrauliс J.ine suppоrt brасket on mаin transrnission at split

line оf сentеr housing and lower housing and tightеn nuts to speсified
torщe loаd; see figure 11-5, DЕтAII с.
20, Install support braсket \24I on tаndem hydraulic unit.
2l. Install hydrauliс pшnps on aссessory gearbox; refer to сhaрter 43.
22. Install оil bafflе {not installed in сombinatioп with raп air venti-
lation), splash guard {2, figure 11.8), guard plаte (4) and suрроrt
brасkеt |24, figurе 11-5) .
BO 105
сIIAPтЕR 11
Page 30
:;мBЕ H$LIсoPтЕRS
мдrшtпьfд,lcв мшrUдr мBв . Bo 105
2З. Instаll соnt'rol rоds between t,аndem hydraullс un1t and mixing lever assy
(23) . Еоr inst'allation proсedure refеr to сhaptеr 4].. Remove loсking ring
1x56 150 123.
24. At,taсh oil tlnes (1 and 2, figure ].1.7) to fitt,ing (3) .
25. Conneсt сonneсtor (5' figure 11.10) for oil t,emреraturr warning sr.iitсh
to reсeptaсle i2).
26. Conneсt hose 1ine to braсket of brake сaliper (7, figure 1.1.5) and bleed
t,he rotor brake syst,eп; refer t,o сhapter 12 .
27. Instаll oil сooler on oi1 сoo1еr raсk.

28. Slide rubber duсt (9) onto fan housing and fast,en with сlamp.
29. Install all lines, hoses and сJ.amps рreviousIy removed from the
transmission mounting V-strut,s .
30. Reinstall snow defleсtor if previously removed (refer to сhapter 65) .
31. Depending on t'he соnfigurаt'ion' rrmоve forward short drive shaft or

fоrward shоrt' drivе shaft with сoupling (refer to сhaрter 32).
32. Inst,all drive shаfts for maiп transтn.issiоn,. refer to paragrаph 11.56.
Instаll drive shafL сovers.
33. If previously removed. inst,all main rotor head (L) and drivlng link assy
(3); refer to сhaрter 13.
з4. If рreviously removed, inst,all rоtating соntrol rods,. refer to

сhapLer 41.
35. Conneсt сonneсtог (5l figurе ].1-9) tо rot'ary transmlt'ter (4) and safety
t+i.t,h loсkwire.
36. Install oi1 line (1) tоgеthеr with bаnjo bolt (3) to o1} pump (2) and
safety bаnjo bort (3} with lосkwire.
3?. Instаll oil drain раn and сargo сomрartment paneIIing.
х
38. Serviсe with transmission оil; refеr to paragraph 11.4. *
39. Install main rоtоr blades; refer to сhapter 14.
40. Install fire wa1l assy; Iefer to сhapt,er 64.

4].. Cheсk for forеign objесt.s.
42. Cheсk adjustment of main rotor сontrqls; refer to сhapter 102.
43. Install air baffle (6' figure 11.5) (not, installed in сombinat1on with
cam аir ventilatlon).
B0 105
с}IAPтЕR 11
Revision 2 PэdA < l
ЕURoGoPтЕR п,tAtNтЕNANcЕ }nANuAL вo 105
44. Install engine сowling; refer t,о сhapter 22.
* 45. Cheсk mаin transmission аs follows:

* 6. Мain transmission rепоved only tеmрorarily and not preserved
*
* . Perform ground run (wit,hоut load) for ].0 minutes and сheсk for
* leakage.
*
* b. Prеserved main transmission
*.
*
. Perform ground run (withоut' Ioad) for 10 minutes and сheсk for
* leakаge. l
*
* . Aft,er сomрleting ground rцn' remove mаgnetiс plug оr сhip deteсtor
* (if installed) аnd сheсk for metal deposits. If matal depоsits are
* fоund' proсeеd aссordj.ng |o Tab].е ].1.2.
46.. Perfoпn ground run аnd funсtional test flight; refer to сhapter 105.
11 - 9 0i1 f ilter
N0тЕ The oil temperaturв bulb cаn be installed on the oil filter
{сonfiguration I) or be].ow the пain transmission (сonfigura.
t,ion II) , depending oп the сonfiguration in use.
1]. . 10 Removaj. . оil filt'er

1. Remove engine сowling аs neсеssary.
2. Remove loсkwlrе frоm аttaсhing hardware.
з. If сonfiguration q is p1esent' proсееd as follows:
a. Remove loсkwire аnd unsсrew and remove сonneсtor (1l fig. 11-1з).
b. Unsсrew аnd removе banjo bort (12} frоm oil filter (1J.) and disсard
sealing rings (9 аnd 15). the oi} temperature bu1b (14) shall remain
installed in banjo bott, (12).
с. Unsсrеw and remove banjo bolt' (3) from oil fj.Iter (].].) and disсard
sealing rings (4 and 6).
4. If сonfiquration.IJ j.s presеnt,' proсeed as follows:
a. Unsсrew аnd' remove banjo bolt (i6) from oi1 filter (11) and disсard
sеаling rings (9 and 15).
b. Unsсrew and remove banjo bolt {3} from oil filtеr (11} and disсard
sealiпg rings (4 and 6).
в0 105
сltAPTЕR 11
Page 32 Revision 13
ЕUпoсoPтЕR . ;;ftiltтii ,i. tl'А|NTENANcЕ il{ANUAL во 1o5
i.
' i1:
5. Blank all openings with plugs.

6. Reпove сIamр (21) frоn o11 сooler and oil filter.
1, Remove пцts (7) and washers (8) and detасh oi]. filter from oi] сooler.
11 . 11 . oil filter
InsLallаtion
1. Install оil filter on oil сooler wj.th nuts (]} and ,пashers (s) .
2, Install сlаmp (21) on oil сooler and oil filter.

з. Rеmovе plugs.
!
4. Tf сonliqцratloп I is present,, proсeed as folloнs:

a. Sсrew bаnjo bort (3) i.n oil fi1ter (1].), togеther with new sea1ing
rings (4 and 6).
b. Sсrew banjo bо1t.'(12) in oil filter (11), Еogеther wit,h new sealing
rings (9 and L5).
с. Sсrew сonneсtor (1) onto оil t,emperаture bulb (14} аnd safety with
1oсkwire.
5. If сonfiguratlon II is presеnt, рroсeed as folIows:

a. Sсrew banjo bolt t3) ln oil filt'er (11) ggggxher r+ith new sealing
rings (4 and 6).
b. Sсrew banjo bоlt (16) in oil filtеr (1r; xq'.gher rтit,h new sea]lпg
rings ( 9 аnd ].5) .
6' Safet'y a1l at'taсhing hardware with loсkwirе.
1. Perfотm ground run аnd inspесt o1]. filter сonneсt,ions for 1еakage.
Tighten сonnectioпs to eliпinate any leakage.
8. Install engine сowling.
вo ].05
снAPTЕR 11
Revision 13 Page 3Зl34
IO\
J
сl rо
а
l-
ш
o I
|т1
ш]
к
r{
..{
o
Fl ,Aт
frea
.Fl
o
а
6н
o t3 н
'o'-l
Фн 9r6,;
flA
-lrd'o rf
{rA
m 6(!
..4 Ф
\0
;:s
1, 0,
цr{
Еi .nq
-.:
l- .-t
u,
a 'z (6
ч.иl
r{ вflЦ
*.я.Е
-q l,|
.a
r{
д 2,2
5 -rat)o) ;:Е
д -a&
o н ulд.р
Ф
t +J tr H 0ru
.rl
t"t }-| Ё|
Ф!,tr--l
l{
rJAtr A 3-l tr {J
tn tл t't t' JJ t't l| rл с, rn..l o f).-O
trЕЕt .r(
..J сA Ёrn€
.F{ o м |J ...| t.. ."{ JJ
Фgl:i
> .?r o
ц.,l
'ri э
o lJ с'
._t
дRI
rtt,r-j
tr
.ft ooЕ
Рпl ()м
N
'{ Ч }....r Фё{ lr Ф l{f{ (u Ф o н-{ н o ФE: '-l 5q

) Ё]Jo El. oli s: U
.F. Ф д н Е..Рl l.l -l6, iJi6 li+,
l. b+ E'r trrЕ'.{д ЕtЕ tлл.r{ Eп Ф Ь( F E
н й .rt.
IJ
El 0, Ё-.-l l.| t,| F| н A l't EnЁ дrJ
.
й. й с, o. 0, Ф ..l Ф Ёl..| Ф Еrd, ttr
) .F. o..l
.r.{.n-{ Ф .F{ .r.! o ..r ..J ..{ o (ll
o it.. .гr-{ .-l{J (t
l.t
.Ft
: nJ Е (t4J
д -l(' г|'rr {J..l Ei р.d Ф {J р
и q, Е-{ A ct.{ {6 A Ф"-l U,+J ]t!.{ U,'|J U'-| -l -t(lr{ g.Ф..t
4J..t.{ р
}r пl .{ Ч .tJ tн 8.5
A r{ г| A
0ll' iтt 0,5
a .л Ф |l, 2
!6 б..r б 0'..| Ф ts o o cl 5-{(J o rrl 5 о Q'd (а
* Ф Еq o'q И o И Еq !E! Ф Е z
n,..l
Ф t Е tЁ Cq It. рч v, ь1 .n o
L'
..1..{
ofц
o
(J ЁEэ
n \rr rл \o F ql
Ф ot <Э r{ N ф ]л t.о l.. rl сo оr Ф еl G|.о <'. iл Ц' fъ ф Cг! Ф f.| (\l
r{ r.{ .l r{ Ёi r{'{ F| r{ (\| (ч (rl N оr с! C.l (ч о| (ч ф (Yl (n (el
\J
д,4
ЕURoсoPTЕп lvlАlNТENANсЕ t\'ANuAL вo 105
11 . 12 Rеmoval . filter еlement
1. Removе еnginе сowling as neсеssary.

2. Remove сlamp (2L' figure t1-13) frоm o11 сooler and o1l filtеr.
3. Removеbolt, (26). Rеmove filt,er housing (32) tоgеЕher with filter
elепent (29| .
4. Disсard sealing ring (2B).
11 . 13 Inspесt,ion and сleaning . fi1ter elemеnЕ
1. Inspeсt filtеr elemenЕ (29| figure 11-1з) for dеposlts.

a. Tdentify magnet,iс dеposj.t,s in aссordаnсe with figure ].]-.14 and
proсeеd in aссordanсe rцlth tablе 11-2.
b. If t'hе deроsits inс1ude сoarse.grained, non.magnеtiс partiсlеs (е.g.
brоnze сhips), or if a definitе identifiсation in ассordanсe with
tabtе 11-2 and figure 11.14 is еither imроssible оr doubtful,
. proсеed as follows:
1) Divide the deposits int'о t,wo parts1 idеntiсa} in quаntity,

mat,eriаl and pаrtiсle size, and paсk them intо plastiс bags.
2| Send one half and а sample of oil (approх. 200 сmз ) to the
transmission manufaсtuтеr (zЕ) 0R МBB together with thе follоviing
data:
t,ransmissionserial number, hеliсoрter serial nuпber, and nцmber
of oрerating hours (TsN, тs0).
3) Retain the other half as a refеrenсe.
4) Chаngе oil of ttre main transmisj.on irrespeсtive nf thо
maintenanсe interval (rеfеr to рaragraph 11-4).
5) Tnsрeсt filter еlemеnt again for dерosits after a пaxiпum оf l0
fliqhl hours.
сAUтIoN IЕ. т}tЕ AI'.loUNт 0R PARтIсLЕ slzЕ 0Е' тнЕ DЕPosIтs llAs
INсRЕASЕD s]NсЕ TttЕ PRЕv]oUs вxA},lINAтIoN, RЕMovЕ THЕ
нЕLIсoPтЕR гROI'I sЕRvIсЕ. WAIт Е.0R AssЕss}4ЕNт oE' тRANS.
},l]ssIoN !4ANUгAсTURЕR 0R RЕl,lOvЕ I,IAIN тRдNs}4IssION AND
RЕPAIR.
6} If the deposits do not dlffer in slze and tyрe from thosе

partiсles of the ret'ainеd rеferеnсe saпple, or 1f they are
smaller' the hеliсopter may be rеtained in serviсe for another
19.- fliqht hours mахimum.
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 11
Revisiоn 16 Page 37
мAINтЕNANсE МANUAL Bo 105
Ф'"гсэооpteг
7) Pending the rssu|ts of ths manutасturer's assвssment, stоps 5) aпd 6) mаy bе reрeatоd, provided
the speсilied requirements therвin arо mоt.
| 2. оleaning
Cleаn filter elеmrпt (29), filter housing (32) and оomprеssion spring (30) in an u|trаsoniс оlrаner with dry
l solvвnt (сM 202)' blow with сompressad air and allow tо dry.
3. lnsрeоt filter e|ement (29)' lilter housing (32), compression spring (30) аnd sea|ing ring (31) for condition.
a. Rep|aсe lilter e|emaпt (29) if damagеd or сloggod.
b. Replaсe lilter housiпg (32) if srvвrely damagad.
с. Rsplaоo cоmpression spring {30) if damaged.
d. Rвр|aоо saaling ring (31) if damagвd.
11 .14 lпsta|lаtlon - filter elem€nt
1. Assemblв oil filtвr with пew ssal (28, liguro 1.1-.|3) in aосordancв with parts sequenоs (26) thru (32). For
torque value on bo|t (26) refsr to llgurв 11-13.
2, Attaсh filter housiпg (32) to oilсoolor (2) with сlamр (21):
3. Perlorm ground ruп aссording to сhaрtеr 105.
4. Pегform leakage test.
5. lnstallвпgiпосowling.
оHAPтЕR 11 RвvisIon 22
Page 38
!4BB l{ЕlIсoPтЕRs
I'4AINтЕNд}[сЕ I'{ANUAт, Mвв - вo 105
11-15 Е1eсtriс сh1p detесЕor

]-. For removaI, lnstallation, troцbleshoоting, пaintenanсe proсedures and
funсtioпal test of electriо сhip deteсtor, refer tо сhapl'er 845, optiоnal
Equipment.
2, Е,or iпsрeсtion and сj.eaning of eleсtriс chip detectoЕ' rеfer tо para-

graрh 1].-]-8.
11-16 Мagnetiс drain P1ug and

drain valve
11 . 1? Removal - magnetiс drаin plug and drаin valve

1. Remove aсcess сover оf сargo сompartment panelllng.
2, Unsсrew аnd remove bayonet-type magnetic p1ug. Disсard damaged O.rings.
3. Remove damaged or leaking drain valve as follows:

а. Remove сargo соmpartment panеlling and oi1 drip pan.
b. Drain transmission оil; refer to paragraph 1J.-4.
с. Removе loсkwlre, then unsсrew and remove drain valve and disсard
O-ring.
d. Disсard daпaged drain valvе,
1]. - 18 Insрeсtiоn and сIеaning - magnetiс drain рlug оr eleсtriс сhiр

deteсtor
1. Inspeсt magnetiс рlug or eleсtriс сhip deteсtоr for neta} сhips. If сtrips
are evident, identify iп aссordanсe rryith fiqurе 11-14 and proсeed as
outlined in table II-2.
2. Clean magnеtiс plug оr eleсtriс сhip deteсtоr with d'ry сleaning solvent
(с}.1 202) .
3. Inspесt magnetiс plug or eleсtriс сhip deteсtоr for damage.

Disсard damaged magnetiс plug/сhip deteсtor.
Bо 105
сilAPтвR 11
D:rтa ?Q
мвB ItЕlIсoPтЕRs
yIAINTЕNANсЕ },lANUAl MBв . B0 105
DЕт^lL A DЕтA|L в DЕтAlL

fr
\,
oEтAlL D DЕтAlL Е DЕтAlL F
DEтA|L G
1002а5
Е'igure 11.14 Typesof depоsiLs to be found on mаqnetiс

plug/eleсtriо сhiр detectоr
B0 105
сl]дPтЕR 11
Paоe 40
мBв I{ЕЬIсoPтЕRS
!,lAI}ттЕNAl.tсЕ мN{UAI !,lвB - в0 105
DЕsсRIPтIoll E'IG. PRoвдвtЕ сoRRЕстшЕ AстIoN

11-14 сAusЕ
1. Pine partiс].es in Detail A/B Norrтвl wear None

normal сonditioп
and normаl щantity
t. Considerable Detail C Ехсessive Carefully сheсk for
amoцnt of fine wear Preвenоe of miпute сhips
partiсJ.es in the debris.
If сhips are not present.
flush main transпission,
сlean tilter and сhangе
oil.
If chips are present,
proсeed aссording to
зtep 3.
In аddition, inspесt o11
filter for deposits per
para. 11-12 thru 11-14.
Single сhip of Dеtail D/Е Gear wheel Remove пain transmission
triangiular or dаmаge and rеpair iп асcоrdaвсe
trapezoidаl shape; with RЕ}! 103.
one smooth surfaсe, C].eап oilfi1terl oil
freguently with сoo].er and hoses aссord-
tool mаrks or ing to сhapter 63.
воores and
sсratсhes, t,he
opposit,e surfaсe
with grain tфlture
4. Sеveral thin Detai]. г/G Bearing Remove Пain transпission
сhips, with a daпаge and repair it in aсeord-
bright apРea- anсe with RЕl'l 10з.
ranсe on оne side Cleaр oil filter, oil
together with сon- сooler and hoges aссord.
siderab}e alпount ing to сhapter 63.
of fine partiсles
Table 11.2 Correсtive aсtion required for сoпtапrination found on пвgmetiс

plug or eleсtriс chip detector of mаin transmission
вo 105
сllAPтЕR 11
Pаge 41
I'{BB IIЕLIсOPTЕRS
I'{AINTЕNAI{сЕ }tANUAt I'{вB . в0 ].05
11 - ].9 Installation - magnetiс dra1n plug and drain valvе
].. If drain valvе has bеen removed, reinsta}} it, in main transmission, to-
gethеr with netv sea}ing ring. Tighten to speсi'fiеd torque value and
seсure with loсkwire.
2. Coat new O-ring with grease (сI'{ 101) and install on magnеtiс P}ug.
Insert magnetiс р1ug and сheсk for seсure inst.allation (bаyonet Pins
engaged) .
3. Sеrv.iсe тrith lubriсating oil; refer to paragraph 11-4.
4. Perform ground run test in aссordanсe with сhapter 105.
5. "Perform leakage test.
6. Inst,all oil drip pan and сargo сompartment panelling together wlth
aссess сover.
].1 -20 oir temperaturе warning switсh
Ll - 2L Replacement - oil tеmpеrature warning switсh

1. Rеmove engine сorvling.
2. Drain transmissiоn оil as desсribеd ln pаragraph 11.4.

3. Disсonneсt connесtor (5, f igure 1].-].0) f rom reсept.acle.
4. Rеmovе oil tenperature warning srvitсh (3) from union. Plug opening with
blank.
5. Unsolder еlесt,rlс rтirе from defeсtivе oil temреraturе warning switсh and
soldеr on new oil temperature.warning switсh.
6. Remоve b1ank аnd install oil tеmpеraturе warning swiiсh (3} in uniоn
(4) .
1. Conneсt сonneсtor (5) to reсept,aсlе.

*
* 8. Sеrviсe with transmission оil; rеfer tо paragraph 11.4.
*
9. Pеrform ground run in aссordanсe with сhapter 105. Warning light

т-oIt must not сomе on. If i}luminatеd, troubleshoot in aссordanсe with
para. LI-z.
10. Perform leakage test.
11.. Insta}l engine сowling.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 11
Page 42 Rеvision 2
},IвB ItЕtIсoPтЕRs
МAINтENANсE !{вв - вo 105
I\,IANUAТ,
L1'-22 Oi1 tепPerature bulb

11 - 23 Replacement - oil teтnperature bulb
1. Configuration I: oi1 tempеrature buIb is installed on oil filter {refer
tо figure 11-13)
а. Removе engine соw}ing.

b. Remоve lосktоire frоm соnneсtor (1) and remоve сonneсtоI.
с. Remove loсkwire and тemove oi1 tетnperature bu1b (14).
d. Disсard sealing ring (13).
e. Install оil temperature bulb (1д) together with sealing ring (13) in
banjo bolt (12) and safеty нith loсkwirе.
f. Conneсt сonnесtor (1) and safety with loсkwirе.
g. Perform grоund run ln ассоrdance with сhapter 105. Cheсk оil
temperaturе indiсatоr for сorreсt funсtioning. If oit temрerature
indiсation exоeeds the peпгissible limits' trоubleshoot in accоrd-
anсe with paragraph 1.1.2.
h. Perform 1eаkage test.
i. Install engine сowling.

2. Configuratlon тI: oil temperature bulb is inst'alled on oi1 pump below
main tгansmission (refеr to figure 11-9):
а. Rэmovе еnginе сowling.
b. Remove саrgо сompartment pane11ing as neсessаry. Remоvе o11 drip

pan.
с. Detaсh loсkнirе from сonneсtor (?) and remove сonneсtol.

d. Remove loсkwirе and remоve oil temрerature bulb {6). Catсh draining
transmission oil in a сontainer.
e. Disсard sealing ring (8).
f. Conneсt oil temрeraturе bulb (6) together with sealing riвg (8) to
adарter (9) and safety with loсkwirе.
9. Conneсt сonneсtor (?) and safety with lосkwire.
h. Chесk transmission oil lеvel and add оil tс},1 1.03) as nесessarv.
Еn .]
nц
снAPтЕR ].1
Dаrтд Д?
Мвв нЕtIсоPтЕRs
}'IAINтЕNAI{сЕ l,lANUAl l,lBв . B0 ]-05
i. Pеrform ground run in aссordanсe with сhapter 1.05. Cheсk oil

temрerature indicatоr for Propеr fuпctiоning. If oil tempеrature
exсeeds thе permissible linits, troфleshoot in aосordanсe wlth
paragraph LL'z,
j. Perfoгm leakage test.
k. Install oj.l drip'pan and сargo сomрartment рanelling.
1' Install engine сowling.
1'L.24 Lоw Рrеssurе warning switсh
11.. 25 Rеplaсement - 1от', pressure-warпiпg switсh

1. Remove engine соwling as necessary.
2, Rеmоvе loсkwire frorn сonneсtоr and remоve соnneоtor (refеr to figure
I l-rl tt.
3. Remove lockwire from low Рressurе warning switсh (5) , and unsсrew oil
pressure warning switсh frоm fitting {6) ' Plug opеning with b}ank.
4. Disсard O-ring.
5. Remove blank frоm fitting (6) and install lоw pressure warning switсh
(5) together with o.ring in fitting. Safety low pressure warning svlitсh
with ].oсkwire.
6. Instаll соnneсtor on lоw Pressure warning switоh and safety with
lockwire.
1, Cheсk transmissiоn oil 1evel and add оil (сl,l 103) as neсessary.
8. Perfоrm grоund run in aссоrdanсe with сhaрter ].05. Warning tight
т.OIt must not comё оn. If i}lцminated, troubleshoot in aссordance with
paragrаph Ll-z.
9. Perform leakage test.
10. Install engine cowling.
BO 105
сHAPтЕR 11
Page 44
мBB itЕlIсOPтЕRs
I.{AINгЕNANсЕ МANUAтJ }4BB - вo 105
lL-26 oi1 рressure transmitter
II - 2.7 Replaсeпent - oil prеssure trаnsmitter

1. Rеmove eпgine сowling as neсessary.
2, Remove рroteсtive сap from o11 Pressure transmitter t4, figure 11.?).
Remove nut together with сirсliр to gain aссess to the elеоt'riсal
сonneсLion.
3. Disconneсt eleсtriсal сonneсtiоn.

4, Remove lосkwire from oil pressure transmitter and unscrеw and remove оil
pressure transnitter from fittiпg (6). PIug opening r.lith btank.
5. Inspeсt sealing ring for damage and replaсe if neсessary.
6. Remove blank. Sсrew oil pressurе trаnsmltter together with sealing
ring ln fitting (6) and safеty t,*ith loсkwirе.
1, Conneсt eleсtriсal cable to оil pressure transmit.ter with пut and
сirсlip аnd сovеr сonneсtion with proteсtive саP.
8. Cheсk transrrr:issiоп o11 level and add oil (с},1 103) if necеssary.
9. Perform ground run in aссordanсе r.lith оhapter 1.05. Cheсk оil pressure
indj.cator for proper funсtioning. If oil Рressure indication еxсeeds the
perпгissiblе limits, troubleshoot in aсоordапсe with paragraph LI-z,
10. Pеrform lеakage test.
].1. Insta1]- engine соl+1ing.
11 -28 Oil- f i1ler neck
11- 29 Removal . оil filter пeсk

1. Remove engine сowling as neсessary.
2, Open сover (1) оf оil fillеr neсk (4) and inspeсt O.ring (2t for con-
dition. Replace damaged O-ring.
3. Inspeсt springs (з) for сondition and replaсe if defeсtive.
4. Unsсrew and remоve оil filler neсk \4, figure 11-16) and сlеan strainer
(5) with dry сlеaning solvent |с|"1 202) .
Bо 105
сllдPтЕR 11
h.-^ Ас
t',Iвв нЕLIсOPтЕRS
мAINTЕNANсE },IANuAт. Мвв - B0 105
11. 30 Тnst.allatiоn . оi} filter neсk

1. Install O.ring (2, figurе 11-16) in соver t1). If instal}ing а new
O-ring, flrst lubriсate it with grеaвe (см 101) .
2, Sсrew oil fil1еr neсk (4) togethеr wlth shim (6) in elbow t8) and
tighten. Cheоk installеd Рositiоn and сorreсt as neсessary by either
replacing the shi.m оr by peeling it to the approрriatе thickness. !.or
соrreсt installation pоsition, see fig. 11.15.
L Transmission housing
2 Straightedgе
з 0i1 fi}}er neck
{ Sеrew
5 ELbow
'1001'10
Гlgure 11.j.5 Installation роsitiоn - оil filler neсk
BO 105
снAPTЕR ].1
Paqe 46
llЕlIс0PтЕRs
t'{AINтЕNANсЕ },lANtiAl Мвв - BO 105
L Cover 6 Shi.m
2 O-ring I Transmission housing
3 Sрring х Еlbotl
4 0i1 filler neсk 9 Sоrew
5 Strainer
F.igure 11.16 Rеmоval and installation - oi1 fi}ler nесk
nn .т
nq
гнapтЕ.р 1.1
тlq*a J|1
MBB llЕtIсoPтЕRs
мдINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAI, мBB . Bо 105
1]--31 Rep1aсеment of gasket oil level

sight glass
'1
Draiп trаnsmissiоn oil aссording to paragraph 11-4.
z. Remоve engine сowling as nесessary.
a Straighten the tabs of the loсking plates |2' figure 1]".17) and rеmove
sсrews (1) .
l" Screw
2 Lосking рlate
3 Level marker
4 0i1 level sight
I
glass
tl
I 2.5-3,5 Nm 5 Seal
6 ilousing
I
Figure 7I-I1 Removal and insta].lation - оil leve]. sight glass
Remоve oil level sight glass (4| level marker (3} and gasket (5} frоm
hоusing (6) . Disсard gasket (5) . '
Clean sealing surfaсes of housing (6) and oil level sight glass (4) with
dry сleaning solvеnt (су1 202),
Install level mаrker {3), оil level sight glass (4} and nerr, gasket (5)
on housing (6) using sсre!{s (1) and new loсking p1ates (2) . Safety
sсrews (1) with' loсking р1ates (2) .
Serviсе with trаnsmissiоn оi} aссоrding to paragraph 11.4.
Inspeсt. split ].ine оf оil level sight. glass and hоusing fоr leakage.
Install еnginе сowling.
BO 105
снAPтER 11
Paqе 48
}lEtIсoPTЕRs
l,lA1NтЕNANсЕ },lA}IUAЬ мBв - B0 105
Ll-з2 Aсcessory ge arbox
11 . зз Removа]. - aссessory gearbоx

Speсial too]s:
Locking ring Lx56 150 123
1. Remove engine сowling аs neсessary.
]f bolt (3) is installed in plaсe of stud \4, fig. ].]'-18},

omit steps 2. thru 4.
сAUтI0N вЕЕ'0RЕ RЕI'{оVING тttЕ сoNтROl RoDs гROM BЕтWЕEN т}lЕ МтXING
I,ЕvЕR AssЕ},IвlY AND тl{Е тANDЕI4 }iYDRAU1Tс UNIт, sЕсURЕ тI{Е
sWAsit PtAтЕ IN POSIтION тo PRЕVЕNт Iт гR0lv1 S],IPPING DOWN
тltЕ RoтOR !IAsт.
110029
A L Nut
2 Washer
5
6
Aссеssory gearboх
Transmission сenter housino
3 Bоlt 7 O-ring
A 4 St,ud I Shim
A
l
Cоnfiguration . nain transnissiоn housing attaсhed by four studs
Configuration - main transmission housing attaсhed by threе studs
and one bоlt
l.igurе 11-18 Removal and installaLion - aссessory gearboх
BO 105
снAPтЕR 11
t{8B tIЕlIсoPтЕRs
}4AINтЕNANсЕ }.IANUAL },1вв - B0 105
2. Е.it сlamping ring 1-х56 150 L23 La suРport tube оn main transmissiоn so
that it is direсtly below thе swash plate sliding sleeve.
3. Remоve control rods from between tandem hydrauliс unit and miхing levеr
assy; refer to сhaрter 4З,
N0тЕ Do not disсonneсt hydrаu}iс lines froп hydrauliс pшnps as this

will require bleedlng of the hydrauliо system.
4, Remоve hydrauliс Ршnрs and RPМ taоhomеter.
J.
(
llдutl Uvltt*у"ration4]\
flтi*Ь лnn€iп', ,/a
shown in fig. j.]..18, rеmove tandem hydrаuiiс unit
ассording to сhaрter 43; with оonfiguratiоn,/Р\ removё tandem hydrauliс
'
unit only to thе eхtent' neсessary for remоving aсcessory gearbоx (5) .
6. Remove aссessory gearbох and disсard O.ring (?).
1. Remоve shim (8) and retain for reiпstallation of aссessоry gеarbоx.
].1 - з4 Installatiоn - aсс'essory gearbох
t. rr1
.1
UJЕalr ] ^^^^ faсеs with
а^* €.ДrarrУе
dry сleaning solvent (сM 202) .
2. If a new aсeessory gеаrbox is tо be installed, chесk baсkIаsh and if

neсessarУ' take correсtive асtion desсribed in RЕМ ]"03.
3. сoat new O-ring (7) ъlith grease (с},1 101) and install in aсressory
пдэrhnw
Yv9.vУ..\v,.
1ql
4, Brush.сoat mounting faсе оf aссessory gearbox with сorrosiоn preventive

сompоund (с},1 505) and insеrt aссessory gеarboх together with shim (8)
intо t.ransmissiоn оentеr hоusing (6) .
5. Attaсh aссessory qearbоx in acсоrdanсе vlith сonfiguration requirements
(see fig. 11-18) .
6. Cоver nuts (1), head оf bolt (3) апd split ]ine of transmissioп оenter
housing and aссеssory gеarbox with two-componеnt finishing laсquer
(с}4 43?) .
1. ]nstаll Еаndem hydrauliс unit.

8. Reтnоve сlarпрing ring 1х56 150 123 and install соntrol rods between tandem
L asseпфly as describеd in сhaрter 43.
.l .l
hrrd rя tl *.tfi ф
i r. rln a.lu rrlдAдlJУ дёVёr
ъ nrl mi r'.i nп z
9. Perfoгm gтоund run in aссоrdanсe with сhaPter ].05 and inspeсt main
transmissiоn for lеаkaoe.
1n
J.\,. т*а+^1]
lllsLdtl е.trчinе
^.-,]
"o*rtng.
Rn l nq
l l
^'iinмЕп
Раор 50
},Iвв нЕLтсOPтЕRS
}.IAINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAI, l,lBв . B0 105
]-1. - 35 Replaсemеnt of seaIs - aссessory gearbox
Speсial too].s:
Assеmbly sсrews 1x56 136 236
Drift 1х56 ].36 373
Drift ].x56 1з6 з?4
or
Drift 1х56 ].34 5].6
Drift ].х56 136 5].4
1. Remove engine сowling as neсessаry.

2. Тf nесessаry, remove сomponents from tandeп hydrauliс uпit and trans-
пission mounting V-strut to еnable aосess to aссessory gearboх.
вPM taсhomвtor driv€
ffi
1 Cirсlip 7 Washer
2 Cirсlip 8 Sсrew
З Shaft sеal 9 Ring
4 Housing 10 O-ring
5 O-ring 11 Shaft seal
6 Cover
Еlgure 11.].9 Replaсement of seals - aссessory gearbox
в0 105
сHA9тЕR 1].
lйR'R нE'т'тnnDтFрc
}.IAINтЕNANсЕ I',IANUAL MBв - Bo 105
3. Replaсe shaft seа1 (3, figure 11.19) of hydrauliс рurор drive as fоllоws:
NOTE Do not disсonneсt hose lines from hydrauliс рцmр as this

wi11 require bleeding of the hydrauliс systеm.
a. Remove hydrauliс Pu]nР according tо сhaptеr 43.
b. Rеmоve сirсllрs (1 and 2).
с. Remоve shaft seal (3) with a suitаblе tool.

d. ApрIy a thin сoat of greasе (сt{ 101) to new shaft seal (з) and
insert with sealing liр pоinting towards the bushing, using drift
1x56 1"36 514. See fiqure 11-20.
e. Insert сirсlips (]' and 2, figure 11-19).

f. C1ean faying surfaсеs of hydrauliс рump and aссеssory gearbох with
dry сleaning solvent (сL4 202) and apрly соrrosion preventlve Рaste
(с}4 503) .
g. Install hydrauliс prДnP aссording to сhapter 43.

4, Replaсe shаft sea] (11) and O-rings (10) in the RPР] tасhometer drjve аs
fol1оws:
NoтЕ Do nоt disсonnесt hоse linеs from hydrauliс pumр as this

will rеquirе bleeding of thе hydrauliс system.
a. Remove hydraullс рump of sysЕem ]I aссording to сhapter 4З.
b. Remоvе ring (9) from hоusiпg (4) with а suitable tool.
с. Disсard O-ring (10).
d. Using drift iх56 136 374, рress shaft seal (11) from ring (9) ,
Disсard shaft seal '
e. Apply a thin сoat of grease (сI.,1 101) to new shafс seal (11) аnd
insert with lip pointing tоwards ring (9), using drift
txЭb }5b J/q.
t.. Apply а thin сoat of greasr (с},1 101) to new O-ring (10) and install
оn тinrт /ql
\- | ,
fr
Э.
Fi t ri nп /ot
\.l
.i ntn Ьntrе'i nп Ьn1g, using drift 1x56 136 3?3.
h г..lдэn fэtri.- surfaсеs
9gд.Чvvg of
vt RPМ
t\дtt taсhometer
Lgwf.vtlrЕuЕt and асcc.csОrv
qд.Ч qv9ЕоovДJ с'раrЬоx
YgqtUl with
dry с1eaning so1vent (сI.4 202) and then aРрly сorrosion рrevеntive
paste (с},1 50з) .
aA 1nq
l !
^tTinmпn
Paoe )z
14вB }lEт,Iс0PтЕRs
МAINTЕNANсЕ },1ANUA! мBB - BO 105
E.lgure ]-I-20 Aрpliсation - drift ].х56 136 514
i. App}y соrrosion preventivе сompound (сI',l 505) io plnion of RPм

taоhomеter and install RPМ tachometer. Е'оr tоrque load оf nuts, seе
т1ft l l.\
j. hyd.raullс рump of system ]I on acсеssory gearbox aссording

'nu.",,
to сhapter 43.
5. Replaсe O-ring (5, figure 11.19) of соver (6) as follows:

-Rеmove
a. sсrews (s) and washеrs (7) .
b. Remove сover (6), using assembly scrrws ].х56 ].36 236. Disсard O.rinq
(s) .
с. Apply a thin соat of grease (с},1 101) to new o-ring (5) and fit into
сover (6).
d. Install сover (6) together wit'h new O-ring (5) sсrews (8) and
' (с},1 437) to split
wаsher (7). Apply twо-сonрonent finishing laсquer
line.
Reinstall сomponents previоusly rеrпоved frотn hydrauliс unlt and tтans.
mission mounting V-strut.
1 Pеrform ground run in aссordаnсe with сhapter 105.
Perfоrm leakage test.
у. Install engine cowling.
BO 105
сllAPтЕR ]'].
Б--^ Ea
мBв }IЕ],IсoPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNAЬтсЕ },IANUAI. !1вB - BO 105
1L-36 Rotary transmitter
11 - 37 Removal - rotary transmitter

1. Reпove сargo compartment panelling aв neсessary and detaсh oil drip pan.
2. Disсоnneсt' оonneсtor (6, figure 11-21) from reсeрtaс}e (8).

3. Index mark rotary transmitter in relation to main transтпission, using
felt-tip pen or similar.
4. Remove sсrews (5} aпd washеrg (4) . Pdr rоtary transmitter i3} downward,
then disсonneсt connrоtor (1) from reсeptaсle (9) and remove соupting
sleeve (2) .
5. Cap сonneсtor (6), reсeptaсles (8 and 9) and shaft (?} with blanks.
BO 105
сliдPтЕR 11
Paqe 54
нЕlIсoPтЕRs
МAINтЕNA}тсв !4ANUA! },lвв - в0 ].05
о] с,
I
900t29
1 Conneсtor 6 Conneсtor
2 Couрling sleеve 7 Shaft
3 Rotary transmit,ter 8 Reсeptаcle
4 Washer 9 Reсeptaсle
5 }tex sсrоw 10 t*lain transmission lower hоusinq
Еigure ].].-21 Remоval and installаtion - rоtarv transmittеr

вo 105
сilAPтЕR 11
Pаоe 55
l'4вB I{Еl,IсоPтЕRS
I{AINтENAIqсЕ }4ANUAL I4Bв - вo 105
11 - 38 Installation - rotarv transmitter
сAUTION уIAкЕ sURЕ т0 UsЕ l}iЕ сoRRЕст сo}{вINAт]0N oг RO1ARY тRд}lsl4IттЕR

AND }.IAsт Мo},IENт INDIсAтoR WIiЕN RЕPLAсING тlIЕ ROтARY тRANS}IIT-
тЕR. ROтARY тRANS}{IттER P/N ].05.94575 AND }4Asт },lo},lЕNт INDIсAтOR
P/N 105-94564 сAN BЕ RЕPI,AсED тND]VIDUAI.LY. ltov{ЕvЕR, тllЕY }fi]Sт BЕ
tt,IADЕ ?о МAтсlt IN AссORDANсE WIт}i сIiAPтЕR 705. WITll ANY oтI{ER
сOI'{BINAтION, в0тi1 Tl{Е TRANS!'IITтER N{D }4Asт 1'{0МЕNт INDIсAтOR g}IA],t
BЕ RЕt"IоvЕD AND RЕPLAсED BY тWO oт}tЕRs WтTII IDЕNтIсAI, sЕRIAl
NU}4вЕRS.
1. Remove рrоteсtlve сovers.

2, Е'it сoup1ing sleevе (2, figure 11.21) on shaft (7) and сonneсt еleсtriсal
cоnneоtor (1} tо rotary transmitter.
З. Conneсt rotary transmitter to drive shaft by means of сoupling sleeve,
while taking сare to align indeх matks; fast.еn with hex sсrews (5) and
washers (4). Reсeptаcle (8) must pоint. in direсtion of flight.
4, Conneсt сonneсtor (6) to reсeptaсlе (8).
5. Perform funсtiоnal test in aссordanсе with сhapter ?05.

6, Coat split lines and bare metal surfaсes of housing with сorrosion
prеveпt1vе сопpоund (с!4 505).
1, Instal]. саrgо соmpartmеnt paneJ.ling аnd oi1 drip раn.
Bо 105
сI{APтЕR ].1
Pagе 56
мBв IrЕlтс0PтвRs
!,IAтNтЕNANсЕ I'{ANuAt мBB - вo 105
11-39 Slip ring retainer
11 . 40 Removal and disasseпbly - slip ring retainer
Special tools:
Pцsher sсrews (3 off} 1х56 131 399
Drift 1x56 134 515
Drift 1x56 136 285
Bushing 1x56 150 135
Drift 1x56 136 371
Support 1х56 136 a26
].. Drain transmission oil aссоrding to paragraph 11.-4.

2, Rеmove rotаry transmitter aссording to paragraph 11.37.
з. Remove sсreъIs (6 and ?, figure 11.23) togethеr with washers (5).
4. Using pusher sстеws 1x56 131 399, remove slip ring retainer (4) from
transmission lоwer housing {].), whilsl сarefully pulling wiring harness
оut of drive shaft (2I.
5. Remove O-ring (з) from hоusing (4) and disсard.
6, Remove сirсlips (13 and 14).
1, Rеmove drive shaft (2I froп housing (4|, us1ng drift ].x56 136 37]. and
support 1x56 136 426; see figure 17-22.
8. Uslng drift 1х56 136 285, remove bushing (72, fig. L7-23) together with
shaft sеal (11) and O.ring (10), bal} bearing (9) and shim (s) from
housing (4); seе fig. 11-22.
9, Press shaft seal (11, figure LL-23) out of bushing (r2) , using drift
1x56 134 5].6 and bushing 1x56 150 135. Disсard O-ring (j.0).
B0 105
сltAPтЕR 11
},IBв ilЕtIсOPтЕRs
},IA]NтЕNANсЕ I',]ANUA], },IBB - в0 105
Removal of ball bearing Removal оf drive shaft

and shaft seal using using
Drift 1x56 1з6 285 Drift ].x56 1з6 з1t
Suрport ].х56 1з6 426
Еigure LI.22 Appliоation - Drift 1х56 136 285

Drift. 1x56 136 3?1
Support 1x56 136 426
тr^ 1 oq
с}IAPTЕR 11
Pаqe 58
I'{BB i{ЕtIсоPтЕRs
}'tAINтЕNA}rсЕ мA}ТUAъ },1Bв - BO 105
ft--
ф
н
I 8-10 Nm
:l
f &10 N'l
^l
o+
9
11 10
12
IJ
14
11 0035
L Transmission bottom houslno t{ Shim

2 Drive shaft 9 Ball bearing
3 O-ring 10 0-ring
4 Housing, slip ring retаiner 11
дд Shaft seal
5 Washеr LZ Bushing
6 Sсrew t1 9*д wдду
7 Sсrew 1i
д:l Circlip
Гigure 11-23 Removal and insta}lation - sl.ip ring retainer
BO 105
сilAPтЕR 11
}4Bв ltEт,]соPтЕRs
мAINтЕNAI{сЕ I.{AI{UAI. МвB - BO L05
11 - 4l- Assemblv and instаllaLion - slip ring retainer
Sрeсia1 toоls:
n*.i €+
уLLLw 1х56 ]-31 396
Prоteсtive sleeve 1x56 136 292
Пri €+ .Lxэb lJb J /J
1 APрly a thin сoat Of grease (с!,1 101) to outer сirсumferеnсe of shaft

seal (11, figure 11-23) and press into bushing (12), using drift
txэb .LJb 5/5.
z. Coat new O-ring t10} with grеase (см 101} and install оn bushing F2)
t'itshim (8) intо hоusing (4) and then рress ball bearing (9) into
hоusing (4), using drift 1x56 13]. з96.
Ptеss bushing (12) and shаft seal (11) into housing (4), using drift
1x56 131 396.
Install с1rсlip (1з).
Insert рroteсtive sleevе 1x56 ].36 292 (1, figure Ll--z+) into shaft seal
(3) until it seats against ball bearing (2),
1, Press drive shaft (4) into ball bearing \2\ until it abuts, and renоve
prоteсtive slеeve (1) .
1 Prоteсtive sleeve
{1х56 lз6 292|
11001?ts 2 Ball bearing
3 Shaft seal ring
Д Пri rza cЬ:fi
Е,igure 11.-24 Installation of drive shaft in slip ri-ng retainer

B0 105
сIiAPтЕR ],1
Paqe 60
},1BB I{ЕtIсoPтЕRs
I\{A]NTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL I'{BB - B0 105
8. Insta}l сirс1ip (14,figure 11-23) in annular groove of drive shaft (2|,
9. Coat new O-ring (3) with grease (сI',l 101) and install on housj.ng (4) .
10. Еееd wiring harness through drive shaft (2) and pоsitiоn the sliр ring
retainer in thе main transmissiоn so that the upper splines of the
drive shaft (21 engage with the rotor mast.
11. Sеcure slip ring retainer with sсrews (6 and 7} аnd washers (5).
L2. Instal1 rotary trаnsmitter in aссordanсе to Paragraph 11-38.
13. Srrviсe with transmission oil; refer to рaragraph 1.1.4.
].4. Perform ground run in aссordanсe with сhapter ].05 and visua}1y inspeсt
around pеrimeter of rotary transmittеr mounting faсe for oil 1еaks.
15. Cheсk mast moment indiсation system foт соrrесt funсtioning aссording to
сhapter 705.
16. Aрp1y сorrosion preventive сompound (сl'{ 505) to sptit, lines and bare
metal surfaсes of housing.
1]. Install сargo сompartment panelling and oil drip pan.
B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 11
Revision 2 Pagе 61.
швB нЕ1,IсoPтЕRs
l.{AINтЕNA}тсЕ },lAl0UAl Мвв - BO 105
LT.42 Fan aBsembly
11-43 Removal - fan assembly
1 Remove engine сowling.
Z. I.oosen оlamp on fan assembly (1' figurе 11-25) and remove rrфber sleevе
from fan asвembly (7).
? Remove hydrauliс tine of rotor brake вystem from transmission пouпting
V-strut
4. loosеn oil сoolеr and поve outboard аs far ag necessary.
5. Renove rаm air ventilation вyвtem, if inвtalled; refer to сhapter 63.
6. Remove nuts (5), шaзhers (4) aпd detaсh fan asseпbly (?).
1, Reпove input shaft (1) l сеntering ring (2) and O.ring t3) . Disсаrd
O-ring.
1 Input shaft
2 Centering riпg
3 O-ring
{ Washer
5 Nцt
6 Cast fin
? I,an asseпbly
'100019.r 8 Main transmission сenter
hоusing
Гigure 11.25 Removal and installatlon - fan assembly
B0 105
сtlAPтЕR 11
Page 62
МBB ilЕtIсOPтЕRs
i4AINтЕ}IANсЕ },lANUAt 14вв - в0 105
11 . 44 Installation - fan аssenblу
1. Install new fan assembly ln aссordanсe r+lth RЕм ].03.

2. Install previously removed fan assеmbly as fоllows:
a. Cleаn faying surfaсes of fan assеmbly and main transmission with drv
сleaning soIvеnt (см 202)
b. Insресt lubriсatiоn bores on faying surfaсes of nаin trаnsmi'ssiоn and
fan assembly for соntamination. Clean, if neсessary.
с. Cоаt new o-ring (3, figrure 11-25} with grеase (см 101) and instаll in
annular groove of fan assembly.
d. Positiоn сentering ring (2| against ball bearing in fan assemb1y.
Coat drive shaft (1) with grease (сM 101) and instal} in pоsition.
e. Coat mоunting faоeof fan housing with сorrоsiоn рrevеntive paste
(Cм503). rnstall fan assembly (7) with the сast fin (6) pointiпg
upward. Tightеn nuts t5) to speсified torque lоad.
f. It ram air veпtilation system was previously removеd, reinstall it in
aссordanсe with сhapter 63.
g. Seсure oil сооler.
h. Seсure hydrauliс 1inе of rotor brake system to leg of transmissiоn.
mounting V-strut.
i. Slide rubber sleeve onto fan assembly and fasten with сlaпp.
j. Perform grоund run in aссоrdanсe with сhapter 105 and visually
inspeсt sрlit line fоr leakage.
k. ]nstal]. engine сowling.
в0 105
сIiAPтЕR ],1
I'{BB HElIсoPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ МANUA], l4BB - в0 105
11 - 45 Reрlaсement оf shaft seal - fan assembly
Speсial tools:
Puller 1.х56 L22 25'7
Sосket wrenсh 1х56 ].36 233
Sleeve 1х56 136 3?2
Bushing 1x56 150 1З5

Drif| 1х56 ]"34 5].6
!.}xЕure 1х5b J"sb ЭZ6
1. Remove fan assembly aссording to paragraph 11-43.

2. Remove retaining plаtes (8, figure ].1-28) from guide wheel t22I and
remove guide wheеl.
з. Remove sPaсers (2L) frоn fan assembly ('7l and rеtain fоr reinstallation.
4. Attaсh fixture 1x56 ].36 528 tо fan assembly and сlamр fixture iп a vise.
Еxtraet loсkwasher t20} inсoтporating puller thread frоm shаft nut (79)
using toоl ]'x56 L22 26.7; refer to figure LL-26| or usе a sсrew driver '
to remove 1ockwasher (20) without puj.ler thrеad.
5. Remоvе shaft nut (19, figure 11-28}, using soсket wrenсh 1x56 ].36 233;
refer tо figure 1l-26.
6. Detaоh bushing (18, figure 11-28}' rеmove сyliпdriсal pin (17) and fan
wheel (16).
1, Remove sсrews (15) and washers (14) .
8. Remove сover (1з) and disсard O.ring (11).

9. Remove shaft seal (12) from сover (13), using bushing 1x56 150 ].35 and
drift 1х56 134 516.
10. Remove barrе1 ring (10) and O.ring (9) from shaft of fan assеmbly ('7) ,
Disсard o.ring (9).
11. Apрly a thin сoat of grease (с!.{ 101) to new o.ring t9) and slide it оntо
shaft until it abuts.
12. Apply grease (сМ 101) tо outer and inner сirсumferenсes оf barreI riпg
(10), and slide it, t+ith the reсess on thе inside diameter faсing the
O-ring (9), over shaft and O-ring (9) until it abuts.
13. Apply a thin сoat of grease (с}4 101) to outer сirсшnferenсe of shаft seal
|2, figure l\-21). Роsition сOver (з) on sIеeve 1x56 ]'36 3]2 and press
shaft' seal \2) into сover (3), using drift 1x56 134 516.
во 105
сtiAPтЕR ].].
Paoe 64
нЕLIс0PтЕRs
!,IAINтЕNANсЕ !,]ANUA! },1вв - вo 105
1001.60
Pull-er Soсket wrenсh

Iх56 122 26.l Lx56 136 233
Еigure LL-26 Apptiсation - puller 1х56 t22 261

soсkеt wrenсh 1x56 ].36 233
14. Apply grеase (с!,1 101} tо neш O-ring (5' fig. 11-2?} and fit o.ring into
annular groоve of cover (з).
15. Secure соvеr (13, fiщre 11-28) to fan houslпg (?) r^'ith sсrews (15) and
washers (14}. Appty two-оoпpоnеnt finishing laеquer (с!,t 43']} tо sptit
lines between sсrewheads and сover and between сover and mating surfaсe
on fan assembly.
16. Еit fan wheel (16, fig. 11.28) оntо shaft of fan assembly (?) and turn
fan wheеl to align bores in the shaft with grоove in fan wheel.
в0 105
с*:Tl1 }}
}4вв }lЕlIс0PтЕRs
l,1AINтЕNAI.IсЕ },IANUAL },IBв - BO 105
1002E8 1 Drift
1x56 134 516
2 thaft seal
3 Covеr
4 Sleеve
1х56 136 372
5 O-ring
F.igurе LI-21 ]nstallation of shaft seal
L1. Еit сylindriсal pin (17) intо shaft оf fan housing (7) sо that an egual
1enфh of рin protrudеs on both sides.
].8. Insert bushing (18) sо that сylindriсal pin (17) is сovеred.
19. Install shaft nut (19) and tighten to speсified torque load with soсket
wrenсh ].x56 136 233. Cheсk if bushing (18} сontасts the fan hub. If it
contaсts the fan hub, rewоrk inner rim of bushing (18).
2a. Inst'all loсkwasher t20) on shaft nut (19) , using puller lх56 I22 261 .
Мake sure that the tabs are propеr}y fitted in thе nut grooves аnd
engaged behind thr nut.
B0 105
сHAPтER 11
D:стд 66
МBB ltЕlIс0PтЕRs
},lAINтЕNA}IсЕ !,IAN{IAТ, I',IBB - B0 105
{14-16 Nm-l
r----
'20
Цч
t?
o
i;;N'l
1 Input shaft 1з Covеr

2 Centering ring 14 T{asher
3 O-ring 15 tiex sсrew
4 Washer 16 Еan wheel
5 Nut 11 Cylindriсal pin
6 Cast fin 18 Bushing
? Е'an assembly .1
o Qhэ ff nrl}
8 Retaining plate 20 l,oсkwasher
9 O-ring 2L Spaсer
10 Barrel ring 22 Guide wheel
11 O-ring
72 ShаfЕ seal
Е.igure 11-28 F.aп assembly . part5'aJ- disassemblу
в0 105
сIIAPтвR ]-].
Paоe 6?
нЕtIс0PтЕRs
lIAINтЕNA}.rсЕ М,ANUAI, МвB - B0 105
21. Apply twо.оomроnent finishiпg laсquer (сМ 4з?) to sрlit linеs betweeп
bushing (18), shaft nut (19), lосkwasher (20) and thrеad of fan assembJ.y
(7) shaft.
22. Instal} sрacers (3, figure 11--29} onto gulde wheel (5).
Е'it guide wheel (5) into fan asseтnbly (1). Retaining plates t4) must
епgage.
2a Мeasure сlearanсe bеtween guidе wheel (5) and fan wheеl (2), using a
feeler gauge. There must be a unifоrm сlearanсe of between 0.3 аnd
1.5 rсn around the еntire сirсumfeтenоe. Obtain requi.red сlearanсe bv
adding оr remоving spaоers (3).
24. Install fan assembly aссording tо paragraph 11.44.
L Fan assembly
2 Pan wheel
3 Spaсer
4 Rеtaining рlatе
5 Guide wheel
Д'tqure IL.Zу Tnstallation . quidе
BO 105
с!IAPт8R 11
Pаrтe 6R
IttBB ltДДIс9PTЕRS
I,IA]NтЕNA}тсЕ мA![Uш }aв - в0 105
11-46 оi1 Рumр
II - 47 Removal - oil pump
Speсial tools:
Speсial wrenсh 105-10101 W1
1. Remоve engine сoтlling.
2. Remove оargo сomPartment panelling and' oil drip pan.

3. Drain transnission oil aооording to paragrарh 11-4
4, Unsсrew oil line (1, fig. 11-9) end fitting froп double banjo fitting
(10) .
5. Reпove loсkwire and unsсrew and removе banjo bolt (з).

6' Disсard freed gaskеts and plug open ends.
1, Remove loсkwire and remove sсrews \"|, fig. 11-30) using spесial wrenсh
P/N 105-10].01 Wl. Then detaсh washеrs (6) and oil pump (5) and disсard
O-ring (4).
8. Pull assembled shaft tzl and oil strainer (3) out of transmission housing
and detасh shаft (2) fron oi! strainer {3).
9. Inspeсt oil strainer (3), shаft (2I and oi1 pump (5) for deposits and
сontaпination,and сlеan with dry сleaning solvent (сr'1 202) if neсessаry.
1.0. In the evеnt of dеposits or сontaтпination, remove and с}ean main
transmission oil filter aссording to paragraph 11.9.
1 Transmission lowеr
housing
2 Shаft
? 0i1 strainеr
4 O-ring
oil pшпр
6 Washer
1 Sсrew
Е1gure 11-30 Removаl and installation - oil puтпр

в0 105
сllAPтЕR 11
Page 69
шBB llЕl]сoPTЕRs
}4AINтЕNANсЕ }4ANUAI }{BB - B0 105
11 - 48 lnstallation - oil pump
Speсlal tools:
Speсial wrenсh 105.10].01 Wl
].. Insert shaft (2, figure 1i.з0} intо intermеdiate shaft loсated in
transmission bottom housing.
2, S}idе оil filter (З} on shаft {2l until it abuts.
3. Coat O.ring (4) with greasе (сI'{ 101) and install оn oil pump (5).
4. ]nsert oi} рumр (5} sо thab splines of оil pump and shaft (2| engage one
another.
5. Install oil pump (5) with sсrews (?) and washers (6) and tоrque-tighten,
using speсial wrenсh 105.10].0]. W1.
6. Remove plugs from opеn еnds '
1, Screw banjо bolt (3) into oil РumPl tоgether with new gaskets and double
banjo fitting
8. Loсkwire banjo bolt (3).
*
9. Attaсh oil line (1' figure 1r-9) to doublе banjо fitting (10).
* 10. Serviсe with transmission oil; refеr to paragraph 11-4.
*
1].. Perform ground run aссording tо сhaptеr ].05 and visually inspeсt area
around oil pump for leakage.
12. Aррly two.сomponent finishlng laсquer {сl,1 4з7) to split line of oi} pump
and transmission housing and to bolt heads.
13. Install oil drip рan and сargo сompartment рanelling.

14. Install englnе сowling aссording to сhapter 22.
B0 105
сllAPтЕR 1].
Page 70 Revislon 2
},lвB tlЕIJIсoPтЕRs
},1AINтЕNAI.IсЕ }dANuAl !,lBв - в0 105
11-49 Trаnsmiss1on mouпting v-struts
11 - 50 Renoval . trаnsmission mounting V.struts

Speсial tools:
Hоisting deviсе 105.14101 W5 оr ].12]..14102 V{1 or 11? Wз
or
Hoisting s1iп9 105 W2? or 1х56 ].з6 240
Puвhing-out and
pressing-in toоl 1121-10151 V{3 oder 105.10151 W3
Pushing-out device 105-10151 W4
1. Remove engine сowling.

2, Rernоve main rotоr bladеs; rеfer to сhаpter 14.
3. Attach hoisting deviсe ].05.14101 W5 оr 1121-14102 W1 or 117 Wз to main
rotor head or, if mаin rotor head has been removed, attaсh hoisting
deviоe 105 W27 or 1x56 136 2{0 to flange on top of rotor mast. Lift main
tran$ftisgion аs neоessary to rеlieve the load on the traпsmission
V-struts.
4, When removing the Lll transnission nounting V-strut (viewed, in direсtion
of flight), remove the following parts:
a. Remove hardwarе attaсhing hinged support to bearing braсket of niхing
1ever assembly. Removе bearing bracked.
b. Remove сlamps from transmission поuntiпg V-strut.
5. When removing the RH transmiвsion mounting V-strut (in direсtioп of
fright) l dеtaсh the fo].lowing parts:
a. Rеmоve air baffle (6l figure 11-5); howevеr, it is not instaJ.led in
сombinаtion with ram air ventilation.
b. Remove ram аir duсt (rarr air vеntitatiоn) as neсessary.
с. Rеmove oil сooler support braоket from transmission mounting

V-struts.
d. Disсonneсt rоtor brake hose line fron brake саliper.
e. all сlamps and 1ines from tranзmission mounting V-strut.
Remove
6. Rеmovе split pin (4, figure 11-31), nut (5) and washеr (6) '
B0 105
сliAPтER 11
ac i-4
а
t ral !O l'\
Ir'
a
N
o
о
trt оl
Ёd
.rl .'J
ьeв рр
р{J
.rl -.t
l+.{ Ч{
tn
рр at
р+J ttr рр
5A
нн :'A
}rн
в
.Ft ,э
н
.|J р +Jр .tJ
+Jр
r.|
v, сn fiсtl tlt
ч
BE
ltt v|
tl il
r/)
tt ll
gO
А1 t{ r-{
tn ttr Еt t,l rлrл E' Еt
Ёd ЕA
ФЁs
dd
.-i .F{ 'rl ."{ .ta .Fl
+J +'
AЁ
р
eЕ r.t
ё
Еl .ч .<
сl
Рр
аE:
;,5 ;t5 o 6rrrшr
I
F нr э^
oo O rч b Н btо
A; tл
O^ .F{ O с>
ЕE Е AE .n -|
ч.r r{ r{ Ён
o |л d.-|а
Aс
oo
Еi р{Aр
ooo+)
.r|
Е o}>
Е {, (, o A.4
--lOvr--lOA o Е tn
.rl.Fl 'Fl JJ ..{ Cl .л .d nl d' JJ .r{ lJ ..| .д
=l
нЕtIсoPтЕRs
МAINтЕNANсE l'{ANuAl МвB - вo 105
Apptiсаtion A
Aэв|iсаtiоn fl
10001 0
A Т,оosening and removing of jaптned transmission strut bolts

A Т,оosening and rеmоving ^т jamтned
hydrau1iс рress (6}
trаnsmissiоn strut bo1ts, using
1 Frame 5 Thrust рiесe

2 Quil1 o Hydrauliс Рress
3 Bolt 1 Мain transrnissiоn flange
Centering рieсe I Transmission mоuntinq
V-strut fitting
Figure L1-32 Aрpliоation - рushing-оut deviоe 105-10151 W4
вo 105
сI{APтER 1]"
Paое 75
l,tBB tlЕtIсоPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNA}IсЕ l.lANuAl yIвB - в0 105
Д Spindle
z Pushing-оut jaws
? Pressing-in jaws
it Loсking nut
Еnd suppоrt
6 Eхt,ractox
'1
Guidе sleeve
105-1015r. W2
Figure Appliсatiоn . pushing-out and рressing-in too1

11 2 1-1 0151 !{3/r"0s-101s1 v{3
BO 105
сIiAPтЕR 11.
Pаоe ?6
tlli!1UUРT!;к5.
мAINтENANсЕ I,IANUAI I{BB . BO 105
сAUTI0N т0 PRЕVЕNт DAI{AGЕ Tо TRANSмISSIoN DЕсK, D0 N0т Т,oWЕR I\,IAIN

TRANsl4Iss]ON 0NT0 DEсK AFTЕR AссOMPL]slll4ЕNT 0F' sтЕP 7.
7. Rеmove bоlt (3) . If bolt is jammed, do not drivе it out with a hammer.
Removе it with pushing-out dеviсe 105.10151 W4 aссording to figure II-з2,
8. If installed, removе shims (?, figure 11.З1) and rеtain fоr rеlnstal.
1at.ion of same mountlng V-strut and transmission f1angе сombinatiоn.
9' Rеmovе split pin (121, nut (1з) and washer (11).
10. Rеmove bolts (10) . If bоlts are jarnmеd, d.о not drive it oцt with a harn-
mеr. Remove thеm with рushing.out and prеssing-in too1 11r1-lUl51 WJ Or
105.10151 W3 aссordi"ng Lo flgurе 11.33.
NOTЕ Тf the sealant on the rivet heads in thе aрeх еnd fit'ting oI on
thе grub sсrews in the сlevisеs is missing or damagеd, the
interiоr of the V-strut, lеgs must be inspeсtеd for the presеnсе
of mоisture or сorrosion, rеfer to рaragraph 11-51.
If water has entered the legs, this сan be еvidenсed by an
aссumulation of water above the grub sсrewg in thе е]-еvis
еnds. Therеfore, it is imрortant to suppоrt thе V.strut in thе
upright position during and aftеr removal to рrevenl any
aссumulatеd water frоm flоwing bасk up thе V.strut lеgs and
avoiding dеteсtion.
]-1. Pull aреx end of the t'ransmission mounting V-struts away from t,he mating
flangе on thе main t'rаnsmission enough to al]ow the V-strut's to be re-
moved upwards.
11 - 51 Inspeсt,ion and rеpair . transmission mоunting V.struts

Speсial t'ools:
Pressing-in t,ool 105-218З2 W1
Pushing-out tоo] toо1 no. 28 (105-10155 W1) refеr to сhapter 04
1. Тnspeсt transmission mountlng V.struts for d.eformation, сraсks, meсhani.

сal сorrosion, missing or damaged sealant on rlvet heads and on
damage,
the grub sсrews in thе сlеvis ends, and damaged surfaсe proteсtlon.
a. Using a magnifylng glass, inspeсt' welds and adjaсеnt, areas for *
сraсks. Tf prеsеnсe of сrасks is unсertain, рerform pеnetrant, сraсk *
lnspесtion рer I',I]L-STD-6866. If сraсks or fraсtures ale еvldеnt, the *
opрosite t'ransmission mountlng V.strut must a1so be replaсed. ]n t'hе

сasе of deformation, replaсe only the affесted V-strut.
b' Polish out mесhanlсal damage to v'iithin the рermissiblе limits
speсlfiеd in figure 11-34/ and final polish with polishing с1oth 400.
Rn 'l nR
сHAPTЕR 11
Rеvision 5 Paqe "17
lYlDЕ пЦ!J.UUr.rtrкD
!,IAINтЕNA}IсЕ МANUAI I{BB - B0 105
с. Touсh up damagеd surfaсе proteсtiоn with two-соmрonеnt wash priшer

(сM 423) and single*layer laсquеr (сМ 402) in aссordance with сhap.
ter 02.
d. Inspeсt bore of transmission mоunting V.strut сlevisеs (9, figurе
11-31) for mесhaniсa1 damagе and сorrosion. Polish out damage with
polishing сlot,h 400. E'or maх. рermissible bore diametеr, sеe figure
| | i l..l
е. Insрeсt borе of transmission mounting V.strut apex fitting (8, figure

1]..31' сonfiguratlon I) for meоhaniсal damage and сorrоsion. Pоlish
out damаge with рolishing сloth 400. For max. pernissiblе borе
dlameter, sеe flgure 11.34.
f. Inspeсt borе of bushing (15, figurе 11.31' сonfiguration II) far
meсhaniсal damage and сorrosion Polish out damage with polishing
сloth 400. Е'or max. permissible bore diаmeter, see fig. 11.34. If
llmit is exсееdеd, reрlaсе bushing in aссordanсe with step 4.
q, Inspесt grub sсrеws in сlevis ends and rivеt hеads for misstng or
damaged sеalant..
If sоalant is missing or danaged, insрeсt lntеrior of V-strut legs
for рrеsеnсe of molslure or сorrosion, then reapply sealant. refer to
st,ep 5.
2, Сlеаn bolt (з) wiLh dry сleaning solvent (с},I 202) and inspeсt. as fоllows:
a. InspесL bоlt for craсks (magnetiс partiсle insрeсtiоn in aссordanсe
with },l]L.sтD-l949 or рenetrant inspесtion in aссоrdanсе with
МтL.SтD-6B66). Replaсe bolt. if сraсks are evident.
b. Insресt bolts for meсhaniсa] damage. Мlnor mechanlсal damagе t'о bott
shank if еasе of installatlon is not affeсted (it must be possible to
insert the bo1t manuаlly into trаnsmissiоn flangе and strul bush1ng) .
с. Rеmove sevеrе meсhanical dаmage (e.g. sсratсhеs, nlсks and marks)
whiсh affeсts ease of installation, using рo1ishing
сlot,h цО0l6О0' provided t,hе surfaсе layеr оf t.he bolt is not wоrn
down to thе bаse matеrlal.
d' Replaсe bolt if surfaсe layer ls worn down to the base matеrial or it
diametеr is lеss than the minimum perпissible diamеtеr of 14.95 rnm.
e. Replaсe bolt if thrеad flanks are deformed or broken. Removе minor
thread damagе with a suitable tool.
З. Inspесt bolt (10) fоr rnесhanical and сorrosiоn damage.
Polish оut mесhanical damagе, suсh as sсratсhes, niсks and sсorеs. аnd
loсal сorrosiоn sрots using 400 qrit abrasivе сloth.
Thrеad damage is рermissible only if the bolt сan be sсrewed in еasily by
hand.
4. Rеplaсe bushing (15, figure 11-з1) as follows:

a. Press оut bushing (15), using рushing.out toоl no. 28 (105.10155 tl01).
BO 105
сI{APTЕR 11
Page ?8
Мвв нЕLIсoPтЕRS
мA]NтЕNANсЕ l,'ANuAL мвв . Bo 105
110010 w€ld
тYрЕ.' nг nдМдaF DAI'{AGЕ AND RЕPAIR 1.,Il"lIтs

zoNЕ 1 uONЕ 2
Мenhдninэ.] 0. ]. mm in dеpth 0.1 mm in deрth

on 25ъ of thе on 30t of the
еllrfаna surfaсе
tа..^^.l'.^
!vttvJJvЕ 0.0q mm in rtenth
*"t 0.05 mm in deрth
before and 0.1 mm before and 0.1 пm
аftFr rева.i r Оn аftеr rрnа.i r ni.l
.vЕg4.
2э\ of the surfaсе 30t of the 5urfaсe

v
Мaximum Permissible bore diameter is ].2.03 пm.

It may bе eхсeeded by 0.01 пrm on one quartel of the сirсumferenсe.
50t оf the lnitia]. сontaсt surfaсe must be retаined in an area of 4
arouпd the bore.
AA Мaximum pernisslble bоre d.iameter 15.02 пгn. is

It may be eхсeeded by 0.01 mm on one quartrr of the сirсumfereпсe.
,/"\
1v\ Configuration I V-strut fitting without bushing
A Configuration II V-strut fitting with bushing
Е.igure 11-34 Transmission mоunting V-struts - damage and rePair 1imits

B0 105
сI{APTЕR 1].
Dэr^rzr 1Q
I.{вB lIЕlIсоPтЕRs
I'{AINTЕNдI{сЕ }'ANUAL },lBB - B0 105
b. Inspeсt bore 1n V.strut аpeх fitting for rnechaniсal damage and сorrо.
sion. Pоllsh оut damage with po1ishing cloth 400. Мaximum perrnissible
bore diaтnetеr is ].7.52 ппn. It nay be еxсeeded by 0.01 тrшr on one quar-
tеr оf the сirсumferenсe.
с. Coat bоre of transmission mounting V.strut apex fitting (8) with

сorrosiоn рreventive Рaste (сМ 503).
d. сhi}r bushlng (15) to .50 oC and Press into bore.
e. Hone bushing to оbtain the required diaпeter of ].5 + 0.0j.]. пштr and
deburr.
5 ' If t,he sealant оn the g'rub sоrews iп the сlevis ends or on thе rivet
hеads is nissing or damaged, inspeсt interiоr of the V-strut lеgs for
prеsenсе of moisture or сorrоsion.
a. Remove sealant fron the grub sсrews in the сIevis ends and, if da-
maged, from the rivеt heads.
b. Unsсrew and remоve thе grub sсrews from the сlevis ends and inspeсt
the inboard faсe оf the grub sсrеws for сorrosion deрosits, сorrosion
narks and moisЕure.
If any of the abоve сonditiоns are found, dо not rеinstall the
V.strut. ]nstead, send it' to МBB for further evaluation.
BO 105
сltAPтЕR 11
Paqe 80
МвB ItЕtIсoPтЕRs
},!AINтЕNAI{сЕ }',IA}:т1'Aь },1вB - Bo 1-05
If the сondition of the grub sсrew does not clearly indiсatе the
Presеnоё of соrrоsiоn and/оr moisturе, еxaпine the interior of the
V.strut, legs for сorrosion and moisture, using a boresсорe in
aссordanсe with step e.
d If therе is no evidenсe of сorrosion products, соrrosion narks or
moisture on the inboard faсe of the grub sсrew, insert a рiеce of
wire (approх. 3 пгn diа.) thrоugh the grub sеrew hоlе to сheоk whether
the inside of thе V.strut leg is сlear or whether it соntains a plug
made from sealing оompound (see figure 11-34A).
1) If there is nо plug aпd the presence of соrrosion and moisture

сan definitеly ba ruled out, the V.strut сan be reinstalled
fo1lowing reprеservation aосоrding to step g. and subsequеnt
sealing of the grub sсrevls and, if neсessary, the rivet heads.
2\ If a рlug is present' eхamine the int'eriоr of the V.strut lеg fоr
сorrosion and mоisturе using a boresсope in ассоrdanсe with
sЕeP e.
e. Inspесtion using boresсоpe.
о If this lnspeсtion оannot be performеd beсause a

bоresсope is not availablel the V-strut must nоt bе
reinstallеd. ]nstead, it must be sеnt either t'o МBB or tо
an airсraft serviсe faсility having the appropriate test
equipment.
o The grub sсrеw hole сan aссomodate bоresсopes тvith

insert'ion tube diameters up tо 4.5 пгn. The size of the
grub sсrew hоle сan be inсreased from М6 to М8 to aссо-
mоdate boresсopes up to 6 пrп in diameter. It' is пot per.
mitted tо use either drllling or сutting fluids r+hen
drilling and tapp1ng the hole. The original grub sсrеw
shall be reр!.аced by а DIN913.l48x8-A2.70 grub sсrew.
1) If a P1ug mаde from sea1ing сompouпd is present in the V-strut
1.g' use a piеce оf wlre {approх 3 пrп dia.) to push it approx.
100 шn furthеr inward (see figure ].]..34A) .
If the plug cannot be moved, thus preventing this inspeсtlоn from

bеing performed, do not reinstal} the V.strut. Instead, send it
tо МBB for further evaluation.
2| Using bоrеsсope, examine interior of V-strut leg for сorrоsion
and moisture as shown in figure L1-344.
a) If moisturе оr сorrosioп is deteetеd, do not reinstall the

V-strut. ]nstead, send it tо MBB for further evaluation.
B0 105
с}IAPтЕR 1].
P:rтa Я0l
l'{вв }tЕtIсoPтЕRs
!{AINтЕNANсЕ МANUA! мвв - B0 105
b) ]f nеither mоisture nor сorrosion has been deteсted, the

V.struЕ сan be relпвtalled after rePresrrvation aссording to
step g. and sфsеquеnt sеaling of the grub sсrews and, if
necessary, rivet heads.
f. Seal the rivet heads as neсegsary. l'irst degrease rivet heads and
adjaоent areas with МЕK (с!,l 217) and then seal off with siliсone rub-
ber (см 619) as shоwn in figure 11.34в.
g. Represervе the V-strut, using сorrosion preventive сoпpound {с}', 513)
N0тЕ o The соrrosion prevent.ive соmPound (сl'{ 51з} retrieved from

the V.strut after the reaсtion tj:пe сan be reused after
it has been filtered.
o Corrosion preventive сompоund (сl'{ 5r3) is сompatible with
every сorrosion preventivе сonPound used so far during
the produсtion of thе transmission mounting V-strut. If
rерlеservations were carried out by the operator in the
meantirne, using his own сorrоsion preventivе сoпРounds,
he must сheck the сompatibility of сorrosiоn рreventive
сompound (сМ 513) with that рresent in the V.strut at the
time of represervation. If Lhis is not possible. it is
reсolтппended that the V-strut be flushed of all сorrosion
preventive оompound using !{ЕK (с!,t 217) and then represer-
ved rvith сorrosion preventj.ve сompound (с},l 513) .
1) Е.ill eaсh leg оf the V.strut through the grub sсrew bore with 1/4
litre оf сorrosiоп preventive соmpound (сM 513).
2) Clean арproрriately-sized grub sсlews rvith t-IЕK (с}1 21?) and sсrerr
them in until flush. Shake and turn V-strut to wet its entirе
inner surfaсe with the сorrosiоn preventive compound.
3) Prop up V-strut on its сlevis еnds so that the сorrosion Preven.
tive сompound сolleсts in thesе ends.
4) Wait sеveral minutes t,o аllоw сorrosion preventive сompound to
aсt оn thеse ends' then turn t.he v.strut оnto its aрeх end and
wait sеvетаl тninutes tо a].low the corrosion prevеntive сompound
to aсt hеre toо. Subsequently, unsсrew and remove the grub sсrews
and pоur out the соrrosion preventive сolпpound.
5) Prop up V-strut vertiсa}ly оn its сlevis ends so that the grub

scrеw ho].es face dоwn and allow the сorrosion preventive сompound
to dry foс 24 hours at room temperature. Leave grub sсrew holes
open during the drying proсess.
6) Brush-сoat appropriately.sized grub sсrеws rоith ].oсking сompound

(сl,1 621) and sсrew them int,o mating bоrеs until flush. Degrease
grub sсrews and adjaоeпt areas with }4ЕК (сш 217} and seal off
with siliсone rubber (с},1 619) as shown in figure 11.34в.
BO r.05
сI{APTЕR 1].
Peоe 80B
},lвв нЕl1с0PтЕRs
I.{AINтЕN.вl[сЕ },IANUAI },1вB . в0 105
Plug mad€ of
goaling сompound
Usе wire to рush

sеaltng сomрound
plug approx. 100 mm
into the tubr
lnspeсt this area

wlth boresсop€ fоr
сorrosion аnd the
remаining vis|ble
аrea for moisture
10050?
Гigurе 11-з4A Inspeсtion using boresсope
Bо 105
сllAPтЕR 11
Pасe 80C
},188 llЕТ.IсoPтЕRs
l'{AINTЕNA}r{сЕ мANUA! }rBв - B0 105
GruЬ зоrow
Degreasе s€al|ng эr€a wlth

lЙЕк(сM 217) and soa| W|th
sl||сonв rubЬвr (CM 619)
Degrеазe rivвt аnd adjaсвпt arв8

with МЕК {сM 217) аnd sea| with
s|liоoпэ ruЬbеr (CM 619)
Gonllgurаtlon I
configuratiоn ll
10050E
E,igure 11-34в Sеaling of rivet heads аnd qruD sсrews
в0 105
сIiAPтЕR 11
Paqe 80D
$ltsts flliДlUuPTДitts
I{AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAI }{BB - B0 105
11 - 52 Installation - transmission mounting V-struts
Speсial tools:
Guide sleeve 105-10151 !{l
Guide slеeve 105-10ls1 W2
Pushing-out and
pressing-in tool 1121.10151 WЗ or 105-10151 W3
N0TЕ o Install transmission mоunting V-struts with the long leg aft
and with thе ident,ifiсation plates on lower end of short 1еg
faсlng outboard.
o When rеinstalling the removed transmission mоunting V-struts (1
and 2) to thе samе mating flange on thе transmlssion, rеusе
removed shims (7).
1. Plaсe transmission mounting V-struts (1. and 2, figurе 11.31) intо in-
stallation position.
NOTЕ Step 2. shall оnly be aссomрlished i.rрon installation of new

transmission mounting V-struts or new mating flange.
Z. Меasure play betwеen transmission mounting V-strut fi|ting (s) and mating
flangе (16) on transmisslon. If play exсeеds 0.05 mm, strlй ьotn sid.es
equally
3. Connесt guide slееvе ].05.10]"51 W1 (1т1 t'o bolt (3} , сoat with grrasr
(сM 101) and insеrt bolt in aft direсtion through transmission flange
{16), shims (7) and transmission mounting V-strut fitting (S) .
4. Remove guidе sleevе 105.10151 W1 (1?) . ]nstall bolt (3), $iasher (6) and
nut (5)l but do not torquе at this time.
5. Connесt guidе sleevе 105.10151 W2 (1s) to bolt (10) and сoat with qrease
(сM 101) .
6. Using tool 1121-10151 WЗ or ].05.10151 W3, сonneсt transmissiоn mounting

V.strut сlevis (9) tо mating dесk fitting (1+1 wlth bоlt (10) l nut (13i
and washer (11). Tighten nut (13) as follovss: Torque nut to at least I Nm
and seсure with сotter pin. Тf t.he сotter pin сannot be lnsеrted at this
torque valve, advanсе nut until it сan be inserted.. If this means
toтquelng above 12 Nm' use another nut and repeat torque proсеdurе.
B0 105
с}iAPтЕR 11
Page 81
уlBB нЕtICoPTЕRs
MAINTЕNANсЕ }4ANUAL !4Bв . B0 105
7. Torque nut (5) and safety with sp}it, рin (4) .
B. Spray сorrosiоn рrеvеntive сomРоund (сt'{ 508) on transmission moun.

ting strut сlеvis (9) .
9. Lower maln .transmissiоn and remove holsting deviсе.

10. Insta11 following сomponеnts on transmission mounting V.struts
(viewed in dirесtiоn of flight):
a. Inst.al] сlamps fоr snow deflector, guard plate and support рlate.
b. тnЁtatl bearing braсkеt of miхing levеr assеmbly and сonneсt tо
hinged supроrt vlith attaсhing hardwarе (refer to сhapter 4].) .
].].. ]nstall thе following рarts on the RI{ transmlssion mounting V.st'rut
(viеwed in dirесtion of flight):
a. Install rotor brake hosе line free оf strеss to transmission mоunting

V.strut, using сlamрs, Conneсt hоse linе t'o brakе hоusing.
b. Install oil сoo1еr supрort braсkеt.
с. ]nstall ram air duсt (ram air vеntilatiоn) if i.nstalled' aссording to
сhapt.er 63.
d. Install air baffle (not installed in сombination with ram air

vеntilat,iоn system) .
12. Blееd rotоr brake system aссording to сhaрtex L2.

13. Inst.al]- main rotоr bladеs aссording io сhapter 1'4'
14. ]nstall enginе сowling aссording to сhaptеr 22.
*11 -5з Drive shаf t.
11 - 54 Rеmoval - drive shаft,
сAUTION PROтЕсT DRIVЕ SHAF'т W]Ttl sUIтABtЕ I{ATЕRIAI т0

PRЕVBNт DAMAGING IT DURING RE}4OVAL.
1. Remove engine соwling.

2. Rеmovе half shells of firеwall assy.
З. If nесеssary, disсonneсt N2 Teleflеx сablе from qulсk.dlsсonneсt on
firewall.
q. Remove forьlard firешa]l and bel]ows if nrсеssary.
5. Loosen sсrеWs (3, figurе 11-З5) and washers (4) and тemovе drive shaft'
(1) together with thrusl pJ.ate (5) .
B0 105
снAPTЕR 11
Page 82 Revj.sion 5
.: l-:rr.:i;:
j,.rJ,i.
l,lвB tlЕt1с0PтЕRs
l,lAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL I',IBB - B0 105
E"ч . iA 2a
. A1 II *
\Р)/\$r
*
x
*
li lt
*
*
,'T,.,
"'r" ф
*
*
x
*
*
&ц"к
|
*
tiil::i:::ir::
:,:.!l:.1i. *
*
r
*
Configuration
\
I *
*
*
.i1
,n..j
-.- )ti.,
*
it.}\' ,,,
I
i
sA t
*
|)уj ''L
€
*
,ф
v;o
*
,:--ffiа
l--
x
х
D> II *
ff', Y] *-nf\
*
;iii:iii;,:,:,;,, х
x
*
*
ч*.:t.,i.к
3nf igurat,iog II *
x
':aj
*
A
i{
seе refеrеnсe at installation rt
Jn"-,.iti\
*
A Мodifiеd by SB 60.54 tt
"u' )!" i
\] or S/N 551 and subsq. *
*
,/.\ Еor additj-onal сonfiguration, *
sеe ltoцrе br-у. x

r' *
1 Drive shaft 4 Washеr *
z Еnginе drive shaft 5 Thrusl platе

з Bolt 6 l"lain transmlssion drive flange x
7 E'ramе сonneсting hardware *
*
Figure 11-з5 Removal and installаtion . drivе shaft

в0 105
сltAPTЕR 1].
Revision 5 Page 83
О"'госоptег I''AINтЕNANсЕ I'ЛANUAL Bo 105
1t .55 tNsPЕстloN - DRlvЕ sHAFт
A. Configuration I (sea ligure 11-,35)
1. сleаn out6r сirоumfвreпco ot drive shaft, using dry оlaaning solvent (оl\4 202) and a suitrblo сloth. Do not
a|low sоlvent to rntgr tha drivв shaft аnd got into the sщсo betwe€n the diщhragms.
2. |nspосt shапk ot shaft lor maоhaniсal aпd сorrosioп dаmagв.
a. SharРеdged damаgв such as nlсks, groovвs, sсratсhes of up to a depth of 0.40 mm and slight traоes of
ооrrosioп саn beр|ishedоut' uвlngрlishiпgсloth400/600. RвmoveEhattildвpthlimitlsвxcgedgd. ttis
nоt neсessаry to щ|lsh out smoottr+dged рrosзure marks.
b. Flound out rвwоrksd area into surrounding undаmaged area with а transition radius of аt |east 10 mm.
с. Clean raworkвd areas with dry сleanlng solvent (ом 202} and apply laщuor without aпy furthоr
рrврarato ry traatment.
Damagвd laоquвr may bв touсhвd uр with:
Ноrosite paint B-12 (cl'I.424), dryiпg iimв: at least 1 hour at 95 oc,
or
singlo |ayвr.lаquer (clvt 443), drying tlme: at |ваst 2 hours at 65 oC
Visually lnspэсt outsidв of diaphragms (see figura 11.36} meсhaпiоal, corrosioп aпd ооating damagо.
l'
{or
a. |п саsg of coаtiпg damagе (в.9. laщuer.сraсks) inspoоtdlaphrаgm sцrface with magпifying gtaвs аnd
сoпteсt an approvod ЕCtsвrvlсo stiatlon, regardiпg furthar measuras.
b. lf sсratсhвs or niоks in tha diaphragm surfaсе extsnd to thв base matвrial, dlsсаrd shaft.
When аssrssing such a damage' щrоfuldlstingtion must bв mada betwввn metаt and silvor.+o|ourod
primer. Тhв use of mаgnifying glasз |s aФisвd.
с. Polish out niоks and gсвtсhes on thв outэr adgвs of up to dоpth of 0,4 mm and removo light сorrosion
using po|ishing сloth 400/600. Тouсh up щintwork iп aосordаnоE with stоp 2.
d. l| th6 diaphragm sur{aсa is buсklвd' thr shaft must bв disоаrdgd оven if tho paint is not dаmagad. Flaklng
pаint on diaphragm surfaсвs is ап indicatlon of rхcossive torslon. Shafts with suсh diаphвgms must bё
discardod.
оF|APтЕн 11 tevlsion 20
Pagв 84
eР#ffiРoрtrг МАINТЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
NoтЕ During produсtion, the individualdiaphragms are painted si|ver (CМ 473). Тhe finished as.
semb|y is subsequent|y painted on the outside with browп primer and Ь|aсk topсoat.
e' lnspeсt diaphragm surfaсe for сorrosion. A shaft with traоes of оorrosion iп this areа must be disсarded.
When assessing the diaphragm surfaсe, take carethat the brоWn primer is not mistaken for сorrosion.
a,
A Diaphragm surfaоe
A
I
=
3, Outer edge
и
х
Ф
Figure .t1-36 Diaphragm, seсtiona| view
4. Deleted
Figure 11-37 Deleted
Revision 21 OHAPтЕR 1.|

Page 85
e*нffiРoрtrг MAINТЕNANсЕ MАNUAL Bo 105
]
5. Visual|y inspeоt triangular f|aпges fоr meсhaniоal damage аnd ооrrosion.
l a. Use a magnifying glass (1O-fold magnification) to visual|y iпspeоt the flanges for сraсks. No сraсks are
l permitted. |f the visua| inspeсtioп revea|s any сases where it is not сlear whether a сraсk or a scratсh has
l been found, send the drive shaft to the manufaоturerfor speсia|ist examination.
b. Visua||y inspect f|anges for fretting сorrosioп. |f corrosion pits are deeрer than O.15 mrn, send shaft to
l manufacturer for rework. Remove |ight pitting to 0.15 mm in depth, using 600 grit abrаsive с|oth.
с. Visually inspeсt flanges for grooving. Po|ish out grooves uр to a deрth of 0.2 mm, using po|ishing сloth
l 600. |f grooves are deeрer, return drive shaft to ЕCD or manufaсturer for further insрeоtioп and aisess-
ment.
d. Treat reworked surfaоe, using сorrosion рreventive сompound. Refer to step 1 1.
6. Visua||y inspeсt thrust p|atёs (5' figure 11-35) for damage suоh as frettiпg сorrosion and grooving.
Po|ish out grooves up to a depth of 0.2 mm, usiпg 600 grit abrasive о|oth; replaсe thrust p|ate if groovеs
are deeper. Po|ish оut fretting соrrosion to 0.15 mm deвp with 600 grit abrasive с|oth.
7 ' Cheсk shaft runout. Supрott both tube ends in veebloсks and slowty rotate shafi by hand. Shaft runout must
not exсeed 0.55 mm. Disоard any shaft with greater shaft runout.
8. Inspeсt drivo shaft for damaged, separаted or missing plaoards. Rep|aсe damaged or separatеd рlacards
as fо||ows:
a. Aррly heatto placаrd, using a hot air gun, aпd remove plaсard from drive shaft with a non.meta||iс spat-
ula.
b. Remove residua| adhesive with aсetoпe (сr\n 2ш).
с. Attaоh new р|acard to drive shaft.
d. lf plaоards are missing, с|ean drive shaft with aсetone (cM 203) and attaсh new p|aоards at appropriаte
Ioоations.
9. Inspвоt anсhor nuts for оondition and seсure сonneсtion to f|ange.
a. Replaсe |oose rivets in aоcordaпce with step с.
b. Gheоk anсhor nuts forseоure insta||ation' lt must nоt bepossibleto sсrew inthef|angebolts a||the wаy by
hand.
Replaоe non-|ockiпg anоhor nuts in accordance with steр c., and repiаоe other damaged nuts (оor.
roded, defоrmed threads, etс.).
сHAPтЕH 11 Revision 24
Page 86
I4BB HЕtIсOPTЕRs
МAINтЕNANсЕ TvIANUA], MBB - B0 i05
Drive shaft : ..',,,',Pj[flar,,fl *

Configuration I *
2\з *
x
*
Ьz x
*
*
*
*
1 ЕIange *
Drive shaft z Blind rivet x
Configuratjon II { Anсhor nut *

*
+ Co{tfiqчration r *
*
.i
Anсhor nut LN29679 AIц8 *
Blind rivet or
I'{S20601 MP4 W2 x
Ms20601 MP4 W3' aссоrding to x
flaпge t,hiсknеss *
*
Confiquration II x
600151 - 01
*
Anсhor nut NS202721-}48 x
B1ind rivet }4s20427М4-6.5 *
*
Еigure 11-38 Anсhor nut - drive shaft
с. Replaсе anсhor nuts as fоllows:
сAUTION DRY DR]LL T0 PRЕVЕNT сUTTING OIL 0R LUBRIсATING OIL

E'R0l4 ЕNTЕR]NG ]Ns]DЕ 1}tЕ sItAE'Ts 0R сOUPLINGS.
sЕAt TI]Е S}IAF'T BoRЕ WITII A SUIтABLЕ сoRк OR PLASTIC

PLUG.
o сOvЕR TI1Е DIAPliRAGl'{s UNDЕRNЕAT}I TliЕ ANсHOR NUTS тO BE

DR]I,LЕD OUT, s0 T}IAT TtlЕY сANNOT BЕ DA}4AGЕD BY TItЕ
DRItL.
tl Dri}]- оut blind rivеts with a З.3 mm dla. drill.
2t Chесk anсhor nuts fоr satisfaсt,ory seсuring effeсt рrior to
insta]lation. ]t must, nоt be pоssible to sсret+ in t.hе flangе bolt
аl1 the way by hand.
1\ Rivet the anсhоr nut (3, figure 11-38) tо. flange. Usе оn]y thе
riveting toо] designed fоr that tyре of rivet. Cheсk anсhor nut
for snug fit.
BO 105
сHAPтЕR 11
Revision 5 Page 87
},IBB HЕIIсOPтЕRS
I'{AINтЕNANсЕ шIANUAl t\,lBв - B0 105
* ]-0. Inspeсtbolts (3) for mесhaniсal and сorrosion damagе' сraоks and vqеar.
]f there are signs of any one of the abovе damagе сonditions, reрlaсе the
bolts.
11. Corrosion рrevent.ion of flangеs and diaphraEms.
* сAUTION ANтI.сORROSION AGЕNT tс}4 512) сONTATNS PЕRсI{],0R0ETIIYIЕNЕ. ]Ts UsЕ
)k-sH0ULDBEс0NЕ'INEDT0WЕL1,VЕNTILATEDARЕAsANDsUBJЕсTT0T!tЕPRЕ.
* сAUтI0NS PЕRтAINING Tо сIiLORINATED sOLvЕNTs.
* sOI,vENтs UsЕD T0 TttIN AND RЕI',lovЕ сoRROsIoN PRЕVЕNTIVЕ сOI,IPOUND, As
* WЕLL As AIKALINE сLEANЕRS' sti0ulD Atso BЕ UsЕD ОNT,Y IN WЕILVЕNT]LA.
'(
*
TЕD ARЕAS.
* 6. Diр shaft end, flange аnd diaphlagms into anti-сorrosion ag,ent
* (сM 512) diluted with ]-0% tеtraсhloroethylene (CM 205) . Drain оff
* exсess anti-corrosion agеnt.
*
* b. Еvenly dlstribute аnti.сorrosiоn agent over innеr surfaсеs оf
* diaphragms with с1ean' сompressrd air. Use sРray nozzle U7945
* (Bendiх) to spray thе air. Thе air рrеssure shоuld be 6.5 . 8 bar.
* Thе drying time is 8 hours at room temреrature or ].5 mlnutеs at 65 oC.
x
* B. СоNЕ'IGURATION ]I tsee figure ].1.35)
*-
*_
* сAUTION TiIЕ DRIVЕ SHAE'T }4UsT NOT BЕ DIsAssЕI\,lBLЕD NoR THЕ F'RAМЕ сONNЕсTTNG
* HARDWARЕ DТSтURBЕD Е.G. UNSсREWЕD 0R TIGнTЕNЕD.
* D]sAssЕMBLY 0F' TllЕ DRIVЕ sltAЕ,.T 0R DISтURBANсЕ 0Е' THЕ гRAl'{Е сONNЕс.
* -- TING iIARDWARЕ WOULD RЕQU]RЕ RЕPLAсЕмENT 0I' THЕ DRIVЕ si{AЕ'T.
* 1. Inspесt framе сonnесting hardwarе for movеmеnt оf sliрpagе marks.
* Damagеd s1ippagе marks arr an indiсation of tоrsiоn.
this саsе, sеnd drive shaft tо manufасtureт for assessment.
i 'n
* 2, Tnspeсt drive shaft. fоr сraсks, othеr meсhaniсal damage, сorrosion and
* damagеd surfaсe рrоtесtiоn.
)t
* a. Reрlaсe drivе shaft j-f сraсked.

* b. Using 400/600 grit сloth, polish out ot'her mесhaniсal d'amage
* 6nd соrrosion рrovided damagе is within thе damage and reрair limits
* spесified j-n figurе 11.38A. Round of reworkеd areas with a transl-
,j-on radius of at least 10mm.
I
* g. Prj-me rеworked areas and arеаs whеre surfaсe proteсtion hаs bееn
* damaged' uslng two.сomponent wash primer \СI4 4.72) and apply topсoat
)k (сM 473) .
* 3. Insресt аnсhor nuts for сonditioп аnd seсure instа]lаtion to flаnge.

'( a. Reрlaсе loоse rivets aссording t.o parag,raph A, stеp 9.с..
B0 105
CITAPTER 11
Page 88 Revislon 5
MA|NтЕNANсЕ IVIANUAL Bo 105
€эРst9=Рopteг
b. Cheоk anоhor nuts for seсure iпstaI|ation. |t must not be possib|e to sсrew in tлe f|ange bolts a|| the way by
hand.
Bep|aоe non-|oоking anсhor nuts in aооordanоe with paragraph A, step 9.о., and rep|aсe other dam.
aged nuts (оorroded, deforrned threads etс.).
Visually iпspeсt thrust рlates (5, figure 11.35) for damage suсh as fretting оorrosion and grooving.
Polish out grooves up to a depth of 0.2 mrn, using 600 grit abrasive с|oth; r'eplaсe thrust p|ate if grooves
are deeрer. Polish out fretting corrosiоn to 0.15 mm deep with 600 grit abrasive с|oth.
|nspeсt bo|ts (3) for meсhаniсal and сorrosion damage, оracks and wear. |f there are signs of any oпe of
the above damage сonditions, rep|aоe the bolts.
o. Use a magпifying glass (10-fоld magпifiоation} to visually insрeсttheflanges for сraсks. Nо сraсks are рeг- l
mitted. |f the visua| inspeсtiоn revea|s any сases where it is not clеar whether a сraсk or a sоratсh has been
l
found, send the drive shaft to the manufaоturer for speсialist examination. l
Revisiоn 24 сHAPтER 11
Page B8A
п/A|NТЕNАNоЕ MANUAL Bo .|05
ф*нroсoрteг
,ъ
Frams сonпeоting hardware
ol
:Ф
ф
тYPЕ oF DAMAGЕ AND вЕPA|R L|tи|тs

DAMAGЕ
zoNЕ ZoNЕ ZoNЕ
ffi N
ZONE 4 drivв shаft
ffi inner
П surfaсe
МeоhaniсaI 0.025 mm 0.125 mm 0.125 mm 0.375 mm

before and before and before and before and
after repair after repair afier repair after repair
Corrosion No оorrоsion 0.'125 mm 0.125 mm 0.25 mm

pitting on before and before and before аnd
surfaсe after repair after reрair after repair
Мaximцm A Bo mm2 65 mmz A 160 mmz 160 mmz

rewоrk arsa
Number of 1 рer frame
rework areas
Depth limit 0.025 mm 0.25 rnm 0.25 mm 0.625 mm

of edge dents
and niсks
NoтЕ 1. Cracks on drive shаft are not permitted.

2. Distanсe between rework areas must not be |ess than 25.4 mm.
Aз. No rework is permitted within 12.5 mm of the frame оonneоting hardware.
Ац. Flange faying surfaсe must be free from raised аreas.
Figure 11-384 Damage and repair limits - drive shaft
сl.|APтЕн 11 Revision 24
Рage 88B
ЕURoсoPТЕR MA]NTЕNANсЕ [\,!ANUAL вo 105
11 - 56 lnstallation - drive shaft

Speоia|too|s:
Torque kit 't0ffi0701 W6
NoтЕ lf a new drive shaft is to be instalted oп сonfiguration l enginв with permanвntly

installed stub shaft (refer to сhapter 61, lig. 61.9)' сhвck titting dimension of thв
drivо shalt аnd redetermiпe if neсessary, in acсordanсв with Chapter 61.7.
1 . Coat f|ange of engine stub shaft (2, tigure 11-35) and main transmission drivо f|ange (6) with сorrosion pre-
ventive сompound (clЛ 505).
сAUт|oN Do Noт DAMAGЕ DR|vЕ SHAFТ DUR|NG lNsTALLAтloN'
2' Coat drive shaft (1) f|anges and thrust plate (5) with сorrosion preventive compound (сг\,l 505).
NoтЕ Тhe attaсhing hardware at al| three f|ange holes oп transmission input drive shatt
flange must bs of the same cоnfiguration.
3. Fit drivв shаtt (.|) and thrust plate (5} iп position and сonneсt to engine stub shaft flaпge with sоrew (3)' P/N
.t05-60701.17 aпd one washвr (4) under eaсh sсrew.
105.€0701.16 or PlN
4' lnsta|| sоrews (3) and washers (4) on transmission input drive shaft f|ange and nоte the following:
a. а thrust platо require two wаshвrs LN 901 6-08К to bв insta|led on

ffg.?;РЬ"#Ьi:'1Т *l?нj;#ff l
b. Configuration lldrive shafts bearing athrustplatв requireonlyoпowasherLN g0.16-o8Kto be installedon
bolts 1 05-60701.16 or 105-60701.17.
с. lf the thrust p|ate is not instal|ed' bolts 105-60701.15 shallbe insta||вd togetherwith on|y one washgr LN
9016--08K.
5. Тighteп sсrows (3), using too| P/N 10ffi0701 W6. Fortorquol sвe figurв 11-35.
6. Mark position of haads of sсrews (3) rolativa to сorrospоnding flanges with sealing' |oоking and rоtаining
сompound (с[Л 62о).
Rovision 18 OHAPтЕR 11
Pagв 89
нЕ],IсOPтЕRs
I',IAINтЕNANсЕ I.,IANUAL },1вв - B0 105
Еt000l2.01
Handlе with adjustable сlavl

Drive shаft
1orque wrenсh with insert
^з
l\ 0n1v сonfiguratlon I drive shaft ls shown.
Е'igure 11-39 Appliсation - tоrque kit 105-60701 W6
1, Install firewаll assy and bеllows, if removed.

B. Attaсh half-shells to firerqal1 assy tl1lh quiсk-release fаsteners and to
main transmission with сlamр.
9. If previously disсonneсted, reсonneсt N2 Telefleх сable and сheсk sеtting
in aссordanсe with сhapt,er 65.
10. Instal} engine сowling; refеr to сhaptеr 22.
B0 105
сIiAРтЕR 11
Рage 90 Rеvision 5
l,1Bв t{ЕtIсoPтЕRs
},lAINтЕNдl[сЕ МANUAL I'{вв - B0 105
11 .57 ReP]-aсeпent of shaf t sea1.

tai1rоtor drive
Speсia} tools:
Sptit ring 1x56 136 951
Tube 1.х56 136 952
Drift 1x56 11.2 756
Pusher sсrews 1x56 131 399
].. Remove еngine сowling.

2, Remove forward short drive shaft and, depending on the сoпfiguratiоn,
coupling of tail rotor drive; rеfer to сhaptet 32.
3. Remove brake сaliper; refer to сhapter 72,
4. Remove сonneсting flange (11, figure 1.1'-40) together with brake disk (9);
refer to сhaptex L2.
5. Remоve bolts (5) and washеrs (4) .
6. Pгess сover (з) from transпission housing, using pusher sсrews

].х56 131 399.
.l. Remove spring ring (?) and o-rlng (2| from сover (3) . Disсard O.ring (2t .
8. Positiоn сover (3) оn split ring 1х56 136 951 and tube 1x56 136 952 aпd
drive out shaft seal (6) using a plastiс mandrel.
'
9. Apply grеase (сt.{ 101) to outer сirсumferеnсе оf new shaft вeal (6) , press
into сover (3), using drift 1х56 112 756 and insert spring ring (7) .
Е'or relative роsition of spring ring to сover, sеe figure ].1.40.
].0. Coat new O-ring (2} rтith grease (сI'1 101) and fit into сover (3) .
11". Position сovеr (3) on bearing bushing (1) and fasten with bolts (5) and
washеrs (4). Tighten bolts (5) to spеcified torque load.
12. After installation, ооat split linе and bolt heads ъ,ith two-сomponent
f inishing laсquer (с},1 43?) .
13. Aрply grease (с}'1 101) to splines of сonnection flange (11).
14. Instal]. сonneсting flange (11) togethеr with brake disk (9) aссording to
сhapter J.2.
15. Instаll forward drive shaft, and, dеpending on the сonfigutation, сoupling
of tail rotor drive aссording to сhapter 32,
в0 ].05
сIIAPтЕR 11
Pаоe 91
},IBB ltЕtIс0PтЕRs
},IAINтENANсЕ }'IANuAъ !,1вB - в0 ].05
to. Perform grоund run in ассordanсe vlith Chaрter 105, and visually
iпsрecL tail rоt,or drive for leakaqе.
д/. InstaLl enqine сowlinq.

It
fl
{
Use sрring ring (?) only in

сombinatiоn with сover (3)
P/N 4619 301 042.
I Bearing housing 9 Brake disk

2 O-ring 10 Sсrеw
? 1"дrrд r ].]. Cоnneсting f1ange
4 Washer 12 O-ring
Ч Rn.'l l. 13 Serеil
6 Shaft seal 14 Loсking plate
?I Qnri nл т.i
9t/LL!!у LLltуnп 15 Couрling - tail rotor drlve
8 Sсrew 16 Мain transп1ssion
Е'igure 11-40 Rеplaсement of shaft seal . tai]. rоtor drive
в0 105
сI{APтЕR Lt
Paoe 92
ЕURoсoPтЕR ]',IAINтЕNANGЕ ]I'ANUAL вo 105
11 . 58 D r 1 v e a s s е m b l y . сonflguratlon I
(Drive flаnge botted to freer.lheel outer shaft)
11 - 59 Replасement of shаft seal . drive assembly (соnfj.gurаtion I)
Speсial tools:
Support 1x56 136 362
Drift 1х56 112 756
Drift, 1х56 103 766
Sосket wrenсh 1x56 136 232
Puller 1х56 136 286
1. Remove drive shaft; refer to parаgraph 11.54.

2. Remove freewheel housing (7' figurе 11-41} as follows:
a. Remove loсking plate (14} from sсrew (6).
b. Remove sсrews {1) tоgether with washers.
с. Insert soсkeb wrenсh 1x56 136 232 in puller 1x56 ]-36 286 аnd fasten
puller tо transmission hоusing of drive assy' using 3 sсrеws.
d. Loosеn sсrew (6).
e. Remove sсrew {5} and drivе flange using puller. Disсard

O-ring (5).
{4)
'
f. Remove freeъlheel housing (7). Disсard O.rtng (B).
з. Remove сlrсllp (9) . Remove shaft seal (12) from freewheel housing |1|,
ustng drifЕ 1x56 112 ?56 (1.0} аnd supрort 1x56 136 362 (11).
4. Apply grease (сl"l 101) to outer сlrсumferenсe of new shaft seal (12) аnd
fit, into freehlheel housing (7), ustng drlft 1x55 103 ?66. Insеrt. сirсlip
(e) .
5. Apply grease (с!,l 101) to new O.ring (8) аnа fit O.ring into freewheеl
houslng {7).
6. Install freewheel housing (7):
a. Slide freewheel housing (7) ont,o freewheel outer shaft (13) by turn-
ing iЕ slightly, but avoid damaging the sealing lip of shaft
seal (12).
b. Apply grease (сl,t 10]') to new O-ring (5) and fit into аnnular groove
of sсrevl {6) .
B0 105
сltAPтЕR 11
Page 93
ЕURoсoPтЕR IillA|NтЕNANсЕ lvlANUAL Bo 105
с. Posit'ion drive flange (4} against freewhеel shаft (13) and seсure
with sсrew (6).
d. Insert, seoсket wrenсh 1x56 1З6 232 |2| in puller 1x56 136 286
(3), position puller ovеr drive flange and fasten Lо transmision
houslng, using 3 sсrews.
e. Tighten sсrew (6} tо sрeс{fied tоrque lоad (see fig. 11.42). тrre
sсrgt^l mЦst mot protrude from drive flange t4}.
f. Look through opening in puller to ensure that loсking plate (14,
fig. 1i.41) саn be insertеd tо engage with sсrew (6). ]f
neсessary' loosеn sсrel.l {6) аnd tighten r.rith new torque, observing
thе t'o}erаnсe limlts.
g. Remove рuller and seсure freewhеel housing (7) to transmisslon
housing, using sсrews (1) and washers. Tlghten sсrglvs (r) tо
sрeсified torque load (see fig. 11-42).
h. Apply two-сomponent finishing laсquer (C},t 43?) to split linbe and
sсrew load heаds.
i. Insert loсking plate inLo sсrevr (6, flg. 11.41).
. Install
.l
locking shaft aссording to рarаgraph 11-56.
B. Perfolm in aссordanсe with Chapter 105 and visually
ground run
lnsрeсt faying surfaсe for leakege.
9. Install еngine сowllng ассording to сhapter 22.
li - 60 Remоval - clutсh assеmlby (соnfiguration I)
Speсial too}s:
Countеrsuррort irx56 L22 232
Pullеr 1х56 1'22 209
Pцller Lх56 I22 27L
or
Puller Ix56 122 2'10
Soсkеt wrenсh iх56 136 232
Soсkеt wrеnсh 1х56 136 231
Suppоrt, 1x56 136 362
DrifЕ 1x56 112 756
Drlft 1x56 103 766
Puller 1x56 1З6 286
* 1. Remove drive shaft, refer to para. 11-54.
2. Remove freewheel housing (7' fig. 11-41) aссording to paragrаph
11.-59, sLep 2.
B0 105
сitAPтЕR 11
Page 94 Revision L4
мвв tlЕtlсoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL мBв - в0 105
A\
/-L
uI 1\fui
\ t"
7
12
11
1 Sсrew х 0-ring
2 Soсket wreпсh 1х56 136 232 9 Cirс1ip
3 Puller 1x56 136 286 10 Drift 1x56 112 756
4 Drivе flange 11 Supрort. 1x56 1.36 362
Б f.\.т.i nп LZ Shaft seal
6 Sсrerт 11 Гreewheel shaft
7 Preewheel housino t4 Loсking plate
I'igure 11-41 Removal and installation - shaft seaL
во 105
с!{APтЕR ].].
гrа*а oЕ
I{вB ltЕl]сoPтЕRs
l4A1NтЕNAI'IсE },IANUAL }{вв - B0 105
12 -l 13,5-16.5 Nm I
11
10
9 I 98.102 Nm I
100[65
1 SсreYl 11 Loсking plate

2 Е,reewheel outer shaft L2 Shaft nut
3 Cirсlip 13 !{asher
4 PreewhеeJ- housing 14 Deep groоve ball bearing
5 Shaft seal 15 Clutсh assembly
6 Loсk ring 16 Deep groove ball bеaring
7 Drive flangе with 11 O-ring
loсking plate 18 Bеaring bushing
8 O-ring 19 Driving pinion shaft
9 Sсrew 20 тhrust plate
10 Lцbricating рipe
Еigure 11-42 Drive assy with оlutсh assembly

Configurаtion I with drive flange bolted to freewheеl outer shaft
B0 105
сI{APтЕR 11
Pаоe 96
l'{Bв ItЕtIсoРтЕRs
!,,AINтЕNAI{сЕ мANUAт, !{вв - Bo 105
3. Eхtraсt lосting platе (11, figure 11.42) froп shaft nut (12) using
puJ.J.er Lх56 L22 21L, l '
4. Remоve shаft nut (12), using soсhet пrench 1х56 136 231 and detach
waвher (13).
5. Pasten puller
1х56 136 286 t,o tranвпission housing with 3 sсrews and
remоve freewheel outеr shaft (2I together with deep groovо ball bearings
(14 and 16} aпd с].utсh asвeпbly (15) l using the puller.
6. If ball bearing (16) remains on the driving pinion shaft

deep groove
(19) leave it there. If it remains in the freewhеel outer shaft,
' as follows:
proсеed
a. Position supрott 1х56 136 362 over freeъlheel outer shaft (4, figurе
11-{3) .
b. Attаch drivе flange (?) to freertheel oцter shaft {4}, using scrеl.l
(6) .
с. Positiоn puller Lх56 L22 209 behind deep groovе ball bearing t3),
install сounter support Lх56 L22 232 and extraсt deep grоove ball
bearing (3) frоп freewheel outer shaft (4).
1 Cоunter suрport Iх56 I22 232

2 Puller 1x56 122 209
э 3 Deep groove ball bearing
4 F'reewheel. outer shaft
D
5 Suppоrt 1x56 136 362
6 Sсrew
7 Drive fJ.ange
7
100и1
Еigure 11-43 Removal оf deep groove ball bearing from freewheel outer shaft
вo 105
сI{APтЕR 11
Page 9?
I'{BB t{ЕtIсOPтЕRs
}4AтNтЕNANсЕ !4ANUAI МBB . B0 105
сAUтIoN WнЕN RЕI{OVING тllЕ сLUTсII AssEt\,lвlY E'ROM TнЕ E'RЕЕWItЕЕt OUTЕR
s}iAЕT, тAIffi PARTIсULAR сARЕ N0? т0 РRЕss 0Uт ANY 0E' тllЕ
sPRAGs. тttIs PRЕсAUтIoN DoЕs NoT APPIY ]E' тllЕ сtuтс}t
AssЕрlBЬY Is BЕING RЕl'{OvЕD BEсAUSЕ Iтs IN-sЕRvIсЕ til{Iт HAs
BЕЕN RЕAс}IЕD.
?. Rеmоve thrust p1ate |20, figure Iз"-42| and сlutсh assembly from free
wheel outer shaft (2) .
x 8. Disсard сlutсh assemblles whiсh have rеaсhed their in-sеrviсе limitatiоn.

* Insреct сlutсh assеmb]les P/N 46з8 202 00? fоr сondition; refer to para-
* graph 17-61.
9. Remove and dj.sсard shaft seal (5). Rеfer to para 11.59' stер 3.
10. C1ean а1l rеmovеd parts' exсept for t,hе сlutсh assembly, with dry
сleaning solvеnt (с},I 202) aпd dry with сompressеd air.
11. Inspеоt drivе flange:
a. Insрeсt tееth for gallj-ng. Polish out light galling with
abrasive сloth. If gaIlеd tо thе ехtent that they сontaсt the bottom
land of thе frе.ewhеel outer shaft, disсard drive flange.
b. Insрeсt drive flange t7l for сracks (magnetiс partiсle inspeсtlon per
MТt.sTD-].949 or pеnetrant inspeсt,ion per t',1IL-sтD.6866) . Drive flange
must be toЕally freе of сraсks.
* 12. Insрeсt input pinion for сonditiоn; refer to paragraph 11.6?l рoint ?.
*
* i3. Inspeсt free wheel outer shaft for соndition; rеfer to paragraph 11-67,
*
рoint 8.
100289
Е.igure 11.44 Pоtential сraсk formаtion areas

B0 105
сIIAPтЕR 11
Page 98 Revision 2
Мвв ttЕtIсоPтЕRs
МAINтЕNAI{сЕ мANUAI }{вB - в0 105
11 . 61 Instal].ation - сlutch assemb!.y (сonfiщration I)
Speсiаl tools:
Puller Iх56 I22 2.7L
Мouпting ring Lx56 136 428
Soсkеt wrenсh 1х56 1З6 231
PulIer 1х56 136 286
Soсket wrеnсh 1x56 136 232
nii ft 1х56 103 766
сAUтIoN o ЕNsuRE тHAт lI{Е сLuтс}l AssЕl'{вtY Is PоSITIONЕD с0RRЕстLY вY

INSERтING Iт INтO тtlЕ гRЕЕWнЕЕl oUTER silAE'т so тtIAт тнЕ
r'iJANGЕD ЕND 0Е. тнЕ сtuтсll oUтЕR GAGЕ l.AсЕs UP. sЕЕ ARRoW
JN Е']G. 11-45.
o WHЕN тЕlЕ сlUтсIt AssEМBtY Is INSтAI,tЕD IN тHЕ ЕRЕЕWtlЕЕt
oUтЕR stlAгт, ExтRЕl,IЕ сARЕ t'{Usт вЕ тAкЕN NOт тo PRЕss Ouт
A}.тY оЕ' тtlЕ sPRAGs.
1. Iпsert c}utсh assеmbly (15, fiщre 11.42) into frеewheel outer shaft \2\ ,
using mounting ring 1х56 136 428. Staked side must point upward; refer tо
figure 11-45.
2. If deep groove bаll bearing (16, figure 11-42) has not remаined on
driving pinion shaft (19) during removal, heat deep groove ball bearing
(16) to approх. 35 oс and slide it onto driving pinion shaft (19).
3. Apрly grease (с},1 101} to thrust plate t20) and insert it into freewheel
outer shaft (2| with the oil grooves faсing upr+ard.
4, Heat freewheel outer shaft \21 to approx. 85 oс, and, turning it сounter-
сIoсkwisе, s}ide it onto driving p1nion shaft (19).
5. Slide washer (13) over lubriсating pipe (10). Insta1} shaft nut (L2) and
tighten to spесified torque, using soсket wrenсh 1x56 136 231.
6. Install lосking рlate i11) sо thаt thе broad recesses arе positionеd
above the milled surfaсes of shaft nut (12). Drive loсking Plate (11}
on shaft nut (12), using puller 1x56 122 271. The tabs of the loсking
p1ate (11) must' fu1ly lосk around the shaft nut {12).
1. Lubriсate oцter сirсuпferеnсe of new shaft seal (5) with grease (сl"1 101),
then press it into freewhеel housing (4'), using drift 1x56 103 766.
Install loсk ring (6).
х Lubriсatе nerт O-ring (17) lgith grease (с},1 101) and insert it in freeuheеl
hоusing (4) .
Install freеwheel housing (4) aссоrding to paragraph 11.59, siеp 6.
BO 105
сI{APтЕR 11
F--^ aa
нЕtIсoPтЕRs
!.,IAINтЕNA}'lсЕ I4ANUAI },IBB . Bо ]-05
].0. Perform funоtionаl Lest' of с1utсh assembJ.y aссording to paragraph 11-66.
1]'. Install drive shaft aссording to paragraph L1-56.

12. Petform ground run in aссordanсe with сhapter 1.05 and visually inspeсt
drive assembly for leakage.
13. Insta1l engine сowling aссording to сhapter 22,
100qi5.1
Insert еlutch assenbly in freewhee]- shaft sо t'hat the f1аngеd end of

the сlutсh outer сagе is faсing up (see arrow).
The innеr сagе of the сlutсh assenbly is arranged aссоrding to the
соnfigгuratiоn оf the оlut'сh аssembly.
1 t'lounting ring 1x56 136 428 4 CirсIip

2 Freеwheel shaft q
Deep groove ba].l bеaring
? Clutсh assembly o Washer
l.igur.e 1].-45 Installation оf сlutсh assembly in freewheel shaft-

Configuration f
в0 105
с}IAPтЕR 1]"
Peoe 100
},1вB ltЕtTсOPтЕRs
!,IAINтЕNA}IсЕ l{ANUAt t{вв - в0 105
11-62 Drive as8епrbly - сonfiguratiоnII

(Drive flangeis integral with the freewheet shaft)
11 - 63 Replaсement оf shaft seal - drive assembly (сonfigur8tion II)
Speсial tools:
Support 1х56 136 9i5
Drift 1х56 103 765
]'. Remоve drive shaft; refеr to paragraph 11-54.
2, Remove freеwheеl shaft (3, fiщre 11-46); refer to paragraph 11-64t stePs
2. through 6.
3. Renove shaft seа]. (6) fron сover (5), using support 1x56 136 915 and a
plastiс mandrel.
4. Apply grease tс!.l 101) to outer оirсumferenсe of new shaft seаl (6) and
fit into сover (5), using drift 1х56 ].03 765.
5. Coat new O-ring (13) with grеase (ф,t 101) and fit into сover (5).
6. Install сovet (5) to trangmissiоn housing with sсrews (1) and washers.
Tighten sсrews (1) to spесified torque load.
1, Insta}l freewheel shaft; refer tо paragraph 11-65. steps 4. through 11.
8. Install drive shаft; refer to paragraph 11-56.
9. Perform ground run in acсordanсe with Chapter 105 and visually inspeсt
drive assembly for leakage.
10. Install engine сowling; refer to сhapteс 22.
BO 105
сIlAPтЕR ]']'
Pаoe 101/102
l.tвв ltЕtIс0PтЕRs
l'{AINTЕNANсE },IANUAI }{BB - B0 105
11 - 64 Removal . сlutсh assembly (сonflguration 1I)
Sрeсial toоls:
Sосket wrenсh 1x56 136 231
Support ix56 136 663
Drift 1x56 103 765
Pu11er 1x56 I22 2"11
or
Pullеr 1х56 122 2]0
Thrust рieсe 1x56 136 916
Puller 1х56 122 209
Countеr suрport 1х56 122 232
2a7'
1 Sсrew, washеr 10 Lосking platе

2 Thrust platе 11 O-ring
3 F'rееwhееl shaft 12 Sеaling washer
4 Clutсh assemblv 13 O-ring
5 Cover l4 Driving piniоn shaft
6 Shaft seal 15 Lubriсation pipе
? Dеер groove ball bearing 16 Shim
I Washer 1.7 Dеep groovе ball bearing
9 Shaft nut 1B Bеaring bushing
19 Cirс1ip
20 sprins
i::il"J;"rusated
Еigure 17-46 Dri ve assy wlth сlutсh assembly
Cоnfiguration II - drive flange integral with freеwhеel shaft
B0 105
сHAPTER 1"1
Revislon 3 Pagе 103

МBB нЕt]с0PTЕRs
I{AINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL I'IBB - B0 105
].. Removе drive shafts aссording to paragraрh 11-54.

1A. If the freetthеel оuter shaft has a retalning groove' removе сirсliр
(19, fig, 11-46).
2, Rеmovе sеallng washer (12) using puller 1"х56 1,22 2a9 and disсard
O-ring {1t1 .
rf
х 2Ь. Remove shlm (20) from freеwhеel shaft (3}. Shim (20) is оn]y instal}ed
*
t(
if с1rсlip (19) sесurеs sealing wаsher (12).
3. Rеmovе loсking pJ-atе (10) from shaft nut (9) using рul1er Lх56 I22 2.lI
or 1x56 L22 210. '
4. Rеmovr shaft nut (9), using soсkеt wrenсh 1х56 136 231 and detaсh
washer (8) .
q
Slide thrust pieсe 1х56 136 916 over lubriсatlоn pipе (15}. Rеmovе frее.
whеel shaft (3) tоget.hеr wlth dеep groоvr ball bearing (?) and с}utсh
assembly (4) fтom driving pinion shaft (I4), using a three-arm рullеr.
6. Rеmоve sсrеWs and washers (1) and dеtaсh соvеr (5) . Disсard O-ring (13) .
*
x'1 dе]eted
x
B. ]f dеeр groоvе ball bearlng (1.77 remains on thе driving pinion shаft' (14}
1eavе it thеre. If it' rеmalns in the freewhеel shaft (3).proсееd as
follows:
а. Posltion supрort 1x56 136 663 (4, figurе 1'7-4.I'l ovеr frеevuhее]
shaft. (5) .
b. Loсatе pullеr Iх56 1.22 209 behind dеep groove batl bearing {3) r
рositiоn соunt,er supрort Iх56 I22 2З2 and extraсt deер groove ba]l
bеaring (3) from freewheеl shaft' (5) ; refеr to figure 11-4?.
1 Countеr support Iх56 l22 232

4
t Pullеr 1"х56 L22 209
J Deеp groоve ball bearing
5
.lli Support 1x56 136 663
5 Еrееwhееl shaft
t100t6
Figurе 1].-4? Removal оf dеep groovе ball beаring from freеwheеl shaft
Rn 'l nq
сHAPTER 11
Page 104 Revision 3
МBB tlЕLIсoPтЕRs
Ii,IAINтЕNANсE yJANUAI МBB - B0 105
сAUтION TнЕ сLUTсII AssЕl,lBLY FROt\,t TllЕ E'REЕWI{ЕЕL OUTЕR sНAr'т,

!{}tЕN RE},IOV]NG
тAкЕ PARTIсULAR сARЕ N0т T0 PREss 0Uт ANY 0Е' тHЕ sPRAGs. THIS
PRЕсAUTION DOЕs N0т APPIY It. T}tЕ сLUTсH AssЕ}4B].Y Is BEING REМOVЕD
BЕсAUSЕ ITs IN.SЕRVIсE LI},IIT }lAs BЕЕN RЕAсltЕD.
9. Remove thrust plate (2, flgurе 11.46) and с1utсh assеmbly t4) from frеe.
wheel shaft (3).
10. Disсard сlutсh assеmblies whiсh have rеасhed thеir in.serviсe 1imita.
tiоns. Inspeсt сlutсh assemblies Plш 4638 202 007 for сondition; refеr to
paragraph LL-67.
11. Clean all rеmоvеd parts, ехсept for сIutсh аssembly, wlth dry сlеaning
solvent (cI[ 202) and dry with соmpressed air.
12' Inspeсt input pinion for сondition; refer to paragraрh 11.6?, point 7.
13. Insрeсt free whееl outer shaft fоr'сondltion; rеfеr tо рaragraрh 11.67,
роint 8.
11 - 65 Insta]lation . сlutсh assemb1y (сonfiguration II)
Speсial tools:
Mounting rlng 1x56 136 428
Soсkеt wrеnсh ].x56 136 231
Puller Iх56 122 2.l7
1. Aррly grеasе (C}4 101) to shaft sеal |6, figure 11-46) and nеw О-ring (13) *
and flt O.ring (1З) in сovеr (5). '(
2, Install сovеr t5) оn transmlssion housing, using sсrеws (1) and washеrs.
Tightеn sсrеWs (1) t.o spесified torque lоad.
сAUT]ON o ЕNSURЕ T}IAT TllЕ сIUTсH ASSЕMBLY Is POSITIONЕD сORRЕстLY BY *

INSЕRT]NG IT INTO TнЕ F.RЕЕvl}tЕЕt SIIAF,T s0 THAт ЕLANGЕD ЕND 0t' *
TI]Е F'RЕЕW}IЕЕL OUTЕR сAGЕ E.AсЕs UP. sЕЕ Е.IG. 11-4B. *
о WI{ЕN TNSтALITNG TtiЕ сtUTсН AssЕI{вТ,Y IN THЕ Е'RЕЕWI{ЕЕL OUTЕR

silAЕ'T' ЕХЕRс]sЕ ЕxтRЕl4Е сARЕ N0т T0 PRЕss oUT ANY OЕ' TltЕ
SPRAGS.
з. Insеrt сIutсh assembly (З' figurе 11.4B) into frеewheel shaft (2), using
mounLlng ring 1x56 136 428.
4, If dеep groove ball bеaring (L.| , figurе 11.46) has not remainеd on t'hе
drivlng pinion shaft (14) during remova]-, hеat dеep groove bаll bеaring
(17) to apрroх. 35 oс and sllde it ontо driving pinion shaft t1+1 .
5. Apply grease (сМ 101} tо thrust p1ate \2| and insert into freewheеl shaft
(3) with t.hе oil groоves faсing upward.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 1].
Revision 3 Page 105
liЕT.,Iс0PтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL t'{Bв - B0 105
t Мounting ring 1x56 136 428

I E.reewheel shafЕ
Clutсh assеmbly
Тnсart а.l rrtаh assеmbly in freevlheе1 shaft so that the flanged end of
сlut.сh outer сage is faсing uр (see arrow) .
Еioure 11.48 Installation of clutсh assembly into freewheel shaft

Configгuration ]I
в0 105
сIIAPтЕR 11
Page L06
I,IBB }tЕl1с0PтЕRs
I\,lAINтЕNANсE l"lANUAt I'{вB - B0 105
t10027
With the frеewheе] shaft insertеd tо fu1l eхtеnt,

dеtеrminе dimеnsions A and B and сalсulate the
lеngth C of thе oi} tubе protruding from thе bеaring.
C=A-B
Dеtеrmine dimеnsion D of the sеaling washer. D must bе *
0.1 to 0.2 mm less than A. If D is grеatеr, maсhine the *
sеaling washer ut A to obtain the rеquirеd dimеnsions. *

*
Dеtеrminе dimеnsion Е. E must be at least 0.3 mm grеater x
than C. If not, rеwоrk the sealing vlashеr ut A x
Figure 11-49 Drive assembly . instаllatlon рosition of the sеa1ing washеr - *

(without сirсlip) *
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 11
Rеvision 3 Pagе 107
I{BB }lЕlIсOPтЕRs
I,]A]NтЕNANсE MANUAL MBB - Bо 105
*
* сAUT]0N ЕNSURЕ BЕЕ.ORE INSTALLAT]ON oЕ' F'RЕЕWHЕEL s}lAЕт(3)' THAT NOT ANY
*
slllM (20) Is INSTALLЕD IN ADDIтION To T}lRUsT PLATЕ (2),
x
x 6. Hеat freewheel shaft' (3) to apрrox. 85 oC and, turning it соuntеr.сlосk-
x wise by hand, s1ide it, onto driving рinion shaft (14) until it abuts.
*
* 7. Е'it Washer (8) on lubriсation pipe (15) with сhamfer faсing outwaтd.
* Thrеаd on shaft nut (9) with millеd surfасes faсing outward, using soсket
* wrenсh 1x56 136 231, and tightеn to speсifiеd torquе, whi]e prеssing
* freewheel shaft (3) so that it abuts.
8. Allgn loсking рlat,е (10) so that. the broad сutout.s rest above t.hе millеd
surfaсes of shaft nut (9) . nrivе loсking p1ate (10) оntо shaft nut (9),
using pu1lеr Ix56 L22 2.|L' Thе tabs of thе loсking plat.е (10) must fuliy
loсk around thе shaft nut (9) .
*
x I\TnггЕ 0n1y perform st,eр 9., if sеaling washеr (12) is not sесurеd
t(
*
with сirсlip (19) .
* 9. Push freewhеel shaft (З) in by hand until it abuts in ordеr t.o rеmovе
*
рossiblе bеaring p}ayl and рrоvisionatly fit sealing washer (\2) withоut
* 0-r1ng int.o freewhee]. shaft (з) . A gap of 0.1 t.o 0.2 mm must, ехrst
*
bеtwеen the sеaling washer аnd thе drivе flange. Rеwоrk sеaling washеr if
ik
speсifled dimеnsions are not оbtаinеd,. refеr to flgure 1'I-49.
*
tr
NoTЕ Only рerfоrm stеp 10., if sеaling washеr (12t ls sесured with
x
сirсlip (19).
* 10. fnsert shim (20) into frееwheel shаft (3) .
*
* 11. Apрly grease 101) to nеw O-ring (111 and lnstal] on sеaling wаshеr
(с}4
*
|I2|. Insert sealing washеr (12) into frеewhееl shaft (3). тf iriе frее-
*
whee.]- shаft hаs a rеtaining groove/ instаl] сirсliр (19) in gгroоvе.
* 12. Coat sрllt llnе and sсrew heads ъlith two-сompоnent finishing laсquеr
*
+
(CМ 437) aftеr insta11atiоn.
x 1J.
1? rЦllсLfOnarry
Е.''яа| л* ^ ,l .'
.]
tеst. сlutсh assembly; rеfer to рaragraрh
1
11.66.
*
* 14, ]nst.all drlvе shаft.; rеfеr tо paragraph 11-56.
*
* 15. Реrform g.round run in ассordаnсе r,.,ith Chаpter 105 алd visuа]lv jn-qоeлt
L.!еr9vv
х
drive assеmbly for lеakage.
*
* 16. ]nstall engine сowling; refеr t.o сhaptеr 22'
*
11 . 66 Еunсtiona] t.est - сlutсh assemblv
-Turл
drive f]angеs of LH aпd Rtl с]utсh assеmb]ies by hаnd in bоth direсtions.
When the drive flanges аre turnеd сW. the сlutсh assemb}ies must еngagе. Whеn
t.urnеd CCW the drivе flanges must. rotatе freеly.
B0 r.05
с}IAPтЕR ]-].
Pagе 10B Revisiоn 3
ttELIсoPTЕRs
I\,IAINTЕNANсЕ I\,IANUAЬ },IBB - B0 105
Lr - 6't Inspeсtion . с1utсh assеmbly, drive shaft and freе whеel outеr
shaft
NoTЕ 0n1y thе сlutсh assembly PiN 4638 202 00.7 is affесted by
this inspeсt,i.on.
сAUTI0N D0 NoT DIsAssЕI\,IBtЕ TtlЕ сLUTсI'I AssЕмBtY. APPIY PRoсЕDURE 6d.

IЕ.A SPRAG tlAs BЕЕN INADVЕRTANTIY PREssЕD 0Uт DURING INSPЕс.
т.IoN 0Е THЕ сAGE сUтоUT.
L Sprag
2 Inner сage
3 Drag strip
(not illustraiеd)
4 Еnеrgizing ribbon
5 Outer сage
6 Drag сlip
Еigure 11.50 Clutсh assembly
Insресt сlutсh assembly for сraсks, breakage, deformation and wear as

follows:
сAUтI0N RЕJЕсT TtlЕ сtUтсI{ AssЕt'{вLY' It' TI{Е E.OLLOWING LI}4ITS ARE
EXсЕЕDЕD !
1.. Drag с}iр ( figure 11.51)
No breakage of drag сlip

permitted.
I"laximun permitted wear ='

one third of the оrigina1
thiсkness оf drag сllp.
Мin. thiсkness = 0.20 mm.
100sI0
Е'lgurе 11.51 Drag с1ip

B0 105
сIIAPтЕR ].1
Revision 2 Page 109

tlЕtIс0PTЕRs
l,lA1NтENANсЕ Ii{ANUAL lvlBB - B0 105
2. Еnergizing ribbon (figure 11-52)
No breakage and defor-

matiоn of the еnergiz.
ing ribbon permitted.
E'igurе 1I-52 Еnergizing ribbon
3. Drag striр (figure 11.53)
No breakage of the drag

strip реrmitted.
рermitted wеar =
l'laximum
50 t of the original thiсk-
nеss of drag strlp.
:
Мln. thiсkness = 0.35 mm.
'10051з
Е'igure 11-53 Drag strip

B0 105
сHAPTЕR 11
Page 110 Revlsion 2
Ф""rtlсopteг IV|A|NтЕNANсЕ ]vIANUAL I'лBB. Bo 105
4. Sprags (flgurе 11.54) x

t
*
*
*
No visj.ble and рerсeрtiblе x
wеar ln load arеas of sprags *
рermitted (e.g. no sсцff marks, x

sсores or grooves рermitted). *
*
Outer sidе of sPrag

(free wheel out,er shaft) :
Loаd patterns on sрrag

must stoр 0.8 mm from
sprag еdge.
Inner sidе of sPrag

(input piniоn):
Load рattеrns on sPrag
must stop 0.8 пun fron
sprag edge.
сAUTIoN D0 NoT сoNE.USЕ

TltЕsЕ I'tARкs (LINЕS)
WIтH сRAсKS.
Isolated irregular markings

(1ines) сould apрeаr on the
sРrag surfaсе as a result
of thе manufaсturing proсеss.
These lines are harmless and t
are not сause for rejeсtion tr
of free wheel. *1
Еig,ure i1.54 Sprag
B0 105
сI1APTЕR 11
Revision 9 Page 111
О""rrэсopteг I''AINтЕNANоЕ I\,|ANUAL п'Bв. Bo 105
q
Outеr сage (5, figure 11.50)
No breakage and deforrпаtion of ihe outer сagе peпnitted.
Innеr сage (figure 11.55)
No breakage and no ехсеssive wear оf thе inner сage Permitted.
a. P].aсe a suitablе rubber band on сirсumferenсe of Еhe сlutсh assemblv
оver thе sprags
сAUT]oN sPRAGs stioutD Nот вЕ PRЕssЕD 0Uт I.URтHЕR тI{AN SPRING

RЕsIsтA}lсЕ 0E. ЕNЕRGIZING RIBBoN. OтitЕR!0IsЕ sЕЕ PoINт d.
h Push sprag outvlard only to the еxtent that the surfaсes A аnd B of
thе inner саgе beсoпe vislble.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
x
*
x
*
x
rt
*
*
* Woвr 9t€р
*
*
*
*
Еigure 11.55 Inspection for weаr . inner сage
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 11
Page LJ.2 Revision 9
О""юсоpter I''AINтЕNANсЕ n,tANuAL ]'лBB - Bo 105
сAUтIoN сluтсtt AssЕl'tBtY

t'{Usт вв RЕJЕстЕD ЕvЕN IE. oNtY 0NЕ sINGtЕ
сAGЕ сuTоUт ЕxсЕЕDs тttЕ GIVЕN WЕAR tIl''ITs !
с. Iпspeсt the surfaсe A аnd B of the 22 cage сцtouts for wear. *
Slight соntaсt narkings on the surfaсе A and B are aссeptablе (see х

figure 11-55). *
Wear shown as a wear-steр in thе сage surfaсе that еxсееds 50t of thе х
сage сutout surfaсe is not aссерtab}e (see figurе ].1.55, сцt C-C). In tr
this сase the free wheеl must be ejeсtеd. *
d. If a sprag has been j.nadvertantly pressed out of the сlutсh assembly

during insрectiоn, sprag is to be inserted as fo]lows:
сAUTIoN SPRAG I'{Usт BЕ INSЕRтЕD Е,RO!,l INSIDЕ ONLY! OтltЕRWIsЕ TIlЕ

вNЕRGIZING RIBвoN сOUI.D вЕ DA!,IAGЕD!
1\
Lt ]nsert sprag from INSIDЕ, so that marking.рoint is on the oulboard
(drag clip) side (see figures 1L-56 and 11-57).
2l Inspeсt сlutсh аssenbly for сorreсt installation рosition of

sprags (see figure 11-5?).
,'Ф\
FT)
,/I l(
мerнndыnl Y
t00s20
Еigurе 11-56 ]nsertion - sрrag
100521
Еigure ].1-57 Installation pоsition . sprags
в0 105
сttAPTЕR 11
Revision 9 Page 1.1-3
О""юсоpteг II'A|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL MBB . Bo 105
1. Input pini.on (figure 11-58)
A = min. 49.116 mm diaтneter.
B = Surfасe for сlutсh sPrags:

Aссeрtаble: light сirсumfеrential
sсores and сontaсt markings from
sPrags.
Not aссерtable: tanglblе wear
(gripping marks) on the сontaсt
surfaсe of the sprag.
C = Contaсt surfaсe for drag strips:
Polish out wear in nC" оn сirсum. r00512
ferenсе of the input pinion using
polishing с1oth 400.
t'igure l-1-58 Input pinion
B. Е.reе wheеl outer shaft (figure 11.59)
A = max. 66.39 пrn diameter.
B =.Surfaсe for сIutсh sprags:

Aссеptable: light сirсumferential
sсores and сontaс! markings from
sprags.
Not aссeptable: tang1ble wear
(gripping marks) on the сont,act
surfaсe of. thе sprag.
C = сontaсt surfасe for ball bearing:
Polish out wear (сold welding) in .C"
on сirсumfеrеnсe of bearing area using 100s23
рo1lshing сloth 400.
E.igure 11.59 Е.ree wheel outer shaft
B0 105
сltAPTЕR 11
Page L14 Revision 2
сHAPТЕR
RoToR BRAKЕ
SYSTEL'I
14вB flЕI,Iс0PтЕRs
l'1AINTЕNANсE l"lANUAt l,lBB - в0 105
L2 ROTOR BRAкЕ sYsтЕ!4
Table of Contents
L2-L DЕSсRIPтIoN . R0T0R BRAкЕ sYsTЕl4 3
12-2 TRoUBIЕSн0oтING - R0T0R BRAKЕ sYsтЕ},I 3
1.2-3 INSPЕсTIoN t'оR сONDITIoN - R0T0R BRAKЕ sYsтЕ},l 1
L2-4 RЕPLAсЕ},IЕNT BRAкЕ PADS (LININGS) l-u
12-5 BLЕEDING - ROT0R вRAкЕ sYsTЕ},l
12-6 Removal - brake сaliper 11
12-1 Insta1lation - brake сaliper Ll_
L2-8 Removal . brаkе disk 15
12-9 Installation - brake disk L9
12-10 Rеmoval . relief valve

hlgh-рressure 22
12-11 Disassembly - high.prеssure reliеf valvе 22
12-t2 Assеmbly - high-рressure reliеf valve 24
12-13 Installation - high.pressure rеlief valvе 25
12-14 Removal - master cylind.er zo

12 - 1.5 ]nstalla|ion . master сv11nder 21
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 12
},188 tlЕtIс0PTЕRs
},1AINTЕNANсE l{ANUAl llBB - B0 105
12 . I DЕSсRIPтI0N . R0т0R BRAKЕ sYsTЕI.{
1. The rotor brake system permits fast dесеlеration and stopping of maln
rоt,or and tall rоtor vlhen thе engines arе shut down.
The brakе system is орerated by a handle whlсh inсorporates а detеnt
mесhanism and ls ]oсated on the RH side of t.he pllot's seat. The handle
rnust not bе operated before rotor spеed has dropped to 508 NRo. At this
sрeed thе tlme it Lakes fоr t,he rotor to stop шust not eхсеed 50 seсonds
nor be less Ehan 25 seсonds.Thе rotor brakе is a hydrauliсally operatеd
disk brake with automat'iс adjustnent to a pre.set сlearanсe betweеn brakе
pads (llnings) and disk.
Z. Thе rotor brake system (figurе Lz-I' сonsists of the brakе handlе assy
(29), mastеr сylinder (17), high.pressure rellef valve |32\ oil reser-
'
volr (33), hose lines and assеmbled brakе сaliper t2) and brаke disk
(9). Two dj-sk brake typеs arе available for installatiоn i.е.' сonfigu.
ration I (Goodrlсh} or сonfiguration II (Dunlop) .
12 -2 TR0UBLЕSIIO0TING . R0т0R BRAKЕ sYsTЕ}4
N0. TROUBLЕ sYl',lPTOI.4 РR0вABLЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕсTIVЕ AсTION
Braking effeсt Trapped air in rotor B}eеd rotor brakе systеm.

tоо wеak (lt brake system Еor work proсedure,
t'akes rпorе than rеfer Lo paragraрh 12.5.
50 sесs fоr rot'or
to stoр соmpletеly Leak in rotor brakе Cheсk rotor brake syst'em
аftеr brake is syst,em f or сondit'ion. F'or work
apрlied at 50t NRo) proсedure, refer to para.
graph 12-3
One or both brake Removе brake сalipеr
pist,ons jammed aссording to para 12.6
and manufaсturer, s docu-
mentation
Hig'h.pressure rе1ief Removе and funсt,ionally
valve oреns prеma. test rellеf valve. If
turely required, disassemble
relief valve and rерlaсе
сomprеssion spring or
resеt сraсk pIessurе
(lattеr appliеs tо
сonfiguratiоn 1I only) .
Еor work proсedure, rеfer
to paras 12.10 thru 12-1З.
TaDle tr-.t Trоub]еshooting (1 of 2)
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 12
Dэпa ?
ItlBв }lЕtIсOPтЕRs
Ii,IAINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL l'lвB - в0 105
Troub1eshootj.ng (соntlnued)
N0. тROUBLЕ SY}1PтoI{ PRoBABLЕ сAUsЕ соRRЕсTIVЕ AсTIoN
2 Braking effeсt Delаyed оpening Remоve and funсtion-

too strong (lt of high-prеssure ally |est reliеf
takes less than rеlief valve vaIvе. If'rеquired,
25 seсs for rotоr to disassеmb}e relief
stop сomplеtely after valvе and replaсe соm.
brake is applied pression sprlng (lalter
at 50t NRo) applies to сonfigura.
tion II only) . E'or work
proсedurе, refеr to
рaras 12-10 thru 12.13.
3 When brake prеssure Brake pads (linings) Inspeсt brake disk for
is released, the main сontaсt brake disk сondition per рaragraрh
rotоr is еither hard I2-3
to turn or сannot
be turned at a]I Pistons jammed in Rеmove brakе сaliper
by hand brake сaliper рer paragraph 1"2-6 and
rерalr aссording to
manufaсturеr,s doсu-
mentation
Table 12.1 Trоubleshoоting (2 ot' 2)
B0 105
сHAPTER 12
Dэпд Л
u,
/"/ГАлl
/
ц|
o
пl O
*-J
lt l-
цl
о
8gт
!,
E
{t- a
Irt
сl t-
tц
---{ сl
_о (\t
Е
с)
{J
Ф
.-o >r
.rl vl
ah
Ф г\
o
.rl >r Еl
(t-l I
(\!
-Ёt o,
E rJ) .-t ._l Фot
o +J Р{
.л
{6 {6
Ф ll
g\l
Е:
16 н 5 н р. б|
г|
t|Е +J r{ *(l гl
чн
q)
l l-l .н т' (.)
6, н.{ rH
lt{BB HЕьIсOPтERs
I4AINтЕNANсЕ II,IANUAL MBB . B0 ].05
T2 . 3 INSPЕсTIoN F,oR соNDIтIoN . RоToR BRAKЕ sYsтЕl,l
1. Remove enginе сowlings {refer to сhapter 22|.

Z. Inspeсt сonfiqцration I (Goodriсh) brake сaliper and brake disk as
fо11ows:
a. Inspесt brakе disk (9' fig. 12-1.'t for wеar, f1atness and сraсks. In
the event of craсks, grooves, out-of-f]atnеss ln ехсess of 0.7 mm or
residual thiсkness of less than 4.3 mm, rеplaсe disk in aссordanсe
with paras l-2-8 and 12-9
h Chесk wear limit оf brake pads by measuring t'heir residual thlсkness
(see fig. I2.2) ' ]f the pads arе ]ess than ]..3 mm thlсk, reрlaсе them
aссording to manufaсturer, s (Gоodriсh) instruсt'ions.
Inspeсt brake сaliper tzll for generа1 сondition and for oil lеakage
in piston areas. Cheсk сonneсtlng hardware for tight installation.
1) If thеre is еvldеnсе of оil lеakage, removе brake сaliper
aссording to para 12.6 and reраir aссording to manufaсturеr, s
lnstruсtions.
2' Remove meсhaniсal damage and сorrosion tо a maХ. deрth of 0.7 mm,
using 400 grit abrasivе сloth. Touсh uр damagеd sцrfaсе
proteсtiоn, using сhemiсa1 сonvеrsion materia1 (см 316),
two.сomрonent zinс сhrоmatе рrimer (с},1 417) and singJ-e-J-ayer
J-aсquer (сI"1 402) . Refеr to сhaрt.et 02,
3) Tightеn loose hardwarе.
4l Inspeсt threaded сover (11' fig. 72-3t for prеsenсe оf 1осkwirе.
If loсkwire is broken oт missing, сhесk t'hat thе сovеr rs sсrewed
in tightty bеfore inst'alllng nеW loсkwire.
Inspeсt сonfi.guration II (Duqloр) brakе сaliper and brakе dj.sk as
follows:
Inspесt brake disk (9, fig. I2'Т) for wеar, flatnеss and сraсks. In
the event of craсks' grooves, out-of.flatnеss ln eхсеss of 0.? mm or
resldual thiсkness оf less than 5.8 mm, replaсe disk ln ассordanсe
with paras 12-8 and l-2-9.
To сheсk the wеar limit of thе brake pads (sеe fig. I2-2) | pull the
brake handle to movе t'hе brake рads |2) agаlnst' thе disс. If the рad
retaining plate on elther pad сontaсts thе pad rеtainеr (1), thе рads
nust be repIaсed with new ones. Dimension A in fig . 12-2 indiсat'es
t'he thiсknеss оf usable pad.
Using hand рressure, сhесk brake рads (2) for freе movemеnt. If t.hе
pads are jammed, insрeсt сondition оf disk aссording t'o stеp a. ]f
the disk is undamaged, rеmоve brakе сa]iрer (2, fig. 72-1) as
dеsсribеd in para 12-6 and repair aссоrding tо manufaсturer, s
instruсtions.
B0 105
C}IAPTЕR 12
МBB HЕI,ТCoPтERS
I.4AINтЕNANсE I'{ANuAt MBв . B0 ].05
d. Inspeсt brake сaliper (2| for gеneral сonditiоn and for oi} leakagе
in piston areas. Cheсk сonneсting hardware for tight installation.
1) If there is evidenсe of oil leakage, remоve brake саliper aссor-
ding to para 1.2-6l iПd rеpair aссording to manufaсturer's in.
struсtions.
2' Removе meсhaniсal damage and сorrosiоn to a max. depth оf 0.7 rrкn'
using 400 grit' abrasivе сloth. Touсh up damaged surfaсe prоtес.
tion, using сhemiсal сonversion material (сl,1 316) two.Component
zinс сhromate primer (Cм 4t7) and single-layеr laсquer (с},l 402).
Refer to сhapter a2,
3) Tlghtеn loose hardwarе.
"A" 1 '4" 2
1 Pad retainer
2 Brake pad assembly
Gonllguratlon ll
1 Brakе linings
.l.3
mm miп.thiсkпвss
Рigure 12-2 Inspeсtiоn of brake pads (linings) for wеar
з. Where possiblе, inspесt brake hydrauliс lines for сhafe marks and hosе
сlamps for tlght' сonneсtiоn. Rеp}aсе сhafed hoses and tlghtеn loose
сlamрs.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 12
Dэпа Q
l,tBB HЕtIсoPтERS
},IAINтЕNANсЕ l'{ANUAt l,lвB - B0 105
5. Inspeсt high.pressure relief valve (32, figure 12.1) for general сondi-
tion and leakagе. If leakage is present, rеmove and disassemble relief
va}ve and replaсe O-rings (refer to paras 12.10 thru 12.13).
6. Tnsресt brakе fluid level in oil reservоir. It тпust be between the min.
and mаx. markings. Top up with lubrlсating oil (см 103) if 1еvel is bеlow
the min. marking
.|
, Chесk rоtor brake system for leakage as follows:
a. Pressurize rotor brake system by pulling the brake hand1е several
times in suссession, t,hen 1oсk brake handle in its uppermost
рosiLion.
b. If the brake fluid lеvе] in |he oil rеservolr has dropped and there
is no сlear evidenсe that thе ftuid loss was сaused by damagе to
either the brake сaIiper or the relief valve, remove hosе ]lnе
fаirings and brake aсtuating systеm in thе сabln and inspесt hose
]ines and mastеr сylindеr for oil leakage.
с. If thеre is lеakage, tighten hose line fittings оr rеplaсe affесtеd
part. Removе mastеr сylinder as desсribed in para 12-14 and reрair
aссordlng to manufaсturеr, s lnstruсtions.
B. Tеst braking еffiсienсy of rot'оr brаke on rоtating maln rotor.
a. A1low main rotor to сoast down to a spееd оf 50t NRo.
b. Aрply rotor brakе. The optimum braking еffесt ls aсhlеved by rеpeat.
edly pulling on the brake handle.
The time it takes for the rotor to stop after brake рressure is
apрlied at 50* NRo must nоt exceed 50 sесonds nor bе less than 25
seconds. If thе stoppj-ng timе ls not }ri|hin thesе limit,s, сheсk the
сraсklng and reseating prеssures of rе]ief va].ve (32I fig. 12-1) . If
neсеssary, reset rеlief valve (сonfiguration I1 rotor brake only) or
disassеmble relief va]-vе and replaсe сompresslon spring ln aссordanсe
with paras ].2.10 t.hru 12-1З.
B0 l-05
сHAPтЕR 12
Р>по 9
},1BB lIEtIсoPTЕRs
MAINTЕNA}IсЕ мANUAI l'{BB . B0 ]'05
12 -4 RЕPLAсЕ},IENT . BRAKЕ PADS (ьININGS)
1. Replaсе Dunlop brake рad assemblies as follows:

a. Remove engine cowling (rеfer to сhapter 22|
oi
b. Removе рad retainer (1, fig. L2-2' and vlithdraw pad assembliеs (2)
from сaliper.
с. Press pistons baсk until they abut' thеn insert new рad assеmbliеs
{21 and inslall pad retainer (1).
d. Repеatedly рull on the brake hand1е until the pad assеmblies сome
into сontaсt with the brаkе disk.
e. Install engine сowling (refеr to chapter 22\.
2. Replaсe 9ogdrlсh brakе llnings as desсribed in the Goodriсh Ovеrhaul

Manual.
12 -5 BLЕЕD]NG . R0T0R BRAKЕ sYsтЕМ
1. Removе engine сowllngs (refer t'o сhaрtеr 22\,

2, Cheсk brake fluid level in оil reservoir (33| fig. 72-1.) and add
lubriсating oil (сМ 103) as nесеssary.
з. Conneсt one end of a transparеnt hose to bleеd sсrеW t1) on brake сaliper
(2| and irпmerse the other end in a сontainer (e.g.' bottJ.e or slmi]ar)
that is half.filled with lubriсating oil (с}4 103).
4' Slaсken bleеd sсrew (1) on brake сaliper (2}.
5. Rеpеat'ed1yPull and release brakе handle until nо more air bubbles are
vislble in thе transparent hosе. Whilе doing this, keeр oil reservoir
topрed up to рrеvent further ingrеss of air in the system.
6. With thе brаke handle aррlied, tightеn bleed sсrew and remove transparent
hosе.
1 . Cheсk fluid levе] in oil rеservoir (3з) and add lubriсating oi} (сM 103)
as nесеssary.
8. Instаll engгine сowJing (refer tо сhарter 22),
B0 105
сitAPTЕR ].2
Pяпд ] 0
I'{BB нЕ1Iс0PтЕRs
I1{AINтЕNANсE l'{ANUAt l.,lBB . в0 105
12-6 Removal . brake сaliper
1. Rernove enginе сolvling (refеr to сhapt,er 22|.

Z. Disсonneоt hose line (8, figure 12-L) from brake сalipеr tz) and plug
оpenings. Catсh draining oil in a sultablе сontainer, but do not rarl qa
]г
3. Remove сalipеr (1} attaсhing hardware (3, 5, 6 and ?, fig. 72-3) and
remove сaliper from main transmission. Wаsher (4) is only instal]ed on
соnfiguration II brake. If shims (5) are insta]]еd, retain thеm for re.
lnstallat,ion.
IZ- I Installation . brakе сalipeт
N0тЕ 0n1y install brake сa1ipers in соmbination with brake disks madе by
the same manufaсturer. Intermlхing brake сalipers and dlsks fтom
differеnt manufaсturеrs is nоt pеrmittеd. Seе figs. Lz.L and. 12-3 for
сaliper dlstinguishing features.
Brake disk distlngulshlng features:
- Goodrlсh-tyрe disks are of uniform thlсknеss (sее fig,12-I) .
. Dunlop.type dlsks are reсessed on both sides in the arеa of thе

outer rlng of bores (see fig. 12-1) .
1. Chесk main transmlssion mounting surfaсе on сa1ipеr for рresenсe of
сorrоsiоn prеvеntive рaint. If рaint. is missing, appty it as inst.ruсtеd
in сhapter 02.
2. PIess baсk рistons (10' fig. 12.3) untll they make сontaсt'.
NoTЕ Prосeed aссording to steр 3. if samе сaliper is rеlnstalled, or

aссording to st,eр 4. if nеw сaIiper is installed.
Position сaliper (1) on maln trаnsmission and seсurе to lat.t.еr with bo]ts
(3), washers (6 and, if configuration IT, 4) , nuts (T) and, lf previously
installеdl shims (5) . Tighten nuts tо speсified torque ].oad.
4. Positiоn nеw сaliper (1) on main transmlssion and seсule to ]atter with
bolts {3), washеrs (6 and, if соnfiguration II, 4) and nuts (7) . Мeasure
to ensure thаt both brake рads (llnings) arе equidj.stant from thе disk.
If thе pads (linings) are еquidistant and are at least 0.6 mm frоm thе
disk to acсomodate piston rеturn (соnfiguratlon ]] brake only), Lighten
nuts (7) to speсified torquе load.
B0 105
сtlAPтЕR 12
Df,frA i I
l{Bв tlЕtlсoPTЕRs
},IAINтЕNAIIсЕ },IANUAL },IBв . B0 105
If both pads (linings} are not еquidistant from thе disk' proсeed as
follows:
a. Мeasurе сlеaranсe between eaсh pad (tining) and disk.
b. Removе brakе сalipеr and, using shims (5), adjust position of сaliper
unt'il t'hе disk is сеntеred between the pads (llnings) .
Еnsure that therе is at least 0.6 mm сlеaranсe between eaсh pad
(llning) and the dlsk to allow for piston return (сonfiguration II
brake only).
с. Sесurе сalipеr to main transmission with bolts (3), washers (6 and,
if сonfiguration I1, 4\ nuts t7) and shims (5) .
'
d. Tighten nuts to sрeсlfied torque load.
5. Conneсt hosе line to inlet сonneсtion.
6. Cover split
1lnе of сaliрer to mаin transmission, bolt heads and nuts
with two-соmpоnent PUR topсoat (сM 43?).
.
.?
B]eеd rotor brakе system аs outlinеd in para 12.5.
8. Instal1 еnginе сowling (refеr to сhapter 22| .
в0 105
сttAPTЕR ].2
PАсf^ | ,/
!,IвB IIЕLIсoPTЕRS
мAINтЕNANсЕ },lA}'IUAt мBB - в0 ].05
Cоnllgurat|on l
t 3r-3s шrl
12
-r
Е14N'.'-.1
A
5
Conflguratlon ll
jl .o.r''n. Dlmenslons In mm
ll
J '{Ыl
A
5
L
A
4
1003?0,2
]. Brake сaliper I I'{ounting flange on

2 Brаkе disk main transmission
3 Bolt 9 Bolt
4 Washer (сonfiguration II brakе on]y) 10 Brakе }inings (рads)
5 Shim (only as rеquired} 1]. Covеr
6 Washer 1,2 Nut
7 Nut
Еigure 12-3 Instal1ation - Brakе сa1lpеr
в0 105
сttAPTЕR 12
Dэna 1"l, l1А
MBB HЕIIсOPTЕRS
мAINTЕNANсЕ I{ANUAL },lвB . в0 105
L2 -8 Removal . brakе disk
Speсial tools:
fiхture
Assеmbly/Disassembly 105-31501 W5
Puller 105-31-501 W6
Puller 1x56 136 393 ]а
Square drive wrenсh Commerсia1
Еiхture
д
]-x56 1З6 287
Soсkеt wrеnсh j.x56 131 403 _1
A Еor use with сonfigurat,ion I (Goodriсh) and II (Dunlop) rotor disks.
A Еor use with сonflguration I (Goodriсh) rotor disks only.
1. Rerпovе engine сowllng.
2. Remоve iorward short drive shaft or сoupling, depending on rotor brake

сonfiguration (refer to chaptet 32I ,
3. Rеmovе brakе сa}i-рer aссording to para 12-6.
4. Uslng tools P/N 1х56 136 281 and ].х56 131 403, remove Goodriсh brakе disk
as desсribеd in step 5.
Using too]s P/N 105.3150]. W5 and 105.31501 W6, remove Dunlop or Goodrlсh
brake disk as follows:
a. Uslng sсrеws' att,aсh assembly/disassembty fiхturе (P/N 105.31501 W5)
to output flange t2l as shown in fig . I2-4,
b. Тnsert a squarr drive wrеnсh (сommеrсial itеm) in thе assembly/
disassеmbly fixture and loosеn retalning sсrеw (3) .
с. Removе assembly/disassembly fixture.
d. Unsсrеw and remove retaining sсrew (3) and disсard O.ring (6).
е. Attaсh puller (P/N 105-31501 W6} to output flange t2' wlth sсrews as
shоwn in fig. L2-4.
f. ]nsert a square drive wrenсh (сommerсial itеm} iп puller and рrеss

assembled outрut f1angе t2) and brakе disk (4) frоm output. рiniоn
c+
^t ^ L
Dl1сt! .
q. Remove shims from output' pinion shaft and rеtain them for reinstalla-
tion.
tt Qamar'o
t\v.llv vЧ nu}lеr.
t
i. Remove Ioсkwirе, then unsсrew and reпove sсrews (7) and detaсh brakе
disk (4) from output flangе (2).
B0 105
сHAPтЕR ].2
Pase 15
}4вB }IЕLIсoPтЕRs
МAINтЕNANсE l,lANUAt t{Bв - B0 105
5. Using tools P/N 1x56 136 2B7 and 1x56 ].31 403, removе Goоdriсh brake disk
as follows:
a. Insert socket wrenсh P/N 1x56 131 403 in holding fi.хture
P/N 1x56 1З6 28"|,
b. Position asseфled soсket, wrenсh and ho}ding fiхture against the
brakе disk so that the soсket wrenсh engagеs the retaining nut and
the сams on eaсh end of thе holdlng fixture projесt through the bores
in the disk. Then turn thе knurled.head sсrеrls so that the сams griр
behind the disk (sеe fig. 12-5)
с. Insert square drivе wrenсh (сommеrоial item) in ho}e in sосkеt wrепсh
{2| and loosen rеtaining sсrew (3, fig. 12-49.
d. While hоlding holding fiхturе (1' fig. 72-5| wit'h a сonvent,iona].
spannеr, сontlnue unsсrewing retaining sсrеw until the assembled
brake disk and output flange axе Prеssеd from thе output pinion
shaft.
е. Rernove 0-riп9 |6' fig. I2.4) from retalning sсrew (3) аnd disсard
0-ring.
f. Remоve shims from output pinion shaft and retain them for
rеinsta1latiоn.
q. Rerсоvе sосket wrenсh and holding fiхture frоm brake disk.
h. Rеmove loсkt^llre, then unsсrew and remоve sсrews (j) and detaсh brake
disk (4) frоm output flangе (2|.
Bо 105
сltAPтЕR ].2
Pаоe l6
l'{BB ltЕtIс0PTЕRs
l'{AINтENANсЕ I'{ANUAL I'{BB - B0 105
,{йЩl
t{**l
oвтдll A
д Assеmbly/Disas seтnbly f iхture 5 Puller

P/N 105-31501 !{5 P/N 105-З].501 W6
L Output, flange 6 O-ring
? Rеtaining sсrew 7 Sсrew
4 Brakе disk
Еigurе 12.4 Removal . brake disk, using toоls P/N 105-31501 W5 and
P/N 105-31501 v{6
]. Holding fixturе
P/N 1х56 L36 28"7
2 Soсket wrenсh
P/N ]"х56 13].403
3 Knurled-head sсret.J
Е'igurе 12-5 Remоva]/Instal]ation . brake disk, using too1s PiN 1х56 136 2B.l
and P/N 1x56 1З1 403
Rо 1nq
:1ч'T1,1:
llЕtIсoPтЕRs
I'{AтNтЕ}.I.ANсE l'{ANUAl мBв - вo 105
L2-9 Iпstallаtion - brаke disk
Speсiаl tools:
Puller
Assembly/Disassenbly f ixture
P/N 1х56 ].36 393
P/N 105-31501 Ifs J /'|\
Square drive wrenсh
l"a
Colrшrrerсia1
Hoj.ding fiхturе PIN Lx56 136 287
Soсkеt wrenсh P/N 1х56 1.31 403
A E'or use with сonfiguration (Goоdriоh) and I] {DunlоP) rotor disks.

A Еor use with сonfiguration (Goоdriсh) rotor disks.
only instaIl brake disks in .соmbination with сalipеrs made by the

вame manufaсturer. Intermiхing of brake disks and сa}ipers from
differеnt manufaсturers is not permitted.
1. Еit brake disk on output fЗ.ange with сhanfered edge of disk against
flange (see detail A in fig. L2-4),
2, Insert всrеws (1' fig' 12-4) and, alternating diameЕrically' tighten thеm
to speсif ied torщe load and loсkwirе thеm in pairs.
Proсeed аоcording to step 3. if installing the same tyPе brake

disk (i.e., Dunlop or Goodriсh) or aссording to step 4. whеn
сhaпging froп a Goodrieh to a Dunlop disk, or viсe versа.
з. Install brake disk as fol1ows:
a. Е'it previously removed shims on outPut plnion shaft. Take сare tо
seat them against the inner raсe of the tapered rоller bearing and
not in the groove of the output piniоn gear. To preveпt the }atter
from oссurring, it is reсolrrпended to lubriсate the shims with grease
(см 101 or 102) so that they adhere to the inner raсe.
b. Using hand pressure, press the assembled disk and output flangе as
far as possible on t.he output pinion shaft.
c. Sсrеw thе puller P/N
1x56 136 393 int'o the output pinion shaft unt.il
the brahe disk makes solid сontaet (see fig. 12-6').
d. Remove pu1lеr.
e. Мeasure сlеaranсe between brakе disk and mounting f1апge on main
transmission (see fig. \2-11.
B0 105
сtlAPтЕR ].2
Pаое 19
l,lBв ltЕtlсOPтЕRs
I'IAТNтЕNANсE !,IAt\тuAl !,1Bв - B0 ].05
4, Install brake disk as followsr

a. Initally plaсe only щ shiп on the output pinion shaft. !{аke sure it
seat,s against the inner raсe of the tapered roller beariпg and nоt in
thе groove оf the piniоn shaft. To prevent latter from oсcutring, iL
ls rесoпгnended to lubriсate the shim with grease (см 101 ot L02} 8o
that i't adheres to the inner !aсe.
b. Using hand pressure, push assembled disk and outрut flaпge аg fоr as
possible on pinion shaft.
с. Sсrew puller P/N 1x56 136 393 in output piпion shаft цntil brаke disk
makes contaсt {see fig. 12-6).
d. Remove puller.
e. the сlearanсe between brake disk and mounting flange on mаin
l"leasure
transmission (see fig. 12-1). Add additional shims as neressary to
obtain thiв сlearanсe. At least, one but not more t,han five
0.S-ппп-thiсk shims must be instaTjЭd
f, If mоre shims are reguired, remove brake disk again and instal}
shi:ns. Thеn reinstall brake disk and remeаsure the сlearanсe.
5. Е.it new o.ring (6) on retaining sсrew (3, fig. 12.4).
6. T,ubriсate retaining sсrew (3) threads with grease (сМ 101) and tighten
retaini.ng sоrёw to speсified tоrque }oad' using a sguare drive wrenсh
(сorrвnerсial item) together with eit,her assembly/disаssembly tооJ.
P/N 105.31501 1{5 оr t'oo]-s P/N 1х56 136 287 and ].x56 131 40з (both t'hese
tools are fоr use with Goоdriоh diвks only).
?. гit loсking plate (4. fig. 12.6) in thе output flange groove and оheсk
whether its teеth сan ProPerly engage those of the retaiпing sсrew. If
not, slaоken the retaining sсrew and tighten it to a diffеrent t,orque
load. lhe teeth must engage within t'hе torque load limits. The retaining
sсrew (5) must not protrude frolп the output f1ange.
8. Install brake оaliper as out'lined in para 12-?.
9. Install forward short' driveshaft оr сoupling, depending on the

соnfiguration (refer to сhaрter 32\
].0. Tnstall engine сowling (refer to сhaptex 22\ .
в0 105
снAPтЕR 12
Page 20
ilЕlIсOPтЕRs
!,1AINтЕNA}IсЕ l,lANUAt I.{Bв - вo ].05
Puller
PlN 1х56 136 39з
2 Ouiput flange
Brahe dish
ч loсking рlate
5 Retaining sсrew
Еigure 12-6 Instal]-аtion - brake disk, using puller P/N 1х56 136 393
Effeсtivitv:
ДffiP-ъrake disk
lA Goodrich brake disk
L Brake disk
2 shiл (s)
Ro}ler bearing
:
JI
Е'langе on пain
transmission
Figurc 12-7 Brake disk mounting dimension

вo 105
сIIAPтЕR 12
Pасе 2l
МBB IIЕIIсоPтЕRS
!{AINTENANсE IvlANUAt мBв . B0 ].05
12 - 10 Removal - high.pressurе rе}ief valve
1. Removе enginе сowling.
2, Disсonneсt hose (8, figure l2-1| and hose leading Еo oil rеservoir (33)
fтom relief valvе flttings. Catсh draining oil in a suitable сontainer,
but do not reuse it.
3. Disсonneсt retief valve (321 from elbows fittings on hoses (26 and 2?)
and detach reliеf valve from сabin rear wall (34) .
12 - 11 Disassembly - high.prеssure reliеf valvе
j.. Disasseпble соnfiguration I rеlief va}ve (see fig. 12.8) as follows:

a. Disassemble relief valvе in aссоrdanсe with the index number sеguenсe
shown in fig. L2'8,
b. Disсard O.rings (3 and 9) .
с. Clean рarts wlth dry сlеanlng solvent tсI'{ 202) .
2. Disassemble сonfiguration II relief vа}ve (see fig. 12.9) as follоgqs:

a. Baсk off set sсrew (8) and disassеmblе relief va]-vе in aссordanсe
with the indеx number srquenсe shown in fig . I2.9.
b. Disсard O-ring (3) .
с. Clean parts with dry сleaning solvent (сM 202).
Bо 105
сItAPтЕR 12
Dэna 7,)
I'tBB ttЕIJIс0PTЕRs
мAINтENAI{сЕ },IA}IUAL МвB - BO r.05
1 Cirс11р
2 PIug
3 O-ring
4 Comprеssion spring
5 Sealing соnе assy
6 Hеx nut
7 Washer
I Guide
9 0-ring
10 Bolt
lL Housing
12 Union nut
Еigure 12-8 High.pressure relief va1vе . сonfi.gurat,ion I (non-adjustable)
5с
1. End сap
2 Piston
3 0-ring
4 Comрression spring
5 Piston
6 Housing
7 Union nut
8 Sеtsсrеw
Еlgure 12-9 High.pressure relief valvе . сonflquration II ( adjustab1е)
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 12
нЕ1IсoPTЕRs
мAINтЕ}IANсЕ !,!ANUAт, },1вв - в0 ],05
L2 - L2 Assembly - high-pressure re1iеf valve
Assemble оonfiрrаtion I relief valve (see fig. 12-8I аs fol].ows:
a. Compress вpring нith a forоe of 100-110 N, If thе сompressed spring

lenфh is betвreеn 24 and 21 .5 пttt' continue to use the spring. Replaсe
it' if it is less thаn 24 пшt long.
b. Wet new O-rings (3 and 91 with lubriсating oil (с!,1 103) .
с. Еit O.ring (9) on guide (s) and then aвsеmble sealing сone (5) as
shown in fig. 12-8.
d. Еit O.ring (3) on plug (2).

e. Instal] sealing сone (5), сompression spзing {4) and P1u9 (2) in
housing (11) and fit сirc}ip (1).
f. Cheсk relief valve fоr leakagе and сorreсt оperatiоn as followsl
1) Blank off ports B, C and D.
2| Apply a Рressure of 25 bar to pоrt A and maintain this Pressure
for at least 5 пinutes. There must bе nо leakage in the area of
P1u9 (2). Replaоe O-ring if leakage oсоuls.
3) open port D and aРPly a Pressule of 10 bar to port A. There must
bе nо oil flow from port D. RepJ.aсe сomрression sрring if oil
f1ow oссurs.
4) Inrrеase pressure tо 10.5 bar. Therе muвt be a stеady flow of oil

from port D. If nоt, inоrеase Рressure until steady flow is
obtained. However, the required pressure must not exсeed 13.5
bar, otherwisе оonpression sрring (4} nust be replaсed.
Z. Asseпble configuration ]I re}ief valve (see fig. L2-9) аs follorvs:
a. liet O-ring with lubricating oil (с!,1 103) and fit it on piston (2|.
b. Тnstall pistоn (5), сomprеssion spring (4) aпd рiston (2) in hоusing
(6) and sсrew end: оaP (1) ln housing to full eхtent.
с. Insрeсt relief valve for leakage as fоllows:
1) Blank off ports B, C and D.
2) Aрply a Pressцre of 25 bаr to port A and maintain this Pressure
for at least 5 тп1nutе. There must be no J.eakagе in the area of
end сap (1). Rep}aсe end сap if leakage oсcurs.
B0 105
сI{APтЕR 12
Page 24
l'lBB }tЕtIсoPTЕRs
!,IAINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAL I{BB . B0 ].05
d. Cheсk relief valve for сorreсt operation as follows:

1) Open рort D and apply a pressure of 11.9 bar to port B. There
must bе no oil tlow frоm port D. Inсrease Pressure to 13 bar and
baсk off end сap until there is a stеady flow of oil from port
D. Rеdцсe Pressurе and then inсrеase it again to сheсk the сraсk
Рressure. Thе relief valve must open at bеtween 12 and ]-3 bar.
2| Slоwly deсrease Pressure again until the valve rеsеats. ]t musс
reseat at between 0 and 1 bar below сraсking pressure.
3) Seсure end сap (1) wlth setsсrerE (s) .
12-13 Installation - hlgh-pressure relief valve
1. Connесt relief vafve (32' fig. 12-II to еlbow fittlngs on hosеs (26 and
2"t\ .
2. Conneсt hose (8) and hosе on oi1 rеsеrvoiт (33) tо rеlief valve.
3. Sеrvlсе o1l reservoir (33) with lubrlcating oiI (сl,I 103) .
4, Blееd rotor brake system as dеsсribed ln para 1.2.5.
5. Install engine соw1ing (refer to сhaрter 22I.
B0 105
сllAPтЕR 12
Daаа ?(
},IBB flЕtIс0PTЕRs
I\,IAINTЕNANсЕ I'IANUAIJ МBB - B0 105
t2-L4 Removаl . master сylinder
1. Remove aссess соver loсatеd below Lhe rotor brakе асtuating systеm on the
right (еxterior) sldе of Lhe fuselage.
Z. Remove lосkwire from banjo bolts (22, fig. 12.1).
Disсonnесt banjo bolts. and remove thеm togethеr with sеaling rings (20)
and banjo fittings (21) with attaсhed hoses (26 and 2'l ). Catсh draining
o11 in suitable сontainеr, but do not reuse lt.
4. Remove plate (23) by removiпg nuts (31) and washеrs (24| and sсrews {28
and 30).
Remove flоor р1ate above сable duсt and loosеn сable duсt as nесessarУ t,o
faсiliflate removal.
Withdraw rotor brake aсtuating system (29) and р1ug opеn ends of hosеs.
Remove attaсhing hardwarе (8, fig. 12.10} thеn rolatе aсtuating rod 45o
and removе attaсhing hardware (i) ,
r'
РrоJвotlng lвngth of thrэad
must not €хсgэd 4mm
1 Bolt, washеr, nutl split pin ? Console

2 Bolt I Bolt, washer, nut, split pin
3 Washer 9 Aсtuating тod
4 Nut 10 Clеvis
5 Мastеr сy1indеr 11 Jamnut
6 Rotor brake handle
Еigurе 12-10 Rotor brake actuat'ing systеm
B0 105
сIIAPтЕR 12
pfп6 J^
},lBв ItЕlтсoPтЕRs
I'{AINтЕNAI{сЕ !,iN{UAI. llBB - в0 105
8. Renovе bolts (2|, washers (3) and nuts {4) and dеtaсh mastеr сylinder (5)
from сonso1e (7).
9, Inspeсt and repair master сylinder per mаnufaсturеr's doсumentatiоn.
12 . 15 Instal}dtion - mаster сvlinder
1. Seсure пaster сylinder {5' fiщre ].2-10) to console (7) using bolts |2|,
washers t3) and nuts (4).
2. }'ttaсh aсtuating rod (9} to mаster сylinder (5) using attaching hardware
{1) . Е.inqеr.tiqht.en nut and seсure with split pin.
3. Attaсh actuating rоd (9) to brake handle (6) with attaсhing hardrgare
(8). no not safety nut.
4. Measure сleranсe bеtween brake handIe (6) and сonsole (]) and:neasure the
tenфh of projeсting piston rod thread. See fig. 12-10 for reguired
dimensions and, if neсessary, adjust as folloltg:
a. Baсk off jamnut (11) on сlevis (10} and remove attaсhlng hardware
(8) .
b. Adjust сlearanсe by turning aсtuating rod (9).

c. Attach aсtuating rod (9) tо brake handle (5) with attaсhing hаrdware
(8). Еinqer.tigГhten nut and safety with split pin.
d. Tighten jamnut (1f1.
5. Plaсe rotor brake aсtuating system (fig. 12-10) in positiоn in сabin.
6. Coпneсt hose ].ines (26 aлd 21 figгure L2.l' to master cylinder using
' (221 and sealing rings (20) .
banjo fittings lzL), banjo bolts
1. Install сablе duсt aвd floor plate.
8. Seсure pJ.ate \23I and rotor brake aсtuating system (29) tо сabin f].oor.
9. Tighten banjo bolts \22) and safety with loсkwire.
10. Repl"enish the resеrvoir t33) with lubricating oil (сM 103).
11. Bleed rotor brake system per Paragraph 12-5.

12, Insta].]. aссess сover on exteriоr side of fuselage.
во 105
сtlAPтЕR 12
peаe ?1 /?B
сНAPTЕR
MAIN RoТoR
sYsTЕM
ЕURoсoРтЕR I\'A|NтENANоЕ [''ANUAL вo 105
t< I'{A]N R0т0R sYsтЕм
Table of Contents
Paragraph Title Pаgr
DЕSсR]PтIoN - I{AIN R0т0R sYsтЕМ 3
IЗ-2 тROUBLESIiooTING . мAIN R0т0R sYsтЕ}I 5
1з.3 INSPЕстION . мAIN R0т0R sYsтЕt'l I
1з.4 BЬADЕ тRAсI{ING - I{AIN R0т0R sYsTЕ!{ 9
13-5 вALANс]NG . l'lAIN R0T0R sYsтЕI{ у
t"l ain.-rotor head 10
1З-7 Removаl . main rotоr hеad 10
1з-B Installation . main тotоr head 11
1? - q
Primary bolts 1з *
x
13-10 Removal - primary bolts 13 *
х
13-11 Inspeсtj.on - primary bolts 13 *
*
73 - 1.2 Disassembly - primary bolts L6A *
x
13-13 Assembly - primary bolts L'7 *
1з.14 Installatiоn . primary bo}ts 1B
1з-15 Seсоndary bolts 18
1? - 1( Removal . seсondarv bo1ts 18
13-17 Insрeсtion . seсondary bolts L'
13 - r.8 Installation - seсondary bolts 19
BO 105
сllAPтЕR ].3
Revision 12 Page 1
ЕURocoPтЕR h,IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
Paragraрh Title Page
13-19 Driving link as sy 2T
13-20 Removal - driving link assy 2T
13-21 Disassembly - driviпg link assy 23
L3-22 Inspeсtion and repair . driving link assy z.L
].з . 23 Assembly - drlving l1nk аssy 32
L3-24 Instaltation - driving link assY 32
13-25 Lubriсation housin 33
L3-26 Disassembly . lФriсatiоn housi.ng JJ
L3 - 2't Inspectton . }ubrication hоusing зз
13-28 Assembly - lubriсatiоn housing 35
в0 105
сHAPтЕR
Page 2
мBB ttЕЬIсoPтЕRs
I'{AINтЕNANсЕ МANUAI l4BB . B0 105
13 . 1 DЕSсRIPтION . РIA]N ROTоR sYsтЕ},I
Thе main rotor system eonsists of main rotor head, maln rotor blades,
rotatlng сontrol rods and drlving 1ink assy.
1. Thе four.armеd maln rotor head (1' figurе 13-1) сonsists mainly of the
rotоr star (6) and four lnner slеevеs (7) inсorporatlng bladе mounting
forks. The main rоtоr head is rigidly attaсhеd to thе rotor mast of the
main transmission with 12 tltanlum studs and speсial nuts (5) .
The j-nner slеeves rotate оn needle bеarings in the rotor arms (figure
13.2) .Thе nеedlе bеarings arе lubriсated r,lith lubrlсating o1l (сI.4 103)
whiсh is supplied from the }ubriсation housing via bores in thе rotor
star.
Control levers (4' figurе 13-1) arе installed on the blade mоuntlng forks
of thе inner sleevеs. Thе rotating сontrol rods (3) are соnneсted to thе
сontrol }evеrs. Thе main rotor b}ades arе atta.сhed by primary and
seсondary bolts (8 and 9). The рrimary bo1ts (8) are hollow to
ассommodate t,he balanсe washers required for main rotor bаlanсlng.
2. Thе drivlng link assy (2) сonsist,s of the mountlng flange, driving J-ink
and fork link, and ensures synсhronous rotation of the main rotor and the
rоtating bеaring ring of the sтash plate.
{ The rotating сontrol rods (з) сonneсt the swash plate to t.he сontrol
1еvers on the bladе mountlng forks and trаnsmit сontrol movements frоm
thе сoсkpit сontro].s tо the main rotor blad'es (refer to сhaptеr 41) .
4. Е'or dеsсription and maintеnanсе instruсtions of main rotor bladеs rеfеr
to сhapter ].4.
B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 1З
}4BB HЕtIс0PTЕRs
}4AINTENANсB MANUAI МBB - B0 105
1 l"lain rotor head Б

v
Qnaп i а.l nllt
vЕvv+9
L Driving llnk assembly 6 Rotor star

J Rotating сОntrol rods 7 Inner sfrеve
.t Control lеver fl Priтnяrrz hn'l t
9 Sесondary bolt'
Мain rotor systеm
B0 105
t1
ц :l1lTч*
€""гoсoрteг I\лAINTЕNANсЕ I'/iANUAL MвB. вo 105
l3-2 TROUBLЕSHOoTING . }4AIN R0т0R sYsTЕ}4
тROUвLЕ sY!,tPтoМ PRoBAвIЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIVЕ AсTION
Traсes of oi1 O-rings of lubri- Reрlасе 0.rings (refer

around |hе cation housing to pаragraphs 13-25
lubr1сation damagеd t.hru 13-2 B )
housing
Sight glass damaged Rep1aсe sight g1ass
(refer to paragraрhs
1з-25 thru 13-2B)
Traсes of oil Sеaling washer of Replace sealinq washer
around thе oil oil dra1n sсrew
drain or vеnt or vent sсrew
sсrews of Еhе damagеd
rotor arns
Oil drain sсrew Torque sсrew (refеr to
or vent sсrew 1oose figцre 1З.2) and sесure
wit,h loсkwire
Traсes of o11 Outer shaft seal Replaсе shaft seal (rе-

on thе blаde moun. dаmagеd fer to RЕM 106)
ting fork оf the
inner sleevе and on Sealing surfaсe on Replaсe neеdle bearing
the bladе fitting neеdle bearing inner ring (refеr to
of the rotor blade inneт ring damaged RЕ},1 10 6 ) *
Shаft seal not Whеn oрerating рredomi-

suitable for thе nantly in low tempera-
ambiеnt temрe- turе environmеnts usе
ratures in whiсh Pеrbunan shaft seals.
lt is usеd When oрerating
predominantly in high
tempеrature environ-
ments use Viton shaft
sеals (aiso refеr to
sr 89) .
O-ring in needle Replaсе O.ring (refer

bеaring inner ring to RЕМ 106)
damaged
Table 13-1 Troublеshooting (1 of 2)
в0 105
сitAPTЕR ]"3
Revision 8 Г)яаa Б
ЕURoоoPTЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ МANUAL Bo 105
NO. тRoUBLЕ sYil,lPToM РRoBABLЕсAUsЕ сoRRЕcтtvE AcтloN
4' Splаshвs of oil on сanoрy lnпer shaft sea| damaged Replaоо shaft sea| (refer to
windows after siarting the RЕM 106)
holiсopter and traсes of oi|
around outer nut
Damagвd sealing surfaоe of ring Rep|aсe ring (refоr to RЕМ 106)
on inner slоeve
oi| dof|оctoг damaged or not Rep|aсe oi| def|eсtor (refer to
installed нЕM .|06 or retrofit pвr SB
10-28)
5. oi| |oss Without aрparsпt Sinklng oil |evеl due to air Sоrviсe with oil (refer to
lвakage esсaping during flights paragraрh 13_3' step 1.)
imrnediatoly foIlowin g sо rviсin g
With n€W oil
|nпer shaft sea| damaged Replaоe shaft sea| and inspвоt
tensioп_torsioп straps for
сondition (relertо RЕM 106)
Damаged sealing surfaсe of ring Rep|aсe ring (refer to RЕM 106)
on inner sleeve
WAвNlNG тНЕ DЕS|GN OF Тl.lE MAIN loтoн вLADЕ |s sUcH THAт DAIиAGE Noт
lMМЕDIATЕLY DЕTЕOтiBLE oN THЕ вLADЕ ЕХтЕнloв WILL вEсotvlЕ
ЕVIDЕNт тHRoUGt.| DlsтlNcт cHANGЕs lN TНЕ вALANOЕ AND TRAOK
BЕHAVIOR oF тl-'lЕ BLADЕ.
6. Vibrations oп the heliсoptвr Deviations of blads traсk Perform tracking
(refer to paragraph 13-4)
Unba|anсe оf maiп rotor systom Balanсe mаin rotor system
(refer to paragraph 13-5)
Roll osсi|lations; separating Remove blade fitting from main
blаde
layer betwвen fitting and rotor b|ade and inspeсt for
щlo] cdmaged оondition, rвfer to сhapter .|4-8
Тable 13.1 Troub|eshooting (2 ot 2)
оНAPТЕR 1з Rovision 17
Page 6
ЕUпUGQРТЕR гv|AlN I ENANUЕ MANUAL HU lUо
13 . 3 INSPЕCTION - }.{AIN R0T0R .,$Y5lT;$]'4,liirii1l,ti.
1. Cheсk oil level. The oil levеl musL.be betweеn thе ''М]N..' and u\4Ax.'.
marks on the oil lеvеl plaсard.
If oil level ls below.t},lIN.'. mark, serviсe with оil as follows:

a. Remоve loсkwirеs and rеmovе vent sсrevls (4, figure ].3-2).
b. Reрlenish with oil (см 103) to the 'l},IAx.'' mark through onе of thе
threadеd holes i"n сover (3) of thе lubriсation housing.
с. Install vent sсrews (4) and sесure wit.h loсkwirе Lо sсrеw (5) and *
to ring nut or сap nut (both 6}l as aрpliсablе.

:
2. Inspeсt area adjaсent to sight glass (2} of lubriсatlon housing fоr
leaking оil and visual сlarity. Presenсe оf oil indiсates damage to
either the sight glass or thе O-rings. Rеmovе damagеd part aссording to
рara t3-25. Clean сontaminated glass with сleaning agеnt (с}4 ?21) or if
g1ass is сlouded, replaсe aссordiпg to para 13-25.
{ Inspeсt sllicone rubber seal on spllt line of соver (3) and loсking nut
(16) for damage. Rеp1aсe damaged seal as follows:
a. Remove seal, using a plastiс or wooden sсraреr.

b. Remove loсking nut (16) and inspeсt for сorrosion; refer to RЕМ 1-06.
с. Install loсking nut (rеfer to RЕI"I 106) and seal spi.it linе with si1l-
сone rubbеr (Cм 612) in aссоrdanсe witlr fig. l3-2,
Inspeсt area adjaсеnt tо sсrews (]. and 9) for leaking oil (sеe fig.
13-2). If leakage is evident, retighten sсrеWs. If oil сontinuеs to 1eak
^
following a ground run' replaсe gaskets.

c,
Chесk outboard area of shaft seal (1z1 for рresenсе of leaking oil (see
fig. 1з.2). If leаkagе is presenLl it i.s сaused either by dаmaEe t,о shaft
seal (l2| inner ring of nееdle bearing (1r1 or O.ring (10} l or by using
' unsuitablе for thе loсal оpеratlпg tеmperatures (rеfеr to
a shaft seal
para 1.3.2). Rep}aсe affесtеd part aссording to RЕМ 106.
6,
Inspесt split linе arеa оf outer nut (13) and blade mounLing fork fоr
leakage (sеe fig. 1з-2) . If leakagе is present,, it is сaused by damage
to shaft ring |.l| ring (8) or deflесtor (15) . Replaсe affeсt'еd part
'
aссording to RЕl"I ].06.
Insрeсt main roiоr hеad fоr meсhaniсal damagе and сorrosion. Polish out'
mесh4niсal.damage and сorrosion with pоlishing сloth 400. Е'or damage
limils refer to RBрl 106.
Bо 105
с}IAPTЕR ]-з
Revislоn ].0 Page 7
Еl,гrlY'L,lU,г l Егl |Yl,.t|]l l Е'll'all\,Е .Yt..tlll,гtL E\., lviJ
\A
109
ГГ.fi;l
DЕтAIL A
0i1
1 Sсrеw
Siqht glass
3 Covеr
.t Vent sсrеw
Sсrеw
*65 Ring nut or
)t
сaр nut
1 Shaft seal
I Ring
9 Sсrеw
1n 0-ring
11 Neеdle bеaring
irlner ring
L2 Shaft sеal
A
1a
l-J Nut
Arеas susсеptible to }eakage L4 Disk
A Siliсone rubber seal (сIt,l 612)
15
16
011 defleсtor
Loсlсing nut
Е'igure 1.3.2 Seсtional vlew . main rotor head

B0 105
сHAPтЕR 13
Page 8 Revision l-0
ЕURocoPтЕR п/IAINтЕNANоЕ MANUAL Bo 1o5
8. lпspect primary bo|ts for рroper seоurity (presenоe of loсkwire and hook spring ring). lf damaged, renr
loсking deviсe. lf |oоking device is missing, сheсk torque of primary bo|t aпd seсure with apprоprЬte toсki,
deviсe.
.t3-5)
9. lf |oсkwashers (.11' fig. are not Used to prevent the seсoпdary bolts from rotatiпg, сheоk integrity of
loсkwires conneсted between the primary and sэсondary bо|ts. Rеp|aсe damaged or missing |oоkwires
(refer to para 13-18).
10' Inspect al| other |oоkwires for integrity' lf |oсkwires аrо damaged or rnissing, cheсk torque of сorresponding
bolts or nuts and instal| new |oсkwire.
11. |nspeоt oil level plaсard and namо рlate (P/N and seria| No.) for legibility and reрlaсe if neсessary.
.l3-.l)
12. lnspосt driving link assy (2' fig. wherevвr possib|e iп iпsta||ed position for meсhaлiсal damage,
сorrosion' damaged surfaсв protoоtioп, and сheсk bearings for play' For damage and repair limits refеr to
paragraph 1ъ22. |f оorrective aоtion is not possible in the insta||ed оondition, remove atfвcted parts of the
assombly and reраir iп aосordаnоe With paragraрhs 1з-19 thru 13-24.
13-4 вLADE тRAсKING - ttлAlN RoтoR sYsTЕПn
WARNING сoNslDЕRABLЕ сHANGЕS lN вLАDЕ TRAсK AFTЕн A FЕW FLIGHт Нouнs

oп тRAоKING PвoвLЕМs WHlоН сANNOт вЕ сoRRЕотЕD IиAY BЕ AN
|ND|сAT|oN oF LAТЕNТ' АND PosslBLY sЕR|ous, ТЕo|-|N|сAL DЕFЕcтs,
WH|сH оAN PosslBLY RЕSULт lN FA|LURЕ oF ТНЕ MAIN пoтotl sYsтЕM'
. lF |FIRЕGULARIт|ЕS oR UNKNOWN PRoвLЕfuls oссUR DUпING вLADF
тRAсKING' сoNsULт ТHЕ ЕсD сUsтoМЕR sЕRVlсЕ PRloR Тo NЕ:
FLlGl-iТ.
1. Blade traсkiпg is perlormed prior to balaпсing the maiп rоtor system and must be performed after repair
or replaоement of the maiп rotor head, main rotor blades, rotating control rods or if severe vibratiоns are
reported by the pilot.
2' For b|ado tracking instructions, refer to оhapter .t06.
13-5 BALANс|NG - MAIN нoтoR sYsтЕtt,l
WARNING сoNslDЕнAвLЕ оHANGES |N вALANoЕ AFтЕн A FЕW FLIGHT HoURs oR

вALANсING РROBLEIiЛS WH|сH сANNOт вЕ сoRпЕcтЕD MAY вЕ AN
lND|сAтloN oF LАтЕNт' AND PosslвLY sЕRlous, ТЕсHN!сAL DЕFЕоТs,
Wl-,|lсH сAN Poss|вLY RЕSULт |N FAILURE oF т|.lЕ MAIN Roтoн sYsТЕМ.
lF No t\,loпЕ BALANоE WЕlGHтs сAN BЕ lNsЕRтЕD |NTo тНE MAIN BoLТ
тo ЕLIМ|NAтЕ UNвALANoE, тI.tls tиAY ALso BЕ AN |NDlоAт|oN oF A
sЕRlous ТЕсHNlсAL DЕFЕcт.
tF lRнЕGULAR|тIЕS oR UNKNoWN PнoвLЕMs oссUR DUнlNG
вALANс|NG. оoNsULт тHЕ ЕсD сUsтoMЕFl sЕRv|оЕ PR|OR тo NЕXт
FLIGHT.
l. Bа|anсing ot the main rotor system sha|l be performed after b|ade traсking.
2. For blade balanсing instruсtions, refer to оhapter 106.
Revision 17 сHAPтЕR 1з
Page 9
ЕURoсoPтЕR fu|AlNтЕNANсЕ II,|ANUAL Bo 105
1з-6 Мain ЕoЕor head

13 - ? Removal - main rotor head
Sрeсial tools:
Hoisting dеviсe 105-14101 W5 or L12L-L41'02 W1 оr 117 Wз
Conneсting pins (four) Too} no. 27 (105.14102 !,l2). Refеr to сhapter 04
or blade folding bolts
1. Removе main rotor blades; refer t,o сhapter 14.
2, Prevent iпner sleеves from rotаtlng by rigid1y fixing thепt w1th

сonneсting pins, tool no. 2? (P/N 105-14102 I.l2) or blade foldiпg bolts'
and rrmоvе rotating сontrol rods аs outlined in сhаpter 41.
3. Remove driving link assy; rеfеr to paragraph 13-20.

ц. Attaсh сrаne hоok t,o main rotor head (3) by пеans of hoisting deviсe
11? W3 (1) оr hoist,ing deviсe 105.t4101 145 or 112]..14102 !{1 (2) as shown
in fig. l.3.3, оr at.taсh hоok dirесtly to ring nut (11) on main rоtor
head.
5. Removе loсkvlires from speсiаl nuts |6I

' remove speсial nцts and
wаshers (7).
5A. Inspeсt, washеrs t1| for сorroslon. Replaсe сorrodеd washеrs with nеw
ones.
сAUтIоN !{llЕN LIE'TING THЕ IIAIN RотoR llЕAD' BUsilINGs (8}

мAY Е'Att оUт д}{D BE DA!4AGЕD. RЕтAINЕR (5) },lAY
sтIсK IN ll{Е RоToR HЕAD AND тЕAR 0Е'Е,' ItIRING 0E,
}4Asт l40I'{ЕNт sYsтЕljl.
6. Carefully lift maln rоtor head. Takе сare t,hat ret'ainer (5) rеmains on
rotor mast and |hat' st.uds t10) are not dапragеd during }ifting proсedure.
1. Proteсt stцds (10) wit,h сaps and сarefully рut down main rotor head.
8. Removе bushings (8) from rotor mast (9) and insрeсt, as follows:
a. Insрeсt inner surfaсe (borе) of bushings for meсhaniсal daпage.

Polish ouL damаge using Роlishing сloth 400.
b. Insресt oцter diameter аnd. end faсes of bushings for damаgеd silver
plat j.ng.
Damage is pеrmissible,рrovided the silver рlating is not шorn doъln
t'o the base materlal and еase of instаl}ation of the bushing is not
impaired.
lr g. Inspeсt end faсеs of bushiпgs for deformаtion. If deformation is
* gvident, сonsцlt ЕCD Customer Serviсe for adviсe on how to proсeed,
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 1з
Page L0 Revision 14
EURoсoPтЕR П;|AINTЕNANсЕ [''ANUAL Bo 105
: .;., ,:,;. li;rilif: . -;:i:1iiil
9. Rеmove silver shim (4} and insРёсt fоr сraсks, other meсhaпiсal damage
аnd сorrosi.on. Disсаrd lf neсessary.
10. Remove sealing сompouпd from fIange of rotor mast (9) аnd from main rotor
heаd usiпg a plasbtс sсraPer or an equivаlenL tool.
].].. Clean mаin rolor head wlth dry сleaning solvent (сI'{ 202) .
12. After remоving main rotor heаd1 lnspесt, undеrside оf rotor mast flаnge
for сrасks and соrrosion per сhaрter 11' рaragraрh 11-3.
BO 105
сltAPTЕR 13
Revision 14 Page 10A/B
ЕL,r\,v\Jг | Еп lvI,1l.l l l-ltrtrl\Jl. .lln.tчпЬ Еv lUl,
13 . 8 Installation - maln rоtоr heаd
Speсial toоls:
HoisЕing dеvlсе 105.14].01 W5 or 1121.14102 !'l]. or hoisting deviсe 117 W3
Еxtrасtоr, соmprising houstng CG 500.2 and сollet сG 500.60, пtanufaсturеd by:
Snap 0n Too1 GmbH, Rudolf-Diеsel.Str. 6 or SNAP.oN T00L сORPORATION ?t
D 'l4182 Obersulm, VI-GERI4ANY t(ЕNDsltA' WISсONSIN WI 53140, UsA *

:t
l0
I Buзhlngs fоr lnstаllat|on
оf maln rotor hoad
I
6
Аttaсhm6nt llаngo for
dl|vlng ||nk aвsy
1002t1.,r
]. Hoisting deviсe l_l_7 v'I3 4 Silver shim B Bushing

2 Hoisting deviсe 105-r.4101 l/'is 5 Rеtainer 9 F.oLor mast
or 1121-14102 W1 6 Speсlal nut 10 Stud
З Main rotor head 7 Washеr 11 Ring nut or *
сap nut' x
*
Е'igure 1.3.3 Removal and instаllation - main rotor heаd

B0 105
сIiAPTER 13
Revision 10 Page 11"
ЕURoсoPТЕR I\J{A|NTЕNANсЕ п'ANUAL вo 105
1. Attaсh сrane hook tо main rotor head (3) by mеans of holsting dеvlсe 1't ?
W3 (1) or hоisting deviсe 105-1410]. W5 оr 1]-21.14102 W1 (2) as shown 1n
fig. 13.3, or direсtly to rlng nut (11), and raise main rotor head.
N0TЕ Step 2. shal} be omitted if the main rotоr hеad has

x-_ been rеpaired or lf a periodiсa] insрeоt'ion реr RЕM 106
has beеn реrformed.
2. Apрly gleasr (сl4 101 or CМ 120) tо соllеt CG 500-60, attaсh сo]]et
togethеr wlih housing CG 500.2 bo stud and сhесk torque (60 шm1 of all
st,uds in turn. '
Degrеasе f1angе faсеs оf rоtor mast t9}, main rоtоr head (3) and silver
shim i4) if same shlm is being rеusеd, using mеthyl еthyl kеi-onе (cg 21.|)
or aсetone (С}a 203).
4. Pоsi|ion si1vеr shim (4) on thе rotоr mast (9) аnd. sесure in p1aсe wit'h
t.hreе еvеnly spaсеd bushings (8) as shown in fig. 1з-3.
N0TЕ Мake surе that the retainer used is сorreсt fоr

maln rоtoт hеad typе; rеfer t,o figurе 13.4.
q
Poslt.ion maln rotor hеad оn flange of rotor mast, so that roсor arm
llNo. 3tl is loсated abоvе thе at'taсhmеnt f 1angе for
thе driving link
1ssy. When putting down thе main rotоr hеad, take сare t'o prеilude
damagе to studs (10, figure 13.з) and сanting of t.hе пiain iot'or hеad.
and rеLainеr (5).
6. Apрly greasе (сI4 102) to threads of studs |4, figure 13.4) and сont.aсt
surfасеs of spесia} nuts (7) .
x NOTЕ Only lnstal.]. lтashers (6) that arе not сorrodеd (also rеfеr to
x*- I3..l I stер 5A) .
]. Insеrt. bushings {5)' рlaсe washеrs (6) on bushings (5) with thе гoundеd
sidе рointlng Еowards t.hе rotor mast. flange and instal] spесial nuts (1t
on studs (4). Hand-tighten nuts.
8. Proteсt rot,or mast around' flangе with adhеslve tape t'o avоid damaglng the
rotor mast, wit.h the t.orquе wrenсh when tightening the speсia1 nuts. -
9. Using torque wrenсh, tighten diamеtriсa1ly opрositе spесla1 nuts (?)
in inсrements unt,i] spесified torquе is rеaсhed.
10. Rеmоve adhesive taрe from rotоr mast.
11. Sесurе eaсh speсial nut (7) t'o adjaсеnt st,ud (4) with }осkwire (refer to
f1gure 13-4) . Bend loсkwirе end to prevent thе drlving link assy from
being damagеd.
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 1З
Pagе 12 Rеvision B
ЕuRoсoPтЕR IиAINТЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
12. Degrеase split llne arеa of main'rоtor head and rotor mast with aсеtonе
(сI'{ 203) .
13. Wrap adhesivе taрe around main rоtor head and rоtor mast flange on an
area 5 mm around еaсh sidе of split line '
14. Seal split line аrеa with siliсonе rubbеr (с}4 612) (refer to figure
13.4). Allow siliсone rubbеr to сure for aррroхimate1y 10 minutes and
rеmove adhesivе tapе.
15. Instаll driving iink assy. Refer to paragrарh 13-24.

16. Install rоt,ating сontrol rods. Rеfеr to сhaрtеr 4L,
17. Remove сonnесting рins, too} no. 27 (105-14102 W2) or blade fоlding
bolts.
18' ]nstаll main rotоr blades. Refer to сhaрtеr ]"4.
19. Pеrform tracking and balanсing of main rotor systеm (rеfer to сhapt.er
106) after repalr or replaсеmеnt of main rоt.or head.
B0 105
сttAPтЕR 13
Revision 10 Page 12A
ЕURoсoPтЕR MAINтЕNANсЕ h,!ANUAL Bo 105
Sl||сons rubber (CM 612)
Е Е.FЕсT TvI тY
A мuin rоtor
zfl P/N 105-14101
hеad
з only
5
o
7 -l 152-168 Nm I
vlЕW A
Si|loonо rubbвr (Ctv| B12)
Е E'E'Ест I vт тY
эfi 2\ вrr main rotor

heads exсept fоr
4
P/N 105-14101
,@дil
э
o
^_. 2]. Мain

д\
rotor
Retainеr
hеad 5
G
Bushing
Washеr
З Silver shim 't Qnдn i a.l nlli
4 Stud a
п Rоtor mast
/^\ J
^ Rеtainer
Еigure 1.3.4 Attaсhment and sеalingг . main rоLor heаd
B0 105
C}IAPTЕR 13
ЕURoсoPгЕR мAINтЕNANOЕ мANUAL вo 105
13-9 Primary bolt,s
].з - 10 Removal - primary bolts

1. Idеntify primary bolt with its сorresponding rotor arm.
2. Remove loсkшirе and hook sprlng rlng (]', figure 1з-5).
NOTЕ Step 3. is nоt applicablе if loсkv*asher (]-1) has been

instаl}ed.
3. Removе loсkwirе (12) сonneсt1ng pr1mary t,o sеcondary bolt.
4. If installed, remove attaching hardware (L4, L-!,1S). If the rotor blade *
is to be rеnovеd, attaсhing hardwarе (5, 6| 9' fig. 13-5A) on angle *
brасket (?) of main rotor head (8) must be removеd as wе11. *
5. Rеmovеsрeсial nut |2 ot 9' fig. 13-5) and remove primary bolt |"7, 8 or *
13), whi1e supporting blade at tip to remove vleight of bladе.

6. C1ean primary bolt with dry сleaning solvеnt (сI'{ 202) .
1з . 1]. Inspeсtion . рrimary bolts
N0тЕ If a damagеd рrimary bo].t is rеplaсed by one of the same

соnfigurаtion, the bа]anсe washer assembly of the dаmaged
рrimary bolt, саn be reused.
1. Inspect ni|rided bolts for сraсks' meсhaniсаl and сorrosion damаge.

a. Polish out meсhaniсal аnd соrrosion damage оn bolt shank wlth
polishlng е1oth 600.
PеrmissiЬle minimum diamеtеr is 37.92 пun in ]oсal tsЕeES; but not over
the entire shank length.
Rеvтor}t is permi'ssiblе at three сorroslon spots distтibut,еd ovеr
aрproximately 1.00 mm2 and еaсh having a surfaсе area of 4 mm2.
}4lnimuп distanсe of groups of сorrosion spots from one another must,
be 30 mm.
b. Dlsсard bolts if threads are deformеd or brokеn in ihe area whiсh is

сovered by the nut.
с. Perfоrm magnetiс partiсle inspесt,iоn per },lIl.sTD-].949 or penetrant
inspectiоn pеr МII,.STD-6866. Disсard bolL if сraсks are evident.
B0 105
сI{APтЕR ].з
Rеvision ].0 Page 13
ЕUЕOсoPтER ]I.|AINтЕNANсЕ ]I'ANUAL вo 105
zfl
.t
Configuratioп I
Configurat,iоn II
Configuratiоn II with bonding jumper
I,oсking featurе т (loсkwаsher (11} )
Loсking feаture ТI (loсkwire {12} attaсhment to рrimary bolt,)
Installed оnly in сопblnatj.on чith loсking fеatuтe II (lосkvlire}
]nstalled in plaсe of sесondary bolts if blade folding system is being
used
1 spring ring 7 Primary bolt A rз Primary bolt

A 23 Speсlal
Hook
nut I Primary bolt 1'4 Sсrew
Split рin 9 Spесia1 nut 15 AngJ.e braсket
4Nut* 10 16
A 56 Wаsher
Sесondary bolt
*
]-1
Lосking
assembJ.y
],oсkwasher
lever
11
18
Clamp
Washer
Nut
L2 toсkwlre 19 Bonding jumper
E'iщre 13-5 Renоval and installation . primary and seсondary bolts
в0 105
с}IAРTЕR 1з
Page 14 Revision L2
ЕURoсoPтЕR I'A|NтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL вo 105
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
t
*
*
*
*
*
.*
*
*
It
*
*
x
x
1 Clamp
2 Bonding jшmper
3 Anglе braсket
4 Primary bolt
5 Sсrew
6 Washеr
7 Ang1e brасket
B Мain rоtor head
9 Nut
10 Sсrew
1.1 Washer
12 Split pin
L3 Nut,
A ьength from edge of сlamp to сenter of lug tеrminal on main rotor hеad
shall be 130 t5 mm. Еnsure thаt whit,e marking on bonding jumper (2) is
undеrneath сlamp (1).
Еlg:re 13-5A Removal and lnslallation . bonding jumper
BO 105
сltAPтЕR ].3
Rеvision ].0 Page 15
ЕURoG10РтЕR i'AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL во 105
4. Inspeсt niсkel-plated bolts for сraсks, meсhaniсаl dапage and damage to

niсkel р1ate.
a. meehaniсal dаmage to bolt shank whiсh does not affeсt easе of
1,11nоr
installation (bolts must be easy t,o insert by hаnd through flange
bushings of blade mounting fork) is permissible.
b. Remove moЕe severe meсhaпiсal. damagе (e.g. sсrat,ch ridgеs, raisеd
mаterial around niсks} wh1сh affeсt,s ease of insta].tation, r*ith
pоlishing сlot'h, providеd the niсkel plаting is not worn down to the
bаse matеrlal.
e' If niсkel plating is to the base mаt,er1al., the bo]t тnust
worn down
not be reused. It be rеturned to the manufaсtцrеr (ЕсD) for
may
assessment of damаge, as replatj.ng is possibJ.e within сert'ain damage
limits
d. Replaсе bo]t if thrеads are dеformed or broken in t,he area whiсh is
сovеred by thе mating nut, in itв end position adjaсent to bolt shank.
e. Perform magnetiс partiсle inspесtion per МIL.STD.].949 or penetrant
inspeсtion per I.!IL-STD-6866. Disсard bolt if сracks arе evident.
Inspeсt primary bolt сoated with solid film lubriсant (P/N 105.14101.10)
* for сraсks, meсhaniсal dаmagе and сondit,ion of solid film lubriсant сoat.
*
* N0TЕ When the penеtrant mеthod of сraсk inspeсtion is used, the solid
* film 1ubriсant сoat mцst be removed сompletely from the bolt.
* If the solid film lubrj.сant coat is to be retained, lt is
х preferable tо usё the magnetiс partiсle method.
x
*
a. Pеrform сraсk lnsрeсtiоn using the magnеtiс partiсle method per MIL.
*
sтD.1949 or penetrаnt net'hod реr !4IЬ.STD.6866, as apрlicable. Discard
x сraсked bolt's
т
x b. !,Ieсhaniсal damage suсh as individual sсores' niсks and sсrаtсhes
* whiсh еxtend through the solid film lubriсant, сoаt аnd penetrate the
!t
base met,al shall be po}ished out using 400 grit аbrasivЬ сloth.
tr
x с. Replaсe bоlts if threads are deformed or broken in the area whiсh is

*
сovered by thе mating nut in j.ts end рositi.on adjaсent to bo1t shank.
*
*
d. Thе solid film lubriсant сoat may be worn down to the base metal
*
of the bolt оn thе entire сoated surfaсe. Polish out sсores, niсks
* аnd sсratсhes in thе solid film lцbriсant сoat using 400 grit
* abrasive сloth.
* The diameter of the bоlt shank shall not bе lеss than 3?.955 mm.
B0 105
сHAPтЕR ].3
Page L6 Revision 12
ЕURoсoPтЕR ]',AINтЕNANсЕ lvtANUAL Bo 105
]"3 - 12 Disassembly - priпary bolt's

1. Disassemble pr1mary bolt (1' figure 13-6) (сonfiguration I) as fo].lows:
a. Rеmove сap sсrew (4).

b. Remove сompression spring (3) l and washers (2)
' if instaliеd, from
primary bolt (1).
с. Tiе up washers (2) in bundlеs, identify them vqith their соrresponding
prinary bo1t and stоre them for reinstallation.
2, Disassemble primаrybolt {?) (сonfiguration I1) as follows:
a. Renove split pin (5), nut (6), sсretv (11) and сover (10).
If сonfiguratiоn II with bоnding jumрer, a1so remove angle braсket
(12) and washer (131.
b. Rеmove сomprеssion spring (B} and washers (9) from primary bolt t?).
с. Tiе up washers (9) 1n bundlеs, idеntify them with thеir
оorresponding primaтy bolt and stoтe thеm for reinstal}ation.
вo ].05
сHAPTЕR 13
Rеvision 12 Page 1'6A/Ц
ЕURoоoPтЕR п'A|NтENANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
Configuration I Configuration IL
# Iё_
Ei[]- 4 | з.оNm |Q -5 Ф- u@
Aф-'.
ф-;
ll
ф
Il-
,-ГJ
.ф \
Ы
A
Еl
н
$=
ф-
Д-
A Configuration I1 with bonding jumper
1 Primary bolt 7 Primary bolt
2 Washers {balanсe washers) 8 Cопpresslon sprlng
З Compression spring 9 Washers (balanсе washers)
4 Cap sсrew ].0 Covеr
5 Split рln 11 Sсrew
6 Nut L2 Angle braсket
1з Washer
Eigure 13-6 Disassembly and assеmbly . рrimary bolts
13 - 13 Assembly - primary bolts

1. Assеmble сonfigurаtion I primary bolt (1, figurе 13-6) as follows:
a. Insert wаshers (2' and сompression spring (з) into primаry bolt (1)
b. Install and tighten сaР sсrew (4).

2, Assеmble сonfiguration II primary bolt (7) as follows:
a. Insert sсrеvl (11'}, сove! (10}, washers (9), and сomрrеssion spring
(8) intо primary bolt (7).
B0 105
сI{APтЕR 13
Revision L0 Page L?
guвoсoрТвп II,A|NтЕNANоЕ II,ANUAL вo 105
b. If сonfiguration II with bonding jumper, install washer (13) and

1ngle braсket (I2| on end of sсrew (1].).
с. Instal} nut {6) and tight'en and seсure it with sp]it pin (5).
13 - 14 Installation - primary bolts
N0тЕ The tvlo opposite primary bolt's must be of the sаme

соnfiguratiоn.
Speсial tools:
Torque wrеnсh 105.1з101 W8 or 105-13101 W1
1. Apply grease (CI'{ 101, сl,t 102 оr CМ l.20}, corrosion preventive сompound
* (см 505} or lubricant (см 146) to primary bo1t (?,8 or ].3, figure 13.5)
* whiсh are not сoated with solid film Iubrlсant.
2. lf installlng a bolt сoated with solid film lubriсant', degrease bolt and
mating borеs in blаde fork аnd blade fitting, using dry сlеaning solvent
* {см 2a2|| and dry install bolt. Apply lubrj.сant (см 146) to previously
* i-nstalled bolt сoatеd with soIid film lubriсant.
з. Before installing t,he primary bolt in the blade nounting fork with the
сorresроnding тпаrking, unload the main rotor blade by lifting its t,ip and
then positloning it so that, thе mating bores in the blade fork and bladе
fitt'1ng align. Insеrt primаry bolt withоut applying fоrсe and ртess in by
hand until i.t abuts
4. ]nstall speсial nut (2 ax 9)' t'ighten with speсified torque value and
serure it with hook spring rj.ng (1). Addit,lonally seсure speсial nut (9)
to primary bolt (8) using loсkwire. ]f loсking feat,urе I1 is used to
seсure the seсondary' bolt, wire-lock seсoпdary bolt to primary bolt (see
fig. 13-?, 2 of 2).
5. If сonfiguration II l,titi} bonding jumper, attaсh bonding jumpеr (].9, fig.
13.5) to angle braсket (15}, using сlamP {16) and attaсhing hаrdware |L4,
],? and 18). Еor оlamp orientation, see fig. 13.5A.
If the rotor blade wаs removеd, bonding jumper |2, t.ig. 13-5A) must also
bе аttaсhed to anglе braсket (?) of main rotоr head (8). Then meаsule
сontinuity resistanсe (rеfer to сhapter 14-4).
13-15 Seсondаry bo1ts

13 . 16 Remova] . sеeondary bоtts
:
1. With bott loсking feаture I (fig. 13.?, 1 of 2):

Remоve split pin (3' fig. 13-5} and nut (4}, and withdraw sесondary bolt
(6) and loсkr+asher (11) while at the same time suрporting blade at t,ip to
remove weiqht of b1ade.
в0 105
с}IAPтЕR 13
ЕURoсoPтER [\4A|NтЕNANсE ]'ЛANUAL Bo 105
2. With bo].i loсhing feаture II (figure Iз."|

| 2 of 2)
.Remove
loсkwirе (12. figure 13-5), split pin (l), nut (4) and hrasher (5),
:
and withdraw sесondary bo1t (6) while at the same timе suррortinq b1ade
at the tip to rешove weight of bladе.
13 . 1? Inspесtion - seсondary bolts

1. Inspeсt nltrided bolts in aссordance with paragrаph ].3-11, steр 1.
рermissib1е dlameter of seсondary bolt is 17.93 mm in loсal areаs
l"linimum
but not over t,he entire shank length.
Z, Inspeсt niсkel.plated bolt ln aссordanсe with paragraph 1з.11, steр 2.
Inspeсt soljd filп lubriсаnt-coаted sесоndаry bolts (P/N 105.14707.71 or
P/N 105.14101.111) for сraсks, meсhaniсal damage.and сondition of the *
solid film lubriсant сoat. *

*
NOTE When the penetrant mеthod of сraсk inspесtlon is used' the solid *
film lцbriсant сoat must bе removed сompletely from thе bolt. x

1f thе solid fj-lm lubrlсant сoаt is Еo be rеtained' it is I
prеfеmb].s to use the magnеtiс partiсte method.

tr
a. Perform сraсk insрeсtion using thе magnetj.с partiсle method per MIL- *
sтD.1949 or penetrant method per МIL.STD.6B66, as аpp1iсable. Disсard rk
сraсkеd bo]"ts. *
)t
b. I'{есhaniсa] damage suсhas individual sсoresI niсks or sсratсhеs *

whiсh extеnd through the solid fiIm lubriсant сoat аnd penetrаtе thе x
base mеtаl shall be polished out using 400 grit abrasive сtoth. *
*
с. Replaсe bolts 1f threads are deformed or broken in thе area whiсh *
is сovered by the matlng nut in its end position adjaсеnt to bolt
shank. *
*
d. The solid film lцbriсant соat пay be worn down to the base meta] of *
t.he bolt on thе entire сoated surfaсe. Po]ish out Ьсores, niсks *
and sстat,сhes 1n the solid fiIп lubriсant сoat using 400 grit *
abrasive сloth. *
The diametеr of the bolt shаnk shall not bе less than 1?.965 mm. *
1з.18 Insta1lation - seсondary bolts

N0тЕ o I'{ake sure that the сorreсt еombination of сast1е nut аnd sесondarv
bolt is installed (also refer to IPC).
Loсking lеver assembly (10' figure 13.5) may be installed in plaсе x
of sесondary bоlts (6). Е.оr inst,allat,ion of loсking lever assеmbly, *
refer to сhapter 854.
t'lake sure that either all bolts or oppositе bolts are of thе samе
соnfiguration.
в0 105
снAPTЕR 1з
Revlsion 1"2 Page J.9
ЕURoсoPТЕR ]''AINТENANоЕ il,lANUAL вo 105
1 Apрly grease (сl4 101' см 102 or СI"1 120) or сorrosiоn prеventive сompound
(сi'{ 505} оr lubriсant (см 146) to seсondary bolts (6) whiсh аre not
* сoated with solid fi]m ].ubrieant.
*
* 2. If a new seсondary bоlt сoated with solid film lubriсant is to be
* installed, it must be degreased together with its пating bores in lhe
x blade fork and bladе fitting, using dry сleaning so1vепt (C},l 202), and
* then dry instal].ed. Aррly lubriсant (сt'{ 146} to prev1ously installed
* bolts сoated with solid film lubriеant.
Е'igure 1.3-7 (1 of 2) Anti-rotational loсking of secondary bolt using

loсkwasher (loсking featurе I)
з. Whеn using loсking featurе I (fig. 1.3-?, I of 2|, insta1l seсondary boit
as follovrs:
a. Takе uр weight of b1аdе by rаlsing it' at Lhe tip, and adjust blade
positiоn so that mating bores in blade fork and bladе fitting align.
Insert seсondary bо1t t'ogethеr r+ith loсkwasher withoцt, using forсe
and рrеss in by hand unt,il it аbuts.
b. Sсrew nut |4' figure J'3.5} on sесondary bolt (6) until lt just,
сontaсts the flаnge of the bushing. Baсk off nut by З0o to 60o from
t'his posit'ion sо that spllt pin сan bе inserted. Sесure nut with
sрlit pin (3} .
4. When using loсking feature II (fig. 13.7, 2 af 2I, insta]l seсondary bolt
as follows:
a. Take up welght of blade by raising it at, the tip, and adjust blade
рosition sо thai mating bores ln bladе fork and blade fitting align.
]nsеrt seсondary bolt without using forсe and press in by nаno uniit
it abuts.
b. Sсrеw nut (4' figure ].3.5} togеlher with washer (5) on seсondary bolt
(6) until
washer and nut just сontaсt. the fJ.ange of the bushing. Baсk
off nut, by 30o to 600 from this posit,ion so that split pin сan be
insеrted. Sесure nut with split pin (3).
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 13
Page 20 Rеvisiоn 12
ЕURoGoPтЕR I',A|NтENANGЕ I\4ANUAL вo 105
с. Loсk seсondary boltв.:аs :folt:d$t6';{sgpri,1fii$. ].3.7, 2 ot. 2} ,
1) If primary bo}ts (Cоnfiguration I} are installеd; turn seсondary

bolt so that the head of thе split pin points towards the primary
bolt. Instаll loсkwire (0.8 mm) between heаd оf split pin and
that borеhole in t,hе outermоst end of the primary bolt whiсh ls
loсated nеarest to thе seсondary bolt'.
2t If рrimary bolts {Configuration I]) are insta11еd., t,urn seсondary
bо1t so that' the head of the split pin in the сastlе nut on the
seсondary bolt points towards thе mainbolt. Тnstall lосkwire
t0.8 mm) through head of split pin and sесure to the nearеst holе
in the nut of the primary bolt.
Cоnfiguration ] Confiquration lI
Eigure 13-7 12 ot 2) An|l.rotational loсking of seсondary bolt using

loсkwirе (lосking feature II)
13-19 Driving link assy

13 - 20 - driving link assy
Removal
1. Tf сonfiguratiоn I swash рlate is lnstalted (see fig. 13-8) rеmove

driving link аssy (5) as follows: '
a. Rеmove sp}it pin (8), nut (7) and washer (6)
b. Remove sрllt pins (4't nuts (3), vlashers |2) and heх. bolts (1) and
' (5)
detaсh driving tink assy .
B0 105
сI{APтЕR 1З
Рage 21
ЕUнoсOPтER I\IIA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
з*f4--7
4'
* 1
tщ
'
сJ N\-4a7
-ъ-./
с.l
(rl
rг
At.-
Q
Configuration I A
Configuratiоn Ir A
1 00620.1
-'u-f@
/A Configuration r: Driving link assy attaсhed to swash рlatе with bolt (12) .
/A Cоnflgurat'ion ]]: Drivj-ng llnk assy att'aсhеd to swash рlatе with

bо1t' (14)
* /3\ Еor apрllсаtlon, rеfеr t,o IPC.
1 }lеx. bolL Nut, i3 Wаshрrs /instа1led
Ai
v
nnlrr jf
\д.t99g
L Washеr Sрlit' pin vrlдJдlд91Чдtvц/ rогrllirarli

Nut ${оunLing flangе 14 Bоlt
a Sрlit pin 1n Driving link 15 Sсrеw
Driving link
- A; assy Еork ]ink Rotоr mast flangе
tt
16
Washеr LZ Bolt L't Bushing
* L8 Мounting flange
)t
Еigure 13-B Removal and lnstallation - driving link assembly
B0 105
с}IAPTER 13
Paqe 22 Revision L0
ЕURoсoPтЕR п'AINтЕNANсE MANUAL вo 105
2. If сonflguтation II swashplat,e .is installеd (see flg. 13.8) | rlmove

drivlng link assy (5) as follovcs:
a. Remove lосkwire from sсrews (15).
b. Remove sсrеWs (].5), bolt (14) and, if installed washers (13} .
с. Remove split pins (4), nuts (3), washers (2) and heх. bo1ts (1), and
dеtaсh driving link assy (5).
1З . 21 Dlsassembly . driving link assy
1. Disassemble driving link assy per figure 13-9.
2. Clеan driving link assy with dry сIeaning so]vent (сl'{ 202) .
400504
,(
Л\ Еor aрpliсation, rеfer to IPс tr

x
1 Split pin 5 Е'ltted bоlt

Z Nut 6 lt]asher
Ai Driving link
Washer 'l
Мounting flange !'ork link x
A3 l,lounting flange *
*
Figure 13-9 Disassembly and assembly - drlving link assy
B0 105
сHAPтER 13
Revision 10 Page 23
ЕURoGoPтЕR IиNNтENANоЕ lvlANUAL Bo 105
L3 - 22 Insресt.iоn and rерair . driving link assy
Speсial too]s:
Мllllng сuttеr 105-13141 Wз
Staking tool 105-13141 }{5
Staklng tool retainer 105-40001 W1
Mountlng tool kit, Too1 nо. 2 (105.13221 W1) . Rеfеr to сhaрter 04
Drift Too1 nо. 3 (105-13241 W1). Rеfer to сhaрter 04
.l Tncnaл{- j nп
mаllnl. jrrY €.l эnлa lА ftfYuдЕ
i пrrra .LJ-Jl
1 ?-al
J. lrlJуЕuu rttvцrrL дro]rYЕ \a,
.
.
a. Vlsually inspeсt mountlng flange fоr сraсks, deformation, meсhaniсаi

dаmage, сolrosiоn and damaged.surfaсe protесtiоn.
1) Reрlaсe if therе arе signs сraсks or defоrmation.

2) Polisir оut сlamagе wj.thln реrmissiblе limits stated in f igure
13-11 arld final polish with pоlishing сloth 400.
3) Touсh uр damagеd surfaсе рroteсtion with zinс сhromatе рrimer

(Clt{ 456) and single.layer laсquer (сM 402) .
b. If bоrеs in mоunting flangе shоlя signs оf wear, оr havе beеn rewоr-

ked, сhесk bore dimеnsions. F'or maхlmum perrnissible borе diameters,
refer to figurе 1З.11
с. Cheсk floatlng bushing in boreholе of mоunting flange for frеe

пtovement. If floating bushing ls jammеd, рroсeed as fo].lows:
1) Press out bushlng with drift toо1 No. 3 (105-13241 W1).
2) Inspесt borеs in mount,lng flange аnd fork link for meсhaniсal

dantage arrd сorrоslon. Polish оut damagе with pollshinq сlot'h
400. Мaximum borе diamеter of 12.03 тnm may bе ехсeedrd by 0.0]. rг.rn
on one quartеr of t'hе bore сlrсumfеrеnсе.
3) Insрeсt outer diamеtеr of bushiirg for сorrosi.оn. Polish оut

еorrosion wit-h рo1rshlng сiot.h 400' Outеr diamet,еr of busiring
rnust not be less than 11.99 mm.
4) Coat bushing witrr сorrosion preventive рastе (с}4 510) and instа]1
by hand,
2. Inspесt fork link {8, figure 13-9):
a. Cheсk fоrk link in aссordanсе wj'th stеps 1.a and 1.b. Sее fig. 13-13
for damagе and repair limits
b. Chесk sрheriсal bеaring for play, binding and сorтosion.
Rеplaсe spheriсal bearing per stеp 5., if bеaring is damagеd, blnds
or if рlay is unассeptable. Pеrmissiblе radia] p1ay is 0.1 mm.
B0 105
сitAPтЕR 1з
Page 24
!.188 }IЕT.гI.с0P'тЕRs.
},lA]NтЕNA}iсЕ мANUAL Iv1BB - B0 105
с. Inspeсt flanged bushing for mесhaniсal damagе and сOrrosion. Polish

out damage vlith polishing сloth. Maximum peimissible bore d.iameter is
7.94 mm. Rеplaсe bushing рer step 6. if out of dimensiоn.
3. Inspeсt driving link (,1, figurе 13-9):
a. rnsрeсt driving liпk iп aссordanсe with steр 1.a. See fig. 13-1"2 tor
damage and reрair limits.
b. Insрeсt deep groove ball bеaring for play, roughness and signs of
corrоsion. Rерlaсe deep groove ball bearing per stеp ? . if any suсh
damagе is еvident.
4. Tnspeсt fittеd bo]ts (5, figure 13.9) for сraсks and meсhaniсal damagе.
a. to bolt shank whlсh does not affесt easе of

},Iinor meсhaniсal damage
installation (bolts must be easy to lnsert by hand through bushings
of fоrk ]ink) are pеrmissible.
b. Remove morе sеvere meсhaniсal damage (e.g. sсrat.сh ridges, raisеd
matеrial around niсks) whiсh affeсts ease of lnsta1lation, using
' thе niсkel pJ.ating is not worn down to the
polishlng сloth, provided
base material.
с. Disсard bolt if niсkel plating is worn down to base material.
d. Disсard bolt if thrеads are dеformed or brokеn in the area сovered bv
the nut.
e. Perfоrm magnetiс partiсle lnspeсtion per МIL-STD-I949 or penetrant
inspeсtiоn per l4IL.sтD-6866. Disсard flttеd bolt if сraсks are
evident.
5. Replaсe spheriсal bearing in fork link аs follov+s:
a. Мi1l off the outward staked portion of bеaring outеr rlng, uslng
miJling сutter 105-1З141 W3. Position sрherjсаt bearing ол а sui|аb]"e
support and remove bearing, using a mаndrel.
h Inspeсt borе in fork 1ink for mесhaniсa] damage and соrrosiоn.
Polish out damagе with polishing сloth 400.
Thе maximum permissib]e diameter of ж,a2 mm nay bе exсееded by
0.01 mm a1ong one quartеr of thе bore сirсumferеnсe.
Coat borе in fork link with сorrosion preventive рaste (сIц 510}.
d ]nstall spherlсal bеaring in fork 1lnk and stake, using staking tool
105.13141. W5 and staking tool retаiner 105-40001 W].. Еor detailеd
instruсtions refеr to сhapеr 02.
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 13
Dэлa ?R
l,1BB tlЕtIсoPTЕRs
I,IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAт, I'{вB - B0 105
6. Replaсe flanged bushing ln fork link as follows:

a. Press out flange bushing wit,h drift No. 3 (105-13241 Wl).
b. Inspeсt bотe in fork link for mесhaniсal damage and сorrosion. Polish
out damagе with pollshing с]oth 400. The maxlmum pеrmissib}е bore
diameter оf ].2.025 mm may be exсeedеd by 0.01 mm along one quarter оf
thе bore сirсumfеrenсе.
с. сhill flangеd bushing tо approximately -50 oс.
d. Coat bore in fork llnk with сorrosion prеvеntivе pastе (сl{ 510) .
e. Press in flange bushing so that it, abuts, using drift No. 3

(105-1з241 Wl). Cheсk flange bushing for dimensional aссuraсy and
rework if nесessary (е.g. using hоning tool}.
гinished size is 1.92 + 0.012 mm dia
1. Replaсe deep grооve ball bearing in driviпg link, using nоunting tool kit
No. 2 (105-13221' ly0lll as fоllows:
a. P1aсe driving link (9' figure 13.10) on suPport ring (1} under a
prеss.
b. Insert drift (2'l thrоugh oblong hole of driving link and into
borеholе of sрaсer (?).
с. Insert bort (3) thrоugh deep grоove ball bearing (6) so that it
сontaсts the transverse drift (2) and press out dеep groove ba1l
bearing (6).
d. Remove spaсer (7) and inspeсt for meсhаniсal damagе and сorrosion.
Polish out damagо vgith polishing с1oth 400 if neсessary.
e. Press out opposite deep groove ball bеarlng with drlft t5).
f. Inspeсt flanged bushings (8} for meсhaniсаl damage and сorrosion.
If damage is еvident, proсeеd per step g. If not' instal} new deep
groove ball bearings as follows:
1) Plaсe driving }ink (9) on a suit,ab]e support. Plaсe dееp groove

ball bearing (6) on flange bushing (8) and prеss in unti] it
abuts using drift (5)
2' Insta]-l spacer (7) so that its reсess сontaсts the deep groove
ball bearing innеr ring.
3) Using drlft (5), press in seсond deеp groove ball bearing, unti]
it resis against spaсer free of Рlay.
B0 105
снAPTER ]"3
Peстo ) 6
MBB I{ЕLIс0PтERS
}{A]NTЕNANсЕ I{ANUAI I{вB . B0 105
g. Polish out damage to flanged bushing (8) with pоlishing сloth 400.
Thе maхimum реrmissible dj-amеter is 20.63 mm. If diameter is
exсeeded, replaсе flange bushing as follows:
1) Plaсе driving link {9) on support ring (1) .
2) Insert thrust piесe t4) through oblong hole of driving' link so
that it rеsts on flange bushing (8) . Posltion drift (5) on thrust
pieсе (4) and press оut flangеd bushing.
З) If nесessary also press out thе oррosit'e flange bushing, uslng

thrust piесe (4) and drlft (5).
4) Inspесt flang,e bushing mating bore in driving link for mесhaniсa1
damage and сorrosion. Polish out damage with рol1shing сloth
400. The maxiпtum рermissible diamеter of z4.a2 tnln maУ bе ехсeеdеd
by 0.01 mm along оne quarter of the bore сlrсumference.
5) Cоat flanged bushing mating bore in drivlng 1ink with сorroslon
рreventivе сompound (сI\,l 502) .
6) сhil]. flange bushing tо aрproximately -50 oC and press in рlасе
vqith drift (5) .
.l) Press deep groove ba]] bеaring in plaсe pеr st'eр f .
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 13
tJвnа .}1
I{BB HЕLIсoPтERS
MAINTЕNANсЕ !,IANUAL I\,1вB . B0 105
Removal of dеep 1nsta11atj.оn of deep

groove ball bearing groove ball bearing
Removal of Installation of
flange bushing flange bushing
1
r C''nnn-}
ugtJуwдL r.l nа
rдrrУ 6 Deep groove ball bearing
2 Drift '7
Sрaсer
3 Bolt 8 Еlanged bushlng
4 Thrust piесе 9 Driving link
5 Drlft
Еj.gure 13.10 Rеmoval and installation - deeр grооve ball beari-ng аnd
flangеd bushing in drivlng 1ink, using mountlng tool kit
tool No. 2 t105-13221 Wl-)
B0 105
C}iAPTЕR 13
Dа*л )Q
EURoGoPтER I''AINТЕNANGE MANUAL Bo 105
сONЕ']GURAтIoN I
тYPЕ оr DA},IAGЕ DAМAGЕ AND RЕPA]R lI!{Iтs
W
zoNЕ 1 zoNЕ 2
Мeсhaniсa1 0.2 mm in depth 0.3 mm in depth

and on 30t of the on 50* of the
сorros ion surface surfaсe
Мaximum permlssible bore diameters :
A oi^ 7.95 mm They may be eхсeeded by 0.01 mm along оne quarter of thе
сirсumferenсe
A оi. 6.02 mm
A сi" 6.3 mm
A м" 6.9 mm
A сi. ].2.03 mm
Eigure 13-11 t{ounting flange - damage and rеpair limits (1 ot 2)

*
Bо 105
сltAPтЕR ].3
Revision L0 Paqe 29
ЕURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANOЕ I'IiANUAL Bo 105
x CONЕ'IGURATIoN ]I
,r
)t
)t
*
x
+
x
*
*
-*
x
,(
*
*
*
*
tf
*
*
x
*
тYPЕ 0Е' DA}4AGЕ DAI,IAGЕ AND RЕPAIR T,II',IIтs
x
*
+
Мeсhaniсa1 n 3 mm in dерth on 50t of the surfaсe
x Corros1oп n 3 in depth on 50t of thе surfaсe
*
*
t(
,(
t(
*
*
*
* li,Iaхimum pеrmlssible bоre diameters:
*
*
A dia ?.95 mm The sрeсifj'ed bore diamеt.ers may bе eхсeedеd by
* 0.01 mm on one quartеr of the borе сi::сumf erеnсe.
*
)a
A dia 12.03 mm
*
A dia 6.02 mm
*
*
A dia 6.3 mm
*
x
*
x
* Eigure 13-11 Мounting flangе - damage and repair limits (2 ot. 2)
B0 105
снAPTЕR 13
Page 30 Rеvision ]"0
ЕURoсoPтЕR n'AlNтЕNANcE I',IANUAL Bo 105
тYPЕ Oг DA},!AGЕ DAI{AGЕ AND RЕPAIR LTI'{Iтs

zONЕ 1 zоNЕ 2
Meсhan j.сal 0.4 mm ln depth 0'1 mm in dеpth

оn 308 of the on 508 of the
surfaсe surfaсe
Corros lon 0.35 mm in depth 0,65 mm in depth
before and 0.4 mm before and 0.7 nm
in depth after in depth after
rеpair on 30t оf repair on 50t of
the surfaсe the surfaсe
Е'igure 1з.12 Driving link - damage and rерair liтnits
B0 105
сI{APтЕP. 1з
Revision l-0 Page 30A/B
!.1Bв ttЕtIс0PTЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ lilANUAt !,188 - B0 105
1зl10
TYPЕ oЕ, DA}4AGЕ DAмAGЕ AND RЕPAIR tIt'{Iтs

zoNЕ 1 zoNЕ 2
Meсhaniоa1 0.4 mm in depth 0,1 mm in depth

on 30& of the on 60t of the
surfaсe surfaсe
Corrosion 0.35 mm in dеpth 0.65 mm in depth
before and before and
0.4 mm in depth 0.7 mm in deрth
aftеr repair on after repair on
з08 of the surfaсe 60t of the surface
Мaximum permissible borе diamеtеrs :
fi оia ]-2.03 mm Thеy may bе еxceеdеd by 0.01

сirсumfеrеnсе
mm along onе quarter of the
2\ сia ?.94 mm
Еigure 13.13 Еork link - damagе and repair limits
B0 105
сliAPTЕR 1З
Pабё J ]
}1Bв IlЕtIсoPтЕRs
},IA]NтЕNANсE }'lANUAt i{BB . B0 105
- 2з Assеmbly - driving link assy

'l
Coat fittеd bolts (5. flgure 13-9} with сorrosion prevеntive pastе
tсl,I 510) .
Install fittеd bolts (5) together with washеrs (3, 6} in mounting flangе
(4), driving link (7) and fork link (8) and secure with nuts Qt .
{ Safety nuts with split pins (1) .
I3 - 24 Installation - driving link assy
1. Install drivlng link assy to rotor mast flange with hex. bolts (1,
figure 13-8), washеrs {2} and nuts (3) . Safety nuts with sp1lt pins (4) .
Z. Install fork ].ink (11) on сonfiguration I swash plate as follows:
WARN]NG TIIE сURVЕD WAsiiЕR (6) МUsT BЕ INSTALLЕD WIтIi ]Ts HoLLOW
sIDЕ POINт]NG тoWARDS TtlЕ NUт (7) T0 ЕNSURЕ THAт TнЕ r'RЕЕ
I\,I0VЕI\,!ENT 0E' TilЕ DRIVING LINK AssY WILL NоT BЕ II\,IPAIRED.
Inst'all fork ].lnk (11) on bolt (L2) wit,h washеr (6) and nul t7) . Safеt.y
nut (7) with sp11t pin (S).
3. Inslall fork link {11) on configuration ]] swash р1аte as follows:
a. Сheсk that bushing (17i is instal]ed in the fork 1ink at'taсhment
flange on the bearing ring.
b. Insert end оf fork link (11) in attaсhment flange on bearing rrng Рer
figure 13-8' and insert bolt (14) through aligned borеs until it
abuts. Mеasure the gap between faying surfaсes of attaсhmеnt f1angе
and hеad оf bolt (14) . Use washеrs (13) to аchieve a resldual play of
0.1 - 0.2 mm.
с. Insta11 sсrews (15), tighten and seсurе with loсkr+ire. Bend 1oсkwire
up against bolt (i+1 .
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 13
v А|,|^ < )
ЕURoсoPтЕR I''AINтENANсЕ IIЛANUAL Bo 105
13.25 Lubriсation housinq
13 . 26 Disassembly - lubriсat,ion housing
].. Remove loоkwtre aпd vent sсrews (4l figurе 1з-].4) frorп сover (5).
2, Drain oi1 from lubriсatiоn housing (10) with a suj.table tool (e.g.
syringе) through onе of the threaded boreholеs of thе vеnt sсrews (4).
З. Remоve ring nut (1) or сap nut t15) from bolt (L2'.
4, Remove sсrews (2' and utrsсrew сap nut (3) with adjustable faсe sрannеr
(pin diameter 6.5 mm).
5. Remove сover (5) together with sight glass (8).
6. Disсard O.rings (6, 7 and 9).
1. Remove residual оil from main rotоr head, uslng dry сleaning solvent
(сI{ 202) and mask borеhоlеs (14) with adhеsive taре.
L3 - 21 Insресtlon . lubriсation housinq
1. Inspeсt ring nut (1, figurе 13-]-4), сap nut (3) and сover (5) for
meсhaniсal damaqe and сorrosion.
a. Pоlish out minor surfaсe damage and loсal сorrosion with pоlishing
сloth 600. Touсh up surfaсe proteсtion per сhapter 02.
b. Replaсe parts if damaged threads or deformatiоn are evident.

Reрlaсe сover (5} if faying surfaсes are damagеd.
2, Chесk bolt t121, for сorrоsiоn and darrragеd thread.
Rеplaсe bolt if thread ls ехtensively damaged or if сorroslon pitting is
evident (refer tо RЕМ 106).
3. Сheсk borеlro}eе of vоnt. sсrews (4) for сlogging and сlear if neсеssary.
4. Insрeсt сylindriсal pin (1r1 for meсhaniсal damage.
Remove main rotor head (rеfеr to paragraph 13.7) if pin shоws evidеnсe of
shearing, and сheсk nut of bolt (12) for speсified torque (50.55 Nm).
Replace сylindriсal pin.
5. Chесk sight glass (s) for damage, visual с1arity, and separated or
missing oil p1aсard (13).
a. Replaсe sight glass if damaged or сlouded.
b. Remоve separated plaсard. Clean bonding surfасе with dry сleaning
solvеnt (сI'{ 202} and attaсh new sеlf-adhеsj.vе plaсard.
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 1з
Revision L0 Page 33
EURoGoPтЕR I\,AINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
15 3
4
t-.0.rlar-
1 Di nп
r\дrrY r:lrt
rr u L
Sсrew
J vсlР *,rl-
^^^ 1rцL
4 Vеnt sсrеw
5 Гатrо r
6 0-ring
'l 0-ring
I Sight glass
9 A.ri nп
v ддrrу
10 Lubriсat ion housing
11. 1'rrl .i nrlri nд l р1n
1.2 к.] |т
IJ o11 рlaсard
* L4 Bore
* L5 vсrlJ n'r{-
l'i-n
rrцU
x
A O11 plасard (13) only in сombinatiоn wlth sight glass (8) P/N 105-i4101.17
Е'igure 13-14 Disassembly and assembly - lubriсation houslng
B0 105
с}IAPTER 13
Pagе 34 Rеvislon 10
ЕURoGoРfЕR tvtA|NтЕNANсE. tvlANUAt': Bo ,:Jffi ..
:l
: .:._ ::l ',.'.
l,:,,'r'
13 - 28 Assembly . lubriсation housing..
1. Remove adhesive taрe frоm borehoIes (14, figure 13.14).

2, Cоat nеw O-rings {6, .7 and 9) wj.th siliсone сomрound (сl,1 104) . Insert
O.rings (6 and ?) in сover (5) and O.ring (9) in sight glass (8) .
3. Position slght glass (8) and сover (5) on гпaln rоtor head so that the
сylindriсal pin (11) of bhе main rоtor head fits into thе reсess of t'he
сenter bore of the сover.
4, Install сap nut (3) with adjustablr faсe spanner (рin diamеter 6.5 mm)
until it is seatеd and then baсk off until its boreholеs aliqn wlth thе
thrеaded borehоlеs of the сover (5).
5. Seсure саp nut (3) to сovеr (5) with sсrеws (2). *
6. Install ring nut t1) or сap nut t15) on bоlt (12) and tightеn as *
sресified. *
7, Serviсe with lubriсating oil (с},l 103}through опе of thе two threadеd
vent screw mating bores (4) to maхimurо marking.
B. Install vent sсrеv+s t4) and seсure with loсkwirе to sсrew (2) and to ring )с
nut (1) or сap nut {15). *
9. Cheсk lubriсatiоn housing (10} for leakagе.
B0 105
сttAPTЕR ]-3
Daпa ?Е /?4
сHAPТER
MAIN RoToR BLADЕ

A-.,.o.орtег МAINтЕNАNсЕ MАNUAL вo 105
14 ItIAlN RoтoR вLADЕ
тable o' сontents
Pаrag!аph тllle Pаge
14 -1 DЕsсв|PтloN -мAlN RoтoR вLADЕ.......... 3

14-2 |NsPEстloN - мA|N RoтoR вLADE' тYPЕ 1 . . . ' . . . . . . . . . ,
r4-3 lNsPЕстloN - мAlN RoтoR вLADЕ' тYPЕ 2 15
14-4 REмovAL - illAlN RoтoR вLADЕ 24ЕJ
14-5 INsPЕGтloN - i'AlN Roтoв вLADЕ REмovЕD 25
14-6 lNsтALLAт|oN - l$AlN вoтoв вLADЕ ....'.... 26
14 -7 RЕPAIR - мAIN RoToR вLADЕ 29
14-8 Rep|асemeпl of bushIngs - blаd6 root 29

'|tllngrool ,lttlng
14-9 Reрlасoment o' DU guа]d wаshors - blаde 40
t4 - 10 D|sаss€mbly - b|ade root 41
'Itt|ng
14-11 |пspeсtlon and repаir - b|adе root fltling апd bIad€ lhlmb|e 41
14-12 Assomb|y - b|аde root f|tl|пg 44

14-13 вond|ng- PUR ofos|oп Protootlon lap6 |n tlp аrea ot тyPe 1 maln rotor
blаdo.......... ,+{t
14-14 Rep|аcemоnt - PU fl|m ...' ........
t4-15 Rlvotlng - lrlm tab .............. .

ql
14-16 Rep|асoment - tr|m lab '.'........ 51
14 -17 вopa|r o'damagoon mаln rotor b|ado .............. ээ

l4-18 Reпоwal - rэsln coat|ng '........ 57
14 -15 в6зtoro ploteсtlve сoаtIng аnd insРeсt|on marking In tho ba|aпсe
weight аreаs - mаin rotor bIаde tyРo 2 ..' ..... ... . . 6t
14-20 sтoвAGЕ' PAскAGING AND SH|PPING - мAIN RoтoR вLADЕ .. .. ' ..... ... . 63
Revision 22 oHAPтЕв 14
Pago 1
ЕUвocoPтЕR MAINтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
BI-ANK PAGЕ
сHAPтЕв 14 Rвvision 19
Page 2
Аеuгoс;oрtег МAINтЕNANoЕ мANUАL вo 105
14 - 1 DEsсRlPтloN - мAlN RoтoR вLADЕ

Тhe rotor Ь|edes gonorate tho litt and propu|sion required lor llighi' and permit сoпtro| ol th6 holiсopter aboul
its |ateral вnd |ongitudina| aхEs.
Thoy aro йanu'асtured g|assfibor rвiпforсed plestiсs (GRP) and aro tlоxib|e eпough to o|iminato the need
hinges. тhs с-shapod bladа spar consists o' |ayers of glassliber strands. тhв b|ade
llappiлg and leаd |аg'rom
root is fitted in th6 two-pioce blade root fittlпg (l' figure 1Zl-1 ol1, figure 'l4-5). Аn orosioп Protsоtivo she|l (6
'or ,l1)
or 10) is bondod to thв |eading edge of thg blade. Тho trim tabs (9 or can be adlusted to correсt aп out-o|-
lrack conditioп when ths b|аdes ar6 not all flying in tho same tip path p|ang.
Pвndulum absorbgrs (20 or 5)' wheп Instal|od' sвrve to reduco tha vibrations ocоurring during f|ight iп th6 |ow-
sP6ad rangв апd When the haliсopter is
'|ar6d'
тwo main lotor blаdo types ar6 documentвd in this chapter 14:
ЕFFEстlv|тY вo ,105
A' с' D and s' mode| hg|icopters, oхсept lor Е}o 105 сB-5' овн and Dвs-s
тyрэ 1 Rвсtangular b|ade with a uniform сhord |ongth along thg entiro b|ede spап
(sae ligцre 14-1). , .
ЕFFЕст|vlтY вo 105 ов-5, cвs-s and Dвs-s modg| he|iоopters.

1rypo 2 Roctangu|аr b|ado With a tapered tiр (25уo o' b|ad6 spаnw|sa l6ngth)
(seo figure 14--S).
Rovision 21 сHAPтЕFI 14
Pags 3
?".,."орteг МА|NтЕNАNoЕ MANUAL вo 105
14*2 lNsPЕстloN -lilAlN RoтoR BLADЕ' тYPE 1
WARN|NG |F тHЕ |NsPEот|oN FoR сoND|т|oN RЕvEALs тHAт Tl-|Е ALLOWAвLЕ DAlilAGЕ
LlMlтs HAvЕ вЕЕN ЕxсЕЕoЕD' AND No вLADЕ RЕPAIR PRoсЕDURЕ ts
DЕscпlвЕD IN сHAPтЕR 14, тHЕ мА|N RoтoR вLАDЕ SHALL вЕ RЕPA|RЕD вY
ЕсD, тнE мАNUFAoтUвЕв' oR вY A REPAIR FAolLlтY AUтHoR|ZЕD вY ЕсD.
NoтЕ Flefer to pаra. 14..| lor axplanatory notgs on typo 1 b|ade.
special tools: тapping hаmm6r ъol пo. 37 refer to оhaPter 04
l NoтE . All inspections shal|ba performed on both sidos ofthg b|ade.

. lt is raсommendad to reРair Evoп damago thet does not eхceed thв speci'ied zonal
damagв lImits а3 dasсribёd in рara 14-17, aпd a|so repаir sroded buttioints as described.
тhis prevonts th6 damage Jrom sp'ёading and thus rgquirlng tho b|ade to bs rapаirad or
replacod ear|iвr than пaсossary.
. |' butt ioints arg rroded' moisturs may panёtrats tho boпding ioint ot th6 erosion рrotoсtivo
shells {in leаding 6dgo a(вa)' сaus|ng prometur€ debondlng.
1. |f po|yurothаne erosion protect|on tape |s iпstallod iп tho blade tiP аrea (s6a tlg. 14-21), romove it'
2. с|ean main rotorb|аd6, using oithordry с|вaning solvent (сМ 202) ordegroasing aoonl (см 209), theпwipe
dry.
3. |nspoct main rotor b|ad6 for 6ros|on damаg6:
a. Еrosion damage in ZoNE 1 (soo 14-1) is on|y permissib|o if the eroslon protoct|vo she|ls (6) and tho
eпd cap (8) have notbeвn pеn€tratвd,
'ig. Еrosioп olthв skinontho b|ad6 Ьody in zoNЕ 2isonly permissibtв
ifnotmorathaп onё p|yof tho |aminato has bgёndаmag6d. Re,6rtopara. 14-17 р|y геpairрroоёdurв.
'or
b. Еroded butt joiпts bвtweaп ad.lacent mэta|раrts (on|y if no PU.'ilm has bo6n app|ied)and botwoon metа|
part9 snd body аro permissiblв. Еrodod butt ioints betwвgп aroslon pтoteоtiv€ shвlls must not gxcoed 5
mm in |ongth. тo provoпt dаmag6 from spreadlng, it iв rocommoпded to buttiolnts as follows:
'i||erodod
1) Dёgrease butt joints with acetone (сM 203).
2) Fil| butt joints With 2K аdh9sive pasle (сl4 671) and mаsk with adheвivв fi|m (cM 603).
3) Аljow adhesive to сure, thёп pв6l otf adh6s|vs fl|m and carefully sand oxоossive аdhosivo by hand,
using 180 grit abrasivo сlоth.
4) App|y topсoat' r6for to para. 1ф'l7.
сHАPтЕR 14 Flsvisioп 21
Pаg6 4
MAINтЕNАNOЕ MANUAL вo 105
?e.-,.осoрtег
4. |пsрoоt maiп rotor blade for impaоt damage.
|mpact damage on the orosion protoс1ive shells (6} aпd on tho end cap, rвler to stop 15.
b. |mpaсt damaga in zoNЕ 1 (figura 14-2) is only permissib|a if it is not deeper than 2 p|ios аnd does not
6xсegd.l5 mm in diameter. A maхimum ol4 damagedaroas is pormissibl6, butthey mustnotbewithiп 30
mm o{ ваоh othor, otherwisethe main rotorbIade mustbe rspaired. |f skin p|ies ar6 damaged, ropair pвr
oala 14-17.
A maхimUm o' three impaсtdamaga argas arg pёrmittod ln zoNЕ2 providedthoy do not exсood 2 p|Iвs in
depth and tolaldamago arвa do€s not вxcоed 10 cm2.
Impect damag9 is рermissible iп ZoNЕ 3if indiv|dualdamaga argas а16 not dseperthaп 2 p|ios and have
a diamotarthat doвs notoхсeed 30 mm. Upto 6 impaot damagBareas aro pвrmitted' providodthoy аre аt
loаst 200 mm apart'
Impect dаmagв and dаmage suсh as chipping, debonding аnd сraсks on b|adё traiIiпg ёdge in zoNЕ 4
a16 not permissibla,
5. Visually inspeсt main rotor b|ado for genora| damago.
Il instailed, inspactvisible pаrts olсonductivв strip (22, fIgUra 14.1)'and bondingjump6r'or сonditioп and
tightcoпnectlons. Havo damagedconduotive striр 16paired and rep|aсo damaged bondingiUmpar. тgh.
teп looso conneotioпs. Fortorq!в valu6s' s6o figura 14-20.
,l4-1)'
Inspэоt sсrew (.l3' figuro locking plate (7), оap (14or 15), dependingfrom the rotorb|ado con'igu.
ration, and assoоiatodlookwireforsecur€ insta||ation andcondition.ltIoоlФ/iroismIssing' сhocklorqueol
sсrsw{1з) {{ortorqus va|Ue, re'вrto'ig.14-,1) andsoсureWith lockwire. Rep|acoфmagodcapand |ok.
king pIatв.
Insрecttrim tabs (9)lorсrасksand sвcuroattachmeпt. Floрlaоa craсkedtrim tabs (referto para 1zt-16). ll
non-r|veted trim tab attaсh tаbs have sврarаtedfrom the blade, they оan a||be secured byrlvots instead
ol rebonding (referto para 14-15).
lrrsрect cuff (2)' (if insta||ed)' fordвboпding ofthв |aminato p|ias. lfthethkd |aminate ply is damaged' re-
placo оUtl or repeir |aminato p|ies.
6. Visually |nspect main rotor b|ade in the b|ade fitting аroa (see figu1614-2, DEтA|LA) forоraсks aпdde|ami.
пation. lf limits alo oxо6€dad, inlorm ЕсD сustomвr Servlca or havo b|ade rspaired.
оraсks in tho edges ol neоk sh6||and nose she||bond||n6sаre рormissible iftheydo пot sxcood 20 mm in
longth (spanwiso) por bond lino.
b. Cracks in ZoNE 1 thatorlg|nate atthe blado root'itt|ng orcutf (if insta||ed) aпd Propagato аt random ere
р6rmissib|6 if they do not вxcвod a |ength o' 20 mm.
D6|aminationsin zoNЕ 1, пEсkshelland nose sho||, that originat6 atthe blade root'itting or сutf (ilinsta|-
|ed)aro on|y рormissib|o if a sIng|e d6laminаtion ortha totа|araaof a||dвlaminat|ons does notoxceed 15
сm2 on each sido of the b|ado.
Rovision 21 сHАPтЕR 14
Pаge 5
MA|NтЕNАNoЕ MANUAL вo 105
Q-,,oс;орteг
7. With tho main rotor bIade insta||ed' inspeot b|ada root fitt|ng, where possib|e, for mechanicаl damage,
sсrgws for correct safotying and oЬslruction of the dra|n holes, if latter are рr6sent.
'or
а. Polishout mechaniсaldamаgg i' withiп pormissiblo limits shown in ligur6.l+-19 and |lna|polish wilh 400
grit abrasivo с|oth. Rework ol surlace Prot€ction is пot пeоёssary.
b. с|sar obstruоled drain holes with a sultаb|a tool.
c. lf sоrew locking devices aro missing, checktorqus valuos and insta|lneW screw |ockin9 dвvic6s. For tor-
qu€ va|ues, raferto figurв 14-20.
8. lf instalIod, visua||y insр6ct statiс d.sсhаrgвf (18)forcondition аnd tigth insta||ation. нop|aоg damagod statiо
disohаrgor iп aсcordaпce With рara 14€. т'igth6п loos€ sсrew сoпneсtions. тorque valц€ 0.6 to 0.8 Nm.
.' в|ade root littiпg '13 scraw

2 оцtl (i{ installod) 14 сaP
3 Nos6 shell 15 сap
4 PU tilm (for main rotor blado 16 PU film
w|lh sleove) 17 вe|аnc6 Weight
5 вlаds body 18 statiс discharger (if |nste|led)
6 Еroslon protective shol| 19 РU film (for main rolor b|ade With
7 Loсking p|at6 s|eвvo)
8 Еnd оap 20 Poпdulum absorber (|l insta|lod)
9 tab
Тrim 21 PU fi|m (for maiп rotor b|ad€ With
10 edg6
B|аd6 treiliпg sloovo)
11 Noсk shвl| 22 conduоtivв strlp (if insta||ed)
12 s|6eve, only in сombinаtioп with 23 вoпdlng jumper (i' insta||od)
Dвndulum absorbsr.
Еrosioп inЁpвоtion zones

ZONE 1 ZONE 2
ш Жlж
Figur6 14-1 lt.4ain rotoг b|ado' type '1 (1 of 2)
с|{AРтЕR 14 пevislon 21
Pаge 6
-=_
ЕUвocoPтЕR t\4AlNтЕNАNсЕ MANUAL Bo

'05
l"
DЕтAIL A
( тyРiсa1 main rotor bladе
^^Бf;^l!Еrti^nеl
^5
,1
Dirпensioпs l.n mп
Figцre 14-1 мain rotor b|adg, typё 1 (2 Of 2)
Revision 19 сHАPтER 14
Pщeт
EURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANoЕ iiANUAL вo 105
BLANK PAGЕ
сHАPтЕR 14 Revision 19
Page I
ЕURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANoЕ пiANUAL Bo 105
йaln rotor b|ado wlthout сul'
DЕтAlL A
malп rotor b|ade wlth cufi
zoNЕ 1
ш
zoNЕ 2
N
ZONE 3
t
l
tI zoNЕ 4
Е:jtrj:jlil
6 {тrsl|lno еdgo) l.:.:o1.:d:,1 Dlmonslong ln mm
Figura 14-2 |nspgсtion zones on maiп rotor b|ade' type 1
вevision
.|9 сHAPтЕR 14
Peâ O
еLJгocoрtrг MA|NTЕNANсE I/ANUAL Bo 105
9. |f iпsla||вd, iпspeоt PU fi|m (16, 19 аnd 21

'
1+.1) for dabondiпg and damag6.
'iguro
RoPlaоe deboпded orworn.throцqh PU Jilm (16' 19 and 21) р6rраrаgraph 14.14' lt the PU litm (16) is mls.
sing or hаs been worn through, inspoоt th6 adhеsiv€ buttjoint o' the o.osion protaсtive shell (6) tor orosioп.
Fi|| oroded bonding joint to a maхimum depth ol 5 mm as d9scгjbod |n th6 fo||owiпg . |f erosion is deopor,
havo blade repaired.
a. Dogreasg butt joints With aсetonв (см 203).
b. Fi|| butt joints with 2K adhesive pasto (cм 671) and mask With adhos|vo (сl/ 603).
'i|m
о. Al|oW adhosive to сura' thёп peelоtfadhosivo film and оаr6fu{|y sапd away oxcesslve adhesivo by haпo'
.180
using grit abrasivo оloth.
'10. |пsP6сt PU fi|m (4' ligure 14-1) |or genoral сondition and 6vidoпc6 of boпd soparation. |' damago
suсh as
PU lilm paпetration or bond sвparation is pros6nt' reP|aоe PU lilm (refвr to рara 14.-14) аnd inspoсt th6
undвrlying nose shell (3) lor damago (rgtor to st6р 6.).
,l1.
lf insta||ad' inspoct peпdulum аbsorbers (20' 14-1) forсоndition in aооordаnсo With сhaptor 844.
'igure
12. lnspoсt erosion protootivo shell (6' figuro 14-1) for daboпding. lt thera is unaссEрtable bond soParatioп,
hevo thr erosion protective she|l rep|aоed Ьy ЕсD.
сAuтloN Loss oF тHE

ЕXоEЕD|NG THЕ DAMAGЕ L|м|тs сAN RЕSULт |N тHЕ
ЕRosloN PFloтЕсTlvЕ SHЕLL AND сAUsЕ SЕVЕRE t\ilAlN RoтoR
|МвAL^NсЕ. тHЕ v|вRAт|oNs cAUsЕD вY тнЕ UNвАLANсЕD сoND|т|oN
сАN DАмAGЕ тHЕ HЕL|coPтEв
NoтE . Мaintenanсo p6rsoпna| ёngagod ln testingthe bond|ng ofthe orosion рrotectivo sh6l|
must hаvo necвssary prаctico aпd oxp6ri6nce'
. A bondad Pl,.€rosion protectivo film need not bв removod th6 tapping tеst.
'or
a' Dgboпds ar6 асcoptablo and no inspoctjonjs requhod in:
- zoNЕ 1 (figur6 14.4)' begiпnlng and €nd ol erosion proteotive she||, if Pu-erosion protoоt|ve f|lm
ls app|i€d.
- zoNE 2' |eading adg6 ar€a o' erosioп protectivo shell.
b. lпspoctbondedjoint ofolosion profoсtlvesh6l|in zoNЕ l, if no PLЬorosion protoctivrfi|m |sapp|i6d, aпd

lnZONE 3 and ZONE 4 (ligure l4-4):
NoтЕ тhe sound оauged by tapping tha grosioп рrоleсtive sh8l| аt both andE and In th6
balaпcs walght ar€a ('l7 tlgЦro 14-'l) ls du||or than in tho r€mаin|ng ar6a3. caro
mu6t be tаkon to dit'orentlatobetwoen thls sound end thr sound of a debond.
оHАPтЕR 14 Rovision 21
Paga l0
Ф.wo.optег .i,rr I ,r ,41 ,r.t' i,j r'il.
MA|NтЕNANоЕ мANUAL вo 105
'r)
Using speоialtappiпg hammel, tool no. з7 or a сoin wsighing approx. 10g' tap along thв erosion
protective shell in thеse zones and Iistвn to the resulting soundi
- a good bond will sound light end hard,
- debonds sound dullwithout resonanсв.
2't lfadebond is dotactвd in zoNЕ 1 (beginniпg and end of eros|on protective shё||) during the tappiпg
lesl:
- Dobondswhiсh do not eхсeed 500/0 of tota|areа on each aft edge areа of the erosion proteсiivg
she|| aro aсcoDtаb|e.
- lf debonds exieed 500/0 ol tota| aroa on oaoh att edgg areа ot th6 erosion protoclivr she||, havo
the erosion protoctivo she|l r€p|aс9d by ЕcD
3) lf a deboлd is deteсted in zoNE 3 (warniпg аroa) duriпg tha tapping tsst, have tho еrosion protec.
tivo she|l replaced by ЕоD:
a) lmmed|ate|y' вspeсia||y alwаys whаn debonds e)dend into zoNE 4 and саuso the aссeptable
debonding area in this zono to b€ eхоeeded,
or
b) al a later tlm6 in conjunоtion with "sрoсial inspect|ons after maintenance аоtivity" р6r chaptor
101-11. However, iп this cаs9, |l any debond8 extend into zoNЕ 4' they must not сau9o the
aсcoptab|o debonding area in this zono to be exсeeded.
ll the erosion protoсtive sho|| is to be reP|acad at a |at6rtimo, use a Wator_resistant pen

to mark the eхteпt of the dobond on th6 orosioп рrotесtioп, and mako an aсcurаto'e|t-tipskёtсh of
the debondёd area. тh|s Wlll onablr any incroasg in the debonded area to bo detected at tha
next inspeotion.
4) lf debonding is detected in ZONE 4 (aft edge areas) during tho tapping test:
a) Dobonds whiсh do not eх6o6d.

a tota| aroa оf 5 om2 on oaоh aft edge areа of the erosion protec.
tive sh6|| arg acсeptab|e.
b) |l dobonds eхceed a tota| o' 5 cmz on eасh aft edgo area of the erosion prot6оtlvo shе|l, havв
ths eros|on protвоtivв she|| г6р|асed by ЕсD:
- either hmвd|ate|y or
- at a late] t|me il ЕоD serviов Еngineoring issues a speоial permit a|lowing tho main rotor
b|ado to be kept in service. For this рurpose, details must be given of a|| dgbonds and da-
mago to th€ erosion proteоtivs shell.
|flhe erosion p.oteсtivg she|l is to bв rop|aс8d at a |atertime, usе a watar-resistant fe|t-tiP

pen to rт}аrk th6 вхtent oltho doboпd on tho вrosion proteсtivs shell' and maк9 an aсcцrate
sketoh of tho dobonded arsa. This wi|l eпab|o any inorease in the dEbonded area to bo de-
teоted at tho neхt inspection.
13. |nspeсt вrosioп protoоtivo she|| for сracks.
a. сrаоks in base materia| of orosion protectivв shell aro not acc6ptabl0.
b. сraокs aro acсaplаblo in the lacqugr on ths edgв of orosion protectivo shell (the erosion protoсtivo sho||
eхtends 34 mm оhordwise tho |6ading odgo on thё upp6r suгfacё of the b|ada and approх. 44 mm
сhordwiso |rom the leading 'rom
sdge oп th6 |ower surlaсe ol thв b|ade).
Page 11
Q.wo.орtег МA|NтЁNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
14. |пspect end оaр (8' figuro 1+1) for debondiпg. Dobondlпg of thg oпd сap is oп|y permissib|o if it does пot
ёхсood 10olo ol its entira bondiпg arsa. тhoro must ba no bond separation at tha edges of the ond сap. |f
debonding Iimits are вxco6d6d or edga seрarаtion is Рressnt, havo main rotor blado repaiгod.
15. lпspeоt erosion protective sholl (в' tigure 1+1) and ondcаp (8) for impaсt damago.lmрaot damagg (dвnts)
is Dermissible if:
- not moro than ono impaоt damagв a!.eа is рresont,

- impact damage area has no sharp edges,
- erosion protective sholl not penetratad,
- imрact damage arsa аt |east 100 mm from bgginning or 6пd ol orosion protёсtive shal|.
- |mpaсt damаge arga is not moro than 30 mm |ong sрanwiso and not moro thaп 3 mm d6еp сhordwiso,
andths resu|tаnt ridgiпg is notmorethaп 10 mm |ong chordwigo oп uppвrand lowersurfaовs (moаsur6d
tho b|ads lEading edgo to att upР€r and IowEredgos of th6 вros|on protectivg she||, seo 14.4.).
'rom 'ig.
|f damаga limits hav6 b6on eхcвoded, havo main rotor b|ede ropairad.
.l6.
ll PU |i|m was attaсhed in the b|ad6 tip areа (sog figurв 1+21), attaсh new PU film acсordiпg to p a,a' 1+14,
сl-tAPтЕR 14 Flevlsion 21
Pago 12
ЕURoоoPтЕR il,AINтЕNANсЕ MАNUAL вo 105
Figure 14-3 Damage Iimits - orosion proteсlive sheIl
Nosg area Log arвa
t1
Nose аrea Leg аrea

й
Dimensioлs iл mrn
Figure 1Ф-4 |nsрeсtion zones - erosion proteсtive she|| (1 of 2)
Revision 19 снAPтЕFI 14
Pag6 13
ЕUяocoPтЕR ll,lAlNтЕNANсЕ iлANUAL вo 105
j
IL
lJll
-i
щ q
Hd
otJ
.с| J
ll-\ o.lщ
щl
>t аЦ гrtсj
r-l
q сll
ol l'чi
ll6E
Hld Ч
otJ
с}J
Д-l
aц
щ
A:
.А
o
Ч
т.
ffilЁ P
щs Е
,.. ". Е
NЁ д
rd щl
>t
OI ()
цД|
Fl < Hd
oiJ
с]J
сl|ц
gJ P9
Gllц
аq аЦ
|lу tll
ol o
.Еl !*flЁ
щl url g qФ
.E
gus=
Ёc
аA
A see tigure 144 (1 ot P) Ё'
Figure 14-4 lnspeс1ion zones for tаpping tёst - arosion protective shell (2 of 2)
сHАPтЕR 14 Ravision 19
Pag6 14
мAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
?eu.oсoрteг '1' tjr..utl..l:
't4-3 lNsPЕcтIoN - i,lAlN RoтoR вLADЕ' тYPЕ 2
WAвN|NG lF тHЕ |NsPЕcт|oN FoR сoND|тloN RЕvЕALs тHAт тHЕ ALLoWAвLЕ DAMАGЕ
L|[4|тs HAvЕ вЕEN EХсЕЕDЕD' AND No вЦDЕ RЕPA|я PRoоЕDURE |s
DEscFtlвED |N сHAPТER 14' тHЕ мA|N вoToR вLADЕ SHALL вE REPAIяЕD вY
ЕоD' тHЕ MANUFАстURЕв' oн BY A RЕPA|FI FAс|L|тY AUтHoR|ZЕD вY ЕсD.
NoтE Rеlor to para. 14.1 for explanatory notos on tуpe 2 bladв.
sрEoial tools: тaррing hammEr тoot пo. 37 rsler to сhарter 04

тomplate тoo| пo. 38 re{er to сhаpter 04 l
NoтЕ . Аl| inspoсtions shа||bs performod on both sides o' the Ьlade'
. |t is recommвnded to ropair ovon dаmаgs thаt doos not oxсoed the specified zonal
damagoiimitsаs desсribod in para 14-17, and also reраirеroded buttjoiпts as desсribed.
тhis provents the damegs from spreading and thus requiring tho blade to be repaired or
rsp|асed ёarlirr than noсessary.
.libuttiointsaroeroded'moisturemayponetratеtheboпdingioiпtotth€orosioпprotective
she||s (!n |ёаdlng Edgo araa)' causing promature debonding.
'1. сIean main rotor b|ade' using еither dryc|6aning so|veпt (сI\jl202)or degrаasiпg agent (Gtvl209)' th6nwipo
dry.
Inspect main rotor blаdв tor erosion dаmage.
Еrosion damago iп zoNE 'l (soe figUre 14-5) is on|y permisslb|e iithe erosion proteсtive shel|s ('10) have
пotbeвn penetratsd. Erosioп oltheskin on tho b|ado body in zoNE e |sonly pormlssible if not morethan
ono рly ol tho laminate has besn damaged. Flёlerto para 14-17lor ply repair procodurё.
Еrod€dbuttjointsbetwern metalpartsandbodyar€permissible.тoproventdamago from spreadIng, itis

reoommвnded to fil| вroded butt joints as fo||ows:
1) Degroaso butt joints With aсotone (ом 203).
2) Fi|l butt joints with 2K аdhasivo pasto (с[,t 671)and mаsk wiih adhesivв film (сI\,l 603).
3) A||ow adhosive to сцre, thon peelo'l adhвsiv6 film and careiu||y sand eхcessive adhesive by haпd,
using 180 grit abrasive сloth'
4) Аpр|y topcoai' rвfer to para. 't4-17.
з. |nspeсt main гotor bIado for lmpaot damage'
For impaоt damage on the erosion рroteсtiva shells ('l0)' retеrto зiep 12.
,l4-6)
o. |mpaсt damage in zon6 1 (figurE is only permlsslb|o i| it is not deepgrthan 2 pli6s and does пot ex.
с6ed 15 mm in diametor. A maximцm ot4 damaged arеas is permissible, but tney must not be within 30
mmof oach other, otherwis€ the maln rotorb|ade mustbe r€paked. Ifskin plies are dаmaged, relerto para
Revision 22 оHAPтЕв 14
Pag6 15
?-.-,..oрtег мAINтЕNАNсЕ мANUAL вo 105
о. А maхimUm otth'6ё lmpact dаmag6aroas arap€rmittsd in zonв2 providedtheydo notexcoed2 p|irs iп

depth аnd totaldamage area does not exceed 10 оm2.
d. lmpact damаga is pormissiblo in zone 3 il |ndividua|damage areas are not doeporthan 1 рly аnd hav€ a
diameterthat does пoteхоeed 30 mm. Upto 6 impacldamаge areasа16 рormitted' providedthey аro at
|east 200 mm aрart.
9. Impaсtdamage and damage suоh аs chipPing, debondiпg аnd craсks on b|adetrailing edgв in zone4а.o
not pormissiblo.
4. visua||y inspeоt main rotor b|ado for gэnoral damage.
a. Inspectbondiлgjumper (23 and 24' figure 14-5)' il insta||gd,lorсoпdition aпdtightсonnectionв. Flвplaсe

damaged bonding iumpor. тghteп |ooso screw сonneсtion. Fortorque va|ue, sвe figurв 14-20.
b. lnsрeGt trim chamber (13) forсondition.
1) сhaоk оover attaching sсrows for tightnoss.
2) Removo and cloап loose scraws, brush.оoat them with locking сompouпd (сt\,683)' thon.ainsta||
with 3 Nm torque load.
с. lnspect trim tфs (11) forconditioп andtight |nstal|atioп. Rэр|aс6 |ooso rivots and damagedtrim tabs per
pаra. 14..t 5 or 14.16.
d. v|sua|ly iпspвоttаb (20)fordаmagв suоh es сhippingorcraсks' Dаmag6 notoхсEgding 10%o'tota|arва

isaссepteb|6, otherwisothв maln rotorbIademustbвrepaired.smoothoпdamagфplieswithsandpapor
(180).
6' |пsp6ctоutl (2) lordelamlnаtIon betweвn рlles. |lthIrd P|y i3damag6d, the mаin rotorbladв mustb6 ropai.
rad.
5. visua||y inspect maiп rotor blado |n th6 blado root fitting arвa (se6 llgure 14-6, DЕтAIL А) for оracks and
dоlаmination. If |imits aro exсeвdod. in'orm Еоo оustom6r sэrviоg or havg b|аd6 roрaired.
a. Gracks in tho edges ot ngсk sho||and nosё she||bondlines aro permissible ifthsy do not sxсoed 20 mm in
Iength (spanwiso) рeг bondlln6.
b. creсks in zona 1 (s€э figure 1 +6} thal odginato at th6 сufl snd propagаlo at random а.9 p6rm|ssib|0 il
th6y do not ёхс6ёd a |eпgth ol20 mm.
c. DeIeminationsin zoпe 1, naсksho||and nos6 sh6lt,thаtoriglnatoatlhecutlаroon|yр6rmiss|bloitasiпgIo

da|aminat|on orthg totalaгвa ot a|l de|аminations doёs not exсoёd 15 сm2 on each s|d6 o.lhв blede'
6. W|th tho main rotor b|ade insta|led, inspeсt b|аdo root fitting, whero рossiblo, for mechаniса| damage,
screws lor сorrect sаlotying and for obstruction o| th6 dra|n ho|os' if |attor are presant.
a. Pol|shout mвсhanicаldamage ilwith|п pormissib|o Ilmitsshowп Inligure 14-19 аnd fina|po|ish with 400
grit abrasivo сloth' н6work of зurlaсo protoction is not neс€ssary.
b. оlвar obstructed drain holos wilh a sultablo too|.
c. |' sсrew |oсking dev|ces аre missing' check torquв valuвs and iпstallnewscr6w loсking deviс€s' Fortor.
que va|uвs' reter to tigure 14-20.
оHAPтЕR 14 Rвvis|on 21
Page 16
MA|NТENANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
Фeuгocoрtег
7. Visuа||y inspect statiс disоharger (18' ligu16 14-5)for оondition and tight instal|ation. REplaсedamaged sta-
tiс disоhаrger i. a' w. para. 14-6. RetiФgn |oose scrёw сonneоlion. Torque va|ue 0.6 to 0.8 Nm.
8. Inspect PUfi|m (3' 6 aпd21' figura 1Zl-5) for dobоnding аnd damage.
Replaоedebonded orWorn-throlgh PUfilm (3' 6 and 21) p6rparagraрh 1Zt-14' lfthe PU film (21) i8 missiгlg
or has b66n worn through' inspoct thэ аdhesive butt joiлt of the orosioп protectivo sholl (10) for 6rosion.
Fi|l ёrodёd boпding joiпt to a maхimum depth of 5 mm as dosсribed in tha following . Il erosion is deeper,
have blade reoaired.
a. Degrвesg buttjoints with aсetone (сМ 203).
b. Fill butt joiлts With 2к adhesivё рasto (cM 671) and mаskwith adhвsivo film (оlvl 603).
c. Аl|ow adhesivo to оur6, then peelolf adhesivo fi|m and оarofu|ly sand awаy oxсessive adhosive by haпd,
using 180 grit abrasive сloth.
9. lnspoоt рendu|um absorber (5' 14-5) fоr оondition' rёler to сhapter 844.
'igurs
,1 в|adё root fitting 14 Holefortrimtab (blade Underslde)

2 CuII 15 вalanсe weight 2
g PU tilm 16 Laad insert
4 ldenti'iсation p|ate 17 Roving
5 Pendulum absorbor 18 static disсhаrger
6 PU film .19 Base
7 Nos6 sholl 20 тrim tab
I Neck shall 21 PU film
9 waight 1 22 сonductivё adhesive
.l0 вa|anсE she|l
Еrosion protective 23 вondlng jumpor
1,1 тrim tab 24 вoпding jumper (if |nsta||ed)
12 в|ade tralling edge 25 Аttach|ng hardware ior bonding jumPer
'13 тrim сhamber
Еrosion insDeоtion zones
zoNЕ 1 ZONE 2
ш Ж
Figure 14-5 Mаin rotor blado' typo 2 (1 o12''
Flevlsion 21 cHАPтЕFl 14
Page 17
ЕURoсoPтЕR
МА|NтЕNАNсЕ MАNUАL
вo l05
Ф
I
Ф
z
Е
щ
ID
<I
f* z
(,
щ
ft (tt
я)'
;' oimenslo.ls ln mm
?
t
6
F|gЦle 14-5 Мain rotor blаde, tуpl (2

2 ot 2)
сHAPтЕFI 14
, cgn to
яavislon l9
ЕUFloоoPTЕR MAINтЕNANoЕ MANUAL Bo 105
DЕтA|t A
ш Zons 1
ж Zane 2
ffi zo.|o э
ffi zoпo 4
(тraiIlrt9 €dg€)
й
^5
а
t Dimensions in mm
Figure
,l4-6 lnspoсtion zones on main rotor blad9, type 2
Page 19
Q.u,o.орtег MA|NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
10, Inspeсt orosjon Рrotеctivв shёl| (10' figuro 14-5) for dabonding. lf thеre is uпaссeptab|e bond soParatioп,
have the eroslon рroteоtivo she|| rsр|acod by ЕоD'
сAUт|oN ЕХсЕЕDING тHЕ DAIVAGE L|M|тs сAN RЕSULт lN THЕ Loss oF TнЕ
ЕRos|oN PRoтЕoтlVЕ SHЕLL AND оAUsЕ sEvЕRЕ |\4A|N вoтoR
|MвA|дNсЕ. тHЕ vlвRАт|oNs оAUSED вY тHЕ UNвALANоЕD сoND|тloN
сAN DAtuAGЕ тHЕ нЕL|coPтEн
NoтЕ . Maintenanсo porsonno| впga€6d ln tosting th6 bonding of th6 erosion рroteс1ivo she|l
mutt havo neсessery pract|сe and experloпоo.
. Тhe bondod Pu-€rosion рrotectivo film n€ed not bo rsmoved tho taрping t9st.
'or
Deboпds aro aоcвptablg and no inspection is roquirod in;
- zoNЕ 1 (ligur6 t4.8)' beginn|ng and ond o' srosion protвctivr shol|.
- zoNE 2' |eading 6dgo аroa of 6roslon protactivo she||.
lnspeоt boпdвd joint ol erosion protgс.t|ve shв|l lп zoNЕ 3 and ZoNE 4 (figure 1zЬ8):
NoтE тho sound оausod by tapplng tho orosion protectivo shell at both ends and in thв
balanсe wo|ght aroa (9' 15 |iguro 14-5) is du||orthan in th6 romaining aroas. carg
must be takon to dittorontiato botwoon this sound and the sound of a deboпd.
1) Uslng speoial tapping hammer' tool no. 37 or a coin weighiпg аpprox. '!
0g, tap e|ong th€ erosioп
protectlvв shs|| in thesg zones and liston to tho resu|ting sound:
- a good bond will sound llght and hard,
. dobonds sound dul|without rвsoпanс6.
2) lt a dobond is dвteоtвd in zoNЕ 3 (warning aroа) during ths tapping test, havo tho erosion protoо.
tive sho|| rop|aced by ЕсD:
a) |mmodlаt€lи вspoсIa||y alwayswhon dabonds axtond into zoNE4 and сeus6 thg аосeptфl€
dabondlng a.ea in this zono to bE oxсEeded,
or
b) аt а later tlmв in conjunctloп with .,spёоial inspoctions aft€r maintananсo асtiviv, per сhapter
101.'11. Howgver' in th|s сasg' if any debonds eхtonded into zoNЕ 4, th6y must not causo the
aсоoPtab|a debonding аrea in this zono to b6 eхceodod.
lfthв erosion protoоtive sh6|| is to be replaced at a |atot timв' us6 a wator-resistaпt f6|t-tip pon
to mark the extont 0f tho dobond on tho orosion protection, and mako an aсcuratg skotch of
tha debоndod area. тhis w||| onable any |ncr6gs9 |n th6 debondod aroa to be dstoсted at the
nёхt inspection.
оHАPТЕR 14 вovis|oп 21
Pago 20
MAINтЕNАNсЕ МАNUАL вo 105
@-.,.ooорtег,.''':'.:..:i'itl..ii1]:..*
3) ll debondiпg is deteсted in zoNЕ 4 (att edge ar9as) during the tapping test:
a) Deboпds which do not eхсgod a total area o' 5 сm2 on each аtt edge area ot the erosioп protec.
tive shel| aro aсceptabIr.
b) lf debonds eхсesd a tota| o' 5 сm2 on eaоh аft edge area o' the erosion proteоtive shelt' have
the grosioп proteоtive she|l replасed by ЕCD:
- either lmmediаle|y or
- вt a |аter tlmo il ЕсD servico Еngineoring issues a speсiа| рermit a|lowiпg the majn roior
bladё io b6 keрt iп serviоe. For this purpose, delai|s must bg given оf alI debonds and dam.
age to thв erosioл proteоtivo sh6||.
|l the eroslon proteсtive sheil is to be reP|aоed at а |atertime, цse a watеr_rеsistant

pen to mark the oxtent of thedebond on the erosion protective she|l, and make an аоcurate
'elt-tip
sketсh of tho debonded ar6a. тhis wi|l enab|e any inоraase in ths debondёd аrea to be de.
tocted аt tho next iпspection.
11. lnspeсt 9rosion protective she|| (10' liguro 14.5) for craсks
a. сraоks in the erosion рroteсtive she|lara not permissjble.
b. cracks are aсс6ptab|6 In.thr laсquoroп the att6dga ofthе erosion proteсtivo shell(theеrosion proteсtive
shё|loxtends app.ox.45 mm сhordwiso fr0miho leading odge on Uрperand lowersUrfacоsol the bIade).
l2. Inspeоt erosion protect|ve shel| (.l0' ligure 14.5) {or impаct dаmaqo. Impact damаge (dents) is permissible
if:
- not moro than one imрct damagE area i8 prвsenl,

- impact damago areа has no sharp edgвs,
- aroslon protoctive sholl not penetrated,
- impact damаge areas at loast 100 mm aPart from boginning to end of erosion proteсtive sholl'
- impaсt damage area is пot moro than 30 mm long spanwise and not more than з mm deop, аnd the
resu|taпt ridgiпg is not more than 10 mm |oпg сhordwise on upper and lower surfaоes (mёasured from
the b|ade |eаding edge to aft upper aпd |ower edges of the erosion protective shrl|, ses fig. 14-3)'
lf damage Iimits havo beeп eхc6eded, replaсe erosion protectivo shе|l.
13' сhвсk for bu|ging on upper and lower surfaсes of main rotorblade in th6 viоinity of balanсe weight1 (9, figure
14.5) by using iemp|ata (toolno' 38)' sёe ligure 14-8A. l' the rospвоtivo marking and/or protectivв coating
is no |onger visib|e, restoro marking/оoаting first (relвr to para 14-19).
вUlging is acсeptab|в up to a meхimum height of .l .5 mm. lf bu|ging limits аro exceеded, сonsu|t ЕоD оus-
tomer serviсe or AЕс in tho UsA prior to the neхt flight for adviоe on how to proсeed.
14' Inspeоt protective сoating on tha uрpor surface of main rotor b|ade ln the viоiпity o' ba|anсe weights (9,15,
ligure ,l4.5) lor damage. Restoro dаmаged protective сoаting (refer to para 14-19).
нevision 22 сHAPтЕR 14
Pag6 21
ЕUвoоoPTЕR IViA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
гiguro 14-7 Damago lim|ts impact damage - erosion proteоtive shell

'or
з
;'
?
il
:й
Noso area Log areа
Dimensions in mm
Figure.|Zt-8 |nspoоtion zonos. вrosioп protective shel| (1 ot2}
сHAPтЕв 14 Rovision 19
Paga 22
ЕUпoсoPТЕR MAlNтЕNANOЕ MANUAL вo 105
г1 т
l|rД i;:
lr\ LJх ;
lt=
-9
ш|
>I
t-t
()
шl
Fl <
I
oi
EI J
J
Еl щ G-
бl Ч в8g tlt ;
(
БRl ; .=
ol в&х Е
u.ll z
Nfi g
N6
*N; fi
/1\ -
щ|
>l
q
ts-t
Hld
JJ
='
ot Ф@
.с|
tlщ Е'.9
.
аq
-сt
ol l*€Ё
ЕI
q,Ф
i
= Е i€
?Е-ъ
tlj х
б-l
A see figure 14-8 (1 of 2)

6
Figure 14-8 lпspoсtion zones for tappiлg test * erosion proteсtive she|| (2 ot 2,
Flevision 19 оHAPтЕFI 14
Page 2з
@-.,..оpteг lnAlNTЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
BLANK PAGЕ
cHAPТЕFt 14 Revision 22
Page 24
?..,.oоорteг MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
Not to scа|e
All dimensions in mm
:
a
Weight 1
'I тomplate {too| no. 38)

.l
lA scan area of ba|anсe wёight 1 in
Areа o' Ьalanco w9ight оhordwisa direсtion as shown (Upper
(2 s6parаt6 weights) and |ower b|ade surfaсes)' and
мain rotor blado detвrmiпe the highest point of any
тop сoat edga 0i1 the exi6ting bulge.
erosioп oroteоtivв sholl
2\ On main rotor blades, where the

proteсtive оoat has been app|ied just
up lo the top coаt edge at tho erosion
proteоtive shо|l, additionally scan an at
|east 2 оm widв arsa in front of the top
сoat sdge.
.l4.8A lnspвction lor bulgiпg

Figure in the vicinity ol balanco Wвight 1
Rёv{sioп 22 GнAPтЕв 14
Pagв 24A
?...,..орteг MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
14-4 RЕмovAL-мA]N RoтoR вLADЕ

speciаl tools: в|ada retainer 10s15103 W13
сAUтloN . Do Noт вЕND тR|м тAвs WHЕN SEтт|NG DoWN }nAlN Roтoв вLАDЕ As тHls
сoULD с|{ANGЕ тHЕ вLАDЕ тRAсK.
. lF A sтAтlс D|SOHARGЕR ls |NSтALLЕD oN тHЕ lnA|N Roтoв вLАDЕ, REt\4oVЕ
|т F|вsт тo PRЕVЕNт |т FRo}n вЕlNG DAМАGЕD.
1. Remove primary bo|t per сhаptor 13-10.
2. Romove seоondаry bo|t por chaptor 13-16 or' |' b|adё folding bolts ar6 insta|lёd, remove th6so per
сhaotor 854.
3. ll insta||ed, remove stаtiо dischаrger (18' |igure 14n or,l8' tigure 14-5) and аttасh it to the mаin rotor bladg
.lor tapo.
rёinstа||ation, usiпg adhesivo
4. Raiss mаin rotor b|ado at its tip and .6mov6 it.
5. Plaс6 main rotor b|ade in b|ad6 retainer 10Е.15103 Wl3 or in suitфlэ оquipmeпt.
NoтE . тhe fol|owing shaI| bo oЬsorved wh6n rap|acing or repairing main rotor bladэs:
oppos|te b|аdes (b|ade PаlO must hаva the same GтL. тhe GТL is th6 statiо sрanwiso
ba|апc6 momёnt and is recordad in the historicа| recoгd. By uss o' ba|anco weights, two
classes of typo 1 maln rotor b|ades hаve beвn оrвated, oach with a diflorent GТL, duв to
produсtioп.relаtgd ditforences in blаdo wвight аnd wolght distribuiion.
тype 1 rпa:n rolo' b|adв: сlass 1 GтL. 14.710 kр
Hass e Gтl . 14.780 кD
тyрo 2 maiп rotor b|аde: GтL . 19.391 kp

. в|adв ropairs may causo th9 blade GтL lo chаnge. тhis requirвs that tho GтL o' tho b|аdo
oppos|to tho ropairad b|adg b6 rsadlustod by the rвpair faсi|ity to that o' tho repaired blade.
othoIwise they wl|| b€ .mpossiblo to balanca Фпamlca|ly as a set.
. Whon rвturnlng maln roloг b|ados rвpаir, inolude eithor tha comp|вta blade sot (4
blаd6s) for main rotorb|adotypa 1 orat
'or least oрposita blad€ palrs main rotor b|ade typв
2. 'or
сHAPтEв .14
Revlsion 22
Pagв 24B
ЕURocoPтЕR МAINтЕNАNоЕ MANUAL вo 105
14 -5 lNsPЕcтloN -мAlN вЕiliovЕD

'1.
lnsрeсt maiп rotor blade' type 1 in aоcordаnce with paragraрh 14-2 or maiп rotor b|ade, tyрs 2 in
aсcordaпcэ with Paragraph 1н.
lnspeсt DU guard washers (1' figure 14-20) for сonditioп. Rep|acg both DU guard washers in aссordaпсв
Withparagraph 14.9 ifdвbonded, coating isworn down totлe stge|base, ordepth measured from DU guard
Washer to DU guard washer on blade root fitting is iess than the aссeptabIo minimum o| 74.70 mm.
lпspect tef|on bushing (2) or DU dry bushings (20) for mвchаniсa| dаmage and wear. For the purpose of
inspeоtion, clвan ths bushiпgs with aоetono (см 203).
e. sсoros and sur'aco dsfects iп the t6l|on оoаting aro permissible, providф base materia| is not visible. lf
,i,:,
neсessary rep|асe bushings per paragrарh 14.8.
b. scoros aпd sur,ace dofects in thr сoating of DU dry bushings (20} arg pormissible, provided basв
mataria| is not visible' lf necessary, r6p|aоo bushings per pаragraph 14-8.
с. Мeasurв diаmeter o| bushings. Махimum permissib|е diameter of bushings is 38.15 mm. |f this
dimension is gxоeеdеd, rep|aoe bushings per paragraph 14-8.
|nsрeсt e|аstic or tol|on bushings (15) for meоhanica| damage' оorrosion апd Woal.
a. Еlastic bush|nos on|v: Removo mechaniсa| damags and smatI spots o' сorrosion With 4oG-grit abrasive
с|oth. lt сorrosion is more exteпsive or rubber i3 sepаrating, replаce bushing per paragraph 14.8..
b. Мeasuгe diametgr ot bushing bor6s. Мaхimum permissiblo borediametor 18.,l mm. lt may bg oxсвoded
by 0.1 mm on 1/4 of ths boгe circumfёronоa. Rep|aсo bushings аs neсassary per Pаragraph +8.
,!
c. ТeIIon bushingsonIv: с!эaп Ьushlng with aсetonе (сl/1 203) priorto inspёсtlon. sсoring orсhiPPiп9 ofthe
te|Iofl coating is insigniliсant provided it does not oхpos6 the base materia| of the bushiпg. нёplaсe
bцshiпgs as пвсossary per рaragraph 14.8.
lпspeсt blade root lifilng for mechaniса| damagв' sсrews for correсt safoty and for obstruсtion of the drain
holes, il latter ara prossnt.
a. PoIish out mechaniсa|damag6 i|within permissibIo limitsshown in figurё 14-'19 aлd'ina|polish With 400
grit abrasive сIoth. Rewoft ot surfаco рrotвction is not пвсessary.
b. оlear obstructed draiп ho|es with a suitabIв too|.
c. lf scrgw |ocking devices aгa missing' cheоk torqur va|ugs and instal| new screw locking doviоes. For
torque values, referto tigure I4-20.
Flёvision 19 сHAPтЕR 14
Paga 25
ЕURocoPтЕв МAINтЕNАNсЕ I'ANUAL вo 105
.|4
- 6 lNsтALLAт|oN . гvlA|N RoтoR вLADE
Speсial tools:
l тorque wronch 105.1з101 W8
NoтE When iпsta||ing tha mа|п rotor blade, take note ot the fo||owiлg:
Although blades оаn b€ t€plaоed singly, it is recommended to roрlaco thв

diаmetrica|ly oPрosite b|ade atthё samo tim6 in ordor to prac|ude track and ba|anоg
proDtems.
I' rotor blados to b6 installed aro пoW or hava bеen rврair6d' thвy must Ьo traоkёd
prior to the mаin rotor systom beiпg balапced (refer to сhaPtor i 06).
в|adefo|ding bo|ts may bo insta|l6d iпstead of secondary bolts, rеfer to сhaрte' 854.
N4ak6 sura that a|l bo|ts and bushings in ab|ad set or in pairs ol opposilo blаd6s аrв
of tho sаmo con'igurat|oп.
A blade set (4 b|adas) may сonsist of any combinatioп of ihe main rotor blade
сoпfiguratioпs approvвd lor us6 oп вo 105 he]iоoptвrs, provided that opposito
bladеs have th6 samo GтL.
lf ponduIum absorbgrs аrg used, thgy must Ьo instа||ed on a||foUr mаin rotorb|ados.
ll PUR erosion protection taрe is usod, it must bo installod on аll four me|n rotor
WARNING тHЕ BАLАNсЕ WЕ|GHтS сoNтA|NЕD lN тHЕ тR|i\/l cHАl,4вЕRs AND UsЕD
FoR ADJUSт|NG тHЕ вl-ADЕ Gтцs МUsт Noт вЕ оHАNGED' тHIs WoULD
ЕFFЕот|VЕLY 0HАNGЕ тHE DYNAМ|с сHAfrAcтЕRlsтlсs oF ThlЕ мA|N
RoтoR вLADЕ. MoRЕovЕR' тHЕRЕ ls тHЕ DANGЕв oF DAMAGING THE
ryPЕ 1 мAlN RoтoR вLАDЕ lF ЕxсЕsslvЕ тORQUЕ |s APPLIЕD тo А
PosslвLY сoRпoDЕD sонЕWWHEN oPЕNING ТHЕТFl|M сHAi/вЕFl. ТHIs
WoULD т|-{ЕN REQUlRЕ RЕPA|R WoRK.
1 . c|6аn primary bo|t and secondary Ьo|t mating bores iп tha blаdo mounting fork of th6 main rotor hoad аnd
in the b|ade end fitting, Using dry оlэaпiпg solvent (сM 202) and wlpe dry.
2. Fit mаin rotor blade in blаde mouпting fork of the main rotor arm to which is coded.
3. Flt Pгimary aпd seсondary bolts as desоribed in оhaptar 13' ll blado tolding bolts a'9 installвd, re'ar to
сhaptrr 8fl for instаi|ation proсedura.
4' |l previously removed, reiпstall static dischargsr (18, ligura '1+.1 or 18, {igure -14-5) as tollows:
a. оlean thread of static disсhargёrwith аоeto.ё (сM 20з).
b. сoat outor end third of static dischargor thгeаd (soe |igure .l4.9) with loсking compound (cM 683) and
sсrow statiс disоharger.to mating Torque va|U6 0'6 to 0.8 Nm.
'itting.
с. Measure coпtact resistanоe bвtween stаtic disohаrger and mаtiпg tittiпg (ses {igurg 14.10' Dstail A).
'l) Тhe.esistаnсg must not exсeed 5ohms.
2) |t the resistance exоeeds 5 ohms, remove, о|eaп and reinstall statiо disoharoer.
сHAPтЕR 14 Flёvision 19
Pagв 26
ЕURoсoPтЕR МAINтЕNANсЕ MANUАL вo 105
'_ :,il r: -.rlf i',..fil
5. Аfter main rotor b|adё is installed, сheck сoпlaсt resistaпсa аs follows:
a. Using amu|timeter, measurotheоontaоtrgsjstaлce bвtween the statiс disсhаrgeron tho main rotor b|ade l
(for main rotorb|adatype 1 only ifstatiс disсhargeris instаlled)aпd attaоhing hardware ofblade rootfitting
1мsl' l
(s6e figure 14n0). |t must not excoвd t
'1) lf on|y ons oi the rotor b|ades is found to have a contaсt resistance ir] exсess of MQ, mаke a пoto
.1
to this gtfeсt iп the historical reсo.d and correсt at neхt oPportunity.
2) |I a contасt resistаnов in oxcoss of 1МQ is measured on дцQlg thaп on6 rotor blade' contaсt ЕсD
|ol adviоe oп how to procaed.
b. Using а multimoter, measuro contact betwеeп attaсhIng hardwarё o{ bladё rоot fittiпg and a bаre metal
area on main rotor hвed. Тhe гosistance must not oхcegd 5 сl. lf the rвsistanco exсeeds 5 с,, inspeсt
bondingjЦmporforоondition and bondiпgjumporсonnrсtions fortight fit. ll nвcessary remove attach in g
hardware, c|ean and reinslа|| (see figuro 14n 0).
8ot 05.wAн-00Ф-F|
1 l,lating fitting
2 Тhread
3 static disсharger
l.ц Loсkiпg оompound (сM 683)
4 Trailing еdga
Flgure
.l4-9 |nstа||ation . statiо disоharger
Revision l9 сHAPTЕв 14
Page 27
ЕUвocoPтЕR IV1A|NтЕNАNсE мANUAL вo 105
fu1eаsurement between staliо dlgQhаrдer

аnd matiпg
'ittin0
Do пot taka
moasuremont
on сalDon pап
DЕтA|L A
Мёasurёment between sсrew head on

bladё fitting and rotor star
a
a
,l
.14-10 lv1easuromont of the оontact resistance

Figuro
сHАPтЕR 14 вevision 19
Page 28
Д.u.o.oрteг ,.,. ii, '
MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
14 -7 RЕPA!R - i'AlN RoтoR вLADЕ I

14 . 8 RePlаcement ol bushings . b|ade root fitting
Spocial tools: Press commercial itgm
Dismounting tool P/N 117-15004 Wo
PN 105-.15103 Wб
NoтE Dismounting too| P/N 117-15004 W6' is used in the proоedure described below. тhe pro.
cedure rвmains tho samo fot dismounting too| PiN 105-1510з W5.
Two typos o| bushiпgs aro availф|o lor insta||аtion in ths primary bolt matiпg boro in the
blado finang:
сon'igurat|on |; тe{lon bushing

сonfiguratlon l|: 2 DU dry bushlngs and ste6| bushing
Whon replaсing thв bushings' do пoi remove DU guard washers unless they are еither
debondod, worn down to th6 st6ol base, or the depth measurod from guard washer to
guard washer on the blads tittlng is loss than 74.70 mm.
seсondarybolts mаy bo insta||edwith either 6lastiо bushings ortef|on bushings. Howevвr,

diamotriсаI|y opposito blades must be flttod with the same typo ol bushiпgs.
When rep|аcing th6 bushings in one b|adg, сheck tho type o| bushiпgs insta||ёd |n the
0pроsit6 blade. Thв replасEment bushings must be of the samo type as in the opрosite
blado.
1. Roplacoment - to'loп bushing (оonfiguration |) for primary bo|t.
a. Flomove DU guard washers (2' |iguro

.14.11)'
if damaged' in aсcordanсe with paragraph 14.9.
b' P|aсs main rotor blado on a suitаb|e support and a|ign with press.
c. Pr6ss out tol|oп bushing (3). UEing support (7) aпd dritt (1) of tool P/N 117.15004 W6.
d. bore in b|ad6 root fitting silver р|аtg residuёs and mechaniса| damаge. Po|ish out si|ver p|ate
rosiduss
'пspoсt and meоhaniсaldamaga,'or using400/600 gritabrasivE о|oth. Махimum permissibIe bore diame.
teris46.03 mm. |tmаybe Axooeded by0.0l mmon aquaпerof the bore сircumferonco.llthese ||mits are
aхсEedэd' rap|асe b|ade rool litting.
NoтE . Whgn Insta||ing tho teflon bushings' tako into aсcount whёther or г]ot the DU guаrd
washars erg prgsont on tho b|ade root fittiпg aпd use the too|s in асоordanоe with Jig.
we 14-12.
. on|y tel|on bushings with silvвr.plated outer diameter shall be insta|led.
в. оoolпew tolloп bushings (2' 1+12) or reusable romoved bushings to.50.с.

'igцre
Using drift (1)' supрort (6) aпd guido ring (5)' a|igntoflon bushiпg (2) With blad6lool fitting bore аnd press
'. into boro (saeligure !4-12).
g. lf th6 DU guard washers were рrovious|y romoved, install new ones (rof6r to рara 14-9).
Revisioп 22 сHAPтЕR 14
Page 29
ЕURoсoPтЕR мAINтЕNANсE ilлANUAL Bo 105
сoпtlgцrаt|oп l
1 Drift в|ado root fitting

DU guard washёr Guide ring
\) тallon bushing Support
вoving (Blade)
Еigura 14-11 Removal - Te'|on bushing
сHAPтЕR Rovisioп 19
Page 30
EURoоoPтЕR MAINтЕNANoЕ мANUAL вo 105
сon{lgurаtlon l
Аpp|iоatioп o' too| i' DU guard Аpp|iсalion of too| if DU guard

Washsrs are not iпsta|lёd Washers are iпstаlled
1 Drift Guido ring

тeflon bUshing D
в|ade root fitting 7 DU guard washer
Roviпg (вlade)
Figutе 14-12 hstаl|аtion - te'ion bushjлg
Rovision t9 сHAPтЕR 14
Page 31
EURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANоЕ МANUAL вo 105
2. Rop|acemeпt - DU dry bushings (configuration li) primary bo|t

'or
NoтЕ тheso work steps shal| be аcоomplished only uрon removal ol thg dry bushings.
For removal of dry bushings together with the steel bushings, refer to stop 3.
a. Flвmovв DU guard washers (2' tigure 1+13)' il damagёd, in aоcordanсe with paragraph 1Ф9.
b. Plaсe main rotor blado on a suitab|e suррort and align with press.
c. Pross out DU dry bushings (6), using support (8) and dritt (1).
d. Inspeоt bore of stee|bushing (4)lor si|varр|ate rosidues and mgоhanicaldamage. Polish oUt sjlverplato
rosiduosaпd mochаniсaIdamаga,Uslng 400/600 grit abrаsivв с|oth. Maхimum pormissibIr bore dlame,
ter is 42.05 mm' lt may bo oхoeedвd by 0.01 mm on a qUartorof tho bore сirоumferenсe. lf those limits are
eхсeoded, roplaсg st66| bushing in sam6 way as т9flon bushiпg (rofer to step .).
.t
e. ll siEo| bushings was rep|aced, сhвсk diаmeter of steel bushing and, il пecessary,
*-0;016
. mm diаmвter. Dвburr as пaоessаry.
ream to 0 42,03 - u
NoтЕ Whon insta|Iing the DU dry bushlngs' tek9 into acсount whether or not the DU
guard washers are proseпt on tho b|adg root fitting and uso the too|s in aсcor.
danсo with flgure 1+.14.
.о.
|. , cool new DU dry bushings or reusab|e removed bushings to - 50
g. Using dritt (1' figuro 14.14) support (8) and gu|de ring (7)' aligп DU dry bushing (2) with bors of ste6l
bushiпg (3) and p.ess into borв.
h. тum main rotor blade over and instal|thg soоond DU dry bushing. lf there are no DU guard washers (6)
boпdod to the blade root fitting' spacer riпg (9) оvertho end of the support so that the DU dry bushings
(2) are mаdв to рrotrude from th6 'it b|ad6 root {lttlng by aп equa| аmount on both ends.
i. |f thв DU guard Wаshors Wвro previous|y romoved, insta|| n6wones (refёr to рara 14-9).
сHAPтЕR 14 Rovision 19
Page 32
ЕURoсoPтЕR MAINтЕNANoЕ IuANUAL вo 105
сonf|guralIon lI
1 Drift 5 Roving (Ellade)

t DU guаrd Washer o DU dry bushiпgs
o в|ade root fitting Guido ring
4 Stool bushing I supрort
Figure 14-13 Removal- DU dry bushings
Revision 19 oHAPтЕR 14
Pago 33
ЕUпoсoPтЕR MАINтЕNANоЕ IViANUAL вo 105
conllgurаtloп lI
Аpp|iсatioп ot too| i' DU guard washers Appliсation of tool il DU guard washors

aro installed are not installed
1 Dritt 6 DU guard washers

2 DU dry bushings 7 Guida ring
3 stёe| bushiпg I Support
4 Blade root fitting 9 sрaовr ring
5 Roving (Blado)
Figure 'l4-14 lпsta|lation - DU dry bushings
оHAPтЕR 14 Revision 19
Pag6 34
ЕUвoоoPтЕR MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
Roрlaсemeпt - Du dry bцshings together wilh steel bugh]ng (сonjiguration )l) lor primary bolt.
a. Removo DU guaгd washers (2, figurв 14-15)' i' damaged, in acсordaпсe with paragrаph 14.9'
b. Plaсe main rotor blade on a suitabls support and a|ign with рress.
c. Using suрport (6' ligure 14-15) and drift (1)' pross out stёelbushing (B) aпd DU dry bushiпgs (7).
d. lnspeсt bushing sea,t in blade root fitting for si|verplate residUos and meоhaniсaldamago. Po|ish oUt sjl.
ver р|ata residues and meohaпiсаl damage' usiпg 400/600 grit abrasive сloth. Maхimum permissible
bore diamater is 46.03 mm. lt may bs eхсoeded by 0.01 mm on a quаrtёr of thg borв circumfereпсo. If
thes6 |imits ar6 eхсgedod' replaоe blado root,ittiпg.
NoтE When insta|ling the assemblоd steel bushing and both DU dry bushings, take
into aсcount whethor or not the DU guard Washers aro рresёnt on ths blade fit.
ting and Usa th6 too|s iп aсcordапо€ with ligure 14.,l6.
e. оoo| assembled steo| bushing and DU dry bushings to approx. - 50 "с'

f. Using drift (1' figuro14.16)and support (6)' aligп аssombled steeIbUshing and DU drybushing With bladо
root |itting bore аnd рress into bore.
g. |'the DU guard weshers werё proviously romov6d, insta|| nёwones (refеr to pa.a 1Zl-9).
Revision 19 OHAPтЕR 14
Pago з5
ЕURocoPтЕR IvlA|NтЕNANcЕ мАNUAL вo 105
сoпt|gurаtlon ||
'I
Drift 5 Guid6 ring
DU guard wаsh6r 6 Support
Roving (в|ado) 7 DU dry bushing
4 в|ada root litting I St6slbushing
.l4-15
Figurg PressingФut - DU dry bushings with stвa| bushing
сHAPтЕR 14 Reиsion 19
Pagв 36
ЕURoсoPтЕR мA|NтЕNANoЕ МANUAL вo 105
I . ' i iirt:r.
сonflguratlon lI
Application of tool il DU guard Appliсation ot tool il DU guard

washsrs are not instа||od washers аre iпstalled
1 Dritt A Slrаnаа
2 тe'lon bushing 7 DU guard washer
3 в|ade root fittiпg 8 DU dry bushings
4 Roving (в|ade) I Steol bushing
5 Guide ring
Figure 14.l6 |nsta|lаtion - DU dry bushings togather With stee| bushiпg
Flsvision 19 сI.{APтЕR 14
Page 37
ЕURocoPтЕtl MAINтЕNANоЕ I\'ANUАL вo 105
4. RePlacg €lastiс or teflon bushings for s6соndаry bolt.
Еithёr elаstiс bushings or tef|on bushings may b6 instаllod for soсoпdary bo|ts.
Howevar' diametriсa||y oрposite blades must be fitted with the sаmв typo of bush-
rngs.
When roP|aсing thatushings in one b|adв, оheсk the type o' bushiпgs insta|Ied in
the opposito b|ade. тhe repiaоemsnt bushings must be of tho sаme typв as in th6
ooDosit6 blade.
Placo majn rotor b|ado on supрort (6' fig' '14.17), thon a|ign With benоh press аnd remove ё|astiо ortet|on
bushings (4) togethor with bushing (5), using thrust р|ocё (1) and рusher (2).
|| tho bush|ngs woro instalIвd With adh€sivо, fgmovo all lomaining adhesive lrom thr bores.
visually inspeсt bore in b|ado root litting iorsilverplаte rosidues or so|id film |Ubriсant aпd for meсhaпiсat
damа9s. Flemovesilvor plate r6sidu6s orsоlid lubгicantand m6сhanicаldаmagow|th po||shing cloth
400/600. Maximum permissib|е Ьore diamotgr 'iIm is 25.02 mm. |t mаy bв exceodgd by 0.01 mm on aquarter
ofthe bore сirсUmfвraпоa. |f thoso |imjts ars 6xоeaded, replace b|ado root {itting.
l:
coo| new elastic ortef|oп bushiлgs (4) and busiliпg (5) to approх. -50 .C.
AIign blshing (5) and oitherв|astiс ortel|on bushlпgs (4) With bore and insta|lflushwith blade litting, using
tool P/N 117-15004 W6.
оHAPTЕR 14 Flёvision 19
Pаge 38
ЕUвocoPтER li'AlNтЕNANcЕ MANUAL вo 105
вemoval of bushings Insta||atioп

|nsтa||alloп oT bushings
ol ousfl|Лgs
'|
тhrust Diece 4 Е|astic bushing or te|lon bushing
2 Pusher 5 вushing
вlаde root fiuiпg 6 Support
F|oure 14-17 Remova| аnd insta||ation - elastic bushings or tefloп bushings
вevision 19 сHAPТЕR .l4

Pаg6 39
ЕURocoPтЕR мA|NтЕNАNGЕ MANUAL вo 105
14 - 9 Replаоement o' DU guard Washers - blаde гoot fitting

so6сiа| tools:
Bonding dovic6 Р/N 105.15103 W6
1. Rёmove DU guard washrrs (2' liguro 1+18) with suitаb|e too| aпd disсard them.
2. Remove residues of adhesive {rom both hа|ves of b|ade root with abrasive с|oth (400) and оlsап Wilh
triсh|orethylene (сM 204). 'itting
Roughen bondiпg surfaоes of п6w DU guard washвrs With steв|woo| aпd оleаn with trich|orgthylвne
(сМ 204).
App|y a thiп сoat of adhesivo (оI\n 671) to bonding surfaсes of b|ade fitting and DU guard platos.
Position DU guard washers oп bIado root fittiпg. lnsta|l boпdlng deviсe P/N 10s15103 W6 es shown in
tigure 14.18 and handtighten nцt.
A|tow the adhesive оompouпd to cura for aPРroximate|y 6 hours at rcom t6mp6rаture.
Remove bonding doviсe and iпspёct DU guard washers tor propar adhвsion.
4a
1 вonding dёviсe
t, DU guаrd washor
e вlade root fitting
тef|oп bushing
тwo DU dry of bushiпgs with stвв| bushing сan be insta||ed in placo ol тe|lon bushing.
Figцre 14-,l8 вonding - DU guard Washors
оHAPТЕR 14 Rovision 19
Pag6 40
ЕURocoPтЕR I'лA|NтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
:..'..Ьi;.tii: '
14 - 10 D|sаssemb|y - blade root fltting
NoтЕ When disassembling tho blade root fitting, it is recommended to remove the DU dry
bushiпgs (20' fig. 14.20)' if the86 are installed aпd undаmaged, togethэr with the
corresponding steelbushing (21) usiпgtooIset P/N 117-15004 W6 or|ocally manu.
tool sot P/N 105-15103 W5.
'aсtulвd
1. Remove tetlon bushiпg (primary bo|t) аnd either elastic or teflon bushings (secoпdary bolt) per paragraph
14-8.
2. Removo |oсkwiros and sp|it рiпs.
3. Removo ataсhiпg hаrdware. Drive out bo|ts with а soft metai drifl and a hammer if neсessary.
4. тo prevеnt coпductivo strip (5, figiJre 14-20) or bonding jumpar (22) (only for main rotor bladё typg 2) from
being torn ofl, secure it to main rotor b|ada W]th adhesive tape. lf bondiпg jumPer (19) is installed' retain
it for reinsta||atioп.
5. separate ths two halves of the blado root fitting (t 6) by tapрing them with a plastiс mal|ot. |l nвсessаry,
driv9 p|astiс or woodon wsdges between tha two halves o| the blаde root fittiпg.
14 - 1.t lnspeсtion and repair _ blade root fitting аnd blade thimb|e
1. lnspёоt neсkeйown bolts (4' 14.20) for condition. Po|ish out оorrosioп and sсores with Po|ishing
о|oth (400). 'iguro
2. |пspeсttef|oп bushing (2) or steo|bushings (21)' e|astic ortefloп bushings (,l5) and bushing (.17) fordamage
orsolid ti|m |ubriоantоoat. ln additlon, iпsРeсt innel diameter of bushing (,l7) lormeсha-
to thё si|ver plating
пiсa| and оorrosion damage.
a. separation of the silverplating orsolid film |ubricant оoat on not more than 10 7o ofthe sUr'aсe аrga and
minor sсores are permissible Without r6work' Roр|ace bushing i' damage is more severe.
b. Polishout meсhaniсaldаmagoandcorrosion on bushing {17)With poIishingоloth (400).l/ах. permissiblо

iппerdiameteris 18.8mm. |tmаybsaxceeded by0.1 mm a|ong aquartero'itsсirсumferёпсe.llto|aranсe
is exсeeded' replaоe bushing'
? lnspeоt b|ade root for damage, po|ish out and round ot| any sсoles or рressцro marks.
Inspect rеsin сoating on b|ad6 юot for сondition. |f tho damaged resin сoating area exсeeds 5% ofthe rntirв
bladе root areа, have b|ade repaired or ropаir par paragraph l4-,18. |t damаgе is 5% or less' proоeed as
lollows:
a. Using afiIe or аbrasivoс|oth, оarefu|ly remove |oos6 resiп сoating Wilhoutdamaging theGRP skin ofthe
blade root.
b. сleаn blаde root with аоotonв (сM 203) and wiрo dry.
Flevision '19 оHAPтЕR 14

Pagё 4l
ЕURoоoPтЕR MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
тvpЕ AF DAl.lAGЕ DAмAGЕ AND RЕPAIR т.,,Il.1]тs

zoNЕ zoNЕ
ffi
1 2
Мeсhan i с a1 U. Z MM 0.4 mm in
.lаnfЬ
Figure 14.19 вlаdв root fitting - damage and repair |imits
1 DU guard plats 13 Nut

A 2 тef|onbushing 14 Washer
3 вolt 15 Еlastic or tel|oп bushing I
^ 4 Nвсkeнown bo|t 16 Ha|f ol b|ade root fitting
сoпduоtive strip (i' insta||ёd)
,!7
+l5
Д\ 6 Cutl
вUshing
18 Scr6w
7 Washar 19 Bonding jumper (if lnstalled)
8 Nut A 20 DU drybЦshing
I Split pin A 21 Stosl bushing
.l0 Washar 4\ 22 вonding jumper (if insta||вd)
.1,1
Nut 23 sсrew
12 split Din 24 Wаsher
вild 14.20 в|ade root fitting, disаssemb|ed (1 of 2}
сl-lАPтЕR 14 tl6vision 19
Pag€ 42
ЕURocoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсE MANUAL вo 105
I 8-12 Nm
Ar.
I
,r-_fi
Y
F.rzш.Jll
,.-e
t-'-
-в-.fi.5,l'l
\-
IA
:
I
*
t
6
/1\ Cutf (6)' depending on the сonliguration ol maiп rotor blad6
Depend|ng on ths con|iguration' thg blada root fitting сan be oquipped with te||oп bushing
^ (2) or with DU dry bushings (20) апd steel bushiпg (21}.
,4\ Depending on the conliguration, tho main rotor Ьlade оаn be equipped with сonduоtivg
z_!a-\ strip (5) or bonding jumper (22), if irctalled
Figurs '14.20 в|ado root fittiпg, disassвmb|ed (2 of 2)
Pagr 43
EURocoPтER MAINтЕNANсЕ MАNUAL вo 105
14 - 12 AssemЬly _ b|ade root fitting
1. coat bladв roоt titting matiпg аrвa with athin and even liIm ofparting and s|iding agsnt (сN4 720) and allow
to dry. Roрeat this рrocedure threa tim6s. Po|ish bladg root mating аrea after eaсh app||cation of the
sliding agвnt. 'itting
2. Fit both ha|ves of blade root fitting over blade thimblв and attach together wilh sсrews. At same time' i|
prosont, insia|l сonduсtive strip (5' fig. 14.20) ) or boпdiпg jumper (22)' on|y for main rotor b|ade type 2'
,l,1 .l+20 and safety nuts
and bonding jumper {19). Т']ghtвn nuts (8' and 13) to torque as indicated in fig.
with split pins (9 and 12).
3. Instalt toflon bushing (2) or DU dry bushings (20) with stoel bushing (21) por Paragraph 14-8.
4. |nsta|| a|astic bushings or teflon bushing ('15) aгrd bushing (17) por paragrаph 14-8.
5. |f oU guard washers (1) have been removed, re|nsta|| new onвs par paragraph 1,l-9.
6. The following сheсk only applies to maiп rotor blade, type 1 .
a. |l static disоharger was iпsta|led, using multimeter' measure оontact rвsistаnсe botween statiо
discharger (18,lig. 14-1) and boпd!пg jumper (23).
- тhe resistance must not eхcegd 1MQ.

- |f tho resistanоo exсaeds
,1MQ'
оheck conduоtivity at statiс discharger and at b|ade titting.
If пecessary, improve conductivity by roworking rвspeсtive сontaсt sur|aсёs.
7. тhe fo|lowing check or moasuromgnt on|y аpp|ies to ma|л rotor b|аde' type 2.
'a. |ibondiпg jumper (22'tig.14.20) Was installеd, using multimeter' measure сontaоt resistanсe between
static dischargar (18, 14-5) and boпding jumper (23).
'ig.
- The resistanсв must пot ёxceed 1МQ.
- l{ th6 resistanoв oxc66d8 1t\i\о, oheck coпductivity at stаt|о disсharger aпd at b|ado tittiпg.
lf neсвssary improvo conductivity by reworkiпg respectiva contасt surlaces.
b. lf no bonding jumpo( t22'tig14.20t was insta||ed' apply fi||eto{ сonductive sealaпt (сt\,t 669) to between
joint area of b|ad6 root fitting and maiп rotor biade as
'ol|ows:
1) сleаn b!аde root ha|voз (15) end пeck ol rotor blade, using acetone (с[,l 203).
'itting
2) Sand neck of blade atjunсtion to thв blade root fitting to exPose barё metalof silver сonduоtive paint
сoaпng.
.tho
3) Apply оonduсtive sga|aпt (сful 669) around entire edge ol b|аde root fitting at ,junсtion to the
blade.
4) Using multimete( measure сontaсt losistanсe between statiс dischargоr (18' fig. 1,l.-5) and b|ade
root fitting (1).
_ тhe resistanсe must nol excaod 1МQ.
- lf the resistanсo excoeds 1мQ, check оonductivity аt statiо dischаroer and at blade root fitting.
|l neсessary, improve сoпductivitу by reworking гssPeсtive coпtact surlaces.
оНAPтER 14 Revision 19
Pags 44
ЕURoсoPтЕн MA|NтЕNANoЕ tvtANUAL вo 105
14 - 13 Bonding - PUR eroslon proteсtion tаpe in t|p areа of тype 1 mаin rotor l
b|аde l
soeсialtooIs:
Template тool No. 29 (105-1б103 W9) re|6r to сhapter 04
1. General
тhe polyurethano orosion protgctioп tap6 (PUR tapo) servos to proteоt tho erosion proteсtive sha||s and
the blado leading 6dgo аgainsi erosion' aпd provjdвs ths erosion рroteоtivo she||sWith a longerservlco Iife.
NoтE . Al| the bladёs ol a main rotor must be littgd With PUFl taps.
. |l PUtl tapo is being applied for tho first time, step 2.b. and о. are not aрpliсablo.
нowever, befоre bonding thв PUR tapё to th6 b|ade, the erosion protective she|Is
and the area to be сovered by the tape should be examined lor signs of damaga.
2. Bondiпg PUR tape on b|ade.
a. |f necossary, remove maiп rotor blad6 рer para. 1и.

b. Using hot-air blowв( h6at PUR taр6 to maх. 50 .с and p6o| it lrom b|ado.
Remove adhosive residue, Using toIuene (оМ 219).
d. с|ean ma]n rotor blado with dry cleaning so|vent (сtv1 202).
cut PUR tape (cм 659)to size Using temp|аto tool no.29 (105-15103 W9}.
t. Plасa center marks on majn rotor bleda and PUFl taP9 as shown in 14-21, Usiпg a fe|t-tip pen.
'igЦre
s. с|ean PUR tapa boпdiпg аlea oп maiп rotor b|ade With aоetone (спn 203).
h. Rrmovo protective baоking from оцt_to sizе PUR tаpe.
NoтЕ . тhe bonding surlaсe on PUR tapeand main rotor blade must be free of foleign mat.
ter'
. Duriпg ths bondlпg proсrss, ths ambient temрeratцгr and the temperature of the
parts to bo bonded shoцld not be be|ow + 20 .c. тho re|ative air humidity must not
exceвd 600/0.
. Adhosion wi|| inсreass if the maiп rotor blade is stored for 24 hours after bonding.
A|ign centor ma*s and' beginning at the extreme leading edge, attаch PUFl tape to main rotorb|ads per
.14.21
figura whilo working ourwrinklos aлd air bubb|еs atthe sаmo time.
lf removed, install main rotor blade (refer to para. 14-6).
Pagв 45
ЕURocoPтЕR MAINтЕNANоЕ N4АNUАL вo 105
Al
я
х
з
Figцre .l4.-21 Bonding ol erosion protection tape
Pag6 46
EURoоoPтЕR II|AINтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
'14
- 14 RePlаcement - PU {i|m
NoтЕ . тhr PU lilm (sroslon protёсtive tilm) must be app|ied iп the same p|aсe on all four
blades of a set.
. Тho PU f||m proteсts the bonding joints at the ends of tho erosion protective shвIts
oп lhe main rotor b|аdes аgainst erosioп (washouts).
1. Peel damаged PU fiIm from main rotor blade. remove residual adhesivo and clean bonding аrea on blade
for attachment of now PU fi|m' using acetono (оМ 203).
А|low c|oan6d areа on b|ada to air dry lor at |east 10 minUtes.
3. Using le|t_tip pёn' mark tha dimensioпs lor РU liIm bonding areа on blado psr figure 14-23, theп coat the
ar6a for th6 new Pu lilm with prime. (сМ 750) and allow to air dry lor least 30.60 minutes.
сut PU li|m.
|vlaiп rotor b|ade Itэm atv ьlze ot PU-|-l|m

тyрe 1 (.l)' Nose аrea 1х Length 230 mm, Widlh 150 mm
Figura 14-23 (provid9 cutоut for placard)
(1 oi 2)
(2), Nose area 1x Length 297 mm, Width 150 mm
(3)' Еrosion proteсtive JX Longth 150 mm, Width 110 mm
shell
(4), Nosa ar6a 'lx Length 590 mm, Widtn 150 mm for main
rotor b|ade withoцt sleeve
(provide сutout for placard)
(4), Nosa aroa 1x Leпgth 645 mm, Width 150 mm maiп
rotor b|ade Without sleeve and сutf
'or
(provide оutout |or p|aоard)
туpo 2 (4)' Nose arФa ,lх Length 230 mm, Width 150 mm
Flgure 14-23 (5), Nos6 araa '!x Length 297 mm, Width 150 mm
(2 at 2t
(6), Еrosion proteсtive 2x Length 150 mm, Width 110 mm
sh6ll
5. Mark center line of erosion protёсtive shell on b|ade, using fell-tip pen.
6. Mаrк center linё of PU {i|m per figwa 14-22, using fe|t-tip pen.
7. Peel proteоtive bасkjng lrom PU|ilm (sor 14.22).

'igurв
8' AрPly PU fi|m along |ength of вrosioп рrotoсtive sholl on lhё eхtreme leadiпg edge oi the b|ade.
9. Work out any bubbles underthe PU litm away from thв extreme |eading edge spanwise towards tho aailing
edg9. Аny bubbl6s remainiпg und6rtho PU ti|m may be removed by priоking them with a pin and pressiпg
down the PU film.
10. Pёвl otf remaining seоtions of рroteсtive backing and app|y PU fi|m bubbla-freo in spanwisa direоtion.
пevision 19 снAPтЕR 14
Page 47
ЕURocoPтЕн MAINТЕNANOЕ l'/tАNUAL вo 105
ilr:r::r"i
Pu-lilm, backing
маrk on iФlrt
R6mov€
рrot6сtlvo
baсшnE
Figure 14-22 [,Jarking of PU film, P/N 8681-liS-SS-36173
сl.lAPтЕR 14 Flвvision 19
Paga 48
ЕURoсoPтЕп MАINтЕNANоЕ мANUAL вo 105
i'a|n rotol b|аdo' тyрo 1
iJlаin rotor b|ade Without оuff

and without sleёve
Main rotor blade without

sl6av6
Dimensions in mm
ф
;l
t
s
вi|d 14-2з Boпdiпg PUfi|mon main rotor bladв Тypo 1(1 of 2)
Rвvision 19 oHAPтЕR 14
Page 49
ЕURocoPтЕR lvlA|NтENANcЕ MАNUAL вo 105
tl'a|п rotoг blаde' тyрe 2
Dimenslons in mm
:\
1
й
^
Figurо 1,l-23 Boпding PU fi|m on main rotor b|ado тypo 2 (2 ot 2'
cНАPтЕR 14 Flвvision 19
ЕURocoPтЕR MAINтЕNANсЕ MАNUAL вo 105
14 - 15 Riveting - trim tab
1. Тransfer rivet pattrrn to аIl vim tab attaсh tabs. Rвtаin existing edgв сlearanсe.
2. Drill a 2.2 mm dia- hole ior rivet to bo installed.
3' Fleam rivеt ho|e to 2.5 mm dia. aпd deburr as nесassary.
4. |nsert rivet (LN 9198-24068) in hole sо that it сaп bв hвadеd oп the trim tab.
5. Attaсh a|| trim tabs with rivets.
6. сoat.ivot heads on both sides of trim tab with single-|ayer lacquor (cM 410) (a|so avai|аble in aerosol
cans).
14 - 16 R€рlaсemeпt - trim tаb

sрeсial tools:
Bonding tool P/N 105-15'103 W4

сommerоia| eauiomeпt and Work aids:
Vertiсal boring mi||
sрiral driIIs' 2.2.' 2.s-mm-diаmet9r
Chisel
Steel scraDer
File
PolyethyIene сontaiпer or non-paraff inфаsa carton
Rinsing оontainer with dosti|Ied Water
Rivet crushing tool
,l
Abrasive с|oth, 80 grit
сloth (dry' clean' lint-'r€e)
оircu|ating air oven
тhermа| insuIation
Е}loсk of wood
1. Flemove main rotor blade' refel to parаgraрh 14.4.
2. Dril| out rivots (1' figurе 14-25) in trim tab' using a 2'2 mm dia. drill, then remove a|l traсes of rivets.
сAUт|oN Do Noт ALLoW ADJAоЕNт вLADЕ sK|N тo BЕ DAмAGЕD BY тHЕ HЕAт

тHЕ НOт-A|R BLOWЕR. DlRЕcт Hoт AlR вLАsт AWАY FвoM тHЕ
FRotv!
вLА0Е sKlN.
3. lvlask adjaсrnt area ol biаdo skin with thermal insulation as shown in fig. 14-24.
Dkectth6 hot.air blower (4) es shown iп fig 14.24, so thatthe hot-air b|ast strikes tha trim tф (1) only. s|ow|y
warm the trim tab (1) with the hot-air blowrr (4), then pry it off with a chisel. Discard removrd trim tab (1).
Ravision 19 оHAPTЕFI 14
Page 5l
Bo 105
}nANuAL
мA\ЬlтЁNANoЁ
ЕUROсOPтЕR
da##
Г;.т::
7.
g
t{^.
1 Trlm 616de
z $|!.}'insutaпoп
.?
1il.3J".,]",ffi.."**n
веmovаtotvim!.b
14,4
and 9a-'""::.:-:
a scf aРer,
:,--iih ":-:'--'::::"
-"-" tl detа
tor darпa.е.
."o аrва
^ i?fl iъж.1Т;'":":Jliй.n, .. .,'". u'*
. *****,*',"i3Рi'"Ъ}i;ь.
Revisi'rg
14
..нAPтЕв
6aqo эz
ЕUпoсOPтЕR MA|NтЕNANoE МАNUAL вo 105
6. Prepаre trim tab tor bonding.
a. l' iпstalling prеfabricaled trim tabs' remove blaоk peеl p|y. Do not touch eхрosed boпding surfaоe. тhe l
bondiпg surtaces o' aпodized and рrimed trim tabs shal| not be touсhed either' l
7. с|ean bonding surfaовs on blado traillng €dge with aоotone (сl\,! 203)'
8. Preparв 2K adhesiva раste (сМ 671) or mix adhrsive (сl.il640)with hardeпer (с[,l641}in accordanсeWith
instruc,tions. l
manufаcturer's l
9. Apply athin coat o' adhesivr to the bonding surfaоa of b|ade trailing edge аnd trim tab.
10. Plaсe trim tab on bladr trailing вdgo so ihat:
a. if the eХisting rivet ho|es in tha trai|iпg edg6 arg used, these align With the borеs in thе lrim tab.Spaсing
dimёnsions in fig. 14.25' a3 app|iсab|e' must be сomр|ied With.
b. i' therв are no rivet ho|es (e.g. after repаir ol the blade trai|ing edge) in the trailing edge, these must
apPliсable'
be l
dril|ed to mset the spаciпg dimensions in fig' 14.25 as l
11. After aligning the trim tab, аttaоh it firm|y to the main rotor b|ade With аdhesivo tape (сM 603).
12. spray tha griрs of bondiпg too|, P/N 105-15103 W4, with partiпg agent (оМ 709).
.105.15103
1з. Press trim tab onto b|аdв trаiling еdgё, using bonding tool W4.
'14. Al|ow adhеsive to сuro at room tomрerature tor approx.24 hours.
15' Aftвrth3 аdhёsive has cured, rcmovs bonding tool aпd remove high spots ol adhesivё, using а file or сhisel.
16. Dril| 2.5 mm dia. rivвt ho|es in blade trailing €dge. Use block of Wood as a baоk_up to prevent the dri||
breaking out pieces of the trailing sdge when it comes through the other side.
17. Insert rivots (LN 919&2406в) in the rivot holвs so that they can bв headed oп the trim tab.
Flevision 19 оHAPТЕR 14
Paga 5з
EURoGoPтЕR lvlAlNтЕNANcЕ MANUAL вo 105
18. cloan surlaоes to b6 painted, using acetone (сM 203).
.l9.
сover blade area around surfас€ to be paiпtad, us|ng masking tаpo (оl\,l 609).
20. мix twФ.component zinc chromatg primer (сtvt 417) With hardoner (оМ,B5) and thinnsr (Cм aз6) in
aоcordencg with manufaоturer's lnstruсtions аnd аpply to trim tаb. Al|ow to сuro at room temperaturg.
21. two-componon,t PUFI topсoat (cм 412) with hardoлer (оl'4 420) and thinner (сM 413) in асоordaпce
'\,iх menufacturor's instruсtions aпd apply to rэpair area. Allow to сu'6 at room tomperaturo.
with
22. Remova masking tаpo 1 to 4 hours aftor paiпt app|lсatlon.
i'аln rotor b|adq тyр 1
.lуPA
мa|n rolor blаdot 2
1 Rivot (LN 9198-24068)
2 Main rotor blade
3 тrim tab
Dimensions iп mm 4 вlade kaiIing edgo
Figure
.14-25 нop|acomёnt trim tabs
-
Peg€ 54
ЕURoоoPтЕв MA|NтЕNАN6ЕMANUAL 80105
.: ;,i ,
14.17 Repair of dаmаge on main rоtor blаde t

1 . Repair of damage to surfaоa protесtion.
Local damage can be ropаired by spot.pаinting with siпglв.layor lacquar (сM 4,l0) or spray . тhe surrounф l
't;ql3:i3ъi:l1;.i]"dвmustbвsuitab|Ymaskod.Alternativelу,atwo-соmрonentPuRtoрсoatmаyьeusod t
a. Mask area adiасent to damage area with сommerсial adhosive taрe.
b. saпd damaged area o| surlaоe proteot]on by hand, using 220 grit or tin6r аbrasive оloth.
c. Wipв ofl saпding residues, сlean damаgad arga wilh PUR thinner (см 41з) and wipe dry.
d. Apр|y singlo-|ayer |aщuor (cМ 410) or twФ.сomponent PUв toP сoat (refer step 2). l
ё. Allow laсquarto dry at room temperaturв for approх. 12 hours.
f. Fina| po|ish the odgss ol tha |aсquerсoat using commercia| polish.
2. Repair o{ damaged glass fiber |aminate (damage lеss than 2 plles). l

a' тhorough|y сloan main rotor b|ado With dry оloaning so|vent (сM 202).
b. Usiпg аbrasivo c|oth (220 or liп60' abrado by hand th6 damaged fibre layers.
с' Flemove аbrasion residues and сleaп damaged area with aсёtone (оM 203).
d. лask with adhosive tарo any аreas пot bsinq lopaired.
6. Primethg аbraded damaged araalwicewith UPfi||er, mado Uрfrom UP putty (оM303) and UP hardener
(сM 304) iп а ratio ol 100 : 1.5 o.2 K adhesivo pasta (см 671). Аpp|y athin layёrof UP fi||е', Working to-
Wards tha trailing edge ofthв b|ada. Тhe glass libre surlaоe shou|d remain visible.
Attёr about 1.5 hours, aPP|y tho second, thin layer of UP fi||er' working towards th6 erosion protective
'. shell, aпd a|low to curв for 5 hours at room tвmрerature.
g. Wet-grind thв primed arёaWi.th wetabrаsive paper (320). Flemoveabrasion residue and сlean repaired
аr6aWith PUн thiппёr (оlv141з) and a lintjroo cloth.
h. вolore aрP|ying surfaо6 рrotёоtion, сheck whether erosion рroteсtlvo sha||and end cap (depending oп
th9 main rotorblade con'iguratioп) аlso гoquire a'resh сoatof painl lf so' prime the parts as spёciflod iп
stops i. to k., than proceed in accordance with steps l. to o.
i. с|oan €rosion proteоtive shellor erosion proteсtive sheiIand ond cаp (dоpending of ths main rotorblade
configuration) with degreasing agent (сM 209).
j. iiхwash рrimer (cм423) withhardenor(оlI419) iпa ratio of4:1 ,thrn addthinner (сAi 414)to aоhirve a
sprау viscosityof 14.16 seconds, rneasured iп а DIN stаndаrd m6asuring beakerwith afunne|diameter
ot 4 mm.
Revision 19 сHAPтЕFi 14
Pago 55
ЕURoсoPтЕR MAINтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
k. A'tar a 3G-minut6 prфrвaс1ion tim6' app|ywash primortotлo sufаc6to be primad, using a spray pres.
suroot 3to 5 barапd e sprey пozz 16 with adiаmoter ol1'2 mm' Al|ow a dryiпg time o' 30 minut6s at room
tomooratura.
I. Мake up surface p'ot6с1ioп from PUR toроoat (сlvl412)and hardonвr (сM 420) iп a ratio o'5:1, thon add
thiппer (CM 413) to aоhievв а sprаy viscosity o' 1+18 s6conds, moasuгed |n a DIN stаndard moasuring
beakorwith a |unnв| diamater o| 4 mm.
m. After a3&minuts prфroectioп timo, app|ysudaоo protsction totho surfaсo being rapaired' usinga spвy
pressure o{ 3 to 5 bar and a spray nozzle with a diameter of 1.2 mm.
n. Dry tho surtacв protoсtioп for approх. 24 hours аt room temperaturo.
o. Finаl polish the odgas of tho surfaсo protection with сommgrcial po|ish.
сHAPтЕн 14 Rovision 19
Pags 56
ЕURocoPтЕR i,A|NтENANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
14 -.l8 Rerrewаl - resin сoаting
NoтЕ тhis boпdiпg prооess may on|y be р€rformed by personneIWho have been train6d
ior this purpose by tho maпufaсture0 and have the prescribed too|s for thg job.
speоiaI tools:
Flesin аppliсator' 105-15181 W22

вlade root fittiлg
Alignment dsvice 105n 5181 W50
оAUт|oN тAKЕ cАRЕ Noт тo DAMАGЕ тHЕ вLАDЕ FlooТ WHЕN вEМoV|NG ТHЕ
ADHЕs|VЕ LАYЕFI.
3,
I
6
1 Roving laminate
2 Nose shell
3 Neck shell
4 Febric skin
,14-26
Figurg вlade root structure
1' Mask сutf (2, fig. 14-27) using adhesivв film (CM 603).
2. Using a li|e or abrasive сioth, cаrofuily remove resiп coating to a deрth of not more thаn 1 mm.
3. Fit bIade root into b|ade root ha|ves:

'ittiпg
a. Place blаde root fitting Upper ha|f (16' fig. 14-20) on bo|ts ol a|lqnmeпt deviоe 105-.15181 W50.
b. Plaсe main rotor b|аdo, top sidg laoing down, iп tho blаde reiainers of a|ignment device.
Flеvision 19 сHАPтЕR 14
Page 57
N,lAlNтЕNANcЕ МANUAL вo 105
о. Using fog|er gaug9, measu16 clёaraпca bgtween b|ad6 root and blada root fitting. c|earanс6 a|| round
must bo 0.2 to 1.0 mm. |' the cloaranсo Exсaods 1.0 mm, сonsUlt сustomer serviсe on howto proceed,
d' Remove b|ads root fitting upper hall from a|igлmsnt davico and fit b|ade root fitting low6r half (.16) in its
p|ace. P|aсe maiп rotor bladg' top side facing up, in thо b|ads rвtаineгs ofthe аllgnmont deviсa.
e. Ropeat step с.
4. сlean blаd6 root and both ha|ves of biade loot fitting with aсetone (cМ 203). Аfter оloaning, do пot touсh
сloаned surfaces with bаrё hands.
5. A|lix ton speсing stickors as shown in fig.l+27.
NoтЕ For the bonding proсess, do not use the bolts, washers aпd nuts inteпdod linаl
aзsаm0ly. 'or
6. Apply a thin' uni'orm all-round f||m of parting and stiding ag9nt (о[,l 709} to both ha|ves ol the b|ada root
fitting and on a|| assoсiated bolts, Washors aпd nuts. Allow to dry аnd thon рolish. Light|y lubriсate bo|t
shanks (not threads) and al| boros with grease (сМ .101).
7. cut PVс film (0.1 mm thiсk) to mаtоh ths out|ino o{ the mating taying surfaoos ol blada root fitling halvas
and place it on the lowor hall of tho blade root litting.
8. Mix 180 g of resin:

- resin (Glt 640)
- hardener (сM 641)
HЕALTH PRЕGAUT|ONS: Тh6 hard6пorcausas lrritatlon ofth€ oyэs and mUcous mёmbranes. тhorofors,
wear рrotеоtive gloves and gogglвs during the mixing prooaduro' lJ hardsneгgots on skin, wаsh immediаte-
|y With soap aпd warm wator. |l it gats into ey9s, flush them immediatoly with water for 15 miлutos, then
obtain immediato medicа| attention.'
For additional hsа|th and sаfety in'ormation in this rвspeоt, coпsult о|вA GEIGY PUb|ication No ,24264|d,
мixiпg instructions:
Mixing ratlo by waight: - пosln 100 perts

- нardanor 20 parls
тhorough|y miХ both сompoпents оarrful|y to а uniform сonsistaпcy (no streаks). For this puгposr' uso
о|gan boakors and stkring rods on|y.
Th6 working |ifo of the miхture is apрrox. 65 minUtes at 25oс.
l9. Heаt r6sin to approx. 60 .c. Coat root end uпiform|y with 120 g o{ the resin and аssemblo tho root end
l hаlves on root end. For torque valua, г6fer to fig. 'l4-20.
10. Wipe off excessive resin souoeze-out.
11. lmmediаtвly fit maiп rotor b|ade in resin app|iсator 105.15181 W22.
a. Fit hвating рiп (4' lig. 14.28) and rigglng pin (3) through blade root littiпg borеs.
b. Using detent (2), с|amр maiп rotorbIade in position on 16sin apр|icаtorsothatthe sсаlo pointori9betweёn
both rеd markings.
c. Hsat heаting pin to approx. 80 .с. foг 2 hours' Pour in additional resin аs neсessary.
cliАPтЕв 14 Revision 19
Pag6 58
ЕURoсoPтЕR fi/AlNтЕNАNсЕ MANUAL вo 105
' t
.'''t]
d. Allow hgating pin to оoo| unti| it сan be pul|ed out withoЦt force.
a. Remova mаiп rotor blada from rвsin аDo|icator.
|. Detaоh root end fitting and remove Pvс fi|m.
g. с|вan root end fitting halves and root eпd o' blade with acetone (сМ 203).
h. Removв bead ol resin al| round so that it protrudes on|y 0 to 0.7 mm abovo the resin оoating.
i' lnsрoct resin |ayer. singla shrinkago оavities are permissib|e аs loпg as thеirtota| area doss not eхоsвd
100/o of the total rosin layor.
i. Removo adhesivв film from сutl.
k. AssrmbIе blade root per para.14.12.

'itting
u,." A
A)
I
€
t 1 вlade root
Е 2 оutl markвd with
Dlmensionз in mm
adhesive film (сM 603)
spасing stickors (10 ofi)
Figwe 14-27 Affixing the spасing stiсkers
Pаge 59
ЕUпoоoPтЕв |\i'AINтЕNANсЕ MАNUАL Bo 105
1 Pointеr 5 Temрora1ur6 recoldет

2 Dotent Power sцрply
з Fligging pin 7 тomp8ratur€ оoпtrol
4 Haatiпg pin I l|mвr
Fig]'J/e 14-28 Appliсаtioп of resin app|icator 105.15181 W22
сHAPтЕR 14 Revisioп 19
Pagё 60
MAINтЕNANоЕ МANUAL вo 105
@-.,.oорtег
14 - 19 Restore proteоtive сoating and insрeсtion marking in the bа|аnce weight
аreаs - mаin rotor blade tyр6 2
NoтЕ oп main rotor b|adвs, whose top coat ends аt the erosioп protsоtive she||, aрply protective
оoatingjust up to this top сoat edgв atthв erosion protоctivв she||. The erosion proteсtivo
sholl areas havo to be kept lrse of painl in this case'
.l
1. Mask otl balanсg Weight arвas and 2 (9,15 tigure 1,|-5) i.a.w. liguro 14-29 by Using adhesive tapg 0n
the upрer surfaов ofthe main rotor blad6. Use suitable masking materia|to рrevent рaint from sprаying on
to adjaсвnt b|adв sur{aсes.
2. Using аbrasive cIoth (320 grit or line0, saпd top coat in masked areа by hand'
3. с|ean sаnded arra with PUв thiлner (сl'r1 413)' thon Wipe arёa dry.
(оii per mаnufacturer's

4' App]y сoating of singlф.|ayor laсquer 427) and a||ow lo dry at room tomperalur€
instruotions.
the tront еdge

5. Polish 6dgos o' paint оoаt by using сommercia| po|ishing compound. Sand a bevвling at
(pressure edg6) цsing abrasivo с|oth (320 gr|t or tine0.
6. мark boundаry of baiаnов weighi area 1 (9 flguro 14-5)i.а,w. 14-29 on the Iower surface o1lhв maiп
rotor b|ide by usiпg a Wator-resistant folt-tiр pon. on main b|adеs,
'igure
rotor where the proteсtive сoa,t hаs been
apрlied just tip to thЪ top coat edge at the oюsion protectivo sh6|l(see пote on top of this page)' additiona||y
mark ari apрroхImataly 2 cm wido arвa |n |roпt ol thв protective coating.
.l4
Revlsion 22 сHAPтЕR
Q.,-.oрtег MА|NтЕNАNoЕ мАNUAL вo 105
Not to sоa|e
А|| dimensions in mm
ll-\ сoat markёd areas on blade uooer sur{aсo with

proteсtivв сoatlng (whito paiпt' cм 427)'
A fl on matn rotor b|ados, whose lop coаt ends at

tha eroslon protвсt|vo shel|, apply proteоtivo
Top ooat edg6 coаtiпg just up to this top сoat Edge al the
on th6 arosion erosion p.oteсtive shell. тhв erosion рrotoсtive
protectivo shell sh6ll arees havo to bo kept treo ot paint.
A .t
Маrk ba|ance we|ght erвa on blade
lower side (brokon line аroa)' using parmаnant
marksr' on maiп rotor b|ades. wh€ro the oroteсtive
coatlng on the upper surfaco has been appliod
Just t]p to th€ toP оoat adge o' tho orosion
protective sholl' addltionа|ly mark an approхimate|y
2 сm wido area in Jront-o' the proteсtivo сoatlng
Us|ng a permаnenl marкeг.
Ц
E
э|
Figurg 14-29 Application of prot6оtiv6 сoating aпd inspeсtlon marking in the ba|anсa wоight areas
сНAPтER 14 Revislon 22
Pagв 62
?..,гооoрteг MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
14 -20 sтoRAGЕ' PAOKAGING AND SHIPP|NG * мA|N RoтoR вLADE
1. Uso originа| сontainer for storage or shipping.
storo main гotor blades so that thвy aro sа,e lrom damage.
i/tain rotor b|adёs belпq returпed lor ropair shall be shipped iп sturdy сoпtainers' prgferab|y in origina| оon-
teiner P/N 1020744+5000410001WD. тho blados must be stowod and seсured in the сontаiner so thаt
no damago is sustainod during transpod, eveп if tho containor is subjectod to rough or careless handling.
Cut.to.siza loаm сushions аre ospacially suilab|s for storage proteсtion ln the сoлtаiner' Еach mаin rotor
b|ad6 is wraрped sepаrate|y in po|ythene sh€etiп9. тhв оontainers must not be overloaded. сoпtainer lids
must be seоUrad, o.g. by stee| straps.
Flвvision 22 оHАPтЕR 14
Page 63
@-.,..орtег мA|NтЕNANсЕ MАNUAL вo 105
BLANK PAGЕ
oHAPтER 14 Revlsion 22
Page 64
сHAPTER
FUSELAGE
fleuгoсopter MА|NтЕNANсЕ MANUАL N/tBв . вo 105
э.1
гUsЕLAGЕ
Table оf сontents
Pаragraph
2\ 1 DЕSсRIPT]ON - ЕUSЕLAGЕ З
21. 2 RЕPAIR - гUSЕLAGЕ З
21 з INSPEсTIoN I'OR CONDITIoN - Е'USЕLAGЕ 15

)
2T ц Еoldinq door 25
21 5 Removal - fоldlng dooт 25
2T 6 Inspeсtion and reрair - folding door 25
2l 1 hstallation - folding dqor 25
2I Remova] - door hаndle (fo]ding door) 26А
21 ]nsta1lation - dooт hand.lе (folding door)

2T I s1iding doоI 2'l
9 Removal - sliding door 21
10 Insрeсtion and reрair - sliding door 2'l
ZL 11 Instal-lation- sliding door

11A Removal - door han dle (sliding door) 29
2T 118 Instа]lation. doо r handLe (sliding door) 29
11 t2 Rear door 29
2I TJ Removal - rear door 29
2I 14 Inspeсtion and repair - rеar door 9A
2r 15 Installation - rear door З0
2T T6 Sрoilеr зз
2\ 1'7 Rеmoval - sроilеr 33
в0 105
сIiAPтЕR 21
Rarr.isiоn 6 Paqe I
Paragraрh Title Page
l| - Iё Insресtion and reрair - sрoiler JJ
2r-t9 Installation - sрoi1er Зз
Windows Jэ
zt - z! Cleaning - windows З5
ZI - ZZ Removal - upper windshield Jэ
2I-2З Installation - uPPer windshiеld JO
Z.L - zч Rеmoval - lower windshield з8
2I-25 Installation - lower windshield з9
2r-26 Removal - сabin roof window 43
2r-21 Installation - сabin roof window 4з
2r-28 Rеmoval - folding door window 45
21. - 29 Installation - fоldiпg door window 45
21 -30 Rеmoval and installation - slidiпg door window 48
t
B0 105
снAPTЕR 21
Pagе 2 Revision 6
ЕUвoсoPтЕR ijA|NтЕNANоE i/iANUAL Bo 105
2I .I DЕSсRIPтIoN . Е.UsЕtAGЕ
The fuselаge is а light-аtloy, semi-пonoсoque сonstruсtion, сonрrising

аirfrаmе, ioldinq doors, sliding doors1 rear сlamshell door' windows аnd
floor panels.
21' -2 RЕPAIR - Е.USЕLAGЕ
1. E'or fusolage materiаl identifiсаLion' refer to figure 21.1.

2. Reраir local ассording to E'AA Publiсatioп' Aс 43.lз-1A' AтRсRAE'т
damаge
RЕiAIR' Rв}4 2б1 and sI.в0105-142. If dаmаge ls more
t
INЬPвстIoN AND
eхtensive, refer to manufасLurer.
3. Repаir кЕVLAR/ЕPoхY sаndr,lсh раnels using.s!з191.d аpproved neLhods for
gliss-fiber struсtures' whereЬy 'one Ply of кЕVLAR cаn be replaced by two
рties ot glаss fiber WL 8.4548.6.
B0 105
снAPTЕR 21
Revi s i.on 15 Pаge 3
!.,1вв tlЕLIсoPтЕRs
мAINTENANсЕ II{ANUAL мBB - вo 105
сonfigurаtion в0
17
сon fi9u ra t ion

в0 105 s
Е'igure 21- l Маterial ldentification . fuselage (1 of l1}
B0 105
сtlAPтЕR 21
Page 4
мвв нЕlIсoPтЕRs
!4ArNтЕNANсЕ !,IANUA! мвв - Bo 105
\oф
01 L)
б1)
..{qФ tl
н). с, (D
п.l
сo
(n оl
г. r.t с.l оl сN tч
j.J.-l о r-l .'r O OOц.l
t {J ..1 QOA
Lо 'o
оэ
Ф\
o N ta) Nоl
ll
с\{
l(N
н {{o
lllr
Ёc<
ll
I
Ф
сlс,o
с)с)о Eal I
с'
б ннХ € нн
{J
nl l']
lях
v1
Na! с{
vl
Nбlz (..| с.| N
Ф
"зo
.do
с,o
! ..1
tl
ФrлФ
б<
Е]J
Е
E .r' (n с{
N с! с\l
.-t
r] с.| с.l с!
.tJ Ftн
<1 <l <r
Fl r.t rч
F{€
rо Ф lJ)
(n(nt
н <4 .r) .n
\о
г-
.6 rd (i) (Y) ar) г-. .- ('| г. гt г*
ЕA
нlб
t-l i{
g!
Ф.tJ
(9 (а 44
O! O! or
zz2
o1 с!
zz
|JJ
.;IJOO'.r
..r .rr
t
JJ.IJ+JOO.t,OOO
> >1 ! >r >r >i
u1 |л Ф .-{ .l l .. Ёl r.l
дJ |6 lв б .-l .l .tХ r-t ...]'J Еl
б ; .l .-l .d б иli ..- Ё б
с сd
о. o. or -a'9 )4Е -.- 16
E E Е()E Е Е
бlн Ч ч Ч : 2 22 я и,2 's<
01 э 2
н+J .-l ..l -1 ....| .' '.1 .rl .. >i н .rl н ..t ...il
!o
dб o
ц
o
}{
o
Ч ..l э
)А4
..{ э
s1 ,1
5!с
.{oo lJ5
a.4
сJ
01
..1 a
д-l
Е.r{ d d d Фб иrФ <с (J.C oб нб U)б
-{
g
rl тJ ч.'] ur ч] ч
б]J :;oood
ФФoooФ
.r{ .r] r.{ H Н ч
чU) .сt3 нv, roъ Ё с Е
Фъ Фrб ..l .; .Ft
!ro сt. с
o..rl B с
o..r д6..]
с дб 'a
'Fl
дlu
(аo 5з я} (J} () (J
'б L)
с)
.lJ r-l N
гigure 21-1 Мetеrial identifiсation - fuse}age (2 of 11)

вo 105
сII.APтЕR 21
Paqe 5
мвв !tЕ].,IсoPтЕRs
!4AINтЕNANсЕ !.lANUд! !.lвв . в0 ].05
u,
401
бo
..lAф
н'Х o) \э сo (o <l
!..1 r! F.l (\l
lJ.-i U
Е!..r aOоо
lо l,)
.Q\Ф.\
.rn.юо. <Э
A. N O. !-{
lr .'o
зlU
6
F|Ё|
<
|
ro6
qlo а
ъt6 Фсl<>сl
olrolorrсl
I
i! I i.{ (n I ..l
tл
нннн
|o$lФl.
Е)
Ёo с! FlФ 6|
н>! Ф |-{ >l O
Eр N E +, (\|
a
Fl
бФotЕ;
'.l
o(J \o
бд Е
EрЕ
сj
б
н Е.r . н
U' с! \o (N
г. Fl г-
|.''l ъ
н
фE l*' rn
г- г.
o\ г\
Ес
}l tв
N ON
or
o+J z 22 or or
z
A>
б..o
.р.. o ..
t! sФ
(л.-t-lбн.р Е o ..(d
..1 ..1 ..l QE o.Еl o е чr Е
Ф(н нtrэ чr5 dэе
б.rl Ф ..l .rl
н.р .ЕЕ 5 с .Ё
.рФ +J
rн]J !
.0 сr'б
ь. .lJ
tr.6
.rl .р ёъ.dе,
.rl
бэ
Е ..l
o l+r'i
Ёбн
o..]
нр
д.'t
U>| д1 .i
иJФ
Q)
daD
t!
э0)
.lJ o,
6u,
Ф .о .rl
.lJ
.aэ
иJo бo
Е
Ф
9O
flgure 21-1 t"latelial idеntifiсation - fuselage (3 оf 11)

в0 105
сtlAPтЕR 21
Page 6
IIBB l{ЕЬIсoPтЕRs
I'{AINтЕNANсЕ !4ANUA! мвв. вo 105
Ф
(бФ
.Аё(/)
н)1 0) r+ Lo (n
.! '-l O N\O\0
ttt.
Е .J .-l Ol!Oо
rз
ън
rJt сo i-l
сo
с')|I Ф
tб чo\or
O<rr
oll
б
o
JJ Хёd
ЕeЕ
tlдЁ
v7 ?!
(л
zl<Ьd z
Ф
4Ф
бo
ФO !о
Ф.||\оlo
б.с Е
ЕрЕ \oIlЕ.lr.l
rб
'.1
н
(r)
(!\
an
Fr'd |{(.lс. d
qб Ч ot
(э с{ с\l г.
.!
бо o1 lJ)
<!
rn
}iBЕ }.1
u
}.'l iв с{ с!
Ф .lJ д 2
Ё
9i г- сд г*
t.l
r..{ ..l r-l Ё
o 6 6
я t | .л | (/) O..l
+)
б Х q)
4 { .-l B х
с)
рl ..l Еi .rl н ос
(! А4{
U' 'х<
(/) .бб(а
цй нd ч.]
ч.'l
C-a ..Х
4? ..
Ф
>( н{
Фд ФEl
Dlя
и,х
].J Ф
бо..r >g
ti .!и) хх
г"l
..J >
5Ь]
с>
cЦ
бo
r.l fu
Ф l']
нх
Е !c (JZ OЬ( нУ (9 l'] QU
tt
ъ o
rl
.rl
trE l.,l
б
rJO
иo Ф
с)
JJ
УFl
Еiщre 21.1 мatelial identifiсаtion - fuselage (4 of 11)

BO 105
сllAPтЕR 21
Pаde ?
!4вв I{Еl]сoPTERs
}iAINтвNANсЕ I'{ANuAl мвB - Bo 105
a/)
iJ O,
бo)
..1 a d,
д Ф
|,'l
]J .-l O бt
.tt
Е ! ..l all
ф(\сo
Fr Fl
Ф(\t Fl
Ф O (J Ф
.гt б
O.o(\
.F{ Fl тl
сo
r-l
'-l
сo
н н<'!i
сo нNiб с с)|| r-l
ltlo\ O .Qs с б
.в н o1 .г!
.tJ 'сl
lн o\ Н бt.) б o!.чl
o
rt l>
ч.'i N
tF{
ri t. t
.aJ
U)
с.l O
иl|Фv'|Фo' ФA] |l1 хdd,
.б,J бЁ or lб E>5
..l н & >l н H o e1
oltрo>r.l
.л itl
tлЕ ! o '-l z&Ьd
o
11 !)
.!Ф
Фo
д4 g
\9
б
н
.р
o1
rз GI с) (n
F.r Ф
lr
с! с\l 4an(n
о1
бъ N N \!N(\I N(N
r.lф o\
(ч l.) ta)
()И
Ф.]J
E B ZJrJ
дBg
>х
oiF Фг.
э
q) с)
.р нO
х> |и |('
lб
O н Oo) ..l н ..l н
r-l .rl Ф Ф l.l д о
rD Ч..l
olФ
tч ]J ..8 Е>r E ,.1 ..
A
>r
'4 з 5. Ч.4 rr d
рсJ
Ar .-t er F{ ьl.dФг,J
> сб rrЕ {D Fi
+)> Фд
с>
(!ъ t&
(л al
l_'l A.
Ц
ХФ(Jzoo эlll еln
Fl OIC ri !a
Ф
tгi
б
.tl .р Ф
o,
н r-l -l
бФ
&Ф
Ф
.lJ
н !-l
гigгure 21-1 Маterial identifiсation - fuselage (5 of 11)

DU ]Uэ
CнAPтER 21
Page 8
l"1вB I{ЕLIсoPтЕRS
мAINтE}IдNсЕ мANUA], !{вB - в0 l'05
o
.1 Ф
бo
'АаФ
нА4 Ф
о.l (\ 14A
!.Fl (J Nf)
Е +J ..]
r.o ra) л t,,)
Ф (чN .il с!
tl tl
н 6{
ll
44
II
бlб ><Х г.
t.,.
oto
oiol
б tl
р нн II
нн
a!N <! с!
н l.{
V)
NN ЕЕ (\IN
v,
бс)
.аЁ
qt()
.6д Е rt) оо dlN
Е! Е r.0 |J) OO
rl
(б
ln
нь' Fн
gз
с1
.t-)
tal rn
an \o
(n
F-l t ll (n af)
r.l
г-.!'\ (n .')
F Ф! o\ ..
Etr t--
l_-
с! or o O
нб
o.tJ
оr
2Z
or Nс$
22
6l
Z
ol
2
(9 (/)
oo
OO
oo Ёl
ФФ o o
'J OO .'.") .. -l
б rвф
li Ji E Е, rх Е '5{ Е
lU ч.l
..l .rl
Еl
з .. с r
..{ ..{
ё c
l.l ...{ lr .rt
JJФ
сЁ
.4a ёе
.dэ E!oЕе Фr ФЁ
бо
Е..l .a иjб
.-.t б oFt4
<dr(Jd<
5.1
с)d
ЁFi
f-{ d
'6
r-l
ri -{ ..1
б4J ФФo
б б.6 a'
(!н
Ф
ор о)B
бч Bр
0)
rJO ч.{ ..l o
...l o ч.'l
.n с) .л |6 .л ч1 я б
Ф
с.l (n
Еigure 21-1 }4аte!ial identifiсаtion - fuзelage (6 of 11}

B0 105
сHAPтЕR 21
Paqe 9
!{вв ltЕт.',IсoPтвRs
NсЕ мANuAI,
мA]NтЕNANсЕ мANuAI, !.{вв - вo 105
-
i.l 0)
ldФ gl
..l Е
нJ. Ф
р..| O
E lJ .-l
.о
FlоlЁ
сo
'-l Ф Ёl
ll) ФЕl(\l
ol с! с)
.-r u.{16 OrrN
.-t Gl
н { I
нg O
.сl ф д
ч{ъ
с.б
1J
ё
э I
бO r
чr o1 н
liФ.!
l}r б| F{
б l>
tа (J
| r.l
!a Ar o'
ED u)Iс)o|oql
с{ бЁ Q
.iн>
iв ь] 9r.d
ч) н r-l l.l >ri.l
GI ФlE р o tл>+, O
.1 0t
(б0J
Ф()
ErJЕ
б o a
tэ
rr
1) |л to
o
|л
!
Нъ 1
o1 ol
rd rd F. \9 (\C)
яlе
н.Б
o.rJ z сl
2 or
2
.i Ь
o.
>! rФ
o
+)
..roto
..l .н r{ ..{ t()
.rl
б ч.-l ..i
tr t. gн
д16дА( дб
aт|
0, .r{ д
б ч.'| E
5 ч.] u} oч{ cl
l!
.х lн
н.tJ ....l Ф! н t.] н
ёE фХс,)Ф Фul
0ll
+J с)
Aa
a
'..| .-l фoдG
Fl Ar t rl
q(d
Е-l
Е..| И(d Ф!,]o Е' Н.л
rr
ra a!)
o
o 'б
нЁ сlr
!
чФ
ФB
JJO
Eн
(/) o Ёl|{
o)
1)
l.,l
Pigure 21-1 маtеrial identifiоаtioп - fuselаge (? of 11)

в0 105
сIiAPтЕR 21
Pege 10
!,IBв IIELIсоPTЕRS
I4AтNтЕNANсв мANUA! мBв - вo 105
Ф
яl d)
фФ
..1 QФ g) с!
.{ с.| r-l
+j .-l O фQOa
Я .р .'l OOOо
t..l с! Е.l rо Lг)

..\ и)
r.l Ф Ё.|
(а с! lо !o lо
O (б oфс! N (\l
tr.r ..l (J .l
нq o
..l r.i
!с.:€ ъ ф|ll
с.l
6 сo€dа
lб дсo .o s' сб lЁ rnttl
бо
ч.]
\
or Н
бlл
ч4 (\ r-l J !{l !a
rJ !a
\J
б l>l!-r | (f' lY! с')
.lJ и!() .o Al Ф
(/) |с) t0| (DФ lqrq<!
.!д o{ б }.] о..6
U) r.l н >r
tлЕ ]J
н
o
.-l H >r.-l
U'ЕрO
ноФФ
}l
Е
с.l
с'|
бl
с!
<!
с!
at
ФФ
rn
Фo o(n
r (с) lо (n
l0д Ё O
E!Е NоФO
б (n
.(n
r.,t
.u нн
<t
Ф \.o
(Y)
<l
\.o
(n
r-l .
Fr! l(n(n
бE
t,t
o1
L)
г-
ol
(' (n
г*- г*
|rб с! 9r
Ф! z z zt22
rl|дrf
o|
.-l O
>l >r l{ Ь
o o
с
ooo
.-{ ..l
o
r-]
| .-l o .. rl ааl .. -{
Ф н-l Ё r'l .rl .Q .,r (D
(б.qд б rE
..1
э O Е дЕNЕ э !l' Ё
(ч и) q) ч.'] J< ro
io чr (/) ч.{ 5 ц, a.А
grd A o' a
A..{ ....lc
la }'r
toD<oФн o нФ
oФ
..i l o н.'l .'{..{ н.'.|ё
сJс
.rJ (l) (i 0.p {6 Eъ
эЕн5 Е o 5..lo1 Е
.lJ E
ФЕ
5 cэ
(dъ Ar ,r-l g Fl б o..l э '.l l.. .l c
E'-t (9 г,] o
-l сr\ r-i '-l
tл d Ф(J.6 o.б-б н.6'.l
н
.lJ
ъ (n
!
н
нE
(/l o h
Ф
.tJ г.
r-{
Е.igure 21-1 маterial identifiсation . fusеIagе (8 of ].1)

вo 105
сI{APтЕR 21
Pаoe 1].
}{вв ltЕтJ]с0PтERs
i.IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAI, мвв - в0 105
o,
Е-l иl
ФФ
.4ёс'
нд Ф rr)
с! (\
(\
r-t
с\
Е .lJ ..{ Ф|
Lo
r\
lл
t\
l.r
-\
g1 Lо l.'
Ф Nс!(N Ф
ф
сo44<
Ф|lI
со||| ol
хl .о88.n
l.{
нo1
I
(o Ol
O$
б
8 с)| I
JJ
.r)
Х.< ф
U) l<lrf<л
д.!(\о{ E> tf
Р
U) нOOO
E..rN(\ z& E
u1
4lh
(бФ
ч).
ФO
.t
,.0
ЕрЕ с\l |
(б
(о (n
rt <tr
\о
(n \o
(n (Y) (n
€
H 'tэ
r.l
I an (n <(iФ
O\NN
(.) \о Gl
.-
г., (Y) о.l
б]c г*
o\
.пr
ц) rо
о| N
t.] .б
с')
Ф
]J
(/)
z
с!
tzz
Itlri
o1
zАЯ
дBB
o >r г\ >! г.
.-l t\
.Q
>ч > >i .4 E -l'\
o] r.r Qr r.r
с) OOOr-{
..l O
..l -t O
гrИ a.л
o ...l ^.l ...l я
хд Ф U
>r | < l <
б Еб!б
..l c(6
..{ oФ o AFi
.rl сFf
..l
Е,t e J<ЕNЕ Ф
э.,1 5
A.Е
ar
E]дo Ё
o д<
Ё.
А(d
н
б ч.r
r.'ll)
g..l с
.-t з .. .-l
Ф qб
с o, a
lr ..t .Pl ..l l.l ..{
ё ё&..r
} ..
д
х
Ф
lr d
c |l,
&
i4,
ФЕtлЕ
!.J 5..l э
ФЕ
ёa F]б oг,t Фrf ФJ
'А
.lJ Ф
J.-l lr..] >ЁнЕ J.J > с>
-t б o..l oб-lt Ё..l
|-l l!
г.tбoo
йfi(Jz эA]
old rl']
F.r Х
Е .r{ € и() lб
r-l
б]) r.l
с)
!
н(о
OB
o r.l
o
a1
(/) o z
б
-с!
E.imlra ?1-1 мАtariа] i.lAntifir.яii.n - fr]aA,]A.1o /q ^f 11.l
в0 105
снAPTЕR 21
Pаge 12
It{вв llЕтJIсoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ },IANUAъ !{вв - в0 105
..l .а
.D с,
..l ЁФ
r] д( o
! ..t o сj
.t
Е +) ."{
с{
Фv,ф
Р] (а Fl
U' (.) r-l б |.l (N
OФ-
.rl
'.(JU !.l ъ
н ь9 lrN! с
EФ дф \ дз l Ф
loон lU L.) lб
ч.,l o1 l-.l ч.r N r.l
б t>t-
.lJ Ф(J
иl|oФ|Ф.!, Фo] Ф
б".] Е
.iЦ бFf A.б
.л >l ч .-{ н >r-l
|! ФЕ! o r'E!о
ltt
.-t o
бФс
.rl
яд((.)
Ф
ЕgЕ
б
\o
]J
ot
ro
rJ
\0
ч
Hъ
ЕФч
CD
o! or
Ф(o
нl! с\l or
!J .l-J
LD V)
zz z
>r
о.rl
I б
O. Ф O о,J o
сr..{
."{ | .rl
Ф н.o
д Е ..i r.r
Е
rб д
-'{..1 Фlб Jlб .!. б
'l.] v) o
lD ч{ Ф Ф ч.|
.Ёl ..l '+]
н.р Ф ).l .' l.l Ф нr/)
,u 0l)< Фб ФФ Ф.Ф
0) бo}]l] ]J i!
.Фэ ..lA. o б
ФlnOЕ 5.-1
Е ..l or'' FT L'I
oФ
нo
r-l tа
lб .lJ -l+)
rlЕlo
O
Фo
Фv t,l
o ндб
(/,oс
rJO
2 4 ,-1
с,
GI
Еigure 21-1 !{atе!ial identifiсatiоn - fuseLage (10 of 11)

вo 105
сI{APTЕR 21
Pаoe 1з
!{вв llвtlсoPтЕRs
!,IAINтЕNANсE }.tAl{UAl l.lвв - в0 105
Ф
'llбФсl
..| Ё
чх o
U)
.р ..{ o a!
.l
t Jr.,{ OI
с!
r.l r.l
r"l Ф t-l
Ф EQ H с.l
Ф O ()!i Ft
..l (J -l() ..| с.l E
l{ чl н!lэс
б дф . дблб Ё '6
б<> r-.l
ч.l or Fl Ч Gl r.l
it l>
(J lFr
Ф o).\ .l'
(/) Ф| o or|
бя
Фor
о.б
фrl G
II
r.l H >! н F] H }rFl
tr1ErJ o tr\Е+) O
4
бo
al,
.t
E5 Е \ol
-lФ
\o \0
.aJ сo
o <i
tо
d rl'
l-t'o (JФ ф
ч сo
оl o1 ql
lб 1э ф\o
о1
\o
Чб
Ф.р
(\l r-l
сr
z
оl
Фса =2
-{
o
.rl o..lI
.rl б .n o
l..l
(ч
| .t'l
(,
б
A
..l д Ен
.'l д
.! lн
д.
|бб
ч.]
Е
l!
o o и ч.'l J.б дб
Ф ч.{
l.r +J (ах.. t{ o) l.t g)
lJФ
бФ бoo1 нoб н .рФэFl u'б
(4 ). Фтl Фс]
I ..{t'r
E..r (9]nсJд
-l oRl Н
r-l qt
t6
ч
Ф
JJч
,.J o 160
иo
(\t
<\l
t"laterial identifiсation - fuse].age (11 of 11)

вo 105
сIiAPтЕR 21
Paqe 14
ЕURoоoPтЕR мAINтENANOЕ N,IANUAL вo 105
2I - з INSPвстIoN E'Oh сoNDIтION . E.USEьAGЕ
l. Wherеver рossible' inspeсt instal]ed doors for сondit'ioп in aссordаnсe

l{ith lnspeсtion сriteria set forth in parаs 21-6| 2|.I0 and 21-14.
visuаlly lnspect windows for сraсks' сrаzing and other obstruсtions to
vision,
a. Polish out sсrаtсhes to mаx. 0.1 mm in deрth usinq а flannel buffing
wheel пith polishing wax (CМ 759) .
b. сraсks' ho}es or ot'her damаge may be temporarily repаired by stoр
dri]ling. pаtсhlng or other apрroved пethods (see раrаgrарh 21-2),
but r.'indоw must be reрlaсed аt' eаrliest opportunitу.
Refer to рara 21-20 for wlndoн replaсement procedure'
з. Insрeсt fuselаge skin' stringer and frames for сraсks, dentsl and
сorro31on.
a. If cтaсks аnd dents аre viвible, Iefer to pаragraph 21-2.
b. Polish out сarrosion not exсeеding 10t of mаtеrial thiсkness in depth

and noL eхсeeding 10t of сomрonent surfaсe area using 400 grit
abrаsive сloth. Touсh up surfaсe probeсtion in ассordаnсe тrith
сhаpter 02 '
Inspeсt drain holes (see flgure 21-5) for obstruсtion. Clear сlogged
holes with a suit'аble tool or соmpтessed аir.
Whеrevеr рossible with transmission 9truts inst'аlled. lnspeсt пain tтаns-
mission mounts (3r figure 21-4) for meсhаniсal damаge' сorrosion and
loosе .ivets. InsРeсt the aIea аIound the main traпsmission mounts for
сIaсks and loose rivets.
RePаir сrасks and loose rivels as outlined in раrаgraрh 21.2.

Pollsh out mесhаnicаl dапage апd сorrosion' not exсeeding 0.2 mm 1n
dеPLh with t00 gril polishing сlot'h, тouсh up surfaсe proteсLion ln
aссordаnсe with Chapter 02.
тnsрёсt sрheriсa] beаrings (16l figure 21-4) аnd bushings (14) in the
maln Lransmission mouпts (з) for p}ay and evidenсe of сorrosion.
a. Reрlaсe sPherical beаrings wlth axlal play in eхсess of 1.0 rrm or
radlal play ln excess оf 0'5 пm, апd reРlaсe сorroded spheriсal
bеarings. Refe' to сhаPter 02.
b. Press in сlaw bushiпg with axial play not eхсeeding 0.2 mm using
too], P/N 105-218з2 W1i olherwisе replaсe aссording to сhapter 02.
B0 105
сltAPтЕR 21
Revision 6 Page 15
EURoсoPтЕR мA|NTЕNANоЕ мANUAL вo 105
7. Wherever рosslble with еngines inst'a]led. insрeсt englпe mounts {4} and
attaсh fittings (6' 8 and 9) for meсhаniсa]. damage and сorrosion.
Inspeсt the аrea around the at'taсh fittings for iraсks and loose rivеts.
a. Polj.sh oцt mechanlсal damаge and оorrosion on the engine mounts with
400 grit аbrasivе сloth. Refer to сhаРЕer 6!, for dаmаge аnd rePаir
1imit.s.
b. Pol.ish oцt тneсhanlсal damаge and сorroslon not exсeeding 0.2 rrun deрth
on аttaсh fittlngs {6' 8 аnd 9) with 400 grit abrasive cloth, аnd
aрpJ-y surfaсe рroteсtion aссordlng to сhaPteI 02'
c. ReРair сrасks аnd loose rivets aсcording to рarаglaРh 21-2.

8. Pelform th1s stер only if the engine hаs been removed'
Inspeсt Lhe bores of at'taсh fitt'ings (6. 8 аnd 9) for wear; if exсes-
sively woln boreholes have been bushed, a1so inspeсt bushing bоreholes.
If bores show signs of wear' сheсk borе dimensions.
a' allowable dianеter of bore in the аft aLt'aсh filt'ing and in
l'lахimum
the attaсh fitting of the engine hinged suPРort strut is 8'07 пun, and
10.07 шn fоr bore in Lhe forward attaсh fitting.
b. ]f the паxlmum diаmeter is eхceeded, lnst'all bushing (refer to step

12. and 14.) o! rep]асe bushing (refer to step 13.}.
9. visua11y insРect tаi1 boom сonnecting Iing flаnge and adjaсent fuselage
areas (10) for сrасks. ot'her mechaniсal damage, сorrosion aпd ]oosе
rivets. In Pаrtiсular insрeсt аreas between the neсkеd-down bolts. using
а magnifying glass.
* а. Repair сrасks aссording Еo Рaragraph 21-2.
* If there аre пore than 10 ]oose rivets' тePlасe these шith solid
* rivets tN9198 DU oI }4s20470 DD of the аpproрriate ]ength аnd diame-
* tёr. It is reсommeпded that all r1vets in the rirlg flange bе reP]асed
ut the same time.
:
b. Polish out other mrсhаniсаl damage and corrosion noL exсeeding 0.2 mm
in depth Wit,h 400 grit abrasive сIoth. тouсh uP surfaсe proLeсt'ion in
aссordanоe with сhaрtеr 02'
с. ]f tail boorп is removed. inspeсt bore аreas of flange (10) for

corrоsion.
1) Uslng 12 пm dia. sPolfaсe toо1 and 6 mm dia' рllot pin, temove
сorrogion to a deрth of 0.1 nm below baтe metal surfaсe.
The remaining wall thiсkness of the ring flangё must be
5.4 шn (see tLg, 2I-4. seсtion A.A).
2I сlean rеworked arеa with tet raсhloroethylene (сl.1 205), then
brЦsh.сoat l'ith сhemiсaI сonversion materiаl (с}.,l 316) .
3) Aррly рaint to matсh exist'ing рaint finish on Lаil boom. кeeD

front of ring flаnge fIee of Paint.
BO 105
сltAPтвR
Page 16 Revision 14
@..,..оpteг |\4A|NТЕNANсE мANUAL Bo t05
10. VisualIy inspeсt landing gearfittings (12) and adiaсent fusв|age areas for deformation' сorrosioп, Ioose riv-
ets' paint damage. and cracks (using magnifyiпg g|ass).
a. Repair deformation, сraсks and loose rivets.
b. Polishotjtоoпosionto adepth ofo.2 mmwith400gгit abrasive cIoth. тoUсhup surfaсeproteсtion inаосor-

danсe with сhapter 02.
11. |'tai|boom has been removed, inspect'rame 2Lfor сraсks. stop.dri|l any existing cracks and inspect them
for propagаtion аt the next insр€ction. Repаir о.aсks Which have propagated.
12. ll necessary, instal| bushings iп attaсh tittings (6 and 8' figure 21.4) as follows:
sPeсia| tool:
мil|iпg tool 105-20001 W2
a. Position guide b|oоk (1' figure 21.2) over аttaсh fitting (з) aпd ins9rt сeпtering pin (2).
b. Press сentering pin (2) up against originaiboreedge' seоuгeguide b|oсkwith setsсrows (4), and remove
centering рiп.
c' Rework attaоh litting bore to 11.5mm *0.1 mm diametёr using roughing cutter, then to l2. o.0o5mm
diameter using finishing cutt€r.
During mi||ing' app|y сoo|ant (cм 109) or equiva|ont.
d' Remove guide b|ock аnd deburr ho|es as neсessary.
e. Brush-оoat bushing (4' figure 2,l.3) With сorrosion provёntive оompound (сM 502) and press it into at.
tach fitting (5) usingth€ pressing-in deviсe ofthe mil|ing too| 105-20001 W2 (figuгe 21.3). тhe bushing
must be {|ush With the surfaсg of the attaсh fitting .
f. cheсk bоre dimension of instal|od bushing. тhe requirod diamёter is 8 + о.o,l5 mm for аttaсh fittino
(8, tigure 21-4) and 10 + O.015 mm for attaоh fitting (6). Hoпo to sizв and deburr if neсessary.
,l
t. |l necessary rep|aоe bush|пg as fo|lows;
speсlal tools:
Pressing-out too| тool no. зз (105-20001 W4) вefer to оhapter 04 l
i,4illing tool 105-2000.! W2
a. Drive bushing out with pressing-out tool, No. 33.
Reyisioп 23 оHAPтЕR 21
Page 17
?-',.o.opteг МAINтЕNANоЕ MANUAL Bo 105
b. App|y a brush coating ot coгrosion prevеntive оompound (сM 502) to the bцshing and install il in attaсh
fitting using prrssing.indeviсeof mi|ling tooI 105-20001 W2 (seefigure21 .3). Тhe bushing mustb6f|ush
With attaсh fitting surfaсe.
c. сheсk bore dimension of insta||ed bushing' тhe required diаmeter is 8 + o.o15 mm for attaоh fitting
(8, figuro 21-4 and 10 + 0.015 mm for аttach fitting (6) respective|y. Hon6to size and deburr if neсossary.
,l4.
|nstal| bushing in attасh titting (9, figurs 21-+ as fo||ows:
speсiа| tools: 4i|ling тoo| 105.20001 W2

мilling cutter
сherry hand riveteг
Using ami||ingcцttgr, сЦt aseсtion (see cutout in figure21-1A)otлof tho sheet meta|struсture just |arge
enough to al|ow mi||ing too| 105-2000.l W2to bе mounted on the attaсh fitting.
For mi|Iing toolmounting procedure and mi||iпg of ho|o' rofer,to step l2, sub-steps a. thru d.
lnsert bushing persteр 12' sub-step e.
cheсk bushing for inner diameter ol8 + 0.015 mm. l.{oпe to sizв аnd dobuгr as necessary.
Att6сh
'ltt|ng
I
tв
Figure 21-14 Cutout in sheet metal structure
cHAPтEн
)
Flevision 6
Page 18
.э€,urocopЕeг MAINтENANсE MANUAL MBB - Bo.|05
e. Еabliсatе ang]е pLat'e fIom shеet meta1' таkiгo ассorlnt of the rivet *
sрaсing shown in figure 2J.-1B.

Dri}1 out eхisting rivets (2 off) .
s. A]ign anglе plat.e over сutout and dril] 3'6-mm-dia. holes in outboard
and inboard legs of ang]e рlate. using thе existing ri-vet ho]еs in
thе firеwa]l and the speсifiеd edge distanсes resрeсtivе}y' as a
guidе.
h. Deburr holes.
i. Brushсoat mating faying surfaсes of ang]e P]atе and shееt meta]
stIuсture with s,i-}iсоnе rubbеr (CМ 61"9) and attaсh anglе platе.
j. Rirlef аnс,]a D1аtд iг n,] а.o'lоinп лЬа--'' ь.n^ .,l''еter.
sEстloN A. A
l-+A
-l
-t
J
i"-'--A
sЕстloN в-в Rivоt (NAs 17з8м-4-,l)
sheat metаl (з.70241' 0.4 mm thiсk)
A Drlll out existlng rivots

aпd trаnsfer rivrt ho|e
pаttern to anglв p|ato
Dlmsnsionв ln mm
Г']"gure 2l- LB Paссhing t'hе сutout
B0 105
сI1APTЕR 21
MA|NтЕNANoЕ МANUAL NлBB - вa 105
|!euroсopЕer
A ff A.A
оontrа| posltion
origlnаl bor6 edgo
Out of
200165
с€ntraI posIt|on
Wrаr depth
1
.
Guidе blосk
Z
.^^ r- -^ î
^ -.i
\,\:llLgl!llY -
t,ДJl
J !1LLdurr f rLLдrlч
4 Setscrews
AttaсhmenL of milLing tool for bore
Yp
1 llех nut
2 Washe r
3 sLeрРеd WasheI
4 Bushing
n!E.^Ь .]
lf |} i.rt
5 .1L LaU1r Luf rrч
6 нeх boLt
E'igurе 21.-3 Installation of bushing using рressing-in dеviсе

,] ,]
^€
v!
hi
l''! rf i nп
дJ lY nд]
}uvvд 105-20001 I,r2
B0 105
сIIAPTER 21
Rеvision 6
o o Еt trtд o t,to]o
J oФЧЕ:0U'eЁэ..1 'Ёt | }r
t- д o'
rl c.{
..-|.А 5
rrбд lU 'gИ }1 Ф
цl
o .rl lб 'rl l! A
r-i б Ф (бD
'-r U.с
(б с, 5 d Q,
Еrчr t{.Q }] о otДmИ
O r..] с\|(о <f (о \o
tJ r..,] гl гl ..{ ', . 1
-рЕ р
o'
Фo
O t,| Е
б
.lJ
Aо
-rl ..1
'-t
o! or
бlв./)
o дEЁ d рр
-lJ
р р
б .JЁo ф -..1 ..1
lrr
Ч .б fdЕ б Ч-r
ч{ Oя Or R'
u)-a+ro ..ra..l()o
ЕрЧ (u ..ltr '.-| fтl Ф
.а
J с Е .е .(
а дб '.i .с .-| t,' (/)t,iи)рр
t--
цl o ai.б d mь]сol{{
(Jo.ИЕь1
o
I I
J
t-
llt
o
--t o
?-
l- o
]J
!J Ф
o
Ф --l
i-Ф
Ф
|бo .a
рU
to (-)
-.1
(!1
с.d
--{
1]
Фa'
Ф
сл .0 ..r
Ё
..l Q.
с.l o
.с Чб
с,'
o (,
3 'tf
5Ч(6 Ф
ф ..1 o. р(
\l .ч
мвв нЕlIсoPтERs
!.IAINтЕNANсЕ llANuAt },tвв . в0 105
гigure 21-5 loсation of drain hоIes
ln 1г]ч
снAPтЕR 21
Paсe 23/24
мAINтЕNANсЕ It,lANUдl, It{вв . в0 105
Fо1ding door
N0тЕ Refer to раrаgraph 21-5 for functionаl сheсk of

jеttison meсhanisп.
Rеmoval - folding doo!
1. Open folding door (1, figure 21-6) .
2. Rёmove safety wire f!o'n door jettison lever (7) .
3. suррort' folding doortо Prevёnt if frotn falJ.ing аnd getting dа'naged; pull
door jettison lever and reтпove folding door.
2I - 6 Inspeсtion and тeрair - folding door
1. ]nsрeсt folding dоor for сraсks' dents end other dалаge. Repair as
necessary in acсordаnсe with ParagrаPl1, 2I-2 '
э Inspeсt bulb sёals (J'0, figure 21-6) and sеals on window s].iding vents
for damage, deterioration and bond seParаtion. Reпovе old adhesive from
seParated seals and сlean the bonding surfaсes with aсetone (сl.1 203).
вond rubber sёa}s t{ith adhesive (с},l 6?3) . Replасe danaged seals.
]nspeсt folding doоr windows in aссordanое wit'h parаgraph 21-з.

Insрeсt door latсhing neсhaniзrп (3) fоr ploper operation and freedom of
!пoveпеnt.If there is evidenсe оf binding, remove latсhing meсhаnisп and
inspeсt for worn and dirty parts. ReP].aсe damаged pа!ts.
Inspeсt door hJ.nges for evidenсe of daпаge aпd fleedom оf noveпеnt.
Remove binding hinges. сlean them with dry сleaning so].vent (C!{ 202) and
lubriсаtе theп with grease (сМ 101) . RePlасe damаged parts.
27 . .7 Installatiоn - folding dоor
1 Coat hiпge bolts (4, figure 21-6} and pins of jettison neсhanism with
grease (с}4 101) .
2. Insta}l door so that the hingr bolts (4) slide into the mаting sleeves in
the сabin struсtцre.
Push door jettison lever (7) up against thе frапre to loсk the hinge bo]ts
(4) in Plaсe.
BO 105
LЕЬr Iдк Zд
pд.rA 2q
мтlR Hnт.тrlбDтI!p e
МAINтЕNANсE I,IANUA], I'{вB - п.1 1^q
A. A
$
sEст|oN
2l\
гolding door
I{indow
? n^^r ]эt^hin.r пeсhanism
д нi n.to Ь^.l t s
5 llindow
6 Coсkpit framе
fi _ гotoing door паy
inсorPorаte wjndоw
? Door jеttison
8 Windош
Iever
2, 8, ot 9, depending 9 Wiпdow
^n.^nfiфlЙlfi^б 10 Bulb seal
гigurё 21-6 сoсkPlt door
вo 105
сllдPтЕR 21
Paqе 26
ЕUвoсoPтER tvlAlNтENANcE MANUAL вo 105
2L - .|^ Removаl . door hаndlе (folding door}
1. Rёmove sсrew (1' fig. 21-6A) and шаsher (2} .

2, Pull lnпer hаndle (з) off outer handle (5) .
з. Pull out outer hand]e (s).
Dtmвnзlon .x" Loсаtlon

26 mm s||dlпg doоr
38 пrn Fold|лg door
2001!0
1 Sc rew 4 Е.olding door

2 l.lа sher э outer hаndle
Inner handle t{indow
Еigure 21-6A Reпovа ]' апd installation - door handle
2L - .|ь Inвtallat'lon . doot handle (foldtng door)

1. вefore instаlling out'er handls (5), сheсk that lt belongs to folding door
{4) .by rпeasuring the length of iLs sqцale 9hank (diпenston l,Х'' in flg.
21.5A} . only door hаnd]es нlth а 38-пm-1ong shank mаy be installea in tьe
foldlng door.
2, тnsert outer handle (5) through foldlng door (4) аnd fit inner hand]e (з)
on the end ot iL iп aссordanсe Wlth fi.gure 21.6A.
з. вrushсoаt' sсrew (1} wlth loсЕlt'e (с},t 676} аnd lnstаll handtight together
with washer (2) .
в0 105
сllAPTЕR 21
Revision L6 Pаgё 26A
ЕURoсoPтЕR мAINтЕNANсEмANUAL tso105
4. If the door loсk is replaсed, ensцre thal assoсiated grub sсrew for
sеcuring the loоklng сylinder i9 of tho сorroсt. length'
AРPly loсtite (с}| 651} !o grub 8сreн' Inst8ll grub sсreU lo full eхtent,
Lhen back off 1/8 of a turn. In thlв poвttlon. the gxцb всlrw must not'
protrude from thе 9l1p ghaft. 1hlз would еаusё damage to t'hе сol1ёr. Also
the loсking balrel пust be able to lotаte'
в0 105
сttAPтЕR 2l
Page 26в кevision 16
EURoсoPтЕR lv|AlNтЕNANcЕ мANUAL вo 105
2I- I sllding door
2I-9 Reпoval - gllding door

1. Close slldlпg door (1. figure 21-7) '
2. Remove rubber stoр (8) and. lf inst'аlled. аngle braсket' (3) from dоor
rа ils .
3' open sliding door and сarefully slide it аft out of Lhe door ralls'
21 - 10 Insрeсtion and rеpair - slidlng door
1. тnsрeсь slldlng door fоr сraсks. dents and oLher damаge ' Reрalr as
neсessary ln aсcordаnсe with pаragraрh 21-2.
2. IпsPeсt sliding door пlndows ln аооordаnсe wlth pаrаgraph 21-3'
з. Insрect door seals, door frаme seаls аnd seа}s on }ower door rаil for
daпаge1 detеrlorаtion аnd bond seраrаtlon' Remove old adheslve froп
separаted seals аnd сIean Lhe bondlng sulfасes !|iЕh acetone (сl4 20з) .
Bond rubber seаls with аdheslve (см 673) and other seals with аdhesive
(сt'1 672). RePlaсed dаmaged sеаls.
4. Inspect door latсhlng пeсhanlsm for РroPer oРеIation аnd freedоm of

movement'. If t'here is evidenсe of biпdlng, remove latсhing mechanisn,
сlean it with dry сleаning solvent, (см 202) and сoat iL нith greаse
(сt't 101), Reрlaсe dаmaged part,s'
5. сheсk sliders (12, figure 2L-'|| foт tight seаt and lnsPeсЕ for сondl- *
Lion. ReРlaсe if damaged. тighten loose hаrdtvаre and sесure with Loсtite *
(с}4 65].) . If sllder has to be reрlaсed' seсure hardwаre afler t

lпstal}аtion lrith LoсLite (см 651} . *
21- 11 Ingtаllаtioп - slidtng door

1. сleаn uPper аnd }ower door railsl upрer slider (11r flgure 21-?) аnd
lower sliders (12) .
2' Positlon forward lower edge of sllding door ln the аft eпd of lower door
rаil аnd theп gutde the uррer sltde! (11) ovеr uрPer door rаl1.
3. Push El1d1n9 dooт forwаrd. сlose аnd loсk.
{. Cheсk slidiпg door for Ploрer flt to struсture. ]t musl butt аgalnst the
сoсkрit door аnd fuselаge. If neсessery' adjust laLсh stliker (14) .
5. Install rubber stoP (8) and аngle brасket (3) .
6' Rub talсum powdеr (с}4 108) onto the door seals and oLher seа].s.
вo 105
сIIAPTЕR 21
Revision 16 P age 2'l
EURoсoPтER мAINтENANoЕ мANUAL вo 106
oЕтA|t в
DЕтAIL A
A
Sliding door
Sс reн
Angle blaсket'
l,lasher
Nut,
Door ra il
Rubber stop
l,ia sher
10 sс re.d
11 UРрer s }1der
1э Lower slider
i3
14 I.at'сh st rlker
15 sсrew
lb Washеr
гlgure 21-? Sliding door
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 21
Page 28
\.r'lJrJпr, ъYr
?:*.
i,l
2I - 1|A Rеmoval - door handle (sliding,door)
Rеmova] is in aссordanсе with рaragraph 21-]A.
21 - 118 Installation - door hand]е (sliding door)
]nstallation is in aссordanсе with paragraрh 21-7B. Take note t'hal only оuсеr
hаndles With a square shank ]еngth ^f ?a qf, ffat?
lшay Ь6 l..tr,] l^rl /сдд flrчu.u
vЕ alrDLaJ-J.с:Ч \Juu iпrrrо
21-6A) .
Rear: door
21 -IЗ Removal - rеal door
1. Rеmovе split pins (12l figure 21-8) and washers (11)
2. Opеn and seсurе door ,]'

( ) .
з. Withdraw bo]t (10) and remove door.
- 1A тncfla.]-,i^n яnrl rдnаi r - тдэr rlnnr

'1
1. тnspeсt dоor for сraсks/ dents and other damаgе. Repair as neсessaly in
aссordanсe with paragraрh 2I-2 .
2, Тnspeсt' rubber seа1s (7, figure 2].-8) for damage, dеtеrioration and bond
сanэrэ].inn P6ф^''a -esiduа1 adhеsive from sen^rntёrl caа,] q дn.,l .]оаn Lhe
bonding, suтfaсes With aсetоnе (Cl'{ 20з) . Rebond sea].s wittr adhesivе
/.v 6-l?\ D6^].^б ^"maged seаls.
з. Inspесt latсhing mесhanisms (з and 5) for proреr opeтation аnd frеedom of

movement. If there is evidenсе of blnding, remove ]atсhing meсhanisms.
с1еan thеm with dry с]еaning so]Vent (сM 202), аnd сoal сilеm With grease
(сl4 101) .
Д тnenA^t
llrJуugL rlnnт сtrll}c 1Q\ аnd nдttinп /4l fnr чцlццYgl
dаmапд r\9I,дч9Ч
Rёn]ЯnA if dяmдсоd
5. Insрeсt hingеs (9) for сraсks аnd meсhaniсa] damagе. Rерlaсе if сrасkеd
or badly worn.
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 21
Rеvision 6 Р age 29
тСl:*. \l,r.JtJl.JъrJl lv|^|I\ I ЕNАI|iJЕ MA|\UАL Mt,l' . t,U lUо
21 - 15 ]nst,allаtlon - rear door
1. с]ean bolts (10' figurе 21-8) and сoat riith glease (сIvI 101).
2. suрport door on hinge fitlings of fusе]age and insta]l bolts (10) and
shim washer (11). ]nsta]l sрlit pins (12).
З. Treat тubber seal With ta1kum рowdeт.

ц' Clоse both dooIs and сheсk for flush fit !'ith fusеlage. opеn doors and
rub ta]сum powdеr (C},1 108) on tire door seals. Close doors.
B0 105
CllAРTЕR 21
Page з0 Revision 6
МBв IlЕт,]сoPтЕRs
I'IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUA! I\,lвB - Bo 10 5
DЕтA|[ A
1 Rear door
2 Door loсk
Upper lаtсh meсhanisп
2001?1
з
4
5 Lower lat'оh meсhanisп
6 P}aсard
't Rubber seаl
I Door struts
, Hinge
10 вo.l.Е
l1 Washer
l2 chlir nih
Еigure 21-8 Reаr doоr
BO 105
с}IAPтЕR 21
Peoе З1' / З2
I"1BB llЕl]сoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNдNсЕ l.lANUAl мвв - вo 105
zt - tb 5Do1 .l. er
2l - t'7 Removal - spoiler
1. Unsсrew nцts (4. figurе 21-9) from sсrews (6) and remove sсrews.
2' Detaсh sPоiler (1) from angle braсkets (3} .
З, Remove attaсhing sсrews (2), angle brасkets (3), P}ates (5) and
vledge-shaрed shims (7) from the fuselage.
27 - Iв Inspeсtion and repair - spoiler
1. InsPeсt sPoilёr (1' figure 2I-9J fot оraсks, dents and other dапage.
Repair as neсessary in acсоrdаnсe with parаgraph 21-2.
2. Inspeоt angle braсkets (з), рlates (5) аnd wedge-shaped shims (7) for
neсhaniсal damage. Reрlасe if bad].y worn.
3, Visually inspeсt spoiler for Paint damage' touсh uр paint finish as
in э/rlA^rаrn^^
r.ЕgЕJJeд.! дt. q99wдgcrrr?g '.'i+ь
wJ.Lll vlray!9ЕJ. n,)
v..
^ьr^56'
2I - L9 Installation - spoiler
1' Install angle braоkets (3, figure 21-9) аlrd рlates (5) on thе fuselage
with scrеws (2) ; in addition, instаll the vredgё-shaped shims on thе outer
aпgle brackets '
2. Еit spoiler (1) in angle braсket (3) and seсure with sсlews (6) .
3. Align an91е braсkets (3) and tighten sсrei\'s {2).

4, Install nuts (4) tightly on screws (6) .
Bо 105
с}iAPTЕR 21
Paqe 33
нЕ].,]сoPтЕRs
}.{AINтЕNANсЕ мANuA]j !,lвв - в0 105
с.]J
?A
Additionаlly instаll wedge- 1 Spoiler

shaреd shjrпs on outе! ang}е 2 Sсrew
braсket 3 Ang1e brackеt
4 Nut
5 Plate
6 Sсrew
7 Wedgё-shаped shiл
гigure 21-9 Spoiler - remova]. and installatlon
B0 105
сIIAPтЕR 2T
Page 34
!,1вв JIЕL]сOPтЕRS
}{A]NTЕNдNсЕ мANUA! !.lвв - вo 105
2t- 20 Windows
2| - 2L сleaning - wlndoнs
сAUтION o D0 Noт usЕ GAsotтNЕ, Alсoн0l' KпRosЕNЕ' вЕNzЕNЕ'

xYlЕNЕ' тolUвNЕ' IlЕxдNЕ кЕтoNЕs INсIUDING
'
AсЕтoNЕ, сARвoN тЕтRAсн!oR]DE, Е'IRЕ Еxт]NGUIsнЕt'
oR DЕIсING г],UIDS. LAсQUЕR тlt]NNЕRs, WINDoW
с],ЕANING sPRAYs' 0R oтнЕR UNAPPRoVЕD soT,vЕNтs
вЕсAUsЕ TIIЕY w]Li, soгтЕN AсRYLIс PlAsтIс AND сAUsв
сRAzING.
o D0 N0т I{ЕAR RINGS oR oтнЕR IiARD OBJЕстS LIKЕ1Y тo

сAUsЕ sсRAтсilЕs DURтNG с].ЕдNING.
1. AРPly сleаning agent (cу! -l2I| with a sрonge or сhanois and remove the
dirt.
2, Rinse windows thoroughly with сlear water and dry using either damp
сhamоis, сlean сotton flanell сloth' оr soft facia}-tissues. Do not rub
the r+indows after they аre dry.
з. AрP1y a fi].m of water repellеnt (см 722} to thё сlean, dry windows.
4. G!еase, oil, or paint сan be renоved from the windows by rubbing J'ight}y
with а сotton flaпell сloth saturated with cleaning аgеnt (с}4 222) .
5. Reпove eleоtrostatiс chargе and rеsultant dust pаrtiсles by dabbing the
нindow with dаmp сhamois.
21' - 22 Reпrovаl - uРPer windshield
1. Reтnove folding door. Refe! to paragraPh 21-5.

2. Removё battёry aссess door'
з. Remove interior panelling as neсessary. Refer to сhaPter 703.
4, If neсesseryl reпove windshield wiper сonvеrter. Refer to Chapter 800.
5. Remove any сomPonents in the сoсkрit that obstluсt the removal of the
upper wj.ndshield (13r figure 21-10) .
6. Reпove door hоldeт (16) ; kеep вlееve (14) аnd washer (15) fo! reuse at
asseпф]y.
1' If installed, removё fitting for rotor bladе folding system.
nn 1nq
снAPтЕR 21
}4вв IiЕLIсoPтERs
}.4AINтЕNANсЕ MANIIAъ }4вB - в0 105
8. Remove hinge bolt (31) together with washеrs (З3 and 34) and nut (З5) .
9. Drill out blind тivets (38}.
10. Detaсh bulb seal (32) аs neсessary.

11 . Remove sсlews (]") with washers {2), screwв (3) wit'h washer (4) аnd nuts
(5) , sсrеws (11) with washers (10) , and sсrеws (22 aпd 37) .
12. Detасh wiпdshield retainers (28 and 36) froгr upper windshield (13) .
13. separate the upper windshie1d (13) frоm the саbin structure using а
suitablё toоl.
14. If neсessary, lemove filler stliP (39) and keeP for reuse at assembly.
21 - 23 Insta]lation - uDDe! windshiеld
1. Removeaging sealаnt from the сabin 8truсture, windshield retainers (28

and 36, fiqure 21-10) aпd paсkiпg strip (43) . Clean bonding sцrfaсes
'
with dry cleaning solvent (см 202) .
2. тnstall nev't upPer windshield (].3) as fo1l.ows:

a. Strip off Prоteсtive covering from around the еdges of the windshiеld
(13) only as far as neсessary fоr fittiпg and subsequent lework.
b. мoцnt. the wiпdshield so that it has an а].}-round сlearanсё of not
tnore than 8 rrЕn to the adjасeлt пindshield panels,
с. With a 3-rпп-diameter dтi1l, drill seсuring sсrew holeg lnto
windshield using hоle рattern in сabin frame as a guidе and then
size dri1l ho].e diameters ассording tо figure 21-10'
d. тemPorаrily install uрper windshie]d (13) with the windshield
retainers аnd severаl of Еhе attaсhing sсrеws.'
e. тransfe! outline of doоr mouпting sleeves in cabin struсture onto
windshield edging {12) and сut out aссordingly.
f' Remоve upper windshield (13} froп сabin struсture and dеburr sсrew
holes.
9. ]f !еmovеd, install filler striр (з9) .
h. Position upper windshield in plасe and seсure it with j.ts sсrews and
retainers, вefore instаlIation/ brush-сoat retaineтs (28 and 36) ,
сoпtaсt surfaсes oп the саbin struсturе, аnd рaсkiпg striP (4з) ilitn
seаlant (сM 6з6) (refer to seсtions A-B and 6-н}, and brush-сoat all
sсrew heads wiLh seаlant' (сM 662) .
вo 105
сндPTЕR 21
Dэ.t6 ?6
нЕl]сoPтЕRs
!,lAINтЕNдNсЕ I'{дNUA]. мBв
i. ]nstall folding door (refer to Рaragraph 21-7) '

j. тrim excess maЕerlal frоm windshiеld edging (12) so that therе is
clearanсe af 1 to 3 IrЕR between the сabln struсture and the fo]diпq
door .
k. Insta]l fairing (6 or т1 l acсording to сonflguration, on windshj-еld

edging (12) with sсrews. тhere must be no оontaсt between fairing
and folding door when the latter is оpenеd. If there is сontaсL, line
the mounting side of the fairing with а layer of glass fаbriс
suffiсienс to еliminate сontaсt.
1' Remove fairin9 (6 or ?) and brush-сoаt сontaсt surfaсe with adhesive
(см 601) . seсure fairing to !'indshiёld ёdging r1'lth screws (9) and
washels (8) . Remove exсess adhesive,
m. If necessaryl dеtermine bole diameteт for windshield wiреr сonverter
shaft and mаrk its location on the }riпdshield panel'
o тhe bore diаmeters for the single and dual

windshield wipеr сonfigurаtions are 26 IrEn
аnd 18 ппn resрeсtively.
o Use а slow-running drilling tool for drilling

i-hё h.]']ёs тniArr]1nj. .lri.].] i nd rAnAef a^']t' t^
рrevent dajoage to rqindshield by ovеrheating.
Drill ho]-e for windshiеld wiрer сonvertеr shaft iп windshield using
ho]e сutter of the аPрroрriatе size.
DriI1 сonverter driveshaft seаl mounting ho]еs (6.2 шn dia) ln the
windshie1d to matсh ho]e Pattern in assoсiated washer.
р. Гill upper windshield (13)-tо-retаlner (28 and 36) joints and Paсking
striP (43)-to.саbin struсture joints with sealant (сI,1 636) ,
q. Еinish lework area to tпatсh originаl paint finish.

r. Cleaв bu]b seal (32) with aсetone (сМ 203) and reпove а11 traces of
аdhesive from its mounting surfaсe on the сabin struсtuтe. Bond bu1b
seal with аdhesive (сМ 605) .
s. Install сomРonents тemoved from the cabin in reverse order of the
qё.r]]cn.ё. stAns . thrl' q in nаrапrаnh 21-22. Brush.сoat door
holder (].6) wiLh sealant (CМ 636) prior to insta]lаtion.
t. Peel off tтj"ndshield Рroteсtive сovering and сIean windshield as
desсribed in рaragтaph 21-21.
п.l 1nq
сIIдPTЕR 21
мвв нЕlIсoPTЕRs
!.iAINтЕNANсЕ }iIANUA! I{вв - в0 105
21 - 24 Rеmoval - lower windshield
1. Remove foldlng door (!еfer to PаragraPh 21-5) .
2. Rеmove battery ассess doo!.

з. Remоve interior paпelling аs neоessary (refer to сhapt'er ?03) .
4. Remove any сotnPonent s in the сockPit that obstluсt the removаl of the
lower r,rindshield (23, figure 21-10) .
5. Remove doo! holder (16) ; keeр slеeve (14) and washer (15) for reuвe at
assembly.
6. If installed, remove fitting for tnairt тotor blade folding systetn.

1. Remove hinge bolt (31} togethe! with washers (зз and 34) aпd nut (35, .
8' Detaсh bulb seal (з2} as neсessary.
9, Remove sсrews (19) with washers (20) . sсrews (22), screws (24) with
washers (25) and nuts (26}, and sсrews (30) .
10. Detaсh retalners (28 and 29) flom 1oweт wj'ndshield.
11. separate lowеr нindshield (23) from сabin вtruсtute using suitable tоol.
B0 105
дPтЕR
l.l.l ?1
pя гre tR
l.{Bв нЕlтс0PтЕRs
l',lAINтЕNANсЕ мANUA! мBв - B0 105
2I - 25 hstallation - lower wi.ndshield
1. Reпove old sealant from thо сabin stluсture and retainer. с].еan sea}ina
surfaсes шith dry сleaning solvent (с},1 202) .
Install new lower windshield аs follows;
a. striP off рroteсtivе covering from aroцnd the edges of the lower
windshield only аs far as neсessary for fitting and subsequent
rewo!k.
b. Мoцnt the lоwer windshield (2з' figure 21-!0) so that there is а

сleаranсe of 2 шn between the windshie].d еdging (27) and the floor.
and а сlearaпсe not eхсeeding 8 пEn between windshield and both the
liner (41) and windshield (13) .
с. With а 3*пun-diалretеl drill' drill sесuring sоrеп holes into
windshie]-d using hо1е рattern in сabin frа,ne as a guide аnd then
dri11 hole diаmеters aссording to figure 21-10'
d. теmPorarily inst'al1 lower windshield (23) with the retainers (28 and
29) and several of thе attaсhing sсrews.
e. тransfer outline of dоor nounting sleeves onto the windshield edging
(21) and сuЕ out according]y.
f. Remove lowe! windshield (23) from саbin struсture and deburr holes'
s. Position lower windshietd (23) in P1ace and seсure to cabin struсture

with t'he aрprоpriate sсrews and rеtainers. вefole inste]lation.
brush-оoat thе retainers (28 аnd 29) and nating surfaсes on the саbin
struсture with sea].ant (сM 6з6) l аnd brush-сoat all sсrew hеads with
sealant (с},t 662) .
h' Instal] fоlding dooI (refёr to paragrаPh 2]'-7) .
i. тrim exсess maLerial froп wj"ndshield edging (21) so that there is a
с].earanсe of 1 to 3 mm betwоen the сabln structure and thе сoсkPit
door.
j. ГiII }онer нindshield (2з) to retainer {28 and 29) joints and
windshield еdging (2? and 21) to сabin struсture joints with
sеalant (см 6з6) .
k. гinish rework areа to matсh оriginal раint fiпish.

1' Clean bulb seаl (32) with aсetone (см 20з) and remove residuаl
аdhеsive flom the cabin struсture. Bond bulb seа] with adhesivе
(сl.1 605) .
вo 105
сндPтЕR 21
Paqe 39
!.,IвB ItЕL]сoPTЕRs
I'{AINтЕNдNсE }{ANUд! }.IBв . Bo 105
m. Reinsta].l сornPonents removed fron the сabin in revеrse order of the

sеquenсе, steps 1. thru 7., in paragraph 21-24. Brush-сoat door
holder (16) Wlth sealent (см 6з6} Plior to installation.
n. strip off remainder of windshield Proteоtive сovering and с1ean
windshield as desсribed in Palagrap}r 2].-2l.
вo 105
сltAPтER 21
Paqге 40
с(-- с
-.
1
\ \i. E
\ с1
\.
E
o
Ф
-!
\r
Ф
g_Ф
s-@ ь-l
oI
E
Е
a
O
z
It- lJ. !1)
() I
o
UJ
ul
z
o
tr
()
ш
vt
s зN
Е
I
Е
(, o
z f-t
o
Е
()
l.{
lц tt!
o ...1
0)
н
O
-ll
O
o
н r.,] Ч .lJ Ф
0)Ф q)
o' оlI вtd E
я ..| ..i Е
..l ld .o (O N '.1
'б o.l
мвв нЕlIcoPтЕRs
МA]NтЕNдNсЕ I.{ANUAL мвB - в0 105
2I - 26 Remova] - сabj-n roof windolr
1' Remove interior panelling as neсessary, refer Lo сhaрteI 703.
2' Remove any сomponents obstruсting removal of tlre windоw.

3. If neсessary, remove 0Aт thеrmometer (5, figure 2]--11) .
4. Remove screws (11). washers (4), and nuts (з) .

5. seрa.ratе window from саbin roоf using a suitable tool .
23. - 2'7 Installation - cabin roof window
1. Remove old sealant from cаbin roof аnd сlean bоnding surfaces with dry
сIeaning solvent |с|"l 202) '
2, Instа]} new window as fоl]ows:
a. strip off windo!' proteсtivе сovering from the edges of the window
only as far as required for fitting and subsequent rework.
b. I"lount wiпdow in сabin roof so that thеre is an atl-round' clealance of
2 пEn bеtweеn the window аnd сabin roof.
с. тrаnsfer hole Pattern f!оm the old window to the new window.
d. Remove windоw and dri]l the seсuring screw hо]es at the mаrked
loсations using а 4 ' з-rпn-diameter drill.
e. Aррly seal.аnt (см 6з6) to window mount'ing struсture.
f, BIush-сoat heads of sсrews (11, figure 21-11) with sealant (сI,1 662) .
Position window on the suPPorting frаme from within thе сabin. Aliqn
screw holes of windoн and frame, and secure with wаshers (4) аnd
nuts (3) .
9. Appty a bead оf sealant (сM 636) аround the edge of the window at
1ntетsеоtion wit'h the сabin roof аnd t'he uppeт windshie]d edging
(12) . sпooth out sealаnt.
h. Е'inish rework area to natсh oriqinal paint finish.

i RAi nсtд]'] аnmьan
--...r*..ents removed from the сabin iп leverse ordе! of the
sёquence' steps ].. thru 3.' in рaragiraрh 21-26.
j. striP off rеmаinder of window рroteсtive соvering and оlean window as
desсribed in раrаgraph 2).-21..
BO l-05
снAPтЕR 21
Pаoe 4з
}4вв JlЕI.,]сoPтЕRs
},!A]NтЕNA!{сЕ }IAl{uAI, t.{вв - Bo 105
-+
':-"t-'-
1 Cabin roof
2 Left window
3 Nut
4 Washe!
5 oAт thermometer
6 Washer
? Right window
8 Rфber washer
9 Washer
10 Shiеld
11 Screw
12 uрper windshield edging
Cabin roof windows . removal and instаllаtion
BO 105
.I]lDтгa 21
p^da дд
].rвB нЕL]сoPTЕRs
},1AI'NтЕNA!iсЕ I,IANUA], },1Bв . в0 105
21' - 28 Removal - fo]dinq dоor window
1. Remove folding doorl refer to paтagraph 2J-.5.
2. Remove folding door window:
a. Window (аttасhеd with screws)
1) Remоve attасhing sсrews (5, figure 21-13} with waвhers (4 and 6)

and nuts (?), and remove window (3) from folding door.
2, Remove double-baсked adhеsive taPe from folding doоr. and оlean

bonding surfaсe with aсеtone (с}4 20з) .
b. llindow (bonded with сeпent}
1) сut ouL the damaged пindow within the oPtiсa]. area using а
сonрass saw' lёaving a narrоW edglng of aPprox. 5 пшn шide.
2t Мask the areas of the fоlding door (4' f'ig. 27-t2I adjaсent to
thе windоw with thin woodrn strips (5) to prоvide а heat shield.
з) сut a slit into the residual edging (2) at аny point.
сAUтIoN WнЕN IiЕAтING тItЕ RЕSIDUAт, WINDOW ЕDGING, тAKЕ

сARЕ NoT т0 DдI4AGЕ тIlЕ дD.,AсЕNт !A!4INAтЕ (нЕAт-
RЕs]sTANт тo !{Ax. 80 0с) .
4l Using a handblower (1), heat the window edging at the slit until
it begins to soften, then grip the window edging with a paj.r of
рliers and сarefully рeel it оff (sее fig. 21-12) . By аIternately
heating and peeling, it is possible to r€move the entire edging
in a single operation.
5) Remove old adhesive with aсеtone (сM 203) .
21 - 29 Installation - foldino door windоw

'1 Qt ri n
^f
f ht.^|6.t i t'д froп t'he edges of windоw (3, figure 21-13)
es тeоtliтрd tО instа11"o.,",ing
the window.
2, Position in folding door (1). Tf reguired, trim
nerv window window edges
so that thеle is an all-round сlearance оf 1to 3 mm.
3' Position window (3) in р1aсe, аnd back-dri]l sсrew ho.les (3.0 - з.4 пЕn
dia.) using ho1es in foldiпg door as a guide.
4, Rеmove window (3) and dеburr holes,
сtlAPтЕR 21
!4вв t.rпт'т/.^DтnD e
PIAINтЕNдNсЕ }.{ANUAL мвв - B0 105
1 Ilаndblowеr
2 Residual edging
of window
J Pliers
г^1.1i тt.t .t^^r
5 шooden stlip
tigure 21-12 Pеeling off residual rvindow edging
5. D€grёage bonding sulfaсes on folding door with aсetoDe (с!,1 20з) '
6, Roughen windoя faying surfaсеs with steet wool and сlean with drv
сleаning solvent (с!,1 202} .
.7, Install double-baсked adhesive taрe (2) on folding door, press
down
light'ly, and рull alJаy the taPe backing.
в. Position window (3) in fоlding door, preвsing it lightly аgаinst thе
fоlding door, and seсure with sсre}'s {5), washers 1i ana 6i, аnd nuts
(?) ' тorque oppоsite sсlews alternately, working round the windоw severаl
tl.mes,
9. Using dry сleаning solvent (см 202) , сlean windоw edging аnd fo}ding doo!
where рaint is required (refеr to figure 21-1з} .
10' APpIy a сoat of priner (Ct'l 423) to window edging and folding dоo!, and
restore originа1 рaint finish '
11. Reпoyе remainder оf р!оtесtivе сovering florn the нiлdow, аrrd сlеаn window
aссording to PalagraPh 21-21.
12. Instal]. folding dоor, refer to Paragraph 21-?.
e^ 1п(
гнlDтпD,1
Page 46
мвв ltЕ].]сoЕтЕRs
llAINтЕNAхсE мANUA! I',вв - nn lnc
App|y taсquer to thls argа
2 Doub1e-baсked adhesj,ve tape

3 Windo$
/\ сleаrаnсe beЕweеn edge of 4 Washer
window panel and fоlding door 5 Screw
9ha11 be ].-з пm a11 lound 6 llasher
I Nut
Removal and insta].lation - гoldinq door vindoы,

attасhed with sсrеws
вo 105
сIIAPтER 21
Pасе 47
мBB llЕLIсoPтЕRs
мAINтENANсЕ мдNUA! мBв - в0 105
2I - 30 Removal and install.ation - slidinq door windort
тhr Prосedurеs for reпоving and installing the в1idiп9 door windows are
вinilar to those for the folding door windows and wi.l.l not be descfibed
separately here.
Retтrove and lnзtall the sliding door windorс in aсcordance with Paraglaphs
21-28 and 21-29' Refеr tо paragraPhg 21.9 and 21-11 for рroсedural steps
to leпove and install the slidinq door.
B0 105
сtlAPтЕR 21
Paqe 48
сHAPтER
сoWLlNGs
l''вв llЕtIсoPTЕRs
}{AINTЕNANсЕ l'lAl{UA], }|вB - Bo 105
с0WLINGs
Table of сontents
ParagraРh тii.lA Page
zz- I DЕSсRIPTIoN - сo!{1INGS
22-2 INSPECтIoN E'oR сoNDITт0N - сoWLINGS 3
22-з RЕPAIR - сoWI.INGS
22-4 Removаl - сowlings 6
22-5 Installation - сowlings 1
B0 105
снAPTЕR 22
!.1BB нЕLIсoPтЕRS
мAINTЕNANсЕ l,lANUAt l'{BB - в0 105
22.l DESсR]PTIoN - сo!{I,]NGS
Deреnding on Lhe сonfiguration, the сorllings (f.i'g. 22-2 and 22-3) arе either
two- or four-pieсe assеmblies аnd сover rпain transпissionl tanden hydrauliс
unit аnd engines. Aссess doors and сovers are additionarry instarrеi wьiсn
allow пinor mainlеnаnсe work on thе respeсtive сomponents.
Thе сowlings are attaсhed to the fuselage by quiсk rе1easе fasteners anсi snaр
rings.
Depending on the сonfiguratiоn, the сow1inqs are lined in the engine
сompartnent with fire proteсtive r0ats madе of сeraniс material oi asbеstos.
The fire рrotесtive mats are сoаting of firе retardant' paint.
-2 INSPЕсTION Е0R сoND]TIoN - сOW1INGS
1. Visually inspeсt сowlings, acсess doors' сovers and. sсrеens for сraсks,
deformati.on. damaged pаint finish, and daтпage tо laminat.еd struсtule.
Rерair damaged parts in aссordanсe with para 22-3 and RЕl,l 201.
If insta]]ed, insрeсt observation window (?, f'ig. 22-2) for damage.
сontaminаtj.on and сrazing. Clеan сontаminated rqindow and reр].aсe-if
damаgеd or сrazed; refeт to parа 22-З
'
з. InspeсL snaр rings of quiсk release fasteners for dаmagе and seсurity.
Rеplaсe brokеn or сraсked snaP fasteners in ассordanсе with сhapter il2
'
4. Inspес| quiсk re1eаse fasteners for damage and seсurity. Insресt ]oose
quiсk rеlеasе fasteners for prоpeт oреration. RePlaсe Ьamage.d quiсk
rеlease fasteners in aссordanсe with сhaрter 02.
5. Inspесt ]atсhes and hingеs on aссess doors for рroper opеrat'ion and
dаmage '
a. Rep].aсe damagеd ]atсhes.
b. Replaсe hinges if сIaсked or binding.

Inspесt aссess door sea1s and butb sea1s аt natinq surfaсе to the tailboom
fоr damage. рorosity. and separation. Rерlaсe damaged seals and bond
separаted sea]-s in aссordanсe with para 22-3.
1. ]nspeсt ejeсtor аsserтtblies for damage, and repair in aссordanсe with para
22-3.
в0 105
сltAPTЕR 2 2
}4Bв IIЕLIсoPтERS
I,IAINTЕNANсв мANUAL I.,IBB - B0 105
8. If installed on the сowling; inspeсL thеm for seсurity of

hand holds are
attaсhment. Tighten loose hаrdware or тeplare loose rivеts. Repair dаmagеd
cowlings in acсordаnсе with RЕI'I 20].'
9. Dерending on the сonfiguration, inspесt сeramiс or asbesLos mats for
seсurе bonding and general сondition.
а. Bond seрarated mats; refеr to para 22-3' steр ?.
b. Replaсe damaged mats,. refel to Para 22-3, sLep 1,
с. If fire retardant paint сoating is danaged' touсh uр in aссordanсe
With para 22-з' steр 8. or renew сomрletely'
22.з RЕPAIR - сOll'lLINGS
1. Repair loсal damage in aссordanсe wibh ЕAA Publiсаtion' E'AA Aс 4з.].3-1A.

A1RсRAFT INSPЕсTI0N AND RЕРAIR I',IANUAI, and RЕ}',l 201. If damage is morе
extеnsive, а deсisj-on on whether to replaсr or rеpail thе affесtеd сowling
must bе aссording to the cirсumstаnces.
'пadе
2. рarts sha1l be rеpaired in aссordanсe vllth the
KEVIAR-ЕPoXY sandr,liсh
standaтd rерair praсLiсes for fiberqlass sandvliсh struсLures' with оne
layеI of кЕVLAR being replaсeable with two layers of fibеrglass
Il']L 8.4548. 6.
з. Replaсе quiсk re.Leasе fasteners in aссordanсe with Chapler 02.
4. Rеplасe observation window as fol]ows:

a' Remove sсrrws.
b' Detaсh observаtion window from cowling with suitab]е tool.

с. Rеmove o]d adhеsive with 80 gril abrasivе papет, taking сaте not, to
abradе thе ].aminate.
d. Posj.tion observation windolv in plaсе. If neоessary' transfеr thе borе

Pattern from the сowling to the window.
e. Clеan bonding surfaсеs With aсetone (с}4 20з) .
f. Apр]y adhеsive (CI'{ 601) Lo the bonding surfaсеs, рosiLion observаtion

windorт in Plaсе on the сowllng. and seсure with sсrews, vrasheIs and
nuts . Rеmovе exсessive adhesive.
5. вond aссess door seals and bulb sea]s as follows:

a. RеIrlovе o]'d adhesive with 80 grit abrasivе РаpеI, Laking сare not t'o
ablade the ]аminate.
b. CLean bonding surfaсеs with aсetone (сI'4 20з) .
B0 105
сrtAPTЕR 22
l,tBв IIвLIсOPтЕRS
I'.IA]NтвNANсE I{ANUA]. мвв - в0 105
с. сoat bonding surfaсes wittr adhesive (сМ 605) and press seals/bulb
seals onto сowling.
Repair damage to ejeсtor assemblies as follows:
a. Stоp-drill сraсks not eхсeeding 10 mm in lengt'h at ejeсtor еdges with
a 3пгn-dri11. If пore eхtеnslve сraсks are evidеnt replaсe ejесtor oт
reрair.
b. Rёstore dеnt'ed оr otherwise deformed surfaсes to original сontour
using plastiс hamme r and suitable straightening too16.
7. Bond or rеplaсe fire proteсtive mat' (сеramiс mat) as follоvls:
Bond seParatеd fire рroteсtive mat per steps a. thru с.. rep]aсe
firо nrntоntir'A nAr сt6r\с thrl' Ь
'nяi. 9Lut/g Ч.
^
Remove old adhesive with 80.grit abrasive paper, taking сare nol to
abrade the lаminate.
b. с]ean bonding surfaсеs with aсеtone (сl'1 20з).
с. APр]y siliсone rubbеr (см 619} to сow1ing and аround еdges of the fire
*.!
яЕ^].^^+,i ''^ rLlaL
уlvLЕLUavЕ r
d. Preparе bonding area in aссordanсe with steрs a. and b.

Apply adеquat'e amount оf siliсone rubber (сM 619) to сowling and
distribute evenly' using a wоoden spatula.
AрРly si.].iсonе rubber (сl"1 619) to seamed еdges of thе fire рrotесtive
mаt .
s' Position fire рroteсtive mаt on engine сowlingl aPPlУ pressure and put'
vreight on matr using sandbags.
h. Aрply fire rеtardant, рalnt pеr step 8. to t'hose соwling areas whiсh
arе loсated in the hot zones аnd whiсh are not сovеrеd. with fire
proteсtive mats.
8. Touсh upfirе retardant рaint сoaLing as follows:
a' Remove fire rеtardant paint from damagеd areа:
1) If damage is nеgllgible' remove paint сoatinq with 80 qrit аbrasive
papеI.
LJ rI
тC .!^й.^^
oamagе rs^ еxtensive'
,l
remove varnish finish wit'h рaint' remover {CМ
^..,
433). then soften up fire retardаnt paint сoat with waler and rernove
'\
With brush or paint remover (см 4Зз) .
B0 105
сIIAPтЕR 22
I{BB ilЕllсoPтЕRs
мAINTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAI, !.{вв - B0 105
b. сlеan repair hrеa with aсetone (см 20з) .
с. Apply t'wo сoats af fire retardant рaint and allow to dry between
сoats; for drying time refer to пanufасtuxer's instтuсtions.
d. When dry, lightly abrade the fire rеtardant paint with 220 grit
ablasive paper.
e. Aрply two top finish сoats of two-сomponеnt PUR finishing varnish
(см 4з2) and allow to dry between сoats; for drying time тefer to
manufaсturer, s instruсtions .
9. Touсh uP ext,ernal paint finish as follorтs:

a. Rеmove paint finish in dаmaged area with 22o/23o grit abrasive paper.
taking сare not to abIade the laminate.
b. Clean repair arеa with aсetone (сl',1 20з) .
с. Apрly Lwo*сomponent PUR topсoat to matсh eхisting Paint finish of the

heliсopter' Rеfer to сhарtеr 02
22-t Remova I- cowLings
].. Remove two-pieсe сow}ing (t,ig' 22-З) as fol].ows:

r n^6n alti^l. r6,16asе fаstеnеrs of left and righL сow]ings.
b. Carеfully remove ]'eft and right сowlings.
2. Remove four-pieсe сow}ing |t.Iq ' 22-2\ as follows:
a' opеn quiсk release fasteners зeсuring forwаrd сowlings Еo сabin
roof, firеwall and to eaсh оther.
b. сarefully rеmove both forward сowlings.
с. Oрen quiсk releasе fаsteners seсuring bolh aft сow1ings to еngine
deсk and firewall.
d. Carеfully lemove both aft сow}ings.
B0 105
сllAPтER 22
Paqe 6
}'{вB нЕlIсoPTЕRs
I,IAINтENANсв I{ANUAL l.tвB - в0 105
22 -5 Installation - сowlings
l. Install tvlo-pieсe сovliпg (fig. 22-3) as follorтs:
a, Instal1 left and right cowlings so that the aft firewal] еngaqеs with
the retainеrs оn thе сow}ings.
b. сlose quiсk releasе fasteners'
2. Install four-рieсe соwling |t'ig. 22-2| as follows:
a. Position both forl,ard сowtings in P]aсe and seсure to сabin roof,
flrewall, and eaсh оther with quiсk relеase fastеners.
b. Position both aft сowlings in P]aсe and' securе to firewall аnd enqinе
deсk With quiсk rеleasе fasteners.
3. Thе annular сlearanсe bеtwеen the ejeсtor assemb]les and eхhaust staсks
shall be approx. equal all the way round. A diffеrenсe in annular
сlearanсe of not more than ].0 mm is al]owed аt opposlt,e points. If thi.s
}imit is eхсeеded. loosen clamр of еxhaust st'aсk and turn exhaust staсk ln
the appropriate direсtion to adjust for сonstant' annular сlearanсe'
s\o
lnсolr€сt
Еigurе 22-1 Alnular с1eаranсe for ejесtor vent1lation

B0 105
снAPTЕR 22
I.,lBв IIЕLIсoPTЕRS
I.{AINтЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL !4Bв - в0 105
1 Еjесtor asseпbly' Rн
2 Еjесtor assembly. T,н
Air sсooР for enginе
сomРartmеnt f orсed ventilation
4 Aft aссess door нeliсopters with S/N 5ZL
5 E'orlra rd aссess door and subsq. and those
6 ouiсk rе].ease fastener vrith modified by SB 60-31
snap ring
Observation window
FLElte 22-2 Еour-pieсe сowling
B0 105
сI{APтЕR 22
Pя.tо я
I'1BB tlЕlIс0PTЕRs
I'{AINтЕNANсЕ !,lANUA], }'4вB - Bo 105
з2\
60011з.1
1 Ejeсtor asseпbly' Rtl tleliсoрters rtith S/N 321

Ejесtor assembly'
z\ _з
2
Air
sсoop for engine
Lн and subsq., and those
nodifiеd by Sв 60-31
comрartment forсed vеnt'ilation
4 Aft aссess door ilеliсopters with S/N 301
Е'orward aссess door
$_в and subsq., and those
5
Quiсk release fastener wlth modif j.ed by SB 60-23
snap ring.
observation window
E'igure 22.З Two-рieсe сowling
B0 105
сrtAPTЕR 22
сHAPтЕR
TAIL BOOM
мвв llЕLICoPтЕRs
шAINTЕNANсЕ l'4ANUAt t,lвв - в0 105
31 тAII, Boot'l AssЕмBLY
Table of сontents
Pаrаgraph TTIIE Page
Jl. - I DЕSсR]PTIoN - тAIt вool,t AssЕ!.{вLY з

5r - 2 тNSPЕстIoN - тAII. B00I.t AssЕ!{вlY
J] - J RЕPAIR - TAIL в00!t AssЕмBLY
31 -4 Tail booп
J] - э Removal - tail boom
31 -6 Inspесtion and repai r - tаil boоm
5l - / hst,allation - tail boom
?'t - a vertiса1stаbilizеr T2
JI - у Retnoval - vertiсal stabilizer 1-2
11 - rn Inspесt'ion and repair - vertiсal stabilizеr 1з
JJ- - 11 Installatj.оn - vertiсаl sLabilizer 14
5L - LZ Horizoпtal stabi11zer 14
JJ. - I.J Removal . horizontal stаbilizer 14
з1 -14 Inspeсtion and repair - horizontal stabi}izer 14
Installatioп . ho rizontal stabilizer 11
Jl - lo Fairings I'l
з1 -1? Removal - fаirings T1
Inspeсtion аnd repair - fairings t'l

Jl - .Lv Installation - fairings t't
з1 -20 Tail skid 18
J! - ZL Remova I - tail skid 18
зI-22 Installation - tail skid 18
вo 105
CHAPTЕR з1
ЕURoсoРтER ]ViA|NтENANсЕ I'ANUAL вo 105
31 . 1 DESсRIPтION . тAIL в00м AssЕl,lBLY
тhe tai1 boоm assembly essentia]]y сonsists of the folloшing рaгts :
- tail boom
. horizontаl stabili zers
- vertlсa] stabilizеrs
- vertiсa] fin
thе upPer surfaсe of thе LaiI boom is the tai] rotor drive
!,lounted a].ong
shaft whiсh is сovered by fairings. тhesё failings are аЕtaсhеd by sрriпg-
tyрe qulсk-releasе сaпloс fastеners аnd сaп be removed for maintenanсe
purрoses.
o/ \
1 vertiсal stabilizer I,н

I p^<i t i
^n
,]
i.'Ьt
9 Еnd сaP
10 Horizontal stabilizer
11 Angle braсkеt
L Drive shaft fairing 72 вearing braсket
z l1.u5Е tсrtllrrч 13 Retaining washer
3 Vеrtiсal fin 14 Stud
4 сam}oс fastеner lэ vеrt'iсal stabi]izеr R}t
\ \,AЙl- i tяi.] f.airinгl Е]eсLriсa1 сonneсtor
A
J.O
^r,1
6 тail skid L't тail boom
A see fiqurе 31-] for tai] skid сonfiqurations

Еigure 31,-1 Tai1 boom - аssemb]y
в0 105
сIiAPтЕR 31
Pagе 3
ЕURoсoPтЕR плA|NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
31 - 2 lNsPЕстloN _ тAlL вooм AssEnлвLY
1. |nspeсt tai| boom skin lor сrack6, other meohenlcal damage, сorrosion аnd |oosr or missing riv€ts' |n
partiсu|аr' inspeоt skin on FlH side oi tail boom iп аrea bвhind the fing
'|ange.
a. Flopa|rcraоks and other meсhaпical damago in aосordanсв With paragraph з1-3.
b. Po|ish out corrosion damage to a dePlh not exсa€d|'lg 10o/o of skin thickn6ss and .t0% ol surfaсe area'
usiпg 400 grit po|ishing сloth. тouсh uр paintlinish in aФordanсо Wlth сhapter 02.
c. Fleplaоe a|| |oosё or missing rivets'
2' Visцally inspoоt drain ho|e6 fo. free passagв. с|6аr bloсked draiп holёs with suitab|e tooI.
з. |nspвсt horizontal stabi|izer (10, fig. 31-1) and ang|o brackots (11) lor secure attaсhment, and ang|6
brackets (11) a|so tor mechaпiоa| damage and сorrosion.
a. тighteп |oosв attaсhing sсrews.
b. Polish out mвоhanical dаmage and сorrosioп to а dopth not oxcseding 0.2 mm with 40o grit po|ishing
о|oth. тouсh up paint liпish in aссordance With сhaplor 02'
4. lnsPoct v€rticа| stabi|iz6rs (7) and (15) for genarа|оondition, saсuro attaсhmgnt and presonсe ol |oсkwires
in attасhiпg scr6ws.
a. тighton |oosв attaсhing sсr€Ws' taking carв that eaсh Pair ot r|lbbeг washers is сompressed betweeп
0.з mm and 0.5 mm.
b. R6p|aсe a|l damаged or missing lockwires.
5. visua|ly inspecl tai| rotor goarboх attaсhmвпt tittiпg.
a. |ltail rotor gвarboх is not removвd:

R€movo ma|ntanaпce оover in vertiсаlfin and lnGpect tai| rotorgoarboxattaсhmentfitting tor |oose ]ivets
and оraоl€.
1) |f сrаcks arё svident' rвplaсs thв tаilrotor gearbox attachment titting afterfirst consЦ|ting with ЕсD.
2) lf there are
,tail
rotor geaфox attaсhmonl Jitting, a|so removo the tail rotor goalbox
craсks in th6
(refer to сhaptвr э2_59) and inspeсt for cracks.
3) RoD|aов |ooso riv€ts.
b. |ttall rotor gэarbox has beвп removed:

Inspeсttail rotor goarbox attaоhment fitting for Ioose rivets and оraсks.
1 ) сracks ara €vid6nt' replaco the tai| rotor geaфox attaоhmont аft€r first сonsu|ting with ЕоD.
'f 'itting
2) lf thgro aгe cracks in the tal| rotor geаrbox attaсhmont a|so inspgоt thё tai| rotor goa]box for
cracкs. 'ltling,
3) Replaco looso rivets.
онAPтЕR t1 вovis|on 18
Page 4
tрнtr*,". мA|NтЕNANOЕ MANUAL вo 105
6. |nsDeсtvertica|fin.
a. Flemove Vertiсal tin fairing.
b. visuа||y insрect veгtica|fin for сrаcks in the intermediаte gearbox attaсhment area. lt craсks are found,
contact the ЕcD customer serviоe priorto next {|ightfor adviсe on howlo Proceed.
c. Inspect outer and inner surfaсes ofъkin and spar as fо|lows:
1) тhorough|y о|eаn outer and aосessib|e iпner surfaсes of skin and spar with a brush aпd dry c|eaпiпg
so|Vent (сt\л 202}. |tthero is severe оontamination, it is reоommeпdф to remove the аft short drive.
shaft for thoroughly сIeaning oJ inner suгfaоe.
2) visual|y inspect skin and spar otjter surfaоes, tnс|uding frame 11L, and LH аnd RH frame sheets
for сracks, Ioose rivets and other anomaties (e.g., distortion).
з) Using a mkrorand |amp, inspeоt inner surfaоes of skin and sparwherвVer possiblethrough thr |ight.
ening holes for craоks, |oose rivets and other anoma|ies (ё.g.' distortion).
4) RepIасe loose rivets. |f craоks or other aпoma|ies (e'g.' distortion) are fouпd' сontaсtthe ЕсD сus.
tomer serviсe prior to next flight for instructions on how to proоeed.
d. visua|Iy inspeоt vertiсalfin fairing attасh brackоts to. оraоks. оraсks not exоeeding 10 mm in |ength are
аdmissib|e on two attach braсkets, рrovidedthё braоkets are not adjaсent to eaсh other. пeрlace attaсh
braоkets with сraоks exceeding specified longth.
e. Install verticalfinlairing.
7. |nspectta||skid (see fig. з1-7)and attachment tittings оracks, other meоhaniсaIdаmage' оorrosion and
seсurity of instal|ation. 'or
a. Rep|aсe |oose rivets in attaсhment fittings.
b. PoIish out meсhaniсaldamage and сorrosion on taiIskid andattаchmentfittingsto a depth notexсeeding

0.5 mm' using 400 gtit Polishing оloth. тouоh up paintfinish in аccordanоe with Chapter 02.
с. тorque loоse attaсhing hardware. seсure nцt (6) with sp|it pin (4 oп conliguration l.
d' Reрlaоe tail skid if it shows signs ot major damage, detcrmation, or сrасl€.
8. Romovё drive shaft lаiring (1 fig. 31-1) and nose fairing (2) aпd iпspeоt as fo|lows:
a. visually inspeоtuрpёr surface oftaiIboom (17) in the arеa infront oithe vertiсa|{in (3)lorcraоks. ltсraсks
are ovident, proоe€d accoгding to para 31-3.
b. visua|ly inspect protective edging of tai| rotor drivo shaft fairlпg аnd nose fairing Jor dаmage. Flep|aсe
damagф or seрarated protective odging (adhesive tape сtvl 6з4).
с. |nsPeоt beaгing braоkets (12,ligureз1-1) and (з0. figure3l-3)oftai|rotordrivё shatt bearings fororaсks t
and security of attachment. Rерlace mounting bracket if сraсkф and rep|aсe loos€ rivets. I
Revision 2з сHAPтЕR з1
Pa^6 q
@рнягoрter lilAtNтЕNANcЕ MANUAL вo 105
].\
9. cheоk neсked-down bo|ts (8' fig. з1-3) for specified torque valuе. |f torqцe Va|Ue ot a neсked-down bo|t
is less than spaсmed, the nесked-down bott must be replаоed.
10. lnspect llange rlng (3) for сraоks (esрecia||y neаr rivets), othor meоhаniсal damage, оorrosion aпd |oose
a. Flepairrivets per para2.1-2.lf there are mgre than 10 |oose гivots' reP|aсe these with solid rivets LN 9198
DU or MS 20470 OD ofthe appropriate length and diemet6r.
It is recommeпdod that a|| rivets in the ring f|ang€ be rep|аced at the samo tim8.
b. Polish out meсhaniсa| damago and сorrosion to a depth not eхоeeding 0.2 mm With 400 grit рolishing
c|oth. Тouоh Up paintfinish in aсcordancs with chapler 02.
31 - 3 RЕPAIR - тA|L вoott,I AssЕlлвLY

Loсa| damags sha|l be reрaired in acсordance With standard рractices. Fleрair of moro extensive damage must
be aосomр|ished aftor consultatioп with the mаnufасturel. :
31 -4 тai| boom
3t-5 Removal -tall boom

Special tools: Hoisting sling for tail boom 117-30001 W3
supрort for tai| boom -117-30001
WI
1. Flemove rear engino сow|ing' re'er to сhapter 22'
2. вemove vertica| tin fairing (33' figure 31.3).
3. Remove upper interior paпet|ing аt rear end of оargo compartmerrt to the oxtent that сontrol rod (6) сan Do
removed from torsion shaft (15).
l
4. Remove contro| rod (6) from the torsion shaft (1 5) and trom ba|lсrank (21 ) aпd pul| сontro| rod (6) aft out
ot tаi| boom (1).
5' Flemovo bolts (25)' nuts (23) and Washer (24). Remove shims (З2) and keep for reuse.
сAUтloN To PREVENT DAмАGЕ тo тHЕ FORWARD Dв|vЕ SHAFт (22)' |т |s

RЕсo[4MЕNDЕD тo RЕl/oVЕ lт As DЕscнlвЕD lN сHАPTЕR з2.
6' Flomove bolts (31), washers (28) and nds (26) securing bearing (29) to bearing braсket (3o).
7. Attaсh hoisting sling P/N 117.зOo01 W3 to lail boom as 6hown in figure 31 -2.
8. Removo neсked.down bo|ts (8' figure з1-з) togoth€r With bushings (9) aпd nuts (10).
9. sёрarаte tаil boom from fuse|age on|y to the €xtent that a|ectriсal coпneсtor (a сan ba disсonпeсted.
10. P|aсe tai| boom on supрoгt 117.э0о01 W1.

i
сI|АPтER з1 Revision 18
Page 6
шBв IlЕI]с0PтЕRs
I'{AINтENANсE,!.tANUAt мвв - B0 105
I Hoisting sling 111-30001 W3

sling attachment points on tаil skid
Еigure З1-2 Atlach points - hoisting sling
B0 105
сltAPтЕR 31
*^.'-,
1
*:p
r7t
,i,
|Еi
lzl
|.о l
t9
n
(>-
zo
Е
()
цr
at,
П
l ё|
lz l- o
ts*-l"'l
;
ф--Р
'о
W
*--o' \"
\;
OJ
6<
-<''
t,lJ
цl I
\-
()
o
() |l-o а
l-
щ
tл o
Е
L'
orр
рЁЕ
Чnoo
lб
сiФ
Фoot-l u' Ф
.с'qд
att
o .tJ 0,
Р| .-.| 1)
. }
q.l
iтl
IlЕT.,Iс0PTЕRs
l,1AINтЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL мBв - в0 105
з1 -6 ]nspeсtion and rеPair - tаil boom
speсial tool:
spot faсer. ].2 mm in dia. with pilot' 6 шn in dia.
1. Inspeсt flange ring (J.' figure 31-4) for соrrosiоn at abutment areas with
bushings (9, fig. з1-3) .
a. Using spot faсer. mill сorrоded surfaсe to a depth of 0.1 mm bеlow
thе bare metal suIfaсe.
The rеmaining wall thiсkness of the flange ring must still be at
Ieast 5.4 пun (sеe figure 31'-4) .
b. Clеan the rеworked surfaсe with tet raсhloroethylene (Cl.I 205} and then
trеat with сhemiсal сonverslоn material (сl4 316)
с. ApPly Lop сoat matсhing thе exisling paint on the tai1 boom.
Mаke sure that Paint is not appliеd to the faсе of t'hе flange.
2. Tnspeсt сhafe Рrotесtion in guides for сontrol rods for сondition.

Replaсe damaged сhаfe proteсtion.
Е'lange ring
'Ia1l DOOm
2001зз.2
RеWork pеrmittеd on this sidе on]y Dimеnsiоns in mm
Еigure З1-4 Rework on flange ring
в0 105
сHAPтЕR з1
Pасte ] ]
мвв нЕт.,ТсoPтЕRs
i.1AINтЕNANсЕ !,!ANUAL l,lBB - B0 105
з. InsPeсt 'locating pins (5. figurе 31-3} for сondition. Rep].aсe if damaged.
4. visually insРeсt inner surfaсe Of tail boom for сondition, сorтosion,
loose rivets and damaqed sеals.
3].-? Тnstallation . tai] boom
1. сlean flange rings (3 and 4, figurе 3].-3) with dry сleanlng solvent
(crn 202t .
2'чч}ns hoistlng sling 11?-30001 W3, position tаil boom against flange ring
(4) . Conneсt elесtriсal сonneсtor (7) .
3. Align flange rings and install neсked-down bolts (8), bushings (9} and
nuls (10 ) .
4. ],ubriсale threads of bolts (11 and 17) with greаse (см 101) аnd install
сont.rol rod (6) wit.h them. Install and tighten nut's (12 and 19) and
seсure ttith split pins (14 and 20) .
5. Install bеaring (29) on bеаring brасket (30}. Seсure nuts (26) wlth split
pins (2? ) .
6. If prеviously removed, lnstall forwаrd drivе shaft'. Rеfeт t'o сhapter 32.
7. A]ign tai] rotor drive shaft (2). shims (32) and forward drivе shafl
install bolts (25), washers (24) and nuts (23) . AрpLy loсking
|22)
' and (с},l
сompound 620) to nuts.
8. Inst'all vertiсal fln fairing (33) .
9. Install engine cow1ings, refеr to сhapter 22.

10. Instаll upper interior panelling at rear end of саrgo сomРaItnent.
31 -8 ver t i сa1 st abi 1 i zer
31 -9 Rеmoval - vertiсal stabilizer

1. Remove position l,ight' (5' figure 31-6) as outlined in сhapter 92'
2. Rеmove sсrews (7), washers (8) and rubber wаshers (9).
з. Rеmovе vеrtiсal stabilizer (2) from horizontal sLabilizer (3).
B0 105
сltAPTЕR з1
Pagе 12
!.4Bв flЕLIсoPтЕRs
II{AINTЕNANсE мANUAL !,1вB - в0 105
31 - 10 Inspeсtion and rеPair - vertiсal stabilizer

1' Insрeсt vertical stabillzer for erosion daпage impaсt damage and for
' repalr or тep1aсe
damаged paint finish. If suсh a damage is evidеnt,
vertiсal stabilizer.
a. тouсh uр erosion damage and paint daпage аs follows:
1) Abradе damaged area with abrаsive сloth (220 grit or

finer) , сlean with aоetone (сl,t 203) and degrease.
2) Repair dаmaged area with UP putty (CM 303) and сoat with zinс
сhromate primer (сl,l 4].?) and a toрсoat matсhing the exisling
раint on the heliсoрtеr.
b. Rеpair damage to еnd сaр (4 and 6, fiqure 31-6) as follоws:
1) Abrade damagеd area vlith po]ishing сloth (80-120 grit) and сlean
with tet raсhloroethylene (сl.{ 205) .
2I сut g].ass fabriс to sizе as shown in figure З1*5.
з) Еit the preрarеd layers of fabriс to end сaр using epoхy теsin
(сl'4 616) and hardеner (сI'4 617) in the ratio 5:1 by weight.
4) After сuring, grind off рrotruding pоrtions of fabriс using

abrasive paper (60-80 grit) .
5) сlean the rеworked area with tеt raсhloroethylene (CI4 205). сoаt
with UP putty (CM З0З) zinс сhromatе рrimer (C!,1 417) and a toР-
' paint on the hеliсoрter.
соat mat'сhing the еxistlng
аpprox. 30 mm аpprоx.30 mm
з0039].1
sсarf joint Overlаp joint
Aрр]iсation of fabriс ]аyers
в0 105
сHAPTЕR 31
Paqе 13
l.lBB нELIсOPTЕRS
},IAINTЕNANсE мANUAL мBB - B0 105
31 - 11 Inst'allation . vert'iсal stabilizeт

1. Inst'аIl vertiсal stabilizёr (2, figure 31-6) on horizontal stabilizеr.
2. Еill out gap between horizontal stabilizer (3) and angle braсket on
vertiсal stabilizer (2) with rubbеr вashers (9) .
See fig. 31-6 for position and quantity of rubber washers.
з. Seсure vеrtiсal stabi1izer (2) with sсrews (7} and washers (8).
тight'en sсrеws (7) unlil rubber washers (9) have bеen сompressed by
0.3-0.5 mm. seсure sсrеws (7} in раirs with loсkwirе
4. Install position fiqht (5), refer to chapter 92,
з1 .12 Horizonta1 stаbilizеr
31 - 13 Removаl - horizontal stabilizer

1' Remove vеrtiсal stabilizеr as outlined in рaragraph 31.9.
2, Remove veтtiсal fin fairing.

з. Removе wiring of position lights from horizontal st'abllizer.
4' Renove sсrеws (12 and 1.3' figure 31-6) and ang1e braсkets (10' 11, 14
and 15) .
5. Carefully remove horizontal stabilizеr (3) fron talt boom.
31 - 14 ]nspeсtion and reрair - horizоntal stabilizer

Insрeсt horizontaf slabilizer for impaсt damage and damaged palnt finish.
1. Replaсe or rеpair horizontal stabilizer if imрaсt damage is evident.
2. Abrade damaged surfаce finish with polishing сloth (220 or finет) , clеan
wlth aсetone (с}4 20з) and сoat vlith zinс сhromate primer (CM 41?) and
with a top сoat matсhing the eхisting paint on the hеliсoрter as outlined
in сhapter 02.
в0 105
сtiAPтЕR 31
Page 14
lФl
EJ
t-
lzl
|т|
l"l
N
ш
J
й
о
н
qlq rd _dй
:E !ц
Е'i д
нo
Ф Ря
lrN qloч l! я
ФФ
н
Ф..| q}
.:! o B
qв
Nr{
.rl ..l R
э Еo
с, -l i ,ч
.lд
l.lвв нЕLIсoPтЕRS
I.iA]NтвNANсЕ I.IANUAL }{вв - B0 105
31 . 15 Installation - horizontal stabilizеr
1. сarefutly insert horizont.а] stabilizer (З, figure 31-6) in tаil boom (1) .
2' Insta}l wiring оf position liqhts (5) .
з. Install angle braсkets (10' 11, 14 and 15) with sсrevrs (12 and 13) on
tail boon and hoтizontal stabilizer.
ц. Install verLiсal stabilizer as outlined in paragraph 31-11.
5. Install vertical fin fairing.
31 - 16 Е. a i ri ngs
31 - 1? Removal - fairings
1. Open сamloс fasteners on nosе fаiring (2, figure з1-1) and rеmove nоsе
fаiring.
2. Open сamloс fasteners on drive shaft fairing (1) and rеmovе drive shaft
fairing.
з. opеn сamloс fasteners on vertiсal tail fairing (5) ' Dеtaсh
vertiса1 tail fairing and disсonneсt eleсtriсal сonneсtoт (16).
?] - 1я Tncneпtinn яnri rоnаi r - fаi rin.тq
Inspeсt drive shaft fairing, nоse fairing and vertiсal taiJ- fаiring for da-
maged оr rnissing сamloо fasteners.
1' Reрlaсe damagеd сamloс fastеners or еjeсtor springs аs outlined in
сhаpteI 02.
2. Replaсe missing Camloс fastеnеrs or еjесtоr springs as out].inеd ln
сhaрter 02.
31 - 19 Installation - fairings
1. Plug in eleсtriсa1 сonneсtor (16, figurе з1-1) and inst'a1L vеItiсal t'ai1
fairing (5) on vertiсa1 fin (з) with сam1oс fastenеrs.
2. P}aсe drive shaft fairing (1) on tail boom and seсure With сam.].oс
fasteners.
3. Instal} nose falring (2) on drivе shaft fairing (1) аnd vertiсa] fin (3)
with Cатпloс fasteners.
в0 105
сttAPTЕR 31
Pаoe 17
мBв IiELIсoPTЕRS
!,IAINTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL I'lBв - B0 105
31 -20 Tail skid
3I - 2L RemovаI - tail skid

].. Renovе sealing сomPound from tаil skid (1l figurе 31-7) and doublеr
guаrds (2 and 3) '
2. Ехtraсt Prus (8) from tаil skid.
3. Remove sсrews (4) tтith nuts (6) and washers (5} .
4. Pull tail skid (1) out, of doubler guards (2 and 3) .
зI . 22 Installation . tail skid

1. Insert tai] skld (1) in doubler щards (2 and 3} .
2. Insert plug (8) in tail skid (1) .
3. Attaсh tail skid with sсrew (4}, washer {5) аnd nut (6) . seсure nut (6)
with sp1it pin (7) (only for configuration т) .
4' Sеal split lines (around entire сirсumferenсe) between doublеr guards
(2 аnd 3) and tail skid (1) with sealing сompound (сl4 662).
B0 105
снAPTЕR 31
Page 18
нЕtIс0PтЕRs
I'{AINтENANсЕ !'IANUAL мвB - вo 105
6 Г;5.?йl оonf|ourat|on I
]. Tаj.l skid
2 Doubler guard (front )
3 Doubler guard lаff l
4 sстew
5 Washer
6 Nut
7 Split pin
8 Plug
! loure Jl-/ l'аI1 sкIсl
BO 105
снAPTЕR 31
сНAPТER
TAIL ROTOR DRIVE

мвB iIЕ].,IсoPтвRs
!4AINтENA}ICЕ !.iANUA]., мвв - в0 105
32 TAIT ROTOR DRIVE
таble af сontents
Paragraph Title Pаge
32-1 DЕSсRIPTIoN - TAIL R0T0R DRIVЕ 5
32-2 TRoUBI,ЕSнooтING - TAIL R0T0R DRIVЕ 1
32.з INSPЕсT]oN - тAII, RoTOR DRIVЕ
з2-4 1nspeсt1on - tai1

rotor drive
(Configuration I - with сouplings)
laminated disс 9
з2-5 ]nspeсtion - tail rotor drive

(Configuration II - with meпbтane сouPlings) 11
32-6 slt1lфllNG - DRIvЕsIlAFTs

;iji,,i,,,:i,i!,
13
з2-1 Shimming - driveshaf ts

(Configurаtion ] - with laminated dlsс couplings) 1з
32-8 Shimming - driveshaf ts

(соnfigurat'ion II - with nembrane сouplings) lэ
32-9 oIl сIiANGЕ 11
32-r0 - сoNЕIGURдT IoN I

DRIvЕstlAЕ,Ts
(with laminated disс сouplings ) 19
JZ - IL Еorward short dтivёshaf t 'tq
52 ' lZ Rепюva1 - forr,Jard short driveshаft 19
Disasseтnbly . forward sholt dliveshaft ZU
Jz - Lч InsРeсtion and reраil - forward short drivеshaft

32-15 Assembly . forward shоrt driveshaft 2З
Ja - lb InstallаLion * forward short' driveshafl 24
вo 105
сIIAPTЕR 32
Pа.tё ]
l'1BB ltЕtICoPTЕRs
!,IAINтЕNANсЕ !.{ANUA], !,tBB - вo 105
P ?rаph T]"rle Page
JL - lI Long dri-veshaf t Zэ
32-18 Removаl . long driveshаft 25
32-19 Disassembly - long driveshaft 21
32-20 Inspeсtion and repair - long driveshaft zo
5Z - ZL Assembly - long driveshaft 29
52-Zt Instal].аtion - long driveshaft 30
З2-2з Coupling з1
5z-zЧ Removal . сoupling 31
32-25 Disassembly . сoupling з1
З2-26 Inspeсtion and тepair - сouрling 32
З2-21 Assembly . сouрling з2
З2-28 ]nstallation - сouрling 32
з- 29 Af t short drivеshaf t in
vertiсal f in JJ
32-30 Remova 1 . aft short drivrshaft in vertiсаl fin 33
з2-з1 Disаssembly - aft short driveshafё in vertiсаl fin 34
З2-32 Inspeсtion and repair - aft short driveshаft in

vertiсal fin з4
З2-33 Assembly - aft short driveshaft in vertiсal fin JЭ
з2-з4 Instаllation - aft shor| driveshaft. in vertiсal

fin з5
з2-з5 DRтvЕsItAE'тs - сoNЕ'IGUвATION II

(with meпbrane сouРlings) 5I
З2-З6 Еorrvard short driveshaf t

З2-З1 Removаl - forward short driveshaft З1
32-38 Insрeсtion and repair - forward short driveshaft 38
32 - з9 Installаtion - forward short driveshaft з8
an I nq
сllAPTЕR 32
ЕURoсoPтЕR мA|NтЕNANоE мANUAL вo 105
Paragraрh
З2-40 т.^n.r rlтi тlaсhа ft 39
з2-4I Rеmoval - long driveshaft з9
з2-42 Disassembly - lоng driveshaft 40
з2-43 Inspесtion and repair - long drivеshaft 40
32-4ц Asseпb]y - long drj.veshaft 40
з2-45 Installati.on - long driveshaft 40
з2-46 сoup1ing 4T
32-47 P6Й^t'r,] - .'nlrn.]inс

uvЧуrrllY 4l
З2-48 Тnsресtion and repair - сoupling цI
З2-49 I1stal1ation . сoupling 4l
з2-50 Af L short drl veshaft 1n

vеrtiсal f in 41
З2 * 51 Removal - aft short driveshaft in vеrtiсal fin 42
з2-52 Inspесtion and rеpair - aft short drivеshаft in

vertiсaL fin 42
З2 53 Insta.l-].ation - aft short driveshaft in vertlса] fin 42
з2 54 INTЕRMЕDIAтE GEARBOX 42 )t
З2 55 Removal - intermediate gearboх 42*

з2 э0 ]nspection and repаir - intеImediate gearboХ
З2 51 InstaLlаtj.on - intеrmеdiаtе gearboх
з2 58 тA1], R0T0R GЕARBOX 55
?t 59 Removal - tail rotor gёaтbox 55
JZ 60 Inspeсtion and rеpair - tail rotor gearbox 5'l
з2 61 InstalLation - tail rotor gearbox 64
B0 105
CHAPтЕR 32
Rеvision 1]" Page З/4
MBв нЕLIс0PтERs
l.{AINTЕNANCЕ !.{ANUAI, !4вв - в0 105
32 - I DЕSсRIPTIoN - TAI], R0т0R DRIVЕ
1. Gеnerаl
The tаil rotor drive transmit's torque from the maln rоtor trаnsmisslоn to
thе tai1 rotor.
It сonsists of the forward short driveshаft (4. fig. 32-1) . long
driveshaft (6)' intermediate gearbox (9), aft short drivеshaft (8) in the
vertiсal fin. tail rotor gearbox (?)' and either one or two сoupling(s}
(3) , depеnding on the сonfiguration.
тhe lаtter arе either membrаne or laminated disс сouplinqs.
1 Tail rotor drive flange 6 т,^n.r ,,lтi 1'êh: f+

on main transmission ? т:i 1 r^t^r .162rЬ^v
2 Rotor brake 8 Aft short driveshaft in
3 Сoupling vertiсal fin
4 Еorward short drivеshа ft 9 Intеrmediate qearbox
5 Bearing
Е'iq.32-1 Tаil rotor drivе sсhemat1с
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 32
}4вв IiЕLIсoPтЕRS
мAINтЕNANсЕ !.|ANUAI., мвв : в0 105
2. Tail rotor driveshafts

The forward short drivеshaft., the }ong driveshaft positioned along the toP
of the tailboom and supРortеd at four points by bearings, and the сoup.
ling(s) conneсt the tail rotoт output flаnge on the nain trаnsmission to
the tаil rotor intеrmediate gеarboх.
сonneсtion from the intermediate geаrbox to the tail rotor gearbоx is
provided by the aft short driveshаft in the vertiсal fin.
The fIeхible сoupJ-ings сomPensate for lenglh differeлсes аt driveshаft
inst,allation and absorb angular defleсtion during flight.
З. Intеrmediate gearboх
The intermediate geаrbox is installed at the junсt,ion of thе tallboom and

vertiсal fin. It сhanges the direсtiоn of drive upward from thе tailboоm
to thе vertiсal fin.
4. Tail rotor gearboх
The tail rotor gearbox is }оcated at the toP of thе tai].boom vertiсal fin
and provides 9O-degree сhange in direсtion of drive between input
driveshaft in vertiсal fin and outPut shaft to tail rotor.
B0 105
сHAPTBR з2
Paqe 6
llвв l{Е].Iс'oPтBRs
i'!AINтЕNANсЕ I{ANUAL мвв - в0 105
32 -2 TROUBIЕS}iOoT]NG - тAIL RoтOR DRIVЕ
No. TRoUBI.,в sYшPTo]'.t PRoBABI,Е сAUsЕ сoRRЕсTIVЕ AсTIoN
Pеdal buzz toose driveshaft сheсk bearing suррort-

to-mounting braсket
on tailboon attaсhmrnt for рresеnсe
of сotter рins, Retorque
nuts to 6-8 Nm, as
neсessary' and instalI
сotter pins
Driveshafl bearing ]тisрeсt bearings for
play eхсeeds тadial рlay (maximum
limits allowab]'e 0.1 шn) .
roughness' and соndition
of rubber сollars '
RePlaсe rubber сollars
i f nдnaссятrr lraFaт tа
Pata З2-I7 oс З2-40,
as appliсable)
l"1a jor damage to сheсk shafts and
shafts or соuplings сouplings for major
rlяmяrуa /д rv rlaf a r-
mation} and сheсk
fnr 1аnса чatL |..Ь i n^
9чvrrдrrY
hardwаre. Tj-ghten or
replaсe as nеcessary
Loose attaсhment of Cheсk attaсhing hardwаre
intermеdiate gearbox for рroper torquе and
or tai] rotor gearboх сirrnс nf ',llnrпа
RAt^т.n1a rarr, i r
^r
as neсessary
Traсes of oil on Leaking seals or ReP]aсe sea]- in
lnрut' or outPu| damaged sea1 сont'aсt aссordanсе wilh
flanges of int,erme- surfaсes (tooling para 32-56 or
dj.ate gearboх or mаrks or wear) Para1 I з2-60' as
tai] rоtor on inрut o! outPut сrнlJrfudvJ.Е'
^^^ --r^r ^ alrl.'l.
gеаrboх flanqes if neсеssaтy, rенork
sea] сontaсt surfaсe
in aссordanсe r,lith
RЕM З03 or 304/ as
apр1iсable
Table З2-l Trоub]еshooting (1 of 2)
Bо ]-05
сIIAPTЕR 32
Pаoe ?
I'{Bв ltЕLIсoPTЕRs
}{AINтЕNANсE I,IANUAIJ !.1Bв - в0 105
тRoUвLЕstl00т]NG ( сontinued}
No. тRol,вlЕ sYlt{Pтo}, PRoвABI,Е сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIVЕ дст]0N
з Traсes af оil on Damaged o.ring RePlaсe O-ring in

edges of inрut or in сovеr aссordanсe with para
output сovers of 32-56 or para 32-60
intermedialе as aрpliсЬble
gearbox
or tail rotor
gearbox
4 Oif in area Damaged 0-ring RePlaсe O-ring

adjaсent to oil or Pасking or pасking/ as
drain plug, appliсable
^.|,] ^,l-ьL
vlr D rчltL -1^^^
9 J.o.J
and oi} filler fleсk
'
of intermediаte
gеarbox or t'ai1
!vLU! чсal.r..'vA
Tab1e з2-1 Troubleshooting |2 ot' 2)
B0 105
снAPTЕR 32
Pаoё 8
ЕURoсoPтЕR мAINтЕNANOЕ lvlANUAL вo 105
5t - 5 INSPЕстIoN - тAIL R0T0R DRIVЕ
З2-4 Insрeсtion -ta1l rotor dr1ve

(Configurаtion ] - wlth laminаted dlsс сoupllngs)
1. Inspeсt tail rotor drlveshafts as follows:

а, mnspeсL driveshаfts tor cracks, deformallont other meсhаnlсal dаmage
аnd сorrosion.
1} sсrаp deformed or сracked dЕtveshаfts.
2| Polish out meсhаnical and сorrosion damage on drlveshаfts. and
finаl polish wllh 600 gllt abrаslve сloth. Е.or damage and reраir
limits. refer to Рaras 32-L4| 32-20 and з2-32.
b' Insрeсt for рloрer сonditlon of flange*Lo.driveshaft conпeсting rivets *
аnd for тoLаtional Play between flаnge and driveshаft.

:
1) RePlaсe loose rlvets апd rlvets шit'hout' loсking rings per Pаrа.
э2-|4. :
2) Rotati.onаl рlay must not eхeed 0.6 mm' otherwi-se reрlасe shаft. :
с. InspeоLvisible areas of drlvеshаft' flаngеs for meоhaniсаl dаIпage.
1) Pollsh out rпeсhanlсal damagё аnd flnal рolish with 600 grit
аbrasi.ve сloch. see tIg' 32-4 for damage аnd repalr limits.
2' сoat reworked areas with corтosion preventive сomPound (сl'.l 505) '
d' Inspeсt lаmiпаted disс assemblies for dеformаt,ion and оrасks' Use
8-Power mаgпifying glаss for сrасk inspeсtion.
1) Deforned disсs аre аllowed, provided defolmаt'ion do not exсeed two
gaPs of max. 0.5 mm eасh between аny two bolts of a disc assembly.
2| Dlsсаrd сrасkеd or excessively dеforпed disсs. Reрlасe disс

asseпbly if more than Lhree disсs аre damaged.
e. Inspeсt visible parts of beveled wаshers for daiпage to sitver platiпg.
вven minoi dаmage ls саusё for rePlасement.
B0 105
сtlAPтBR 32
Revision 16 Pаge 9
EURoсoPтЕR MA|NтENANсЕ МANUAL вo 105
2. Inspeсt сouplings as follows:

а. Inspeсt vislble areas of сoupling flanges {1, fig. 32-10) for
meсhа-niсal dаmаgё.
1) Polish out, meсhаniсa]. damаge that is wit'hin damage and repаir
limit's (refёr to рara 32-14), аnd finаl pollsh witь ооo g?it
abrasive сloth.
2'l coаt' reworked areas wlth еorrosion Preventive сomрound (с!l 505) .
b. Insрeсt disc assembly ln ассordаnсe lliЕh step 1.d.

с. InsPeсt beveled washerg in аосordаnсe wlth steP 1.r.
з. сheсk thaL аll аtLaсhing hardwаre is secured Рroperly wit'h сotter р1ns аnd
laсquer marking. If hardware sаfet'ying ls dаmaged or m1ssing, сheсk toтque
аnd seсure hаldwаre.
4' Insрeсt bearings (9' fig. 32-6) аs folloi.ls i
a. InsPeсt bearings for roughnеss, radla} р1ay {mаx. a1lowable 0.1 rптl)
аnd сorroslon. '
1) Reрlасе bearings if loughness is evident' or radiat Play is in

eхсess of 0.1 mm.
2\ Polish oЦt, minoт сorrosion damage on outёr тaсе with 400 grit
аblasive сloth' If сorrogion is sцsРeсt'еd insidе a beаring,
replaсe bearing.
b' InspeсL rubbe! сolfars for cIаcks and deformаtion. Reр}aсе dаmaqed
сo1lаrs.
5. Inspeсt int'ermеdiaЕe gearbox and tail rotor geаrbox аs follows:
а. Inspeсt intermediаte geаrbox аnd t'ail rotor qearbox for сraсks.
RеPlaсe if сrасks аrе evident.
b. Insрeоt int'ermediate geвrbox and tail rotor gearboх fox rneсhапiсal and
сorrosion damage. Aссeрtabte dаmagё l1mlt ls-0.2 rr'Lm ln deplh. If dёрth
ts eхсеeded, return gearbox to manufасturer' Refer t'o ChaЬter 02-5 ?or
reнork сriLeria.
с. ]nspeсt magnёtiс рlugs for met'al deРosits (refer to Pаra 32-56) .
d. InsРeсt intermediate gearbox аnd tаl] loЕor geаrboХ for evidenсe of

leakаge iп area adjaсent to the seаls. Reрlaсe leaking seals (refё! Lo
parаs З2-55 аnd З2-60) .
e. Insрeсt at'taоhing hardware for Proper torque loаd; ret'orque аs
B0 105
сtlAPтЕR з2
Page 10
ЕURoсoPтЕR п'AINтЕNANсEмANUAL вo105
f. InsPeсt lntermedlаte geаrbox and tаll lotor geаrbox for dаmaged

surfасe proLeсtion; touсh uP as nеcessаIy (Iefer to сhаPter 02)
Insрectoll зighl glаss of tntermediate geаtboх аnd Lаil rotor geаrboх
for dаmаge' сrazlng, slgпs of leakаgel end ProPer шlre.Ioсklпg; repalr
as neсessаry in aссordanсe wit'h pаra 32-56.
Insрeсt o1l ]evel tn oil slght glаgв of lnterпediate geаrboх аnd tаtl
rotor geаrboх; lf neсessary, fill wlth otl (сt'| 103} to requlrеd level
(middle of slghL glass ) .
B0 105
сHAPтЕR з2
Revislon 16 Page 10A/B
}{Bв ItЕtIсoPтЕRs
IIiAINTЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAL !'4вB . в0 105
32-5 Inspeсtion -tai1rotor drive

(Configuration ]I - with mепbrane сouplings)
1. Inspeсt driveshafts and сoupling as follows:
a. Insрeсt tubular seсtions of driveshafts for сraсks, distoxtion. other

meсhaniсаl damage and damaged surfaсe proteсtion.
1) Sсrap any сraсked or deformed driveshafts.
2\ Polish оцt meсhaniсal d пagе and соrrоsion, and. iinal рolish with
600 grit abrasive сloth. Е'or damage and rеpaiт limits, тefеr to
paras 32-38 and з2.4З.
з) Touсh uP damaged suIfaсe protесtioп in aссordanсe with рara 32-38
qrrlr UrreуLсr vl
b. Insресt riveted вendiх shafts for сondition of rivеts. Rеp]aсе 1oose

rivets ln aссordanсe with para 32-].4.
c. Inspeсt visible arеas of shaft and сoupling flanges and membranes for
сraсks, оther meсhaniсal dаmage and damagеd surfaсe Proteсtion. гor
damаge and repаir limits. refer to рara 32-38.
2' InsPeсt all attaсhing haIdware foI рroPer safetying (сotter рins and
laсquer mаrking) : If hardware safe|ying is damaged or missing, сheсk
torque and seсurе the attaсhing hardware.
З. TnspeеL bearings (8, fig. 32.14) as fоlloнs:
a. Insрeсt bearings for rоughness, rаdiаl play (rпаx. аt]owablе 0.1 mm)
ano сorrosIon. '
1) Replaсe bearings if roughness is evident, or radia1 рlay еxсеeds

0.1 rшn.
2) Polish out minor сorrosion damage on ouLer rасе with 400 grit
abraзivе с}oth. If сorroston is susрeсtеd insidе a bеaтing,
т6r\'] a.6 h^r f i
-**-^ng.
b. Inspeсt rubber сollars for сraсks and deformation. Replaсe damaged
сo}].ars.
в0 105
сIIAPTЕR 32
l.1вв нЕLIсoPTЕRS
I',IAINтENANсЕ l.lANUAt }.{вв - в0 105
4. ]nspeсt intermediate gеarbox and tail rotor gearbox as follows:

a. тnsрeсt intermediate geaтbox and tail rotоr gеаrboх for сraсks;
replaсe if сrасks are evident.
b. Inspeсt intermеdiate gearboх and tаi] rotоr gearbox for meсhaniсаl and
сorrosion damage. Aссeptable dаmage limit is 0.2 шn deрth. ]f
exсeeded, return gearbox to manufaсturer. Refеr to сhaрter 02-5 fоr
rework сritеria.
с' ]nsPeсt magnetiс plugs for met'al depоsits (refer to Para 32-56) .
d. InsPeсt intermediate gearboх and tail rotor gearboх for evidenсe of

leаkаge in area adjaсent to sеals. Rep].aсe lеaking seals (rеfer to
paras 32-56 and 32-60) .
e. Cheсk attaсhing hardware for proper torщe }oad; retorque as
nесessary.
f. Tnspесt intermediate gearboх аnd tail rotoт qearbox for damagеd
surfaсe рIoteсtion; touсh up as neсessary (refer to сhaPter 02) .
g, Inspeсt oi1 sight' glass of intermediate gearboх and tail rotоr geаrbox
for damage' cсazLng, signs оf leakagгe, and proРer wire-Ioсking; repair
as neсеssary in aссordanсe with parа 32-56,
h. Inspeсt oi] level ln oil sight glass of intеImediaLe geaтbox and tail
rotor gearboх; if neсessary' fi1l with oil (с}4 103) to requiтed lеvel
(middle of sight glass).
в0 105
сtlAPTЕR з2
Paqe 12
l.{вв l{ЕLIс0PтЕRs
l,lAINTЕNANсЕ мANUA.L uвB - в0 105
32-6 sнI!.t!,lING - DRIvЕsнAr'Ts
з2-1 Shimming - driveshаf ts

(Configuration I - with taпinated disс сouplings)
1. I{hen driveshafts are installed' they'тnay be found not tо сorrrspond in
length to the distanсe between thеir respeсtive mating f].anges due to the
eхistenсe of dimеnsionаl toleranсes. These length differenсes must be
сompensated for by iщlalling or renoving shims at the shimming loсations
indiсated by symbol(;ll in figs. з2-2| з2.6 and 32-1t.
7 A maхimum of two 0.8-lrun-thiсk shims may be installed at eасh shimming
loсatioп. Е'о' eхamP].е, if more than four shims are required to соmPensate
for the length differеnсe arising from installation of the forward shorL
driveshaft' аdditional shims must be installed at the other shimming
loсations in this drive seсtion (refer to sleр з. and figs. 32-2 and 32-6l
If the length of the forward short driveshaft were to exсeed the distance
betwеen its mating flanges, an aрpropriate nщnbex of shims lrould have to
be renoved. One 0.8-ппn-thiсk shin сan be substitutеd bv tr*o 0.4-птn-thiсk
shims.
тablеs 32-2 and з2.3 list the shim requiтemеnts for given 1ength differ-
enсes' Length differеnсes оf +3.0 IIIп tо -3.0 пEп.and +1.5 IrEп to .1'5 rЕп
requirе no shimmlng adjustпents beсausе the сompression and tension
loads in thеse seсtlons are absorbed by the laminatеd disс couplings.
Length differenсe in шn Т,enqth differenсe in пn
,r?n . J.U J. 'I Б

"--3- .?A
- 5.U 1
Shimming at 1
---__
- 9.O Z one location z
- 4.6 J аt tlro
- 5.4 - 6.2 1oсations
_..6_.т
- 5.у
- 6.2
-"'-- .--=-
1oсations
- 8.6 1 at tour
- б.b . a,Ч ]oсations
-'- -"- -б-
тable з2-2 Table 32-3
Drive seсtion betweеn Drive seсtion bёtween
main transmission and intermеdiate gеarbox and
intermеdiate qearbox t'aj.] rotor gearboх
в0 105
сI{APтЕR з2
l.,lвB }lЕ].Iс0PтЕRs
I'.lAтNтENANсE [lANUAt l'{вB - в0 105
5Z - 6 Shimming - driveshaf ts
(Configuтation 1I - with пeпbrane сouplings)
N0TЕ ],isted below are the normal tеmperature ranges fоr installing
thе shafts and coupling.
0рerational environment lnstallation environrnent

temPеrature range temperature ranqe
-10o to 50 oс l.5o to 25 oC
B -45. to.10 oс -15o to -5 "с
]f instal}ation is performеd in ambient tеmperatures of between

15 oс and 25 .с (A) for subsequent oрeratlon in an environment
where temperatures of betweеn -45 oС and -10 oC рrevail (в) , a
сlearanсe of bеtween 0.6 mm and 0.8 mm must be left betwееn main
transmission and intermediate gearbox (рre-stтеssеd instal-
lation) bеfore the flanges are сonneсted.
vlhеn сhangingoреrational environmenls (high to low. or viсе
versa), thе driveshaft bet'ween main trаnsmission and
intermеdiаte gearboх must be reshiпnеd'
1. When drivеshafts arе instаlJ.еd, they may be found not to сorrespond in

length to the distanсe between their resрeсtive mating flanges due to t,hе
ехistenсe of toleranсes. These length variations must be comрensated for
by insta]liпg or removing shims at the shimming ].oсations indiсated by
symbol(! in figs. з2-|З. з2-I4 and 32-1.5.
2. A maximum of three 0.4-mm-thiсk shims may be installеd at еaсh shimming
].oсation. I'or eхamplе, if moтe than thrеe shims are requirеd to сomрensate
foт the lеngth differenсe arising frоn insta].lаLion of the forward short
dтiveshaft', additional shims must be instal]ed at the other shimminq ].oсa-
tions in this drive seсtion (refer to step 3. and fig. 32-14). If tйе
lеngth of thе forwald short driveshaft еxсeeds the distanсe betl.reen its
mating flanges' аn аpproрriate nurber of shims have to be rеmoved аL the
other shiг,ming loсations.
р^ ,] Aq
сHAPтЕR 32
!4BB нЕLIс0PtBRs
!4дI}IтЕNдNсЕ l,lA}т0At !.iBB - Bо 105
Tаbles 32-4 and з2*5 list the sbirn requireпeпts fоr giveв length
dlfferenсes.
Т,еngth diffеrence in шn tength differenсe in шn
-m-
n
^1
-.-i..7_
_т:6_
u,o Shlmmiпg ab 'I
one foсation r1д

1tl
...?-т-
.-.i.-ъ_ ......iт-
at two L 'ч
--т-э* ....-.-_ locablons
1A 5
=-
*тJ--_ 0 2.2 б
....ч*.;_
'1
at three
J..{
*...i"".Б_
J.о --9- ].9сaf ions
Table 32-4 тable 32-5

Drlvr seсtion bеtпеen Drive seсtion bеtяeen
main transmission and intelпlediatе gеarbох and
inteттпеdiaLе grarbox lail lotor gearboх
B0 105
.нAPTЕR 32
14вB нЕlIс0PтвRs
!4AINTЕNNlсЕ !{ANUAL мBв - в0 105
з2-9 oILсIiANGЕ
Sрeсial tools:
0i1 dтain hose assetnb1y 1х56 134 519 (Tedeсo P/N DB 75 A)
N0тЕ The оil сhange proсedure for the interпediate gearbox

and tail rotor gearboх is the same.
1. Remove bayоnet-tyрe plug (81 fig. 32-16) from filler neсk on int'ermediate
gearbox and' depending on сonfiguration, either removе bayonеt-type plug
froтn, or oрen snap-сap on' oil filler neсk (15' fig. з2-23) on tail
rotor gearboх.
a Rеmove magnetic plug froп se]f-сlosing oi} drain Plug (14, fj-g. 32-L6.ot
intermеdiitе geaiьoi оr 17, fig. 32-23 of tai} Iotor gearboxl as appli-
сable} . тo remove' press пagnetic plugг inward and turn сounterсloсkwise to
disengage bayоnet Pins. Insресt mаgnetiс р1Цg for met,al partiсles ln
ассordаnсe with para 32-56.
3. сonneсt oil drain hose 1х56 134 519 to oil drain p1ug so that bayonet
pins еngage. Drain oi1 frоm gearboх and remove drain hose.
4. Priоr to installation, сlean magnetiс plug and inspeсt O-ring for сorreсt
seating аnd condition. ReРlасe o.ring if damaged.
5. ]nstall magneLiс plug by hаnd in oil drain plug. To instal], press
пagnetiс pIug into oi] drain plug and turn сloсkwisе to engage bayonet
pins .
NoTЕ Before servlсing the gearbox, agitate oil сans so that

oi] and аdditives are wе]l mixed.
6. Serviсe gеarboх with through oil filler

oil inlet (8l fig. 32-16 or 15,
fig. 32.23' as aрPliсable) until oil lеvel is at сentеr of sight
gIass . Gеarbox сaрaсities: '
Intermediate gearboх: аppIox' 0.6 liter

TaiI rotor gearboх: aPproх. 0'4 liter
?. Reinstаll p1ug in filler neсk oI сlose snap-саp' whiсhever aрpliсable.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 32
(Эрнжoрt* MAINтЕNANсЕ tvlАNUAL Bo .105
з2. 10 DRlvЕsнAFтs - сoNFlGURAтlоN I

(With laminаted disс сoupIings)
з2-11 Forwаrd short driveshaft

з2 - 12 Removаl . forward short driveshaft
--f
:,
:
зl
3 1 Forward short driveshaft
6
2 Shims
з Bolt
4 Washrr
5 Nut
@ sпimming (refer to рara з2-7)
l- 6 сoup|lng аdapter
7 вolt
I Washer
9
'10 Nut
Lockinq olate
| 11 Coupling flange
Figure 32-2 Remova| and insta|lation - forward short driveshаft
't. Remove cow|iпgs аnd fairings (e.g. engine сowlings, firewa|ls, tail rotor driveshaft fairing) as required.
Flemove nuts (5' fig. 32_2)' washers (4)' and bo|ts (з) сonпeсting forward short driveshaft to the coup|ing
аdapter (6) and coupling f|ange (11,.
3. Remove forward short driveshaft (1).
Reоord number, thickness and position of shims (2) for reiпsta||ation at origina| |oсatioп if same driveshаtt
is to be rв-instal|ed.
Revision 24 сHAPтЕFi 32
рa.tA 1o
tрнжoрtег MА|NтЕNANoЕ MANUАL Bo 105
I
32 . 1з Disаssemb|e - forward shoЁ driveshaft
NoтЕ Do пot rеmove hex bo|ts (6' fig з2-3) uп|ess damagod (re'er to para з2-14).
1. Remove nut (2), washers (3) and beveled washers (4).
2. Remove сoup|ing tlange (,l).
3. Remove |amiпated disc аssembly (5) and beveled Washers (4). тake оare not to alter the re|ative position
of the individual discs in the stack.
сoupling flangо
NUI
в€vеlвd wаsher
(l2 disоs)
)
Lаmjnated disс ass€mЬly
Heх t,olt
Forward short driveghаfr
4
я
;'
t j
Figurв з2-3 Disassemb|y and assemb|y - forward short driveshaft
)
снAPтER Revision 24
Page 20
(Эрнp-рopter MA|NтЕNANOЕ MANUAL вo .105
32 - 14 lNsPЕстloN AND RЕPAIR - FoRWARD sнoRт DRlvЕsнAFт

1. lnspect forward short driveshaft for оraсks, deformation, оther meсhanjсal damage and сorrosion.
a. Disоard сraоkoii or detormed drivesсhaft.
b. Polish out other meсhaniсa|damage and оorrosion With 4oo gritabIаsive сloth. seefig.32.4 for damage
and .epair limits.
2. с|eaп disс assemb|y (5' fig. 32-з) with dry с|eаning sotvent (сlи2o2) and inspeоt foг сraсks, deformation
and damаged сoating.
a. Disсard damaged disсs.
b. |f more than 3 disсs aro damaged, disоard disс assembly.
|пspeсt hex bo|ts (6) for dаmage' and bevelф Washers (4) tor damaged silver plating.
a. Reрlaсe hex bo|ts in aосordanсe Wjth step 5.
b. Fleplaоe beve|ed Washers even if onIy s|ight|y damaged.
|nspeоt for loose rivets.

Replaсe |oose rivets, evidgnсed, for example; bytrictiona| оorrosion on rivet heаds, in aсcordanсe with step
5. Replacing heх bo|ts (6).
a. Remove hex bo|t f.om disс сouрlingf|ange (1)ordriveshaft (7) by hand,or if пeоessary р|aоe forward
short driveshaft (7) with attaсhed disо ooup|ing oп sUitable base and prrss out hex bolt.
b. Insert new hex bo|ts into сoup|ingf|ange (.t ) orfiаngeofdriveshaft (7)by hаnd. |f manualinsta|Iation is not
possible, heat coup|ing or f|ange of driveshaft to apрrox. 120.с, оool hex bolts to approХ' -50. с аnd in.
sert them.
Revision 16 cl.lAPТEв 32
Page 21
€рнжoрt* MA|NТЕNANoЕ |\iIANUAL Bo 105
I
;,
зl
тYPЕ oF DAMAGЕ DAMAGЕ AND RЕPА|R LlM|Тs

zoNЕ zoNЕ 2 ZONE 3
вffi
1
Е.ir.,.'l7;'l
МoсhaniсaI Deрth: 0.4 mm Depth: 0.з5 mm 0.1 mm in depth on

Area:5x4mm2 Length: 30 % of surfaсe
tvlinimum axial: 50 mm area
sрacing: 10 mm сirоUmfefential:
15 mm
I\dinimum
spaоing: 50 mm
оorrosion 0.03 in depth
oп tota|
surface areа
IA Ivax. a||owф|e bore diamotor is 6.10 mm. |t may be exсegded by 0.0'1 mm

on 1/4 of circumterenсe.
[4ах. a|lowab|e bore diаmeter i8 8.01 mm. lt mаy be exсeeded by 0.0'1 mm
.1/4
on ot сirсumferenсe
A мax. a|lowab|e dаmage in 10 mm Wide area surroЦnding bore;

тota| оumu|ativs |ocal damage not to eхceed 50 % o{ surfaоe areа аnd
0.1 mm in deDth.
Figure 32.4 Forward short drivgshaft and coupling f|anges . damage and reрair |imits
сHAPтЕн з2 Revision 24
Page 22
(Э*жp-рoрteг MA|NтЕNANоE пiIANUAL вo 105
6. Fleplaоement of rivets.
NoтЕ . |f onо of a row of rivets ruпning сirсumferentia||y is damaged, also reP|aоe diametriсat|y
opposite rivet.
. |f moro than 1 rlvet is affeсted, the entire row of rivets running сircumferentially must be
replaced.
. Replaсe the rivets сonsoсutive|y.
a. Drill out rivet with 3.6-mm-dia. drill.
b. Drill rivet hole to 4.0 mm dia., then ream to 4.05 - 4.2 mm diameter, using reamer.
о. тo рrovide a better suрport fof the rivet heads, сoUntersiпk the rivet hole to B.O n0,3
mm dia., using spot
faсer.
d. Deburr rivet ho|es at both ends Without breаkiпg the edges, aпd о|ean With сompressed air.
e. lnstali b|ind rivet NАs 1з98 M5 Аз, сR 4523-5-з (сHЕRRY MAХ).
з2 - 15 AssЕftлвLY - FORWARD sнoRт DR|vЕstlAFт
1 . Assemb|e the .l2 disсs of disс assomb|y (5, fig. t2-з) so that the discs of the disс assembly are staоked
with the indexing edges of eaсh sucсessive disс offset 60. to Preceding disо (see fig' з2-5).
,-l^-\
(Ф
oвтдtt. A
t'
T
э.
5
r*) orientation of iпdexing
round edges
Figure 32-5 Assembling the disсs of thg disс assemb|y
сHAPтЕЕI 32
Page 2з
Ii!A|NтЕNANсЕ I\лANUAL вo 105
@Р"k,яРoo.-..
i
2. Fit one beve|ed Wаsher (4, fig. 32-з) (f|at side against flange) on eaсh heХ bo|t (6) in driveshaft couр|ing
flange.
3. Fit disс assemb|y (5) on hex bolts (6) iп driveshaft оoupling f|ange.
4. Insta||one beve|ed Washeг (4){beveled side against the disо assembty) on eасhoftheheх bo|ts (6) indrive.
shatt сoupIing f|ange.
5. |nsta|| Washer (3) and nuts (2) on hex bo|ts (6) and fiпger-tighten nots (2).
6. Insta||heх bo|ts (6) (hвads aft) in couрIiпg f|ange ('1) and fit one beveled Wаsher (4) (Jlat side against flange)
on eaсh of them.
7. Insert hsx bolts (6) of coupling flango (1) through the corresponding bores in the disc assembly (5).
8. Fit ono beve|вd washer (4) (b€vo|ed side agаinst the disc assombly) orr eaоh of the hex bo|ts. '\
9. |nsta|l washer (t) and nuts (2) on hex boIts aпd fingor-tighten nuts. i
10. ъrque nuts (2) to 4 Nm' then back off and retorque to 2.5 Nm.
1l. l,lark nшs (2} With sаfetying |асquer (сM 620}.
з2 . l6 lNsтALLAт|oN - FoRWARD sнoRт DR|VESHAFт
l NoтЕ During instaIlation offorward short driveshaft fig. 32-2) pay attention to оorreсt insta|la.
(1 ,
l tion Positioning. тhё torwаrd short driveshaft must onIy insta||ed as deсribed be|ow. |fthe
l driveshaft is inсo.reоtly insta|led, its freedom of movement may be restriсted in гr|ation
If to the firewall.
I
l . thв
маke sure that the forward short driveshaft (1) is installed so that two сouР|ing adapters (6) are fitted on
1
l brako disс side and one сoupliпg flange (11) is fitted oп the |ong driveshaft side.
2. Place forward shortdriveshaft (1) in instаl|ed рosition аnd perfo.m shimminq in aсcordanсrwith parа 32.7. i
3. Apply a thin оoаt of corrosion preventivo compound (сt\,l 505) to al| f|ange and shim contaоt suгfaсвs.
l4. secure forward short driveshaft (1) and, if iпstalled' shims (2), using bo|ts (3), Washers (4) aпd пuts (5)
I to:
I - the both сoupling adаpters (6) аt the brаke disс slde'
Il
t - the long driveshаft together with the сoup|ing atlached to the forward short driveshaft.
5. Mark nuts (5) with safetying lacquer (C ,t 620).
6. tпstal| сow|ings and fаirings.
)
онAPтЕR з2 Revision 24
Pаge 24
!.{вв llЕLIсoPTERs
!'iAINтвNANсЕ !,!ANUA1 !,tBв . B0 105
з2- 11 Long driveshaft
32 - 18 Removal - long driveshaft

1. Tf not previously removed, support free end of forward short driveshaft to
рrevent it from tipping.
2. I-Iask openings around bearing mounting braсkets (14, fig. 32.6) with
аdhеsive tape.
з' Rеmove nuts (4), washers (3) and bolts (2) сonneсting long drivеshaft сo
сoupling flanges on forward short driveshaft and intermediate gearboх.
4' Removе cot'ter pins (13) nuts (12), washers (15) and bo]ts (]-1} сonneсLing
the four long driveshaft' bearings to the mounting braсkets (10 and 14) '
5. Removе long driveshaft.
6. Reсord nшnber, thiсkness and positj.on of shims (5) for reinstаllation аt
original position if same long driveshaft is to be re-installed.
B0 105
сltAPTЕR 32
}lBв нЕj.,IсoPтЕRs
мAINTвNANсЕ мANUAL !,lвB . в0 105
i3
.---l------- ./1
l0-8Nm | ./ I
/tl
-/l
11 14
I,lBB нЕLIс0PтЕRs
l.'AINTЕNдNсЕ !,iANUA1 !,'вB - в0 105
32 - L9 Disassепbly - lоng driveshaft

Sрeсial tools:
Press-in too1 1121.з1502 W].
N0тЕ Do not disassemble the long driveshaft unless it neеds rеpaiтing '
{>
--*ltfl
---f1
-_ф
г_----. l 5
I 2.3Nm l4
Removаl InsLallation
1Drivеshaft 5 Wa she r
2 Press-in tool Driveshaft f]аnge
3 Spring pin 't Bolt
4 Nut
ЕLg, 32-1 Removal and installatlon - bolted driveshaft flanqe
B0 105
снAPTЕR 32
мBB нЕLIe0РтЕRs
l,tAINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAI I'lBв - в0 105
1. Remove nuts (4, fig. 32-7)' washers (5) and bolts (?) seсuring: driveshaft
fLange (6) to long driveshaft (l) .
2. Remove sprlng pins (3) as shоwn in fig. 32.?.

3. Remove driveshaft flanqe (6) .
4. Renove bearings (9, fig. 32*6) from long driveshaft.
з2 - 20 Inspeсtion and repair . long driveshaft

1. Inspeсt long drivеshaft aссording to inspeсtion сriteria in para 32 -14,
and repair as neсessary.
In addltion perfоrm the following insрeсtions and observe the following

damage limits:
zono A
zonв в
Е.ig. 32-8 Long driveshaft - damаge and repair limits
BO 105
сIIAPтЕR 32
Paoe 28
мвв HЕI,,Iс0PTЕRs
!.tA1NтENANсЕ I4ANUAL !,tвв - в0 105
N0тЕ Do not inspeсt in aсcordanсe with stePs a. and b. unless

the driveshаft flange has to be removed for rеpair work'
a. Мax. a1}owable bore diametеr (zone A' fig. 32-8) is 10.09 пшп (linе-
rеаn borеs in assembled shaft and flange t'o сommon diаmeter) ; loсally
10.24 mn dia. (polish out shаrр niсks} .
b. Inspeсt silver plating in Arеa B for dаmage. Only 4 damage areas of

max. 8 шn2 eaсh with at least' 10 пun spacing are аllor,lеd.
2. Insресt driveshaft bеarings for roughness. radial P1aУ (0.1 nrn allowed}
and сorrosion; insресt rubber сollars for misalignment and сondition
(сraсks/ deformation) .
a. Еvidenсe of bearing roughness, eхсessive РIay аnd damаge to rubbeI

сol]ar requires rep.]-aсement of affесted рarts (rеfer to paras 32-19
and 32-21).
b. Polish оut minоr corrosion damagе on bearing outеr race with 400 grit
аbrаsive сloth or finer. Suspiсlon of сorrosion inside bearing
rдrлl i
!9ччr!gJ raо Ьoятinп
!uцдtrr9 тоn']яr'ament
д9l,+ЧvvltLvrr9 l
З2 - 2| Assembly - long driveshaft

speсial tools:
Press-in tool 1121-31502 Wl
N0тЕ Thе dimensions in fig. 32-9 ate approximatе bеaring сenter-to-

сenter dimеnsions; aсtual dimensions are estаblishеd whеn the long
driveshaft is installed.
12t11
l-- 223s -*i --l I
Dimensions tn пш
Еig. з2*9 Position of bearings on driveshaft prior

to driveshaft instaLlation
B0 105
сHAPтЕR з2
!.{вв нllIсoPтЕRs
}.tAIliIтЕNANсЕ }'{AхuAl мвB - вo 105
1. Install bearings (9, fig. 32-6) on long driveshaft (1) зo that they are
spaсed as shown j-n fLg. З2-9, If bearings аre inst'alled together wit'h
spring rings (refеr аlso to IPс} . the latte! shall fаce forward.
2. Iпstall driveshаft flange (6, tig' 32:1| on eпd of long driveshаft (1) aпd
align its boleholes with boreholes in driveshaft.
з' Install зpring pins (3) as shown in fig. 32.7.
4. Install bolts (?), washers (5) and nuts (4) .
з2 - 22 Installation - lonq driveshаft
1' P1aсe long driveshaft (1, fig. 32-6) in рositioп aпd perforп shiлЕтring in
aссordаncе with Рara 32-?.
2. ApPly thin сoаt of сolrosion Preventive сompound (см 505) to all flange
and Ehiхп lпаting sцrtaсes .
NoтЕ Beаrings (9) nust bё аttaсhёd to the rear faсe of mouпting braсkets
(10 and 14) аs shown in fig. 32-6.
з. Arign 1ug bоres of bеarings (9) with rеsрeсtive tnаting bores in nouпting
braсkеts (10 and 14} аnd install bolts (1t) , washels (15) and nu|s (12) .
4. тighten nut s (12} to sресlfied tоrgue and safety пlth соtter Pins (l3) .
5. Secure 1ong driveshаft (1) to flаnges of сoupling on interпediаte geаrbox

and short forпard driveshаft rеsPeсtivеIy with bolts (2) washers (3),
пuts (4) and, if requirеd, shiпs (5) .
'
6. r'lalk nuts (4) with safetying laсguer (см 620) .
вo 105
сI{APTЕR з2
Pаge з0
IlEI..Iс0PтЕRs
мA1NтЕNANсЕ !.{ANUAL I4BB - n^ 1nq
JZ - 25 Couрl1ng
Pаragraphs 32-24 through 32-28 provide maintenance instruсtions

for the сoupling (8, fig. 32-6) on the intermediate qea rbox,
These instruсtions are also appliсable for t'he сoupling on the
main trаnsmission, in сonjunсtlon wj"th тIq,52-z.
JZ - 24 Removal - сoupling
1. Remove nuls (4, fig. 32-6) , washеrs (3) and bolts (2 and 7) сonneсLinqt
сouрling (B) to tong driveshaft and interпediate gеarbox.
5 Remove сouP]ins (8).
? Reсord nuпфer, thiсkness and posit'ionof shims (5) for reinstallation at
original рosition if same сoupling ls t'o bе reinstalled.
4. Remove loоking plate (6) from intепnediate gearbox f].ange.
З2 - 25 Disasseпbly - сouрllng
Dlsassemble сoupling aссording to paтa 32-13, Disasseпbly forward shoтt
dIiveshаft/ ln сonjunсtion with fig. 32-10.
iil(
ry, ,4
i\'
L
I
J
4
1 Coupling flange
2 Nut
з Washer
4 Beveled washer
5 Disс assembty
(12 disсs)
6 нeх bolt
E ig. 32-10 Disasssnbly and assembly -
B0 105
CнAPтЕR з2
мnn uт!т.т.nDтпDq
},IAINTЕNANсЕ }'{ANUA! !.lвв - B0 105
з2 - 26 InsPeсtion and repair - coupling

Ingpeсt and rePair сoupling aссording to рarа 32-14, Tnspёсtion and rePair -
forward short driveshaft..
з2 - 2'1 Assembly - сoupling

Assetфle сoцрling aсоordiпg to Parа 32-15. (tssembly - forward short drive-
shаft) , in сonjunсtion with fig. 32-10'
3z - 2в Installation - сouрling
1. Positj.on сouр1ing (8, fig' 32-6} in plaсe' and perform shiлттr.ing in aсcord-
anсe with pa!а з2-7.
2. дPply a thin сoat of сorlosioп Prеvеntive сomрound (с},t 505) to all flange
аnd shiп nаting surfaсes.
з. Insert loсking plate (6) in lnterпediate geаrbox flange.

4. сonneсt сoupling to long driveshaft flange апd intermediаte geаrbox flange
with bolts (2 and 7), нashers (3}' nuts (4} and. if required, shi'пs (5) .
5' маrk nuts (4) with sаfetying laоguer (с!,1 620)
'
вo 105
сHAPTЕR 32
ltЕtIс0PтERs
l,lAINтЕNANсЕ I{ANUAL мвв - в0 ].05
32.29 Aft short drivеshaft in vert1сaI fin

5Z - 30 Removal - aft short driveshaft in vertiсal fin
1. Remove nuts (5, fig.
32-11), washers (4) and bolts (3 and 6) сonneсting
aft shоrt drivеshaft to intеrmediat'e gearboх flange and tаil rotor geaiboх
flange.
a Remove aft short drivеshaft (1}
'
? Record number, thiсkness аnd position of shims |2| f'or reinsta}lation at

оriginal lосation if same driveshaft is to be reinstalled'
s. Remove loсking plаtes (]) from intermediat'e gеarbox flange and tall rotor
geаrboх flange.
vortlсal spar
'|n
t-\o
,-ъ
@ sьtmmlno (r€'er to рarа з2.7)
,/$ 1 Aft shorl driveshaft

2 Shims
t\
\/ з вolt
4 Washer
5 Nut
b вo1t
7 ,,oсking P]аte
Еig. 32-11 Removal аnd instаl]ation - afL short drivеshaft in vertlсal fin
в0 105
снAPтER 32
l'{BB ttЕьIсoPTЕRs
!.IAINтENANсв I.IANUAL l4Bв . B0 105
з2 - 3I Disassemb1y . аft short driveshaft tn vertiсal fin

Disassеmble aft sholt driveshаft in vertiсal fin aссording to para з2-13,
Disassenbly - forward short driveshaft, in сonjunсtion with fig. 32-12.
6
з00400
.l
1 .'^!1б1 i nп f aааа
2 Nut
3 Washеr
4 вevelеd washer
5 Disс assembly
(12 disсs
6 tlex bolt
)
? Aft short driveshaft

Еtg' З2-|2 Disassembly and assembly - aft short driveshaft in vertiсal fin
32 - 32 Inspeсtlon and repair - aft short driveshaft in vеrtiсa]. fin

Insрeсt and repair aft short driveshaf| in vеrtiсal fin aссording to рarа
32-14. Inspесtion and rерair . fortlard sholt driveshaft '
B0 105
сttAPTЕR з2
мBв I{ЕIIсOPTЕRS
мAINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAL !.{BB - вo ].05
32 - 3З Asselфly . аft short driveshaft in vertiсаl fin

Assemble aft short driveshaft in vertiсаI fin acсording to para 32-15
(Asselфly- forward short' driveshaft) , in соnjunсtion with fig' З2-12.
з2 - з4 Installation . aft short driveshaft in vertiсal fin

Install aft short dтiveshаfl in veriiсal fin aсcordinq to para 32-]"6
(Installation - forlrard sholt driveshаft), in сonjunсiion v,itь tig. зz-rr.
N0тЕ During this рroсedure' observe the required ninimuтn сlearanсe to

the vertiсal fln sраr (51 fig. 32-11) . If neсessaly, rewoтk vertiсаl
fin sрar '
в0 105
сllAPтЕR 32
!{Bв HЕLIсoPTЕRS
!.]A]NтЕNANCЕ }4ANUA! l,tвв - B0 105
32-35 DRIvЕsItAЕтs - сoN!'IGURAT]oN IT

(with melфrane сouplings )
JZ - JD Еori,,ard shoIt driveshaft
52 - 5l Remоva] - forward short driveshaft
сAUт10N нANDlЕ DRI!'вsнAЕтs AND соUP].,INGS I{IтII сARЕ. DA}4AGE т0 1HЕ

S W]LL i'IAI(E DRIvЕs}lAFт 0R сOUP],ING UNSЕRVIсЕAвLЕ.
l',1El.,lBRANЕ
].. Removal соwlings and fairings (с.g.. еngine сow1ings. firеwallsl tail
rotоr driveshaft fairing) as required.
2. Rеmove nuts (5t fig. 32-13) r washers (4) and bolts (З and 6) сonneсting
forward shorl driveshaft (1) to mаin LIansmission flangе and Long
drivеshaft flange and rеmove forward short, driveshaft.
ll
,l
1 E'orward short drivеshafl

// 2 Shim
3 Bolt
@ sьtmmlпg (rэ16r to psrа 32-8) 4 Wаsher
5 Nut
6 Bolt
7 ].oсking рlatе
Е'iq. 32-13 Removal and installation - forward short driveshafl
BO 105
с}lAPTЕR 32
Paoe з1
l.tBв IIЕLIсoPтвRS
!{AINтENANсЕ I'{ANUAL l'tвв - B0 ].05
3. Record nuпber, thiсknеss and position of any shims |2| t.or reinstаllation
at origina1 loсation if same shaft j.s to be reinstalled.
4' Remove loсking Рlatе (7) from main trаnsmission flange.
з2 - з8 Insресtion and repair - forward short drivеshaft

The insресtion сriteriа for the forwatd short driveshaft are identiсal with
those listed in сhaрter 11-55' with the exсеption of the following damage
limits.
NOTЕ Lеtters whiсh suffix the dash numbers of thosе part numbеrs llsted
below with an *) s1mbol have no mеanlng.
1. Pеrmissib]e dеpth of damagе (after rework) is 0.40 mm for:

a' Stееl shafts, P/N 19Е144-2*)' 19Е145-2*) .
b, тhiсk-wаllеd aluminum shаfts' P/N 19Е].44-3*), 19Е145-з*), 105-з1503.

105-з1504.
2. Pernissible depth of damage (aftеr rеwоrk) is 0.15 mm for thin.wal]ed

aluminum shafts' P/N 19Е144-1*)' l9Е145-1*}, 105-31505. 105-31506.
32 - 39 Installation - forпard short driveshaft

1' тnstal] loсking platе (?) on main trаnsmission flange.
2. Aррty t'hin сoat of сorrosion prevеntive сompound (сl4 505) to a]l flange
and shim сontaсt surfaсes.
, li1ii'i3'li.:":::;:"::'liil"il.j'l,lig.
З2-1з) in position and рerform
4. сonneсt ends of forward short driveshaft' Lo main transmission flanqe and

long driveshaft flange respеctively пith bolts (з and 6). washers l41,
nuts (5) and, if requirеd, shims (2) .
5. !1aтk nuts (5) with safet,ying laсquer (сl,t 620) .
6. hstal]. сowlings and fairings.
в0 105
снAPTЕR 32
Pаoё з8
l{вв ttЕLIсOPTЕRs
!.{AINтЕNANсЕ lt{A}ТUAL l,!Bв - в0 105
32-40 tong driveshаf t

l8-8Nm I
5z - чI Removal - long driveshaft

----т--.
з
il
bt
I r ,,'1
I B-8Nm | ,r- 1
.,.
.'-
I
.,.]
I
.zl
(1
iЯ
)
v
I
l6-8Nm I
'':*,i @
9 .14
Sьtmmlng (rоfёr to p8rа 32-8)
\
100351
,l т,^n.r rlri rrоqhаf |. 9 BoIt

Z BO IL 10 l,lounting braсket
3 llasher 11 Washer
4 Shim L2 Nut
5 Nut 1з Cotter Pin
6 Coupling 14 }',lounting braсket
7 BolL 15 Loсking plate
8 вearing
Еig. 32-14 Rеmoval and installation Iong dтiveshaft. and сouрling
BO 105
сHAPтЕR з2
p,а.rё,]q
l.{Bв IIЕLIсoPTЕRS
I.iAINTЕNANсЕ !,IANUAI !{вв - в0 ].05
1. If still in situ, supPоrt free end оf forward зhort driveshaft t,o рlevenЕ
it from tipping.
2. t,lask oрenings adjaсent to bеaring mountlng braсkets (141 fig. 32-14) with
аФesive tаpe.
3. Remove nuts . wаshers (З) аnd bolts (2} сonnecting long dтiveshaft to
(5)
forward short driveshаft flange and flange of сoupliпg on intеrmediаte
gearbox.
4. Renove сotter pins (13) nuts (12), washers (11) аnd bolts (9) сonneсting
long dтiveshaft beаrings' to bearing rnounting bтасkets (10 and 14) .
5. Remove lоng drivеshaft.
6. Reсord number, thiсkness and position of shims (4I for reinstаllation aЕ
originаl positiоn j"f same long driveshaft is to be reinsta]led.
з2 - 42 Disassembly - long driveshaft

Disassemble long driveshаft aссording to рara 32-19, using preзs.in tool
P/N ]'05-з1501 W2'
з2 - 4З ]nspeсtion and repair - loпg driveshaft

Insрeсtion and repair reщirements сorrеspond to those in para З2-20, exсeрt
for the following damage limits whiсh apply to zone B (f i9. 32-8) :
- deрt,h: mаx. 0.2 mm, with minimuтrr t.ransition rаdius of 10

- area: пin. аllowablё outer diameler of 27.80 mm may bе eхсеedеd
mrn
on maх. 30* of damaqe area.
з2 - 44 Assепrbly - long driveshaft

Asseпble long driveshaft aссording to Pаra З2-21, using pтess-in tool
P/N 10s-31501 !'I2.
з2 - 45 Insta]'lation - long driveshaft

Instаll long driveshaft aссording Lo pаra 32-22, and реrform shimming as
dеsсribed in para з2-8.
BO 105
сllAPTЕR 32
Paqe 40
ЕURocoPтЕR I'A|NтЕNANoЕ мANUAL вo 1о5
э2. ц6 сoцР1i.tg
з2 . 41 Removаl - сouрling
Rеnove сouP]ing (6. fig. 32-14) aсcording Еo Рara з2.з?, iп сonjunсtion with
tzg.32-L4.
32 . 48 Inspeсt'ion аnd repаir - сoupling
InsPece and repаir coupJ-ing (6lfig. з2-14) aссordiпg to parа З2-38.
З2 - 49 Inslallation . сouPling
Install сoupling (6. fig. З2-14) aссording to Pаra 32.39' in сonjuпсtiоn with
fig. з2-14.
32.50 Af L short dr1veshаf t in
vert 1сa ]. f in
shImп|ng
(lol€( to р8ia 3?.g}
o-E]ЪТБ]
u\
.-щl
iiЕ
:&)
I 'l Еt^ 1 t.
I 2 Wаsh'er
)
I
3 Shim
4 Nut
5 Aft short driveshaft
я т,^.l.ind
^l,fA
E.ig. з2 -15 Reпoval аnd installatj.on . aft short driveshaft
in vertiсаl fin
в0 105
сllAPтЕR 32
Рagе 4l
EUвoсoPтЕR мAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
32 . 51 Relпova} . aft short driveshalt in veIt'icаl fin

Remove aft' short dIiveshаft (5' fig. З2-15) ассording to Para з2-з7' in
сonjunсtion r{iЕh fig. 32.15.
З2 - 52 hspeсLion and xePair . аft short driveshaft in vertical fin

Iпspeсt' and reрair aft short driveshaft (5, fig. 32.15) aссording to рara
JZ'JO.
32 - 5З тnstаllation . aft short drivesЬаft in vertiсat fiп

]nsta]] aft short driveshaft (5, fig. 32.15) ассording to Раrа 32-з9t 1n
сonjцnсtioп with fig. З2-15. *
]..
з2 - 54 INтЕRмЕDIAтЕ GЕARвoX
32 .55 Renovаl - lnteппediate gearbox
* N0тЕ Intermediate gеarboхes intended foт shiр'пent sha1l be pleselved pel

* сhаPter 02.
-L. Disengage15quiсk release fasteners of, vertiсa] fin faiIing and raise lat'tef
aPProх. сm froп inslalied posilion1 then disсonnect еleсtriсal сonnесtor
on fraпe 11I..
2. DeЕaсh сontro] rod (16'fig' з2-16) from lever (15) and renove сontrol
rod (9) (Iefer to сhаPter.42).
N0тЕ l{hen reпoving aft short driveshaft (5} and couPling (1)' hol.d on t'o
t'he assoсj.аt6d r*itйg-piii".-iзi1d_i."'i"t then fron falling аnd \'*
6afь1^.
уе.llоуо dAtt i nd r0SЕ.
9вuurlrу l
3. Disсonneсt сoupling (1) аnd aft short drlveshаft, (5) from intermediate
gеafboх (4) inpцt and outPut drive flаnges resрeсtive}y, and suPРort aft'
shoтt driveshаft to рrevent it from tiPРlng. If same gearbox is !o be
leinstаlled аnd its сonneсting flanges have not been removed, rёсord
nшфer аnd posiЕion of shltns.(2) for reasseпbly at oIiginal loсаtions.
4. Remove loсking Р]ates (3} frоm gearboх lnРut and outPut drive flanges.
5. Remove sсrew (?) and washers (6) and remove int'errnediаte geаrboх.
6. If the inteппediаt,e gearbox is being reрlaсed, rerпove bel.lсrank and P]аtes
Рer сhaрter 42-26, ot reпюve yatJ brake per сhаPter 42-28A.
в0 105
сIiAPтЕR з2
Page 42 Revision 13
ЕURoсoPтЕR MA|NТЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
gеarboХ
qna^ i t^^l e.
^'l
Dr1Iс 1x56 131 40't
Pu11er 1x56 136 з9з
As semb ly/disas sembly fiхture 10 5 -31s 01 W5 --r
Pul].еr 105 -315 01 Wb г see N0тЕ at beginning
I
!'ixture
UTIIt
1х56 136 288
lxSb 112 156
-) of stер 5.
Puller Iх56 722 209

г^lrni A r erlnn^ ri |х56 1'22 2З2
Pushеr sсrews tx5b lJt з99
пrэьli nп-nf f n] э}a 1x56 131 400
l q с am]"r,] rr rlerl,i nд 1х56 1З4 5r'7
Guide bolts 1х56 150 111
1. Inspeсt intermеdiate gеarbox housing for сraсks, mесhanlcal damage.

сorIosion. and damaged surfaсe proleсLion.
а Rёnlа.р .'ёаrhоx if сraсks aIе evident.
b. Meсhaniсal and сorrosion damage is ассеptablе l-^ ,i^-+t â n o --
LU a^ !.с}JLll
If damage limil is ехсееdеd. return gearbox to manufaсturer.
Rёfёr tо сhаntРr 02-5 for revolk сrileria.
с. Touсh uр damаged surfaсе proteсtion aссording t^.hэntAr" 0,
2. lnspeсt magnetiс p]ug for met'a] deposits.
a. Prеss magnеLiс plug (14. fig. 32-16) inwards' turn it сounter-сlock

wisе and }rithdraw it.
b. Determine nat'ure of any deposits found оn the plug in aссordanсe with
Tаb]e 32-6, and take approPriale aсtion.
. сlA^n mдоnetiс nillсr аnr] inqnр.t o-тinп Fnr eёаl.in.r .an.i
.^nditi^n рarl] д.6 n-iiflrr ra rA.rlli ra^ ^^rrё.t 99чUдr19 qrlЧ
d. Insеrt magnetiс рlug into oi1 drain pJ-ug and' presslng it lnwardsl
turn it сloсkwise until bayonet pins engage.
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR з2
Rеvision 11 Pagе 4 J
ЕURoсoPтЕR I',A|NтENANсE мANUAL Bo 105
€тP
'@
\'-'.
з2l1]-0l
1 CoupLing 6 Washer t2 Washer

2 Shims ] sсrew 13 Bolt
з Loсklng p]ate B 0i1 filler knob 14 oil drain р1ug
4 Intеrmediatе gearbox 9 Control rod With magnetiс p1ug
5 Aft short drivеshaft 10 сotter рin * 15 вe]].сrank or yav;
iп vertiсa] fin iL Nut * brake
16 Сontro} rod
I'rq, Jz-Ib кrmova1 and installation - i ntarлarli яtо пae rЬnv
B0 105
снAPTЕR
Page 44 Revision 11
!.tвB ttЕLIсоPтЕRs
I4AINTЕNдNсЕ мANUAL мBв - B0 105
мЕTA], PARтIсLES E rG. 32-17 PRoвABLЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕст]vЕ AстIoN
1' ],imited aссumula- Detail Alв

tion of fine fuzz
(normаl wear}
2. маssive ассuтпula- Dеtаil с Carefully inspeсt

tion of fine fuzz fl'zz foт Рresenсe
nf flяlraс Ьrr
сr\.aad.i nft f]!
',
еvenly оn smoottl
surfaсе oг on рa].m of
hand. If there a!ё
no flakеs' drain
oi], flush qearboх
and fill WiLh сlean
oil.
RеinsРeсt magnetiс
plug after l0
flight hours and
rоnдi r in аr'nrir-
danсe with RЕl.,l 30з
oI 304, as aрP1i-
адh]a if l.hArё
сtl.с dlry -.^ \Jl
^:rчlro ^€
>
fuzz or flakеs.
3. Е'lakes. usually Dеtail Gеar failure Removе gеarboх
с].i1] avhiЬil.inrт r^.^Й.li nd t^
a smоoth or para з2-55 or
sсored and 32-59r as
sсratсhеd maсhined ^--r.:^-L1^
al,lJJ"!Ual.,tс' -^,.1
ollL.
surfaсe, with signs rдn:i r -эдлnrrl,inrт
^€
€ ra^].1! t i nd
^n to RЕ}l 30З or з04r
annaс i l.o сrrrfeад as apPliсable
4. Smооth flakеs Detail Gear tаilure RAfAr t^ eiёn з
with sсrаtсhеs
(sсores)
{ Sоvрrа] vрrv +hin netail Е' Bearlng Refer to step 3.
flakes, shiny failure
on one sidе
( carlоr:,l llоrt;
v9! ! th'in
Lllall n.l^:1
r,rLсrlt \,
^ Bearing Pafar l"^ elan ?
flakes, shiny on fa i 1urе
one sidе, рrеsеnt
iл ftlzz aссumu]ation
Tablе 32-6 l"lagnetiс plug insPeсtion
BO 105
сttAPтЕR 32
IЧвB }IЕlIсoPтЕRs
!.,IAINTЕNANсЕ !|ANUAт. !.{Bв . в0 105
DЕтA|L A DЕтA|t в DЕтAIL с
/t\
NrI o.'дt'. D o.тд'. Е DEтA|L F
oвтo,. G
F'ig. 32-1? ]dentifiсation of metal deрosits on magnеtic рlug

B0 105
сttAPTЕR 32
Paoё 46
l.tBв ttЕlIсoPTЕRs
I,IAтNтЕNANсЕ !.'AN{,AL !{Bв . B0 105
з. hsPeсt intermediate gearbox fox lеakage in area adjaсent to seals' and

replaсe lеaking seаls aсcording to step 5., аs neсеssary.
4. InsPесt' oil sight glass for damagе, crazing, disсo]oration, leakage and
intaсt 1oсkwiring.
a. If loсkwire is missing or damaged, сheсk torque of sight glass
(29.31 Nm} and seсure with loсkwirе.
b. If there is evidenсe of leakage, replaсe sealing ring in aссordanсe

l*ith s|ep с.
с. If oi]. sight glass is damaqed. сrazed or discolored, replace as
follows:
1) Drain oil ассоrding t'o рara З2-9.
2) Removr }oсkwirе.
3) UnsсrеW and remove oil sight g1ass together vlith sealing ring.
4) сlean oil sight glass using an aPpropriate сommercia]" cleansing

agent .
5) sсrev' new or с1eaned oil sight glass into gearboх, together with
new seallng rj.ng. and torqцe to 29-31 Nm.
6) sесure oil sight gJ-ass with loсkwire.
7) Fi]l gearboя wit,h oil acсording to para з2-9.
5. Replасement of seals.
N0тЕ o seals саn be replaced using tools P/N 105-з150]. W5/W6 or

1x56 1.36 2B8. Nоtе that it is not neсessary to remove the
gearboх when replaсing the output seal using tools,
P/N 105-31501 W5 and W6. llowevert replaсеment of the input
seal requirеs removal of the gearboх, whiсh allor,ls a}tеrnaLivе
use of tool, P/N 1х56 1з6 288' Refer to RЕм з04 for tool
rlaег r i ni- i nn
o The following steрs desсribe replaсement of seals with gearboх

removed' using tools. P/N 105-31501 иl5 and W6'
BO 105
сIIAPTЕR з2
l.tвB tIЕъIсoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAI, !,1BB - B0 105
A Г35jБ] ,
oUтPUт
A wlth v€nl hoIв
A Wlthout vsпt ho|6
trtN' I
4
]. Loсkinq р}ate
AA z sсrew
J 0-ring
Ileх screws
5 Washer
6 Flange
'l shim
б сover
Seal
r.0 0.гing
11 Centering ring
L2 Oil flller сap
IJ Intеrmediate gearboх
14 Oil drаin plug with
magnetiс plug
.1 ( сnуi ап r,i nл
L5 Cover
17 O-ring
гi9. з2-18 Replaсemеnt of sеals . inteппediate gеarboх
BO 105
CHAPтЕR З2
Dяi.ra дя
}lвLIс0PтЕRs
l.,AINтЕNANсE мANUAL I'{вв . в0 105
a. Removal af seals
Proсedural stePs 1} thru 9) below apply to both input and

!JцLРц ^^^ 1 ^
^,,a--,,tL DgaдD t
1) Remove bellсrank (15' f'ig. 32-16| and its mounting suPport' then
fit assembly device, P/N 1x56 134 517 to intermediatе gearbox.
2l Drain oil aссоrding to para 32-9.

з) Bolt disassembly fiхturе, P/N 105-з1501 W5, to flangе (6, fig.
з2-18) so thаt thе keys of the soсket wrenсh (1, fiq. 32-19)
engage the сorrеsponding slots in sсrеw (2, fiq. 32-18).
4) While holding flange (6) with handle of disassenbly fiхturё (2/

fig. 32-19) , insert square drive of wrenсh in сorrespоnding squarе
hole in soсket wrenсh (1) and loosen sсrew tzt fig' 32-7в).
ql Remove bolts attaсhing disassembly fixtuтe to f]ange (6) and
unsсrew аnd rеmove sсrew (2) by hand. Disсard O-ring (з) .
6) Unsсrew spindle (1' fig. 32-20) of pullеr, P/N ].05-з1501 W6' by
hand' unti] it bottoms' then bolt puller tо flange (5, fig.
з2.18).
1l Insert sqцarе drivе of wrenсh in сorresрonding square holе of
sрind1e (1, fig. з2-20) andl holding puller steady, pull flange
off piniоn shaft by sсrewing in thе spindJ"e. Remove shim
(7, fig. 32-18) .
8) Renove f}ange (6) from pullеr by renoving the соnneсting bolts.
e) Remove heх sсrews (4) and washers (5) .
10) lnput seal only:

a) Install jaсksсrews 1x56 131 399 thтоugh bolh threadеd bores in
the f]ange of сover (16) to Pull сoveт evenly from housing.
b) Remove spring rlng (15), positj.on puller. P/N 1х56 122 209|
against sеal (9) , thrеad сountеr suрРort. P/N ].х56 I22 2з2,
ontо Pu]ler, and bxaсе it against еdgеs of t'hе сover. Rеmove
seal.
l1\
l"!/ vцLl,цu ^^-'t ^-1.,.
DЕof vlr1),
^.,l.^,.L t
a) Removе сoveт (8) and сentering ring (11) and disсard O-ring
(10).
b) P]aсe сover on drawing-off р1ate' P/N 1х56 ]-з1 400, and press
seal (9) from сover using dlift/ P/N i.х56 131 401 .
B0 105
с'ttAPTЕR 32
pA.|ё Дq
l,lвв нЕLтсoPтЕRS
I'{AINтвNANсЕ !.tANUAl !.tвв - в0 105
I soсket Wrenсh 1 Splndle

ttаndle 2 Handle
Еig. 32-L9 ЕLq, 32-20

Aрpliсation af Assеmbly/Disasseпrbly APpliсation of Puller
fixture, P/N 105-31501 W5 P/N 105-з1501 W6
B0 L05
с}IAPTЕR 32
Pасe 50
}lЕLIс0PTЕRs
l.lAINтЕNANсЕ l.tA}тUAL l.tвв - в0 105
b. Installation of seals
Proсedural steps 1) аnd step 2) aрpty to input аnd output

seals respeсtively. Step З) and subsequent appJ"y equally to
bot'h seаls.
1) Input seal installation

а) App1y a thin сoаt of siliсone grease (сl'! ].04} to outer
diamеter of seal |2| ti'g, 32-2].) and' using drift (1)
P/N 1x56 I1.2 '156| press sеal' lj.p first' int'o сovеr (3) (refer
to fig. з2-2I|.
1 UrlIЕ
2 sеal
3 сover
уig. 32-27 Pressing sеal into сover
b) Insеrt sРring ring (l5. fig. 32-18) ln mat.ing annu}ar gr00vе

(nёхt to seal) of сover'
Lubriсate O-ring (17) with si]iсone grease (сI"1 104) and insert
in mating annular groove of сoveт.
d) sсrew two guide bo1ts' P/N 1x56 150 111. in diametriсally
oppоsite hоles in сover mating surfaсe on gеarbox сasing.
BO 105
сHAPTER з2
I{вв нЕ1,Iс0PTERS
!4AINтЕNANсЕ l{ANUAt I'{вв - B0 105
e} Slide сover (16} оver guide bo].ts until it сontaсts the gearbox
сasing. Install hex sсrews (4) with washers (5) in thе free
bores' and progrеssively torque hех sсrews alternating diaпet.ri-
са11y' until сover.is seated tightly аgainsL
' gearbox саsing.
тakе оare not to dislodgе and dаmage 0-r1nq (1?) in t'he proсess.
f) Reпove guide bolts, instаll remаining hex sсrews (4) and washers
(5) аnd tightеn diаmеtriсаlly oppоsitе bores in inсrements to
required torque value.
s} Proсeed aссording to step 3).

2\ Output sеal installation.
a) APP]y a thin сoаt of siliсone grease (с!'4 104) to outer diаmeLer
of seal (9, fig. 32-18) and' using drift' P/N 1х56 I7z .156'
рress seal. lip first. .into сover (8) (Iefer to f'ig. з2.2II .
b) Lubriсаte 0-ring (10' fig. 32-18) with si]-iсone grеase (CМ 104}
and install in mating annular groove in соver.
с} Push сentеring ring (11), with its tangs faсing out'board, into
bearing bushing uпLil seated.
d) LoсаLe сover (8) on сеntеring ring and prеss in until sеated
against gearboх сasing.
e) InstaIl hex sсrews (4) аnd washers (5) and tighten prоgressive1y
tо speсifiеd torque' alternat'ing diametriсally. ],oсkwire oil
filler сaP (12) to neаrest' heх sсrew (4) in сover (8) .
f} Proсееd aссording t'o step 3) .

з) Inрut' and outPut' sеaI instаIlаt.ion.
А\ тhin1r'.^rt сhiYn (7) with siliсone grease (сt'1 104), insta].t on
...-...
pinion shaft' аnd slide uР аgainst inner rасe of ro].ler beаrinq.
Take сare to install the сorreсt shims on the inрut and oulDut
еnds (refer t'o IPс) .
сAUTI0N тнЕ st{ I}.ls l.tusT SEAT AGAINSт вЕARING INNЕR RAсE
oтIlЕRWIsЕ TнЕY I'IAY sL]P INтO THЕ sнAE'т GRoovЕ AND
вЕсol.{Е DA].,IAGED WнEN TttЕ E'LANGЕ Is INsтA].lЕD.
ЕIANGЕ (6) !1Usт вЕ INSTAL1ЕD USING PULIЕR

1х56 136 з9з. D0 NoT DRIVЕ тнв !'LANGЕ IN PI,дсЕ'
е.g. WIтн A нAl.1!.1ЕR. тH]s !,lAY сAUsЕ DA}'{AGЕ.
в0 105
сltAPTЕR 5Z
ЕURoсoPтЕR мA|NтЕNANоЕ мANUAL вo 105
b) ]nstal]. flange (6) on Pinion shаft !{ith pullеr 1х56 136 393
(refer t,o f.!9, 32-22).
1 Еlange
2 puller
тig. З2-22 Еlаnge iпstаllаt' ion
с} LфriсaЕe new o-ring (3. fig. з2-18) with siliсone grease

(см 104) and install in 0-ring qroove of sсrен (2) . Deрending on
thе seal leпoved' install sсrew t2) with vent hole in outрut
gеar shаft or screr,, (2) \{ithout vent hole in inPut geаr shaft by
hand.
d) вolt аsseпbly fiхture, P/N 105-з150]' W5, to flaпge (6) so Еhat

keys оf sоcket wrench (1/ fig. 32.19) in fiхture hand]e fit into
thе сorlesponding slоt's in sсrew (2' fig. з2.18) .
e) l.lhile ho]dlng flange (6) t|ith handle of asseпфly fixture (2'
fi.g. З2-i9), insert sФаre drive of нrench ln сorresponding
sФаre hole of soсket wrenсh (1) and tlghtёn sсrew
(2, fig. 32-18) to 35 Nm.
B0 105
сllAPтЕR з2
Page 5з
EUвoсoPтER IVIA|NтENANсE I,ANUAL вo 105
f} Inser! loсking P}ate (1) in groove of flange (6). сhесk t'hat

teeth of loсking рlat'ё exaсtly еngage with teeth of sсrew (2) . If
they do not' ret'ighcen sсrew until eхaсt engаgement is obt'alnеd.
Iloweve!, do not eхсeed max. tоrqцe loаd of 45 Nп. sсrew (2) must
not Protrude f,rotn the drive flange. Using а сord, provisional]y
аttaсh loсking p1ate to f,lange untj.] aft short' driveshaft' o.
сouрling is inslalled.
9) seаl sр]it ltпёs' sсrew hёaф etс.. in aссordаncо with сhаp.
tеr 02.
. hl oil ассording t'o Para з2-9'
sArtli/"A ftAirhox with
i) Instal} intermedlаte geаrboх aссording to Pаrа з2-57'

* j, Perform ground lun аnd сheсk fo! leakage.
ёь
32 . 5'7 тnsta]lation . inteппediat'e geаrbox
1. Instаl] inteпnediatе gearboх (4l fig. 32-16) to vertiсa] fin with wаshers
(6} and heх sсrews (?) .
2. Lightli сoаt' flange and. 1f aрpliсаble, shim сontaсt surfaсёs wlth сorro.
sion Preventive сonPound (сt,{ 505) . rnsert loсking рIates (3) in inрut and
outpцt drive flаnges, and instаll сoupling (1) and аft short' driveshaft
(5) on inPцt and output drive fIanges resрeсtively, together with any
lпstаlled shims (2) (refer t'o para З2-10 or parа 32-35, as аpрliсаble) .
3. тf previously removеd' instal] Plаtes аnd bеl]сrank Рer сhаРte! 42.28 or
install yaw brake P€r сhaPter 42.28с'
4. тnstall сontrol lods (9 and 16) per сhapt,er 42.36.

5. Cheсk gearbox o11 level and serviсe 9Jith oil аs rеquixed (refer to Para
з2-9) .
6. сonneсt eleоtliсa] сab].es and instаll veltiсal fin fairlng.

]| . InsPeсt intermediat'e geaEbox as follows:
.1
* a. htermediate gearboх removed only temрorarily and not рreserved

* - Perform grouпd Iun (riithоut }oad) for 10 minцt'es and сhёсk for
* leаkage.
* b. Preserved j.nt'ermediаtе qearbox
* - Perfoпt ground Iun (without, load) for 10 ninutes and сheсk for
* leakage.
* - After сomРleting ground run' remоve mаgnetiс РIцg and сheсk for
* metal deposits. If meta] dеposits are рresent, proсeed aсcording to
* тablё з2.6.
в0 105
сliAPтЕR з2
ЕURocoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
' ,] ],. ,:: '1:.:;i'цii 9i.tj]!j ri i
з2-58 тAlLRoтoRGЕARвox
32 - 59 Removsl - tell rotor goarbox
NoтЕ . тha tail rotor shatt with attaсhёd s|iding s|eove, pitсh |iпks and bollсrank need not
be romoved fromthв ggerbox unl€ss r€quired tor repair purposes. Referto сhaрtor
33 for removal and installation oroсedules.
. тai| rotor gearboхos inlandod for shipment shall be proserved per сhаpter 02.
1. Flemove cover at top of vertical togethёr with vortiоa| {|n lairing.

'in
нemove tai| rotor, re'er to оhapter 3з.
Remove сontrol rod (22' lig. 32-2з).
NoтЕ Wh6n removing tho aft short drivoshаtt (1), ho|d on to tho assoоiated |ocking p|ates
(з) to prevent it from ta|ling aпd perhaps getting lost.
4. нemove att short driveshaft (1) in acоordanс6 W|th para 32*30 or 32-51 . as apPlicable, or only detach it
rom geeЁox drive t|ange aпd supportitas noarаs Possib|e in its normaloperating position, using adhesiv6
.f
taрв or similar' Reоord the number ot ёхistiпg shims (2) so that theУ сan be r€installed iп th6 samo рosition
shou|d the 6eme g€arbox be reinstal|ed Without thв drive llaпgo having been removod sinоo goarboх re-
moval,
Flemove |oсking p|atos (3) from tail rotor gearbox input drivё and from output driv6 flange of inter-
mediate goarbox. 'lang€
5. Removo anti--сo|lisioп |ight (.11) as

'ollows:
a. н6move clamp (12)'
b. Pul| |ens together with |amp soсkat uPwards out of retaiпвr (1з).
с. Disconn€ct 6leclricaI conneоtioпs.
d. нemove e|воtrical cable from gearboх оasing.
NoтE l' shims (5) aro insta||6d, thвy must be removgd W|thout rep|aсement.
6. Flgmovэ nuts (7), wa6h6rs (6) and bolts (lo). R€mov€ пut (7) and €ither washоr (6) or spring wаsh€r (23)
togethor wilh washer (24) from studs (4).
7. lf spriпg washors (23) aro lnstallвd, measurв th6ir height..H'' (see Dotai| A' fig. 32-23). lt thoir h€ight is less
thaп speсifiod, r€place spring wаshers with new onвs.
Revision !E сHAPтЕR з2
Page 55
ЕURocoPTЕR IiA|NтENANOЕ МANUAL вo 105
Гз, йl
-т-10
tlr lц
illl
Г**Ф
.Ik
[Гlr'}_z--:j
*___Ъ6-
,//,_16
l]fl!.'ж;#:
я
:r
ё
t
19
6
A omit trom iпstal|aiion
1 Aft short drivэshatt 15 oi| li|lеr сap
A
z shim 16 тail rotor shaft With
onry With modilied oi| fil|er noоk e Looking plate assambled sliding
Stud
As sh,m
s|oevo, pitсh Iinks
A Washor (6) on studs rsplaсed by spring Aо Washer fl

and bё||crank
Oil drain plug with
washor (23) and washor (24) in Nut magnetic plug
aооordancв with AsB-Bol 05.30-1 02. I fin)
Fitt|пg (vortiоa| le
I gea'box
таi| rotor ;;
вo|t
ln Bolt ::
Washer
Aпti-{ol|isioп |ight
11 :".
Nut
12 сjаmp ё | сotter pin
1з Rёtainer 22 сoпtro| rod
Polyothy|ёne
^14 insort 'oam 24 й"ir'Ъ. Il
23 Sorino washer
Figur€ з2-23 Rвmovel and insta|lation. tai| rotor gearbox
cHAPтЕR Revision 18
Page 56
I,1BB IiЕLIсoPTЕRS
I.IAINTЕNANсЕ мANUA! Mвв - вo 105
зz - 60 hsPесtion and repаir - tail rotor gearbox

speсial too]s:
Alignment deviсе 105-31501 W?
Asseпbly/Disassembly fixture 105-31501 W5 -r
Puller 105-31501 W6 l. seе NOTЕ at beginning
Еixture 1x56 136 288J of steр 6'
Drawing-off plate 1х56 13l 400
Drift 1x56 131 407
Drift 1x56 112 756
Puller 1x56 136 393
Pushет sсretлs 1х56 131 399
Puller Iх56 I22 209
сounter suРрort Ix56 I22 2З2
Drifl 1x56 136 418
Drift 1х56 103 766
Gulde bolts 1x56 150 111
1. Inspесt tаi] rotor gearbox housing for сraсks, othеr meсhaniсa]. damage.
сorrоsion and daпLаged surfaсе protесtion.
a. Replасe geаrboх if сraсks are evident.
b. Meсlraniсa} аnd сorrosion damage is aссeptab}e to a depth of 0.2 шп. lt
dаmаgе J.imit is exсeeded, return gearboх tо mаnufaсturer. Refer Lo
сhaрter 02-5 for rework Criteriа.
с. тouch uр damaged surfасe Prоteсti.on aссording to сhaРtеr 02.
2. Inspeсt magnеtiс Plug (17. t'ig, 32-2З) for meta]" deрosits acсording to
parа 32-56 step 2'
'
з. InsPесt tailrotor gеarbox for oil leaks in area adjaсent to seals, and
reрlaсе leaking sea1s aссording to steP 6., as neсessary.
4. Inspeсt oil ]evel sight glass aссording to para 32-56. step 4.
5. If requirеd by Chaptеr 1.01 (Inspeсtions), or if dеforтпation of tailbooтп is

susPeсted' сhесk for аlignпent of tai] rotor gearbox with intermediate
gearboх аs follows:
a. Rеmove aft sholt driveshaft (1r f.ig. 32-23| aссоrding to рara 32.29 or
32-50, depending on shaft tyPe.
b. Slide ring (3. fig. 32-24) and sleeve (6) of aligмЕnt deviсe out'яard
to end stops. Install a]ignment deviсe bеtween tai1 rot'or gеarbox and
intеrmediat'e gearbox aсcording to figure 32-24. АILernately tighten
nuts of bolted сonneсtiоns (1) progressively to speсlfied torque.
B0 105
сHAPтЕR З2
I'RR EInт.тn6DтE]D c
!4AINтЕNANсE !.lANUдl !.1вв - P.n '! nq
т
зо029з т
l I
L вolted оonneсtion э Tube

2 гlangе (intermediate gearboх) Sleeve
Ring 't гlange (tai1 rotor gealboх)
ELg. 32.24 Alignпent dеviсe, P/N 105.з1501 W7
slidе ring (3) and sleevе (6) inwald fron their respeсtive ёnd stоPs.
сorreсt t'ail rotor geаrbox.Еo-intermediate gearboх аligшnеnt is
indiсated by the еase with whiсh ring (3) аnd sleeve (6) сan be slid
into and over tubes (5) and (4) resPеctively, bеfore naking сontaсt
vrith the ёnds оf the tubes. If the ling and sleeve сannot bе slid
into/оver the tubеs' or beсotпe jailned in the Ploсess, gearbox-to-
gearbox aligппent is out of perп1ssible tolеlanсe. ]n this сase,
сongu].t l'1вв for suitфle correсt'ive aсtion.
.t Remоvе alignment deviсe.
Instа].I aft short driveshаft (1, fig' 32-23', Refer to paxa 32-29
oт 32-50, depending on shaft tlPe.
ЬU tUэ
сttAPтЕR з2
мвв HЕIIсoPTЕRS
!4AINTЕNANсЕ I.{ANUALl|вв - в0 105
6. Replaсement of seals '
The input sеal сan be rеplaced with thе gearboх installed

on the heliсoptеr' using tools, P/N 105-31501 W5 and W6.
If the gearbox is removed frorn thе hеliсoPler' tool,
P/N 1x56 ].з6 288' шаy also be used aS an alternative' Refeт
to RЕ},l з03 for tool desсriPtion.
тhe following steps desстibe seal reрlасement with gearboх
instаl1ed' using tools' P/N 105-з150]. W5/W6.
a. ]nput sеal тemoval.

1) Removе аft short driveshaft (11 fig' 32-23) aссording to para
32-29 or 32-50. depending on shaft t,ypе.
2l Drain oil from gеarboх aссоrding to paтa 32-9.

?l Bolt assembly fixturе' P/N 105-31501 W5' to inPut drive flange (4'
flg. 32-25| so that the keys of the sockel wrenсh fit lnto the
сoтresрonding slots in sсrew (1) .
4) While holding input drive flangе (4) with handle of disassembly
fixture (fig. 32-i9), insеrt square drive of wrenсh into
сorrеsponding squaxe hole in soсket wrenсh (1) and loosen sсrew
(1' fig. З2-25|.
Rёmove bolts attaching disassembly flxture to input drivе ftanqе

(4) and unsсrew and тemove sсrew (1) by hand. Disсard O-тing (3) .
6) Unsсrew spindle (].' fig. 32-20) of рuller, P/N 105-31501 W6, by
hand unti] it bottoпs' then bo1t puller to input drlve flange (4,
тLq.5z-z5] .
l) rnl".t ,qo.." drive of нrenсh in сorтesponding squarе ho.]-e of

spindlе (1, fig. З2-20) and, holding pu].ler stеady, pull input
drive flange off pinion shaft by sсrewing in thе spindle' Removе
shim (5, tig, 32-251 .
8) Remove input drive flange (4) from puller by removing the

сonneсting bolts.
9) Rеmove hex sсrеws (8} and washers (9) .
10) Remove сover (6) аnd сenlering ring (12) and disсard O-ring (11) .
11) Plaсe сover (6) on drawing-off p].аtet P/N 1x56 131 400. and press
seal (].0) from соvеr using drifl' P/N 1x56 131 40].
BO 105
сI{APтBR з2
l|вB llЕLIсoPтЕRs
!,IAINтENдNсЕ IIANUAI. !.{вB - в0 105
b. Input seal installаtion.

1) APР1y a t'hin сoat of siliсone grease (см 104) to outеr diаmeter of
seal (10' t-Lg ' 32-25| and, using drift' P/N 1x56 112 756, Prеss
seal into сover (6) so t,hat lip of sеal faсes toward drift (see
tlg' з2-2I| '
2) I.',ubriсаtе nelr O-ring |1L| t'ig, 32-25l with siliсonе grease

(сl{ 104) аnd insеrt in mating annulаr groove of сover.
3) With its keys faсing outbоard, press centering ring (12) intо
bearing bushinqr until seated.
4) Loсate сovеr (6) on сеntering ring (take oil drain рlug posit'ion
into aссount) and press in until seated. Install heх sсrews (8}
with washers (9) and tighten progressive]y to speсifiеd torque.
altеrnating diamеtriсaIly.
5) Loсkwire oil drain PIus (7) to nearest heх sсrew (8) in сover (6) .
6) Thinly сoat sh1m (5) and slide it along input shаft until it
Contaсts the inner raсe of taрerеd roller bеaring.
сAUтION o тttЕ sHIl4I.IUST sЕAт AGA]NST вЕARING INNER

RAсЕ oTtlЕRWтsЕ ]T l4AY sLIР INтo TнЕ sнAr'T
GR00vЕ AND вЕсO}'tЕ DA!.{AGЕD WнЕN тItЕ E'IANGЕ
Is INSтALLЕD.
o тнЕ E'ЬANGЕ (4} мUsт BЕ INSтALLЕD USING PULLЕR
1x56 136 393. D0 NoT DR]vЕ TнЕ E'LANGЕ IN P!AсЕ.
e . g. vllтlt A I{A!,1!,1ЕR. TItIs l'!AY сAUsЕ DA}.,,AGЕ .
7) Install inрut dтive flange (4) on input shаft using pullеr,

P/N 1х56 1з6 39з (seefig. з2-22| '
B) ],ubricate new O-ring (3. fig. 32-25) with siliсone grease (с},r 104)
аnd install in mating annular groove of sсrew (].). Instаll sсrew
in inрut shaft and tighten by hand.
9) Bolt the assembIy fixturet P/N 105-3150]- W5' to inрut drive flange
(4) so that keys of soсket wrenсh fit into сorrespondiпg s.l.ots оf
sсrew (1l .
10) While holding input drive flangе (4) with hаnd1e of assеmbly
fiхture |2, t'!g. 32-19|| insert square drive of wrenсh in
сorresponding square hole of soсkеt. wrenсh (1) and tightеn sсrew
(1, fig. 32-25) to 35 Nm.
B0 105
сltAPтЕR 32
Paоe 60
ЕUвocoPтЕR IiA|NтЕNANоЕ IлANUAL вo 105
тail rotor gearboх,

single-webbed
oUтPUт
тail rotor goaфox,

double-webbsd
\\
<2^
ar*6t I 8'10 Nm I
Б*l
1 sсraw 1'!. O-ring
Loоklng plate 12 сentering ring
Ф.ring oi| fi||er сap
lnput drive llange 14 вearing outer race
я '15
Shim o_nпg
tз 2; 't6 sвaI
оover
17 сover
;й Гз5.45Б] 7 o|| drаiп p|ug with
18 сountersunk sсrёW
magnot|о drain p|ug
E Hox screw 19 Pawl
9 Washer 20 Washeг
10 Soal 21 I.{еx sсrew
F|gцre 32-25 Partia| disassomb|y of tai| rotor geaфoх fol rep|acsmeпt of soаls
l1) |nsert |ocking plate сhock that tooth of loсking p|аte eхaсtly
(2) in groove oJ inpul dгive l|angо (4).
engagв With teeth of sсrew (1). lf th6y do nol' advаnco screw until6хact engаgomeпt is obtainad.
Howover' do not oхс66d a toщug |oad ol45 Nm. scrвW (1) must not protrude lrom the drive f|аnge.
Usin9 a оord' provisioпally аttaсh |ocking platв to flange unti| driveshafl is instа||ad.
12) s€a| sp|it |ines' sоrew heads elc., in aсcordancs w|th оhaptвr 02.
Revision 18 сl.tAPтЕR 32
Page 61
l{вв llЕLIсoPтЕRs
l.tAINтЕNAtlсЕ i.!ANUAI. }{вв - во 105
13) Serviсe gеarboх with oil acсоrding to para 32-9.

14) Inst'all aft shorL driveshaft (1l fig. 32.2з) аcсorфng to Para
32-З9 or 32-50. dеPending on drlveshaft t!Pe.
15) Ground run heliсoрter to iпsресt for oil leаks.

с. outPut seal leпoval.
1) Remove tаi] rotol shaft in асcordanсe t{ith сhаpter 3з.
2) Remove hex sсrews (211 fig. 32-25) and washеrs (20) .
3) Instаll jaсksсrews 1х56 131 399 through both thrеaded boles in
flange of сover (17) to Pull сover evenly fron housing' Discard
o-ring (15 ) .
4) Remove сounLersunk sсrews (18) from inner faсё of сover and lemove
pawl (19) .
5) Position puller, P/N 1x56 122 209, oп outеr raсe (14) of roller
bearing. Lhread сounter support, PlN 1x56 L22 232, onto pulter and
brасe agаinst сove! maLing surfaсe on geаrbox саsing. ЕхtraсL
bealing oцlеr raсe.
6} Press sеal (15) froп сover with drift. P/N 1x56 1з6 418.
d. ouLРut seal instаl]аLion.

1) APP]y thin сoat of siliсone greаsе (сlil 104) to outer diameter of
seal (15' f.ig, 32-25I аnd' using drift. P/N 1x56 131 40?, Press
seal into сover (17) !,ith ]iP of sea] faсing towaId dlift (see
tLg, З2-2I).
2) Pless outer rасe (14' fig. 3?-25| ot' roller bearlng into сover
(17) using drift. P/N 1x56 103 766. Iпstall pawls (19) t{ith сoun-
tersunk sсrews (18} аs sho}ln ln fLg. 32-26, аnd slake сountersцnk
sсrews gith center pцпсhеr (sеe fig' з2-26) .
з) Lubriсate new o-ring (15' fig. 32-25) with siliсoпe glease
(сl'{ l04) аnd iпstall in пrаting anпцIar groove of сovёr (1?) .
4) Sсrеw t'wo guide bolЕs' P/N 1x56 150 111. into diаmetriсally oррo-
site threaded ho]es in the сover tnating surfaсe on gеаrbox сasing.
5) toсate сover (1?) on guide bolts аnd slide it' up against the gear-
box сasing. Install heх screws (21) with wa9hers (20) in frее
threaded bores, and аlternately tighЕen diaпeLriсаlly oррositе
screws' by inсremeпts' unt'll сoveт is seated on the geаrbox
сasing. When tighLening the sсrеl{s' take сarе not to Press o-ring
(15} from iLs annular groove ' This tlill dаmаge t.he O-ring,
6) Remove gulde bolts and instal]. reпaining heх sсrews (21) аnd
washers (20) . Alternately tighten diaпеtriсally opposite sсrews by
inсlements Lo speсified torque.
в0 105
снAPTЕR з2
Paсе 52
ЕURoсoPтER I',AINтЕNANOE ]\iANUAL вo 105
7} Loсkпire bellсrank-to.gearbox pivot рin to hex sсrew (21) neаrest to

it in gearbox сover (l?} .
8) seal split llnеs' sсrеw hеads etс.' асcording to сhapter 02.
0t hstall tai1 rotor shaft aссordj.лg to сhapteт 33.
10 ) Ground run he].lсoрter to insресt gеarboх for oil leaks.
з00!з?
tiq, 32-26 staking сountersunk sсrеws
B0 105
сllAPтЕR з2
EURoсoPтЕв MA|NтENANoE MANUAL вo 105
з2 - 61 lnsta||ation - tail rotor geаrbox
NoтE . тhв tai|rotor gearbox must be positioned lвvвlon its mounting sur,aоe iпthevortiсa|
fin to prвvent it trom bgiпg distortad whgn thg h€x nuts (7, figure 32-23) are tighto.
ned.
. Fo||owing rspair work on the tai| boom, or if dam8ge is susp6сtod' сheck for
a|ignmeпt ottail rotor geaфox WIth intormediate gearboх aсоording to para. 32-€0,
using a|ignment devico P/N
.10н1501 W7.
. on|y spring Washers whiоh have a h6ight.,H'of at lёаst 2.9 mm sha|lbe reused (sвo
DЕTAIL A)'
.t. Attach tаil rotor geaфox to fittiпg (8) on vertiсa| fiп цsing bo|ts (1o, liguro з2-23) and assoсiated wasners
(6) and пut (7). Dopending on lhe type o' attaohmant, instalI oitherwasher (6) or Washor (24) togethёr with
spring wаsher (23) on studs (4) and s6сure with nuts (7). тighten пuts just enough to seat the geaфoх on
the litting.
2. chaоkthat the g6aфox rests flush against its mounting braоkol. |f a gaр eхists at aлy рoint botwogn th6m,
remove thв goarbox and remov6 the оause ot the gap (e. g. palnt оoating too thiсk and uneven|y app|ied).
lt the gap cannot be rвmoved, do not instal| tail rotor goarboх aпd inform ЕсD сustom6r sarvice o{ this
сondition.
3. Altornaling diamelriсa||y, progrвssive|y tighton nuts (7) by increm6nts ol 5 Nm' untiI speci'ied torquo is ob-
tainod,
4. lnstall aft shot drivoshaft (1) acсording to para. 32-29 or 32-50' depending on driveshaft tyPe.
5. Insta|| оontro| rod (22) and sвcure attaоhing hardware with cotter pins.
6. |nsta|i tai| rotor and blade assёmbly aсcording to сhaptar 33,
7. lnstall anti-.сollision light (11) as follows:
a. тhroad o|oоtriсal cablв into soоket retainor (1з).
b. connoсt elвctriсa| wiring to socket'
c. seоure socket and |ens to r€tainer (13) with c|amp (12)'
d. Peilormfunоtiona|test.
сheck goarbox oi| l€v€l and ssrviсe With o|| as requirod according to рara. з2-9.
9. Insta|| v6rtiсal fin fairiпg and сovor oп vertiсal fin.
снAPтER 32 Revision 18
Pags 64
ЕURoсoPтЕR lvlА|NтЕNANcЕ мANUAL вo 105
10' тnsрeсt Lаil rot,or gеarbox as follows:

a. таil rotoг gearbox removed only temPorarlly and not Preserved
. perform ground ruп (т,ithoцt load) for 10 minцtes and сheсk for
leakаge ,
b. Preserved tail rotor geаrboх

- рerforn ground run (wit'houЕ ]oad) for 10 miпцtes and сheсk for
leakаge.
. after сornplёting groрnd rцn, remove nagnet,lс P.].ug аnd cheсk for
r0eta] deposits. If metal deposits are present' Proсeed aссording to *
Table 32-6. *
B0 105
снAPтЕR з2
Rеvision l3 Pagе 65/66
сHAPТЕR
тAlL RoтoR
MAINтЕNANoE MANUAL BO 105
€Р#Lo-Р.,o.-'.
з3 тAlL RoтoR
тab|o of сontents
Paragrарh тitlo Pаge
3з-.| DЕsсR|PТ|oN . тAlL RoтoЕ 3

з3-2 тRoUвLЕsнooт|NG - тA|L RoтoR 4
зз-з вALANсING - тA|L RoтoR
33-4 lNsPEстloN - тA|L RoтoR 6
3з*5 Pitсh Iinks lo
33-6 Removal - pitсh |inks '10
33-7 lnspection and reрair - pitсh links 10

JJ.O Installation - pitоh liпks 11
3з.9 вeItсrаnk 1з
зз.10 Remova| _ bel|сrank 13
зз- 11 Inspeсtion аnd ropair - be||оraпk 1з
tз - 12 lnstа|lation - be||сrank 14
з3- 1з таi| rotor heаd t5
э3 - 14 Removal - tail rotor head .15
33 - 15 Disassombly - tail rotor heаd 21

3з - '16 lnsрoсtion and repair - tai! rotor head
33 - 17 Assgmbly - tаiI rotor hoad 248
33 - 18 lnstallation - tail rotor head 25
Revision 24 сHAPтЕR з3
Page 1
MAINТЕNANсE MANUАL Bo 105
Рaragraph тitle
3з-19 тail ]otof shatt 31

з3-20 Flemoval - tail rotor shaft з1
33 - 21 |nspeоtion аnd repair - tai| rotor shaft 34
3з-22 Installation - tail rotor shaft 43
33-23 Sliding sleevo 46
з3-24 Rёmoval - slidiпg s|9eve 46
oo-zc Disassembly - sliding sleeve +o
3з-26 |nspeоtion and repair - s|idiпg sleeve 48
33-27 Аssemb|y . s|iding s|eeve . 54
33-28 lnstаllation - slidino s|eeve
t_
оHAPтЕR з3 Flevision 24
Pago 2
t.lвB нЕL1с0PтERs
мAINтЕNANсв шANUA! мвв - вo 105
з3 - 1 DЕSсRIPTIoN - тAIъ RоToR

The tаil rotor сounteraсts main roto! torque and сontlols the heаding of the
heIiсopter.
Power transmittеd through the main rotor trangmission to the tail rotor
is
via thе drive shafts, the i termеd1ate geаrboх and the tai]. rotor gearbox.
Direсtional сontrol iпputs are mаde by oPerating the сontro] Pedals in the
сockpit' тhis movёment is transmitted through push rods to the tai] rotor
pitсh аs sembly.
тhe taiI lotor (figure 33-1) сonsist3 оf the tail rotor blаdes (10), tai]
rotor head (5), tail lotor shaft (4) ' аnd the pitch contro]. asseпbly
сonзisting of the Pitch tinks (2) ' sliding slеeve (з) aпd bellclank (].) .
Dlroсtion of ro.tation
7/ ',-.:
l/,r r/'.
1 Be1lсrank
o Pitсh links
sliding sleevе
тail Еotor shаft
э тail rotor heаd
o Blade mounting fn rk
1 сontrol lever
0 Lamlnated straр Paсk
тnner sleeve
10 тail rotot blade
тail rotor
B0 105
сttAPтЕR 33
p:.то ?
!{вв нЕlIсoPтЕRs
I,tAINтENANсЕ !'rANuA! !'lвв - Bo 105
3З -2 тRoUв!ЕsfloOтING - тAтt RoтoR
N0. тRoUв].,Е sYMPтoм PRoвAв!Е сAUSE сoRRЕстIvЕ Aст]ON
1 fligh frёquency тail roto! out of ва1аnсe tai1 rotor

vibrаtion of the ba]"anсe (refe! to paragraph З3-3)
tail rotor (frlt
in the Pеdals as тail rotor head is сheсk installation Position
a buzzing not Ploperly сentered аnd сorreсt as neсeЬsary
sеnsation) in the forked еnd оf (refer to parаgrapn 33-i81
Еhe tаil rotor shаft
Defeсtive tail rotoт Сheсk bearlngs ассording to

oearJ.ngs рaras зз-4' з3-7| 33-11''
3З-16 and 33-26, аnd rёрlaсё
if naгоcсдrrr
Table33-1 Troubleshоoting
в0 105
сIIAPтЕR зз
Page 4
l'lBB ltЕLIс0PтЕRs
I.IAINтЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL l'lвв - B0 105
.- зз - 3 BALANсING - тAIt RoтOR llЕAD
N0тЕ whenever balanсing of the lltail rotorl| is Eeferred to below. lаil

rotor shal1 be understood to mean the assernblеd tаil rotor head
(5, fiq. 33-1) and blades (10).
1. тhe tail roto! must be balanсed !,heneve! сomponents of the tail
rotor head (6 to 9. figure 33-1) or one or bolh rotor b]ades have beеп
replaсed or repaired.
},linor repair work, suсh аs polishing out сorrosion marks o! touсhing uР
Рaint damage' does noL require the taiI roLor head to be balanоed.
2, вalanсing Proсedures.
a. тhe tail rotor must аlways bе staЕiсally balanсed. Use of the
l'larvel balanсing kit (refer to сhaPte! 107-1) is рreferаble.
A}ternativеly, stat1с batanсing сan be Performed in aссordanсe wiLh
сhaрLer 10?-2, using the balаnсe rig.
b. Rotor inbalаnсe сan be further leducеd by Performing dynaпiс
balanсing aссording to сhaPLer 10?-з. However, statiс bаlаnсe of thе
rotor must be aсhieved first.
в0 105
сtlAPтЕR 3з
ЕURoоoPтЕR MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo .tos
з3-4 lNsPЕстIoN - тAlL RoтoR
сAUт|oN |F ANY DAМAGЕ Is FoUND тo нAvЕ вЕЕN сAUSЕD вY coNтAот W|тlJ AN

oBsТAоLЕ' тНE SPЕо|AL |NsPЕстloN PЕR сHAPтЕR 1o1. PAвAGRAPH
101-.13.1' sТЕP з' SHАLL вЕ ADD|т|oNALLY PЕRFoRMЕD.
1. lnspeсt pitсh |inks (2' fig. зз.1).

Whвra possib|a, lnsp6ct installed pitch Iinks for mgchaniсa|damage, оorrosion, сraсks (visual insPoction),
t damaged- surlace proleсtion and bearing p|ay per paragraph t3.7. lf the pormissib|о beаring p|ay is
l exceodad, remove bo|ts (a' iig. з3*3) and inspeсt thвm lor сraсks рer paragraph з}.16, step 7.-
2. Inspect bellcrank (1).

Whe16 possibIe' insPосt instalIed bel|сrank for mвсhaпicaldamage, corrosion, damaged suriaсe protвсtiоn
and bearing p|ay per рaragraph 33.11.
3. сheck {lapping hiпge operation.
a' |f tai| rotor hвad is moved about thв f|aррing aхis, the spheriсa| bоаring innвr rac6s (7, tig. 33-8) and
с|ose.to|6raпсё bo|t (4) must fo||ow the same motion. тhe sphsriсa| boaring oцtor races (5) must not
rotate In sympathy.
b' this is not the сase' romovё tail rotor head aосordIng to para. 33-14 and insp6сt sphoriоa| bearings Jor
|t
roughness' f|angвd bushlngs (6) for elongated bores. and с|ose.to|вranсe bolt (4) for damaged shank.
Reр|aсo damaged parts.
4. |пspoct tail rotor haad (5, fig. зз-1).

Where possib|e' iпsPect insta||€d tail rotor head lor оraсk6, m6оhan|ca| damagв, сorrosion and damaged
surfaсe proteсtion.
a. |f сraоks a16 suspeсted' dye-pвnetrаnlinspect аffoсted parls according to I\,IL.sтD-6s66. Discard

any
сraоked parts.
b. Repak other m6chanical damago and corrosion aоcordjпg to вЕM з01 or RЕM t08, as app|iоab|e.
с' тouch up damagod surface proteсtion oл aluminum a||oy b|ade mounting forks in aсоordance with
сhaptor 02.
5. Inspaоt tall rotor shаft (з1, fig. зз.5}.
a. Detach outboard boot (45) from sliding sl€ev6 (26). вefora inspocting for sсorвs, о|6an s|iding sцrfaс6
With dry c|eaning solvent (сM 201, 202 or опj| 217). Whore possiblв' visua|ly inspeоt tai| rotоr shalt in
insta|led position оracks and other meсhan|ca| damage and for oxcossive sсoring oi tho s||d|ng
surfaо6forsliding sleevg
'or s|ide bёaring. Rвр|ac6tai|rotorshaftW|th cracks. |i сrасks аre suspected, orthЬ
oхtent of aпy damage found is beli€ved to oхc6adthв damago Iimits defined in para.3з.21' ramove th€
driveshaft and inspsсt il thorough|y aсcording to para. 33.21'
b. |nspвсt sPhoriсa| bearings for p|ay. |f rаdiа| p|ay eхсeeds 0.l mm, rop|ace both spheriсal beariпgs
aоcording to para. з3.21, 6ven i' on|y one ot th€m eхhiblts €хоessive p|ay.
|f a spherical bearing is found lo eХhibit exсessivo p|ay, aсcomp|ish edditional action dвsсribвd in рarа.
з3.21,stoD.l.с.
сHAPТЕв 33 Rovision 18
Page 6
lilвв ttЕlIс0PтЕRs
},AINтЕNANсЕ l{ANuAL l.lвв . вo 105
c. ]nsPeсt gteel рlug (53) foт tight fit aпd сondition. Remove loose or
соrroded plug aпd rеplaсe with plastiс Plugs aссording tо para 33-21.
Inspect plastiс plug (53) for tight fit and danage, and inspeсt
sealing сonpound around р1ug edges for daIпage. Reрlaсe damaged plug
aссording to parа 33-21 and renew damaged sealant.
Where possible, inspeсt instаlled sliding sl.eeve (26, figure 33-5) for
сracks, deformation, mechаniсaI dаmage, сorrosion and damaged surfaсe
proteсtion. Inspeсt boots for darnage аnd seсurity.
a. Rep]aсe Craсked or deformed Pаrts acсording to рaragrарh 3з-23.
b. If сrасks are susPected, or it is believed that the extent of dаJпage
found exсeeds thе dаmage lj:пits defined in para 33-26, remove sliding
sleeve aвd iпspeсt it thoroughly aсcording tо para з3-26.
с. Polish out ninor dаnagе and final рolish with 400 grit abrasive
сloth' see para з3-26 for darпage limj-ts.
d. тouсh uр damaged surfaсe proteсtion aссording to сhapter 02.
e. Reр].aсe dаrnaged boоt or retighten loose boot. ]nsta]l outer boot (45)
to diлensions shown in fig. з3-17.
1, InsРeсt а11 attaching hаrdware fo! ploper loсking. If loсking deviсеs are
nissing, сheсk fo! specj.fied torque, сorreсting as necessary, and instа]l
loсking deviсes.
сheсk tail rotor shaft for рlаv'
speсiа] tool:
Runout сheсk deviсe 105-31702 W24
a. Remove tail rotor head and рitсh J.inks (refer to Рaragraрhs 33-14 аnd
55-b) .
b. Unsc'ew and renovе star knob (4, figure 33-2) frotтr indiсаtor suPPort
of ruпout сheсk deviсe 105-31702 W24 and renove swivel artlt t2) with
attaсhed dial indiсator (3) .
c. Baсk off tso adjaсent sсrеws on the tail lotor gеаrboх output drive
сover and use these to attaсh the diаl indicator suPPоrt (1) to the
gearbox.
d. Reinstalj. asseпbled dial indiсator and swivel arп on indicator

suPРort вo that the dial indiсаtor finger is positioned vertiсal}y on
Еhе shaft and is dерressed apрrox. 2 пEn, t'hen seсuгe in this position
by tightening the star knob.
B0 105
сI.IAPтЕR 33
Рaoe 7
!'1Bв I{EtIс0PтЕRs
}.tAINтENA}IсЕ }.{ANUA! мвв - пA 1nq
t
I
-t-
41ff-тrllг-
-ТT_Гl-TT
l Ii ltll r ii ;L
lll I -r_
t li= _ii
g
\ r_ _{t
tf- {l
\__
+0
I zso . 10 пrп
тhis djлension must be
maiпtained when using a
].oсally fabriсatеd runout
сheck device
1 Indiсator suрРolt
Swivel arm
J Dial indiсator
star kпob
r.igure 33-2 APPliсation Qf runout сhеck deviсe 105-31702 W24
e. },leaвure tail rotor shaft p1ay as followsl
1) Adjust dia} indiсator to show zero' then Pull tai1 rotor shаft
upwald аt its forked end with a force of aPprox ' 30 N аnd note
radial dispJ.aсement on dial indiсator. A max. of 0.3 ппn
.l i qn'] :.AmAnt ic rrarrnieciЬ.lд
2| If the liлit of play is exсeeded, re'nove tail roto! shaft

ассording to pala 33-20' and insрeсt bearing surfaсes (zones 2
and 4, fig. 33-12) for сondition and dimensional aссuleсy. Dапаge
and repair liпits аnd rework пeasures for the tail rotor shаft
аnd the hоlloн shaft arе given in fig. 33-12 and RЕl4 з0з resРeс-
tively.
3) If there is play in the hoLlolr shaft bearing seet, repair the
tail rotor gearbox асcording to RE,!'l 303
Rn 1nq
.l]l DтFD ?t
Pagе 8
ЕURoсoPтER г\{AINтENANOE мANUAL вo 105
f. Deleted
s. Reпove runout сheсk deviсе and lеtighlen both аttaсhlng bolts to

speсified torque load.
9. сheсk bаll bearing of sllding sleevе for roughnesg' notсhes аnd Play.
тo do so' remove bel].сrank (refer to PаIagraрh 33-10}, dеt'ach boot aпd
rotаte slidlng sleeve by hand.
Disсard beаrlng if roughness, notсhrs or plаy ls evidenL (refer to Pа!а-
grарhs 3з-25 аnd 3з-27} .
10. InsPeсL tall rotor blаdes ассording to сhаpter з4. Е'or iпspeсL{tn
lntеrvals aпd sсoPe of 1nspесtion lefer t'o сhaPter 101.
в0 105
сllAPтЕR 33
Revlsiоn 16 Page 9
ЕURocoPТER MAINтENANoЕ MANUAL вo1 05
33-5 P|тctl LlNKs

33 -6 ввmova| . pltсh ||nks
1 . Removo attасhing hardware (14' .15,

27, 28 and 29, figurв 3з-5).
2. Flemovg slop ring (,13) and pilоh |ink (3о) with lef|on Wаsher (42), if lnsla||вd.
з3 - 7 lnsрoсtlon and rёРalr. Pltоh ||nks

sрeоiaI tooIs:
Milling lool 105-31821 W4

мilling сuttor 105.13141 W3
Мi|ling tool rotainer 105-4000,l WI
slaking tool 'l
05-3'1821 w5
siaking lool 105-i з 141 W4
,1.
|пspeсt pitсh |inks for craсks, doformalion. meсhanlсаt damag6, сorrosioп and dаmagsd surlaоo
prot€сtion.
a' DisсаId pltсh links show|ng сrаcks and delormation.
b' Polish out m8сhaniсa| аnd сolrosio-n damage With polishlng clolh 400. Damage to|eranсe limits: A doрth
of 0.25 mm belore and 0.30 mm afler r€pa|r on max. to% of arsa'
о. Тоuсh yР damаged suгfaсg proteсtion with chem|cal сonversion matorial (сlvt 316) апd сoating |aсquer
(оM 402) in асordanс6 with chaDtsr 02'
l1A'сheсkpitсhlinks|or|oglbilityofP/N.|fPlNisl||egib|e,аpрly.Р/N105-31821',wlthWlpo-proo{paint.оhoоk
.tho
l for сorreсt сorre|alion of P/N to th€ pitch ||oks by moаsuring lho tota| tongth o| the pltоi1 links or distanсo
l from сentвr-lGtent€r of lhвir sphorica| bёar|пgs. corro|ation is сorrsct if tho total lвngth - 250.5 *0.5
l mm or thв distaпсe |rom сeлtor-tФ.centar of the sphorlсal boarings - 216 + o.5 mm.
2' оhoоk boar|ngs |or еxсessivo plаy' co(osion and binding. Pвrmissib|r рlay: radia| o.1 mm or aхial0.4 mm,
Whiсhsver oсcurs !irst'
Replaс6 bgaring аооordanсe to steр 3.. il any of th€ss сonditions aro found'
3. Fl6plac6mEлt ol b6arin9s,
a. Rвmovalof bealings
1) Mill otf outward staked poriion olout6r raсe of bgаring with milling tool 1O5-з1821 W4or
105-t э141 W3 and press out boaring (refer to сhaptor 02).
сHAPТER 33 Revision 16
Pag€ 10
jfeuroсopter MA|NтENАNсЕ I4ANUAL Mвв - вo 105
2) InsPeсt bore for mесhaniсаl 4nd сorrosiоn damage. Polish out any
LrcлlaчЕ wr Llr l,v
'.'r!ь t fJll jllУ
^^1iоhjnd л,1 atЬ 60fl
^^б.-^
Thе maximum pеrmissible boтe diamеtеrs arе 2З.02 шl аnd 17.47шn.
.. с1РР-Lj'LaJJ.Lе
aD rn..I i^rЬ]^ тhA /,]i^ЙAiAr mяr; Ьa u^gvЧJuЧ
,'tцJ !g .]уnдadдrl Ьv v.
0 |]?
v4 mm nn onо
quarter of thе сirсumfeтenсе. If thesе limits are ехсееded. re-
'J
рlaсe рitсh llnk.

b. Installation of bearlngs
]nsta11 bearings ассording to сhaрteI 02 using staking tooL retаiner
105-40001 Wl tоgethеI r'lith еithеr staking tоol 105-31.821 !!5 от
qtяkinо tоol ,]05-1з141 W4'
зз - 8 Insta1lation - pitс}r links
сAUT]0N тAкЕ сARE T0 ]NSтALL P]Tс}l I,INKS WIT}I T}iЕ сORRЕст D]l4ENsIONs
i.e. тriЕ PIтсtt LINKS T0 BЕ INSTALLЕD }4UsT HAvЕ AN ASSЕIцBLY
LENGтн (i.e.. сЕNтЕR-тO-CЕNтЕR 0!' BЕAR]NGS) 0Е 2].6 mm AND A T0TAI,
LЕNGTtl o!' 250 T0 251 пm.
1. Brush-сoat bolts (4 and 11' figure 3З-3) with сorrosion prevenlive

сompound (с},t 505) .
2. Еit p.tсh link (2) on bo].t (11)' followed by stoр ring (9) With сOnсave
-...^ll саsIlA г]lt qtrц
sjde !uu..lУ
oluu fяг{rс l.hо heаrl.- lll l,-LLLll
uLlu luu!-Lllg аnd гjohtёn
ur9rlLvr to
soecifiоd
oуuUf!д!ч tс'rol)P
!v lчB9 lhёn
LrrЧl l
qоr-'lrо with cnli. nin тf thР sD,1 it Drn cаг",]о. be
incArtA.] g!а! +hо
urru
qn^î
Jу9!дt fiA.l г.t..тrrё. r'qо а riiffеrеnt сasЕlе nut.
The.Tеf]on washеrs (З. fig. 33-З) shou]d always bе instal]еd'

еvеn if they !0erе not prеsent at' rеmoval. Thеy plеVеnt Lhe рitсh
link ends from сhаfing on thе с]evis lugs of Lhe sliding sfеeve.
З. ]nsert ot'her end of рiLсh link (2) betwеen thе сlevis lugs of the sliding
slееve togеthеr with TefLon asher (з). Insёrt bott (4) through the
aligned borеs and install сast]е nul (5) . Tighten сastle nut to sрeсifiеd
toтque аnd safety with sрlit pin (6) . If the sр]it pin сannot be insertеd
aL the speсified torque' use a differеnt castlе nut.
B0 105
сI]APTЕR з3
Pаgе 11
@euroсopter MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL MBв - Bo.|05
4.A
o.ro,. A
A lf,
o -{эщ
rг .,.\=
sвстroш A. B
1 c ]i n^ с,] 6^r'6 l сottеr рin
2 Pitсh ]inkî
B Castle nut
3 Tеf ]on washel 9 Stop ring
4 Bott 10 Pitсh сontro1 lever
5 сast}e nut 11 Bolt
6 a^f t^r ni n
Pitсh ]ink insta 11at ion
B0 105
сHAPTЕR зз
Y aaе Iz Revision I
€-uroсopter п/AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL МBв. вo 105
зз -9 вё11с ra nk
з3 - 10 Removal - bellсrаnk
1. Remove vertiсal fin fairing.
2. DeРеnding on сonfiguraiiоnl еit'her removе 1ookwire аnd sсrek,s (33' figure
3З-5) and remove bolt (32) With or without 0-ring (54), аs aрpliсаble, or
removе sPlit Рin (з6)' nut (з?) and sЕoР ring (з5).
з. Rеmove attaсhing hаrdwarе (40, 15 and 4]') and remove be]lсrank (з4) wit'h
atlасhed соntro1 тod (38) .
4. Remove attасhing hardware (49, 50, 51 and 39) and detaсh сontrol rod (38)
fIom bellсrank (34); seсцre ilee епd of сonlrol rod.
?? - ]1 тпс.A.ti^n яnrl rоaаir - hо].]гrяnk
sрeсial too]s:
мilling tool 105.з1781 W2
staking tool retainer 105-40001 l.l1
staking toоl 105.45З 61 lÎ3
si-aking tooL 105-з1?81 W6

Staking tool 105-42L21- W6
1. InsРeсt be]lсrank for сraсks' deformation, oLher meсhаniсal dаmage,

сorrosion апd damаgеd surfaсe ProЕесLion'
. a. Disсard be].Iсrank if сIaсks and dеlormalion are evidrnL.

b. Polish out meсhaniсal and сorrosion damage with polishing cloth 400.
Dаmаge toleranсe lj.mits: A depth of 0.45 шn before and 0.50 mm after
reоаir on mаx. З0t of areа.
c. тouсh uр damaged surfaсe РIoLeсtion Uith сhemiсal сonvеrsion maleIia}
(сl.1 з16) and сoating lаcщеr (с!.1 402) in acсordanсe wit'h сhaPter 02.
2. Chесk spheriсаl bearing for exсessive play, corrosion and binding.

Permissible play: radiаl 0.1 m:n.
Rep]aсe bеaring aссording to stер 4.r if any of Lhese сondit-ions exist.
з. сheсk bа}l bearings for сoodition аnd unrest'riсt'ed movement'. Reрlaсe

beаrings eхhibiting roughness' notсhes' сorrosion or evidenсe of сorro-
sion aссording t,o steP 4.
зA. тnsPeсt bolt (З2) for сraсks' meсhаniса1 darnage аnd сorrosion. Replaсe
сraсked bo1t. Polish out meсhaniсa] damage and сorrosion, using 400 grit
аbrasive сlolh.
^n1!l l(Jr t,)uJ.L w-rLll u-rtng:
urray .^я }.^1+ i'i }ь '
^-
зв. Insрeсt O-ring (54) for danage, аnd rер]aсe аs neсessary.

B0 105
сHAPтЕR зз
Revision I Pagе 13
EURoсoPтЕR MAINтENANсЕ MANUAL вo .l05
4. tleр|acament of bearings
a, Flemovalof bearings
.1)
Piасe bellсrank on base p|ate of milllпg tool P/N 105.з1781 W2 so that the pilot рin of the
appropriate boaring support fits |n th€ boro of tho bearing to be removвd (re,or to сhaрter 02).
2) Мil| ott staked |ip ol boaring outer race or bushing With the apрropriato cutters.
3) Prоss out bearing or bearing togeth6r With bushing' Whiсhover is aррliсаblэ.
4) lnsPeсt bore for meсhaniсa| damage and сo.ros|on. Po|ish out damaga With PoIishing о|oth 600 i|
necessary.
тhe maximum рermissible boro diamвters are 35.025 mm, 23.826 mm and а2.02.l mm
respeоtively. тhey may be oxоeeded by 0.02 mm on ono quаrter of the bor€ сirсum'erenсe.
Fleplace be||сrank if abov6 limits aro oxсeёded.
b. |пstallation o{ bеarings
Insla|l beariпgs, аs desоribed in сhaptвr 02' With stak|ng tooI rэtainer 10s-40001 Wl together with ei
1herstakjngtool 105.45з6'1 W3orstaklng too| 105-з1781 W6 or 105-42121 W6.
зt-12 lnstal|аtion - вt|lcrаnk
41. вrush.оoat bo|t (39' fig. 33-5)' pivot pin (43) and' depending on s|iding s|6ev6 configurat|on, either bolt (з2)
and sоrew (з3) or mounting stud (44) With сorrosion preventivs compound (сl.I 505).
|f bolt (з2) With o-ring (54) is installed' insort bolt (32) dry.
2, |nsla]l contro| rod (38) on b6l|сrank (34) (seв fig. tt.s).
lnstalt b€|lогаnk (з4).
a. сonfiguration l:
With the sliding s|eove pushed to thё extrema outboard po6ition, instal| bo||сrank oп pivot pin (4з) o' taiI
rotor transmlssion and then position it lor attaсhment With bo|t (32) to the mating surfaсo on thв s|iding
sleovo. InstalI bo|t (з2) with orwithout o-ring (54), as app|iсab|e, and sacure With sсrows (33). тghten
sоrewsto torqu6 va|u€s shown |п flguro t3-5' and safetyWith |oсkwi16.lnstal|Washor (41)and nut ('15) on
pivot pin (4з} and tight6n nut to torquo loads shown in 33.5. Installsр|it pin (4o).
'ilgure
b. оonfiguration l|:
Position bellcrаnkon pivotpin (43) arrd mountiпgstud (44)' lnsta|tstop |lng (35)and пUt (37)on mouпting
stud (44). тlghten nut and securo With sр|it pin (86). |nsta||Washer (41) and nut (15) on pivot pin (4з).
.T.]ghten
nut and sвсure with sp|it pin (40). seo ligur9 33-5 lor torquв |oads.
Insta|l vortiсal f in fairlno.
оHAPтЕR Flovision 17
Pago 14
I.lвв ttЕ],IеoPTЕRs
},!AINтЕNANсЕ l,1ANU.Al },lвв - в0 105
??-1?тэi.|r.^t^rЬA!d
з3 . 14 Removal - taiI rotor head
1. Remove tail rotor blades and рitсh ].inks (refer to paragraphs 34-3 and
JJ-O'.
2, Using a felt-tip Рen' сolor-сodе head of сIose-toleranсe bolt (21, figure

3з-5) to side of inner sleeve |22\ on whiоh it is зeated, and mark its
position relative to the tail roto! shaft/ so that the bo1t сan be relo-
сated in the sarпe Position when tail rotor head is reinзtalled; inserting
thе bolt from thё opposite side will resu}t in an out-of-bа].аnсe сondi.
taon.
3. Remove atLaсhing hardware (24, 23 and 21), detach tai1 rotor head.
4, Using a felt-tip pen, сolor-соde buзhing flange, beariпg outer raсe, and
faсe of innet rаce on the outboard side of еaсh of thё fork arms of the
tail rotor shaft (use а diffеrent сo1or for eaсh sidе} . This enаb]es
thеir original positions andl consequentIy' original diпension A (seе
fig. 33-8) to be restored when the tail roto! head is reiпstalled.
Еigure 33-4 shows in exaggelated form eхamples of pоsвible asУпEoetliсal
sрheriсa} bearing instatlatj.on. тhe dimensions of outer and inner raсes
are identiсal iп а11 four саses.
NoтE Cases 2 and 4 illustrate the сhange iп the еxtent оf projeсtiоn of

the inner raсe from the outer raсe when the inner тaсе is rotated so
tha! the inboard faсe of the inner raсe is reРositionеd to the
outboard side.
2\ .yr..r.y d"u'"r,on
сase 2 сase 3
qt.rЬAri
Â
'] ЬA!t.i n.! Spheriсalbearing Spheriсаl bearing Spheriсаl beariig.
inner аnd outer innоr iст:га nlriar rяna iс inneт and outer
ri^6с этa el''n- not s}ErEпetriсal not slrrmnetriсаI raсes are not
matriâl li.laal s]ппnetrica1
aгindi t i nn\
Е'i9ure ЕхaпPlеs of as!птnetriсal installation of

spheriсal beаrings вo 105
с}IдPTЕR зз
Pagе 15/16
р
Г;l
l=l
|т|
f fр1
<Ц]
l-l
--т.
зв
lzl
+l
I
н3 l?l
TI
lt/,
Irol
(\J --т-.
Y |
/r/
у1
.I
*
lzl
t.ol
l,j' l lzl
l?l
lФ|
E
iUJ
J4
б
_1
Р
Чr
(,д
..1
{)
Д tr бр
Ф c .б Ф 5 oр
A4 ! o
o дtл +,oo
сод o
ё o lr ]dЁ
.-ё
д4 6'A d д Ё
.Fl .|J Ё tr..| ..i B..i Ut.б ..l
оr .-] o d.ioi -o oi о.Ё rr! a.
н l.l tr tlЕ .ri (вl.| ! ! trl
{J ,с BO р rr РФo.]Jрoб Фр с,Ф Ё
.n .р O -l -lJ Ф гl o].r| .]J р..| д.-,] o A д o д..l д.{ b]..i
'-l р -{ +J -rl r-l !rl o.l .lJ Ё Fi -{ o Ч.r > 5рдр or.lр Ф t,р }r
Qэ о..l lбooФ.рarFoopr.б0)-.1 o5Ё5(6a.5.бcrl
Ф z Ф o1 н Еq И Ф U, сл 2 L) ф (,/2 B F{ fu Е o |.'{ 2 B o 2 B 4 A. o
I
г. сo о1 a ri.!.о чl tо (o г' оo ol O Рl N (' <l lо \o г* ф o\ о n N.r) чl

с\ N бt (fl сt.n (f' (ft r. lr) (.) (Y) с) чlr чr st sl lt Y <t| s <r <f Lо lл Ф Ф lо
,Zr
-sJ -
-.1
\
- н
Ф
{.)
-l -_l O'
1JФ .s4.lJ Ф
A4 ,-l rr o-l o7
}r oс) o .-i tr
lr.r Ф v'
н
р orд
'б E
ц'
|Е.Flttt
Ё о
р| н
.?з а\ d
Ф fooЕ lвo lll Ф
tiЕ(б (.) lr>
..{ рФrr> р(,
р
д(d0)
яo >;
Ad
(l)- сr o Ч.l
Ф
-Р
5 е с oJ б .i Фtr Е Ё э.l Ф ё o |,
]J
o ..|..l .р o -{ с..| .rl ..] a)o-l ..| р ЕB

lr tн lJr'ч ч.:х н
цr .в .-.r
\ ..l д F{зн
'dФ б ч-{
зФ .сн
Ф]J рo
РЕ
ul oэ
с,
a
tf
t' Е..| q,
Ч
o
.с
{Jco ..{р н нo
.|J oн\-^ oэ .iJ
+) (/, н Р
ъq, (6!A.() ..| 5 o a
дolrрr ёп lв o
"r.'| рF{ r-l
o ^.r| чi .А
\.| .J l...l сo ч.,l ,J q-{
.'l aJ(' o l
€ trЕ ..1
o
q, нРblр
pФЕ -og(.)Ei o(,
o. Ё..l н н н Ф
Ф ..l рr
Ф l.. {J o o (,)оo
f{ o tr '.-. д o)4 г.l
l.rIA.с,:зoФ.рr.rЬl
(r) ltloo
о Grrorr o.n
ft] (n ЕнЧr [ц (n
=iвЕ-
o o9 5РgiчPт
lll
l..]
--1
ПrПll lу> /
l l\Rl l..лl
-.-
ч ]Рl :;э^hn.
u ГyJi=
i
tJ
,(
ЗЫwд:Д"J
*14
,(
""-l{\
I
g '1
I
-'r
|Е|
I
г ry lzl
I
N l?l
I t l-l
.
--*\\ \
.*-->_\
* т\-
J"-*:i\.
l\J
Ч ь\.,
мвв. вo
@".,',o.oрteг II'A|NтЕNANсE ]I,IANUAL 105
зз - 15 Disasseпфly - tail rotor head
1. InsPeсt' tail rotor hеad for Plаy between inne! s}eeve and blаde mounting
forks aссording to paraglaPh зз-16, step 1., рrior to its disassembly.
2. I.{аrk installation loсаtion of b]аdе tпountinq forks le]-ativе Lo innеr
sJ.eeve,
з. Removё аttaсhing hardware (3r 2 and 8, figure зз-5) and pull blаde moun-
ting fork (1) and laminаted straP paсk (20) in LhaL ordеr from inner
slеeve (22 ) .
4. Remove hardware if instа].]ed' 48 аnd 52) to disсon-

(18' 19, 10. 9 and,
пeсt сontrol lever (11) from blade mounting fork (1) onl.y if required for
repairing сontrol ]ever оr blаde mounting fork'
5' Reпove balanсe weight's (16) from сontrol lever (11) on]y if rеquired for
repair work. Prior to rепoval reсord the installatioп рosition of t'hе
balanсe wеights.
з3 - 16 Inspeсtion and repair . tail roLo! head
1. сheсk blade mounting forks for play wlth respeсt to inner slеeve.
a. сlamP inner s}еeve (2' figure 33-6) and аttaсhed blade mounting foтki
(3) in a soft,-jawed visе.
b. Position dial gauge (1) on lst meаsuring point' and Lake reаding whilё
manually noving b}ade mounting fork up and down. Rotatе blade moun-
ting fork 90o by hаnd and tаke anotheI reading.
Repeat above Proсedure at 2nd пeasuring Poin!.
If play exсeeds 0'2 mm, repalr tai] rotor head in aсcordanсe with *
RЕ},1 301 or Rв!.t з08. *
B0 105
сI{APTЕR зз
Revision 9 Page 21
Q.u-оoptег lvtAlNтЕNANcЕ мANUAL il|Bв. Bo 105
1' мaазU.lng po|nt 2. м!8.qrlщ Po|nl
1 Dial gauge
2 Inner sleeve
5 вladе mount ing fork
Е'igure 33.6 меasuring the play between blade mounЕing fork and inner slееvе
2. Inspесt alutninum al]oy b].ade mounting fork for стасks.
N0тЕ сrасk insРeсtion of the blаde mounting fork does not require
prior removаI of thе сontrol lever.
a. visually insрeсt zonе ]' figure 3З-7 for сraсks. Dlsсald

п^llnl- i ап fork if there is evidenсе of сraсks.
b]аde
B0 105
сttAPTЕR з3
Pagе 22
ЕURocoPтER мA]NтENANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
NoTЕ To avoid damaging the тeflon }ining of Lhe beаring

bushinqs, сlean the blade mounting fork ыlth l.lЕK
solvent {CM 217 ) only.
h ],Iask sliding surfaсes of beаrlng bushing with masking tape (с}4 609}
сlean blade mounttng fork wilh !'{ЕK solvent (CM 21?) .
Insрect zone 2 for сracks only when the b1ade mountlng fork
has been removed from the inner slеeve. Е'or removаl and
inspeсtion sсhеdu]es, refer to сhaptеI 101, Inteшediаt'e
Insресt1oпs.
d. hspесt blade rпount'ing fork for оraсks in zones 2 and з in figure
3З-7. using dye penetrant method рer I'4It-sтD-6866. E.or this рurpose'
the flanged bushings neеd not be removed. Dlscатd blade mounting fork
if сIaсks are evident.
e. с1eаn b]ade mounting foIk аqаin with l'!Ек |сIn 2I1) aпd removе the
masking taрe.
Zane 2 Zonе 3
Еigure 33.7 Insрeсtion for сrасks - а}uminuп alloy blade пounting fork
в0 105
сIiAPтЕR 33
Pаge 23
EURoсoPгER l'AlNтЕNANcЕ ]V|ANUAL вo 105
з. Insрeсt individual comрonents of tail rotor hоаd fоr сraсks, deformation'

meсhaniсa] dаmаge, сorrosion аnd weаr.
. рah I r.. ёt,|'k.|.1 .lAf rt, r} с
^r îrriA.i
b. If пeсhаnj'cal dаmage and signs of сorrosion are deteсtеd, insресt

affесted рart in aссoтdance t{ith RЕм 301 or REМ 308 аnd рerform the
instrцсtions desсribed therein. ,
с. Perform dimensiona] сheck of а11 f].anged and bearing bushings in

aссordanсe w1th REl,l 301 or RЕM 308.
d. Restore damаged surfaсe рroteсtion aссording to сhаpter 02.

* 4. Inspeсt с1ose.|oleranсe bo]t (21, figure 33-5) aeсording to Pаrаgraph
'. 3з-21.
* 5, Inspeсt сlose.tolerance bolL (8' figure 33-5) :
* a. сlose-toleranсe bolt withoцt so].id film lubriсаnl сoat (gas nitrlded)

1) InsРeсt bolt shank for meсhaniсal damаge, сorrosion, wear and
defoтmаtiorr.
a) Еliminate minоr meоhaniсal damage and freЕt'ing сorrosion

using рolishing сlolh 600.
b) Cheсk dimenslon of shank diаmeter. тhe minimшn permissibte
shаnk diameter ls 11.98 nm'
с) Reрlace close-tole!аnсe bolt if deforrnеd.
2| visually insPeсt t'hrеad of the сlose-t'olerance bolt for damage.

Е1iminat'e minor thread dаmаge. Thrёad damagе is реrmissib]e on
30t of thо thread. Provldёd the thrёаded seсtion сап be easily
sсrewed in by hand.
* b. сlose-to]eranсe bo1t сoated With solid film ]ubriсant (P/N
* 105-з1?з91.12).
* 1) Insрeсt bolЕ shank for d'efolmationl meсhaniсal
* сondition of solld film ]ubrirant' сoaL.
dаmаge аnd
* a) Rер]aсe deformed bolt.

* b) Polish out meсhanical damаge suсh as lndividual sсores' niсks
* and sсratсhes that extend thlough the solid fi]n lubIicаnt
* сoat and penetratе the base metа]/ using 400 glit abrasivе
* с}ot'h.
* с) тhe so]id fi]m lubriсant сoat mav be worn down to the basе
* meta], on the entire сoatеdsurfaie. Polish out sсores, niсks
* and sсratсhes in thё so1id film ]ubriсant сoаt' цsing
* grit abrasive сloth. тhe diameter of the bo]t shаnk
400
ihall not
* be ]ess thаn 11.9? rrЕп.
вo 105
снAPтЕR 3з
Page 24 Revision 12
Q..,.coptвг мA|NтЕNANoE I,ANUAL вo 1o5
'..:' ..
2) vlsual|y inspec't thr€ad of th€ dosФ.to|eгапоэ bоlt damagg. Е|iminаto minor thrg8d фmage
тhroad dаmщo i3 p€rпissib|э oп з0 уo ol tho thread' 'orprovld€d tho throadod sвсtion сап be gаji|r
sсf6w6d in bу hand.
lп8pect clotФto|€гаnс€ boft с/' з3-б):

'igurв
a. Closo.toleвnco bolt without solid fllm lubгicenl сoat (nickeф|ateФ.
1) Vlsually iпspeсt bolt shаnk for meсhaniсa|dаmago, сhipp€d or рooliпg nicke| plating aлd doformа.
tion:
a) Using po||shing cloth 40си600, romovo maсhanica! damаgg to bolt shank whiсh imраirs the
oasв of iпsta||at|on ol с|oвo-to|€renсэ bolt. Ensure that the пickol p|ating ls not removod фwn
to th€ Ьaз6 matёria|.
b) R6p|aсe dФФ.to|oraлce bolt i| niсk6| р|аt|пg is фippвd or pr€|ing, or i| bоlt iз deform€d.
2) visцаlv insр€сt throad o' dos+.{ol6raпсo bolt dаmago. Е|imiпаtв miпorthrваd damage. Тhreаo
damаga is P€rmissiblo on з0 уo o' the throad' provided
'or tho thrвadod soсtion cаn bo oаsi|y sсrвwod
in by hand.
b. сlosФtoleranсo bolt сoаted with sоlid li|m |Ubriоaпt (P/N 10fr17з91.11).
1) lnspoсt bo|t sheпk lor ф'ormatioп' moсhаn|cаl darпаgg and оoпditioп of so|id fi|m |Ubricant сoat.
a) R6p|aс6 de'ormod bolt.
Ь) Polish out moсhaлk'a| daпаg6 sUф аs indlv|dua| sсоros, nicks aлd sсratсhog lhat oxtвno
through tha so||d fi|m |ubricant coat and peпetrаto th€ baso m€tа|, using 400 grit фrаsiv6 c|oth.
c) тhe зo|id |uЬriоаnt сoat mey b6 wom down to tho bas6 mэtаl on th€ sntirо coated surfаce.
sоor6s, niоks aпd sсfatфas ln th6 solld film lubriоаrt coat' using 4oo grit фrasivo
Po||sh out'ilm
o|otл. тh6 diametar of thв bolt shank shall not ba |€ss thаn 1 1 . 97 mm.
2) vьual|y insp€сt thread o' closФtolo'anc€ bolt for dа'nagв. E|lmiпаt6 miпorthrsad daпagr. тhr6аd
damаgo is pormЬsiblo on з0 % of lho thrrad, provid€d tho throed€d s€Gtion oaп ьв eаsily sсrвwed
in by haпd.
.,
|nspосt bolt (29' liguro 3н):
NoтЕ |пsPcсt for сradG only l,f rщuirod per parаgrарh 3$4' st€p .l.
a. |nsр€d boa shалk for сraсks, dolormstion, mgсhaпica| dаmag6' coпoзion and w6аr.
сraоk insр€сt р6r фo pопotaпt м|L-sTtж866 or magп€t|c pаrtlоto мlL-sтD-1949 mothod.
1) R6рlас€ cгaсkad or doformod bolt.
2) Flomovo minoг moоhаniсаl damago and оorrosion with 600 grit фrasivo c|oth.
3) Dimonslonelly cheсk diamэtor o' thаnk. тho minimum a|lofфl6 shалk diamotвr is 7.90 mm.
b. visuelly inзp€ct bott threadg for damago. Romovo miпorthroad damage. Throаd dsmago is porm|sзib|в
-
onз0 %o'thothгoad аreа, Provided tho Ьo|t сan bo sсrowEd iп oasi|' by hаnd.
нovisioп 20 снAPтЕR 33
Pagв 24A
:
:iiiiii::ji::::;tt: ЕUнoсoPгЕR мA|NтЕNANOЕ I\'ANUAL вo 105
3з - 17 Assembly - t'аil rotor head

qrâîrl ]. .
^^'1
Ьu].сe sJ.eеve II /.Jl.|lJ WI
N0тЕ Tаke сare Lo use the bаlanсе weights and сontrol levers asslgвed to
the partiсular tai1 roto! blades (refer to тPс) .
1. If РIevioцs]y removed, reinstall сontrol lеver (11. figure ЗЗ.5). Coat

аLtaсhing bo]ts (9) t{ith сorrosion preventive сompound (сl.t 505} . Inst'а].l
сontrol ]еver (11) on b1аde mounting fork (1) with bolts (9) , washers
(10) and. dePending on t'he configuration, washers (48) аnd ang]es (52).
тighten nuts (19) to speсified tolqцe load and safety },.ith sPlit Pins
(18).
2' If prevlously reпoved. reinstall balanсe weighls (].6) on сontro]. leve! to

the Position leсorded at disassembly and sесure with sPlit' Plns (17) .
3. Apply a thin сoаt of сorrosion рreventive сompound (см 508) to visible
laminates of laminated gt'rap paсk (20) .
4. Inst'all laminated st'raР paсk (20) in inner sleeve {22) so that bores in
latnlnаted strap Pack align wlth bores in innеr sleeve.
5. Insert сlose-toleranсe bolt (21) Loget'her wlth guide sleeve 11?.3171З W1
to rigidly fix Lhe assernbly.
6. slide blade mountlng fork (1) over inner sleeve (22) . The рitсh link
сonneсt'ing bo}t on the сont.rol lever must be loсat'ed in the eхtension of
t'he flapping hingе ахis (refеr to figure 33.5) .
* . сoaЕ
If a bolt (8) нithout a solid filtп lubriсапt сoаt is installed, lightly
]. '1
bo1t shаnk with gЕease (с!.4 10l. с}t 102 or с!.t 120) . сorrosion Prevеn.
* tive сompound (с}l 505) or lubrlсant (сl4 146}.
* Do not }ubriсate new
* ]ubriсant (сl'4 146) tobolt cоated tJlth solid film lubriсanL. APply
prеviously installed bolt сoated with so1id fitm
* ].ubriсant '
Inst'al] bo]t in Positton shown in fig. 33-5. гit nut (2) and tishten
unt'i] iЕ is seаt'ed' then baсk off or аdvanсe it to nealest split Pj.п
hole. Do not' eхсeed max. torgцe load of 8 Nm. Safety nut with split
рin (з) .
8' Reпove с].ose-to1eranсe bolt (21} and unsсrew gulde sleeve 117-з171з W1.
B0 105
сIIAPTER з3
Pagе 24B Revision 12
€гнrwoptег MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
33 18 |nsta||ation . tai| rotor heаd

-
specia| tools: Measuring deviоe for tai| rotоr shatt fork 1o5-з17o2w23
Pressing-in and pushing-out tool 105-3'1 702 W4
Guide sleeve 117-31713 W1
NoтE |f the оenter of gravities of the tai| ro.tor drive shatt and of the tаil rotor head do not align,
there is the рossibility оt Vibration. ob.ieоt of the adjUstment of the distanсe between the
spherica| bearings is to minimize vibrations. тhe bushings (2, figurё 33-B) ofthe taiI rotor
head are not adjustable, so the distanоe ofthe spheriсalbearings is adjusted by the means
of addition or removаlof shims (8). тhe inner dimension of thetaiI rotor shaft fork (distanсe
''A', figure зз-8} is influёnоed by these shims. тhe target of this proсedure is to matоh the
measure ''A'and the outer dimension of thetailrotor head (distance,'в'') (B-A <0.05 mm).
NoтЕ Adjustment of the distance of the sрheriсa| bearings is only necessary, if:
- vibrations are to be reducod,
- рarts are not installed in exaсtly the same position again,
the tai| rotor drive shaft have been reр|aсed.
- parts of the tai| rotor or of.A''
The сheсking of distanсes and ''в'' is strongly rscommended.
,1. Press the spherical bearing outer rings fu|!y into the tail rotor shaft fork, using pressiпg-in too| 1o5-з1702
W4 (see paragraph 3з-21).
2. |пsta|| measuring deviсe 105-3'1702 W23 as fol|ows:
a. Disаssemb|е measuring devico.
b. screw measuring Washer {5, figure 33-9) on |oсating bott (1) fu||и then Unscrew by 1/4 turn.
с. |nstal| |oоating bo|t (1) to the sрheriсa| bearings of the tаiI rotor shaft fork. Doing so, instal| measuriпg
f|ange (2)' adjustabte s|eeve (4) and measuriпg flange (з).
d. InstaI| measuring wаsher (5)on knur|ed nut (6)fuI|y, then unsсrew by 1/4turn.
e. InstalIknur|ed nut (6)to the locating bo|t (1)fingertight' sothat apossible beаring Play and а рossib|ePlay
between sрheriсa| beariпg аnd measuriпg deviсe is пo |onger notiсeab|e.
f. Тurn both mоasuring Washers (5) Untilthey seat fu||y to the outer faсe of the tai| rotor shatt fork (7).
g' тurn аdjustable sleeve (4) until measuring flanges (2, з) seat tul|y against spheriсa| bearing.
Revisiоn 24 сHAPтЕR 33
Page 25
(Эянярoрtег lлA|NтЕNАNcЕ |ViANUAL Bo 105
з
з|
1 lnner sleeve 5 sрherica| bear.ng outer rаce

Bushang 6 Elushing
Forked end of tail rotor shaft sphedоa{ bearing iпner rаce
с|osв-tо|eraпce bo|t Shims
Figure t3-8 Аdjustment of distanов betweon speriоal bearings
NoтE Aftor the adjustment proсedurё distanсe 'A'' must be equa| оr аt besl 0.05 mm less thaп
distance ''в''. тhe differenоe of ''X1'' and ''Х2'' (''Y.l '' аnd ''Y2'' respeоtive|y) must be 0'025
mm or less.
з. Determine |oсation and numbвr of shims (8' flgure 33-8) as follows:
a. Det€rmins distanсs ''B'' (s€afigur€ 33-8) with a miоrometer gauge or a siip сallper With a dial gauge.
b. oetermine distanоe ъ'' with a micrometergaug€ ora s|ip сaliperwith adia|gauge. lfthe meаsuriпg de.
viоe 105-31702 W23 is insta||ed' the distаnce'A,cаn be measured from outer surfaоe to surfaоe ofthe
measuring flanges (2, 3, figure 33-9).
о. Determinedistanсes'x1'and ''x2'' (flgureз3-8). тhedistаnсe is measured fromoutersurfaсe of tailrotor

shafl foгk (з) to thв inner rаce (7) ot the spheriсal bearing. |f measuring deviоe 105-31702 W23 is
insta||ed, the distаnсes ''Y1''and'Y2'are to be detormined (seefiguretз-9). Both meаsurirrg flangоs (2,
з) asWellasboth meаsuringWashers (5) have th€ samethickness. тhвy aretheгэlole subtracted auto.
mаtiсally dUring the cа|culation of eccentriсity.
d. subtract distanсe 'A' from distance ''B''' тhe residualVa|ue must be between 0 mm and 0.05 mm.
B- А= 0!06ф mm (= Rеsiduаl Vаluе АB)
|fthe residua| va|ue is nфativo, remove sphericа| beаrings (see pаragraрh 33-21), remove shims апd
install sрheriсаl bearing (see paragraрh 3з- 2.t ). сontinue With step a.
сHAPтЕR з3
Pago 26 Flevision 24
(Эрнярoрtеr MAINтЕNANсE MANUАL вo 105
5 мeasuring Washer
1 Loсating bolt з N4easuring flange 6 Knurled nut
2 Measцring flange 4 Adjustable sleeve 7 Forked end of tаi| rotоr shaft
Figure 33-9 App|iсation of measuring deviоe 105-31702 W2з
e. subtrасt distaпоe''x2'' from ''x1', (usethe greaterdistanсe as,'Х1'') or ''Y2''from "Y1''. тhe residua|va|ue
must be between 0 mm аnd 0.025 mm.
Xl. _ X2 = 0|f,oъ mm (= Rеsidцal Value XWZ)
f. |t both values are With jn the |imits, сoпtinue With steр 5, e|se сalоu|ate the noсessary shims as fo||ows:
1) Divide ''Residuа| Va|ue Aв'' by 2 (value'AB'').
ag =
Rеsiduаl llаlue АB
2) Divide 'Residuа| value x1х2' by 2 (va|ue ''xl Х2).

n _ RеsiluаI Vаluе
2
X1Y2
"-'
3) Determiпe the number of shims on ''X1'' side:
--, _АBu.u/)+ х1х2

mm
Tho va|ue in front of the dot is equa| to the number of 0.025 mm thiсk shims. For eaсh two 0'025
mm thiоk shims Use one 0.05 mm .thiоk shim.
p^аa
'7
MAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL Bo 105
{Эрнжрopteг
I
.'Х2"
4) Detormins ihe numbы ol shims on side:
АР
мхz = ^:,хю
mm
\t.\|zJ
тh€valus in tront of the dot is equа| to the nцmber of 0.025 mm thiоk shims. For eaсh two 0.025
mm thiоk shims Use one 0.05 mm thiсk shim.
5) Press out the spheriоa| bearings (see paragraph 33-2.l) and add or remove shims aссording tothe
calсu|ations {or.NХ1'' and ''NХ2'. Press in sphвrical bearing (sea paragraрh з3-2-1).
6) Repeat steр 3. (a. to f.) unti|thova|ues arewithin the tolrraпсe range' Ifthetoleranсe range cannot
ba fu|lfi|вd' turn sperica| bearings inside оut. |fthis stil| does not Work, instal| new sрerica| boarings.
4. ЕxamD|e:
тhe way to deterrnine the number of shims is to be eхp|ained with the fo|lowing eХamрle. тhe values аre
assumod as follows:
a' Distanсo,'A' 94.84 mm Distanсe ''E}'' 95.29 mm

Distanсe ''X,1'' 30.30 mm Distanоe
.'X2''
30.28 mm
b. subtraоt distапоe ''A,from distanоe ''в'':
Residцal VаlцeАB = B_А = 95.29 mm _ 94.84 rnm _ 0'45 mm > 0.05 mm
sUbtraсt distanсe,'x2'' from distаnоe ''xl '':
Rеsitluаl Valце X1X2 = X\ - X2 = 30.30 mm _ 30.28 mm = 0.02 mm
o. Divide ''Residual Value Aв'' and ''Residual va|ue x1Х2'' bv 2:
ng RеsИuаI УаIце АB _ 0.45-mm

= = o.225 mm
у1a2 : Rеsi'dцаl VlIце X|Х2 = 0'0Цnm = 0.01mm
e. Determine number of shims (fоr 0'025 mm thick shims):
NхI =
А-P=!!1х2 =
U-|]z5 mm
0.225
чц+ !x1l1Ц.
U.Ul5 mm
9.?^32nm
= U-Uzэ mm
: n.o
му-l = 4L:=.X]x2 _ 0'225 mm _ 0.0L mm mm _

0.025 mm 0.025 пm - 0.215
0'025 mm
9
^
The ca|cu|ation shows thatforthe ''x1'side a number of nine 0'025 mm thiсk shims (orfour0.05 mm thiсk
shims aпd one 0.025 mm thick shim) aпd torthe ''X2" side eight 0.025 mm thiоk shims (orfour 0.05 mm
thick shims).
{. Тhe valцes аfterthe dоt are:

NXt :0.4 * 0.025 mrn = 0.0L0 mm
NX2 :0.6 * 0.025 mm = 0.0L5 mm

тhe sum ofthe Va|Ues after the dot is 0.025 mm and therefore within tho toleranсe range.
g. After inserting the shims' tho distanсes'A''' ''B'', ''Х1"' and ''x2'' hаVe to be measured again and the cal.
сu|ation has to be repoated With tho newvalues.
OHAPTЕR 33 Ftevision 24
Page 28
(Эрнr"яoрteг IлA|NТЕNANoЕ МANUAL вo'105
5. |nstall tail rotor head to the tai| rotor shаft tork as fol|ows:
а. |nstal| tail rotor ыades (refer to paragrаph 34-5).
b. cheсk if static balancing of the tail rotor head is necessary (reler to paragraph 33-з).
с. |пsta||guide s|eeve 117-31713 W1 lo the сlose.to|erаnоe bo|t (21, figure зз-5).
d. тreat c|ose-to|eranсe bo|t (21) prior instal|ation as follows:
1) Nickel-plated or gas-nitrided close-toleranсe boIt:

Aррly a thin laУer ot grease (сt\,l 1 01 сtvl 1 02 or сl{1 1 20) or оorrosion рreventive comPоund (оlrl
'
505) or |ubriсant (с|\,4 146) onto оlose-tolerance bo|t.
2} c|ose.to|erаnсe bolt сoated With so|id film |ubriсant:
a) Do not |ubriсate a new c|ose-toleranсo bo|t сoated With so|id fi|m |ubriсant.
b) c|ose-toleranсe bolt whiсh was previous|y installed:
- if so|id fi|m is damaged, inspeсt c|ose-to|erance bo|t in aооordanсe With Paragraph 3з_21 ,
- аPply а thin |ayer of lubriоant (cM 146).
e. Positioп taiI rotor heаd and iпstа|l о|ose-to|eranсe bo|t (21) aсcording to its markings.
l. Remove guide s|eeve .!17-з1713 W1 and insta|l nul (23) hand tight.
g. Torque пut (23) to 10 Nm and аlign with рiп holeto insert split pin. Тhe maХimum torque Value of 16 Nm
must nol be exceeded.
h. cheоk tlapping hingвfunctiоn (reier to paragraph зз.4, step3.).
i. seоure nut (23) with sp|it pin (24)
j. lnstal| pitch |inks (refer to рaragraph 33-8).
k. вalanсe tai| rotor dynamiсal|y (refer to chapter '107-з).
вevis|oп 24 снAPтER 33
Page 29
@..,..oвt-. MA|NтЕNАNoE MANUAL вo 105
B|-.ANK PAGЕ
)
сHAPтER 33
Page 30
(Эрнн"Oрteг |V!А|NТENANоЕ I{ANUAL Bo 105
з3 - 19 таil rotor shаft
з3 - 20 Removа| - tail rotor shaft

.134
speоia| too|s: oil drаin hose assy 1х56 519
Puller 1x56 122 276
soсket Wrenсh 1x56 131 404
soоket Wrenсh 1х56 1з1 405
Pushing-out deviсe 117-з1706 W1
1. Remove pitch links, be|lcrank and assembled tai|rotor heаd and blades (refer to рaragraPhs зз.6,3з-,10
аnd 33_14' respeсtive|y).
2. Drain oi| trom tai| rotor gearbox (refer to Pаragraрh 32-9).
3. Disсonneсt boot f.om tail rotor gearbox.
4. Remove screws (9, figure 33-.t0) andwashers (8) and detaсh сobr (6). Disсаrd o-ring (7).
5. Remove loсkiпg p|ate (2) with pu||er 1x5в 122276.
6. Fiemove screw (5, LH th.ead) from tail rotor shаft (4) With soоket Wrenоh
,1x56
1з1 405. Disсard o.riпg
(з).
7. Unsrew shaft nut (1}from hol|ow shaft ('l0) With soсket Wrenсh 1x56 131 404.
Г;г: s5ТЛ_
I Shaft nut
Loсkiпg p|ate
O-ring
l?oъйЪ 5
тaii rotor shaft
Screw
6 Cover
7 о-ring
108 Washsr
Screw
10 Hollow shaft
я
;'
A,
Гв:юnйЪ o
Fiqure з3-10 Тail rotor shaft removaI аnd insta|lation
Page з1
(Эгнярoрtег MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 1o5
\
8' Press tai| rotor shаft from ho|Iow shaft With pushing-out deviсe 117-31706W1 (1 and 2, figureз3_11).
a. Unscre spindle (1) of pushing-out device until it abuts.
b. sсrew belI-shаped body (2) on threaded ond ofho|lowshaft (5}unti|flngo ofbe|I-shaped body isseated
against gearbox housing (4). |f the boros iп the sвatвd flange do not a|ign With the bores iп the gearbox
housing' back otf ge||_shaped bodyjust enough to оbtaiп bore a|ignment.
сAuтloN Do Noт Т|GHтЕN sоRЕWs (3) As LoNG As тнE вЕLL-SHAPЕD вoDY |s Noт
SEAтЕD soLlDLY AGAlNsт тHЕ GEAFiBoХ HoUs|NG. тHls MAY сAUsЕ
DАMAGЕ тo тHE вАLL вЕАR|NG AND BUSH|NG.
о. Instal|screws (3) in mating boros ofbe|l-shaped bodyt|ange аnd gearbox housing so that apрroximate|y
three fullthreads are engaged,
d' RotatetaiIrotor shaft (6)о|oсkwise (viewedfrom forkedend)untiIthobe|lseаtstight|y againstthe gearbox

housing. Finger.tighten sсrews (з).
e. Presstai|rotor shatt from hollow shaft by sоrewing iп the spiпdle (1).
9. oetaсh boots trom sliding sleeve and tait rоtor shaft. Pull slidiпg sleeve and boоts сare{ully ott tail rotоr shaft.
] 0. lnspeсt zones 2 and 4 (fig. 33..12) on tail rotoг shaft for si|ver residuвs. |f such гesidues are found, eva|uate
hollow shaft (5' fig. 33-,t 1) aсcording to RЕlЙ з03 and .oрair as neсessary.
.i
CI{APтЕR 33 Revision 24
Page 32
tрнжрoptеr MA|NтЕNANoЕ пЛANUAL Bo 105
."'
Е
3,
1 Spindle
2 вe||-shaped body
3 sоrew
4 Geaфox housing
5 Hollow shaft
6 Тai| rotor shafl
Figure 33-1 1 Pushing out tai| rotor shaft With tool 1 17-з1706 W1
Flevisioп 24 оHАPТЕR 33
Pags 33
(Эгнжoрtег MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
33 21 |nsрgction and reрair - tаi| rotor

. shaft
speсia| too|s: Press-in too| 105-31702 W4
Hoisting tool 1OS-S17O2WZ?
Pushing-out tool 105-31702 W14
l..leasuгing deviсe 105_31803 W2
1. lnspect tail rotor shaft:
a. lnsPocl taiI rotor shaft for mechaniоal damage aпd corrosion.

Removedаmage with polishing с|oth400/600. For damage toleranсe limits, refertofigure33_ 12. If dam.
age exсeedsthe Permissible damage |jmits, seпd tailrotorshaftto ЕсD or authorized serviсe statiоn for
reDair.
b. Visu||y inspeсt tai| rotor shaft for оracks. If craоks are susрected, perform dye penetrant inspeсtion per
l AsтM.Е- 1417. Discard tai| rotor shatt if cracks вxist.
о. Inspeсt spheriсa| bearings in tai| rotor shaft fork for play' сorrosion and roughness.
l./|aх'permissible p|ay: radial 0.1 mm.
ltanysuсh condition isfoUnd, reрlaсebqthbearings iп aссordanсoWith stsp2, even if аny one ofthe bear.
ings is affected.
|f thе spheriоa| bearings hаVe to br rep|аоed' acоomр|ish thе fo||owing additiona| steps:
1) visua|ly inspeсt tai| rotor gearboХ mounting brackёt oп vertiса| fin for loose rivets and оracks' aпd
a|so adjaсent araas for сraсks.
2) |nspect tai| rotor gearbox attaоhing hars Ware for Proрer torque (rеfer to chapter з2-61}.
3) Visua|ly inspeоt tail rotor gеarbox housing for оracks and oil |eakage in аreas adjaсeпt to mounting
bo|ts and flaпge ribs.
d' lnspвсt p|ug iп bore oftai|rotor shаft for damage, security and proper sea|iпg. Reрlaоe pIug if damged or
|оoso in aссordanоe with step 4.
e. |пspect c|ose-to|eranсe bolt (21 figurg з3-5):

'
.1) Gas-nitrided
о|ose-toleranco bоlt (P/N 105-з1 702.1 6)
a) lnspeсt bo|t shank foг оraсks, deformatioп, mechanica| damage and corrosiоn. сrack insрeсt
l- per dye penetrant ASТM.Е-1417 or magпetiс partic|e AsТM_-Е-1444 method.
- .emove сorrosion with 400/600 git abrasive оloth.

- discard bo|t if any of the other оonditions are found.
b) |nspect threads of о|ose-toIeranоe bolt for damage.
[4inor damageto threads which does пot adverse|y affeоt the instа||ation of bolt is permissib|e.
Discard bolt if thfead flanks аre deformed or broken.
снAPТЕв 33 Revision 24
Page 34
MA|NTЕNANсE MANUAL вo 105
@Р#5p-Рoo.-'.
2) Niоkel-p|ated close-toleranсe bolt (PiN 105-31 702.1 4)
a) |nspeсt bolt shank for deformation, mechаniоal dаmage, broken оr de|aminated niоkel рlating
aпd with mаgnфing glаss for оraсks.
- Disсard сlose-to|eranсe bo|t it оrасked or detormed. Disоard or send to ЕсD for reDair if niоkel
р|ating is broken' de|аminated or Worn.
- Minor meсhaniсal damage to the bo|t shank Whiсh does not adverse|y аffeсt installation
of bo|t (i.e.' must be iпsertable by hаnd) is permissib|e aпd requires no rework.
- мore severe meсhaniсa| damage adverse|y affeоting insta!|ation sha|| be removed With
polishiпg c|oth 400.
However, take сare not to remove niсke| plating down to the base metal.
b) |nspect bo|t for threаd damage.
Mjnor damageto threads Which does пot adverse|y atleсt lhe instaIIation of bolt is permissib|e'
Discard bolt if thread flanks are deformed or broken.
3) с|ose-tolerаnсо bo|t coated With so|id film iubгicant (P/N 105_31700.16 or P/N 105-31700.1B)
a) lпsрect bo|t shаnk for deformation' mechаniсa| damage, сondilion of solid fiIm |ubriсаnt сoat
аnd with magnitying g|ass for сraсks.
- Discard c|ose-toleranсe bo|t if craсkёd or defoгmф.
- мechaпiсa| damage suсh as individua| sоores. niсks and sоrаtсhes Which eХtend through the
solid fi|m |ubricant сoat and penetrate the base metal shalI be poIished out using 400 grit
аbrasive c|oth.
- тhe so|id fi|m lubricant сoat may be Worn down to the base meta| of the bo|t on the entire
сoаted surfaсo. Polish out sоores, niсks and sоratсhes in the so|id film |ubriоant coat using
400 grit аbrasive с|oth. тhe diameter of the bo|t shank shaI| пot be |ess than 12.655 mm.
b) |nspeсt thread of с|ose-to|eranсe bolt for damage.

- Мinor damage to threads which doos not adverselyаffeсt the !nstallatioп of bo|t is permissible.
Disсard bo|t if thread flaпks are de{ormed or broken.
Revision 24 сHAPтER 33
Page 35
@*.,.-.oэt-, |\4A|NтЕNANoЕ MANUАL Bo 105
NoтЕ lf the iпsРrction of the tail rotor shaft reveals silver residues in zone 2 and 4,
inspect hol|ow shaft (5' figure 33-11) acоording to REN4 303' and reрair
as neоessary.
Zons 1 PoIish out loпgitudina| sсores and оorrosion on sp|ine f|аnks dowп.to a rnaх.
depth of 0.2 mm. Damge to root of sp|ine is not pеrmissib|e.
Zone 2 Po|ish oLrt meсhanical damage and сorrosion. мiп. permissib|e diamёter:
34.99 mm.
Rework is oermissible on 100o/o of zone surfaоs. Po|ish out siIver resides
With polishing с|oth (600).
Zone 3 Polish out loсa| meоhаniоa| dаmage down to a max. depth of 0.2 mm
Figure 3з-.12 Тaj| rotor shaft - dаmage and repаir |imits ('1 of 2)
,)
cНAPтER 33
Page з6
!4вB IiELIсoPTЕRS
!.IAINтЕNANсE I,IANUAL }.lвB - B0 ]-05
Zone 4 Polish out meсhaniсal dаmage and сorrosion.

Min nermissihlg dianeter: 44.99 mm.
Corrosion damagе is permlssible at Lhree loсations on сirсumferenсe,
eaсh сovеring an area of not more than 50 mm2 .
Damаge areas must be at least 35 mm apart,.
Polish out silver residues with polishing сloth 600.
zone 5 Polish оut loсa] тnесhaniсal damage down to a max. depth of
0 .2 mm.
Zone 6 Polish out longitudlnal sсores and сorrosion on sp]inr f]-aпks

down to а max. dеpth of 0.2 шn.
l,latеrial lemoval caused by wear is рermissible down to a maх.
deрth of 0.]. шn and a max, widlh of 20 пun and doеs not requirе
revlork.
Damage to roоt of spline is not permissible.
Zone 7 Polish out loсal meсhaniсal damage down to a max. deРt,h of
0 .2 mm.
zone 8 Polish out longitudinal sсorеs аnd сorrosiоn dоwn to a maх.

dеpth of 0.1 mm.
Мin. permissib]e dlameter: 50.6 mm.
Loсal dеnts arе рermissible and requilе no Iеwork.
Zone 9 Polish out loсal meсhaniсal damage down to a пraх. dеpth of
0.2 mm.
Маke surе that any rework on thе оutboard faсes of the fork arms
does not affeсt thеir rе]alivе symmеtry. s)пnmel ry is a рrerеquisite
for oblaining thе aссulatе measuremеnts requirеd to сеnt'еr thе taiL
тotor head in the forkеd еnd of the tail rotor shaft aссordinq to
рara 33-18.
Еigure 33-12 (2 ot 2\ Damage and repair llmits - tail rotor shaft
2. Reр]aсёmenL of sphеriсa1 bearings

a. Reпоvе spheriсa} bearing (4. figure 33-13) :
1) Еrom inboard side of fork arm (6), inseтt bolt (3) of tool
105-з1702 W4 through the spheтiсa]. bearing (4).
2| Plaсe bel1-shaped body (2) оn bolt (З), thеn install and tightеn
nut (1) until spheriсal bearing is pressed from thr bushing (5) .
з) Inspесt bushing bore for mесhaniсal and сorrosion damage.

Polish out damage with рolishing с].oth 400/600.
Еor max. рermissible bore diamеtеrr refer to step 3.b.
If the maх. реrmissible borе diameter is exсeeded on more than
one quarter of the сirсumferenсe/ reр]aсe bushingг aссording to
st.ер 3.
Ern 1nq
с}IAPTЕR з3
I'{Bв ItЕ],IсoPтERs
!{A]NтENANсЕ }'{ANUд], }.{вв - !'U IUэ
Nut
t" Be1l-shaped body
105-з1702 W4 L з
Spheriсal bеaring
Bushing
o гork arn of tail
rotor shaft
Е.igure з3.13 Retпoval of spheriсal beariпgs irith tool P/N 105-з1?02 W4
b' Install sрheriсal beаring (1, figure 33-14} as follows:

1) мeasure inner diameter of insta]"lёd bushj.ng (2) in aссordanсe
пith steP 3.
2| Degrease faying surfaсes of spheriсal bearing аnd bushing r'ith

mеthyl ethyl ketone (с!.l 217) .
3} Positiоn spheriсal bearing (1) on mating bore on outbоаrd side
of fork arm (3).
дl Inserс' bolt (6) of toot P/N 105-з1702 W4 through sрheriсal
bearing froп outboard side of fork arm.
Plaсe washer (4) of tool on bolt аs shown in fiщre 33-14, then
fit nut (5) on bolt and tighten nut until spheriсаl bеariпg is
pressed in to full eхtent. Renove tool.
вo 105
nнlртF,p 1?
мвB нЕ],Iс0PтERs
!.IAINтЕNANсЕ МANUAJ. }4вв - nо 1nq
'1
1 Spheriсa1 bearing
2 Bushing
J Eork arm of tail
1003s1.1. rotor shaft
li I{asher
:rool 15
t.
Nut
rUэ.J! /ul W{ b вo1t
-
Еigure 33-14 Installation of spherical beаrings with tool P/N 105-з1?02 }l4
6) сheсk that fасe of spheriсa} bearing inner raсe рrotrudes frоm

bushing f1aп9e on inboatd side оf fork аrm. ]f tьis is not the
саsе, rotate inner raсe so that the outboard fасe is positioned
inboard.
1| Cheсk bearing breakawаy torgue as follows:
a) ]nsert bolt of measuring deviсe P/N 105-3180з W2 from inboard
faсe of fork arm through bearing bore and install аssociated
nut wit'h f1аnge leading. тorque nut to 8 Nm'
NoтЕ The torque wrenсh of пеasuring deviсe P/N 105-з180з W2

сan be used for сw and сcw rotаtion.
b) Insert torque Wrenсh through the opPosite fork апn and into
the bolt of the measuring deviсe.
с) set, wrenсh to 350 Nсrn and detеrmine brеakаwaУ torgue of
beаring by turning grip of tolque wrench.
d) If the indiсаtion is above 350 Nсrn, instаll a bearing with a
lower friсtion сoeffiсient.
8} Color-сode beаring aссоrding to pаraglaph 33-14, steр 4.
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 33
Dэ.t.e ?0
Мвв ]lЕL]сoPтЕRs
}'{AINтЕNANсЕ !,1ANUA! !.{вB - B0 105
q, RePlaсe sealing plug as fo11owsl

a. Remove sea1ing сorпРound (2, figurе 33.1?) with suitab}e tool made Of
,.^^,4 ^- I ^
-1 - -! L дl/
l,дaD t
h using tool' рress shaft seаling prug (1) оut of tai1 rotor shаft (з)
Clean plug seаting surfaсe in shaft with aсetone (с!.1 203).

.l Inвta],l new рlastiс sealing рlug in tail rotor shaft. Гor
lnsta]lаt'ion position' !еfer to figule зз.1?.
e. sеal sPlit line of p1ug and shaft bore around entire сirсumferеnсe
with а flllet of sealing оompound (см 662) .
15в . 160
Dj:nensions in mп 1 Plastiс зealing P1u9

Z Seаling оФPound
таil roto! вhaft
Еigure 33.17 ]nstallation position of sealing рlug and

outer boot on tail lotor shaft
B0 105
сIIAPтЕR 3з
Paqe 42
},lвB l{ЕLIсoPтЕRs
!,IAINтвNANсЕ !4ANUAL Мвв . B0 105
33 - 22 Tnstallatlon - tail rotor shaft

speсial too1s:
device
Мounting 105-з1702 I{19
wrenоh
soсket 1x56 131 404
soсketwrеnсh 1х56 131 405
Pu]-].er 1х56 !22 2.7 6
1. Install sliding sleeve on tail rоtor shаft аs fo11ot{s:
a. S1ide outеr boot with new сlшnp оn tail roto! shaft and seсure as
follows:
1) Install boot on tail rotor shaft as shown in figure 33-1?.
2I тightеn сlaпр sсrew and aPрly safetying 1aсquer (с!,l 621) to sсrew
head аnd с]amp lock '
b. APр1y greasе (сМ 101) to inner sрlines of sliding sleeve.
сAUTIоN тE' slтDING s!ЕЕvЕ Is тМPROPЕR].Y INsтArrED

oN тнЕ тAI], RoтoR sIlAE.т, т!tв сoNтRoI, Е'uNстION
oЕ. тнЕ тAIl RoтoR WI],l BЕ I}.{PA]RED .
с. Position sIiding sleеve on tail rotor shaft suсh thаt the пratсhmalk
on thе sliding sleeve (on frоnt faсе of вplined end) atigns },tith
matсшnark on splines of tall rotor shaft.
d. Fаsten outer boot to s]idiлg sleeve.

e' slide inne! boot on tаil rotor shaft and fasten to sliding sleeve.
2. Insta11 tail rotor shaft (6, figure зз-18) in tail rоtor transmission
with mounting dеviсе P/N 105-31?02 Wl9:
a. Uпsсrеw bell-shaped body (4) of tool from spindle (з) .
b. Sсrеw sрindle (3) into threaded bore of tаil rotor shaft (6) .
с. Slide sрlined setting steeve (1) ovе! sPJ.ined sесt'ion of sРindle (з)
and onto sрlinеd seсtion of tail roto! shaft (6) .
d. тighten nut, (2) and reпove sРlined setting sleeve (1} ,
в0 105
сHAPтЕR зз
l,lвB I{ELIсoPтЕRS
I'4AINтENдNсЕ I.{ANUA], }.{вв - вo 10 5
e. Clean faying surfaсes of tail тotor shaft (6) and hollотr' shaft (5)
with aсetone (сМ 20з) .
сAuTION тi{Е тAтL RoтoR SIlAl'т мUsт вЕ сooI,ЕD PR]oR To

]NSтA!I.AтIoN IN TнЕ ltоtт,o!{ sI{AЕ'т. гA]],URЕ тo
Do тIlIs сAN RЕsuLт IN тIlE DЕsтRuст]oN o!' тнЕ
sIlvER PIAтING 0N тI{Е н0!1o!f sI{Aгт BoRЕ.
f. Coo1 gearbox end of tail roto! shaft togёther wj.th attасhed tool to
aPprox. -50 oс, using dry iсe. KeeP drу iсe away frоm lubber boot.
9. нeat hollow shаft (5) in tail rotor transmission to maх. 80 "с with а
heate! fan.
h. 1п3ert tail lotoт shaft into hollоw shaft as far as рossible by hand,
then sсrew bell-shaped body (4) on spindJ-e (з) and Pu1l tаil rotor
shaft into hоllow shaft until it abuts.
i. Unsсrew spindle (з) from tail rotor shaft (6) and rernove tool'
з. Instа}l shaft nut (1, figure 33-10) on hollow shaft (10) with soсkёt
ыrenсh 1х56 1з1 404. гor torque value refer to figurе 33-10.
4' APрly а thin fiLn of siliсone compound (сt.1 104) to new o-ling (3) and fit
o-ring on sсrёw (5) .
5. ]nstall sсlew (5, Ьн thread) in tаil rotor shaft (4) with soсket wtenсh
1x56 131 405. Еor torgue value' refer to figure 33-10.
6. Position locking рlate (2} оn gсrёW (5) with puller 1x56 r22 2'76 and'
Press it inward so that tabs of J.ооking Plаtе еngagе behind shаft
nut (1) .
1. Attaсh covеr (6) to tаil rotor gearbox housing as follows:

a. App1y a thin сoat of siliсone comPound (c!.1 104} to new o-ring (?) and
install O-ring in сover.
b. APРly а thin сoat of corrosion рrevеntive compound (сl4 505) Lo sea-
ting surfаces on сove! aпd seсure сover with washers (8) and sсreпs
(9) to gearbох housing, гor torque val.ue, refer to flgure зз-10.
с' Seal sрJ.it 1ines bet}reen sсrews (9) and сover (6) aпd between сover
and transmission housing with PUR toрcoat (сМ 437) or sea}ing
сomрound (с!,l 662) .
d. l'{ark sсrews with thread sealant (сМ 620) .
вo 105
сttAPтЕR зз
Pаge 44
мAINTЕNANсЕ I.iANUAI, Мвв - в0 105
гasten inboard boot (46'.fi-gure 33-5) to geаrbox housing сover' taking

саre that one vent hole is faсing down.
RePlenish tai1 roto! geаrbox with oil (refer to paragraРh з2-9) .
hstall tail roLor hеad, bellсrапk, рitсh links and tail rotоr blades
(refer to ParagraPhs зз-18, 33-12, 33-8 аnd 34-5. гespёсtively} '
1 qn.! i naА e6tt i n^ 5 Hollow shaft

sleeve o тaiJ. rotor shaft
I OOl. 2 Nut. 1 тail rotor
105-з1702 W19 3 Spindle transmissiоn
4 вe11-shаPed body
гigre 33-18 Installаtion of Lаi} rotor shaft with tool P/N 105-з1702 }r19
B0 105
сI{APтвR з3
Pаoё 45
tlЕLIсoPтERs
!,IAтNтЕNANсЕ I'IANUA! }.{вB - Dr1 10(
з3-23 sliding s1еeve

33 - 24 Removal - sliding sleeve
Refer to paragraph 33-20 (Removal.tаil rоtor shaft} for renoval proсеdure.
?? - ?q ni дarсёЙь']t' - e.]'irlinrт e1aatre
Speсial" tools:
Еxtrасtor 105-з1763 !{2 (аPplicability: al1 сonfiщrations)
or eхtraсtor L05-37762 W2 (appliсabilitУ: onIY sliding sleeve with
short. inner splines)
soсket wrenсh 105-31762 W3
Suрport р1ate toоl no. 17 refer to сhaРte' 04
l u э-5l ioэ lчд
Reсeрtaоle toot no. 32 !efe! to сhapter 04
105-31762 I,l4
1. сlamp recePtaсle tool no. з2 or P/N 105-з1762 W4 (1, fiqurё 33-19) in a

soft.-jawed vise, and рlaсе iппer sleeve (2) iп the reсeptaсIe.
l Reсeptaсle
2 sliding sleеve
Ioo1
тoo1 ;3 вell-shарed bоdy
105-з1?6з vlz ' 4 suDDort with зсrew
Еigure З3-19 Clanping of sliding sleeve аnd aPР1iсation
^l P/N 105.з176з w2
Aтt йr.t
^f
Bо 105
с}tAPTЕR
Page 46
}rвв }tЕL]сoPтЕRs
}4A]NтЕNANсЕ l.IдNUAi t,lвв - вo 105
2' Remоve unthreaded }oсking plate {].. flgure 33-20) with screwdriver.
Remove threаded lockinq P1ate with either eхtrасto! P/N 105-31?62 W2 or
eхtraсtor P/N 105-31763 W2 as fo]-lows:
a. screw bel}-shaped body (3, figurе 33-19) ontо the loсking plate.
b. Press out loсking plate by sсrеяing in sсreп of suрport (4) .
3. Unscrew Shur1oсk nut (2' figure 33-20) with socket wrenоh

P/N 105-31762 }r3.
,@
;'a
1 I,oсking рlate
2 shцrloсk nut
3 Spaсer
A - цБ v 6rrt
spасer
Yeee- дr тi nrt
--..>
7 < т-!!Ь firf inа
,^
@ 7 сove!
I
-
2\ в illasher
9 Sсrew
10 Sliding sleeve
on сonfiguration I only
(sеe fig. 33-5, 1 of 2}
Еiщre 33-20 Seсtiоnal view - s}iding sleeve
4. Rепove loсkgirе and rernove sсlews (9} aпd, if сonfiglratj.oл I, washers

(8).
5' Deteсh outer тing (5).
6. Rеmovе sPaсer (4) from сoпfigцration I.

.7. Position suPport (1' figure
р].atet tool no. 1? or P1N 105.31?б5 W1 з3-21)
оn slidiпg sleeve (6) '
8. Plaсe tvо-Point рuller (5) on spacer (4) and pull bаl} bearing (3) оff
sJ.iding sleeve' a1ong with spaсer (2) .
9. Retnovё сove! (?' figurе 33-20) from sliding s].eeve (10) .
l^нlpтЕn ??
}.{вв I{E1IсoPтERs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ МANuAl l,1BB . р^ ]nq
1
* clrnn^rt 7\] ita
2
Учrrv.9 r..v!
sРасor
з вa].1 bearing
4 Spacer
5 тт'o-Рoiлt Рul]e!
q] jîn.r
а с16A\'A
гigure 33-21 Removal' qf grooved ball bearing
зз - 26 InsРection and reрair . sliding sleeve

speсial tool:
Pushing.out deviсe l.UJ -J .L /oZ иll
1. Insрeсt ball bearing for rоughпess, сhatter пa!ks, Plаy and оorro-
siоn. ]f any of thesе сonditions ale Presentl disсard beаring.
2. visual.ly insрeсt sJ.ide beariпg in sliding sleeve for weax. ]f wear is
evidеnt, reсogтizable by pale surfaсe. replaсe bearing using toоl
pushing-out deviсe P/N 105.31?62 l{1, as fоIlows:
a, Rernove spring ring (6, figure 33-22) .
b. Place sliding sleeve (4) on supPort (1} of pushing-out deviсe

105-з1?62 W]'.
с. Plaсe thrust рiece (3) oп s1ide bearing (5) and press out with
plungeг (2) using a Press.
d. ]nsPесt beariпg seat for meсhаnical daпage and сorlosion. Polish out
dа,nage with pоlishingг cloth 400, as neсessаry.
The maximuп permissible diameter of bearing seat is 5?.20 пЕA. It mаy
be exсeedеd by 0.02 пm on one quartei of the сilcumfelenсe.
BO 105
сllAPтЕR зз
Pagе 48
мвв нЕlIс0PтERs
}1AINтЕNдNсЕ l.lANUA], I.1вв - RA 1n(
1 suPPort 4 Sliding sleevе

тoo]- 2 Plunger 5 Slide bearing
105-з1?62 }l ? тьrllet triA.A 6 cn:inп rinа
Е,i gure зз-22 Replaоenent - sleeved bearing, using рushing-out

deviсe P/N 105-31?62 vr1
e. Ctrill slide bearing to аPProxiпately -50 oс.

f. нeat sliding sleeve (4) to aPproхilтlаtely 80 oС and prеss s]idе
Ьaэri nп /Чl in --_**ng
._, _.. с'] irii sleeve until it abuts. Use thrust Pieсe (3) if
neсessary.
g. Insert spling ring (6) .
J. InsРeоt sliding sleeve for сraсksl other tпёоhaniсаl damage' сorrosion and
danaged sulfaсe Proteсtion.
а. Disсard sliding s1eеve if сraсks exist '
вo 105
сllдPтЕR 3з
Page 49
}4вB lIЕl]сoPтERs
!.1AINтuNANсЕ !.{дNUAI, }.1вB . Bo 105
b. Polish out dаIпаge that is within thё Permissib]e damag.e liпits

defined in figure зз-23, аnd final. polish with 400 grit abrаsive
^l^l-h
с. тouсh uP damаged gurfaсe рroteсtion rqith zinс сhrorпate рriпer

(с},1 401) and two-сoпPonent PUR toPсoat (сI'I 4L2| in ассbrdanсe with
Chapter 02.
4. InsPeсt оuter riпg for сraоkв. other neсhaniсаl damage, сorтosion and
damaged surfaсe protection.
a. Disсard outёr ring if сraсks exist'
b. Polish out darnage that is within the Permissible liлits defined in
f'ig' 33-24, and fiпa] po1lsh with 400 grit abrasive сloth. If ouЕe!
ring is пade of aluminuп, use a non-ferrous аbrаsive сloth only.
с. тouсh uP damаged surface рroteсtion with zinс chlomate Priпe!
(см 401) aпd two-сomponent PUR toP-сoat (с!4 412} in aссordaпсe вith
сhaptef 02.
5. тnspeсt сover for сracks' other meсhaniсal damage
'
соrrosion and dаIпаged
surfaое рlotесtion.
a. Disсard coveт if сraсks eхist.
b. Po1ish out darnаge that is t{ithin the Permissible l.iпit s defined in
fig. 33-25' aпd final PoJ.ish with 400 gri.t abrавive сloth. If сoveг
is rnade of aluminiДIt, use a пon.felrous abrasive с1oth only.
c. тouсh uP damaged sцrfaсe рroteсtion with ziпс сhromate prjлer
(с!.1 401) and two-conPonent PUR toP-coat (с}4 412) in aссordanсe with
сhaDter 02'
в0 105
сllAPтER 33
Page 50
мвв IiE].,IсoPтвRS
}.{AINTЕNдNсE },IANuAI'J l.1вв - l'U -l' Uэ
тYpF nE' DAl'{AоЕ DAмAGЕ AND RЕPA]R r ]r.11тs

Zane 2 Zоnе 3
мAr.Ь.niгэ.] дnА п6htъ. noбtЬ. n

сor ros ion 0.5 mm
^q
0. З rnm
l!.a>. max. з0t
пax. з0t I ndivi du a1 max.30*
damage max. 5t
loсa]. .meсhaniсаl damаgе and сorrosion is perпissib].e down to a dePth

of 0.2 пEn sрlin€ flаnk and reguirеs no rеwork.
on tbe entiEe
lleаr is perrnissible down to а depth of 0.1 mn and a maх. шidth of
10 пgn on all spline flanks and requires no rework.
Darnagёto threads is permissible down to a depth оf 0.5 пm without

rework' Provided nut сan be unsсrewed by hand. Dаmage do!'n to 0.5 tшп
whiсh аdversely affeсts thе install.ation requires removal of bulrs.
Pоlish out песhaniсal damage and corrosion with Polishing cloth 400.
тhe maхfuпщn bore diаrneter is 7.94 пn. It tnay be exсeeded by 0.05 ппn
on 10t of the сirсщnfеrenсe.
Гiqure 33-23 Da,nage аnd repaj.r limits - sliding s1eеve
Rar 1nq
сI{APтЕR 33
ц!iт,т.^DтгD a
MAINтвNANсЕ },lANt'Al }вB - вo 105
сonflgUгаtion l сoпllguratlon lI
з00з11.1
тYPЕ oг DAМAGЕ DAМAGЕ DпрAтa т,тMттq

Zone L Zonе 2 Zone 3
Mоаhаni аэ'] дnzl nAhfЬ. n nq й- nanr.Ь' A 6( ии

0.5 пп
Arеа: пax. з0t rna,l. з0t
max. з0t Individual lndividual
daпage maх' 10t damаge п aх. ].0 8
Polish out neсhаniсa} damage аnd соlrosion with non-ferrоus abrasive

сloth 400. The naximum bore diаmeter is 11.2 !тЕn. ]t maY be exсeeded
by 0.01 tmп on one qualter of the сircЦnfеrence.
},leсhanicаl damage aпd с'orrosion is not рerrпissib1е on the inboаrd
end (1/3) of mounting bolt. Damage on the outboard end (2/3) may be
removed with 400 grit abrasive сloLh. Allol,able minimum diamеter is
11 . 0 rпn.
Pigure 33.24 Dаnаge and leрair linits - outel ring
в0 ]'05
сIIAPтЕR 33
Pagе 52
tlELIсоPтERs
мA1NTЕNANсE li'ANUAl !.lвв - R.l 1nq
сonflgUrаllon I сonllguretIon l|
оoпtасt surlaс€
lo тall. Rotor.G88r
тYPF. oг n lМlli!] DA!,1AGЕ RЕPA]R ],I l.1I т s

zone 1 zortе 2
l"]есhаniсa1 and nA'.!th. n 1 rп rn nдяiЬ. A AЦ mп

соrrosion Arеa: max.508 Area! maх.50t
гigure 3 3-25 Damaq€ аnd reDai! limits . сover
вo 105
сIIAPтER з3
Page 5з
ltЕL]сoPтЕRs
l'{AINтЕNдNсЕ МANUAI] мвB - bU .l.Uэ
з3 - 21 Asseпфly - s].iding sleеve

qnaî я1 l-^^1 a.
soсket wrenоh 105-з1?62 W3
сAUтIoN UsЕ вAI,I, вЕARINGS oNLY ]N PAIRS WIтн

]DЕNтIсAI, sЕRIAl NUI'4вЕRS .
1. APply grease (сМ 101) to ].ubliсation groove (3' figure 33*26) aпd bеaring
оon'lgUrаtion I сonfIgurаtlon ll
'l nltta!. rih.r

2 вall bearing
3 Lubriоation groove
4 sрaсe! [ сonriguration 1 only
Deep gloove bal]. bearing installаtion
n.\ l nq
г ll дpтFp ??
Dr.16 чд
l,tвв вЕlIсoPтЕRs
!,'AINтЕNN{сЕ t.tAlloA! t,'вв - вo 105
2. Pасk deeP gloove bаll bearings (2) grease (си 101}.

'{ith
з. Asgetфle bаll bealings (2) for instаllation with аrrows роint to point
(see f igrure эз-26'l .
4. coat sPaсer (4' figule 3з.26, сonfiguration ]} with greаse (сl'1 101) and
Plaсe in outer ring (:', .
,a
sPaсer
Oute! ling
DeеP groove Ьаl1 bearing
сove!
Z-\_э l{ashe!
,,A b
.1
sс!еt'
Sliding sleeve
I stoP сol}a!
o sPасer
A on сonfigulation I only
(see fig' зз.5' 1 of 2)
rigure 3з-2? sliding sleeve asseпbly
сAUтI0N PRЕss AGAINSт BЕARING olлгЕR RдсЕ oNlY.
ч Pless deeP groovе ball bearings (3, figure 33-27) in oute! ring (2) until
fully seeted.
rn 1lll
сltAPтЕR з3
Page 55
ЕURoоoPтЕFl [4A!NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL Bo 105
6. Heаt s|iding s|oвve outer ring (2) with instа|led doep gгoovg ball bsarings (3) to approхimaloly 80 oс'
7. coat оover (4) and spaсer (9) with greаse (сM 10] ). Position оoveron s|iding s|oevg (7)and sPac9roп stop
сoljar (8)'
сAUт|oN APPLY PRЕSSURE To вЕAR|NG |NNЕR RAсE oNLY'
8. Pross outer ring (2) With installod bearings onto sliding s|6sv€ (7) unti| tu||y s€ated (ssr flgurв 33-27).
9. Fasteп оov€r (4) with sсrows (6) and Washers (5' оontiguratlon I on|y).
sёe tigure 3}.27 for torque va|ues. Lockwire screws.
10. lnsert spacer (3, liguro 33-20).
'11. тighten shur|ock nut (2) With soсket Wreпсh 105-31762 w3.
'12. lnstall locking plate (1).
сAUтIoN AFтЕн PAсK|NG SL|D|NG slЕЕvЕ W|тH GRЕASЕ' вЕMovЕ ЕxсЕsslvЕ

GRЕASЕ. GRЕASЕ оАN DЕsтвoY тl.lЕ вooт.
1з. Paоk sliding sl€6v6 with greaso as to||ows:
a. |пjectgr6as6 (c[r| 101)through Iubriоation titting (6) unti|it omвrgosfrom оove.and out€rringl|enge (sв€
ligure 33-20).
b. Turn ouiвr riпg and inject more grease to ensцre equa| distribution оi gr6asё over ontlrо surlace'
с' Detaсhth6 inboard bootlromthe outerring otthe s|iding slegveand push it towa.dsthe tailroto' gвarbox,
thвn removв oхсsssive grease fгom both sides of tho s|iding slgeve -
d. Reattaсh iпboald boot to out€r ring o' sliding slвevo.
14. сheоk ba|| bearing lor unrestricted rotаtion.

Hold s|iding s|esvо and apply gontle axia| force to outвr ring. тhore must be пo porсврtib|a b€ariпg plаy'
тurn outer ring. No notсhes sha|| bo lelt.
Roplace bеariпgs if p|ay or notchёs are evidenl.
33 - 28 ln3tallаtlon - s|iding sleeve

Reler to paragraph зз-22, lnsta||ation - тail Rotor shaft.
сHAPТЕR 33 Rovision 18
Pag6 56
сHAPтER
тAlL RoToR BLADE

@..,..орtег
.105
MA|NтЕNАNсE MANUAL вo
34 тAlL RoтoR BLADE

тabIe of сontents
Рaragraрh тItle Pag6
34- t DEsсвlPт|oN -тA|L RoтoR вLADЕ 3

з4.2 lNsРЕстloN . тA|L RoтoR вLADЕ 7
34-3 RЕPAIR - тA|Lпoтoв вLADЕ '!9
34-4 REiiovAL -тA|L Roтoп вLADЕ 2э

34-5 lNsтALLAтloN - тA|L Roтoв вLADЕ .. . . . .. .. .' ... 24
34-6 sтoRAGЕ' PAскAGING AND SнIPPING ... ...'. ..... 25
Rovlsion 21 сHAPтЕR з4
Page 1
?-.,..орteг MA|NтENANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
BLANK PAGЕ
cHAPтЕFl 34 Revlsion 21
Pаg6 2
{Эрsярoptеr MA|NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL Bo'105
з4 - l DЕsсRlPт|oN . тAlL RoтoR вLADЕ

Тhe tai| rotor blade is manufactured from g|assfiber..einforсed p|аstics (GRP). тhe b|ade spar (2, fig. зa-1)
is made up of пumerous g|ass fiber strаnds impregnated With oрoxy resiп and formed into ribbons (or rovings).
Тhese rovings run sрanwise from the b|ade tip to the blade root' Where they |оoр around the two bushings (6,
fig.34-2 or 34-3 or 34-4 or 34-5 or з4-5A), and return tо the blade tip аgain. А |ead rod (1, fig.34-1) is em-
bedded in the leading edge of the spar. тhe rest of the blade body is made of a PVс hard-foam сore (3, fig.
I
з4-l ). тhr entire rotor blаde, eХоept for fitting surface (5, fig. 34-2 or 34-з or 34-4 or 34.5or 34-5A), is cov.
ered by а fiberglass оloth skiл.
I
А stee| erosion strip (2' tig' 34-2 or з4-з or з4.4 or 34-5 or 34-5A) made from sheet meta| is bonded to the
b|ade nose, and a neсk she|| (9) and a nose she|| (4), mado from resin.imPregna.ted composites, are bonded
I
to the blade root. Тhe сover band (3) рrovjdes protoоtion agaiпst erosion. oп blade сonfigurations || and |V
.
(see tаble t4- 1)' a PU foi| (1 fig. з4-3 or з4-5). Whiоh also provides proteоtioп аgainst erosion' is bonded to
'
the forward outboard area of both tho lhrust and оamber side of the b|ade. on blade сonfigurations I and llI
I
(seetab|e 34_.1)' aл aluminum plate (1',tig.з4-2or 34-4) is bonded and partially rivёted to the blаde, instead
of the PU foil.
I
on b|ade сonfigurations I to lv the tip oi the blade is fjtted with a stain|ess stee| end сap (13' fig. з4-2 or 34-з
or 34-4 or 34-5 ). An identi'iоation plate (7' fig. з4-2 or t4-з or з4-4 or t4-5 or 34-5A} is insta|led оn the
thrust side ofthe b|ade, With a рart number (8} stamped on the blаde surface be|ow it. I
тhe tаiI rotor b|ade is attaоhed to the b|ade mounting fork of the tail rotor by two hex bolts Which fit through two
stee| bushings (6) resin-bonded in the blade root. тhe various b|ade сoпfigurations are specified in tab|e 34- 1
and shown in figs. 34-2' 34-э'з4-4'З4-5 and 34-5А. Eaоh configuration has variants With a 0. coning ang|e
and a 1 " оoning angIe' respeсtively. otherwiss, both varjапts are identiоa| and therefore are inspeсted аnd re.
I
oaired to the same оriteria.
сonfiguration F|gure Related part пumbers

I 34-2 105-З1754' 1 05-3.1756' 105-з17565' 1 05.з1 757' 105-з1758
tl з4-з 105-31754 ст|-tvloD "A'' ,105-з1756 ст|- {oD,A'' 105-31757 cт|-MoD.,A,
Шl з4-4 105-з1754 modifiф aоcordiпg to DsK2_01179, 105-з1756 modified aссor-
ding to DsK2-01 179
34.5 105-3179.1' 105-3179,15' 105-з1793' 105.31964' 105-31966' 105-з19675'
1 05-31 968' 1 05-з1 970. 1 05-31 980
v 34_5A 105.з1805' .105.318.10

I
тab|e 34.1 тai| rotor b|ade - оonfigurations
'1
Lead rod
Roving area
Core
Figure 34-l тail rotor blade . cross seоtion
Page 3
(Эrж"яoрteг IvlAlNTЕNANcЕ MANUAL Bo 1o5
:
Bl
6
10
1 Aluminum plate I Part пUmber

2 Еrosioп рroteоtion Neсk shelI
з соver tape '10 вlade sk|n
4 Nose shell 11 тrailiпg edge
5 Fitting surfaсe Rivet
6 Bushings 13 Еnd caP
7 |dentifiсationpla.te
Figure 34-2 тail rotor blado - configuralion l
,!з
12
аз|
a
6
1 PU foil 8 Part пumber

2 Еrosion protection I Neck sholl
3 сover tape 10 Blade skin
4 Noso shell 11 тrailiпg edge
5 Fittiпg surfаоe 12 пivet
6 вushings 1з Еnd cap
7 ldentification plate
Figure 34.3 тail rotor blade - conflgцration ||
Page 4
€Р.нffoo.". MAINтЕNANOЕ MANUAL вo 105
13
12
ё'
10
1 Aluminum p|аte I Part number

2 Еrosion proteоtion Neсk shel|
3 Cover tape 1о Blade skin
4 Nose shell l1 тraiIing edge
5 Fitting surtасe 12 Rivet
6 Е}ushings 1з Еnd оap
7 |dentifiсation pIatr
Figure з4.4 тai| rotor blade - сon{iguration ||l
12
;'
A.
3
10 6
1 PU foil I Part number

2 Еrosion proteоtion I Neсk she||
з сover tape 10 Blade skin
4 Nose shell 11 тгailing edge
5 Fitting surfaсe 12 Rivet
6 Bushings 13 Еnd caр
7 Identifiсation р|ate
Figure 34_5 Тail rotoг blade . оonfiguration lV
Flrvision 24 снAPтЕFi 34
Page 5
lgggсonter MAINтЕNANоЕ MANUАL Bo 105
B,
I
6
Еrosioп рroteсtion 7 |dentifiсаtion p|ate

соver tape в Pаrt number
4 Nose shell I Neck shell
Fitting surfaс€ 1 0 Blade skin
вushings 11 тrailing edge
Figure 34.5A Тail rotor blade. оontiguration v
снAPтЕн з4 неvisiоn 24
Рagо 6
,105
МA|NтЕNANoЕ MANUАL Bo
@-д1o-"oвt*..
з4-2 |NsPЕстloN . тAlL RoтoR вLADЕ
WARNING вLАDЕs W|тH DA|\,!AGED sKlN, DAМAGЕD тRAIL|NG ЕDGЕ. oR DAI,IAGЕ

ЕХcЕЕDlNG тHЕ AсOЕPтАвLЕ L|[4|Тs' sl.lALL вE RЕPAIRЕD вY ЕсD oR вY A
RЕPАlR FAсlLlry AUтHoRlzЕD BY ЕсD.
|F ANY DAМAGЕ ls FOUND тo HAVЕ BЕЕN сAUSЕD BY сoNтAст W|тгl AN
oвsтAсLЕ' тHЕ SPЕо|AL |NsPЕст|oN PER сHAPтЕR 1o1' PARAGRAPH
101-'13.1' sтЕP 3. SHALL АDDlтloNALLY вЕ PЕRFoRMЕD.
NoтЕ . The inspections apPly equa||y to bIades With or without a сoning аng|e.
. Differenсes in the iпspeсtion сriteria between tаil rotor b|ades are given in the .nsрeсtion
sleрs.
. Аl| inspeсtions shal| be performed on both sides of the blades.
1 . оIean tаi| rotor blade with dry сleaning solvent (cM 202) or degreasing ageпt (оM 209), then WiPe dry
2. Inspect b|ade body (i'e. b|ade skiп) for erosion damage, impaоt damage, delamination, and сraсks.
a' Еrosion damage to the b|ade body is aосeptab|e only if it is rrstricted to the paint finish. Тo рrevent the
damagefrom spreading' itis reсommendedtotouch upthedamaged paintfinish (see para. з4.3, item 2).
b. |mрact damage to the b|ade body is unaссeptab|e.
с' De|aminаtion (separation of blade skin trom сore) is Unaсоeptab|e.
WARNING сRАсKs lN тHE вLАDЕ BoDY ARЕ UNAOсЕPтABLЕ. сRAсKS l,4АY LЕAD тo
ТНE DЕsтRUcT|oN oF THE BLАDЕ AND Poss|BLY тo ТHE Loss oF ТHЕ
ЕNт|вЕ тA|L Roтoв.
d. сrаcks in the paint finish are aосePtable on|y if сraоks along the edges of the meta| plates do not extend
intotheb|ade body, аnd if no debonding ofthe metalp|ato edges hаs been сaused inthe areaofthe craоks
(see fig. з4-6).
|f there is doubt in this resрeсt, сonsult ЕCD or an authorized repair faоility.
|пspeсt markings (7' 8' fig' 34-2 or з4-3 or з4.4 or 34-5 or 34-5A) for |eglbility.
|f markings are diffiоu|t to read' use a Water-resistant fe|t-tip pen for touоhjng up.
Inspect оover tape (з' fig. 34-2 or з4-3 or 34-4 or з4.5 or 34.5A) for imрaсt damage and separаtion.
lf the сover tape is damaged (r.g. from impаct damаge, ol there is sepаration), rePlaсe it (see para. 34-3,
item 3.). |п that сase, inspeсt the nose sheil underneath (4) be'ore attaоhing а new оover taрe, see item
Pag€ 7
MA|NтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
€г.нн"oрteг .\
Е
;,
;, El Deьonding
A Parmissible crаcks in the paiпt
A |mpermissibte оraсks in the рaint
1 Cover tape Еnd сaP

Еrosioп proteсtion 5 Е}|ade skin
Aluminum рlаte тrailing edge
Bushings
Figura 34-6 (1 of 3) ЕХamp|es o{ aсоeрtab|e аnd unаосeptab|€ dаmаge - tai| rotor bladё, cопfiguratioпs l
and lll
cl.tAPтЕR з4 Flevision 24
Page I
tgJffo** MA|NтЕNANсЕ NiIANUAL Bo 105
Гt
WZ No de|am\оаtioпs admissib|e
:,
B жl De|aminations admissiblё
Е 2\ Permissibte сraсks in the рaint

/\ lmpеrmissible сraсks in the рaint
1 cover taРe 5 вIade skin

2 Е(osion proteсtioп 6 тrailing edge
J PU foil 7 вushings
Еnd cap
Figure э4-6 (2 of з} Еxamрtes o{ acceрtablo аnd unассeрtable damagr - taii rotor b|ade, сonflgurations
Il and lV
Flevision 24 сl-lAPTЕв 34
Page I
MA|NТЕNANOЕ MANUAL Bo 105
@Р.нI.o-Рoo...
oвтдtu A ,,-'--...-'\
ii з4
A Permissible сraоks in tho paint

A Permissib|e craскs in the рaiпt
:'
з|
1 в|ade skin
Еrosion рroteоtion
3 оovere taрe
Noso shell
Екamрtes o{ acоeрtab|е and unaссeрtablo damage

. tail rotor blade, сonfigurаtion v
Figure 34-6 (з of з}
Flevision 24
сHAPтЕR 34
Page 10
€pнr"яoрter MA|NTЕNANOЕ I,,IANUAL вo 105
5. Inspeсt neck shel| (9' fig. 34-2 oI 34-3 or 34-4 or з4_5 or 34-5A} for erosion damage, debonding' and
I
оraоks a|ong bonding ioints.
a. Erosion dаmage tо the neсk shell is acоeрtab|e on|y if the damage dors not eХtend through to materia|
underneath.
b. Debonds and сraсks running a|ongs.de bonding ioiпts and extending iпto the bonding jojnts are Unaо.
ceotable.
|nspect nose shel| (4, fig' з4-2 or 34-3 or 34-4 or 34_5 or 34.5A), only if оover tape (з) has been removed
due to damage (see item 4.}, aссording to the insрeоtion of the neоk shel| (see item 5.).
I
7. Inspeсt erosion proteсlion (2, tig.34-2
age' debonds, аnd о.aсks.
orз4.з or34-4 or 34-5 or34-5A) tor erosion damage, impaсt dam.
I
a. Еrosion damage to the erosioп proteCtion is aссeрtable only if the damage does not extend through to
material uпderneath.
сAUт|oN lF тHЕ ЕRosloN PRoтЕcТ|oN HAs |MPACт DAlnAGЕ' ТHЕ RЕsТ oF тHE
BLАDЕ вoDY SHALL вE |NSPЕстЕD тHORoUGHLY FoR DAMАGЕ oN BoтH
slDЕs UP тo тHЕ BLАDЕ тRA|L|NG ЕDGЕ (11). No DAMAGЕ oF ANY KIND |s
AсoЕPтAвLЕ (Е'G. сRAсKS' сHIPPING' DЕвoNDs oR DЕFoRМAТloN).
b. Impaсt damage to the erosion proteсtion is aооeptable on|y if the dаmage does not eхtend through the
erosion orotection.
с. тo test for debonds, usetapping hammer (see оhap' 04, tooIno.3a ora сoin weighing apProх. 10g, and
tap entiresurfaceoп both sides ofthe part. Agood bond sounds light апd hard, Whereasadebond sounds
du|| and emits no resonanсe.
Debonding of the erosion proteоtion is acовptаb|e only within tho |imits given in figure з4-7.
NoтЕ тh€ debonding criteriaforthe erosion proteсtion are governed bythe size of the cover
tape (3) used (see para. 34-з' item 3.).
d. crаоks in the erosion proteоtion are unaсceptable.
Flevisioп 24 сHAPтЕFi 34
Page 1'l
(Эрнp-рoрtег МAINтENANoЕ МANUAL Bo 105
Dimensions in mm
ARЕA 1 АFiEA 2 AREA 3 AFIEA 4

t-t Arsa at the
l l bagiпning of the
_ erosion proteсtion
И No""
^,"^
ffi warning area П L"g
".",
DeIaminatioпs admissibIe D6|аminations admissible Nо de|amination * DoIaminаtions admissibIe
withoUt limitatioпs without Iimitations admissible with limitations
* Areа 4
тhe tota| deIаminatioп iп this ar6a must not eхоeed 1 cm2
(per erosion proteсtlon side)
Figure 34-7 ('l оf 5) Delamination criteria for the erosion Рrotection - tаi| rotor b|ade of сoпfigurаtion I or ||
with short cover taoe
снAPтЕR Revision 24
Page 12
MAINтENANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
€р.няРoo*"'.
Dimeпsions in mm
АRЕA 1 ARЕA 2 AFIЕA 3 АRЕА 4

l.1 Areа at the beqiпninq-
l l аno tьe proteсtion
_ erosion
end of-the VZ No".^r" ffi warning area Гl L"g
"''"u
Delаminations admissible Delamiпatiопs admissible No delamination * Delaminations admissiыe
without limitations Without Iimitаtions admissible with limitations
* 4
^rеa
тhe tota| de|аminatioп in lhis area musl not exсeed .1
cm2
(рer erosion proteоtion side}
Figure 34-7 (2 of 5) Delaminatioп сriteria foI the erosion protection - tail rotor blade of configuration I or ||
with |ong сover tape
Page 1з
@янн"opteг MA|NтЕNANсЕ МANUAL Bo 105
Dimensions in mm
ARЕA 1 ARЕA 2 AвЕА 3 ARЕA 4

l-t Aгea at the
l l beginпing of the
erosioп proteсtion
VZ No".ur"^
ffi Wагпin9 arва П Lug",""
-
Delaminations admissible DeIaminations аdmissib|e No delamination *Delaminations аdmissible
without limitations without timitations admissible With |imitatioпs
* Area 4
тhe tota| delamiпation in this area must not eхоesd 1 сrrР
(Per erosion proteсtion side)
Figure 34-7 (3 ot 5) De|аmination оriteria for the orosion protoоtion - tal| rotor blade of сoпfiguration l|| or
|V With short cover tаoо
\
сHAPтEп з4 Flevlsion 24
Page 14
@Р#."oвt-r, MА|NтENANOЕ I\4ANUAL вo 105
Dimensioпs iп mm
АREА 1 ARЕA 2 ARЕA 3 ARЕА 4

l-t Area at the bsginning
I
_ I and the end of the
erosion рroteсtion
И No""
^,", ffi warniпg аrea П Lug,,u"
Oetaminations admissible Delamiпations admissible No delamination r( Delaminations admissible

Without limitаtions Without limitаtions admissiblo with limitations
* Аrea 4
тhe total delamination in this area must nol eхсeed ,l
оm2
(рer erosion protectioп side)
Figurе 34-7 (4 of 5) Delamination оriteria for the erosion proteсtion - tait rotor b|аde of сontigцration l|l or
IV With |ong оover tape
Revision 24 сHAРтЕFI 34
-15
Pаge
tгнmрoрter MAINтЕNANсЕ tvlANUAL Bo .l05
Dimаnsioпs in mm
ZoNЕ 1 zoNЕ 2 zoNЕ з zoNЕ 4

leiя Area at the beginning
lffiш аnd thr end of the
eroslon рrotoсtion
VZN,""^r"u ffi Warning аrea Nl l"s a'e"
-De|amiпаtions admissible Ddaminations admissible No delamination De|amiпations admissibIe
without limltations without limitations admissible with |imitatioлs *
* Zone 4
тhе total delаmination iп this area must not eхceed -l
сm2
Per eros.on protесtion side)
Figure 34-7 (5 of 5) De|amination criteria tor the erosion protection - tail rotor b|ade of сonfiquration V
сHAPтEв з4 Revision 24
Page 16
(Эрнmрoрtег MА|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL BO 105
ЕFFEстlv|тY Perform step 8. only on tai| .otor bIades of оonfiguration I or ]|| (see fig. э4-2 or 34-4|.
8. |nspoct оamber and thrust faсe plates ('1) for erosion damаge, impact damage and deboпds.
a. Еrosion damago to the camber and thrust faсe p|ates is aссePtable on|y if the damage does not extend
through them to the material underпeath.
b. Impaоt damage to the сamber and thrust faсe p|ates is acceplab|e onIy if the damage does not extend
through them to the materiаl underneаth.
с. тo test for debonds, tap-tsst the entire sцrfaсe of the respective parts (see itam 7.c.).
Debonds on the сamber and thrust faоe p|ates are аcсeptab|e on|y if:
_ debonding a|ong the entire diagonal edge of the p|ates does not exсeed 10 mm in Width (see fig.
34-6 (1 of 2)).
- debonding elsewhefe under the р|а1es does not eХсeed 2o0 mm2 on each p|ate (see fig. 34-6 {1
of 2)).
EFFЕстlv|тY Perlorm sleP 9. on|y oп tai| rotor b|ades of сonfiguration l| or |V (see fig. з4-3 or 34-5).
9. lnsрeсt PU foil (1) оn сamber and thrust sides of b|ade for erosion damagё, imрaсt damage, debonds, and
for сracks in paint finish in area of PU foi|.
a. Еrosion damago to PU foil on сamber and thrust sides of blade is acоeptab|e on|y if it does not extend
through to the material underneath.
b. Imрaоtdamagetothe PU foiIon the сamber and thrustsides ofthe b|ade is асceptable only ifthe damаge
does not extend through to the mаtoria|underneath.
с. No bond seраrаtioпs аre al|owёd underthe PU foi|s onthecamber and thrust sides 01the b|ade in an areа
exteпding .10 mm fromtheiredges. Debonding elsewhere isaооePtab|e if it does notexсeed 2O0 mm2on
eaсh PU foi| (see fig. 34-6 (2 of 2)).
d. сraоks in the рaintfinish inthe areaofthe PU foiIareacоeрtabIe. тhe damаgedрaint сoatсan betouсhed
Uр pёr parа. з4-3' item 2.
10. Insрeоt bonding joints for erosion.

Еrosion of adhesive butt joints betwoen insta||ed parts (erosion protection, end сap' a|Uminum plates,
PU_foi|) and between instal|ed parts and the blade body are aссeptab|e so long as the iпstaI|ed parts have
no debonds at their edges. тo Prеvent damago {rom spreading, it is reоommended to {i|l eroded bonding
joints (see para. 34-3, item 1.),
11. Inspeсt rivёt (12' fig. 34-2 or 34-3 or 34-4 or 34-5) for |ooseness, and for сorrosion if рaint has t]een re.
moved.
Loose or corroded rivets sha|| be rep|aсed by ЕCD or an authorized rePair faciiity.
Revision 24 оHАPтЕп 34
Page '17
(Эн*ярoрtег МA|NTЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
12. Inspect end сaр (1з, fig. 34-2 or 34.3 or з4-4 or 34-5) for erosion dаmаge, impаоt damage, and dobonds.
a. Еrosion dаmage tothe eпd cap is aсceptab|eoniy if the dаmаge does not eхtend throughto the materia|
underneath.
b. lmpaоt damagetothe end сap is aсceptable on|y iftho damage does not extend through to thе materia|
undernealh.
c' тo test for debonding, tap.Iest аlong the edges of the part (soe item 7.с.).
Debonding of thё end оар is aсceptаb|e oniy if:
- tho individuaI debond is not longerthan,lo mm оhordwise (see fig.34-6).
- the space between adjaсsnt debonds is n,ot |ess than 50 mm (see fig. з4-6).
WARN|NG |MPAст DA},AGЕ АND сRAсKS ARЕ Noт AOCЕPтАBLЕ oN тHЕ вLАDE тRAIL|NG
ЕDGЕ. ТHEY сAN LЕAD Тo тнЕ DЕsтFtUот|oN oF тHЕ BtАDЕ AND Poss|вLY Тo
тНЕ Loss oF ТllЕ ЕNт|RЕ тA|L RoToFl. i
l 13. |nspeсt b|ade trai|ing edge (11 , fig. 34.2 or 34-3 or з4-4 or з4-5 or 34.5A) for impaоt damage, сraсks,
сhiPрing' debonds, and deformation.
No damage whatsoever is aсо9Рtab|e on the b|ade trai|ing edge.
NoтЕ Perform steps 14. аnd 15. on|y with thё tai| rotor b|ad6 removed.
,14.
l |nspeсt bushings (6, fig. з4-2 or з4-3 or 34-4 or 34-5 or 34-5A) for meсhaniсa| damage' сorrosioп, wear,
and intaсt bondino.
a. PoIish out meоhaniсaIdamage andсorrosion, using400/600gritabrasiv6 с|oth'тhe mахimum allowab|e

bore diаmetor is 12.02 mm. lt maybeoxceeded by0.02 mm ononequarteroftheboreоirсumferenсe (see
fig.34-8).
b' IJ wear is evident, measure diameter of bore. For allowаbte diameter' see item a.
с. Debonding of thr bushings is пot a||owed.
l 15. Gheсk dimensions ot fitting surfaсes (5' fig. 34-2 or з4-з or з4-4 or 34-5 or 34-5A).
lf tho damags |imits given in fig. З4-8 are exceadвd' have the tai| rotor blаde reрaired by ЕcD oг Dy an
authorized reрair faсility.
сHAPтЕR 34 )
Revision 24
€*k'Lo-Рoo.-'. МA|NтENANсЕ МANUAL Bo'105
Dimensions in mm
sгстtoш A. A
1 таil rotor b|ade

Fitting surfaоe
вushings
Circular area
Dimension Х for the length of the bushings (3) as we|| as for the distanсe betweeп
Д\ the fitting surfaces (2) within the оirсu|ar аreas (4) must not fa|| below 20'96 mm.
/t
LL\ Dimension Y in оase of a step at the edge of the сirсUlаr arеa must not ёxceed o.1 to o.3 mm
l
A The max.mum permissib|e diameter Z oi the bushings (3) is 12.02 mm.
oп one quarter of the сirоumference by 0.02 mm.
|t mаy be exсeeded
Figure 34-8 Fitting surfaсes and bushings . damage limits
Page '184
(Эрнн"opteг MA|NтЕNANOE MANUAL вo 105
BLАNK PAGE
,.)
сHAPТЕR 34
Page 188
(Эрнжрopter MA|NтЕNANсЕ МАNUAL Bo 105
з4 - з RЕPAIR . тA|L RoтoR BLADЕ
1. Filling eroded butt joints.
a. Degreаse butt joiпts with acetone (сM 203).
b. FiI| butt joints with adhesive {с|\, 602) and mask With аdhesive taPе (сl.,| 603}.
с. A||oW adhesive lo cure, then per|ofr adhesive tape and remove eХсessive adhesive by hand, using 180
grit аbrаsive с|oth"
d. App|y top сoat аnd Warning or f|uoresсent paint (see step 2,),
тbuсhing up damaged paint finish.
WARNING WHЕN SAND|NG тНЕ PA|Nт F|N|s|-|' Do Noт DAMАGЕ т|-lE вlдDЕ sK|N AND
вLАDE тнA|L|NG ЕDGЕ. sUсH DAмАGЕ |\,lAY LЕAD тo DЕsТFlUот|oN oFтнЕ
вLАDЕ AND PossiBLY To Loss oF тHE ENтiRЕ тA|L вoТoR'
тHЕ тAlL RoТoR BtАDE Is sЕNsITlVE Тo PRЕssUFlЕ AND сoNsЕQUENтLY
мAY вЕсoплЕ lRRЕPARAвLY DArЙAGED lF |т Is Noт HANDLЕD WIтH PBoPЕR
GAFIЕ. PRЕssURЕ MAY DA|\4AGЕ тнE sKlN/оoRЕ BoND oR ТHЕ coRE.
тАKЕ cARЕ тl.lAт тHЕ WEIGHт oF ТHЕ BIдDE FoLLOW|NG нЕPAiR oF
DAMAGЕ To lТs PA|Nт coAT |s NoТ MORЕ тнAN
_ ]0 GRAМS oN coNF|GURAТ|oNs | тo |V
l
- 6 GRAмS oN сONF|GURATIoN V l
АвoVЕ |тs WЕ|GHт Aт DЕLIVЕRY {sЕЕ H|sТoRIcAL FlЕсoRD).
Тl.|Е вLАDЕ sK|N AND ТHЕ BLАDЕ тRA|L|NG ЕDGЕ MAY BЕ RЕPA|вЕD oNLY
oNсЕ |N тHЕ sAMЕ PLАсЕ.
NoтE When remоVing the protective fiпish, tako care not to damage the identification plate
beсausr it bears the neоessary identifying data'
a. сlean tai| rotor bIade with either dry c|eaning so|vent (сtЙ 202)' dogreasing аgent (с|\.,l 220) or асetone
(сM 20з).
b. Using masking tapё (сM 609)' mask oft identifiсation plate (7, fig. 34-2 or з4-3 or з4.4 or 34-5 or
34-54) and areas not to be Dainted.
Using 220 grit or finer abrasive c|oth, sand рaiпt coat ln af{eсted areas by hand, White tаking оare not to
expose the b|ade skin. тhis is ensured il the сo|or ofthe paint does not сhange whi|e sапding. тo ensure
thatthe b|ade сontour does пot сhаnge' it is necessaryto |eave astrip of paint 1 .2 mm Wideonthetrailing
eoge.
o. c|ean saлded area With thinner (сM 41з).
Revision 24 снAPTEFI 34
Page 19
@гнжгopteг MA|NтЕNАNсЕ MANUAL Bo .l05
e. Prepаre amixture oftwo-оomрoпent Wash primer(cI\4 472), hardener (сM 459)andthinner (сп,4 4s6) to
manufaоturer's instructions, and aPp|y to the bare metаlsuгfaces.
f. A||ow wash primrr to оure at room temperature aпd then wet sand it with 400 grit wet sand paper.
g. с|ean sаnded area with thinп€r (оМ 413).
h. Prepareamixturo oiPURtopоoat (ом 405), hardener (сlvl420) andthinner (сM 4,13) to manufaоturer's
instruоtions and aрp|y to treated area.
i. AI|ow paintfinish tocuro per manufасturer's instruоtions.
NoтЕ F|uorescent paint (cM 406) or (cM 428) or warning paiпt (сNr 491) hithеrto used for
repaking the damaged surfаоe proteоtion oп the bladetip аre not suitab|e for rePairing
the damaged surlaсe рroteotioп. lnstead ofthese consumab|es, laquer (сМ 4B2) оan
be us6d for reрairing damаged surface proteоtions.
j. тouching up dаmaged warning paint. Preparo а mixture of |аcquer (CM 482), hardener (сМ 48з) and )
thinner (cм 484) to manufaсturвr's instructions and app|y to treated area.
k. A||ow laquer to сure per manufаcturer's instruсtloпs.
Page 20
MAINтЕNANOЕ MANUAL Bo 105
t-*"нffiРoo.-.
3. Flep|aоing the сover tape
NoтE . Using а |onger сover tаpe (220 x 60 mm) instead of the former|y used, short cover tapё
(.|62 x 60 mm)' resu|ts in revised debonding criteria {or the erosion proteсtion (see рara.
з4-2' item 7.с.). |п the event of сover tape rep|aоement, the оover tapes of both tai| rotor
blades must be replaced.
. In саse paiлt damage needs to be repaired cIose to the сover tape at the same timё, the
сover tape is fitted to the tai| rotor blade after touсhing up the paint.
a. Step a. deleted I
b. Using hot-air b|ower, heаt сoveг tapo to mаx. 50.о and then peel il from b|ade.
c. Remove residua| adhesive With aсetone (оM 20з).
d. с|ean new bonding аreas on rotor b|ade with aсetoпe (сМ 20з).
e. Allow сlёaned areas to air dry for at least 10 minutes.
f. сoat bonding areafor сover tape With Promotor 86 (сlv1750) and а|low to air dry for аt |east з0.60 miп.
utes.
g. App|y a mark rePreseпting the сenter ofthe nose area on the non-adhesive side of the сover taРe.
h. Pul| csnter proteоtive bасking from rear side of cover tape.
i. Align marking on cover tаpe with the сenterofthe nosearea ofthetailrotor b|ade.
]. E}ёginrring at tho nose, apРly the сover tарa by working out a|l blis|ers towards the edges of the tape.
k. Remove remainiлg Protective baсkjng aпd app|y the rest ofthe оover tape bу Working out alI b|isters to-
wards the edges ofthe tape.
|. lf any b|isters are |elt underthe сovertape. theyоаn be removed by priсking them With а рin and Рressing
down the оover taoe.
Page 21
iЛA|NтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
@янярсэpteг
t
BLANK PAGE
)-
oHАPтЕR 34
Page 22
(ЭрнярOрteг МA|NтЕNANсЕ пiANUAL вo 105
з4 - 4 RЕ|lЛoVAL. тA|L RoтoR BLADE
1. Identity tailrotor b|аdes and с|ose-toleraпоe bo|ts with their respective instal|ed positions' so thаt rebalanс.
ing is not required iJ lhe same unсhanged parts аre reused in their origina| insta||ed рositions.
Remоve split рins (6' fig. 34-9)' nuts (7) and washers (t) from сlose tolerance bo|ts (4).
!), Remove c|ose-toleranсв bo|ts (4) and delaсh tai| rotor blade (1).
L-
I
v
Direсtion of rotation
7
o
1 тaiI rotor b|ade 5 вlаde mounting fork

вushings 6 Split pin
з Wаsher 7 Nut
4 cIose-toleraпсe bo|t
Figure з4-9 Removal and instaI|ation . tail rotor b|ade
Revision 24 снAPтЕR з4
Page 23
(Эянr"яoptrг MA|NтENANсЕ IлANUAL вo 105
з4 - 5 lNsтALLAтloN - тA|L RoтoR вLADЕ
NoтЕ |f the рreviously insta||ed b|ade and attaсhing hardware (inо|uding ba|ance washers) are
reinstalled unсhanged to their origina| positions on thg same tаil rotor, the taiI rotor need
not be rebalanсed, provided it Was р.oper|y balanced prior to their removal.
I сAUт|oN . DUR|NG INSтALLАт|oN oNLY тAlL RoтoFl BLАDES WIТH тHЕ sAМЕ P/N
I мAY BЕ PА|RЕD.
. ЕNsUFlЕ сoRRЕст tvAтсн|NG oF тA|L RoToR вLАDE Тo тAlL RoToR HЕAD
АND сoNтRoL LЕVER (RЕFEн тo lPс).
1 . оoat shank ot сlose-tolerance bolt (4, fig. 34-9), provided it is nоt сoated with solid fi|m |ubriсant, апd ba|-
anоo Wоights With either greasg (сtv| 10'1' cM 102 orсM 10з), оor.osion preventive comрound (сIvl5о5)'
or lubricant (CM 146).
2. lf a пew boli сoаted With so|id film lubricant is installed, removё al| grease from the mating bushing bores i
iпthe blade mounting fork aпd blade (2) With dry c|eaning solvent (сii 202), then dry instal|bolt. AрpIy |ubri-
сant (CМ 146) to previous|y instа||ed bo|t сoated With so|id film lubricant.
3. |nsta|| taiI rotor b|ade ('1) in b|ade mounting fork (5)' аnd observe рroper installаtion рosition.
4. |nsert с|ose.tо|erance bo|ts (4) With Washers (3}, then instа|| nuts (7) and tighteл them to specified torque.
socure nuts with sP|it рins (6).
5. Ba|ance tаi| lotor acоording to оhаpter 107.
сHAPТЕR 34 Revision 24
Page 24
tрнr"яoptrr MA|NтЕNANOЕ МANUAL Bo 105
34 - 6 sтoRAGЕ. РAсKAGING AND sнlPPlNG . тA|L RoтoR вLADЕ

't. кeеp origina| оontaiпer for storag6 or shipping.
2. Store tail rotor blades so that they are safe from damage.
3. Tai| rotor b|ades sha|| be packed in рairs in a Wooden сontainer (see fig. 34-10) or in а p|astiс сontаiner.
сontainer cover must be secured, e.g. by a stee| strap.
I
4. тail rotor b|ades being returned for repair shаl| be shipрed only in sturdy сontainers, preferably in Wooden
сontainer в 411.01/73 or in p|aslic coлtaiпer 102153-410004WD. тhe blаdes must be stowed and seсurф
in the container so that no dаmage is sustained during transport, even if the оontainer is subieсt to rough
I
or оаreless hand|ing.
зl
Figure з4-10 сontainer B 411.o1l73
Page 25
@*;5o"oвt*. I\лА|NтENANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
вlяNK PAGЕ
з-
оHAPтЕR з4
Page 26
сHAPтЕR
FLIGHT сoNTRoLs
MAIN RoтoR
QfеuroсopЕeг МA|NтЕNANсE MANUAL MвB - вo.t05
41 М.цIN R0T0R с0NTR0Ls
Tablе af Contents
PaIagraрh Titlе
41 I DЕSсRIPT]ON . MAIN R0T0R сONTROLS 5
4I 2 RIGGТNG - мAIN R0T0R сoNTROLS 9
41 з ]NSPЕсT]ON - }.,1A1N R0T0R сONTROLS 9
41 ц aam^\/,:l -.\I.li. <"r.]. loсk 14
41 5 InsLal]аtion - сyсLiс sсiсk ]oсk 15
41 6 Rеmovаl - сyсl iс sсiсk boot 15
41 1 ]nsta1lation - сyс]iс stick boot 15
4T 3 Removal - сyсllc stiсk Rtl and longitudina] сontrol link 15
41 9 Inspесtion аnd repair _ сyсJiс stiсk RH and

..]d
n.loi :
nэ j соnгr.r,] ]irk 2Т
41 r0 Instal]ation - сyсliс stiсk Rtl .i nri l^nditп,.linrl ^^nt

r^ l I rnk 25
41 i1 Rеmovа1 - latera1 сontrOl lrVer (Rir ) 2'l
41 I2 Insрeсtlon аnd reрair - laterа] сontrol lever and

hо:ri nп сlr^^^rt
28
41 - 1З lnstall.ation - ]atеrаl сontro1 lever (Rll ) з1
41 - 14 Removal . ]aLeral сontro] lever (LH) 3з
41 - 15 Insta1].aЕion - latera] сonlrof ].evеr (Lн ) 33
41 - 16 RAr.^l'^ l - .^nnA^t i nd n! rг з5
цI - L.] тnqnA1-t i.1n аn.l rAnа i! r! - nnnnоnг

vvrrrr!!urrrY i nп nr
iJq!
rгL З5
41 - 18 tnsса L] асion - ссnneсting part з5
41 - 19 Removal - be l }с rank З6
BО 105
сi-tAPTЕR 41
P^ rтё .1
@eurосорteг МА|NтЕNАNоЕ MANUAL Мвв - вo 105
Paragraрh Page
4I 20 г\еlLlvvdl - UеtILLd]lA З6
41 2I тnсno.t i nn эnrl rоnд i r - bе]]сrank з9
цl 22 Installation - bе l]с rank 42
А1 .>1
Instal]alion - bе] lс rank 42
4I Rеmova] - lateral сontro.]. bе]lсrank ц2
41 25 Тnsоeсtiоn аnсl renаi r - latеraL сonLro} bellсrank ц.|
41 26 Tnsta]lation - Latеra1 сontrol bel1сrank 51
41 21 Longitudinа1 / lateral
t r]m sysLеm 51
4T-28 RemovаI - longiсudinal trjm systеm 51
,4 1 _ aO Removal - lateral trim sysLem 52
41 - З0 пi a^с<Afirh]\? - ]^n-itrldinA] /]яt6ra] trimmor 55
тnсnA.tian яnd rоnдi r - ]nnсiгllrlin:l/].F6тa] t r 1птne r 55
цI .32 ДssAтhlV - lnro;tllrJ.'trl /]aгerа1 сrimmer 55
41 - зЗ тnсгa] ]:ti^n - lnnпlt-rrz]in:1 trim erlсtam 6з
41 . З4 гnstal.Lасron - lаLerа1 сrim sysrem 6з
RAm^\'а] - lоnо:.lrliгаl гrimmer bеl]сranк 65
41 - 36 RеmovaI - Lаt,егal сrimmer beLlсrаnk 65
4L - 3'7 тncnA.t i nn rnrl rоnя i r -

] nnrтi гrlrll n: l :nd l:гAr: ] 6B
-,ttl_L.ч!tllf
41 зB Instal1ation - ].ateral trj.п.],ner beL1сrank 1\
41 З9
-.1с-1l lа' i1".'n -'nnnri..lina1 trirш]er be]lсrank 1T
41 40 Сo1leCL1Vе рitсh st.iсk l2

41 4T Removal . сo]1ессirе piLсh stIсk RH/Lti 12
41 42 Insta]LаLion - сol Lесtivе рiiсh sriсk Rr.t / r,rr jз
BC 105
ll нAP T ЕР. 41
; P.tr . r--r "o
ЕUнoсoPтЕR МAlNтENANоЕ N,IANUAL вo 105
p: rЯ.trrnh тit]A
41 - 43 Removal - рitсh brake '15
41 - 44 Instal]at.ion - pitсh brаke '75
41 - 45 Remova1 - рitсh Proteсt'or Rt{/Ltt 15
4l - 46 Installation - рitch proteсtor Rн/Ltl l5

41 - 4? Rеmovаl - сover' сyсliс stiсk LIt '11
41 - 48 hstallаtion - сover. сyсliс stiсk Lн 11
41 - 49 PAm^t,.l - nnuar лn] 1A.iit'A

ît.Ь st iсk !п 'tB
41 - 50 Inst'allation - сover, сo1leсt'ive Pitсh stiсk Lн '78
41 - 51 Removа]. - Pitсh shaft lever '19
4r-52 тnqnA.i i.tn аn.l rAnai ' - nitсh snаft lever 't9
41 - 53 Insta11ation - рitсh shafс leveI 8З
41 - 54 Removal - Pitсh shаft 8з
41 - 55 InsPeсtion аnd reРair - P1tсh shaft' 84 __

4l - 5б тnet,,l]rii^б - ni tаh 86
41 - 5? вel1сranks (Pitсh, 1аteral аnd longitudinal ) 86
41 - 58 Removаl . be].lс rаnks o0
41 - 59 Disassembly - be llс ranks 89
4r - 60 InsPeсtiоn аnd reРаir. be l ]с rаnk s 90
Asseпфly - be1lс ranks 9з
Insta1lаt'ion - be 1lс rапks 9з
41 -6З Remova] . рitсh stiсk st'oP 93
41 - 64 тnrtr] ]iti^. - nit^h eti.L 9з
41 - 65 l'1 1хing 1ever embly 95
в0 105
сttAPтЕR 41
Ф*u-.орtег МAINТЕNANсE I\,IANUAL вo 105
ParagrаPh тit|e Page
+l -oo Remova| - mixing lever аssemb|y 95

41 -67 Disassembly - mixing lever assembly 95
41 -68 lnsprсtion and repair - miхiпg |rvor аssemb|y 97
41 -69 Аssemb|y - miхing lsver assemb|y 125
41 -70 |пstalIation - miхing lever assemb|y tzo
41 -71 swashр|ato 127
41 -72 |пspeоtion and repair - swashp|atе 128
lnspесtion ot bearings - swashpiate
41 -74 Lubriсation - swashp|ato ........'. '130
41 -75 ReDlаcement o' boot - swаsh9|ats 130

41 -76 сoпtrol rodsаnd ||nks ......'.... 1з3
Remova| - сontro| rods in non-boosted section ot the conlrols lоо
41 -78 tlemoval - оontro| rods aпd |iпks h the boost€d seсtion of the сontrols '134
41 -79 Disassembly - сontrol rods 135

41 -80 lnspeсlion and repair _ оoпtrol rods and |inks 1364
Assemblv сontro| rods 143
41 -82 Insta||ation - сontrol rods in the non+oostod seсtion of the сontroIs 145
4] _ 8з lnstallation - сoлtro| rods and Iinks in tha boostвd sвсtion ol the contro|s 145
сHАPтЕFl 41 Rovision 22
Paga 4
мвв нЕIIсOPTЕRS
I\,IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL !,tвв - в0 10 5
41 -1 DЕSсRIPTION - ItlAIN R0т0R сoNTRoLs
Thе main rotor сontrol system (figure 41-1) соmprises the сoltесtive and Lhe
сyсliс blаde рitсh angle соntrol systems. All b1ade pitсh сhаnges аre initi-
ated by the pilot thЕough пovements of the сyсliс stiсk and the сol]eсtive
pitсh stiсk. Thе сyсllс stiсk саn bе loсked in plaсe wiLh the сyсliс stiсk
loсk assy. Thе eolleсtive pitсh stiсk сan be ]oсkеd in plaсe with the со1-
leсtive pitсh stiсk loсk assy.
With dual сonLro1s, thе сopilotls сyсliс stiсk is mесhaniсal}y linked tо the
pilot's сyсliс stiсk via a сontro] liпkage. The сoрilot's сol1eсtive sliсk is
meсhаniсally linkеd to thе pilot,s со]leсtive stiсk via a рitсh shaft.
The сontrol inputs are transferred via the miхing lever assembly. thе swash-
plate and the rotating Piuсh links by a seгies of bellсranks and. сontrоl rods
to the four mаin rotor bladеs installed on the main rotor head. The сontrol
forсes from the pilot оr сopilot are augmented by a duаl hydrauliс systеm.
Thе longitudinal and latеra} triпmers are provided to artifiсially inсrеase
the foтсe rеqr:irеd by the pilot to makе inputs on Lhe сyсliс stiсk.тhe сon-
trol fo!сes on the сyсliс stiсk сan be trimmed to zero with the trimmi-nq svs-
i^ёrn hl' 6ith.r ih6 ni I^t aт thо лnni l^t сtэЬ'lа flight
r .;able €litьr сondition
аа.îr.i^^ has
Ь.
^n.6
bееn obtained. This is effeсted by a four-way switсh on the сyс]iс stiсk
whiсh сauses a lonqitudinal and а lateral trim aсtuator to move the triппners
viа bеllсranks until the рilot oт сорilot stoрs асtuat'ing thе four-vlay
switсh.
The maхimum сontrol inрuts are 1imited by mechaniсal. stoрs.
The сontrol forсes саn be adjustеd by neans of a pitсh brake whiсh aсts on
thA nit.h ahяft
в0 105
снAPTER 41
\ \\
'\,,
)
т
o.-l > с) б O a .:
rr '-{ дЕ oJ o {J..r
..1
i
r{' рEд.t 5
Ы
o эФ rr o
|
rl Е ьй г'l oнd )4
dd Ё н о Ё д o ц 'б.l бб Ё
io .J бб .l] o Р'd oo oo rб
t.l ..i lr н >t Хр ô> бt]rr .р },. t.r н
o^ rJ р .с н >' ..l б tпrrд o (-
.б Ё|1 5.4 н oЁl Ё ..t Е
..lс tr.l tr ..t -l
Еб ilo () r-{ с>д -o. с ooб oo
o ..| н .r{ t-| Еiв 0JoE Ф.с р'd ФА1 .{lr()o
(вlвФtr trя Ф
r.r н6) t'l р дЕЁ Ф..l Ф фс' oр-н рр д
др сA O..l ..| 3 a (вlв 9ЕB(6 rrЁ ёЁ
г.l l.t (6:f o of, o нб .|J oro ..| з o 9 р oр-l o o F{
o 0j.-.{.{ я.-r oE.l+J э or|б Qo н.oФO 'r
*сд.-] €OФo iЕ oo!Ao
rrE6- р
.-] )4 A4.-i..|
д.а .с
х rr A< с,б
o дr{ я .1 |-1 р
c( r]
'р Е r] д б 'dФ.l o.l Oр
с..tс)нOнб()O(вt'' ..1 б..toЁбЕ d бrsЕрA4 rв(sJ4c
o rrр o -.1 o ё..1 с е o Е >.d } б Ф o Ф oд o Ё tr oчr O с ..t..l с O ()o
oР бррр..lрр..| (' ('ъ-l oд rr .o.lo.l Ф Р r]Р(6 }.l.б )1 >..|д o 'u..{ д..l
.-l o иl o.Е' Е
.J Ё г.l>(в Ё..| !, дрЕd,lэ-р
Fl Ёl Ё Ёa.р 5 . б.lЕ .l .l F{ -1 Ё f6.ll ,.р.{ИФiб5я.oгl
(6
iбб. o O O р r] o б U| o 0J д o{ o Е o lE я O Р н чрр б
я н o..| o..|.i..l i ..i н (J rr A r] Ф Ед rr.с 1r o Ф..| o l.r l.с с)...l ..{.с н
bl()..l р +J..| р Е с) сo р Ф ]J]J rlr-l фрro O o..] otФ u с,
сi ol or Ё.l' Ф.-r
.lJ р' 'r Ь o rr A O O A >.l Ё..] x Ё р tD б Ё .6 tr.nf-]-l с orр.tJ,р.-r Ё d,D +l
б Ф iD o (J >o o >>o o Ф о r -.| o Ф Ur 3 o t o я o o o, б.i.n Ф o q.i 16
.f '.]
д й й'l (.) (J r] я ф O э Е (-) .Q б Ф (J a U t Ф (.) .] И д A] A. Еl я д or Ё
fleuroсоpteг MA|NтENАNсE MANUAL MвB - вo 105
4I - 2 RIGGING - }4AIN R0т0R сONTROLS
Гor riqging оf mаin rolor сontIols refer to сhарter 102.
NOTЕ тhе assemb]y lеngth' dimеnsion X' сan bе dеtеrminеd eхaсtlv bV usinq
аJ.iqгmenl gauge. P/N 105.41482 L1, in сonjunс[ion with supрLementary
kir, P/N 1a5-41,482 L2.
Rioоinо iq rom.r rФd iг thр fоlInшinп гаcос. Jддv (4l.ч !uJ9J l
- 1f iL is nor сеrrain thаt, dimеnsion x (сenteI-to-сentеr of sphеriсa1

!rall'lУ5/ _оn]асamanl iс оv:nт]17 Adl]^'l t^ гh6
v'L Lrlе r1еw
^^nt.^l -nrl
сorresрoпding lепgth of thе removed сontrol lod.
- If it is not сeltain thаt dimension х of a removеd сontro] rod was aссu-

rаtр]v dёj-Aтminоrl nriоr l.о itq .li cАccёmЬ|1?
- lt it is nol сеrtain that' сhe сontrol sеt-ting has rепainеd unсhangеd

foLlowiпg rерJaсement of раrts or сomр]еte djsаssеmbly.
- Еo1lowing сertain maintenanсe mеasulеs.
41 -з INSРЕсTION - MAIN R0T0R сONтROLS
1. сheck main rotor сontrofs for frееdom of movеmеnt.
2. Сhесk main rotoт сonLIols fоr рlay. тf рlay is enсountеrеd, Ioсa1ize and
e1iminatе.
з. Insрeсt сont.ro] e]еments in non.boosted sесtion as fo]]ows:
a. ]nsресL сyсliс st,jсk (5, B' figure 4]-1). сo11eсtive pitсh stiсk (25,
29) аnd гvсliс sгick ]осk аssv {9] fоr nосhinj.аl
l-Lu{ rlяmасд ol.J
Чo..|uYс cогlrrittl
дnrl эgLq-lL]
of installation.
1) Polish out meсhaniсaL dаmаgе аnd сorrosion With suitab1е too1s
and fina] polish with рolishing сlot'h 400.
2) Touсh uр damaged surfaсe proteсЕion With trdo-сomрonent Zinс

сhromate primеr (CМ 456) аnd two-сomрonеnt. PUR topсoаL (сM 426)
аs out]inеd in chapter 02.
b. тnsрeсt boots (46, figurе 4l-З and 29' figure 41-4) for сraсks,
poros1tУ and seсurе instа]]ation.
Reр]асe damagеd booLs as desсribеd in рaragraрhs 41-6 and 41-7.
с. Chесk whether сyсliс stiсk }oсk attaсhing hard'warе (fig' 41-2) is *

secured by spliс рin. If sр]iL pi.n is missing, tighLen nut (з) unt*l
сvсliс sriсk 1ock is Гrоe оf nlаll
Р4Ч]
яnrl .:n ЬA tl1rnA^ оl''vvLllf].
gtrЧ em^^th ll'
B0 105
CIIAPTЕR 41
Rеvision 8 Paqе 9
Qfeuroсopter MAINтENANсЕ I\,iANUAL t\4BB. Bo 105
i\I.\тЕ nnAn t hA d^^r t^ i nсnaгг r1^r сtAn

^
d. Inspeсt bеl]сrank (12, figure 41-1)' bel,].сlank (26), latеra1 сontrO]"

h^,l |.r:nk l?nl
\Jwl.
l tlimmоr lоrrоr /J1l дnd lаtоrаl
llv]LYJqЧЧ
nnп i t r l ..,l i nл trimmоr
lеvеr (З) for meсhaniсa] damage and corroslon.
1) Remove meсhаniсal damagе and сorrosion with a suitab]e tool and

.]..].^1]^ь ^1^FЬ ln^
lrtro.L РU]rsrr ',']rЬ ^^]]^ь'i^^
9 L!\,,L11 tuv.
Por damаge аnd repаir }imit,s, refer to rigures 41-16' 4l-20 and
41-29.
2) or rеnew damаged sulгaсe рroteсtion WiLh Lwo-сomрonenl

тouсh uр
рrimer (сM 42з) and coating laсquеr (CM 402) in aсcоrdanсe
wash
With сhарter 02.
е. .nspeсt сontro] rods (l, 1l1'8l 2a' 21' 23,2] шnd 2B figure 41-1)
F^r .iAflAr.r] гnnrlit in. .*r ь^.-,inа. .'т Ьi.r.linп
UсoLLlчJ ^^*-^сi^. , wLL'ЧLt'Y
and рray.
1) Disсard bеnt сont'ro] rods.

2) Po1ish out sсratсhes, niсks' сhafе marks аnd traсes of сorrosion
oо сoгt-o rod tubes. Refer Lo figure 41-18 tor dаmage and rcраir
limits.
з) тouсh up or rеneW damaged surfасe рrot,eсt,ion With tWo-сorгрOnenЕ
zinn сЬrnml]-о iг|!1 l.Ц6\ rnrt tn'^-.^mб^nAnг DтIP i^n.^1l /гМ
^rimAr
426t in aссordаnсe wiLh сhaprer 02.
дl тf сnh6т,i .a,] ЬAя.inr^ rF^ цrrîFd ^^|t.А^^ ьr.'^ y\î11
1l ' r Jуl.ut -uJ l LvglllLljJ olЕ l,llluliLУ' ^. ro\trf o] Lof
^1at.
tJ
in exсess Of 0.] rrun, ].eрlaсe bеarjngs togerher with rod еnds.
5) InsРесt sealing on rod' еnds of thе сont'rol rods (5, figurе
41-B2). IЕ sea1ing is missjng or dаmaged, jnsрeсt, сonLro] rods
in aссordanсe With paragraрh 41-80'
f. lnsресt a]l other parLs [o( genera] сondition and aLt,асhjng hаrdwаrе
г.1r qё.rrrii v nf inqtа]l,аtiоn яnd nrAqAn..A nf lnz-lrinrr rtоrlinдс
B0 105
CI]APтER 41
Paqe 10
ЕUпoоoPтЕв мA|NтЕNANOЕ MANUAL вo 105
4, lnspect control elements in boosted section as follows:
a. Inspесt mixiпg |ever (14, figUre 41-1)forоonditioп and |or sёсUrity and proper |ocking of attaоhing hard-
ware.
1) |f locking deviоes are missing, сheсk аttaсhing hardware for sрeоi'ied torqUa and instaIl toсking de-
viсes.
2) Po|ish oUt meсhaniсaldamage and оorrosioпwith pоlishing с|oth 400. Fordamage and ropair Iimits'
retor to paragraph 4'1-68' |f the dаmаge сannot bo removed in the instа||ed рosition, rёmove miхin9
|ever assy as required in aссoldanсe With paragraph 41-66. Inspect and reрair mixing levёr assem-
bly in ассordanоe with paragraрh 41_68.
3) Touch up damaged surtaоe protection With sing|e.сomponenl zinс chromate primer (сM 401) fo|.
|owed by two-.оomponent PuR topсoat (сl/ 426) in aссordaпсe With оhаpter 02.
4) сheсk grooved batl beаrings for Play апd roUgh rUпning. тhis requires disсonneсtion o' сontro!rods
|rom mixiпg lever assy.
lt bearing is damaged, гemove afteоted lever and replaсe beаring iп aссordanсe With paгagraph
4.1-€8'
b, insрeсt сontlol rods (1з and 17 tigure 41-1} and control links (15)
'
and inspect iлstalled
sphericaI bеarings for plaи signs ot corrosion and biпding. 'orcoпdition
1) |nspeсt tubss of controls rods (13 and 17) for оondition. Disсard bent оontrol rods. Po|ish out
scratches, nicks, сhafe marks and сorrosion on сontroI rod tubes according to the damage and re-
рair limits shown in 4.1-80.
'ig' сoлtrol rods P/N 1o5-l312'' (distjnguished by a tube o-D. o' 20 mm), а,so
|п the сase ot rotаting l
Visua||y inspeоt reinlorсement sIeeves on оontrolrod ends tor оraсks. Flep|aсo оraсked сonlrolrods. l
2) lnspect сontro| |inks (15) for condition. Discard bent contro| links' and polish out sсratсhos' пiсks
and сorrosion aссording to thё damage and repair limits shown in fig.41-78.
3) Touсh uр dаmaged surfaсe proteсtion, using two.сomponent zinс сhromate primeI (cM 456)
|owed bУ two*component PUR topсoat (cM 426) in aссordaпсв wilh сhaptёr 02. 'o|.
4) |t radial p|ay exсeeds 0.1 mm or aхial play exоeeds 0'4 mm (Whichever oсcurs first), orthere is bind-
ing or evidonсe o' оorrosion' reP|асe assвmbled rod end and sphrriсa| bearing ol сontro| rod (1з'
figure 41-1).
iл tha сase of сoлtrol link (15)' replаce spherjca' bearing per сhaptrt 02'
5) |' in the сase of сontrol rod (17) radia| p|ay excaeds 0.2 mm or axiai p|ay exсeods 0.4 mm (Whiоhever
oссurs tirst)' or there is binding or evidenсe ol сorrosion, romove eithar the assemb|ed rod end and
spheriоa| bearing or on|y the spheriсa| bearing per chapter 02.
6) lnspeсt seajing on rod eпds of control rods lor сondition. |, sealiпg is damaged or missing, insрeсt
сontrol rods in aоcordanсe with paragraph 41-80'
Flevision 18 сl.iAPтЕFl 41
Page 1'l
ЕURoсoPтER мA|NTЕNANCЕ мANUAL вo 105
Iteтn с. only арplies. if t.he bo]-ts (3. fig. 41-BЗ) conneсting upper
end of rotating рitсh сontro] rods are not seсured by tabwashеrs
(i.e. сonfiguration I. fiq. 41.83) .
с. Inspесt upРer bo}ts (3) сonnесLing roLating pitсh сontlol rods (1) to
сontro1 levers on thе main rotor head for seсure fit in the сontlol.
.Lеvers l
1) тf seсulе fit is аssцred but loсking сomрound has not been

aРрliеd, mark rеfаtive position of bo]t head, washer and сontrol
J.evеr, using sealingl loсking and !еtainiпg сomрound iCм 620).
,) тf
.. l^.иind
av9^l.t9 .^ran^]]n.]
!v.lцJwu.lu h:с hA6n oуРtfсц'
-rnnIiA.l h]lг
LцL i . Lldllldчr!-l
\Э l.*^-.l
is loose, рroсeed as fol]ows:
e\ QAmnvё аffё.tё.l nitch сontrol ro.i in ассordаnсe иith
paragraРh 41.?B.
b) Insресt bolt and busiring in сontlol Lever for meсhaniсal

damage, сorrosion аnd t.tear.
- Replaсe damaged bo]L.

- Polish out meсhаniсal damаge and сorrosion on bllshingsl
using рolishing сloth 400. If bushings show Wеar' сhесk
bushing dimensions' гor damage аnd rеwork limits, refer to
Rв!4 10 6 .
с) Insресt spheriсa] bearlng in upрer rod end of the сontlol rod

for radial рlay {permissible: 0.2 пцn) and aхial рlay
(рermissiblе: 0'4 шn) meсhaniсa] damagо and соrrosion.
' in aссordanсe нit,h сhаpter 02 or
Replaсe damaged bealing
repfaсе аssemb]ed rod end аnd beaIingl dеpending on the
сonfiguration.
d) Install рitсil сontro] rod in aссordanсe with paraqraph 41-33
and mark relalive рosition of bolt heаd. washer and сontrol
lever' using sea1lngl loсking and letaining сomрсund
сl.t 620) .
d. ]nspeсt swashр}atе.
1) Visua11y insрeсt swаshplatе (16' figurе 41-1) for gеnеral

сondition and visuаlly insрeсt bearing forks of сontrol
ring (8l figure 41-72) and bearing ring (6) for craсks
llсinп
uJf r пэпnifvinс
q .t]raa /аt 1A'аql. 6 f^l..l mапn,i finаrinn\
'lч
a) lf сraсks exist on beаIing forks, rеplасe сontro1 тiпg and

bеaring ling. Е.or disassetnbly of swashplate reter to RБM 403.
b) Polish out mechaniсa.]" dаnage and сorrosion on bеaring ring
(6) аnd сonLrol ring (8), exсерt for сheir bеarj.пg forks,
down to a deРth of max. 0.5 mm using po]ishing сloLh 400.
Dаrпagе to forks of bearing ring аnd сoпtrol ring is not
permissible.
BO 105
сitAPтЕR 41
Page 12 Revision 10
ЕURoсoPгЕR fulA|NтЕNANcE пlhNUAL вo 105
c) тouсh up dаmаged surfасe Рroteсtion with two-сomрonent PUR

toPсoat {сl4 426) in aссordаnсe with сhaрter 02.
2) Insрeсt boot (5) for tears' рorosity аnd seсurity

а) If the boot is toln or рorous. replaсe Per pаrаgIaрh 41-]5.
b) Еot с].аnрs with turnbuckle sсrews oп].y:
сheсk that sаfet'y laсquer on turnbuсkle sсrews ls Intaсt. If *
с]аmР is J.oose or sаfeЕy laсquer is стaсked, xeattaсh сtamp ]t
реr Paragrаph 41-75. *
с) !.or сlаnPs with worm.tYрe sсrew only: ;

тighten loose ё}апp by- tuтning worm:type screw. тolque value: *
0.7 - 0.8 Nm.
:
Inspeсt lubriсant identifiсation plасаrd on bearing ring (6) foI
рroPeт at'tасhment' and legibility. If the Plaсаrd is beginning t'o
seРаrаte or to beсome i]]egible' replaсё as follows:
а) Reпove o].d PlасаId.
b) сlean boпding surfaсe on beаlinq ring wit'h dry сleаning sot-

vеnt (с!.t 202) or aсetone (с!'.l 20з).
c) Bond a new Рlасаrd in Рlасe and сoat' with sing].e.1ayer
laсquer (си 421) .
InsPесt loсkwixes for intaсtness. If loсkwires are loose ox

brokёn, сheсk torqцe of respective sсrel,s and renew loсkwires'
Гor sрeсifiеd torque vаlue. see figure 41-?3.
B0 105
сllAPTЕR 41
Rеvj"sion 1з Pаge 13
ЕURoсoPтER мA|NтENANоЕ I\4ANUAL Bo .|05
41 -4 Rеnoval . сyсIiс stiсk loсk
1. Remove spLit pin (1, figure 4].-2) . Unscrew nut' (З) and remove bol.t (6)
and washexs (4 and 5) ,
2. Dj.sсonneсt sрring (2) from retaining strap (7)r and remove retalning
сt r.^ aл.l сnFi nd
{006з0.1
1 Split pin
2 Spring
з Nut
4 Washer
5 Washёr
b Бo-Lс
7 Rrtaining strap
I Leather sheath
9 Plaсаrd
F.iоllтA 41-2 с\'.]:. cгi.k loсk
BO LOs
снAPTER 41
Pаge 14
}',iAINTЕNANсЕ I',IANUAL l4Bв * B0 105
41 -5 ]nstal]ation - сyсliс stick ]oсk
1. Install сyсliс stiсk lock as shown in figure 41-2.

2. тighten nut (3) аnd sесure with split pin (1) .
з. Chесk сyсliс sliсk loсk for funсLion' It must be free from p1ay and
mllсt tllтn оrсi.l rl
4| - 6 Removal - сyсliс stiсk boot
NoTЕ Identify sсre9,s and washeтs for re-instal]ation

{sсrews aIe of different length) .
1. Remove sстews аnd washers (47 thш 51' figure 41-з) or sсrews and
washers (З0 thru З3' figurе 41-4).
2, Dеtaсh mounting frame (45, figurе 41-3) with boot (46) oI mountinq framе
(28, figure 41-4) with bool (29) .
4I - 1 InstalLation . сyс].iс stiсk boot
NOTЕ Insе-rt sсrews and vJashеrs aссording to the markings.
1. Insta]l boot (46' figure 41.3) with nounting frаme (45) or boot (29'
figure 41-4) with mounting frame (28) .
2. Attaсh boot and mouпting frапе tтith sсrerr's аnd washers (41 thra 5],
figure 41-3) or sсrews and washers (З0 thru З3. flgurе 4J.-4) .
41 - 8 Rеmoval - сyс]iс stick RH/IH and longitudina] Contro]. ]-ink
1. Сyсliс stiсk RН
a' Rеmove boot {46. figure 41-з) as desсгibed in paragraрh 41-6.
b. Remove nose ассess door.
B0 105
снAPTЕR 41
Pagе 15
I'{A]NTЕNANсЕ MANUAL мBB - B0 105
c, Disсonnесt сonnector (42)' unsсrew сlamp and remove сab]e from

airframе.
d. Remove hardware (2 thru 5) attaсhing 1ongitudinal trimmеr (55) to
сyс1iс stiсk (1) .
е. Remove hardware (6 thru 9) attaсhing latеra] trimmer (54) to сyсtiс
stiсk (1) .
f. Remove hardwarе (10 thru 1з) attaсhing lonqitudinal сontrol rod (53)
t0 сyсliс stiсk (].) .
s. Rеmove hardware (14 thru 18) attaсhing fork тod (19) to сyсliс stiсk
(1) .
h. Remove hardware (26 Lhru 31) attaсhing lat'eral сontIo]. Levеr (4].)
to сyсliс stiсk (1) .
r Detаch cvсl iс ctiсk.
2, сyсliс stiсk Lн
a. Disсonneсt сonnёсtor (15, figure 41-4) .
b. UnsстёW tightening handle (1).
с' Turn upper Раrt of сyс]iс stiсk (2) around аnd detaсh.
iтARNТNG IЕ THЕ ENTIRЕ сYсLIс sтIсK AssЕ[,lBLY (Lн) Is To BЕ RЕI4OVЕD.

PROсЕЕD AссORDING T0 STEP d. IE' TнE сYCLIс SтICK Is T0 BЕ
RЕI\'lOvЕD BUT NOT RЕINSTALLЕD. YoU l'lusT INSTAL], TIlЕ сOvЕR
rN AссORDANсE WITH PARAGRAPн 41-48.
d. Rеmove ]ongitudinal сon|ro]. ]ink (4) as fol]ows:
1) Remоvе boot (29, figure 4]..4) as desсribed in рaragraph 41.*6.
2| Remоve nose aссess door.

з) Remove longitudina] сontrol rod (35) from longitudina] сontrol
]ink (4); sеe figurе 41-4.
4) Remove hardware (9 thru 14) attaсhing lonqitudinal сontrof link
(4) to ]atera1 сonLro] lеver (16) and detaсh longitudinal сontro]
link.
B0 105
СHAPTЕR 41
Page 16
г
Г:.l
lzl
lLrrl
l;l'
L,J
t-l:l
Ё]
'------0
a I
ГJ
|сl
lzl
в
|тl
I tl
ю
б
lr
бo
Olr
.,)
E
r-l о rr
ooФр
!.]
trE
р.-r .-l
Е-lФ
tr Ф
{J ..1 .{J --l
.оld
р, (б+l (l
o н ..t н
Ф ol a)
(б0(d0
FfдFfд
O
a >Y
Ф11
Ф
Ц
o
o
я
oa
цo
(]
E
!
R РЕ
ГJ
lzl
lч!
L:]
б
tr
lr
l.r с)
]J A) l-{
р url
(,
Ё4 .Р ,рotr
Ёo н Ф н()
O
oн
Oр
o (б
ф
р.
Ф€
мAINтЕNANсЕ }{ANUAL }..1вB - B0 ].05
tl - у Inspeсtion and rePair - сyсliс stiсk Rн and lonqitudinal

сontrol link
sPecial toоls:
llounting tool 11?-400001 W1
Asseпbly too1 ].17-46з00 W1
Pushing-out too1 W-Nr. 20 (].17-46300 W2) refer to сhaрter 04
1. InsPeсt RIt сyсliс stiсk (1' fig. 4].-3) as fo1lows:

a. Inspeсt сусliс stiсk foт сraсks, other meсhaniсal daпage, corrosiоn
а nrl rlятnапдrl et1rfr^6 rlr^tA^fj^h
1) Reрlaсe if сraсked.
2) Pоlish out daпage that is within the damаge аnd repаir liпLits
shown in fig. a1-6,
3) тouch uр or renew damaged surface рroteсtion vrith two-comPonent

wash primer сI'1 42з) and single lаyer laсщer
( (Cl,l 402) in
aссordanсe with сhарter 02.
Ь тncnA.t ьlrch,i n.'q /1 . f i пltrд
vggrrllrуо Д'l -6l f nr h6^ьrn,; ^^.1 ;^..^^ ...J
Чсцlragе сrrr\..
сorrosion.
1) Polish out danage with Рolishing сlоth 400. Еor pеrmissible
diаmeter refer to figure 4l.-6.
2| Reрlacе bushings in aссordanсe with step з. if boxe diamete!
exсeeds 1imiL.
c. TnsPeсt flange bushing (2) аs desсribed in steP b.
d. Inspeсt grooved ball bearing {4) for рlay, roughness and binding.
RrPlaсe bearing in aссordanсe with step 4. if any of these defects
are evident.
е. InsPeсt spheriсal bearings (3) foт рlay, loughness and binding.
1) If any of these defeсts are evident, replaоe bearing with сtaw
bushing in aсcordanсe with сhарter 02, using tool no. 20,
(11?.46з00 W2) and tool ]']"]-46300 Wl .
2l InsPeсt bore in RH сyсliс sсiсk for meсhaniсаl damage and

corтosion. Polish out daпage with polishing cloth 400. тhe max.
permissible borе dj-Дneter is 28'02 rтm. ]t mаy be exсeeded by
0.02 trпn on one qualter of thе bore сlтсuпferenоe.
2' Inspeсt longitudinal сontrol link (4l fig. a1-4) aссording to steр 1a.
thru 1d.
? Replаce bushing or flanged bushing as folloi{s:
а. Pless out bushing оr flang.ed bushing with tool 117-400001 W1 as shown
in figure 41-?.
B0 105
снAPтЕR 41
Page 21
}IA]NтЕNANсЕ мANUA! I.1вB - в0 105
b. ]nsрect bore for mechaniсal danage and сolrosion. Polish out' damage
with polishing сloth 400. тhe maх. permisвible diаrnеter of bore is
9.02 ппn ' It may be eхсeeded by 0.02 пгn on 1/4 оf bоrе сirсumferenсe.
Aрр1y сorrosion preventive Pаste (см 5].0) to bore'
d. Chill bushing to аpProхimately -50 oс and Press in bushing With too]
117-400001 W1 as shown in fj-gure 4L-?.
Cheсk size of bushing bore' If necessаry, hone to sрecified diamеter
of 6 t 0.006 and dёburr.
4. Replaсe grooved ball bearingгs as follows:

Remove bearings as shown in figure 41.-5.
h ]nspeot bore for meсhaniоal daпage аnd сorrosion. Pоlish out daaage
with pоlishing с}oth 400. тhe пaх. perпissiblё diаmeter of bore is
28.02 mm' тt may be exceeded by 0.02 пrn on one quarter of the bore
сirсщnferenCe.
APP1y сorrosion preventive paste (см 510) to bore.
d. Install bearings as shо}Jn in figure 41-5.
1 RAtЯinin.r iin.t Rotаininrт ri nrт

2 Washеr 5 S1еeve
3 Grooved ball bearing 6 Grooved bаll bearing
Гigure 41-5 Removа] and installation - grooved ball bearings
B0 105
снAPтЕR 41
Pagе 22
I'jAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL l'1BB - в0 105
I Bushing з Spherical bearing

Е1angе bushing ц Ball bearing
тYРЕ 0r. DAМAGЕ DAмAGЕ AND RЕPAIR ],I!'{ITS

zoNЕ 1 ZoNЕ 2
l.leсhan i с a1 Сl ( nm 0 1 mтn rlaъl.Ь аn

^n
508 of ântь
surf aсe area 50t of surf aсe area
Corrosion 1 f\ mm '.lA?r+Ь эf ]-Ai" 0' 6 mm dеPth aftеr
repair on 50t of reРаir on 50t of
surfасe area surfaсe arе a
Мax. perm-i"ssible borе diametеr:
A ь.oz тnm IL maу be eХсeedеd by 0.02 mm on one quarter of Lhe bole

сirсumferеnсе.
гigure 41-6 сyсIjс stiсk Rн aпd }ongitudina]' сontro}

link - damaqе and repair }rmits
в0 105
сIiAPTER 41
Page 2З
МAINTЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL мBB * B0 105
PRЕssING oUт
]. Кnuтled head sсreш

2 Support
з Wedge
4 Gauge bloсk
5 l4andrel
PRESSING IN
23
S tep 2
Removal, and installation of bushings with

mounting tool 117-400001 W1
B0 105
сHAPTER 41
Page 24
I.1AINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL l'1BB - B0 105
41 - 10 Tnstallation - сyс1iс stiсk RH and longitudinal сontrol ].ink
1. Installation - сyсliс stiсk RIt

a. Aрp]y grease (сM 10i) to bolt (26, fiqure 41.3} .
NOTЕ Е'or сorrесt instal]ation of сyс1iс stiсk the shims (2?)

must be installed as shown in fiqure 41-З.
b. Position сyсliс stiсk (1) on lateral сontro]" levеr (4l-). InstaLl

attaсhing hardware (26 thru З1) , Llghten nut (30) and. seсure !,,'itn
sp]it pin (З 1) .
с. ]nstа]]' lоngiludlnal сont'rol тod (53) . Tighten nut (13) and. seсulе
with split рin (12) .
d' Position lаtera] trimmer (54) on сyсliс sliсk (1) . Instа]] arЕaсhing
hardwarе (6 Lhru 9), tighten nut (6) and seсule wlth sрlit pin (7) '
e. Position longitudinal trimmer (55) on сyсliс stiсk (1} . Install
aLLaсnlng
^++r^ьj.- сnru Э,l
nа rol'Ialе /'tZ FЬ-.' E\
сtgnсen
!,l-L!^-
nut
' (З) and seсurе нith sp}it
pin (2) .
f. Insta]] fork rod (19) . Tighten nut (17) and seсure with sрlit pin
(18) .
s. сonneсt еleсt,riсal сonnесtor (42) and fastеn to airframе with сlamp.

h' сhесk сyсliс stiсk for frееdom of movement.
i. Cheсk for Presenсе of fоreign objeсts.
i. Insta11 boot (46) as desсribrd ln рaragraрh 41-7.
k. сlosе Lhe nose aссess door.
2. Installat'ion - ]ongitudina] сontrol ]ink and сyсliо stiсk Lн
a. If installed. rеmove сyсlic stick сovет, rеfer t-o рaragraph 4I-4B.
b. APрly grease (сМ 101) to bolt (9, figure 41.-4) '
NOTЕ Еor сOrreсt insla]]ation of сyсliс stiсk thе shim (10) musl
bе installed as shov'rn in figure 41-4.
с. Position longitudlnаl сontrol link (4) on lateral сontro]. lever
(16) . ]nstal1 attaоhing hardvlare (9 thru 14), Lighten nut (1З)
аnd seсure with splir pin (14).
в0
].05
CHAPTЕR 41
Pagе 25/26
}{вB ItЕtIсоPTЕRs
I..IAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL l,1вB - в0 10 5
d. Install longitudinal сontrol rod

,ir- î- /o\
(35) . Tighten nut (]} and seсure
'']+ь
wfLll JlJjaL
^^1 Рair \U/.
e. Install boot (29) as dеsсribed in paragraph 41-7.

f. Insert сyсliс stiсk (2)' tightеn Lightening handle (1) and sесure
with loсkwirе.
s. сonneсt eleсtriса] сonneсtor (15).
h. Cheсk сyсliс sliсk for frеedom of movement.
i СhосIt Fnr nraqanго nf fnrдiпn

^hi6^].a
vУJ99uJ i
i. Сlоse the nоsc асr:ess door.
41 - 11 Remova.] - ]ateral сontrol lever (Rн)
i' Rеmovе boot as desсribеd in рaragraph 41-6.

2, Rеmovе nosе aссеss door.
F,5Бl
I
ф
0--'
1 sp1it рin 5 Latera] сontrol ]ever

2 Nut 6 Bushing
З Washеr ? Bushing
4 вearing support 8 BolL
Еi.'rrra аl-R Ramnrrд] яn.l inct^]lя].inn - hд:rinп
v9цttrrYJgуt?vд9 сllnn^rt
on lаterа] сontro1 levеr
в0 105
сI{APTЕR 41
Page 27
I'1Bв l]ЕtIсOPTЕRs
IIAINTЕNANсЕ МANUAL I'4BB - Bo 105
з. Remove сyсIiс stiсk as dеsсribed in parаgraрh 41-8.
4. Remove attaсhing hardware (20 thru 2З' figure 41-3) and detaсh lateral
сoпtrol rod (52)'
5. Rеmove attaching hardware (33 thru 35 аnd 3] thru З9) and detach latеral
сontIo] lеver (41) togеther with bolts (43) аnd washеrs (44) .
6 pдmnrrо f r^^ 11 о \
^r].
1 . Removе beаring suррort from lateral сontrol levеr as shown in figure
41-8.
4I - 12 Insресtion and rеpair - latеIаl сontro] ]ever and bеаring suррoтt
sрeсial too]:
l4ountinq tool 117-400001 W1
1. Тnspeсtion of ]at'eraL сontIo1 lever (f i'gure 4l-9)

a. тnsрeсt LаteraL сonLro] ]ever for сrасks, olher mechaniса] damage,
сorrosiоn and damagеd surfaсe рroteсtion.
1) If сraсks are evidеnt, rеplace ]аtera] сontтol lеvеr.
2) Polish out meсhaniсa1 damage and сorrosion wit'h po1ishing сloth
400. Еor damage and rерair limits refеI to fig,ure 4l.9.
з) Touch uр or renеW damaged surfaсe рroteсtion With t'..io.сomPonеnt
wаsh primer (сМ 42з) аnd соаting lасquer (сI'( 402) in aссordanсе
with сhaрter 02.
b. ]nspесt bolt (8l figure 41-8) for meсhaniсa1 damage. coтrosion and
.iяm^ d6,.l t h rоэrlс
1) Polish out minor daпage with рolishing сloth 400.

Еor min. рermissible diameter seе figure 41-9.
2| Dаmagеto threads is реrmissible on З0* of t,hread атеа' рrovided
the mating nut сan be sсrewеd on by hand.
з) If damaqe is morе extensive' Ieр]aсe bolt as desсribed in steр d.
C. Tnsресt bushings (6 and ?, figure 41-8) for meсhaniсal damаgе and

сorrosion.
1) Po1ish out damagе with po]ishing сloth 400. Еor maХ. pеrmissible
diamеtеr sеe figure 41-9.
2) If neсеssary, rерlaсe bushings as dеsсribed' in рaragraph 41-9.
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 41
Page 28
l,1вB llЕLIс0PтЕRs
мAINTENANсЕ I'{ANUAL I'1BB - t,U .LUэ
тYPЕ Ql' DA!4AGE DAl',tAG Е AND RЕPAIR !It.lттs

ZoNЕ 1 ZoNЕ 2
l,leсhaniсаl u.5 mm depth 0.3 mm

50t of area 30t of
сor ro s ioп 1.0 mm deрth after 0.6 mm depth afte r
оn 5 0 t of reрair on 50t of
}laх . permiss iblе borе diamеters:

A 6.02 mm They may be eхсeeded by 0.02
сirсumferеnсe.
пun on one quarter of thе borе
A 12 .02 rшn
l4in. реrmissib1e diameters:
A 14.98 rnm тhey may be 0.02

сircumferenсe.
m,n ]ess on onе quarler of the bole
A 19.99 шn
Гigure 41'-9 RH/LH lаtеral сontrol ]еver - damage and reраir limi-ts
BO 105
снAPTЕR 41
Page 29
MBв нЕtIC0PTЕRs
l.1AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAI I'{BB - B0 105
тYPЕ 0Е DAI.IAGE DA['{AGE AND RЕPA]R lIм1Ts

ZONE 1 zoNЕ 2
Mе chаn i с a1 0.5 пm depth af ter 0.5 пm depth afteт

rеpa}r on 608 of r еpaI r on 30t of
сorrosion 1.0 mm depth аf ter 1,0 mm depth afte r

оп 60t of on 90t of
area
}4aХ . рermissib]е boтe diameters :
A 28.02 mm They may be exсeеded by 0.01

borе с irсumfereпсe .
пцn on one quarter of the
A 32 .01 mm
Еigure 41.1"0 Bearing support - dаmage and reрair liпits
B0 105
сI1APTЕR 41
Pagr 30
l'4Bв ttЕLIс0PTЕRs
I,IAINTЕNANсЕ IЧANUAL }1BB - Bo 105
d. RePlaсe bolL (8l figure 41.-8) as fol]ows:

]') сhirr bott to aрprox. -50 oC aпd prrss out.
2) Inspeсt bоre for meсhaniсal damage and сorrosion' Polish out
damage with polishing cloth 400. Мaх. permissible diamеter is
19.98 mm. It may be eхсeeded by 0.02 mm on one quarter of thе
bore сirсцmferеnсе.
з) Chill bo1t Lо aрproх. -50 oC and prеss home.
2. InsPеction of bearing suррort (figure 41-10)'

a. Тnspесt bearing supрolt for mесhaniсa] damaget сorrosion and damagеd
surfaсe proteсt ion.
1) Replaсe if a сIaсk is evident.
2) Po]ish out mесhaniсal damagе and сorrosion t+ith polishing сloth
400.
з) Touсh up or renew damagеd surfaсe рroteсt'ion with two-сomрonent

primer (сl4 42з) and coating ]aсquеr (сl.1 402) in aссordanсе
!.,ash
with сhaplеr 02.
b. Inspeсt grooved ball beaгings for р]aУ' roughness, binding and сorro-
sion. If any of thesе dеfeсts are deteсted. replaсe bearings as des-
сribed in steр с.
с. ReрIaсе grooved bаll bealings (3 and 7' Гigurе 41-11).
1) Removе bearings as shown in figuIe 4].-].1.

2) Insрeсt bearing mating borеs in beаring supрort (5) for meсhaniсa]
damage аnd сorrosion. Polish oul damage with рolishing с]oth 400.
тhe max. permissible bore diameLers are 28.02 mm and з2.02 шn
rеspeсtively. тhey may bе eхсееded by 0.01 mm on one quarter of the
bore сirсumferenсe.
3) Apply a сoat of сorrosion preventive paste (сM 510) to beаring
mаtlng bores .
4) InstalJ. bеarings as shown in figure 41-11.
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 41
Page 31
HЕ1,IсoPTЕRs
мAINTЕNANсЕ I.IANUA]. Mвв - бU .LUэ
1 Р6trininft rind 5 RAr ri nd сl!nn^rt

2 Washeт 6 s lerve
З Grooved bal'l bеаring 1 Grooved balJ' bеaring
4 Rоtяininгr rinгr
Еigurе 41-11 Removaf and installation - Grooved ba'].] bеarinqs
41- 1з Installation - lateral сontro] lеvеr (Rtl)

1. Instаll bearing suрpolt as shovin in figure 41.-8.
2, Install fork rod (19, figЦIe 41-з) . sесuтe nul (24) Wit,h sрliL pin (25)
after rigging thе main rolol сontrols.
B0 L05
CIiAPTЕR 41
Pagе 32
(fе,uгсэ,сoрter
.|05
МА|NтЕNANсE il,tANUAL МвB - Bo
з. Position ]arеrаI сontro1 lеver (41) аnd seсurе Wit.h аLt.aсhing hardwarе
|AЗ' А4' зз, 34, З7, and з8). Tighten nuts (з4 and ЗB) and sесure with
sp] it рins (з5 аnd з9).
4. 1nsert ]aLera] сonrro] rod (52) and sесure wiLh attaсhing hardwаrе (2]
сhru 2З) . Tightеn nut {21) аnd seсurе with sрlit pin (20).
6 тnct^l] errгlir' c|-iсk l,] ) аq daqгrihдd in nаrапrаоh 4]-10
4I - 14 Rеmoval - ,].ateral сontroL levеr (LH)
l Ram^vA .v.li.. qtiсk h.\оl- Ac dAc.riЬФ.J in n,аrяпrаnh Д1.6
2 Rётo\'c сvс]jс q|-;сk аs dрsсrihad in nаrаo.аоh 4L-8'
з. Remove аtLaсhing hаldware (6 thru 9. figurе 41.-1'2) .
s. Removе сonnесting pаrl (11) .
5. Rеmove atlасhing hardvlare (19 thru 23, figurе 41-4) and dеtaсh ]atеrаL
Contro] ]evеr {16 ) .
6. Remove bеаring suрport (4, гigure 41-B) from lаLera] сontro] ]ever (5)
l Fnr inqnacт inn аnd ronаi г h0^тinо qltnnоrт /4l ],агAт^ | .^ntr^l
levеr (5) rеrer to сhapler ^F41-12. ^n.l
41 . 15 ]nsta]lation - ]atеra] Contlo] ]ever (Lн)
*,сoLfllч эuyуort
1 ц^^*].- ^'.^^ on 1aterаl сontro] ]еver аs shown in figurе 41-B.
2, Position 1at'era] сontIol' 1evеr (16' fig,urе 41_4) and seсure With
aLLaсhing hardware (] 9 сhru 22) '
з. 1nterрose сonnесting part (11, figure 41-12) and sесure r{ith aLtaсhing
hя rrlr r: ra /6 thrrl я\
n тiftЬ_^.
]!чllLЕll .,],] r''-^ rr..l сA^11т6 ъ'irh .n] it
WrL'r Jуll( ninс
tJlllо.
q гnсri],] лrlnIia сtiл1z.^ oJ n^^^-,iь^^ :.

lll 41-,]n
l..J.
L-1Lf !u эLtvN ugDLLrr,сu ^.-r-..nh
Рo!aУ!oуtl
B0 105
CHAPTЕR 41
Paqe Зз
MА|NтENANоE MANUAL MBB. Bo 1о5
тne;uro/сopEег
Gl з-s пm 1 д
frl з.5 Nm l14

Dq0056о.1
1 сontro]. rod 9 Sp]it рin 11 г],n/тad hllсhinп

2 BoLt 10 Lateral сontro] link 1B Bushing
З Washer 1,] С^nn6.t i hd nrтt 19 Bolt
4 Nut 12 Bo ]t 2a lia shе]:
5 sрlit. рin 1З Washer 2I Nut
6 Bo1t 14 Nut 22 Split pin
7 Washer 15 Split рin 2З Contro] rod
B Nut 16 Т'atera ] сontro] bеllсrank
Е'iqure 41-12 Remоva} and installation * сonnесtinq рarL
B0 105
сl]APтЕR 41
Рage з4 Rrvision B
I',1BB IiЕLIсOPTERS
I',IA]NTЕNANсЕ i.1ANUAL t4BB - B0 1 0 5
41 - 16 Removal - сonneсtinq рart

Rеmovе сonnecting рart as shown in figure 41.12.
4I - I7 Inspeсtion and repair - сonneсting part

Speсial tooJ.:
l4ounting toor 117-400001 Wl

1. тnsрeсt сonneсLing part (figure 41-13) for сraсks' other mесhaniсa]
damаgel сoIrosion and damaged surfaсe proteсtiоn.
a, Rрn]аec if а сrасk is evident.

b. Polish out dаmаgе that is wj.thin permissib1е damage and rерail limits
stаted in figure 41-1З and fina] рolish with polishing сlorh 400.
с' Touсh up or renew damagеd surfaсе proteсtion with two-сomponent !^rash
primer (CМ 423) and coating laсquer (с!,l 402) in aссordanсe with
сhaрter 02.
2' Inspесt bushing and fIangеd bushing for meсhanjсal dаmagе and сorrOsion.
Po].ish out damage нith рolishing сlot'h 400. Еor реrmissiblе bore diamеter
see figurе 41-1З. ]f diamеter is еxсеeded, rерlaсе bushings as desсribеd
i n nя rдпr:nh а,] -a
3. lnspесt bearing for P]аy (реrmissiblе radial рlay is 0.1 mm) , сorrosion
and loughness. 1f any suсh defесt is evident, гeрlaсe bеarinq in aссord-
anсe ыith Chарter 02.
41 - 18 hstaflation - сonnесtinq раrt

1. тnsta]L сonneсting рart аs shown in figurе 41-12.
2. Tightеn a}l nuts аnd seсure with split pins.

3. ]nspeсt for frеedom of movеment and presenсe of foreign objесts.
B0 105
сllAPтЕR 41
!4BB ItЕL]сoPтЕRs
I{AINTЕNANсЕ IЧANUAL I.,!BB - в0 10 5
тYP8 0F DAII,IAGE DAMAGЕ AND RЕPA]R LIMITs

uoNЕ 1 zoNЕ 2
Мeсhanica1 0.4 mm depth after 0.2 mm depth after

and rёhя i r nn 5o9 лF repair on 308 of
рlax. permissib]е bore diameter:

6. 02 mm It may be ехсeeded by 0.01 mm оn onе /т!la rtAr nf }Ьо Ьnra
сirсumferencе.
Еiguтe 41-1З сonneсting рart - daпrage and repair limits
цI - I9 fieпovа-l - be]]сrank |12. figuтe 41-1)
Remove be].].сrank as shown in figure 41-14.
4I . 20 Rеmoval - bellсrank (26' figure 41-1)
ReRovе bel]сrank as shown in figure 41-15.
B0 105
CIIAPTЕR 41
Pagе 36
MАlNТtsNANUts IVIANUAL rv{EE' - l'v luo
тryеluroсoptrГ
18
"r
l^
1i Г;; N;l
19
20
Ф*-
A
ш_-
1 вelLсrank I Bolt 15 viаsher

2 сont.IoL rod I Sn e r
Y\ra 16 Washer
J BO.LL 10 Nut 11 Nut.
4 Washer 11 Ch] il_ nin 18 sрlit' рin
5 Nut 72 Bоlt 19 Bushing
6 sp]it рin 13 l,iashеr zo E'langеd bushing
? Cont'ro] rоd 14 Washеr
Еigure 41-14 Rеmoval and instаLlation - bеllсrank
B0 105
CIIAPTЕR 4]
Revis ion 8
нagе J /
MA|NтЕNANсЕ IV1ANUAL - вo 1o5
fleuroссэрter
I\4BB
, ъ'Fг-;l l
Е_-,.
,,-oЧ
гГз;т'-l Гз-*;lar
I 15-17 Nm
j
1 Bеllсrank 9 Washer tl Bоlt

2 сontrоl rod 10 Nut 18 Viasher
3 Bott 11 Sрlit' pin 19 !!asher
4 Wаshёr 12 СoлLтo1 rоd 20 Wаsher
5 Nut 1'з Bolt 2l \tashеr
14 tiashеr 22 Nut
7 сontro] rod 15 Nut 2З Sрlit. pin
E Botll 16 Sрlit рin 24 Bushing
!'iguIе 41- 15 Remova I and installation . bellсrank

B0 105
сHAPTЕR 41
yage Jъ Rеvision B
I.,lBв ttЕLIсOPTЕRs
I',IAINTЕNANсЕ }.{ANUAI, t.lBB . B0 10 5
4I - 2I Тnsрeсtion and reрair - bel]сrank
speсial tool:
Мounting tool 117-400001 W1
1. Bellсrank (1' figure 41-14).
a. тnsрeсt for сraсks, other mесhaniсa] dаmage. сorrosion and dаmaged

qtlrfя.Ф nr^tA.l. i on.
1) Replасe if a сraсk is еvidеnt.

2I Polish out damage that is withln рermissible damage and repair
llmits staled in figurе 41-16 and final рolish with polishing
сloth 400.
3) Touсh up or renew damagеd surfaсе proteсtion with two-сomponеnt

wash Primer (см 423) and сoating laсquer (Сl',I 402) in ассordanсe
wlth chaрter 02.
b. тnsрeсt bushings for meсhaniсal damagе and сorrosion.
Po]ish out dаmage with рolishing сLoсh 400. гor permissibl.e borе
diaпeгer sее figure 4L-l6. If diameter is eхсeeded, repLaсe bushings
as dеsсrlbеd in paragraph 41-9.
с. Inspесt flangеd bЦshings (20' f ig. 41-14) in aссordаnсe with stер b.
.l гflcnё.t сrnатlоd ьr,] 1 ь^.f ,iб^ €^ - *1^.' -^.1-ь6^.. ь,].nirry rn7,l
Y!wvYuЧ Uarl r.'/ga r.Lll9 l.Ul. l,-Ldy, l Uц9]lrrЕJJt !.LlrlrlrLч drrц
corrosion. ]f anУ of thеse dеfесLs aте рresent; reрlaсе bearing
aссording t,o step з.
2 Rcllсrагk l,] . f io'lrc 41-15)
Insрeсt' be]]сrаnk in ассordanсe wilh st,ep 1.
B0 105
с.i1APтЕR 41
Page 39
T.,IBB нЕt1с0PTЕRs
I'4AINтENANсE },IANUAL Mвв - в0 105
TYPЕ 0l. DAМAGЕ DA}.IAGЕ AND RЕPAIR Lт},1I т s

zONЕ 1 zoNЕ 2
Meсhaniсa1 0.2 mm deрth after 0.4 mm depth aftеr

and reрair on З0t of repai r on 50t of
соrrоsion
}4ax. permissible borе diametеr:
2\ о.oz mm It may be еxсеedеd by 0,01 mm on nnо пll: r]-дr nf thо

bore сiтсumfеrence.
Еigure 4J"-16 Bеl]сranks - damagе аnd ranаi r limitc
B0 105
CHAPTЕR 41
Pagе 40
I'4BB }IЕLICOPTЕRS
II4AINTЕNANсЕ мANUAl I.4Bв - в0 10 5
з. Replace grooved ball bearings as follows:

а. Remove bearings as shown in figure 41-17, uslng mounting tool
117-400001 !{l .
b. Inspесt bearing mat,ing borе of bеllсrank for meсhaniсal damage and

сorIosion. Polish out damage with poLishing с]oth 400. The maХ. реI-
missible diamet'er is 22.02 mm. IL mаy be exсeeded by 0.01 mm on one
quarter of the bore сirсuпfeтenсe.
с' Apply a сoаt of сoтrosion рreventive paste (Cl"l 510) tо the bore
surfaсe.
.] тnсtr] l hдяrinгrс яс сhnшn in fi..!1]rA д1-1?l l' !1.i.d h^1.q]- jnп ln^,]
lgalдliчо al цэrlrч l''vцllLallg LUw'
1i7-400001 !!1 .
1 вe1Lсrank Б Pдtэininп rinл

2 Be11сrank 6 Grooved ba l1 bearing
з Gгooved baL] bealing ? Vlasher
4 Sleeve R Rдtаininгт rinгт
гrollrt 4,] -,] ? QAn]^cрrnрnL - gтoovеd ba 11 beа rings
B0 105
CI{APTЕR 41
l,lBв I{ЕtIсoPTЕRs
мAINTENANсE I!,IANUAL мBB - B0 105
4I - 22 Installation - bellсrank (12, figure 4J"-1)
1' Instаll bellсrank as shown in figure 41-].4.

2. Tighten all nuts and seсure with зplit pins.
3. Inspeсt for freedorn of movement and рrеsenсe of foreign objесts.
4I - 23 Insta]"lation . bellсrank (26, figure 41-1)
1. Install bellсrank as shown in figurе 41-15.
2, Tighten a]"1 nuts and sесure with split pins.

З. InspeсL for freedom оf mоvemеnt and presenсе of foreign objесts.
4L - 24 Remova] - latelal сontrol be]lсrank

1. Remove nose aссess door and сover on the саbin floor.
2. Removе lateral сontrol bellсrank as in figure 41-18.
shown
з. Disassemble latera]. сontrol bellсrank as shown in figure 41.-19'
B0 105
сItAPTЕR 41
Г;l
tzl
{:J j
(_1
lzl
1тI
t.l 1/ Г:l
lzl
lil r
l ";
ti /
I
+-"
L I//
х
Ф
(lt
Ф
.rA Ф
Е
q)
o rr OJ сo
I
ФФ oro
эor
o..r oa ц
I <.7А
ltЕL]сoPTЕRs
мдTNтЕNANсЕ !.4.ANUAъ }.,1вB . в0 l05
E;Бl
Гl N.-l
[00?02
1 Sleeve 6 Washer 11 Tabwashеr

2 Glooved bаJ.l bearing 12 Nut
3 Washer I Nut 13 Shaft
Д PAtrininп rinft 9 Bolt 14 Grooved ball
5 Distanсe s leeve 10 Bel lсrank beаring
F'iсrlrc Д]-]0 Пi qдcqamh]rl - ]Яt6тr1 г.^ntr^l be11сrank
B0 105
снAPTЕR 41
l,lBB HЕIIсoPTЕRS
},IAINтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAЬ l.1вв - Bo 105
41 - 25 ]nspection and rePаir - lateral сontrol bellсrank
Speсia1 tool:
Мounting tool 117.40000L Wl
1' Inspeсt bellсrаnk (figure 41.20).

a. тnsрeсt bellсrank for сrасks. oLhel meсhaniсal damage and сorrosion.
1) RePlaсe if a сraсk is evidеnt.
2) Polish out damage within рermissib'le limits stated in figure
41-20 аnd final polish with рolishing с]oth 400.
з) Touсh uр or rrnew damaged surfaсe proteсtion With two-сomрonent

wash рrimеr (сI'1 423) and сoating ]асquer (сt,1 402) ln асcordаnсe
with сhaptеr 02.
b. Insрeсt splines for сondition аnd сorrosion. тf deformаtj"on or damage
is deteсted. reр]aсe bellсrank. Polish ouL сorrosion using рolishing
сloth 400.
с. Inspесt bushing foт meсhаniсa]' damage and сorrosion. Polish out

damage wlth polishing с]'oth 400.
Еor Lhe maх. permissible diameter see figure 41-20. Тf diameter is
exсeeded, reрlaсe bushing as desсribed in рaragraph 41-9.
d. InsрeсL Ilanged bushing аs desсribеd in stер с.
e. Insрeсt grooved ball beаrings (2 аnd 14, figure 41-19) .
1) Insреct bearings for p]ayr roughness and bindlng.
2l ]f any of these dеfесts are evident, reр]aсе bеarings.

2' Insрeсt' shaft (figurе 4I-2|J,
a. InsрeсL shart foI сrасks' other mесhaniсa.l damage аnd сorrosion.
1) Reрlaсe if a сIaсk is evident.

2) Polish out damage Within рermissibJ-e limils stated in figurе
41.21 and fina} polish with рo}lshing сloth 400.
b. ]nspeсt splines fоr сondit'ion and сorrosion. If dеformation or damage

is deteсLed' replaсе shaft.
в0 105
сHAPTЕR 41
t,lBB ltЕlICOPTЕRs
I'4A]NTENANсЕ }{ANUAL мBB . B0 10 5
3. Inspeсt sleeve (figurё 4l-22I for сraсks, other meсhаniсal damage and
сorrosion.
a. Replace if a сraсk ls evident.
b. Polish out damage within permissible limits stated in fiqate 41-22
and fina} pоllsh with рolishing сloth 400.
с. Touсh up or renew damagеd surfaсe proteсtion w1th two-сomPonent wash

primеr (СМ 42з) and сoating Laсquer (сl,1 402) in aссordanсe With
сhapter 02.
тYPЕ 0Е' DA!4AGЕ DA!,1AGЕ AND RЕ'PAI R LI },l Iт s

ZONE 1 zONв 2
Meсh ani с a1 0.4 mm depth after 0,2 mm depth after

and repai r on 50t of аrea repair on 308 of area
сorrosion
Iulax . peImissible borе diаmeteт :
6.02 flm It may be eхсeedеd by 0.01 mm on one quartеr of the

borе сirсumferenсe.
Гigure 41-20 вel]сrank - damаgе and rеpair limits
B0 105
сltAPтЕR 41
I.lBB нЕLIс0PTЕRs
}.,lAINтENANсЕ I'{ANUAT, !,lвB - в0 ].05
TYPЕ 0r DA}IAGЕ DAI"IAGЕ AND RЕPA]R L I},l1тs

ZONE 1 zoNЕ 2
Мeоhaniсal 0.2 mm depth after тhe min. dlameter of

and rеpalr on 50t of 30.02 mm may be
сorrosion 0.02 mm less on З0t
оf areа
Shaft - damage аnd repair ]imiЕs
в0 105
сttAPTЕR 41
ItE].IсoPтЕRs
l..lAINтвNANсЕ i,tANUAL мBB - B0 105
100704
TYPЕ 0l. DAмAGЕ DAI,IAGЕ AND RЕPA]R LI!.1]TS

zoNЕ 1 zoNЕ 2
Мeсhаni сa] 0.4 mm deрth after 0.6 mm depth aftеr

--l repair on 50* of repair on 50t of
сorrosion
Max. permissible diameter:

42 .02 mm It may bе exсeeded by 0.01 mm on one quarter of the borе
сirсumfеrenсe '
Е.igure 41-22 s]-eеvе . damаge and reрair 1imit s
B0 105
сtlAPTЕR 41
EUвoсoPтЕв MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
41 - 26 Inslallat,ion - lаterа1 сonllol bellсrank
l. Apply а сoat of сorrosion рrevenlive рaste (сt'l 510) to the bore sulfaсe
of sleeve (1, figure 41-19) .
2. Assеmblе lаteral сontrol bellerank аs shown in figure 41-19.

з. тighlen nut (B) and seсure with split рtn (?).
4. seсure nut (12) with tаbvlаshel (1]-) .
5. Install 1аteral сontro]. bel1сrаnk аs shown in figure 41-18' вel]сrаnks

(12 and 16) must be offse! 90" Lo еасh ot'her.
6. тighten аll nuts аnd seсure шith sрlit Рins.

.|. Seсurе nut (1) with tаbwasher (2) .
8. сhесk for freedom of movemеnt and Prеsenсe of foreign objeсts.
47 _ 2.l Longitudinal / 7aL erаl trln system
41' - 28 Rеmovаl - longiLudinal trim system
NOTЕ ]f both the longiLudinal аnd the lаteral trim sysbems are removed,
idеnt'ify the 1ongiLudinal and latera1 triптners t+ith their
rеspесtive trim aсtuаt'ors.
1. Reпove nose door.
2. Rёmove longit'udinal trimmer (1l figure 41-23) by removing hаrdware (2 *
|hтu 4 аnd 6 thru 9) attaсhing it |o bellсrank (5) and RH сyс1iс stiсk *

roсnоаt i ua] w
з' Rernovelongilцdinа] triп aсtuator (10) by disсonneсting iLs eleсtriсal

сonneсLor and by removing attасhing hardtvаre (19 t'hru 22| fтom bellсlank
(5) and аLtaсhing hаrdwаre (11 thru 14. 16 and 17} together with bondinq
jumper (15) from fuselаge'
B0 105
сllAPтЕR 41
Revision 14 Page 51
ЕURoсoPтER мA|NтЕNANсЕ I\.iANUAL вo 105
cL . ?9 Removal - lateral Lrim sУstem

1. Remove nose door.
2' Remove laterаl trimmеr (23. figцre 41-23} by removing hardware (26 lhru
28 and зз thru з6} attасhing it to bellсrank {25) and Rtt сyсliс stiсk
resPeсt ively.
3. Remove ]atеral t'rim aсtuаtor (24) by disсonneсting its e]eсtriсаt coпneо-

tol аnd by removing attасhing hardwarе {29 Еhru 32} from bellоrank {25)
аnd at'tаching hard,лare (31 thr'r 40' 42 aпd 43) together with ]uпper (4)
from fцselage.
B0 105
сllAPTЕR 41
Page 52
н
Ф
-.-t
р рrg
.
-l
tr"ё Г;l р рФрФ ..],р.q

.арl
lrн
'lel
lс'I
(б
н
{J rl -{ Ф р .l r.l т',
э О.o 16, дo б
2<лФэzoФF
Ф
Ф dс!.nsl!)(oг\сo
д .n (n с. (n (r) .n (n .n
l.{
б
F
}r(.)
с) (в
ня
|JРA1g.а tr
.J -] ai
б б 'в lr t.,]
ннсl(l)'r р с)
ФФFl .с 'а у,с:
.р Р --l Ф lJ г-| .-l l/)
б (в a)lв. Oro lо
\ .iяrq
в в9 E$+g .?) Ф tj.) \o гt сo 6\ O
Г--l NNNNNNNф
lс
lzl
|г.
PI
l
I
[t "rl '.-1
lzl рФр
.ард
Ц
.n
]тl .lJ -i
э Ao б l р,
Pt Ф ]J .-1
ll
a.-
zФФэzФ
г-ф('1 оrl .\'
rl е.l r-.{ N N N
tГ;l T
lr
o
\l
Ф
lz Рt.)
оr Iт1
L] \
к
lr
) рrr !rФ
н ..]Фq
0)
c..1 б .г.1
,r -'] б э
.tJ or, ot
р lrlrl.rgн
-t D..t Ф Ф Ф..r Ф
.-r сn rJ .q .Q .е rэ .q
\ ,1 Q.4
о,o
Фl)Фёu1
о Ф с0 o (в
rб йдф :зdtсoэ
'
? l.) (о
оrt Ф r-.] с{ ..) sl
n n n r] гl r.t r.{
o
o
rl
Ф
ЕURoсoPтЕR r''AINтENАNсЕ МANUAL вo 105
41 - 30 Disasseпb}y - Longltud inа 1/ lalеra 1 triпшner
NOTE Distinguish betweеn сonflguratlon I and сonfiguIat'lon II;

д еJ. iJ! Lv LLЧ. ЧI-Zч.
1. Rеmove loсkwire (6, fig. 41-25) and retaining rj.ng (2 or 18, fig. 4I-24I '
2. Rеmove tIim rod assеmb].y (4 or 19) frоm spring сase (1 or 14) .
41 - з1 Insресtion and repair - longitudinal/ latеIa l trimmеr

1. Clean triп rod аssemb]y (4 or 19, tiq. 41-24) and spring саse (.l ar 14)(
uslng сleаning agent (сl4 201 оr CM 202) .
2. ]nsрeсt spring сase for meсhaniсаl and сorrosion damagе. Visualty lnspесt
Weld on bolt for craсks.
a. Rер]aсе spring сase if weld is сraсked.
b. Polish out meсhaniсal аnd сorrosiоn damaqet uslng 400 grit abrasive
сloth. Touсh up surfaсe proteсtion per сhaрter 02, using сoatinq
laсquer (CМ 402)'
з. Inspeсt, сompression sрring for wear. тhе соmpression sрriпg сan be rеusеd
if thе speсified wear limit of 3 mm is not eхсeeded (see fig. 41-24i
Detail A) . Tf wеar limit is exceеdеd, replace сomрressiоn spring аs fol-
lоws:
a' D1sassеmblе trim rod assеmbly (4 or 19) аs shown in fig' 4]'-24.

b. Reрlaсe damaged сomрrеssion spring with new one.
с. Asseпфlе trim rod assembly (4 oт 19) аs shown in fig. 41-24 and
-inst.all nut. (12 or 24) finger-t.ight.
d. Adjust break-out forсe after fina] assembly. refеr to para 41-32
41. - з2 Asseтnb]y - 1ongitudinа L/ lаte ra l trimmеr

1. APрly greasе (сl,] 140) to inner surfaсe of spring сase (1 or 14, fig.
4I-24) .
2. Insert tтim rod assrпbly (4 or 19) lnto sрring case.

з. тnsla1] retaining ring (2 or 18}'
4. сhеck break-out forсе values of longitudina 1/ ]atеra] trimmеr.
Longltudinal trimmer 19.5 - 20.5 N
т.ateral trimmer 15.5 - 16.5 N
B0 105
сitAPтдR 41
Revision 10 Page 55
.|05
EURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ МANUAL вo
5. If these va].ues arё not reaсhed/ re-adjust spring as fol]or,ls:

a .^n fi.r11rat i т
^n
1) Remove Lrjm rod assепrbly (4' fig. 41-24) trom sРring сase (1) .
2\ ]f the brеak-out forсе is too high, rеduсе the thiсknеss of thе

laпinum rrashers (8) by the samе amount on both sides of thе
spring.
]f the brеak-out iorсe is too low, reрlaсe installсd Laminum
Washers {8) iпith thicker Washеrs on both sides.
з) Insert tlim rod assembly (4) lnto sрring саse (1).
B47). an axial p]ay of 0.5 mm must bе ]efl.

,1l
ч] тj^].+^n
J.LЧjlLeil n'1l- //]
ltцL lч' fiп а1-?5l nо.оqqАr\/ LU rс|llvvЕ o^fo! уloJ
^c -]
betwеen Lтim rod and sрring.
5) Sесure relаining ring (13) with loсkwirе (6) and nut (4) with
сn]j]- njh /ql
6) Еor instal1ation of longitudina 1/ Lа Lе ra1 сrimmeг refеr Lo paras

41-JJ ano 4l-J4.
1) сheсk break-out forсe in he1iсopter in aссordаnсe with сhаpter
1n'. Rr^rтr*.r
^f Majn Rotor сontrois.
1) If thе bтeak.out forсe is too ]oW:

- Tlqhten nul (B. fig. 41-25) unti1 the requirеd brеаk-out forсе
ls obtained.
\l!| |r' '^'.th r^'|^l'-lla uЕ trirn
ulrnL q\/qtAm inqtAl lAd
сu ||^f oYL IU!n гЬ,rnтar
\rс1l -l.Jr--g L
847), an aхial pJ-аy of 0.5 тшn must. be }еft.

- Ti.rlrl An nrlt /10l lrntil thArё iс nn mатд eviэ] n]rt' l^'6t U^6n 1-rim
rod and sрrinE.
]f thе brеаk-out forсe is too high:
- Loosen nut (10) sеvеral turns'
.'oоsёn гll. (П) llnti1 трпrrirоrl hrоаk-nllt fnrnо i.5
- obtained.
- Tight'еn nul (10) unlil Lhere is no more axjаl рJay bеtwееn trrm
rn^ :n^ сnr inrr
B0 105
CItAPTЕR 4]'
Pagе 56
!.4Bв HЕlIсoPтЕRs
мA]NтENANсЕ мANUA! l,1вB - вo 105
2t тighten nut (11) and secule with tabwasher (12) .
3) seсule пut (10) with split рin (9) .
4) seсure !ёtaining ring (13, fig. 41-25) with loсkwire (15)

5) Install longitudinal lateral tr jjrme!; refer to paraв 41-33
/ and
q-L-J.t.
6) сheсk break-out folce in heliсoрter in aссordance with сhapte!

102, Rigging of }4ain Rotor сontrols.
B0 105
сllAPтвR 4].
нЕt1с0PтЕRs
[,IAINtЕNдNсЕ I.IANUAI, !4вв - B0 105
1 Qnri nrr r.: сo

2 Retaining ring
з Retаiлing Iing
4 Trim rоd asseпlbly
5 T rirfl rоd
6 tlasher
't Bushing
I Laminum washer
I Washer
10 Comрression sРring
71
17 Nut
.LJ split. pin
qnr] {rrУ .э c^
9г! ^d vчv!
-Lэ Nut
10 тabt{asher
11 Nut
18 Retaining ring
19 Trim rod assembty
20 тrim rod
11 пlashеr
at> Bushing
z) Sfeeve
Nut,
25 split pin
26 сompression spling
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 41
*l
\, ti\
нEт,IсoPтЕRs
}'4AINтЕNANсЕ мANuAI, },Iвв - BO 105
Cnnfiпllrдtiаn т
DEтA|L A
n^-a;
!vll ur d gдI Url
д a9-,,*-+ ^-
]' Laminшn washer 9 сn.l i]. hin

2 Compression spring 10 Nцt
з т,aminum Washe! 1t Nut
4 Nut 1.2 тabi{asher
5 split pin J.J Retaining ring
6 т,oсkwire 14 Trim rod
I Sleeve Lockwire
I Nut tD Washe!
гigure 4].-25 AdjustmenL of break-out forсe - longitudinal/ latёral triшner

D.\ 1Nq
снAPтЕR 41
i{Eт,IсoPтERs
МAINтЕNANсЕ !4ANUAтJ l4Bв
41 -зз ]nstal].ation - longirudinal triп system
o Еnsure rnаin rotor соntrоls are rigged prior to installation of

lоngitudinel tri.гоt]пer аnd trim aсtuatoт. Refer to сhaрtel 102.
o Do not сonfusе longitudinal triптner and trim асtuator with
lateral t riпппer апd trim aсtuаtоr.
Installation of 1ongitudinal triппner and trim aсtuato!.
1' тogether vlith bonding jшnper (15, figure 41-23) , tnouпt longitudinal
trim aсtuаtor (10) to airflaпe using attaching hardware (11. thтu 14,
16 аnd 17) . Thеn sёсure fork head to bellсrаnk (5) With attaсhing
hаrdware (19 thtu 27].
2. сonneсt, eleсtriсal сoпneсtor to longiЕudinal trim асtuator.
}'1ovе lateral tтim aсtuator to 263.6 - 264.2 пEn sеtLing by aсtuating
сhe four-way switсh on the сyсlik stiсk griр. Refer Еo figure 41-26.
tl
Arrest, сyсliс stiсk with сyсliс stiсk loсk.
5. сonneсt longitudinal triгппer (1) to bellсrank (5) and secure with nut
(4) and wаsher (2) . Adjust fоrk hеad to reguired Jenщh and attaсh to
сyсliс stiсk using аttaсhing hardware (6 thru 8) .
6, Chесk trim aсtuator for frеedom of movemеnt by mоving the four.ыaУ
switсh on the сyсlic stiсk grip forё and aft.
1. secure fоrk head of loпgitudinal tr j:rгner.
8. Tighten nuts (4, 8. 17 and 21) and secure with sрlit рins.
41 - 34 Installation . lateral trjл svstern
Еnsure main rotor сontro}s are rigged Prior t'o installаtion

of lateral triппner and trj:n асtuator. Refer to chaDter 102.
Do not сonfuse lateral tтiттuneт and trim aсtuator with
lonqitudinal trilшner and tlim actuator.
]nstаllation of lаtеlal triпEner and trin асtuator.

1. тogether with bonding jumper (41, figure 41-2З), mount lateral trim
actuаtor (24) to аirframe using attaсhing hardware (з7 Lhru 40 and 42
Lhru 44) . сonneсt fork head tо be}lстank (25) wit'h attaсhing hardware
. (29 thru з]-).
в0 105
с}IAPтЕR 41
Dî^ 4?
нЕ],IсoPтERs
l4AINтЕNANсЕ }.tANUAl },lвB - БU lUэ
Гigure 41-26 zero рosition dimension - Iongitudinal-lateral triл actuаtor
сonneсt elесtriсal сonnеctor to lateral trjл actuator.

з. }1ove lateral trim aсtцаtor to 21З'1-214'3 !I[n setting by aсtuating
the four-way switсh on the сyсliс stick griP. Refer to figurе 41-26.
Arrest сyсliс stiсk with сyсliс stlсk loсk.
Б сonneсt lаteral triтпner (23, figure 41-2з) to bellсrаnk (25) аnd
seсure With nut (27) and washer (26) . Adjust fork hеad to required
]enфh and attaсh to сyсliс stiсk using attaсhing hardware (зз thru
5э } .
6. сheck triJl aсtuator fo! freedom оf пovement by aсtuating the fоur-way

switсh on the сycliс stick to thе right and to the lеft,
1, seсure fork head of l.ateral trjлEner.
8. тighten nuts (27, 31 and 44) and secure i'ith sPlit Pins.
B0 105
снAPтЕR 41
Paoe 64
!,tBв ttЕ],IсoPтЕRs
I.IAINтЕNANсЕ IiANUAL мBв - B0 105
41 - 35 Removal - longitudlnal trimmer bеllсrank

1. OPеn nose aссess door.
2. Remove attасhing hаrdware (2 thru 4, 5 thru 8 and 9 thru ].3, figure

4r-211 .
з. Detасh bel]сrank (1) .
41 - з6 Removal . ]ateraf trinmеr bellсrank

1. open nose acсess door.
2. Reпove attaсhing hardware (2 thru 4, 5 thru 8 and 9 thru 13, figure

4r-281 .
3. Detасh bellсrank (1) .
B0 105
снAPтЕR 41
Page б5
MBB tlЕT,Iс0PтERs
},IAINTЕNANсЕ }'ANUA], !rвв t Bо 105
10
Г?-,]j1ll
lF;Т;l .
\-s
Гз.sNЦl
1006з8.01
]. Bellсrank B Split Pin

2 |lashеr 9 t^la s hr r
3 Sрlit, рin LO NцL
4 Nut 11 Splj.t рin
5 вolt 1Z V{asher
6 Washer 13 вo}t
7 Nut т,^nfti Iirî njr] t riflnAY
15 ?riп асt Цator
Е'igurе 41-2 7 Removal а.nd jnsLаllас'ion - }ongitudina} t riпuтler bеllсranh

вo 105
сttAPTЕR 41
Page 66 Rеvision з
МBB ilELICоPтERs
рIAINTЕNANсЕ мA}lUдl l{BB - в0 105
trТN;]l
\'-r
lЕ;йl €
\ I
I
I
{006t9.4-01
ГйN;l
1 Be1lсrank I Nut
2 lia sher 9 Bolt
з Nцt t0 l{asher
4 sрlit Pin 11 I'iashеr
5 Bolt 1,2 NUL
6 l{ashеr .LJ Sрlit рin
? Sр}it pin L4 Latеral t rirшnеr
15 Trim aсtuator
Еigure 41-2 8 Remova l and installation - laLeral t rimmer bel lcrank

в0 105
с}IAITЕR 41
Rеvision 3 lage 6l
мвB IlЕtIсOPтЕRs
I',IAINTЕNANсЕ !.tANUAl I\,lBв . B0 105
41 . 37 hsPeсtion and reРair - longitudinal and 1atёra1 trimmer bеllcranks
Speсial tools:
Assembly tool 117-46з00 W1
Pushing-out tool tool no. 20 (117-46300 W2)
1. Inspeсt be]1crank (figurе 4I.21 and 41-28) for сraсks' dеformation. ot'her
meсhaniоal damage, сorrosiоn and damaged surfaсe proteсtion.
a' Rер1aсe if a сraсk is evident.

b. Polish out damage within permissible limits stated in figure 41-29
and finаl polish with polishing сloth 400.
с. Touсh uP or renew damaged surfaсe proteсtion wlth two-сomрonent wash

primer lсtц 423) and сoating }aсquer (сl'4 402) in aссoтdanсe with
сhaplеr 02.
2. Inspeсt grooved ba}l bearings for play, roughness' binding and сorrosiоn.
If any of thesе defeсts are evident, rеplaсe bearings in aссoldanсe with
step 4.
з. Тnsрeсt sphеriсal beаrinqs fоr play, roughness аnd соrrosion. If any or
these defeсts are present' replaсe bеarings togetheI with сLaw bushings
in aссordаnсe with сhapter 02. Use tool no. 20 (117-46300 I{2 ) and assеm.
.- b]y toot (].1?-46З00 !rl1) tо rеpJ.aсe sрheriсal bearinqs and сlaw bushings'
4. Rер]aсe grooved ball bearings as fo'llows:

a. Remove bealings as shown in figuтe 41-30.
b. Insрeсt beaтing bore in bellсrank for meсhaniсal damage and
сoтrosion. Polish out damage wlth рolishing сloth 400. Thе maх'
permissible diamеter ts 22'02 пm' It may be eхсеeded by 0.01 mm on
one quaIter of thе bore сirсumferenсе.
с. аpply a сoаt of сorrosion Рrevеntive рastе (сM 510) to bear.ing bore

in bel]сrank.
d. Install bearings as shown in figure 41-30'
BO 105
снAPTЕR 41
Pagr 68
I'1BB HЕт.IсoPтЕRs
мA]NTЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAL !,lBв - B0 105
TYPЕ 0r' DAMAGЕ DA}iAGЕ AND RЕPATR LIмI тs

z0NЕ 1 zoNЕ 2
Мeсhаniсa1 A 1mп.l6nl-Ь эf tAf 0.5 пm deрth after

and rePair on з0t of repaj.r on 50t of
сorrоsion
I,ongitudinal and ]ateIal trimmеr bellсranks -

damaqe and repair limits
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 41
P:rra 6Q
HЕ],]с0PTЕRs
},1AINтЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL l'{Bв - B0 105
I Washеr 6 Be]1сrank
2 Qдtаininп rinп 1 Sl-eeve
3 Washer I Grooved ball bearing
4 Grooved ball beагing 9 Washer
5 RёfAinin.' тi n.t
Еigure 41-30 Rеmoval and lnsta]latiоn - grooved bat1 bеarings
B0 105
сIiAPTER 41
тzе,urФopЕer [',А|NтENANсЕ мANUAL MBв - вo 105
41 - з8 Installatiоn - 1ateIal trimmеr be}]сrank

1. Install bеl}сrank аs shown in figuтe 41..28.
2, тighten nuts (3, 8 and 12) аnd sесuтe with split рins.
3. Insресt for frееdоm oг movemenЕ аnd рrеsеnсe of foreign objeсLs.
4' C]ose nose aсcess door.
41 - з9 Instal]ation - Iongltudina]- trimmer bе]]сrank

1. тnstall bе]']сrank as shotvn in figure 41"-27.
2. Tighten nuts (4' ] and 10) and seсure with sр]it рins.
3. Inspесt for frеedom of movement and рIesenсe of foreign objeсts.
4. сlosе nosе aссеss dooI .
B0 105
CIiAPTЕR 4i
Rеvision 8 Page 71
MАINTЕNАNсE MANUAL MвB. вo 105
QpeurocoPter
41'- ц0 ColLeсtive pitсh stiсk
41 - 41 RemovaL - сolleсtivе pitсh stlсk RH/],H
WARNING ]NSTAT,L сOvЕR IN AссoRDANсЕ WITfl PARAGRAPIt 41-50 It' LЕЕ'T

сOLLЕCT]VЕ Р]тсlt STTсK Is NOT RЕINSTALLЕD.
l. Disengagе }oсking deviсe from сolleсtive pitсh stiсk.

2' Disсonnect elесtriсa] сonneсt.or and blank off opеn ends.
з. Remove sсrеWs (6' figure 41-31) with Wаshers (])l dеtaсh mounting frame
(8) and boot (9).
4. UnsсrеW and remove sсrevl (3) togеther with sрaсer slееve (5) rrolп с]amp
(4).
5. Sсraighten tabs of loсk rvаsher (11)/ dеtaсh Lightening hаnd1е (2), аnd
rеmovе сolfесLive pitсh st iсk .
B0 105
сI{APTER 41
Pagе 12 Rеvision B
MA|NтENANoЕ MANUAL MвB . Bo 105
ее;Цrc,eоpter
4\ _ 42 Installation - сolleсtive pitсh stiсk Rtt/Lн
1. Тf inctаl,]ad rAmA\Iо .A\'ёт тн .^l'laгtirla nit^h at in]r nar nаrяоr:nh

^f
41"-49.
1A. MAЯcrrrё lдn.тtЬ nlltnllt in n1Al-Ac 1,l?l lcоA nAtril A fiс а1-.]1\ If
.lrt^lr1. iqJ дvl
lnnсоr i-h^n
^f ] 6 г1. r^n|^.A nlа.6
lYu t
2. InsеrL сo]]есtlvе pit-сh sLiсk (1) in shaft (10) .
N0TЕ Qtдnо
JLсi,J ?J. ^^^ / .Ьa,]l ь'^
vс uLgv'lt/flJttuu nn]rl
v.LjI if nl^tёc 1,1 ?l \'ёrA
^..-Amnlichд..l
removeo.
з. Posiсion p]at,es (12) on shaft (10) and рrovlsionа1ly attасh WiLh bolts
(1З), washers (14) ana nuts (15) .
4, Сhесk lefL colleсtivе рitсh sliсk ror free movеmenL between lеft seat and
]ef- rlоnr аnrl riоht cnr ]Р.t,ivа Ditсh stick foI free movement bеLween сеn-
Еer сOnso].е and righL dooг, by moving the rеspeсtive sliсks up and down.
seсurе р]ates (12) in exj.stingг posiLion with nuts (15) if сo1leсtivе
pilсh sLiсk сan movе lrеelу, otherшise shifr рlat.es Lo а posirion aIIoи-
ing frее sliсk movemеnl and tighlen аtLaсhing nuts.
5. Tightеn hаnd]е (2) and sесurе With loсk Washer (].1).
6 Сhоclt ..1,l
,l
ё.t i \'о ni f сh stiсk f or f rеedom of movemenl .
J тnanо.t fnт nrо<дncо nf Fnreiсn

^ЬiAnta
8. Attach boot (9) and mounting framе (8) to f1oor with sсrews (6) and
washers (7).
9. Seсurе сIamр (4) to f]oor With spaсer s]еeve (5) and sсrеW (з) .
10, Rеmove blanks and reсonneсt elесtriсa] сonneсtor.

11. Engage loсking dеviсe шith сol]есLivе pitсh stick.
B0 105
CHAPтЕR 41
Rеvision B Page 7з
flеuгoсopter MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Mвв - Bo 105
o.ror'- A
fr-''
a ф--t+
!
Wa''
ia\
] Гnl,]осtirrо nr tсh сtiсk
A\
9 тi сhl.дn i nп h-and1о \
3 Sсrеw
4 с]amp
Б cnrÂт c 1A6vA
6 Sсrew
7 Washer
я M^|!nt i n.т f rяma
9
jR-
Boot
10 Shaft A(t-
11 Loсk washеr
12 Platе
J BolЕ 12
Iв
.t
14 Washer 14
-*+
15 Nut *_+
ReLainer is mounted on
р I.l ] A.]- i r'6 ni }.Ь on].У
^^1
F. с'|l.Р 4,l-з" RAn"оvаl аnd installat ion - сo]leсt'ivе рitсh sl,iсk (Rн and Lн)
в0 105
сl]APTЕR 41
Page 74 Revision B
I'{BB HЕ1IсoPTЕRS
мA]NтЕNANCЕ' l.,lANUAt l,lBB - B0 105
4L - 4з Removal - pitсh brake
1, Remove boot.
2. Removе split рin (15l figure 41-36) and unsсrew and remove nut (14) and
..\rllndar nrlt ll.\l
3. Remove friсtion hand1е (].), сyllnder nut (2) and sрring (3) froтп brake
levers (l-7 and 18) .
4, Remove sрlit pin (5) and unsсrew and remove nul (4) and washеr (6) .
5. Rеmоve bolt (9) аnd washer (8) fтom brakе boх (]) .
6. Remove sрlit p:-n |22)' ut]sсrew аnd removе nut (21) and ыashеr |20)| and
rоmоvр hо]t (19) from brake lever.
1 . Rеmove brakе levers (17 and 18) and spring (3) from pitсh shaft' (З0) .
4I - ц4 Installаtion - pitсh brake

1. Position brake ]evers (17 and 18) on рitсh shaft.
2, ]nstall bolt (19) and r,lashеr (20) . Tightеn nul (21) and seсure with sрlit
рin (22)'
з. Position brake lеver (17} on brake boХ (7) and seсure with attасhing
hаrdwa.гe {4 сhru 9). Tightеn nut (4) and seсurе with sрliL рin (5).
4. Install sртing (з) beLween bтake levers (1? аnd 18).
5. ]nsta]] friсtion hand]e (1) as shown in figure 41-36, hand-tighten nut,
(14) and seсure with sрlil рin (15).
6. Adjust friсtion forсe of pitсh stiсk in aссordanсe with сhaрter ]02.

? тnen6.t iar nraсоnnо nf farоiпn nhiantс
B. Install boot.
41 - 45 - pitсh рrotесLor RH/LH

Remova]
Removе рiLсh proLeсtor as shown in figure 41-32.
41 - 46 - рiLсh рrotесtor RI]/LH

InsLaLlaЕion
Insta]] рitсh рrotесtor as shown in figu:e 41-32.
в0 105
сНAPTЕR 41
ltЕLтс0PтЕRs
l.1A1NTЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAI !.lBB - в0 105
DЕтA|L A
o.тo'. B
З Sсrew
4 Washer
5 Sстew
6 Washer
7 Base plate
8 Sсrew
9 Washer
10 sсrew
11 Waslrer
1? Pitсh ]осkino deviсe ь00129
1з sсrew
14 C]amр
15 spaсer sfеeve
16 sсIeW
Еigure 41-32 Removal and insta]lation - pitсh рroteсtor Rн/Lti
B0 105
сtlAPTЕR 41
мBB нЕlIсoPтЕRs
l.lAINTENANсB i,!ANUAL I',lвв * B0 105
41 - 4"l Removа] - сover. сyсliс stiсk Ltl
1. Remove sсrews (2l figure 4r-з3) with washers (3) .
2. na| rаh аnwдr l1l
3, Install сyс]iс stiсk ],tt in aссordanсе with pатagraph 41-10.
41 - 48 Instа]lation - сover, сyс1iс sliсk tlt
].. Removе сyсliс stiсk Lit in aссordanсe with paragraрh 41-8.
2. Pоsition сover (]'. figure 41-3З) and attaсh WiLh sсrеWs (2) and washеIs
(3) .
1 сover
2 sсIew
з Wa she r
E.i.тrrтA Д1-1? Rдmnrrяl enrl inctа1]2tiбn - ..nrrar. r-rrnl i.. stiсk ],tl
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 41
I'{BB ItЕт.,Iс0PTЕRs
I.,IA]NтЕNANсЕ },IANUAL l.tвB - B0 10 5
41 - 49 Removal - сover, сollесtive pitсh stiсk LIt
].. Rеmovе sсrews (2, figure 41-З4) and det,aсh соver (1).
2. hsta}l сol].eсtive pitсh stiсk in aссordanсe with paragтaph 4|- 42'
41 - 50 Instal]ation - сover, сolleсtive pitсh stiсk LH
l. Remove сollесtive рitсh stlсk in aссordanсe with paraglaрh 41-41.
z. Position сovет (1., figure 41-34) and attaсh With scrе!'s (2).
l -)--дЁ+tt
t-"'
,"'\:'li,*'-- ,\
[,r
.t хl - --' ,'1t'
\{l-;t;/zt
-/-,./
100709
I сover
2 sсrew
Еigure 41-34 Removal and insta]]at'ion - cover, сo1]'eсtive pitсh stiсk I,tt
B0 105
сtiAPTЕR 41
l4BB tlЕLIсOPTЕRs
},IAINтENANсЕ MANUAT. мвв - вo 105
4] - 5.] Rёmоvа,] - nifсh shаft lеvеr
1. Remove nose aссess door.

2. Remove сoрi]ot seat and lеft seat rai1 in aссordance with сhapter 70J'.
з. Removе ]eft floor рlatе of the сablе duсt.

4. Disсonnесt сontrol rod (48, figure 4l.-36) from pitсh shаft lever (26) .
5. Remove loсkwire and sсrew (24) .
6. Removе sр]it рin {28) and remove washer (29) and bott (27) ,
1, Removе tightening сap (25) and pull lever (26) from рitсh shaft.
4| - 52 Inspeсtion and rеpair - pitсh shafl lever

Sрeсial tool:
Мounting tool 11?-400001 W1
1. тnspeсt pitсh shaft lever (figure 4i-З5) fоr сraсks, other meсhaniсa]
damagе. сorrosion and damаged surfaсe рrotесtion.
a. Rеp]aсe if a сrасk is evidenl.

b. Po]ish out damage that is within pеrmissib1е damage and rерair timits
stat'ed in figure 41-35 and final polish with polishing с]oLh 400.
с. Touсh up or renew dаmaged surfaсe рroteсtion wit'h two-сomрonent wash
рrimer (С}4 42З) and сoating lacquer (сl',1 402) in ассordanсe with
сhaptеr 02.
2. ]nspeсt bushing for meсhaniсal damagе аnd' сoтrosion' Po1ish out damage
with polishing сloth 400. Еor permissiblе borе diаmetеr see figure
41-35. If diamеter is ехсеeded, replace bushing as dеsсribed in pаragraph
41-9.
3. ]nsрeсt' flanged bushing as dеsсribed in steр 2.
в0 105
сtlAPTЕR 41
ltвLTс0PTERs
}.{ATNTЕNANCЕ }.{ANUAI. l.,IвB - B0 105
400?10.1
TYPЕ 0!' DAмAGЕ DA!,IAGЕ AND RЕPAIR IJ IIЧI Ts

zoNЕ 1 ZONE 2
Мe chani с a1 0,5 mп deрth after 0.2 mm depth after

аnd repаir on 508 of repair on 30t of
сorrosion area
l4ax . рermissible bore diаmetеr:

6,02 mm It may bе eхсеeded by 0.01 mm on one quатter of the bore
сirсumfеrеnое
Fiorlre 4]-З5 Pi|.сh shаfL -Lever - damagе and rеpаir limits

B0 105
снAPTЕR 41
on
:.-^
р
Г:l
lz
tfl
I
5 fl
i
ч
\
j-.
\--N
IEl
к zl
Ё]
с)
or
l{вB llЕъIсoPтЕRs
I.IAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAI, t{вв - B0 105
41 . 53 Insta]lation - pitсh shaft lever

1. Inselt рitсh shаft lеver (26' figuге 41-з6) into pitсh shаft aпd insta]"]'
tightening cар {25 ) .
2, Insert' bolt (27)' washer (29) and seсure with sp].it, pin (28) .
3. тighten sсreп (24) аnd seсure with }oсkwirе.

ц' сonneсt сontrol rod (48} with attасhing hаrdware (44 thru 46) . Tiqhten
nuL (46) аnd seсure wiLh split pin (47) .
5. hspeсt for freеdom of пovement and рresenсe of fоleign objeсLs.
6. Instаll left floor plat'e of the сable duсL.
1, Install left seat rail аnd сoрilot seаЕ iп aссordanсe with сhapter ?01.
8. сlose nose ассess door.
41 - 54 Removаl - рiLCh shаft

1. oрen nose aссеss door.
2. OРen aссess сover on Lhe ].eft outer side of the he]iсoрter.

з. Remove сoPi]ot seat, Ieft seat rаi] and lap belL attaсh fitting, Iefer
t.o сhaрler ]0]..
4, Removе left floor p]ate of the саb]e duсt.
5. Disсonneсt сont'rol rod (48, figure 41-36) flom рit'сh shart lвver (26) .
6. Reпove pitсh st'iсk Rн/L}t in ассordanсе with parаgrарh 41-41.

.7. Remove Pit'сh brаke in aссordanсe тith paragraph 41-43.
8. Remove pitсh shаft lever (26) in aссordаnсё with paragraрh 41-.51.
9. Remove sp}it pin (З8) and rеmove nul (з9) and Uаsher (40).
10. Remove sсreпs (36} aпd tvаsheгs (35) аnd remove сover (з?).
11. Remove letаining rlng (42). bushing (41) аnd washer (43).
12. Rеmove sсrews (34) аnd washers (33) and detaсh beаring suрPort (з2).
13. Retnove рitсh shaft (30) with retaining ring (31) from bearing (23).
в0 105
сttAPтЕR 41
Pаge 8з
ЕURocoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANоЕ мANUAL вo 105
41 - 55 |nspeсtion and reрair. Pitсh shafl
l1. Pitсh shatt (figure 4.1.37) With bonded brake line.:
a. lnspect pitch shatt lor mechanical damage aпd corrosion' Visually inspect welds for сraсks.
1) Replaсe it a сraсk is evident.
2) Po|ish out damage Within permissib|e limits set lorth in 41-з7 and fina| polish with polishiпg
cloth 400. 'igцre
з) тouоh up or reпew damaged surfaоs рroleсtion With two-сomponent Wash primer (cM 423)
lowed by сoating laсquer (сIv| 402t in accordance wilh chapter 02. 'ol.
b. Inspeоtbaaring (23' figure 41-36)forplaи rou9hness aпd binding. ||any suоh defect eхists' rsplace bear-
ino.
о. lnspeсt brake |iner tor Wear and debonding. |f aпy suсh defeсt oxists, rep|ace brake |inor.
d. Reolaсe brake |ineг аs loltows:
1) Hoat brake liпer With hot air and remove from Pitсh shaft.
2) Flemove adhesive residues with toluene (C[4 219).
3) |-leat new brаke liner to approх. 120.с.
4) оoat pitch shaft with twФ-сompoпent adheslve (сп/ 601).
5) |nstall brako liner on pitch shaft and press firmly in p|aсe with hose strap,
6) After allowing to dry, remove hose strap and rework brake liner to a diameter of 49.8 - o.3 mm.
2. Рitсh sha't Without bonded brакe |ineгi
a. lnsPecl рitсh shаft (figure 41.з7) for mechaniса| damage and сorrosion. Visua|ly inspect Welds lor
cгacks.
1) Replaоe if a оraсk is evident.
2) Polish out damage within Permissibte Iimits set lorth iп figure 41-37 and tinal potish wiih polishing
с|oth 400.
3) тouсh up or reпew damagod surtaсe proteсtion with twФ.сomponent Wash primor (cм 423) |o|.
|owвd by сoating |aщusr (CМ 402) in acсordaпсo with сhapter 02.
b. lnspeсtbearing (2з, figure41-з6)torp|ay, roughnsssand binding. |'any suоhdв'вct6xists, ropIaceboar.

ing.
с. Inspect brаking surtaсвforwear. тhe minimumallowаblodiamsteris44.8mm.lf thвreis exоessiveW6ar,

reDlaсo lhв Ditch shаtt'
сHAPтЕв 41 Revision 18
Pag€ 84
ITTBB нЕLIсoPTЕRs
l.!AINTЕNANсЕ i4ANUAL }.tвв - t'U l.Uэ
TYPE 0Е DAмAGЕ DA!'IAGЕ AND RЕРA]R Llll]тs

zoNЕ 1 zoNЕ
Мeсhaniсa1 0,4 depth after

mm 0.2 mm depth after
аnd repair on 50t of reрair on 30t of
сorros ion
Мin . perm issible diameter:

24.96 mm
Е'igurе 41- 37 Pitсh shаft - damaqе аnd rrpаir ]imits

B0 105
сltAPTЕR 41
t,lвв ttЕLIсoPтЕRs
[',IA]NTЕNANсЕ }.IANUAL l,tBв - B0 105
41 - 56 Installation - pj.tсh shaft

1. Insеrt pitсh shаft (30' figure 41-36) in beаring (23) .
2. Install bearing supрort (З2) on ot'her еnd of pitсh shaft and аttaсh to
mounting surfaсe with Washеrs (33) and sстews (34) . Tighten sсIews.
3. Install washеr (43) rеtaining Iing (42} and bushing (41) on рitсh shaft.
'
4' Position сover (з7) оn pitсh shаft (30) and sесurе to bearing support
With washers (35) and sсrews (36). тighLen sсrews.
5. Install washer (40) and nut (39) on end of pitсh shaft and tighten nut
and seсurе With spllt рin (38) .
6, Insta]I рitсh shaft lеver (26) in aссordanсe with рaragraph 41-53.

1' Instal] pitсh brakе in aссordanсe with paragraph 41-44.
8. ]nstа]] pit'сh stiсk Rн/LH in aссoldanсe with Раrаgrаph 41-42.
9. Insресt for fleedom of movement and prеsenсe оf fоrеign ob]eсts.
0, тnstа,l l |ёrF flnor n]аte of the сablе duсt.
,i
11' тnsta]1 ]еfL sеaE rai1' сoрi1ot' seаt and ]ар be1L atсaсh fiLting, rеfеr
to chapter 701.
12. с]osе nose aссess dooт.
41 -57 Be11сranks (рitсh' Iateral and J'ongitudinal)
41 - 58 Remova] - be].lсranks
1. Rеmovе сoрilot sеat. left sеat raiL and lаp belt att'асh fiЕtingг, refеr
to сhaрter 701.
2. Rеmovе bеnсh sеat' refеr t'o сhaрt'er B00.
,] Remоve lefi flоог olate of the сable duсt.
4. Remove сontro] rods (9 and lJ' figure 41-38) .
5. Bend toсking р]ate (12) open and dеtaсh with sсrews (11) .
6. Remove sр]it pin (1) and remove nut (2). Washer (з) and bo]t (4) .
l, Remove bellсrank (10, 18 oт 19) fIon сablе duсt'
pn lnR
снAPTЕR 41
f I
Е
(о
Ч
o
Ф
Еq
ГJ
tГJ
121 121
l"?l lYl
[] '_l
I
t
o
lr
р
o
{J
Ф
r.l
рoФ
J
(l
O
Ф
Еq
rЧ
й
ГJ ГJ
lzl lzl lzl
lzl l"Pl |тl
fl
l"?1
lтl
I'ol L:l L:J
LI
f
',i
г.l
р
ь.r
O --l
Oо
г.l
.-l uo
}.{
б A
Е oр
|.]
..l OЕ
э nO
р(б нд
сл ФO
ro Ф
р
р,р
6.-]
бЁl б !.l р.
or -l ol
с trд o]
!
с
..i ..t Е нA1 А1
.гj
r(6 Ё Е
or Q..r tл o] -{ tб Ф
н l] olr с я oЦlr
l,lвB нЕI,]с0PTЕRS
!,IAINтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAI I{вв - в0 105
41 - 59 DisassembJ.y - bel]сranks
1. straighten tаbs af loсk washеr (9, figuтe 41-39) and Iemove kеyed nut
(].0) 1oсk washеr (9) and spaсer bцshing (8) .
'
2. Rеmove retaining ring (7) and washrr (6) .
з. Remove lеver axle (1) from be1lсrank (4) .
4. Remove spaсer tube (3) wit'h beaтing (2) fтоm bel1сrank.

5. Prеss bearing (5) from bеl1сrank.
l- П]I,l
ro
I Lever axle 5 Bеaring 8 spaсеr bushing

2 Bearing 6 Wasner 9 Loсk Washe.r
3 Spaсer tube 1 Retaining ring 10 Keyed nut
4 Bellcrank
гigure 41-39 Disаssembly - be1]сrank

B0 105
сliAPTЕR 41
pA.rо яq
l.1Bв tlЕLIсоPTЕRs
}IAINTЕNANсЕ I.tANtIAl }4BB - Bo ].05
41 - 60 Inspeсt'ion and rеpair - bеllсranks

sресia] too1:
ltount ing tool 111-400001 Iil
1. Insрeсt be1lсrаnk (figure 41-40).

a. Insресt bеllсrank for meсhaniсal dаmage аnd сorrosion. Visually
inspeсt itе lds for сraсks. ]f сraсk is suspeсtеd, рerforrn penetIant
inspесtion рer },1Iъ-3TD-6866.
1) Polish out damage that is within permissible damage аnd repair
limits stated in figure 41-40 and finаl polish with pоlishing
сloth 400.
2I Touсh uр or rеnew damaged surfacе proteоtion with two-сomPonent

wash pтimеr (с},1 42з) and сoating laсquer (Ct.l 402) in aссordanсe
with chaрtеr 02.
b. ]nsPeсt bearing seat in bellсrank for meсhаniсal damage and

сorrosion. Polish out damage шith polishing сloth 400.
E'or maХ. permissible diametеr, refеr to figure 4J.-40.
с. InsРесt, bushingfor mесhaniсal damagе and сorIosion. Po}ish out

damage wlt'hрolishing сloth 400.
Еor max. peтmissible diarnеtеr, refer to flgure 41-40.
If neсessary, rеp1aсe bushings as dёsсribed in рaragraрh 41-9'
d. Insрeсt flаngеd bushings as desсribеd in step с'
2, тnsресt lever axlе (figure 41-41)
a. InsPeсL ]ever aхle for meсhaniсal damаge and сorrosion. Visually

insРeсt weld for сrасks. If сraсk is suspeсted, рerform penetrant
lnsPeсtion рer мIL-STD-6866.
1) Rep]aсe if сraсk is еvident.
2t Polish out damage wit'hi.n permlssiblе limlts stated in figure
41-41 and finаl polish with polishing с]oth 400.
3) Touсh uр or renew damaged surface Protection with two-сomponent'

wash prlmеr (Сl',1 42з) and сoating ]aсquеr (сI.,l 402) ln aссordance
with сhapler 02.
4| to the thread is рermisslble, provided the ease of
},Iinor damage
installation is not impaired.
5) Reр]aсе ]ever aхle if thrеad is deformed or broken.
3. Inspeсt beaтing (5' figure 41-39) for p1ay, roughness and binding.
If аny suсh defeсts are evldent, replaсe bearing.
в0 105
сHAPтЕR 41
}4BB ilЕLIс0PTЕRs
!,lAINтЕNANсЕ I'IANUAL I'{BB - B0 105
тYPЕ 0F DAМAGЕ DAI.IAGE AND RЕPA]R I.,Iм]тs

z0NЕ 1 ZONE 2
Мeсhanj.сa1 0.4 mm deрth аfter 0.2 mm dерth aft€r

and repair on 50t of repair on 30t of
corrosion
Мax. permissible bore diameters:
6.02 mm They may bе еxсeеdеd by 0.01 mm on onе quarter of the

bore сiтcumferenсe.
З2'02 mm
Еigure 41.40 BelLсrank - damage and repair limils
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 41
РЯ.'Ф g.l
I,lBB l1ЕLIс0PTЕRs
t.IAтNTЕNANсЕ }'ANUAL мвB - BO 105
1006]6
тYPE 0Е. DAl.tAGЕ DAМAGЕ AND RЕPA]R I.IМIтs

zoNЕ 1 zONЕ 2 ZaNЕ з
Мeсhanica1 0.2 mm depth The mi.n, 0.2 mп depth

and дftar ranя i r РermissibIe 5f +6.
Ч.9!}.vнч+. Yдь1'i Y
оorrosion on 50t of areа diametёr of оn з0t of ar
L5.45 mm may
be 0.02 mm
less on 30t
of аrea
тhe max. рermissible bore diarпеter is 8.02 пm. It may bе eхсredеd by

0.02 nn one one quaILеt of the borе сircuJлferenсe.
Еigure 41-41 Lever ax].e . damagе and repаir limlts
B0 105
сI1APтЕR 41
I{вв нЕlIсoPTЕRs
!,IAINтЕNANсЕ !,lANUAl },IвB - B0 105
41 - 67 Assеrnbly . be].lсranks
1. Apply corrosion prevеnt.ivе сompound (см 505) to borе in be}lсrank (4,

figuтe 41*39) .
2. Assemble bellсгank assy as shown in figure 41-39.
з. тighten keyed nut (10).
4| - 62 Inst'allаtion - be].lсranks
1. Sесure bеIlсrank (10, 18 or 19, figure 41-38) in pоsition With atLaсhing

hardwaтe (1 Lhru 4 and 11, 12) .
2. Tightеn nut (2) and sсrew (11) and sесцre nцt (2) with sptit pin (1).
з. сonnесt сontrol тods (9 and 11). Tighten nuls (7 and 15) and sесure with
split pins (8 and 16) .
4. Insрeсt for frеedom of movеmеnt and рresenсе of forеign objeсts.
5 тnqtаl ,l ,lоf t f l nnr n1ate of сable duсt.
6. ]nstall benсh seat in aссordanсe wilh сhaрter B00.

1 , lnslal] ]еft seаL rails, сopilot sеat and lар belt attасh fitt.ing,
r.f6r 1-^ ГЬlnl-aт.7П1
41 - 6з Removal - pitсh stiсk stор

L. Removе loсkwire.
2. Reпove screws {1, f igure qr42) | vlashers (2) and plates (з) .
3. Remove guard (6) аnd sLoP (4) halves from рitсh stiсk (5) .
41' - 64 Installalion - pitсh st'iсk st'op
1. Position guard (6, figure 41-42) and st,oр (4) ha]ves on pitсh stiсk (5) .
2. Instаll рlatеs (з). washеrs (2) and sсrews (1).

з. Adjust сolleсtive рitсh сontrol in aссordаnсe with сhaрtеr ].02 and
tighten sсrews (1) .
BO 105
сttAPTЕR 41
Pастр QЗ
мBв ]iЕLIсOPтЕRS
!,]AINTЕNANсE !'IANUAI l4BB - B0 105
I s.z ш'l l
F.zТйl r
1 sсrew
2 Washеr
3 Platе
4 stoр
5 Pitсh sti
6 Guard
E'igure 41-42 Remova] and instaLlation - pilсh stiсk stop
в0 105
сllAPTЕR 41
Pасо Q4
!,1BB tIЕLIсOPTЕRs
I4AINтЕNANсЕ МдNUAL мBB - вo 105
41 -65 Miхing 1eveт asseпbly
4I . 66 Reпoval - mixing lever assembly
sрeсia1 tool:
Clamping shoе 1х56 150 1'23 ox tI1-I2010 W66
L. Remove fairing, as required.

2. To Рrrvent swashplate froпr dropрing when removing the сontro} rods,
install сlamping shoe 1x56 150 123 on main rotor mast between sliding
sLeеve and transmission flangе.
з. Removе сontrol rods сonneсted between mixing lever assy and swashp-}atе
and bеtwеen mixing }ever assy and Landеm hydrauliс unit.
4. Disсonneсt сontrol levers (9 and ]-2' figure 41-70) by remоving split рins
(].), nuts (11) аnd guard washеrs (10) .
5. Renove guard washers (8).
6' RеRove beaтing bJ"oсk (24) from flange on main trаnsmission housing.
7 . Removе housings (6) with instа]ted bal] bearings from both sides of
сontrol fork (16) and detaсh washеrs (]) from studs of sliding sleeve
(17).
8. Rеmove сontrol fork (16) Logethеr with bearing supрort (2З) and bеaring
blосk (24) .
4I - 6.l Disassembly - miхing lever assembly
1. Drtaсh beаring supрort (23, figurе 41-70) from сonLrol fork (16) .
2. Detaсh bеaring supрort (23) from bеaring bloсk (24) .
B0 105
сltAPTЕR 41
llЕ],]с0PтЕRs
},lAINтЕNANсE },IANUAL I.IBB - бU lUэ
41 - 68 Inspeсtion and repаiI - miхing lеver аsseпbly

sРeсial tools:
Staking tool 105-з1B21 !.15
Staking tool retainer 105-40001 W1
Staking tool 105-42121 W2 (105-42121 W6)
t',lilling tool 105-42121 Wз
Pressing-iп tool 1'05-42I2L w4
Plеssing-in tool 10 5 - 42121 W5
}4illing tool 105-4212з W3
Prеssing-in tool 105-42124 W].
Pressing-in tool 705-42124 wЗ
l4ounting tool Too] no. 4 (105-4212I w.l || refеr to сhaрter 04
Mounting tool Too1 no. 5 (105-42122 w2) | refer to сhapter 04
Pushing-out LooL Too]. no. 6 (105-42124 w4l' I refer to сhapter
Pushing-out' tool Too1 no.
.l (1"05-42\23 w4| | rеfer to сhaрter
04
04
Pushing-out too] Too] no. 8 (105-42122 v]I| r refеr to сhapter 04
suрport Too.l no. 9, rеfer to сhaрter 04
Pu]]er Tool no. 10, refer to сhapter 04
1. Inspeсtion of сontтol lеvers (9' 12, flgure 41-?0):

а. Inspeсt сonlro1 ]evетs for сraсks, other mесhaniсal damage and
сorros1on.
1) Disсard сontrol lever if сraсks are evident.

2) Po]ish ouL meсhaniсal damage and сorrosion with рolishing сloth
400. Еor damage and rework ]imits refer to figure 41-43.
з) тouсh ЦP or renew dаmаged surfaсe proteсtion with one-сomрonent

zinс сhromate рrimer {с}'{ 401) and two-сomрonеnt рur toрсoat
(с}..1 426) in aссordanсe with сhapter 02.
b. Inspeсt flanged bushings t29 and 30, figuтe 41-]0) for wear,
meсhanica] damage аnd сorrosion.
1) Po]ish oul mеChanical damage and сorrosion in flanged bushing
bоre with рolishingr сloth 400. !'or max. рermlssible diameter
refer to figure 41-43.
2) If toleranсe }imits are exсeedеd, replaсe flаnged bushings in

aссordanсе with step ?.
с. сhесk bеaIings for play. roughness and сorrosion. If indiсations

of damаge are evident'' replaсе bearings in aссoтdanсe with step 8.
2. InsPесtion of beaIing supрort (23, figure 41-?0):
a. InspeсL beaтing supрort as indiсated above for сontrol lеvеrs.
в0 105
снAPTЕR 41
I.,IBB tlЕLIс0PтЕRs
}{AINTENANсЕ l,lANtIAt l4вB - Bо ].0 5
b. !'or damage and rework limits refer to figurе 41-46.

c. Replaсe flanged bushings in ассordanсe with steр 14.
d' Replaсe bearings in aссoтdanсe with stеp 13.
з. Inspeсtion of сontrol fork (16, figure 41-70):

a. Inspect' сontrol fork as indiсated above for control lеvers.
1) Е'or damage and rework limils refеr to flgure 41-44.
2\ Rеp]aсe flanged bushings, if neсessary, in aссordanсe with steр
'l . or 9.
з) Reрlaсe bеarings, if nесessary, in aссordanсе with step 12.
b. Insрeсt bolts (27) for гneсhаniсa] damage and сorrosion'

1) If dеformation is evidеnt, replaсе bo]ts ln aссordanсe with
steр 10. oт J.1 .
2| Polish out meсhaniсal damage and сorrosion with рolishing с].oth

400.
3) Dimеnsiona]]'y сheсk bolt shank diamеt'еr. Еor permissib]e shank

diamеter refer to figure 41.-44.
4) Remоve minor thread damage. Damaqe to thread is permissiblе on
30* of thrеad атeа рrovided thе mating nut сan bе еasily
screwеd on by hand.
5) Inspесt idеntifiсatiоn p}ate for seсrrre installation. If plat'e is

loоsе, rebond with adhesive (с}4 601) .
ц. InspeсLion of bеаring bloсk (24. figure 41-?0):
a. Inspeсt bеаring b]oсk for craсks, other meсhaniсal dаmage and
сorrosion.
i) Disсard bearing bloсk if craсks are evidenl.
2, Pоlish out meсhaniсal dаmage and соrrosion with polishing
сloth 400. E.or daInаge and rework ]imits rеfer tо figure 41-45'
з) Touсh up or renew dаmaged surfaсe Proteсtion with one-сomponent

zinс сhromatе рrimеr (CМ 401) and two-сornрonrnt PUR toРсoat
(сM 426) in acсordanсe r*ith сhaрter 02.
b. InsPесt beaIings foт plаy, roughness and сorrosion.

In the сase of damаgге and exсеssive p]ay replасe bеarings in
aссordanсе with st,ер 15. Axial play of 0'2 шn аnd radial р1ay o{
0.2 mm arе pеrmissib]e.
B0 105
СI]APтЕR 41
},lBB IIЕLIсoPTЕRS
I,IAINтвNANсЕ I,IANUAL I'{BB * в0 10 5
TYPE 0F DA!,IAGЕ DA!.,lAGЕ AND RЕPAIR ],I }4I т s

ZONE 1 zoNЕ 2 zoNЕ з
Мeсhani сal 0,2 mm 0,3 mm 0,2 mm

and on 30t of aтea оn 50t of area on 30t of are a
сorrosion
0,1 mm 0.1 mm 0. L mm
priоr to and to and to and

0,2 nл r^-rL 0.2 nп 0.2 mm
after
on 30t on 30t of areа on JUъ of area
Мax ' permissible bore diameLers:

Thеy may be еxсeeded by 0.01 on one quarter of thе
lц 8.02 mm
bоre сirсumferenсе.
mm
A 9.53 mm
Еigure 41-43 Contrоl Lеvеr - damage and rеpaiI limiLs

в0 105
снAPTЕR 41
Pаoe 99
l.1BB HЕLIсоPтЕRS
I'{AINтЕNANсЕ }.,IANUAL l',IвB - Bo 105
тYPЕ 0l. DAI'{AGЕ DA!,IAGE AND REPAIR LIt.IIтs

zONЕ 1 zoNЕ 2 zONЕ 3 zoNЕ 4
I'1есhaпiсa1 0.2 mm depth 0.2 mm depth 0.3 mm deрth 0.1 mm depth

on 30t of on 50t of on 30t of on з08 of
Cоrrosion 0.1 mп depth 0.1 mm depth 0,2 mm depth U. Uэ mm

prior to and prior to and to and depth prior
0,2 mm depth 0.2 mm depth 0.3 mm depth to and
after repai r аfter repa1r repai r 0.1 пm depth
on 30t of on 50t of on 30t after reр ai r
on З0* of
areа
l"laх ' perrпisslble bore diamёtеrs :
A 8,02 mm тhcv mаv hе exсеeded bv 0.01 mm on one qua.teт of t,he bore
A 15.02 mm сiIсumferenсе.
A 32 .02 mm
A Мin, permj'ssib]е shaft dlaтneter of bolts is 14.97 шn.

,/l
ZI-.} 50t оriginal сontaсL surfaсe must be mainlained in an area of 4 fluп around
bore,
Fiqure 41-44 Сontrol fork - damaqe and repair ].imits

B0 105
снAPTЕR 41
ДeuгocOрtег MAINтENANсЕ MANUАL вo .l05
Br
тYPE oF DАI,AGE AND RЕPA|R LlМ|тs

DAмiAGЕ
ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ZONЕ 3
rffit
l',,lеоhaniсa| 0.2 mm depth 0.2 mm depth 0.1 mm dopth
on 40% of on 300/0 of oп 300/0 ot
area
сorrosion 0.1 mm depth 0.1 mm dёpth 0.05 mm depth

prior to an prior to an Рrior to and
0.2 mm dеPth 0.2 mm depth 0.1 mm depth
after repair after repair atter repair
on 40уo of area on 30% ol area on 30% ol arca
50уo original сontaсt area must be maintained iп an area of 4 mm

around bore.
Figure 41-45 вeariпg b|oсk - damаge and repair limits
Revision 22 онAPТЕR 41
Pаge 101
Мвв l.lЕLIс0PтЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL мвB - B0 105
тYPЕ 0Е DAt.tAGЕ DAмAGЕ AND RЕPAIR LIмI тs

zoNЕ 1 zoNЕ 2 zoNЕ з
месhaniсa1 r1 йй i6nl.Ь 0. z mm йй .{Aniь

of
v. llnt чv!, 9r. ^ '
9lL
on 50t
i . llllц чlЕ
^
of
v
on 30t arеa on 50t of arеa arеa
сorrosioп 0' 05 rпm deРth 0.1 пm 0.1 mm depth

^яi аr tа япrl to and n.i
^r
f^ rn.i
1 Й6 ;A^l-h U. Z mп Йй .|6Б+ь
^ '
v | . n'l! чьн Ё|l
^
fonA i r. after r eрai r
'€tAr
on з0t of a!ea on 50t of area on 50t of area
тhe mаx ' Ретmis sible diameter of bushing bore is 8.0 пm, IL may be
exсeeded by 0 .02 mm on one quarter of Lhe bore сircumferenсe.
50t original сontасL surfaсe musl be maintаined in an аreа of 4 тшп
around bore.
E.iguIe 41-46 вearlng suРРort - damage and repаir toleranсe liпils
в0 105
сttAPтЕR 41
Page 102
мвB HЕLIс0PTЕRS
I4AтNтЕNANсв !,IANUAL l'.tвB - в0 105
5. Insресt сlose-toleranсe bolts (4, 13 qnd 18' figurе 41-70) for meсhaniсal
damage' сorrosiolt. wear, thread damage and dеformation.
a' Polisit оut minor meсhaniсal damage and сorIosion with pollshing сloth
400.
b. Tnspeсt bolts for serviсeable limits. Мinimum permisslble shaft dia.

гneter is:
9.50 mm for bоlt (4)

14.98 mm for bо].t (1з)
, 7.98 mm for bolt (18)
с. Remove minor thread dаmage. Damage to thread is permissible on 30t of

thread area provided mating nut can be sсrert,ed on easily by hand.
d. Disсaтd сlose-toleranсe bolts if deformation is evident.
6. Inspeсt guard washers for сondition. Rep]aсe Washers if damaged.
1. Rерlaсe fLangеd bushing of сontrol fevеrs as foLlows:
NOTE Еor rеplaсеment of flanqed bushinqs ln сontro] ].еver fork

head With a сlearаnсe of 20.65 п]m, use too] 105-42121 W4.
t'or reрlaсement of flangеd bushings in сonlrol lever fork
hеad нith a с}еarаnce of 15.00 mm, usе too] 105-42121 W5.
a. Press out flanged bushing with tool 105-42121 W4:
1) sсrеW gauge bloсk (4, figure 41-48) in intеrпediаte ring (3) аnd
insert ring in fork hеad of сontro.]. lеvеr (6) .
2) Install pusher (1). Ho].d intеrmediatе ring and turn рusher unt'il
the gаuge b]oсk with intеrmеdtatе ring сomes to rеst frее of р]ay
in the сontro] levеr fork head.
З) Position сontro] lеver on supрort (5) and рress out flanqed
bushing (2) wiLh pusher (1).
4) [nsоect Ьотё iг сont'ro1 }ever for mесhаn,i саl dаmаoe
цqr[цч! аnd
цtlЧ соr-
uwl
rosion. Po]ish out damage with po]ishing с.]"oth 400. I,Iaх. рer.
missiblе diamеter is 14.02 пm. It mаy bе exсeeded bу 0'02 mm
on onе quarter of the bоre сircumferеnсe.
BO 105
сllAPTЕR 41
I'{BB нЕtIсoPтЕRs
I"IA]NTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL l.1вB - B0 105
b. Press in flanged bushing with tool 105-4272I W4t

1) Apply сorrosion prevеntive сompound (см 505) to borе in сontroL
Iever.
2I Deburr f]anged bushing, сhi}l to aрproхimatety -50 oC аnd press
in vlith tool 105-42].2]. W4 (seе figure 41-49) .
з) Dimensionally inspесt bore. If neсessary, honе to speсified

diarпeler of 9 '52 t 0.005 mm and deburr.
с. Prеss baсk flangеd bushing to speсified diпеnsion with tооL
I05-42L2L W4:
1) sсrew gauge
,1
bloсk (1,. figure 41-50) in intеrmеdiate ring (2) and
i nstЯ l r'inо i n fork t}ead of сontrol ]evеr.
2) Insert рushеr (3), hold intermediate rinq and turn pusher until
gаuge bloсk with intеrmеdiate ring сomes to rest freе of play in
contlol lever fork hеаd.
3) Press flanged bushing (4) baсk with рusher (З) unti] it abuts
аgаinst the gаugе bloсk.
d. Press out flanged bushing with tool 105-42121 W5.
1) Prеss out flanged bushing, seе figure 41-51.

2\ Inspeсt bore in сontro] ]evеr for meсhaniса]. damage аnd сorro-
sion. Polish out danage with po}ishing сloth 400. The тпaх.
permissible diameter is 11.02 mm. It may be eхсeedеd by 0.02 mm
on one quarter of the bore сirсuтnferenсe.
е. Press in f]аngеd bushing with tool 105-42121 vl5:
1) Apply сorrosion prevеntive сompound (сl.l 505) to bore in сontro]
lever.
2\ Debulr flangеd bushing, сhi}l to aрproximat'еly -50 "C and prеss
in wit.h toot 105-42121 I{5 (sее figure 41-52) .
з) Dimensionally insрeсt bore. Тf neсessaryr hone to speсified
dlametеr of 8.0 + 0.015 пr.n and deburr.
f.. Press baсk flanged bushing to sрecified dimension with tool
105-42121 W5:
1) screw gauge bloсk (1' figure 41-5з) in intermediаte ring (2) and
insert in сontrol lever (5).
B0 105
сliAPTЕR 41
мBB ltЕLIсOPTЕRs
I.IAINтENANсE MANUAL мBB - в0 105
2t ]nstа]l pushеr (4). hoId intermеdiate ring and turn pusher unti]
Lhe gauge bloсk l,lith intermediatе ring сomes to rest in the
сontrol lever fork withоut play.
з) Press flanged bushing (3) baсk with pusher (4) until lt abuts
the gаuge b]oсk (r) .
8. Reрlaсе bаll bearings (32. fig'ure 41-70) of сontrol lever as follows:

a. Position сontrol levеr {3, figure 41-54) on supрort (4) and сuЕ off
staked edge of bushing (2) with tool 105-42121 I^l3 (1) .
b. Press out bushing with bearing using tool no. 4 (105-42121 W7) .
Disсard bushing with bearing.
с. Inspeсt borе in соntrol lever foт mесhaniсa] damage and сorrosion.
Polish out with рolishing сloth 400. The max. peгmissible
damage
diamеter is 36.0З шr. ]t nay be exсeeded by 0.02 шn on onе quartel
of thе bore сirсumfeтenсe.
d. Install bushing in сonlrol ]ever:
1) Apply сorrosion pтeventive сompound (с!4 505) to bore in сontrоl
lever.
2) chlll to approхimately -50 oс and рIess in
Deburr bushing and
with Lool no. 4 (105-42121" lil).
з) DimensionаIly inspесt bolе. If neсessary. hone Lo sресified
diamеter of 32 + 0,003 mm and debull.
- 0.01з
е. Instа].L ba}l bеаring in сontro] ]evеr:
1) Aрp]y corrosion prevеntive сompound (сt4 505) tо bushing.
2\ Deburr сhamferеd edgе at сontaсt suгfaсe of ball bearing out'er

raсe t.lith honing slonе.
з) Press in ba}l beаr.iлg with too] no. 4 {105-42721 lyl1).
f. staking of ba1]. bеaring in соntrol lеver:

1) stake bearing with stakiпg tool Ietainer 105-40001 Wl аnd vlith
slaking toot 105-42121 W6 as shown in figurе 41-47.
2\ Apрly rеquired forсe by gradually inсreasing wit'hin 5 seсonds Lo
80-85 kN.
B0 105
снAPтBR 41
r"IBB }tELIс0PTЕRs
l',lA]NTЕNANCЕ },IANUAL I4BB - в0 105
1 Staking tool holder З R:] ] horrjnп

2 St.aking tool A Control lever
Еigure 41-47 Staking of balL bearing with tool 105-40001 W1

and 105-42121 i,i6
B0 105
СHAPTЕR.41
нЕLIс0PTЕRs
!,IAINтENANсE !,lANUAt l,lBB - B0 105
1 Pusher 4 Gaugе bloсk

2 Е']anged bushing 5 supрort 1 Plunger з
3 htermediate ring 6 сontro] levеr 2 E'langеd bushlng 4 Control lever
Еiorrrо 4.] -48 Pressino.out v! ! to l lчсu I'iпllто d1-ДQ pтaссinп-in nf f ,]>nпad

bushing with tool bushing with too l
105-42r2r w4 105-42121 w4
t Gauge bloсk 4 ЕLangеd bushing

2 Intermediate ring 5 сontrol levеr
з Pusher
Еigure 41-50 Pressing-baсk of flanged

bushing with tool-
105-4212L w4
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 41
НЕLIC0PтЕRs
t4AINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL l'{BB - B0 105
ц,|/зз.с
1 Contro] 1еvеr з Е'langеd bushlng 1 supрoIt з Plunger

2 4 P lungеr 2 Еlangrd bushing 4 Cоntrol lever
Figure 4J.-51 Pressing-oцt of flanged Figure 41-52 Pressing-in of flanged

bushing with tool bushing with too I
105-42121 W5 105-42121 W5
сutter
Bushing
сont ro]
supрort
ц1/зЬ'^
I Gauge bloсk ц Pusher

2 Intеrmediate I ing 5 сoпtrоl leveI
з Еlanged bushing
Еj'gure 41-53 PIessing-baсk of flanged н'1r!]rra д|-\д r.tlrl. lfld

^t. l
wц !€.].^^^^
f,aI lЧ ец
bushj.ng with tool еdge of bushing wi uh
105-42\2r Vts Loo1 105-42121 Wз
B0 105
снAPтЕR 41
нЕLIс0PTЕRs
l.lATNTЕNANсЕ I',IANUAL I,IBB - в0 105
9. Replaсe flanqed bushlngs of сontrol fork as follows:

a. Replaсе flangеd bushings ($' figurе 41-55) in aссоrdanсe with stер 7.
b. Removе flanged bushings (2) as f ol].or,ls:
1} Position сontrol fork (3) on tube seсtion (4) of tool no. 5

|105-ц2\22 W2) and сut off flangе of f}anged bushing (5) with
сuttеr (1).
2\ Heat fork ]evеr in the arеa аdjaсent t'o flanged bushings and
press out both f1angеd bushings with mandrel too] no. 5
t105-ц2722 :'r2) .
з) Inspeсt borе in сontrol fork for

meсhaniсal damage and сorroslon.
Polish out with polishing сloth 400. The maх. рermissible
damage
diameter is 18.02 mm. It may be exсеeded by 0.02 mm on one
quartеr of the bore сirсumferеnсe. Rework bore to a diametеr
of 18.2 + 0.02 mm for instаllation of аn ovеrsize bushing.
ь1/э6.1
1 сutteI
2 Elanged bushlng
3 Cont.rol fork
4 Tubr seсt' ion
5 E Langed bushing
Еigurе 41-55 Rеmova]. of flanged bushings with tool No. 5 (105-421'22 l't2),
B0 105
CHAPTЕR 4r
I,1вB IlЕtIсOPTЕRs
MAINтENANсE I.IANUAL l.-1BB - B0 105
]nstal] f]angеd bushings:

1) Apply сoтrosion preventivе сomрound (C}a 505) to bore in оontro]
fork.
2't Dеbulr f]angеd bushing (2, figure 41-56), сhill to aрpтoximatеly
-50 oC and press in with mandrel (1") of tool no. 5
(705-421.22 W2\ .
3) Dimеnsiona}ly inspесt bore. If neсessary, hone to spесified dia-

meter of 15 + 0.018 mm and deburr.
7t7,/ l/./ / ,, ,/ / 1 Мandrel

2 F langed bushinq
3 сontro] fork
4 тube sесtion
Еigure 41-56 Pressing-in of flanged bushings with too] no. 5 (105-421,22 |N2I
B0 105
сIiAPTER 41
!,1вB ItЕtIсoPTЕRs
I4AINтENANсЕ мANUAL l'4BB - в0 105
].0. ReРlaсebоlt (2?' figure 4J.-?0) of сontrol fork (appliсab].e to insta]--

]аtion of bolts froп j.nsidе into boтeho]e of сontrol fork' !'or instat-
lation of bolts from outside into borehole of сontrol fork see slep 11.}
нeat up сontrol fork to approximatеly ?0-80 oс.
b. Position сontro] fork on support, tool no. 9 and press out bоlt.
с. InsPeсt bore in сontrol fork for meсhаniсal damage and сorrosion.
Polish out damage wlth, polishing сlоt'h 4-00. The maх. рermissibJ"e
diameteI is 14.99 mп. The spесified рermissible diamеtеr may be
exсeеded by 0.02 шn on onе quaтtеr of thе bore сirсumferenсе.
d. App]y сorтosion preventive сompound (с}4 505) to bore in сontro] fork.

e. Chi]L bo]t (4' figure 4r-57) to apрroхimately -50 "C.
t' неat up сontro] fork (5) to appIoхimately ?0-80 oC.
s. Insеrt bolt from inside into bore оf сontro] fork. Position tube
seсtion (3),1 of tоo] no. 10 and washer (2) on bolt, тighteп hex nut
l ] l tn nll,l ho,1 t j nt o borе until it, аbuts .
1 I]eх nut M12x1 .5

2 I{a she r
3 Tube seсtlon
4 Bolt
5 Control fork
I'i сrl rо Д,] - Б? Insta]lation of bolt in сontrol fork With tooL no' ].0
в0 105
снAPTЕR 41
}1вB itЕ],Iс0PTЕRs
МAINTЕNANсE I,IANUAT, }.tBB * Bo 105
11. Replaсё bo1t (27' figurе 41.70) оf сontrol fork (appliсablе to inst'al-
lation of bolts from outside into boтеhole of сontro.]. fork) .
a. Rеmove ro]lpin (1. figure 41-58) wlth drift (3.8 mm diameter) .
b. Ileat сontrol fork to apрrox. ]0-80 .с.

с' Position сontrol fork on suрport (tool no. 9) and рull out bolt.
d. ]nsрeсt bore in сontro] fork for meсhaniсal and соrrosion damaqe '
эraэ with
pnliеh .*.''.9ed
arrt area рolishing сloth 400. The max'
lli+h nаliоЬi.-
permissible diameter is 20.02 mm. It пay be exсeeded by 0.02
^.й'd6^
mm on
one quarter of the borе сjrсumferenсe.
e. Apply сorrosion prevrntive сomрound (сt',t 505) Lo bore in сontrol

fork.
f, Chill bo}t (2) to apрroх. -50 oс.
сontасt sur'ас€
\
I
\
-+-
1 Rol]рin 5 Washer
2 вolt 6 нex head nut М12x1 .5
3 сont'ro] fork 1 Tube
4 Tubе
! lgure q1-эU Removal and iлstal]ation of bolt in сontro} fork

в0 105
снAPтЕR 41
I.,tBв llELIсoPтЕRs
!.IAINтЕNANсE I',IANUAL t'{BB - в0 105
llеаt up сontro1 fork (З) to aPPтoх. 70-80 "с.

h. Insert bo]t frоm оutside lnto bore of сontrol fork. Position tubе (7)
and рress bolt' into bore until it abuts.
Drill hole through сontrol fork into bo1t (3'8 mm diameter spiral
dтil]) .
j. Insta].] rollpin (1) and stake at both ends with 8 mm diamet,еr steel
ball.
k. Pасk сavity of rollpin with adhesive (сl',1 601) and seal off.
12. ReР1aсе ba1l bеaring in bearlng housing of сontro] fork:
a. Press ball bearing (3, figure 41-59) witlt drift (1) tool no. I
l\05- q2I22 W1) from bearing housing (2) .
b. Insрeсt beaтing housing for meсhaniсal damage and сorrosion. Polish

..'i l. Ь я^l]6Ь,inn ,4AA
UuL ual'l(1vЕ wrLll уUafJltrli9 {"fuLll
^,] ^}ь rvv.
Мaх. рermissible inner diаmetеr of bеaring housing: 27.995 mm.
Min. рermissiblе outer diameter оf bearing housing: З2'0 п]m.
с. Press ba]L beaтing (3) ln bearing housing (2) with suрpoгt (4) tool
no. B (105-42122 .0tI) .
d. сheсk ball bearing for proреr running.
ь1/з9.1
1 UTLIL З вall bearing

2 Bearing housing ц
Е'i rrrrra Д1-{Q Removal and instal]ation of ball bеaring

with tool No. I (105-42122 lutI\
в0 105
сI]APTЕR 41
нЕL]с0PTЕRs
мAINTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL I.IBB - B0 105
1 soсkеt
2 Ball beaтing
3 Еlanged bushing
Д TЬ rrl сt niоnд
ц1/Ь0.1
5 Bearing supрort
Prеssing-out of bal]. bearing lrith Lool no. 6 (105-421'24 wц|
1з. Reрlaсe ball bearing (28, figurе 41-70) of beaтing suрРort:

a. Prеss out ball
.W4\
bеaтing (2, fiqure 41-60) with too] no. 6
(105-421.24 .
b. InspeсL borе of flangеd bushing (3) for meсhаniсa] dаmаgе and сorro-
sion. Polish out damаge with рo]ishing сloth 400. The max. pеrmissi.
ble diameter is З2.02 mm. It ma)ll be exсeedеd by 0.02 mm on one
LL^ Lore
^. Lrlс: U-.
UL сirсltmfоrоnгр Rarr].e.A f]:nпдd hrlеhinп if Ьr
чцa!LЕl. -. -)rе
diameter is еxсeеded as fo]lows:
1) Press out flаngеd bushing with soсket' (1' figule 41-61i and thrust
pieсe (4) .
2| Insрeсt borе j.n bearing suрPort (2) for meсhaniсa]" damage and
сorrosion' Po1ish out damage area with po1ishing с]oth 400.
тhe max. permissible diameter is З5.0З ffn. It may be exсeeded by
0.02 mm on one quarter of thе bore сirсumferеnсe.
1 soсkеt
? RAя ri fld clrnh^rt
,] !..l аn.тA..l htlсЬi n.t
Д Thrrlсt niогд
Figurе 41- 61 Prеssing out flanged bushing with tool no. 6 (105-42124 i^l4)
B0 105
CHAPTЕR 4i
},1BB ItЕ].,IсoPтЕRs
I"IAINтЕNANсЕ I',IANUAL 14вв - в0 10 5
с. Install flanged bushing with tool 105-42124 Wl :
1) APр1y сorrosion prevent'ive сompound (сI',t 505) to bore оf roсker

suрpoтt.
2' Plaсe bearing suPPort (6' figure 41-62) t.lith boтe on spring
bolt (2) .
{t Insеrt guide bolt (3) in sPring bolt.

дl Deburr flangеd bushing (5) and сhil} to approximately .50 "с.
slide flanged bushing ovеr guidе bo}t and рress into borе of
bearlngг b]oсk with drift (4) .
I s DTLIT
2 Spring bolt 5 Е]anged bushing
3 Guide bolt 6 вeаr1ng suppo rt
Еiqure 41-62 Prеssinq,-in of f]anged bushing wilh too] з'о5.42124 w1
B0 105
сtiAPTЕR 41
!tЕ],Iс0PTЕRs
Ir{AINTЕNANсЕ I'.IANUAL }1BB - в0 105
d. Install ball bearing in flanged bushing with tool 105-42124 Wl:

1) Apply сorrоsion рreventive сomрound (сI,1 505) to bore of flangеd
bushing.
2t Plасе bеaring support (5, figure 41-63) with flanged bushing (4)
nn сnrinгr hn]t l6\
?l Insert guide bolt (2) in spring bolt.

4) Deburr сhаmfered edgе at outer raсe of ball bеaring (3) ilith
honing stone.
5) Slidе ba]] bearing (3) and drift (1) over guide bo]t and prеss
bearing inLo flanged bushing with drift.
6) сheсk ball bеaring for proper running.
1 Drift
2 Guide bolt
з Ball bearing
4 Еlаnged bushing
5 Bearing sцрpolt
6 spring bolt
l suРPort
L, lgure 41-bJ Pressing-in of ball bearing wilh tool 105-4212 4 Wl
B0 105
с}IAPтЕR 41
I{BB IlЕL]сoPTЕRs
I"IAINTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL I',IBB - Bo 105
]'4. Reрlaсe flanged bushing (з4' figure 41-70) of bearing support (23) .
a. тnseIt adjustable spaсer ring (4' figure 41-64) between flanged

bushings of bearing suрport and adjust so that it abuts the fork
arm lnner surtaсes.
b. PLaсe bearing support (2) on support (5) and press flangеd bushings
(3) from fork arms with рlunger (1) .
с' ]nsрeсt borе in bearlng support for mесhaniсa] dаmagе and сorrosion.
Polish out damage with polishing сloth 400. тhe maх. рermissible
diameter is 12.02 пп. lt may be exсеeded by 0.02 шn on one quartеr of
thе bore сirсumferenсe.
1 Plunger 4 Adjustablе spaсеr ring

2 вearing supрort 5 supРort
з E'langеd bushing
Еigurе 41-64 p16ссind-^llt

^f f]anqed bushinq with tool \05-42124 v|З
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 41
HBLIс0PTЕRs
},lA INтЕNANсЕ MANUAI. !,IBB - BO 105
d. Aррly сorlosion preventive сomPound (с}4 505) to bore in bеarinq

support.
Deburr flange bushing and сhill to aррroximately -50 .C.
f. Press in flanged bushing (sее figure 41-65) .
l"teasure distanсe bet'rgeen flanqеd bushinqs.

Rеquired distanсe: 1.2 '.l + o.03 mm. п'еwoiк if neсеssary'
h ]nsрeсt bore for dimensional aссuIaсy. rework if neсеssатy (e.g. with
honing tоol) .
Diameter: 8.0 - 0.00з
- 0.012
InstaLlation of f irst
,]
Insta11ation of seсond
f аnлorl ЬllсЬi nа f'] аnгrдrl ЬllсЬina
'] с!t^^^т+
.vцt/ЕvrL 5 PLunger With thrеadеd end
6 Thrust рlale
1 Rдя ri nп erlnn^r| 7 !'1аnпоrl Ьrl с h,i nгt
д p,] l1n.rA r
Еigurе 41- 65 Pтessing-in of f1anged bushings rцith tool 105-42124 Wз
в0 105
сllAPTЕR 41
l,1Bв I]ЕL]COPTЕRS
I.IAINTЕNдNсЕ },IANUAL l4вB - в0 10 5
]'5. Reрlaсе spheriсal bearing (33, figure 41-70) of bеaring bloсk (24) .
a. PIaсе bеaring block (3l figuте 41.66) пith spheтiсal bearing (2) in
support (4) ot tool no. 105-42123 W3 аnd сut off flаnqed portiоn of
сnЬаrinя1
JPlrсlдvцl l.lояrin^
vuцlllrY ''а,jап
!.lDt1lY аrr|+ar
uцLLЕr /]
\ l/
\ .
4l сutter
2 sрhеIiсaL bearing
з Rояrinп hl nгlr
\1/I|в
4 suррort
гigure 41.66 сцLting-off of staked роrtion oi bеaring With tоol 105-4212з W3
b. Positj.on bear'ingг b]oсk i3, figure 41-67) on suрport (4) and рress out
spheriсаl beаring |2l wiLh thе drift (-tl .
1 Drifl
? cnЬari лl ] haa.jna
3 Bearing bloсk
4 suррort
Еigцre 41-67 Рressing-out of sphеriсa), bearing

with tool No. ? (105-4212з W4)
в0 105
снAPтЕR 41
I,1BB нЕL]с0PтЕRs
I.IATNтЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL l,1BB - B0 105
с. hspeсt bores in bearing bloсk for meсhaniсal damage and сorrosj.on.

Polish out damage with рolishing сloth 400. тhе maх. permissible
diameter is ].].48 г!m. It may be eхсeeded by 0.02 mm on one quarteт of
thе borе сirсumfеrenсe.
d. ]nsta]l sрheriсal bearing in bearing bloсk with tool ]-05-42]"23 W2:
1) Aрply сoтrosion preventivе сomрound (CI.l 505) to the bore.

2\ Debulr edge of sphеriсal bearing outеr ring.
3) Pоsition bearing b1oсk (4. figure 41-68) with bore oveт guide pin
(2) on supporl (5) .
4| SJ"lde spheriса1 bearing over guide pin and prеss into bore of
bеaring bloсk with flat side of drift' (1) .
1 rift
D
2 Guidе рin
3 sphеriсal bearing
д Rё^ri n.r Ь1
5 Support
^Î.
F'igurе 41-68 Prеssing-in of spheriсal bearing with tool Io5-42I2з w2
B0 105
CIIAPтЕR 41
I',lвB нЕLIс0PTЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ !4ANUAL MвB - Bo 105
e. stake spheriсal bеaring in bеaring braсket:

1) stake spheriсal bearing with staking too1 retainer 105-40001 W1
and With staking tool 105-31821 W5 as shoпn in figure 41-69.
ApPIy thе required forсe approхimately within 5 seсonds by
gradually inсreasing up to max. 54.5 kN.
2\ }4easure breakaway torque of spheriсal bearing in сirсumferеntial
dirесtiоn '
!,lax. permissiblе brеakaway torque must not exсеed 100 Nсm.
1 Staking tool
ь1/ьв
retainer
2
qtrLinn t^^l
3 spheriсa]" bеaring
4 Bearirlg braсket
Еigure 41-69 staking of sрhericаl bearing with tool

105-40001 I{1 and 105.З1821 W5
в0 105
сHAPTЕR 41
lzl
]оl]
Iтl
t@l
t-l
г;l
ФN lzl
Ifl
I
lvl
121
lrJ)
l\l
I
|ц)|
Lei
(\
N\N
г;-l
12lo
lzl It l* сo Фt с) (\lsl
|Чl L'-l с! (\l
lФl
lzl Ц-l l8z-нvмlo l08

.чI?|
Irl
lцlI
L9
:д 1i
dё
.Е Ёe
ч d)r
:, .g
6€б Ф
бл*
Фс:JJ
ч# a= :S
МAlNтЕNАNcЕ MANUAL Bo 105
?..-,l.o.оptег
41 - 69 Assemb|y - miхing |ever аssёmbly
'1. Apply corrosion preventive сompouпd (см 505) to sоrews and оlose.to|eгanoё bo|ts.
lnstall screws (25, figuгe 41-70) aпd washers (26) prior to assembly of bearing suрport (23) апd bearing
bloсk (24).
Assemb|e bеariпg support (23) and braсket (24)'
Assemb|a contro|{o* (,16) aпd beаriпg support (23).
a. п/easure and leоord inner dimension.А'' of bearing support (|ig!rr 41-70A), While Iightly pressiпg both
bearing inner rаces outwards to rёmovo any eхisting bearing p|ay.
b. I\.,!easure and reсord оUter dimension ..в'' of оontro| fork ('!gure 41-70A).
с. Determine required thickпвss оf shim: AiЗ -9'999

Z '.
-{).0з0 .'....
d. Grind nowshim (14, figure 4'l-70' origina|thickness = 2mm) orremovedshim (ifthiсkerthan requked)to
requirod thiсkness. |t is reсommended to use a |lat grinderor equivalent.
e. Inslall сoпtro| fork in bearing supporl with a shim on both sides.
тghten nuts to torquе аnd sесure with sp|it pin.
2\ Hequired thiсkness ol shim

(grind shim to size)
=д# ]3'333
''.
B 1 сoпtrol fork
o z Shim
o вeering support
Figure 41-70А Аssemb|y of сontrol fork and bearing supрort
Rovision 22 снAPтЕп 41
Pagв 125
@.u-.орtег MAINТЕNANсE МANUAL вo 105
4l - 70 lпstallаlion - mixing leveг assembly
NoТЕ step 1' is

oпIy required if support tube, сoпtгol fork, ba|l bearing, bearing housiпg orWas.
her have bеeп reрlaced. lf this is not tha сase, begiп with step 2.
1 . Determine thiсkпess of wаshers (7, {igure 41-70) as lollows:
a. lnstal| bearing housin9 {6) W]th ba|| bearing in сontrol lork arms and iпsta|| sоrews handtight.
b. N4easure distaпco A (ligure 4.l-71} between faоes ot bа|| bearing inner raсes.
о. мeasure distаnсe B botween studs on sliding s|eeve of swashptate.
d. Determine thickness of washor: AiЗ

e' |l avaitable washars are too thick, reluсe to trre specitied dimension by polishiпg or simiIar proсess.
Apply corrosion рreventivo сompound (cм 505) to sсrews and сlosotoleranсe bolts.
3. Position assembled оo0tro| lork (.16' |igure 41-70), bearing suppod (23) and boaring b|oоk (24) on sliding
sleeve ('17).
lnstalI Washer (7) with сhamlered sids towards s|idiпg sIeeve.
5. lnsta|I bearing housings (6) with ba|l bearings in сonko| fork aпd seоure with sсrews (5).
вёaring housing
Deep grovo ball bea.ing
Sliding sleeve
t сontroI lork
Figure 41-71 Determinаtioп ol thioknass of washers interposed betweeп sliding sieeve and сoлlro|
'olk
сHAPтЕR 41 вevision 22
Page t26
?-.,.o.орteг MAINтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
6. |пstalt bearing bloсk (24) to flange Of maiп traпsmissioп with washers (26} аnd screws (25)'
NoтE For position of guard washers relativе to оontrol Iever' see |Pс.
7. S|idв guard washers (8), сonvo| levers (9'

,12)
and guаrd washers (10) onto shank of bo|ts (27) of coпilo|
fork aпd fasteп with пuts (11).
8. тghlen nuts (.l1) аnd sсrews (5) artd seоure nuts with sрlit pins (1) and sоrews with |oоkwire.
9. lnsta|| сoпiro| rods аt mixing Iever assemb|y' Т'ighten nut to maximum torque vа|ue. |l split рin cannot 0e
insorted' baсk ofl nut as аppropriato. However' tightёniлg torque must not be less then speоilied va|ue. If
nёcessary' цse а new nut.
10. lnspect main rotor controls for freedom ol movemeлt, contrоl forоes and rigging, refer to сhaptor 102.
'11. Install fairings.
Rovision 22 оHAPTER 41
Page 1264
Феu-.орtег lnAlNТЕNANcЕ I\iANUAL вo 105
BLANK PAGЕ
сHAPтЕR 4l Rвvision 22
Pago 126в
ttЕLIс0PTвRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ I{ANUAL }4Bв - B0 105
41 -71 Swashplate
t\
1 Мain rotor head ? соntro]. link

2
.] Swashplate 8 Contrоl rlng
Miyinс ]ovот яqqrl У ! oтК .Llnк
4 Rotating сontrol rod 10 fnner sleeve
5 uool 11 shaft seal relainеI
6 Bearing ring 12 сontlol lеver
Е'iguIe 41-72 swashрlate and adjaсent' assemblies

B0 105
с}iAPTЕR 41
I,1Bв tlвLIсoPTERs
i,1A]NTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL I',1BB - B0 ].05
1Г3.5N;l
l swashр]ate bearing 6 гятrlяn ri nп

? Reя ri nп ri nrr
I IJO Lt I Sliding sleeve
4 sсrew 9 Balanсe weight
Б .nnt ra1 ri nп
Гigure 41-7 3 swashp]at'e
4I - "t2
InspесLion and leрair - swashр]ate
1. The inspeсLion for сondition of the installеd swashplaLe is desстibed in

paIagraph 41-3, INSPЕсTIoN - I'{AIN R0T0R сoNTRoI,.
2. Reрair swashрlatr as dеsсribed in RЕ},1 403.
B0 105
CIiAPтER 41
Pаоо '] ?Я
llЕL1с0PтЕRs
мA1NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL !,188 - B0 105
41 - 7з Inspeсtlon of beаIings - swashРlаte
sрeсiaL tool:
sрring sсale 0 - 100 N (сomfierсiаl item)
сonneсtion pin tool no. 2? (105-14I02 vl2), refоr to сhарlel 04
сAUTI0N BЕЕORЕ тI.1Е ROтAтING PIтсll с0NтR0L RODS ARЕ RЕl'lOvЕD / тHЕ INNЕR
sLвЕVЕs AND AттAсltвD R0т0R BLADЕS MUST вЕ SЕсURЕD AGAINSт
тWISтING.0R PIтсIIING IN ORDЕR тo PRвVЕNт тнЕ TЕNSION.тORS]оN
SтRAPs Е'R0l.4 вЕтNG ЕxсЕssIvЕlY тl,lIsTЕD AND сONSЕQUЕNтLY DA!.,IAGED.
1. тo рrevent innеr s].еevеs (10. figure 41-12\ of. main rotor heаd from
twiiting, movе swashplate along sliding sleeve unti] rigging рln' t'ool
no. 2? (105-14102|d2\ or simi}ar wooden рin сan be insertеd Еhrough
.;d^jnd \^]A ^f .onl.r^] levоr {,]2l аnd inLo ho1е in shaft seаl re-
r r9Y rLLY rrvtv
t'ainer (11) on rotor аrm.
2' Rеmove rotating сontro1 lods (4) from beаring ring (6) of swаshРlaLе (2) .
з. Rеmove fork rink (9) of driving link assembly from bearing ring (6) .
Ret'ain shims, if instа1led' for Lаter rе-insЕа1taсion. Swing fork link
(4) upwards аnd seсure agаinst droрping.
4' Remove сlаmp of boot (5) from bearing rinq (6) аnd turn boot uP.
5' Insрeсt swаshplatе beаlings (1, figure 41-?3) for ro11ing friсt'ion as
follows:
^ 1r+a^ь +^ r6^6ntr.]A f^r]. 1intz vt
аf r]rivinа
9!!vlllY ] inl.
lltt^ .eeсФrпh]v
q9JgЛUl.Y
d. tILLсr\.ll a ЭL!r'tч Lw !с9ЕуLq9lq ^f
on bearing rlng (2) and wj.nd string round bearing ring approХimacеly
1 1/2 times.
b. Attaсh a string to sрring sсale, lhen rotate bearing ring (2)
re]ative to thе stаtionаIy сontrol ring (5) by slowly and even]y
pulling on spring sсa}е. тhe naхj"mum рeтmissible value for thе forсe
measцred during one revolution of Lhе bearing ring' not .hе breakаWay
forсe, is 60 N. тhе forсe fluсtuation during one revo.lцtion оf thе
bеaring Iing must not eХсeed 15 N.
с. IЕ, duling the rolling friсЕion Lest/ one of the vа].ues sPеcified in
step b. is eхсеeded or if thе bеаring stiсks at any Рoint' rеmove anс
insрeсt the swashрlаte bearing аs desсribed in RЕМ 403.
6. Att'aсh boot (5/ figure 41-?2) to bearing ring (6) with сlamp as desсribed
in рaragraрh 41-75.
1' сonneсЕ fork link (9) of driving tink assembly to bеаIing ring (6) in
aссordanсe wiЕh para 13-23.
c тnсrr] ] r^1-эtind .^n|r^] rn.lc lД- fiоllrд d1-.1)1 6|\ hраrinсr rinс /61 .
тorquе-ЕighLen nuЕs аnd sесure With sрlit Pins.
B0 105
сtlAPтЕR 41
Page 129
Ф.,,o.орteг п/A|NТЕNANсE MANUAL вo 105
41 -74 Lubriсаt|on - swashPlаte

Lubricate swashplate bearings (1,ligure 4.1-73) With graase (оM 101) through greasв nipp|o(s) of bearing ring
(2) Unti| grease emerges from bearing seals. Gladua||y rotate boaring ring ono lUII revoIution' repeatiпg this
lubriоation proоeduro at eight evenly distributed рositions on bearing riпg (5)' R6mova axоess groase.
сAUтloN MАKЕ SHURЕ ТHAT GвЕАsЕ N|РPLЕ вALL ls sТ|LL oN lтs PFloPЕR LосAт|ON
AFтEв LUBFl|сAт|oN
4'| -75 Roplaсement ol boot - swаshP|ale
сAUтloN сЦмPs WH|сH HАvЕ Noт вЕЕN FASтЕNED сoRREсTLY |.E. тoвQUЕ oF
SEOUR|NG sсRЕW тoo HIGH oп тoo LoW' t\,|AY DЕтАсH AND сAUsЕ DAмAGЕ
To тHЕ нЕLlcoPтЕR
.1. Remove clamps аnd сab|e strаps from boot (5, figuro 41-72).
2. Remova and disсard damaged boot.
3. Plaоe a now sP|it boot around rotor mast and bearing ring (6) and fit tho sIido-ln seоt;ons o' the boot into
ons anoth6r.
4. seсure boot:
a. secure lower оo||ar o, boot to bearing riпg with clamp as desсribed in step c.
b. Secura uppar сo||ar of boot to rotor mast with clamP as dosоribвd in st€p c.
тhe о|6arance bstweeп Uppor edge otсoIlarand upper edg6 o| rotor mаstf|ange sha||bo approximatв|y
83 to 87 mm, as shown !n {iguro 41-74.
c. Fjt с|amDs.
NoтE тh9 turnbuсkls scrows must bв torquod to 0.5 Nm rospectivg worm.typ9 screws
must be torqued to 0.7-0.8 Nm. с|amps mаy snap if torque is higher, orwork |oose
if torquo is lower.
Also refer to сАUтloN.
1) For c|amps with turnbuckle sоrew on|y:
a) оoat lhrrаd of tuгпbuоklв sоrew with sвa|ant (clvl 624) аnd sсrew it into turnbuсkle. тorquв to
0.5 Nm.
b) сoаt scrow haаd аnd screw thread oп turпbuck|e with seа|ant (GМ 623).
Page 130
ЕURoсoPтER !'A.NтENANсE мANUAL вo 105
2| Еor сlamрs with worm-type sсrell only: :

a) Insert end af сlamp into liorm-tyрe sоxе'' and turn sсrён to *
tighten the с1апР. тorФe vа1цe: 0'7 - 0.8 Nm. *
d. taсe eaсh of the tпo boot folds w1th two inter].oсked сab]e st'rаps. t
Iostall the сable straрs in sцсh a wаy that their joints аre oррosit'e *
one аnother аnd at an ang]e of 90o tо the sрliL line of the boot. i
After Еhe boot hаs been insta]]ed. reinsрeсt с}аmРs for сolreсt ;
position and seсure instа]lation. *
B0 105
CI{APтER 41
Revls1on 1з Pagе 1з0 A/B
нЕlICoPTЕRs
llATNTЕNANсE I'IANUAI. }4BB - в0 105
I Clamp
2 саble sLraPs
з с}amр
Еiguтe 41-?4 Instаllation dimensions of boot - swashpLatе
B0 105
с}IAPTER 4 ]
мBB HЕLIсoPтERS
I'{AINTENANсЕ l.tANUAt I,IBB - B0 105
41 -76 Control rods and links
41' - .7.] Removal - сontro.]. rods in non-boоsted sесtion Of thе сonLrols
1' Removal сontrol rods (1' 1' 21 and 28' figure 41.1)
a. Remove nosе ассess door.

b. Remove lubbеr rope flom сontrol. rods.
с. Removе attaсhing parts оf the сontrol rods to be removed and detaсh
сontro1 rods.
2' Rеmoval сontrol rods (20/ 21 and 23)
a. Remove сopilot sеat, left seat rai]s and lap belt attaсh fiLting,
refеr Lo сhapter ?01.
b. Remоve benсh seat' rеfer to сhapter 800.
с. Remove ]eft flоor pJ.ate of the сab]e duсt'

d. Removе аLtaсhing parts of thе соntrol rods Lo be removеd and dеtасh
сontrol rоds.
З. Removal сontroL rоd (18)
,laр
a. Removе сoрilot seаL' left seаt rаi]s аnd bёlL aсtасh fitling,
refer to chapter 701.
b. Remove benсh seat, refer to сhapter 800.
с. Remove left floor plate of the сable duсL.

d. Removе left сalgo сomРartment рanеlL-ing, as neсessary. refer to
сhapteI 70з.
е. Rеmove left engine сowling. Iefe. Lo сhapter 22'
f. Remove аttасhing рarts of t'he сontrol rod to be removed, аnd dеtaсh
сonlro] rod.
B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 41
I\,вB нЕLIсoPтЕRs
i,IAINTЕNANсЕ !'4ANUAL l4BB - Bo 1 0 5
4]. - 78 Removal - сontrol rods and links in thе boosted seсtion of the
сontrols
1. Removal сontro] rods (].з, figurе 41-1}
speсia]tool: Ioсk ring 1x56 150 123

a. Rеmove lеft engine сowlings, refeI to сhаpter 22.
b. Insla11 ]oсkring 1x56 150 123 on the main rotor mast between supрort
Lube and transmission flangе. тhis wi]] prevent the swashplate from
drоpping when the сontrol rods aте removed.
с. Remove attaсhing hardware of the conlrol rods to be removed and
detaсh сontro] rod.
2. Removal сontrol rods (1?)
sресia1 t.ools:
Connесtion pin tool no. 27 (105-14102 W2) rеfеr t'o сhаpter 04
Loсk ring 1х56 150 123
a. Instаll ]oсk ring 1х56 150 123 on thе main rotor mast between suррort
сube and tтansmission flange. This wi1l prevenl thе swashрlatе from
droрping when thе сontrol rods are removed.
сAUт]ON BЕЕ'ORЕ TltЕ ROTAT]NG PITсII сONTROL RODS ARЕ RЕI4oVЕD, THЕ INNЕR
slЕЕvЕs AND ATтAснЕD ROToR вLADЕS l{Usт вE SEсURЕD AGAINSт
TWISTING 0R PITсIiING IN OR!ЕR T0 PRЕVENT TItЕ TЕNSION-TORSION
STRAPs Е'R0I',1 BЕING ЕхсЕSsIvЕ],Y тWIsTЕD AND сONSЕQUENтLY
DAМAGЕD .
b. If the main rotor blades are to remain insLal]ed during removal оf

the сontrol rods, they must be sесured against рitсhing by means of
сonnесtion рin too] no. 2? (105-14102 id2t.
. RAm^llФ аtlа.hin.r hэr!. ^f ].ьa ^^n].Е^1 -^d to be removed and deLaсh
сont'rol rоd.
з. Removal сontrol links (15)
а. Removе attасhing hardware of Lhe сontrol link to be rеmoved.
b. Detaсh сontro1 1ink.
B0 105
CI{APTЕR 41
ЕURoсoPтEв liiA|NтЕNANоЕ МANUAL вo 105
41 -?9 Disаssembly - сontrol rods
Sрeсiа1 toоls:
AlignmenL gаuge 105-41482 Ll
suРPlemеntary кit 105-41482 L2
Adjustment gаuge 105-1з101 l,lз
NoтB o This parаgrаph 41-?9 аpрlles only to сontrol rods with

removable rod ends.
o тo avoid the need to сarry ouu а flight сonLrols rigglng
сheсk, it is reсoпmeпded thаt befole disаssernbling the
сontrol rods t,he installed dimеnsion .хr' refer to figure
4]'-?5, be measurеd. For this PurPose use alignment gаuge
105-41482 Lt fоr those сontrol rods having spheriсal beаrings
v''ith аn int'ernal diameLer оf 6.0 mm. WiLh sPheIiсal beаrings
having аn internаl diаmeLer of 8.0 mm аnd 9.52 mm use, in
аddiL1on, suPР}ementary kit 105-41482 L2.
1. Prior to disassembling thе rotating сontrol rods. сhёсk foI tegibility
.'
of the P/Ns marked on both lod ends. If the P/N is no loпger 1е9ib1e, *
usе the P/N of the rotаting сonLrol Iod to fiпd the P/N of the *
аssoсlated тod ends in Lhe IPс' APРly P/N with wiрe-proof paint. :
].A. Еstаblish сontrol Iod asserrфled dimensioп lХ'. *
2' Removе аny сontrol rod sealant' from the rod ends.
з' Rеmoyе loсking wire, thеп 1oosеn nut (з. figule 41-.75) аnd unsсrew the
rod ends (1 and 6) from the сOntrol rod tube (5), notiпg the right- аnd
. left-hand thrеаds.
ц. Remove serlated washer (4) and nub from rod ends.
B0 105
сtlAPтЕR 41
Revision 16 Рage 1з5
EURoсoPтER MA|NТENANсE IiANUAL вo 105
"x" *l I
I Rod eod
2 Spheriсаl bearing
з Nut
4 serratеd washеr
5 сonlrol rod t,ube
6 Rod eпd
t'iguIe 4].-?5 сontrol Iod . disassembled
в0 105
с}IAPтЕR 41
Page 136 Revision 16
ЕURoсoPтЕR мAINтЕNANoE мANUAL вo 105
41 - 80 Inspeсtion 1nd reраir - сonlrol rods апd 1lnks

Sрeсial tool: liot air blol'er (200 oс сapасlty)
l. Insрeс't сontro} rods 1, 1. 18,20| 21| 23| 21 аnd 2B' (figure 41-1) аnd
the three сontтo1 rods of the hydrauliс system сoNЕ.IGURAтIoN I with
аdjustable rod ends as fo}lows:
a. Inspeсt rod end аnd rod end threads for meсhаniсal damage and
сorrosiоn. сheсk for рresenсe of red marking сomРound on rod end
threads .
1) If rod end threads shoн signs of сorrosion. rep1асe rod ends.

2) Polish out any dаmаge ь,ithin the limits sрeсifiеd in figure 41-81
and finаl Рo}ish WiLh polishlng сloth 400.
3) Restorе the suтfасe finish with two-сomРoпent zinс сhromaLe
рrimer (СМ 41.l i .
4) If neсessary, aрply red mаrking сomрound to rod end Lhreads over

a length of 25 mm from the boLton of the thrеаds.
b' сhесk the PIаy of rod end sPhеriсаl beаrings {permissible radial p1ay
0.1 mm). InsРeсt' for signs of сorrosion аnd сheсk for eаse of пove-
mеnt. If any dаmаge is dёtected, reРlасe the аffeсted rod еnd
inсluding the sрheriсal bearing оr replаce Lhe sPheriсаI bearlng as
outlined in сhaрter 02. whiсhever is required by the tyрe of the
assеmb1y.
с. Inspeсt tube for сraсks, deformаtion, other meсhaniсаl damage аnd

сorrosion.
1) Insрeсt threads in сontrol rod tube for сorrosion; reрlасe tubё
if thrеаds are сorroded.
2) RеPlасe сonLrol rod tube if сIaсks or deforпation aIe present.
3) Polish out meсhaniсаl dапage and corrosion as ouLlined in сhaр-
tеr 02.
Refеr to figure 41-?9 for dаnage and repаir limits. Restore the
surfасe fiпish With tl+o-сomРonent zinс сhromаte primer (с!4 417)
аnd сoat'ing }асquer (см 402) .
в0 105
сtlAPтЕR 41
Revision 16 Pаge 13 6A
ЕURoсoPтER мAINтЕNANсЕмANUAL вo 105
Еt'E'ЕстIv1тY step d. aрPlies only to сont'rol rods on B0 105 s

model he]lсoPters.
d. сheсk Lhe сhaflng proteсllon of сontrol rodз (1 or 2. figure 41.?6)

in left side of fuselage for rlrаr аnd seсurity of attаchment. If
neсessary. reрlace Еhe сhafing рIoteоtion аs follows:
1) Remove damаged and loose рleсes, Еаklng сare no! to danаge thе
сontrol rods.
2) сlean those aIeas fron чhiсh Lhe }oose pieсes have been removed
vJith dry сleaning solvent (с}4 202) .
3) Cut pieсes of shIink tubing аs requtrеd. E'or lеngth, sёe figure
4r-16 .
'
t00't27.6
Dimenslons in mm 1 Longit'udinal сontro] rod
2 Lаteral сonLrol ;od
Еigure 41-? 6 сhafing ProLeсt'ion . instal].ation dimеnsions
4) Slidе t'he Pieсes onto the сontrol rod and рosllion in aссordanсe
with thе dimensions given in figure {1-?6.
During the shrinking operations Рroteсt the аreаs of the сontro]
rod аdjaсenL to thе fitted p1eсes from t,he effесLs of hеaLing.
6) }leаt the pieсes of shrink tubing r,lith Еhe hot air blo}ieI. тhe
EemреIaЕuIе must not еxсeed 1?0 oс and lhe shrinkаge рrocеss must
be comРlete аfLer aрproхimaЕely 90 sесonds.
'1], A].]o!. t[e shrink tubing Еo сool, then сheсk thаt it' is corгeсtly
seated. I! must, fit evenly апd without' сreases ovеr it's entire
lengLh.
в0 105
сllAPтвR 41
Page 13 6в Revision 16
ELlRoсoPтЕR IЙA|NтENANOE MANUAL вo 105
2. сontrol Iods (].' ]t 20t 23,21 and 28,.fig. 41-1) CONЕ.IGURAтION I1,
nith non-adjustable rod ends,
а тnqnA.fi rn.l ёn.lq for meсhaniсal damaqe and сorrosion.
1) Reтnovе damage thаt is within the damage and repair }imits shown
in fig. 4]..81 andflnal polish wj-th рolishing сLoth 400.
2\ Coat rewоrked area WiLh two сomрonent zinс сhromate primer
(с}4 417) .
b. Proсеed with inspесtion acсording to step 1, b. thru d.
з. Cont'ro1 rod (13, figule 41-1}
a. Inspесt сontrоI rod as desстibеd under sLeрs 1. a. аnd с.

b. Refer to figurе 41-80 for damagе and reрair limits for сontrol rod
tubes.
с. ]nsРeсt sрheriсal bearings in rod еnds for rаdial р1ay (рermissiblе:

0.r-mm) ana axial рlay (рermissible: 0.4 mm} , evldenсe of сorrosion
and binding. If any suсh dаmagе is рrеsenL/ Iер]aсе assemb]еd rod end
and sрhеriсat bеaring or sphеricaJ. bearing оnly as оutlinеd in
сhaptеr 02.
B0 105
сttAPтЕR 4}
Revision 10 Page 1З7
ЕURoсoPтER MАINтENANсЕ MANUAL вo.|05
тnsoёcI this аreа nf rоrl end

for стагks Pаrr nя rt i оrr,] ar
attention tо basе of threads'
Wraр rod end and spheriсal
bearing in adhesive tape
Еigure 41-?7 сraсk insрeсtion of тod end
4. Сontro1 rod (17' figure 41-1)

a. тnspeсt rod end and rod end thrеads for meсhaniсa] daaage and
сolrosion. If аny damagе is dеtесted, reрlaсе lod end.
h тnsnё.t thrоаdgd areа оf rod end for сraсks as fol]ows:
1) WIар affeсted spheIj-саl bearing аnd rod еnd in suirablе adhеsivе
tape to рrevent сLеaning solvenL and WeL dеvеloрer IIom ent,el ing
thе bеaring (Iеfеr to tig. 4I-.l1)
2' тnspeсt threaded arоa of rod еnd for сraсks, using the fLuor:es.
сent-magnetiс partiсle inspeсtion or Lhе fluoresсerLt pener'rant
inspесLion (rеfer to fig. 41_?]).
3) If сraсks are еvidеnt, rеp1aсe rod еnd.
* с. ]nspеCt sphеriсаl beаrings in rod еnds for rаdiаl plаy (рermissjblе:
* 0.2 rn.n} and aхial play (реrmlssiblе: 0.4 mm) , evidenсе of сorlosion
* and binding. If arry such damagе is рIеsent. reрlace аssemblеd rod end
* and sрheriсa.l bеaring or sphеriса] beаring only, dерending on the
* сonfiguration' as ouсLinеd in сhaptеr 02.
d. тnspeсt сontrol rod tube in aссordanсe with step 1.с. ]n addition,
visually inspесt сo]lar of rods 105-1312]. for сracks (refer to figurе
41-80) , Е'or dаmage and reрail limils of сontrol rod Lubеs refer to
figurе 41-80.
5. Control link (15, figure 41-1)
a. Inspeсс сontIo1 1ink for dеformаtion, mесhзniса L damаgе аnd
сorrosion.
1) рAnl аô if rlо fnтmдrl
2t Polish out meсhaniсal damaqе and сorrosion аs out]ined in сhap-

ter 02 then rеstorе surfaсe proteсtion. Rеfer to fiqurе 41-?8 for
damaqe and repair limits.
в0 105
CIIAPTЕR 41
Pagе 138 Rеvision 10
.lu5
Еut{UUUr l Ert MA|N l ЕNANUts мANUAL Еu
b. ]nsрect spheriсal bearitlgs for radia]. р].ay (рermissible: 0.1 rm) and
axial р}ay (permissible: 0.4 mm) еvidenсе of сorrosion and binding.
If anУ suсh damage is presеnt, replacе sphеriсal bearings as outlined
in сhaрter 02.
400611.1
тYPE 0F DA},IAGЕ DAмAGЕ AND RЕPд,IR ],'.It{Iтs

z 0NЕ -t
ZONE 2 zoNЕ з
}4е сhan iс аl 0,1 mm depth Damage in n.l mm .lAn+ь

on 30t of the dirеction @, on 1.0 8 of the
surfaсe n , Йrn .lan+Ь
and 10 mтп 1oпg
Пrmrae i n
diтeсtion @ ,
0' 1 mm dеpth
aпd 3 mm long
Nоte A
Cоrrosion 0. 1 mm deрth 0.1 mm deрth 0. ]. пm
on 30ъ of the oп 10t of the on 10I
surf асe after вu!faсе suс f aсe
reP al r
Nоte A
рlaхimum of three rерairs .l

pепnissible оn one qцarter of Lhе
n i r.llmf arоnaд an rr
Мinimum distanсe Ьetween two reрair arеas is 2 mm.
Е.igure 41-78 Control links - damagre and reраir limj.ts
в0 105
сIIAPTER 41
Rеvi,sion 10 Pagе 1з9
EUttOL;UРl.ЕR MAINI hNANUts MANUAL BO ]O5
10о612
тYPЕ oF DAмAGE DA}{AGE AND REPAIR L1MIтs

ZONE 1 ZONE 2 zoNЕ з
Meсhan iсa1 A ? mm in АantЬ Damage iп Damage in

on з08 of the direсtion an dirесt'ion an
0.2 mm in 0.L mm in
аnd 20 mm in and 10 mm
L/al'ldЧ g .r'l
direсtion @ . di rection @ ,
o 1 mn ,lдntЬ 01mn Ааn+Ь
and 5 mm in and з mm in
J. eng th lengittr
Notе /\ Notе /\
Corrosion 0. З mm 0.1 mm 0.1 mm
on 30* of the on 10t of the оn 108 of the
surfасe after surfaсe aftеr surfaсe
Note /\ Nсte /\
50t of Lhе originаl сontасt surfaсе must rеmain in an аrеa of 2 IIEn
around ne
t.
м^wiml'h y^hr;.d аrо ЕL.l'']oJt!

nдrmicaiЬlA
]'ra^rlllulLl U! ^:^ьF |еР?1LlD ц.с
^F ЕJЧ'IL ^n чuul.u! оr nГ JL tha
L.'L
сiтгlrmFarдnсо nn]v ]vinimlrm dict:nna hatпrоan аrti,aлenг rдnаir
lvРq.,] аrдяс
qдvqJ iс
дa
2 mm.
Figurе 41-7 9 ConLIol rods - damage аnd lepair limiLs

/N^n-h^âtad e 6.1- i
^^l
в0 105
сI{APTЕR 41
Page 140
мBB нEьIсoPтЕRS
мAINTЕNANсЕ l,lANUAl l'tBB - B0 105
100642.1
тYРЕ 0Е' DAI'{AGE DAl',lAGЕ AND RЕPAIR lIttll тs

z 0NЕ ]. zONЕ 2 zoNЕ з
Меchaniсa1 0,3 mm in depth !, сrrllсr9 е rtr

^
No damage
on З0t of the direсtion tJ t рermissible
surfaсe 0,L mm in depth
and ].0 mп in
l ength
n----^
U dltl aч е
.l
J. -ll
direсtion @,
A 1 mm rlоntЪ
and 3 mп in
lёngth
шote 2\
Corrosion 0.3 пm in dеpth 0. L mm in depth No dаmage
on 30* of the narn j се j Ь,] a
surfaсe af ter surfaсe after
Note ,A
50E of thе original сontaсt surfaсe must remain in an aтеa of 2 mm

around the bore.
of five reрairs are permlssible on one quarter of the
},taximum
сirсumferenсe only. Мinimum distanсe beLween adjaсent rеpair arеаs is
2 mm.
visually insРесt сo1]аr of rods 105-1з]"21 for сraсks.
Е'igure 41-80 Control rods - damage and тeраir limits
(Boosted seсt1on)
в0 105
сHAPTЕR 41
I"IBB tlЕL]с0PтЕRs
}4AINTЕNANCЕ мANUAT, l,1Bв - BO 105
TYPЕ 0F DA!,IAGE DAI.,IAGE AND RЕPAIR L:мIтs

zoNЕ 1 zoNЕ 2 zoNЕ 3
},1eсhaniсa1 0.1 mm in depth 0.2 mm in deрth No damage or

and on 40t of the on 60t of thе rarlrir f,ar-
nnrиас i ^. surface surfaсe missibLe
Note ff Note 7fr
!4aximum of three repaiIs Рermissiblr.
Еigure 41-81 Rod еnd with sрhеriсal bеaring . damage and repair limits
B0 105
сllAPTЕR 41
ЕURoсoPтER ti,lA|NтЕNANcЕ мANUAL вo 105
41 - 81 Assembly - сontrol rods
]-. Бnsure Рresenсe of red mаrking сomPoцnd oп rod end (also refer to Parа
41-80. step 1.}. Using greаse (сM 140). light'ly lubriсаte thrеads of
those rod еnds whiсh hаve not' been seаled wiЕh siliсonо rubber'
2. Install nut (З, figure 41-?5) to Lhe rod епd.
2A. If the rod end P/Ns аre illegib}e' thereby making it imрossible to *
ensure сorrесt pаiring wit'h their сorresрondlng rotating сontrol rods. *

tЬ6!' ml!сt r^t ь'o !1ёёd on hеliсoРter mode}s Bo105-сB-5' свs-5 аnd DBs-5.
з. Plасe the serrаted washer (4) in position.
NoтЕ When fitting Lhe rоd еnd1 pay аLLention to the following
рoints:
o тhe rotatinq сoпtrol rods (рitсh links) hаve IighL-hand
threаds of different pitсh oп either end.
o Al} other сontrol rods are furnished with one riqht-hаnd
and one left-hand thrеad.
o Both rod ends пust be scre!'еd in by the sai.e аmount and the
red markiпgs on thе threаd еnds must not bэ visible аbove
thA f ,idhIAп6^ nltt
4' Install the rod еnds in the tube of t'he сontrol rod.
5.' ReseL сontrol rod Lo origi.паl аssепфled diпension .х, (rэfеr to figure
41-?5) using the аdjDsting gаuge and. if neсessaтy' the еxtension kit.
Adjust, rod ends of the сontrol rod (l1' figure 41-83) to an аn9].ё of 45
degrееs to eaсh othert uslng the аdjusting gaugеi refer ""o figure 41.83,
deЕаil A.
6, тighЕeп nut' (3, figure 41-75) and seсure with loсking wi:e to serratеd
rtаshеr.
N0тЕ o ]f main rotor сoпtIols need not be insDeсted' зеaI lod end
сonneсtion with siliсone rubber.
o In Lhe сase of rotаting pltсh links. seаl the uррer (сoarse.
t.hreаded) rod end using si1iсone rubbar only.
,7
. sea1 rod end сonneсLion with siliсone rubber (с[,t 6]'2 or CM 619)i lefer to
figure 41-82.
в0 105
сllAPтЕR 41
Revision 16 Pаge 143
EURoGoPтЕR мAINтENANоE I.IANUAL вo 105
I Rod end
2 Nut
3 sеrrated wаsher
4 Siliсone rubber
5 сontrol rod
Eigure 41-82 Sealing of rod ends
B0 r.0 5
сtlAPтЕR 41
Pаge 144 Revision 16
EUвoсoPтER II'A|NТЕNANсЕ п,IANUAL вo 105
4| - 82 Instаllаtion . control rods in the non-boosted seсLion

of the сonL rols
1. hsta}lation of сontrol rods (1. 'l| 2,l aпd 28l figuтe 41-1)
a. InserЕ сontrol rods аnd seсure wIЕh att'аching РаIts.
b. тlghten nцts to a tolque va}ue of 5-6 Nm аnd seсure wlth sрllt рins.
с. Instаll rubber roре on сontrol rods.
d. сheсk сontrol rods for fтeedom of movement.
e. сarry oц! a forеign objeсt cheсk then сlose the ассess door.
2. InstаIlation of сonlrol rods (20, 21 аnd 23. figure 41-1)
a. Insert control rоds аnd seсure with аttaсhing рarts.
b. TighЕen nuts ',Jith а torque value of 5-6 Nm and seсure with sрlit
pins.
с. сheсk сontro]. rods for freedom of movement.
.1 г'f|\| я
ч rF^йal.tn.1Ьia.t
v lv дYl. .hр.k
^'!l-
e. Instаll left floor Рlatё of саble duсL'

f. Instаll benсh seаt' refer to сhaРteI 800.
g. Instаll left seаt lails. 1ар belt aЕtасh fitting end сoрilot seat'
rёfрr tо chаntрr ?0l.
3. ]nstаtlation of сontro1 Iod (18l figure 41.1)
а. Insert сontrol rod and seсure },iLh аLLaсhing ParLs.
b. тightеn nut's to a torque vа]ue of 5.6 Nm аnd seсure wilh sPlit рins.
с, Cheсk сontrol rod for freedom of movement.
d .i f f 1' .r f .rn aЬ.iдnl. сhanlt
î!} ^rAi
e' Instаl1 left сargo сompartment Рanelling' refer to сhaPtel 703,

f. Install left flool Plate of сable duсt.
9' Instаll benсh seаt' refer Lo chаpter 800.
h. Install left seаL rails. lаp belt aLtaсh fitting апd сoрiloL seet'
rofar t^ nhаnter 701.
i. Instа}l left engine сowlingl refer to сhaрter 22.
B0 105
сt{APTЕR 41
Revisiэn 16 Pаge 14 4A/ B
l.IвB HЕLIсoPTЕRS
i'1AINTBNANсЕ I,IANUAL l.1BB - в0 ].05
41 - 83 Тnstallat,iоn - сontrol rods and links in the boosted sесtion of thе

сontr01s
1. Instаllation of сontrol rod (13, figure 41-1)

a. ]nsеIt сontrol rod and sесure with attaсhing hardт,lare.
b. тighLen nuts to a torquе value of 5-6 Nm and seсure with sрlit pin.
с. Rеmove ]oсk ring from main rotor mast.
d. Cheсk сontrol rod for freеdom of movement.
e. Insta]l left engine сowling.' refer to chapLer 22.
2. Instal]ation of оontxo] rod (1?' figure 41-1}
NoTЕ o тighlen nut to mахimum torque vаlue. If sр]it рin

cannot be insеIted, baсk off nut as aррropriate.
lIowever. tightening torque must not be ]ess than sрeсifled
value' If neсessaIy' rep]aсe nut.
o Тhe rod eпd r,lith Lhe сoarse thread she1l bе сonnected Lo the
сontrol lеver.
a. Insta].l сonlrol rods and seсure wilh altaсhing рaтts (see figure
41-83) . Torque nuts and seоurе with sрlit pins. Cheсk angle of rod
ends. to eaсh оLher, using adjustinq deviсe 105-13101 Wз; refeI to
figure 4l-83.
b' Remove ]oсk ring from maln rolor сontlol.
с. Remove b]ade сonneсtionрins frоm the bores in the сontrol lеvers and
seal retalners of the main roLor head.
d. сheсk сontrol rods for freedom of movеmеnt.
3. ]nstallation of сontro] 1ink (15' figurе 41-1)

a. InsеIt сontrol link and seсure With altaсhing hаrdware.
b. Tightеn nuls to a torque value of 5-6 Nm and seсurе With sp]il p1ns.
с. сheсk сontrol ]ink for frеedom of mоvemеnl.
B0 105
CttAPтЕR 41
t.lвB llELIсOPTЕRs
I',IA]NтENANсE },IANUAT, ].1Bв - B0 10 5
сonfiguration I
A
?
^',э
10
8----_{
Configuratiоn III
сonfiguration I I
Е.?Тl
4
3 --@{ф
------/W Aп
^11
F.ю шЦ s __Ъ
100501.2 --{
сonfigurat'ion] сonlro1 lod attaсhment with еxisting bores.
without
]oс kvJa hе r s
Сonfigurаtion ТI сontro] rod attaсhment with early tyрe bolt and ]oсkwasher
сonfiguration I]I сontrol rod altaсhmеnt With new typе stainlеss steеl bo1t,
loсkwasher. and сountеrbored wаsheт
A Мark assembled atlaсhing hardware with safety laсquеr.
n\ Inst'a]-] loсkwashеI oriented rеlative to adjoining abutment surfaсes as

shown
Е,ig. 41-83 (1 of 2) hslallation сontrol rod (rolating)

B0 105
снAPTЕR 41
ttELIс0PTЕRs
l.tAINтЕNANCЕ !4ANUAL MвB - B0 105
DЕтAIL A
100218.2
t сontrol rod {rotating) 7 вo]t

2 Washer I split pin
3 ljolЕ 9 Nut
4 Bushing 10 Washer
5 NUL 11 Loсkwasher
6 sр}it pin 12 Counteтbored washеr
1 1 lrlirlсt i nп r,iarlj го
105-1з101 W3
Еigure 41-83 |2 ot' 2I Aпgulаr adjustment of rod еnds -

rotatinq сontrol rods
B0 105
сHд?TЕR 41
сHAPТЕR
FLIGHT сoNтRoLs
TAIL ROTOR
HЕт,1с0PTЕRs
I\-1AINTЕNANсЕ l4ANUAt MBв - B0 105
42 TAIL R0T0R с0NтR0Ls
Tab]e of сontent s
pя rя.тr:nh тi}la Pa,qе
42 1 DЕSсRIPT]ON - TAIL R0T0R сONTROLS з
2 RIGGING - TAI], R0T0R сONTRоJ,S 3
з ]NSPЕсTION F.OR сOND]TION . TAIL R0т0R с0NтR0Ls 4
Аc 4 Peda]s and сontro]- 1i 9
ц2 5 Removal - рedal upреr assembly Rн/Lн 9
42 6 Disasseпb]y - рedal uррer asseпbly Rн/Ltl 9
42 1 Insрeсtion and rеpair - рeda] uрper assembly Rlt/tн 1l

42 8 Remova] - рeda] ]ower assembly RII/LH 18
42 9 ]nspесLion and тeрair - pеdal lower assembly 19
42 t0 ]nstallalion - рeda1 lower assemblу Rн/trt 21"
42 11 AsseпфLy - pеdal uррer assembly Rн/Lн 22
42 I2 lnstaLlation - реda} upрer asseпr,lэly Rtl/Lн 22
13 Rеmova] - be]]сrank 2З
А. 1л тnсna.'t i rnrl тanl i r - be]lсrank 24
^n
42 15 Installation - be]]сrank 2't
ц2 16 Rеmova] - jaсkshaft 21
42 t1 Disassenbly - ja ckshaft 29
42 18 Inspection and rеpair - jaсkshaft З0
ц2 19 As seпb].y - jaсkshaft 1t
42 20 Insta]lation - jaсkshaft ?А
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 42
Page 1
ЕURoсoPтЕR I'A|NтENANоЕ I',IANUAL Bo 105
rdro9rGPll r rL!r Pagе
42-2L Removal - Lorsion tube with bearing support

and bearing J4
22 Еrее
42 9'2, тh e n.^l i аn эn^ rоnаi r - tnrqion tllЬо w,i f[
bearing support and bеaring з6
*42 .А E.reе
25 InstallaLion - torslon tube with bearinq suDport
and bearing 40
42-26 Remova]. - bellсrank 40
42-21 Тnсnоа|,i nn enrl ran; i r - bе1lсrank 42
ц2.28 Insta1]ation . bellсrank

42 - 28д" РAm^l'! l - fow,-uû
тzelr hтэLо ||1
42 - 288 тnсnA^ri^n ln,4

flLоРсuL Lwtl o'lЧ ranrir
rLРqt! - r..
уa w brake 428
ц2 - 28C lnst a l.l,at ion - yaw brake 42С
42-29 сontro11inks and сo nt rol rods ц2D
42-З0 Remova] * сОntrol links and сontlol rods i n fllcal агtд s2D
ц2-ЗL Removal - cont.rol rods in tail boom
42-з2 .)i
sа csemh. v _ cоnt тol rоds 43
42-Зз Inspесtion and reрair - сontro] links and сontro] rods 44
42-З4 AcqдmЬ,l rr _ .^nt r^1 r^/.le 48
42-З5 ]nstаilalron - сontrol ]inks and сon1-гol rn'l c in fllсо]:rr.r 4B
42-З6 Installation - сontr:ol lods in tаi] boom 49
B0 105
сIIAPтЕR 42
P age 2 кev1slon 1l
?=.,.сoЕЕrг мA|NтENANсE мANUAL l/вв - вo 105
42 - 3' DESсRIPт]ON - TAII, R0т0R сONTRo].s
тhe tail rotor bladе pirсh is inсreased or deсtеаsed by асLuating the Lail
r^|^f ^^nrr^] h6^э]. ть^ minimцm аnd maximum bLаde nitch qрttirоq а.р
]imitеd by adjustable mесhaniсa] st,ops. When dua] сontrols аIе filtеd' the
nilnt.c narlаlc аrд .^nflA.tA^ г^ thA.^ni,]^t'e h6^1] с Ьrl r trrnсtlar<6 .^пi.^]
Iod ].oсаted bеloп the f1oor.
тhe pedal сoпtrol inрuts аre tIаnsmitted by сontro] rods and be].lсIanks to
the sliding s].ееve mountеd on the Lait rolor geаrbox. Thе sliding s1ееvе
t,ransmits thе сontrol inputs via the two rotating рitсh J'inks to the сontro]
levers attaсhed Lo the b]adе moЦnting forks, therеby сhanging the blade рitсh
ang]е '
ц2 -2 RIGGING - тAlL RотOR с0NтR0],s
F^r rirlаinа tЬA tai1 rnтьr .^nl-r^] e rAfar r^ аhэnrдr ] 11?

^f
Dimension x. rеferrеd to in thё followj.ng. сan be determined using

alignmrnt gauge, P/N 105.41482 Ll and suрp]ementary kit,
P/N 105-414 82 12.
A ligging сheсk is Iequired in the fo]..lowing сases:
- when a new сontrol rod is installed and iL is not сertain that iLs
assembly }ength. dimеnsion х (measurеd from center - to - сеrlter of rod
еnd bеarings), is eхaсtly eqцa] to thе сorrеsPonding dinеnsioп of the
rеmovеd сontrol rod.
- when j.t is not сert'аin that dimеnsion x of a removed сontro]. rоd was
meаsurеd Рrior to 1ts disаsseпфly.
- fol]owing сertain maintenanсe measures.

- when dаmag,ed stoр sсrews have been reрlасed' or when it is not сеrtain
аft,er reР]aсеmеnt or tota] disassembly of palts that thе rigged сondition
of the tail rоtor сontro.ls hаs remalnеd unсhanged.
в0 105
снAPTЕR 42
Revision 6 Page З
ЕURoоoPтЕв |VIA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
42 - з INsPЕcт|oN FoR сoNDlт|oN - тA|L RoтoR сoNтRoLs
1. оheсk taiI rotor сoпtrols for ease of movement, freedom of movemont and absenсe ol play belore inspeсl-
ing indjvidua| parts o' thё |iпkage system. lf there is evidenоe of юughness, binding or p|aи |ocate damage
area and pertorm сorr6ctive measUres.
42. Inspeоt peda| upper assembly as foIlows:
a. Inspeсtvisib|e areas of peda|s (40, figUro42*1)' pedalsupport (42)and base suрport (4.l )lormechaniсal
damage aпd сorrosion' Remove mechaniсal damage аnd оorrosion With sUitab|e too|s aпd fiпa| Po|ish
With abrasive сloth 400. нeter to fjgure 42_g' 424 and 42-5 {or rospeсtive damage and repair Iimits.
b' Тouсh up or renew damaged sUrfасe protесtion, using twФ-сomponent Wash primer (см 423) fo||owed
by сoating |aоquer (оМ 402) as oUt|ined in оhapter 02.
c. сheсk that spiit piпs are in p|aсe in allattaсhing hardware. |f a sp|it pin is missing' tighten the atlected at.
taching hardware and seсUre With split pin.
d. Inspeсt boots tor tears, porosity and security ol installаtion. Replaсe damaged boots.
e' check pedal adjusting meоhanism for proper funсtion!ng.

sсrew spindla (4t, figure 42.1) in and out severa| times' вoth peda|s (40) must оhange their positions
lз. Insрeсt peda| lowar assembly аs fo|IoWs:
a. open nose aссess сover.
b. Inspёоt bellcrank (39) for meоhanicaI damage and corrosion. Flemove meсhaniсa| dаmаge and сorro-
sion with suitabIetooIs andf iпaIpoIish With abrasivecIoth400. Fordamage and repairIimits, refertoJigure
42*1,1. тouсh up or гenew damaged surfaсe proteоtion, usingtwo.{omponentWash primer(сM 42з)foF
lowed by сoating |aсquor {сM 402) as out|ined in сhaрler 02,.
с. сheсk stop sоrows (7' figure 42-7)forс0nditioп and tightn6ss; replaсe damaged sсrews. Fo||owing the
r6pIaсement 01 sloр sсrews, сheоk the taiI rotor control rigging аnd rerig as neсessary (rafer to оhapter
1 02).
d. Inspgсt сontro| rod (1

'
figure 42*,1).
1) |nspeсt сoпtro| rod lor meсhanical dаmage and сOrrosion. lf damaged' remove сontrol rod and
repair in aоcordanсe With chapter 41 .
2) choоk spheriсa| boarings tor play and ease ot movement. |l rаdia| play oxcoods 0.l mm or rough-
ness is evidont (it must be possib|e to move сoпtro| rod by hand)' rep|aс6 sрheriсal bearings as
out|ined in сhapter 02.
сHAРтЕп Revision 18
Page 4
EURoоoPтЕR MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
e. lnspeсt оontro| |inks (8, 9 and з4' figцre 42-1|'

.l
) |nspecl сontro| liпks for meсhaniсaI damage and corrosion. Remove meоhaniсаl damage and сor-
rоsionWith suitab|e tools and {inalpolish With abrasive о|oth 400. Fordamage and repair Iimits, reler
to ligure 42-23.
2) Тouсh up or renew damaged surfaсe proteсlion, using two-сompoпent wash primer (сM 423) fo|-
lowed by сoating laсquer (clvl 402) as out|ined in сhapter 02.
з) |nspeсt spheriсal bearings lor p|ay, signs of сorrosioп and ease of movement. Reptaсe sphsrical
beariпg per chapter 02 if radia| piay eхcэeds 0.1 mm, corrosion is evideпt, or easo of movement
is imoaired.
lnspeсt сontrol rod (1' figure 42_24).
a. Fo|d back f|oor сovering as |ar as neоessary and remove side duct cover.
b. |nspeсt оontro| rod tor meсhaniсa| damage and сorrosion. |f damagв is present, rework сontro| rod psr
instruсtions in сhapter 41' lf necessary, remove, disassemb|e aпd inspeсt сondition ot сontro| rod per
paragraphs 42-30 42_32 and 42-33, respeсtively'
'
с. Inspectsealon rodend ofсontrо|rod iorсondition. lfdamaged, removв sea,and unsсrewaпd remove rod
end (refertoсhapter41). lfthere aresigns of сorrosion on rod ёпdthreadsoron mating threads inthetube'
rep|aсe rod end or tube as neсessary.
|f there is no corrosion, insta|l rod end aпd apрly new seal (refer to сhapter 41).
d. сheck spheriсa| bearings tor play and ease of movemont. |l radialp|ay eхceeds o''1 mmorroughnessis
evident (it must be possibleto moveсоntrolrod by hand)' rep|асe sphericalbearings as out|ined in сhap-
ter 02.
e. |nspect and, if пeсessary, rcplaсe сha{e proteсtion sleeves per paragraph 42_з3, steр 4.
Inspoct control rod (22).
a. Remov6 vёrtiсalfin lairiпg per paragraph 42-з1.
b. Insp€сt сontrol rod for meоhaniоal damage and оorrosion. |f damage is present, rework сontlo| rod per
instruоtions in chapter 4,l . it nёоessary, remоve, disassemb|e and inspeсt сondition ot сontrol rod per
paragrаphs 42-з1 42-32 and 42-з3' respeсtivelи
'
с' lпspeсt sea|on fork end of сontrolrod torсondition. |l damag6d, removo sealand unscrsw and remove
fork end (refёrto сhaPter 41). |fthёre is evidenсe of сorrosion on fork end threads or on mating threads in
thatube' .eplaсe,orkend ortube, asappIicabl6. |,thorsis no сorrosion' insta'Ifoftendand apptynewseаl
(refer to оhapter 41).
d. Gheсk spheriсa| bsarings tor p|ay and 6asв ol movement. lf radia|Plаy exсoeds 0.1 mm or roughness is
evident (it mUst be possibleto move оontro|rod by hаnd)' repIaсe spheгica|bearings as out|iпed in GhaP.
ter 02.
6. lnspeсt сoпtrol rod (21' ligure 42-24).
a. Flemove оontro| rod per para' 42-31.
b. lnspвсl control rod Jor mechaniсa| damage аnd оorrosioп. |f damage is present, rоWork оontrol rod per
instruсtions iл сhapter41.1i neсessary, disassembte aпd inspeоtcondition ofсontroIrod perрaragraphs
41-79 and 41-вo, respeсtiveIу.
Page 5
ЕURocoPтER MAINтЕNANoЕ МANUAL вo 105
c. lnspeоt оha{e proleсtion s|eeves per parаgrаph 42-з3 and replace as neоessary.
d. |пstа||сontro| rod per para. 42-36'
7. |nspeсt be||оrank (з1' figure 42-24) or' il installed, yaw brakв.
a. |nsoeсt be|lоrаnk:
1) Wherever possib|e in insta||ed рosition' vjsual|y inspeсt bel|оrank lor сraсks, оorrosion, meсhaniсal
damage, and damagod surface protectioп.
a) вsplace сrасked be||сrank. R6fer to pаra 42-26 for removal proсedure.
b) Po|ish out meсhаniсal and оorrosion dаmage, aпd fiпal polish with 400 grit abrasive cloth. see
figure 42-1 1 lor damage and repair limits.
c) тouch up or ronew damaged sur'aсe proteсtioп per сhaрter 02' using two--сomponeпt Wаsh
primer (см 423) fo|lowod by сoating |aоquer (с il 402).
2) cheсk that attaоhing hardwaro is sвсured with sp|it pins. |f split рin is missing' retighten Nylstop
a|l
nut as necessаry and securo with split pin. see fig. 42.20 {or torque |oads.
b. lnspeсt yaw brake:
1) Remove and insрeсt yaw brak6 for сondition per paragraph 42.28A and 42.288.
2) Inslaflyaw brake and adjust per parag. ph 42-28C,
8. Visua||y inspect bearing support (9' ligUre 42-17) Wherever possib|e in insta||ёd position tor cracks, сorro-
sion, meсhaniсal damage and damaged sUrfаcв рrotection, and insPeсt surrouпding tuse|agв struсture lor
сondition'
a. |f there аrв crаокs in the surrounding luselaga struоture' сontaоt the ЕсD сustomer serviсe lor iпstruc-
tions on how to proсвed.
b. R6p|aоe сracked bearing support. Rёter to paragraPh 42-21 for bearing suppоrt rёmoval proо6dure.
с. Po|ish out mёchaniсal and corrosion damage aпd fina| polish with 400 grit abrasive оloth. ses figure
42-19 tor damage and repalr limits.
d' тoUch up or rёnew damaged sur|aсв protесtion pеr оhapterb2, using two--сomponeni wаsh P]imor
(cM 42з) fo|lowed by сoating |aсqu6r (оM 402).
9' Reinstal| vertiсa| lin fairing, nose аcсess door and interior panels,
оHАPтЕн Revislon 18
Page 6
I'
I'
\__--
lir-
о8
Ф
цJ
tEI
Ф
н
б
з
d
tr
Ф
(,
J ..,i
t- O
!l
o Ф
.lJ
+l
б
(б
I.r
o
Ф
.-'l -l
э
б
(J(U
ФФ
ut {l)
(бФu1
.:< .р
p
сI
с Е.] r]o
}r
.n.d Ф ФЦ ц (D
Е
.n ор.
l1
o
Ё]
l.1BB tlELIсOPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ I4ANUAI, }rBB - B0 105
42-4 Pedals and сontro11inkage
42 -5 RеmovaL - реdal upper asseтnbly. RH/Lн
1. Remove nose aссess сovеI.

2' Re:iove mount,ing frame and boot from pеdals.
З. Rеmove attaсhing hardwalе |25 Lo 28. figure 42-1) from реdals and dеtaсh
сontro] links (8 and 9) .
4. Removе attaсhing hardr.lare (29 to 33) and detaсh pedal uppет assembly
(11).
42 - 6 Disassembly - peda1 upper assembly Rн/],tt
1. Remove sрlit pin (6, fуqвте 42-2\. nut (7) and washеr (8) .
2. Withdraw pedal suрport (3) from base support (4) and unsсrеw and remove
sрindle (5) from base supрorL.
3. Removе split pins (14), nuts (1З) and wаshers (12) аnd dеtaсh рedaLs (1
and 2) from реdal supрort (3) .
4. Removе sрindle sleeve \22) fтon basе suррolt (4) .
B0 105
CI{APTЕR 42
Раoe y
}1BB ltЕL]сOPTЕRs
}{AINTBNANсЕ I.4ANUA], MBB - Bо 105
):2 )ё
.,' ..../
1 PedaLr RH \2 Washеr
2 РеdaL, LH 1З Nut
1 Dadal erlnn^rl- 14 Spliс p in
4 вase suррort 15 гlаngе bushing
5 Spindle lb ijus n lng
6 sp}it р1n I1 Sсrеw
7 Nut 18 Nut
I Washer 19 Loсking wa shе r
9 Guard wаsher 20 Bolt
10 Bushing 2I Bolt
11 Guard washe r 22 spindle s lееve
T igule 42-2 Disаssembly - реdal uppеr assеmblу
B0 105
сt{APтЕR
MBB ttЕLIсoPTЕRs
I'{AINTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL I4BB - B0 10 5
42 -1 Insprсtion and IePаiI . рeda] uрper assenblУ/ RH/LH
sрeсial too}:
Mollnt i',]o tоol 1,]]-400001 W1
1. Tnspесt pedаl suррort (З, figuтe 42-2).
a. Vi.suaL]Y insрeсt рedа] suрport fоr сraсks, oс'her meсhanica1 dаmаge.

сorrosion and damaged surfaсe proteсtion.
1) Rер]aсе if a сraсk is evident.
2\ Po]ish out any dаmage to Within Lhe rерaiI 1imits sресifjed in
figure 42-3 аnd finаl polish with аbrasive сloth 400.
з) Touсh up or renew damagеd surfaсe рroLeс'tion with t.wo.сomponеnt
wash рrimer (СМ 42з) and сoatinq lасquer (сМ 402) аs ouLlinеd in
chapter 02.
b. Insрeсt bolts (20 аnd 21' figure 42-2) .
l) Мinor LhIеad dаmagе is ассeрtаb]е as ]ong as it does nоt impаir

Lhe eаsе of instаl]ation of nuЕ (1з) .
2\ Replaсe bolts if thread f].anks are deformеd or brokеn.

2' Inspeсt base supрolt' (4) .
a. Visual]y lnspeсt basе suрport for сraсks, other mесhaniсa} damage,

сorrosion and damagеd surfaсe proteсLion.
1) Reрlaсe lf а сraсk is evident.
2I Po}ish our any damage to within the Iераir limirs sрeсifiоd in
figurе 42-4 and fina1 рolish with abrasive сLoth 400'
3) Touсh uр or rеnеW damaged surfaсe рroteсtion with two.сomрonenL

Wash рrimеr (CМ 42З) and сoat'ing ]aсquer (сМ 402) as out]ined in
сhaptеr 02.
b. InsPeсt spind1е slееve (22) for meсhаniсa1 damagе and сorrosion.
Polish out damаgе wiЕh аbras.ivе сloth 400. Еоr реrmissible bore
diamet.erl refет to Iigurе 42-4.
B0 105
СIiAPтЕR 42
}4BB ttE].,Iс0PTЕRs
}{дINTЕNANсЕ МANUAL I"1вB - B0 105
з. Insрeсt sрindle (5. figurе 42-2) .
a. Visua1ly inspeсt sрindle for mесhaniсa] damaget сorrosj-on and damagеd

surfасе рroteсt'ion.
1) Polish out mесhaniсa1 darпage and сorrosion and fj'na] polish with
abrаsivе сloth 400.
2I Touсh uр damagеd sulfaсe Proteсtion with two-сompоnent wash
primеr (сI{ 423) and сoating laсquer (сМ 402) as Ьutlinеd ln
сhaptеr 02.
b. Insрeсt сonditlоn of thrеads.
i) Minor thread danage is aссeptable as .long it does not impair thе
easе of instal]ation.
2) Disсard sрindlе if thread flanks are deformed or brokеn.
4. ]nsресt рeda}s (1 аnd 2) .
a' Visua1ly inspесt рedals for dеformation' meсhaniсal damage, сorrosion

and damаgеd surfaсе рroteсtion.
1) Reрlaсе if dеformation is evidеnt'.
2l Po]ish out any damage to wilhin the rерair limits speсified in
figuтe 42-5 and final polish with abrаЬivе сloth 40.0.
З) Touсh uр or rеnew. damaged surfaсе рrotесtion with two-сomрonent
wash рrimer (CI''4 423) and сoating laсquer (Cl.I 402) as оuЕlinеd in
сhaptеr 02.
b. Inspeсt' bushing (16, fig. 42-2\ foт meсhaniсal dаmagе and сorrosion'
Polish out damage with abrasivе сloth 400. Еor permissib]e bore diа.
mеtеr, refer to figure 42-5. If nесessaryt repliсе bushing as oul-
]ined in steр 5.
с. ]nsресt flange bushing (15. figuтe 42-2) as out]ined in step b.
d. Insрeсt bushlng (10) for сondiLion. Еor рermissib]е borе diameter.
rеfer lo figure 12-5. If neсеssary, reрlaсe bushing as out1inеd in
steр 6.
е. Insресt guard washers (9 and 11) for сondi"Lion. ]f dаmaged Or dе-

bondеd, rерlaсe as outlined in steр ?.
BO 105
сHAPTER 42
Pd.тё 1?
[,1вB l.lЕL]с0PTERs
МAТNTЕNANCЕ I,IANUAI }.tвB - B0 105
TYPЕ 0Е DA},IAGE DAI,IAGЕ AND REPA]R ].,I }',l1т s

ZONE 1 ZONЕ 2
Мe сh an i c a1 0 4 mm in АantЬ эf+оr The minimum finished

aпd renа,i т.ln 6.]g .1f ihё diameter of 22,96 nm
сorrоsion surfaсe may be 0.02 mm less
on 30ъ of the surfaсе
Minlmum narni сe i Ь] д diamеtеrs:

/1\ 1?.9] пm
.l.hA\I mа\r Ьр 0 |]2 rшn lеss on one quarter of thе
cirсumfеrenсe.
/2\ 1З.95 mm
Е'igure 42 -з Padr I c,,^n^rt - dаmage and reрair 1imits
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 42
},1Bв }tEt]с0PTERs
l..tAINTЕNANсE I,IANUAT, I'4Bв - B0 105
TYPЕ 0Е DAмAGЕ DAI',IAGЕ AND RЕPAтR lт}'{Iтs

zoNЕ 1 ZONЕ 2
Месhaniс a] 0.5 пm in rtдr.i Ь яf tаr 0.5 mm in .4Anl. Ь Яf tA1"

rePat r on 60t of the rдn: i r nn 30t of the
surfaсe surfaсe
Corrosion 1.0 mm in rlant.Ь rf +ar 1.0 mm in
rдnэ i r аn 60t of thе 90* of the
ren: i r nn Ântъ.f+Af
surfaсe surfaсе
MаХimum nдrmiссih]д bоrе diameters:
lA dia 6.40 mm TheY mау be exсееdеd by 0.01 mm ^n ^na .'rl:rtоr ^f

thA
CiIсumfe renсe '
A dia 23.02 mm
Еigurе 42-4 Base suррolt - damagе аnо rarl.ri r I imita
B0 105
с}lAPTЕR ,,| c
MBB нЕ1]с0PTЕRs
MATNTЕNANсЕ I.4ANUAт, I!,1вB - B0 105
тYPЕ 0l' DAI4AGЕ DA!4AGЕ AND RЕPAIR LTI',l]Ts

z0NЕ 1 z0NЕ 2
Мeсhan.iса1 n ,] rnm i n riдntЬ эftоr a ^^ l- .l^^rL â+^-

rёnа i й ^n .l0& ^f tьA
^
and ranэir аn 6oa nf +Ьд
corrоs1on surfaсe surfaсе
l.{aХimum permiss ible borе diаmet'ers:
A l; ^ 6.02 mm тhev mаv he eусeeded h\' 1 n,

сirсumfe renсe .
-.1..-6r of Lhe
A dia 14.00 mm
E'i сll rд 4?-5 Pedаl - damaqe and reрair ]imits
в0 105
сHAPTЕR 42
IцBB I-lE],Iс0PTЕRs
I,IAINTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL }1Bв - в0 10 5
5. ReРlaсе bushing or flange bushing as follows:

a. Press out bushing or flange bushing as shown in figure 42_6 using
tool 117-400001 W1 .
b. Insрeсt bore for meсhaniсal damage and сorrosion. Po]-ish out damaqе
With abrasivе сloth 400.
The maximum рermissiblе bore diameter is 9.02 пun. ]t mаУ be exсeeded
by 0.02 mm on one quarter of the bore сlrсumferenсе.
с. сoat bushing or f]ange bushing with сorrosion prеventive рastе
(сI'4 510), сhil] to aрprоx. _50 oC and рress hoйe with mоuntinq toot
117-400001 Wl аs shown in figure 42-6.
d' Cheсk diаmelеr of bushing or flange bushing borе. If neсessary,

hone to spесified diаmеter of 61 0.006 шrr аnd remove burrs.
6. Reр]aсe bushing (10' figure 42-2| as fol]ows:

a. Rеmоvо guard washers (9 and 11) as outlinеd in step ?.
b' Prеss out bushing (10) wj.th a mandrе].
с. Insрeсt bore in реda1 for mесhаniсa] damagе and сorrosion' Polisn оut
damage with abras-ivе сloth 400.
Thе mаximurn permissiblе borе diamеLer is 16.02 mп. It may bе exсeеdеd
by 0.02 п]m on one quаrtеr of thе сirсumfеrеnсе.
d. Prеss new bushing in рedal.
е. Bond guard washers (9 and 11) in Р].aсе as outlined in sLep 7.
.1
. Reр]aсе guard washers (9 and 11) as fol]orлs:
a. Rеmove guard washers with plastiс wеdge.
b. Rеmove adhrsive residues rvith toLuene (с},1 2].9) .
с. A1ign new guard washеrs with boтe and bond in plасе tтit'h two-сoпt-
ponent' аdhesive (CМ 601).
снAPTЕR 42
llЕ1Iс0PтЕRs
мAТNTЕNANсE MANUAI, }.488 - в0 105
PRЕss]NG oUт
1 кnur]ed sсrew
2 suрport
з Wedge
д c:1l.rA Ь]
^^l.
5 Мandrel
PRESSING IN
100655
Step 2
Гigure 42-6 Prae a i nd-^,1t and press ing-ln of bushings with

h^rr n l inn +^^l r.1l-40000 !'I1
B0 105
снAPтER 42
ltЕ],]с0PTЕRs
МAINTЕNANсE мANUAL },1BB - в0 105
42 - 8 Remova} - рedal lower assenbly Rн/tн
1. Remove nose aOсess door.
2. Disсonneсt сontrol links and соntro] rods frоm ]eveт 12. fiorlre 42-l).
з. Rеmove sp]il pin (з), nut (4) and quard liasher (5)l and detaсh lever (2)
; r^
я-
ПТйl o
100660
1 BoLt 5 Guard washеr

2 Lever 6
q!rnn^rt n'l if a
з sрlit рin 1-1 stoр bo1t
4 Nut l\-l L-9
I Bushing
Е'lange bushing
тnstа] lёсl .]n oi]ot's si.lо nnlrr
Е.igure 4 2.7 Removal and installat.i on - pedal lowеr assemb]y
BO 105
CIlAPTЕR 42
l4BB нЕr]сOPтЕRs
MA]NTЕNANсЕ MANUAI }..1BB . B0 105
42 - 9 Inspeсtion and rePair - peda] lower assembly Rtt/Lн
Sрeсial tool:
l,lountlng tool 11?-400001 W1
1llol,guL r^..^_
rЕvсд ,.
\.,
.r.gure
!r 42_T) .
a. ]nspeсt lever for сraсks. olheI meсhaniсal dаmage, сorгosion аnd

damaged surfaсе proteсtion.
1) Rерlaсe if a сraсk is evidenl.
2) Po]ish ouL аny dаmage to within thе repаir limits sресified in
figure 42-8 and fina] po}ish with abraslve сloth 400.
З) тouсh up or renew damaged surfaсe proteсtion With tt,lo-сomрonent
wash primеr (сl'1 423) and сoating laсquеr (CM 402) as out]ined in
сhaрter 02.
b. Inspесt bushing (8, figuтe 42-.l I foт mеchanical damagе аnd сorrosion'
Polish out damage with abrasive оlot'h 400. Еor permissiblе borе
diameter refer to figuте 42-8.
If bushing is out of dimension, reрJасe аs out.ljned тn patagraph 42-7.
.. тnсno.l. f]яnzтa Ьrlqhin.fa /Q
\2|
fiпrlrо
Lь'vL9 /?.?\ :q nlltl inarl in сtдn h
d. сhесk groovеd bal1 bearings (2 and 6, fig. 42.9l for pLay, roughness.
h]nnrяп lr^ оi^'1s of сorrosion.
If any suсh dаmagе is еvident, repLaсe grooved ball bearing, as
outlined in step 3.
2. тnsрeсL suppoIt p]ale (6, tiq. 42-.l ) and boLt (1):

. Vi sl]а l V i nsDёс. sl]DDо.t Dl аtё fo- mёсhаnl.а | rlдmаоо, ^n.т^c inr аnd
,l
а
damaged suтfaсe рroteс t ion .
1) Polish out meсhaniсa} damagе and сorrosion and finа1 рolish With
abrasive с1oth 400.
2I Touсh uр or renew damaged surfaсе рroteсtion with two-сomponеnt
wash рrimеr (сM 423) and сoatinq laоquer (сItl 402) as out]inеd in
сhaptеr 02.
b. TnspeсЕ сondition of threads of boll (1):
1) Мjnor сhrеad damage is aссeptablе as }ong as iL does not impair
the еаse of insta]]аtion of nut (4) .
2) Replасe bоlt's if threads are deformеd or broken'
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 42
}4BB нЕLIс0PTЕRs
lt,tA]NTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAI I.1BB - в0 105
100661
тYPЕ oF DA!,IAGЕ DAI{AGЕ AND REPAIR т,IMтт s

z0NЕ 1 zONЕ 2
Мeсhanj.ca1 0.3mm in deрth after 0.5 in depth after

mm
and repair on 30t of the repair on 50t of the
сorrosion surfaсe surfасe
l4aximum permis sible borе diameter of a1l bushings:

A dia 6.02 mm It mаy bе exсеeded by 0.02 mm on onе quart'er of
the сirсumfеrenсе.
F'igure 42-8 Lever - damagе and reрair limits
З. Rеp]aсе groovеd ba]] bearings \2 and 6, figure 42-9) as [ol]ows:

.a aAr!]элa rдtэininп тin^ /.l l
ь\ P16ee пr^^\la^ Ьal i ].'оаrinп l?\

^l1t
. RAfi^lrA wясhAr /lt
\J/, rдt.аininrт
!ЕLar'trtlЧ rin.'
!.!lrч /а)
t!/ and spaсеI (5)
.l praсe .'r^^trAd Ь:] ] vvц!

Ьоаrinп rйl
^trr vq4f д.|Y \w/ l
e. TnsрeсL borе in Lеver for meсhaniсal damagе and сorrоsiоn. Pоlish out
damage with abrasive сloth 400.
Тhe maximum permissible bolе diamеtеr З2'02 mm. is
Ir may be exсеeded by 0.01 mm on one бl]а rtёr оf tl.e hоrо с| rcц11-
fе.rеnсе.
B0 105
сliAPTЕR 42
},lвв ltЕLIс0PтЕRs
IчAINTENANсЕ I.,IANUAL }{BB - B0 105
f. сoat outer сirсumferеnсe of grooved bal] bеaring (6) with сorIos ion
preventive рaste (Cм 510) аnd insta1l by hand.
Insеrt spaсer (5). rеtaining ring (4) and Washеr (3)
h. сoat outer сirсumferеnсе of groove ball bearing (2) wit,h сorrosion

prеvеntivе pastе (с},1 510), thеn instaI1 by hand and sесurе with
rдfдininп тin.] 1,]\
1 pa]-эininп rinп
2 Groovеd baL]
bеaring
з Washеr
d Рдrаininzт тinrт
5 spaсer
6 Grooved ball
bearing
100d66.1
7 ],еvеr
Еigure 42-9 Rеp]aсemenL - grooved bal1 bearings аnd bushings
42 - 70 Installation - peda] ]ower assemb]y Rtl/Lн
1. Еit lever (2, figuтe ц2-.l) oo bo]t (1) of supрort plate (6).
l- |^. -.'.*l ''.^ь^'
Wсt5l|еL /E\ .]-l.].^6 .''{
truL /1nr .^^ DrLuIЕ
.^^.'.^ ..'j+Ь
wrLll аn]
i'Уl!L i}
Z. r(JЬILI(,Il Чцdlu lJJ . L19IrLеrl l.ч, ollu
nin /11
З. Insta.LL сontro1 rod (1l figurе 42-1) and сontro] ]inks (8, 9 and 34) аs
5llUw1l .Lll I.L9ulе чZ-!.
Д тi.!Ьtan nr]ta -rnd сосrlrо llith en,] it rlinc
5. Chесk [or rreedom oI movemenl аnd рIesenсe oг foreign obJeсt,s.
6. Install nosе aссess door.

BO 105
CHAPTЕR 42
l.!Bв I{EI,1C0PTЕRs
I,IAINTЕNANсE I'4ANUAI I'.1BB - B0 105
42 - 11. Assembly . Pedal uррer assembly Rtl/LH
1. Install spindlе s]еeve (22, flgure A2-2J in bаse supрort (4) .
2. Coat spindLe (5) vrith grеase (CМ 140) and lnsert in base support (4).
з гnqArt narJа,] ctlnnnrг /1l in h-аед Jс!t.n^rt
uРуv ! L r
4' ]nst'a]] washеr (B) and nut (?)'

5. нand-tightеn nul. then baсk nut off until ho]e is aligned and. sесure wiсh
sр]1t pin (6) .
6. Plaсе рeda]s (1 and 2) on pеdal suрport (З).
'l . InstaLL washers (12) and nuL (13) .
8' наnd-tighten nut' then baсk nut off unсil holе is аligned and sесurе With
sр]it рin (14) .
42 - 12 ]nstaflat-ion - реdal uрper assrmb]y Rtl/Lll
1. P]aсe pedаl uрper asseпb]y (11, figure 42-1) on рeda] lo!.jer assembly (З
or 13) and sесure with attaсhing hardwarе (29 to 33) .
2. сonnесt сonсro] links (8 аnd 9) to pedals and seсure wilh attасhing hard-
Warе (25 to 28). Tighten nuts and seсurе with spLil pins.
з- гnstа,l ] hoot toсrрl hёr шith
! tLrr mоlrnrinп
lцvq'r9:rIY frаmо
I rqr''U.
4. Cheсk for frеedom of movement and рresеnсe of forёign objесts.

5. Instal] nose aссеss door.
B0 105
сtiAPTЕR 42
l.1вB ttELIсoPTЕRs
I4AINTЕNANсE I'tANUAL l"1BB . в0 105
42 - 1'3 Rеmoval - be]lcrank
1. Rеmove nose aсCess dooI.
?. оnёг а.Cёqs соvрr on RH side Of heliсoрter.

? P6m^t?6 attr^Ьi.ff h:rdъl:тa /? thru 10 аnd 11 thlu 14, fiq.42-10)' dis-
сonnесt сontrol rod (1) and сontro] rink (2)'
4. Rеmove attaching hardwarе (4 thru 6 and 15 thru 18) and rеmove bellсIank.
14
19
20
|Гй lr' l rz
11
10
18
20
lF;Бl s 5 F;щ|
400659-01
1 сontrol rod B Nut 15 l4asher

2 сont'rol ]ink 9 Washеr 1b BO.LL
3 Bellcrank 10 Bolt 1'1 Washer
4 Washer 11 SpLit pin 18 Washe r
э Nut 12 Nut -Ly tsusnlng
6 Split рin 13 l,lasher 20 г]ange bushing
7 sРlit pin 14 Bolt
Eigure 42-10 Removal and inslal lat ion - bеllсrank

B0 105
снAPTЕR 42
Revision З Page 2З
мBв ItЕLтсoPтЕRs
}',IATNTЕNANсЕ мANUAL l'1вB - в0 105
42 - 14 Inspесtion and reрair - bellсrаnk
Speсia} tool:
lt4оlrni i no tоОl 11?-400001 l4l
1. Insрeсt bеllсrаnk (3, figure 42-10).

a. Visually inspeсt bel]сrank for сraсks' other meсhaniсal damage,
соrrosion and damaqеd surfaсe рroteсtion.
1) Rrplaсe if a сraсk is evident.
2| Polish out any damаge to within the rеpair limits sресified in
figure 42-11. and final polish with abrasive сloth 400.
з) Touсh up or renеW damaged surfaсe Proteсtion with two.сomponent

wash primer (сI'1 42з) and сoating laсquer (сM 402) as outllned in
сhapter 02.
b. Inspeсt bushing (19, figure 42-10) for meсhaniсal damagе and
сorrosion. Polish out damage with abrasivе сloth 400. Еor рermissible
bore diameter refer to figure 42-11.
If bushing is out of dimension, rep]aсe as out]inеd in pаra. 42-7.
C' Inspесt' flаngе bushing (20l figuтe 42-10) as outlined in st,ер b.
d. Chесk groovеd ball bеarings (3 and 7' t-iq.42-|2| for рJay, roughnеss,
binding and signs of сorrosion.
Rrр]aсe grooved ball beaIings if any suсh damаgе is еvident. гefer t'o
strр 2.
2' Rеplaсе grooved ball bearings аs fo]lor,ls:

a. Remove rеЕаining ring (1' figure 42-12|
and washеr (2).
b' Press OuL grooved ball bearing (i) аnd rеmove slеeve (6) .
с. Prеss out grooved ball bearing (з}.

d. Remove ret.aining ring (4).
e. ]nsрeсt borе in be1lcrank for meсhaniсal damage and сorrоsion. Polish
out сolrosion with abrasive сloth 400.
The г(вximum реrmissible bolе diamеtеr is 22.02 шn. It may be еxсеedеd
by 0.01 mm on onе quarter of thе borе сircumfеrеnсe.
B0 105
снAPTЕR 42
Р age 24
!lE].Iс0PтЕRs
l'1AINTENANсЕ I{ANUAI I{Bв - B0 105
тYPЕ 0F DAМAGЕ DA},IAGЕ AND REPAIR ],I },1т т s

z0NЕ 1 zoNЕ 2
Mеchаniсa] 0.2 пtп in deрth after 0' 4 mm in deрth after

and rдnа i r nn ?0g tЬA rAfi. i r nn Чol аf l-Ьа
^f
сorrosion surfaсe surface
Мaximum pеrmissib]e borе dlametel:

/\ ., mm It mаy be exсeedеd bv 0.01
lц dia 6.02 mm on one quаrter of the
cirсumfeIenсe.
Еiоurе 42-,l ] Bеllсrаnk - .le*япо эn.l rдnai. . imits
BО 105
сltAPTЕR 42
Yaoе l5
!lЕ],IC0PтERs
}4A]NтЕNANсЕ I4ANUAl },tвв - BO 105
Insert rеtaining ring (4
сoat outer сirсumfеrenсe of groоvеd baLl bearing (3) wilh сorros ion
рreventive paste (CМ 510) and lnsert by hаnd.
h. Insеrt WasheI (2) аnd retаining ring (1) .
1 Coat outer сirсumfетenсe of grooved ball bearing (7) With сorrosion

preventive раstе (см 510)l insеrt sleeve (6) and groovеd ball bеaring
by hand.
400664.1
1 Рal-aininл тinл 5 ве}lсrank

2 Washer 6 S.leeve
3 Grooved ball bеaring 't
Grooved bа]l
4 Rоl-Аininс rinо
B0 1"05
CllAPтЕR 42
Pdoе 26
LJlJtJI.JLt=] МAlN |tsNANUts MANUAL lиtsts - B(J 1o5
=rЧ
42 _ 15 Instа]Lation - bel]сrаnk
1. Тnsert bel]сrank (з. figure 42-10) along with WаsheIs (17 and 18) in side
duсt and seсurе wilh аttaсhing hardware (4 to 6, 15 and 16) .
2' Insta]l сontro] rod (1) and сontro1 1ink {2) . тightеn attасhing hаrd.warе
(reЕer Еo figure 42-10) and seсu.re wiсh sp1it pins.
з. Cheсk for freеdom of movemеnt and presenсе of foreign objесts.
4, сlosе aссess сover on Rtl side of he].iсopter.
5. Install nosе aсcess door.
ц2 - 16 Removal . jaсkshaft
1. Е'o]d baсk floor сovering as far as nесessаry.

2, Remove сover from RH side duсt in fuselagе.
З. Rеmovе сontro] rods (9 and ].?/ figuтe 42-13) from jaсkshaft (10) '
д RAnd Anan lA.l.in.т n]аtд /1?l яnrl ramnr;о t^dA].ьor

!vY9Lll!Д
nli|.h с^т6ъtо 1,] 1\
5. Removе attaсhing hardware (1 to 4) .
6. Withdrali jaсkshaft from side duсt.
B0 105
сriAPTЕR 42
Paqе 21
tJl-;L,lJLE:'l |v|A|N l Е|I,1l\\.,Е |Y|.\tIv,1L |vlpP - tr\., IvQ
ЭёLJJ
F-16щ ,
18
Ф---- '' Гs71^-l

Е--
р
Гl;N;l
1 Split pin B split pin 15 Nut

2 Nut 9 сontro] rod 1'6 Sрtit pin
3 Washer i0 Jaсkshaft 1'1 сontrol rod
4 вolt 11 Sсrew 1B Bushing
5 вolt luu A-Llrч Р.Ld ur ]q т1-эn.тA hllchin.r
6 Washer 1з Sсrew
7 Nut. 14 Washer
I'igure 42 -13 Removal aпd instatlalion . jaс\shalt
B0 105
CHAPTЕR 42
Рagе 28 Revision B
I'4BB IIЕLIс0PтЕRS
I''IAINтЕNANсЕ I'.IANUAL l,1BB - в0 10 5
42 - 11 Disassembly - jaсkshaft
1. Bend open tang washer (9, figure 42-141 | remove spanner nut (10)'
tаng WashеI and spaсer bushing (8).
2. Remove retaining ring (7) and washer (6).
з. Withdrаw lever ax]e (1) from jaсkshаft (4) '
4' Disр]асe Lube (3) betwееn the beаrings as fаr as рossiblе in radial
dirеction.
5. Press oul groovеd ball bearing (2) '
6 RAm^\/ё tlthe frоm iасkshаГt.

1' Press ouL groovеd bal.l bеaring (5)
l-
'
10 Г;ГN;l
1 tever axle 6 l,lashеr

2 Grooved bаll bearing ? a6t1ihinft rin.i
3 тube я
w
qn5.6r
vРч99l
hlrсh i nп
rygvll4lr:j
4 Jaсkshаft 9 Tang washеr

5 Grоovеd ba]l bearing 1n qnэnnёr n!lt
Еigurе 42-14 Disаssembly - iа.kchЯft

B0 105
сHAPTER 42
Yaqe lу
I\,1BB ttЕ],тс0PTЕRs
I,IAINTЕNANсЕ }.,IANUAL мвB - B0 105
42 - 1'8 Insрeсtion and repair - jaсkshaft
spесia} tooli
Мountinq tooL 117-400001 !.l1
1. Insрeсt jaсkshаft (4, figure 42-14),

a. Insрeсt ]aсkshaft for deformation, meсhaniсa] damagе and сorrosion.
Visually lnsрeсt we].d for сIасks. 1f сraсks arе susрeсted.
сarry out реnetrant insресtion as per }4]L-sTD-6866.
1) Replaсe if a сraсk or defоrmation is еVident.

2) Pоlish out, any dаmagе Lo Within t'hе rеpair Limils speсified in
figure 42-15 and finаl рolish with abrasivе сloth 400.
3) тouсh uр or renew damagеd surfaсe protесtion wilh two-сomponenl
Wash primer (сl4 423) and сoating ]асquer {CM 402) as oЦLL Lnеd Ln
chapter 02.
t\ г1cnA.l- hA^r:nft sоаt in i^.kshаft fnr mоаhаniгд]
9цj rl:mапa
Чql''цYu rnu.l
цllg
сorrosion. Polish out dаmagе With abrasive сloth 400. The maхimum
permissiblе bore diamеter is з2.02 гm. It mav be exсееded. bv 0.02 mm
on onе quart'er of the сirсumfеrеnсe.
с. Inspесt' bushing (1B,figure 42-13) for mеchaniсaL damagе and
сorrosion. Polish out damage With abrasivе с].oth 400. !.or рermissib]e
bore diаmeter refеr Lo fj-gurе 42-15.
If bushing is out of dimension, rep.Laсe аs outlinеd in paragraph
42-1 .
d. Jnsресt, flange bushin9 (19, figuтe 42-13) аs оur]inеd in sгep с.

e. сheсk groovеd ball beаrings (2 аnd 5' tiq. 42.1.4) Ior рlayt roЦghnеss
аnd ease of novеment ' If Lherе are аny signs of suсh dаmagе, Ieрl'aсе
grooved ba].l bearings as outlinеd in paragraph 42-1?.
2. Inspесt ]еver ax]e (1, figure 42-14) fot meсhaniсaL dаmage and сorrosion.
Visually inspесt Weld fol Claсks. If a сraсk is suspeсted,. сarry
ouL реnеtrant inspeссion аs рer MlL-sтD-6866.
a. Rерlaсе if a сraсk is evident.

b. Po]ish out аny damage to vlithin the repair J'imius sрeсified in figure
42-16 and fina] рo]ish with abrasive с]oLh 400.
c. тouсh uр oI renew dаmagеd surfaсе рrotесt,ion WiLh two-component Wash

рrimеr (сМ 42з) and сoating lасquer (CI'4 402) as out]ined in
сhaptrr 02.
B0 105
CI]APTЕR 42
Paqe З0
l'{вB IlЕLIсOPтERs
I,IAINTЕNANсЕ I,{ANUA], }4BB - в0 105
,..t Мinor thread damage is aссeptab]e as long as it does лot impаir

ease of installation.
Replaсe ]ever aхle if thread flanks are deformed or brokеn.
B0 105
снAPтЕR 42
МBB ltEт.]сoPTERs
МA]NTЕNANсЕ MANUAL l4Bв - в0 105
100668.1
тYPE 0F DA!4AGЕ DAМAGЕ AND RЕPAIR LI t'lт тs

ZONE 1 ZONE 2
}4eсhanica1 0,4 mm in depth after 0.2 mm in dёрth after

and rePair оn 50t оf the rдnд i r аn ?П9
^f
tЪ6
r-nrтno i nn surfaсe surfaсe
[4aximum pеrmissiblr bore diarnеtеrs;

lц dia 6.02 mm Tharr m,rr; Ьо
-- оугоadо,4
-..--,*-* }Jy 0.01 mm on one quart.er of the
сirсumferenсe.
t!]
,.],] . 32.02 mm
t .rgurе qz-.L5 Jaсkshaft - damage and rоnЯir ] ilnitс
B0 105 \
CнAPTЕR 42
Paqe З2
ЕURoсoPтЕR мAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
тYPE oF DA}4AGE DA}4AGЕ AND RЕPA]R ],IMI т s

z0NЕ 1 zоNЕ 2 zoNЕ 3
Мeоhani ca]. 0,2 mm in The mi n imum 0,2 mm in

and dеpth after finished di a- rl an]. Ь аf tor
сorrosion meter of reрair on
508 of thе 15.45 mm may 30t оf the
surfaсe be 0.02 mm surfaсе
less оn 30t
of the surfaсe
14aximum pегmissib1e borе diameter:
A oiu 8.02 mm It mаy bе exсeeded by 0.02 mm on onе quarter of thе

сirсumferеnсe.
I.iаllrд 11)-1 6 T6'7Ar эw]a - Аэnэпa эn.,l -a..i

!gtJц!!trJ r ],lmits
B0 105
сltAPTЕR 42
Pagе 3з
ЕURoGoPтER MA|NтЕNANсЕ МANUAL вo 105
42 - 1.9 Assembly - jaсkshaft

1. Coat grooved ba}1 bеaring seats in jackshaft (4, fiqure 42-14) with
сorrosi оn nrёvёnt iva cnmnnllnr.l /гм qnql
\vП JUJ, r
2' Press ba]] beаring (5) in jасkshaft (4).

з. ]nsert Washer (6) and letaining ring (?).
4, Insеrt tube (З) .
5. Pless groovеd ba}l bearing (2) in jaсkshaft.
6, ]nsert lеver ax]e {1) .
1, lnsr:alL sрaсer bushing (B) and ]oсking рtatе (9) on jaсksharlr tigntеn
spanner nut (10) and sесure wi|h tang washеr (9).
42 - 20 Installation - jaсkshaft
1. PosiLion jaсkshaft (10' figure 42-13) in installed position and seоure
with atlaсhing hardware (1 to 4 and 11' 12).
2. Insla[] сontlol rods (9 and 1])' tighten nut's аnd. seсurе wiсh sрlit pins.
l- Сheсk fоr nrрqоnсо nF f^rAiftn nЬjдггс
v! ]ЕUuJ l
4. Inst'a]] сovеr on RH side duсt in fusеlage.

5 . Rерlaсe t Loor сovering .
42 . 21. Rеmoval . torsion tube wlth beаring suррorl and bеaring

1. Rе.noVе illterior р"neJ1ing as neLessary.
2, Remove control rods (6 and B, figure A2-I-l).
* J. Rеmove аt,taсhjng hardwarе (23 thru 26) '
* 4, Rеmovе sсrews (14) and Washers (1з} '
't 5. нo1d bellсrank (21) аnd pu]] torsion tube (?) out of beL]сrank (21) and
* bearing (1) .
* 6. Removе bе-llсrаnk (21).

* ?. Rеmove beаring suррorl (9) from torsion tube (7) аnd, if neсessary'
* d6|-r^Ь F6| 1in; nп тi ^R \даl
lcl\ €.^fl
!!UДt +^-^'l ^. +'.r (7) .
'"'rе
* B. If requirеd, rеmove sсrеWs (16) and washers (17) and withdraw bearing (1).
B0 105
C]IAPTЕR 42
Pagе з4 Revision 11
2в---.y'
A
*
F;N;ll
г-----r
| fl
11
|1a-18 Nm
1 Bеaring I Control rod L5 Washer 22 Retaining ring

2 Split рin 9 веаring support' 16 Sсrew 2з Sсrew
з Nut 10 Wаsher 17 Washer 24 Washеr
4 Washer 11 Nut Nut
5 вolt L2 Split pin 19 Bushing 26 Cnlif nin
6 сontrol xod 1з Washer 20 Rivеt
] Torsion tubе 14 Sсrew 21 Bellсrank
!'igure 42 - L'I Removal" and disassembly - torsion tube with
bearing support and bearing
B0 105
снAPTвR 42
кev]sron 11 Pagе з5
ЕUвoсoPтER MА|NТЕNANсЕ мANUAL Bo 105
,.42-22 Е.ree
42 - 2З тnspесtion and reрair . torsion Lube wiLh bearing suррort

and bearing
SрeсiaJ. tоo1:
Мounting Еool 11?-400001 W1
1. Insрeсt torsion tube (7l figurе 42-17) .
a. Insрeсt torsion tube for meсhanical damagie and corrosion. Visually

inspесt Weld for сraсks. If a сraсk is suspeсted, сarry out рenelrant
;nqnрсl.i.n nAr МJL-sTD-6866.
1) Replасe if a сrасk is еvident,

2) Polish oцt any damage to within thе reрair limits sресlfiеd in
figurе 42-18 and finаl рoJ.ish with аbrasive сloth 40C.
3) тоuсh uр or renew damаged surfaсe рroteсtiоn with two.сomponent

primer
l^/ash (сI'1 42з) and сoating laсquer (сМ 402) as outlined in
сhaрter 02.
b. Insрeсt sрlines for сondition and сorrosion. Potj.sh out minоr
сorrosion. Replасe tolslon Еubе if sрJ'ines are deformed or broken.
2, Insресс bel]сrаnk (21' figurе 42-1'1t.
a, ]nsресt bё]]сIank for сrасks. other mесhaniсal dапag.e аnd сorrosion.
1) Rеplaсe if а сraсk ls evident.
2) Рolish out any dаmagе to w.ithin thе repair limits sресified in
figure 42-18 and final po1ish with abrasive. с1оth 400.
з) Touсh up or rene!..l dаmaqed surfасe proteсtiоn wit'h two.сomponent'
wash рrimer (см 42з) and сoating laсquer (сI',i 402) as out].ined in
сhарteг 02.
b. Inspeсt spLines for сondition and сorrosion. Polish out' minor
сorrosion. Replaсe bellсrank if sрtinеs arе deformеd or bтokеn.
B0 105
сIiAPTER 42
Pagе з6 Revision 11
I4BB HEL]соPтERs
}4A]NTЕNANсЕ МANUAL l4Bв - в0 105
с. Inspeсt bushing (19' figure 42-L1| for meсhaniсal damage and сorro-
sion' Polish out damagе WiLh abrasive сLoth 400. Еor peтmissible borе
diaпeter refеr to figure 42-18.
]f bushing is out of dimension, reрlaсe аs outfined in paragraрh
42-1 .
d. Inspесt flangе bushing (18) as outlined in step с.

e. Inspесt beаIing (l) for play, roughness and binding.
Rep]aсe bearing as outlinеd in paragraрh 42-2I if any damage ls
еvidеnt .
F Tnqnоnг
allоl/gl"L ri lrоt
llvсL 12^' Lvl LJ'9llL
r. ^! - 1 1-!
.Llr5Lсt.LlсtLl9...
] .n RGr^t] l nnсa r,irlдt
\zUl
^^6
з. lnspeсL beаring supрort (9) .
a. Visually insрeсL bearing suррort for сraсks, othег mесhаniсa] damage,

сorrosion and damaqed surfaсе proteсtion.
1) Reрlaсe if сraсk is еvident.
2| Polish out any damаgге to within the pеrmissiblе repair limiLs
sрeсifiеd ln figure 42-19 and final polish with abrasive cloth
400.
з) тouсh uр or renеw damаged surfaсе рrotection wiLh two-сomponent

wаsh primеr {с[4 42з) and сoating Iaсquer (с}4 402) as out}ined in
сhapt,er 02.
b. Cheсk sрheriсa1 bearing for рlay, тoughness and сorrosion.

If any suсh damage is evident, Ieplaсe sрheriсal bearing аs outlinеd
in сhaрLеI 02. Permissible тadial play: 0.1 mm.
B0 105
сIIAPTER 42
Pаqe з7
I'{BB нЕLIC0PTЕRs
мAINTЕNANсЕ }.{ANUAL I..1BB - B0 105
тYPЕ 0F DA},IAGЕ DAMAGЕ AND RЕPAIR I,I },1I т s

zoNЕ 1 zONЕ 2
!,1eсhaniсa1 0.4 mm in depth after 0.2mm in deрth after

and rеpa1r on 508 of the repair on 30* of the
сorrosion surfaсe surfaсe
MaХimum permissible borе diameter:

dia 6.02 mm Тt mаv ha 6У.оAdAd ]^'w 0.0,] rm on ^1ё о],аlter оf lhe
сirсumferеnсe.
141n1mum permissible diameters :
/^ ll - 12.6l mm They may bе 0.0] mm less on З0t of the sulfaсe.

A ,,,) ] ^ 24.97 iтun
Еigure 42-1B тorsion tube and be]lсrank - damаge аnd repair limit,s
B0 105
СI1APTЕR 42
Paqe 38
EURoсoPтЕR мAINТЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
t006?9
тYPЕ oF DA}4AGЕ DA}4AGЕ AND RЕPAIR т,IMI т s

ZONE 1 ZONE 2
}'4eсhaniсa] A Б nи in nдntЬ эftрr A 1 пm in .lоntЬ Afiёг

and repair on з0а of the rePair on 50ъ of the
сorrosioп surfaсe surfaсe
тn the area of borеs' 50?; of Lhe original Contaсt surfaсе must sti1l
be intaсt.
E'igure 42-19 Bearing suррort - damagе and reрalг ]imits
B0 105
сIIAPтЕR 42
Pagе 39
ЕURoсoPтER МA|NтENANсE I'/ANUAL вo 105
-r
nr-rn F'ree
42 - 25 ]nstallatiоn - torsion tube with bearing supрort
and bеaring
1. If рrevious]y removеd, insert bearing (1, fig. 42-1?) and sесure wilh
washers (17) and sсrews (16) .
* 2, If рreviоusly rеmoved' attaсh rеtaining ring (22) and ]ubrlсate sp1ines
* with grease (CI\,I120).
* 3. I.oсate be]lсrank (21) in installеd position and aLlgn it
* so that torsion
tube (7) саn be installed.
4. ]nsert torsion tube (?) through be]]сrank (21) and intо bearing {1) '
)|(
* 5. Attaсh Washer (15) and insta]] bеarlng supрort (9) .
* 6. Install washer (10) and nut (11) and seсuтe With sрLit pin (12).
* , Push bеl]сrank (21) so that iL sеats against retalning тinq
.7
|22| , and
* insta]l аttасhinq hardware (23 thru 26).
* 8. Reinsta]l сontro] rods (6 and B) .
* 9. Chесk for fтeеdom of movemrnt and

рrеsenсe of forelgn objeсts.
* l0. Insta]1 -intеrior panе1J.ing.
42 - 26 Remova] - bеltcrank
1. Rеmove vertiсal fin fairing.
* 2. Disсonneсt сonLrol rods (6 and 18. tig. 42-20) from bеllсrank (12)/ аnd
" seсuIe сontro.l тod (6) by tying it Lo the vertiсаl fin.
* з. Remove altaсhing hardware (1 to 5) and bе]]сrank (12) together with
* washеrs (11 and 13) .
* 4. тf reрlaсing the intermеdiate gearbox, rеmove p]ates (21) рer f lg. 42-20,
B0 105
сIiAPTЕR 42
Рage 40 Rеvision 1].
ЕURoсoPтER
'@
Г}sN;l;----l
I 6-6,5 Nm I
100680-01
1 вo]t 10 Spllt Pin Д\19 sс:ew

2 Washеr 11 Washer 2A Tab washеr
з Washer 12 Bе]lсrаnk 2\ P IAtE
4 Nut 13 Washеr 22 Washеr

5 split рin 14 Bolt 2З nt.,r -! ^^ rlцu
l\y!JLvу
nri]-
6 сontlo] rod 15 l{a shе r 24 Spllt pin

16 Nut t6 Nut
I Bolt l\26 Bolt
Masher 1] sР]it рin
9 Nut 18 Сontroj rod
/l\ plut". (21) may be atlaсhed, using sсrews (19) or bоlts (26)
Гigure 42.20 Remova.L and instal]аLion - lever
B0 105
снAPTЕR 42
Pagе 41
Revision 11
EURoоoPтER MAINтЕNANоE MANUAL Bo 105
* 42 - 21 InsрeсLion and reрair - be]lсrank

* Тnsрeсt beL1сrank |12' tiq. 42-20I in ассordanсе wiLh inspесtion сriLeriа
* given in рaragrаph 42-14, and reрair as neсеssary.
* 42- 28 Installation - bel]сrank

* 1. If platrs |2I, tig. 42.20} were рreviously rеmoved, at|асh them Lo thе
* lntermediate geаIbox' using elther sсrews (19). tab washers (20) and nuts
* (25) or bolts (26), washers (22) and Nylstoр nuts (23) .
* 2. seсure attaсhing hardwarе, using tab washers (20) or sрlit pins (24), as
" apрroрrr.atr.
* NOTE ]nstall WashеIs (11 and 1З) with Wider shoulder faсinq br]-lсrank
(r2).
- 3. Insta]] bel]сrank {12) togetheт with Washers (11 and 1З).
х 4. Гnsсa]l аrLасhing hardwаre (1 thru 4) аnd sесure Wit'h sрLiс' рin (5) '
* 5. Сonneсt сontro} rоds (6 and 18) рer para 42-з6.
,t 6. Сheck fоr fтеedom of movеment and presenсе оf
foreign objeсts.
* .|. If a new be]lсrank {12) has been instalted. сhесk Lai] rotor сontro]
* riqg.ing реr сhaрtеI 102.
'( B' Rеinst'a]] verLiсa] fin fairing.

* 42 - 28^ RеmovaL - yaw brake
. Remove vertiсal fin fairing.

i
* 2, Disсonneсt сontro] rods (2 and 1З. t'\g' 42-20^) from bе]lсrank (14)
* securе сontro] rod (2) by tylng it to the vеrtiсa] fin'
.
* з. Removе аttасhing hardwarе (11, 12 and 18 thru 22) and rеmove bel]сrank
* (14).
4. Rеmovе att,aсhlng hardwarе (10 and 15 thru 17) and rеmove platеs (9) and
l{ashеrs (7 and B) .
B0 105
СI]APTЕR 42
Page 42 Revision 11
ЕURoсoPтЕR I\'A|NтENANGE МANUAL вU rub
,@
18
19
I
\ I
lц7
b
I
П+йJs
-6
400681
I Intermediatё qearboх 9 Plate assеmb]y |.l sрliL рin

Control rod 10 Bolt 1B SpliL Prn
2
Bolt 11 BoLt 19 NYlstoр nut
з
split рln 12 Washer 20 Washer
ц
Nylstoр nul 13 сontro]. rod 2I Disс spring
5
6 Washer 14 Bel1сrank 22 Washer
^1 WashеI 15 Wаshеr
l\в Washer 16 Nylstoр nut
/\ тnstatl bel]сrank (14) free of рLaYr using vlasheтs (8} аs nесessarУ.
Еigurе 42 -2 0A Rеmoval and instatlaLion * yar,l brake

B0 105
СHAPTЕR 42
Daаa А)Ъ
Revision 11
EURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL Bo 105
ц2 - 2яP тncnо.t inn эnrl тanэi r . \'^'.' Ьт.L^

)/aw !дo^с
1. Insресt be]]сrank |I4| f\g.ц2-2aA) in aссordanсе With inspeсt-ion сriteria

9 rvеL1 .Lll P(rLё ЧZ- Lч| с1lIu LеPd-LI ds (lесе5sdIy.
^-,.t -^^.1
2. Lnsресt рlales (9) for worn brake lining. lf brаke lining is worn down Lo
thе metal. replaсr platеs.
3. тг nесеssaly' rеmove gтooved ball bearing (6, Еig. 42-20BI аs follows:
Spесia} tools:
Pushing-out Lool 10 5 - 41110W2
Рushing-in too1 10 5 - 41110W1
a. Hеat be].Lсrank {1) in covеr (2) аrra' then rеmove сovеr toqether ыiLh
spring pins (5).
b. Removе grooved ba]] bearing shim (4).
с. Press out grоoved ball bеaring (6), using рushing.-out Lool P/N 105-
4IL10W2 .
d. Remove sрaсеr bushing (З) .

e' Prеss out sесond groovеd ball bеaring (6)' using рushing-out Lool
P/N 105-41110W2.
t, InspeCL borе in bellсrank for meсhaniсa] and сoтrosion damagе.
Po]ish ouI dаmаgе wiLh 400 grit аbrаsivе сloth. Маximum рermissibIе
bore diametеr nol t'o exсeed 22.02 roлt. It may be еХсеeded by 0.01 mm
on one quarter of thе bore сirсumferеnсе.
1 Be]1сrank
2 Cоvеr
з sрaсеr bushing
4 Grooved ball
bеaring shim
5 Sрring рin
6 Groovеd ball bea ring
F'igurе 42*20B Rеmova] and insLa]']aLion . .rr^^\,ё.l h:1 ] Ьаяrina
BО 105
CIIAPTЕR 42
Pagе 42B RеVision 11
tsUtt(JcQРТЕR гV!АINTENANсE MANUAL tso 1o5
4. Install grooved ball bearing

a. Brush-сoat bore !'ith non-hardenlng сorтosion рrеventive раste (С},1 50з
or CМ 510).
b. сoo1 both сovers (2) to -50oC.
с. ЕiЕ first сovеr (2) on doublе-grooved sidе of bej.lсrаnk and align

сovrr so thаt spring plns (5) сan be i'пserlеd.
d. Press.grooved bаll bеaring in рlaсe, using pushing-in too] P/N 105-
41110W1 .
Install sрасer bushing (З).
f. prAqc cё.^nrl .rr^^\7Ad Ьаl,l haаrinп in n]:nд trсinп nrlсhirп ln r^^] I)/\т
i 0 5 -41110vi1 .
s. Loсatе grooved balL bеаring shims (4) in рosition.

h. Е'ir eо^^n.l .^\'Ar
9vv9J l2l
\., in Ьaliсr'аnlz аnrt :,1 iпn .Ь-+
LllqL
.^*|.^
Эу' 1llЧ
pi'ns (5) сan be rnstаl]ed.
i. seсure sеCond сovеr (2) with spling Рins (5) Lo рrеvеnt сOVе]" from
tlrrn inо тдkA .аrёqnri |-hАt t hо nп ni nc rln
gv nnt
lrvU nrnг тllrlд Гrnm гarlarс
Рlw!!ц
42.28С Insta]lat'ion - yaw brakе
]. Instal] рLates (9. fiq. a2-20А| оn intermediate geаrbox, using bolts (10)/
washers (7) and/ if nесessary. Washrrs (B) so that bе'llсrank (14) сan be
inaAr].A.l --_,.-
f тAA r'
",-y.
^f ^l
2. Instal] Washers (15) аnd Nylstoр nuts (16) . Torque nut,s (16) and. secure
ъri]-h еn] it ninс /,1 ?\
з' Instal] bellсrank (14) frее of рlayl using bolt (11), washеrs \I2 anc' 22),
three disс sрrings (21) аnd wаsher (20).
4. Install NУ}stop nut (19). bul do not t'ight.en yеt.
5. Insta]L сontrol rоds (2 and 1з) per рara 42-з6.
6. Adjust yaw brаke.
N0TЕ Thе brаkjng aсtion оf the yaw brake is only rеqujred for tаil roLor
b]аdes wiLh а 1o сoning angle. ]t, is noL requj'red for tаi] roLor
h la^6e L'rth l)w.^nin.i.fldla
^
]f tail rot.or blades with a 1" сoning ang]e are instal]ed, d,etermine
pedаL breakout and fina] forсes аnd Lhen аdiust yau, brake pеr Chapсer
102-21 .
BO 105
снAPтЕR 42
RеVislon 11 ц2С
ЕURoсoPTER MАINТENANсЕ IиANUAL вo 105
b. If tai] rot'or b]adеs With a 0. сoning аngle are installedr adjust yaw
brake so t,hat no braking еffeсt is Prеsеnt.
1) Tighten Nylstoр nut (19) Lo thе рoint Whеrе bolt' (11) сan sti]l
be rotated by hand.
2\ Baсk off Nylstop nut (19) to nеarеst split рin ho]e and sесuIe
With sрlit' рin (1B) .
.7. Rеinsta]] vert iсal fin fairing.
42-29 сontIo1 links and сontro1 rods
42 - З0 Removal - сontlol Links and сontrol Iods in fuselage

1. Remove сontro] ]inks (44, figure 42-24| as fol]ows:
a. Remove nose aссess door.
ь R6m1r7A дttасЬinп hяrг]wаra Il6 thrll ,]Q аnn д0 thrlr Д,t} ..l6t^^h
^n,.t
сontro] ] inks '
2' Rеmove сont,JoL 1ink t5B) аs гo,l LoWs:
a. Removё nose aсcess door.

b. Open aссеss сover on Rн side of hеlicoрtеr.
C. Remove attaсhing hardware (54 thru 5] аnd 60 Lhru 6З) and delaсh
сont ro,] i ink ,
3. Remove control rod (49) as follo!,rs:

a. Removе nose aссеss door.
b. Removе att'aсhing hardware (45 thru 48 and 50 thru 53) and dеtaсh
controL rod.
ц. Rеmove сont,ro1 rod (1) as fo]]owsi
a. Remove benсh seаL '
b. .o]d baсk fLoor сovering'
с. Remove ассess сovеr frorп Rн sidr and Cover n,lаta frоm яft sirlо оf
he]iсoptеr.
d. Rеmovе RI] sidе duсt сover.
в0 105
CIiAPTЕR 42
Paqe 42D Rеvision 11
EUвoсoPтЕR rиAINтENANсЕ ]t,ANuAL вo 105
e' Remove аtt,aсhing haldware (64 |hru 67) from bellсrаnk (59) and
aЕtaсhing hardware (2 thru 5} from jaсkshаft (6}.
t'. Withdraw сontro] rod rеarwards from the fuse]age,
5. Remove сontrol rod (11} аs fоllows:

a. Remove interior Pаnelliпg from саrgo сomPаrtment and Rtl side duсt
сover from fuselаge as required to obtаin aссess.
b. Remove at,taсhing hardwаre (7thru 10) froп jасkshafL (6} and
аttaсhing hаrdware (1З thтu 16) frorп torslon tube (12) .
с. Remove сonlrol rod.
42 . з7 Removal . сontrol rods ln tai] boom
1. Remove сonLrol rod (21' figure 42.24) аs follows:

а. Remove interior panelling in сaтgo сompartmenl as far as neсessаry.
b. Remove vertiсаl fin fairing.
с. Remove attaсhing hardware (17 thru 20} fron torsion tube (12) and
аtlaсhing hardr*arе (32 thru 35) fIom bellcrаnk (з1} .
d. Withdravт сontrol rod (21) rearwаrds frоm the fuselage.
2. Removе сontrol rod (22) as follows;
a. Removё vertiсal fin fаiring.
b. Remove аttaсhing hаrdwаre (2? thIu з0) . :
с. Removё bellсrаnk of Lail тotor sliding sleeve рer сhapter 331 para *
33-10. :
d. Disсonneсt сontrol rod from bel}сrank. *
ц2 - 32 Disassеmbly - control rods
E'o! disаsseпфly of сontrol тods. refer to сhaрter 41.
B0 105
сI]APтЕR 42
Revision 11
EURoсoPтЕR мAINтЕNANOЕ мANUAL вo 105
42 . з3 Inspeсtion and rерair - сontrol ]inks аnd сontrol rods

speсial tooli
tloL аir gun. up to 200 "с
* 1. Perform inspeсtion and repair of сontrol rods (]"' 7I, 27,22 and 49,
* figu(e 42-24l as dеsсribed in сhaрter 4t.80l st'eр 1.
2' сontrol links (44 and 58)
a. Inspeсt control 1inks for deformаtion, meсhaniсal dапвgе, сorтosion
аnd damаgеd surfaсe рrotесt ion .
l) RePlaсe if defоrmation is evident'.

2| Polish out any dаmage to within the rерair limi.ts sрeсified in
and figure 42-23 and final polish with аbrаsive с}olh 400.
3) тouсh up or renew dаmaged surfасe рroteсtion !',ith two-component

wаsh рrimer (сlt,l 42з} and coating Iасquеr (сМ 402) as out1ined in
сhaplel 02.
b. сheсk sрhеriсal beаrings for рlаy (рerтпissible rаdlal play is

0.1 mrn) signs of сorrosion and еase of movemеnt. ReP]aсe sPheriсal
beaтing ' аs out]'ined in сhарter 02 if аny suсh dаmage j's evidеnt.
з. Insресt fork ends for meсhanlоal damаge аnd сorrosion'
a. Polish ouL any dатnage to withln the repaiI limits sрeсifled in figure
42-22 ar..d final polish with аbrasive сloth 400.
b. InsРeсt fork end boтes for signs of wear and' аfteI repair of dаmagе'
сheсk tor dimensionаl aсruraсy. E'or maxinum permissib]-e diameter,
refer to f r.g'tre 42-22,
с' InsPeсE blind hole in fork end for рresenсe and cQndit'ion of seа]. If
seal is missing or damagеd' reaPply new sеal' using seаllng сomPound
(см 662) .
4. Insрeсt сhаfe Proteсtion sleevеs for сondition.

а. InsРeсt, сhafe proteсtion sleeves on сontrol lod (1, figure 42-24) in
righL side duсt' and on сont,Еol rod (21} in tail boom for d'amaqе and
1oosеness.
b. If nесessаry. replасе сhafe рrot'eсЕion s].eeves as fol}owsi

r} Remove damaged or ].oose s}eeve(s)| while Laking оarе not to
damage the сonLro]- rod.
в0 105
снAPтЕR 42
RеVision 14
}'.1вв нЕL]с0PTЕRs
l.{AINTЕNANCЕ },IANUAI I'1Bв - в0 105
2) сlean s]eeve сontaсt on сontro] rod With dry с}eaning

solvent lCI4 2021 .
з) Cut shrink s1еeve to spеcified lеngth (refer to figurе 42-27| ,
4l slidе shrink slееve on сont'rol rod and рosition it at the

сorrеsponding s]eеvё loсation (sеe tig' А2-2|).
Ilihen shrinking the sleеve' proteсt adjaсеnt areas of сontro] rod
from thе hеat.
6) Heat shrink sLeeve with a hot air gun.

The tеmpеrature must not eхсeеd 170 oс' and the shrlnkinq proсess
must be ComplеLed within aррrox. 90 sec.
7) Allow shrink sleeve to сoo1 and сheсk for Рroper attaсhment. It

must bе evenly attaсhed along its entirе lеngth and bе free of
сrеasеs.
{ гr:. qht di reсtion
Diпensions havе to1eranоes of

t З mm un1ess indiсatеd otherwisе
Dimensions havе tolеrаnсes of

з00JJ]
t 2 mm unless iпdicatеd оtherwisе
Dimеnsions in rrun
Еigurе 42.21 ],oсation of сhаfe ploteсtion s]еevеs on сontro] тod' in

t.a j"] boom and Rн sidе duct
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 42
!lЕЪ]с0PTЕRs
1'{A]NтЕNANсЕ }4ANUAL I',1Bв - B0 105
TYPЕ 0l' DAI4AGE DAMAGЕ AND RЕPAIR L IмI тs

zoNЕ 1 zoNЕ 2
Мeсhanica1 0.2 in depth after

mm n , -- i^ ,.t^*+L â+^-
.lllцЕPl'llaдLЕд
and rеpait on 40* of the .rePаif oп 608 of the
сorrosion surfaсe surfaоe
l,laximum pеrmissible bore diameter:
A dia 6.02 mm It may be ехсeedеd by 0.01 rnm on onе quаrtеr of the

сirсumfеrenсе.
Е tqaтe 42-22 Еork end - damаgе and repair l.imits
B0 105
CI]APTЕR 42
ЕuFlUUU|. | tsf{ МAINI ENАNGE.MANUAL вo 105
тYPЕ ol. DAI,IAGЕ DA}4AGв AND RE.PA]R LTI4TTS

zONЕ 1 zoNЕ 2
Мeоhaniс al 0.4 mm in dеpth after 0.2 mm in depth after

and rеpair on 50t of the тanя i r
^n
,n9 ^f tЬA
сorrosion surfaсe surfаce
Е.igure 42-23 сontrol links - damage and repair limits
в0 105
сIiAPTER 42
Pagr 4l
ЕURoGoPТЕR MA|N lENANCЕ MANUAL вO lob
42 - З4 Assemb]y - сontro] rоds
Refеr to сhaрtеr 41.
42 - З5 Installation - сontro] links and сontrol rods in fuselаgе
NOTЕ Aftel the instal]ation of Conlrol rоds, сhесk and, 1f neсessaryl

rеriq thе Lаj'l roto.r сonLro]s (rеfeI to сhaрt'еr 102), рrovided
requirements in pаra 42-2 havе not been met.
1. Inst'allation of сontrol links (44/ flE1rе 42-24I
a. InsLa.l] сonгroL Links. Tighten nuLs аnd sесule with splil рins.
b. Сheсk for fleedom of movement and presenсe of foreign objeсLs.
с. Insta]] nosе aссess dool.
2' Insta]1ation of сontrоl link (5B)
a. Тnstal I сontrol l.nk. Tightеn nuls and sесuтe wirh spliu pins.
b. Chесk for frеedom of mоvemеnt and presеnсe of forеign objeсt,s.
C. Closе aсcess сover on RH side of he]icopt,el'
d. тnstall nose aссеss doот.
З' Instа]latj.on of сontro1 rod (49)
a. Install сonLrol r".] тiпhtan nlltс rnrl "^.ure With split рins.
b. сhесk for frеedom of mоvrment and presеnсе of folеj.gn objесts.
с. Insta]L nosе acсеss door.
4' Inst,a]lаtion of сontrol rod {1)
а' slide сontro] rod from thе reаr intо sidе duсt and g,uidеs.
b. Insta]] сonlrol rod. Tlghten nuts and seсurе with sp]it pins.
с. Сhесk for freedоm of movement and prеsеnсe of foтeign objесLs.
d. Тnst,al] Rн sidе duсt сovel.
e. Close aссess сover on Rlt sidе and сovеr рlate on aft sidе of
heliсoрter.
в0 105
сHAРTER 42
ЕURocoPтЕR MAINтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
f. Installtloorcovering.
g. Installbench seat.
5. |nsta|| сontrol rod (11):
a. lnsta|| сontrol rod. тghten nuts and securo with sp|it рins'
b' cheсk forireedom of movement and рresenсe of foroign objects.
с. |nsta|I interior pane||ing in сargo сompartment and RH side duоt сover,
42 - 36 lnsta|lation. сontrol rods In tai| boom
.t. lnstal| сontrol rod (21 |igure 42-24\:

'
a. Apply grease (о|\4 101)toоhafe proteсtion slBёves (shrinks|eeve pieоes).
b' s|ide сontro| rod (21) through taiI boom to torsion tube (12).
с. оoпneсtсontro| rod (21) to torsion tube (12)' ihen torque nut (19) and secцre with sр|it pin (20).
d' сonneсt olherend of сonlro| rod (21) to b6|lсrank (з1). |nsta|I coпneсting boIt (32)so that thв bolt hsad
presses against the lloating bushing of be||сrank (31).
e. тorque nut (34) and seсUre With sp|it pin (35).
f. cheсklortreedom of movoment and presenсe of foreign obiects.
g' lnstа|| cargo сomрartment pane|s and vertiсa| fin tairiлg.
2. lпsta|| contro| rod (22' tigure 42.24):
a' сoпneсtоontroIrod (22)to be||crank oftailr0lorsIiding sIeeve. Notedireсtion inwhich bolt (2з) i8 inserted
(sea tig. 33-5).
b. lnsta|| be||сrank Perсhaptёr з3' pa.a зt .12'

о. сonneсtotherend of сontroI rod (22) to be|lcrank (t1). Insta||сonnecting bo|t (28) so that the bolt head
prosses against the floating bUshing o' bel|сrank (31).
d. тoгque пut аn d secu ra With sp |i| pin (27) '
e. Reinsta||vortiсalfinfairing.
Flevision 18 oHAPтЕR 42
Page 49
ЕURoсoPтЕR мA|NтЕNANоЕ мANUAL вo 105
1 сontrol lod in Rtl side duоt 34 Nut

2 вolt 35 Sр}iЕ pin
3 sр]it рin з6 Bolt
4 Nut 37 Washer
5 Washer З8 Nut
6 Jaсkshaft з9 sРlil рin
,7
вo1t 40 Bolt
B Washer 41 Washer
9 Nut 42 NUL
10 split рin 4з Sрllt pin
11 сontlol rod between j aсkshаft 44 сontrol ]ink
аnd torsion tube 45 вolt
L2 Torsion tube 46 liasher
-tJ Split pin 4? Nut
14 Nut 48 sрlit рin
15 Washer 49 сontlo] rod bеtween Rll and
-LO вo}t nо^я ] а с сдmh.] iaс
I1 Bolt 50 вolt
18 Washer 51 Washer
19 Nut 52 Nut
20 5З split рin
2L сontrol rod in tail boom 54 вolt
сontro]. rod in vertiсal fin 55 liasпеr
te BOl.L 5б Nut
24 WashеI 5? Sрlit pin
25 Nut 58 сontrol link
26 59 вel1сrank
2'l 60 Bol!
28 Bolt 6L Washer
29 Wаsher 62 Nut
30 Nut 6з sp]iL pin
31 ве}}сrank or yaw brakr 64 вo]t
З2 вo !t' 65 Washer
зз Washer 66 Nut
6'7 SpLit pln
/\ yaw brake is stаndard equiPmеnt in heliсopters s/N 890 and subsq.r

and is ret rofitted peI sв-в0 105-з0-103 in helicoрters s/N 889 аnd
рrior.
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 42
Page 50 Revision 11
'1!i4;t \ Ф-=(({{
к \\
'И{.--'tu
- - -,\ s
irJ \ ft
o.\
Е.oo)
OJ
а
F-
UJ
(.) \\ v! ь'
<o
: \ ll
Ф
Ф
t,Е
az
I
I
гi
F
цJ
oo
o д .lJ
рб
эФ
tf
.-l o
dр
I
p #\ )t
,'**&
сHAPтER
HYDRAULIс sYsтЕM
@р"няРoo,"' MА|NTЕNANOЕ MANUAL Bo 105
43 HYDRAUL]с sYsтЕ]t{
таble of сontents
Parаgraрh тit|6 Page
4з-1 DESсR|Pт|oN - нYDвAUL|с sYsтЕi,ll .......... 5

4з-2 тRoUвLЕst|ooтlNG - HYDRAUL!с sYsтEtl' 2з
4з-з lilA|NтЕNANсE INsтRUст|oNs . нYDRAUL!с sYsтЕшl ........... 27
4з-4 вEPLENISнING - нYDRAULIс sYsтEll' 28
43-5 вLЕЕD|NG . HYDRAuLIс sYsтEм ........... 29
43-6 нYDRAUL|с FLU|D сI|ANGЕ - I|YDRAULIс sYsтЕtl/l ......... з0

43-7 DвA|N|NG oF REsЕRvo|п - I|YDвAUL|с sYsтEм
4з.8 FRЕE
43-9 РREsЕRvAт|oN AND DЕ-PRЕsЕRvAтloN - HYDRAUL|с sYsтЕlil з2
.кl - 10 сLЕAN|NG . нYDRAUL|с sYsтЕм з2
43-11 lNsPEстloN FoR сoND|тIoN - HYDRAUL|с sYsтEм 33
43-12 LЕAKAGE сHEсK - HYDвAUL|с sYsтЕ|vl 37
4{t - 13 lNsPЕст|oN oF sYsтЕм l sЕLЕстoR vALvE FoR сoRRos|oN ... .. .. .. ... . 39
4з-14 FUNст|oNAL тЕsт|NG oF FlLтЕR сoNтAм|NAтloN INDIсAтoR W|тн
|.АтЕRALLY INSтALLED lNo|сAтoв P|N .' ..'.. . .... . 40
zкt - 15 FUNотIoNAL тЕsт - нYDRAUL]с sYsтEм . '. '..... 40
4з-16 GRoUND вUN снЕсK oF sЕLЕстoR vALvE sЕтт|NG
(Aрpllэs to a|| dua| hydrаu|lc units, exсePt dua| hydrau|iс units
P/N 105-45039 and 105-450390) 45 I
4il - 164 GRoUND RuN снЕсK oF sELEcтoR vALvE SEтт|NG
(App|ies to dUаI hydraulic units P/N 105.45039 аnd 105-450390) stl
4з-17 lNsPЕст|oN oF swlтсtlovEп сoNтRoL LINкAGЕ FoR PtдY
(App||es for a|| dual hydrаuIiо units' exсept dua| hydrаuIiс
unit3 P/N l05-45oз9 аnd 105-450390) s3 I
43 - 17A. lNsPEст|oN oF swlтсt.ovEв сoNтRoL LINкAGЕ FoR PLAY
(Aрplies to duаl hydfau|lc unit P/N 105-45039 and 105-450з90) 60 I
4з.18 снЕск AND ADJUsтll,lЕNт oF swIтсHovER sтRoKE RANGЕ
(фрlles to a|I dua| hyd'аu|iс units oxсeрt dua| hydraulic units
P/N 105-45039 and 105.450з90) 60в l
4з - 18A сHЕсK AND ADJUSтмЕNT oF sW|тснovER l\ilЕсHAN|slu
(Applles тo dua| hydrauliс unlts P/N 105.45039 аnd 105-450з90) 64A I
4з.19 FUNстIoNAL тЕsт|NG oF Ftдт sPRlNGs |N sYsтЕм 2 65
Revision 24 о|-lAPТЕн 4з
Pаge 1
(Эрнжрoрtег МA|NтЕNANсЕ МANUAL Bo .105
Pаragraрh тlt|e Pаge
43-20 тEsТ|NG oF swlтсн oPЕRAтlt'|G Po|Nтs oF lrllсRosWlтоHEs IN

sYsтЕItn 1 GU|DЕS 66
43-21 SEAL|NG oF sЕRvo vALvE DRA.NAGE сl{AiiвЕпs oF sYsтЕii 2 AстUAтoRs
UslNG sЕAL|NG сoi/lPouND
(AрP|les to a|| dua| hydraulIс units, exсept duаl hydraullс un|ts
I P/N 105.45039 аnd 105.lt50з90) 69
4з - 21A SEALING oF sERvo vALvE DвAINAGE снAll,lвERs oF sYsтEi' 2 AстUAтoRs
uslNc SЕAЦNG сAPs
(Applles to dual hydraulic unlts P/N 105-45039 and 105-450390) 76
43-22 нydrau|lс uпit ........... 'i '... 77
43-23 пemoval - hydraulic unit 77
43-24 Free
43-25 Installаtion . hydrauIic unit 78
43-26 t|ydraullс pumps 8з
43.2т Removal - hydraulic pumps 8з
4з.2в lnspection аnd rоPair - hydrau|iо pumрs .. . . я?
43-25 Insta|lation - hydrauIic pumрs вз
43.з0 Fl|ters..................... 85
4з-t1 Removd ol the filter element - filters 85
4з-32 hsta|lation of thе ti|tgr element . filters ... .
43-зз Removal of сoлtamination indiоator - {i|ters ... . .'э

43-34 |nsta||ation of оontaminаtiоn indiсator - 1i|t6rs . . 85
43-з5 сoпtro| rods 87
Removal - control rods 87
43-t7 Disassembly - сontrol rods ......... a7
43-38 |nspeсtion and reрair - соntrol rods ...... в7
43-з9 Аssembly - оontrol rods. 87
4{} - 40 - сontro| rods
lnstаl|ation ......:.. 88
43-41 Pressure switоhes ... ;.......'... 91
43-42 Remоval - рressure switches 91
43-4з |nspeсtion - pressure switсhes ... .. .. .... 91
43-44 lnsta||ation . pressure switоhos .. .. .. ... 91
43-45 Shuttle valve 92
43-46 Removal - shuttle valve 92
4з.47 lnsta||аtion - shutt|в valve 9з
4э-4в soIeлoid valve 93
4з-49 Removal - solenoid valve 93
43-50 Inspeсtion aпd гepair - solenoid va|ve
43-51 Installation - solenoid valve
l
сHAPтЕR 4tl Revision 24
Page 2
MA|NТЕNANOЕ MANUAL вo
€Р#mРoo,-'.
105
Pafаgraрh тitle Page
4з.52 ouiсk-disсonneсts .. .... .. ... ... . 97

4.!) - 53 Remova| - quiсk-discoпnects 97
43-54 lnsрeсtion aпd repaiг - quick.disоonneсts 97
4.з - 55 lnstal|atioп. quiсk-disconneоts ........ 97
4з-56 Flat sp(ings in guides .......... 98
43-57 Romoval - flat springs 98
43-58 Insta||ation - f|at sрrings 99
Revisiоn 24 сHАPтER 43
Page 3
lrr-rocоpteг мА|NтENANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
..\
B|-,ANK PAGЕ
)
o|.|APтER 4i}
Page 4
}'.lвB }tЕ],IсoPTЕRs
i,1AINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAL l,tBB - Bo 105
43 -1 DESсRIPTIoN- I{YDRAU],Iс sYsтЕl4
1. Itydrauliс systen Assembly

Thе hydrаuliс systеm сonslsts of the dual hydrauliс unit and thе assosi.
ated hydrauliс lines whiсh аre rouled aссording to the interior сonfigu-
rаtion of thе heliсopter
The dual hydrauliс unit basiсally сonsists of the dua1 hydrauliс unit,
рroteсtive р]ate. splash guard and three сontrol rоds r,,hiсh сonneсt to
the miхing lеver assembly.
In t,he following the dual hydrauliс unit sha1l be refelred to as the
hydrauliс unit
2. General
The hydrauliс unit augments the pilot's сontrol moveпents for сontrol
of longitudinal, lateral and сo]lесtive pitсhl and prеvеnts feedbaсk
forсes of the main rotor from aсting on thе сoпtrоl rods loсated forward
of thе hydrauliс unit.
Thе hydrauliс unil сan be insla]]еd and removed vlithout opening any of
thе hydrauliс linеs '
* ]t is рossible to рerform maintenanсе work on and funсLlonally t'est thе

hydrauliс unit whеn it is removed from the hеIiсopter.
Tvrosystems. idеnt'iсаl in design and funсtion, but independent from eaсh
other. are linkеd meсhаniсa11y in suсh a way that in the event of a
сontro] sрoоl jaпming оI Pressure dropрing in system 1., a switсh-over tо
systеп 2 oссurs automatiсa].1y. Systern 2 augment's thе сontrol movеments
instantly.
The hydrauliс pumрs are driven via the main transmission so that
hydrauliс рower will be available during autorotation, too.
з. TeсhniсaL Data
Hydrauliс fluid: Hydrauliс oil мIL-н-s606
oPerating Prеssure: 103 bar
Мass: approx. 39 kg
Dlmensions: approх. 350 x 600 x 680 mm
Caрaсj.ty of the
hydrauliс unit: apрroх. 3 J.
Сapaсity of onе
rеservoir: 0.8 ].
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 4з
Pаoё 5
}.lBB llЕLIсoPTЕRs
I,IAINTENANсЕ t',lANUAIr MBB - B0 105
1 Dual hydrauliс un j.t

, Pr^l-6^+ i !,a r\'l rta
3 Splash guard
4 Control rod
Еiqure 4 3.1 Нvdrauliс unit

BO 105
сttAP1ЕR 43
pаdё 6
@..,..оpteг МAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
P/N 10н5021 ' 10н5023' 105-450з90 P/N 10н3001' 10ffiз0.11
:l
:
:'
?
з
1 Ехterna| coup|ings 7 lлput lever' systgm '1
2 ReseNoir, sуsirm 2 8 Рrgssцre rеlie{ valve' systвm 1
3 sa|oty сap/F|uid |eve| indlcator 9 тost valvo' system 1

4 Flesеrvoir, systBm
.l
10 Conlrol rods
5 Hydraulic PumP, system 2 11 Pressuro swilch, system 1
6 Hydraulic pump, system 1 12 Prossure switоh, system 2
'13 Input levor, system 2
Figura 43-2 (1 of 6) Hydrauliо unit
Rovision 22 oHAPтЕR 43
Pag6 7
?еu,o.oрtег MAINТЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
l P/N 1 05.45021, 1 0н5023' 1 0Ь83001''1 05-8301 1, 1 0н50390
3,
g
14 Pressuro t.ansfer va|vв 1т N2-|evёr assy

15 сlose-tоlorance bo|ts' system 1, 2 18 soleпoid valve
16 Guid6 19 Drain lin6
Figure 4}.2 (2 of 6} Hydrau||с unit
сHAРTЕв 43 R€vision 22
Page I
€pнярopteг |V,IA|NтЕNANOЕ MANUАL вo 105
P/N 105-45028 P/N 105-45018 I
c,
1 Externа| сouplings 6 l-lydrauliс pump' system 1

2 ReseNoi( system 2 7 Input lever, system 1
3 Sаfety сaр/Fluid |eve| indicator 8 Pressure re|ief vаlve, system 1
4 Reservoir, system 1 9 тest va|Ve, system'i

5 Hydraulic pump, system 2 10 сontro| rods
11 lnput lever, system 2
Figure 4t}-2 (з of 6) Hydrauliс unit
Revision 24 сHAPТЕFi 43
(Э,.нняoрtег МA|NтЕNАNсЕ МANUAL Bo 105
r'
I P/N 105-45028 P/N 10s-45018
16
18
E
:
Е
12 Pressurr switch, sУstem 2 16 Еxtёrnal оouplings

1з Pressure switch, system 17 N2-lever assy
'14 18
1
Е|ectriоal wiriпg Solenoid valve

15 Pressure transfer valve 19 Drain line
Figure 4!i-2 (4 of 6} Hydrauliс unit

i
оHAPтЕR 4з Revisioп 24
Page 10
MA|NтЕNANoE МANUAL вo 105
?eц..66oрtег '' j-]::'; .1.l.]]
P/N 105*450з9 T
3l
1 Exlernal сoupllngs o Hydrаu|Ic pump' systom 1

2 Rosэrvoir, system 2 lпput levёr, systom 1
3 safety саp/F|uid lвv3| iпdlcаtor я Pressure re|iвl va|ve, system 1
4 Reservoir, system 1 тest valv6' systom

.l
5 Hydrau|iо pump' system 2 10 Control rods

11 lnput lever, systom 2
Figu'e 4з-2 (5 ol6) Hydrauliс unit
Rgvislon 22 оHAPтЕR 43
Page 10А
MA|NТЕNАNoЕ MANUАL вo 105
l Р/N 105_45039
'16
1т
18
c
12 Pressurв switch, system 2 16 Еxterna| ooup|ings

13 Proqsuro switоh, systom 1 17 Nz-levsr assy
14 Еleоiricai whing 18 Solenoid valve
15 Prossura traлsfвr valvв 19 Draiп line
Figurg43-2 (6 ol6) Hydrаu|ic unit
оHAPтЕR 43 Rovision 22
Page 't0B
MAINтЕNANoE MANUAL вo 105
4. Assemb|y and operatioп of the hydrau|iо unit
а. Assombly
тwo hydrauIiс boostsystems, whiсh are iпdepeпdent of each other, are mоUntgd in a sheet mёta|lrame
and are linked by сoup|ings and contro| rods.
тho hydrau|iо unil сonsists basiсa||y ol
- sheet motal frame
- two hydrau|ic boost systems includiпg

}.axis aоtualor
rEservoir
hydraulic pump
tubes and hoses
e)derпaI cоUplings
pressure switсh
eleotriсa| wiring
- Prossuro transter valve

- solenoid valvв
- couplingt
- control rods
тho з-аxis аоtuator consists ol thrae aсtuators аnd th6 va|vо body manifo|d.
An actuator coпsists of housing, main plston, seNo va|ve, input |ever aпd ovёrr|do meсhаnlsm.
тhe vаlve body manilo|d сonsists o' soleсtor valve, pressure rellel va|ve, test va|ve, пon-returп valve l
аnd fi|trr в|6mont with сontaminat|on indicator.
l
ЕFFEстlv|тY A|l dua| hydrau|iо uпits, exоept duаl hydrauliс units P/N105-45039, 105-450390 l
R6s6rvoir without trаooad aIr ind|сator
Тhe rcsяlgot оonslsts of a cyliпdriсa| alumiпium vвsse| whiсh incIudes a| low pressure Pistoп' high
prassura piston, low pressure safoty va|ve' fi|ter element with сontamination indicator and ro|ief p|ug.
Rвvision 22 сHAPТЕR 43
Page 11
@-.,..орteг МАINТENANoЕ I,ANUAL вo 105
I EFFЕот|v|тY Duа| hydraцliс units P/N1 0ь45039' 105-450з90

Roservoir with traoped air indicator
тh€ axisting reseruoir a|so inc|udas e yвllow iпdjоator ring whiсh is ,itlod to the piston rod ol the |ow
pressure pistort. ti air оo||eсts in tho ressrvoir' it is iпdiсated by the сhanged posit|on ol ths indicator
пng.
The hydrauliс pump is a оonstant-рrossurв, hig|нpressure pump with e variab|6 l6od rato.
тhe prеr$Деlrадsla!-vаtya, which is а dltfвrential prвssur6 switch, сonsists ot housing' piston with two
piston areas аt a ratio ot 1:2 and ono prвssure ||ne to systrm .l and systвm 2 each.
ODeration
тho coпtrolspoolof an actuator isopgrated byth6 pilot's coпtrolinputs vialevers, оontro| rods and iпput
tevers.
тho асtuаtor augments thesg control iпpuls aлd transfers thom to the mаin rotor Via a сoпtro| linkage.
Figure 4&\з ilIustratos thrsoqUenсo oloporаtIons. Asсhemаtiо ditferontiatioп is made between сontrol
inputs and augmgпtatioп and thus two superimposed, almost simUltaneous movemonts аre shown se.
palate|у.
contro| axis is to bo Undorstood as th€ aоtuator and th9 oooogita res€rva aсtuаtor toooth€r йth the
related control rods.
тho maiп piston is kept In a positioп sвt by tho Pilot. |f .no оonlro| inputs are transmitted, thr oi| trapped
in tho two chаmbers oJlho hydrau|iо cylindor acts against induсвd by thE main rotor (sgo {igu16
4н or 4нА''l'itho!t сoпirol input,). 'orces
A contro| input саuses a disp|aсomontоf thg оontroIspooI ofthв sвrvo va|ve via tha inрut lever andlhu3
I two сontrol passagos aro oponed (sв6 l|guro 4&.4 or 4з-4A, ,ъlter control input).
High pressurв oi|t|ows through on6 otlho сontro| passages iпto oпe оhamber of tha hydrau||о сylindor.
simultаnsously oi| from th6 оpposits сhamber is displaсed аnd into the l9servojl via thg rвturn
lin6. '|ows
сHAPтЕп Rвv|s|on 22
Page 12
ЕURoсoPтER MA|NтENANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
Without сontrо1 input сontrol inPut augmentatron

10052з
1 соntrol тod
2 ]nPut lеVеr A тrrrrд] аf l.hд nrlсh rn.4
З Piston rod
4
q
Dual aсtuator
.nnt r^,l cn.!n l rтlo va,].v€
A тr^\'A.]
^f
|-Ьa .^n|- ra1 сn6q.
C г^^F
lеver
f
^,\
as sy)
и^^
!wq
^f "р
/mi vi hd
\t'Ll^дlrY A -таrrдl n. -hа mаin niqtnn
1а rr..тrnAn]- Arl ]
? ConLrоl rod
Еigule 43-3 sеquenсr of oрerat'ions shown in a сonLrо1 axis diagrаm
тhA hi.тh nrAecllrё .4icnl^.ёc the mаin niat^n ttnt-i] |-t'д rrrаllinrrс]rl
îl
.^ntf^] n]ссidAe l16 .,lêan aпain htr th6 .^^j.r^] eh^^] ъll.'inh
^nAna.]
is moved рarallel to the main рjston (see f ig':re 4З-3) .
The main pistons of Lwo aсtuators loсаted opрositе to onе another are
1inkеd without p]ay' so that their motions ale identlсa].
A с].osed se]ectoт vаlvе keерs the aсt.uator of system 2 рressurеlеss
so that no resistanсr is offered to the motion of thе main piston. As
a rеsult of thе РIessureless statе a byрass is oреnеd. Thus oi1 сan
flor'l from onr сhamber to the other one.
A switсh-over from system l to system 2 oссurs either in сasе Of a
рrеssure drop be]ow 50 bar in systеm 1 odеr in сasе of a сont'ro]"
spool jamming in system L.
в0 105
сHAPTER 4З
Revision L0 Page 1з
ЕURoоoPтER N4AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
]n bоt'h Casеs the pressurе transfer valvе сontrols the sе.]"есtor

va]ves ln the valve body manifolds meсhaniсal].y making sysLem 1
pressureLess and system 2 prеssurized. ]n this саsе the main рiston
of system 1 pеrfoтms simultаnеous movements without offering any
resist'anсe. It servеs аs a сontrоl rod for i-he transmission of
сontro] forсes.
In саsе of a сontrol spool jamming jn system 1. or systеm 2 аn
оvеrride oссurs in the respeсtive сontro-]. axis.
0n1y a hydrаu]iс system override in syslem 1 initjаtеs а systеm
switсh-over. Мiсroswitсhes in the ovеrridе meсhanism aсtivate a
so]enoid va]vе whiсh ls thеn keрt in the open рosition by a relаy
enеrgizеd simu]taneously' A prеssure line of system 1 ls bloсked in
fтоnt оf the nrрqsllrр transfer vа]ve. Simц1taneolIq,l \, tl^ё q\/qtA'n
1
side of the рressure tтansfer valve is сonneсted to thе reLurn linе.

Pтessure is a}lowеd to diminlsh on this side and a swltсh-over сan bе
init,iated as is the сasе of a pressure droр.
The molion of the main рiston of the сolleсtive оontro] axis ls
tIansmiLted to the N2-сontro] lever by сhe N2-lever аssemb]y. To
сompensate for an inсreasing powеr rеquirеmrnt rеsulting flom an
inсreasing сo}leсtive pilсh the N2-сontro] is adjusted in suсh a wаy
that the RPМ of Lurbine N2 and main lotor ale kepL nearlУ соnstant.
Thе booster is monitоred by two PIessure sъlitсhеs and t,he re]ated
Warning .Lighт,s нYDR 1and нYDR 2 indiсасing a рressure droр and a
warning light нY вL0ск indiсating a сontrol sрool jamming. A Lеst
sw.itсh a]lows foI a system switch-ovеr during maintеnаnсe аnd Рre-
flight сheсk (for e]eсtriсal wiring diagram rеfеr to сhaрtеr 91).
F'our ехternal сoupl1ngs allow сonneсtiоn of an ёу-telna] pressurе
supply for inspeсtion and maintenanсe рurрoses.
B0 105
сtlAPтЕR 4з
Pag,е 14 Rеvisiort 10
?..,.о.oрteг IVA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
ЕFFЕстlvlтY сolleсtivo coпtrol aсtuator ol dua| hydraцlic units P/N

iJgъъзъ.Ji:,Т.Дiъ363"il l
oÂ
Д]-\
/'\
'i
without оonтol |пput
) жтд:lllt
{ *н:т::я i:'lт
atte. control lnput
A вypas9 о|osed
1 оoUp|ing 4 Control spool 1 вypass oponed
2 l\rain pislon
з Ring bypass
5 connaоting p|a16
6 solsоtoг valve A system
.l
operatiпg
Figurs 4н oi| f|owinаdua| nydrau|iс асtuator - sсhomаtiс dlagramm
Flevision 22 oнAPтЕR 43
Page 15
?е.,..оptег MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
l EFFEст|VIтY DUa| hydraulic uпits P/N 105-45039 aпd ,l05-450390, сol|ective control aоtuаtor
System 2
o^/t
alf
without control input
) lllн зlll;
.flъiffiъ.ii^"
. ma|n DБton
IA вypass closвd
1 сoup|lng 4 сontro| spooI A Bypass opened
2 маiп pistoп
з сon6 bypаss
5 сonп6сting plаte
6 so|eоtor va|ve A System 1 oporating
Figure 43-4A oi| l|ow in colleсtlvo сontrol aоtuаtor - sсhamatic diaoram
oHAPтЕн 43 Revision 22
Pago 16
@*,..optег MAINтЕNANоЕ MANUAL Bo 105
5. Hydrau|ic system sсhemаtic
mаnlfold i- lll ! mаnlfold

---ra---+-
ffiiф;lli
:
{Нt..; l
|.---t{--.1!
!
Figuro 43-5 ('! ol 7) Hydrаulic system sch8matic diаgram P/N 1 05-45021/.45023
Revision 22 оHAPтЕв 4!}

Pago 17
?-.,..оptег MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
sYsтЕм 2 sY sтЕ!'1 ]'
3,
F
Б
Figuro 43-5 (2 of 7) Hydrаuiiс system sоhematlс diagram P/N 105-83001/-8301 1
сHAPтЕR 43 tlovislon 22
Page 18
(Эрнжр.'рteг MAINтЕNANоЕ MANUAL Bo 105
sYs тЕt.I 1
aдi
2
.ф-=":-.
[;-'
l. At
l
tl
I i '{ Ь--J, i l
} *y'д>
ti-, l6
I
idl^тj,
L- 7 .J
sеt vol I
'-'-l
*tIi !
lаlve l
Ьady l
:
l!
I
--lll-.---r-:::1"11
асtuator
latetа|
II
r-. - --.- - -.-.-.- .- .- .-.

ilti
j
',ffi .
асtuаtor l
||аtelаl
--.n r |
i
i !
;д4............*-.-'.-.-.-.._
1ъjl4 l |;
ll8*#"| [ffiк]fft}.] l
i
I lr:i:vi'tl l!
r4l--.------fl4*-LJ
I
i'll!
:
aсtuator lI
illl
.асtuаtor
I
сo|Есllve :
-.
1!8
iiасtuаtor
!
I
l
aсtuator п
II
IongдudInaI
-.9:'jjo'"
Figure 43-5 (з of 7) Hydrau|iо system sоhematiс diagram P/N 105"45028
нevision 22 сHAPTЕR 43
Page 19
@еr.lrосоэtег MAiNТЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
sYsтЕМ 2 sYsтЕМ 1
&rt
2 5ч''' llt ё5 2
ГТ-_
ril,
+
ii'q
ti/,q>-
*16
i_reservolf
_1
Г-
'-'t
.-_t
I
вtve |
ti
ll
!
odv
lll
щ{--{ i
.'Ь| | l
ill!
rlil
ac|цаtor
:,
i
?
I Figure 43-5 (4 of 7) Hydraulic system sоhemаtic diagram P/N 105.45018
)
о|.IAPтЕR 4l} Revision 24
Pago 20
?euгооопteг il,tAlNТЕNANcЕ мANUAL вo 105
sYsтЕМ 2 sYsтEl.l 1
Figurg 43_5 (5 of 7) Hydrаulio sуslem schomаtiо diagram P/N 10545039
Pаgo 21
@-.,..орtег МA|NтENANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
sYs тЕl'1 1
Figuro 43-.5 (6 of 7) Hydrau|ic systom sоhemаtio diagram P/N 1 05-450390
сHAPтЕR 43 Rev|sioп 22
Paga 22
MA|NTЕNАNсЕ МANUАL вo 105
1 Rвservoir 10 тost va|vё I

2 Eхtorпаl coupling (return line)11 Pressure re|ie' valve
3 Hydrauliо рump 12 Non-retur0 va|ve
4 PressЦre switсh 13 selector valvo
5 Еxtorna| coupling (pressurgline) 14 Bypаss
6 Low pressuro safety valve 15 i,,lechaniсal override system I wilh
microswitch
7 Filtrr With сontaminatlon iпdicator and 16 servo vа|Ve
bypass valve
8 solenoid vаlvo 17 мaiп рistoп
9 Pressuro trаnsler valvs .18 Meоhaniсa| override svstem ||
|dentlf|cаtlon o' ports
HYDнAULlc РUMP vALvЕ вoDY MAN|FoLD

P Pod for рrossure |iпe PA |n|et port for pressuro lino lrom eхtrrna|
сoUpIings
s Port for suоtioп line PЕ |n|et port for pressurе liпo from hydraulic
pцmp
сD Port lor саso draiп PM Рort lor measuring pressuro
sD Port lor seаldrain FIE Outlet port return llna/reservoir
ExТEпNАL оoUPL|NGs яЕsЕRvoIR

PA|/l| Port for oxtorna| pressurв system |/|l s Port lor suоtion |ina
RA|/l| Port tor extefia| returп line R Port for return line
PH Port for prossure systam ll Py Port for inlet pressure
RH Port for roturn line system ll
Figure 43-5 (7 ol7) Lвgend
Flevision 22 oHAPтЕв 43
Pagё 22A
?-.,..орtег МAINтЕNАNоЕ I\iANUАL вo 105
BLANK PAGЕ
сHAPтЕR 43 Flёvisioп 22
Pago 228
(Эрнp-рoрtег MAINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL Bo 105
43-2 тRoU вLЕsHooтlNG - P|YDRAUL|с sYsтЕ]vl
NO. TRoUвLЕ sYMPТoM PFloBABLE оAUsЕ CoRRЕст|VЕ AстloN

1. Leakage leaking hoses and tubes tighten unioп nut at the |eaking
сonneсtion by 1/6th of a turn
once only.
In сase of further leaking
replасe tube or hose Iine
eхсessive leakage at seaIing replaсe defeсtive seaIing
elaments e|emeпts (refеr to FlEt\.4 402 or
RЕM 405)
2. Warning lights HYDFI1 orland eleсtrical defeоt troubleshooting acс. to chapter
HYDп2 do not il|uminate 91
ЕFFЕстlv|тY P/N .105-45021 ' ,105-4502з' 105-45028

3. When suddenly moving thr both microswitсhes of one сheоk individua| miсrоswjtсhes
оyc|iо sliсk (hydrauliс system coпtrol aхis defeоtive acс. to pаragraph 43-20
override): warning light HY
BLoсK does not i||uminate. or
warning light HY BLOCK does
пot eХtiпguish subsequently
when oрerating test switсh
or
eleсtriоa| defeсt troub|eshooting aос. to сhapter
91
ЕFFEсТ|итY P/N 105-st0o1, .1O5.83O11, '105-45039, 105-450390, 105-45018 l
3A. When suddenly moving the ono
both miоroswitсhes of сheоk individua| miсrоswitches
сyс|ic stick (hydrauliс system оoпtro| aХis defeсtive aсо. to paragraph 43.20
override): warning lights HY
BLoск and |.iYDR1 do not
iIIuminate, or warпing |ights HY
вLoск and HYDR1 do not
extinguish subsщuently when
operаting test switоh or
eleоtriоa| defect troubleshooting аос. to сhаpter
91
4. t{ard moving сontrols оorrosion at bearing bushings of rework bolts lo a сlear and easy
input levers and с|ose to|erance fit aоо. to pаragrаph 4з-11
bolts
5. Warning |ights НYD| orland Pump does not prodЦсe а п,,leasure pumр pressure (refert
HYD2 do пot eхtiпguish at 60 % pressure of 85 bar in tho o paragraрh 43.15) and replaсe
rotor speed respeоtiVe system hydrau|ic pump if neсessаry
or
EIectricaI defeоt тroubleshooting acc. to сhapter
91
6. |rregularities in оontrols When тwo broken f|at sрriпgs in сheоk {lat springs for function
operating in system 2 system 2 (refer to paragraph 43-19)
Тable 43-'l (1 of з) тroublеshooting . hydrauliс system
яevision 24 сHAPтЕR 43
Page 2з
(Эрнmрoрtег MAINтENANсЕ МANUAL вo 105
)
NO. тRoUвLЕ sYMPтolr4 PRoвAвLE сAUsЕ coRRЕст|VЕ Aст|oN
7. No system switchover to system Solenoid valve does not open l\4aiп rotor at staлd stil|:
1 When Цsing test switсh Oparation of solenoid valve
must bв heаrd, otherwise
e|oоtrica| defeоt. lf eIeсtriсa|
defect can be excludеd, reрlaсe
or solenoid valve
Е|eоtriсaI defeоt тroubleshooting acc. to сhapter
91
Warning lights HYDl/HYD2 lnterпal |eаkage in system Inspect internai |eakаge oil
i||uminate briefly upon сontro| 1lsystem 2 (refer to рaragraрh 43-15) апd
inputs repair hydrauIiс unit if neсessary
(гefer to RЕМ 402 or RЕM 405)
L Automatic switсh-over frоm
system 1 to system 2 ocсurs
аnd:
ЕFFЕсT|vlтY PiN 105-45021, 105-45023, 105-45028
- Warniпg |ight НY вLoсK hydrau|ic system of a оoпtrol repair hydrauIiо unit (refer to
illumiпates; Warning lights spool jamming in one servo RЕM 402 or RЕN{ 405)
HYDRl/HYDR2 brietly valvo of system 1
ilIuminato and inсreased

control forсes in oпe contro|
aхБ oсоur
l EFFEст|V|тY PiN105-8з0о1,.105-83011,105-45039,105-450390,,l05-45018
- Waгning light HY вLocK hydrau|ic system of a оontrol repair hydrau|ic unit (refеr to
i||uminatёs; Warning |ight spoo|jamming in one servо RЕlvl 402 or RЕМ 405)
нYDR.1 i|lumiпates оonti- valve ot system 1
nuously; HYDR2 illumi-
natвs brietly; jпсreased сon-
tro| forсrs in one control aхis
- Warning Iight l-iYDR1 pump рressure of system 1 measurв pump рressure in sys-
i||uminatos рermaпentIy bolow 65 bar tsm 1 (refer to paragraph 43-15)
andlor оheck reservoir of sys.
tem '1 for сondition (refer to
рaragrарh 43.15) or сhвоk iпter.

r]a| oi| |eakаge (reter to para-
or glaph 4з-15)
e|eоtrical defect troub|oshooting acc. to chаpter
91
10. Wаrning |ight HYo2 i||uminаtes Pump pressure of system 2 Moasure pump pressure in
рermanentIy below 65 bar system 2 (refer to paragraph
4з.,l5) and replaсe hydrau|ic
pump if necessary
or
Еleсtriоа| defeоt тroub|eshooting аcc. to сhapter
o{
11. Warning light HY вLoсK Еleсtriоa| defect тroub|eshooting aоо. to chapter
i||uminates without inсreasa of 91
contro| forсos iп one control ахis
тab|e 43-1 (2 of 3) Тroubleshooting - hydraulic system

)
Pagе 24
tрннр.,рteг MA|NтЕNANOЕ MANUAL вo 105
NO. тRoUBLЕ sYMPтoN4 PRoBAвLЕ оAUsЕ сoRRЕстIVЕ Aст!oN

12. Red indiсator pin of filter Filter e|ement сlogged or 1) Inspeоt and с|ran fi|ter
сontamination iпdiсator popped bypass valve defect element(rёfef to рara.
out 4з-30), b|eed hydrauliс
system
DsPress red indiоator рin
and рerform a ground run or
оonneсt hydrauIiо groUnd
service оart (103 baO
Movo cyсliо sliсk. lf red
iпdiсator pin does not PoP
out again, tho system is
serviceable
4l |f red indicator pin poРs out
again' сhange fi|ter element
5) |f no гesiduеs оan be tound,
repair byрass valve (refer to
REM 402 or RЕM 405)
тab|e 4t-1 (з of з) Troub|eshooting . hydrаuliс sуstem
Revision 24 cl-|APтЕR ,l{}

Page 25
(9pнжорteг I\4АINTENАNoE MANUAL Bo 105
BLANK PAGE
снAPтЕR 4i}
Pago 26
ЕURoсoPтER MAINтЕNANсЕ MАNUAL Bo 105
43 -з I.IAINтЕNANсЕ INSTRUсTIONS . нYDRAU],тс sYsтЕl.I
1. A hydтauliс ground unit havlng thе following oреrаting сараbilities is

теquired for pеrforming the mаlntenanсe Work:
Е'i.ltr.+i^n rltinп. З miсron аbsolute
prAcсl1r/5 ran.rA' 0-180 bar
n^ l i r,6r!, raf
^' 0-16 l/min
р rae all r. rYrl1rYа. 0-250 bar it,ith аn
aссurасy of 0.6t
Oреrat'е the hydlauliс ground unit with I'IIL-H-5606 hydrаuliс fluid only.
нai^.l,]6 th6 hrlrtr:ll];^ ftuid in aссordanсе with t'hе aррliсablе sаfely .rеgu-
lations. Do not reuse drained hvdrauliс f1uid or hvdrauliс f]uid from
unsealed сans.
з. Disassеmbly and assеrnbly
Clean a]l removеd and disasseп]bled pаIts with dry с]eaning solvent (с}',l
,^?\ and rlrrr thоm rlсinа ,] int-f16A .]^l-h nnmnтоccд.l яi r
url errel,
^r
At eaсh time of dlsassemb}y, disсard O-rings' sealing rings and baсkuр
rings. Before instаl1ing 0-rings and sеa]ing rings, first Wеt them with
hydrauliс fluid. If сomponents are to be stolеd for a longer period oI
time' fi]l them with preservative hydraulic fluid (с}.,1 11l) .
B0 105
снAPТЕR 4з
P age 27
ЕUпoсoPтЕR мAINтЕNANoЕ [\'ANUAL вo 105
4З-4 RЕPLЕNTSHING - IiYDRAULIс sYsTЕM
speс iа,l t oо1 ;
Hydrauliс ground unit

тhе levеL of Lhe hydlau]iс fluid сan bе rеad off on Еhe graduat.ion lings of
Lhе {luid levеl indiсаtor of the resрeсtive system. тhe uррer edge of Lhe
piston sleeve' not the re]ief pluq. is the referеnсe llne. If Lhе lndiсation
is below the .fiillen" mark, rеplеnish thе hydrau]iс system. Еill systеm 1 аnd
еwel.оYn a,
JJJugl'L in
lrr tllrn
Lцll1' ёi1rtin^
JLqlLfllY "'i.Ь
wrL'l 6.'бР^Й
JJoLслl
1
дl
* If traррed air indiсator ring is installed, remove safеty сар (1, Еiq. 4з-6)
* afler filLing resеrvoir' and push down indiсator ring (11) until jt is sеated
* on washer (12) loсaLed on the resеrvo1r сovеr. Reinsla],] safely саp (1) .
1. Conneсt hydrauliс ground unit to eхLеrna1 pIеssure quiсk-disсоonесt' RA l

/Rдтт1 нvrirлll1in lrni} оrrit^l.дr1 |-^ .r'.]-^m t1 /сuсtam
LU oJr(2cru tr]/JLL-'r ?\
4/,
2, ApptУ a pressure of 1 bar t'o RA I (RAII) . E'ill sysLem 1 (sysLеm 2) to

approx. 5 mm bеlow thе "max" indiсation.
з. If air inс]usiOns arе susрeсL'edl b]еed thе hydrauliс system (rеfer tO
paragraрh 4з-5).
4. Perform steрs l.thru з. Ior system 2. Switсh ovеr to system 2 when the
system is dерressurized. Е.or this рurрose' рress in sе]есtor Valve of
systеm 2.
5. Switсh ovеr to systеm 1 Whеn the }rydrauliс sУsLem is dеprеssurizеd. Еor

:his purpose, рress in se.leсtor vа]ve of system 1.
B0 105
CI{AP1'ER 4З
Pagе 28 Rеvisjоn 10
EURoсoPтЕR iViA]NTЕNANсE r\4ANUAL Ba 105
Wlthout lrapped a|r Indlсator wlth IrаDDrd alr lndlсator
w:th tr8ppod а|r Ind|сalor
100055
1 safety сар 3 Мinimum oi] ]evе]

2 Relief plug Q Рan]дni chin.r 'l^t'Al
3 Hydrauliс oil level indiсalion 10 l']aximuтп о1l level
(upрer edgе Of sleеve) '] 1 n:tnr ri
Тnri'i nгt
4 Рiston (in uppеrmost position) 12 t{ashe r
5 Low рressure сhamber 'l 1 qn:/'6r el66\'6
6 High pressure сhamber
7 ],o}r pressurе safеtv valve
Е'i пlt ra Д?-A Hydrauliс oil level indiсat ion
B0 105
снAPтЕR 43
Р€vision 10 Page 28A/B
ЕUвoсoPтЕR мA|NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
43 -5 вLЕЕDING - IiYDRдULIс sYsтЕl.t
sрeсtаl t'ool:
нydrаuliс ground unit
1. сonneсt hyd!аuliс grouпd unlt to RAI and PAI рorts.
W|lhout |.8ppэd a|r lndlсalor w|th trврped а|r |ndlcataг
1 safety саP
2 Loсk sрriпg
3 Relief plug
4 Trаnsрarent hose
5 Indiсаtor ring
6 Washer
Е.igule 4з.7 Bleeding - hydraullс system
2. Remove safety сaP (l' figure 4з-7) t'ogether with ].ock sрrlпg (2) from
reservolr.
3. Remove loсkwirе frorn reliеf рlug (з} and сonneсt traпsРarenl hose (4) .
4. Plaсe а drip сup ln position.

5. APply a рressureof l.5 bar to RAI port, аnd 15 Lo 20 bar Lo PAI Port.
6. open relief plus (3} of systeп 1by loosеnlng it half a turn.
7. мove сyс1ic stiсk аnd сolleсt,ive pitсh st'lсk over the full rаnge of
сonLrol рosltions and turn the mаin rotor by hand in rotаtional
direсtion. мake 10 lotalions.
в0 105
свAРTЕR 43
Reviston 16 Page 29
EURoсoPтER мAINтЕNANсE мANuAL вo 105
8. If no air bubb.l.es сome out' of the reliеf р]ug' torqцe lе}ief Plug to a
torque vаlue of 3 Nm.
hydraullс ground.unlt' Pressцreless аnd disсonneсt

l.lаke it lnnediatelv
fron the hydrаuliс uni!.
10. Remove t'!аnsPаrent hose' seсur6 re]'lef рlцs (3} with loсkwire (0.4 пun}
and at,taсh safety caP (1) together вlth loсk sрrlng (2) .
* 11. . If trapped air indiсator ring 18 lnstalled. remove safeLy сaP (1,
Е1g. 43-6) and Push dol{n 1ndlсatoE rlng (11} until lt ls sеaLed oa washer
(12) loсated on the reservoir сover. Relnstаll safety сap (1) .
1, 72, сarЕy out work steps 1 thru 11 for system 2'
43 -6 IiYDRдULIс Е'LUID сllANGЕ - tlYDRAULIс sYsтЕl',l
sPeсia} tools:
нydlauliо gтound unit
Drаin hosе' too1 пo. 19 (105-45000 Wl} refer to сhарter 04
NoтЕ If a funсtlonal lёst iв required apart from Lhe сhаnge of

hydrauliс f}цid, the hydrauliс reservolr shall bе tesLеd
for ease of movёmеnt filst' of all (refer to рaragIaрh
рaraqraph 43-15)
43 .
1. сonneсt hydraulic ground unit' to eхt'ernal рressurе guiсk-disсonneоt PA I.

ttydraulic unit swltсhed to system 1.
a сonneсt dIaln hose (tool пo. l9) (105-45000 lil} to externa.l. Pressure
Фick.disсonneсt Rд 1. P1aсe a driр сup aЕ the reаdy'
J. APP1y а Pressure of 103 bar to PA I, Мove cootrol rods of alt three
сontrol aхes. Used hydEаuliс fluld ls drаined vlа the drain ]lne and ls
replaced by unused hydraul1с fluld from the hydrаullс groцnd unit. stoР
Lhe PloсedЦre after approxlmate}y 1.5 l per syst'em hаve been dтаlned.
4. Dlsоonnect drаin hose from RA I.
5. Reрlenish system ]. (refer to Рaragraрh 4з.4} and b}eed system 1 (lefer to
Pаrаgraph 43.5) .
* 5A' if trapped air lndicatoI ring is insLalledr removе safety сaP (1.
* r.ig. 43-6) and Push down lndlсаtor ring (11) until 1Е is seaLed on Washer
* (12) loсated on lhe reservoir сover. Reinstаll sаfeLy сар (1) .
5. Perform steps 1. thru 5. tor system 2. Еor.this Purpose, switсh over to

system 2. сonneсt eхLernal pressure quiсk-dlsсonneсt PA I1 and сonneсL
drаin hose to eхternal pressure qulсk.diвсonneсt RA II.
B0 105
снA!тЕR 43
Page з0 Rеvi8ion l0
l.{вв ltЕLIс0PTЕRs
мAINTЕNANсЕ !.{ANUAL !,lвB - B0 105
43 - 7 DRAINING ot, RЕsERvoIR - нyоriдffitvsЬвм

Speсiа1 too1:
].' сonneсt hydrauliс ground unit' to external рrrssurе quiсk-disсоnneсts
PA I (PA II) and RA 1 (RA ]1) . Itydrauliс unil system 1. (system 2) .
2' Apply a Pressure of ].03 bаr to PA I (PA I1) . The hydrauliс reservoir rs
drainеd viа return line. The hydrauliс reservoir is empty when the the
piston sleeve is in its lowest posiLion.
з. Perform steps 1. and 2. for system 2. Changeоver oссurs automatiсa1ly in
step 2.
43-B Е'RЕЕ
B0 105
сltAPтЕR 43
мBв ilЕtlсoPтЕRs
I',IAINтENANсЕ !,lANUAt !.tвв - B0 105
43 -9 PRЕSERVAтIoN AND DЕ-PRЕSЕRVATIoN - IIYDР"AUIIс sYsTЕ!.{
sрeсial tool:
Hydrauliс ground цnit
1. De*рresеrvе spare hydrauliс units and asserпbliеs Prior to putting t'hem
into operation: Substitutе normаl hydrau]iс fluid (Cr.r 110) for
Preservatlon hydrauliс fluid (refer tо paragraph 43-6) .
2. Presеrvе hydrauliс units and assеmblies if they are to be stored for a
longer pеriod of time. substitute prеservation hydrauliс fluid (C}4 111)
for nоrmal hydraulic fluid (refer to parаgraph 43-6) .
43 - 10 сI,EANTNG - IiYDRдULтс sYsTЕ!{
сAUTION Do NOT сLЕAN тHE IiYDRAULIC sYsTЕl,l WTтI{ ttIGH

PRЕssURЕ с],ЕAN]NG DEv]сEs 0R sтЕAм 'JЕт BLOWЕRS.
vIARNING D0 NOT сI,ЕAN TнЕ IiYDRAULTс sYsTEI.{ WIтl] сIЕANING

AGЕNTs сONтA]NING Alсol{ol BЕсAUSЕ I{YDRAULIс Е.LUID
I,11L-н-5606 сAN RЕAст WITIi Alсottol AND сAUSE т}lE
IiYDRAULIс UNIT T0 мAIE'UNсTIoN.
1. Prot'есt hydrаuliс reservoir, wiring harnеss and eleсtriсaL сonneсtor with

a р1astiс fol}.
2. с]ean hydrauliс unit with dry сleaning solvenl (сl4 202) .
B0 105
с}IAPTER 4з
Paoe З2
(Э"-нярорter MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUАL вo .105
4з - 11 lNsPЕст|oN FoR сoNDlтloN - HYDRAUL|с sYsтЕrvl
1 . сjean the hydrаU|ic un|t (rofеr to parаgraph 43-10).
2. сheсk the hydrauliс uпit for сondition and tor loose or missing attaсhing hardware. Visuаl|y iпspect сomPo.
nents for сraсks' chafв marks and сorrosion.
lnsPeсt |oсkwires аnd split pins |or оorrect instal|ation аnd renew, if neсessary.
Visuа||y insресt boots for сraоks' |f a оraсk is evident' rep|aсe boots in aсоordanсо with FlЕм 402 oг RЕM
I
5. lnspeсt pIасards for proрeг bondiпg. Fаsten |oose рlaсards With adhosive (сM 601).
6. visua||y inspect sheёt meta| for dаmage suсh as deformаtion, сracks and оhafe marks.
7. lnspeоt hydrau|iо lines:
а. Visua||y insрeсt hose |ines for сraсks arrd dаmage to the wire shoathiпg. |f dаmage is evideпt' replасв the
affeсted рart.
b. visua|ly inspeсt fube |inеs сraсks' сhafe ma*s and deпts. lf damаge is evident, replaсe the affected
paп. 'or
с' Visuаl|y insрeсt lh€ identifiсatioп s|oeves for |oоat]on and condition, r€р|aсё then if necessary
8. visua|ly inspeсt e|oсtrlсa| |in€s {or damago to the insu|ation. сhack сOпnectors for secure {it.
9. сheсk сontro| rods:
a. сheck sрhdriсаl beаings tor radia| play. The radial p|ay sha|| not eхсeed 0.1 mm. Disсаrd rod end it а||oW.
able p|ay is eХсoedrd.
b. visua|ly inspoсt sea|ing of the rod ends. |f sea|ing is dаmaged, remove, disassemb|e and inspect сontro|
rods (refer to pаragrфh 4з_з5)
с. do|oted t
10. |nspect sea|s (seа|ing comPound) on sorvo va|ve drainаge сhambors of system 2 aсtuators for damage
and hydrau|iс oi| |eakage. Rep|асe sea| if damaged tefer to Pаra 4з-21).
10A. |nspeоt seа||ng caps оt] servo vаivo drainago сhambёrs of system 2 aсtuators for damage. |f sea|s (seaI.
iпg оomрound) or sealing cаps arв damaged' app|y new sea| or r6p|aсs sealiпg сap (refer to рara €-21А}.
Revision 2з снAPтЕR 43
Page з3
tрнярoptег мAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
)
11 . сheck a|| input levers (3 and 6, figure 43-?2} {or latoral p|ay. For this purpose, sub]ect the Uррer fork to a
forоe of 5 N in a direction perрendiсUlar to the сontro| aхis. Repвat this step, exeding this force in the oppo.
I site direсtion. тotа| p|аy on the fork must not eХceed 0.5 mm (sse |igurФ 4з_8}.
Е
:'
-r
___ maх. 0.5 mm
Input lever
Figure 4н сheсk |ateгal p|ay of input |еver'
12' сheсk aI| c|ose toloranсe bo|ts of input |evers for easo of movomonl тhe bolts shal| be eаsy to .otate using
a Wreпсh. |f bo|ts aro hard moving, provido for ease of movement. For this purposo romove nиstop пut.
Рul| out сlose toleranсе boIt as far as possible and pack with greaso (cM 101). s|ight|y tightsn пylstoр nut.
тhen sсrew baсk to аlign with the sp|it pin hole and sвсurв With sP|it Рin.
13. сhвck couрlings (3, figure 4&-9) of tho boost pistons for correоtspaсing aпd p|ay. тha miпimum spaсing
I must not be |ess thaп 2 mm. сoup|ings must not havo аny аxia| p|аy.
ЕFFEстlvlтY step 14. is a supрlementary |nspoctlon Aоcording тo operatiпg тme in Fh аnd is lo be

рerformed on|y on bцshings, Whiсh may bэ rotatёd while instal|ed. For time of iпsрeсtion
retsr to chapter 101.
,14.
сheоk guide bushings {1) for the сoupling guidэ Piпs (2) for play in the ang|e braсkets (5)' тhe minimum
contact must not fall below 0.5 mm.
"!
15. lnsрeсt visibie areas of рistons in actuators aпd the pressure transfer vaIve for scores, and smooth with
polishing сloth if neсessary.
16. Visшаl|y inspect shaft o{ N2-|ever assy foг deformаtion.
\
]
сHAPтЕR Revisioп 22
Page 34
@янн"oрteг мAINтЕNANсE MANUАL вO 105
DЕтAIL A
1 Guide bushing
5
|.Ъl.ТЪm_. 2 Guide piл
3 Goupling assy
1 |щ||@||Wt:" 4 Piston rod

5 вraсket аng|e
чЕll_LLя Permissible clearaпое: 2 mm
6 Position so that
bushing аbuts
Figuro 4з-9 |nspoфion - couP|iпgs
17. Msua||y сheсk fou|iлg indiсators. тhe red button sha|| not have popped out. lf the red button has рopрed
out, rep|aсe.the filter element (refer to paragrфh 4з-3з and 43-34).
18. Visua||y insрeсt fork ends of system l асtuator boost plstons for corrosion. Reр|ace с9rroded fork ends.
Revision 2з с|lAPтЕн 4з
Pagв з5
€рнн"oрter мА|NтЕNANoЕ ti,ANUАL вo 105
)
19. Inspect couplings for corrosion:
a' lf оorrosion is gvident, remove сouplings iп aсcordаnсr with RЕ|vl 402 or нЕtЙ tю5.
b' lпэрect сoup|ing bolts for сorгosion. |f сorrosion is avident, remove aпd reрlaсe сoupling bo|ts in acсor.
danсo with REM 402 or вЕM .ю5.
с. |f сoupling bo|t is to be reр|aсed' сlean inferior of appropfiаtr piston and visually inspeоt thread for me.
сhaniсal damage and оorrosion. No damage permissib|o to lhe 8th thread, rep|aсo pistоn rod in aсоor"
danсe With FlЕM 402 or FtЕм 405, if necвssary
d. lпsta|| coup|ings in aссordanсe With RЕt\il 402 or RЕt\,l 405.
20. |f trappod air indiсator (indiсator ring) is insta||ed or] systеm 1 and system 2 lёservoirs, inspeсt iпdiсator
ring (11' Fig. 43.8) for coпdition аnd free movemeпt on piston rod.
a. Rеmove safety оаp (1).
b. мove indiсаtor ring (11) by hапd up and down the рlgton rod to ensure freo movement over entire range. |'
the indiсаtor ring should bind' remove it аnd thinly lub:iсаte iв s|iding area on th€ рistoп rod With hУdrau|iс
oil.
о. |nsрeсt indiсаtor foг оorreсt pаint inish. li paint coat is damaged, touсh up With two-сomponent wash
primer (ctи 42з) 'ing
followed by twc.сomponont PUR finishing сoat (сfut 444).
;i
оHAPтЕR 43
)
Revision 2з
Page 30
@РH*o,.'" MAINтЕNANсE МANUAL вo 105
4з - 12 LЕAк.AGE снЕсK - Р|YDRAULIс sYsтЕtt'

specia| tools: HydrauIiс ground unit
1 . с|oan tho hydrauliс unit (refer to parаgraph 43_1 0) .
2. conneсt hydrau|iс ground uпit to eхter;al pressure quiсk-iisсonnects PA I and вA t.
3. APP|y a pressure ot 103 bar to PА | 5 minutes. Perform 25 double strokёs with eaоh сontro| rod. visuа||y I
cheоk hydrau|iо system for |eakage.'orтhe values given in tab|e 4з-4 shal| not be exceeded. lf exсossive
405. I
leakago is evident' repairthe hydrau|ic unit as out|iпed in RЕм 402 or RЕl\4 l
4. Replenish system 1 (rofer to раragraрh 4н).
4A. |f trapped air indiсator (indiсаtor ring) is insta|led, removo safety оap (1' Fig. 4и) and push down indiсator
ring (11) unti| it is seated on washer (12) |oсated on the reservoir сover. Reinsta|l safety оap (1).
5. Porform steps 2. to 4. for system 2. For this рurpose соnnect externa| proвsure quiсk-{isсonneсt PA || and
RA II.
PARт мAx|МUМ PЕRMlsslвLЕ LЕAкАGЕ

Unioпs' fittiпgs No loakage permissible. Leaky union nuts may be
tightened once only by 1/6 turn.
Power piston seal of th6 aсtuators 1 drop per 25 double strokes.
сontro| sPool sea| of thо асtuators 1 droр per 25 doub|e strokes.
тab|e 43.4 PermissibIв |eakagе
Revisioп 2з oHAPтЕR 4з
Page з7
(Эрsярoрter МA|NтЕNANоE МANUAL вo 105
BI.ANK PAGЕ
,}
сHAPтЕR 43
Pаge 38
МAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
@Р#L"#oo.-.
4з - 13 lNsPЕст|оN oF sYsтEiл 1 sELEстoR vALvЕ FoR сoRRos|oN
SрeciaI tooIs: тool for Unsсrewing too| no. 34 refer to сhapter 04
Тhis inspection is to be сarried out on|y on sоrew рlцg (2, figure 4з-10) With a Vent ho|e in the center, Which
is оovered by a fine-meshed sоreen aлd not sealed.
1 . Remove contro| rоds loсated betlveen inрUt |evers (refer to рaragraph 43-36).
2. Remove screw p|Ug from system 1 va|Ve body manifold Us|ng too| no. з4.
3. с|ean sсrew piug and opening in va|vё body manifo|d using сomрressed air
4. lnspeсt inside of oPeпing for сorrosion.
5' Remove corrosion, particular|y in the area of stud (3) or brazing and c|ean affeсted area With aоetone.
|n оase this area is sea|ed, do not remove sealing сompound. тhus Work step 6. may be omitted.
6. seal area around stud оr btazing With seа|ing сompound (сM 661).
7. Wet sсrew рlug With hydrauliо oil аnd instа|l in vаlve bоdy mаnifo|d. тorque to 4.5 thru 5.5 Nm.
8. |nstal| оontro| rods (refer to рaragraрh 4t-40).
1 Valve body manifold

2 Sсrew р|ug
3 Stud or brazing
4 sea|iпg оompоund
s
3t
Figure 43.10 sea| _ sогew p|Ug - Va|ve body manifold
Revisioп 10 сHAPтЕR 4з
Page 39
(3рнярoрtеr MA|NтЕNАNсЕ мANUAL Bo 105
43 - 1 4 FUNстIoNALтЕsтlNG oF FILтЕR сoNтAпn|NAтloN lNDlсAтoR Wlтн LA.

тERALLY |NSтALLED lNDlоAтoR P|N
1 . мovo red indicator pin With suitable mandre| and сheck for freedom of movement. Be sure not to push the
indiсator pin to its outward limit, as it Wi|l loсk in positioп'
2. |f thr iпdiсator рin does not mov6 easi|y (due to оontamination or gumming) remove contamination
indicator, c|eaп it an reiпstall (retеr to parа 43.3з or 43-з4). 'ilter
3. Rep|enish aпd bleed system (ro'or to Paragraph 4з-4 аnd 43-5) only if fi|ter housing сover has been re.
moved.
43 - 15 FUNст|oNAL тЕsт - I-|YDRAUL|с sYsтЕlл
speоia| too|s: l{ydrau|ic ground unit

line
;r
Pressure test 105-45000W2

Drainhose tool no' 'l9 (105-45000 W1) refer to оhapter 04
Dripcup сommerсiаl
Grаduated vessel оommercia|
NoтЕ . lf test requirements сannot bё met aпd if no сorrective aоt]oпs are specitied, proоeed as
out|ined in the Repair lvlanuа| (FtEt\il 402 or вЕM 405).
. |f pressure is aрplied to quiоk-disоonneсt PA || оnIy, switоh.over to sУstem 2 ocсUrs
aUtomatiсaIly.
1 . сheck eleоtriсa|ly initiаted system switch-over for сorreоt funсtion.
а. Aррly а рressure of 103 bar to PA l and PA tl by means of the hydraцliс g(ouпd unit. Return liпe must be
connected to вA I aпd RA ll.
b. set hydrauiiо test switch to

.тЕsт'' (''нYDR l|'') and relвase.
ЕFFEстlv|тY P/N105-45021' 105-4502з' 105-45028

Warning Iight HY BLoCK must оome on.
l EFЕEст|V|тY P/N 105-8зOo1, 105-83011, '105-45039, 105-45oз9o, 105.45018

Warning lights HY BLoCK and нYDR l must оome on.
о. check that hydrau|iо unit has switched over tо system 2 by Visual|y insрeсting it during switсh.over.
)
сHAPTER 43 Revision 24
Pаgs 40
€flJяРoo.-. MАlNтЕNАNcЕ I\4АNUAL Bo 105
d. set hydrаu|ic test switсh to

..RЕsEr aпd re|ease.
ЕFFЕстlvlтY P/N 105-4502.t. 105-45023' 105-45028

Warning |ight HY вLoCK must go otf.
ЕFFEстlv|тY P/N 105.83001' 105-8301'1' 105-45039' 105.450390, 105_45018 l

Warning lights HY BLOCK and HYDR 1 must go off.
e. сheоk that hydrauIiс unit has switсhed оver to system ,l

by Visua||y inspeсting it during switсh.over
2. оhесk switсh-over from system 1 to system 2 by override foг funсtion.
a' App|ya pressuro of 103 barto PA Iand PA llby meaлs o{ the hydrau|iс grоund Unit. Returп line must be
conneсted to RA I and RA l|
b. system 1 must be engagф.

Using the apрropriаte control e|emont or rod, app|y short quick movements 10 ovorride the LONGITU.
DINAL сontrol axis in one direоtion.
cheсk that hydrаuliс unit has switоhed over to system 2 bУ visua||y insрeсting it during switоh.over
с. system 1 must be engaged.

Using the appropriate contro| element or rod, aPp|y short qUiсk movements to override the LoNG|тU.
DlNALсontrol ахis in the opрosite direction.
cheсk that hydrauliс unit has switоhed over to systom 2 by VisualIy inspeсting it during switоh-over.
d' Perform steрs b. and с. for the LАтЕRAL and the оoLLЕCТlVЕ controI ахes.
з. сheоk рressure switоhes seрarately in both systems for proper funоtion. |n case of a pressure drop, re-
spоnse-of рressure switоh must be such that warпing Iight HYDFl wi|| illцminate аt a ргessure гange of 72
to 65 bar. |n оase of a рressure inсrease, warning iight HYDR must extinguish at a maх. pressure of 85
bar. Deviations from these Va|ues reqцire replacement of the affeсted pressure switсh.
a. Connect eIectriсa| power to hydrauliо unit.
b. сonneсt hydrauliо grouлd unit tо system 1 .
c. Aрply a Pressur€ of i03 bar'

Warning light HYDR 1 is oft.
d. Slowly reduce pressurs.

Warniпg light HYDR 1 must i|luminate аt a pressure raпgo of 72 to 65 bаr.
e' slow|y iпcrease pressure.

Warning light HYDR 1 must eХtinguish at a maх. pressure of 85 bar.
f. Release system 1 pressure and disсoпneоt hydrau|ic ground unit from hydraulic unit.
g. Perform substeps b. thru f. for systеm 2.
Revision 24 сHAPТЕFI 43
Page 41
€*няРoo,-,. MA|NтЕNАNоЕ MANUAL Bo 105
'I
сAUт|oN PFlЕssURЕ lN ЕxcEss oF 155 вAR t\ilAY DAIiAGE ТнЕ PRЕSSURE вЕLlЕF VALVЕ.
4. сheоk opening pressure of pressure re|ief va|ves in va|ve body manlfo|ds of both systems.
a. сoпnect hydrau|ic ground unit to externa| pressure quick-disconnects PA I and RA |.
b. Apрly a pressure of 1l0 barto PA |. s|ow|y increase pressure untilthe plossure 16lief va|ve opens. when
tho va|Vo opens, flow пoises are Perceptib|e. тhe valve shal| oрen at a рressure of 117.133 bаr.
c. Reduоo piessuretozero. Pgrform steps a. aпd b. forsystem 2. Forthis purpose, соnnoct externalpres-
suro quiсk-disconneоts PA Il and RA ll.
5. сheоk оhaпgeover systёm tor ease ot movement.
a. Manually switоh to system1 by pu||ing out pistoп ol Pressure transfer valvФ from valvg housing.
b. Conneсt hydrаuliс ground unit to externa| prossure quick.disсonneоts PА l| and RA ll.

i
c. s|ow|У increase рressure Unti|switоh-ovorto sysiom 2 takes рlace. switch-over musttаke p|aсe before
а рressUre ot 30 baris reached. ltthere is no switch-over within abovё limit' Proceed according to Work
step e.
d. Fleduce pressure to zero.
NoтE Perform step e. oлIy if there is no switоh-over Within specified llmit (see step c.)
e. Еnsure free movement oftransfer |ever on shaft and repeattesting described underWork steps a, tod. If
the рressuro stil| eхоeods 30 bar bofore switсh-over takes рlaсe, detaсh pressure tlansfer Va|V€ trom
transfor lever and repeat testing.
l lf no switоh-over oссurs below 30 ba( reрair of the рrossure traпsfer va|Ve is гequired (refer to вЕM
l 402 or REМ 405).
lfthe switсh-over occurs. reduсо friction in transm|tting elements. For this purpose, remove any corro.
sion and apply grease (сМ 101)to transmitting e|ements.
6. сheck openlng pressure of |oW pressuro re|ief valvos iп hydrau|ic reservoirs in both systems
)
a. сonnoct hydraulic ground unit to eХterna|pressure quiсk-disconnect FlA |. Dlsсonnoct drain |ine of tho
hydrauliс reservoirs on transmlssioп deck and route into adrip сцp.
сНAPтЕR 43 Revision 2з
Page 42
€рнжРoo."'. MA|NТENANсЕ MANUАL Bo 105
b. App|y a pressЦre of 5 bar to пA |. s|owly increase pressure untilthe |ow Рressure relief Va|ve opens. It
hydrau|ic f|Uid flows down the draiл |ine, it саn be сonсluded that the vatve has opened. тhe valve shalI
open atа pressure of 7'5-8'5 bar. Repеatiho t3st itthe opоning рressure is too high. тhe repeat test ex.
оludes any possibility ot the valve stiоking'
с. Perform steps a. апd b.forsystem 2. Forthis purрose, сonnect exterпa|pressurequiсk-disсoпneоt FlA||.
d. сonneсt drain line on trаnsmission deck.
7. сheck hydrau|ic reservоirs oJ both systems for ease of movement:
a. сoпneсt hydrauiic grouпd Unit to eХternalpressure quiоk.disсonneсt PA l. сonneоt draifl hose, too(no.
19 (105-45000 W1) to RA |. P|aсe a drip cup at the ready.
b. App|y a pressure of 30 bar to PA |. colleсt return oi| in the driP оup. тhe fluid |evel indiоator sha|l move ]
downward perceptib|y and smooth|y. If thofluid levelindicator does not move or il it moves erratiсally, re. l
pair the hydrauliс reseNoir (refer to RЕM 4o2 or REM 405l. l
с. |fspeоified in оhapter 101 (|nspeсtion) сhange hydгau|iсf|uid (referto рaragraрh 43-6).
d. Fi|l system 1 hydrau]iо reservoi. (retet to para 43-4).
e. Peгform steps a. to d' for system 2. For this purpose, connect externa|рressure quiоk-disсonneоt PA l|
and draiп hose to RA ||. switсhover to system 2 is not neсessary.
сheck the internaI leak oil of the hydrau|iо Unit in both systems:
a. Drain hydraulic reservoir of system 1 (refer to paragraph 43-Z).
b. sсrew in shut-off p|Unger of the test va|vo in system 1 by hand. lf sоrewed iп tоotight|y, sea|ing surfасe
may be damaged.
с. Conneоt draiп hose, tool no. 19 (105-45000 W'l) to eХternal pressure quiсk-disоonneсt RA | аnd route
into a drip cцp. PIaоe measuring cup at the ready.
d. Plасe powerрistons oJa||aоtuatorsofsystom 1 iпtheirоentreрosition. Аpp|yapressure of 103 barto PA |.

Do not movo оontrolrods. co|leоtdrаiлing hydrau|icf|uid inthedripcup. Waituntilthers isan evenftowof
leаk oil' then сol|eоt thsf|uid iп a meаsuring сup for 1 minute. тhe interna| |eak oilsha|l not eХсeed 35 ml/
mln.
Revision 23 сHAPТEв 43
Page 4э
AFн*o.*. MAINтЕNANоE MАNUAL Bo 105
e. Applyаprossure of 10з barto PА |. Push оontro|rods ofalIthrer сontro|axes toone end рositioп aпd kеep
tham in this рosition. сo|lect hydrau|iо f|Uid drained through the drain hose in a measuring cuptor 1 min.
Ute. тho leak oil{lоW rate shall not exо6ed 50 ml/min.
f. Perform steр e. with thо сoпtrol rods in the other end position.
g. open shut-offр|ungerofthe testvalve ofsystеm 1 by 1/2turп andseоutewith |oсkwire. Disоonnoctdrain

hose from external pressure quiсk-disconпeсt.
h. Reр|вnish hydrauliо reservoir of system 1 (rofer to parаgraph 43-4).
i. Ropeat stePs а. to h. for system 2' тo dothis:
- drain hydrau|iс reservoir of system 2'
- apply a pressure of 103bartosystom2viaРAll 'system] is nonpressurized; switch-over takes

p|аоe'
. оonnsсt drain hoseto г]А |l and sсrew in shut-otf р|unger of thё test VaIVe system 2 by haпd'
- reрeat stоps d. to h. tor system 2.
9. сhёоk the Pumр Pressure of tho hydraulic pumРs in both systems:

тhe pump pressure оаn be measured during a ground run or by means of the hydrаuliс test staпd if the
hydraulic unit has been removed.
NoтE PЦmр pressure is deрendent on oil temperature. тhe рermissib|e pressure range is
betweeп 101 and 108 bar at an oiItemperaturё ot 20 .C t .10 "c. outside tho givoп
temperature range' pressures may Vary per 25 .о as fo|lows:
- by minus 1 bar at higher temperatures.
- by plus 1 bar at lower tempsratures.
a. I\doasuring thё pumр рressure using an вxterna| pumр drive.
1) Flange hydraulic pumps to the eХterna|Pцmp drive. Тhe hydraulic reservoirs shall bё filied. сonneсt
pressurв gauge 105-45000 W2 to eхternal pressure quick-disсonneоt PA |.
2) switсh oп рump drive. The pump prossuro of system 1 shal| be.101.108 bar.
3} Perfоrm steps 1) and 2) for system 2. cоnneоt pressure gauge to PA ||.
b. Мeasuring tho pump pressure during a grouпd run.
1) conneсt presslre gauge 105.45000 W2 to external рressure quiсk.disоonneсt PA |.
2) Perform a ground lun al 96%-100% Nвo. тhe pumр рressure shall be 101-108 bar.
3) Perform steрs l ) a.]d 2) for system 2. No switch-ovёr to system 2 is neсessary. сonneоt prossure
gaцgё to PA ll.
,10.
Gheсk red buttons of the fouling indiсatorfor ease of movemeпt. For this purpose touоh the taсe of the red
button with adhesive tape and pull it out.
)
снAPтЕR 43 Revision 24
Page 44
€*,нR*o.*. МAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
4t . 16 GRoUND RUN cнЕск oF sELЕстoR vALvЕ sЕттlNG
ЕFFЕст|V|тY APp|ies lo al| dual hydrац|iс units, gхоeрt duа| hydrau|lс units l
P/N 105-450з9 аnd P/N 105-450390 l
1. General
switоhover respoпse from system 1 to system 2 sha|l be tested under |oad during а ground run.
NoтЕ тhis оheсk is to be сarried out

. after installation of a hydrau|iс unit in the he|iсopter
. afteг the instaliation of a сonneсting p|ate (6' figure 4з-15)
. аftеr insta|lаtion of hex bo|t (1 or 5)
. after insta|ling сotter pin in a rod end (8) of seleсtor Va|Ve (7 or 9)
. aft€r the insta||ation of a shuttle va|ve
. after insta||ation of the meоhaniоal |iпkаge interсonneсting the shuttle valve and
seIeоtor vaIves
. after inspeоtion of $witсhover сontrol liпkage for play (refer tо pаragraph 43-l7)
reveals play abovo 0.5 mm and this is subsequently removed.
2. Prior to ground ruп

сheck that the оonnecting рlаte is ofthelype sрeоified for the оonfiguration ofva|ve block mаnifo|ds it сon.
nects (see tabIe 43-5 for сombinations).
тhe оonneсting Plates mUst be сo|or сoded. seё table 4i}-5 for сorrespondiпg hole spacings.
Flevision 24 снAPтER 43
Page 45
(Эгнр"'"Oрteг MА|NтЕNANoЕ МANUAL вo 105
)
- VALVЕ вoDY t\ilANlFoLD сoNNEст|NG PLАТЕ
P/N оonfiguration P/N Distanсe between co|or сode
Bores
D133-756 105-45227.15 mm 25.7 yellow
105-45227.16 zб.U mm
D.1зз.756Е
green
ZЕ1-12в-1
zЕ1-126-|
zЕ2-126
ZЕ2-126-1
za2-126-l )
D't3з.756Е mod1 t 105.45227.13 25.'1 mm blаck
Dl33-756E-0r I
ZЕ2-126-1 mod 1 } ,
fSfltr;i I
ъb|e 4з.5 Assignment of coпneсting рlates to vаIve body manifo|d сonfigurations
3. Ground run
a. Inspeоt and, if noоessary adjust triction brake in аccordanоe With сhapter 102.
b. Release the frictioп brake.
c. Perform gfound cheсk With both enginвs rцпning. fi.laintain 97-98% rotor RPlvl.
d. Fleloaseсol|eсtive рitch toverand cyc|iо stiоk |ocks' switch to hydrau|iо system l and trim оyо|ic contro|to
obtaiЛ lhe smа||est possib|r mast moment usiпg |oпgitudina| and |aterа| trim.
e. Detormiпethetorquesettingаtwhiсhthe he|iсopterwi||startto liftoff. тhefollowing сheсks are madeWith

з5to torque on both еngines. Theтeiorэ, it must be dotrгmined Whetheт this tоrque setting can be
40o/o
reachod Without the he|icopter |ifting off. |f hr|icoрter does Iift off, add neсessary ba|last to he|icopter.
l
онAPТЕR 43 Revisioл 10
Page 46
ЕURoсoPтER мA|NтЕNANсЕ [\'ANUAL вo 105
NoTЕ During Lhe follot,ling сhесks 1ook out for switсh.over

reaсtions when switсhing from hydrauliс systеm 1 to
hydrauliс system 2. A switсhovеr reaсt,ion is indiсated by a
change in posit'lon of the сolleсtivе pitсh levеr.
t,, Raisе the сo].]'eсtj.ve pitсh lever steadiJ.y from its lowest position
until reaсhing 35 to 408 torquе on both englnes. },laintаin the сo]]ес-
tive pitсh level in this рosition and immеdiately rоtatе the сyсlic
stiсk at a radius of ].-2 сm about the neutrаl position in the direс-
tion of rotor rotation.
сyс]iс stiok movеment rate shal] be aррrox. 2 seсonds Per full
сirсle.
Whl]e rotaLing the сyсliс stiсk and aftет having сomр]eted at least
onе full сirсle, switсh from hydrаuliс systеm 1 to systёm 2.
Whi1e switсhing over to sysLem 2, grip Lhе сolleсtive lеver with

1ight hand рressurе ln order Lo dеtесt any swiuсhover rеaсtion. If
switсhovеr reactions oссur, measure t'he amount by whiсh the сo1-
lесLive рitсh lеver сhangеs its position (sеe figure 43-11) .
Use а sса|o or rulв
lЙaазuro dl9lаnс6
b€lweвn |вv€r
posltlons here
40075?
E'igure 43-1J. }4easuring сhange in рositlon of сollесtivе рitсh ]evеr
After switсh-over has oссurred' return сyсliс stiсk to nеut.Ia,].. push

the .с.l.]eс}ive nitr.h lever downward аnd switeh nrzоr
vvЕl ir' lrnil.
hvr.lrаl',l
lrIЧloцlf\, цllf L
from system 2 to system 1.
s. Aссomрlish сhis сheсk three times.

h. сonс}ude ground run and рxoсeed aссordlng to flowсhart, steр 4.
B0 I05
снAPTЕR 4З
Revision 10 Page 4?/48
(\l
i.^€ ь
-oE-l
g я€
9Ё Ё
ЕЕfl
<s o.
ёЁ00
;E9
gl Ёi
*-ЕЕ
r\oE
Е.8:
Е;Eэ
gsPE
>'o Е6 z.r'я
<r-шF
Ёо3- OTI<>:Y
3н
с6J;i
E;E ЁЕЕЁЕЕЁ
}:о н]Ь:Еqi
бHi===ё
,j ээ
Е Eеig1;9
I
zE 63бЁ: jз
lR*E:sй
s EЕЕЁatfi
iE Ё
*6Ё
o.aй
б
ЕN6
gE =.
'r:E
с.,A
d Еэ
=at
AI
9ч Б
Д Ё':
: Eй g
ь
х2
ё1 о
.с'
6Ё i Ё e g
€рsярoрteг MA|NтЕNANоЕ МANUAL Bo 105
4з - 16A GRoUND RUN сHЕоK oF sЕLЕстoR vALvЕ SЕTт|NG
EFFEст|V|тY Aрp|ies to dua| hydraulic units P/N 105450з9 аnd P/N 105.450з90 l
'1. Generai
switсhover response from system 1 to system 2 shal| be tested under loаd during a ground run.
NoтЕ тhis сheck is to bв caried out

. after insta||atioп of a hydrauliс unit in the hв|iсopter
. after installation of a shuttle valve
. after iпsta|tation of meсhaniсa| tinkage (e.g. eyebott (1 Fig. 43-з,l B) and sсrews (16 and
'
17)) interсonneсting shutt|e Vaive and seleоtor Va|Ves
wAвNlNG AтA DISPLAсЕMENт oF тHE сoLLЕстlVЕ P|тсH LЕVЕR |N ЕxсЕssoF20MM'

Т|-lЕRЕ |s DANGЕR oF LoosING HЕlGHт sUDDЕNLY IN FLlGHт. тHls cAN сAUsЕ
тHЕ HELIсoPтER тo н|Т ТHE GF|OUND WHЕN ЕLYING Aт LoW LЕVEL. Foв Tl.||s
RЕAsoN, тHЕ DUАL HYDRAUL|O UN|т t\4usт Noт вЕ нЕтURNЕD тo FLYING
sЕRv|сЕ.
2. PerForm grouпd run per para 43-16' step 3.
The fo||owing aрplies if a sWitсhover response is felt:
. |f оollective pitch |ever disp|aсement is less lhan 20 mm' dual hydrauliс Unit is oK' No further aсtion is
requrreo.
- gЕil'".*",: o*n lever displaоement eхceeds 20 mm, repair duа| hydrauliс unit (refer to RЕM 402 o.
l -
Revision 24 сHAPтЕв 43
Page 51
€рнярOрteг MA|NТЕNANсЕ MАNUAL вo'105
BLANK PAGЕ
сHАPтER 4з
Pаge 52
MA|NтENАNоЕ MANUAL вo 105
@рнffiР.,o.".-
4з - 17 |NsPЕстIoN oF sWlтсP|ovЕR сoNтRoL L|NKAGЕ FoR PLAY
ЕFFЕст|v|тY AppIios fo. a|| duа| hydrаuIiс units' eхсept duа| hydrauIiс units
P/N 105-45039 and P/N 105-450з90 I
1. Remove сow|ing.
пemove protective р|ate |oсated next to hydrau|ic unit.
J. Remove push rod of сo||ective аxis.
сheоk system switсhover сontlo| liЛkage for р|аy. тhis procedure is a two-man oPeration.
a. Remove hexagon sоrew (з, figure 4з- 12) and Washer (4) to disconпeсt |ever (5} from forkend (2) of
shuttle valve (1).
b. Press piston of shuttle vаlve inward Until it abuts (see figure 43- 13).
о' Press system 1 selector Va|ve inward unti| it abuts.
d. PUsh |оver insta|led on eyebo|t ofselector va|Vo system 2 upward against selector va|ve systвm 1, using
screwdriver (sea figure 43- 13).
e. Using vernier сa|ipe( measure dimension ''X 1'' between |ever and forkend of shuttle va|ve as showп iп
figure 43-1з.
1 Shuttle valve
2 Forkend
3 Hex sсrew
4 Washer
5 Lever
Figure 43-12 Removal and iпsta||ation - lever
Revision 24 сl.|APТEFt 43
Pаge 53
.105
€рнr""рOрter MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo
f. WhiIe keeрing the system 1 seIeсtorVаlvo bottomed using firmfingerpressure, press downthe leverwith
a sоrewdriver (see figure 43- 14).
тho eyebott of the syslem 1 se|eоtor Va|ve must not be pu||ed out in the proсess'
Ar/-
7/в
1
2
3
Shuttle valve
Lever
se|eсtor valvo, system 1
A shutt|e Va|vв pistoп
pressed in a|| the Wаy
4 soleсtor valve, system 2 system 1 seleсtor va|ve

/^ pressed
5 Tube in аll the way
Figure 43-13 l.i1easurement of dimeпsioп ''X 1''
)
сHAPтЕR 4a
Page 54
It4Bв HЕLIс0PтЕRs
l,1A]NTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL 14вв - B0 105
g . }.{еasure the new dimеnsion ''x 2t betwеen lever and forkend of shuttle
..^ 1 ..^
using vernier сalipeт (see figure 4з-14) .
в
7/
A Keep sУstеm 1 se].eсtor valve pressed in to fu1l ext'ent
A Piston of shuttle valve is pressed in to ful1 extеnt

A ],everis prеssed down with sсrewdriver as far as possib1e without Pulling
out the eyebolt. of the system 1 selесtor vаlve
Figure 43-14 l"Ieasuremеnt of dlпension ''x 2''
BO 105
сtlAPTЕR 4з
нЕLTс0PTERs
I.,IAINтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAI l4BB - в0 105
h. Obtain the differenсe between the two dimensions.

пx].{-nx2tr=P]av
NотЕ Play in exсess of 0.5 mm is сonsidered to be the result of

inсorreсt adjustment of the shutLle valve stroke in rеla-
tion to tl're seleсtor valve stroke durinq preсedinq selесtor
va]ye adjЦst]пent's.
If stroke adjustment has beеn performеd inсorrrсtly' t'hе
]imit of trave] of the switсhover meсhanism is noL governed
by the shuttle valve, as rеquired, but by onе of the selес-
tor valves. This wil1 lead to exсessivе r,,ear of switсhover
meсhanism.
i. Aсtions
- If р}аy does not exсeed 0.5 mm, no further aсtion is тequired.
Aссomplish sЕeрs 5.' 6., 7. and 8. and сonсlude inspection for
Play.
. If play exсeeds 0.5 пBn. proсeed with step 9.
5. Sесure lever (5. figurе 43-12) to forkend (2) of shuttle va1vе (1) '
6. Insta]l push rod of сolleсtive axis. Instal] Рroteсtive Plate nexL

to hydauliс unit аnd install 1oсkingr devlсes wherе рrevious]y removed,
't. сheсk for foreign objесts.
B. Install сowlings.
9. Rеmove сonnесting p]ate (6' figure 43-15) '
r0. тnspесt rеmоved сonnесLing p]ate for worn ho].es (see figure 43.16} '
a. Diаmеtеr of ho]es must not exсeеd 5.10 mm.
b. Dimension с must not be greater than:

30.90 mm (yеilow сonneсЕing p.tаte)
31.20 mm (gteеn сonneсting plate)
30.30 mm (blaсk сonnесting Р]ate)
с' Dimension D must not be lеss than:

20'50 mm (yеllow conneсting рlate)
20.80 mm (green сonneсting рlate)
1 a a0 mm /h,l эnlt аannдаi i nп n1аtд\
d. If limits are exсeeded, reрlaсe сonneсting рlate пith оne of same

сolour. нowevеrl if a yellow сonnесting platе is affeсLed, it is
reс'ommended Lo lePlaсe iL with а green one. The сonnесting plate
саn be ]oсally fabriсated aссording to flgure 4З-16.
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 4з
Paqe 56
IiELIс0PтЕRs
l,1AINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL l,lвв - в0 105
11. Remove lever (10, fiqurе 43-15) .
InsPeсt holes оf тenoved lever for wear (seе figuтe 43-17) . If out.of-
round' rePlaсe ]ever '
lJ. If the j.nspeсtiоn of the removed сonneсting plate (61 figure 43.15) and
the lever (10) did not. reveal any wear, play sha1l be eliminated by
replaсing eyebolts (8) of the system 1 seleсtor va]vеs (9) and svsteтn 2
selесtor va]vеs (?) as follo!.,s:
DЕтAIL A
212 8 2з
I
I
L ttex bolts
10 2 Wаsher
1t
I 3 Nut
4 Split pin
5 tleх bo]t
6 сonneсting p]at
7
7 Seleсtor valve
8 Еyebolt
9 SеleсLor valve
10 Lever
11 Nut
12 Split pin
13 Laminаted shim
rяc ra.rll i тo,.l\
Figure 43-15 Remova] and installation - сonneсting plate and eyebolts
Removе split pins (12) from both eyеbolts (8).

h Рamnrre оrraЬа]|с /Яl
If an eyebolt is
sесurеd with toсtlte' break adhesive bond by heating
eyebolt to aPрrox. 100 0с' using a solderj.ng bit'.
Instal] nеw еyebolts.
- ]f a new eyebolt has only оne splj.t pin ho1e' рrovide it with a
sесond one Prior to installation, in aссordanсe with figure 43-18.
- Tеmpоrarily insert one of the сonneсting platе attaсhing bolts in
the еyebolt' and sсrew eyebolt in to full eхtenL' Then seсule eve.
bo1t with splir pin' baсking off eyebolt as neсessary by nоt more
than 1/4 of a turn.
B0 105
сtlAPTЕR 43
мBB I!ЕlIсoPTЕRs
мAINTENANсЕ !.{ANUAL l'1вв - B0 105
Conneсting сo1or сode

plate P/N A B сandD
105-45221 .Ls ye1lolr 25."t + 0.1 37 t 0.8 гoI weal
dimensions,
r05-4522't .16 greеn 26.0 + 0.1 з7 t 0.8 see items 10.b.
and
IA5-45227 .73 b1aсk 25.7 + 0.I
Dimenslons in mm
Color сode entire surfaсе

of сonneсtlng plate' exсept for
boreholes.
Еor сo1or сodes refеr to
abovе t,able.
Consumable materials:
Zinс-сhromate primеr (C},1 401),
tWo-сomрonent sing].e-layer
laсquer (сМ 44з) in appliсable
сolor/ hardener (сl4 435) and
Lhinner (с}4 436)
оonn6сtlng plаto
м8torlaIj 1.45.14.9
Еigurе 43-16 Loсa]. fabriсation . сonneсtinq plate
5.15 mп m.x'
v|Еw A
400?64
Еigure 43-1.7 Wear insPесtion - lеver

B0 105
CIIAPTЕR 43
Paqe 58
MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
t*н,mрoрteг
тreat surfaсe of new

I-t.i._тТl split рin ho|e With
: Ьs ё *.4 chemiсal сonVeгsion
mаterial (см 316)
ri I rl
ч..|.-дl
tqj
seleоtor va|ve eyebolt
Dimensions in mm
Figure 43-,18 seсoпd sрlit pin hole - eyebo|t
14. Insta|| lever (see figure 43-,l5). тighten nut ('11) ot heхagon bolt to the highest value that still a|lows the heх
bolt to be rotated by band.
15. |nsta|l the оonпeоting p|ate (6) on ihe system 1 se|eсtor VaIv6 and сoпneсt рrovisionally to the system 2
selector valve. lnsert bolt through the system 2 selector Valve oп|y to the extent that a||ows the |ever (10)
to movo freely.
16. Cheоk switchover stroke range in aссordanсe with step 5. and subsq. of paragraрh 4з-18'
сl.,|APтЕв zк}
Pаge 59
€рннРo*"'. мA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
]
4з. 17A |NsPEстloN oF sw|тcнovЕR сoNтRoL L|NкAGE FoR PLAY
l ЕFFЕст|vlТY APр|iestoduа| hydrаu|ic unit6 P/N 105.45039 and P/N 105-450390

1. Perform work steps -!. thru 4.h. of para 4з.17.
a. Re|atgd асtion
- Nofurtheraction required if р|ay does not exceed 0.5 mm. Аосomp|ish Work steps 2,3, 4 and 5 and
conоlude insPeсtion for p|ay.
- lf p|ay exceeds 0.5 mm, оontinue with Work step 6.

2. socuro |over (5' fig.4з-12) to forkend (2) of shutt|e va|ve (.1).
3. |nsta|l push rod of оolloctive аxis. |nsta|| protsctive plate next to hydrau|ic unit and insta|l loсking doviсes
whers previously removed.
4. сheck for foreign obiects.
5. Insta|l оowIings.
6. Removo H-connector (,15, fig. 43-31в).
7. G|ean H-conneсtor aпd inspeсt its ho|es tor Wear perJig.43.18A. Replaоe l.,|-сonnector if Weaг |imits ar€
eхceeded.
8' в6move |ever (11).
9. |nsрeоt |ever for worn ho|es per fig' 4з-17. Flep|асe |ёVer if wear is evident.
10. lf tho inspeсtioп of H-оonnector (15' fig. €-31a) and |6ver (10' fig. a3.15) did пot revea| аny weаr, p|ay
sha||bo oIiminated by reрlaсing eyebolts (8) of the system 1 se|всtorvalves (9}аnd system 2 se|eсtorvalves
(7) as {ollows:
a. Remove sр|it pins ('12) from both eyebo|ts (8).
b. Remove eyrbolts (8).

|f an eyebo|t is seсured with Loоtite, break adhesive bond by hеаting eyebo|t to аpproх. 100 "с, using
a soldoring bit.
с. lnstal| пew eyeboIts.
- тemрorari|y iпsert |"{.conпeсtor attaоhing bo|ts through eyebo|ts and sсrew new eyebolt in to fuI|
oxtent. тheп seоure eyobolt With sрlit pin' baоkiпg off eyebo|t аs necessary by not more than 1/4
of a turn.
- lt a new eyebо|t has on|y one sр|it pin ho|e, рrovide it with a seсond one prior to insta||аtion iп aсcor.
danсo with fioure 4з- 18.
)
сHАPTЕR 4i} Revisioп 24
Page 60
€РняРoo.". IvtАlNтENANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
11. lnsta|| lever (see fig. 43-15). T.ighteп nut (11) of hexagon bolt lo ths highest vаlue thаt sti|l a|lows the hex
bolt to be rotated by hand.
,12. .1
lnsta|| H-conr]eоtor (15, fig. 4з.31в) on system and system 2 selector Valves.
13. check switchover stroke рer para 43-18A.
Dimensions in mm
|\,lахimum oermissibIe dimensions:
A
A
O 5.1 mm
24.5 + 0.1 mm
,/4, 19.5 mm
,/4\ 29.7 mm
Figure 43-18A Weаr |imits - H-conneсtor
Revision 10 oHАPТЕR 4s
Page 604
(Эрнжрopteг MA|NTЕNANсE MANUАL Bo 105
)
43 - 18 снЕсK AND ADJUsтtt,lЕNт oF sw|тсllovER sтRoKЕ RANGE
EFFEстIVIтY AрpI|es to all dual hydrau||c un|ts oxсeрt dца| hydfaulic units
P/N 105-450з9 and P/N 105-450з90
1. Remove cowliпg.
2. Remove ptotёctive p|ate loсated nexl to tandom hydrauliо unit.
3. Flemove DUsh rod of сo|leсtivв axis.
4. Removo split рiп (4, figure 43-15), пut (3), Washers (2) aпd shims (,1з, if installed) from heх boIt (5}. With-
draw heХ bo|t (5} just suffiоient to remove it from matiпg bore in eyebolt (8) of systern 2 selector valve (7)
to allow free movement of lovor {10).
NoтЕ тhefo|lowing test is perlormod to ensure lhatthв shuttle valve stroke is a|Wаys shorter
than the seleсtor valve stroke' aпd that the stroke is alwаys limited by shutt|e valve
and never by the selectoг va|Ves.
5. сompare length аnd position of se|воtor valve stroke raпge With length aпd рosition оf shuttle va|ve Iever
trаvel.
a. Press connесting p|ate upward (system 1 sa|oсtor va|ve retracted, system 2 se|eсtor VаlVe eхitendrd)
and prass seIeсtorIeverupward. Asa result, theseIeоtorIever hole mUst not be positionedabovetheeye.
bolt holo (see figure 43-19).
b. Push оonneсting plate and selвсtor |ever downwаrd (system 1 se|ectorValve eкended, system 2 se|eо.
torVаlve retracted}. As aresult' thes6|eсtor|ever hole must not be positioned be|ow the eyebo|t ho|e (see
tiguro 43-20),
System 2 sУstem 2
sёlector vа|ve se|eоtor Vа|ve
fully extendod: fU||yretrасted:
t lever borehole
рosition must
not be higher
lever borehole
рosition must
not be lower
:' than eyebolt thап eyebo|t
;' borehole borehоle
B, System 2 System 2
Figure 43-19 Figure 4з-20
сHAPтЕR
)
Revisioп 24
Page 60в
EUвoсoPтЕR IViAINTENANоE r\'ANuAL вo l05
t'
+ltr-rп
Lвv.l lr!vэ|d|ttаnсэ A h lho'le.
lhrn !i€ !у!t€m e 8e|всlor v8|ve
Гffiffio
эlrok6 B апd |6vol llAvэ| |! Wlth-
ln lhа в ltroha lrnoo.
2. l' |ov6r tlаvo|d|!lвnс6 А 18 molo

Eн+ILJU lhаn t mm lhsn slroke в
J:=r. 'hortor вl|gn с€nl€r

of lotootor vаlv6.
ll.vrl A wlth с9пt9r ol !trоl. в
ol
I svаtэm z
\\--- I
{8go gtoр 7').
*"*"*
Lova. lnvGld|llrnсэ A h lhoгl9r L.v€r trav!|d|!t!nсo A |! |on'et lh!п !у!.

ih8n lhэ syltam 2 !э|€ctol v.lve tОm 2 !!|эсlor v'lv6 .trolo в end !h9!g!g9
rllok. в' цtl lov6r tf.vэl |! out. outllda |yriэm 2 vаlvв rlrokэ r'n!6.
8|dэ ty8t€|n 2 !э|eоtol vа|vэltrola 'oloсtor
laпeo!
r'lgцre 43-21 сomрarison of syslem 2 se]eсtor va}ve stroke length

аoainst levrr trave] dlstanсe
в0 105
сtiAPтЕR 43
Pаge 61
ЕUвoсoPтЕR Ij|A|NтЕNANсE tt,lANUAL вo 105
The fоllowing steр c. does noЕ aрply to hydrauliс units P/N

i 05-45028 and P/N 105-45018
с. If the travёl dlsEаnсe of shuttle valve ].ever is longer thаn the

stroke of the seleсLоr vа]ves (see figure 43-21)' reduce shut't'le
valve рisEon sсroke by maсhining off РarL of t'he fitting {ассomplish
instruсtions Per steр 6.
d. It thе t'Iavеl distanсe of the shuttle valve is mofe than 1 шп shoтLer
than the st'roke of the selёсtor vаlves (see figure 4з-21), сheсk
Еravel of the shцttle vаlve аnd slroke of the seleсtor valves for
s)rmmet'ry. AdjusЕ foтk head on shuit'le valve as neсe8sary to aсhieve
syrRmetry by РerfoIming step 7.
ё. If Lhe Lravе} disЕаnоe of Lhr shuLlle valvr is shorter than the

stroke of the seleсtor va1veg. but outslde the stroke rаnge of the
seleсlor valves (see figure 4з-21) re.рosition shuttle valve ]ever by
^l.r.'^ь].- !Ь^
a\rJцDLд'tч Lllс '.rk head on thе shцttle vаlve. сheсk tlavel of shuttle
tv
vаlvе and stIoke of thе se1eсtor valves for syпшпet ry by реrforming
steP 7.
* 6. 4з-22|
If neсessary (sеe
* step 5,с.). re-work flt'ting P/N Dlзз.720.03Е (4, figure
as follow;
1 тubing
2 Е'itLing
3 liasheЕ
4 Е'itt1n9
5 LoсkUire
6 sеleсtor lever
] Loсk nut
B
q
t'orkhead
.^t t6Е n,i n
10 shuttle vаlve
E.igцre 4з-22 shuttle valve and attached pаrts
в0 105
с}IAPтЕR 43
Page 62 Revision 14
нЕLIс0PTЕRs
I",AINтЕNдNсЕ II{ANUAL l,lBв - B0 105
|' .€qulr6d'.mасhtri,d.h6,g
F|tt|no P/N D|з3.720.03Е
20.00 mm
m8x.22.00 mm. мaсh|n|ng to 20'7 mm
|8 u8u8||y sull|сl6nt.
Е'lgurе 43.23 Rework - fitting
a. Disсonneсt tubing (]'. figure 43-22) and Plug open end.

b. Rеmovе fit'tin9 (2) and washer (3) .
с. Rеmovе fitting {4).

d. I"laсhine off fitting (4) in aссordanсe with figure 43-23.
е. Inst.al] fitting (4, figuтe 43-22| l Washer (3) and fi.tting (2) with
new O-тing. Removе p]ug and сonneсt tubing (1) .
1. If rеquired by steрs 5.d. and e., adjust fork heаd (8, figure 4З-22| oл
shuttle valve.
a. Adjust lеnglh of fork head (8) thread engagemenl. Do this by removing
сotter pin (9) and baсking off jamnut (?) . тhen hоld foгk head and
rotate shutt]e valve piston in the required direсtion. Thе fork head
сan bе adjusted in inсremеnts of either |/2 Lt.lrп or ]./6 turn to the
neхt сot'ter pin hole aссordlng to the рiston type.
b' Install сott'eт pln (9) ln fork head (8) аnd tighten ]oсk nut (?) to
fork hеаd (8) .
с. ]f an аdjustment of fork hеad has been pеrfoтmed, еnsuтe that
longitudina1 movement of shuttle va]ve piston in соnjunсtion wilh
rnj.^rw mrrfiоn
lvuulJ дLv u lwll nf lerrer iq nn<:cih]a l.hтnrlаhпlrt tha оnl.i/A ].rr!'6l
....-. raпge
withoul amming.
j
B0 105
сltAPTЕR 43
Paqe 6з
l'lвB tlЕLIсOPTЕRs
I4AINTЕNANсЕ }',!ANUA1 }'4Bв - B0 105
d. If neсessaryl loosen nuts attaсhlng shuttlе va1ve to netal frame and

сorleсt its position so that piston and leveт сan be moved without
jamming, Re-tightеn at'taсhing nuts.
8' Repеat step 5. if fitting on shuttle valve has bееn reworkеd aссording to
steр 6. or fork head on the shuttle valve hаs been adjusted aссording Lo
steр 7 '
9. hstall 1ever (].0, figure 43-15) on syslem 2 se].есtor va]vе (7). Hand
tighten nuts (3) so that heхagon head bolts (1 and 5) havе no axial p}ay
and сan be turned by hand. safеty nut to hexagon head bolt tlith sрlit pin
(4). adding Laminatеd shims (13) аs neсessary aссording to figure 4з-15'
!{ith the tandeп hydrauliс unit pressurized tо 10З bar in both systems' it
must bе possible to move both hex bolts by hand ln system 1 0N and 0E'г
positions. Еai]ure of the bolts to movе аs requirеd means that the
shuttlе valve st'roke range has not beеn сheсked or adjusted properly.
тherefore, you ale required to proсeed again frоm steр 4. in paragraph
43-18.
10. If the switсhovеr stroke range was сheсked as a result of еxсеssive play
found while рerforming Lhe insPeсtion for play out]ined in paragraph
4з-17. Iepeat сheсk of switсhover сonLrol 1inkage for play by рerform1ng
step 4.and subsq' of paragraph 4з-17. ]f the total рlay ехсеeds 0.5 mm'
the hydrauliс unit must not be returnеd to flight oрeтаtional usе. Тn
this сasе notify l,1BB Customer serviсe.
1L. ]nstall рush rod of сol.lесt'ivе сontro] aХis. Instal]' рrotесLive рlatе
neхt to Ьydrauliс unit and install loсking deviсes whеre previously
removed .
12. ]f fittinq D133-]20.03Е has beеn reworked, b]eed the hydrauliс unit in
aссordanсе with paragraph 4з-5.
]nspeсt for foleign objесts.
14. т..}^1,] ^^''1 ;б^^
]rrо LсrJ. r LUw1lllчJ t
15. Ground run thе hеliсoрter (refer Lo paragraph 43-16)
B0 105
с}IAPтER 43
Paqe 64
€Р.нP-Рo,.., мA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
4з . 18A сt|ЕсK AND ADJUsтtt,IЕNт oF sw|тснovЕR lлEснAN|sм
ЕFFEст|V|тY APPl|es тo dua| hydrаullс unit P/N 105.45039 and P/N 105.450390 l
1. Flemоve hex screw (8' fig.43-23A) and Washer (7) from forkend (2) of shuttle valve (1).
2. Using vernier сaliper' оheck shutt|e Va|ve stroke:
desired stroke = 7.0-9.2 mm.
3. Press system 1 se|eсtor valve inward to fu|l extent.
4. Push lever attасhed to system 2 seleсtoг valve eyebolt upward аgainst system ,1
se|ector va|ve, Using
sсrewdriver (see fig. 43.23A).
5. Using feeler gauge, measure and reсord сlgaranсe
,,Y1,,
shown in fig. €-23А.
F,/-
7/g
1 Shuttle valve 5 seleсtor va|Ve, system 2

z Forkend 6 Тube
Leveг 7 Washer
4 Selector valve, system 1 R Hex sоrew
Figure €.23A N4easurement of clearanсe'Y1
Revision 24 сHАPтЕп 4't

Pаge 64А
(Эрнжроptег MA|NTЕNANсЕ МANUAL Bo'l05
6. Press system 2 so|eоtor vа|ve iпWard to fU|| extent'

7' Push lover аttaсhed to system 2 se|ector valve eyebolt dowпward against system 2 se|eсtоr valvo (see fig.
43-23в).
8. Using feeI6г gauge, measure and reоord о|earanсe ',Y2'', shown in fig.43-23в.
System 1
c,
a
6
Figure 43-23B fl/eаsuremoпt of оlearanсe ',Y2',
9. Pross shuttls Valve pistoп iп to ful| extent.

10. сheck whether ho|e of |ever (3' fig. 43-2зA) aIigпs with ho|e of forkend (2) of shutt|e valve and whether
hex scrgw (8) сould be inserted.
11. |f this is not possibie, adjust depth of thread engagemоnt of forkend (8, tig. a3-22\. Dothis by removing
cottel рiп (9) from iorkeпd and bаcking off |oсk пUt (7). тhen bo|d forkend and rotate shuttlg va|ve рistoп
in the required direсtion. тhe forkend сan be adiusted in inсrements of 1,/6 turn to tho пeхt сotter рin hole.
12. Adiust рre-set {orkend (8) by unsc.ewlng рiston iп fork hoad by 1/2 a turп'
сHAPTЕR 4{} Revision 10

Page 64в
EURoсoPтER I'A|NтENANсЕ мANUAL Bo 105
13. Insert сotter pin (9) in forkend {8) and tighten loсk nut (.7) of forkеnd.
14. Attaсh 1ever (1]", fig' 4З-31A) to forkend (6) . using sсrew (4) and washеr
(5), then seсurе сonneсtion.
]"5. Press piston of shuttle valvе with attaсhеd switсhоver сontrol J.inkage in
to fu]l extеnt and Lhеn рull pistoп end again. },leasure and rесord
сlеaranсes ,'Х,'' аnd ''x2t' shown in fig' 42-23c.
10057з-0l
Figurе 43-23C l"leasurement of сlеaranсes ''Х, '' and ..Х,'.
10. If thе forkend has bееn adjustеd during this сheсk. еnsule t,hat,
longitudinal movement of the shuttle valve piston аnd Iotary motion of
the ]evеr is рossible throughout the entirе Lravel range wlthout jamning.
If nёоessary' loosen nuts attaсhing shuttle valve, and сorrесt its
position so that freе mоvеmеnt of piston and lеver is ensured.
п. If the рosition of the shutlle valve has been сhanged, repeat sLeрs 1.
thru 16 .
в0 105
сIiAPTЕR 4з
Rеvisjоn 10 Page 64с
.|05
ЕURoсoPтЕR мAINTENANоЕ MANUAL Bo
].8. Calсulate сlеaranсe diffеrenсes l'Dl .| and ''D2|' as shown in tlre fоlloliing
еxаmple .
сlearanсе uХ1 u - "Y,u =
Clearanсe ПX2п - "Y," =
Val-uеs .|D1 u and "D2" must not differ by more than 0.2 mm.
19. ]f the сa1сu]atеd va]ues do not сorтespond to the desirёd values, adjusl
forkend aссording]y by deсreasing or inсrеaslng thrеad engagеment of
рiston in shuttle vаlve by inсrements of I/6 af a turn (aррrox. 0.17 mm) .
20. Repeat steps 15. thru 18 until desired values ale obtained.
B0 105
сHAPTE]R 43
Paзe 64D Rеvislon ].0
l.lвв нЕ].IсoPтЕRS
I.IAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL мвB - B0 105
43 - 19 !'UNстIoNAL тESтING 0F гlAT sPRТNGs IN sYsTЕм 2
Spесia1 tool:
spring sсalе 0-50 N (сommеrсial)
1. Chесk сlose tоleranсe bolts of thе syst'еn for ease of novement (refer to
paragraph 43-11) .
2. Disсonneсt сontrol rods of eaсh сont'тol axis of systеm 2 from the lowеr
input levеrs аnd fiх in thelr lowest positlons.
3. Disсonneсt сontrol rods bеtween system 1and systеm 2 from Lhe lowel
input levers and hold upward.
4. сheсk f}at springs in сontrоI axis 1 (],AтЕRAL) for funсtion.
a. Insert hеxagon bolt.{1, figure 43-24) through uppеr bushings of inрut
lever (2) and conneсt a spring sсa]e to it'
b. Pull spring sсale uрward until both guides (З} arе mоved црWard by
approximatеly 1 mm relаtive to levеr guidе (4) . If thе forсe required
is ]ess than 40 N' rupt,ure of a flat sрring must be susрeсted.
Rеplaсe ruptured flat spring (refel to рaragraрh 4з-56) .
5. Cheсk flat springs in сontrol axis 2 anсi 3 (COLLЕсT]VE and LONGITUDINAL)

for funсtion.
6. Re-instаl]. сontrol rods '
1 ltеxagon bo]t
? Tnnr l t- I a Ar
3 Guide
l T'arlоr пll i rla
Еigure 43-24 Еunсtional Lest - f]al spriпgs in s ystеm 2

B0 105
снAPтЕR 4з
Dr^6 iq
мвв HЕLIсoPтЕRS
}.,IAINTЕNANсE I4ANUAL I'{вB . B0 105
43 - 20 тЕST]NG 0r sWITсIt OPвRAтTNG PoINTS 0Е'мIсRosWITсItЕs IN sYsтЕl.l 1

GUIDЕs
sресial tools:
supPort tool no. 22 (105.45041 W28} sеe сhaРLеr 04
Dial gauge сommеrсial
Insert ionleхtraсt ion LooL |'115510-2a or 1483123-З1-20
(only for method B)
1. l4et,hod A.
a. Disсоnnесt сontrol rods (1ower and uРpеr) from hydrauliс unit.

b. сonneсt сontinuity tesleI to сontaсts of сonneсtor 7vЕb of the guide
to bе tested:
Guide 10DB1 - сontaсt K аnd S
Guidе 10DB2 - сontасt R and J
Guide 10DBз - сontaсt It and P
Guide 10Dв4 - сontaсt N and G
Guide 10DB5 - сontaсL Е аnd l'1
Guidе 10Dв6 - cont,act Ь and Е
с. Fastеn supPort tool no' 22 (105-45041 W28) to braсket' of hydrauliс

reservoir of syst.еm 1. Attaсh dial gаugе. Position feеler parallеl to
servo va.lve onto housing of the g.uide to be сheсked.
1) сhесk uррer microswitсh of guide:
- }4ovесontrol rod to get servo valve in upper end position.

Set dial gauge Lo zero.
- Override from end position until сontinuity tester (method A)
or solenoid valve (method B) reaсts.
тhе сontaсt travel пlust be 0.6-1.]. шn. ]f there are dеviatiofls,
rеpair guide as outlined in the Repair l4anual (RЕM 402) .
2| сheсk lower niсroswitсh of guide. Perform step 1) for the lower
end рosition.
d. Perform steps b. and с. for the remaining 5 guidеs.

e. Re.insta}1 соntrol rods.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 43
Paoe 66
II{BB }tЕLIсoPтЕRs
I',IA]NTЕNANсE l.lANUAt мвB - B0 105
2 . I"lethod B.
a. Disсonneсt сontrol lods (lower and uPper) from hydrau1iс unit.

b. Е'asten suPPort too] no. 22 (105-45041 W28) to braсket of hydrauliс
reservoir of system 1. Attaсh diat gauge.
3. Position feeler parallel to sеrvo valvе оnto housing of the guidе to bе
сheсked.
a. Aрpliсаble only for сonfiguration GUIDЕS WIтн сoNNEсTORS (standard

version} : disсonneсt eleсtriсal сonneсtоr of the seсond quide of the
same сontтol axis.
b. Appliсable on]y for сonfiguration GUIDES WITiIOUT сoNNEсTORS (refel to
figuгe 43.25 ) .
- Remove frame (12) by removing scrercs (5) . Loosen straps (8 and 10) ,
Remove all twines (9) .
- Disсonnес| one eleсtriсal сab1e of Lhе seсond guide (from 1еft. see
figure 43-25) of |he same сontrol aхls from plцg-in modu].е (1)
using insert ion/ext raсt ion too1 }415570-20 or M8372З-20 or
t48з723-31-20 (white side) . I4ark сontacts for rе-lnstal]at ion .
4. swiLсh on еleсtriсal power suрply of hydrauliс unit.
5. Cheсk uрper miсroswitсh of guide:
a. l.,love сontrol Iod t'o get seIvo va].ve in uрper end рosition. Set dia1
gauge t,o zero.
b. Ovеrride fIom еnd posilion until solenoid valve operates audibly. The
сontaсt travel тпust be 0.6-1 .1 пm. If t'here are deviations. reрair
guide аs out]ined in the Repair l"!аnual (RЕM 402} .
6. Cheсk lovler niсroswitсh of guide: t'or the lower end position рroсeed as
in step 5.
outLlned
.l
, Reсonneсt eleсtriсal сonnесtors of guides or insert сab]es in plug-in
modu]e (1, flgure 43-25} using insеrt ion/ext raоtion tool (rеd side).
8. Perform stеPs з. to 7. for the remaining 5 guides. A]t.|аys еxс1ude the
rеspесtive seсond guide of the same сontrol axis from the testing by
disсonneсLing thе eleсLriсal соnnесt'or or by eхtraсting the eleсtriсa]
сablе from pJ.ug.in module (].) .
9. Instal1 сontro1 rods.
в0 105
с}IAPтЕR 4з
Pаqe 67
IlEl,IсoPTЕRs
l4A]NTЕNANсE I'IANUAI., Mвв - B0 105
1 P]ug.in modц]е 5 sсrew 9 Twine

2 Sсrev+ 6 Nut 10 St rap
3 Nut 7 Wаsher 11 Cable
4 Washer R (fi rяn rz ! rame
1з Guide
Еigure 43-25 Guides of system 1 - сonfiguration: GU]DЕS WITIiOUT сONNЕстORS
B0 105
сI]APтЕR 43
Pagе 68
tрнжрoрter MA|NТЕNANOE IV1ANUAL Bo 105
43.21 SEAL|NG oF sЕRvo vALvЕ DRA|NAGЕ cHAмBЕRs oF sYsтЕм 2

AстUAтoRs US|NG sЕALlNG сoмPoUND
ЕFFЕот]vlтY Apр|ies to a|| duа| hydrаu|iс units' eхсept duаl hydrаu|iс units
P/N .!o5-45o39 аnd P/N 105-450390
Sрeсialtools: sea|ing tool seo figure 43-31
1 . Remove contro| rod to gain aосess to the damaged seа| of the respeсtive aсtuator.
lf the co||eоtive contro| aсtuator seа| is damagф' remove the switch.over meсhanism (see figure 43-26}.
2. оarefu||y remove damaged seal.
NoтE For remova| of threaded plug and bearing supрort. refer to either figure 43-27 orfigure
4з-28, depending on the сontiguration.
з. Unsсrew and remove threaded plug and, if required. bearing support from the servo valve drainage cham.
Ders.
сAUт|oN Do Noт DЕGRЕASЕ sЕвVo VALVЕ DнAiNAGЕ сHAмвЕRS W|тH A сLЕAN|NG

AGЕNТ.
4. Visuа||y iпspeсt drainage сhambers for accumu|ation of Water or hydrauliс oiI and b|ow dry With сompressed
air as necessary.
5. clean threаded Р|ug and' if removed, bearing suPport With aсetone (cM 20з).
6. Pаоk grooves in threаded plugs ofthe |ongitudiпaland |atera|сontro|аоtuators with grease (сМ 101). Flefer
to figure 4il-29.
Тake particular оare when paоking the reсessвs on the з-axis aоtuator D1зз.999II with grease, thаt no
grease eпtоrs the drainage оhаmbers. see figure 4.}-28.
7. |t bearing support bas been гemoved, proceed as fo|lows:
a. Inspect vent bоre for bloоkage and clear as neсessary.
b. Degrease аrёas to be sea|ed on the bearing support With acetone (сlt4 203).
о. Mаsk boro with PVс tape (ом 685 or с[4 615), 3 x з mm in size.
d. App|y a lаyer of sea|ant (сМ 612) over the masking tape and аround the bearing support (see figure
to installation (apрroх. 2 hours at 40. с) sothat tape is
43-30), and allow suffiсient time for itto оUre Prior
not dislodged at installation.
8. |nsta|l bearing support so that thread engagement is the same as before remova| aпd install a new loоk
washer.
9. |nsta||threаded p|ugs and tighteп unti| the markings aрp|ied prior to removal are a|igned (does not app|y
to actuаtor D'133-999||). see figure 4i}'27 or 43-28' аs app|iоab|e' for torque values.
Page 69
(Эрнжрoрtеr мAINТЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
j
10. вefore aрplying the sealant, insрeоt the threaded plug and beаring support onоe more for с|eaгrliness and'
if neоessary, с|ean again With solvent (см 203).
1.l. Prepare tube of sea|ant for aPp|ication as shown in figure 4t.з1.
12. сover threаdёd p|ug аnd bearing support With tho sealant so that they are enо|osed in aп approх. 2-mm.
thiсk сoat (see figure 43-29 and 43-30).
13. A|low suftiоient time for sea|ant to cure (аpprox. 3 hours at 20 .о).
'14. Insta||
switсh-over mechanism, iJ removed. see figUre 43-26. scrows (18 and 20) must be саpable of being
turned sasily by band. Loсkwire screw (4).
15. |nsta|l coпtro| rods (refer to parаgraph 43-40).
'l6. |nsрeсt switсh-over meсhanism for freedom of movement (refer to paragraph 43-15}.
}
)
сHAPтЕR 43 Flevision 24
Page 70
нЕLIс0PтЕRs
I',lAINTЕNANсЕ I.{ANUAL I'{BB - B0 105
400396.1
s
6
't6 14
1 Еyebolt 11 Lever
2 seleсtor valvе af system 2 1,2 Bolt
3 SheеL mela] frame 13 Split pin
4 Sсrеw 14 Nut
5 Washеr 15 Washer
6 F'orkеnd 16, a^nna.t i n.r nl ate
vvrrrrvv U дrlY l-д!
7 Shut,tle valve L'l !{a s he r
I Nut 18 Sсrew
9 Split pin 19 Washer
10 Washer 20 Sсrew
Е'igurе 43*2 6 Removal and insla1lаtion - lever
B0 105
сtlAРтЕR 4з
Pe.rё 7 ]
!.1BB IlЕ1TсoPTERs
I,IAINTЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL l,tвв - B0 105
2a
3a
!a
bI|nd ho|в ln th€ 8ervo vа|ve
1 Threaded plug
2 Bearing support
з Threaded plug
/1\ Do nф unsсrеw bearing support.
A Threadеd plug nеed not be removеd.
A Before rеmoving Lhe thIeadеd plug, mark relative posiLion of threaded

рlug and aсLuator housinq.
A After tightеning
1oсkwire.
(marks a]igned; torquе 4 to 6 Nm)
' seсure With
д\ Sее figure 43-З0 for sealing of the vent hо]е in Lhe bearing suрport.
A See figurе 4З-29 for seаling of t h 16^

'.16.1
n l ,,.re
п'i..тrlrо 1,1-?? ?-яviс аq|цa|or ZЕ1-193]Il zЕ1-19зII-1

D]"3з-7?0IIЕ' D13з-??0IIЕ.01 (syslem 2)
BО 105
сIIAPTER 4з
P ace !l
I'1BB нЕl1с0PTЕRs
!.tAINTЕNANсЕ l.tANUA], I',1вB - в0 105
Еnс|oro throad€d p|ug' зэrvo valvo,

gl€вve qnd lhr8ad€d r|ng ln а
оogtlng ol sвallng сompound a8
thоwn |n f|gurв 43.29
Aсluаtor houзlng
s€a| vgnt ho!в b9forэ |ngtа||ln9

b8arlng suppоrt and oomp|6to|y
soa| aflel |nsla|lal|on Wlth 86а|lng
сompound a9 3hown ln flguro.lз.з0
A Torque to 1.5 - 2.5 Nm
A тorquе to 25 - 27 Nm
A Reсord dеpth to which

the bearing supрorL i.s
instal]ed рrior to re-
moval and reinstall to
l- h6 ra.^ r,.i6.l darlth
Do not unsсrevl thrе-

adеd rinq and under no
сirсumstanсes displaсe
the servo valve s leeve
1 тЬ rдэrlоr1 n1rlrr
Еlaa r i fl.r с1]nn^rt
3
'
llex nut
4 Loсk wаsher
Ч Th raяrlorl т,i nп
6 Servo valvr s]eevе
Figure 43-28 3-aхis actuat'оr D1зз-999II

в0 105
сIIAPтЕR 43
мвв нЕLIсoPTЕRs
l'{A INтЕNANсE МANUA], !{BB - BO 105
Form swato lght boot аround

thв thr€gded р|u9 u8|ng ssа|аnt
Pаоk groov€8 |n thr€ad8d P|ug

fu|| wlth gr€aso (сi'
,|0l)
тhroadod plug
тhroаd€d plug
6сtu8tor
Еigure 43-29 Sealing of threaded plugs on thе lоngitudinal and

latera] fliqht сontrol aсtuators
Pvо taps (оi,! 615 or см soal|ng o| b€sr|ng guppon

аtt€r Inotа||аt|on
Bsаr|ng 8upрorl
A
sas|lng ol vвnt bor€ рrlor to
b€arlng suрport ln8t8Ilяtlon
l'00?з2.A
Figure 43-3 0 Sealing of thrеadеd plug and bearing supрort vent

bore on the сolleсtivё сontro] aсtuato!
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 4з
Paoe 74
мA|NтENANсЕ MANUAL Bo .l05
@Р#жР"o."..
Аttach with adhesive taDe
вend 1.5 mm dia Welding wire

to required shape
Nozzle is supplied wilh the tubo
PVс tubing' transparent

approx. 5-6 mm dia
^с."
..*$ of,
оut ott end of nozz|e
at 5 mm dia
";з
\Q I
;'
t6
Figure 43-з1 local|y fаbriсаted too| for soa|ing the threaded p|ugs of the t-aХis aсtuator
Revision 10 сHAPТER 4t}

Pаge 75
(Эрнwoрteг МA|NTENANoЕ МANUAL вo 105
43 - 21A sЕALlNG oF sЕRvo vALvЕ DRAINAGЕ сHAtt4вЕRs oF sYsтEtt,l 2

AстUAтoRs UslNG sЕALlNG сAPs
l ЕFFEст|V|тY App|ies to dua| hydraц|ic цn|ts P/N 105-45039 and P/N 105-450390
. Disconnect contro| rods from system 2 input |evers aпd either fo|d them upwаrd or remove them as neоes-
,1
sary to onable аосess to the damaged aоtuаtor sea|.

2. lf the seaI or sealing cаp оn the co||ective contro| aсtuator is damaged, proсeed as fol|ows:
a. Remove lever (11' fig' 4з-31в).
b. сarefu||y remove damaged sea|on bearing suрport (6' fig.4з-3.1c)' using Wooden spatЦla or similar.
c. Dвtermine height of visib|e part of instal|ed beariпg supPort (6) and reсord for гeinsta|lаtion PUrPoses.
d. Flemove |ockwire (1}' then unscrewnut (5)and romovetogetherWith sea|ing оap (2)and beariпg support
(6).
сAUт|oN Do NoТ DEGRЕASЕ sЕFtvo VALVЕ DпA|NАGЕ оHAMBEFiS W|TH сLЕANING

AGЕNт'
e. Visua|ly insрeоt drainage сhamber for accumu|ation of Water or hydгauIiо oi|, and blow dry with оom.
pressod air as neсessary.
f. carefu||y с|ean bearing support (6)' threaded p|ug (3) and sealing cap (2}сontact sUrfaceon actuаtorus-
ing aоetone (cM 20з).
g. |пspeсt soa|ol loоkwiring ho|o (1' fig.43.31A) in aоtuatorfordamage. |fneсessary' о|ean hoIe aпd renew
sea| Using si|iоone rubber (CМ 619).
сHAPтER 4i} Revision 24

Page 76
EURoсoPтЕR I{A|NтЕNANOЕ MANUAL Bo 105
1 Hole
A with slliсone rubber (CМ 619) Aсtuator
з нole for loсkwire
!'igure 4з-31A Sealinqr Qf aсtuator
h. Inspeсt vent hole (A, ris. 4з-з1с) in threaded prus (з) for free
passagе, and сlear any obstruсtion.
Thе сurе time for siliсonе lubber (с},t 619) is 12 hours at 30o C for
layer 1 - 2 mm thiсk. Taсk-free after at least 2 hours at 20o C.
l. Inspeсt bеaring support (6) vent ho1e seаl for damage. If damaged,
qlеan vent holе and renеw seal using siliсonе rubber (CI'{ 619) (see
A, rls. 4з-з1с) .
B0 105
сttAPтЕR 4з
Revision 10 Pаgе ?6A
ЕURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANOE I''ANUAL Bo 105
DEтA|L B
1Еyebolt 10 Washеr
2 se]есtor va1ve of systеm 2 1' ]. Lеver
з sheel meLal fIame 12 Bolt

4 Sсrew 1з spli| рin
5 Washer 14 NuL
6 Еor:kend 15 I]-Conneсtor
7 shuttlе va]vе 16 Screw
I Nut 17 Screw
9 Split рin
Figurе 43-318 Remova] аnd installation - levеr

B0 105
сHAPTЕR 4з
Pаge 76B Revisiоn ].0
ЕUвoсoPTЕR ]',AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL Bo 105
j. сhесk thrraded рlug (3} for speсified torque ].oad. If neсessarУ,

torque-tighten to 5 I 1 Nm.
k. Plaсe sealing сaP (2) on threaded plug, taking сare that it is sеаted
a11 round on aсtuator housinq.
1. sсrеW in asseпbled bearing suPРort (6) and nut (5) Lo sаme dеpth as
Priоr to removal ' In doing sol adjust bеaring suрРort so that bolt
(1'2, fLg. 43-31B) can be inserted fron thе sheеt meta] frame side and
сan be easlly rotated. Torguе-tightеn nut (8} to 2.5 t 0.5 Nm.
m. sесure seаling сaр wilh ].oсkwire.
n. Seаl bearing sцPport thread рer fiq. 4з-з1с uslng siliсonе rubber (C}1
619).
NOTЕ вefore proсeeding, iL is praсtiсal to а1lo!' the si1iсonе rubbеr to

сure. In this way' destruсtion of the sea1 due to smeаring through
оontaсt wi]l be avoidеd.
o. If thе sealing caрs of the longiLudinal and lаtеral aсLuators are not
rеmoved, install switсhover сontrol linkagе as fоllows:
1) ]nstall bоlt (12' fiq. 43-31B) togethеr with ]ever (11), washеr
(10) and nut (8) . seсure nut (8) with sрlit pin (9) .
2' сonnесt ll-сonneсtor (15) to eyebolts of systеn 1 and system 2

seleсtor va]vёs using sсrews (16 and ].7) and nuts (14) . seсure
nuts l,ith split pins (13) . ]t must be pоssib]e to turn sсrews (-].6
and 17) еasily by hand.
3) сonneсt lеver to forkеnd (6) of shuttle valvе (7) using sсrеw (4)
and washer (5) .
4} rЛsрeс: switсhovеr meсhairism for freedom of mo.7еmеni {rеfеI Lo
Para 4з-15) .
3. If the sealing сapof t'hе longitudinаl or .latеral сontrol асtuator is

damaged, proсeed as fo]lows:
a' Remove ]oсkwire (1' fig. 43.з1с) , then remоve threadеd р]ug (4) and
deLaсh sealing сap (2) .
CAUTIoN D0 NoT DЕGRЕASЕ sЕRvo vALvЕ DRAINAGЕ сltAl.lBЕRs W]Ttt сLEANING

AGENT .
b' visually insPeсt drainagе сhambеr for aссumulation of wаter or

hydrauliс oil' and blow dry vrith сoпPressed air as neсessаry.
с, Carefully сlean threaded рrug (з) and its сonlaсt surfaсe on aсtuator
using aсetone (с}4 203).
B0 1с5
сНAPTЕR 4з
Revision 10 Page 76C
ЕUвoсoPтЕR мA|NтЕNANсЕ I\'ANUAL вo 105
400571- 01 B.B
1Loсkwlre
? Sоя ] i nrr гаn
А сoated with siliсone
Iubber (с}4 619 )
llole must remain free 5 Nut
from оbstruсtion and 6 Bеaтing suрРort
must not bе sealеd.
Еigure 4З-31C Sealing of aсtuators
BO 105
с}IAPTЕR 4з
Pagе ?6D Re i sion 10
'u
ЕURoGoPтЕR t\,lAlNтЕNANоЕ МANUAL вo 105
d. InsрeсL sеal of loсkwiring hole in aсtuator for damage. If nесessary|

с1еan hole аnd renew sеal using siliсone rubber (CI'{ 619) .
e. Inspeсt vent hote in thrеaded plus (3) for fIee passagе and с1ear any
obstruсtion.
f. Cheсk threaded plug for sрeсified torque load. If neсessary'
torque*tightеn to 5 * ]. Nm.
9. Plaсe sea].ing сap (2) on threaded Plus (з) taking саre that it is
seated all Iound on aсtuator housing.
h. ]nstall threaded plug (4) and torque-tighten to 2.5 t 0.5 Nтп.
i. seсurе thrёaded plug (4) and sea1ing сaP (2) with loсkwire.
j. If пot inзtalled, install levеr (].1) per stер 2.o.
4. Rеconnесt сontrоl rods to system 2 input levers.
B0 105
сtlAPтFR 43
Revision 10 Page 7 6ElE
I'{BB tlELIсOPTЕRs
}4AINтЕNANсЕ IIANUAL l{BB . B0 105
4з -22 нydrаu1iс unit
43 . 2з Reпoval - hydrauliс unit
sрёrial tool:
Holding plate 105-45021 W7
1. Removе left engine сowling.

2. Remove sсrews from сlanps at the main transmission support.
з. Rеmovе protесtive P]ate (4' figure 43-32) from engine deсk.
4. Rеmovе splash guard (2) .
NOTЕ The сontrоl тods (5) betwren the inpul levеrs of system 1 (З)
and system 2 (6) may be сhangеd in their lengths only if a
syпunetry adjustmеnt сan be сarried out subsequently or if tool
105-41482 L1 or 105-45045 W1 is used.
5. Disсonneсt сonlrol lods (7) from input 1evеrs of system 2 (6) '
6. Disсonneсt сontrol lods (1) fтom forked seсtions (10) and if the сontrol
rоds arе not to be removed, tie thеm uрWards.
7. DisсonneсL р]ug and рroteсt reсeptaсlе with a сaр.
8. Loosеn plug of wiring harness by unsсrewing sсrеws of с]amps for the

wiring harness .
9. Remove telefleХ сable of N2-сonlrol from N2.lever assemblУ.
].0. Removе safеLy сaps Еrоm resеrvoirs.
].]". Loosеn union nut of the drain line and сlose рorts with сaps.
].2. Rеmovе scrеlrs {8} .
1з. Pull the hydrauliс unit o,utboard and Plaсe it on a wooden board or simi-
lar surfaсe about 3 сm thiсk.
14. Remove сlamPs for pumр llne hosеs fтom the main Lransmission.
15. Removе hydrauliс Pumps (9) from the aссessory drive assembly of the main
transmission and Protесt splines wlth adhesivе tape.
B0 105
сI1APTЕR 43
PАoр 11
14вв I{вlIсoPтЕRs
!4AINTЕNANсЕ I{ANUAI l,tBB - в0 105
16. Close the two ports at the ассessory drive assembly r.lith Lwo plast,iс
сAuTIoN D0 NoT DAI,iAGЕ T}lЕ сoNTRol RоDs AND тttЕ

TRANsMIssIoN SUPPoRT RE}IAINING ]N тItЕ
Е'USEI.AGЕ W}lЕN RЕt,'ov]NG т}lЕ }IYDRAUr.]с UNIT.
17. lift the hydrauliс unit out of the heliсopter.

18. Instal] holding p}atе 105_45021 }l7 on sheet metal fтame and install
hydrauliс pulпрs.
19. Remove the sealing сompound from the transmlssion deсk with a sсraper
(hardwood, vulсanized fiber) . Avoid sсratсhes.
20. сlean transmission deсk with dry сleaning so]vеnt (см 202) .
21. WhenstoIing thе hydraullс unit for a long period of timе. рreserve
hydrauliс unit as outlined in paragraph 43-9'
4з - 24 E.RЕЕ
43 - 25 InsLallat'ion - hydrau]iс unit

spесial tool:
.Ilydrauliс ground unit
NOTE Thе hydrauliс unit to bе installеd must be approvеd for

the respeсtive he1iсopter variаnt (refer to thе IPс) .
1. De-preserve the hydrauliс unit. if neсessary as outlined in рaragraph
4з-9,
2' When the hydraulj.c unit has beеn out of oрeration fоr more than 1yеar or
the last insрeсLion аnd funсtlonal test was сarried out more than ]. year
previously, сarry out, the inspeсtion аs rеquiтed annual1y and Lhe speсial
inspесtion as required for сalendar time.
з. Remove safetv сaр from reservoir.
B0 105
сtiAPTЕR 4з
Pаqe ?8
ЕUвoсoPтЕR мA|NтЕNANoE I'ANUAL вo 105
4, Plасe a rrooden board (аppro)(. 3 сm Lhick) on transmisslon deоk.

5. Remove hydrаullс pumps froп holding plаte (105.45021 li7) '
6' Remove holdlng Plаte from the hydrаuliо unlt.
'l , plазLiс сoveтs from
Remove t'he t},o t'he ассеssory drive assembly.
7A. сlean Pumр driveshаft, puпp f].апge and аbut'ment faсe of pump аt
асcessory gear box.
8' Apply a light сoat of grease (CM 111 oI с},t 13? or см 14?) to pumр
dr1vёsha fts
9. Coаt flaпge surfaсes of the hydlаuliс pumрs with сorrosion proteсtive
рaste (см 510 ) .
10. spray the lower sldes of t'he аngles of the sheeЕ metal frame wiLh oil.
11. Plaсe hydrauliс unit on transmlsglon deсk.
.J.2
' Inser! pump drive shаft wlt'hout uslng undue forсe int'o the ассessory
drtve asseпфly аt tha maln transmlssion.
13. Inslall hydrauliс рuJпps on acсessory drive assembly,
а. P}асe аngle for sP.l.ash guаld of system 1 on slud bolts.
b. Instаll al1 four nuts аnd sсrew down equаlly. тorqцe vаlue
6 - 6.5 Nm
14. сoаt the areа on thе transmission deсk whiсh suрPorts the sheet metаl
frame in Еhe vicinity of sсrew holes !,ith seаling сomрound (сl'{ 644} .
15. Remove wooden board аnd сautiously plaсe the hydrаuliс unit onto Lhe
trаnsmission deсk '
16' Еаsten hydrаuliс unit with 12 sсre!'s аnd wаsheтs оn the trаnsmission
deсk torque sсrei,'.
1?. Rеmоvе exсessive sealing сomPound.
].8. сoаt a1l аtlaсhrnent' bolts for сontrol rods with сoтroslon preventive
лnпnnrrlzl lгм (n( r
19. Install conLrol rods (.i' figure {3.32) beginnlng аt the right side,
Еnsure сorreсt insertion of bolts (вee flgure 43-32) '
2a' Instаll сont'rol rods (1) beginning at the left slde. Еnsure correсt
iпsertion of bolts (see flgule 43-32) .
2L. ]nstаll hydrаu].iс unit on holdiпg ptate of mаin trаnsmission r,rith 4
sсrews and washers .
в0 105
сI{APTвR 4з
Revision 16
ЕURoсoPтER мAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
22. сonneсt тeleflex сable of t'he N2 сontIol to the N2-]ever assemb].y. тhe
N2.leve! asвenbly of hydrаullс unl't пith P/N's 105-4502з and 105-83011
v,thlоh have Lwo bore holеs пцst ba сonneсted at the uPрer bore hole.
2з. сheck the t'ransmlssion mechanlsm between hydrauliс untt and N2-сontrol
lever and adjust. if neсеssаry (refeI t'o сhаPtеr 65) .
24. If thё sarne' unсhаnged hydrаuliс uniL i3 reinstalledl Lhe пain rolor
сontrolg rnust be cheсked and rertgged as neсessаly. If a nel,, or
rePlаcement, or chaпged hydrauliс unit' 1s inst'аlled, the mаln rotor
сonfrols must be rеrigged. For сheсkout' aпd rigglng of main rotor
сonЕrols, refer to сhapter 102.
25. Inttа}l hosе llnes on the maln trаnsmission.
26. }4ount splash guаrd on аngle.
2?. Easten drain llne r,lth uni-on nut,
28. сonnect рlug and fasten vlJ.rlng harness wiLh сlamps.
29. сoat the аrёa of supPоr! on t'he prot'eсtlve рlаtе in the viсinlly of boгe
holеs with seаling coпРound (см 6{4) .
30. Iпstall ртoteсtive Рlat'e wlth 3 sсrews and washers (Lorque va1ue 6 Nm) .
31. Remove exсessive seallng сomРound.
з2. Еasten thтеe сlаmps.

33. Attach safety сaРs on rеservoirs.
з4. тnsPeсt the entire asseпфly for sqсure instаllation. seсuring devlсes,
foleign objeсts аnd fтeedom of, moveпent.
з5. тest swiLсh-over wlth hydrauliс test s$itсh (refer to palаgxaph 4з-15.
stёР 1'). тhis test сan be aсconpllshed using the hydrauliс ground uniL
o. by Pёrforming a gtound run.
*
t з6. PeЕfolm a ground run to Lest' thё selector valve set'ting (refer to
* Раragraрh 4з-16 oт 43-16A) . .
в0 105
сtlAPтЕR 43
ttЕLIс0PтЕRs
!{AтNтЕNANсЕ !,IANUAI, I.{BB - вo 105
orтдri A
oе'ot. B
ф
Ar&
[Ъlr'_l в-4 v
в
V' ф
10052? !
only for hydrauliс unit P/N 105-45028 and 105-4 5 018
1 сontrol rod .I
Control rod
2 splash guard I sс!е''
3 Тnput ]ever systеm 1 9 liydrau1iс puтпр
4 Proteсtive p]ate 10 Еork end
5 сonlro] rod 11 Рiston rod
6 Input lever system 2 T2 Nut.
гigure 4 3-з2 Hydrauliс systeпt

BO 105
сttAPтЕR 4з
ЕUпoсoPтЕR I\iANUAL вo 105
^'AlNтЕNАNcЕ
4з-26 Hydтаu1iс Рumps

4з - 21 Removal - hydrаuliс pumрs
sрeс1а1 too}: ttydraulic ground цniЕ
N0тЕ If Lhe hydrаuliс pump is only to be removed for ].ubriсaЕing *

the driveshаft sPllnёs, the hydraulic lines are not to be t
disсonneсted from the hydrau}iс pump. *
1. Apрliсаble only for sysLem 1: Remove splash guаrd (2. figure 4з-32) аnd
disсonneсt hydraulic pump from ассessory drive аssembly.
2. Aрpliсаble for syst'eт 2 only: Reпovё booster аs far аs neсessary to
separаte the hydrauliс рumр from Lhe ассessory drive аssembly.
з. Close аl1 Ports аt lhe ассessory drlve цnit with plastlс сovers.
4. Disсonneсt hosr tines from hydrаuliс pumр аnd сlosё аll Ports with plugs.
5' If a hydrаullс pump is repJ.aсed. it is neсessаry to transfer unions to
t'he nel{ рumР. Disсard sеаl rings. D1P new seаl rings ln hydrauliс fluid
prlor t'o insLallaЕlon.
4з - 28 Insрeсtlon аnd repair . hydrauliс рurnрs
1. Inspeоtlon аnd repai.r of the hydrаullс Pumр зhal]. be Pеrfolmed by the

manufaсturer or in aссordanсe wit'h the аPрliсаble vendor рubliсatlon.
2, тhe сheсk of the hydrаullс Pump },it'houL its removаl is outlinеd ln
parаgraph 4з.15/ step: ,,сheck the supply pressure of the hydrаulic рump
in bolh systems",
4з - 29 Installat'ion - hydrаullс Pumps
N0тЕ If lhe hydraullс pump had only been reпoved for lubriсating *
the driveshaft splinеs and if, for this Рurpose' the hydrau]lс *
lines hаd nob been disсonneоted' only steР 4. is to be pеrform. *
ed for instаllation of the hydrauliс pump.

1. De-Рreserve hydrаuliс pump lf neсessary.
2. сonneоL hose lines; do noL пix up ports. тighten union nuts by hand on1y.
а. сonneоt hose line to P аnd s.
b. Hold opening сD uPwаrd аnd fill },ith hydrаuliс oil'

с. сonпесt hose to сD and sD.
з. Apply а low Рressure to the rеsPeсtive system аnd open CD line on the
hydrаuliс PumP аs neсessаry to аIlow the trарРed air to esсаPe. тighten
uпion nцt by hand only.
вo 105
снAPтЕR 43
Revision 16 Page 8з
ЕURoсoPтЕR мАINтЕNANоE мANUAL вo.l05
'.4. Install hydтauliс Pumр on accessory geаr box.

* а. сlеan PurnP drlveshаfl, pump flange аnd аbutment faсe of pumр on
т асcessory gear Doх '
* b' сoat pumР driveshаf! wit'h a thin }a}|er of glease (см 111 or Cl{ 137 or
l ." 147) and pumр flange with сorroslon Preventive Past'e (сl,1 510) '
* с. Insert pumр driveshаft wlthout uslnq unduе forсe.
* d. hstall hydrauliс Рцmp on aссessory gваr box аnd tighten nuts to
* 6.6'5 Nm. APPliсаbIe only for syst'em I: тnsЕat} sPlash guаId
(2' figure 4З-З2} .
5. вring hose lines in a tension-free рosition by }oosening unlon nuts.

* 6. тtghten union nuts by hand and then Lighten fцrther by 1/6 turn.
* 1. lnslаll hydrauliс unit.
8. Reр]enish thе lesресtlve system (refer to рarаgrаph 43-4) and b}eed
(refer to ParаgraPh 4з-5) '
9. тest PumP dеlivery Рrеssure (rёfer t'o paragraPh 43.15).
B0 105
ctlAPTЕR 43
Pаge 84 Revision 1€
}lвB I{EI.IсoPTЕRS
I'{A]NTЕNANсЕ It'ANtlAt Ii,lBв - в0 105
4з - з0 E' i Iter s
speсial tool:
tlydrau]iс ground unit'
Soсket wrenсh 105-45051 W4 (оnly for fi1tеr type with lat'erally
installed indiсаtоr pinl
43 - 31 Removal of the filtеr element - fi]ters
N0тЕ Different type filters may br installеd in va]ve body manifolds and
hydrauliс rеservoirs (see figure 43-33) '
1' If a filter element j's сontаminated' сhangе the other filter elеment of
the samе system too.
2. Drain hydrauJ-iс reservoir of the rеsPeсtive system (refer to paragraрh
43-l ) .
3. Press out filter сover (1' figure 43-33) with l.14 sсrews and take oul
fi]tеr element (2). Disсard 0-rings.
ц. InsPeсt filteI e].eпent for thе Lyре of сontamination. ]f meta] dеpоsits
are dеteсted in the filter element, reрair hydrauliс unit'.
4з - 32 Installation of the fi1tеr e].ement - filtеrs
1. Insert nеW filter element (2) . Dip O-ring,s in hydrau}iс fluid prior to
instа]lаtion. Install fi]teт сover (1) and seсurе with loсkwire. тorque
sсrews (5) and seсure sсrews (5) with loсkwirе.
2' B1eеd the resPeсtive systern (refer to paragraрh 43-5) .
4з - зз Removаl of соntaтnination indiсator . filters

1. Drain hydrаuliс rеservoir of the тespeсtive system.
2. Remove соntaminаtion indiсator (seе figure 4з-з3) . Disсard o-rings.
43 - 34 hstallation of сontaminalion indiсator - filters

].. Instаll сontamination indiсator' Dip O-rings in hydrau1iс fluid prior to
inst'а1lation. Torque сonLamlnation indiсator {7) and seсure сont'amination
lndlсator (7} to sсrew (5) with loсkwire. Torquе sсrew plugs (10' J.4,
18).
2. Reрlеnish the respeсtive systеm (refer to paragraph 4з-4) and b]eed the
system (rеfel to paragraPh 43-5).
вo 105
сI1APтЕR 4з
pя.rA яq
нЕLIс0PTЕRs
t,IA ] NTЕNANсЕ I.{ANUAL мBB - B0 105
сonf,iguration: axia1 indiсаtor pin insta11ation
$5'"'
сonfiguratiоn:
lateral indiсator
pin in s tal1ati oп
lТ ш'.l s
NЁ.
r 7
110 Nm I
A Pressed oul wiLh l44 sсrew

t'llter еlement: сont'anination indiсator :
1 Еilteт сover, 7 Contamination indicator l"o 0-ring

Ь^'1c i n.r rссl' I Baсk-up ring l't l.lasher
2 Filter element 9 0-ring 18 Sсrеw plug
3 o-ring 10 sсrеw Plug 19 0-ring
4 O-ring 11 0-ring 20 O-ring
5 sсrеиr Compression spring LT Washer
6 Washer 13 Stop pin 11 Comрressiоn
r.l Sсrеw plug spring
1э 0-ring 2з сontrol piston
0- r ing
E igure 43-33 Removаl and inslallation - fi]ter element аnd

сontamination indiсator
B0 105
сllAPTЕR 4з
Paqe 86
@энягopteг I\iIAINтЕNANоE I\лANUAL вo l05
з5 CoпtroI rods
43 -
specialtools: A|ignment gaugo for сontro| rods 105-41482 L1
Trammel 105-45045 Wl
43 - 36 яemova| - contfol rods

Flemovo оontrol rods (5' figure rк}-32).
4з.з7 Dlsass€mb|y - contro| rods
NoтЕ lf ad.iustment for symmetry as out|ined in the Repair Manual FlЕм .ю2 or RЕм 405 is not l
performed, the disianоe between rod ends in the respective оontro|aхig is to be presorved
disassemb|y. f
by using an a|ignment gauge or trammel рrior to l
.l. Dёtermine distaпce bstween rod ends using a|ignmentgauge (.105-41482 L1) ortrammal (105-45045W1)
аnd preserve distance for reassemb|y.
2. Disassemb|e сontrol rod (refer to оhapter 41).
4lt - 38 lnspectlon and юр'|r. сoпtro| tods
lnspect and repair cortrol rods. Refer to chaрter 4l.
43 - 39 Assemb|y - сontrol rods
NoтE lf ol.iginа| rod end distanоe сaпnot bo precisely restored, аdiustment for symmetry is to
be performed as outiined in the tlepair Manual (RЕM 402 or RЕМ 405) aпd the main rotor
оontro| rigging is to be сhecked.
1. Unassigned
sсrew in rod ends symmetriсa|ty. Rostore origina| distaпсe between rod ends using alignmont gauge
(105-41482 L1) ortrammol (105-45045 W1). observe position of serratrd disks as shown in flgure .lз-з4.
тghten check nuts (2 aird 5) with lubriсated threаds and seсUre 1o serratod disks (3) With loоkwire. sea|
|ockwire With shrink seal. secure nut with LH thread to th€ left.
4. seal threads with siliсone rubber (сt\,l 612 or сM 6'19) (se6 figure 43-34), if no adjustment for symmetry
must be p€rformed.
Flovision 2з сHАPТЕR 43
Page 87
@Р.нffoo.",. МA|NтЕNANOЕ MANUAL вo 105
oетдrl A
Rod end with RH thread

'I
2 Nut
e serrаted disоs
L
Cotrol rod
Nut
o Red end with LH thread
A Length determined with
alignment gauge or trammel
:'
A Secured With Wire рos. 2 to з
E and5toS
з
A Sealed with silicone rupper
6 (cпil612 or cм 619)
FigЦrr 43-34 Disassemb|y aпd assembIy - оontrol rods
43 - 40 Installatlon - control rods
'i
NoтE contro| rods With inaсcuгatr|y adjustod length wi|| cause deviatiоns in the operating оhar. J
aсtedstics of system l and system 2.
1. When replaсiпg a сor]tro| rod:
a. Adiust contro| rod to origina| leлgth using a|ignment gauge 105-41482 L'l o. t'ammel 1o5-45o45 W1 ol
pвrtorm adjustment {or symmetry as out|ined iп RЕt'i 402 or RЕM 405.
b. |dentify contro| rods as shown in figure 4з.35.
aсcordanсo with the identifiсalion as shown in figUre 4з-35. тhe rod end With the sea|.
Insta|| оontrol rod in
ing must роint upward. For identification and dirsсtion oJ insertion of bolts and torque va|ue refer to figure
4з-35.
t. check for correф alloоation of contro| rods to the apрropriato сontro| aхis referring to figure 4з-35.
4. cheсk for freedom of movemeпt and сheоk Jor foreigпЪbjeсts.
cHАPТEFl 43 Revision 23
)
Page 88
!,IBB ItELIс0PTЕRs
!t!AINTЕNANсЕ !.4ANUAL I.IBB - в0 105
oЕтA|t A
s/N Aоtuator sуstem

(ЕxamPle )
s/N Aсtuator system

(ЕxamPle )
DEтA|L в
Direction of insеrtion
apPlies to a11 syвtem 1
A i hhir i I a!'ar.
sENml A Direсtion of inseri'ion

aPplies to а11 system 2
i nnrr l- 1arrдrс
A,l
s ENml
oEтAlt с
1 Control rod 5 Nylstoр nut,

2 сontro] rod 6 Washer
3 llex bolt 7 Aсtuator ]evеr, system 2
qn1 i+ în 8 Aсtuator levеI, system 1
Еigure 43-35 сontlo] rods

в0 105
снAPTЕR 4з
Q|euroсooter MA|NтЕNANOE MANUAL t\4вв. вo 105
43-41 PressuIе switсhes

sРeсial too].:
Hydrau}1с ground unit
43 - 42 Rеmova] - рressure swj.tchеs

1. Disсonnесt р]ug (1, figurе 4З.З6) from pIessure switсh (2) .
2' Disсonneсt hydrauliс Iine from the pressure switсh and сlose with сaрs
immдdiаta,lrr },.Iinimizд ht,dr^]1,1 in ni,1 1nссaс
з. DеLaсh с]аmр {5) from side wa]] and remove prеssulе switсh.
!tL-дllУ r'l from рrеssure switсh. DisсaId 0-ring. Plug pressure
switсh сonneсtion linе.
цз - 4З Insресtion - рressurе switсhes

ЕoI tеsting without remova] refеr to рaragraPh 4з.15 steр ,'сheсk pressuIe
swiLсhes seрaтatelу in both systems for ploper funоtion''.
Effесtivе for pressure switсhes of system 1: сheсk fol prеsenсe of boтеs in *
end faсe of pressure switсh. If bores аre Рresеnt and not seа]ed, sеa] Lhеm
wlth sealing сompound (сM 661). *
4З - 44 тnsta]]at.ion . Рrеssure switсhes

1'' Iлstа-l1 pIеssure switсh in revеIsed sequenсe of work steрs of renovаl.
Use new O-тing. Tighten union nut by hand only.
2, Aррly a 1oW Pressure to bolh systеms. Slight]y ]oosеn union nuts/ allow
Lrapped air to esсapе and tightеn union nuLs again.
з. в]eеd the resресtive system (refer t'o рaragrарh 43-5) '
s. Chесk f]uid lеveLs of hydrau}iс rеsеrvoir'

5. Perform funсtional test for рIеssure switches (refrr to рaragrаph 43-i5) .
6. Chесk for foreign objeсts.
B0 105
сllAPтЕR 43
Rеvision 3 Pagе 91
MA|NтЕNАNсЕ мANUAL MBB - BO 105
QJеiuroсopteг
1 Plug
2 Pressure switсh
З 0-ring
4 ! J.tс lng|
5 Clamp
6 Union nut
] Hydrauliс ]ine
Еi.gure 43-36 Rетпoval and installation - prеssurе switсhеs
43-45 Shuttle vaLve
4З - 46 Remova] - shuttle valve

speсia1 tool":
tlydraul1с ground unit
1. Remove ploLесtive рlate (4' figure 43-32) from the transmission deсk.
2. Disсonneсt fork end of shuttle valve piston from lеver.
з. Disсonneсt hydraul1с 1inеs. Plug oрenings.
4, Remove shuttlе valve from sheet metal frame'
B0 105
снAPтЕR 4з
Paqe 92
l.lBв HЕI,IсOPTЕRS
!4AINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL l'lвB - в0 10 5
43 - 4.1 Instаllation - shuttle valve

1. Install shuttle valvе on sheеt metal frаme.
2' сonneсt hydrauliс }ines. Tighten uniоn nuts by hаnd only. APp]y a ]ow
рressure to external pressure quiсk-disсonneсts PA T аnd PA II. Loosen
union nut's so thаt trapрed air саn esсaPe. тighten union nuts.
з. Cheсk stroke range of shuttle valve piston, refer to раragraph 43-18.
4. B1еed both systeпs (refer to Рaragraph 43.5) .
5. Chесk сhangeover-system for proper funсtion and for ease of movemеnt
(refer to paragraph 4з.15) .
6. Cheсk for fоreign objeсts.
43-48 Solenoid valve

Special tooL:
43 - 49 Removal - solenoid valve

1. Remove proteсtingгplate (4, figure 4з.32'.
2. Disconneсt рlug (1' figure 43-3?}.
3. Loosеn union nuts (6} of tubes (5} .
4, Loosen hollow sсrews (10).
5. Re:пovе solenoid valve (2) fron support (4) .
6' Removе fittings (7) and adaPtеr (13) from solеnoid vаlvе. Disсard
O-rings (8) .
1 . P1ug а11 oРen ports,
B0 105
снAPтЕR 43
нЕL]с0PTЕRs
It{AINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUA]. t,tBв - бU lUэ
43 . 50 Inspeсtion and repair - solenoid valve

1. For repair xеfer t'o manufaсturer's doсumentation.
2. Еor testing without relпovаl refеr to paraglaph 43.15.
43 - 51 Instal1аtlon . solenoid valve

1. ]nstall solеnoid vа-].ve in reverse order of reпoval. Use nеw sealinq
elemеnts. тighten uniоn nuts аnd ho1low sсrew by hand only,
Aрp1y a lovl pressuтe to system 1' s1ightly loosen union nuts and hollоw
sсrеw, allow traPped air to еsсape and then t'ighten union nuts and hollov'
sсrew agaln.
3. Cheсk сhangeover syst'em for proрer funсtion (refer to 43-15} .
4. Cheсk for foreign objeсbs.

5. сheсk fluid level for the respесtive svsten.
1 Plug 6 Union nut 11 seаl ring

2 Solenoid valve ? Eitting 1'2 Bаnjo fitling
з Washer 8 o-riпg 1з Adapler
4 suрport 9 Hex bolt 14 Tube
5 Tube ].0 tlo]low sсrеw
Еigurе 43-37 Rеmoval аnd installаtion . solenoid valvе
B0 105
сllAPтER 43
I.lBв ltЕъIсoPTЕRs
!.IA]NTЕNANсЕ I'jANUAL мBв - Bo 105
4З -52 Q u i сk-drsс onnеC t s
43 - 5з Removal - quiсk-disсonneсts
1. Disсonneсt hydrauliс line from coup].ing. half (1) and plug 'oрen end.
2. Removе dust сap (3, figure 4з-38) .
3. Rеmove flange (2) and take out сoupling half (1) .
4з - 54 Inspесtion and rePair . щiсk-disсonneсts

]nsресt and repair quiсk-di sсonneсt in aссordanсe with thе manufaсturer.s
instтuсtions.
43 - 55 Installation - quiсk-disсonneсLs
1. Insert соuрling hа lf in sheet metal frame and tighten union nut оf
hydrau}iс line '
2. Install flange.
3. Bleed the respесt ive system (refеr to paragraph 43-5)
ц. сheсk f]uid level for thе respeсtive system.
\ы73
1 сouplinq ha].f
2 Е'1ange
3 Dust сaр
4 sсrew
5 Wаsher
Еigure 43-38 Rеmoval and lnstallation - quiсk-disсonneсt
BО 105
снAPTЕR 4з
Paqe 9l
мBB I{ЕL]сoPTЕRS
мAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAT, !,IBB . B0 105
4з-56 гlat sрrings in guides
Speсial tооl:
Hydrau1iс ground unit
Еlxing spring tool no. 23 (105-45041 W2?) refеr to сhaРter 04
l',lounting plate too} no. 24 (105-45041 W26) refer to сhaptеr 04
4з - 5.l Remova l - flat springs

1. Remove hydrauliс unit (refеr to раragraph 43*34}.
NOTЕ Displaсе fitted bo}t (5, figurе 43-39) only so muсh thaL
DU Washers bеhind guides саnnоt fall down.
2. Remove сastellated nut (B) and washer (9) . Push aside сover {10) to make
flat sрrinq aссessible.
сAUTToN WttEN TAкING oUT гLAT SPRTNG ЕRоl',t A GUIDЕ 0Е,

sYsTЕМ 1' D0 NoT BЕND SPRINGS 0E' мICROSW]TснЕS.
з. AppJ.iсable only for removal from guide of sysLеm 1: ЕхPand sрrings of

miсrosvritсhes using tooJ.-no. 23 (105-4504I v|21).
4. Remove flat spring and slide blocks.
5. Insрeсt the visible PoItion of fit'ted bolt (5) for proper сondition.
Replaсe fitted bolt if сhromium plating ls pеnetrated'
B0 105
сltAPTЕR 43
Page 98
!,tвB Iiв].,IсoPTЕRS
I''AINTЕNANсE !,lANI,At I'{вB - в0 105
43 - 58 Installation - flat springs

].. сoat the visible area of fitted bolt (5, figure 43-39) with greаse
(сt',l 101) .
2. Insert slide bloсks (4) . E'it the lower slide block uslng grease to assist
installation.
сAUTIoN WtlЕN тNSЕRтTNG FLAт SPRING IN A GUIDЕ 0Е' sYsтЕ!4 1.

D0 N0т BЕND SPRINGS 0E. l,lIсROsWIтсIlЕs.
3. AРpliсable only for installаtlon in guide of system J.: Еxpand springs of

miсroswitсhеs using tool-no. 2з (105-4504I w21').
4. Ехpand flat sрriпg with tоol-no' 24 (105-45041 W26) .
5. Rеloсat'e fitted bolt. itold flat spring and slide bloсks so that thеy
cannot be pushed out.
6. Appliсable only for lnstallation in guidе of system 1: Cheсk switсh
oРerating points of miсroswitсhes (refer to Paragrарh 43-20) .
.l
. Inst'allсovеr (].0), washer (9), сastеllatеd nut (8) and sрlit pin. The
fitted bott must be easy to rotate with a wrenсh.
8. Cheсk hydrauliс unit for fоreign objeсts.
9. Insta11 hydrаu1iс unit (refer to paragraph 4з-25) .
B0 105
сIIAPтЕR 4з
нЕLIс0PTЕRs
t.tAINTЕNANсЕ !.,!ANuAL !{вв - в0 105
1 ..'.i^^
\,цr\rЕ vд
^а эy D LеrLl r
Е.lat spтing
з Sрring of miсroswitch
n
slide bloсk
5 с]ose toleranсе bolt
6 Guidе of system 2
"I
split рin
8 сastеllated nut
A
9 иlasher
ЕlaYn^t'A l. ьA c6 с 10 сover
^rft
Lever guide
A
11
Two сonfigurations Possib]e 12 vr .ry. Lslll r.
as Lo Lhe inserlion direсtion 1J мounting plate tool-no. 24

of сlose tolеranсe bolts 14 Еiхing spring tool-no. 23
Еiguтe 43-39 Removal and installation - flat sрring

в0 105
сtlAPTЕR 43
Pаqe 100
сHAPтER
LANDING GЕAR
IIЕLIсoPTЕRS
-l4Bв
!'IAINтвNANсв I4ANUAL мBв - вO 105
51 LANDING GЕAR
тable of сontents
ParаgraPh тitle Pаge

51 -1 DЕSсRIPтIoN-LA}.IDINGGЕAR ?
5L -2 INSPвст]oN AND RЕPAIR - I.ANDING GЕAR 'l
51 .3 RЕмovAt - LANDING GEAR t .. 13
51 - 4 INSTA1LATIoN - ],AND]NG GЕAR 14
51 -s skid 15
51 -6 Disаssеmb1y - skid 15
51 -7 - skid
ii,iiiii,ir
Assembly 1?
B0 105
сIiAPтЕR 51
},lвв нЕLIсOPтЕRS
I,IAINтЕNANсЕ I.{ANUAL мBB - BO 105
51 * ]. DЕSсRIPтIoN . LANDING GЕAR
The landing gear is of the tubular skid tyре. It сonsists еssentially of two
сross tubes running laterally through the underside of the fuselage and
аttaсhed through skid shoes and tightening сlamPs to the left and right
landing skids.
тhe с-ross tubes are attасhed to the fuse]age mounts through bearing rings'
elastomer rings and сlamping rings.
A st'eр is moцnted on thе left and right sides of the forward crоss tube to
faсilitate сabin entry.
B0 105
CtiAPтЕR 51
Pagё 3
мBB нЕI.IсOPTЕRS
IVIAINTЕNANсЕ I!{ANUAL ivIвв - B0 105
A 1 сross tube. аft 45 Set sсrevl ringt

2 Skid shoe, aft 46 Plug
3 вnd сap 41 Plug
4 Tlghtening сlamРr aft 48 Nut
56 sсrеw
c].i^ nt^t6.tir'^ n]аt.
49
qn
Washer
clrnh^Pl_ r^,1
99 est?t,vrervv
7 51 Stер, forward
rlvvvvv+w9 rдч
Attaсhing hardware
8 Skid tube 52 Stepr aft
9 Tightening сlamp. forward 53 Washel
10 Tab Washеr 54 Nut
I1 5сrel.l 55 Рlug
L2 Sсrеw 56 sсrew
,1
? q].;,.l n..1tA.ti1'A nlяte 5l Nut
7ц Screw 58 Clапр
Б
,] qki.,,l nr.^tA.tir7ё nlаte 59 steр, fo r}iard
16 Attaсhing hardware 60 Step, aft
I1 skid shoe. forward
18 l,lasher
19 Sсrew т эnî nd .т6e r-
20 тab washеr ^^n
f i dl1rAt i^^ т.
21" Sсrevi Wa.].1 thiсkness
A 22 сross tube/ forward of сross tubеs:
23 Nut 3.? mrn (forпard)
24 Washеr 5.0 mm (aft)
25 supрolL rоd
26 Washеr т.аndi nd .16r7-
2'7 Nut .^бfi
^lr
r't i
^n
тт.
28 steр, аft lonq l^lall thicknes s
29 sleр' forwaId s hort of сross tubеs:
з 0 Nut
Е /.^ -.'^ *l \
^.*llцLl
J. U \!!,lпa!u,
31 сotlel рin 5.0 mm (aft )
з2 Steрреd washer
зз Bush1ng
1А !.l1cA] Я.'р
'n.)l1nf
1q R6r тi nd fin.т
36 сlose-toleranсe sсrew
з"l Loсk strap
з8 Tab washеr
з9 Neсked-down bolt
[0 R^n^ i n.' iIrmnёr
l1 D^n^; ]'tйh^r
Dvllqr'lч ^d J цn't/с!
42 bonding jumрer
43 CIoss Lubе, lorwald
L 44 сross tubel aft
Eigure 51-1 Landing gear (1 of 2)
B0 105
C}{APтER 51
Paqe 4
|Ё|
I l-o,
l
I
vП
-
lЕ|
z
----l I
.9 Ш
gй ГJ
lzl
z6 I*l
_Г- @.-o
N
q.
I
Qeuгoоoнteг мA|NтЕNANсE мANUAL Bo 105
51 -2 |NsPЕст|oN AND RЕPAIR - LANDING GEAR
1. visual|y insp€сt сross tub6 (l end22,4з and 44' fig. 51-1} de'ormation, сrаcks and other mechantсat
damao9. |nsp€сt thо areа of thв сross tube which is locatgd 'or
clos6 to the rubber гing/сlаmpiпg riпg (45) |or
damаge to proleсtiv€ finish.
а. |f protoсtivв finish is damagod in th6 aroa с|oso to tho .ubber rinФсlаmPing riпg (45) rrmove сross tube
(refer to paragrаph 51-3). Pgrform dye penetrant iпspeсtion in аооordаnce with М|L.€866 on atfected
area and visuel|y inspeсt the inward sido oftho crosstubо lo.оorrosioп by using a boroscope'
1) |f оrecks aro ovidont, roplаcg cross tub6 (1016r to paragrФh 51-4).
2) |f сoпosion is ovijent, rap|aoe cross tube (re'вr to paragraph 51-4).
b. lf crасked' replасo сross tubэ in ассordanco with Pаras 51-3 and 5.|-4.
o. l.,oоhanicа| damag€ not gxoоediпg thB damage limits shown in tig. 51-2 is aссeptabls without ropair.
only bleпd out sharp-€dged sсrаtches and nlсks to atransition radius o' approx.20 mm' using рo|ishing
о|oth 400. lf damage |imits are exce€d6d, rep|ace cross tub6 in аcсordanоo with paras 51-3 апd 51-4.
zoпе "в"
Zone "4" Depth o' dаmage
DэDth o| damаoe
mm -
A max. 0.7 mm
A
A
maix. 0.5
max. 0.з mm
A max. 0.5 mm
A Applias to both cross tub6s ol соn'iguration |l аnd to efl cross tuЬo

of conliguration | (sёa lig. 51-1).
A App|ies to cross tube of contigurаlion l (sэ9lig. 51-1)

'orward
Figurr 5'1-2 Damagg zones аnd rapair llmits o' cross tubes
Rovision 20 сHAPтЕR 51
Pago 7
l'tBв llЕlIс0PтERs
I'IAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL I'{Bв . B0 10 5
.l Touсh uP danaged ProteсLive PainL finish with either Lwo-сoiпроnent'

сhrolпate primer (сr't 417} or |}ro-сomрonent wash primer (см 423) and
slngle-layer ]aсquer (сl.1 407). Refer to Chаpt'er 02.
Touсh uP сoаting of non.s]iP PUR t'oP сoat (см 416) . Refer to сhaРter
02.
N0тЕ 0n1y reпove bеaring ring (35) and set sсrew ring (45) in
the fоllowing саses:
o insрeсtion of сlose-t'oleranсe screw seaL in bearing rings
reveals unaссePt'able P].ay (nut and с ]-ose-to].eranсe sс!еw
L u!rr Lv9ЕLtlЕ! l '
o reрair of dаrпaged set sсrew rlng neсеssitates removal.

2. visual]y inspect visible areas of installed bearing тing (з5) for сraсks,
other meсhаniсal damage and сorrosion.
a. тf сrасks are evident' rep1асe beаring ring (35) . If сraсks are
susрeсted, remove bearing ling and dye PеneLranЕ insрeсt aссording to
l,1IL-sтD-6866.
b. ]f beаring rings have been removed, visua}ly inspeсt сlose-to]elanсe

sсrёw mating bores for laechaniсal daпage. Reпove damаge with 400 grit
abrasive с].oth. Мaх. a].lowable bore diameter is 15.1 mm. If пax. bore
diameter is exсeeded. reР]aсe bearing ring ln acсoтdаnce with parаs
51-з аnd 51-4.
с. Polish out meсhanical daпage (sсratсhes and niсks) and сorrosion to a
dePth not ехсeeding 0.3 пun, using 400 gIlt abrasive сloth. If damаge
exсeeds this depth, reрlaсe bearing ring in aссordаnсe with рaras 51-3
аnd 51.4.
d. !.lith thе exсерtion of the lacquеr сoating, touсh up the damagеd
рroteсtive pаint finlsh !n аосordance wit'h сhaрter 02. Lacquer сoating
to mat'сh fusеlage сolor.
3. If removеd' insрeсЕ сlose-toleranсe sсrew (36) for meсhaniсal damаge and
corrosion.
a. RеPlасe сlose-tolerаnсe sсrew if meсhaпiсal and/or сoгroston datnage
ехtends Lhrough e leсt rodеРositеd Рlating into base mёtal.
b. Remove minoт damage with 400 griL аbrasive сloth. RеPlaсe
сlosе-t'oleranсa sсrew if the shaft diameter is less than Lhe minimum
aLlowab}e limit of 14.9 пm'
в0 105
сl{AэтЕR 51
Page I
г\4AINтЕNANоE MANUAL N,IBB - вo
тaе;uro/сopЕer
105
4. If }anding gear is rеmoved.' ,rnqPeр!- bЧ.зliing (зз) for meсhaniсa] damagе and
сorтosion.
a. Insресt bushing for dimensiоna]. tolеIanсe. Rер}aсe if inner diamеtеr
exсeeds 15.1 mm.
b. Reр]aсе bushing if meсhaniсal and/or сorrosion damage extеnds сhrough
а]enтrnrlоnnсi].дrl n]:tinrт int^ ЬrсA mA+a']
5 тncnо.t cрt c.rоi'J ф+rrY

rinс lДБl Яn..i r.lthhAr claд\rд fnr
\ rvl d^Yna.тA .afi^ t,idЬ].
installation.
а' If rubber is сraсked or has seParated from the meta]. Iеp]aсe set
оаratr
Jllсw !rint
lilУ ^-
т11ь'Ь'^f r'] 66r,6
JlсЕvg, аs aрpliсable, in aссordanсe WiLh paras
51-з. and 51-4.
b. Polish out meсhaniсal damage to a dеpth not exсeeding 0.3 шn using 400
пri i. atrrаqilra с]оth,
чдlL ц!дцg4v9 !+vl
с. Rea}ign loosе bushlng and tighten neсked-down bolr (39) to torque.

Loсk neсked-down bolt with tab washеr (38).
,..l т^]1.h .]n
r vц! lr цу nrоteсtivc nЯiгt finiqh in .^^^r^.n^^ ..'irЬ ^+^n 2d'
^rЙr^^.l
6 Vistlа],]v insnосt
v i v lJ gц ! д )i <]ai6j -llhо /Яl fnr .rа.l.с. .l^format.ion and oLher
meсhaniсa] damagе .
a. If сraсkеd or deformed, rеp]aсe skid tube in aссordanсe With palas

51-6. and 51-?.
h Mрnhаnir.д,] d^m^.тр /q/'r^г.hоq аnrl nir-kq) ic i.^ r .lanth t1n
^..Ar1tAЬlA ^f
Lo 0.5 mm on 30t of the total sulfaсе arеa of the Loр side of thе skid
Lube and to a dерth of uр to ]..0 mm on 30s of the totaf surfaсe area
of the bottom slde of the skid tube. Drnts whiсh do nol exсeed 5 mm in
depth and 30 mm in diameter are aссeptable. Blеnd out sharр-edged
sсratсhes and niсks to a transitlon radius of aррIox. 20 mm, using
400 grit ablasivе сloth.
If thesе damage limits are exсееded' replасе skid tube per paras 51-6
and 5L-?.
с. Inspeсt fiberglass laminate on flattened еnds of skid tubеs for

damage. Rеpair damaqеd laтпinate rтith fiberqlass с]oth (сM ?26), eрoxy
Iеsin (сIt{ 616) and haтdеnеr (сш 61]).
d. Touсh up damaged рrotесtive paint finish With two-сomрonent zinс
сhromate primеr (CМ 417) or two-сomponent Wash рIimеr (CM 42З) аnd
single-layeI laсquеr (сМ 407) . Refer to сhaрtеr 02.
e. тouсh uр сoating of nonslip PUR topсoat (сI4 416) . Rеfer Lo сhарter 02.
?. Inspесt skid shoes (2 and 17) for slgns of damagе and seсurity of
attaсhment.
a. If сraсked or deformed' reрlaсе skid shoes in aссoldance .',l r.ь ^^.^

51.5. ]f We}ds or adjacent arеas show evidenсе of сraсks,
aссording t,o step с.
B0 105
сIiAPTER 51
P^.rё q
МA|NтЕNАNсЕ MANUАL МBB . вo 105
сeuroсopEег
ь\ Mрсhагi.аl аnrl niсksl iс э.^^.+.ta'l^ +^ ]
.]атаoP lqсrаfсhоs
uцlкиY9 tJ9дg9
^6^tЬ noL
excerding 0.З mm. Blend out sharр-edged sсralсhеs and nlcks to a
transitiоn radius of aррroх. 20 mm. Use 400 griс ablаsivе с]oсh'
c' ]f Welds or adjaсent areas show еvidenсe of сraсks. rеmovе skid shoe
and rеWе]d joinL in aссordanсe with гAA Aс 43.13-1A.
d. Cheсk that sсrews (19 and 21) are instaLlеd tiqhtly. Tighten loosе
sсrews and loсk with tab lvasher {20) as requirеd.
e. тouсh up oаmаgеd proLесtive рaint finish With tWo-сomPonent' zinс
сhlomate рrimеr (CI,l 417) or tNo-сoflроnеnt wash priтпer (сM 42з) and
single-layer ]aсqurr (с}4 407). Refеr Lo сhaрt,er 02.
8. ]nsрeсt, tighсening сlamрs (4 аnd 9) for damage and seсuriсy о[
installation.
a. If Craсked or deformed, replасe tighlening сLamрs in aссordanсe With
para 51-5. Тf hlеlds or adjaсеnt аreas show evidence of сraсks. proсeеd
aссording to stер с.
h Мa.]hаniсаl dаmаoё {scrаtсhёs аnd niсks1 is ас.entаh]e tо а deDth nct
еxсеeding 0.2 mm. Using 400 grit abrasivе с]oth, blend ouL sharр-edged
sсratсhes and niсks to a transition radius of aрprox. 20 mm'
C. If Wrlds оr adjaсenL arеas show еvidenсе of сraсks' remove tightеning
r-,]:'тn
9f qr''у эn,l !LшLдЧ
цrlu
iî.+
rAwёlrl JvJ LlL ih .^^^'^эhâ H j'-h FAA Aс 43.1з-1A.
тnсna.т f,|т,.hrnп Ьдrdr"l:ra /,]0 11\ .-.

fnт |.i^Ь+ ir^+.1.a{-:.^
-19ilL lIlsLd,l .dL.IOIl. rl|l sсrеWs
б,
^
are loose, inspeсt skid tubеs for inst.allatiоn diтпensiоns shоъln in
fig. 51-3; readjust as nесеssary. Torquе sсrews аnd ]oсk wilh tab
washers.
e. Touсh uр damaged рroteсLivе paint finish with t'wo-сomponent zinс

сhromаte primer (CМ 41?) or two-сonponent wash-primer (сl'1 42з) and
sinqle-layer }aсquer (с},1 407). Rеfer to сhapter 02.
Dimensions in mm
Еigurе 51-3 Skid tubе lnstа1]ation

B0 105
сttAPTЕR 51
ЕURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 1o5
9. Flaise helicopter by m€ans the ground handling Wheels or a сrane per оhapter 05 unti| there is enough
ground c|earаnce to inspeсt the skid proteоtive p|atвs. Visua||y inspeсt skid p.otective plales (6, 13 and 15)
loreхсessive Wear. Damagetothe p|ates is aссeptab|e Provided they stil|protectth6 skid tubs (8) and tight-
ening с|emps (4 aпd 9) from damage. Replаоe eхсёssive|y damaged skid protective р|ates por para 51_5. I
10. |nspgct сap (3) for damage. If сraсkвd or porous' replaсe cap in accordaпоё with pаra 5.1-5.
11 . |nsрeсt bondiпg jumpers (4o' 41' and 42, |ig' 51-1) for dаmage and seсurity o' instaltation.
a. Flep|aоe damage bonding jUmpers. тorque attaching hardware per tig. 51-l .
b. т'ighten |oose attaоhing hardware.
12. lnspeсt attaсhing hагdwarе (7 and 16) for tight iпsta||ation and damage.
a. тghten loose attaсhing hardware.
b. Rop|ace damaged parts. Fleforto рara 51-7'
.10.1)'
1з. lf deformat|on of оross tube is evideпt or suspoсled or inspection is sоhodu|вd (сhapter inspeсt land.
ing g6ar аs lo|IoWs:
a' With woight ol heliсopteron |anding goar, measUre ground с|вaranсa from сenterof fusв|age underside
to underside of skid tube as shown in tig. 51-4.
Ground оlaaranсe mUst be at least 250 mm' lf the cl6aranсe js less than required, proоeed aсcording to
slвo o.
b. Jaсk up he|iсopter evenly so that no Weight js on tha |andiпg gear. мeasure ground с|earanca from c6nter
of fusё|age underside to skid tube undersids аs shOWn in {ig. 5.!-4'
lftheground с|aaranоe js lessthаn 250mm' repIac6 respectiveсrosstubeas described in рaras 51-3and
51-4, and perform mвasures dвsоribed in chaPtar 101-7 (special inspeсtion fol|owing hard |aпding).
norпa1 40 0 пormal 350 mm

3З0 nmI
m1n. 250 min. 250 nm
вol05-WAtl-ф85-в
A App|iсable to heliсoрters with maх' gross mass 2'500 kg
Figur6 51-4 Ground сlearaпce ch6ck
Revision 18 снAPтЕR 51
Pada ll
t',tвB tIЕLIсoPтERs
I,IAINTЕNANсЕ !'lAt'IUAt !'lBв - во 105
14. If fuselage shift on the сross tubes is evident or susPесted' measure

Lhе lenфh of thе сross tфе ends extending froп eiЕhe' side of the
fuselage as shoяn in figure 5l.5.
a. If the dimеnsional toleranсes are not met (see f ig. 5].-5), jaсk
heliсopter evenly so that ].anding gear is relievеd оf weight (refer
to сhaрtel 05) .
b' Reпove bolts (39, figure 51.1} аnd tab п'ashers {38} fro'n affeсted
cтoss tube '
с. сentlalizе the сross tфe so thаt the ends eХtеnding from either
side of the fuselaqe are of equal lengLh (see fig. 5i-5) .
d. Insta]l bo1ts (39r figure 51-1} and new tаb Washers (38) (also
attасh bondirlg jшnper atgаclrment аt toсatlons shown in fig. 51-1) .
],oоk bolts wiLh tab washels.
I \
t
1 Airfтamе
}.1aх. аl1owаble deviаtion 2 сross Lube
tr1 -L2=t10mn З Set sсrew ringr
4 Skid shoe
!'i.l'1rо Б1-( l.ёntArin.т г'f сIoss Lubе
в0 105
сl]APтgR 51
Page 12
I.tвв flЕLIсoPтЕRs
I'4AINTENANсЕ I.IANUAL l,IBв - в0 ].05
51 - з RЕl'{OvAL - LANDING GЕAR
If thеrе are any сomponеnts of optional еquiPlrrеnt mоцпtеd oп thе

sidе of the сross t'ubr to be routed through the fuselage'
them in aссordanсе with the аpproprlate сhaрtеrs.
1. Raise and ]еve1 hеliсopter approx. 1.50 m. Refer to Chaрter 05.
2. Remove bonding 1umpеr in aссordanсe with сonfiguration (see fig. 51-1) .
з. Remove skid tube (8) by rеmovinq sсrews (19) with washеrs (18) and sсrеws
(21) With tаb washer (20) . ]f nесеssaryl use a рlastiс mallet to help
dеtaсh the skid tubе fтom thе стoss tube (1 аnd 22) .
4. Remove steps on forward сross tube (refer to figure 51-1) '
5. Remove рlug (46) or, if insta1]ed' attaсhmеnt fittings for snоw skids
(refel to сhaрtеr 800' optional Еquipmеnt) from aft сross tubе (1).
6. Remove bolts (З9) with tаb washers (38).
7. Using a hamпer and woodеn wedge, drive сross tubе (1 аnd 22 as aрpliсab]e)
oul thrоugh the bearing ring (З5) unti} Lhe set sсrеw Iing (45) protrudеs
flom Lhe bearing ring (з5) . Then pull displaсed set sсrew ring off сross
tube. forсing the сIamping ring aрart with wеdge if required.
8. Removе сross tube (1 and 22) froтп fuse]age by pushing it out tnrough thе
bеаring rings (35). During remova] take сare not to damage the bulkheads.
9. Rеmove bearing rinqs (З5} as neсеssarУ.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 51
Paсе tJ
I!{BB IIЕ],IсoPтERS
I.,IAINтENANсЕ i4ANUAL MBB - B0 105
51- 4 ]NSTALLATIoN - LANDING GЕAR

1. ]f рreviously removed. j-nstall bearing ring (35' fig. 51-1) as shown in
fig' 51-1. Insert the bearing ring (35) in fuselage mоunt with the
сhamfered end faciпg ouLboard. I,ubricate сlose.toleranсe sсrew (36) and
bushinq (33) with greasе (CM 120) .
If thе сastе]lation of nut (30} does not linе uр with thе holе in
close-Lo1rranсe sсrew (З6) when torque-t ightening, Iep]aсe nut and
retorque.
2. Insрeсt set sсrеw ring (45) foI traсes of paint and oil on thе insidе
diameter of it's сlamplng ring. Remove cоntamination i{ith aсetone
(сt4 203).
з. . At insta}lation of a nеw сross tube, install set sсrew ring (45) on one
end of the сIoss tube and s]ide it uр to the сorrеsрonding сo1or сode.
Bend сIamрing ring apart as nесеssary to raсi]itate lnstal]ation.
ц. Pass the cross tube (]., 22) through the fuselage via the bеaring rings
(35) and maintain ils position when an equal length of сross tube
extrnds from еithеr side of the fuselagе.
5. Inst.all thе seсond sеt sсrew ring (45) on the other end of the сross
Lube {1, 22| and slide it up against bearing ring (35) . Then use hammе r
and woodеn b]oсk to drivе the set sсrеw rings firmly аgainsс the bеaring
rings.
6. Install bo]ts (з9) with Lab Washers (38} and toIquе t'o values shown in
fig. 51-1 . Loсk bolts rvith tab washers' h сonfiguration тI (sеe f19.
51-1) attaсh the bonding jumper to left side of afс сross tube wiЕh boLL
(39) and Еab washer (з8).
"1
. After installing the afL сIoss tцbе (1), instalL plug {46) or aLLaсhmеnt
fittings for snov'l skids (rеfer to сhaрtеr 800).
8. Aftеr instа]1ing the forward сross tubе (22)' instal.l aрр1iсаb.lе steр
variant and seal With sea]ing сompound (сI'4 662) . Seе fig. 51-1 for stеp
variants and associated torquе vаlues'
9. Press skid tube (8) with att,aсhed tightеning сlаmрs (4 and 9) and
рroteсtive plates (6, 13 and 15) evenly onto the afl and forward сross
tubes. taking сarе not to сant the skid tube.
10. Install sсrews (21) with tab washеrs (20) and sсrews (]-9) wj.Lh washers
(].8). Loсk sсrеws (21) with tab washеrs {20). 0n сonfigurat'ion Т (гiq.
5].-]")' instal] the acсoсiated bonding jumpers along wlth the hаIdt..are.
11. If any соmрonents of oрtiona] equipment were previоus]y removed,
rеinstalL them in aссordanсe with the appropriаte сhаplеr.
1.2. Touсh uр damaged protесtivе paint finish in aссordanсe wiгh para 51-2.
1з. Touсh up сoating of nonsliр PUR toрсoat in aссorсanсe with para 51.2.
B0 105
сllAPтЕR 51
Page 14
I,IBB IlE],IсoPтЕRs
I{AINTЕNANсЕ I{ANUAL l,1Bв - Bo 105
51 -5 Skid
51 -6 Disassembly-Skid
1. Raise heliсоpter apрrox. 0.5 m. Refer to Chaрter 05.
2. Remove skid tube as desсribеd in para 51-3 steр. 3.
NOTЕ The skid рIotесtive p1atе is sealed wiLh sealing сompound

(с}.l 662} . Rеmove strongly adhering protective platе сaleful]y
with a sсre'аdriver.
з. Rеmove sсrews (8' l-8 and 20. fig. 51-6) seсuring skid Рroteсtive p]аtes
{9, 19 and 21) to skid tube and remove skid prolесtive рlаtes.
4. straighten tab Washers (7 and 16) ]oсklng thе bolts (6 and 15) аnd rеmovе
bolts. slidе tightening сlamps (5 and 1?) and skid shoes (1 and 14) off
skid tube (2).
5. ]f neсessary drill out rivet (4) and remove end сap (з) with а suitаble
tool .
6. Remove nut (10). bo]'t (13} and washеrs (11 and ].2) and nut (22). bolt (25)
and washers (23 and 24) .
7. Renovе nut (2?) and bushing (26) .
в0 105
сHAPTЕR 51
Pаoe .]
5
нЕLIс0PTЕRs
I',lAINTENANсE }{ANUAL I.IBB - BO 105
П;;Бl
----Г.- I
6,7
ф
I
Fт;l
--т--- I
21
I
I
1 skid shоe' aft 15 нex bolt

2 Skid tube 16 Tab washer
3 сaр 1.7 i dЬt6n,i
т+ *:J.r9v..:r19 nd
^1.Йб
vдqn!г
4 вlind rivet 18 Sсrew

5 тiпЬt6nin.r.l^г.n 19 skid рrotесtive рlate
6 llex bolt 2a Sсrew
1 Tab Washеr 2I skid рIoteсЕive p1ate
I sсreW 22 Nut
9 skid рroteсtive Рlate 2з lÎasher
10 Nut 24 Washer
1t Wa she r 25 Bolt
L2 Washer 26 Bushing
1J uolt 2'7 Nut
Skid shoe, forward
! ]gurе 5J.-b skid r-ubе - disassеmb1ed
B0 105
сttAP?ЕR 51
I'{BB ItЕ1Iс0PTЕRs
I..IAINTENANсЕ MANUAL IЧвв - Bo 105
51 - 7 Assembly - skid
1. Coat' bushing (26, fj.q' 51-6) witlr сaPitlar (сl4 676) . сoat nut (27) and
shoulder of bushing (26) r+ith sealing сomРound and install them in the
skld tubе. Torquе nut (27) !,ith sрeсified torque value. Stake nut (2?)
with th(ee сent'еr punсh пarks 120o apart.
Applу a сoat of sealing (сt.1 676) to thе threаd of bo].t (25). Coat
washers (23 and 24) with sealing сomPound (сl'{ 662) and install in skid
tube (2) ruith bo1t, (25) .
hst'al] nut (22) and torquе, t'hen sLake nut (22) and bolt (25) with
t'hree сепtеr punсh marks 120o aрart.
з. Install tightening сlamрs (5 and 1]) and skid shoes (1 and 14) bУ
sllding skid tubе (2) and aligning them as shown in fig. 51.З.
thеm on
Е'orсe tightеning с]amр apart wlth wedge as neсesary to faсi]italе
installation.
Install bolts (6 and 15) with tab washеrs (? аnd 16} and tiqhLen bv
hand.
4. Insta]l bo1ts {13) with vrаshers (11 and ].2) and nut (10) aссordinq to
proсedure in step 2.
5. If Ieпoved сoat end сap (3} wit'h sealing сomPound (CI',lN 662) and install
in skid tube (2). seсure with blind rivet {4) .
6 Brush-сoat skid proteсtive plates (9, 19 and 21} with sea]lnq сompound
(сI'{ 662) at the mounting luq ends. seсцre thеn to skid tube j2) with
sсrews (8, 18 аnd 20) .
1. ]nstall skid tube on сross tube as desсribed in para 51-4.
8. Tnspеct installаtion dimеnsions in aссordanсe with fiq. 5]'-3 and сorreсt
as requ ired.
9. Torquе bolts (6 and 15) with speсlfiеd torque vafue. Loсk bo1ts With tab
washer.
10. Touсh uP damaged рroteсtive paint finish and соatinq of nons]ip PUR
topсoat in aссordanсe with рara 51-2.
B0 105
CHAPTЕR 51
сHAPTER
ЕNGlNЕ
!'.tвB }iЕLIсоPTЕRS
!'IAINтENANсЕ I'iANUAL l.tвв - вo 105
6| ЕNGINЕ
Table of сontents
Pаragraph Title Pagе
61 - 1 DЕSсRIPTION . ЕNGINЕ 5
OL ' Z тROUBLЕstlOo1lNG - ЕNGINЕ 5
bI . J ]NSPЕстION - ЕNGINЕ 5
61.-4 RЕI'{OVAL - ЕNGINЕ I
b-l. - э DISМANт],ING - ЕNGINЕ 1J
ol _ o BUI],D-UP - ENGINЕ 1J
6L-'t INSTALLAтION - ЕNGINЕ 2'l
ot - o тnh^r.] 6]nпi'1 0 mount з3
61 - 9 Removal - inboard enginе mount з3
61 -10 Insрeсtion and repair - inboard engine nount
61 - 11 Installation - inboard engine mоunt Jэ
br - .tz 0utboa rd еnginr mount з9
bl - lJ Removal - outboard engine mount з9
61 - 14 Insрeсtion and repair - outboard engine mount ц5
61 -15 Instaltation - outboard engine mount
61 - 16 Lol,lеr en9ine mount

61 -17 Remova] - lower еnglne mount цs
61 - 18 InspeсLion and repair - lower еngine mount
61 - 19 Installation - lower engine mount qo
в0 105
сI]APTЕR 61
мBB ttЕ1Iс0PтЕRs
!.,lд INтЕNANсЕ I,iANUAL l'{вB - в0 105
'agrаph Title Page
ol -LV st^rfAr-орnPrat or 54
o1 -2r Removal - starter-generator 54
o,L -22 Inspeсtion and repair - startеr-generator 54
ol -2з Installаtiоn - starter-generаtor 54
61 Nl gas pr oduсer f ue1 сontrol 55
61" -25 Removal - Nl gas produсer fuel сontrоl 55
ot - zo Inspeсtiоn - Nl qas Produсer fuel соntrol 55
ol -21 Installation - N]- gas produсеr fuel сontrol 55
o.l- -28 N2 power turbine governo.r 55
61 -29 Removal - N2 power turbine governor 55
o.L -30 hsресtion. N2 рower turbine governor 56 iii,iiri;iiii
- Jl InstallaLion . N2 Рower turbinе governor 56
61 -32 Bxhaust staсks r r r ! . . rn. 56
61 -зз Rеmoval - exhaust staсks 56
o_L - з4 ТnsPeсLion and repair - eхhaust stасks 56
o1 -35 Installation . ехhaust staсks 5'l
oJ- . з6 Еnginе anti-iсing va]ve aсtuaLor 5'7
б1 -з? Remоva1 - engine anti-iсing va}ve aсLuator 5?
61 -з8 Insресtion and repair - englne anti-iсing valvе aсLuaЕoI 51
б1 * 39 Insta1lation - еnginе anti-iсing valve aсt'uator 60
6L -40 Еngine stubshaf L 61
o1 - 41 Removal - enqinе slubshafl o!
o1 -42 Inspесtion аnd repair - еngine stubshaft 62
61 . ц3 тncF а 1l аt i
^n - enпiгр qtubshaft 63
BO 105
СHAPTЕR 6]"
мвв нЕLIсoPTЕRS
}|AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAт. !{BB - вo 105
Parаgraph Title Page
61 -44 Еngine сomPa rtпent f orсed

ventil ation 64
61" - 45 Removal - engine сomPartment forсed ventilation 64
ol - qo Insрeсtiоn and rеPair - engine сompartment forсed ventilatioп 64
6t-41 ]nstallation - engine сompartпent fоrсed ventilation 64
riiiiiili8iiiiiiiiti;ii
в0 105
сI{APTЕR 61
9эаo 1lД
MА|NтЕNANоЕ |VANUАL Bo 105
€рнp-рoptег
61 - 1 DЕsсRlPтIoN - ЕNGINЕ
тhe Bo '105 heliсopter is equiрpеd with two Al|ison engines ofthe тype 250-о18, 250-с20, or 250-о20B'
depeпdiпg on the helicopter model. Тhe engines are mounted on eaоh side oJ the tai| boom сonе in a з.рoint
struсtura| support (see figure 61 .1). тhe engine is a turboshaft engine оonsisting oi a compressor With siх aхial
stagesand one сentrituga|stаge' a single сombustion chamber, atwo-stagegas produсer turbiпe, atwo-stage
free рowerturbine' апd an integrаtod aсcessory gearbox. Aful|desсription ofthe eпgine is provided iп the Alli.
son oPЕRAт|oN AND MA|NTЕNANсЕ ЛANUАL No. 5 W2 (250-с18} аnd 10 W2 (250-с20' 250-с20в)'
61 -2 тRoUвLЕsнooт|NG- ЕNG|NЕ
For troub|eshooting апd remedia| meаsures refer tо the A|lison operation and N{аintenaпсe |\4anua| No. 5 W2
or 10 W2.
61 -3 |NsPЕстloN-ENG|NE
'1.
|nspeсtion of the engine must bо сarried out as specified iп the ALL|soN oPЕRAT|oN AND MA|NтЕ.
NANсЕ МANUAL.
|пspect engine mount bushIngs for deformаlion by roсking the engine. тhe rubber bushings must not yield
to the exteпt that moving parts interfere wilh fiхed ones. If interferenсe is evideпt, reрlaоe weak bushings.
Inspeсt for freedom of movement between inboard engine mount and engine. тhere shalI be a оlearanсe
of at least 1.5 mm between the head of the uppormost mounl fitting attach sсrew and the bearing сap.
|f c|earаnоe is insuffiоient, make пecessary adjustment aоcording to parа 61.1J.
Wherever possible in installed рosition, inspect engine mouпting struls for оondition, We|ds for сracks, and
attaсhing hardwarв for presenоe of tab Washers аnd сotter Рins.
a. Replace deiormed or сraсked struts.
b. |f |oсking hardware is missing' check attaсhing hardware tor speоified torque and insta|l loоkiпg hard.
ware.
.20A)
Visually iпspoct eХhaust оoup|iпg о|amps for craоks' especia||y near the retainer clamps (2, figure 61
l
of latchвs. RepIaco сraоked сIamps.
Revision 24 OHAPТЕп 61
Page 5
@Р#Po,-'. MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUАL вo 105
;'
?l
6
1 No. 1 engine
2 No.2 eпgine 4 lnboard engine mount
3 outboard engiпe mount 5 Lower engine mouпt
Figuro 61-1 Еngine iпstallation

)
сHАPтER 61
Page 6
l'{BB ttЕLтсoPTЕRs
мAINTЕNANсE МANUAL мBв. Bo 105
6. Insрeсt eleсtriсal Wiring and eleсtriсal сonneсtors for сondition and

bondlng jumpers for seсurity.
a P6n],â
^.пa.rA^
wlrlng.
h Ro-i i.rhian lnnqa h.ln.ii flar ilrmnarq
.l
. ]nspесt eleсtriсal сonneсtions of taсhogeneratoIs for сondition and
tight,ness.
Rep]aсe dаmaged сonneсtlons and tighten loose сonneсtlons.
8. InsресL engine ассessory and auхl1iary equlpmеnt suсh as startеr-

generator. Nl/N2 сontlols and Nl/N2 taсhogenerators, foт sеcuritу of
insLаl]ation. Tighten any loose sсrews on f]аngе сonneсЕions.
9, Visually insрeсt еnginе deсk for evidenсe of oil and fue] 1eaks. Loсate
and lеp]aсе lеaking lines.
10. visualty inspесt flexible and rigid lines for sесuriLy оf attaсhп\ent and
signs of сhafing. Rеp]aсe damaged lines.
Tighten ]oosе ]ine fittings and replaсe damaged lines.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 61
}.IBB }lЕl,IсoPTЕRs
I'4AINтЕNANсE I{ANUAIL I\1Bв - вo 105
6I-4 RE}.,IOVAL - ЕNGINЕ
Sрeсiаl tоols:
Adapter P/N 105-60001 W2 or
A1lison P/N 679696з
Еngine work stand P/N 1121-60004 W2
Еnginе stand P/N 105-60001 W5
NOTE The fol]owing maintenanсe рroсedures aрp]y to enginе No. 1

and enginе No. 2 unless otherwlse indiсated.
1. Disсonneсt e].есtriсal powеr supply.

2- Rеmove engine сow1ings (refer to Chaptеr 22).
з. Rеmove Bendix drivеshaft (тefer to сhapter 11) .
4. Remove firеwalls to ехtent requirеd for еnqine rеmoval (rеfer to

Chapter 64) .
5. Remove аnti-iсing va]ve aсtualor (4' figure 61-4) from enginе'

Install adaptеr P/N 105.60001 !'l2 or Allison P/N 6796963 in plaсе of
mnrrnI i nгr hrдnltat /.]\
6. Disсonneсt eng-ine wiringг harness from reсeptас]e on еngine deck' Remove

the сab]е сlamрs from the V-sLIut and Lhе enginе deсk. Disсonneсt
thе e}ecLriсal 1eads from the startе r-qenе rat or .
]. Disсonneсt oil ]inеs |9| III 12, figure 61..2) from firewa]l fitt,ings on
the engjnе side and remove the sсrews atraсhing hose сlаmр (8) to the
enryinо rlосk Саn оnen lines.
8' Opеn thе quiс k-disсonneсt сouрling of Nl tе]eflex сable at frame 9.

9. Disсonneсt torque sеnsing line (14) аt еnginе deсk. Cар oрen сonnесtions.
10. Disсonnесс fuеI j.ine (20' figure 61.5) from the engine deсk fit,ting or
fro& thе miсrof11ter. if inst.aIled. Caр oреn сonneсtions. If miсrofiLteI
is installed, disсоnneсL eleсtriса] сonneсtor.
11. DisсonneсЕ bonding jцmреr at еngine deсk.
12. Removе hose (6r figure 61-?) foт engine сomрartment forсed venti]'atlon
аdаntёr l4\ ^r сt2rt6r*г.оnотэtnr
f-оm hnqр цЧgуu9д (]) .
1з. Remove сoLtеr рin (40, fig. 61.-\2', nut (41) and Washer (42) from boll
(4З) attaсhing adjustаblе strul (44) Lo engine deсk fit-uing' bЦE do not
withdraw bolt at this timе. Do not аlter the lеnqth of аdiuslable strut.
14. Rеmove bеaring сaps (3 and 49) of outboard and inboard enginе mounts.
15. Hook hoisting dеviсe into aft ho]-e of adaрter. сhесk thaL al] е]есtriсal
сonneсtors havе been dj.sсоnneсtеd and that enqine is frее of alL
attaсhmеnts to the airfrаme.
B0 105
с}IAРTЕR 61
Pagе 8
(l,
bг'
Ф
(!
Чr .б
.нo
<\ oJФ
qР
rt
oс)
TJ
Ф.
a.n
1
=
o"n
йo
.ч
-/'l
Ф*Ф
Фîr
Ёs4Ф
.а с
.{Ф(do
.-.r
0)срo .n
Ё t'l
..1 trФ 4
O
4 .н
J .-l ..l d (, 4
t/) ..| Е {J о .'l
Flц р A.{.-|
|.,] 5 с,
5
r.| o. Е
o
G Ф р. U' o' р o
Цс, о
рс cр:j р r}
*
t;l р..| (I,'.|е
..| н (/' с, o *..|с
ч-|
Ф
|сl
lzl E.-l 5с>.l ..] с)р
|ФI |л..1 U'Ф ^.l Ф dр
l"rl Ё o (/, Ф o tr o| '.]..|
.JE0)
т- б (.l Ф '!4 c ..]
rч.n
с ./)
н ч Ф Ф Ф Ф Е
г.;! рtrar5]lA
..l t' .Ёl ФЁрЁ.н
tEl р A.n 5 б.-{
Ф oп..{ lr г] Ф ;J с).J Q, н
Ф-l tzl .^l Ч с '.{ o.а с Q4 |j' рр bг|
lz
lql l Ф ^tr
|оl с
.а J4 (,
-t .ч
E ..]
()16o Ф
tt'
0' Aр o
..{
dO'
.-t
o OJ
с с) F{ -.{
.-l ..l с 0j .н ...l
Ф ..l Ё р o.н rо
U
+J Е-l .-j 5
Ч Ё Ф .] o.Е
o
ГJ .'ГЕl
lil'-
L:J
lzl
I rDl
Ф L-.|
0, o.Ф b:l р o o
рЁ dр,trр
р.-|o..{trotн- 0)
чl
.гl !(u
.r{ нФФ Ф..l
Er-.,]эr:>-]
(/'.г] Ur ..l Ф lJ .--t q,Ф
Ф ..ld
Е o ФФ
IJ
Ф'ч o ..t.J -.l
ГJ Ф d' с
f1
н (,) rr Ф (б ФrJ с) iDЁ
tл
Iz г* р .-|
Е o.:, р ..lе р Е..1
|:J г' р 5..l .J Фс]
o Е'.l.Fl нFr Ф5 p..J ч ll,)
O .-l
rr Ё o..t A рr р
5ooрooc5рg .d б1
р o e.n ()ll) Ч.] }r

oФ
ЕURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
16. Rgmove bo|t (43) from adjustab|e strut (44). сare'u||y litt эngins trom insta||ed position and |ower it onto
€ngiпo woгk stапd' P/N 1121-6004 W2.
17. With the 6ngine removed, perform the lol|owing inspeоtions:
a. Remove v-struts and insрeсt attaсh fittings for сondition p6r paragraph 21-3, slвp 8'
b. тhe inspectioп item applies only to mount fittings foг v-struts P/N 10И0351.06'
'o||owing l05-60354.06' D13з-364' D13}-388 and D133-з89:
105-60353.06'
lnspeоtl|ang6 for сraсks in the shafl area аnd in tha alea Whars thв shait joins the Penetrаnt in.
spaсt per iilIL-sтD-6866' Rep|aсe огacked l|ange' 'lange.
61-5 DlsllЛANтL|NG-ЕNGINE
spoсia| too|s:
Adapter 105-60001 W2 or
A||isoп 6796963
Еnginё work stand 1121-€0004 W2
Еngine stаnd 105_6000l W5
Socket wrench 105-60701 W1
Countor-hold tool 105-60701 W4
Driit 105-60701 Wз
Puller 105-60701 Ws
NoтE тhe fo||owing maintenanсe proсeduros app|y to engIno No. 1 and €ngine No. 2 un.
|oss otherwise indiсаled.
1' Remove sсrcWs аttaching the a;r intake fairing (l.l' f|gure 6l-4) and firewal| ring cаsing (12) to the
compressor lront suppon (1з). Flёmove air intake fairing end firэwа|| ring сasing' and p|ace а сover over
оomprossor fгoпt sUpport (13).
2. ll sti|| сonnected, remove engine anti-iоing valve aсtuator (4)lrom eпgine.
з' вemovo N1 and N2 taсhogeпerators (2'

,1)'rom
the engine.
4. Removo both lire dotectors (5 and 10) together With their attaсhing braоkоts (6 and 9).
5. Ftemove |пboard аnd outboard exhaust stаоks (6 and 1, figuгo 61-8). Discoпneоtvont line (7) lrom adaПrr
(8) on the ongine. Ramovв iпboard eхhaust stack (6) w|th attaоhвd vsnt |ino (7).P|aсe covers ovolexhaust
duсts (3' 4).
6. Unsсrow and remove oil|inas (9' 11' 12' ligurв 61-2}' oilpressurв seпsing |ine (1о)and toщUo sёnsing |ine
(14) fiom thoir raspeсtlve adaptors (2, 5, 6, 3 and 4). Remove oi| |ines from the engine' along with hose
с|amp (8) and oi| pr6ssuro transmittоr (13). Cap open liпes and fittings.
7. Loosen coupIing сlamp (2, f|guro 61-7) and dotach starter-generator (3) from mounting pаd (1). Removo
the lour nuts sвcuring the mounting pаd to thg eпgin6. Тake car6 to use a soсkot wr€псh with an outвr
diam€ter ihаt wi|| not break the mounting pad. Remove mounting ped.
Flevision 18 сHAPтER 61
Page 13
мвв ttЕtIсoPтЕRs
I,IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL 14вв . в0 105
8. Pull stubshaft (2' figule 61-9) of сonfiguration 2 and З oЦt of engine

reduсtlon gearbox.
Remove stubshaft (2) of сonfiguration 1 as fo]Lows:
а. Rеmove сover рlatе (8) .
b. Remove shur]oсk Washer (7) . If shurloсk пasher has external thIeads,

remove with рuller P/N 105-60?01 W5.
с. Using soсket wrenсh P/N 105.60701 W1, remove loсk nut (6) from
stubshаft (2) while holding the stubshaft stеady with сounter.ho]d
tool P/N 105-60?01 }l4.
d. Pul] stubshаft (2) oцt of engine rеduсLion gеarboх Logethеr ъlith the
]аminаted shims (4), then reпove sрасer (5) from сhe opposjte side.
9' With the eхсeрtion of the T0т сablе' disсonnесt all eleсLriсаl сab}es
from the engine.
10. Engine No. 2 only:
Rеmove сlamp {7, figurе 61-б) attaсhing fue] ]ine (19) to firеwall (8).
11. Unsсrew fuеl line (20, figure 61-5) from сonneсtion (10).
12. Removе dтаln lines (8l | 6 and 5) from fuel pumр' оombustion
.1
сhambeт,
engine firewall, exhaust сo]leсLor and, if the сeсo fue] сontrol system
is instal}ed' from thе N1 fцe] сontro]. and from the N2 powеr tulbine
govеrnor. Remove сonneсtion (10) together wit'h fue] pressure transmitter
(9) and supрort bтaсket (]-6).
]"з. Unsсres, and removе banjo bolt (14) from fue1 filЕer dlaln va]ve (15).
Rеmovе fitting (12} with attaсhed drain valve (].5) and hose.
14. Disсonneоt both differentia] Pressure lines (18 and 19) from Lhe fuel
pump (1) . Drtасh differential Pressure switсh (21} and'rеmove together
with at!асhed lines (18 and 19) .
15. Unsсrew and remove adapters for oil }ines (2, 3l 4 and 5, figuтe 6].-2)l
vent line (8, figure 61.8) and fuel lines |2l зt 4 and 1?, figure 61-5) .
16' Rеmove braсket for attaсhing thе N1 meсhaniсal linkage to the enginel аnd
rеmove gas рroduсer сontrol ]ever from its shaft. Remove disсonneсted
linkagе from enginе, Еogether i{j.th bIaсket аnd gas рroduсеr сontrol ].ever
l |616т t^ .ьrntA? (q\
17. ]nsta]] adаpter P/N 105-60001 W2 or Al]isoл P/N 6196963 in Рfасe of

engine anLi-icing vаlvе actuatoI пount.
18. нook hoisting deviсe in rea! eye of adаpter and tift engine сleаr of Lhe
work stand.
].9. Remove nut seсuring N2 governor levеr to mating shaft.
B0 105
сIiAPTЕR 51
Page L4
l,lBB ltЕLIсoPтERs
}4AINтЕNANсE I.IANUAT. I'{BB - Bo 10 5
NOTЕ Do not unsстew thе nuts (7 and 61, figure 61-12) seсuring the
engine bushings to thе mount fittings (21 and 54).
20. Еnginе No. 1 on]y:
Remove bolts attaсhing the outboard mount fitting (21, figure 61-12) to
the еnginе' then rеmove the outboard mount fitting from thе enginе,
together with attaсhed N2 Telеf]eх сab]e, acluator and governor lеvеr,
refer to сhaрtеr 65. Remove inboard mount fitting (54) .
2I . Engine No. 2 onJ-y:
Remove the inboaId mount fitting (47, figure 61-13) from enginе together
wi'th attaсhеd N2 Te]eflex сable. aсtuator аnd governor levеr, rеfеI to
Chарtеr 65. Remove outboаrd mount fitt.ing (8) .
)2 Rеmove lower mount fitt'ing (24' figure 61-12) flom еnginе. togеther with
аrlilrсl.аЬ1д сt rlrt- /ДДl
2З. т,ot^Jеr the engine onto engine stand P/N 105-60001 W5. Unhook
dеviсe from adapter and lemove adaрter P/N 105-60001 W2 or Allison
P/N 679696з from enginе.
If thе enginе is to bе sent for repair or overhаul, plеpaIe th6 6n.l i flо
for shiрment in thе shipрing сontainеr as dеsсribed in the ALLISON
OPЕRAтION AND MAINTЕNANсE I{ANUAL N0. 5W2 or N0. 10W2.
67-6 вUтLD-UP - ЕNGINЕ
Qnaniа1 l.nn1с'
Adaрtе r P/N 105-60001 W2 or

A1lison P/N 679696з
Еngine work stand P/N 1121-60004 W2
nn.r i n^ с]. an^ P/N 105-60001 i,l5
sockеL wrenсh P/N 10 5- 6 0101 W1
сountеr-ho]d too1 P/N 105-60?01 !,l4
Drrtt P/N 105-60701 Wз
Pul Le r P/N 105-60701 W5
N0TЕ The foLlowing mаintenаnсe рroсedures aрply Lo engine No. 1 and

engine No. 2 unless otherwise indiсated'
1. When building uр a nеW or ovеrhаuled еngine, rеmovе engine from the
shipping сontainer and depIesеrvе in aссordanсe with AILison OPЕRATION
AND I,1дINTЕNANсЕ !4ANUAI 5!'l2 or 10W2.
2, .Lnsta]l аdарter P/N i05-60001 !i2 or A.L]ison P/N 6]9696з on engine.
в0 105
CllAPтЕR 61
шBв IiEТ,IсOPTERS
МA]NTЕNANсЕ },IANUA], l'{BB - в0 L05
3. At,taсh hoisling deviсe ro rear eyе of the аdарter and lift engjne
suffiсiently to plovldе aссеss from t.he sidеs and from be1ow.
4. Aрp}y a thin сoat of corrоsion prevеntive сompound (с},1 505) to the mаting
surfaces and insta]l аssemb]еd -lower mount fitting (24I flqurc 6I-1'2) and
adjustable supрolt stIut (44) on enginе.
5. Еngine No. 1 on].y:
Apрly a thin сoat of сorrosion prevеntj.ve соmрound (см 505) to the mating
surfaсes, sрray-сoat bores with соrrosion prevеntive сompound (с}.,1 508)
and install assembled inboard mount fitting (54) and bushing (50) on
еnqine. Insta1]' assеmb]еd outboard mount fitting (21) and bushing (4).
bonding зLrap |22l, braсket' for N2 mесhanlсal linkagе, Te.lef.l.eх сab-lе.
and aсtuator on t'he engine. refer to Chaрter 65. Do not instаll govеrnor
- lever tiqhtly at this t,ime.
6. Еngine No. 2 on]yl

Aррly a thin сoat of соrrosion рrevеntive сomрound (с}4 505) to the malj.ng
surfaсes, spray-сoat bоres r.'lth соrlosion prеventive сompоund (C}4 508)
and install asseпbled inboard mount fitting (47, figurе 61-13) and
bushing (51). blaсket for N2 meсhaniсal linkage' Telеf ].ex сable and
а.t11^|^r thё An.тinё 1.Af6r t^ ."hаntar 6ч n^ n^t jnсl.r],1 .'^t'оrn^r
^n
lever tightly aL this time. Install assemb]еd outboard mount fitting (8)
and bushing (18). Inst.all bonding strap (3) on outboard mount fllting
W]Ln uрреr a]-I-dсnJ.ng
'',i+ь'.*.^- ^l+.^ь.i^- sсrеw.
7. j,owеr engine onto engine work stand P/N 1121-60004 W2. Reflove hоistinq
deviсe.
8. Sсrew in the oil line adapters |2| 3| 4 and 5, figure 61-2), vent ]ine
adaрters (8. figurе 61-8) and fuel line adaрters (2| 3| 4 аnd 1]. figure
6]-5) toqether with O-rings. тake сare to sсrew the inсh-threadеd еnd oI
thе adaрter (сoarsе comрarеd with the metriс thlеad on Lhe other еnd)
into the engine. seсule the adaрters with ]oсkwire.
9. Тnstall fuе]. 1ine сonnесtion (J.0, flgure 6J..5), inсluding аttaсhed
prеssuтe tIansmitter (9) and supрort braсket (16). and fuet pump drain
1ine (8) Lo fue] Рump. Conneсt firеwаlL drain 1ine (6). сoпbust'ion
сhаmber drain line (]) and eхhausl сo]Ieсt.or drain Iine {5), jnс]uding
drain ]ines for Nl fuel сontro] and N2 govеrnor (CЕСo only) , to thеir
rAenA^} i 17ё i
^^nn^.I ^na
10. Install fitting (12) and drain valve (15) on fuel fiLLer (22) wiLh banjo
bo]t (14) аnd two netl sеalingr rings (11, 1З).
11. Insta1} diffеrential Pressurе switсh (21) on engine Wlth с1amр' and
сonnесt dlffеrential pтessure 1ines (18' 19) to fueL pump (1) .
12. Еngine No. 1 only:

сonnесt fue] ]ine (20) to сonnесLion (10) .
1з. Еngine No. 2 only:

Connесс fue"L linе (19. tigure 61-6) tо сonneссion (12) and seсure to
englnе firеwa11 (8) with сlamp (?) .
B0 105
CI]APтER 61
Pаоо ,]
6
щФ-
lzl
I кtI
lоll
l"
.€)
J р
s 'о
.tJ
щ
o .Р
o
(g
Р
хa)
(r> o
o.
бF{
llФ Е|р.
д> Ф..l v,
ч !r t,1 бt Ё |J'
..t
ooЕЕ бр
н(Jя
Ф d.р o .-l O
н н A..l Ч Ч (d бtн
Фс)tr | o
rr
o o ч.r Gчr
!-
gl
г;
ь-] z
- l.!
L.:
o
.-t
.{J
d
н
tг!
Ч
оl o
(J
\\ \
\\ ...i
\ .
\:._,---\
3Ф *Ь.
rD 0)
ФсJ
r.{ с) я
o\.?| Ф
U, ?'l u! 0J
Ф q,, (,, с
яЕЦЕ ..|
oo
Ф..| р...| г.|
б г.,l
A .l }.r Ё.{ A
Ь .н.н з
o.ddбе.d .n ..l
с)
tв р
> -.| },
..| р рiр б ..| с}Ф 0,
неЕся .o(,Е
'r r!ч
Ф
lr
'(,ФЕa,l.бlD Qo ..1 эa 5
я orн Е ч..l Ё ...1 Ф u' Ф
с)Ф o lr.гtФr{ б
0 qr.-l rн O -{,Q rr г.l с} 0) Ф
а
l-
щ
El -
-l :
r:
9 --1
e3
()
0,)Ф
ЕЕ
oo)
нorr
(/}..{ Ф Ф
Ф с) !) с
н€нc .Fl O
o1.-! o..-i --t 0) о)+r
Фr.{н
q..,t нгl с -n .n B
Ф dб ..i.н
(d tr, ..з с)
.lJ
>.Ft Ф ..l Р
..i 4J o]р l(,
rrсЕсt{
r.{
'd 0,} Е
ФФФФ
ЁЧЦЦ
.оo5Ф.UФ cv'
я рr rr с н..l Ё
с) Ф Ф r]'.| с).{ б v'ФФ
Е qr.i lrr o..-l д я .-lФФФ
I'{вB tlЕtIсOPтЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL t'1вв - в0 ]'05
1 sta rter-generаt,or mounting Pаd

21 Couрling сlamр
qtrftAr..'AnёrAt^r
4 tiose adaрter
5 сIаmp
5 нose
Еiqцre 61-] s Еarte r-qenеraLo E

вo 105
снAPтЕR 61
Page 23
EURoоoPтЕR МA|NTЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
14. Lubricаte drive spliпes o' th6 N.l and N2 taоhomotor gene'etor (2' 1, 61-4) With grgase (оlvt 101)
and instal| taоhomet6r gonerators on the 6ngin6. 'igurв
15. мount starter.genaraiol mounting pаd (1 llguro 61-7) on engiлo. Whon tightening thg retaln|ng n8ts, tаke
'
care to use a sockot wrenсh With ап out€r diamвtor that wi|| not causе damage lhe mouпting pad.
16. Using a brush, |ubriоamto drivфend sp|iпo of start9r-generator drivв shatt with groase (сl,l 101,.dry
sp|ine' drivo shаft)' or with lubricating o|l (см 103' 5$,6t sp|ine" drive shaft). lnstall startor-gonrrator (з) on
mounting рad (1) with coцpling clamp (2). Position сoupiiпg clamp (2) so that it does пot intsrferg with
lr€edom ol movomant of N1 engiпв contro| linkаge. сheck torqug ol clаmp nut aftor pgr'orming iпitia|
ground ruп and retighten nut as nooossary.
17. lnsta|l assomb|od d6loot0rs (5' 10' ligurs 6.1-4) and mounting braсkots (6,9)' on abovo gach angino
'ke duоts, aлd onв at tho rsar of 6ach enginв (on lett side of engino No. 1 аnd on right
batwaen tha oxhaust
sido ol angiпв No. 2).
18. lnsta|| N1 ongino control liпkage on 6ngin9' togsthar with attaсhod braсket and gas produсor сoпtrol l6vor.
19. hsta|| inboard and oulЬoard exheust strаckg (1' 6' tiguro 6.l-8) as follows:
сAUтloN |NсoяRЕстLY |NSТALLЕD сЦMPs MAY WoRK LoosE АND DAMAGЕ тHЕ
HEL|сoPтEFt.
a. Inspeоt sr|f-|oсkiпg nuts of eхhaustсoup|iпg c|ampfor minimum friotiona|torque ol'l.5 Nm. |t minimum
friоtioпa|torque doёs not ox|st, rop|aсв nut.
b. Flemovo th6 оovers from twin duоts (3' 4). Fit oxhaust stаcks (1, 6) on twiп вxhaust ducъ (з, 4). |nstal|
сoup|ing сlаmpsaпdtIghten the nuts untiItho coцpIiпgcIamPslittightIy. lпsta||tho пuts on both.т'bolts o|
a сoupling clamр as oven|y as possiЬ|o.
о. тorquo nuts to 2 Nm whi|в atthв same lime tapping thв сlamp with g p|аst|o mаllet to obtain a snug fit.
d. вack otl both nцts enough tо rolievg toпsion on tho 'т,bolts.
6. сonneсt oi| vant Iino (7) to lnboard oxhaust staсk (6).
20' Flomovo сovеr from compressor tront support (13' figuro 61-4). |nstаll tir6 wal| r|ng сasing (.l2) aпd air
intakв (11) on comрressor |roпt support (13).
'airing
21. сonnoсt oi| |inеs (9' 1,l 12; figure 61-2) oil pressure seпsing llne (10), and torquo sonsing lino (14) to thgir
'
raspeсtive аdаpters (2, 5' в' 3 and 4).
22. сoпnoct o|еctrlca| сф|es lo the engin6.
2з. сheсkwhethёr thв сompressor sсro|Ьto b|eed valva аir sonsing tuba asssmbly P/N 6878294' i8 ln3tаl|Ed.
Rоfor to Al|isoп сEв t25rc20 |пsta||ation BU|Ietin No. 1003).
оHAPтЕR Rovlslon 19
Pщe 24
zoФ
ш
г:.l
| Ё|
Ф_|z|
I t:J
z^Ф
с
9)r
цl
-*
:
l
-c
()
o
.т
Ф
Ф
!',1Bв нELIс0PTERs
I,IAINтЕNANсЕ !'{ANUAL I4BB . B0 105
6I - 7 INSTA],IATI0N . ЕNG]NЕ
Speсial t'ools:
Adapter Р/N 105-60001 W2 or
A11i-son P/N 6?96963
Еnginе work stand P/N 1121-60004 W2
Еngine stаnd P/N 105-60001 W5
Еngine alignment dеviсe P/N ].05-60101 W4
soсket Wrеnсh P/N 105-60?01 Wl
сounler-hold too] P/N 105-60701 W4
Drift P/N 105-60701 Wз
NOTЕ The following mainlеnanсе Proсеdurеs aрPly to enginе Nо. 1 and

enqine No. 2 цnless otherv;ise indiсated.
1. Insla]l adapter P/N 105-60001 W2 or Al]ison P/N 6?96963 on еnginе' in

plaсe of mounring brасkel (3, figurе 61-4).
2' l,lаke сеrtаin Еhаt Lhere arе пo foreign objесts on еngine deсk.
з- Hоok hоiqtino сlоrriee in|о reаr яrJаntоr ЕJЕ.
дrrо uJ!9Lurt
Гяrafrl1ltl Y rrl9
1ift оnпina
Lr.Yrr.g nln.*
L-сal
of еnginе нork stаnd and position iL in mounting position above the
enginе deсk.
сAUTION WttЕN IOWЕRING Tt,lЕ ЕNG]NЕ IN POSITION BЕ сARЕE'UL

N0т т0 DAI'IAGЕ TttЕ TAIL R0т0R DRIVЕ sнAЕ.T.
4, Swing up adjustab]е strut (44l figure 61-12) forward as far as рossible

аnd sесure in this рosiLion. ],ower Lhe еngine саrеful]y so that Lhе
bushings (4' 50) on the mount fittings (21' 54) Iest on the еnglnе
mounts.
5. LoсaLе bearing саps (з, 49) on outboard and inboard engine mounts and
sесure thеmt and bonding jumрeт (22)' With bolls. Do noL safety thе bolts
at this time.
6. Swing down adjustablо strul (44) and instaLl it to еnginе deсk-mоunted
]ug. Torque nut (41) and sесure vlith сotter рin (40).
.|. Unsсrеw and removе thе adaptеr. Install mounling braсket' (3, figure 61-4)
аnd anti-iсing va]ve aсtuаtor (4}l and adjust' aсtuаLoI as desсribed in
рaragraph 6]..39.
8. сonneсt N1 Telеf]eх сable and сlose thе quiсk-disсonneсt сouрLinq.
B0 105
сtlAPтЕR 61
P age 2'l
l.1Bв ItЕT.lIс0PTЕRs
I'{AINтENANсЕ I'.,ANUAI MвB - Е'U lUэ
Stub shaft,
Configuration I
rt. 'i .. ^ DrlaД

ul.J.vr ^L ^я+L'
сonfiguration ]
Stub s haft,
сonfiqurаtion Iт
wlthout poз. 3' 4, 5
0and7
v'
п.'i..^
!tдvс: -ь^дl L,
оrrсrд
.^nfid111"rl.i^n тт
q+111-' ahа++
сonfiguration III
it.t'ed aсс. to
Ret rof
SB 60-54. Series
installatiоn on s 551
subsequеnt
1 Drivе sha fL
2 Stub shaft
3 stееl Washer
4 Laminat'еd shlms
5 sрaсer
6 Shurloсk ]oсknut
Е600250- 0| 7 Shurloсk 1oсkl./asher
8 Covеr рJ.ate
9 Thrust рlаte
10 Мain transmiss ion
drive flange
D.rive shafL and stub shaft сonfigurations
and рossible means of installations
B0 105
сltAPтЕR ol
Page 28 Revision 5
MBв ltЕtIсOPTЕRs
},IAINTЕNANсЕ }.IANUAL МBB . в0 105
9. Install stubshaft (2, figure 61-9) as follows:

Configuration l-
a. Temporarily install stubshaft (2) in еngine together with spасer (5),

but without the stee] and laminated shims {З, 4) . ]nsta]l locknut {6)
fingеrtight.
b. сonneсt driveshaft (1) to main trаnsmission drive flangе (10) .
suрpolt thе free end of thе driveshaft to prevent dlaphтaqms froIп
bеlng distortеd.
с. !'lith the stubshaft pulled towards thе main transmission. meаsure the
clearanсе betweеn thе f]ange on the afl end of the driveshaft and Lhe
mat.lng flange on the siubshaft.
d. Assemble a сoпbinat'ion of steel wаshers (3) and laminated shims (4)

сorresponding to the widttt of the gap between t'hе mating flanges'
e. Remove driveshaft (1) and stubshaft (2).
f. slide assemb]ed shims and Washers over the stubshaft sр]ine to rеst
against the shoulder of the shaft. Lubriсate shaft seаt forward of
.ьr€+
оlla!L .^]in^
Jl,JJlrЕ' .ьэFr
5rrq!U cn.l inд
ot/дl'.с эnrt оуo9с!
ollц c^..6т /ql ll.LLll --^..^ /.м 1U1
]n,] ^.
ot
1J, '-'irЬ Чrеd5е lLlvl
с!..! 120} . slide sрaсer onto shaft.
g. Insta]1 stubshаfL (2) and retaining nut (6). Тorqur reсaining nut
and sесuIe with loсkvтasher (7) . Instal] сover plate {B).
Configuration 2 and 3
Lubriсate sp]ine of slubshаfL (2) with grеasе (сM 101 or с}4 120) and
insert stubshaft as far as possible into the main output drivе shaft of
the engine.
]'0. тf rеinsta]]ing the samе engine, this steрs a. t'hru g. mаy be omitlеd so
]ong as thе engine mounls have not been shifted sinсе еnginе removа.L.
Otherwlse сheсk enginе alignmеnt and, if neсessary' adjust, as fo]]ows:
a. Install еnginе al.ignment deviсe 105-60101 W4 in p}асe of driveshaft
bеtweеn the main transmission drlvе flange and thе stubshaft flangе.
Push Lhе knurled rings (2 and 5, figure 61-10) outboard t,o thеir
resресtivе shaft еnds. Hand-tightеn nuts (1).
b. The knur]ed rings (2 and 5) must movе lnboard smooth]y fтom Lheir
outboзrd position. тhis indiсates thal engine-to-mаin transmission
аlignment is wilhin the toleranсe limits.
с. тf knur]еd ring (2) сontaсts front end of inner tube (4), or knur]ed
ring (5) сontaсts front еnd of outer rubе (З), еngine-to-majn
transmission alignment is outsidе thе t,o]eranсe 1imits. The рoint of
сontaсt between tubе and knur]ed ring сan be obsеrved either
internally Lhrough the four сutouts in tube (з) oI externaI]v bеЕWееn
tube (3) and knurled nut (5).
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 61
HELIс0PTЕRs
l4AINTЕNANсЕ }.4ANUAL 1.1вB - B0 105
Alignmеnt deviсе, knur].ed rings outboard
A1ignment dеviсe, knurlеd rings iпboard
1 Nut 5 Knurled ring

2 Knurled ring 6 stubshafL
? т11Ь6
^l1t
ar 'l Мain Lransmission drive flange
,4 т'!ь^ ,J
^.^*
Еngine a 1ignment
B0 105
с}tAPTЕR D1
Раoe l t]
t'{вB ttЕ],IсoPтERs
I.IAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL t4BB - B0 105
d. тn figure 61-11. the сirсumferenсе оf eaсh tubе (3 and 4) is divided

into 8 seсtors' designated A thгц H as viewed in thе direсtion of
ftight. тf сontaсt аs desсribed in step с. oссцrs in one of Lhese
sесtors during the а]"ignment сheсk, rеadjust the engine mounting as
spесified in figurе 61-11.
e. Repeаt еngine alignment сheсk. If rеpeated аdjustmеnt of the engine
mounts fails to рroduсe alignmentr adjustments must be made to the
main t'ransmission (refеr to сhaрtеI 11).
f. enginё*to-main trаnsmissj.on a1ignmеnt is wiLhin the toleranсe

When
]imils' removе thе еngine alignmеnt deviсе from the heliсoрЕer.
s. If the lengrh of the adjustablе strцr hаs bеen alterеd, сheсk for
p]ay belweеn the stubshaft f1ange and the driveshaft flange (aрp1ies
to thе stubshaft in сonfiguration 1 on]y) .
1]". Insta]] driveshaft and firewa]l (refer to сhaрtеrs ]"]" and 64 respeсtive-
rY) '
12. Rеmove сaрs from fuel linеs. сonneсL fuеl line (20' figure 61-5) to
р"].'inё.lPck
ЕrlYfrlЕ v9ЧJ\ fitti'1o ^r tгi thA minrnf i'] iоr if insLalled. ConneсL е]есtri.
r!uL4lrY
сal сab]e to thе miсrofilter, if insta]lеd.

1з. Remove сaрs from oi.l lines |9| |1| 12| figure 61.2) and сonnесt lines to
the filеwa]l fitting insidе the еngine сompartmёnt. Instal] hose сlаmp
(8) on engine dеck t.lith sсrews.
14. Rеmovе oil frоm torque sеnsing line (14) befoтe сonneссing it. Do сhis by
opening the Lorчue sensjng linе aс the insLrument panеl and bJ.owing arr
thrnllсh it Rёm^trо ЬЯttёт\, if inct;r1larl ]-hоrо .^nnA.г tnrпllо сancir
- - -'r-- * -"- -'I9
1ine (14) to fitting in enginе deсk аnd to insЕrument рane1. ReinstaIl
baLtery.
15. сonneсt engine wiring harnrss сonneсtor to the reсeрtaсle in engine deсk
and сonneсt e]есtriсal сab]es to the sta rtеI-qene rator. ]nstal] саble
с]amp аnd bond1ng, jumper on еngine deсk.
16. сonneсt' hose (6' figurе 61-7) for forсеd ventilation of enginе
.^mnЯ ri.m^nt ]-^ el.Artar-dоn6rrl.^r /,] l
17. Serviсe enginе with lubriсating oil (refer t.o Chapter 63).
1Q \/ant fl1A]
дц94 сt'сtAm
vJ 9 9 9ltt
/rёfAт l.n Гhаntот 6?\
19. сheсk N1 and N2 еngine сontrols for рropеr funсtion and adjusl аs
required (refеr to сhaрtеr 65) .
1^ pAYf^rm пrntrnd rlln /rafоr |^ l-hantдr 10Чl
Y t vчrrч t чlr
21. Inst,all engine сowling (refеr to сhaptеr 22).
сltAPтЕR 61
llЕLIсoPTЕRs
I.tAINTЕNANсE I.IANUAL I.IBB - B0 105
1 Nut
? кnrlr.] arl ri nrt
3 Tube. outеr
4
q
Tubе, inner
кn]r r.] Ad rin.r
6 stubshaft
? l4ain trаnsmis sion drive flange
Contaсt in Sесtor: Adjustmenl proсedures :
Inсrеase lеngth of adjustable strut

B сonbinе adjustment proсeduгеs sресifiеd fоr
srсtors A and с.
No. ]. Еngine: InсIease overall thiсkness of
shims оn thе inboard еnginе mount.
No. 2 Engine: Deсreаsе overa]] thiсkness of
shims on the inboard engine mounl,
сoпbine adjustmеnt proсedurеs sрeсifiеd foI

sectors с and Е.
Е Shorten adjustable st rut .
Е сombinе adjusЕmenL рroсеdures sрeсified for

seсtors Е and G.
No. 1 Еngine: Deсrеase ovеIa]] thj.сknеss of
shlms on the inboard enginе mount.
No' 2 Еnginе: Inсrеase overa].1 thiсkness of
shims on thе inboard engine mount.
Combine adjustmеnt' рroсеdures spесifiеd гor
seсtors G and A.
Еigurе 61- 11 Сorreсtion of engine-to-main transmission misa1ignment

в0 105
сliAPтЕR 61
Paoе З2
}4BB ltЕLIсoPтЕRs
МAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAl I'-tвB - B0 105
61 -8 Inboard engine mount
6L -9 Removal - inboard enqine mount
Special tools:
Adaptеr P/N 105-60001 W2 or
Allison P/N 679696з
NOTЕ Thr following maintеnanсе рroсеdures aрр]y to еngine No. 1 and

еngine No. 2 un]ess otherwise indiсatеd.
1: Removе enginе сowling (rеfer to Chaрtеr 22) .
2' Removе drivеshaft (refer to сhaрLer 11) .
з. Disсonneсt Lhe N]. and N2 Tеlrflex сables аt the quiсk disсоnneсt

сouplings.
ц, Еngine No. 1 only:
Remove f]anges from firеwа1l pаssage for N2 тeleflex сable.
5. Rеmove сotler pin (62. fj.gure 61-12)' nut (61) and washer (60).
6. Un]-oсk sсrеWs (47} . Removе sсret.is (47) and tab Washеrs (48). Remove
Ьда ri nrr аяn /ДQl
.1
. Instal} adaрter P/N 105-60001 W2 or A]llson P/N 6]9696з ln plaсe of
aсtuator mounting braсkel (3. figure 61-4) . Сonneсt hoist to rеar
h^,]6
^f
1^:t.ltAr r.:raflt,] ]v raiсд аn.linA J*-. еnougn
il]сi ^r^.'-ь Lo !^l.^
+. !ь^ ','î.
сaКе Lne wеlgnt,
off thе inboard mount.
8. Removebushing (50, figurе 61'-12| | laminated shim (51) and washer (55)
from mount fit'ting (54). Keeр laminated shim (51) for rеinsta]]ation аt'
Рhё l^.Я]-i^n nn tha qяma enrтinо
^ri.'inАl
9. Rеnove mount fitting (54).
в0 105
сIIAPTЕR 61
!.1BB ttЕl]сOPтЕRs
I.IA]NTЕNANсЕ I.IдNUAL }.1вB - вo 105
61 - 10 ]nspесtion аnd IePair - inboard enginе mount
1. Visual1y inspeсt mount fitting (54, figure 61.12) for сraсks, oLhеr
mесhaniсal damage and сorrosion.
'
a. If craсked, or if othel neсhaniсal dаmage or сorrosion exсeeds the
alloliable }imits' rePlaсe mount fitting.
b. Polish out any damagе noс exсeeding thе aссeрtable damage limits
spесifiеd in figure 6].-15. Еinаl polish with No. 400 grit аbrasive
с}ot'lt '
с. Thread damage t'hat prevents the mating nut from being installed by
hand is not pеrmitted '
2. Visually inspeсt bearing сaр (49) for сraсks, other mechaniсa]. damаge and
a' If сraсked. or if other meсhaniсal damagе or сorrosion еxсeeds the

a]]owablе Limits' replaсe bearing сap.
b. Polish oul any damage not exсееdlng thе aссеptable damage limiLs
speсified in figure 61-19. Final polish with No. 400 grit abrasive
с1oth.
з. Visually insрeсt mount (5?) foт сraсks, other meсhaniсa-l damage and
corrosion.
a. Replaсe mоunL if сraсks arе evident, or if olhеr meсhаniсal damage or
сorrosion еxсeеds the a]lowable limits.
b. Polish ouL any damage not eхсeеding thе aссеptаb}е damage limits
sрeсified in figure 61-19. Final po]ish with No. 400 grit abrasive
с1oth.
4. Insрeсt bushing (51) for deformation and for separation of rubber.
Insресt steel рalt of bushing for meсhaniсal damage and сolrosion'
a. If the rubber has sеparated or deformation is еvident, or there ist
damage exсeeding thе aсcePtаblе damage limits speсified in figurе
61-20, rep}aсе bushing.
b. Po]ish out any damage not exсeeding Lhe aссeptable damage 1imits
sресified in figure 61-20. t'inal polish vrith No. 400 grit abrasivе
cloth.
B0 105
сHAPTER 61
Paqe з4
ttЕ],IсоPтЕRs
l,1AINтЕNANсЕ I''ANUAL t.{вB - B0 105
61 - 11 Instаllation - inboard engine mount
Sрeсia1 tools:
ALlison P/N 6196963
Thе following maintеnanсe proсedures apply to enqi.nе No. 1 and

engine No. 2 un1еss otherwisе indiсated.
1. Install mounL fitting (54, figuте 61-12) on еngine,
2. Instal] washеr (55), laminated shim (51)1 bushing (50)' and washer (60)
on mount fitting (54) and seсure With nut (61).
3. Lower the engine сarefu1ly so that bushing (50) rests on mount (5?).
4. гit bearing сap (49) over thе bushing and seсurе to mount wlth sсrews
(47) and tab washеrs (48) .
5. Removе the hoist from the hеliсoptеr and remove adaрter P/N 105-60001
or Al}ison PiN 679696з froп еnginе mounting pad. Reinsta}l aсtuator ',12
mounting braсket (3, figure 6l.4) аnd асtuator (4). and adjust aсtuaror
in aссordanсe with paтagraph 61-39.
6' тighten nut (61, figurе 6L-12) аnd safeсy With сoLter pin (62).
1Rоarinп.en
2 sсrew
З Washет
4 4 Е]ange
5 Laminated shim
тnsnёсtiгrn fo. frcрrlоm оf movement
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 61
ttlBB IlЕ].IсоPTЕRs
I{AINтЕNANсE I!{ANuAT, MBB - Bo 105
.l
. Insресt for freedom of movemrnt bеtweеn inboard englne mount and engine
(fig. 61-11A) and makе neсеssary adjustmеnt as follo!'s:
a. I"leasure сlearanсe bеtwеen head оf sсrew (2) аnd bearing сaр (1}i
сlearanсe shаl1 bе at least 1.5 mm.
b. If с]earanсе is
]ess thаn 1.5 пtпl сheсk whеthеr washer 13)
P/N AN960-516L (0.6 mm thiсk) is insta1led. If е}<isting washеr is
thiсker, Ieрlaсe with 0.6 rnrn thiсk washеr'
с. Repeat measurement оf сlearanсe оf sсrеW (2) and bеaring
bеtween head
саp (1} . E'reedom of obtainеd if сlearаnсe measurеs
movement is
1..5 mm. If сlеaranсe is ].ess than requirеd' make uр differenсе with
laminated shims (5) . In this сase thе enginе must bе alignеd as
desсribеd in para 61-?.
1 Sсrеw з2 Cirс1iр
2 Tab washеr зз Bushing
1 поя r i nгr n:n
4 Bushing 35 Tаb washer
5 Washer 36 Nut
г^]. tA r ni n '1'l s.retr f it-f in.i
7^ Nut, 38 NUL
8 v-strut 39 Tаb washеr
9 Washer 40 Cotter pin
10 сottеr pin 41 Nut
1l Nut 42 WаsheI
12 scIёW 4З sсrew
1з Washer 4Д A..]irtсt^h]о сt r!tl.
14 сotter рin 45 Washer
15 Nut 46 Washer
16 sсrew 41 Screw
L7 Washrr 48 Tab washer
18 Washer дq Rдд уi nп лen
].9 Scrеi,l 50 Bushing
20 Washеr 51 Laminated shim
)1 M^rrni fittind 52 Sс rеvl
22 Bonding jumрer 53 sher
vla
t 5 BO_Lt 5а Marlnt fittinгr
2ц l,lount fitting 55 Washrr
25 Wаsher 56 Sсrew
26 Sсret.r 51 MoЦnt
2'l Washer 58 Washеr
29 f-nttor nin 59 Nut
29 Nut 60 Washer
з0 Washer bI NUL
з 1 Pfasher 62 сott,er рln
Еigurе 61.-1-2 Еngine nounts . engine No. 1 (1 of з)
в0 105
снAPтЕR 61
Pасо з6
JE с' б .-l
<Ф
l.х Ё\o^б
ttt -- 5 | г.{ р
6: otоLn U}
Р v.a Ф
'.l .\д !
3д]Фd
<а
\t
o
Е
а.=
<6
h?
Бj
--d
П
- ___] i I
-*,.\ E]
\\\
}4BB ttЕLIс0PTЕRs
l.1AтNTЕNANсЕ !,lдNUAt мвB - EU lUэ
ЕE'E.Ест IvI тY s/N 11-20
DЕтA|t в
0utboard engine mount
'%
,
Nm r'/
r---------------э
12-14
|
Lamln6t€d 8hIm
DЕтAILl,
Inboard englne mount
/\ Interрose 1aminated
shims when
сonneсting с 1еvi s.
мax. Play is 0.05 mm
o"тдll A
I.',оwer engine mount
Еngine mounts - englne No. 1 (з Of з)

B0 105
сllAPтЕR 61
t'lBB нЕLIсoPтЕRS
I.{AINTENANсЕ I'4ANUAL }'{вв - B0 105
8. Еngine No. l only:

. Inst,all flanges to firewa]"l рassage for N2 Tеleflеx сab].e.
9. Conneсt the N1 and N2 Teleflех сab1es to the quiсk disсonnесt сouрlings.

10. ]nstall driveshaft (Iefer to сhapter 11).
1].. Tnsta]l engine сowling (rеfеr to Chapter 22).
6I-12 0utboard enginе mounL
61 - 1з Rеmoval - oЦt'board enginе mount
Spесial tools;
AdapLeт P/N 105-60001 W2 or
A.l11son P/N 6?9696з
NOTЕ The following рroсedurеs aРply to еngine No. 1 аnd

еngine No. 2 un]ess otherwise indiсated.
1. Rеmove enginе сowJ'ings (refer t'o сhaрter 22).
2, Remove driveshaft (refer to сhaрtel 11).
З. Disсonnесt the N1 and N2 Telef]ex сablеs at thе quiсk disсonnесt

сoup1ings.
4. Еnginе No. 1 onLy:

Rеmovе flangеs from engine firewall passage for N2 Telefleх сable.
5. Un]oсk sсrеws (1. figure 61-12\, Rеmove sсrews (1) аnd rаb washers (2)l
and remove bearing сaр {з) . If the beаring сaр сannot be remоved, remove
thё ]]nnёrmnqi qereш qогttriniт firt inп
тn.rllni. r*!e+r,Y i?] l t^ тЬa дnrтinд
6. Remove сOttеr pin (6)' nut (7)' and wаsher (5) .

1' ]nsta]l adapter, 105-60001 W2 or Allison P/N 6]9696з in plaсe oг асLuаtor
mounting braсket (3, figurе 61-4) . сonnесt а suitabLе hoist to reaт ho]е
of adаpter. Carefutty rаise thе engine jusl enough со Lakе t,he weight off
the outboard mount.
B. Remove bushing (4' figure 61-i2) and washer (17 aпd 18) from mount
€itl.inп /J1l
9 Rдmаrlд mnrlnt f i tt i nп l?,] \ f rnm дnпi na
B0 105
сtiAРTЕR 61
l,tBB !{ЕLIсOPTЕRS
I,IAINTЕNANсE !,!ANUAL мвB - B0 105
1 Sсrеw з2 Cirсlip
2 Tab washer 3з Bushing
3 Bonding lumper 34 Еnd fitting
4 Sсrew 35 Tab washer
5 Washer 36 Nut
6 Washer з,l S с rew
I Washer з8 Nut
I I'{ount filt ing 39 Tab washer
9 V-strut 40 сottеr pin
10 Sсrеw 41 Nut
11 Washеr 42 Washer
12 Nut 4з sсrew
13 сott'er p:-n 44 Adjustable strut
1ц sсrel., 45 Washer
15 Washer 46 viashеr
16 Nut 41 l"lount f itting
1? сotter Pin 48 sсrew
18 Bushing 49 тab washer
19 Wasber 50 Bearing сaP
20 Nut SL Bushing
2I Cotter Pin 52 сoLtеr pin
22 веaring сap 5з Nцt
2з вoll 54 Washer
24 l4ounL fitt ing 55 Nut
25 Washer 56 Washer
26 Sсrew 5.l Мount
2"| I{ashеr 58 sсrew
tQ a^]. l.^Y nin 59 Laminatеd shim
29 Nut 60 Washеr
0 llashеr 61 Sсrew
62 Washеr
3
з1 Washеr
гi лrr.д 61-1.1 Еnginе mounts - enginе No. 2 (1 of 3)
B0 105
снAPтЕR 61
t-
o
E
.1
aЕ) .Е
<Б
!:!
нq
ll
|ЕI
lzl
lтI
l.оl
tl
"1-
к
5$
I
I з
г.r
I
tt
lzl
lт
t\tl
l
[J
ltl Ф
<R
ьё
llJ э
60
MBв нвI,]сoPтЕRs
мдINTЕNANсЕ }IANUAL l{Bв - в0 105
Егr.ЕстIvIтY s/N 11-20
DEтA|I в
Outboard engine тпount
DЕтAIL с
lnboard engine mount
/\ Int"rрoзe 1ami nаted

shims when DEтA|L A
connecting с1evi s. J,oшe r еngine moцnt
},laх. P1ay is 0. 05 пrn
Figure 61.-13 Еngine mounts - enginе No. 2 (3 of З)

B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 61
ЕURoоoPтЕR MAINтЕNANoЕ MANUAL Bo 105
.tз)aпd
10. Removв оotterpins (10 and 14)' nuts (11 and 15)' washers (9 and sсrвws (12 and 16) from v-strut
(8). вemove V.strut (8) lorm engine deck-mounted lugs'
61 - 14 lNsPЕстloN AND RЕPA]R - oUтвoARD ЕNGINЕ 1tлouNт
1. lnspeоt mount litting (21' ligure 61_12)' beariпg cap (t) and bush|ng (4), aрp|ying same сriteria as for tho
сorr€spondiпg parts ofthe inboard engine mount. Re'erto figur6s 61_15 and 61-20lordamags and rework
|imitations.тhe foi|owing. inspeсtion item app|ios only lo mount fittings v-slruts P/N l05.60з51.06
1 05-60з5з.06' 105-60354.06' Dl зt-364' D13з-388 and D1 з3-.389: 'or
lnspoct tlапgs for сrасks in the shalt area and in tha area wh6re th6 shaft joins thg f|ange' Penetrant iпspect
рвr MIL-sтD-6866. Fleplaсe оraсked llange.
lnspeсt v-strut for meоhanicа| and оorrosion damage, оraскed We|ds, delormation and damаged surtaсe
Drotection.
a. Po||sh outany moоhaniсaland corrosion damage not6xco€dingthэ aссeptable damage Iimits specilied
in 61_14 With 400 grit abrasive с|oth.
'i9ure
b. lf there is ovidenсв o{ оracks, deformatioп or corrosion, гeplaс6 v*strut (see tig. 61-14).
с' тouсh up surtaсs protectioп With PUн topcoat (сп/'|4.l2).
|nspeсt sсrews ('12 and 16, fig. 61-12) and screws (10 and 14' |ig' 6.l-13) moсhaniоa| and сorrosion
damage. Poiish out meсhaniсal damage, suсh as sоratches' nicks and sсorss' 'or and |ocal corrosion spols
With 4oo grit abraslve с|oth. тhr6ad damage is Perm|ssib|eonly i.f the sоrows can be easily insta|led by hand.
Revision 18 сHAPтЕв 61
Page 4t
t4вB ItЕ],1с0PTЕRs
I'4AINTЕNANсE }.IANUAL l.1вB - B0 105
61 - 15 Installаtion - outboаrd engine mount

speсia] tools:
ALLison P/N 679696з
N0тЕ Thе following maint'enanсe proсedures aрp1y to ёngine No. ].
and engine No. 2 unlеss othеrwise indiсаtеd.
1. тnstall mount fiLting (21. figure 61-12) on engiпe аnd sаfely With
loскl{!re.
2. Е'it' washers (].7 and ].8). bushing (4), аnd washer (5) on mount fitting
(21) and seсurе wiLh nut (7)' тightеn nцt (?) and safety ыith сoLt'eI Pln
(6) .
3. сonneоt v.sLrut (8) to englne dесk-mount'еd ]ugs.
4' lower enginе саrefuJly unti1 bushing (4) rests ln the aРex suрPort of the
V-strut,
5. Install bearing сap {з) over the seated bushing and seсцre to v-strut
with sсreнs (1) . Loсk sсrews with uab Washеrs (2) .
6. hoist с]ear of heliсoрter and rеnovе adарter P/N 105-60001 !'[2 oт

I"love
Atlison P/N 679696з from engine mounting рad. Reinstal] aсtualor mounting
braсket' (3' figure 6]..4} аnd aсtuator (4) and аdjust асЕuator in
aссordanсe with рaragraph 61-39.
7. Engine No. I only:
Instal] flаnges to firewalL Passage for N2 тelef]eх сable.
8. сonneсL the N1 and N2 тe]eflеx сab1es to the quiсk disсonneсt сouрJ'ings.
o тnсt,l] Аfi\'aсh!ft lr6f6т ]-^ .hяnfAr 11l
10. hstall engine сow]'ings (refеr to сhapter 22) .
B0 105
сIIAPтER 6l
Pa/тЬ II
I,IBB нЕLIсOPтЕRS
}{AINTЕNANCЕ I.IANUA]. l.1BB - B0 10 5
61 -16 l,ower engine mount
61 . 1? Rеmoval - lower engine mount

sрeсia]. tools:
Adaрter P/N 105-60001 W2 or
Allison P/N 6796963
NOTЕ тhe following maintenanсe proсedurеs aрр]y to enginе No. 1

and еnginе No. 2 un]еss otherwise indiсated,
1. Removе еngine сow]ings (refеr to Сhaptеr 22) .
2. Removе driveshaft (rеfer to сhарter 11) .
з. Disсonnесt the Nl and N2 тe1ef1еx сab1es at thе guiсk disсonnесt

сoup1ings.
4. Еnginе No. L only:
Rеmove flangёs from No. 1 еnginе fireшal] рassage for N2 Tе]еf]ex сablе.
5. Remove сoLtеr pins (40 and 28' figurе 61-12), nuts (41 and 29) and
washers t42 and 27\ .
6. Instal] adaptеr P/N 105-60001 W2 or Allison P/N 6?9696з in plaсe of

aсtuator mounting braсket (3, figure 61-4) . сonneсt a suitable hoist to
Lhe rеar hole of thе аdaptеr. CarеfulLy raisе the engine just еnough to
rellеvе thе weight on Lhe adjust'аblе strut, (44, figure 6I.\2).
.l
. Remove bolts (2з аnd4з) . Remove adjustable strut (44), washеrs (31 and
45) and Washers (З0 аnd 46) . кeeр washers (З0 аnd 46) for reinsLa]]ation
aL theiт original рositions.
8. Remоve the ]еft and right рanels of forwаrd firewall and removе thе
Рroteсtive plate from thе tandem hydrauliс unil. Remove mount fitting
(? 4\ fron eгoine cаse'
B0 105
CHAPTЕR 61
I'4Bв ttЕ],IсOPTERs
I'jAINтENANсЕ I,IANUAL I'IBB - B0 10 5
61 - rB Insрeсtion аnd rePair - ]-ower engine mount
1. the length of the adjustable strut. Disаssemble

I"Ieasule аnd Ieсord
adjustable strut as shown in figurе 61-12.
2, Perforrо inspесtion of bushlng (3з) apрlying same сrlLeria as for bushing
of inboard engine mount.
з. Inspeсt end fitting (34) for сraсks, olher meсhaniсa] damage and
сorroston.
a. ]f сraсks are еvident, replасe еnd fit'ting.
b. Polish out any mесhaniсal and сorrosion dаmage within гhе aссeрLable
damage limits speсifiеd in figurеs 61-18 or 61.1?A. Еinal pol1sh with
No. 400 grit abrasivе сloth.
4. Inspесt аdjustable strut (tubu]ar sесtion) for deformationt сolrosion
and стaсks' espесially сraсks in Wеlds'
a. If strut is сraсked or dеformеd, reр]aсe strut'
b. Polish out any meсhaniсal and сorIosion dаmagе Within thе aссeрtablе
damage 1imits speсifiеd in figure 61-17. Еinal po]ish With 400 griс
abrasivе сloth.
c. тouсh uр surfaсe proteсtion as desсribеd in Chaрter 02.
5. hsресt bolt (2з' fig. 61-12) and sсrew (43) for mechаniсa]. and сoтrosion
damage.
Polish out meсhaniсa1 damagel suсh as sсratсhеs' nicks and sсores, and
loсal сorrosion sрots with 400 grit аbrasivе с]oth. тhrеad dаmagе is
рermissible only if the bo]L or sсrew сan bе easi}y instal]еd by hаnd'
6. InsPeсt mount fiLting (24' figure 61-12) for сraсks. other meсhaniсa]
damage and сorrosion.
a. If сraсks are evidenL. терlасe mount fitting.

b. Po]ish out any dаmage within the aссrpt.ablе damage limits speсified
in figures 61-].6 or 61-15A. Е'inа1 polish with No. 400 grit abraslve
с]oth.
1. Asseпrb}еad;ustable strut as shown in figure 6]..12. Install bushing (33)
and adjust st'rut' to length reсorded in steр 1.
B0 105
сltAPтER 61
l4BB HE1IсOPTЕRS
!,IAINTЕNANсЕ I'{ANUA]., !'1вB - в0 105
61 - 19 Installation - lower engine mount
speсial tools:
Adaрter P/N 105-6000]' W2 or
Allison P/N 6796963
Guide s]еeve P/N 105.60356 Wl
NOTЕ The following mаintеnanсe prосedures aРply to engine No. 1

and еngine No. 2 unless otherwise indiсatеd.
1. Before instaLling mount fitting (24, figure 6I-L2\ | brush-сoаt faying

surfaсеs of mоunt fitting and engine with сorrosion preventive comРound
(см 505) . Insta]l mount fitting on enqine, and wire-loсk bo1ts (26).
2' сonneсt adjustablе strut (44) Lo the enginе-mounted fitt'ing (24) and to
the deсk-mounted Lug using bolt (23) . washers |46, 45. з1t and 30) and
washеr (27)' nut (29). and screrт (43), washеr (42) and nuL (41). re-
sресtively. Do not tig,htеn nuts (29 and 4l) at Lhis time.
з. Lower engine саrefully. тighten nuts (29 and 41) and seсurе with соtter
рins (28 and 40}. l4оve hoist сlear of engine.
4. If the ]еngth of the adjustablе strut has been alterеd or a new onе
installed, align the engine as described in paragraph 67-1 .
5. or A}lison P/N 6?96963 from еngine.

Rеmove adaрter P/N 105-60001 !i2
Тnstall aсtuator mounting braсkel (3, figure 61-4) and aсtuator (4)' and
Я,.lir]cl. Я.trrrt.ar /rafar tа nяr:rrrяnh 61_,1Ql
6. Instal1 ]eft and right рane]s of forward flrewаll, and install Рroteсtive
p]ate on tandem hydrauliс unit.
1. Еnginё No. 1. only:
Insta]] flanges t'о No. firewall рassagе for N2 Telefle)< сable.
]. engine
8. сonneсt the N1 and N2 Te]efleх саbles to the quiсk disсonneсt сoupling.

q тnсl"я,],] .4rirlдсhяft /rAf6t t^ .h.^]-6r ,],1
\
10. Inst'all еngine сowling {refer to сhaрter 22).
B0 105
снAPTER 61
Paqe 4b
MBв нЕl]с0PтЕRs
l,1AINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL MBB - t'U lUэ
вeаrlng oар
тYPЕ oE' DAI4AGЕ DAмAGЕ AND RЕPA]R ]., I !"1] т s

z0NЕ 1 z0NЕ 2 zONЕ з
Мechaniсa1 0.15 mm deеp 0.1 mm deep 0.05 mп dеep

and сorrosion on 258 of оn 25t of on 25t of
вurfaсe are a surfaсe area suтfaсe are a
IЧaximum allowable diameter:

z-t_) 10.02 mm Мaхimum allowable bore diаmt'er may be exсeеded by
0.02 mm on one quаrt'er of сirсumfеrеnce
A I .02 mm
Еigurе 61-14 V-strut - damage аnd rерair i-imits

B0 105
сI1APTЕR 61
Раoe q /
,МвB
ItЕlIсoPтЕRs
IiIA]NтBNANсЕ I.IANUAL },lBB - B0 105
TYPЕ 0F DAмAGЕ DAD,IAGЕ AND RЕPA]R 1I}4Iтs
fi zoпп t zoNЕ 2
Мeсhaniсal Thе minimum a l1ow able o 1nm Аёar\.t'l

and сorrosion diamеter is ].3. 9 6 пm' 25\ of' surf aсe
It may be ехсeeded by
0.05 mm on one quarter
of the сircumf,erenсe
Allowable diametе r :
A 8.65 mm The maximum allovrable bore diameter may be eхсeedеd

by 0.05 mm on onе quaтtеr of thе сirсumfеrenсe
Thе minimuп al]or+ablе diamеtеr of spigot is З1.68 шn. ]t may bе 0.02
]еss on onе quart'еr of the сirсumferencе.
If mount fit|ing thтeads are damaged, replасe mount fitting.
Еiоllre vr61.]5
rr9u!9 tJ l'4oUnr
l]vgrrL fitIrn^ - ^^-1-^
ддULдrrY Чч!luYU
.srt lЧrЧ
qlrЧ -^^эi-
L! Iimits
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 61
Page 48
нЕLIс0PтЕRs
l'tAINTЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL l.1Bв - B0 105
64001t.t
тYPЕ oF DAмAGЕ DA},IAGE AND RЕPAIR I.Iм] Ts

zoNЕ
tf echani c al 0.1 пm deep

and оn 25t of
сorroston surfaсе area
Мaximum a1]owab]e diameter:
A 35.25 mm Thе maхimum allowab}e bоre diametеr may be

exсeedеd by 0.05 mm on one quartеr of the
A 8.65 mm сircumfеrenсе.
,^
ll-! The minimum a].lowablе diamеter of the spigot is 31.68 шn. It may
0.02 шfl lеss on one quartеr of Lhе сirсumfеrenсe.
Еigure 61-].5A l',lount fitting - dаmage and reрair limits
B0 105
CIiAPTЕR 61
Paqe 4 8A/B
I{BB !tЕL]с0PTЕRs
It{A1NTENANсЕ I'{ANUAL мBв - B0 105
тYРЕ oE' DAI\,IAGE DAмAGЕ AND RЕPAIR т,II\,Iт тs

zoNЕ 1 Z0NЕ 2
MechaniсaI A 1 nm Аa aь 0 1Б mm Аaan
and сorros ion on 258 of on 258 of
surfaсe area вurfaсe arе a
l4aximum al1owable diametеr :
lц 14.55 mm The maхimum aL]owable bore diameter mаy be

exсeeded by 0.05 mm on one quart'er of the
A 8.65 г,пl cirоumfеlеnсe.
A The minlmum allowab]е diamеtеr of the spigoс is З1.68

0.02 mm les s on onе quаrter of Lhe сirсumferеnсе.
mm.
Еigure 61-16 Моunt filting - damage and reрair ]imits
B0 105
CHAPтЕR 61
ttET,1сoPTЕRs
мAINтЕNANсE }lANUAt }.1вB - B0 105
TYPЕ 0r' DAмAGE DA14AGЕ AND RЕPAIR 1.,IмIтs

zoNЕ 1 ZONE 2
МechaniсaI 0.1 mm deeр 0. 15 mm dеep

and сorrosion on 25t of on 25t of
surfaсe ar0a surfaсe area
The maximum al]owable borе diameter is 8.02 шn. ]t may be eхсeeded by

0.02 mm on onе quarter of the сirсцmfеrenсe.
If adjustablе strut thrеаds arе damaged. reрlaсe adjustаb]e st'Iut.
Еigure б1-17 Adjustаble sLrut - damagе and reрair limits
BO 105
CHAPTЕR 61
Paqe 50
нЕLIC0PтЕRs
I',lAINTЕNANсЕ i.4ANUA], Mвв - l'U lUэ
6i0019.2
тYPЕ 0!' DAI{AGE DAмAGв AND RЕPAIR IJIмIтs

zoNв
Мeсhani c a1 0. 15 mm deep
and on 258 of
corros.].0n surfaсe area
The maхimum a}lowable inner diameter is 14.05 mm. It may be eхсeeded by

0,05 mm on one quarter of thе сirсumferenсe '
Reр]aсe end fitting if its threads are damagеd.
гigure 61-17A Еnd fitting - damage and repair limits
B0 105
CнAPTЕR 61
HЕL]с0PтЕRs
},1A]NTЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAL },lBB - B0 105
DAмAGЕ AND RЕPAIR LIмIтs
тhе maximum allowablе innеr diametеr is 35.25 lrdn. ]t may be eхсeeded

by 0.05 mm on one quartеr of the сirсumferenсe.
If еnd fitt.ing thlеads are damagеd' replaсe end fitting.
Еigure 61-18 Еnd fitting - damage and repair limits
B0 105
сitAРTЕR 61
Paqe 51
нEl]с0PTЕRs
мA]NтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAI, I{Bв - B0 105
тYPЕ 0г DAЬ,IAGE DAI,IAGE AND RвPA]R I,I l.1I т s
zoNЕ 1 ZONE 2
Meсh an i с aI A
w. .1иn
{tшl ulаоn
чv 9!, 0.05 mm deep
and сorтosion on 25t of on 25t of
surfaсe area surfaсe are a
The maximum allowable bo rе diamеter is 8.0 mm. It may be ехсeеded

by 0.05 шn on onе quarter of thе сirсumfеrenоe.
I4ount - damagе and repair limits
B0 105
сI{APTЕR 61
Page 52
ЕURoоoPтER мA|NтЕNANсЕ I'ANUAL вo 105
DAI,tAGE AND RЕPAIR ],Il.tIтs

zoNЕ l zoNЕ 2
}!есhaпiса] аnd sepаrаtion of rubbe r

соrroslon damage at the edges is
to a depth of ассерtab1e. If
0. 05 mп on 50t of seрarat'ioп iз пorв
the surf aсe a!ea exteпs lve, or di з tor ti on
exists l replасa buзhlng
Е,igure 61.20 Bushing - dаmаge and reрair limit's
в0 105
сltAPTЕR 6l
EUяoоoРтЕR ]ViA|NтENANсE II{ANUAL вo 105
6L -20 s t а r t e r - ge n' era t or
6I . 21 Removаl - starter-generаtor
1. сhесk thаЕ аll eleсtriсal Po}re! is
0Е'E..
2. Remove eпgiпe сollling (refer to Chaрter 22) .
з. If englne сonРаrtment forсed ventilation is installеd' remove hose (6,

figure 61-?} from hose аdapteЕ (4) on sta rteI.gene rator (3) '
4' Disconneсt eleсt'riсal ]eads from s t'a rter.generator (3).
5. Loosen Lhe nuЕ on т-bolt of сoupling сlamP (2) and unlat,сh т-bolt' from
сoupling сlamP. сaEetц}ly removе staEt'er-genelaЕor from eпgine.
6' Remove ho8e аdapter (4) from starter.generator.
6I - 22 InsPeсtion and lePair - starter-genеraLor

* Refer to сhaрter 92' Insресtioп аnd l'laj'ntenanсe-starter-9enerators
61 - 23 Inst'allatlоn . starte!.gene!аcor
1' Insta]l hose аdaptel (4, figure 61.?} on s tartеr-generator (з) .
N0тЕ starter-generаtors with engine oil lubrication, identified

by a paсking groove behind the drive spline on the drive shаft'l
are used only on engiлe gearboxes that featurе a wet' sр}i.ne
s|arter-gеnеEaEor gearshafl. Refer Lo Al}ison свв-1082
t250.c20 |c20B| and сЕв-1?9 (250-с18) . 0n engines r.,ith dry
sp].ine starler-geneЕаtor gearshafts' the 3t'art'er-generator
drlve sp}ine mцst be ]ubriсated with grease (см r0r) when tbe
sta rter-generаtor is j.nsta llеd.
2' With the т-bolt' un]a!сhed' P]aсe сoupling сlaпP (2) on starter-genеrаtoЕ,
betwееn the mounting flаngе and terminal bloсk.
з. Lubriсate stаrt'er.geпerator drive shаft sp]ine (dry sPline сonfigurаtion

only) with glease (сl.t ].01) . Loсate starter-generator (з) оn mouпting pаd
(1) so that the sPlined shaf| engаges with the engine spline and. holding
3tа rter-generator flush uP аgainst mounting pad, рosiЕion сoupling сlаmp
over лтating flanges and latch the т.bolt. Thе сlaпр installaЕion must
allow freedom of movement of Nl englne сontrol linkage. тightеn сlamР
nut. сhесk Еorque after firs| ground run аnd rеtight'en as nесessаry.
4' Reсonnect eleсtriсa] leаds to st'arter-generator (3) .
B0 105
сllAPтЕR 61
pд.rа qд Revision l4
€рнжoрteг |VIA|NTENANоЕ МANUAL Bo 105
5. сonneсt hose (6) to hose аdapter (4) with оlamp (5).
6. ]t a neworoverhau|ed starter-generator is installed, orthe оarbon brushes have been replaced, functiona||y
l
test the generаtor system and adiust the generator voltage as necessary (refer to chapter 92).
I
7. lnsta|| engino cow|ings (refer to сhapter 2zl I
61 - 24 Nl gаs produсer fuel сontrol
61 - 25 Remova| - Nl gаs produсer fцe| eontro|
.1. cheсk thаt al| electriсal power is oFF.
2. No. 1 enginr only:

Remove |eft engine сow|ing and remove aft and оenter firewa|ls as neсessary.
No. 2 eлgine only:
open right aсcess door.
3. Disсonneсt angle joiпt from N1 fue| оont'ol |over. Refer to сhaрter 65.
4. Proсeed with remova| in асcordаnсo With the A|lison oPЕRAт|oN AND [,1A|NтENANсЕ МANUАL No.
5w2 (250_c18) or 10W2 (250-с20/с20в)'
61 - 26 |nspeсtion - N1 gаs produсer fuel сontro|

Flefer to А|lisоn oPЕвАТ|oN АND MAINтЕNANсЕ MАNUAL No. 5W2 or No. 10W2.
61 .27 |nsta|lation - Nl gas рroduоёr fuel сontro|
1. lnstail the gas produсer fue| сontlol in aссordаnсe With the A|lison oPЕRAт|oN AND MА|NтЕNANOЕ
мANUАL No. 5W2 or 10W2.
2. сoпnect ang|e joint of N] тelef|eХ оable to fue| сontrol lever. оheоk N.l fuel contro| rigging and adjust as
neсessary (refer to сhapter 65).
3. No. 1 engine only:

|f previous|y removed, insta|| aft and оenter firewa|ls. lnsta|l |eft engine сowling.
No. 2 engine oпly: сlose right aсcess door.
6't - 28 N2 power turbine governor
61 - 29 Remova| - N2 рow€r turbine governor
1. сheсk that al| elrctriсa| power is oFЕ

Revlsion 14 снАPTЕR 61
Paâ 5q
MAINтЕNANсE МANUAL вo 1o5
@P#t.o-Рoo,-.
2. No. 1 engine only:
oрeп |eft aссess door.
No. 2 engina only:
Remove right engine cow|ing and remove aft and оenter firewa||s as neсessary.
3. Detaсh spring from governor |eve1 dopaпding oп configuration. Disсoпr]eсt aсtuator governor |ever, and
remove govornor |ever (refer to сhapter 65).
4. Proceed With removal in acсordаnce with Al|ison oPЕRAт|oN AND MA|NTЕNANсЕ MANUAL No' 5W2
or 10W2.
61 - 30 |nspeсtion - N2 рowef turbine governor

Refer to Al|ison oPЕRAT|oN AND мAINтЕNANоЕ МANUAL No. 5W2 or No. 10W2'
61 - 31 lпsta|lation - N2 рower turbins govetnof
1 . lnsta|l the governor as described in the A|lison oPЕRAт|oN AND MA|NтЕNANоЕ IiANUAL No. 5W2 or
No. 10W2.
2. lnsta|l governor |ever on governor (refer to сhapter 65). сonneсt aоtuator to governor lever. Attaсh spriпg
if apрIiоаb|e.оhеck N2 governor rigging and аdjust as neсessary (refer to сhapter 65)'
3. NO. 1 ongine oп|y:

сIose left aоcess door'
No. 2 engine only:
|l рrevious|y removed, insta|| оenter and аft firewa|ls. lnstaII right engine сowliпg.
61 . з2 Еxhaust staсks
61 .33 пemoval - eхhaust staсks

Refor to paragraph 61-5, Dismantllng - engine.
61 - 34 |nsр9ction and rePаir. exhаust staсks
,1. lnspsоt
exhaust stack for сrасks and deformation. |f damaged, repair or rep|aсe exhaust staоk.
2. |nspeсt exhaust сouрIing оlamps for corrosion and craсks.
a. сlean removed сoup|ing сlamрs.
b. Visual|yinspoсt retainerоlаmps (2, figure61-20A) forcorrоsion |nthedot-dash marked area (seedetail

А) on a||four latсhes. If оorroded, replaсo сoup|ing с|amp.
c. |nsPeоt retaingr с|amps (2' figцre 61-20A} for оraоks in aсcordance with dye-penetrant procedure
AsT[4-Е-1417 inthedot.dash markedаreа (seedetailA)on a||four lаtоhes. lfcraсks afefound, rep|aсe
сoupling c|amp.
d. Visual|y insPeсt remainig areas of exhаust сoupIing c|amрs for сraсks. |t сracks аre found, rop|ace сou-
PIiпg о|amps.
I
Page 56
МA|NTЕNANOЕ MANUAL Bo 105
€Р#R"oo.*,.
sсншtтт A-A
;
1 сoupling оiаmp
I 2 Retainer с|amp
3,
Figure 61 - 2oA |nspeоtion оf eХhaust оouP|iпg сlamps for corrosioп аnd сracks
Revision 24
снAPтЕR 61
Pаge 56A
(Эр.нжрoрteг мА|NтENANсЕ MANUAL Bo l05
BLАNK PAGЕ
OHAPтЕR 61
Page 568
l,lвв нЕL]с0PтERs
I4AINтЕNANсЕ I.IANUAI l,1вB - в0 105
61 - 35 Installation - еxhaust staсks

Refer to paragraph 61-6, Bul1d-up - engine.
6L-З6 Еnginе anti-icing va1vе aсtuator

A1 - 1.7 Damnтl:]- 6n'ine anti-iсing va].ve aсtuatoI
].. Cheсk that all eleсtriсal powеr is 0Е'F.
2. Disсonneсt еleсtтiсal сonneсtor from reсeptaсle (8, figurе 6]..21) on
aсtuator (9) .
з. Remove loсkwire from sсrews seсuring aсtuator mоunting braсket (4) .
Remove screw (2) and washеr (3) to release bonding jumрer (1).
4' Rеmove сotter pin (10), pin (14} and washеrs (1].) .
5. Removе сotter Pin (6)' pin (5) and Washеr (7)". rеmovе aсLuatol (9) .
6' Rеmove the tтo remaininq retaining sсrews from aсtuator mounting bтaсket
(4l аn.l rom.ttrA tha mnrlntinгт hrя.kAt
61 - з8 Тnspесtion and rеpair - engine anti-iсing vаlve асtuator

1. Visually inspeсL aсtuator for exLernal meсhaniсal damage and сorrosion.
Removе minor meсhaniсal dаmage and сorrosion and finaL polish with 400
grit abrаsive сloth. Othеrwise replaсe actuator.
2. Inspeсt mounting braсket for сraсksl сorrosion and elongatеd holes in thе
lugs .
a. If сraсked, reрlaсe mounting bIaсket.

b. Polish Out сorrosion with 400 grit abrasive с1ot'h.
с. l',lounting braсkеt Without bushing: bush ovеrsizе ho}es (play exсеed.s
0.2 mm) as desсribed in Sв 60.53.
braсkеt with bushlng: rерlaсe bushing having oversize holе
},IounLing
(plаy exсеeds 0.2 rnm) as fo]lows.
- тo Prеvеnt the mounting braсkеt fron being benl during bushing
instаllat'ion. fabriсаtе a sPlit spaсer from hаrd PvC or siпi'}аr
matеrj.al to dimensions shown in flg. 6|-22, and fit it tightly
between the mounting braсket lugs.
- Prеss deformed bushing from lugs dlsсald.
снAPтЕR 61
!lЕLIс0PTERs
I'1AINтЕNANсЕ !4ANUAL мBB - B0 105
@_3
-2 1
7 o
Гт.
900096
r UvrrчдlrY J umрer
4 .^1. ]-ёr ni fl 11 Washer
2 Sсrеw 7 I,0asher 12 va]ve aсtuating ]ever
з Wаsher 8 Reсeptaсle 1з Еye bo]t
4 Мount'ing braсket 9 Aсtuator 1S P1n
5 Pin ru uuLLrr Prrr
^^ь].^. ^]6 15 Jarnnut
Еigure 61-21 Еngine anti-icing valve асtuator
]nspeсL hole in lugs. If ho1e size еxсeeds that shown in fig. 61-2З,
rep}асе mounting brасkeL.
Degrease holes and пatlng bushing with aсеtone (см 20з) and сoаt With
сorrosion prеvеntive рaste (CМ 510)'
Press bushing into holes and then removе sрlit spaсеr from
bеLwееn lugs.
B0 105
сI1APTЕR 61
Paqe 58
мBB IlEт.,1с0PTЕRs
MAINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAT, l'lBв - в0 105
Dimensions in mm
E'igure 61_22 Sp}it spaсer
D6grsasв ho|6 qfid арply сorrosion

рrov€ntlvo pаst€ (оl,l 510)
Dimеnsions in mm
Еigure 61-23 Aсtuator mountlng brackel
B0 105
сI]APTЕR 61
Pаoe 59
мEIa ЦE'тlт.^DтE'a q
MAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL I\,1Bв - B0 10 5
Insta|| bush|ng wlth а сoаt ol corros|0n

рrвventIvo past€ (с[' 510)
Е'iguтe 61-24 Aсtuator mounting braсket with bushing
61 - з9 Тnstallation - englne anti-iсing valve асLuatol

1. Install mouпting braсket (4, figurо 61-21) on anLi-iсing vafvе aсtuat-or
Рad. Do not tightеn screws (2) yet.
2' сonneсt асtuaLor (9) to mountlng braсket (4) lяith рin (5)' wаshеr (]) and
сottеr pin (6) .
з. Sесure bonding jumper (1) to mountlng braсket (41 with sсrеw (2) and
washer {З) . Loсkwire al] threе sсrews to eaсh other.
4. Conneсt. elесtriсa] сonneсt'оr to reсeрtaсle (8).
.r\rJцDL lJvf +
vyЕ h^'l
^..r1.,^+ ^.,^
1 'l
L /\fJ/ \
l
a. Extend aсtuator (9) аnd сlosе engine anti-icing valve by hand With
lever (12).
b. Loosеn jаmnuс (15) and аlign ho]e in eyebolt (1з) With hole in levеr
(12) . Tighten jаmnut (15) .
6. сonneсL lеvеr (12) to еyebo]t' (13) with рin (14), аnd sесure рin with
wаshеr (11) and cotter pin {10).
B0 105
с!]APTЕR 61
Paqe 60
I{Bв t.lЕLICoPтЕRs
шAINTЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL l{вв - в0 105
1 . ЕunсLionally test еngine anti*iсing valve асtuaLor
NOTЕ The funсtional test, Whiсh is performеd wit,h thе

englnes shut down, is identiсal for bоth aсtuators
(no. 1 and no. 2 еngines} .
a. Deprеss сirсuit breakers ЕNG' ANTI-Тс]NG ]-I] and move togglе
switсhes ЕNG. ANтI-IсING I-II to 0N.
- aсtuaЕor must rеtrасL and enginе anti-iсing vа}ve must oрen
. aсtuator must automatiсally switсh off in end position and
inr]inltnr ] iпht /a HT,\ mllс1-
b. Моve toggJ-e switches ЕNG. ANT]-Iс]NG I-II to OEE'.
- асtuator must extend and engine anti-j.сing vа]ve must сlose. The
indiсator lighl must remain on vlhile valvе is being сIosеd.
- In the еnd рosition the aсtuator nust automatiсally switсh itself
off and the indiсator ]iqht must go out.
61 -40 Еngine stubshaf t
61 - 41 Rеmoval - engine stubshaft

1. Remove driveshaft (Iefеr to Chaрter 11) '
2. Rеmovе stubshaft (refrr t'o раragraph 61-5' Dismаntling - engine) .
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 61
Paoe 61
t'IвB l{ЕL1соPтвRs
' I'{AINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL l.1вB - Bo 105
6I - 42 Inspeсtion and rePair - engine stubshaft

Inspeсt stubshaft for mechaniсal danage and сorrosiоn, and reрair in
aссordanсe rqith the fо1lowing damage and repair limits.
v
A
v|ЕW A
Еigure 61-25 Еng,ine stubshaft - reрair аreas and limits

ZONE 1:
Polish out meсhaniсal dаmage and сorrosion on entire surfасe Lo depth not
exсeeding 0.2 mm. using 600 grit abrasivе сloth.
To рrevent the flange from beingr bent when tighiened agrаinst its сounLer-
flange, attention must bе рaid at repair Lhat
,]winп in
- tha
Lt'g nаrtiаl
уor L lol :rоAc 1я nf гha f.] аnсa
^nA
rnd tha с^*^
L.ru JсllшЕ
р]anе
. no рoint of Lhe remaining flangе area proLтudes over this pLanе.
сheсk сomр]ianсe using a st'Iaighl edgе.
ZONЕ 2:
PoLj.sh ouL meсhaniсa] damage and сorrosion on ent.ire cirсumferеnсе Lo dеpth

not rхсeеding 0.2 mm, using 600 grit аbrаsive сloth'
ZONЕ з:
Polish out meсhaniсal damage aпd сorrosion with 600 grit abrasive сLoth.
Мinimum allot.lаble diameter is 34.85 mm. Corrosion is allоwed at Lhrеe р]aсes
on the сlrсumferеnсе. Еaсh damage aтea must nоt еxсeed 40 mm2 with a
minimum sРaсing of at }east 25 шl.
B0 105
CItAPTЕR 61
Paqе 62
I'4BB ttЕL1с0PTERS
I'{AINTЕNANсЕ шNiUAj, l.,lвв - в0 105
ZONE 4:
Refer to damage and repair limits for Zone 2.
ZONЕ 5:
Po1ish out individual ]engthwise sсratсhеs and сorrоsion on f1anks of sРlinеd

teеth to deрth nоt exсeeding 0.2 mm, uslng 600 grit abrasive сloth.
Rеmoval of mat,еrial by wear is permissiblе to а depth of 0.1 mm over thе
entire length of sр]ines. No repair Work is requirеd.
Damage sцсh as corrosion pits, niсks and sсorеs at base of splines is not
рermittеd.
NoTЕ zonеs 6 to 8 arе not рrеsent on short stubshafts.
ZONЕ 6:
Refer to dаmage аnd rеpair limits for zone 2,
ZONЕ ?:
Polish out meсhаniсаl damage and сorrosion with 600 grit abrasive с]oth'
Мinimum allowаble diameLer is 25.97 mm. Corтоsion is allowed at three plaсes
on Lhе сiтсumferеnсе. Еaсh damage area must not exсeеd З0 mm2 and must be
at least 15 mm away from the others.
ZoNЕ 8:
Damage is a]lowеd so long as the mating nut сan be installеd by hand {only
aррliсable when nol insta]]ed aссordlng to sв 60-50).
6]' - 4з Insta]lation - еngine stubshaft'
Refer to рarаgraph 6J.-7, Installation - engine/ for рroсеdural steps.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 61
Paqe 6З
мпa рE'т т..IDтE]P Q
},IAINTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL !',1BB - B0 105
61 -44 Engine сomPartmёnt fоrсed

vеnti1ation
61 - 45 Rеmoval - engj"ne сompartmеnt forсed vеntilation
NOTE The рroсedurеs for removiпg and instаlling thе engine

сomParLment forсed venti]ation are idеnliсal for bolh еngines'
1. Remove engj.ne сowling (refеr to сhaPter 22) .
2. slaсken с1amр (51 figure 61-26) and removе hose (4) from hose adaPter
(6) .
3' Rеmove sсrеw (8) from braсket (2) . Detaсh braсkеt and move it с]ear of
hе]iсopter, togеther r,llth the attасhed hosе (4) .
4' If required, remove hose adapter (6) from starte r-qene rаto r (7) .
5. Slackеn сlamp (3) . Sepаrate hose (4) froп air-inLаke Port, (1) аnd remove
aiт.intakе port (1) from braсket (2) .
61 - 46 Inspeсtion and reрair - еnginе сomРartmrnt forced venti]ation

,]
r i тnsneсtu brасket, fот crасke аnd n1аte nl'tя
f rrJРgv fоr looseness.
. т.
L! \-lauNЕ\rr
^-.^].^^ .^.. i r ат
lgl,of! wt ran']
lсуlиu9aсa hr.r.].Af
b. Reрlaсe loose рlaLe nuts.

2. Insрeсt hose adapter for damage. If сraсkеdl lep]aсe hosе adарter.
з. InsРесt hose for сuts and рorosity. If either сondition is evident,
rеplaсe hosе.
6I - 41 Installation - enqine сomрartnent forсed ventl]at,ion

1. Install air-intаkе рort (1, figure 61-26) t,o brасkеt (2). сonnесt hosе
(4) to air-intake рort (1) with сlamp (3).
2. 1f рreviously removеd, instal1 hosе adaPter (6) on staIter-generator (7).
з. seсure braсkеt (2) to еngine dесk.

4' Connесt hose (4) to hose adaрter (6) tvith сlamр (з) .
5. hstall engine сowling (refеr to Chapter 22) .
в0 105
сliAPTЕR 61
Pagе 64
нЕLIс0PTЕRs
MAINтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL t,lBв - в0 105
DEтA|I A
щу
I
l
э
1 Air-intakе рort
2 Braсket
з сlamP
4 ltose
5 сlamр
6 нêa ё r
7 ^..{^nt
starLеr-genе rato r
8 Sсrew
Еigure 61-26 Еngine сompartment forсеd vеnti]"ation

B0 105
снAPTЕR 61
Peс,ё 6\ / 6'6
сHAPТЕR
FUEL SYSTEM
!,rвв нЕLIсoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNNflсl !{ANIIA]. }{вв - в0 105
62 гUЕ! sYsтЕ!,1
тable of сontents
ParagrаPb Title Pagе
oА-L DЕSсRIPтIoN . гI,ЕL sYsтЕ!{
62-2 тRol'вlЕsllooтIl.lG - FIIвL stsтЕ!{ 1
в'-7 .' INSPЕстIoN . гUЕt sYsтЕ}! o
oZ- ч гolwаrd main f ue1 tаnk 10
bZ . э Removal . forпard nаin fuel tаnk 10
Iпspeсtion - forward mаin fuel tank 1t
In8tallation - forпard паin fuеl tank

oz - a Af t nain f uel tank L1
Retцoval - aft toаiп fuel tank 1?
O' - J,U ]пgPeсtion - аft mаin fuel taпk L1
bz - J, J, Installаtioп . aft nаin fuel tаnk l6
oz - Lz S u p.p 1 y t ank 2T
оZ - J.J Renoval - supply tanh 2L
ot-Lч InsPeсtion - supply tank az,
Installation - supply tank zz
Drain valve 21
Reпroval- drain valve 21

,,1
Installation - drаin vаlve
Еue1 PUNP 28
Reпovаl - fuel purnp 2в
вo 105
сндPтЕR 62
Page 1
I4Bв llЕ],IсoPтЕRs
мAINTЕNANсЕ }.{ANUAL мвв . B0 105
Paragraph TitIe Page
hZ-ZL - fuel pumр

Inst,allаtion z9
62-22 Lovr 1evel warninq switсh JI
62-2з Remova I- low 1evel warning switсh JI
62-24 Installation - low lеvеI warning switсh JI
62-25 Еuel quantitv transmitter З2
62-26 Removal - fue]. quantitv trаnsmitter
62 - 2't Installаtion - fuеl quantity t.ransmitter з2
62-28 гue1sh utof f vаlve JJ
62-29 Renova I - fue I shutoff valve з3
62-з0 Installation - fuel shuloff valve з4
62-зI Dё'l e t е d
62-32 Deleted
62-3з De1etеd
62-34 Pressuтe rеli ef valve з9
Rеmoval - pIе ssurе rе]ief valve з9
62-36 Installation - pressure relief valve з9
62:31 Differе ntial Dressure switсh 4l

62-38 Removal - differential pressure switсh 4l
62-39 ]nst'allation - diffеrential рressure switсh 43
62-40 P rеssure t ransmitter 43
oz - ч! Removal - pressure transmitter 4З
6z-чz Installation * рressure transmittеr 4ц
62-4з Pressure tesL-f uel system 46
62-44 t'unсt iona] test-f ue1 sy5tеm 48
62-45 lland1ing and storagе of f цеI

tanks 49
BO 105
с}IAPтЕR 62
Pаoe 2 Revision 2
HEL1с0PTERs
l,IAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL I,lBв - B0 105
62 -I DЕSсRIPTIoN - E'UЕL sYsTЕIr{
1. Е'uel system:
The fuel system сomprisеs the fuеl storagе' the fuel dеIivеry and the
fuеl monitoring systems (see figures 62-1 and 62-2) . Еngine - furnished
сomponents of t,he fuel system' suсh as fuel рumрs, fue1 filters, and fuel
сontlols arе desсribed in the Allison Oрerat'ion and Мaintenanсe l.lаnual.
No. ]'0 I^l2 (250-с18, No. 5vl2) .
t гuel storagr system:
Thе fuel storage systeп comprises thе forward and aft main fuel tаnks,
the supply tank аnd thе vеnt and fuel lines. The supP]y tank and the
forwaтd mаin fuel tаnk eaсh have two eleсtriсally oреratеd fuel puпps аnd
one fuel quantit'y transmittет installеd in them. In additlon, a lol.I ]eve]
warning sr.litсh is installеd in the supрly tank. Еaсh of the threе fue1
tanks has a drain va1vе. The system is fuelled through thе filler neсk on
the forward main fuеl tank.
The tankst whiсh are arrangеd one bеhind the othеr' havе a total fuel
сontеnt of 580 liters (464 kg) of whlсh ].0 liters (8 kg) are unusable.
'
з. Еue1 delivery system:
Two eleсtriсally operated fuel Pumрs suPply the enginе wiLh fuel from the
fuel suрply tank. Two eleсtriсally operated fuel pumps in the forward
main fuel tank ensure that the supply tank is сonstantly rеp'lenished from
the two main fuel tanks. Baсh of thе fuеl suррly lines inсorрorates an
e]eсtriсal]y operated fue] shutoff va]ve, so that Lhe fue] suPP]y to thе
engines сan bе interrupЕеd in an emеrgenсy.
ц, I'uel monitoring sуstеm:
A fue]. quanLity transmitter in the forward main tank and supply tаnk
Lransmits an elесtriсaf signal to а dual fuel quantity indiсator rвhiсh
shows Lhе amoцnt оf fuеl сonlained in the respeсtivе Lanks. ALso
insta]'led in the main tank is a low lеvеl warning switсh wltiсh energizеs
thо RЕsT warning ]ight When the fuel сontent in the tank is ]'ess Lhan 75
liters (60 k9) .
A duaL fue} рressure indiсator, loсated on the instrument panel, monitors
fue1 рressurе from the suрply tank pumps, It is provided with eleсtriсa]
signals from a pressure transmittеr in the 1ine to eасh engine. A differ-
ential pressure switсh сonneсted to еaсh fuel fi]ter energizes the
respeсtivе f ilt'er warning tiqht Е'I1,T 1 or II' Whenever fi]ter с]ogging
oссurs.
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 62
Page з
I',lBв }lЕLIсoPTЕRs
I.IAтNтЕNANсЕ I,iANUAL МBB - B0 10 5
1 Supply Lank I Drain valve

2 Overflow 9 Еi1lеr neck
3 Vеnt, line 1n a^nn^^t i
^n
ni na
4 Е'orward main furl tank
5 Aft main fuel tank 1? }.rrо] оlrаnt]l-V trаnsmiLter
.l тnсn6^t inn сnlrоr
! se4 1vsrre4e.! ereiv..-
6 Еuеl shuto ff valve 1
7 DIiр pan L4 ! uel LInе

15 I,oW ]-evel warning swiLсh
Еigure 62-1 E'uel system
B0 105
сtlAPTЕR oz
Раdc 4
L_*_--J
Ё
I
o-a
tl-o
o
ф )2
'Ё
ot l-J
zч
ф <tr
=
L-- ---J
Y
z
s
Y
-
z o-
ц)
t=
цr<
(с>
r/l
o)
.rt
Ф .nl
р(б ;io
Yt^
,1
Oс)
l-l н^
р9{ Ф
н..|o^l.l
сJ}дЕo t-.t
o.|J.',с) ^
Ф.р]J.{>rJ
.d
AEчB(6нEP
..1 (U .Fi
-l -.{ --l (U ; .-r
>и)эФ(.)тlt,.{ ro
дЁ./)o..{|lб
('{at't>l{Фб
дl.rФЁ-|рян vt !,
рРн..|6o..|рq{
..|AЕ>Ф0lФ дд
BЬl.|rltrФ.rl Фo
р.{idч{ФФ}.{r{
t{..lб}lн}]УvсlЁФ 1'€
Ф р..1 olD >roн
+JA]J..{.|Jрo.A-lvlФ
г.l
OбaФо
.Еl 6AФ5.1
5Ф>.с..|5 Ё A б Фl]
0J
l.| c \9 \о !о
q.{ t' l| Ф сo (н 5> F
..] r.l г-l rl Fl (N
o. o. o. ..1 t\ot\or
ЕURoсoPтEн MA|NтЕNANoЕ I'ANUAL вo 105
62-2 тRoUвLЕsнooтING. FuЕLsYsтЕп'
TRoUвLЕ sYмPтoм PRoвAвLЕ сAUsЕ coRRЕcт|VЕ Aст|oN

1. Fuel oressure lndication too low Prвssuro transmittar def ectivo tlopIaоo pressurs iransmittsr
(rofer to parа. 62{0)
Prossuro indicator datoctive Floplaсe pressure indicаtor
(rg{er to chaptеr 91)
Еloctriсal wiring b6twe6n traпs- choсk оontinuity ol wiring
mittgr and lлstrument deleсtive according to wiring diagrаm,
replaco any dolocllve wlring
(гe'вr to WDM)
Fuв| pump in supply taпk Rsplaca fuol pump (reter to
dвfёctiv9 para. 62-19 or сhapter 867)
Fuel pressuro Indication too Pregsu.g transmittar de'вctive R6pIаоo p.essure trensmittвf
high (re|ar 10 pаra. 62-40)
Pl9ssurs indicаtor dsf eсtive Beplаоe pressure indiсator
(rёfer to сhapter 91)
3. Warning light FILT I or FILT ll Fue| filter сlogged Romove fuel filter element
iIlUminatвs (re|er to A||ison oporatioп and
i,|aintenaпcв Manual, No.
10w2)
Warпing light RЕsт fai|s to R6st wаming |ight dofective Fleplaоe warning |ight
il|uminate a|though quапtity (refer to Chapter 92)
tank shows
indicator for suрp|y 'uol
lue| сontants to b6 |€ss than
60 kg
Low |eve| warпing switсh RrР|aсo low |rve| warning
do'eоliva switсh (r6fer to para.62-22J
Еlectrica| wiring betweвп chsck continuity of wiriпg
transmittor and lnstrUmoпt аооording to wlring diagram,
defective rep|aca any dofeоtiva wiring
(r6tor to WDtй)
5. Fuel quantity indiсetor {ailed or Fu6l quantity transmltter Raplaов quantity traпsmitter
showing talse values dвlectlvo (rofar to para.
'ual 62-25)
Indicator wrongly adJust6d or сhack indiсator and reDlaсв i|
dEfeоtive nocossery (rё'er to сhаpter 91)
6. Fuв| dripping drain ho|as ol Laaklng tual tank Floplaоo leaking lue| tank (ra|er
bottom shell 'rom 624 to 62-1
тab|в 62-1 тroub|oshooting (,l o' 2)
вevision 19 сHАPтER 62
Pago 7
ЕURoсoPтЕR il/A|NTЕNANcЕ I,!АNUAL вo 105
твoUвLЕ sYi/tPтoм PRoвAвLE сАUsЕ оoввEст|vЕ AcTloN

7. Fua| on drain va|Vвs or on Damago to drain valvs or pump оh9сk atlaching hardware for
fairings of fuel pumPs or aссoss flaпgёs or gaskots speсified torqua (sso fig. 62.5'
cover fig. 62-6 or Chaptor 867),
othвrwise rоmovo fu6| pump
(rofor para. 62.19 оr сhaptgr
867) and iпspeсt aссoss сov6r
or gasket for damage and/or
removв draiл valve (refar to
para. 62-16) and iпspgct gasket
for damage.
тable 62.1 тroubleshooting (2 o' 2)
сHАPтEFl Reviзion ,l9

Page I
l,tBB ItЕLIс0PтЕRs
}IAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAI }4BB - в0 105
62 -з INSPЕстION - E'UЕL sYsTЕм
1. Inspeсt сable сonneсtions and plugs for sесurity of installarion; сables

fоr сhafing. seсurе any loose eab1e сonneсtions аnd plugst and replaсе
any damagеd сablеs.
2' Cheсk fuel ]ines аnd vеnt lines for loose сonneсtions. leаkaqe аnd evi-
denсe of damage .
a. seсцre any ]oose ].ines; replaсe any dаmaged lines.
b. If fuеl linе сonnесtlons are leaking. tighten the rеsресtive цnion
nut's 1/6 of a turn. If ]eаkage сontinuеsl replaсe sealing e]ements or
сonneсtions.
с. If flаngеs show evidenсe of leakage. tоrque sсrews of the respесtive
flаnges to 2.5 to з Nm.
3. сheсk dтain hоlеs of bottom shell for lеaklng fue] . If leakage is еvi-
dent. рerform sуstem Pressure test ln aссоrdanсe With рaragraрh 62-Аз' If'
]eaks саnnot be rеpaired, rеmove fuel tanks (rеfer to paragraphs 62-4
thru 62-15) .
4' сheсk vent line drain holes in the sidr shell for obstruсtion and сlear
5. Chесk drain valves for ]eaking fuel. If leakage is evidеnt, сheсk

attaching hardwarе for speсifiеd torque, otherwise rеplaсe lеaklng drain
valvеs (refеr Lo рaragraph 62-16).
6. Swltсh on fuel рumps. Check еngine-rnounled fuе] filtеrs for seсurity of
installatj.оn. leakage. and meсhaniсal damage (fоr further aсtion refеr
to A11ison OРeration and Мalntenаnсе .l'lanua1 No' ]'0W2,. for 250-C18' refег
to No, 5W2),
а' If filter is leaking fuel, tighten housing by hand; Ieр]aсе O-ring if
neсessary (refer to Allison Oрeration and l4aintenanсe },Ianua]) .
b. If damaged' removе fuel fi].tеr аnd evaluate damagе (refer to Allisоn
г}nArяt i аhr{ t!4aifltAn,rflÂ м^nllr1l
^n
1 ' Visually insресt' diffеrentialрressurе switсh and Pressure transmitter *
for Ieakage. If leаkage isрrеsent, tighten сonnесtions. If ]eakаge сontjn- *
uеs, xePlaсе rеspeсtive seals (O-rings or sеaling rings, as appliсable) '

slritсh off fue] pumps .
вo 105
сttAPтER 62
Revision 2 Page 9
}1BB IlЕtIсoPтERs
i,IA]NтЕNAI{св l.lдNUAt },1BB - B0 105
62-4 Forward nain f uel tank
WARNING T0 AVоID !.]RЕ AND EхP].,oSтoN I1AZARDS oBsЕRvЕ

ALL sAЕ.ЕтY PRЕсAUтIoNS.
62 -5 Removal - forward nain fuel tank
!.IARNТNG D0 N0т вEGIN W]Tlt Е'UЕT. тAt{к REl'{ovAL PRoсEDURЕ

UNTIl !'UЕL TANK IlAs BЕEN sсAvЕNGЕD (RBE'ЕR T0 slЕP 3. ) .
1. Defuel heliсopter aссordlng to сhapter 06.

2' Disсonneсt battery аnd exlernаl power soulсe (rеfеr to сhаРLer 92) .
з. sсavengе fuеl tanks with air or nitrogen as followsi

a. Open all drain valves. Еor this Purрose push valve st'em uрward and
turn.
b. Oрen fue] fi]ler сap. Tnsert' hose line for the sсavenger and sea] off
with adhеsivе taре (сt4 614l '
с. sсavengе tanks with fi]tered, сompressed аir for aрProхimately
2 hours at a prеssure of 2 to 4 bar or with nitrogen fоr apрrоx.
fn'aL,gay at a !сЕ\.l
aL сr rate of
feed lсrLс vl. v0.5 kg per minute.
r J J\L
d. AftеI sсavenging, rеmove hose line and wаit aPproхimatelУ 1 hoцr

befоre beginning wilh removal рroсedure.
4. Remove rear bеnсh seat' Lн side wall and floоr panelling.
5. Rеmovе сover рlate (40) by removing sсrews (39, figure 62-3) . Removе
rеinfоrсing ring (з8), inspeсtiоn соver (3]} and gasket (36) by removing
nuts (41) and washers {42) .
6. Rёmоve sсrew (8) and washer (7) .
,
,|
Removе t'ank aссess сovеr (9) and fuel quantity trаnsmitter (16) as
follows:
a. Remove соver plate (11) by removing sсrews (l2).
b. Disсonneсt elесtriсal leads fron fuel quantity transmitter (16) .
с. Rrmove nuls and i,]ashеrs (].7), аnd detaсh сover (9) together with
reinforсing ring (10) and fuel quantiLy tIansmitteт (16) from the
fuel tank bolt rinq.
B0 105
сtiAPTЕR 62
Page 10
}4BB ltЕLICOPтЕRs
I'{AINTЕNANсЕ I\,IANUAI мвв - в0 10 5
8. Remove fuel pumps (22 and 48) (refer to paragrаph 62-79'.

9. Remove drain valve (32) (refer to paragraph 62-11).
10. Renovе rubber bоot (25) and hose сliр (24) from сonnесtor on aft main
fuel tank.
11. Removе rubbеr boots (2 and 43) and hose сlips (1 and 44) from thе two
ovеrflows of forward main fuel tank.
]-2. Remove sсrew (з) and washer (4) . Pull fuel linеs (45 and 50) out of ovеr-
flows (49) and renove from forward main fuel tank,
13. Relеase hosе сlips (28) on filler nесk and pull fi]ler neсk and protес-
tive slеevе off the filler nесk piре.
14. Remove sсrells (51 and 21), washers (52 and 20), and vlashers (54 and 19)
seсuring tank pad rings to flooI panе1 '
15. Rе].ease сo1lеttеd studs of forward main fuel tank from mating holеs in
tank сomрartmеnt llning and сareful}y withdraw tank through tank aссess
r rlA rl.1l rA
^^\'ёr
62 - 6 Inspесtion - forward mаin fuel tank
Inspeсt fuеl tank in acсordanсe with manufасturеr,s instruсtions.
62 - 1 Instal].ation - forward ma1n fuеl tank

1' Еnsure that al] sharp edgеs, сorners' anсhor nuls, rivet headsr and tank
support studs are masked with adhesivе taPе (с!4 614) . Inspeсt support
sluds аnd mating holes for wear.
2. Inspeсt foam pads in tank сompartmеnt for separation.
3. Cheсk vent J-lnes in floor panel for obst,ruсt,ions'
4. Rub ta]сum (сI'{ 108) onto forward main fuеl tank.

5. Мakе sure theIe aIе no foreign objесts in the tank сomparЕment.
6. Through tank aссess сover aperturе' сarefu]ly insert forward ma1n Lank
intо t'ank сompartmеnt.
7. Push fоrward main fuеl tank filler nесk and proteсtivе slеeve t'o a
distanсе of at least 20 mm onto fillеr nесk piрe and seсure qtith hose
с1ips (2B' figure 62-3) .
8. Еit fоrward main fue] tank ontо соnneсtion рiрe (10. figure 62-1) .
B0 105
CHAPTЕR 62
t'lBB tlELIсoPтЕRs
I.IAINтЕNANсЕ l,lANUA], l',lвB - B0 ].05
N0тЕ Tightеn all hose сliPs in fue1

- edge t'ank using a sсreнdriver with
pIоteсt'ion оn1y.
9. Clamp forward maln fuel tank tlghtly to сonneсtion pipe with hose сlip
(24, figure 62-3). and сover hose сlip with rubber boot (25) .
].0. Еngage сolletLed studs of folward main fuеl tank wit'h maling holes in aft
and forvrard partitions of tank сompartment and in bottom shel]. Position
fuеI line (50) for installat'ion.
11. Connесt both main fuеl tank overflow сonnесtions to overflows (49).
12. Seсure pad rings in tank skin to floor Panеl with sсrews (51 and 21),
gaskets (54 and 19), and washers (52 and 20) ' Use one of thе sсrews (51)
to insta]l fue} line (50) ang1e braсkеt. Е'or torque valuе, see figure
62-з.
1з. Е'asLen rеmaining forward main fuеl tank suРPoтt studs to the floor Panеl.
].4. Seсure overf1ows (49) with hose с]lps (1 and 44), and fit rubber boots (2
and 43) ovеr hosе сlips.
15. ]nsert fuel lines (45 and 50} into the tlvo оverf].otтs (49} and insta].l
fuel рump (22) (refeт to ParagraРh 62-21''t. seсulе fuel line (50) to angle
braсket with сlamp (53}, sсrew (3) and Washer (4)'
].6' ]nst,a1l tank aссеss сover (9) together with fuel quantity transmitter
(16) :
a. вrush'сoal }ower surfaсe of tаnk acсеss сovеr (9) with sealing

сопpound (с}4 644) .
b. ]nsta]l tank aссеss сovеr (9) and rеinforсement ring (10) on bolt
ring and seсure wlth nuts and was}rers (17) . Torque as shown in figure
oz-J.
с. сопnесL elесtriсal leads to fuel quantity transmltter (16) and

brush-сoat сonneсting sсrew with сo rros ion-prevеnt ive laсquer
(сl,1 501) '
d. Att'aсh fuel 1inе (50, figure 62-3) to tank aссess сover (9) with
сlamp (6). sсrew (8) and washer (7) .
17. ]nstall fuel pump (48) (refer to Paragraрh 62-21') .
18. Install drain va1vе (32} (refer tо paragraph 62-1B).

19. Instal] inspeсtion сover (з]), gasket (36) and ring (38) with nuts {41)
and washеrs (42) . Torquе acсording Lo figure 62-3.
BO 105
сllAPTЕR 62
Paqe 12
!,tвв нЕlIсoPтERs
},'AINтЕNANсЕ !.lA}IUAl }4вв - B0 105
20. Perform prеsgure aпd funсtiоnа1 tests (refer to PаragraPhs 62-43 and
- 62-44 resPeсtively) .
сAuтIoN TIlЕ сovЕR PlAтЕ (11} !{Usт N0т вE ]NтЕRcltANGЕD'

As тI{Is соU],D slloRт-сIRсU]т тнE гUЕL QUдNтIтY
тRANSмIттЕR.
21. Install all сover Plates, LH sidе wa].l аnd flooт panel1ing' and rear
benсh seat.
вo 105
сttAPтЕR 62
Pаoe 1З/14
Ц г-:-.]
J
t--
t5l
lФ|
lц |Чl
о
l*l
3 3Б g 33
I
2 \s ччт
(!) {J
р Ф
Ё (.)
lбo
d .u (..) tt
с1
o trl
MBв IlЕ].IсOPTЕRs
}.,iAINTЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAL t,lвB * B0 10 5
62-8 Af t пain f uel tank
WARNING т0 AVoID Е'IRЕ AND ЕхPl0s10N llAzARDs oвsERvЕ

AL]., sAt'ЕTY PRЕсAUтIONS.
62 - 9 Rrmova]. * aft maj.n fuеl tank
WARNING D0 NoT BЕGIN WITн E.UEL тANK RЕ}.,loVAL PROсEDURЕ UNтIL

Е'UE]. тANK }tAs BЕЕN sсAvЕNGЕD (RЕгЕR т0 sтEP 3.).
] Пafllд] hо] iпnnl.от аnnnтrtinп .hяrlt6r n6
2. Disсоnneсt the bаLtеry and extеrnal power sourсe (refer to Chapter 92)'
з. sсavengе fuеl tаnks wilh air or nitrogеn as fоllows:
а. Open аl1 drain valvеs. Еor this purPose рush va]ve stem uрward and
turn,
b. oрen fuel fil]er сap. Insе.rt hose line for thе sсavenger and sеal off
with adhesive tape {с},1 614) .
с. Sсavеnqе tanks with filtеIed. сomрressеd air fol аPРroximatеly
2 hours at a pressure of 2 to 4 bar or with nitrogen for apрrox-
imate}y 2 hours at a feed ratе of 0.5 kg pеr minute.
d. After sсavеnging, remove hose ]ine and lqait apрroximatеly 1 hour
bеfore beginning with removаl рroсеdure.
4. Open floor aссеss сover of sma]]. baggage сomPartment and remove tank
сover (9, figurе 62-4) by removing nuts (6), vlashers (?) and ring (8) .
aAm^l'6 с 1.6+ /1nl
^.
5. Remove draln valve (15) (rеfer to paragraph 62-17 | '
6. Remove rцbber boot (18). Loosen and remove hose сlip (19) . Detасh aft
main fuel tank (20) from сonneсtion рlрe (21) .
,
"l Rеmove sсrеWs (5), washers (4) аnd gasket (з) from tank pad ring (2) .
8. Disengage aft main fuel tank supрort studs and сarefulLy withdraw tank
through thе сover (9) apertuтe.
62 - I0 Inspeсtion - aft main fuе] tank
]nsрeсt fuel tank in ассordanсе i,Iith manufaсturer's handbook.
B0 105
сHAPTER 62
мaEI р!lт т.^DфE'D q
I.IAINTЕNANсЕ I'IANUAL мвB _ B0 105
62 - |I Тnslal]ation - аft main fuel tank
1. Еnsure that a1]. sharp edges' сornersr anсhor nuts' rivеt heads, and tank
support studs are masked with adhesive tаpe (сМ 6].4) ' InsРесt supPort
studs and mating holes for i{еa!.
2. Inspeсt foam pads in tank сomрartment foт seрaralion.
3. сheсk vеnt 1ines in floor panеl foI obstruсtions.
4. Rub talсum (сl'1 108) onto aft main fuel tank.
5. l'{ake sure thеrе arе no forеign objeсts in thе tank сompartmеnt.
6. Through tank aссess сover (9. figure 62-4) apeIture. сareful]y insert aft
main fuel tank into Lank сompartment.
?. Е'it aft main fuel tank onto сonneсtion piрe (21) . соnnесt tank Pad ring
to floоr рanе] (2з) with sсrews (5), washers (4) and gasket' (з) . тoтque
acсотding to figure 62-4.
8. Еngage al] tank suppolt studs with mating holes in tank сomрartment
lining.
N0тЕ Tlghten hosе с}iр (19) in tank сomрart'ment using

а sсrewdrivет with edge pтotесtion only.
9. Clamp aft main tank tightly Lo сonneсtion рipe with hosе сliр (19) and
сover hosе оlip with rubber boot (1.8).
10' ]nsta11 draln va1ve (15) (rеfer to рalaglaрh 62.18) .
11. seсure сover (9) to tank bolt ring (11) with washers (7) and nuts (6);
sеe figure 62-4 fot torque va]ue.
12. Prеssure tеst fuel system and funсtionally tеst drain valve ()"5) (rеfer
to рaragraphs 62-4з and 62.44 rеspeсtively) .
1з. сlosе floor aссеss сove! of small baggage сompaltment.
B0 105
С}IAPTЕR 62
Paqe 18
IJ
F
ш
CI
o)Ф
9R 6 N
@@
oJ
'@@ !-
цJ
х
(б
P с'l
t Ft.rl
..J ar rJ
Фo{
5 ,--r
мBB HЕtIсoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNANсE !'!ANUA1 I.{вв . в0 10 5
62-t2 suрp1y tank

WARNТNG т0 AVoID E.IRЕ AND ЕxPtOsION ItAzARDs oBsЕRvЕ
ALL SAE.ЕтY PRЕсAUTIoNS.
62 - 7з Removal - supр1y tаnk
WARNING D0 NoT вЕGIN WITlt ЕUЕt тANK RЕt'tovAL PRoсЕDURЕ UNTII,

E'UЕi, TANк нAs BЕEN sсAvЕNGЕD (RЕЕ'ЕR T0 sTЕP з.).
,] Паfrlд1 hа1 jааnдaу з^ôrding to сhaрLer 06.
2. Disсonneсt the battery and eхterna} Power souIсe (refer to ChaPter 92)'
3. Scavenge fuel tаnks with air or nitrogen as follows:
a. oPen all drain va].vеs: Е'or this рuxPose push valve stem uPwаrd and
LUrn.
b. Open fuel fi]]er сaр. Insert hose line for Lhе sсavеngеr аnd sea] off
with adhеsive taрe {C},1 614) .
с. sсavenge tanks With filteredl сompressed air for aрprоximatеly
2 hоtlrs аt а nrрqsure of 2 to 4 bar or wjth nit-nоаn for аonrох-
imately 2 hours at a feed rate of 0.5 kg per minutе,
d' Aftеr sсavenging, remove hose line and Wait approхimately 1 hour
before bеginning wilh removаl proсedure.
4. Rеnove rear benсh seat and forwаrd RH lateral floor раnelling; dеtaсh
forward Lн latera1 floor panel1ing to aрproximately as far as the сentle
(vent line сonneсtion} and attaсh to pilot,s seal With safёty wire.
Detaсh сable guide rail under forward Rн lаLerаl flоor panelling and
push to one side.
5. Rеmove сover Plates (1 and 25' figure 62-5) by rеmоving sсrеws

(2 and 241 .
6, Remove tank aссess сover (36) with instаllеd quantity t,ransmitter (6) аnd
low leve]. warning switсh (З7) as follows:
а. Identify and disсonneсt eleсLriсal leads of fuel quantity transmittеr
(6) and low lеvel warning switсh (37).
b. Rеmove nuts (]) and wаshers (8), аnd detaсh aссess сover (З6) Lo-
gethеr with ring {38) аnd fuel quantily transmittеr (6) from tank
bolt ring.
BO 105
с|]APTЕR 62
-- }'{Bв IIЕLIсoPTЕRS
I4AINTЕNANсЕ I"IANUAL l,tBB - B0 105
?' Remove left and right fuel pumps (26 and 33) (refer to parаgraPh 62-20J.
8. Removе fuel llnes (23 and 24) and disсonneсt vent' Iine (10) from supply
tank by rеmoving sсrеws (15)' washers (16} and gaskеt' (17) .
9. Remove drain valve (29) (refer to paragraph 62-L1).
10. Rеmove nuts (43) and washers (44}, and detaсh сover (42) with
gaskrt (41) .
11. Renove rubber boоt (l1) and hose с1ip (12) fron the t'wо overf}ows (2,
figurе 62-1) and (].3' figure 62-5) .
].2' Detaсh rubber sleeve (18) bonded to thе airframe, and remove fuеl line
(21} by rеmoving banjo bolt (19} and gaskеt (20) from fuel ]ine fitt'ing
(22) . Reреat this рroсеdure tо renove сorrespondlng fuel linе fIom fuel
1з. Disеngage supрly tank studs froтп mating holes in tank сompartment. then
dеtaсh tank frоm Lhe oveIf]ows and сarefully withdraw lL upward through
the tank aссess сover (з6) aperture.
14. If rеquired (е. q. when supply tank is reрlaсed), rеmovr nuts (45) and
vrashers (46) and detaсh fuel line fittings (22 and 35) .
62 - |4 InsрeсLion - supply tank

TnsPeсt suрply tank in aссordancе with instruсtions givеn in manufасturer,s
handbook.
62 - 15 hsta]lation - suрply tank

l. Еnsure that all sharP edges' сorners' anсhor nuts. rivеt heads| and tank
suррort studs are masked wlth adhesive t'apе (см 614)
studs and mating hоles for wear.
' Tnspесt suрPort
2' ]nsPeсt foam рads in tank сomрartment for separatiоn.

3. сhесk venl line in floor Panel for оbstruсtions.
4. If Prеviously rеrnovеdt install fuel linе fit[ings |22 and З5' figure
62-5) with washers' (46) and nuts (45) .
5. Rub talсum (Cl"l 108) onto supPly tank.
6. }4akе сertain thal no foreign objeсts are in the tаnk Cоmpartment.
1 . t'rom above, сarefully insеrt supply tank through сover (36) aрerture into
tank comрartment.
8. Е'lt supp]y tank onto оvеrflows {2, figure. 62.1), and сonneсL Lank pad
ring to flool panel with sсrеws (15, figure 62-5), washеr (16} and
gasket (1?). Torque load as shown in figure 62-5.
B0 105
снAPTER 62
Paqr 22
!.1вB llЕ!]сoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNдNсЕ мANUA! Mвв - вo 105
9' Еngage all tаnk suPPort studs witЬ пtаting holes in tank compartrnent
Lining.
N0тЕ тighteп hose сlips in supply tаnk using a sсrew

driver with edgё Proteсtion only.
10. secure suPp}y tank to the two overflows (2. figпrre 62.1) with hose clips
(12)' аnd соver hosе с1ips with rubber boots (11, figure 62-5} .
11. I"lake оertain that rubber sleevе (18) with hosе сliP is installed on fuel
rine (21) . сonneсt fuel line (21) to fue]' linе fitting (22) using banjo
bоIt (19)' interPosing a new gasket (20) bet}rеen banjo bolt heаd and fuel
1ine and between fuel line and fuel line fitting (22) . Seе figure 62-5.
]пstаlI loсkwire. Perform sаtne proсedure on сorresPonding fuel line
fitting (3s) .
12. Loosely fit fuеl linеs (23 and 34) to both fuel line fittings (22
and з5). Install fuel рuпps (26 апd 33) aсcording tо Paragrаph 62-21,
then tighten up fuel J.ines against fuel line fittings (22 and 35) .
13. Install сov€r (42) and gаsket (41) with washers (44) аnd nuts (43) .
14. тnstall drain valve (29) (refer to PаlaglaРh 62-18l '
15. тnstall tank aссess cover (36) together with fuёl quantity t'rans.
nitter (6) аnd 1o}r }evel warning sнitсh (37) as fоllows:
a. сoat bottorn of оover (36) with sealing сompound (с}4 644) '
b' Install сover (36) аnd reinforсement ring (38) on tаnk bolt ring аnd
sёcure with nuts (?) and washers (8} . Torque аs shown in figure 62-5.
с. сonneсt eleсtriсаl leeds to fue1 quantity transmitter (6) and 1ow
level warning switсh (37) . вrush-coat connесting sсlew with сo!ro-
sion-pтeventive laсqцer (с!,1 501} .
16. Perform Pressure and functional tests (refer to рaragraPhs 62-43 аnd
62-44 respectively) .
1?. Bond left and right rubbеr sleеves (18) to wall of alrframe with сement
(с},1 65з) or сontaсt adhesivе (с},l 605} and tighten hose сliP.
18. Insta1]. сaЬtё guidе raii' ].,}l and Rll lateral f}oo! panellingl and bench
seat. Iпsta11 al1 соver Plаtes'
вo 105
сI{APтЕR 62
-#j
@
Гn г-:-l t<
tzl lzl
|т|
|Ч|
|т|
|Ч|
*Г
1.,',1 |бll
-т-
t-
tl
tl I ЕР Р
Ьl
I
Ь.
o Ф
гЦ
lzl
|т|
|ч|
l6rl
m
gsg F
J-
|Е|
lц
Er
lzl
tФl
lй|
LJJ
r.l
Ф д4 .с
AO
{nр
р .lJ ..1
B
Ф
.ч
tл рi tJ''н Ф
A o. ёФё
{B
ц
р Ф .А 5 .rl >'.|
! р Ф !1 oё
5 0' р
..-1 р()r]
..l б
Р 4.J > .{ ..t
Ё
Ф ..l р v,' Ф ч.,l Ф Ф ..l Ч.{ Ф B
рр o
q,oр] ru.lr
.-{..J Фa,с,
]J
{d o.
>
..l
(l) vt
! {6 .с blQ.с, o Ф..|
"-r ro сд..{ з Ф
.'{
(4 o d с е .J Е
..{ ..l ..l
Фс Е Е с o o
-l o р д р..{.l Q{ 5 > '.l р..l .d O >
rr aJ tt н р..-| Ч o-{ +., l]р
|н(,tФФooo }r rl р. rr +JЕЧQ..-].-l(dс} ч р Ч ц
lrBBс,lo (, (,l Ф Brr ФЁoo .J ФBorr 0, o
o| 0) (l).с д1 .-.l
'r д1 рд Ф rr..{ o д д д.г.r}4..l Fl rJ Ф Ф.l д.-| s,4 +J р -i.{.{ A4 Ul'е с} A1 с) д д
ЕUвoоoPтЕR IjA]NтENANoE мANUAL вo 105
62-16 Drаin vа1ve
N0тЕ. 1he draIn valve removаl and tnstallatton proсedures

аre the sапe for а11 three fuёl t'аnk8.
WARNING т0 AVoID t.IRЕ AND ЕxPюsION llAuARDs oBsЕRvЕ

ALL sAЕ.ЕтY PRЕсAUтIoNS '
62 . 11 Removal - drаin vаlvе
WARNING D0 NOт BЕGIN WIтн DRAIN vAlvЕ RЕI'lovAI, PRoсЕDURЕ UNтIL тнЕ
гUЕL тANк нAs вЕЕN sсAvЕNGЕD {RЕE'ER тo sтЕP 3.}.
AE.Е.ЕoтЕD
1. Defцel hellсopLer aссording Lo Chapler 06.

2. Dtsсonneсt bsLLery and external Рol,er sourсe (refer to Chаpter 92) .
3' sсаvenge fuel tаnks with аlr or nitrogen as follows:

a. Oрen all dlaln valves. Е.or this рurрose Pцsh valve stеm uРward and
turn.
b. Open fuel filler сaр. Insert hose line for the sсavenger аnd seal off
with adhesive Еарe (c},| 614}
'
с. Sсаvenge tаnks vlith flltered, сomРressеd air for aрproхlmatеly
2 hours аt а Pressure of 2 to 4 bаr or with nitrogen for approx-
. imately 2 hourз aL а feed rаte of 0.5 kg Pе! minute.
d' After sсavenging' Iemovе hose llne аnd weit aPploхlmаЕely 1 hour
bеfore beginning with removal рroсedure '
4' Rёmove nuts (2,l , f'Lg, 62.5} and wаshеrs (28)' then remove drаin vаIve
(29) togeLher with gаskeL (З0) from Laпk bolt riпg (З2) аnd bottoп shell
(з1}.
62 - I8 Installation - drаiп vаlve
1. сheсk gаskёt (30' figure 62-5) for сondition аnd reр]асе lf dаmаged.
2, сoаt all sёа1ing аnd сont'асt surfасes r.,ith grease (сl'.t 101)'
3. сoat both sides of gаsket' (30) wit'h grеаse (с},t 101} аnd fit over dratn
vаlve (29) . саreЕul]y 1nsert drain valve Lhrough bolt ring (32) of supPly
tаnk. tаking сare not to defleсt rlng bolts inwards. Seсure drain vаIve
аgalnst boLt'om shell (з1) wiLh nuLs (2?l аnd Washers (28) . Torque nuts
ассording t'o figure 62.5.
в0 105
сl.lAPTЕR 62
? age 21
ЕURoсoPтЕR мA|NтENANoЕ I,ANUAL вo 105
4. Refuel heliсoрEer aссording to сhаpter 06.

5. сheck draln vаlve (29) for ]eаkage and funсtlon (lefer to pаragraph
62-441 .
5. сonneоt batt'ery and exLernal power sourсe (refer to сhapter 92} .
62-19 E'uel рump

N0тв тhe follоWlng removal and lnstallat'ton proсedures
apply to all four fuel pumps.
WARNING т0 AVоID Е'IRЕ AND вхPLosIoN llAzARDs 0вs8RVЕ

ALL sAЕ,ЕтY PRЕсAUтIoNS.
62 - 20 Removаl . fuel рumр
WARNING D0 N0т вЕGIN WIтн t'UЕL PUМP RЕlilovAl PRoсЕDURЕ UNтIL тнЕ
llAs вEЕN sсAvЕNGЕD (RЕЕ,ЕR т0 sTвP з.).
AЕ'Е'ЕстED Е,UЕL тANк
1. Defuel hеliсoPter aссording to сhaрt'eI 06.

2' Disсonneсt batt'ery аnd externаl рoвer sourсe (rёfer to сhаpter 92}.
3. sсavengе fuel tanks wiЕh air or nitrogen as fo]]ows:
a. OPeп all drain valves. t'or this рurpose push vа1ve sLem upward and
turn.
b' OРen fuel f1ller сaР. Insert hose llпe for thё sсavengеr and seаl off
lrith adheslvr t'ape (сМ 614} .
с. sсаvеnge tаnks i{lth riltered. сonPrassed air for aррroxiпatety
2 hours at а Рressure of 2 to 4 bаI oI }ilth nltroge; for approx-
imаtely 2 hours а| a feed rat'e of 0,5 kg Рer mlnuЕe.
d. After sсavenging remove hose line aпd wait aPрroxlmаtely 1 hоur
before bеglnning }Iith removаl proсedurе.
4. Remove сover Рlаte {12l figure 62-6) by тemoving sclews (11) .
5. Dlsсonneсt eleсtrlсa} сonnector (19) аnd detасh bonding jumper (16) by

removing sсrew (10) and washer (9) .
B0 105
сI|APтЕR 62
ЕURoсoPтЕR MA|NтENАNсЕ МANUAL вo 105
. l' r" :;:i;,
6. Detaоh fuel line (1) with сonneсting piece (2) by Iemoviпg sсrow (,l3), washer (14). o-riпgs (15 and 18) ano
spaсer (17). Disсard Фrings (15 aпd 18). Ifсonneсting pieс9 (2) is stuсk, sсrsw In a suitably Iong м6 sоrew
and oress it out upwards.
7. Fl€movg nut (8) and Washgrs (7) and carвful|y romove fuol pump (6) and gaskеt (5) from bolt ring (з).
lf the tue| pump is to b6 sent for reрai( be sure to iпсlude tha сonnвсting pieсe. |n- l
stвad of removing the сonneсting piвоe |ocated in thв tank, уou ars reсommonded l
to s@лd th€ connеоting pieсe of the rep|асoment fuвl pump to tha repair faоi|ity. l
Flevision 19 сНAPтER 62
Page 284
MАINтЕNАNoE MANUАL вo 105
вLANK РАGЕ
сHAPтЕв 62 Revislon 19
Page 288
EURocoPТЕR МAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
62 -21 lnstаllаtlon - fue| pumP
1. lf the coпneсting pieсe is lett in the fue| tank, remove сonnecting pieсe from the pump to b€ instаlled. lf
сonпeсtjng pieсe (2' fig. 62.6) is removed, install сonnecling pieсe of the new pump to fue| pipo {1).
2. Insp€сt gasket (5) for сondition and rep|aсe i' damagod.
3. сoat gasket (5) With greasg (оМ 10,1 ) and position on flango of fue| pump (6).
4. тo faсilitato installat|on ofthe fuel pump' sсrew aп approx.200mm |oпg, headless M6 threaded bo|t into
tho сoпnsсting рieсe (2)'
5. lnsert fua| pump (6) and gasket (5) into ftJoltank so that the headloss threaded bolt iп the сonnsсting pieс6
passas through th6 сonnecting pieсё mating hole in thв pUmp. тhaп attaсh pump loosely to tank bo|t ring
\{ith thrge пцt3 (8) aпd waвnвrs (7)'
6. Pu|| сonngсling piacg (2) down into its mating hole iп the pump using thg thleaded bo|t' тhon remove
threaded bolt and iпsta|l in its p|aсe scrow (13) togelher With wаsh6r (14)' o.r|ngs (15 and 16) and sрaсer
(17). See figurs 62-6 for torque value.
7. Install r€maining nuts (8) andwashers (7) against th6 fueI pump. тorque al| nuts aсcording to llguro 62.6.
8. conneоt ё|eсiricalсonпector (19) аnd attaсh bonding jumper (16) to fЦo|pump with screw (10) aпd Washвr
(9).сoat sсrew (10) with safety |acquel (сМ 501).
9. Befue| fuo| system aссording to сhapter 06 and funсtiona||y test fuel pump, (roter to сhаptor 92, parа
92-79't.
10. Leak test thв fuel pump.
11 . Аttach сover platE (.|2) to bottom shei| with sсrews (11).
вevision 19 сHAPTEв 62
Page 29
ЕURoоoРгЕп мAINтЕNANоЕ Ii'ANUAL вo 105
19
18
,tщ
17
16
FiГl- lз
1 Еue} ]ine 11 sсret.,

? l'^nna.i i n.r ni6.a 1? сoveI Plate
з вolЕ ring (fuel tаnk) .LJ sсrеw
4 вotto!п she]-I r
l{ashe
5 GaskeЕ 15 0-ring
6 гuel рuлP l-0 Rаnrl i nп ilrаna:
? Wаsher 1? spасе r
I Nut lо
9 washer 19 ЕleсLriсa1 coпneсtion
10 sс re'.J (i.e., e1eсtriса1
conneсt'ors or sP1lсe
сonneсtors . Refer !o
l{D}4 and sв 90-21)
Еiguтe 62.6 Еuel рumр - removа]. and insta]"lat ion

B0 105
сllAPтЕR 62
Pagе 30
EURoсoPтER I'A|NтЕNANOЕ мANUAL вo .t05
. i, i !,1
62 -22 Low leve1l{arn1ng sl{itсh

}IARNING т0 AVoID l.IRЕ дND ЕxPtosloN I{AZARDS oвsЕRvЕ
ALL sAЕ.ЕтY РRЕсAUтI0NS.
62 - zз Reпova t- 1o'.r level .лaтпlnq sпltrh
1' If lndiсated fuel сont'ent€ exсeed the quanЕlties glveп below, drаtn off
exсessive fuel .
!{aiп fuel tankl 300 kg

supРly tаnk: 30 kg
2. Disсoпneсt Lhe bаLt'ery аnd exterпal po!.,er 6ourс0 (refer to сhaрt'er 92) .
з. Remove сover plаte (1l figure 62-5) by rеnoving sсrews (2).

4. Dlsсonnect eleсtriсаl leads '
5. Remove low level wаrnlng swltсh (3?) аnd gаsket (9) from сovеr (36) by
remоving sсreнs (40} and washеrs (39}.
6. вIаnk off oрening in fuel tаnk.
62 - 24 Installation - 1ow level warning switсh
1.' сheek gаsket (9l figure 62.5) for сondit,lon аnd rep1ас0 if damagеd.
2' Lightly coat gasket (9) ith greаse (см 10r) and instal] ln сovеr (З6)
together with ]ow level нarnlng вwltсh. llith the exсерtion of one sсrew
for attаching the bonding jumper' сoat a]l other sсrer,es (40) wlth sеaling
сomPound (см 644} and iпstа].l these sсrews to seсure low level t.larnlnq
swltсh (37} to сover. See figure 62-5 f'or torquё vаlue,
3. сonnесt eleсLriсal leads. AЕtaсh boпdtng juпPer wtth rеmaining sсrew
(40). then brush-coal sсrew head }Jtth сorrosion-preventive laсquer
(сl4 501).
4. сonnесt bаttery and external power soцrсe (refer to Chapter 92).

5. Refuel hellсoPter (refer to сhаpter 06). vlhile refue]liпg. сheсk
low-lеvel warnlng switсh for сotreсL funсt'ioning (refer to Parаgraph
62-44' steР 4) .
6. Instа1l соver Plate (1} with sсrews (2) .
в0 105
сllAPтЕR 62
Page з1
ЕUвoсoPтЕR I'jA|NтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
62-25 t'ue1 quantity trапsnltter
ViARNING т0 AvoID !'IRЕ AND ЕxPLosToN llAzARDs oвsЕRvЕ

AlL SAЕ'EтY PRЕсAUтIoNS .
62- 26 Rеmoval - fuel quanЕlty transmltter

1. ]f lndl"саted fuel сontents еxсeed the quantlties glven below' drain off
exсessive fцe1.
}4а1n fuel t'ank: 300 kg
supрly tank: з0 kg
2, Disconneсt bat'tery аnd eхtёrnаl power sоurсe (refer Lo ChaPter 92).
N0тЕ тhе followlng Proсedures for removing and instа}ling the

fuel quаntity transmltter in the supply tank aрРly equаlly
to the fuel quant'it'y transmit'Ler in the maiп fuel t'ank.
з. п'emove Lank aссess covеr (l., figure 62-5) by removing sсrews (2) '
4, Disсonneсt e}ect'riсal leads.

5. Remove fuе} quаntiLy transmitter (6} and gasket (5) from cover (з6) by
removing sсrews (з) and wаshers (4}.
6. сover exРosed oрening in fuеl Еаnk.
62 . 21 lnstallаЕion . fue1 quantit'y trаnsmitt€r

1. сheck gаsket (5, figure 62-5| f'oс condiLion аnd reРlaсe if damaged.
2. сoаt gaskеt (5) with greаse (сМ 101) аnd insLa11 in сover (з6) together
With fuel quаnЕlty transmllter (q). ltlth the exсeрtion of oпe sсrew for
atlaсhing the bonding jumper, сoаt' sсrews (3) wj.th sebling compound
(см 644} аnd instаll these sсrе}ls to seсure fuel quanlity ЕransmllLer
(6) to сover. see figure 62-5 f'or t'orque vёlue.
* сAUтIoN D0 N0т oVЕRтoRQUв тttЕ NUтs Е0R вLЕстRIсAL LЕADS. тнIs сOULD
сAUsЕ DAI4AGЕ AND МALE.UNстIoN с'Е тllЕ тRдNSМIттЕR'
* з. сonneоt eleсtrlcal tеаds. Torque value for nut ]. Nm. Attaсh bonding
* jumPer }lj't'h rеmaining sсrеW (з),then brush-сoаt sсlew heаd and e]eсЕriсal
* leаds сonneсtion with corrosion Prevenlive leсquer (см 501) .
4, сonneсt battery and eХteInal. Poller sourсe {refer to Chapter 92}.
5. Refцel heliсoРter (refer Eo сhaPter 06) . t,lhire refue1lng, сheсk
fuеl quantiЕy fransmltter for сorreсt funсtioning (refer to ParаgraРh
62-4 4, sЕeР 4).
6. Insta}l tank aссess сover (1) vJlth sсrеws (2)'

вo 105
сllAPтЕR 62
Page 32 Revision l6
l'{вB llELIсoPтЕRs
I.IAINтЕNANсE !,IANUAL t4BB - в0 105
62 *28 Е,uеI shutof f ua l]o.e.....
NoTЕ The following proсedures for rеmoving and installing

the right fuеl shutoff vаlve apрly equa]ly to the left
fuel shutoff valve.
WARNING т0 AVoID E'IRЕ AND EXPLoSIoN HAZARDS oвsERvЕ

AT.L SAЕETY PRЕсAUтIoNS.
62 - 29 Removal - fuel shutoff valvе
1. Rеmove right lаtera] int'erior panelling.

2. Renovе Iight fuel shutoff valve as fоllows:
a. сonfiguration ]:
1) Removе сover (16, figurе 62-7) and gaskеt (15) by removing sсrews
(1) .
2\ ],oosen сlamp (7) and detaсh rubbеr sleeve (5) bonded to housing
(3) .
3) Disсonnrсt fuel lines (4 and 14) frоm fuеl shutoff valvе (11,.
4) Disсonneсt elесtriсal сonnесto(s (15) from reсeptaсles.
5) Remove bolts (9}l nuts (12) and washers (8 and 1].) attaсhing fuеl
shutoff vа]ve (13) to hoЦsing (3) , and remove fue] shutoff va]ve
from housing.
b. сonfiguration тI:
1) Rеmove сovеr (2. ligure 62*8) and gasket (].) by removing sсrews
(4).
2' Loosen сlamp (12) and detaсh bondеd rubber slеeve (11) from
houslng (9) .
3) DisсonneсL fuel lines (5 and 10) from fuеl shutoff valve (8) and
renove eleсtriсa] сonneсtors (]"5) .
4) Remove sсrews (6 and 13) and washers (] and 14) attaсhing fuеl
shutoff valve (8) Lo houslng (9)/ and rеmove fuel shutoff va1vе
from hоusing.
B0 105
сI.IAPTЕR 62
t'{BB нЕI.IсoPтЕRS
},IAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL мBв - B0 105
62 - з0 Instal]ation - fuel shutoff vаlve

1. Install xight fuеl shutoff valve as follo'rls:
a. сonfiguration I:
1) сhесk gasket (15, figure 62-?) for сondition and rep]aсe if
damaged .
2' ]nstall fuеl shutoff valve (13) ln housing (3) ' Brush-сoat bolts
(9) with seаling сompound tc|'!| 622, and install fuel shut'off valve
in housing (3) with bolts (9) , washers (8 and 11) and nuts (12) .
3) сonneсL fuеl lines (4 and 14} and eleсtriсal сonneсtor (15) Lo

fuel shutoff valve,
4) вond one end of Iubber sleeve (5} to housing (3) with сement
(с}4 653) and sесure other end to fuel line (4} with с1amp (?) .
b. сonfiguration I1:
1) сheсk gaskеt (1' figure 62-8) for сondition and replaсe if
damaged.
2| Insta11 fuеl shutoff valvе (8) in housing (9) . Brush-coat sсrews

(6 and 13) with sеaling сompound |c|4 622| and inst'al] fuel
shutoff va]ve (8) in housing (9) with sоreнs (6 and 13) and
washеrs (7 and 14)'
з) сonneсt fue] lines (5 and 10) and eleсtriсa] conneсtor (15) to
fuel shutoff valvе (8).
4) Bond onе end of rubbe! s}eevе (11) to housing (9) }tith сеment
(см 65з) and seсure othеr ёnd to fuel line (10) with сlamр (i2) .
5) Bond deLaсhed gasket (16) to fuel linе passage in housing (9)

using rubber сement (Cl,t 653).
2, Perform funсtiona] test (Iefer to paragraph 62.44' steрs 5 thru ]) and
test fuе]. shutoff va]ve for ]eaks (refer to сhaрter 92-83|,
3. Е.it сovеr (16, figure 62-1 or 2, figure 62-8) on housing, togeLher with
gasket.
4. Install right latera1 interior panеlling.
B0 105
сtlAPTЕR 62
Pаqe 34
l,1Bв I{Еl]сoPTЕRs
I,IAINтЕNANсЕ II{ANUAI мBв - в0 ]-05
Configuration I: S/N ?-350 and heliсоpters on whiсh sB 60-64 was not

aссomplished
\1,
-х6х
о
,_-ё
1 sсrevl 9 Bolt
2 Е'uеl line 10 Еleсtriсal сonneсtoт
3 Housing L1 Washer
4 Е'uеl line 1C Nut
5 Rubber sleevе J-J Еt]еl shutoff valvе
6 Spaсer 14 Fue] linе
7 с]-amp 15 Gaskеt
B Washer lo Cover
r rgure bz- / t'uel shutoff valve - removal and insta11аtion
в0 105
сHAPTЕR 62
pr.тё з5
I'{Bв нЕL]сoPтЕRS
I',IAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAl I'{Bв - B0 105
Configuration II: S/N 351 and subsq and he}iсoрters on whiсh sB 60-64
aссomplished
1 Gasket 9 Housing
2 Cover lu ! uej, trne
з Washer 11 Rubbеr s]eeve
4 sсrew \2 сlamp
5 Еuel line 1з Sсrew
6 Sсrеw 14 Washer
I Washer 15 Еleсtriсa1 connесtor
8 гue] s}rutoff va].ve 16 Gasket
Еigure 62-8 Е'uel shutoff valve - removal and insla l lalion
B0 105
CitAPтЕR OZ
Paqe 36
l.1Bв нЕ],]с0PTERS
I"IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAl l.1вB - B0 ].05
62-3L Delet,ed
62-32 De1etеd
62-з3 De1ёted
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 62
Revisiоn 2 Page 37
I"1BB }IEI.IсоPтвRS
I'IAINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL MBв . B0 ].0 5
Еigure 62-9 DeLeted
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 62
Pagе ]з 8 Rеvision 2
l,1BB }iЕLIсOPтЕRS
мAINTЕNANсE мANUAI, li{Bв - B0 105
EE'ЕЕсTIVITY P/N?-250
62 - 34 Pressure relief valve
NoTЕ тhe removal and installation proсedurеs are the same

for either ]eft or right pressure rеlief valve. The
following proсedure is fоr the 1eft one.
WARNING To AVoID Е.IRE AND ЕxPLosIoN нAzARDs oвsЕRvЕ

Aт,L SA!'ЕTY PRBсAUTIoNs.
62 . з5 Rеmoval - pressure relief valve
1. Rеmove No. 1 enginе сoтlling (refer to сhapter 22I and plaсe drip paп in
position to сatсh draining fueI.
2. Disсonneсt battеry and external Рower sourсe (refer to сhapLer 92) .
з. Remove lосkl.Jire and straighten tabs on tab washer (seе figure 62-10|,
4. Rrmove nut (6) wj.th tаb washеr (5) .
5. Pull pressure rеlief valve (3) and сonneсting pieсe (1) out of suррort
braсket (4) and remove Pressure relief valve аnd paсking (2I froт
сonneсting pieсе (1) .
6. Rерlacе damaged paсkinq (2) .
62 - з6 Installation - pressure reliеf valve
1. Install prеssure re]j.ef valvе (3' figure 62-10} and paсking (2) on
сonnесting pieсe (1) and seсuIe in suррort braсket (4) with nul (6) .
2. Sеcure nut (6} with Lab washеr (5) .
з. Loсkwirе рressure re]ief vаlve (3) '
4, сonnесt battery aпd eхternal рower sourсe (see сhаpter 92).

5, Tеst Pressure relief valve for leakagе by sltit'сhing on fuel pumР SUPPLY
TANк ЕNG 1 (ЕNG 2 for right pressure valve) .
6. Install No. 1 enginе сowling (refer to Chaptеr 22) .
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 62
мBв tlЕL1с0PTERs
llAINTЕNANсЕ MANUAL мвв - B0 105
ЕгE.EсTIvIтY P/N 1-250
6001t?
1 a'^nn6.'t i n.r ni a.,a ц el'nn^7t ! Ь ra.L6t

vчуrУ4
2 Paсking 5 тab Washrr
з Prеssure reliеf valvе 6 Nut
Еiqure 62.10 PressuIе rе].iеf va]ve - remova] and installаtion
в0 105
сI]APTЕR 62
:'-^'n
!.{Bв llЕLIсoPтЕRs
},IAINTЕNANсв мANUAL l.{вв - B0 105
62 -31 Differential pressure switсh
NoTЕ The renoval and installatiоn procedures are the same

for еithеr lеft or right differential pressure switсh.
The fol].owing proсedure is for thе left one.
WARNтNG T0 AVO]D F,IRЕ AND EXPLOSION IlAzARDs OBsЕRvЕ

AtL SAI'ЕтY PRЕсAUт]oNS '
62 - з8 Removal - differential pressure switсh
1' Removе No. 1 еngгine сowlinq (rеfer to сhaрter 22| and plaсe drip pan in
position to сatсh drainlng fuel.
2. Disсonnect battеry and external рower sourсe (refer to Chapter 92) .
з. Remove diffеrеntial рressure switсh as fol}ows:

a. Conflguration I, figure 62-11
1) Remove loсkwirеs. Remove boLh banjo bolLs (5) with paсkings (2).
Disсard рaсkings .
2| Disсonnесt eleсtriсa1 сonnесtor (3) .
3) Straighten tabs on tab washer (8) and remove bolt (7) .
4) Rеmovе differential pressure switсh (1) from с}amр (9).
b. сonflguration II| figlJre 62-12
1) Renove loсkwires. Removе both banjo bolts (5) r,lith рaсkings (2) .
rrl г.-,.rngs.
Di сr.я nanlr.
2\ Disсonneсt eleсtriсal сonneсtor (3).

3) Remove nut and washer (12)' disсonneсt eleсtriсa1 сonneсtor/ аnd
remove angle braсket (10) together with diffeIепtial рressure
switсh (1) and leсеptaсlе (11).
4| Unsolder eleсtriсa] leаds from reсeptaсle (].1).
5) ъoosеn bolt (?) аnd remove pressurе differentia1 swi.tсh (1) from
сlamp (8) .
B0 105
сI{APтЕR 62
мвв ttЕLIсoPтЕRs
t.lAINтЕNAtiсЕ !,IANUAL I'lвB - B0 105
Differential prеssure
s!'litсh
c cад1j nс rin.f
J Еleсtriсal сonnесtor
Fuel line
5 Banjo bolt
o r\lrrчhd
D; fддЧ9.rl,
ir-tin.!
'7 вo1t
I Tab washer
9 сlamP
10 Еuеl line
Еigure 62 -11 Differеntial pressure switсh . removal аnd installation'

соnfiquration I
1 D1fferentia1 Pressurе
s'lritсh
2 Sealing ring
3 Еlесtriсa1 сonnесtor
4 Е'uе]. line
5 Banjo bolt
4 Pi nгr fiitin.r
7 BoLL
8 сlamp
9 !'uеI linе
10 Jrngle braсkеt
11 Reсeptaсle
L2 Nut / washеr
,00з!1
Еiguгe 62- 1'2 Differential Pressurе вwilсh - Iemoval and installation,

Гnnfiлllуэi i an ТT
B0 105
сI{APTЕR 62
Pаoc 42
t.tBв ltЕLIсoPTЕRs
I{A]NTЕNANсЕ !4ANUAL мBв . B0 105
62 - з9 Installation - differential pтessure switсh
]-. Install differential Рressure switсh in reverse order Qf remоval. bu! do

not сonnесt fuеl line (4, figure 62-11 and 62.12) unt.i]. after thе funс-
tional test.
2. Е'unсtionally tеst differential Pressurе switсh (1) as follows:
a. Blank off fuel line (4).
b. сonneсt battery and extеrnа]. pov'ёr source (refer to Chapter 92).

с. Switсh on rеlated fuel pumр in supply tank (sее figure 62-2) and
momentаri1y open сorrеsPonding fuel shutoff va1ve.
d. Warning light Е'Ilт \/ЕтLl 2 rnust сomе on.
e. Switсh off fuel pumР; warning light FI],T l/ЕILт 2 must gо out.
f. Remove blank from fuel line (4, figure 62-11) . сonneсt fuel llnе to
the differenlial pressure sr.litсh (1) and sесure with loсkwirе.
з. ]nstall No. 1 engгinе сowling (rеfёI to СhapLet 22).
62- 40 Pressurе transmitter
NoтЕ The lemoval and installation proсеdures are the same

for either ]eft or right pressure transmitteI. тhe
following proсedure is for Lhe ]"eft pressurе transmit,ter.
WARN]NG т0 AvoтD Е'IRЕ AND ЕхPLOS]ON нAzARDs oвsЕRvЕ

ALI, SAЕ'вTY PRЕсAUт]ONS.
62 - 41 Removal - prеssure transmitter
1. RemоvеNo. 1 engine сor'lling (refеr to сhapter 22) аnd plaсe drip pan in
рosition Lo сatсh draining fue].
2. Disсonneсt' battery and eхternal power sourсе (гefer to сhaptеr 92).
B0 105
сttAPтЕR 62
I.{BB IiЕLтсOPтERS
МAINтЕNANCE мANUAI,, It{вB - в0 105
3. Remove prot,eсtive сap (].. figure 62-L3|

' knurled nut (2)' nut (з}' and
elесtriсal ]ead (5) and washers (4) '
4. Remove loсkwire and unsсr€w pressurе transmit,ter (6} from сonneсting

рieсe (8)i rеmovе bonding jumper (7) fron threaded end of pressure
transmitter.
62 - 42 hstal]ation - Dressurе t.ransmitter
1. Тnstall pressure transmittel in reveтse order of removal.

2. Funсtionally test pressure transmitter (6' figure 62-13) as follows:
a. сonneсL bаttery and eхternal Power sourсe (refel Lo Chapter 92) .
b. Unsсreъl fuel line from fuel filteE inlet port and blank off open end.
с. switсh on relatеd fue1 pump in supply tank (see figure 62-2) and
momentarily open соrrеsponding fuel shutoff valve.
d. тhe рressurе indiоat'or located on thе instrument pane1 must show аt
least 0.? kp/сmz.
е. sliitсh off fuе] pumр.

f. Rеmove blank frorп fue] ]inе аnd сonneсt fue]- ]ine to Еhe fuel fi]ter
inlеt рort. Secure wilh ]oсkwire'
з. Install No. 1 enginе сowling (refer to Chapter 22)'
B0 105
сllAPTЕR 62
I'lBB ttЕЬIс0PтЕRs
!4AтNTЕNANсE !,,ANUAI., !,1вB - в0 105
1 p т^t A^]- i !16

^rn
2 кnu'led nut
з Nut
4 Washer
5 Еleсtriсal lead
6 Pressure transmitter
'1
Bonding jumРer
I сonneсting рieсe
Eigure 62-13 Pressure transmitter - removal and installation
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 62
!,lBB itЕLтсOPTЕRs
I'{AINTЕNANсЕ l'iANUA], l.tвB - B0 105
62- 4з Prrssure test - fuel system
WARN]NG o т0 AvoID r]RЕ AND ЕxPLosION ttAzARDs OBsЕRvЕ ALL SAЕЕTY

PRЕсAUтI0Ns.
o TнЕ I{ЕL]сoPTЕR l.{Usт BЕ ЕARTHЕD DURING тBSтING.
spесial tools:
Leakagе test set 105-60901 Wl
or the following t ools / auxil j-aries :
U.tube manoneter, сommеrсia] or loсal fabriсat'ed per сhapLer 04'

too1 no. з5 or
anerоid manomrter (range at least 0.05 to 0.20 bar, measuring aссuraсy at
least 0.01 bar)
shutoff valve
Hoses and сlamps for nanoneter and shutoff valve
Tvlo саPs for fuеl linеs (bulkhead niPрles)
- 1. Defuel tanks as direсted in сhapter 06.

2. Remove 1atera1 interior panеlling, ].It and Rtl lateral floor pane]s. acсess
сovers in the floor, and fairings оf bottom shell .
3. Disсonneсt fuel lines from сonnесtions above the englne deсk and blank
off with сaps. Open fuel shutoff valves.
ц. Disconneсt aft vrnL hоsе (refer to figure 62.1) fIom vеnt pipe in floor
panel and сonnеct shutoff vа1ve tо vent Piрe.
5. Disсоnneсt fоrward vеnt hose (rеfеr to figure 62.1) froп vеnt piре in
f]oor рanеl and сonneсt manometer to vent р1ре.
сAU1'Т0N TIiЕ TЕsT PRЕssUR!] MUST Noт ЕХсЕЕD 1000 mm WAтF]R

. 1 вAR) As DAмAGЕ T0 STRUсTURЕ }'tAY IlЕsUrT
сOLUI'.{N (0 .
NотE Perfoпп pressure test at сonstant Ioom LemPerature
6. Perform prеssure test as follows:

a. ApрLy а tеst Prеssure of 800 mrn of Watеr сo}umn (0.08 bar) (rеfer to
figurе 62-14 When testing with a U-tube manometer) . then c1ose shul-
off vаlvе and allotl pгessure to stabilize. There must be no loss of
set prеssure over a 30.minute Period (note temperaturе variatlons).
B0 105
сtlAPтЕR 62
l{ЕL1с0PTЕRs
t4A1NTЕNANсЕ II,!ANUA]., мBB - B0 105
approx. 1m flllsd
тe8i pr€88ur€:
800 mm wator
сo|umn {|. о.. 0.08 Ьar)
PIэs3цr|z6d
сondltIon
Еigure 62-14 PressuIe test using U - tube mаnometer
B0 105
CIiAPTЕR 62
мRR t{пт.т.6pтпPq
I.{AINTЕNANсE мANUA], }{BB - в0 105
b. If the pressure drops' сheсk alt aссessible

areas of the fuеl tanks
for leaks using leak deteсtion spray 711) or leak deteсtion agent
(сt'{
(с!,l 758} . ]f tank skin is leaking fuel. rеmove tank and repair it as
instruсted by the manufaсturer. ]f fuel is leaking from tank
сonnесtions. tighten up sсxews if possibJ.e. otherr.,ise rePlaсe
Paсkings . Rереat Plessure test.
.|. Release prеssure froltt tanks and remove manometel and shutоff
valve. сЬnneсt vent hoses.
8. Remove сaрs from fuel lines.
9. сonneсt fuеl lines to сonneсtions above engine dесk and сlose shutoff
valves.
10. сheсk fuеl 1inеs betwеen supply tank and engines for leaks aссording tO
paragraрh 62-44, step ]. If сonneсt,ions lеak fuel' tightеn if possible,
otherwisе reрlaсе damaged рarts.
]'1. Install }ateral interior Panеlling, Lн and Rн lateral f1oor panels.
aссess сovers in the floоr, аnd faiIings of bottom shel]-.
62-4ц E'unсt,iona1 tеst - f uе1systетR
0 т0 AVOID F.TRЕ AND ЕхPТ,0s]0N IiAZARDS OBsЕRvЕ ALi.

sArЕTY PRЕсAUTIONS '
o TнЕ HE].Iс0PTЕR t4UsT BE ЕARTIIЕD DURING тЕSтING.
1. Defuel tanks as direсted in Chapter 06.

2, Renove the laterа] intеrior panel.].inq.
? 4.t,уvvL
тnen6^t Ьî.h !'^nl" ]i
-^^"
' ouurut.. rоr oistruсtion аnd сIear if nесessary.
4, Rеfuel the hеliсoрtеr (refer to сhaрtеr 06) . During refuеlling, сheсk
that air is flowj.ng from both vеnt lineout]ets and that rеfuelling is
bеlng indiсated by movеment оf the dua1 fuel quаntity indiсator рointer
aсross the main and supр]y tank сalibratеd scales.
In addition. t'he supply tank RЕsт warnlng liqht on the annunсiаtor panel
must go out as soоn as nore than 60 kg (]5 litеrs) of fuel are in the
tank.
5. Afler refue].ling, сomрare the sщrt оf thе readings on the I,IAIN and SUPP],Y
sсales of the dцal fuel quantity indiсator with the quantity of fue}
indiсated by thе serviсe unit. Add approximatеly 8 kg (10 1) t'o the sum
of the fuel quаntit'y readings| bесause the fue.l quantity indiсator shows
only thе usаb]е fuel quantity. Whеn t.hе tanks arе full, the tьlo values
should be approхimately the sаme.
, B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 62
нЕt]с0PTЕRs
мAINTЕNANсE мANUAL }4Bв - B0 105
6. Switсh on thе fuеl pumps in thе main fuel t'аnk and сheck foт quj.et and
smoolh opеration '
't. Chесk funсtion of fuel shutoff va}ves by moving the switсhes ЕUЕL sltUTOE'F'
vAlvЕs 1 and 2 from сLosЕD to OPEN position. The furt shutoff valves тnust
be hеard to oрen. Swj.tсh on fuel pumps SUPPLY TANK ЕNG 1and ЕNG 2. The
Рressure indiсator on the instrumеnt Pane1 must show at least 0.7 bar
for both рumPs.
8. Stтitсh off all fuel рumрs and сlose both fuel shutoff va]vеs.
9. Disconneсt the fuel lines from their resресtive сonneсtions аt enginе
inlоtq p,1я.ё rlrin nяn in nnqitinn tn .^']']anf frla1 сni 11a..rа .ha.]. th^t
the fue1 ]inеs and both miсrofilters (lf installed) arе frеe of
obstruсtions by switсhing on thе fuel pumрs in the supp]y tаnk and
brief J.y oрening t'he fuel shutоff va].ves. switch off fue] pumрs aпd
сonneсt fuеl ]ines to the Lн and RH enginе inlets.
10. тnsрeсt prеssurе transmittеrs and differential pressurе switсhеs for
leaks by switсhing on thе fue1 Рumрs in the supp}y Lank and briefly
opening thе fuel shutoff va]vеs. switсh off the fuel purnрs.
1].. ]nspeсt the three drain valvеs in the bottom shеll for corlесt
funсtioning. If the valves are рushеd uрward, fuel must flоw from thе
respective valve,
12. сhесk а.L] fuе] рumPs for sесure aLLaсhmеnt' and сheсk a]I сonneсtions,
flanges, сovеrs and hose сonnессions for сorreсt insLallalion, leаkage
and seсure attaсhment.
62- 45 Handli.ng and storaqe of fuel Lanks

1' storagгe and serviсe llfe.
тanks in store or awaiting installation in the heliсoрter must nol bе
removed from their outer сonlaj'ner or inneт polythеne bag unless thеy are
about to be installеd '
l'{aхimum storagгe 1ifе is 5 years' They must bе staсked in the original
сontainers not morе than four deер, and shou]d bе storеd under dry/
draught-proof сondiЕions Within a temрerature lange of 0 "с to 25 "с'
tf a tank is to be stored after remova1 from seтviсe, if must bе
thoroughly drled out bеforehand.
Providе ring bolts in t.ank skin With pIotесt'ivе сovеIs. аnd plaсe tank in
polyLhеne bag and heаt sea1. InspесL tank skin bеfore rе-installation
(refer to step 3.). Aftеr the maхimum fivе year sLorage life' return
tanks to manufaсturer for inspeсtiоn,
в0 105
сltAPTЕR 62
Revision 2 Pagе 49
l{вв нЕLIсoPTЕRS
IIIAINTЕNANCЕ }|ANUAт. l4BB . в0 105
2. мalntenanсe and Presenvаt ion.

The inner lining of used tanks whiсh remain on the heliсopter without
fuel must not be allowed dЕy out.
N0тЕ Еnsure tank inner lining and fitLings remain moist.
When tanks remain out of servlсе for

- uP to з тnonths' a1l tank oрenings must be сlosеd after tаnk has beeп
сompletely drained of fuёl.
- a рeriod of З to 6 months l brush-. spray-сoat, or swill inner lining of
tank vrith lubriсating oil (см 105) , then сIоse all openings.
- longer than 6 mоnths. the inneI lining of the tanks rnust bе remoistened
every 6 пonths.
з. Insресtion оf tank skin
Carefully inspeсt external and inteтnaI surfaсes of tank for сuts, hоles,
сhafе marksl lifting of sealRs and vulсanized areas. If there is any
damage ]ikely to rеsult in }eakage, the tank must be }eak tеsted by the
manufaсturer or his aрprovеd agеnts.
B0 105
с}iAPтЕR 62
Pr/16 qn
сHAPTER
LUBRlсATloN
SYSTEM
MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUАL l.l1BB - вo.|05
тrе.Цro,сopЕer
63 LUBRIсAт 10N SY sTЕм
Table Of сontents
Pд rэпrаnЬ тi t,] A
63-1 DЕSсRIPTION . LUBRIсAт]ON sYsTЕ},l 3
6з-Z TROUвLЕsltOoT ING - ],UвRIсATIoN sYsтЕl4 9
OJ - J INSPЕсTION - I,UBRIсAтION sYsтЕМ 1з
6З - 4 OIL сttANGЕ . LUBRIсATION sYsTЕM (ЕNG]NЕS) 15
63-s 0i 1 сoo le r 1D
6з-6 Removal - oil сooler t-6
6з-1 .-,1A:nifl.l - ni1 гan1оr 11
6з-8 Instа1lation - oil сoo1еr !1
63 - 9 0il tank 20
63-10 Rеmoval - oil tank z0
0J - tL с]еaning - o11 tank t1
6з - 1'2 Installation - oi1 tank 27
oJ - l-J 0i]. and vеnt lines 25
Removal - oil and vеnt lines 25
6з-15 .l o^n i nd - ni,] ,an.l \'ёnj. 1 ,l -^^ 26
6з - 16 lnstallation - oil and vent lines

bJ - l/ Ram аiI duсt 3tl
6з-18 Removal - ram air duсt 34
63-19 ]nsLа]lation - rаm air duсt з5
BО 105
сI]APTЕR 6 3
Paa., L
Йяие,ц76сopЕer MA|NтЕNANOЕ I\4ANUAL MBB. BO 105
Paragraph '] 1г.te
6З 20 0 i l t e mр e Iaturе t r a n sm1Ltеr З9
6з 2T Remova] - oil Lemрerature transmitter З9

63 22 Insta1lation - oil temрeraturе transmitteI з9
63 2З 0il рressure transmitt 40
63 Rеmоva] - oil pressure transmilter 40
6З 25 ]nsta]lаtion - oil рressure transmitter 40
63 26 14 а .т n ё t i . rl r а i n
ll n f] u'r ^
у Y
/jrî^r+i6*
{flr\rrLoLJ'llЧ t!'n6\
L1усl ' 41
6З 2'7 scavenge oi1 f i1tеr 42
6з 2B Rеmoval - sсavengе oil filtеr ц2
6З ?o InsLa]"lation - sсavenge oil fi]ter чl

6З з0 Rep]aсement of fi].tеr elements 44
B0 105
сtlAPTЕR 63
Paqe 2 Rртrisiоn Я
мBв tlЕlIсoPтЕRs
!.!A1NтвNANсЕ !.lANuA! мBв
63 - ]' DЕSсRIPтIoN - ],UвRIсAтIoN sYsтЕм
'1
The lubriсation systеm сonsists Plimаri1y of aп 2-seсtiоn oil tаnk/ oil

сooler, oil сooler fan with housing, and oit 1iпes (see figure 63-1) .
тhe main transtnission and engines eaсh havе a separate lubriсation

systen. Whi].e the main tlansпгj.ssion hаs a шet-tyPe oil sumP formed by the
lower casing' eaсh engine has aп eхternaIly rпounted oil tank. тhe oil in
the three sePatate systeпs is сirсulаted through the extelnally tnounted
3.section oil сooler. The oil сooler fan. whiсh is driven by the main
tlansmission, draws in cooliltg air from the transrrlission сomрartпent аnd
directs it through the oil сooler' lle}icoPters s/N 451 and subsq.,
and thosе modified by SB 60-3?' are additionally equiрped with fоrced.air
venti]аtion.
2 Oil tank
Еасh seсtiоn of the oil t'ank has а fillеr neсk with а sсreen-typё filter,
oi1 levеl sight gauge' паgпetiс plug and self-сlоsing valvel and рort
fittings for oi1 supPly, oiJ. presзuтe fеed, and vent lines. Еасh
rеservoir must be fitled to not more than аpрrox. 4 liters of the tоtal
reservoirсaPaсity of 5.5 liters. The unused volum6 ^f .] q ]ii.6,ё nтаviАa5
sDaсe for exoansion '
3. oil оoo].er
The oil сoоler is mountёd аbоve the oil tank. ]n relation to !'WD, eaсh
seсtion is аlloсаted аs follows,
гorirard oil сoole! seсtion - No. 1 engine
сeпte! oil сooler seсtion - пain rot'or trаnsпission
Aft oil сoole! seсtion - No. 2 engine
Tnstаlled on the side of the forrrard seоtioп of the oil соolеr is an оil
filter (with filtеr bypass) fo! the тпain transmission oil systеm' On
modified helicoPtersl two optional sсavenge oil fiIters with filter
byраsg indication. one for eaсh engine/ are instaIled on the side of the
aft seсtion of the оil сooler.
D.1 1nя
сltAPтER 6з
MNR нЕlIсoPтЕRs
}{AINтЕNдNсЕ мANUA! !.lвв - Rn 1nq
v|Еri/ A
No.2 eпglne
Prэ8sUrв lo€d
1 oiI сoo}e'
сooler fan
мairr tran$rrissioп
A oil tеrape!аttrre trаnsmitter installed he1iсoPtets SIN 7 thru 160
/2\ oil tenPeratцrе transmitter iпstalled h€1iсoPters slN 161 and sфsq.
(rеfеr to сhaPter 11) .
FigoIe 6з-1 ],ubrication system (1 of 2)
в0 105
r'ндртгn 6?
Page 4
oo
ээ
lrtr
Ф(,
ЕtJJJ
o-{-{
v,
нЕФoo Е.н.н
с,'
'б cl
Fl qn {б Ф Ф
o
oнрсс Ч o'Ф
oФriЕ>> сl с,
.J o ..{ d б
..|o('Oс|
oUЕtoИ
.р
0.)
l{E
Фр.--t
rroo{ atf
{J
ru
llt() б)
.-t
r{
н Ф.е -l('
..r (D
с' (,др
.рo Ё
Ё{ сt .с .rl
..r .с .|J р
чr {J ..r Q.
!o
.н -.l 15 Ф
o .d 0'р
р.(6
Ф Ф ..|
o...{
Фr-{ lr
g --r 5 or
Ф lб tIlo
>р(/t с, l'l
Ф
()ЁФoJ рr
(' .rl ..{ б
<1
z
I
alt
(л
is
2z=
EЕ
l--
I
L-
I
ц|
o
z
=
й
(,1
a.
.бo с
б;;
.г|d'
с,l .rl F.l ..'l (l

tг1 ..l {J
tt.r lu -{}Е
Ф с
...l rl l-) т' '.
rclrl и) Ф.
to
() рO o lб Ё р.t
..|
Eр Q.o
Ф ..l
3 Ф ё Ф i1 -
!i.n tr tf(
o, (J ФФс
с, р р.o .
t'' рФ
l-. рlr
..l o.! tf Ф a.:
ФЁ:rЁ о1
at> .cEр Ф O(lv)
().т' д
lr.d l-
0J
tг'
Е o| ..l с
..1 > O. o.
.1
Ф'!
Ov,р
рg..i x1
A 5
.".r
..!Ф
рlrt
IJ1 -1 a
.t ..i ..tloЕ,с
t.tсd..l
.d o. }}rU)с) о д
5
Ф!
f: Ф .d .dр.r
цr o'i
рq'вФ a lJ с .l1 \olлё(
q,Ф}i.rr}r -.l й) ro ..1 г.l t] .. б
.-r ФolrЕ т oг- L
oi trЧ.рU) э с. г] o-l с
s1
-Jt6(J
ld
р> Е
нiвlэ|ло,.
Е>bЕ^.|.rl
Ф(JO
Ф
]JрФФ 'с
JJ
с,оs Ф.е i
\о -i.-{\o
((lб}Jн
rU!rc-рр -r tr. с
.рdФ.rltUФ l.l
ФФ tl р}]55 z сФс
..t
F!б.-.loЕo'U|р
..t о. Ё с Чr ,р
с, Ф
p.p.Фv'р |J' |t, г\ .f (' Еo.\
<л.,> >р
(D.с lt
.rJl{..lo5фб
(н
.а rl
-..|
ЕEФФ'7
lDoянФ zzФбo |)
c >rA U Ч-{.с
OЕ|Еir()рrЕ= Aьr ннCЦA] |л 1.|, Н .Q o .л-.1 |
мвв тfпт'т.^Dтт]pc
мAтNтЕNANсЕ !.4Ar{lrAt !{BB . t'v lUэ
05 - z тRoUвlЕsнoOтING - LuвRIсAтIoN sYsтЕ!.,I
No. !RoUвJ,Е sY},Pтoм PRoвAвtE сAUsЕ сoRREстrvЕ AсTroN
Еngine oil pres3цle оil P'essure trans- сheсk oi1 Plessule

indj-сation too high mittеr defeсtive transmitter and replасв
a3 neсessary (refer to
Pаrа 63-2 з )
oil pressure indiса- .hA^l. гri l nrA еel116

to! defeсtive indiсаtor and reрIасe
116f6r t^
сhaPter 91)
Pressure regulating Adjust pressure regu-

valve поt adjusted 1дt i nа rl:.lrra /rAf6!. t^
Allison оpеration and
l4aintenanоe t"1anuaI )
Engine interпal оil .hоnit дnпi nд ni ']
arrhn l rr .'i r^rtil- <trqi6m /i6f6? i.l

defecttve Allison oРelatioтI and
},!аintenanсe мanual)
Engine oiL pressure hsuffiсient oil in pAh]6n.i aь

î
1 tэrll'
iпdiсation toо low tank / rAfAт t^ nэr: 6?-Д\
т.Aal. i n^ аi1 1jna Visual1y inspeсt oil

сoпnесtions liпe сonneсtions for
.].eаks. Reрlасe defeсtive
]inAa lrёfэr f^
Parа 63 -1з )
0i1 filter сloqoed Reпove and сlean oil

f .i 1t-eт lтдfдr i^ l11i r.\n
nn.!.эi i an,.l М: i n-
tAnrnÂ
^n
мrn!1.a 1l
sоаvenge oi] filter .ha.l. e^эr'aаdа .ri,1

filter (refer to Рara
пi.l fi 1|аr
i q amhnr{'i дrJ l
Oil pressure trans- .ьa аl.

î
'] nrA^c1rie
trгitter defeсtive tlaпstпitter and replace
as necessаry (refer to
тable 63-1 Troubleshooting (1 оf 4)
в0 105
сндPтER 6з
Pаor 9
lvll'D пьlJJ.uvЕ ll! !1D
}.4AINтENANсЕ },IANUA]J Мвв - Bo 105
тRoUвrЕsн00T]N6 (сontinued)
No. TRoUв1Е sY},lPтo}.,l PRoBABLЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIVЕ AстIoN
0i1 prеssure indi- сheсk oil рressure indi-

сato! defeсtivr сator and lePlace as
/rAfд7 tn
сhaPter 91)
Pressure re$llating Adjust рressure regula-

valve not adjusted tiпгr rlд,ltlo {тafAr
tn
Allison Operation and
I,1аintenanсe Мanual)
Еngine internal oil сheсk engine oi1 system

supрly с1rсuit Irafar f^ Al'li E.1n
dеfective oPeration and }4aintе-
hrh^.: мAnl!а.] \
Wiring dеfeсtivе Cheсk wiring. RePlaсe

defeсtive wiring
ni I n,rmzr /lafa.t i ta ReP}aсe oil

PuJпP (refеr
to Allison OPеration and
}4aintenanсe мanua1)
Еngine oil temPora- I,асk of oil in oil рAn] afli rh

î']
i.яnk
ture indiсation too tаnk /rAfar l-^ nдrэ 61-Дl
high
Еngine internal оil Cheсk enginе oil system
clrnr.\lt'
î!...!rit
(refer Ео Al1ison oPera-
defeсtive tion and !4аinteпancе
!"1anuaI )
ni i+r'
^^^']
6t. f эfl сlean cooler fan
Defeсtive сoo1e! fan ReP].aсe defёсtive сooler
frfi 1rafAт n^ .hАrttAr
11)
ni r+rr
î
I .^^l ai с}ean oi1 сoole! (refer
to para 63-7)
ni 'l t amn6r.rt !rra сheсk oil temPerature

transmitte! dеfeс- transпitter and rePlaсe
tive / r.af ar t.i
Para 6з-20)
-LaDj.e b5- t TroubJ.e shoot ing {2 of 4l
BO 105
сI{APтЕR 6з
Paqe 10
Q|euroсopter MA|NтЕNANсE [\4АNUAL MBB. Bo.|05
тROUB1,Еsl]00ттNG (сontinued)
No. TRoUBLЕ sYМPтOl-l PROвABLЕ сAUsЕ сORREсTIvЕ AсT10N
ni ,] +Aтnh^rrt1rrA aha^L t am^6 ra t,, 16

î'l
indiсator dеfесtlvr in.4iпetаr enА zan1eao
l |^faт f^
Еngine oi1 tempera- ni ] t^mnAтrt l1rё aha^L

îI
tamnar.rt,, 16
ture indiсation too t'ransmilter defeс- irаncmit]-ar аnz.l rаn] anо
1о tv t ive aэ lсu9о oa ! J \!с!с!
'
Lw
Ai 1 t дmna rя]- rl ra .hда]z ni,] t^mnёr,atlr16

indiсator defectivе i nr]i aэtnr an^ /^r1,]я^6
Яe nё.ёcaа r\' /rAfor t^
Ai ] nrоссrrrа гhA.l, nrдс еrl ra

î,1
in,,li.rti^n transmittеI defeс- t rяnсmit].оr 1n^ rAn] r.6
t lve l |afс'f |
^
0i1 рressurе .hA^ l.

î
l nтeqcllrд
indiсator defeсtive i ndi cдtnr аn.l rAnl
^.6
aэ jlЕl,соoa!y \ rсJ.сJ" LU
Defeсtive oi]. pumр RAn] r.A dдfдnt i vд ni ]

r]t]г/1n /rafAт tn A,]]iсnn
OреIation and Мainte-
nanое lvlаnua 1)
011 foaming Е'or сoIrесLivе aсtion

IefеI to Al1ison
сsL 1052
Еvлоссirlо anгrina nj l Leak in oil lines, Cheсk oil linеs, oiI
\-UllJ цl''tJ L дvll
^^^^,,-^+.i ^- ^lt ^^^t^- ^,i 1 .^^lar I t.nL ind
î
tank or magnetiс пagnеtiс drain plugs fоr
n re'i n n1llпc ] 6rlz.d6. ran] алa riafдл-
titrо nаrtc
E n.!i na /iafa^t i 1'a RAfот +^ A.1

,\
i cьn onоra-
t j.on and l4aintenаnсе
}4аnua]
Table 63-1 Trnпhl a<hnnt i n.r /'l ^f iI
BO 105
сHAPTЕit 63
Page Ll
@euroсopter MAINтЕNАNоE мANUAL МBB: Bo 105
TROUBLЕsHOOTING (сontinued)
No. тRoUBLЕ SYMPTOI',I PRoBABLЕ сAUsЕ СoRRЕсTIvЕ AсTION
Chiр indiсation by l4etal dеbris in Rеmovе and examlne

l4AG PLUG I or сorresроnding magnetiс рlug fоr metal"
l4AG PLUG II warningr eng]-ne
j^^^^;r-^
uсРvJfLD l fli6 --,,
ally --^
alс
found. рroсеed aссоrding
t^ +ЬA l,1 1 i сnn nnдrэ]. i nt'
and Мaintenanсе Мanual.
0n hеLiсoрtеrs without
J Lo vrllчЕ vl.l" !fJ.LЕ!Jr
г1даn ni l .^^lAr ni 1
tank and oil linеs in

aссordanсe l'ith paras
63-7 / 6з-11 and 63.].З
rеspесtivel"y.
0n heliсopters with
€]!trLсlo'
]+^96
.L a vЕllче Uar
î1
тeрlaсe filter elements
in aссordanсe with para
63-30. If unсertain]y
еxists as to whether or
nnl- f i 1}ar ht'na eс hдс
nnnllrrоrl r,] с^ 1
^l62n î
сoo1еr, oil tаnk and oil
].ines in aссordanсe with
рaras 63-7. 63-11 and
6?-.l ? r6сnA.].ir'Alt'
Defесtivе mаgnetiс Е'unсtionally test maqnе-

plug ti^
^l,id
lr6f6r l-^
сhaрter 92)
nn h6.l i.^nt6rс I,letal dеbris or Inspесt englne in aссor-

equiрpеd with sсavеngе сarbon deрosits danсе With Allison
oil filters: in the oil сirсuit орeration and l'{ainte-
differentia1 pressurе of the сorrespon. nanсe t"Ianua].
indiсаtoт of rli nп дnrri na Replaсe fi]ter elemёots
f ilt'er eхtended in aссordanсe with para.
6?-?n тf llnаоrtlin.lrr
exists as to whether or
nnt fi ] tдr hlrnэсс hае
oссurred. a1so сlеan oi]
сoo]er' oil tank and oi]
lines in aссordanсe witl".
paras 6з-7, 6З.]-1 and
53-13. rеspесtive}y.
N0TЕ TIoub]еshooting the main transmission Lubriсating
system is desсribed in гhantar ]1
taole bJ-1 Troubleshooting (4 of 4)
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 6з
Paqе 12 Revision 8
ЕUвocoPтЕR мAINтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
6з-3 lNsPЕст|oN-LUвRIсAт|oNsYsтEnл
1. сhвсkoil lev9| inoi| tank and rep|anish as necsssary (rёfвr to paragraph 6}.4),
2. Visuа||y inspect oil tank |or seсurity of iпstai|ation and lor general condition, especia||y |оr сracked we|ds.
a. ltсrасks are evident, removethe oiltanк (refarto рara.63-.10)and return to the manulaсturerfor repait
b. тghten lоosв attaоhing sсrews.
3' Visuаlly inspeсt oiltank hose сoпneоtioпs tor leaкs. |t рossibl6' stop any |eaks bу tightening unions, othel-
Wisa ren€W sea|ing rings.
4, Check that lluid level is oasily visible through the glass window of the slght gaugss and that thore is no leak-
age past thё gаskets.
a. Flep|aс6 |eaking gaskets (reler to steP 10).
b. cloan oi|-stаined orotherwise сontаminated g|ass window using о|oaner (сM 72.l). lf oil|evtl is still im.
possiblв to read' replaсe sight gauge (rater to stвp 10).
5. lпspeсt oi| hose linos tor сha|ing' and hose connectioпs tor seсurjty. Replace damaged oil hoso |ines'
тighten connections as neсessary
6. visua||y insрect oil coo|er for с|oggвd air pаssagвs, contаmiпat€d outor surfaсes аnd securily ol attaсh- I
ment' and visually inspsct a|| Welds and lho сoo|er support braсket attached to the v-strut lor cracks.
t
a. lf ther€ is only slight contаrпinаtion, cleаn oil cooler p6 ( paragraPh 63-7, strp 2'd. l
|lthё oilcoo|erairрassages are c|ogged aпdoutsidasurfacвs olсore are severe|ycontamiпetod'
6t-8'
remove l
аnd с|oanthё oi|coo|er per Рaragrарh 6кthru Paragrаph t
b. Flemoveoi|сoo|er if cracks are pr€sent (rвfertoparagraph6ffi)and returп the oi|сoo|orlothe manufaс-
tur€r for reoair.
с. тghten |oose attасhing sсrews.
7. |f insta||ed' inspeоt rвtaining plates for сonditiоn and socurity of attасhment. Make suro none are missing.
яep|aсe damaged and missing rotaining p|аtes (гol8r to оhapter 1l).
8. visual|y iпspgct сoo|€r fan housing for damage and soоurity o' attaсhment. |t damaged or loose, proсood
.t'1,
in асcordanсo with сhаpter
9' visua|ly inspoct eleсtriсal conneсtors tor security ol attaсhmont and avidenоo ot damаge.
Flevision 18 сHAPтЕR 63
Page 13
!4вв l{ЕlтсOPrЕRs
MAINтЕNдNсЕ мANuAl t'{вв . в0 105
10. Reрlaсing the oil level sight gаuge gasket.
а. Drain oi] from oi] reservoir (refer to ParаgrаPh 6з-4) .
b. Remove РIaсald (with oil leve]. markings)l sight gauge and gasket' (see
figure 6З-3) . Disсard the gasket.
с. с1ean gasket mounting surfaсe. seсure new gasket (4), sight gаuge (3)
and plaсard (6) to reselvoir (5) with sсrews (]') аnd wаshёrs (2) . гor
torque vafues, see figure 63-3.
d. !'i}] reservoir with oil (refer to paraglaPh 6з-4) .
e. visцally insPeсt sight gauge for evidence оf 1eakage,
1 sсrew
2 Washer
з sight gаuge
4 Gаgket
5 0i1 resеrvoir
6 Placard (with oil level
mаrkings,
Гigure 63-3 RёPlaсing the oil 1evel sight gauge gasket
nn 1nE
.lllDтт:D 6?
Pаge 14
ЕUвoсoPтЕR I'A|NTЕNANoE мANUAL вo 105
63 -4 olt сI{ANGЕ - LUBRIсAT]ON sYsTЕ!.4 (ЕNG]NES)
sрecial tools:
oil dlain hoser P/N 1x56 13? 035
1. Drain oil tank:
N0тЕ Whenever possible. сhange oil whёn it is at operating

temPёratuтe.
а, Raise and turn ]oсklпg deviсe on fi]ler сaр (3?' figure 63-5)
соuntеrсloсkwise, then turn filler сaP сoцnterсlockт+ise and remove.
b, Cut loсkwire (36) and remove magnetlс рlug (35) . InsPeCt' the magnёtiс
Р.].Цg fol netal partic]es. If metal partiсles аre Presentt follow
Рroсedure desсribеd in the Allison OpеIаtion and l,laintenanсe t.4anual
(тIoubleshooting рarаgтаph) .
с. сonneсt oil drain hosе to drаin valve aпd dIain all the o-il frоm oil
tank' Remove hose and reinstall thе magnеtiс рlug. Loсkwile the
n.dn6t i nl lrd
^
2, Reservice oil tank:
N0тЕ o ror ol1 t]Pe refеr to A]]ison oрeration and

I"taint'enanсе !{anua]. and enginе 1og book'
o shаke oil сans before use in order to miх the

anti-foaтn additives wlth the oil. If oit foaminq
nnсlrтs- refer t., Allison сsL 1052.
a' Е,ill oil uank (15) until oil level is at the }'{Ax marking
(apрroх. 4.5 ]) on the sight gauge р]acard.
b. Instа]L filler caр in filler nесk.
с. Еnter oil tрe ln engine lоg book.
в0 105
снAPтЕR 63
Page 15
ЕURoсoPTЕR мA|NтЕNANoE il4ANUAL вo 105
53-5 0il сoo1er
6з.6 Removа 1 - oil coo].er
1. Remove No. 2 engine сowling (refer to Chapter 22) .
2. Dratn lubricatioп oil (refer to ParagraPh 63-4).

3. I,,oosen сIamp (4l figure 63-5) and рush baсk the rubber shroud.
4. Disсonneсt drain line (31) аt enginе deсk.
N0тE Perform fo].]owlng steр 5. only on heliсopters s/N 160

and рrior. on hёl1copteIs s/N 161 аnd subsq.' the oil
temрerature t'ransmittel (8) is insta].led on the main
transmission {see figure 63-5) ,
5. Dlsсonneсt е1eсtriсal connёсtor from oil temРеratule transmitter (8)
6. Disсonneсt oil ]ine (11) from the o11 filter (6) and oil lines
{].0 аnd 2з) from oi]. сooler (1з}
'
7. Disсonneсt oil line (16) аt frame 9.
8. Dj.sсonneсt сonnecting ]ines {4 and 8, figure 63*4) .
9. Cap or plug all open llnes and ports.

10. Remove oil сooler (1З, fj.gure 6з.5} from oi] tank (15) as follows:
a. OiJ" сooler соnfiguration wlt'hqцt mounting raсk:
1) Remove sсreп' {1) togеther with nut and washers (2) .
2|
(11), and rеmove fillеr' сaps (1з) .
Remove sсrews ||2| t'!g 5з.4) together with nuts and washers
3) Remove oil сooler and, lf neсessary' sрaсer tubes (22) .
b. 0i1 сooler configuration with mounting raek:

1) Removе sсrew (1) Еogethеr with r*ashers and nut (2). and rеmove
shim (37в. fig. 63-5) '
2\ Remove sсrews |L2, fLg, 6з-4) together wilh washers and nuts
( 11) .
Remove sсrews (7) together with washers and nuts (9) .
4l Remove oil сoo1er and retain wаshefs (21) for reinstallаtion.
в0 105
сIiAPтЕR OJ
Pagё ].6 Revlsion L2
мEtр tIпт.тг^DтFpс
!,IAINTЕNANсЕ !.iANUAl, !.1BB - в0 ].05
6з-? сl€aning - oi] сooler

1. The oil сooler rnay be оIeaned by various methods. тhe reasons for and the
tyPes and methods of сleaniпg are listed in тable 63-2'
тhe proсedure for eaсh method is desсribed in step 2.
Reason for сleaning тlPe оf сleaniпg l4ethodtо be used

T, II, III or IV
Pеriodiс inspeсrion ]пtеrnal сleaning l.lethod ] or
(oil passages) and !пёthod ]I and шethod Iv or
eхterna]. сleaning nethod I]I and method Iv
(air passagеs)
ahin ifl.li^r+i.ln Internаl сIeaning мethod II or lnethod IIт
in оne or both engines гlush oi]' сooler, oil tank
on helicopters lrithout aпd oil 1ines with сleaning
sеavenge oil fi}tёrs. aoent
If uncertаinty х
€ ists
as tо whether or not
fi 1|aт Ьrrnэ c с Ьэс
nааttrraА nn Ьд.] .i гпп-
ters with sсavenge
indiсation in mаin
j. r,h спi ё ai
^n
0n heliсoрters witt! Internal сIеaniпg мethod II or method III

Аi 1 f i'lf 6йё. гlush oil сooler, oil taпk
Wheп byPass indiсatоr and oil ]inеs with сlеaning
button has extended аgent
and цnсеrtainty eхist s
as to whether o! not
filler bypaвs has
oссurred.
contаminated ЕхЕerna] сleaniflg мethod I
(but with сooler
аir Passages рorts tightly sealed) or
mёthod Iv
тab1e 63-2 Clеaning the oil оooler
B0 105
сIIAPтЕR 6з
!.'вв ilЕ],IсoPTЕRs
мA]NтENдNсЕ },lANUAl Мвв - Bo 105
2 (^1a:ni nrr пAt h^.l a
a. }4ethodI: (If the apРropriate ёquiPпent is avai}ab]"e' methods II and

III shall bе given prefereпсe}
subnelge the oil сооler in triсhloroethylene (см 204) at aPрrox.
85 0C or in tetraсhloroet hy}enе (см 205) at approx, 110 oс' and soak
for approх. 2 hours. At 20-minute interval.s, remove oil сooler froп
the сleaning sofvent, shаke vigorously and аllow the сleaning sоlvent
tо drain frotn the oi1 сoo]e!. At end оf the soaking periоd, b}ow dry
with сomрressed air аnd f].ush with lubriсating oil (сl'1 103} '
b. }"lethod I1l (A force flushing unit is requirеd)
соnneсt the inlet and outlet Ports of eaсh of the three сoo1e!
seсtiоns to the forсе flushing unit eguiрpёd with filter screen and
flush eaсh seсtion in both dirесtions.
Еlushing fluid: сleaning аgent (с!,1 204 or сl"1 205)
or оi] сarbоn solvenЕ ( сI'{ 210)
гlushing rate: 150 to 300 t/rпin

Е.I llqЬinп nrAcatlт.t яnnf^v ? Ьэr
гlushing temP.: aPрroх. 60 .с with сleaning agent (с}4 204

and с}1 205) ; refеr to manufaсturer, s
instruсtions when usinq oi} сalbon sоlvеnt
(с}'1 210}.
!'] rrqhi nп r{tlr:i i nn' 6A пi n
Blow the oil сooler сlean with сomрrеssed air and iпEnediate].y flush
with lubriсаting oil (C}.{ 10з)l flushing with oi] may be dопe mаnu-
ally.
с, }let'hod III:
(Еоrсе flushing unit and ultrаsоniс unit required)
соnneсt the inlet and outlet Pоrts of eaсh of the thrre сooler
seсtions to the forсe flushing unit eguipрed with а mj.сrofilter
(meпфrane fi]ter)
' Exрose t'he oi]- сoole! tо ultrasoniс waves and then
flush in both direсtions. Rёрeat this procedure unti]. no metal or
сarbon рartiсlеs сan be sеen with the naked eye in a filtered sаmple
of the сleaning agеnЕ.
UItrаsoniс fгequency: 40 kllz
Aсoustiс рo}rer: 250 vA
Dulation of eхPosцre: approх' 3 tп:in '
fJ-ushingfluid: оil carbon solvent' ( с}.1 210)
гlushing rаte: 150 to 300 l/min
вo 105
сIiAPтЕR 6з
ЕuRoсoPтЕR l'AlNтЕNANcЕ мANUAL вo 105
.ч.-- Еlushing pressure: aрprox' 3 bar

Еlushing tempеraturе: aPprox. 40 "с
i.]ushlngduration: aрprox. 30 mln.
в]oW thе oil сooler сlean with сompressed а1r and then iшnediаtely
flush with lubriсating oil (Cl,l 10з); flцshing wit'h oi] may be done
manually.
d. I'{€thodIv:
E).ternal сleaning of minor сontandnation:
вlow oi1 сooler сlean with сomрIessed аir or пlth a strong jet of
wateI. spray water jet parаllel to сoolеr fins to avold bending them.
Ехternal сleaning of oi1 and.grease сontaminаtion:
Blow oi1 сoo]er с}eаn wit'h steam jet blower. Add Wetting аgёnt
(сIц 225' to imрrovе сleaning effeсL and thеn dry сoo1еr fins with
сompressed air.
в0 105
снAPтER 63
Revision 12 Page 18A
ЕURoсoPтЕR мAINтЕNANoЕ i,ANuAL вo 105
6з.8 hstallation . oiI сooler
NoтE вeforе insta]]ing oil сooler' сhёck that the з toсating Рins
аttaсhed under the intereonneсLing сJ.amр to the housing
circumferёпсe of the mаting o1l сooler fan. аre still in рlaсe, if
- this рartiсular t]49e of oil сooler fan is insta]led (!еfer to
сhaрter 11) .
oil cooler сonfigurаtion withouL mounting raсk:
a) If pтeviously removed. эeinst'all spaсer t'ubе (22, f'ig' 63-4) in oi]
tank (6) .
b) Plaсe oi] сooler (2) in пounting Position аbove oil tank (6) and
fаsten to oil taпk together with the retaining оhains of filler сaрs
(13)' using sсrews (].2} and nuts аnd wаshers (11) .
с) Att'асh oi] сoolel to oil сooler suPрoIЕ brасket. using sсrew
(1t fig. 6з-5) and washer аnd nцr (2).
o11 сoo1еr соnflgurаtlon with mounting raсk:
NoTЕ тo obtain stress-free tnstаl]ation of the oil сooler. wаshers
(2It fig. 63-4) nay be added unevenly or onl-y on one side.
shim (З7B. fig. 63-5) must be lnsta]'led free from stress, t'herefore
- Pеe] lаminaЕions off shim аs neсessary to obtаin сorreсt shim
thiсkness.
a) Plaсe oi1 сoo]er (2. fig. 63-4) in mountlng posltion above raсk (5)
and seсure together reith the retаining сhаins of fi]}er сaps (13)'
цsing sсrew аnd wаsher (12}. wаshers (21) аnd nuts аnd wаsЬers (11).
b) Install sсrews (7} together with nuts and washers (9) .
с} Attасh oiJ. сooler to oi] сooleт suрPort brасket, uвing sсrew and
washer (].. fig. 63-5), shlm (з?B) and nut аnd washer (2).
Remove the caрs and plugs from lines and fittings.
s, сonfiguration II:
сonneсt сonneсting lines (4, flgure 63-4) .
сonfigrurа!ion III (aft'er ассo!пP].ishment of sв 60-58):

сonnесt сonneсt1ng lines (8 аnd ].0) ,
5. сonnect oi] ]ine (16' figure 6з-5) at frame 9 (21) and ]oсkwire the
сonneсЕrons.
6. сonneоt oil lines (10 аnd 23} t'o oil сooleт (].3) and oil line (11) to oi1
fitteт (6) .
B0 105
сllдPтЕR 63
Pаge 18в Revision 12
ЕUвoсoPтЕR I,A|NтЕNANсЕ i'ANUAL вo 105
NoтЕ Perform Lhe following step 7. on heliсoрters uP t'o and

inс1uding s/N 160; on heliсopters s/N 161 аnd subsq,' Еhe oil
temРelature transmitter (8) is lnstaued on the mаin transmission
- rсао
,--- fi l.lrrra 6--?-6J,
--,--- .
?. сonneсt e1eсtriсal оonnector to the oil teпperature transmitter.

8. сonneсL drain line (31) to еnglne deсk.
9. Еit rubber shroud ovеr cooler fan mating f].ange on oil сooler and seсure
with сlamp (4) ,
10. sеrv1сe the oil tank (refer to pаragraPh 63.4).
1]". Perform ground lun and insPect oil systeп for ]eaks.
12. Install engine cowling (rеfer to сhаPter 22) .
в0 ].0 5
сIIA?тЕR 63
Revision 12
ЕUвoоoPтER ]VIA|NтЕNANоЕ мANUAL вo 105
63-9 0il tank
63 - 10 Removal - oil Еаnk
NoтE тo remove the oil taпk it is neсesвary to lemove

Lhe oil tank аnd the oil coo]er as a цnit.
1. Remove left аnd right engine сoнlings (Iefer to сhaрter 22) .
2, Draln lubriсation oi] (refer to Pаragraрh 6з-4) .
3. Rernove ]oсkwires from the oil line conneсt'j.ons (18 and 25. figure 63-5) '
4. Disconneсt oil lines (]-6. 18' 23 and 25) and vent lines (17 and 24) at
frаme 9 (2].) .
5. Remove hose сlатпps (20 and 26) from tire engine dесk.
6. Disсonneсt oil line (11) from Lhe engine deсk and detach сlаmр from main
tтansmission support (9}
7. Disсonneсt oil }inе (].0} from oil оooler (13) and disсonneсt drain line
(з1) at engine deсk, If sсavenge oil filters are instal]edl disconnеct
сlamps (15, flg' 63-4) froп еngine deсk.
8. сap o! Рlug oPen ]ines and fitt'ings.
9. loosen сlamP (4. fig,. 63-5} on сooler fan housing (3) аnd push baсk the
rubber shroud.
NoTЕ Pelfoпn fo]lowing st'eP 10' on]y on heliсopters

S/N 160 аnd pr1or. 0n heliсoрters s/N 161 and
subsq.. the oil temPeraturе t'Iansmitter (8) is
inst'а1led oп thе mаin transmission.
10. Remove electriсa] сonneсtor from the oil temрerаture transmitt'er.
r ].].' Remove sсrews (34) seсur1ng oi]. сooleт and rеrord number and loсatj.on of
* shiп (з7A} and seal.ing washers (32) for гeassembly at sаme рosition.
* ]'2. Rerпove scIevJ (].) and nut and washers {2}. If oil сooler сonfigurаtion
* wlth mounlinq rack' а].so remove shim (з7в) . Rffi-ТЕffi]Г&ГЪТfa6Eer
* and tank.
13. If regцired. rеmove oil сooler and oil lines from oi] tank in aссordanсe
with figure 63-4.
в0 105
сllAPтЕR 6з
Pagе 20 Revislon 12
EURoсoPтER мAINтENANсЕ [\'ANUAL вo 105
:,
6з . 11 с]eaniпg - oi]- tank

1. Submerge oil tank {].5' figure 63-5) in triсhloroеthy1enе
oс.
(сM 204) for
appтox. 20 minutes at аPрIoХ' 85
2. t']ush oil tank and allow t riсh]oтoethy]'ene to draln off. в]ow oi] tank
сlean with compressed air and then flush with lubriсating oi] (с}4 10з)
6З . L2 Installatlon - oi] tank .
N0тЕ Befoтe installing the oil tаnk and сooler assembly cheсk
that the three loсating pins аttaсhed under the iпterсonneсt' ing
с]amp to the housing сirсшnferenсe of mating oil cooler fan
аrё stilL in рLасe if this Partiоular tyPе of oi1 сooler fan is
installed (тefer to chaptеr 11) .
1, If removed' install the oil сoo1еr and oil lines on oil tank in
aссordance with figure 6з-4.
2. Loсаte oil tank and сoo]er assembly in рosition (refer to figure 6З-5)
N0тЕ o вefore seсuring the oil tank and oi] сoo]er asseпфly Lo *
the еngine dесk or rall (oil сooler confiquration with *
mounting raсk) P]aсe a shim (з7A) under the aft Lll mount оn *
thё Ьоttl-lm .'f the nil tank. *
o When installing the reаr ],ll sсrew (з4)l interрosе a washer *

(3З) and three sealing washers (32) between the sсIew hеаd *
and the mounL. Install eaсh of the remaining sсretvs *

togёthеI with Washer (33) only. *
з. тighten sсrews (З4) of lцbriсation sys|em. taking сare to tighten the

IeaI Lll sсrew only Lhat amount of turns nёсessary to s]ightly deform the
sealing !.rashers.
ц. AtLaсh oi] сoo]er tо oi1 сoo]er suрport braсkeL, using sсrew (1) аnd nut *
аnd washels (2} . If oil сoo.].er сonfiguration with moЦnting raсk, a}so add *
shim {з?в}. гee] lаm iтess-free *
shlm insta1].ation' гor torque ]oad' see fig. 63:5. *
5. Е'lt rubbeI shroud over the oi] сooleт-to-сoolel fan сonneсtlon and seсure
With с]amр (4) .
6. Removе сaps and p}ugs from lines and ports.
1, сonneсt oi1 ]ine (].0) and drai.n line (31) to oil сoo1er (13) and engine
deck IesРeсtively. If sсavengе oil filters are insta}]ed, seсцIe cLamрs
(]"5, figure 63-4) Еo engine deсk'
8. сonneсt'oil ]ine (1l. figure 63-5) to the elbow unlon and seсurе to thе
transmission suРport' strut with сIamp.
в0 105
сltAPтЕR 63
Revision 12 Pаge 2 ].
ЕURoсoРтЕR мA|NтENANGЕ ]I,iANUAL вo 105
сonfigurailon I
1 сooler duсt
2 otl cooler
з vent lines - No. 1 and No. 2 engines
4 сonneсting lines
oi]. сooler . oi]. tank
5 0i1 сooler rасk
6 Oil
tank 16 sсavеnge oi], filt'er.
1 sсret{' wаshеr No. 1 engine
I сonneсting lines, upper L1 sсavеnge oi] filter-
оil сooler - oil tank No. 2 engine
Nut, lrasher 18 сonneсLing Iinё'
10 сonneсting lines' lower oil cooler - oi1 tаnk
oil cooler - o1l tаnk 19 сonneсting line'
11 Nut, washer ol] сoo]er - o11 tапk
L2 sсrew 20 0i1 ]ine
1з t'iller сaP * 2L Washer
14 oil line' sсаvenge filteE . oil оooler * 22 spасеr tube
I5 сlamр, sсrewl washor' gPaсer
E.igцre 6з-4 0i1 сooler and oil tank - removal and installation (1 of 2)
в0 105
сltAPтЕR 63
Pagё 22 Revision 12
\Гл
l2l
|тI
tutl
/1':J
s{
ьo,FЕ
2l
ч
a', .р A
-t -.t
O
.. .r}Е
":rofu
.Ц Рa'Фa
б.n
.н Ё
ч ..| o. r,l
Ф0,
ri
r.r '.{
.ri Ф 5 Р.t
ч.{ н Elб
ФФс
f1
.d Ф
rr ..|
ц\.А
д
oФo. ,rJнo
Ф 7-l (l,
сn ..i {J
Ё
g, чr дР
Ф
>
oФ
r-l o.i
nt ..r -n !.r
о
14! ori oi
0, o o
qr.{ Фд Ч
.rl ..| Ф A N
|o я 0', o{
oд lв
>1р
.1 |l'
> {J
Ф
в
oA .'t
Ф
O ч.'| .с
сo .'{ р
с!
/al <al
-\j
\l
б
рФ
a7
о
r(l
Nlrt
al б
с|o (о
чt
Фt' Фt, Ф
.лФ u7o
х5 >lэ I
.Q .h дФ
dd .o! iо
oA Фсi rJ
..1 ltl 'i ro
.d .-{
-.1
..1 '.1
.d
..,|
F{ r.)
Ori O\o о
}v.lRтl нпт.т.npтnDc
!{AINтЕNANсЕ I{A}Iuдl },1Bв - в0 105
9. сonneсt oil lines (16' 18, 23 and 25) and vent lines (17 and 24) to
fitting at frane 9 (21) .
10. Seсure oi1 and vent' lines to the enginе deсk with thё two hose сJ.amps
(20 and 26) .
11. Sесurе flttj.ngs of oil lines (18 and 25) with lосkwire.
NoтЕ Perform the fоllo},ing stеP ]"2. only on hеliсoрters

slN 160 and prior. On lreliсoptels s/N 161 and subsq.,
the oil temPerature trаnstпitter (8) is installed on
the main transmissiоn '
12. сonneсt eleсtriсal сonneсtor to oil t'emPerature tlansпЁtte!.
13. Sеrviсe the oil tank (refer to Paragraрh 6з-4) .
14. Perform ground run and inspeсL oil system for leaks.
15. Install engine cowlings (refer to сhaptеr 22) .
63-13 0i1 and vent l"ines

6з - 14 Removal . oil aпd vеnt 1iпes
1. Reпove left
right engine сorrlings (refer to Chaptеr
and 22) .
2' Drain lubriсatiоn oil (refer to parаgtaPh 63-4) .
NoтЕ гor information on removing аnd installing the oil

and vent lines at the engj.ne end, refer to сhaPter 61 .
3. Remove assetnbled oi1 taпk and сoo].er in acсordanсe with paragrаph 6з-10,
qtarle ? iЬЙ!! .1
)
4' Reпove lockwires seсuring the fittings of oi]. }ines (18 and 25, figure
63-5) and disсonneоt the оi] lines at the оi] сooler (15}
5. lines (?' 23 and 16) vent lines (1? and 24) and drаin
Disсonneсt oil
liпe (31) from ' Еank (15) , If sсаvenge oil fi]tеrs
oil сooler (1з) and oil
are instal]ed, digсonneсt oi} lines (16 and 42) from filter (39) and oil
lines (2з and 4l) from filter (з8) '
6. Disсonnect and remove oil l1nes (!0' 29 and 30) from mаin transmission.
1, Disсonneсt oil line (14, figurе 63-4) from filter (16) .
8. Cap or рlug all oPen lines and Рorts.
BO 105
сIIAPтЕR 63
Pаge 25
: !,tвв нЕLIсoPтЕRS
I4AгNтЕNANсE мANuAI., !.1вB - в0 105
63 - 15 Cleaning - o11 and vent lines
Е'lush oi]. and vent lines with difluorоdiсhlolomethane (с},I 201} . сlear the
lines with compressed air and then f].ush them with lubriсаting oit (сl.{ 103) '
6з - 16 Installatiоn - oil and veпt 1ines
1. Retnove сaPs and plugs from lines and fittings'
сAUтIoN o RЕмovED тЕг],oN l{osЕs !{ttlсн llAvЕ дssUl'{ED

]NSтAILAтIoN сURVAтURES }4AY вE SтRдIGI{тENЕD
вUт Not вЕNт AGAтNSт т}tЕ сURvE DURтNG
RЕINSтA1LAтIoN .
o vlttЕN INSTA].].,ING тI{Е oIL I.INЕS }.lAKЕ sURЕ

TнAт тIlЕ DIRЕстIoN-0!.-!'L0W ARRo}ls PoINт
IN тtiЕ R]GIIт DIRЕстIoN '
2. сonnёсt oil llneв (10' 29 aпd 30, figurе 6З-5) to the main trangпlission.
з' сonneсt oil lines | 2з, 16' 18 and 25) and vent lines (1? and 24) to
(.7
the oil tank (15} and oil сoo}er (13) . If sсavenge oil filtels are
installed. сonnёсt oil liпеs (16 аnd 42) and (23 and 41) to filtеrs (39)
and (38) respectively.
4. seсure fittings of oil lines (18 and 25) with loоkwire.
q тhet:'] 1 zlrэin ']ina r?1l t^ 11?\
î,l ^^^']Ar
6. сonneсt oil line (14' figure 63.4) to fiIter (16).
1' tnstall. oi1 tank and сooler assemb1y as desсribed in рaragraph 63.12'
steps 2, thru 12.
B0 105
l"I]дDтгP 6?
DАаa )в
,.Y--\
-\.-.---.-- -
"tr
(
\t,
-}\
l- -'
q a/t
4сa
г. г\
-п
o ot
..i
I o| Фo
Ц oJ L7 ФA
O Ф с o .ri -Еi..l I
р
.Еr с'.j Ё
..| E
|l'
E-t
|l' ч.|
l Ф.n щ ..l
'l .лс вi Е Ф
tr t;
aF 4o EФс tU Ф н Pr
q tr.rl o
о)
Ф
сс
|oФ
рЁ
..l o t.r .{ р рФЕ rо ro
'.{ Ё Е:() *: Ё
l..n }.ri . Ё с,l .а (ll
.рa ФФ.o. '.1 ..'1 Ф1' я
Ф Ф oa l! Ф Ul Ф
Ф..l Ф..l Е zo e EФ.н АФ t'l с)
a>..l
нЕ !Е: l !Е Fl
5сlр{ эu'I I я.| | a|J'Ф (tl Q.(6 p.
|nЁA ФЁ 0J Еi (, ФёA, >
Ф б {б g] lo с, Ё Ф {б .l,
Ф |tl .P| (J o.J'б
Ф н .-l q} o н Е ..{ Ё n Ё Еt c Ф lr -l tD .'r t,lн
нрO ч р.-l'-{..l o..t Е..r н {J Arr рс..tн
fu с, a] .{ ..l Ёl ..l .l Qr с.а !, } (,.d l n'
с Ф E Ё +J с) р Е:..i.{ д Ф
.l .d (' 16 ф ч с:
U,}4Ё{
..,|.n Ф б r.l .rt Ёl trЁl Ф.tр.l tлo O..l
.r| ltl o н.n Ф..l (J..l o..l .i..i..i (' tr Ф б o (l r.{ о..l
o ЕlЁ Е] o Eo > o !qo Ьo o Е aИ tиl E o я&.
or о Fl N сr i. Ф ц,.l сo оl о г-| N с)<|r |J) \о г-
t{ (\l (ч с\'| (ч .\ (! Gl (\| Gl .n ..r .'1 ..' (Y) (n сl -)
^|
1 ёё
6l.
..i Ф
oo
..l ..{
ФJJФu'
(oрцl/)a'с.l
.,a .J 6 .q.d ..ч Ф c Ф
E Ё rf A tlE Ф E с' 41
..i Ф..lё
Ф U' (J
Ееб$сс tлЁФ
rФс
trЕббrtrloto
.niiчlrсol]н Ф Ф
lo р |J р ii g.р 9 е N
Е?)rtQoNоJ
>!с Ф э с ..lЕ:..l
tr (/).rl lf J ф..llrlбФ Ф . o
r]
с,
.снФ
o
ч{
б.i!
я Е,р o E Е E,d
6_o.io Е $
zo]zo z
и 0, Ё t.r..i l н !..l l | Ф н () |
I
бд.н Фиt Ф.рФ cL'a

lб.-lrбJ4 q, aЁ d)
|
зUrсo
б' диor o.O./tФ(,
.яёEФ.1 сqч9 Ёс..tЁ
. } o '-.l Ё.,a oj ..{ Е ..l ..| р o rr б ..{ .-l .i
.a
l s д 9{Bч.r 6.з.р Ф tr Ф4-i o Ф ]JFl .'1
с, Еo с .б c .{ .1 Fl r-l +J
ч р б Ё ..|
ь '..{ а.{ ltt o я.l
"--i..'t..l
.,,ii!З
1-"-\.tl
zu
.\o
.o.А
COq
dт
рЁ(,
с: nt.q
aa
ёo.,1
oсo q
$20
!\()
iвФ ()
дe
rd
C:oя
filФ
.р rd o
Eя
.-l б
o -16
tf
o !' г-
'+J
д сrl
apl(,0
o
I рd
ЕФgФ
Фйr
{
г-
Ф
б
Ф Ф-1
d A.н
..t--t o
tt' t'
A6l
(l) с,)
Ёt о.l tl)
ooo
2Z r)
з
!ц
s н Ч.n
ФФo
!) t)
.-| ..| Ф
q-. q-] Е
-.1
-l .l -]
ooФ
O O'.1 g J,
gb' яФрo ..| ,.iЕ
iD lD lU 'J.{
>>s
itl с' g '-.| rJ
() O O ..t -l
иJИ()о()
мвв нЕtIсoPтЕRs
I.iAINтЕNдNсЕ }.{llNUA], I\,lвв - B0 105
NoтЕ When instа1]-ingthе o1l lines. ensure that thei' bend

radii аre not less than the пгini:пum values speсified
in the fol1owinq tаble.
type (AerоquiP)
}iose
Loсаtion (figure)
LI, 25, Zq, bJ-)
llose. inner пm 4'4 LZ ,5

diaпeter inсhes 0. 1?3 0.391 0.485
нosе' outer tтEll 11.4 .LD. у lу.o

diameter inches 0.448 0,665 0 ,112
l'{iniJпum !тl!п 50.8

bend rаdius inсlres 2'0 ч.a. 5 .50
нose tyрe (Aeroquip) AЕ 541-10

ъoсation (figure) 16|2з'47,42' fig. 6з-5 (3 оf 3)
InсJ.uding scaveпge оil filter 18'19. fig. 6з-4
7,2,5,'l , figure 63-9
Ilose r inner tпn 15.2

diameter inches 0 ,600
liose, outer IпlL z5 ' э

di аmet e r inсhes 0 ' 925
!4ininum пm lb'z
bend radius inсhes з.00
TaЬle 63-3 Minimuп bend tadii for oil lines
B0 105
сII}PтER 6з
p э.rA ??
l4вв I{Еr]сoPтERs
мAINтЕNANеЕ мANUAIJ Мвв - в0 105
8. Service thе oil tank (тefer to рarag!аph 6з-4) .
NoтЕ l"Iаkё oil supply lines from

сеrtain that the
the oil tank to the
engine are filled with oil.
When starting the engiпеs the oil рressure must
build up wj.thin a few seсonds. If this is not
the оase' fill oil lines and filter сasinqs in
engrines with oil.
9. Perforn ground run and inspeсt oil system for leaks.
10. ]nstall engine cowli.ngs (refer to сhaptё! 22) '
6з.1? Ram air duсt
NoTЕ тhe ram air duct is installed on hеlicoрters s/N 451 аnd
subsq. аnd those modifiеd by sв 60.3]'
6з - 18 R€moval - ran air duсt
1. Remove left right engine сowlings (refer to сhaPter 22)

and .
2. Drtaсh snоw deflёсtor (з' figure 63-6) after rеmoving sсrews (2, 41 6''l
and 11) tJith wаshels and nuts (I0| I2l 13 and 14) with washеrs.
з. Renove hose (33) of diffeтential pressure switch (34) flom tube

сonneсtor; rёmove electrical сonneсtor (35} '
4' Renove diffelential plessure switсh (3a) by removing sсrews (36) .
5, Dёtaсh rotor btake pressure line (39} frоtn the trаnsmission suDDort
struts by unscrеwing and removing с}arnps (5 and 38)
6. Lоosen c1aпP (22) and detach rubber shroud from ram аir duсt (1) .
'7, Removе ram air duсt as shоwn in figure 63-6, beginning with thе ram air
sсooр (15 ) .
в0 105
сilAPTЕR 63
Page з4
€р.нярo** MAINтENANсE MANUAL вo 105
63 - 19 Iпstа||аt|on - ram ai' duсt
1. оheck for presenоe ot edge рroteоtion рads on the ram аir duоt. l\4аke sЦre, that the inteгfaсв ргoteсtioп
(adhesive tape (сid 614) or sea|ant (сlt/ 662)) on the main transmission (37' fg. 6ffi) is not missing, dam.
aged or seрarated. lf neccessary, lnsta|| the lпterfaсв proteоtioп as fo||ows:
а. Flepair the interface proteоtion with.adhesive tapo (сM 614) as fol|ows:
NoтЕ |f the adhesive tape is missing: lnsta|| tho ram air duct provisiona||y and mark the
interfaca |ine on the main transmisslon with a soft peпоi| (e.g. 2в). Remove the
ram air duсt for the insta||ation of the interfaco рroteоtioп.
,1
) |Йark the pоsition of tho аdhesive tаpe oп the maiп transrnission with а soft р enci| (2B) ' lf th€ intoЁ
faсв рroteсtion is iпstallёd 1or the time, mark а 5 сm wide area left and right of the interfaсe
liпe on the mаin tansmission. 'irst
2) вemovs the adhesive tape' which is separated or dаmaged. lnspoсt the main transmission in this
areа in accordance with сnаpter 11..з.
3) clean the boпding area. тhen dogrease the bonding area with a lint-fres оloth mado damp with
acotone (сiil 20t). тouсh up damaged surfасs protеоtioп in aссоrdanсe with сhаpter 02 with two_
сomponent PUFl |асquer (см 437).
4) lnstall new adhesive tape (ом 614).
b. |ntrrfaсe proteсtioп with sealant (см 662) (a|t6rnative to adhesivo taрe}
NoтЕ lf the intertace protection is missing, or if the adhosive tapo is to be repalced by

sea|ant: |nsta|| the ram air duot рrоvisionally and mark tho interfасe line on the
main transmission with a soft penсil (e.g. 2g). Remove the ram air duоt for the
insta||ation of th6 iпteгfаce Droteоlion.
NoтЕ |t the adnesivв tape is rop|aс6d by sealant, the аdhesive tape must be removed
сomрleteIy.
мark the рositioп of the interfaсe protection with a soft penсi| (2в). lf tho interfaca protection is
instа|led for tho first timo, mаrk a 5 сm wid€ аrea left and right of the interfасe |ine on tho main fuаns.
mission.
2l Flemove the adhesivr tape o' tho damaged or delaminaled seа|aпt. Make suro you do not damage
ths sur'aсe of the main transmission housing. Inspoct tho main transmission in this area in aссor.
danc6 with chаpter 11-з.
з) с|ean the boпding arеa. тhen degreass the boпding аrea With a lint-free о|oth mаde damp With
acetone (сl4 203)' тouсh up damaqed surfaоe prot€сtion in aоcordanсё With chapter 02 with two-
component PUR |aсquer (сM .1i}7).
4l Apр|y masking tape (vм 609) around lho marked area.
5) Apрly sоalaпt (cм 662) in a layer of Фрr. 2 mm to lhe mark€d ar€а. Use a plastiс sсraper to smooth
thв surface of the sealant. Allow the sea|ant to dry.
6) Paint th€ iпtorfасo рotectjon with iwo_сornpoпeлt PUFi lаоquer (cg 43ц and a|'ow to dry.
Remove the mаsking tape'
Rovision снAPтЕR 63
Page 35
€янLo"Рoo.". МАINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
2. |nsta|| ram airduсtin reverse order of disassemb|y (referto paragrаph 63-18).

i
3. Fit rubbor shroud on ram air duct and seсuro with с|amр (22).
4. seсure the rotor braкe pressure |ing (39) to the main traпsmission supрort strшts with c|amdЬ (5 aпd 3s).
5. |пsta|l differentia| prossure switсh (34) on ram air duct With sсгews (36). сonneоt hose (з3) and e|eсtriсa|
сOnnoсtor (з5); take сarr that hose is not kiпked, f|attened оr twisted.
6. |nstа|l 6now def|ector (3) as shown in {igur6 6к'

7. lnsta|| lёft аnd right engine forward сow|ings (rafer to сhapter 22)
8. тest oiI cooler fал failuro Warning light as fo|lows:
a. сonпaоt aлd switch on eЁerna| power sourоe to ho|iсopter (refеr 10 сhaрter 92).
b. вx.
,'
Ground ruп the he|iсopterj warning light o|L сool (efer to flguro б:}2) must go olf at rotor speed in
оos8 of 70% (гetёr to сhapter '105).
c. switch otf and disсonпeсt eХtorna| рower sourсe (rofer to сhapter 92).
i
J
сtlAPтЕR 63 Revision 2з
Pago'to
0
J
F
lц
o
J
t-
lц
oн
I
I
?
I
.р
tr
id дФФ
rr
o,
зo lro
н
..{ oр
рo
O Еl
a
р
o EЁ
Фo ..l
r.t
l
(.) с a
ь{
oo
!J.с
r.|
н
Ф
orr н
o o o
tr!
lu
н
(,
t.4
oJ
rr
Фtd
рor{и
.-r o (r.d Ф
a
our.at 17 Ччнo.c.d .сbl
ga'Е дЧ
ЦoФ
дU' д}]t'r
v, Ф B .сЕ ..l
tt at ФФ4,oaФ v,4 u, u, 14
мвв ItE]rтсoPтERs
I{AINтЕNANсЕ !{ANUAI мвв - вo 105
6з- 20 oil tеmреrature transmitter
NoтЕ Removal and instаllatiоn proсedures for the No. 1

and No. 2 engine oiJ. teпiPerature transnitters are
identiсal.
6З - 2I Removal - oil temPerature transmitter
1' Reпove right engine сowling (refer to сhapte! 22) .
2. Digсonneсt ёleоtriсаl сonneсtor (1, figure 6з-?) from oil temРerature

t rа n с?п.i it6r. 1,l
3. Remove loсkwirе (5) froп oi1 te!прerature traпsmitter (2).

4. Unsсrew oi]. temperatцre transmitter frotn fitting {4) and remove togеthe!
with packing (3) ,
5. Plug openj-ngs.
6. Disсald seаling ring (3) .
63 . 22 Installation . o11 temperature transпLiЕEer
1. Remove p.].ugs from opeпings.
2, screw oil temPeratur€ trаnsnitter (2, fiщre 63-7) into fitting (4),
tоgether ъ'ith рacking (3) .
з. seсцrе oil temPelature transtnitter (2) with lockwire.
4' сonneсt eleоtriсaJ. сonneсt'or (1) to oil temрerature transmitter.
5. Ground run the heliсoPter аnd сheсk the oi] tetnPеrature indicаtion (refe!
to сhaPter 105 ) .
6. visua].ly insPeсt oil tеmperat'ure transnitter for evidenсe of leаkagе.

1, lnstall right enginе coтling (rеfer to сhapter 22} .
an I a\(
uп.lrr r IJк oJ
!{Bв JlЕI.]сoPтERs
},IAINтЕNдNсЕ }IANUAI, !..!вB - в0 105
1 Е].eсtriсal сonnecto!
2 oil teпpеrature transtnittеr
3 Pасking
4 Еittiпg
5 T.oсkwire
E.i аrrra 61- ? 0i1 ternрerature trапsmittеr - renoval and ingtallation
05 - z5 oil Prеssure t!ansmitte!

NoтЕ R€moval and installat.ion proсeduret for thе No. 1
and No. 2 engine oil prcssure transnitters are
i .lanf i 'l
^r
6з - 24 Removal - оil. рresgule transпitte!

1' Renove right engine сowling (refе! to сhaрte! 22) '
2. Disconneсt eleсtriсal leаds (4' figure 63.8) ftom oil pressure

t ian erni tt6r /1\
3. Reпovе lockwire (5) .
s, Unsсrеw аnd removе oil рresвure transtnitte! (3) from fiLting (1),
together with Paсking {2) .
5. Plug the openings.

6. Dlsсard sealing (2).
'ing
6з - 25 ]nstallаtion - oil ptessure transmitter
1. Unр1u9 the oPenings.
2' Sсrew oil Pressure transггitte! (3. figure 6з-8) intо fitting (1) together
tvith paсking (2) .
Ra\ 1nq
сIiAPтER 6з
Pаge 40
Мвв I{Eт,IсOPTЕRS
!4AINтENдNсЕ I4ANUAт, мвB . в0 105
seсure oil Presвure transmitter (3) with Ioсkwire.

сonneсt eleсtriсal leads (4) to oil prеssure trапstnitter '
Perfопп ground run and сheсk oil preвsure indiсаtioп (refer to

сhаPt'er 105) .
b. тnsPeсt oi1 pressure trаnsmitter for ].eaks.
'7, Instаll right engine сowling (refer to сЬaPter 22) .
1 гitting
2 Paсking
3 0i1 pressure transmitLer
4 E]ectriсal 1eads
5 Loсkwire
t.igure 63.8 oil pressure trangmittе! - lemoval and instаllаtion
63-26 мagnetiс drain plug (indiсating tyPe)
тhe proсedures fоr removing, installing and t'esting the maщetiс drain plugs
of both engines are desсribed in the Allison oPёlation and },laintenаnce
мanua.1 .
вo 105
сIiAPтЕR 6з
Page 41
riвв l.lЕl]с0PтЕRs
!.IAINTЕNANсЕ }.tANUAl мвв - в0 105
63- 27 scaveпge oil filter
NOTЕ PalagrаPhs 63-2? thru 6З-30 aрpty to lфriсation systems in

сorрorating sсavеnge oil filters.
6З - 28 Removal - sсavenge oil filter
]-. Remove right engine соw1in9 (refer to сhaPter 22) .
2, Remove baffle pJ.ate (8, figurе 63-9) installеd over uPPer scаvenge oil
f1lt.er (6) .
з. Reпove ]"ockwirе sесuring оil 1ines tI| 2 and 5) to sсаvenge oil

.l
filters (6 and 4) , Disconnесt oil lines 'frоm sсavenge oil filters.

4. Cаp oi p}ug open lines and sсavenge oil filter pоrts.
5. Remove the uhree mounting sсlews (15) and weshers (14) from eaсh sсavenge
oil filter (6 аnd 4) and reпove sсavenge oil filters.
6з - 29 Installation - scavenqe oil filtеr
N0тЕ sсavengе oi} filters пanufaсtured by either PA!Ь or гAсЕт

may be installed. вoth installed sсavenge oil filters
must be flom the same nаnufaсturer and nust be attасhed by their
own mounting suPPorts. ]nteпRiхing is not рermitted.
].. Install sсаvenge oil fi].ters (6 and 4' figurё 6з-9) with their resPective
three mounting sсfews (15} and washers (14) .
2' Retnove p].ugs or сaрs from oil filter Рorts аnd oil lines.
sсavenge
з. сonneсt oil ]-ines ||,'7,2 аnd 5) to sсavёnge oi] filсels (6 and 4) and
secure with loсkwire.
4. Install baff]e Plate (8) over uррe! sсavenge oil filter (6).
5. Grоund run heliсoрrer (refer to Chapter 105) . visually inspeсt sсavenge
oil filters and lines for oil leaks.
6' Insta].l light engine соw}ing (refer to Chapter 22) '
вo 105
сIIдPтER 63
Pagе 42
@-.#нР"o.". fi/lAlNтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
II ь
FАсЕТ PALL
3 1 oш |ine 8 ваfreplate 14
ьl
2 Oll llnr 9 oi| сoolef .|
5 Scrow
зl t o|| tалk 10 Diff€rgnlial Preзsorэ iпdlcgtor 10 O-ring
Б
4 sсаvago oiIf|tor (No. 1 engino) (ilt€l byрass |nd|сation} 17 O-rlng
5 oi| |in€ 'll Filter head 18 o.r|пg
6 sсavаgё oi|flltef {No. 2 6ngino) '12 bow! 1S Riпg
7 Oll line 1з Filtoг o|emgnt
Figurв 63-9 sсаvonge oi| fiIter
Rovision 2з онAPтЕH 6з
Page 43
@Р.нR"oo,"' MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo l05
- 63 . з0 Rep|aоemont of filte. elements
1. oрen RH to|ward acсess door.
l 2. Remove |ockwirё. Unsоrrw filter bowl ('l2, figure 6з-9) from filter heаd aлd shаke bowl from side to sidr
l unti| e|ement (1з) inside is froed. Remove f||tor bow| (12) and e|€ment (13). Rеmove fi|ter elemeпt from fi|ter
l bow| and dlsсard {ilter element and o-rings..
3. с|ean fi|ter bowl (12) and f||ter hoad (11).
4. Depress diffor€ntia| prrssure indiсator button (10) if оxtended. Prrtorm oilсhange aсcording to para 63-4.
ЕFFЕстlv|тY step 5. is valid for sоavage oi| Ji|tors FA|\,tЕт.
! 5. PIaсe now filter olemeпt (1з) with o-ring (17) in bow| (12). Place o.ring (16) ontopof fi|ter elemeпt (,1з).
fifter head by hand. secure with |ock.
t wire.
Sсrew bоw| (12) with o-ring (1s)' ring (19) and fi|ter e|rment (13) into .ii
I
ЕFFЕстlv|тY steр 6. is valid for sоavage oi| PALL.
'iltors
l6. Plaсe new fi|ter ёlement (1з) in bow| (12l. Plаce o-riпg (16)ofltopof filtereloment (lз). screw bowl ('2)
l with o-ring (18) and fi|ter olemont (13) into
'l|t€r
head byhand. secure with |oсkwiro.
7. Perform grouпd run aссord.ng to chapter 105 and visua|ly оhoсk filter for |eakags.
..- B. с|ose RH forward acоess door.
oHAPТЕR 6з Flevision 23 ]
Page 44
сHAPтER
FIRE WALL
!{Bв IiЕLIсoPTЕRS
I'iAINтENANсв I{ANUAI, !,tвB .. в0 105
64 l'1RЕт{A1I,s
Table of сontents
Paragraph тit].e Page
ot . д DЕSсRIPтIoN .; E'IRЕWAILS
oч-z 1NSPЕсT10N E'oR сoNDIтIo}I - E'IRЕI{ALLS J
64-3 RЕPAIR - t.IRвvlALts ?
o{ - { Removal - ftrewalls n
64-5 Installаtion - firewalls q
.,r.iiiii;iiiiiiiii,iiiiiiiiri
вo 105
сltAPтЕR 64
мBв tlЕl1сoPтЕRs
I,IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL It{вB - B0 105
64 -7 DЕSсRIPтIoN - г]RЕWA],LS
The firewalls (fig. 64.1 thru 64.4) separаtе both engine сomPartmеnts and the
transmission сompartment from eaсh оther. They isоlatе thе engines from Lhe
rest of thе hеliсоpter and prevent f1aпes from spreading in the event of an
еngine fire. The firewalls are made of titanium sheetmeta} with asbestos
sеals bonded to the edges and arе seсured to eaсh other and to the enginе
deсk vJith quiсk release fasteners.
6Д -2 INSPEсTION гoR с0ND]T10N - E'IRЕWAII,S
1. InsРeсt firewal],s (fig. 64-1 t'hru 64-4) for сraсks, broken sрotwe]dsl
loose rivets and deformation. Refer to para 64.3 for repair proсedure.
2. Cheсk quiсk re]ease fasteners for seсurity of instal]ation and' dаmaoe тf
lоose or damaged, rер1aсe aссоrding to Chapteт 02.
з. сheсk glass fibеr seals skirting the firеwalls for evidenсе of damage and
seРaratiоn. ReРlaсe any damagеd seals and rebond detaсhed ones in aссord-
anсe with para 6ц-З.
4. Cheсk engine intаkе bellоws (з and 4) for сraс'ks and insрeсt clamрs (1з)
for seсurity.
a. Rep]-aсe tоrn bеllоws.
h т i .rht An *__**
1^^сA l'l
*_amps.
5. Inspeсt drive shaft сasings (5 and 6) for стaсks, breaks, and evidenсe оf
damagе t'o the fire retardant paint сoating. Repair сasings in aсоordаnсe
with RЕl", 201. Touсh uр damaged fire retardanl рaint сoating as desсribеd
in сhарter 22.
64 . 3 REPAтR - Е.]RЕI{AI,LS
NоTE Rеpair the firенalls acсoтding to !'AA Aс 43.].з-1Al AIRсRAЕT

INSPECTION дND RЕPA]R and RЕI\, 201. Use rN9178 or ],N9179 rivet.s.
1. Drill out brоken sрotwelds and replaсe with appropriatе1y sized rivеts '
2, Restorе сontoцr of deformed firewа}ls using рlastiс hamnеr and suitablе
drеssinq too}s.
з. Rebond separatеd glass fabriс sеa}s with сemеnt (сM 6?2) or siliсonе
adhesive (С|n 6.7 3\ '
в0 105
сttAPT8R 64
Pаotr з
мBв. ttЕllсoPтЕRs
МAINTЕNANсЕ !4ANUAL I'1BB - B0 105
4. stoP-dri1]. (3 mm dia.} сraсks at both еnds and rewоrk сraсks аs neсёssary

to ellminate сhaf1ng.
a. E.abriсatе doub].er fгom titanium shеet
l-*--^l
of nехt gage thiсkness to сover
\ronraYЕЧ olЕa.
--^-
b. Brush mating surfaсе of doubler with sealing сompound (сI{ 635)

and rivet to damaged area of firеwall.
64-4 Remova I - firewalls

1. Remove engine and transmission соwlings (refer to Chaрtеr 22) .
2. Rеmovе folward firewalls (1 and 2. figs. 64-1 thru 64-4):
сAUTIoN TAKЕ сARЕ NoT T0 DAI'{AGЕ THЕ DRIVE sltAE'Ts WнЕN RЕl,lovING TIlЕ
E'IRЕllдLLs.
NOTЕ t.or сonfiguration 1I firewa1ls, remove drive shafts aссording

to proсedure in сhaрt'еr 11. !'or сonfiguration I, 1II' IV
firewal1s, тemoval of thе drive shafts is тequired on}y when
the enqine intake bel}ows arе rеmoved.
a. If тequirеd. remove drive shaft in aссordanсе with сhaРter 11.
b. Disсоnnесt N2 Te}efleх cablе by openlng the quiсk-disсоnneсt at left
fоrwaтd firewa]] (2) and rеmove flangеs from firelтall passаge (8).
Rерeat this рroсedure on the right firewa]l (1) of сonfiguration ТI
ItLg. 64-2).
с. Re]ease thе quiсk re]ease fasteners as neсessary.
d. If insta]]ed' remove the uрper forward firеwa]] (15' figs. 64-1 and
64-4) and upper plate (14).
e. If required, unsсrew сlaпps (1З) and тemove the right and lеft drivе
shаft сasings (5 and 6) .
f. Remove thе rlght and lеft forward firewal]s (1 and 2), right and left
drive shaft casings (5 and 6) and, for сonfiguration I' III and Iv
firеwаlls' remove bel,]"ows (3 and 4) '
NOTЕ steрs g. Lhru i. app]y to сonfiguration 1' III and ]v

firеwalls.
s, Unsсrew с]amрs (].3' t.ig' 64-2| and removе right and ]eft drive shaft
сasings (5 and 6) .
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 64
Pagе 4
I'{BB IlЕLIс0PтERs
!.IAINTЕNANCЕ t,tANUAt l,lBв - в0 105
h. If required, remove the drive shaft's ассord.ing to сhaptеr 1]..

i. Disсonneсt thе щick.disсonneсt of the N2 Telеfleх сable bеfore
removing the right bеllows.
j. Release the quiсk rеlеase fasteners of thе configuratj-on II fiтеwall,
and remove engine intake beltows (3 and 4) .
3. Rеmove сenter flrewall (9, figs' 64-]. thru 64-4) as fo1]ows:
сAUTION TAI(Е сARЕ N0т T0 DAI,IAGЕ TAI]., ROTOR DR]vЕ sttAгт WнEN REМov]NG
ЕIRЕWAт,Ls.
a. Release the quiсk releasе fasteners seсuring thе tail rotor d'rive
shaft shield (10} to the сеnter firewalls and' removе the shield.
b. Relеasе quiсk release fasteners that sесure the сentеr firewall (9)
аnd сarefu11y removе сеnter firewall.
4. Remove right and Left aft firewalls (11 and J.2, figs, 64-1 thru 64-4) by
releasing the quiсk rеleаsе fastenеrs.
64.5 Installatiоn - firei.'alls

1. Inslall right and left forward firewalls (1 and 2, figs. 64*1 thru 64-4)
as follows:
сAUTIoN TAKЕ сARЕ NOT T0 DA]..1AGE TI{Е DRIVЕ sHAE'Ts WHЕN INSTALIING
гIRЕvlAtLs.
a. Inslаl]. right and left firewal]s (1 and 2)' right and ]"еft
forward
drivе shaft сasi.ngs (5 and 6) аnd., for сonfiguration I; 1TI and Iv
firewa]-ls. instaIl bellovrs (з and 4); seсure quiсk releasе fasteners.
b. If requirеdl inst'alt the drive shafts and drive shаft саsinqs (5 and
6) aссording to сhapter 1].,
с. Install flanges on left firеwall pаssage (8) for N2 Telef1ex сable

and сlose quiсk-disсonneсt .
BO 105
сitAPTЕR 64
Pаoё 5
ltЕT.',IсoP тЕRS
l.1вв ,}'ANUAт.
I',IAINтЕNANсЕ I',1BB - в0 105
2' Install сentеr firewall (9l figs. 64-1 thru-..64-4) аs follows:
сAUтIoN TAKЕ сARЕ Noт T0 DAшAGЕ тAIL R0T0R DRIVE SHAгT WrtЕN
INSтAL].,]NG ЕIRЕWAILS.
a. саrefully ]осate сenter firewal]" (9) in Position and sесure it to the

enginе deсk and fоrward and aft firеwalls with quiсk release faste-
b, seсure tail rotor drive shaft shiеld (10) to the сenter wall with
сll ,i
сk rо. ра sр f а steners .
з. Inslall right' and Lеft aft fiгewalls (11 and 12, figs. 64-1 thru 64-4)
with quiсk re]easе fasteneтs.
4. Insрeсt a1l firewalls for security оf installation'
5. ]nstall enginе and transmission сowlings (rеfеr to сhaрter 22).
CAUт]oN снЕск тAIL RoToR DRIVЕ sнA!'т EOR Е.RЕEDOМ oE' l,lovE}{ЕNт Aт
PLAсЕS WltЕRЕ IT PAssЕs тнRoUGlt TltE I'IRЕWALт.S.
}{]NII.IU!4 CLEARANсЕ оЕ. 2.5 l4I.,I Is RЕQUIRЕD BЕTWЕEN sttAЕT AND
F,IRЕWALLS.
B0 105
снAPTЕR 64
MBB нЕLIс0PтERs
l'{AINтвNANсЕ !'{ANUAL мBв . в0 105
Right forward firewall 9 Center firewаl1

Left forward f iret.lаll 10 Tail rotor drivе shaft shie]d
Right engine intаke bеl1ows 11 Right aft f iret.rаll
].ef t engine intakе bеllows \z Left aft firewall
Righl drive shaft сasing IJ с1amр
teft drive shaft сasing 14 Uррer plаte
Lower forward firewaLl 15 Upрer forward firеwall
Pаssage for N2 Tеleflex
сab1e
t'igure 64-1 Еirewal1s . .^nfid'lr2fi^n т
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 64
Pасe 7
tlЕ].,]сOPTЕRs
I'{AINтENANсЕ t'tдшuдr, мвв - B0 105
f-
.l\З
Ц iii
\ \
х\
k
60020з
,] R i.rht
F^rш: r.l rirevla1l 8 Passage for N2 Teleflex сab]e
2 LеtL forwaId firеwa]] 9 сenter firewa]]
1 Riпht AnпinA intake bе]]ovls 10 Tail rotor drive shaft shield
4 т'рft Pnoi nё ,jntake bеllows 11 PiпЬ]- eft f i raьrr11
Б Рi.rьt.lrit,A сh^fl-
^1сihd 72 Lef| aft firеwa]I
6 Left drive shаft сasing 13 сLamp
7 Lower forward firеwall
Еigure 64-2 Е'irеl{alls - Configuration II

B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 64
}lЕLIсoPтЕRs
мAINTЕNANсE I'{ANUAL 14вв - B0 105
A B0 1053 only
A Items 4 and 15 are
secuted together
шith sсrеws; remove
only as an assembly.
Same applies to
item 3.
Aз
\
I
\г.
-*{\.t-
Р.' 's\\ t
\l
I Right. forward firewall 10 Tail rotor drive shaft shiе]d

t teft, forvrard firewall 11 Right aft firewall
3 Right engine intakе be}lопs 1') Т,ef t aft firewall
s teft enginе intakе bellows 1з сlamP
5 Right drive shaft сasing 14 Upper plate
6 Left drive shaft сasing
Lower forward firewаll
Ars Be]lows frame wit'h attaсhed
Y)r nA,I сAmh.I 1'
Arс
7 ,2 e
I Passage for N2 Teleflex сable Right aft fiтewa11

9 Сenter firewal]
Е'lgurе 64-3 Firе}ralls * сonfiguration ТII
BO 105
сHAPтЕR 64
Pасe 9
!.{Bв I{ЕLIсoPTЕRS
мAINтЕNANсЕ IuANuA], мвв - в0 105
Right forward firewal-l 9 сenter firewall

Left forward firewall 10 Tail rotor drive shaft shield
Right enginе intake bellows 11 Riqht aft firеwаll
Left enginе intake bеllows t2 Left aft fireпal]
Rlght drive shafL сasing tJ с]аmр
left drivе shaft сasing Uрper plate
Lоwеr forward firewall lэ Upper forward firewall
Passagе for N2 Telef ]-eх
сab1e
Еigure 64-4 Е'irewalls - сonfigurаtion Iv

B0 105
снAPTER 64
Page 10
сHAPтER
ENGINE OPERATION
AND сoNтRoL
мвв нЕl1сoPTЕRs
!,IAINтЕNANсв !,!ANuAIJ мвв. вo 105
ЕNGINЕ oPERAтI0N AND сoNтRo1
PаrаgraPh тit1e Page
ъэ - .L DвSсRIPттoN - ЕNGINЕ oPЕRAtToN AND сoNтRo], J
TRoUвLЕstlOoт]NG - ЕNG]NЕ 0PERвт10N дND сoNтRoL
bэ - J INsPЕстIo}т - ЕNGINЕ оPЕR]LтIo}l AND сoNтROL '1
ш1 Gas Produсer fuel сonlrol ]-inkagгe 1
65-5 Rigging - N1 qas Produсer fuel сontrol linkage 't
65-6 Rerпoval - N1 gas produсe! fuel сontrol linkаge 10
bэ - r' fnspeсtion and repair. Nl qas produсer fuel сontro] linkage 11 ,i;ii,i,itiir
Installation - N1 gаs produсer fue1 сontrol }inkage 11
t{2 Po}rer tulbine governo! сontlol linkage lo

bэ-lU сheсking and rigging - N2 power turbine governor
срцtlol linkаge Lo
оэ - tl setЕing thё lever pivot radii in аcсordaпсe with the

сovelnor dаtа sheets
setting thе lever angj.e sёttings in aссordanсe wit'h thе
governor data sheets z6
Removal - N2 power turbine govё'nor сontroI Iinkаgе 29
65-14 InsPeсtion аnd rePair . N2 Power turbine governor

?^] 1inlrдпд 33
^.tn*
Dэ - l.э Installation . N2 Power turbine governor сontro]. linkagе JJ
65-16 гunсtional сheсk . N2 aсtuators 35
bэ - 1/ operational сheck and oPеrating range аd;ustпent . N2

govelnor сontrols (duтing ground ruп} з8
r|э - l.б Adjustment . N2 governor сontrols (after test' flight) 4l-
B0 105
снAPтвR 65
p^6ё 112
l{вв нЕъIс0PTЕRs
!,lAтNтЕNANсE !,IANUA], I.IBB - an 1nq
65 - 1 DESсRIPтIoN - ENGINЕ оPЕRдт]oN AND сoNтRol
].. Еngine poweт outPut is primarily a funсtion of the gas produсer speed N1'
Power turbine sрeed N2l оompressor disсharge pressurer and thе fue1 flow.
Еuel flow is сontro]led by the engine fue] сontrol system.
Еaоh engine is furnished with a gas produсer fuel сontrol N1 (right side)
аnd a power turbine governоr N2 (].eft side) . A detailed description of
thе engine fuеl сontrol systerс\ is сoпtained in the ALLISON OPERAT!оN Е
I'IAINтЕNдNсЕ !,!ANUAL .
2, тhe gas Produсer fuel соntrols N1 are oPerated throug:h тelefleх cab]es
from two engine powеr ].evers mounted side-by-side on thе сabin roof. тhe
}evers have threе Positiоns: oгг, IDLЕ, and гlIGIlт, A Power-].ever dеtent
in the IDI,Е Position prevents the power 1evers from belng inadvertant1y
shifted dileсtly frotn oI'E. to Е'LIGltт, or viсe versa.
An additioпal detent in the oE.E. Position is available as oPtionаl
equipnent.
з. With the N2 governоr lever in a given Positionr аn inсrease in the loаd

on the engines' i.e., by uрward movement of the сollесtive рitсh stiсk,
would сauge the N2 RPI'I and, thereforel the rotor RP},l to d!ooр; to
maintain the rotor RP}ll the pilot would hаve to reset the N2 goveтnor
leveг eaсh timё the poпer requirements of the lotor system are оhаnged'
тhis situation is avolded by providiпg eutomatic drooр сompensation,
whereby пovement of the сollect'ive pitch stick is transmitted via a
lever on the hydrauliс unit to thе N2 goveJnor ].evеrs on the engines.
тhe rigging саn b€ adjusted so that the rotor speёd remains relative].y
сoпstant irrespeсtive of the Powe! out'рut denand on the engines,
An eleсtriсally operаted aсtuator' ыhiсh varies, througгh сhanges in its
J.enфh' the сorrеlation betпeеn the сolleсtive рitсh stiсk and the N2
govelnor levers, is installеd in the пeсhaniсal linkagе of eaсh engine.
Ехtension or retrасtion of thе аctuators in the sane dirесЕiоn сaugеs the
speed of both engines to сhаnge in unison within the permissible limits;
movement of the aсtuatols in opPosing direсtions enaЬ.les the load on оne
engine to bе inсreased with a proportional deсrease in lоаd on the other.
тhe aсtuators are сoпtrolled by a four-way trin switсh mountеd оn the
соlleсtive pitсh stiсk. тhe three funсtions of the N2 governor controls
аre as fo}lows:
- to сomPеnsаte for N2 dтoop t{hen Power output deпand on the engines is
inсrёased
- to vаry the power on both engines (torque mat'сhing)
- t^ fr^!'Arпrr N, rт\rn at diffAiAni qт|Dё.l

9v Уv l9д ^
в0 105
сндPтЕR 65
Page 3
flЕЬIс0PTERs
MAINTENANсЕ I,IANUAL l.1вB - B0 105
65-2 тRoUBLЕSIiOoT]NG - ЕNGINЕ OPЕRAT]oN AND сoNTROL
No, TROUBLЕ sYl.,lPT0l"1 PRoBAвLЕ сAUSE сORRЕсTIVЕ AсTION
Power ]evers hаrd Brokеn or frayed Reр.lасe Te]ef]ex сab-].es

to move' or сannot Telefleх сablё wires / r6far ].^ nrre 6Б.d\
bе moved еven]y
Deformed Teleflex Rеmove тelefleх tubes I
tubеs сalibrate tubе diameters
and reinstall tubes (rе fеr
to рaras 65-6' 65-7 and
6q-яl pat^r] r.a i t'A
^ёf^..t
tubes.
Рower-lever dis- Lubriсate sliding surfaсes
engage levers hard of disengage }evеrs t.,ith
to move grease (сl4 10].) .
,a i nА i nп
UдrrvдrrY i{т,1 f 1i.,] Replaсe N1 gas produсer
control sha ft frral nnnl-rnl lrafar t.\
сhaрter 61) .
N]. overspееd naf 6^t i t'a т\т1 .t1с Reр]aсe N1 gas produсer
r!r^/t]lÂ r f 11а,] f 1rA,] t^] / r^f оr t^
^^nt
control to сhaрLel 61) .
N2 ovеrspeеd N1 gas produсеr fuel Replaсe N1 gas produсer
сontrol defёсt ivе fllo l соntrоi (rёfАr |6
сhapter 61) .
N2 рower turbine RAn,] r.A \т? d^!'A rn

^
t
ft^t'arn^т '.lоf A^1- i t'A l t^f^r t^ .hrn].аr 61\
тab]e 65-1 Troublеshootlng (1 ot J)
B0 105
CitAPTЕR 65
Page 4
мвв IlEL]сoPтЕRs
}IAINтЕNANсЕ l4ANt,Al },lвв - B0 105
тRoUBI.ЕsнOOтING ( сont inuеd)
No. TROUвLЕ sY},'Pтol.{ PRoвAвlЕ сAUSE сoRBЕстIVЕ дсTION
4 Id].e spеed too Nl gas Produсer Cheсk meсhaniсal J.inkage

high or too low fuel сontro]. betv,een power lever аni N1
linkage inсor- fuel сontrol fоr сorreсt
reсt].y rigged rigging and rеadjust as
necessary (see para 65-5) .
Gas Produce! fuel сorreсt the idle adjusttтrent

сontrol idle ad- setting on N1 fuel сontrol
justment not pro- (refer to AIIISON
perly sеt oPЕRдтIoN AND I4AINтЕNANсЕ
r.tANUA!) .
ма1funсtioning Replaсe tachometer

taсhoпeter generator (refer to сhaptеr
generator 61, Еngine dismantling
/build-up) .
ioning
!,1а1funсt Reрlасe tасhometer
tachоmeter indiсator (тefer tо Chapter
indlсator 91) .
5 Еngines traсk Binding in the N2 Perform friсtion test (refer

unevenly in torque сontrol linkage to Para 65-15) .
/.i e.
1r. ^ !^--.^ ^.1 :д )
соrque sprrс
when slow powеr N2 оontrol сhесk N2 contro]. linkаge for
сhаnges are mаde )inkаge inсor- сolreоt rigging аnd reidjusс
reсt1y rigged as required (refer to para
65:10 ) .
Po}'erturbine Reрlaсe one of the gover-

governor 1nсon- nors (refe! to сhapter 61)
Pаtibility; ad- It's reрlaсemеnt sha1t be сom-
.
justment of the pаtible with the retained

lever pivot radij. governor.
does not сorreсt
the сondition
таb1e 65-1 Tloubleshooting {2 of з)
БU lUэ
LnAr r!,к Dэ
Pаqe 5
},,1Bв tlЕI]тсoPTЕRs
!,IAINтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL I',1вв - B0 10 5
--_
тR0Uв1,ЕsH00T]NG (сontinued)
No. TRoUвI,E SYMPTO}.{ PROвAвLЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIVЕ Aст10N
6 Еngines LIaсk Air trapped in сhесk whether an Nl sр]it,

unevenly in torque torquemetеr Iinеs or a сhangе in the N1
(i.е' torque split) split, also oссurs during
when rаpid power power сhanges. If both N]'
сhanges are made at rрm indiсations move
between 30t and synсhronous].y during power
79t 0 on grouр т сhanges, ventllate the
hеliсoptеrs and torquemeteг line of thе
between 30t and instrument WiLh the slowеr
86* Q on grоuР]I rеading. Reреat сheсk.
he1iсopters
(rеfer to Table Мalfunсtioning Test b1eed соntrol valve
65-2\ сompressor bleed on both engines or rеplaсe
сontrol valve the bleed сontrol valve in
aссordanсе with the
ALLISoN OPЕRATION AND
}.IAINтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL .
Air leaks 1n the lsolate and eliminate

рneumatiс 1ines leaks.
betvreen the еngine
аnd N1 gas рroduсer
fuel сontro1, аnd
between the N1 gas
рroduсеI fuеl сontrol
аnd the N2 роwеr
turbine governor
N2 сontrol сhесk N2 сontrol llnkage
.rrr .n-rё.t riопinп аn6[
l inkаoe inсоr-eсf1v
rigged rеadjust as requirеd (refer
to para 65-10).
turbine
Po!'iе.r ]f N1 sp]it aпd torque
govеrnor inсom- sP]iЕ oссur simu]taneously
рatibility and correсtive асtion has
not improved Lhе сondition.
Reр1aсe the aрpropriate
governor (refer to
Chapter 61) .
тab]e 65-1 Troubleshooting (3 of 3)
B0 105
CIIAPTЕR 65
I.1BB ]lЕЬIсoPTЕRs
I'.IAINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAL мBB - в0 105
t"lоde1 мode1 мode1

D
B0 105 A B0 ].05 с23 в0 105 D в0 105 сS

heliсopters B0 105 с-2 в0 l05 Ds в0 105 сs-2
в0 105 сDN
GrouР ]I в0 105 сB B0 105 Dв B0 105 свs
he1iсopters BO 1nq гe-' B0 105 Dв-4 в0 105 свs-2
BO 105 сDN-B в0 105 Dвs Bo 105 сDN-BS
в0 105 сB-4 B0 105 Dвs-4 в0 105 сBs-4
в0 105 с/сB.4 в0 105 s/сBs-4
BO 105 сDN-в-4 B0 105 сDN-BS-4
Table 65-2 Grouping of hellсopters with refеrenсe to troub]eshootinq

and adiusttnents
B0 105
сItAPтBR 65
€Р,няРoo.-. MAINТЕNАNсЕ MANUАL Bo 105
65 - з lNsPEстloN . ЕNG|NЕ oPERAт|oN AND сoNтRoL

1. visua|ly inspeоt N1 gas рroduсer controls for genera| оondition.
2. lnspeсt engine power levers on the overheаd сonso|e for ease of movement aпd сorreоt engagement. Ахia|
p|ay must not eхсeed 0.25 mm.
3. Press bоth power.|ever disengage |evers (1, figure 65-.l ) oп overhead сonso|e upward and cheсk that the
power |evers are proрer|y disengaged and thatthe disengage |evers return automatical|y to their рark posi.
tions.
4. |пsрeоt visible sections of Тe|ef|ex сab|es in the N1 gаs producer aпd N2 power turbine contro| |inkаgеs
for condition, seсure attachment and ease of movement'
a. Ifthere is roughnеss or binding, remove N1 тele{leхсab|es рer parаgraph 65-6 аnd insрeсt for сondjtion
per рaragraph 65-7.
b. lfthere is roughnessorbinding, remove N2тeleflex сabIes per paragraph 65- 19 and iпspectforcondition
per paragraph 65-20.
5. lnsрect quiоk-disconnects (52, Figure 65-з aпd 17, Figure 65-8) of N1 gas produсer fuel control |iпkаge
and ot N2 power turbins governor сontrol linkags for coпditioп, meсhaпiсa| damage and wear and сheсk
тefleХ сab|es in quiсk.disсonпeоt for axial p|aУ.
a. open quiсk-disсonnect (bayonet soсket)'
b. тurn asjde the two ciaws in ouiсk-disconneсt.
c. Visua||y insрoоt quick-disоonпect. |f there is mechaniоa| damаge or Wear, reрlaоe quiсk.disconneсt
i.a.w. Section 65-6 and 65-8 or 65-13 and 65- 15.
d. оheckontheоoппeсtion рointofthetwo теfleХcabIes in thequiсk-disсonneсtwhetherthereis exоessive
aхia|play. тo do so, movothetwoТef|eх cab|es baсk andforth in aхialdireоtion. Aхiа|p|аyonthe сonneс.
tion point may not exсeed 0.з mm.
If aхia| p|ay exсeeds thё pormissib|e limit' reрIace Тeflex сab|es i.a.W. seсt]on 65-6 and 65-8 or 65-13
and 65- 15.
e. If aхia|рlay ofтeflexсabIes in the qUick-disоonneоt is Withiп ths permissible Iimits and the quiсk-disсon-
neоt shows no signsofdamage, cIoseclaws and, WhiIe doing so, ensurethat cIawstightIysurгoUпdТefleХ
оabIe.
f. сloseqUiсk-disconneсt.
6. |nspect spheriсa| bearings in the trim aоtuato] rod ends for roughness aпd evidenсe of сorrosion.
7. Funсtionally сheсk trim aсtuators (refer to paragraрh 65-22).
8. |nspect Nl and N2 сontrol linkаges for Wear, condition aпd seоure аttachmeпt.
65 - 4 NI GAs PRoDUсЕR FUЕLсoNтRoL L|NкAGE

65 - 5 сHEсKING AND RIGG|NG . N1 GAs PRoDUCER FUЕL сoNтRoL L|NKAGЕ
1 . Flemove left engine aft оowling (rыer to сhapter 22) and oрen right engine access door.
NoтЕ тhe N1 gas producer fuel contro| must be rigged in aссоrdanоe with the A||ison oP-
ЕRAтloN AND IЙA|NтЕNANсЕ мANUAL'
2. s|owly return the engine power |evers (2' figure 65- 1}from the FL|GHт position to thе |DLЕ deteлt рosition.
With the power levers in the IDLЕ рosition, the pointers on the gas producer fue| оontro| quadrants must
beрositioned eХacl|yonthe 30. mark. |fasetting adjustment is required, removeсottвr pin (10, figure65-2)
and nut (7) and detaсh the angle joint (3) from the gas produсer fuel сontro| lever.
з. Baсk offjamnut (4) and rotate ang|e joint (3) one or more turns in the required direсtion (one tuгn is equiva.
|entto Фprox. '1.з mm) then reinstal| ang|e Joint.
Page 7
@*нярopteг MA|NтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
4. тhe l€Vsr stoP arm must bottоm outonthe mахimum and minimum speed stoрsofthe Nl fuelсопtro|Wheп
the power levers are moved to thoir respectivв eпd positions. |n the end positioпs the insoection holвs ln
the sliding s|eeves must be b|oоked by tho swivel assemb|ies within them. тhe power levers must be
approximate|y paгal|el to eaоh other in the oFF position.
Ё' 'I Disengаge IeVers

;, Power levers
: Siiding s'eeves
Swivel assemblies
Figure 65-,1 Rigging - Nl gas produоer fue| contro| linkage (cabin roo0
оl.iAPTER )
Revision 24
Page I
мвв цЕт т.^Dтт!D e
мAINтЕNдNсЕ MANUAL }.rвB - в0 105
J. :-@--
1 Nut
2 N1 fuel control levеr
3 Angle joint
4 .]aпnut
6 Pointer тhreads must be visible and block

7 Nut the insPeсtion hole
8 Washеr
9 Bushing With рowe! J.ever in Е.LтGHT рosition,
10 сotter pin the insPeсtiоn hole must be bloсked
11 Swivel assembly by thе swivеl assembly
With power lever in 0ЕЕ' position,
there nust be сlearanоe bеtlteen
sJ.iding sleeve аnd swivel assenbJ.y
Еigure 65.2 Rigging - N1 gas Produсer fuel сontrol linkage

(at сonneсtion to engine )
вo 105
сIIAPтЕR 65
мBB IlЕLТсoPтЕRs
}4AINтЕNANсЕ !.,IANUAL l.,1вB . B0 105
5. Tf the angle joint сannot be adjust'ed suffiсiently, loosen nut (1) оn thе
thrоttle shaft until the N]. gas produсer lеver (2} сan bе rotated. Мovе
the lever one serration (15. sPасing) in the desirеd direсtionl then
tighten the nut. сorreсt exсessive adjustmenl Lo еither side by
perfоrming steps 2. аnd з.
6. Chесk thе N1 fuel сontrol rigging for looseness. (Thе ]DLЕ position must
be сorreсtly adjusted beforehand aссording to steps 2, and 3., and. if
neсessary, step 5.). Slowly raise the power ]evеrs from the Oгг to the
]DLЕ рosition. The gas Produсеr fuel сontrоl pointer musL not be morе
than 2 тшn below the 30o mark. If this seLting is exсeeded, eliminаte
looseness,' replaсе Tеlеf]ex сable if neсessaly.
1, Lubriсate sliding surfaсes with grease (с}4 101) .
8. Install left engine сowling (refer to сhapter 22| and сtose the right
еnqinе aссess door.
65 - 6 Remova]. - NJ. gas produсer fue} сontroJ. linkаge
1. Remove ёngine сowling (Iefer to сhaрter 22) .

Rеmove prot.eсtive p]ate from the tandem hydrau]iс unit to obtain aссess
to the lеft engine and remove the сenter and afL firewal.I.s.
2' Unsсrew and remove hand knobs from the powеr lеvеrs and powеr-]ever
dlsеngаnge levers. Remоve the fairing from the рor,ler lever asseпфly by
opening the quiсk-release fasteners. UnsсrеW overhead раnel and a]low to
fold down.
з. Rеmove lockwire fтom сollet (5' figuте 65-З), thеn unscrеw jamnut (4) and
сollel (5) .
4. Remove сottеI рin (з) and wlthdraw bort (11} . Dеtaсh сIеvis (12) from
powеr (]') . Rеmovе sliding slеevе (6) from тelеfleХ сablе (18) by
levеr
rоtating t'he сlevis (12) (Lн thread) .
5. 0реn quiсk-dis conneсt (52) аnd disengagе Teleflex сables (18 and 55) from
eaсh othеr , then with draw тe1ef1ex сablе (18) from quiсk.disсonneсt .
6. Unsсrеw сlamping sсrеw (68) . Rеmove сottеr pin (6З), nut (62) and washer
. Disсonneсt
(64) аngle joint (67) from gas produсer leveI (66) . таke саre
to rеtain bushing (65) .
1. Unsсrew anglе joint (6?) Lоgеther wilh sliding sleeve (69) from Teleflex
сable (55) (LH thrеad) . Pull тelefleх сab1е (55) out of quiсk-dis сonneсt
(52).
8. Remove loсkwires from swive] assernbly (61) and сlamрing niрplеs (56l 53) .
Unsсrew and removе сlamping nipples (56 and 53); rеmove Telef]eх tube
(54).
9. Removе jamлut (59),. remove sтalivel аssemb].y (61).
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 65
Раoe L tl
ЕURocoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANOЕ МANUAL вo 105
.10'
tlemove flange (51)with seal (50) from firewа|l passage.
11. Remove screws (41' 34)' washers (42' 35)' c|amps (43' 36) aпd spaоеrs (44. з7}. on the |eft rnglnе'
remove sс.ews (45' з4}' washers (46' 35)' оlamps (47'36)and spаcers (48, 37).
12. Remove lockwire from tube сonnector (32). Unscraw and remove clamрing nipр|es (33 and 49) from tUbe
conпeоtor (32) and quiоk.disconneсt (52) resрeоtivоly. Draw lube (38) foгward aпd remove.
1з. Remove оlamp (30) by unsсrewing aпd removing sсrвw (29)' washer (40) aпd spaсer (39) and detaсh tube
c|amр (26) by removing sсrew (24) and washer (25). UnsсrвW tube сlamp (26) halves only if ТelefIex tube
(22) is to be replаced With a пeW oпe.
14. Unsсrеw аr]d remove tUbe сonnector (32) from сlamping пipp|e (31 ). Removв с|аmps ('l5) bу Unsсrewing
аnd removing sоrews (13) and sрaсers ('l4) or screws (.13A) and washers ('14A), as aррliсаblе'
15. Flemovе loсkwi16 from tube оoпneсtor (20). Unscrew and remove clamping nipр|e (21) from tube оonneоtor
aпd remove тeleflex tube (22}'
.16.
Rеmova loоkwire irom с|amping nipp|e (16)' UnsсrвW and rеmove с|ampiпg nipple (16) from swivеl
аssembly (9). Remove reinfоrciпg p|atвirom overheаd panеland Withdraw тe|efleх tube (17). lf neeessary,
Unsсlew tцbe сoпngсtor (20) from сlamping nipple (19)'
17' Remove loclФirв from swivrl ass6mb|y (9) and remove swivel assemb|y (9).
65 - 7 |nspoсtloп and ropair - Nl gas prodцсor luol control |inkage
1 . Remove greasв from тelof|ex cables, then iпspёсt тeloflex cables for Wear, broken or frayed wires, and l
damaged То|eflex сables. Lubriсаle reusable тe|ef|eх сab|es With grease (сМ 102) at
iТi;ilil;:"o.."" l
2. !nspect тeleflex tubes for deпts and kinks' rep|aсe de'ormed Telefleх tubes.
3. Inspeсt s|iding sleeves аnd swivel аssernblies for eхterna| damagв and de|ormation, rcp|aco il damagёd.
65 - 8 |пsta||at|on - N1 gаs рroducor |u6l coпtro| |lnkage
,!. |nstal| swive| assemb|y (9, figure 65.3), but do not tightвп sсrows (в) at this time.
2. |nstali тele'lex tube (17) with either sсrev/s (,'3)аnd spaсe.s ('4) or screws ('3А) and washers (14А), as
app|iсable, and clamps (15}. sсlewсlamping nipр|es (16 or.l9)into swiveIasdembty (9) аnd tUbe сonnector
(20) respeсtive|y' Do not tighten sсrews and с|amping пipples at this time.
Page '1
1
Mвв !tЕlIсoPTЕRs
l.1дINтЕNANсЕ !,1ANUA! l.lвв
1 Po}'er leverз 49 сlarпping niPp}e

2 Washer эU 5еa1
3 сotter pin 504 Disk
4 .]а]пnut 51 !.lаnge
52 Qui ck-disconnect
4 qli.lin^ alaarr6 53 Clamping nipple
? washer 54 тelef].eх tube
8 sсrew 55 тeleflex саb]e
9 Swivel assgпb}y 56 с}Цnping niрРIe
10 spacer 5? sсlew
58 !{asher
12 Uj-evLS 59 Jamnut
13 sсrew 60 Screw
1зA sоrew 61 swivel asselrфly
L4 spaсer 62 Nut
144 Washer 4? a^+i6r nin
15 сlапP 64 Washe!
16 Claпрing nipрle 65 Bushing
1'.7 тelёflex t'ube 66 Gas produсer lever
18 тelefle). сab}e 6? Angle jolnt
].9 сlапpiпg niPPle 68 Clamping screw
20 Tube conneсtor 69 Sliding sleeve
21 сlamрing nipp}ё ?0 вraоket
22 тeleflex tube 71 Nut
23 Sсrew
24 sсrerg
25 Washer
25 тube claпр
27 Washеr
28 Nut
lУ sсrew
30 Clanp j
?.] n] aЙh n.r ni rll.\1 A
з2 тube сonnector
?? a'1.fthi nd ninnla
34 Screw
35 Washer
36 Clamp
з1 lTд1of
Spacer
1R 1av t rr}io
39 spaсef
40 шasher
41 sсrew
42 liasher
43 Clamp
44 sрaсe!
45 sсrev'
46 пasher
4? сlamр
48 sPасe!
Еiщre 65.3 Nl 9аs Producer f,uel сontrol linkage - re!пoval and

installatioп (1 of 2}
в0 105
сIiAPTЕR 65
Page 12
а
F-
цJ
o
чllll
Е $g€
Ч_-*
Ъ".-к ЁoРd}s
O o 3ъ 3
ldд
rl J
t-.
щ
а
хю h3 a t--
ш
o
tl
qll П
ll
q II
ti
T q@*-*ё
-'Ji 0s *._--\\ *
JJT
-^
I
,(;,
lЦ 9--b \fl)
Ё
I
j
]
tw Фry\я).D__.
Ё g*.--q lYq
|Ф-
в
\,
,.\ ,z
-Ф
z
,,/--\
{P--ъ/ 9\.а
й
).E
s-9 ,'"
=
6
t.t,' ч
,/ P
A7-' ,-='\..'." -E
чР\ I,/ Ф
)ali\\ { ,l *i
I*Ф I \
}4BB нЕI.,]сoPтЕRS
IIIAINтЕNдNсЕ !,1ANUд! }.IвB - вo 105
з. Attaсh Tеlef}ex tube (22) to саbin reаr wall with sсrew (24), washer
(25) anс tube сlапp (26} and vrith sс!еw (29) , washer (40) с1аmp (з0) and
spaсer (39} ; hand-tighten sсrews' Sсrew сlampiпg nipples '(21 аnd 31)
hand-tight into tube сonneсtors (20 аnd 32) resРeсtively. sea]. tube сlamр
(26) аnd сabin reаr wall with sea].inq сompound (с!.1 661) .
4. Guide the Teleflех tube (з8), wj-th the claпPing niPPle (49) leading,
through the firewalI Passage; sliр flange (51) аnd seаl (50) оver it end
sсrew the сouPling half of the guick-disсonneс't (52) onto it. тighЕen
сlanping nipрle (49) and seсurё it with loсkwire'
5. Install сIапp (З6) to сabin rear wa].} with sсrew (з4), washer (35) and
spaсer (3?) ; insta]l сlanp (43) on engine deсk with sсrew (41), }rasher
(42) and spaсer (44) . Insta}l с1amps (4?) on engine deсk of lef! еngгine
with sоrеws (45), washers (46) and sрaсers (48) .
6. Secure f).ange (51) аnd seal (50) in p1aсe шith sсrews (57) and wаshers
(58).
7. Sсrew the сlamрing nipples tightly into tube сonneсtors (20' з2) and
swivel asseпbry (9) . Tighten sсrews (8) in swivel assemb1y (9) аnd safety
with loсkпire. тighten the сlaпрs.
8. lubriсate Telefleх сable (18) with grease (сМ ]'02) аnd insert iс through
l-Ь6 ^nan mli лL-А,i ё^^nnрсt t52l . тhrРаd idinп с1aarrд /6\ ^nt^ т6']a.lex
s.]
cable by lotating the с1evis (12). },lake сertain that the теlefleх cаble
is visible in the insрeсLion hole оf the sliding sleeve (6) .
9. сonnесt сlevis (12) to Poweт ]ever (1) with bolt (11) but do not insert
сotter pin. мove Poweт levers tо IDLE pоsition'
10. Install swivel аssenbly (61) on braсket (70) and seсure with loсkwire'
11. сonnесt Telefleх tube (54) to сoupling half of quiсk-di sсonnесt (52) and
to swivel esseпфly (61) . lubriсate теlefleх сable (55) with grease
(сl..l 102) and insert into thё open quiоk-disсonneсt . сonneсt тe].eflex
сables together and сlose the quiek.disconneсt .
12. Sсreш angle joint (6?) onto the тelefleх сable so that the pointer
leaсhes the 300 mark when thе anglе joint is сonneсtеd to thе gas
produсer lever.
13. Rig N1 fue1 сoпtrol linkage in ассordanсe with paragraph 65-5.

14. тighten сlanрing sсrelr (68) . тighten nut (62) and seсure With оottеr pin
(6з) .
15. Tighten сlаmрing nipp].es (53 and 56) and 1осkъ'ire them,
BO 105
сI{APTЕR 65
Pаoe .l5
!4BB нЕL]сoPTЕRS
!,IAINтЕNANсE мANUAT, !4вв - Bo 1 0 5
16. тigbten сollet (5) and j aлnut (4) and seсure Wj.th lосkwire; seсule bolt
(11) with сotter pin (3).
17. ]nstall reinforcing рlate and fairing оn power ]ever asseпbly. гold uP
аnd seсure overheаd panel. Install the hand knobs on the engine рower
levers and power-lever disеngagе levers.
18. on сompletion of work on lёft еngine. iпstaIl the ploteсtive plаte on
the tandеm hydraullс unit and install the center аnd afL firеwalls (refer
to сhаPter 64) . Install engine сow],ing (rеfer to сhaрteт 22) .
65 - 9 N2 Power turbine gоvernor сontrol linkage
65 - 10 Chесking and rigging - N2 power turbine governor control ].inkage
speсial tool :
нydrau].iс ground uпit
1. Remove enginе сowling (теfеr to сhapter 22} .
2. Еnsure that hydrauliс unit and flight сontro1s are properly rj"gged befоre
proоeeding.
3. сonneсt аnd srritch on ехt'ernal Power sourсе (rеfer to сhaРtеr 92) '
4, соnnёct hydrau1iс ground unit to systeтn I and apply Pressure.
5. l,love сО]]eсtive piссh stiсk Lo full down (flat рitсh) position and engаgе
stick detent.
6. If disсonnected, connect rod ends (2, figure 65-5) to fork lever (1).
сheсk for сlearancе of at least 1 пEп between sliding slеevе аnd swivel
assemb}y; if сlearanсe is less, disсonneсt rod ends (2) from fork levеr
(1) . Rlq the тelefleх сables bу adjusting the rod ends оn the sliding
s]eeves (6) . сonneсt lod еnds to fork lever (1} but do not seсule them at
this timё.
.7. Disengage сolleсtive рitсh stiсk detent and slowly raise stiсk to full up
positiоn. While raising the stiсk, сheck for freedo]п of movement through-
out thё entire сontrоl linkage' тhe inspeсtion holes in thе sliding
s}oevёs must be blocked by the swivel аssetnblies when the сolleсEive
Pitсh sliсk is in full up Position.
БU .LUэ
сI{APтЕR 65
Paqe 1b
нEL]с0PтЕRs
l.lAINтЕNANсЕ I''IANUAL !,lBB - B0 105
1 Eork lever
2 Spring
3 Sliding sleеvе
4 Rod end
0n grouр II heliсopters (refer Lo table 65-2)'

conneсt the rod ends to the upper hole
N2 power turbinе governor сontrols - connесtion

Lo hydrauliс uni с
8. Make sure that' the N2 сontrol linkagе simultaneous]y follows сo]]eсtive

*iь^t'
РrLull
,l .*..l.^ Ь''.r^''l1'
rtlуuL. w.y оlvwд)i rэiqinс tha r.n],]antirlоЕ nitch
laд.fttY t,дLg'l
qtiсk froп the ful].
dor+n рosition' тhe N2 governor levers must bеgin to move bеfore the boost
piston in the hydrauliс unit' has trave]]ed moге than 5 шn. They must
follow boost piston travе] in either direсtion. with the return movement
аlso setLing in before boost pj.ston Lravе] еxсeеds 5 пtтп.
llowеver' the N2 governor Levers are not slaved to thе сol]eсtive pitсh
stiсk over its entirе travel range. Slaving ends When the boost piston is
in approхimatelУ Lhe uрpеr third of its stloke.
в0 105
CнAPTЕR 65
I"1Bв
,l.lЕL]с0PTЕRs
MATNTЕNANсЕ I.jANUAL l'1вB - B0 105
If thе N2 governor levеrs dо not fol]ow to the desсribed extеnt, Lhere is

too muсh friсLion in the сontrоl linkagе. In this сasе, insрeсt Teleflex
сab1es for binding in aссordanсe wj.th para 65-15 and take remedial aсtion
эс тaсrli rarl
9. Мeasure the trave] of the Te]eflex сables conneсted to the engine by

moving the сolleсtive рitсh stiсk from thе full down to the full up
position. Travе] shou.Ld be at Iеast 29 mm (see figure 65-5). If less,
сheсk ]inkage for freedom of movement and Teleflеx сablеsl bearings and
bе}lсranks for рlay. Pе.rform сorтeсtive aсtion as nесеssary.
10. With Lhе сolleсtivе pitсh stiсk ful] down, сheck Lhat the inspесtion hole
in Te1ef1еx сable (21) is аt least half сovered.
,l
1 тf thё incnA.ti^n h.\,lA in Ta1дf]av .^Ь1A l?1\ iс.]acc th^n h^,]f пnllдrд,,i
shorten Lhе еffeсtive lengt.h of тe]efleх сablе (7) as fo]lows:
a. Open qu iс k -di sсonneсt so t'hat Te]ef]ex сab.te (?) сan bе rotated.
b. Disсonneсt rod еnds (2) from fork lеver (1).
с. т'oоsрn iаmn]1t (4.| rr^ ^^].6t /Бl qь^rt^n тP]Рf'Px vЧvA9 ll1 hv
саl^1e rl/ v-l rota-
ting it сount'erс loсkwi s e (one turn equafs 2.5 mm) into the sliding
sleeve. Retightеn сollet (5) and jаmnuL '
'(4)
d. сonnесt and seсure rod ends (2) t'o fork lеvеr {1) .
12. Bасk off jаmnut (20)' then bend oрen tabwasher i23) and unsсreh' Te].ef].еx
саbIe (2].) from rod end (19) . Togеthеr with a neq tabwasher, sсrеw
Te].ef leх сab]e (21) int'o rod end (19), but do nol safеty at this t'imе. If
nесеssary. rotаte те]eflеx сab]e (21),].|-+..
so thаt Lhe сLaws smoolh]y engage
ua J 9vrl:lсL L, I.ь^n
in iЬд пtrin]с-îe^^nnё^| Lrrrrr UlvDЕ
^,l^.^ rсrLuЕI.
1з. Repeat steр 10. сheсk.

14. l,Iove сo]leсt'ivе pitсh stick to ful1 down and loсk in this роsitlon.
Position the bellсranks on both engines as shown; dimеnslon must equa] to
15 + 0.2 птn. oLherwise adjust rod end (19) as neсessary. Tightеn jаmnut'
and sсrеW with tabwasher (23).
15. Rеtraсt aсLuаLor by pressing рi1ot.s four-wаy sr,lit,сh forward t'o INсR.
16. Cheсk that сеnter-to -сеntе r distanсe bеt'Weеn aсtuator bеarings
сorrеsРonds uo dimension shown in figuIe 65-5; adjust as nесessary.
Observё сondition of insрeсtion ho]es in adjusting sрindle {1]) '
1?. гor A}lison 250-c20lС2aB series enginеs r.lith Bendix power turbinе
govеrnors:
set Рivot radius (R) of governor ]evеr (12) at 56 r 0.5 mm.
0n grouр II hе]iсoрters (refеr to Lab]e 65-2)' set рivoL' rаdius (R) аt 6]
t 1 mm. These radii arе rouqh sеtLinqs.
B0 105
сHAPTER 65
yaoе lt
.1
l--
lll
o
(u
()
Ф
б]э
бlJ
Ф
Ф
o
Фo;' .а
-l
(, p. Ф
E
рЦq,
Ф>
+t
ФЕ
(r.' Ф
\lJг.
l-// /
,,.,1lх
' _l_
бl
o
с!
(н
o
z--\\'*
,' \\ ol
(\I (N
Ф Ф
!r tr
\ ll
{Е trr
I
.гt
...1
>lФ
\i (l,
Ф
(u
q,
'1
дa)
E>
е
\_---- --il rrХр 2 Фo

Фe
'r ----r -i
(.l .-i
o-d .t, Ё
б
I
L)a Е1 Х r.|
tl
Ф
o
о
р
o
Ф
a.
()
--t
р..l
nt5 Ф
]JЕ
rJЧ c.4
nlФ
с, >l
EE
+t
r]Ф
Фo
Фo бo
оtр
('l -р
.аФ 'нФ
t,'Aр
ФЁ'а .-l O
!do
) a(o5
{
o
{
)
)
t'|
с{
.-l
o
'1J рoФ
(4--l .Q
Ё
'-l
fE' р
o o{J Е
.{ 0J l4 з
Ф o.5
..ч -rJ ra E
0
.ri
rtl Е .Ф
гл q) r-]ът
0,сФс). l.r
t]*r .Q.oJ4 Е
тJ O ldo
o rr Фб о .-!
o Ф)4 oЁ-l .o |J
o э()Ч.aрO
._i Ео trФ
a''1 р (l) .J Ё >i |o Фl
U .o '.l .-.| р]
Ф >-ivt
I
-----"-_-l
р
(u
с) ч".| с,, {б .с .o
O, -l -l lJ u O
.зidоoolr
н Ф.с.е р сn o
Е: >l
--l
\г -i
о.Е Ф
нХ$Ф
с'..icФ Фd
o,с € lt б >grl)
(Jo Еiхн Ф ..l oJ4
.tJ б o ..l .1,
(!' р r-.l lJ.н U
.; }OфlJ
- O Ё5
q{ o Oрo
tD Ф On
{m
б ,с O
.бг'].oltl .a J{ ..l
Ё"lр .{ с,
.Q
.?\ \'
Ф Ф н Ф(J ЧрQ o '1 (/)
ЧOd o.
>-l lDр Ф E р{бoo oэ o(4Ф
> lв .> .д..l
F.]
Ф.a
(d lr Ф н Ч o rl Jl(d .l, И q-{ 'l ..1 д A a c.Q
Ф tr 5 .aр .н
r] Ф"-]Oo.lнoЁ{o} Ord ЕЕ: o d> 5 Е р
Ф -QФJJс)ЕЁ д1 l] .r] o (, o.Q с, Ф
> э Хdlrtal]нrrE(,oor] с хрa) l/) р р. ..] Е-G 5
o15 дtлФ5o зФ16э Фс.с б'б Ф {-J lJ '.t р Е
.lсррр A.l lJ Ё {, > Ё > Ф lr d ..r r.] c р .-l i6 и} Ё Ф.с tr () o) х
I
o, F 5 o tJ -.{ ч.{ o lr .] o Ч o 0}o.бOФ5цrн б (,) } бl..] с, rr б .с {/)
}4вв llЕLIсoPтЕRs
!.IAINтЕNANсE мANuAt I,lBв - Bo 105
, !.or Allison 250-c20 /c20B sеlies enginet with сEсo power turbine gover-
set pivot radius (R) of governor lever (9) at value determined using the
power turbine governor datа sheet, (rеfer to paragraph 65.11) . If rhe
governor data sheet is not avаilаblе, set pivot radius at 56 t 0.5 rrrп.
Eor Allison 250-C18 series enginesl
set govelnor lever pivot radius аt 56 t 0.5 пЕn.
18. Set governor lever angle as follows:

a. Е'or A11isоn 250-с18 series engines:
Position governor lever stop arm so that the pointer is сenterei
between мIN and l4Aх. тhis is a preliminary setting which may have to
be adjusted afler ground сheсk-running the engine (rеfer to paтagraph
oэ-.l. /, .
Obtain rough setting by making adjustments at the radial serrations

on the governor levёr shaft' A fine settingl which is usually
required, is obtained by adjusting thе thread engagemеnt of rod end
16) аnd adjusting splnd1e (17) . observe сondiвion of inspection ho1es
in adjuзting spindle (17) .
b' For 250-C20 /C20B series engines with сЕсo and вendix governo.rs:
тhe сЕсo govelnor (11) shaft and levеr (9) have 25 and 24 rаdial
serrations respeсtively. Aссordingly' the double serrated washеr (10)
interрosed between them hаs 24 radial serrations on the levеr sidе
аnd 25 on the governor shaft side. This arrangemеnt Peпdts the lever
to be moved in 0.6-degree inсrеments rеlаtive to the shaft.тhe вendiх
governor (13) shaft and lever (12) havё 24 and 25 radia] serrаtions
rеspeсtivelУ. The double serrated wаsher interposed beсween thrn is
identiсаl to the one on the CECO governor. гine setting: rotate
doub]e serrа|ed l,аsher (10) relative to governo! shaft and lever.
With oпe serrаtiоn equivalent to 0.60, five serrations алount to а 3o
сhange in angle' which is equivalent Lo аPРloхiпately lt change in
N2 rpm.
о. r.or 250-C20/C20B series enginеs with CЕCo governor:
seЕ quadrant and shаft assembly (22) at 60o + 2o by adjusting the
selratеd washer (10) oт set at the value determined in accordаnсe
with paragraрhs 65-11' and 65.12'
d. Еot 250-C20 /С20B series engines with Bendiх governor:
Position lever stoP аrm (14) зo thаt the Pointer is сentered beLween
t'lIN and МAХ. This is e preliminary sёtting whiсh may have Lo be
adjustёd after ground сheсk-running thо engine (refer to parаgraph
b э-1 / l .
19. Check for freеdom of movemeпt of N2 сontrol linkage аs follows:

!,tove сolleсtive pitсh stiсk though the ful] range of rravel with thе N2
aсtuаtоr fully retrасted. then with the aсtuator ful]y extеnded. l"lake
sure that the Д4Ax aпd }1IN stoрs аrе not сontасted аnd that N2 асtuаtor
doеg not interfere with the N2 governoт lever or with t'he lever shaft and
surпounting пut. Dо not set lever pivot radius at less than 39 mг.l or at
less than 45 ппn on aсtuatотs with supprеssоr unit.
вo 105
сllAPтЕR 65
Рagе z5
!,tвB IIЕLIсoPтЕRS
!.IAINтЕNANсE !.lANUA], t{вв - в0 105
65 - 11 setting lever рivot laфi irt aссordаnсе with the governо! data
sheets
NoTЕ Paragraph 65.11 aPplies only to the сЕсo gove!пor.
1. тo aссomPlish rough lever Pivot radius settings on Phase 1 N2 govеrnors

using the govrrnor dаta sheetg, рroceed as fоllowsi
Phase 1 N2 goverпors сEсo PlN AI,LISoN P/N
104100A1 68?5654с
104100A1 6875654D
104100A2 6876678A
104100Aз 6876198
104100A3 68?6798A
104100A3' 68?6?988
1041.00Aз 6876798с
104100A4 687'154з
104100A5 6851з8?
а. Using the datа froп the Allisoп data sheet, determine thё differenсe
, in gPeed (d) for the governor by subtraоting the sрёсified sPeed
settiпg at 210 ].b/hr governo! fuеl f1oтl flon |he spеоified sрeed
setting at 100 lb/hr governor fuel floтr. 4200 is the referenсe speed
setting and is equivalent to 1008 N2 RP!{,
!.or eхаmPle, d = 150 RPl't
b. Refe! to thе data. sheet for power lеver (shaft) gаin ngn (determines
thё effeсt of lёvёr ang].e setting on N2 rpв) fo! the governo! ' гor
дvаmn]a ' = 16 RP!4 pеr degree of ].еver angle.
c, Determinе the lever pivot radius fo! the асtuator-to-levеr сonneсtion

on both engines, using the following formula:
1000 xg
в =.....: (пвn}
d+126
126 = known positive 3* аdvanсe in RP!.l from ground run at 20t torque
to сruise at ?5t torque
d. If one of the lever pivot radii obtainеd in step с. exсeeds the
mаximum adjustablе setting, then rеdeteпninё the lever prior radii
rrеi nzt tЬa fа'] .] nшi nrr fntrnrl]:.
1000 x g
R Е + (пEп)
d+168
168 = known Positive 4t advanоe in RPl.l from ground run at' 20t tolqцe
to сruise аt 758 torque'
Rn 1nq
nI]lDтгD 6q
!.IBB tIELIсoPTЕRs
!,1AINтЕNANсE }4ANUA! !.1вв - вo 105
e. set the lever pivоt radii of bоth enqines to the values determined in
step с. or d.. вoth rаdii tтrust be deiermined usino,the sапe formula.
Noтв The two lever pivot radii (for engines 1 and 2l are
iпtended as rough settings Рrior to the test flight.
сorreсtions must be made аs nёсessarv afte! the initial
test flight.
2' тo ассoпPlish rough lever Pivot radius settings on рhase 1I N2 governors,
procеed as follows:
Phasе I] N2 governors сЕсo AITISON
104500Aз 68I6410
a. Determine the levеr рivоt radius using the data sheеt valuеs for N100
аnd the values given in figure 65-6 for nP!G. тhe lever pivot radius
Iiпitg for a 3t advanсe in RPI.I аre shown in figure 65-6.
b. тhe lever Pivot radius limits for a 4t advanсe in RP!4 (mах. allotlаble
value is 96 to 100t) are shovrn in figштe 65-?'
If thе lever рivоt radius rеad from figure 65-6 is outside the
estаblished limits' it can then be determinеd froп fiщre 65-?.
Ilowever, it is itпРortant to obtain the 1evrr рivot rаdii of both
govelnors (No. 1 аnd No. 2 еngines} from the sДnё figure.
с. set N2 governor levers to the 1ever pivot radii dёtermirted in steP b.
N0тЕ Thе .lever pivot radii (for enginеs ] und 2) are intended аs
rough settings рrior to the t.est frlght.. сorrесtions must
be !.lade as necessary aftеr the initial test flight.
вo 105
сltAPтЕR 65
D.da 2q
}1Bв нЕr,IсoPтЕRs
},IAINтENANсЕ uANUAl, I'aв . Bо 105
-9
гigure 65-6 N2 Poi''er levёr Рivot таdius fоr 3t speed iпеreasё
вo x05
сltAPтER 65
Page 26
}tвв нЕl,IсoPтЕRs
}.IAINтENANсE }1ANUAT, !-rвв
. вo 10 5
пр!9
. r:1..;,: ;...
'I "'
гi rпl ra 65-7 N2 Power }ever рivot tadius foт 4t sPerd inсrease
вo 105
сHAPTЕR 65
Рagе 21
I'1Bв IIEL]с0PTERS
},IAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAT, }1BB - в0 105
65 - 12 SetLing thЬ lеver anglе sеttings ln aссordanсe !.,ith thе governor

data sheets
N0тЕ Paragraph 65-12 apPlies only to the сЕс0 governor.
If the governor data sheets are available, the following formulа should be
used tо thе deLeгminе the lеver angle вetting on Phase II N2 governоrs:
nt00 - Ilzto
sgou".no' ].ever = I}вrP - 30 +20
4200 - n rn
s}'тфor Мeaning Refеrence рolnt No. on govетnor

data sheet
Rqou".nor l"\,". Governor lever shaft сЕс0 dаta shеet Al]ison data
' anqular sеLtinq for sheet
ground run J1-1098 рage 2 J1.1092 pagе 2.3
N2 = 100 to 101.5t
0в'р Governor lеver angu]ar

qрtt i nп аi rPfPтAn(.р 2
hînl- /r6m.FI.. т^гк
p /т,l
Пzto N2 RPM at 210 lb/hr 4

fuel flow (reтпark:
PTG gain)
nroo N2 RPI"I at 100 lb/hr 6 I2

fuеl fLow (remark:
PTG gain)
N2 RP}4 at pоwеr lеver 9 l7

---..1-* JЕ L !L rlrУ
.i
all9 ц-L a ! -^+ --
A
-яЕP - 1no
PTG: POWЕR тURBINЕ GOVЕRNOR

PLG: POWЕR LЕVЕR GAIN
RЕP: RЕF.ЕRЕNсЕ Po]Nт
Table 65 -3
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 65
14вв IlЕi.,]соPтЕRs
I.{A]NтЕNANсЕ l..lAшUA], }.{вв - в0 105
65 - 1з Removаl - N2 PoWеr turbine governor control linkage
1. Remove engine сowlings (refer to сhaPter 22) . Gаin aссess to the right
engine by removing the оeпter and aft firewal].s (rёte! tо сhaрtеr 64} .
2. Disсonneсt rod ends (2' figure 65-8} from the fork Iever (1) on the
hydrаuIiс unit.
з. Remove ].осkvrire fromсollet (5) . I,oosen jaпnut (4) and сo]let (5) . Reпove
sliding s]eeve (6) from Telefleх сable (16) by rotating rod end (2), (Lн
thread) .
4. open quick-di sсonne сЕ (17) and disengаge Telefleх сables from eaсh othe!.
Withdrаw Telefleх сable (14) flom oPеn quiсk-disсonneсt.
5. Renove rod end (38) froп belIсrаnk (40) and move actuator (28) to onе
side.
6. Disсonnесt rod eпd (42) from bellоrank (40) . Drаw rod end {42) with
Telefleх сable (22) aft and !еmove.
?. Disconnect eleоtriсal сonneсtor flom aсtuator and remove bonding jшпper
(33); remove сab}e сlaпp' Remove aсtuator flom governor lever (27) .
8. Еor Allison 250-с20 /с,20в series engines with Bendiх governors, unhook
spring (25 ) .
9. Tf neсessaryt remоve governor ]ever (27) frotn }eve! shafЕ (26) .
10. Do not rrmove оotter pin (45). washer (46) and Рin (4?) to remove
bellсrank (40} fIоп engine flange unless neсessary.
1 1 рAnаit e!.Ana ? tЬrll ,]
0 nп i-ha on.!i na
^tЬAr
NoтЕ steрs 12. thru 15. aрply only tо the Nо. 1 еngine
аnd steрs 16. аnd 1?. only to the No. 2 engine.
12. Unsсrew and remove сlаmр (15) from the transmission suPPort strut.
1З. Renove loсkпire frоm сlamрing nipple (12) . Unsсrew and remove сlamping
пiррte (12) ; removе тelefleх tцbe (1з) togеther нith the сouPling half.
14. Do not remove f]ange (18) and seal (19) froп the firewall рassage unless
15. Remove loсkwirе from swivel assembly (24). roosen jam nut {2З) and
unsсrew sяivel аssегпbly (24) from union (21) . Reпove swivel аssembly (24)
together r.lith union (21) and сouрling half.
16. Reпrоve lосkwire froп сlamping nipрles (12 аnd з1). Unsсlew сlаnPing
niРр1es (12 аnd з1) from sнivel assemblies (7 and 24) . Remove тelefleх
tube (30) togеthеr нith сoupling half'
вo 105
сllAPтЕR 65
Pаge 29
}4вв I.IЕIIсoPтERS
MAINтЕNANсЕ !.IANUA! мвв - BO 105
1 !'ork lever 25 sрr1n9

2 Rоd end 7^ т'At'er ehA ft
3 Jalrmцt 21 Governor lever
4 .тaJпnut' z8 N2 aсtuator
29 Cla:пping nipрle
6 Outer tube 30 те}ef1eх tubе
6A Sliding slerve 31 сlаrnPing nipple
1 Swivе]. asseтflbly з2 lÎasher
8 вraсket 33 Bonding jumPer
q P.'â.'kai з4 Adjusting spiпdle
10 Tubе сIamP. uPPer llё.lд 35 Jajшrut
11 тube сIamp. loweI hаlf з6 sсrew
12 сtamPing niPPle 3l llasher
? тA'] Af 6v itlЬA
'] ']
з8 Rod end
14 Telefleх сablr 39 Ring
15 сlanp 40 Be11сrаnk
16 Clamping niрple rl \,U
^^++ -] ll-
^- Pf
L LЕr
11 Quiсk-disсonneсt 42 Rod end

18 гlange 43 Washer
18A Disk 44 сotter рin
19 Seal 45 сottё' pin
20 гirewa11 46 llаsher
lL unton 4'7 Pin
22 тelefleх сab1e 4в Pit]
23 .lamnut 49 тabwasher
2t swive] as seтnbly
гi mrrд 6Ч-R N2 polrer turbine governor соntrol linkagе - removal

installation (1 of 2l
вo 105
с}iAPтЕR 65
Page 30
a
i
J
rц
a
t, i:
trJ
..zч
.61 i'
I I rlt
--'
=l
'\ ,-./N--,Еl
Yt- -- -slr
.
\ I -.\/ .Aj
\\
t !с
\
'-
\\ \
\v>\-
ЕURoсoPтЕR MA|NтENANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
17. Do not remove f|ange (18) and sea| (19) from the firewa|l passage uпless necessary, remove теlefleх
tube (13).
18. R€move swivs| assemb|y (7) brаоket (8).

'rom
65 - 14 |nspeсt|on and rePаir. N2 рower turb|ne сontrol l|nkage
1. Fiemove greаss from тe|вf|ex сables' theп insрeсt Тslefiex саbles for wear, broken or frayed wires, and l
damaged тe|elleх сables. Lubriсatg reusab|e Ts|etleх cables with greaso tсм l ozl at
i"Тii,ij?.l;l.o'"". t
2. |nsреct тe|eflex tubos ;or deпts апd kinks' Bвplaсe deformed tubes.
3. Ihspect sliding s|eвves and swivel assemb|ies for externai damege and deformation. Rop|ace if deformed
or damaged.
4, Inspeсt be|lc(ank for play, meоhaпical damage and сorrosioп.
a. Polish out mechaniоa|damage andcorrosion usiпg No.600 gritabrasive оloth. Reworked arеa mUst not
eхсeed 0.15 mm in depth.
b. Roplace bollсrank if play is рresrnt.
5. lnspect rod end bearings and aсtuator beаrings for play. rough operation and сorrosioп. lf beаrings are
damaged, or axiа| рlay exсeeds 0',1 mm' rep|aсe аtfеctеd rod rnd or aсtuator.
65 -
.t5 |nstal|at|on . N2 power tцrb|пe gov€rnol сontrol llпkag€
1. lnslall swivel assemblles (7, figure 6tr8) on bracket (8).
NoTЕ steps 2. and 3. apply only to the Iight engin€ and steps 4. aпd 5. orily to the |eft
engine.
2. сonпecl Тe|ei|ёx tube ('l3) to сoup|iпg half. |nsвrt тrlef|ex tube (13)' and sсrew о|аmping nipple (12) into
the swiva| ass6mb|y (7). lnstallflango (18) and sвa| (19) on thg firewall pаssaga.
Rsvision 18 оHAPтЕR 65
Pаge 33
мnn rIFт т.^Dтl'Dс
}4AINтENANсЕ l.IAN\,Al Мвв. в0 ].05
з. hstal]. swivel assetnb}y (24} 1f Previosly rёmoved. сonnect тelefleх tube

(з0) to сouр]ing hаlf. Ingert тeleflё:r tube (30) and sсre}I сlamPing
niРрle (3].) into s}'ive]. assemblY (24) .
4. сonnect union (21) to сouP].iпg ha}f if disсonneсtеd. Insert swivel
asseпbly (24) and sсrew hoпe jaпurut' (23) wit'hout tighteпing at this tjлe'
Insert union (21) and sсrew swivel asseпbly and union toqether. тighten
jamпut (23) . Install flange (18) and seal (19) on the firewall раssage.
5. If disсonnected. сonnect тeleflex tфe (13) to сoupling half. Insert

Teleflex tube (1з) аnd sсrew elaпрing nipp]e (].2) iпto swivel аssernb]y
(7), !'it elаtnp (15) on transmission support strut.
6' AрPly а thin сoat of grease (сМ 101) to pin (47) . Insta].l bеllсraпk (40)
on engine flange with рin (4?), washer (46), and оotter рin (45) .
7. 1n6tall govеrnor 1eve! (2?) oп lever shaft (26) .

8. APply a thin сoat of greаse (сl,1 102) to тeleflex сable (14) and insert it
in t'he oPen qui сk-disсonneсt . тhread sliding slёeve (6) oпto тёlef]eя
сab].e (14) by rоtating rod end (2, tн thrеаd) . тhe тelefleх cable must be
visible in the inspёсЕion ho}e in the sliding s}eeve (6A, fig. 65.5} .
r19lrLеrr uР uUддcL lJi сrrrц J.цlцrцL l.tl t
9. If disessetrфled, sсrew rod end (42| fLg, 65-8) onto Teleflex cаble (22) .
Lubriсаtе тё]-ef1eх cэb1e tube (22) with gгrease (с!4 102) and insert in
sr.rivel asseпblу (24) ' connect Telefleх сables (14 and 22) together and
iЬ6 mli nl.-Аi c^^пn6.l-
^]âA
10. сonneсt' ,oа (2) to fork lever (1) without instauing оotter Рins.
"no"
11. сonneсt rod end (42) to be}lсlank (40) ' set bellсrank (40) in aосordanсе
with parаgraрh 65.10.
12. Rig aсtuator to djлensions вpecified in paragraрh 65-10 and conneсt. to
the governor leveI (27) and bellсrank (40) . Instal] washel (з2) !'ith the
flat edge agаinst the aсtuato! houвing. сonneсt eleсtriсal сonneсto! and
bonding juпper (33}. seоure the сable claтlP.
13. Attасh spring (25) oп A]lisoп 250-е20 /с20B series engines fitted with
Bendix governors.
]4. RcDeаt stёDs 6, thr]1 g. аnd stрDs ']1. i:hrп 11 .|n tьA An/rin6
îьа?
15. сheck N2 contrоl ligging in accotdаnce wiLh рaragraph 65-10 and adjust as
B0 105
сндPтЕR 65
Page 34
l,lвв нЕ1IсоPTЕRs
мAтNтвNANсв мANUAI !.tвB - B0 105
16. If the Telefleх сables do not operate smoothly, сheсk сab1e friсtion as
follows:
a. Disсonneсt Tеlefleх сablеs аt the hydrauliс uflit end. 0n Alllson
250 с20 /c2aB series engines fitted wiLh Bendiх governors, unhook
spring (25). Attaсh a spring sсale to the aсLuator-tо-governor lеvеr
сonneсting bolt. flolding spring sсale parallel to aсtuator aхis, pulJ-
spring sсale aft until the Teleflеx сable bеgins to move.
b. The foIсe rеquired to move the Telefleх сables shou}d not eхсeеd
35 N. Takе friсtion measuтements with the сolleсtive pitсh leveт in
minimum pitсh posit.ion and in сruisе positiоn (i.e., 1еver lеvеl with
.^n<^].lv, rосnаnl. i тra] lr I
^6nf6r r9vr9v9A l9дJ
с. If the forсe required to move thr сable exсeeds з5 Nt isolate and. if

possible' e].iminate the сause of the exсessive friсtion in the N2
сontrol linkage аs follows:
1) сheсk the тelef]еx Lubеs for kinks and unaссeрtаble bеnd radii.
Insресt рosilion of quiсk-disсonneсts ' Telеf]eх tubes must have
straight runs of apрrox. 50 mm bеfоre and aftrl еaсh сonneсting
and disсonneсting point. If neсessary, reroute Lhe Teleflex
tubеs .
2'l сheck Lhе sliding sleеvеs and swivel assеmbliеs for smooth
oрeration. If nесessary' lubriсate With grease (сМ 101) .
3) E.or Bеndix govеrnors only: сheсk the tolque on Lhе governor ]еvef
shaft (rеfеr Lo Allison сBB 1].06) . Тf neсеssary. reрlасe goveт-
nor.
4) Ca1ibrate inner diаmеLer оf Te}efleх tubes by removing the

Telefleх сablеs and pulling the test сablе, т],N 288/105, 1500 шn
long, through the tubes,
1-1 aAn6a} el.6nc r iЬrr1 . fha on.rina
.lil\Ltr'uцgJugЕJЧl
^n ^|hёr
18. Instal1 rеmaining loсking hardwarе.

19. Install сenter and afl flrewа]]s (refer to сhaptel 64) . Instal] engine
сowling (rеfer to Chapter 22).
65 - 16 Еunctional сheсk - N2 aсtuators
Tr.lo different tyрes of N2 aсtualor сirсuit exist, i.e. tyреs 1, and

2. In сirсuit type L. both N2 aсLuators movе in opрosite dirесtions
whenthe four-way trim switсh is set to ''],+'l and сirсuil
tyPe 2. one N2 aсtuator remains in position whl1е the other one movеs
Lhe N2 lever t'owаrds l"lAx. steрs 2. thru 10. aрply to heliсoptеrs with
N2 aсtuator cirсuit tYpe 1.
1. сonneсt' and switсh on еХtеrna] por,ler supр1y (refer to сhарter 92). с]ose
cirсuit breaker N2 CoNT.
Bo 105
сI]APтЕR 65
Pаdё З5
I'lBв IlЕL1с0PтЕRs
I.jAINTЕNANсЕ мANuA], MBB - B0 105
2. I'{ove pilot's four-way trim switсh forward and ho]d in thls

position. вoth aсtuators must retraсt' and stop automаtlсallv in t'heir
respeсtivе end рositions; both governor lеverЬ musl movе tо мAХ. Releasе
four-way trim srтitсh.
1 Мove pilot's
four.way trim switсh аft to ltDЕсRll and hold in this
Position. Both aсtuators must eХtend and stoр aut.omatiсal]v in thelr
resрeсtive end positions; both governor levеis mцsl movе to мrш' Releasе
four-way tтim sттltсh.
А
Мovе pilot,s four-way trim switоh left to .'L+l' and hold in this position.
тhe No. 1 еngine aсtuator must retraсt and the No. 2 еngine aсtuitor must
eхtеnd; the No. 1 engine governox ]ever must move to МAХ аnd the No. 2
engine govеrnor ].еvеr must move to t"]IN. вoth aсtuators must stop
automaticaily in thеiт еnd positlons. Rе]ease four-waУ trim swilсh'
5. Мove pilоt.s four-way tтim switсh right to hotd in this
position' The No. ]. еngine aсtuator must ехtеnd and the Nо. 2 englne
aсtuator must retraсt; the No. J. engine governor lеver must move tO мIN
and thе No. 2 engine governor lever must movе to },IAх. Relеase four-waY
Lrim switсh.
6. Repeat funсtionаl сheсk (steрs 2. Lhтu 5.) using сopilot.s four-way trim
switсh. Aсtuatoг resрonse must bе identiсal.
тhе рilot,s trim controls hаve prioritv status.

The рi1ot саn override the сoрilot,s inputs.
7. Мove pilot's four-Way trim switсh forward and hold in Lhis
position. Both aсtuat,ors musl ret.raсt. While the aсtuators are retraсl]ng.
move t,he copilot.s four.way trim switсh aft to '.DЕсR'. and ho]d in this
рosit,ion. Thе асtuators must сontinue tо retrасt and then stop
automatiсatly in thеir rеsрeсtive еnd рositions
8. Repeat steр ]. for the ot'her trim switсh settings. AсtuaE'or movеmenL
initiated by thе pilot must rеmain unаffeсted by сoрilot's inрuts'
9. сopi]ot's four-way trim switсh forward' to ..INсR'' аnd hoLd in thrs
},lovo
position. вoth aсtuators must retraсt. While thе aсt'uators аre retraссrng,
move the рi]ot's four-way trim srтitсh aft to ''DEсR', аnd hold in thj.s
Pos1tion. The aсtuators must сhanqe thеir direсtion of travel. Release
both four-Way trim switсhеs.
10. ReРеat sleр 9. for the ot'her trim switоh sеttings. The рilot's trim
inРuts must override those of the сopilot and' сause Lhе aсtuat'ols to
revеrse their diтeсtlon of movement.
N0TЕ Thе fo]lovring stерs 11. thru 18' aрp]y Lo heliсopt'ers

with N2 aсtuatol сirсuit tyрe 2' When thе fоur.way switсh in
сirсuit tyрe 2. is moved to nl+fi аnd ''R+"l onе N2 actuator
remains in роsiLion whilе the other onе moves the N2 lrver
towards l"lAX.
B0 105
сllAPTЕR 65
Paqe 36
l.{Bв !lЕLIсoPтERs
}'{AINTЕNANсЕ I,'ANUAL I\,lвB - в0 105
11. тest aсtuаtors in aссordanсe with steps 2. and з.

t2. Мove pilot,s
four-wаy trim switсh left to ||t+l' and hоLd s'аitсh iп this
рosition. The No. 1 engine aсtuator пust rеtraсt wit'h thе No. 2 engine
aсtuator not сhаnging its position. No. ]. engine асtuator must stoр
automatiсally ln its end рosit'ion. Rеlеase four.way trim switсh.
lJ. }lovepi].ot's four-way trim switсh right to l|R+', and hо]d swilсh in Lhis
position. The No' 2 engine aсtuator must retraсt with t,he No' 1 engine
aсtuator not сhanging its posltion, Nо. l' enginе aсtuator must stoP
automatiсa]ly in its end position. Release four-way trim sl.litсh.
14. Repeat funсtional сheсk uslng thе сoрi]ot.s four-way trim switсh.
Aсtuator resрonse to the rеsрeсtive switсh sеttings must be as desсribed
in steps 11. thru 13.
NOTE сheсk thе override capabi]ity of the Рllot.s four-way trim

swltсh ovеr the сoрilot,s t,rim switсh in ассordanсе with steps
15. thru 18.
15. Move сoрilot's four-way trim switсh forwаrd and hоld in this
position. вoth aсtuators must retraсL. While the aсtuаtors aIe rеtraс-
ting' move the pilot,s four-way trim switсh aft to llDЕCR.' аnd hold in
this position. вoth aсtuators must reverse their dirесLion of movemеnt'
1.e.' eхtend and t'hen stop automatiсally in their end рositions. Re]ease
both four.way trim aсtuators.
Моve сopiloL's four-way trim switch aft to .lDЕсR.. and hold in this рo-
sition. вoth aсtuatoтs must' eхlend. lihile the aсtuаtors are extendingl
move thе pilot,s four-way trim switсh forward to '.INсR'' and ho]d in Lhis
posit'ion. Both aсtuators must reverse their dirесtlon of пovement, i.e.,
retraсt аnd then stop autonatiсally in t'hеir еnd positions. Re]easе both
four-way trim switсhes .
\'l . l"loveсopilot,s four-way trim switсh ]еft to ПL+n and hold in this pоsl-
tion. The No. ]. еngine aсLuаtor must retraсt With the No. 2 еnginе aсtua-
tor not сhanging its position, While No. 1. engine aсtuator is retrасting,
тnove the pilot's four.way triп switоh right to пR+" and ho}d in Lhis Рo-
sition. The Nо. 1 enqine aсtuator must stoр and No. 2 engine aсtuаtor
must тetraсt аnd stop automatiсa]ly in its еnd position. Rеleasе both
four-way trim swilсhes.
1"8 . Move fouт.way trim swit'сh right to uR+n аnd hold in thls рo-
copilot,s
sition. The No. 2 еngine aсtuator must rеtraсt' with No. 1 еngine aоtuator
not changing its posi|ion. While Nо. 2 engine aсtuator is rеtraсting'
move thе pilot's four.way trj.m switсh 1eft to 'lL+'' and hold in this po-
sition. The No. 2 engine aсЕuасor must stoр and the No. 1 enginе асtuator
must retraсt and stoр auLomatiсally in its end posltion. Rе]ease both
fоur-way Lrim switсhеs.
0реn сirсuit brёaker N2 сONT. Switсh off and disсonnёсt ехternal рowеr
suPрly (lefer to chapteI 92).
BO 105
снAPTЕR 65
!,1Bв tiЕ].,IсOPтЕRs
I'IAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL l,lBB - в0 105
65 - 1? Opеrational сhесk and oPerating тange adjustment -

N2 govеrnor controls (on the ground)
NoTЕ o Ground run sha]I be performed by authorized pеrsonneJ. only.

o Bеnсh matсhing of thе governors nust alrеady be aссomplished.
o Trlo diffеrеnt tyPes of N2 асtuator сirсuits exist, i.e. types 1.
аnd 2. In сirсuit t'ype 1' both N2 aсtuatоrs move in oPposite
direсtions when the four-way trim switсh is set to uL+" and пR+ш.
In сlrсuit typе 2 ' one N2 aсtuаtoт remains in position whitе the
other one moves the N2 lever towards l.,lAx, Tоrqце and N2 sрeed must
inсrease. Stерs 1-.a. thru d' apply Lo heliсoрters wiсh N2 aсtuator
сirсuit Lype 1.
1. Close сirсuit breakеr N2 сoNT and operate the сo lleсt ive-mоunted fоur-way
trim switсh as fo].]ows:
a. Еorward ''INCR|': N2 speed of bоth еngines musL inсrease
b. Aft |'DЕсRl.: N2 sPeed of both engines nust deстеase
с. I.eft ''],+'': тorque and N2 speed of No' 1 engine must' inсrease

тorque and N2 spеed of No. 2 enginе must dесreasе
d. Right l|R+',: Torque and N2 sPeed of No. 2 engine must inсreаsе
Torque and N2 sPeed of No. 1 englnе must' deсrease
N0тЕ Stеps 1-.e. thru h. apPly to hе}iсoрters with сirсuit

type 2.
e. E'orward ''INсR'': N2 spееd of both enginеs nust inсreasе
f. Aft 'tDЕсR.: N2 sрeed of both engines must deсrеase
s' I,eft пl+". Torque and N2 sPeed of No. 1 e!]gine пust inсrease
тorque and N2 speеd of No. 2 engine remain
unсhanged
Rlght uR+u: Torque and N2 sPeed of No. 2 englne must inсrease

Torque and N2 sPeеd of No. ]. enginе remai.n
unсhanged
2. Thе N2 oрerating rangе is sеt

during Lhе ground run at flat pitсh by
oрerating both engines together оr separately.
Twin-engine qroЦnd rЦn.
a. set rotol rрm NR at 100ъ + 1t with equa] torquе on bolh engines.
If 100* rotor rpm сannot bе асhievеd. set NR aL mаx. Рossible sРееd
.'iьь ^^''.1 !^'^ttо
w J. Lrl ечцсl.L Lv!ЧLu vrr
^n
hnth оnrrinдс
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 65
Paqe з8
!.tвв l{ЕI,IсoPтERs
!,IA]NтЕNANсЕ !,iANUA], Мвв . вo 10 5
h shut down the engines without altering thе aсtuator t'riп pos!.tiоns.
or reсord the Iеver аngle settings on thё guadrants of both
I'Iark
governors. Usе a felt.tiP pen.
Pless four.way tlim switch forward to ful1y retraсt N2 aсtuators if
they are still extended.
d. ]f 100t NR was асhieved iп stер a., adjцst the lever angles tо the
sеttings obtaiпed in step b. by repositioning the sеrrated washers
(with N2 aсtuаtors retlaсted) .
If the NR aсhieved in steр a. was less than 100t, add 30 fоr eaсh
Perсent deviation from 100t NR to thе J.еver angle settings recorded
in step b. тhis gives the levеr angle gettings for 100t NR. sеt the
}evels tо the сorreсted angles by adjusting thе serrаted wasbers.
f. If a setting adjuЕtrnent has been made on an N2 govelnor' сheсk the
governor to ёnsule that the I{Ax stoP sсrew is nоt contaсted when thе
N2 aсtuаtor is rёtraсted ful1y at maхirnum colleоtive рitсh. Also
eheс}r that the !.IIN stop sсlew is not сontaсtеd when the N2 aсtuаtor
is eхtended fully at m.inimum сolleсtive pitсh. Perform this cheсk
With the hydrauliс systeп pressцrized.
]f hydrauliс Plessule сannot be applied. сheсk the stoP sсre$s as
follows !
сolleсtive рitсh N2 aсtцatоr сIearanсe bеtтeen

quadrant and stop screws
}4aх jлum E.ully retraсted сontасt bettreen quadrant
/c+ i a]. fll']'] r'ьl аnd stoр sсlew not allowed
!,linj-Iп'л Еully extended J пEn сlearanсe
(stiсk fu11 down)
g. Еor 250.C20/C20B series engines witЬ Bendix govelrrors' сheсk for

соntасt with stop sсr€ws using hydrauliс Prёssure, сontaсt is пtost
likеly at' mlnimшn pitсh rгith the N2 асtuator fully extended. In this
сase. unsсrew the MIN stoр screw цпtil there is a clearanсё of 0.]' t!f,п
between the stoP lever and thе governor housing. ]f thele is still no
сleаranсel reпork iв required in aсcordanсe with figтre б5.9.
h сhесk N2 operat,ing range. Adjцst twin.engine Power to produсe maх.
Possiblе NR.
Nominal value: NR = 100 to 101 .5t with equal torgue on both engines.
Toтquе sp1it пust not eхсeed 10t.
тf neсessary. rePeat stePs a. thru g. to reset lever angle.
B0 105
с}iAPтЕR 65
мвв gЕТJIсoPтERS
!,IAINтЕNANсЕ }4ANUAl мBв - вo 105
Single.еngine ground run.
NoтЕ The following steps аre requirеd only if rhe

twin-enginе ground run has not been Рerformеd.
тhе engine not being tеstеd сan be retаrded t'o
idle tо avoid a restart.
set the rotor sРeed 98 to g9t on eaоh engine. If this sрe€d
NR to
сannot be aсhieved, аdjust engine to give the ma:(. рossible NR.
shut down thе engine withоut сhanging the aсtuator trim pоsition.
мark or record the levеr angle setting on thе quadrant. Use a
fд]t.t i n nan
Retraсt N2 aсtuato! if still eхtended,

If 98ъ NR was aсhieved in st€P a', sёt the lever angle setting
rесorded in step b. on both engines' If nёсessary, adjust thе
serlated washe! (with aсtuator fully retraсted) to aid in оbtaining
the serting.
It less than 98t NR Was асhievеd in step a.l add 30 for eaсh Perсent
of dеviаtion from g8t NR to the lеver angle rесorded in stеР b. This
gives the ]ever angle settiпg for 98t NR, Adjust the serrаted washer
on eaсh еngine tо obtain the сorrectеd 1eveт angle setting'
t. сheсk N2 governо! stоP screws for сontaсt (refer to twin.engine
ground run, steps f. and g.).
qt Art thA enаtinaе
h. сheсk N2 op","t;.ng ."ng".

set the max. single enginе NR for eaсh eпgine.
NorninaL value: NR = 98.5t to 99.5t
set the пaх. twin-engine NR.
Noпinal value: NR - 100t to 101.5t

]f neсessaтУ, repeat steрs a. thru f, to reset 1ever angle.
BO 105
сIIAPтЕR 0э
Pаge 40
l,lBB ltвtIсOPTвRs
!4AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAI t',tвB . Bo 105
Govarnor |6v€r nol shown

i'oазUrэ rаwork
dlm6nslon (5.5)
horo
м|n. fiop 9сr8w bясkod olf

so that ond 19 flush
DImэn3long ln mm wlth l|angв 9i]rlаоo
п€work st6р lovsr so th8i

str|k|ng surtaсo l3 parа||el
to surf8сs
'|8n96
Еigure 65-9 Rewоrking the N2 governor stop lever (вendiх governor)
65 *18 Adjustтпent - N2 governor сonLro]s (afteт test f]iqht)
If reаdjustment is rеquired afLer the Lest flight' note Lhе fol}owing basiс
1. 0n the engine showing slowest inсrease in Lorque reduсe thе governor

lever pivot radius by uP to LWo serralions for eасh реrсent tolqцe split,
or' alternatively, inсrease the levеr pivot radius оn thr оther enginе by
the same amount. Note that the rpm should inсreasе between 2t and 3* from
ground run at flat pitсh (сo]lесtive рitch stiсk full down) to hovеr
flight. If the rрm inсrease is less than 2ъ or ехсееds 3Ъ. the aррliсаbte
1ever Рivot radius must be deсreased or inсrеased, rеspесtlvеly.
2' If an N2 govеlnor has been readjusted, сheсk thе following:
a' N2 govеrnor sLop sсrews (refer to paragraрh 65-17).
b. Ang].е betwеen the N2 govеInor lever and aсtuator axis; angle musl be
grеatеI than 30" ' (Sее figurе 65.10) .
ll1 +-i' ?in'^^ /rA€ ar ]-n n:rя CЧ-,1

.]l
^ дсlrrчсJ \lЕ_9l Lv Ецlц vJ rIl I
в0 105
CIIAPTЕR 65
lIBв ltЕ].,тсoPтЕRs
мA]NтвNдNсЕ I'{ANUA].'. мвв - в0 105
€'\
l/-
t/
,,\
Ь-A
1 Governo! lever
2 Aсtuator
тhe anglе betшeen thr gоvernor leve! and the end-to-end

aхis of the eхtended aсtuator Inugt be .'!.A,el. A? 1-Ьаn ?0o
(сol}ective Pitсh lever fцII down)
гigure 65-10 сheсking the angle betweеn aсtuator аnd gоvеrnor lever
BO 105
гнlpтпp 6ч
Page 42
сHAPTER
lNSTRUMЕNт
sYsTЕMs
I,IBB ltЕt1соPTЕRs
мA1NTENANсЕ мANUAI мBB - BO 105
91" ]NSтRUi,IЕNт sYsTЕl4s
тab]e of сontеnts
Paragraрh Titlr Page
91 I GЕNвRAL 5
91 2 Loсalion - instrumrnts 5
91 3 т n e t r !l m A n l. 7l t nel
9i 4 Insрeсtion for сondition - inst rumеnls 11
91 5 гLIGнT INSтRUI{ENTS 11
91 6 Pitot - statiс system 1l

91 1 тr^l1h,] Aeь^^t,i n^ - nil.^г-сtAti. еt'etAm 1э
I Remova] and inst,a1]аLion - pit'oL-staLiс syst.em 15
^: -
91 9 тnsрeсtion for сondition - рiloL-statiс systеп 19
97- r.0 Г'lr..t i

^n.
] гAet - t,д uu L DLoLrL
î|'^t-.|.|:^
.|'б|^я
D.),JLЕл' 2D
91 - l1 Drаj ning - рiLot-sLaLiс system 22
YI - T2 Cleaning - рiLс't-sLаЕiс systеm 22
91 - 1з Ai rsрeed indiсatoi 2з
91 - 14 Rеmova] and installаtion - airsреed indiсator 2З
91 - 15 A l t i mе t e r 25
91 - 16 Remova] and insLa]lаt1on . altimeter 25
91 - 11 vеrLiса1sрeed indi 26
91 - 18 Rеmovа l and i nstа l lat ion . vert.i.cal indiсаtor 26
91 - 19 Мa s t momenL in diсаt or 21
91 - 20 NAVIGAT ION INsтRUl',lЕNTs 2'l
2T Маgnetiс сomра ss 21
91 - 22 Troubleshooting - magnetiс соmРass 29
в0 105
сIIAPтЕR 91
l'1BB нЕLIC0PтЕRs
}4AINTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL I.4BB - B0 105
ParagIаph Title
эI - z5 Removal and installat'ion - magnеt'iс сompass 29
97-24 ]nspeсtion for сondition - magnetic сompass 29
9r-25 Еunсtionа] tesL - magnet'iс сomPass З0
97-26 сompеnsation - magnеt1с сompass 31
91.- 21 ЕNG]NЕ AND I,IAIN TRAN sl,1] ss ]0N INSTRU}.,1ЕNTS 31
91 - 28 Triple RPM j.ndiсation

systemrN2 an dNR з8
91 29 Troubleshooting - tr iplе RPI"I indiсation system, N2 and NR 41
91 з0 Removal and installa t ion - irinlP RPМ iгсjiсаtion

с l'с ]- Am \I) rn^ \la 42
91 з1 RP M i nd i са t, i on system N1
.гr^r1Ь]Aah^^гind
91 з2 - РDМ indi/--]]. i^n et.eiёm }'I1 ц6
91 зз Remova] and installation - RPМ indiсation sУstem N1 46
91 1А T r i р 1e o i L p rе
indiс ation sy stem 49
91 З5 Troublesho ntinп . trin]д nil n.acе'lrа i rlrli u-:I inn cvctоm 52,
91 з6 Removal an d in sta 1]a t i on - t ri n1a оi ] in.li.,ii^n

53
91 з1 Fllnгt i nnя | гдc]. - tr inlA nraссllrд l-ri^-!.1

]r|\r!LaL-LUlr Jу D Lеrll 5з
î]
91 З8 Trip1е oil tempeIaLu rе

j.ndiсaLion sy stem
З9 тr^r l.\] AcЬ^^t ] l- r r^ vl
-ir l !amn^y--,i-^ i^î-^. inn crrclam
^^ - Lсl''усLaUц
91 ]
^ 51
91 40 RemovaL and ins La I lat ion - trinla ni,l tоmnдr:tllrо

i n.li.,e]. i a!,ctдm 58
^n
91 41 T0т indiсаtion systrm 59
91 ц2 Гroub]eshooi.ng _ Т0т indiсаt ion sysгеm 62
91 43 RеmoVа] and iast-a]Iation . T0T lndiсation 6з
91 44 ЕRЕЕ 5з
91 Ca] ibтаtion _ T0T ind1сation systеm 63
B0 105
C|lAPTЕR 9T
I',1Bв ttЕъIс0PTЕRs
мAINTЕNANсЕ l.lANUAt I.,1Bв - BO 105
TiL lе Pagе
91 - 46 Dual f uе l quantitУ indiсаt.ion

system 61
91 41 Troublеs hootjng - dual fuе] quаntity indlсation systеm 70
91 48 Rеmova1 and installation - dual fuel quantitУ indiсation

system 1T
91 -49 Dual f ue 1 pтеssurе indiсation

systеm 12
91 50 Troubles Ьnntinгт . .,l.rа" f.lо,l nrоqsurе indiсation system 75
91 51 Removal and installation - duа] fuel pressure indiсation

system 16
9\-52 uuat torque indiсаtion sysLem

anarrnaa 1-l
91 53 Troubleshoo Iinп
LtrlY -,4llэ] tarпlla
чuu
inr]iа:tinn
rrrg д! U L сrl<iam anпinас BO
91 Rепiovai and insLаLlаtion - duаl tоrque indiсаt.ion sYsLem,

еngines B1
Эr.ss for сOndition - dua] torque indiсation svs].еm'

engines 83
11 56 E'unсtional test - dua} t v!чцс

^-^,!^
i.î..Ii^^
a1l\rlUoLlvll .tl.+^й
оy э Lсц'' anfi1nёc
LltY L.19J BЗ
91 51 \/Anti lАti^n - .llr^] t^rnlr c indiсаl-jon cvstРп.. огоinеs B4
91 58 pl]sCЕLLANEOUs INsтRUI,IЕNт s 85
91 59 Aпmete r and vo]tmеLer 85
91 60 с1oсk 89
9L 6\ Troubleshoot inп - л1аn]u 90
91 62 Rеmoval and insta]lat ion - сlock 90
9t 63 Еunсtional t'еst - сloсk 91
9l 64 0u t s i d e a i r t e mр e r a L u r e
ind1сat-o r 92
91 - 65 T
' ^llЬ,]
Aqh^^г i nr] - nrrl- c i.la аr г гemne"агtlто indicлt61 9З
66 Removal аnd i nst a 1]'a t ion . ^l|t

si.lё аir ьёrnрrаt'rre
indiсator 9q
9r - 6'1 Еunсtionа} test - outside air t'empеraturе indiсat'or 94
BO 105
CI]APTЕR 91
ilЕLIс0PTЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL I,1BB - в0 105
9]. - 1 GЕNЕRAL
The instrumеnts arе divided intо thе following groups:

- гl i.Jht i nс]- rllmanl. с
- Navigation instruments
- Еng1nr and rnain transпiss.ion moniloring inst.rumеnts
- МisсelLaneous instrumеnt s
9I-2 Lосation . instrumеnts
The instтuments ale }oсatеd in the instrument panеl, on Lhe сеntel beam and
in the сanoрy.
9L-3 тnstrument panеl
тhe instrument panе] is instаlled in the сenter of the сabln in front of the
pilot's seats.
Thr instrument panel is a rасk assernbly with а vertiсa] and' a horizontal
seclion. The vlho]е instrument рanе]- has a panelling, the uрреr parL сonsists
oг a glaIesh iеld.
The Vertiса1 seсt'ion (fJgure 9l-1 аnd figure 91.2) main1y ассomodates inst,тu-
ments and warning lights. The horizontal sесtion (figure 91-3. figure 91-4
and fiqurе 91-5) is еssentia}1y еquipреd with сirсц'iL breakеrs and Logglе
switсhes, а vo]tmеt'er and аn ammetеr. A fusе board (rеfer to сhaрtеr 92) with
fusеs is installed at the bottom of the R}t or Rtl and l.H side, resресtively.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 91
I.1BB !1ЕLIс0P1ЕRs
}.4AINTENANсЕ I'4ANUAL MBB - B0 105
Еr'ЕЕсT]V]TY s/N ]-60
1 Diпшnerfor inslrumenL lighting 10Lс

2 РushbuгLon .'lеsс Iirе warning sYsLem'' LH/PH 10]V'IG/20ЗllJG
WаIning 1ighс fire Wаrning LlllRH 04WG/204Wс
,l
з
4 l"r. -. ]
пolll!Llч
l ]-ь+
^^ ffЧ''u ^..^l
|,oll9a
5 сont.rol Iight, fос рiLot Lubе heating 2t{C
6 Wа rning .LjqhL LesL sWlLсh
1 A]timеter
I \/ArI i.:] cnод.l inrlinаl nr
I T0T indiсator LH /Rll 105ЕL/205ЕL
10 RP}4 indiсator N1 108ЕN/20BЕN
11 -r in]o ni l '-rтoссrr.a rn.li66|6; {[f,
T2 Trin ^.i -рmnдrаtl.*р i.ndiсator 5ЕD
1з гl.э. Гl,a r rai.dЕor
2ЕA
14 I],r.э l t.ra' .т,lагl i. V in.tl сalor 5ЕB
15 nrr' ] l. in.li.^t^т
^ri.гrrA
16 }last moment indicator 2l,lМ
T1 Ai nддZl i nzliгаtnr
rc
IB Triрle RPM indlсator lЕN
Fiпllra Q]-] тnet r]rffAnt nrna] /\7A7l i.^] ca.ti.'nIltuni.^l]
в0 105
CHAPTER 91
}4Bв нЕLIс0PTЕRs
I4AINTЕNANсЕ I.,IANUAL I,IBB - DU lUэ
ЕЕЕ'ЕсTIvITY S/N 61 and subsequent and sеriеs D
rз
1 Pushbutton "test fire warning" 11 RPM indiсator Nl

],H/RIl ]'0ЗWG/20зv{G 10BЕN/208ЕN
2 Warning light fire warning 12 n'.^ ] €.'^1
l,lЕDsule
Lн/Rl] 104WG/204WG indiсator 2ЕA
? hra-ninft 'l i^ht han6'l 1з 1 a.,^'r
!uЕ! ^,,^-+;1,,
Uцd.L
^..^ чuoll L J. Ly
,l .^*l .^] 1 ; Е^f .r'эt
^l-! lw! indiсаtor
rlYtlu уrLt tube 5ЕB
heat ing 2HG 1л тrin,]д ni,] nl.6сe11т6
5 Warning light LеsL switсh 6Е8 indicator 4ЕD
6 ALtimeter 15 тrin.]ь ni ] tamnоrэtltra
'l verLiса] speed indiсator indiсator 5ЕD
I тri n] A PDм in.ii..t^r fпNl 10 MasL moment indiсat'or 2WM
9 nrr^'l t r/rrra in/ii.^t^r 11 с1oсK
^
10 Toт indiсator ],tllRн 18 Dirnme.r for instrument
105ЕL/205ЕL
.I
бd ,] nт.
i пЬ| i
19 дi rсnооrl i n/i i .at
^r
Еi пlr rд a 1-9 гnсi r!lmAn| n.no,] ( vert iсa 1 e6.t i \ ll.l,r1i^а1l
^n
B0 105
сltAPтER 91
oэd^.|
I'4Bв IIELIсOPTЕRS
I"IAINTЕNANсЕ I',IANUAL }4Bв - B0 10 5
ЕЕ'Е'ЕCTIVITY s/N ]-160
@@@@@@@@@
щщщшшt"#Е_яГ1Е;r;l
@@@@@@@i-., ,:-l
@ETЦrГm
.]m.йEщ@ I. - -ll:--j
@@@@(*)О@@>(,)
шшпшEщL -l'r;;п{.ll--.1
-l Г:-_-] t
G'oнûn
Tnqtrllmёnг оаnA] lhnri7^nIаl qA.r i^nl lг\/ni.,1 |i
.rJ o1
^DтЕD
нЕLIс0PтЕRs
!,1A]NтЕNANCЕ МANUAL }4BB - B0 105
ЕE'Е'ЕсTIVITY s/N 16l and subsеqueпt
@@@@@
Е'iпtrrд
laYqlg 01.Д
J] тnc1 rlrmAnt n^nal lh/rri7.nга
\'.w! l JсuLfvLr]
cё.t i.r\ /Ft,^;â
\'-JР]uol]
|\
ьJallUL
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 91
l.]BB нЕL]СоPTERS
MAINTЕNANсЕ MANUAL lrlBB - B0 105
ЕЕЕЕCT]VIтY selies D
rA
\У lellri;t-,-l@@@@@
IlNsтя.
lllctJт
]
l ffiffi'sP1glГ.-il;ЕlББml
rA
v. @@0;o@@@@'
IPosпff lA^lтЕq' hмтЕnrlcl |LAl{o|r.G lvЕNт- | l FUЕL Puмрs Il FL,ЕL РUмРs/-\l
i LlGнт l i tlGнт llUG}rт llЧg:tДцAтlgltJ I suPRY тANк ll tlAil{ тArlK \9]
v
rA
г5mfr-.1
шоi'r}ol
--fz-_
lYlPЕR
o----
lъA=iiEятгtлc-]_=EdE-)
lмAsтЕв|| GЕttЕяAтoв
,
l
Еigurе 91-5 ]nstrumeni- раnеl (hOriZontа] sеСtiOn) (tyрiсa1)
B0 105
сjlAPтER 91
Mвв HЕLIсOPTЕRS
I'IAINTENANСЕ I'IANUAL l'1вB - Bo 10 5
9I - 4 ]nsрeсtion for сondition - inslruments
1. Insрeсt instrumеnts for sесurity, gеneral сondition, damaged сover

glassеs and рresenсe of dirt.
. tight,en mounting hаrdwаrе, с]еаn oe rерLaсe insгrumеnts as neсessarУ.
2. Insресt, inst'Iumеnts for dаmaged sсaJe markings.
- rAn] r.6 *. neсеssarУ.
i nсl- r11п6n]- aт
,]aпil.'i
з. Гhaгlr fnт 1itt'
-uJ
.n^ с^^1!'^
gltЧ JLuuLс al.l-a^ь
oLLoL-llmenl of dесаls.
- replaсе missingl loose or illegible deсa1s as neсessaly.
q. hsрeсt range markings and slippagе marks on сovеr glasses of instruments
for сondition.
- rеp]aсе mаrkings as nесessary. (A]so Ieter to ЕLl,l. seсtion 2.)
91 -5 E'L]GtlT INSтRUМENTS
тhд fl iсьl- iгclr]]mar]-q .onsisL oг:
- nit^t.c|2f i. c\'сt
^m
- аi r c nоa.4 i nАi n:tar
- alt imeter
- vр'|- i са | snecd .,rdi са-.91
- ma st. momenl indiсalol
91 -6 Pitot-statiс svstem
The рltot, - sLatiс systеm (figure 91-]) сomрrises а tubе/hosе ine ,l
assembJy
Logeсhеr wiLh a рitot Lubе, twо sLaLiс рorts' a tеe, and an oрtiona] stаLjс
рrеssure sеleсtor valve.
Sraсiс prеssurе is eхertеd on the instrumenLs viа !hе slаt,iс porls аnd Lhr
Iirд аcccmh]v -ьо niтоl- l.lhр асlf,iгinrаllv qrlnnJ iос Чl
gqгу-tvJ rlrln;min
'UbР/Ьose to the Jl l.9l,'l
airsрееd indiсator. тt сan bе heaLеd t.o рrevent the formаtiоn
-J -
рIеssure
of iсе (refeI t,o сhapler 92) . A Lеe with саР asseпфIy is inst'a]led .ln thе
Lube/hose iinе assепrlэIy ЕO drain сondensaLione watеr аnd to сonneсt' tesL
о^ll jnгanl. тh6 сtэ!i^ nr+ssure seiесLor vаfve сnаhlec JLqLj!sAэt i^ уrсоJu
nrAcel)rо rс rn
с9 |g
taken еither from Lhe statiс рorts oт from the сabin.
B0 105
сI{APTЕR 91
нЕт,Iс0PTЕRs
[,IAINTЕNANсЕ I..IANUAI }.,188 - в0 105
Дi re^â,,l in.li.rt^r
Altimetеr
\Iaтl. i enо6.l i nrli.а]-^т
^:1
Stаtiс о-essrlrc sP,]Рсf оr vаlve
2 Tее
3 Pitоt tube
ц sLqLae r\rr
Static porl,
t/v!Lt
5 i,H
t'iоllra 91-6 гn'nn.nёn. 1oсаtion - ni tnt -сt яt i г crlсtдm
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 91
ttЕLIс0PTЕRs
l,lAINTЕNANсЕ },!ANUAT, l.1вB - в0 105
vЕвтlоАL A|RsPЕЕD
ALт|MЕтEя sPЕЕDlND|сАтoR |ND|сАтPR
RЕVЕRsING
vALVЕ
A oniy instа|led Wlth

optionаlly eqUlpmeлt
900117
F'i ftlr 16 о1--7 Pit'ot - stat'iс system
B0 105
сI]APTЕR 91
нЕ].,]с0PтERs
l{AINтЕNANсЕ }.IANUAI l.tвB - B0 105
9r - | Troublеshooting - pitot-statiс system
No. TROUBLЕ SYI'1PToМ PROBABLЕ сAUsЕ сORRЕсTIVЕ AсттON
During the leakage Leak in dynamiс lnn1rr nraссrrrA t^ |ЬA

test of the dynamiс nrоссrlrд 1ina dynamiс pressuтe system and
рressure system' сheсk dynamiс pressure ]inе
the value drops more for leaks using a weak soap
than З kts within solЦtion.
1 minute, Rеplaсе leaky tubing/hose
] inдc i f nдnaсс:rw nr
rAt i dhtan nnnnant i пnc
Airspeed indiсator сhесk airspeеd indiсator for

Leaking. ] a1].a rаnl яna i F
^n.]
neсessary.
During the ]eаkage I,eak in sLatiс Disсonnесt hoses f rom

test of the staliс nroссrl rд l ina instruments and рlug hosе
prёssure systеm. 6n^с a.ni т' nraeс11rA 1.^
the valuе droРs more stаtiс Linеs and сhrсk for

thаn 150 ft Within 1еdJ(5' ustIlЧ d wеdK 5Od!)
1 minutе. с^] llrt j PA^] 2.A ]_ Aik i
^n - -.. -ng
!'.ц,l*^ /L^^^ r ].^^
LuU-Ll1ч/ rrUnе f llrеJ'l. ll
rAt i.lhlAn
^т
connесt1ons.
,]eaks
Instruments Cheсk instrumеnг s f oт
leaking. ,аnd rёn] аcФ i f гet.РqsаrV.
No or inсorrесt Leak in tube/ Сhесk tubе/hose ]ine

indiсatiоn of hosе line assemb]y '
rссдmЬ]rr ]aaLс. соэl if
instrument s . neсеssary.
Tube/hose line .ь^^l.
Lllеul\ ^]+^|. +''ь^
РJ.LvL Lur,Еl
.t..
DLaL i.'
Lu
assembly сlogged. рoltsand Lube/hosе line
assembly for сont.аminаtion;
гla,аn i f naгоссаrrl
Pitot tube or сhA.k nrtоr tl]hа nr stаЕiс

etal i .' n^rt c ports for damаge and lep]aсe
if necessаry.
l,eak in Cheсk instrumеnts {or ]еаks
i f ..*------v.
insLrument :nrl тдn] эпa
-- nдnдссаrl
hous ing .
тablе 91- 1 тroub.lеshoot ing
B0 105
CITAPTBR 9I
I{BB }lЕLIсoPTERs
МAINTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL }',1BB - B0 105
91 -B Rеmoval and lnstallation - pitot-stаtiс syst'em
1 Ramnтr: l - ni t n} ]-rrha
a. Cut off Power suрply.

b. Rеmove сountеrsunk sсrews {8. figure 91-8) and detaсh pitoЕ tube (9)
с. l'ёed hose rine (4) and еIeсt'riс wiring (11) outwaтd through f]ange
(2) аnd fusеlage (12) .
d. Rеmоve loсkwirr fIom hose сonnесtion and loosen union nut (5) . Blаnk
off hosе line .
e. Disсonnесt сonсaсt рlugs (10) from сontaсt pins (?) of the pitot tube
heating' prot.eсt with сaps and rеmove рilot tube.
,l тh rAя.lA/.l
^..lЯntоr
J Borе
4 Hose ]inе
5 Union nut
6 г^nnA..+,inn ninь]д
?/ r'^^r
9UllLdL - ^r
L ^.1
*
Рl llD^
8 Countersunk sс rew
9 Pitot tube
,]
г] г^nt- n,] trпс
,l ^^1.
1
lr Е,] ^^| -{jL^ .',i
llЕgL! wf .(rl1ч
].-
l4 t uэ с jaчс
Е.i rrlrrд Q1-Я pit^t tlr}.'a
). - nil.оt tЦbe
lnstа'l аtiоn
,]
a. Install hose line (4, fiоllre 9]-Яl tn гnnnоnt.i^n nirr^]6 /6l lv'l rl!Ру!u .'сinп
union nul (5) . Sесurе bolted joint пith loсkiiire '
\ U, цJtrrч
'
b. Conneсt сontaсL рlugs (,l 0) аnd contа.t .inc /]] af l-hо nitnг tlrЬд
hеat ing .
B0 105
снAPTЕR 91
l4Bв IiELIсoPTЕRS
}4AINTЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL l4BB - B0 105
с. Rеmove aссess сover above the RIt sLatiс рolt.

d. A1ign threaded adapters (1) of flange (2) and borеs (3) in fuselage
(12) through aосess hole. Еasten pitot tubе (9) with сounLersunk
sсrews (8), wiLh thе opening pointing towalds direсtion of flight.
e. тnstall aссеss сover.
f. Inspeсt pitоt system for 1eakage per para. 91-10 and ретfоrm
funсtiona] cheсk of the рilot tube heating iп aссordanсe with сhapler
92.
З. Remova} - statiс pоrt
N0TЕ Rеmova] рroсеduтe is identiсal for LH and Ri{ statiс рorts.
a. Loosеn сountеrsunk scrеws (9l figurе 91-9)' remove ram plate (8) and
,.l6f 1^h сt
^l
i . n.trt (i).
b. E'eed hosе Line (1) ouLward Lhrough flange (4) аnd fuselagе (5) .
^
q6^l116 f
,]
rn.rд /дl t-^ hтAtrAnt it fr^m ---__rl9
fаllin,- in jn
Ilr LU thA hо]]v ot
Lrrс Lrtf} vt lh^
Ll.с
hеliсoPtеr.
т
^^.6n
Ь^сa .l rmn /?l/ ,- .li
\. cс.|nnё.t hoce ]in0 l]l from ninо1e {6) аnd
ЧtJuvrlrrvv
Proteсt with сaр.

^
1 llose line
2 llоse сlaпp
? тh16rÂd r.l^nter
4 Е]angе
5 Еuselage
6 Nipрle
? statiс рort
B Ram plate
9 сountersunk sс rew
900t0s
Ctati^
veqqts n^r+
rv!e
B0
105
CHAPтЕR 91
РасJe ] /
MBB t{ЕtIсOPTЕRs
I4AINтЕNANсЕ },IANUAL !.!BB. B0 ]"05
4. Installаtion - statiс port
N0тЕ The installation proсedure is j.dentiсаl for Lн and Rtl statiс рorts.
a. Remove Prоtесtive саp from hose linе (1' fiq. 91.9} .

b. сonneсс hоsе linе tо sLatiс poIL niРрle (6} with hosе сLamр (2).
с. Rеrnovе tеmрoIary holding deviсe from flange {4).
d. Alig,n threadеd borеs in flange (4) wittt ho]es in fuselage (5}.
e. A]ign borеs in stati'с porl (?) аnd rаm рlate (8) wiLh holеs in
fuse]age (5) and assemble aligned рarts with сountersunk sсrews (9) .
f pёrfnrm rLцl\g9Ч
]рЯkя.rA lAq]. а.^^rînrт tn
Uv nаrл Q1-1|'
J4 JL
9 rglq
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 91
I.IBB tlвLIсoPTЕRs
}4AINтENANсЕ l.lANUAl I'IBB - B0 105
5 ' Removal - tube/hose 1inе assembly
a. Remove aссess сover above RH statiс port'.

b. Rеmove instrument Pаne] failing.
с. Disсonnесt insLтumеnts Of thе рitot-statiс system from t,ube/hose ]ine
ассоmЬltr
А Роmnlra th6 7oenо^+i''^

.lJt/-uL!vЕ я,]^^r ^]r+^.
lrUU! l'tj+ь
пlLrr .^rr
эЕaLl .â+
JЕсlL ^..i^^ -ri1.
J.orr.r
Р!oLсJ Уur\,rg
сусliс stiсk be1lovJs аndr if neсessary' floor сovеring.
e, Tоnsen сlаmоs о- ltniоn nI]ts аf the resоасtive сonneсtions аnd removе

hose line.
t. BlanK olt oрentngs.
6. InstaIlauion - tube/hosе Line аsseтnbly

a. гаstеn hoses with сlamрs or union nЦts to the resрeсtivе сonnесtions.
Rоn] а.о О-ri nоs. if installed.
b. Conneсt instIument,s and рerform ]eаk tеsr in ассordanсе vlith рara-
c. Rе-inslаll рreviously removed parts' suсh as aссess соVеrl etс. in

the reverse order of remova.l,
91 . 9 Insресtion for сondition . pilol-sсаLiс sysLem
l, сhесk instluments in aссordanсе wit,h рara. 91-4.

2. lnsрeсt, tubе/hosе J inе assегпbLy as fo]]ows:
a. lnspесE рiсot' Eubе and sLаtiс ports for seсure jnsЕаl1atjon/ djrt
and damagе .
Perfolm followiпg as neсes se ry:

- tighten ]oose рarts '
- сlean dirt,y pa rt s.
- reрlace damagеd parls.
b. TnsрeсL hose ]inеs for seсure insta1lalion, damagе. defoтmation
(kinks) and рoros ity .
Еаstёn or replaсe hose linе, if nесessary.
B0 105
C1tAPTЕR 91
l.1BB HЕL]сoPTЕRS
I.,IAINTENANсЕ МANUAl I"1Bв - Bo 105
91 - 10 Еunсtiona] test - рitot-staliс systеm
1. General
Thе fol1owing equipment or сonsцmable matеria} is rеquiтеd for the

funсtional t'esL:
- сommerсia1]y availаblе test units for thе leak test of thе рj'toL-slatiс
system,
- nitоt аriаn|Pr. 16 ? mm dia.

- аrlhоq,ivо rrinv,] ]-аno lГМ f14 nr qimi,lдr\ ]-n eAя] thA ct:l.iаrv rv!
nатl.с
uJ ,
NOTЕ Oрerate Lеst unit lor leak test of pitot.-slаtiс sysсem

in aссоrdanсe With t'he operating instruсtions.
Drain t'he tubе/hosе line assеmb}y Per раra. 91-11 prior to eaсh leak
2 т'eаk tAst - Dit^t svslеm
a' Using thе adaptеr' сonneсt pressЦre рort P of the test unit to the
pitot tube (figure 91-10).
b. CarefulLy prrssurize the рitot' tubе to produсе an airsреed indiсator
*раdi nо nf 40,]
kЕs.
с. Close the shut-off valvе at porL P Of thе tеst' unit to maintain a

гnn qf аnf nrAcqlIrе.
.l ГЬaаl. lгdi.,а]-iо'1 оn аirqneрrl .rdiсaL,or.
The indiсation on thе ailspeed indiсaLor must not deсreаse more

than З kts vlithin ]. minute'
e. 0реn shul-off Vаlve of port P and slowLy dе-рressuriZe the sysсem.
f Роmnrlд aînt Ar frnm niг^t t11ЬA
з. Lеak tеst _ static systеm
сAUT]ON ALL RЕADING Cl{ANGЕs oссURR]NG I{tt]LЕ Tt{Е P]тOT - STAT]С sYsTЕI',I
Is вЕING LЕAк TЕSTED t4UsT NOT ЕХxЕЕD 5000 F'T/}4IN.
a. сonneсt low рrеssure рort' s of the tеst unit to Lhe Lee

q,]-,]n\
and to Lhe
Ё^l. {-t.Ь^
l"ulJЕ ','r+ь ].Ь^ quqЕull
:1..iэntAу /fi^|lfA JL lvl
î
РlLvL \!fYu!с I
B0 105
снAPTЕR 91
мBB нEL1с0PTЕRs
I\4AINTЕNANсв l'4ANUAt l,1вB - B0 105
A|RSPЕЕD |ND.
P|тoт тUвЕ
АDAPтЕR
Lн sтAт|с PoRт RH sтAт|с PoRт
A on|y tnstall€d w|th

oрtlonа||y equIpmЕnt
т Еsт ЕR
Еigure 91-10 Lеаk test setuр
b. l rY"LfJ RH statjс porс, usjng vinyL taрe (CМ ]14 or

similar) .
C. Carefully Produсе a Vaсuum Еo obtain an altimetеr reading o[

12000 fеet, рlus Lhe aсt'ua1 elеvation of thе hеliсopter.
с'].ose shut-off valve :t n^r]- e af Fhд toсr '.nit tо mainLain а

сonsсant vaсuum.
e. Сheгk nrassllrр ; nrii r-аt i nn on аlLimeLer.
тhe allimеt,el indiсat.ion must not' dесrease morе than 150 fL r,,lithin
I mlnute.
The рointer oЕ Lhе airspеed indiсator must not, Leave its Zero
nnqitiоr rlrrriro ihis оеriod.
f. nnen sь.I1 -оff vа]ve аl- nort S and rеlеasе vaсuum s lowLy .
s. Disconneсt hose ]ines betweеn tAqt ]]nit:гd hei ]соnte- and removе
rril.l] гдno Fr^m qtаl.rc nоrts.
СllAPTЕR 91
IlELIс0PTЕRs
}4A1NTЕNANсЕ I',IANUAL мвB - B0 105
91 - 11 Draining - рitoL-sLaLiс system
1. Removе nosе door of the сontro] room.

2. Rеmove саp asserrrbly (2. figure 91-11.) frоm tee (1)
3. Drain сondensation Watеr.

4' ]nst'all сaP assеrnbly and Lightеn.
5. ]nstal] nosе doоr of Еhe сontro] room.
91' - |2 Cleаnlng - pitot-statiс system
,] ni s.^nnA.| nii-^t агr] stаtiс nrcss])rP l inрs from instruments.

2. R1 аnk оff оncn instтц6gnt сonnесtions.
з. Clear tubе/hose line assembly using filtетеd сomprеssed air.
s. Remove b]anks from instrument сonneсtions.
5. сonneсt Pitot аnd statiс ]inеs to instruments.
6. Perform lеаk test in aссordanсe with рara. 91-1.0.
1 тее
2 Cap a s sётib ly
Eigurе 91.11 Tee
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 91
l4Bв IIЕ],IсOPTЕRs
},IATNTЕNANсЕ I',IANUAт, l.,1вв - B0 ].0 5
91 -13 Airspeed indlcator
The a.irspееd jndlсator (figurе 91-12) is instа1]еd in thе instrumеnt рanеl

аnd is designеd to measurе dynamiс pressure. It indiсatеs t,hе speеd of thе
hе]iсoрter тelative to the aflbient air. Thе sсa]"e is сo]or-сodеd (Iefer to
ЕLм) .
Dynamiс pressure is exerted through the oреninq of the рitot tubе and Lhе
сonneсted Lubing on the aneroid capsule оf the airsрeеd indiсat'or. In
addilion, statiс pressurе is еxertеd on thе сaPsule via the staLiс ports and
thе tublnq system so that the саpsule mеаsures thе d.ifferenсe between statiс
and dynamiс Pressures. By means оf a рointer Lhе measulеd pressuIе differenсe
is indiсatеd as airsрeed in '|KNOTS'' .
Еigure 91-12 Airsрееd indiсасоr (Еyрjсa.L)
91 -IA Rеmova} and installаtion - airspeed indiсat,or
Removal and installation is identiсaL for ^l *^*^^l

a-L.LэРЕсu l-,,l.i^-+^r
>l}imntдr A|1А |7r5rr i.Al cnAArl in.,l i.дl^r
Removal and insta]lation of the airsрееd indiсator iq :гсnmnl iahа',l in thA

qeс']]eгсё Оf thA i ndex ntlтhe'c аq n]'t ] i'rPd i n f i.'ure 01-1?
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 91
ЕЕТ.,,Iс0PTЕRs
I.,1A]NTЕNANсЕ }.IANUAI I.IBB - B0 105
f, I
I Pressure hose
2 sсreW
з rJarllР >(,LAсL
4 Еyebrow light
5 shadе
6
Dr ^^! -l ^ ,,i
!jсuLlaL wд!-i r]lУ
--
1 sс re}'i
B Airspeed indiсator
9 Instrument panel
! ]"gure 91- 1з Removаl and instal]ation - airsрeed indiсalor

B0 105
Сl.tAPTЕR 91
}.{BB нЕrIсOPTЕRs
I4A]NTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL l4BB - B0 105
91 - 15 A1L i m e t еr
The altimеter is instаllеd in the instrumеnt panе] and is designed as a baro-

metriс altimeter whiсh сOnverts stаtiс pressure va]ues into an altitude indi-
сation. The altimeteт is supрlied with statiс рrеssurе via thё st'atiс
рressure ports and the tube/hose assеmbly. тhе thin pointer indiсates ].000
fеet with raсh revolution, ъthile one rеvolulion of thе ring poinler indiсates
].0000 f eеt.
тЬа r^tatin.f спя,]о nn fha ridht ci.la сarrnгq thо nllmЬоr nf rinrт nîntAr
revolutiols and has a Iёd сross-hatсhed Warning seсtiоn in thе 0 - 10000 feel
seсtor.
By turninq thе knob on the lower lеft-hалd sjde deиjаtions fron thе stаndаrd
atпosрhere. for whiсh the a]timеtеr is сalibrated, сan bе сorreсted. тhe
value сan be read оff the mill ibar-сa libratеd indiсation on the sс'ale loсated
Ull l-llе J'Ullсl ^. ''э
Рal L vц ul'Е dial.
91 - 16 Rеmoval and installation - altimetеr
Rеmoval and installation oг the altimeter is pеrformed in aссordanсе Wlth

para. 9L-14.
Figaтe 91-14 A.1E iпet er
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 91
Pаоe 25
tlЕ],Iс0PтЕRs
МAINTЕNANсЕ MANUAL !1BB * B0 105
9I - \.l vertiсa1 sреed indiсator

с0NЕ'IGURATION 1
,indiпаtоr lfiпttrо 9,1 -,1 \\ iq i.nstalIеd in t,hе instIument

.Гhо rrоrt]са,] qneоd
pane] and displays the hе]iсoрter.s ratе of сlimb or desсent.
The housing of the indiсator' Whiсh is designеd as a рIеssure equa]izlng
сhaпbeI' сontаins a diаphragm сaPsule whiсh is direсtly сonneсtеd to the
st'аtiс prеssure system. A сaрillarУ сonstriction is insta1lеd in thе statiс
plessurе line J-eаding to thе diаphrаgщ сaрsu]е in thе housing. This саuses a
deLay in рressurе equa]ization betwеen the inсеrior of the diaрhragm сaРsul"е
and thе housing while the heLiсopter сliпLbs or dеsсеnds.
Thе shоrt.time differеntiа] рrеssule сauses a сhange on the dlaphragm сapsule
whiсh is meсhaniсa1ly trаnsmitled to the рointer. The indiсation remains
llnti nrаqsllrо is аollаl izcd viа -hо саni,] lаrv сonsuriсLion bеLween thе
inсerior of the diaрhragm сapsule and the housing. тhe sса]e .is сalibrated in
u1000 ETll.,lrN*.
CONЕIGURAтION II
An lnstantaneous vertiсal sрееd indiсator may be installed as an a]tеrnative
t'o сonfigurаtion I. ]t inсorporates a meсhanism whiсh рraсtiсa]]y eliminates
the delay in indiсation.
It disрlays a ralе of сIimb or dive up to t 6000 ftlmin at a.lliludes oг
between - 1000 ft and + 40 000 ft. The sсa1e is graduatеd in 100 ftlmin
inсrement,s t'o t 1000 ft/min and in 500 ftlmin inстеmеnts frоm t ].000 ft/min
to + 6000 ttlmin. тhe sсaLе is int'еrnally :.]]uminаLed. Thе рoinler сan bе
rраг]illql ed nn thр 4rn'.nd tо zerо hv meа',]с .\r the .,.ri' оtih^ c^.6''' ]^^э] 6d in
the lowеr }eft сorner of thе indicalor fасе.
91 - 18 Removal and insta].]ation - vertiсal сnAAd i7r.li..^|^r
Remove and jnstаll vеrtiсaL spееd indiсaсor in :..n 14:nl-A шilh nаr,] q1-]4.
с0NE'IGURATI0N 1 сONrIGURATI0N 2
$1 2
lt .3", i :5
L
lNsTANтАNЕ0Us
121* 7T*t*
Figure 91- 15 \7дrI i n: ] сn^6^ inî^rt^r
B0 105
сttAPTЕR YI
Раoе 26
HЕLIс0PTЕRs
MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAJ. I.IBB - B0 105
91 -19 Мast momеnt indiсator

Гor dеscription Qf masL momеnt indiсаt'or rеfеr to сhaрter ?05.
9I - 20 NAVIGATIoN ]NSTRUMЕNTS
91' - 2I 14agnetiс сomрass
-\р mаoneгiс cnmоаss {f ioll-р g,i-161 is mo]]nted аbоve the inst.llmenг Dаncl at
Lhe сеnter bеam of the сabln framе and sеrves as an auхiliary сompass. It
oрerates on Lhe рrinсiple of a 1iquid-dampened magnеLiс сompass and indiсаtes
thФ htrа.Jjnг' оf fhр hрl.соnгcr rFlаiive го mаonei,iс north.
тhe сompass сard (2) is loсaled on a f]oаt With malkings aL 10 deg intervals.
The сardinal direсtions are markеd N' Е' s and W. аnd numbers indiсaLe thе
heading in З0 deg inсrements. тhе float ls free to move in all thrеe
dimensions wlth si].iсone f]uid as thе dаmрing mеdiцm.
naf]дntinnс nэrlсarl Ьll intогFоrinп mапnal.in f iatг]с :rо .^mnAnq^tAd h\r thA
оompensation dеviсе (З) .
1 т'r m., a^/-].At

2 a^mnaec.ar.l
з Сomрensаtion-
dеviсе
Еigure 91- 16 Magnеtiс сompass
B0 105
CIIAPTЕR 91
|>eвo ?1 /)А
l.lBB IlЕL]сoPTЕRs,
}4AтNтЕNANсЕ }IANUAL I.,1Bв - B0 105
9I - 22 Troub}eshooting - magnetiс сompass
No. TRoUBLЕ sY}1PT0l,1 PROBABLЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕсTIVE AстI0N
1 Мagnetiс сompass Externa] magnеtiс сompensate magnetiс сomрass

indiсates interfеrenсe,. in aссordanсe with para'
inсorreсtly. imрroper сomрen- 91"-26 .
sat10n.
}.4agnеtiс сompass Rеplaсе magnetiс сompass.

dеfесtivе.
2 Compаss light lаmp dеfeсtive. Reptaсe ]аmр per ГLg. 9I-11 .
defеctive.
Table 91=2 Troubleshooring
91' - 2З Removа] and inst'a]lation - magnеtiс сomрass
NOTЕ o Usе antimagnetiс tools when removing and installinq

the magnetiс сomрass.
o Reрlaсe lamp with antimagnetiс famр only.
1. Removal and instal]ation of thе mаgnеtiс сompass j-s performed in Lhе
sequenсe of thе index nuпbеrs shoen iл f.igure 91-17'
2. Сomрensate magnetiс comрass in aссordance with рara. 91-26 aftеr
installation.
97 - 24 ]nspесtion for сondition - magnеLiс сompass
I. тnsрeсt magneLiс сomрass for с]еanliness' dаmagе' haziness, disсol.

orаtion' аnd сontamination of the dаmрing fluid.
2' Insресt magnеtiс сompass аnd eleсtriсa] сonneсtor for sесцre
instа}]at1on.
1 .hA.k
gllluN Avîr]ti^n
9^у!!o. w! Uvlllнqоо r..oru
^lу^ /F]^.'- 91-19)
^.+^ ^€ ^^mrs.. 1:-rч'-rie .
B0 105
снAPTЕR 91
tlЕL]с0PTERs
l.1AINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAL I4BB - B0 105
Nut
Washer
Bolt
I'lagпetiс compass -
ЕleсtriC Conneсtor
т'эmn с^. kёi
Lamp
Еigurе 91-17 Remova] and insta1lation - magnetiс сompass
91 - 25 гunсtiona] test - magnetiс сomрass
1. Genеral
A .JРflActоr Ynаоnёi iq reсllj rо.l fnr thA frrn/.ti^1а] tesL.
2. sсale сheсk
a. Rotatе сomрass сard by З60o tтith deflесtor magnеt and inspeсt sсaLе
marks, figures and letters for disсoloration and damage.
b. тhe сompass сатd should rоtate easily without binding.
B0 105
CHAPTЕR 91
t4BB ltЕLIсOPTERs
},IAINTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAT, I''{BB - B0 10 5
3. E'riсtion error test

a. Using the def]eсtor magnet' dеflесt the сompass сard thтough 10 deg
and maintain the defleсtion for 10 sесonds to al1ow the Liquid to
settle. Removе thе deflесtor magnet and allow the сomрass сard to
settlе. Rесord thе sett'1ing рosition.
b. Repeal сhis dеfleсtion proсеdure in the oрposile dirесtion. тhe dif-
ferenсe between thе t o va]ues must not exсeеd 2.5o.
o1 - 1а r-^nnAhсrtinn
u 4vrl
!vli'уLrrJg - meпnal.in enmnяcc
1. GenеIal
т}'A .оmnensаtiоn site must meet thе following requirements:
a. тherе should be no sourсes of magnetiс interferenсe within 50 m of
the site (е.q. airсraft or road vеhicles, rails, stеel posts. 1ron
fеnсes, high-voltage ]ines' etс. ) .
h тhA rтrnlrnd mltqt be ]еveL and the subsoit must be free from ferrous
magneliс materia} (e'g. рipеs, сurrеnt' сables, heating systems.
at. I
2. Preрaration
Prior to сomреnsarion mаkе sure to obsеrvе the foilowing points:
a' Al1 еquipmеnt (al"so magnetiс matеria]} must be at the loсation it has
in flight.
b. Personnel must not сarry magnetiс matеriаI on their рerson.
с. Addilional еquiрment whiсh сouLd influenсe the сomрass has to be
removed from thе cabin.
.] Anтi-mа.rne]-iс tools havе Lo be used.
B0 105
сllAPTвR 91
MвB llЕLIсoPTЕRs
I.IAINTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL мвB - B0 105
з. нeliсoрtеI a1ignmеnt
To determine thе deviation, the hеliсopter has to be a]igned with the

magnetiс сourse (мс), using one of the folloшing methods:
- alignmеnt wit'h a сomрensаting turntаbLe;

- alignmеnt with a сompensating bearing dial;
- аlignment With a hand-hеld bearing сompаss;
- a]ignment with marked dirесtionаl lines;
- el iсnmanr rа я qlяrrоrl rli rоetinnа] оrrrn
4. ЕХample of a сomрass сomреnsatiоn proсеdure
NOTЕ o Thе LWo engines must be running and a]] e]eсtriсal

systеms rеquired for norma] hе1iсopter oрeration must
be switсhed on.
o A second or third сomрass сorreсLion саrd shа],] be madе
for non. сontinuously oрerating oРtional equiрment Wit,h
high power сonsumрtion and/or еnergized emergenсy bus'
^ t i сL ^сA !Ь^ '.l.^'
l сllЕ wrРgl L]:',lрq tn nrёrIA"1r
уrсvglll ]-hA'n Fr^m
runnrng ory.
a. Determination of dеviation
Align thе heliсoрtel Lo Lhe magneLiс noтth, еast, south and \iеsL. Rе-
сord the magnetiс сourse (MC} and thе сompass сoursе (Cс) and
сalсulatе the deviation based on thеse two vafues.
l4c CC
A .^n1r ^f ihA .^'nnAnс,lron
rерort shoнn in figure 91-18
N з60" з49o + 11" nяn Ьд rlсоrl fzrr thic nrl r
г.-рosе
E 90" 10 0. -10 "
s 180' 185" - 5"
W 2't 0. 2s8" +\2"
B0 105
снAPTЕR 91
MBB ttЕLIсOPTЕRs
I'.IA]NтENANCE I..IANUAL МBB - в0 ]"05
MвE
тyрe:
CompэnsаtIon Dаta Sheet ldenl:

seriа| No.:
сofiрi99:
сomрenseted.
P|аоо:
l5o 1о. to' t5' Dёviаtioп сomр63s

Kurs 6 с0uls€
ooo'
ooo"
oзo"
060" 06o'
ogo' 090'
rzo' 120'
150"
r so'
r go'
180"
2ro'
240'
240'
270'
270"
зоo.
3oo'
ззo.
з3o.
з6o"
з6o"
t6Nl+{601+(65i+(6Wi (60t*{6w) ^ (6N - (6 S

=-_;- LЕ
) )
( l+( )+( )+{ )

в=
( )-( )
с= ( l-{ )
-_;_- -
тh6 оomраss hss beon comрonзаted wlth engLпeg lunnlng
Fo||owiog instrumoпl9 hаvo boвn gwitchod on:
vнt 2 oмЕ сoL L Lтs
яemдrksi
Date: тester: slвmрi
900223
E'iпrtгa a,]-]A .^mnёnсаtr on data sheet

BO 105
CнAPтЕR 91
Paqе зз
l,lвB I]ЕLICoPTЕRs
мAINTЕNANсЕ I'IANUAL I',1вB - B0 105
b. Calсulation of thе A, B and с еIror

The errors (coeffiсiеnts) are са]сu]atеd from thе deviation results
as follows:
(N) + (Е)+ (s}+ (W) +].]."-10".5o+].2o 8"
= +:= +2о
(Е)- (W) -10o- (+12o) - 22"

B етror = = -11o
2
(N) - (S) +11"- (-5o) +- 16o

\- еf .LUL =-= +8o
2 22
F',тr^r пnmnanc:t i аn
^
1) A error:
- Align Еhe heliсoptеr with magnet'iс сourse (мс) з60"'
- Loosen bo1ts (4. figure 9t-17) and turn сomрass suсh that-thе
lubber line moves by +2o from 349o to 351o.
- Tighten bolts.
2) B and с errors:
NOTЕ To adjust thе B and с сorreсtor. the triangular

wrenсh supрli.ed with the magnеtiс сompass is
requlred.
- Align the hellсoрtеr with magnеtiс сoцrsе З60о and turn thе C
сorreсLor suсh that the сompass pоints exaсt.lv to 360o.
- Align the hе}iсoрter wilh mаgnet'iс сourse 90o and turn the B
сorreсtor suoh thal Lhe сompass points eХaсtly to 90"
- ALign the hеliсoptеr vrith mаgneLiс сourse 180o and turn thе C
сorreсtor suсh that half of the indiсatеd еrror is сompensated.
- Align t'he heliсoptеr with mаgnet.iс сoursе 270" and turn the B
сolreсtor suсh that half of the indiсatеd error is сompеnsated.
- Align the he]iсoРter again with.l.ьA
МC з60"' 90., 180. and 270o and
rо:rl r\о inrtiлэ{-iаnс r6adihê Йt]сt not dеviate morе
than t 5" from thе }4C values. If a va]ue exсeeds t5" repеal the
лnmnanqяt i nn
B0 105
CIiAPTЕR 91
Pас'ё з4
llЕ],]C0PTЕRs
мA]NTЕNANсЕ l.lдNUAt I,1BB - B0 105
d. Determination af rеsiduаl dеviation

Align the hеliсоpter with МC 360. and сonlinue in З0" turns. Read. off
сomрass indiсat'ions and entеr the values in a сompass сorrесtion сard'
(figure 91'-79I I co]umn ''T0 sTEЕR'.
Repeat this proсedurе with the heaLing or tnJj Lh oрtionаI equrрmеnt
having similar high рower сonsumрtion switсhed on, and with thе еmеr-
genсy bus сonneсted, j.f installed. Маke а new сomрass сorrесtion саrd
f^r Aэ.h nrnnarlrrrд
Thеn сheсk сomрass сorreсLion сards for сomp]etenеss and atlaсh thеm
on the сеntre bеam of the сabin frame above the mag.netiс comраss.
Гilе aLl wrilten reсords or the сomрensalion reрort respeсtivеly for
thе next magneLiс сomрass сompensation in the Histoliсa1 Rесord of
thе heJ'iсopter.
сoмPAss rra ?4006{0r
l"
Бвп
l3Е
': zс
SWUNG вY:
Ё ЁЁ
oАтЕi
Е Ез
lwаa
900ss2
Е.ront s.ide Revеrse s idе
Гigurе 91- 19 г^mnЯ с e пnrraгtinn n:rЛ
B0 105
снAPTER 91
Paqe 35/З6
l.,1BB IIЕLIсOPTЕRS
мAINTЕNANсЕ }.!ANUA]. мBB. в0 105
gI - 2.l ЕNGINЕ AND l.,lAтN TRANsM]ssIoN ]NSTRUI',1ENтS
Еngine and main transmission instruments сomprise:

- Triрle RPм indiсation syslem. N2 аnd NR
- RPl4 indiсation system N1
- т.in]A
l ! lуtU nrдссrlrд 9 in,.lir'аt jnn cvqtAm
ai,] rдv99Ч!
v}t
- т.inlA
r lrуlU î,]
v.д tAYfin6rаtlrra
u9цt,9дч9ч!v inrliгяtinn crrqtрm
- тnт in.liâ}inn сtrс1-om
. n,'^,] ].цr.L
Uuсt.L
Е.'^,] ^,'.n+; It?
чuallL.LLy
j nî аlr
frLЧfvцL nn еve{-am
i!vtr JJ JL!l''
- nl1.,1 f!1o,] т1rAac]1rA in.]i.аti^n qvqtрm

lJд9JJqlU
- DuaL torque indication sYstem
в0 105
сllAPTЕR 91
нЕlIсoPTЁRs
}',tAINTЕNANсЕ I.{ANUAL мBB - бU lUэ
9r-28 le RPм indiсаtion systemIN2

and NR
The triple RPl,l indiсation systеm N2 and NR {figure 91.20) сonsists of:
- t ri n,l A Rpм i nrti n:tnт
- two taсhogenerators N2 (ЕNG I and ЕNG lТ)

- RPI.I taсhogenеrator NR (main Llansmission)
- e]eсtriсa] w.iring and сonneсtors
тo RPм WАRNiNG
DЕvlоЕ 1 Еw
Фi
вPм тAсl{oGЕNЕRАтoR з ЕN
ol
RPм тAснoGЕNЕRАтoR 101 ЕN
oi
RPм тАснoGЕNЕRAТoн 201 EN
I'i пllтд Q,] -?0 тri Dl ё RPМ inrjiс:гr.\n c\rsLem
B0 105
сI{APтЕR 91
tlЕLтс0PTЕRs
}4AINTENANсЕ I'IANUA], MBB - B0 105
':----:=:a
=:"':'=-
/_
.rт.
/r
lЦ
li-J
/i -ц !!
ll
Ь{
\''
=J Е-
==
/*>
/,1
jit=-:.=-
900110'в
1 тIiрle RPI'{ indiсаtоr 7ЕN

2 RPl,l Lасhogenerato r 201ЕN
З RPM taсhogenelator 101ЕN
,lЕN
д RPl'4 tаch^.'ArArа-.\r
Е.igure 91_21 сomponent Loсаtion - tlipLе RP[,l indiсation sуslem, N2 аnd NR
в0 105
сI,lAPTER 91
D. d^ ?о
flЕLIс0PTЕRs
}-lAINTЕNANсЕ }4ANUA]. }.188 - BO 105
The tасhogenerators generate an alt'ernatlng voltage With frequenсies propor-

tional to the speed of their rеspeсLive poйer turБine. тhe aitеrnating
vo]tage сontrols one of the three synсhronous motoгs in the triр]е npй inol-
сator' rеsрeсt ive1y.
The triple RP}4 indiсator (figure 91-22) acсomоdаtеs thrеe i n,.lanand6n r

measuring сirсuits with one synchronous motoт eaсh. Eaсh synсhronous mot'or
а.IilаtAс , .î nl-6r
RPM. is displayed in llPЕR сЕNTп' A 100t N2

indiсation by poinler il1.' (ЕNG ]")
or by рointel ,l2it
(ЕNG 2) сorrеsрonds to the rated output оf the respeсtrve
po'er tulbine. A 100t indiсation by pointer ,.R'' сorresponds to the nЬrmal
main rotor RPМ during flight.
i''xi'lli-:
\r
I
Tlnn
:-o
\/"
i;,i:п':к9
1 Pointer 2 (N2 - ENG 2)

2 Pointel 1 (N2 - ЕNG 1)
з Pointer R (main тotor)
Еigurе 91-22 Triple RPМ indiсator
B0 105
сI{APTЕR 91
Paqе 40
l,1BB IIЕ],IсOPтЕRS
i'.1AINTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL }.,lBB - в0 105
91 - 29 Tloubleshooting - triPle RPМ indiсation systеm, N2 and NR
No . TROUB],Е sYl'tPTOl4 PRоBAB],Е сAUsЕ сoRRЕст]vЕ AсTION
No N2 RPt.1 indiсalion. Loose сonneсtor Replaсe taсhogenеratoI.

^r Arr2t i. дr сlrlrrгriсh plate of
i nrl,ir': l- i аn nF nаintar taсhogenеrаtor.
1 oт pоinter 2.
voltagе outрut.
I"Ieasurе
taсhogеneratoI With rotor RPм 100t:
defесtive. 21 t 5 vAс (]0.0 i]z) ;
rep].асe taсhogeneraLor,
i f nanдecэ ru
!'au]ty сontaсt of Cheсke]eсtriс сonnесtor for

elесtriс сonneсtor сontaсtl rep]aсe, if
ЕlесLriс wiring Chесk e}eсtriс Wiring per

i nt о rrrlnt аd wiтing diagram (refеr to
WD}4) . repair or reрlaсe
i f nогдcc:ru
тIiple RPl',l сheсk RPl4 indiсalor

indiсator by рrovisiona}ly reрlaсing
defесtive. if , ron1 эгa l-r jn,]д РDМ
i nrti netnr i f nonдсс:гrl
No RP},l indiсtion Loose сonneсtor Reр]aсe Laсhogenеrаtor.

^f
NP аr aтrat i о рlatе of Aссomр]ish sB 90-24.
or sluggish indiсat ion . taсhogеnеIator.
}leasurе Voltage outрut.
taсhogеnerator. Wlth 100t RP}4: 21 t sVAс
(70.0 liz) i reр}aсe
1.r^Ь^d6n6rrt^r if
neсessaIy.
сontaсt of Cheсk еleсtriс сonnесtor for

Е'au,]"Ly
eleсtriс сonnесtor. сontaсt,. reр]aсe' 1f
neсessary.
Е]eсtriс нiring Гhоt. k о|рct-тrс wiтino оer

i nt a r rпnt a''l }iiring diagram (геfer to
hD]"I),. reраir or leрlасe/ if
nесessary.
Tгiplе RPМ .h6.]. trinlA RPм indir.аtgJ

indiсator bу provisionally repJ"aсing
defeсtive it . rоnl a^6 ]- ri n] A Rpм
'
i nî i f nana<cаrw
ît^r
Table 91- 3 тroub lе shooL ing
сllAPтER 91
tIЕtTс0PтЕRs
}-1AINTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL мBB - B0 105
91 - 30 Removal and installation - triplе RPI.,I indiсation system, N2

ANd NR
1. Removal and insta]lation of thе tripte RPl'{ indiсatoI is performed in the

sequеnce of thе index numbers shown in f l'gurе 91-2 З .
2. Rеmove and instal]. taсhogenerator N2 in aссordanсe with сhapter 61.
3. Removе and insta].] taсhogenerator NR in aссoтdanсe with сhaptеr 11.
бФ@'
7
]. Е]eсtтiсaL сonneсtor
2 sC rеvi
З Shade
4 Е]есtriс !.Ji r i ng
5 scrеw
6 Triplе RP}',l indi сat o r
7 Inst,rumеnt pane]
Еigure 91-23 Removal
^n.l
i na]..а ]
,]
аt i nn - r -i ^]
-..Е*e RPМ indiсаLor
B0 105
CIiAPTЕR 91
Paaе 42
},rBB нЕLIсOPTЕRS'
I'IAINTENANсE }4ANUAL MвB - в0 10 5
91 .з1 RPM indiсation system Nl
The RPI.{ indiсation system N1 (figure 9l-24) is identiсal fоr both engines.
тhe RPм indiсation svstem сonsists of:
taсhоgenera|or N1
- RPM indiсator N]'
- eleсtriс wiring and connесtors
To RPм WARNING DЕvlсЕ
тo вPM WARN|NG DЕvIоЕ

вPM |NDlсAтoR Nl
208 ЕN
г---
ei
- -- -'l
I
L____:_:= ЕNGiNЕ 2
вPп4 тAонoGЕNEвАтoв
202 ЕN
F'igurе 91-24 RPрl indiсation system N1
B0 105
CHAPTЕR 91
l4вB ltЕtIсoPTERs
MAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL },1вB * в0 105
::: A':'..Еа=:-. -=-a
+
i
!
/
'\!!i*ffrl
i*ff7+ ll/i
ь._'.
.-ч iг_--_--]l.-п п -./
-т--iь_____J.Ь
t2
.-ч .-.---Jl. t_, _
Jч]*t-:.-'_o ,2,
1
Тх
\i
-t
!
i! -J
i'F
jГ -l :-11
г
/tJ
t:
tf-
Чi
1 RPl4 indiсatоr Nl
108 ЕN' 208 ЕN
2 Taсhoqenerator N1
202 EN
3 Taсhogenerator Nl
102 ЕN
Е'igure J I-Zэ сomponёnt ]oсation - RPI',I indiсalion system N1
B0 105
сttAPтЕR 91
pаoё 44
},lBB }lЕlIсOPTЕRs
}IAINтЕNдNсЕ l.iANUAl t4вB - B0 t05
A taсhоgеnеrator Nl is inst.аlled оn thё Rll side of eaсh engine gеarboх'

Taсhogenerator N1, dIiven by the enginе geaIboxl generates an alternating
voltagё Wit'h a fIequеnсy рторortional to the gas pтoducer tцrbine RPM.
A synсhronous motor in the RPl,l indiсator N1 (figurё 91-26) oрerated by thе
alternating voltagё indiсatеs thе сompressоI RPМ in рeт селt. i00 реr сent
сorresроnds to thе maхinum соntinous рowеr оf thе соmрrеssoi.
;t 50
?060.
Гigare 91..26 RPМ indiсatоr Nl
в0 105
сrtAPтЕR 91
tlЕLIс0PTЕRs,
MA]NTЕNANсB I'IANUA! },IBB - B0 105
эI . 3z Trоubleshoоting - RPI.I indiсatiоn sУstem Nl
No. TROUBLЕ sYt,lPтOм PROBABLЕ сAUsЕ сORRЕсTIVЕ AсTТON
No N1 RPl4 indiсa- Conneсtol plate оf Reр]aсе taсhogenerator.

tion' or erratiс or respeсtive taсhogr-
sluggish indiсation. nerator ]oosе.
Respeсtive taсhoge- М0аs]]rе vоl tаoо оllInI]г AЕ
nerator defeсtive. RPМ 4200/min: 21 t5 vAс
l1|\ u.\ . -^n1.^^ +LdUIlUЧе-
\lv !\L1l rеРrdur ^^Ь^^.
nAr^l^r ,i f naаaесrrll
F'аl11tt'.^ht.,.]-
^f Cheсk e]есtriс сonneсtor for
еlесtriс сonneсtor. ! :с
sP raL-E r ar
neсessary.
I]']an]. тi а ll,i ri nп Сhргlr д] оnt ri r. ыi ri nп ner
i n]. д r rl lni arl wirinq dj.agram (refrr to
repair or reрlaсe. if
'
WDM)
nеCessary.
RP}4 indiсator сheсk indiсatol by
RPI{
defeсtivе. рrоvisionally lерlaсing it'
rоnl аr.о RPV i.,i i^ягnr iI
nесеssaIy.
Table 91- 4 Troubleshooting
91 - зз Rеmoval and insta]]ation - RPI{ indiсаtlon syslеm N].
1. Remova] and installation oг thе RP}4 indiсation systеm is performed in

srquenсе of the index numbers as оutlined in figure 91-21 .
2. Rеmove and lnsta]] taсhoqeneratols N1 in accordanсe With сhaрter 61'
B0 i05
CI-IAPTЕR 9l
Pаoe 46
I'lBв нЕ],IсOPTЕRs
I4AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL l,1BB - в0 105
1 Еleсtriс сonneсtor
2 Sсretl
З RP}4 indiсatol
, тя.}f!lб^6+ n^n^,]
r fllr'L!ul''с1lL }JolLс l.
5 ],аmp
Еigure 9 J.-2 7 Rеmoval and insLallаtion - RPI"I indiсator
B0 105
сtiAPтЕR 91
l{ЕlIс0PтЕRs
l.1AINTЕNANсE I.4ANUAL I\,lBв - в0 105
91 -34 T r iple oil pressure indiсation

v s Е em
The triple oil pressure indiсation systen (fiоllrр 91-28) nоnci sis of;
- з oil pressure traпsmiLtеrs
- triplе oil рressure indiсatоr
- fuse. eleсtriс wiring аnd сonneсtors
Iъ4АlN вUs
тRlPLЕ olL I
PRЕssURЕ olL PвЕssURE

IND|оAтoR тRANsм|ттЕR 101 ЕD
4 ЕD
Г_Ёl
|.'с'".'
h]-
.--.4-'
ru
olL PRЕssURЕ
тRANsi,4|ттER
г__ -l
-itl I
I
вшGtшв z
oIL PRЕssuRЕ
твANsмlттЕв з01 ЕD
t.
L
900505
Еigurе 91.2 8 тr1рle oil prеssure in.ii.,|,inn сrlсtаm
в0 105
CIiAPTЕR 91
МBB tlEТ,1с0PTERs
I.IAINтЕNANсЕ },IANUAL [,1BB - вo 105
-.:-Ё:',
-=..--.-
з'4
rl
r-t-
-.1Г._'п I
iiil
{
//it il{
-\=J,
/2
,/,2/
,/ -/-'-/
4
tiit
--l
'\t*
\lr
\-
\.-i
тri b] a ] nтaссtrra
^j
inrtinа|-nr с!'сt-6тn l Еn
2 nj ] n].Acqr]rA tr:nсmitter ]Q] ЕD
з Оi ] nressllre ,rяnsтitia- 201 ЕD
ц 0il pressure transmittеr 101" ЕD
Еigure 91-2 9 ComрonenЕ ]oсation - triрle oil рressurе indiсation sysгem
B0 105
с[]APтЕR 91
мBB IiЕLIсоPTЕRS
}{AINтЕNANсЕ }IANUAL l,1вB - в0 ].05
The oil рressure transmittёrs 101 ЕD and 20l ED оf engines ]. aпd 2 are
сonneсted to the resPeсtive oi} Pressure llnes in the bottotп of tЬe engine
сompartment. The o11 рressure transmitter з01 ЕD of the main trаnsmission rs
сonneсted to the transmlssion рressure line on the engine deсk b€tween fire
wall and main transmission.
The oil рlessure transmittеrs are pressure sensitive potentiometers, whose
resistanсе vаries pтoportional to the oi]. pressulе. тhis resistaпсe vаlue
inf1uеnсes the voltаge supplied to the tliрle oil pressure indiсator {figure
91-30) . The oil pressure is indiсated in nbarn (kp/сm2).
The triPle oil рressure indicаtor is supplied ldith voltаge frол пain bus PP21
via fuse 5Е.
Triple oil Pressure indiсator
вo 105
снAPTЕR 91
}4BB tlЕLIс0PTЕRs
I',1AINTЕNANсв I'{ANUAI PIBB - BO 105
91 - 35 Troubleshooting - triрlе oil pressure indiсation system
No ' TROUBT,Е sY}4РT0},1 PRoBAB],Е сAUsЕ сORRЕCTTVЕ AсTION
No indiсaLiоn oп Еusе 5Е b}own ' i^hдc]r frlса. ran] аna i f

trir',]A nraссlrrо nAr'Aeс^тt' indiа^tnт
î,]
Trin]д ni l nraqclrrо Гhaгlг l-rin]д ni ] nrдссllra
indiоator defeсtive. indiсator by рIovisional]y
rаn] яn i nп it. trinIa
'^nl.^^
oi] pressure indiсator' lf
Respeсtive oi1 Short еleсtriс сonneсtor of

trаnsnittЬr oj] рrеssure t.тansmilreт; if
dеfeсtivе. nîatёr iq .lAf]A..ё.l rрn]асe
тoсnдnl- i rlо ] nтaссl!rA
î
tIansriiLtеr.
Е'Я |1,] t 1l .^n|а.|
^f сheсk eleсtliс сonneсtor for
an eLесtriс .^nt a.t . ran,l rад i f
сonneсtor. neсes sary.
Еieсtriсwi r.ing Cheсk eleсLriс Wlr1ng pеr

int'erruрted. Wiring d i agrаm {refer to
WDМ) ; reраir or raа];аa i f
neсеssаry.
Еnd sсa]е defleсtion Grounded elесtriс сheсk elесtriс w.rr]ng pеr
nf nnin}оr/с\ аn wiring. wiring diagram (rеfer to
t ri n,1д ni ] nraсеrrто WDM) ; reрair оr тоn,] асо i f
ind1сator. neсessary.
Рдсnолtirlд ni,] .hё.l. nrассrlrд гrrnс-
î,l
рrеs surе mittat.rAn]r.a i€
transmittеr nесеssary.
Tаble 91-5 TroubleshooLing
aa\ 1n(
СнAPTЕR 91
},1BB IIЕLIсOPTЕRS
}IAINTЕNANсЕ i.!ANUAL },'BB - B0 10 5
91 - з6 Removal and installation - triplе oiJ. pressure indiсatiоn systеm
1. Renovе and install triple оil рressure indiсat'or in aссordanсe with рara*
graрh 91-33'
2. Remove and insLall oil pressure transmitters of the englnes in aссord.anсе

with сhapter 63.
3. Remove and instal1 oil pressurе transmittеr of main transmi.sslon in

aссordanсe wlth сhaрLеr 11.
97 - 31 Гunсtionа] tesс - triрle oi1 pressurе indiсаLion system
Perform funсtional test of triple oil pressurе indiсation system duringl

ground run .
с]IAPTЕR 91
HEt]с0PTЕRs
Ir{A1NTЕNANсЕ MANUAL мBB - B0 105
91 -з8 1r1p1 e oi1 tеmperature ind-iсation

m
The triple oiJ' temрerature lndiсation system (figuте 91-З1) сonsists ofl
.l ni 1 l.6Йnara+t1f^
- --*- -*--sr
hlr,]h
- triple oi1 tеmpelature indiсalor,

. fllqо. A,]Al..lri.. шiтinп 3nfl сonnесtors.
i,tAiN вUs
r-- 't
I
твlPLЕ oIL
I тЕмPЕ RAтURЕ I
lND|сAтoR I
I
I
I
I
ll
I
ешсrшв r
I
I olL TЕ ,PЕRAтUв
вULв 202 Е0
I
I
Il .шсrше z
I
I oIL тЕMPЕiАтUR E
вULв з02 ЕD
I
мA|ш
l.t1 тRАNsмlssIoN
I
L-
I
900506
Еigure 91-З 1 Triрlе oi1 temPerаturе indiсаtion system
B0 105
сIrAРTЕR 91
Pаoe 54
tlBт,]C0PTЕRs
l.,1A1NTЕNANсЕ }IANUAL MвB - B0 105
:r:::1
"r-:-
-' -''::=:::'r
.iг
== - l E-- =----::
il
:]I.Iг]
A/>
,'1"
\..*эЬ#,А
o14_*-__t'{
\-
A ЕE'Е'ЕсT]vITY s/N 7-160 тri nl о ni l f6rnn6rrt1116

indiсator 5 ED
OiJ. temperatule bu]b 302ЕD
ЕFЕ'ЕсTIVITY s/N 161 and 3 Oi l -a-nc'аl-'rто hll.]h 2n2ЕD
suDsequent 4 Oil tеmрeraturе bu]b 10 2ЕD
Е'igure 91-3 2 сomponenL ]ocaLion - triрle oil temperaturе j.ndiсalion syst,em
в0 105
сIiAPTЕR 91
pаoe 55
llЕLIс0PTЕRs
l',lAINтENANсЕ I\.IANUAL I'4BB - B0 105
The oil temрerature bulbs of englne 1and engine 2 arе instаlled to the rеs-
peсtive oi] lines in thе ],н and RH upРеr sесtions of the engine сompartment.
The оil temperaturе bulb.of thе main transmission is instal]-ed to the oil ].ine
at thе inlеt of the fine filter'
Еr'E'ЕсTIvITY S/N 161 and subsequent:

Thе oil temрeraturе bulb of the main transmission
is installed to the oil pump below the main trans-
mission.
The oil temреrature bu]bs aссomnodate a hеat sensitive resistor whose
resistanсe variеs proрortiona] to thе oi] temperature. This resistanсe in!
fluenсes the voLtagе supрlied t,о the LIipLe oil Lеmроratulе indirator (figurе
91-зз). Thе oi1 temрeraturе ls indiсаted in 'toсtl .
Thе triplе оiI temрelature indiсаtion sYstеm is supр}ied with vo}tagе from
main bus PP21 vla fuse 6Е.
Ilqure у1-JJ Triрle oi] temperature indiсatol
B0 105
CI]APтЕR 91
ttЕ1,Tс0PTЕRs
!,IAINтЕNANсЕ I'1ANUAL l.1вB - в0 105
91 - з9 Troubleshooting - LIiрlе oil рressure indiсating systеm
No . TROUBLE sYl'{Pтot.4 PROBABIЕ сAUsЕ CORRЕсT]VЕ AсTION
No indication on Еuse 6Е blown '

ГЬдnIr fllqa. тot\lАг^ ] f
].riniд ni,] i.6тnnо- neсessary.
rature lndicatoт.
тri n] a дi 'l tоmnо- сhёсk iriОlо oi ] temnРтаture
rаture indiсator indiсator by provisionаlly
dеfeсtive. !,^nlrîn^
сP ra\2 rl i+.
lУ fL, -аn,llаа
!суlo'LЕ +.inlо
L! lуaс
oiI LеmрeratuIe indicatorl
if neсessary.
P6en6.t i !7a
î
1 Short eleсtriс сonneсtor of
temperature bulb ni l tоmnarrItlrо hll,]h. if
defeсt ive . n^ in}6r iс .{6f ] A.]-6.l
p]aсe resресLive oi l tеmрe-
ratцre bu1b '
E art'l t rr
^^n1-
a^1-
^f сheоk е]eсtтiс сonnесtor foI
eleсtriс сonnеctor ' ^^fltАa|.
ran,]эао if
neсеssaIУ.
п,] aаt ri л r.'i ri nп Гhосk д ]aсt -i с шlrinгт nar
i ntдrrllnl-оrl h'iring diagram (refer to
wDt4) ,.
16r'r i r rоn,] ana if
^r
neсessary.
Еu11-sсale defleс- Е1дn1. ri а wi ri nп chё.k AlA^* riг ыi rinп naI
]-i^n nnin].ar1с\ \ 9 /
^f rvдrru!! shorL to ground. ,,;-l--
W.Lf .LlL9 u l,;---^-
Lсr9!dr{l /,â^-
l Lеfе.L +^ LU
.rf trinla tam- ralnv\.
WL]г', , -^-.i
LgУa L]. UL -^^l
- ^- -.a
l сl, Ia9с/ t!if
î'l
pеrature indicator. neсessarY.
RAсr\ё.{. i !'a
î
] Chесk oil LemрeIаture bulb;
t am^6r.t,, -a h,,l l-\ r.n,] :.6 if nanaссrт.,
сh^r1- t^ dr^'rn^
Table 91- 6 тroub1eshooting
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 9L
Pаоe 5?
l.,lBB i1ЕLIсoPTЕRS
MA]NTЕNANсE II,IANUAT, }.tBв - в0 10 5
91 - 40 Removal and installat'lon - triplе oil tenperature indiсation

system
1. Rrmove and instal] triрle oil temperaLure indiсator in aссordаnсe with

рara. 91-33.
2 ' Remove and install engine oi1 temperatuтe bu1bs in aссordanсe with
сhaрter 63 '
3. Remоvе аnd' insta]] main transmission oil temperature bulb in aссordanсe

with сhaрter 11.
BO 105
CI]APTЕR 91
p^.тё Бя
}lЕLTсoPтERs
!.,IAINTЕNANсЕ MANUAL T,IBB - B0 105
97.4I тoт indicаtio n system
The T0т indiсation systеm (figure 91-34) consists ofl

- ? l.hдтmnnnrlnl д h:rnоeсдc
- 2 т0T indicators
- 2 trim rеsistols
- д,] an| ri n tri ri nп and сonneсtoIs
тнЕRilioсoUPLЕ нARNЕss 101 ЕL
тoт |No|сАтoR
l05 ЕL
тнЕRмoсoUPLE нARNЕss 201 ЕL
тoт lND|сАтoR
900512
Еigure 91-34 T0T indiсation system
B0 105
сllAPтЕR 91
Pаoe 59
ttЕLIс0PTЕRs
l4AINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL I.,IBB - B0 105
,iZ
71 \
/F 2"' \--
-----i
-
\-
\.-t1,
900110.Е
T0T indiсat'ors 105 ЕL and 205 Еt

Trim resistors 104 ЕL and 204 ЕL
2 Thеrmoсouрlе harness 20]- ЕL
з Thermoсouрlе harness ]'01 ЕL
Еigure 91-З5 сomрonent ]oсation - т0T indiсation systеm
B0 105
СНAPTER 91
I'1BB tlЕLIсoPTERs
I{AINTЕNANсЕ I{ANUAL [{BB - B0 105
The T0т of еaсh enginе is measurеd in thе third Рower turbine stage by a
thermocouple harпess. The thermoсouPle harness сonsists of four
thermoсouр]es сonneсted in parallеl. When hеated thеy genеratе a vоltage
prорoгtional to thе average T0T value.
The voltage fol
eaсh еngine is sеpаrate]y disрlayed in noсп in a тOT
indiсаtor (figure 91-36) . Adjustmеnt of the ToT indiсаtion is aссomplished
with an adjust'ablе trim rеsistor which is installеd in thе instrument рanel.
т0т indiсatol With т0T indiсator with

linear sca le cnra:''i слд 1о
T0T indicator
B0 105
снAPTЕR 91
Revision 2 Page 61
l'4Bв HЕL]сoPтЕRs
!{AINтЕNANCЕ I{ANUд], l.{BB - вo 105
97 - 42 Troub].еshooting - T0T indiсation system
No. TROUBLЕ sYr'PTO!,l PROBAвLЕ сAUsЕ CORRЕсTIVЕ AсTION
1 No indiсation on TOT indiсator сheсk T0T indiсаLоri replaсе

ToT indiсalor. defeсtlve' if neсessarY.
Trim resistor Chесk trilп тesistоr; replaсе
defeсtivе. if neсеssа ry.
Еleсtriс wiring Cheсk еleсtriс wiring per
interrupted. wiring diagram (refer to
WDМ) ; rерair or reрlaсе if
neсessary.
Thermoсouplе Chесk thегmoсоup]e harnеss;

harnеss defeсtive. replaсe if neсessary.
2 Wlong indiсatiоn Мa]аdjustеd TOT Adjust T0T indiсation.

on TOT indiсator. indiсatiоn.
тhermoсouрle сheсk theтmoсouple harness,.
harness defeсtive. replaсе if neсеssarУ.
T0т indiсator Cheсk T0T indiсaLor; rep]асe
defeсLive. if neсеssarY.
Tablе 91-] T roub}e shоot inq
в0 105
сHAPтЕR 91
Pagе 62
l'lвB нЕI,IсOPTЕRs
I.IAINTЕNANсЕ I4ANUA1 l',lBB - в0 10 5
91 - 43 Removal and installation - т0т indiсation systеm
1. Remove and install т0T indiсators in aссordanсe with para. 91-3З.

2. Remove and instal]. thermoсouple hаrnesses in ассordanсe with Al]ison
OpеraLion and мaintenanсe l,Ianual ,
з. Trim rеsistor
a. Remove fаiring from instrument panel as neсessary.
b. Disconneсt eleсtriс wiring from respeсtivе t'rim resistor.
^ т^^с6fl flсtaninа sсrews and detaсh tтim rеsistor.

d. ]nstall trim resistor 1n reverse order of removаl.
91.-44 Е'RЕЕ
91 - 45 Calibration - T0T indiсatiоn system
1. CaLibratе thermосouple harnesses.

a. Disсonneсt thermoсouр]e .leаds frоm tеrmina]. box (figure 91-37)
138W (Еng 1) and 236W (Еng 2) .
b. lleasure rеsistanсe of thermoсouple harnesses 101 Е1 (201 ЕL)
Ь^th anпi nдс
^f
. 1) Resislanсe with 635 mm lеad: 0.5 - 0.6 Ohm.
2} . Rеsisbanсe with B12 пun ]ead: 0.65 - 0.75 Ohm.
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 9].
Рage 6з
l'1BB нELIсOPTЕRS
МAINTЕNANсЕ }IANUAL МвB - B0 105
с. l'Ieasure insufation rеsistanсe with 500 v betlrеen thermoсоuple harness

and сonnесting flangе (shiеld) .
]nsu}ation resistanсe must be at ]-еasL 2.0 kohm.
d. Remove T0T indiсators 105 Е], (205 ЕL) and short сirсuit Lhe сhrome]
and alumel lines with a сlalпрinq sсrew.
e. сonnесt a1ume] linе (grееn) to jцnсtion boх 1З8W (2з6W) .
f ' Conneсt рreсision тrsistanсe bridge t'o сhrome] 1ine (white)

disсonnеоted in step a.
s. сa]ibIate thеrmoсouplе haтпess 10]- ЕL (201 Е],) tо a total

resistanсе оf 8 1 0.10 Ohm. using trim resistor 104 EL (204 ЕL) .
h. Re-connесt and re-insta]l both T0T indiсators 105 ЕL (205 EL).

i'. Disсonnесt rеsislanсе bridge on сhrоmel linе (rthite} from Lеrminal
junсtion 1з8W (2з6W) '
* 2, Catibrate TOT indiсaLor with ]inear sсalе (seе f19urе 91-36) .
a' Сonnесt а Dс рowеr sourсе (mV) in aссordanсе with figure 91-З7.
тЕRМlNAL
JUNстloN
АLUМЕL LlNЕ 138 W (236 VV)
тнЕRMoсoUPLE GнЕEN
нAвNЕss
101 ЕL
(2о1 ЕL)
тRlм
RЕslsтoR
104 ЕL (2o4 ЕL)
Dо POWЕR souRcЕ (mv)

900205
Еigurе 91-З ? сa]ibration . т0T indiсation system
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 91
Page 64 Revision 2
I'{вB IlЕT,IсoPTЕRS
I'{AINTЕNANсЕ i.1ANUAТ. I',1вв - B0 105
b. I"leasure ambient temРёrature.
NOтE Еnsure thаt the ап]biеnt tempеrature doеs not fluсtЦate

during thе сa]ibration procеdure.
с. AdjusL DC рowеr sourсе (mv) to 29.14 mV.
d. The respeсtivе T0T indiсalol must lndiсalr ?00 "C 1 7 ос рlus ambiеnt *
Еemрerature. Re-adjust T0T indiсatоr. if neсessary.
е. сhесk the following rndiсalions:

Aпbient t'emреraturе mV setting Nominal T0T "C
20 oС з6.56 900 r 20
20 .С 19.84 500 ! 20
20 "c 11.41 з00 t 20
A deviation of + 1 "C from t'he аmbiеnt temрerаture equals аn mv sеttjng

сhange of - 0.04 mv.
A deviation of * 1 "С from thе ambiеnt, LemРеraLurе equaJs an mV sеtting
сhаng.e of + 0'04 mv.
f. Disсonneсt Dс Рower sourсe (mV) and IесonneсL thelmoсouрIe .leаds

(alume] lead has Lermlna] with largеr bore) .
З. Calibrate T0T indiсator with spread sсa]e (see figure 91.36) .
a. Conneсt DC рower sourсe (mV) as shown in f iq. 91-37.

b. мeasure ambient tеmPеrature.
NOTE Еnsulе that the amblеnt tеmрerature doеs not f}uсtuatе

during the Ca]ibrаtion рroсedure.
с. At an ambienl temреralure of 20 "Cl sеt Dс рower sоulсе (mv) to
32.91 mV I 0.01 mV.
d. The Iespесtivе T0т indicaLor reading shall be 810 "C t 2.C'

If neсessaIy' аdjust T0T indiсator by tuгning Lhe аdjusLing sсrew
loсаtеd on thе baсk of the indiсator.
At other ambient tenpеraturеs, сorreсt thе nominаl T0т reading for
the amount of dеviat'lon from 20.C.
B0 i05
CI1APтER 91
Revision 3 Page 65
мвB IIЕI]IсoPTЕRS
},IAINтЕNANсЕ !,!ANUAL I'|Bв - B0 105
e. Verify the following reаdings:

Ambiеnt teтnperаture mv setting Nominal т0T oс
20 oс з6.56 1 0.01 900 l 20

20 oC з4.55 t 0.01 B50 J 20 -5
20 0с 32'51 1 0'01 B00 t
20 oC
5
30.4з t 0.01 750 t 5
A deviation of + l oC from the ambient Lemрerature equa1s an mv setting

сhange of - 0.04 mv.
A deviation of - 1 .C fxom the arnbient temреraturе еquals an mv sеtting
сhange оf + 0.04 mV.
f. Disсonnесt Dс рower sourсe (mv) and rесonneсt Lhermoсouple ]eads

(alumel lead has terminаl with larger borе) .
B0 105
сttAPтER 91
Page 66
lt{вB ItELIс0PTЕRs
l.,lA1NTЕNANсв мANUA], }4вB . в0 105
91 -46 Du a1f ue1 quantity indiсation

sy sLеm
The dual fuеl quantity indiсаtion system (figurе 91-38) сonsists of
^ fuel quant'ity trаnsmitter in main tank,
- fuel quаntity transmitЕer in supply tank,
- dual fue]. quant,ity indiсator,
- fusel eleсtriс wiring and сonnесtors.
t\,!АlN вUs
I FUЕL aUANтlтY
тRANsмlттЕR
I
;s
I
мAIN тANК
I
FUЕL QuАNт|тY
тRANsN,llттЕR
t=c>t
suвпr-v тlшк
l-=_-- l
гigure 91-38 Dual fuel quantity indiсation system
Thе dual fue1 quanliЕy indiсat.ion system indiсalеs the fuеl quantity in the
main and supply tank. Еuel quant'ily transmittеr 1ЕB is instal]еd ln the main
tank, fuel quantity transmitter 2 Ев in the suррly Lank.
The fue1 quаntity trаnsmitters are f]oat gaqes with the resistаnсe vary.ing
proрortiona.lly to thе fuel lеve1 .
в0
105
сI]APтЕR 91
Paqe 67
l,lBB HЕLIсoPTЕRS
I.IA]NTЕNANсЕ I'4ANUAL мBв - B0 105
|::.-==:.-=,1.э=---:a
._JJ_.J_._.
n| ---- .,,/
|
---..lt-
. ll
..-d п-r
1 Еuse з Е and
rlllаl frlc1 .л]аntitv inrjlгalor 5 ЕB
2 Еuel quantity transmitter 2 ЕB
з E'uel quantity tIansmittеr ]. ЕB
Е'iп'lта 0]-?0 .^й.^1enс ]oсation - dua]. fueJ ollаntitv

1цц:l L J LJ inrlicаtiоn
LllurloLtviL qv"*^*
JIоLЕл(
B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 9]'
Pаo,э 68
д'{BB ttЕLIсoPTЕRs
I.IAINTЕNANсЕ }4ANUAI !4вB . B0 105
A сhange in thе aррliеd Vo]Еage js indiсatеd in .'kp х 10'' on the dual fuеl
quantity indiсator. The ]еft ,,М'' sсale indiсates the fuеl quantiLv of thе
main tank' the riqht ''S', sсale lndiсates Lhe fuel quantity of t.hе supply
tanK.
ЕE.Е'EсT]vITY o slNl-r20
A rеd Warning }iqhl is loсaLed in the bot'tom section
of Lhe duаl fue] quantit.y indlсat.or 5 Ев' IL сomеs on
togеt'her with thе warning ]rghr 7 ЕB 'ILOW t'UЕLl'
when thе ]"ow fuel warnlng svstem is aсtivat,еd.
o S/N 12\ and subsequent

Tndiсat,ion only by warnlng liqht ? ЕB ltLOW Е'UЕL"
(refеr сo сhаpсer 92).
Thе dual fuel quаntiсy indiсаtion sysсem is suрpLied with e1eсtriсaL рowеr
from mаin bus PP21 аnd, Jf instа]lеd, from еmеrgеnсy bus PP20 vjа fusе 3 Е.
oUANт
Еlgurе 91-40 Dua-l fue] quantity indiсаtor
B0 105
снAPTЕR 91
мBB llЕ].,,IсoPTЕRs
MAINTЕNANсЕ l,lANUAт. l'1Bв - в0 10 5
9I - 4.l Troublеshоoling - dual fuel quantity indiсation system
No.TROUBLЕ sYMPтOl4 PRоBABLЕ сAUsЕ соRRЕсTIVЕ AстION
1 No rеading on Fuse З Е b]ol.,n. сheсk fuse; replaсe if

ouaL Iuef quanl1Ly
-,,--r- I r-,, nесеssary '
indiсator.
Dua] fuel quantity Cheсk dua] fuеl quantity
indiсaLor defeсtivе. indiсator; rеР1aсe if
neCessаry.
Еlесtriс wiring Cheсk е1eсtriс wiring peт

interтupted. wiring diagralп (refеr tо
WDD,I); rePair oI rеplaсe' if
neсessary,
2 No рolnter indiсation ЕueL quantily сheсk fuеl quantity trаns-

on Ьсa]е M of transmiltеr 1 ЕB mit,Ler 1 ЕB; rерlaсe if
dual fuеl quantity defeсtivе. nесessarУ.
indiсаtor.
Dua] fuel quantiLy Cheсk dual fuе] quantj-ty
indiсator indiсaLor; rерlасе if
dеfeсtive. neсessary.
Е.Leсtric wiring Cheсk eleсtriс wirinq pеr

inLеrruрt.ed. wiring diagram (rеfer to
v.1D}4) ; тeрair or replaсe. if
.l nînl-Ar
Nl^ tJwll'LЕ inrli.'аt inn Б'11A1
l цL! .т'lаntil-\,
ч1ццrrсдUJ гhA.k flrр] .лrаnt it,v trаns-
J
'\v
of dual
оn scafе S transmitt'er 2 ЕB mitterr 2 BB, replaсe if
fuel quantity defeсtive. neсessary.
indiсatоr.
quantiсy Cheсk dual quantjЕy
Dual fuel
indrсаЕor indiсator; reРlасe if
dеfесtivе. neсеssarУ.
Е']^^+*i^
Цlсl L Lj9 ','. -i^-
wt!tllY сhё.k рlё.triс wiтin. ...
interrupted. r+iтing diаgram (Iefer to
WDl4) ; rерair or repLaсе' if
neсes sa ry '
Tab]е 91- 8 T roublеshoot' ing
B0 105
сllAPTЕR 91
MBB HЕLIс0PTвRs
I4д]NTЕNANсЕ }'ANUAL I"1BB . B0 105
91 - 48 Removal and insta]latlon - dua1 fuel quantity indiсation systеm
1. Remove and instal]. dual fuеl quantity indiсator in the sequenсe of the
index numbers outlinеd in figure 91-41.
2. Remove and instаL] fuel quant'ity transmitters in aссoriianсe with сhapteт
62.
1 Screw
? Пll:1 flla,l оllаrl. i trl i
"diсator
з сonneсtor
lчLд 1gqrlv+9j дllr
4 Е1eсtriс сonneсt,or
5 тnetr!'Йёnf .,nёl
E'iguтe 91-41 Rеmoval and installation - dua] fuet quantity indiсаtor
в0 105
CttAPтЕR 91
}lЕ1]с0PTЕRs
I'{AINтЕNANсЕ }'{ANUAL }4вB - B0 105
91 -49 Dua]. fue1 Pressure indiсat'ion

systеm
The dual fue1 pтеssure indiсation systеm (figurе 9|-42) сonsists of:
- 2 fuеl plеssuте transmit'ters
. dtlаl ftlр' nrcss1]re indiсator
- fusel elесtriс wiring and сonneсtols
мАIN BUs
- - - * -t
PRЕssUвЕ
I
DUАL FUЕL l
lND|оAтoR 2 ЕA
FUЕL PRЕssu RЕ
,l01
тяANsмlттЕtl ЕA
ЕNG |N E 1
FU ЕL PвЕssuвЕ
тFlАNslи|ттЕ R 201 ЕА
ЕNGINЕ 2
Еigure 91- 42 Dual fuе1 pressure indiсalion systеm
B0 105
с]lAPTЕR 91
t',lBB HЕLIсoPTЕRS
I{A]NтЕNANсE }.IANUAT, мBB - B0 105
'.:;1-: ':':-?-==:a
.---iГ- П
ъ:_.'l.E:
Y'
;Ь
2
\:
--t
ii *J
lF
цn"
lr
-l--,
tl
900112
1 Еusе ] Е and dua] fuеl рressure

indiсatol 2 ЕA
2 Еue1 рressure transmittеr 201 ЕA
З Еuеl рressure trаnsmitteI 10] ЕA
t'igure 91-4 3 сomрonеnt loсation - dua} fuel рressure indiсaLion system
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 91
t,lвB llЕLIсOPTЕRs
MAINтЕNANсЕ l.lANUAl l.1вв - B0 105
The dual fuel рressure indiсation system (figure 91-42) indiсates thе
plessure in the supply linеs between supply tank and both enqlnes. The fuel
pressure transmitt'еrs arе installed in the resрeсtive supp}y lines.
Еaсh fuel Рressure transmltter сomprisеs a pressure sensitive resistor. whosе
resistanсe varies pтoрortlona]ly to t,he fuеl pressure in thе supply lines.
Rеsistanсr variation рrоduсеs vаriations оf t'he voltage whiсh is s.uppLied to
the duа1 fue] рressure indiсatоr (figure 91-44) and indiсated in ''kp/сmz'''
Thе red PointeI on sсаle ..tl' indiсates thе fuel рressure for engine 1, the
oretrn oоint0r оn qcя']e '!?lt in.ii.^tёc thо flla] удGooцlЕ Far anrrina
!vl Еllчrilс .i?
Voltage for t,he dual fuel рressure indiсat'ion system is supplied from main
bus PP2]. and' if installed, from еmelgenсy bus PP20 via fuse ] Е.
гigurе 91-44 Duа] fue] рressure indiсаtor
BO 105
снAPTER 91
Pапр 74
I'{BB ltЕT,IсoPTЕRs
I.{AINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL t!,lBB - B0 105
91 - 50 Troubleshooting . dual fue] pressure indiсation system
No.TROUBLЕ sy',tPTOм PROвAвLЕ сAUsЕ сORRЕcтIvЕ AсTION
1 No reading on !'use ] B blolin . с'heсk f цsе i

rlttл l frlд] nrAсqt]rA roо1aap if nёсоssаrv
indiсator.
Dual fuel pressure Cheсk dua} fuеl рressuIe
indiсаtor defeсtive. indiсator; reр]aсe if
neсessaIy.
Еue} pumps in the Suitсh on fuel puпрs реr
supрly tank do not chapt'et 92 '
oреrate.
вoLh emeIgеnсyfuе] Oрen emеrqenсy fue] valves
valves сlosed. реr сhaрter 92.
ЕlесLriс wiring Cheсk eleсtriс wiring pеr
interrupted. wiring diagram {refer to
WDM) ; repair оr replaсе if
neсеssary.
2 No indiсation оf Dua] fue1 Pressurr сheсk dцal fuеl рressurе

red рointer on indiсator dеfeсtive. indiсator; rерlaсe if
duаl fuel рrеssure neсessary.
indiсatоr '
ЕmеIgenсу fuel valvе 0реn еmеrgenсy fuel
..I''
с]osed. valve .'I.. pеr сhарter 92.
Fuel pressЦre сheсk fuej. pressure Lrans-
miсteг 101 ЕA de- miLter; ]eplaсe if
defeсtivе. neсessary.
Еlесtriс wiring Cheсk eleсtriс wiring реr

int,еIrupted. wiring diagram (refеI to
hDl4) ; reрair or reрlaсet if
nесessary.
3 No indiсalionof Dual fuel pressure сheсk dua] fuеl рressurе

green рointeron indiсator dеfесtive. indiсator; reрiaсe lf
dual fue] рrеssure neсеssary.
indiсator.
Еmеrgеnсy fuel Oрen emergеnсy fuеl valve
va}vе ..II'' рer сhарler 92.
'' I I'' сlosеd.
TabLe 91-9 Troubleshootinq (1 of 2)
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 91
Paqе ?5
}.1BB нЕLIсOPTЕRS,
IЧAINTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL },lвB - B0 105
Troub]eshooting (сontinued)
No.TROUBLЕ SY}IPTOI'{ PROBABLЕ сAUSE сORRЕсTIVЕ AстION
I'rla,] nraсеrrrо .han]z frlд] nrдeсrrra |vlglivтдnс-

transnitter 20l ЕA mitler; reDlaсe if
rrvvvЧlv
defeсtive. neсessarУ.
Еlесtriс wiring Cheсk еIесtriс пiring рeI

i6-6r''l^+^^
fllLсJ.!цРLс\r. vY.Ll.J.rlY di:пr:m
'''i.rn.т ЧlцYцu.п /r.fAт t^
9w
\lUlul
WDМ) ; rеpair оr replaсе, if
neсessaIv.
Tаblе 91-9 тroub]eshooting (2 ot 2\
91 - 51 Rеmoval and instа]lalion - duaL fuel pressure indiсaЕion systеm
1. Remove and install dual fuеl pressure indiсator in aссordanсe with рara-
qraDn УL-4б.
2. Remove and inst'all fuel рressurе transmitters in aссordanсе with сhaptеr

62.
B0 105
снAРTER 91
]'{вB нЕl]сoPTЕRs
l4AINTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL l,!вB - B0 105
9|-52 Dua1еngine torque indiсating system
тhr dua]. engine torque indiсating system (figure 9]--45} сonsists of:
- dual torque indiсator
- hose/tube linеs
DUAL тoвaUЕ I
|NDlcAтoR
HosE LlNЕ
I
I
HosЕ LlNЕ
i
тuвЕ L|NЕ тUвE L|NЕ
L_
нosЕ LINЕ HosЕ L|NЕ
ЕNGiNЕ 1 ЕNGINЕ 2
E'i гтtrrд Q1 -l5 Dual engine torque indiсаting system
B0 105
снAPTЕR 91
Рa(Ie 71
},1вB ttЕLIсoPTЕRs
мA]NтЕNANсЕ },IANUAL }.IBB - B0 105
--Q Е.
=.i
s.,-\ //?
f' ,/
_ _.\
='4.
IN
ri ,/ -/
- -- Lr_ --+
1 Hоsе 1inе
2 Dual torque indiсator
J I uOe l1ne
4 Torquе рressurе сonneсtion
еngine 1
5 Torque рressure сonneclion
еngine 2
t fgurе уI-qb сomрonеnt Loсation - dual engine. torque indiсating system
сttAPтЕR 91
I'IBB ttЕL]с0PTERs
I.{AINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL I\,IBB - B0 105
The dual engine torquе j-ndicating system providеs indiсation оf the torq,ue of
thе No. 1and No. 2 engines. тhe torque mеasurinq shaft of the reduссion
gearboх of eaсh engine suрplies hydrauliс Pressure whiсh is рroрortionaL to
thе rorquе of t'hе drivе shaft. This hydrauliс рressurе is transferred via а
hosе and tube assembly from the torque рressure сonneсt'ion on thе redЦсtlon
qеarbox of eaсh engine to the dual torque indlсator (figure 9J.-4?) mountеd in
the instrument panеl, Where it is displayed in ''t TORQUЕI,. тhe pointels. one
for еaсh enginеr arе labelled "l" and "2. and indiсate No. 1 and No. 2 еnqine
Irlrпrlд rосnдаt i тra] rr
To prevеnt t'he рointers on the dua] torque indiсator fron fluttеrinq. iL is

neсеssary to build up an air сushion in their resрeсtive tube and hosе lines.
This alr сushion is built uр by рurging the tubе and hose lines of аl1 oil '
Pulginq must be uniform to prеvent torquе split indiсalions.
Еigure 91-4? Dual torquе indiсator
B0 105
сiiAPTЕR 91
Pаoе f9
I',IBB IiEт,IсOPTЕRS
МAINтвNANсЕ }.4ANUAL l'1BB - B0 105
91 - 53 TroЦbleshoоting - dual enginе tolque indiсat.ion systеm
NO.TROUB],Е sYl"1PT0},1 PROBAвт,Е сAUsЕ сORREст1VЕ AсTION
1 No rеading oп Dua] torque indiсa- Cheсk dual torqцe indiсaLoгi

duаl torque indi- tor dеfесtive. rерJ.aсe if neсessатy.
cator.
2 Stuggish indiсatlon Dual torque indi- Cheсk duа] torquе indiсator;
on dual t,orque in- сator defесLive. rерLaсe if neсеssary.
diсatоr.
сloggеd.
Hоse/tube lines Cheсk hоse/tube lines for
ft?i"|i:ii':; }:Ёi::""tl'"",
as neсessаry.
з Pоinler flutter on No air сushion in Purge hose/tubе line(s)
dual torquе indi- hose/tube }ine(s) of a]l oil.
сator. or air сushion ls
inadequate .
4 Dual toтque Diffеring air Purge boс'h hosе/tube ]inеs

indiсaLor pointers сushions in hose/ of all oi].
.l.} n^t q!]nAтimn^сA tubе linеs.
нose/tube]ine сhесk hose/tube line fоr

сirсuit Leaks. Iеаkagе; sеal or replaсe,
as neсessary.
тable 91-L0 Troubleshooting
B0 105
CIIAPтER 91
pа.тё я0
мRR I{Ет. тl-npтhPs
шAТNTЕNANсЕ I',!ANUA], мBB - B0 105
91 - 54 Removal and instalLation - dual engine torque indiсating system
]". Rеmove and install dual torque lndiсator as shown in figure 91-48.
2. Catсh esсaping o1l in a suitable сontаiner.
з. Blank оff oрen hosе lines and сonnесt'ions.
I
2 nlrа l iт!î.r1-^r
^т.rl16
1-
900113
3 тncf 11rmAnt n:nAl
4 ноsе ]ines
Еigure 91-48 Remova]- and instal]ation - dual torque indiсator
в0 105
сltAPтЕR 91
Pаoё 8]
tlЕLTс0PTЕRs
},IAINTЕNANсЕ I',IANUAL }4вB - вo 105
s. Removal * hose line (2, fig. 91-49)
a. Renove battery and instrument panel faiтing to еxtеnt' neсеssaтy

fоr aссess.
h Remove attaсhing sсrews of dual torque indiсator (1) '
Unsсrew and remove union (4), disсard gasket' and сatсh esсaрinq oil
in a suitable сontainer.
d. Blank off tube line (5) .
Withdraw dual torquе indiсator (1) from instrument pane] (6) und
unsсrеw and removе union (З) .
Disсard gasket and removr hose ]inе (2). Blank off hose сonneсtlon on
;!,
vццf
a 'l l-^Ymr6
Lv д чgv in/lidrt^r
-t-
f
-+ +
l--t- -]- -i -l
l- r- + -+ -+
-l- -.1- -t -l- __t
-L -r -.1- -+
-t-+ + -1- -+
.t-
-+.-.i- + -+ I Dual torquе indiсator
t- +
2 }1osе }inе
з unron
4 UNION
5 Tube line
6 тnat r1]mant nЯnё l
Еiguтe 91-49 Remova] and insta]lation - hоsе linеs
B0 105
снAPTЕR 91
Pаое 82
t.,lBB HЕLIсoPтЕRs
мAINTЕNANсЕ I.{дNUAL MBв - в0 105
5. Installation - hosе line |2, f,ig. 91'-49|

а. сonneсt hose ]ine to tube ]ine (5) togеther with a new gаsket.
b. Provide hosе/tube lines with аir сushion by рurging ]ines of а1I oil
ассоrdi no rо оаrа 91-5J.
с' sсreп hose line to dual torque indiсator (1) t'ogether With nеW
gasket.
.] тnsrа] ] .ll1n,] i.lr.'lrр inrliглtnr qогtlrд]v in inсtrrlnдnt h.n6l /4l
\v/ l
t,ulLЕl
e. Insrаl1 previously rеmoved instrument рanе] fаirings аnd bаtсery.

f. сheсk oi1 levеl in both engines and reрlеnish as nесessаry (rеfel to
гh^ntAr 61l
g' Perform funсtionаl tеst ассolding to рaIа 91-56.
91 - 55 Insресtion for сondition - dual engine torque indiсаt'inq syst,en

] inc^ё.t dt1r] t^rdt]A
9w!чц! i.^r^..^'
!:l\.rr LaL ..- ^]^.n] ].^^^
llЕЭD. qu..'u9с, .A.11rA fir and
^rfi.dA
leaks.
2. Insрeсt hosе/tцbе ]iпe сonneсLions for leаks and seсure installation;
rёl. i.'hIAn if ncсоc cа rv.
з. Cheсk e].eсtriсal сonneсtor for seсure insta]]ation'
9i - 56 Еunсtional test - dua] engine torquе lndiсаting systеm
_.-^--. ,1,'!l l^ -^..^ i 1ii..-l 4,,,.,-r:^-i-- i^

gl'9 jllе
f rLoуgL - uцaf ^".în^ L-w1чuе ЭJ5LсlL I|,! P.LUРс! - ].ultсL.Lull ll1ч 1ll
сonjunсtion шit,h ground run or tesL f]ight.
в0 105
сltAPтЕR 9 ]'
Pаge 83
ЕURoоoPтЕв MAINтЕNANсE МANUAL вo 105
.- 91 * 57 Purging . dual torque iпdiсator (engines)
l NoтЕ тo obtain torquв readings from both engines without рointer vibration' the rеsрес-
l tivo torque |ines attached to tho dua| torque indicator must be air purged. тo avoid
l miхing up the torque |ine сonпeсtions, only one tolque |ine sha|| be disсonneсted
l аt one time'
I
l1. Disсonneсt hose end ol one of the torque |ines (2, fig.91-49)from dualtorque indicator (1}. Catсh esоaping
ojl in a suitable оontainer.
l
I
l2' ing
Disсonneсt tUbe end of the same torque Iinе from the сonпeсtion on the transmission deоk. When uпsсrew.
! the attaсhing hardware. hold the fitting to prgvent rotation. оatсh esсаpiпg oi| in a suitab|e coпtainer.
I
l 3. Usiпg proteсtive caр' blank ott oрen end ol tоrquв line leading to thв engine.
I 4. Using сompressed air, carelЦ||y b|ow through the сombined hose/tube line unti| al| oi| has been expel|ed.
l
I сatch esсаoing oil su'table
in a сoпtаiner.
I
l 5. пemove
proteсtive сap and reоonneсt torque line oп the transmission deсk.
I
I 6.
Fteсonneсt hose end of toroue |ine to the dua| toroue indiсator
I 7. Reoeat
step 1 thru step 6 with the other toroue line.
I
I Perfoгm inspection
l 8. !or сoпdition (reler to para 91-55).
I
l э. Peпorm funсtiona| test (refer to parа 9'1-56).
I
I NoтЕ
I lf the pointers on the dua| torque indicator indiоate vibration, repeat air purge until
l torquе readings are obta]ned wjthoui pointer vibration.
сHАPтЕR 91 Revision '18

Page 84
l4BB ltЕ1IсOPтЕRs,
I.IAINTЕNANсЕ MANUAL I.{Bв . B0 105
91 - 58 M]sсЕLtANЕOUs INsTRUt.lENTs
Мisсеllaneous instIumеnts сonsist of Lhe following:

- Aшnetrr and voltmeter
- с.]"oсk
- Outside air, tеmperature indiсator
91 . 59 Ammeteт and voltmёtel
Aшneter and voltmеter are the monitoring instruments of the heliсoрtе!.s

eleсtriсal system (figure 91-50) . Thеy are installed in the horizontal
seсtion of the instrument рane1 (figure 91-4, 91-5, 91-6) .
B0 1"05
снAPTЕR 91
Page 85
l4вв l{ЕLтсоPTЕRs
I.{AINтENANсЕ MANUAL I.1BB - в0 105
г_ -]
volтмЕтЕв
I
l8P
I
AммEтЕв 19P
*фl_a
GЕN 1 вАт GЕN 2
sтАвтER- l sтАRтЕв-
GENЕвAтoв 2
GENЕRAтoв 1
мАlN вUs PP21
Eigure 91-5 0 Мonitoring instruments of the heliсoрter/s e]eсtriсal" system
B0 105
CI{APTЕR 91
Paqе 86
MBB ltЕtIсоPтЕRs
I.4AINTЕNANсE MANUAI, MвB - B0 105
Dеpending on the posilion of the toggle switсh Dс I,OдD (refer to chaptеr 92)
the aшnetеr (figurе 91-51) indiсates thе сuтrent at the fol]o'ing mеisuring
рoints:
- тnain bus PP21,
- st arter -gеnerato r 1,
- sta rtеr-gеnе rator 2.
If thе ammeter not oрeгatеd the pointer is in zero сеnter position.
(qo so,9 , so
900225
@ @
Гigure 91- 51 AmmrtеI
тhe Vo,ltmеLеr (ftgure 91.52) indiсаLes t,he voltaqe of main bus PP21.
900125,А
@ @
Еigure 91- 52 VоltmеLеr
B0 105
СI]APTЕR 91
Paoe 87/88
нЕLIс0PTЕRs
I'.tAINтЕNANсЕ Ir1ANUAL }.tвB - B0 105
91 - 60 U1oск
тhе с]oсk (figurе 91-53) is instal].ed in thе сenter of the horizontal seсtion
of the instlumеnt рanel (figurе 91-2) .
The сloсk is a сhronometer with hands for hours and mlnutes and a meсhaniсal
st'op deviсe fоr seсonds and minutes' A knurlеd knob (4) is usеd to wind and
set Lhе сlосk. To set Lhe сorreсt time' ]ever (2) on thе RH side next t'o thе
knurlеd knоb has to bе pulLrd downward. The start / stoр / reset knob (3) of the
stop device is below the knurled knob.
During the stoррing. hand (5) сount's thе seсоnds and the hand of the
auxiliary sсa]е (1) Lhe number of rotations of the sесond hand uр to thе
maхimum of 15 minutes. тhe stoрping сan bе interrupted wiLh thе lever as
required. In addition, |hе сloсk hаs an adjustable setting ring (6) l'iLlr
minutе inсrements.
lя.''IйJ
n
чЕ
Рr
1:-
{ J.n
J.'
Фmф
1 Auхiliary scaLe
2 Levеr
? atrтt /сrnn/raсat lznaЬ
4 Knurled knob
5 sесond hand
6 SeLting ring
Еigure 91-5 3 с1oсk
B0 105
сI1APTЕR 91
Pасо Я9
l.1BB IiELIсOPTERS
I',IAINTЕNANсЕ !,IANUAL l'1BB - B0 105
Уl - ol Tтoub}eshooting - сloсk
No. TRoUBLЕ ' SYMP т0l,1 PROBABLЕ сAUsЕ CORRЕCT]vЕ AстT0N
Clоck lnоperative с]oсk defectivе '

Pan'l râ .l
^.L
оr inсorrесt
indiсation of 1oсa 1
time.
Table 91- 11 Troubleshoot ing
91' - 62 Rеmova] and insta].Lation - с]oсk
Remove and instа]l сloсk in sеgЦеnсe of the indёx numbers as oЦt]ined in

fiqurе 9l-54.
fl
1 Eleсtriс саb]e
2 сonneсt.or
З NuЕ
Р 4 Wa she r
5 Instrument lamр
I
6 Sрaсer
7 NUL
8 Washer
9 вo1|
10 сloсk
11 Instrument panel
Еlgure 91-54 Removal and insta]]at'ion - с]осk

B0 105
сIlAPTЕR 91
Pас'Ф g0
!'{BB flЕlIсoPTЕRs
I'{AINTЕNANсE I{ANUAL мвB - B0 ].05
91 - 63 Еunсtional test - сloсk
1. Wind uр сloсk.
2. Set сloсk to loсal Lime.
- The с1oсk must indiсate thе rеspесtive loсa.l time.
з. тesting the stoр funсtion.
a. Push start -stoP- reset knob (З, figure 91-53) .
- sесond hand (5) must run'
- After one minute the hand of auхiliary diar (1) must bе over the
first radial linе.
b. Pull Lever (2) downward.
- sеCond hand must st,op.
с. Push .lеver uрward.
- Second hand must run again.
d. Push start-sLoр-reset knob.
- seсond hand must stop.
e. Push again start-stoр-rеsеt knob.
- seсond hаnd and hand of thе auxiliaтy dial musl fly baсk to zero.
в0 105
снAPтER 91
},1Bв tiЕLIс0PTЕRs
l.1AINTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL t4Bв - BO 105
9r-64 0utsidе a i r L e mp е rat ur е

indiсat or
The outside air tеmрerature indiсator (figure 91-56) is insta]]ed in the

сanoрy, forward Rн side, above thе pilot.s seat (figure 91-55).
Е'lgure 91-55 Loсation - outsidе air tempеraturе indiсator
тhe outside air temрerature indiсator is a rod-shaрed bimеtal]iс thermomeler.

тhе temPerature sеnsor (5, figure 91-57) is ]oсat'ed in a proteсtj.ve tube (1) .
тWo rubber seа]s (З and 6) рrevent the j'ngress of humidity and dirt into tne
сoсkрit.
The outsidе air temPerаturе is indlсated in noсu and uoгu.
B0 105
сIIAPTЕR 91
Pаoр 92
ttЕLIс0PTERs
MAINTЕNANсЕ мANUAL t'{BB - B0 105
Гigure 91-56 Outsidе air temрerature indiсator
91 - 65 тroub]еshooting - outside air tеmperatuтe indiсator
No. TROUBLЕ sYМPTOl.t PROBABLЕ сAUsЕ CORRЕсT]VЕ AсTION
Тnnдrraаl- {-6fin6 rr - Outsidе air tеmрe. RAn] A.A nrltcidо дi r

turе indicat ion . ratuтe indiсаtor l_ amn6 ra l.
'
116 i n.l i.at^r
defeсtive.
TabLе 91- 12 TroubLeshooting
B0 105
CIIAPTER 91
мRn нгт,т.r]DтпDa
}.,IAINтЕNANсЕ }'{ANuAl !4BB - в0 105
97 - 66 Rеmoval and installation - outsidе air tempe-rature indiсatoт
1' Remove and instal1 outside air teпperature indiсator in the sequenсe of
the indeх nuпbers as оutlined in fiqure 91-57.
2' ]nspeсt both rubber seals (3' 6' figuтe 91-5?) fоr damage prior сo
iпstаl]ation оf the outside air temрerature indiоator; disсaтd if
neсessaтy.
з. тhe outside ail temperaturе indiсator must be instal]-ed suсh that it сan
be easily read by the рilot.
1 P r^t 6.t i !'6 tube
2 Washer
3 Rubber seal
4 Outside air
indlcator
5 Temperature
9001Д1
6
t
Rubber seal
/ \-orrulry
^^-^*..
г19ure 91-57 Remоval and insta],lation - outside ai! temPeraturе ind'iсаtor
9I - 6'7 Еunctiоnаl' test - outside air temperature indicаtоr

сheоk thё ассuтaсy of the indiсator by cоmParing its reading with a ca1-
ibrated the!тnomеter.
BO 105
сHAPтЕR 91
Pagе 94
сHAPTЕR
ELEстRIсAL
sYsтEMs
}.{вB ttЕLIсOPтЕRs
!4AтNтЕNANсв МANuA.ъ !4вв - в0 105
92 ЕLЕстRIсA1 sYsтЕ14s
тable of сontents
Paragraph тtt1e Page
92-r GЕNЕRд! I
2Z - Z сoпmon eleсtriсal components of the eleсtrical systеms 9
92-3 Re!пoval аnd instаllаtion - coпппon еleсLriсa1 сomPonents ' . 9
92-4, InsPeсtion - сolтEnon eleсtriсаl comPonents 10
92-5 l'lain rё]аy boх 1VЕ 14
92-6 Relay box 10vЕ 20
Dс POWЕR sYsтЕt'{
92-8 сomponent 1oсation - Dс Рo!,er system

92-9 Dс Power system сontrоls
92-r0 Genrrator opeIаtion 41
tz - lr Operatlon - battery рower 48
92-12 oPerаtion - externa1 POI're r 48
92-Iз Povrer distribution 49
>z - Lч Proteсtiоn of Dс Power systeп сj.rcuits

>Z - Lэ тroublеshooting . DC рohler system ээ
уl - lh I4AINтЕNANCЕ - Dс POWЕR sYsтЕ}l 60
уz - L! Cheсk and adjustment of generator 60
92-r8 Generator systeп 62
92-19 et eriar daharrt

^ra 65
92-20 Remova.]. аnd insЕal].at ion - ct а тt A r-.rAnArэ t

^r
с 61
92 - 20Ь Insресtion and maintenаnсе - ct а rt Ar-.16norrt

^fё 69
92-2I voltage Iegu].аtors 70
вo 105
сllAPтЕR 92
нЕLIсoPTЕRs
!,1д]NтЕNANсЕ l,lAt{UAl }4вв - бU lUэ
Paragraph Page
Reпova] and i-nstallation - t'^1t A.ro rA.r11'l эt

^r.
"71_
92-23 Inspeсtaоn and maintenаnсe - trrr,] t aпe

'"6mt1rt^rс 12
92-24 Punсtional test - oenerator svstem 12
92-25 вatter y Power systern , ?5
92-26 Battery /o
tz - Lt Removal and iпstallаtiоn - Ьаttery 'lo
92-28 InsРeс!ion аnd maintenanсe 'l'1
92-29 Е.unсtional test - battery рo}rer system

92-З0 ЕxLeInaJ. poWer сtrrtom я.1
>Z - J! Еxterna] рovrer reсeРtaс].e бJ
92-32 InsРeсtion and maintеnanсe - extelnal poleer 83
92-зЗ Еunсtional test- eхterna} рower system 83
l"1 onitoring-Dс p^шarerraIoiп 85
>z - 5чA volLmeter and aпEneter 85

:
,z - 5ч!j Generator failure warning 87
92 - 34C Е,.ternal рower elrgаgеment warning 8't
92 - з4D Generato! overhеаt warning 88
эz - 5чЬ вatLery t'emрerature нarn].ng , 88
Эz - 5э Battery temperaturе sh'it сhes , 89
92-з6 Removаl and insLa1lation. battery tempetature switсhes 90
уZ - 5| Тnspeсtiоn and maintenanсe - bаttery temрerature swj.tсhes , 90

92-з8 Еunсtional test' - Dс powеr system mоnitoring equipment ,90
92-З9 SтARтЕR AND IGNIтION sYsTЕ}l . 91.
92-40 т,oсations - starter and iqnition svstem.
92-4L Proteсt-iоn of сirсuits of starter and ignition system
92-ц2 тroubteshooting - starter and ignition systeп .91

92-4з InsPeсtion - starter and ignition systЬm . 100
вo 105
сI{APTЕR 92
l.]Bв l{Еl IC0PтЕRs
l',1AINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL Мвв . в0 105
рaYrdrrnh тit]A
92-44 S t ar t e r s y s t en 101
92.ц5 ЕUnссiona] Lest' - sсаrLer syst,em 105
92-ц6 тпniti^nctlсiA , - --m 10i

92-41 FIlnсгionаl гёsi - iг'niгi^n evсtam 108
92-S8 ЕNGINЕ AND l4AтN тRANSМIss т0N s YsтЕ}4s 109
92-ц9 Loсations . enginе and ma in l-r^ncmieei^n с\'.|-6mс 110
92-50 Drî'a.l-'i
^n ^f
and{ na !nd main transmission systems T\2
92 - 51 MoniLoring sy s t ems 118
9?_ - 52 RPМ m^бit^rin- - AndinAa аnс roсo т 118
92-5З RPl4 warning Ni and NR 119
92 . 5ц N,
^оA
rqÂA^ Ьl1rn i nd
92-55 тrntrh] oqhant i nd - PpМ аапi naс >n^ r^t^r r22

92-56 Еunсtiona1 test - RPl.,l monitoring, rn^ r^f^r 12ц
92-51 .hin datё.f6r сwel.Am 126

92-58 Oil pressure rnon itoring 121
92-59 Tеmperаt.ure mon1toring 13З
92 - 60 N2 Governor 114
92-61 тr^l1h] 6ch^^| i nd - ..-

N? .l^!'ёr
" "-'-.Пor . 1З9
92-62 I"lrn.ti^nэ] tAei ..- d^!'^r

. N], r_,,-nor 141
92-6З Еnoi ne аnt i -i оi n.l c\,сnAm

JJ J UЕ r42
92-64 тrotlЬ]ёshooг inо . cnoino 'аnF'i -iсinп сrlсrдm 146
92-65 F.llnr'гinn:] loct . Ani]inё аnti-iгinп сwсtдm
92-66 Еng i n e f i r e de ! e с t' i o n syst е m rq1
92-61 тrоr1Ь]рchооt i nо - ёn.'j n0 fi rр dрtогг i an сwсtam r,51
B0 105
(]нAPтЕR 92
Page 3
MAINтЕNANoE MАNUАL вo 105
7Р.u,o.оpteг
PаragraPh тit|ё Pаg6
92-68 Funоtiona| test - '....

engine firs detoction system .. '.. 151
92-69 Removal and iпstallation - engiпo l]re detoction system 152

warпing systom .........
.t55
92 -70 oil сoo|er
'аn 'ai|ure
Тroubleshootiпg-oilсoo|erfaпlailUrowarniлgsystgm
92-72 Funоtiona| test - oiI сoo|er lаn failuro warning system 158
92-73 Flemoval and instаitat|on - oi| сool6r lan iai|ure warning system . ' 156
92-74 FUЕL sYsтЕм ......'.,........' 157
Jё- Ic Locations - fue| systom ........... 15т
92-т6 Proteсtion of cirсUits of fllo| systom . ' ' . . . . . . . .. 158
92 -т| Fuel supply systom .......'...... 161
92-т8 тroub|eshooting - fue| suрp|y systom 162
92-79 Funсtlona| test - fuel supp|y systrm 162
92-80 Fuol shutott systom . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . 163
92-81 Troubleshooting - fuel shutott systom .......... 167
s2-82 Functioпа| test - fuel shutotf sУstem 167
92-83 Loakage test - lus| shutolt syst€m 168
92-84 мonltorlng -fu6l,sцрply systэm ...'......'.. 109
92-85 Low fu6l warning systom .......,.. 169
vz-бo Ditferential fuel рrossцro (BYРASS) wаrning system 173

92-87 сoNтRoL sYsтЕмs 175
92-88 Lосаtions - сontrol systems '...'.... 176

92-89 Proteоtioл ol оirсUits ot oontrol systems 177
снAPтЕR Flвvision 21
Page 4
?..-,.o.оptег мA|NтЕNANoЕ N,IANUAL вo 105
ParagraPh тitle Pа!
92-90
92-91 Hydrau|iс pressurg moпitoring system ..
92-92 Electriсa||y initiated system switсh-Фver - hуdrau|ic system t:: I
92-93 оyc|iс stiсk trlm 185
92-94 тroUb|eshooting - сyсtic stiоk trim 189
92-95 Fuлc1ional test - сyc|iс stiсk trim 191
92-96 сyc|lс sllck grlp 193
92-57 Rsmovаl and instаllation - cyс|ic stiсk grip . 194
92-98 Flemova| aпd installation _ four-way bёeрe' switсh 2cc 195
92-99 Remova| aпd instellаtion - Pтт button 14вт ............ 197
92 - '100 Flemova| aлd insta|lation - push button switсh ......... 200
92 - 101 сoпtrol Uniton сo|leоt|ve p|tch stlск ........... 201
92 - 102 Flemovalаnd insta||ation - сomponertts of оontro| unit on co||eсtive pilоh stiсk ...... . 20з
92 - '103 Remova| аnd instai|ation - tour-way switсh (8кA) aпd
switches 1tMF.20LA' 24LА аnd 2tvlD
s2 - 104 Removaland instailаtion - switch 13MF ..... 204
92 - 10s L|GHт|NG sYsтEljls 205
92 - 106 Locaiions - lighting systems . , . . . . . . . ........ 2(
92 - 107 systems
Proteсtion of |ighting 20ь .
92 - 108 Posltlon ||ght system ............ 20т
92 - 109 тroubleshooting - position lights 2o7
92 - t10 |r]spection аnd maintenanсe - position Iights . .. ' ..... .. . 20s
Removal and installation - ....
positlon lights 211
92 - 112 Romova| aпd |nsta|lation - tail light....'.'.. 212
Rвvision 22 сHАPтЕR 92
14вB нЕL Iс0PTЕRs
I.tAlNтЕNANсЕ I'IANUAL I'IBB - B0 105
Pа rаgrаph тit}e
92 - 11з ЕunсLionаI tеsL n^сit i^n ] iбht et'<tAm 215
92 - 7r4 Anti-сol ision f ight system 21-5
92 - 115 тr^llh]Aeh^^|. inп - аhti-.^]]icinn ]i.thl- сvсгAm 2r9
92 - 1,16 тnе.A^t i^n fnr nnn,4iг i^. -:nг,i..^]]iei^n ] iu]hIa 4LA. 5LA 220
92 - 1I'7 RemoVаI аnd insLa1Lаtion - anLi-сoLlision 1j.ght 22r
92 - 118 RеmovаL and inst'allaLion - аnсi-сolIision Light 4tA 221
92 - 1r9 Removаl аnd inst'a1lаtion - anЕi"-сollision light 5LA 222
92 - L2A RemovaL and installation - flasher unit 21LA 224
92 - 12r E'unсtionа.l tesЕ _ anti-со11ision ].ightin9
92 - r22 Internal lighting system 225
92 - 12з тroub]еshooting - inLernа} 1ighting 22в
92 - r24 InspёсLion аnd mаinLenanсe - inlеrnal tighсing 229
92 - t25 Removа} аnd instalLation - inrеrnа1 lighting 229
92 - 126 гunсtiona1 LesL- internаl Iight'ing 2З0
92 - r21 Inst rument f ight ing 23r

92 - 128 тroubleshoot ing - insLrument }ighring 2з5
92 - I29 Removа] аnd instаllation - eyеbrow lighis 2З5
92 - r30 Removа1 аnd instа]lаtion.1ighЕ сont ro1 uni.l 9Lc 2З6
92 - Iз1 Removа1 and inst'al].atiоn - PoLenLlomеt,er 10Lс 2З1
92 - Lз2 Еunсtionаl tеst - instrument Iightirlg 238
эl - I55 Wаrning light segnen 2З8
в0 105
сt{APтЕR 92
Pagе 6
МBB нЕl]сoPтЕRs
I4ATNTЕNANсЕ }.,lANuAL }.{вв - Bo 105
D:raгtrэnЬ тjt 1а Page
92 - 13зA MIsсЕL],ANЕoUs ЕLЕ,сTRIсAL

sYsтЕl'1 s
ЭZ - l5ч Pitot tube hеating
эz - 15э Troubleshooting - pitot tube heating
уz - !5b runсtional test - pitot tube heatiпg 242
Overhead pan e 1 12vЕ 243
'z
- !5ё с e n t e r P a n e 1.
вo 105
сндPтЕR 92
МвB I{ЕLIсOPтЕRS
},IAINтЕNANсЕ I"IANUA! !,rвв - вo 105
92 -1 GЕNЕRAL
тЬA A']A..t7i/.:1 c1'atAYn. tЬo ha.li..г'ntAr Rn ]06 rтo.

^f
- Dс power systёг0
- sсatter аnd ignition systеm
- Еngine and main transmission systems
- гue]. system
- сontro} systems
- т,i.Yьt i nd сrrеt6Й
- !,tisсellaneous eleсtrical systeтпs
Troubleshoot in сonjunсtiоn with the }liring Diagran }'{anual (!,]D}4)
92 -2 Coгffnon eleсtriсa1 сomponents of the eIeсtriсаl systems
тhe сoпmon elеctlicа] сomponents аre instаlled in the followingi equipment

as shоwn in figures 92-I La 92-3:
- Main relay box ].vЕ (see figures 92-s Lhtu 92-6)
- InstrшnenL рanel 2vЕ (see сhaРter 9].)
- Relay box 10vЕ (see рaragraph 92-6)
- Overhead раnel 12vЕ (see сhaРter 92-I3'7I
- сenter Panel (sеe paragraрh 92.].з8)
- Ехtеrnal рolrer reсeptaсle 2P (see parаgraph 92-31)
92 -3 Removal and insta1latiоn - сoпгпon eleсtriсal сomponents
N0тЕ Perforп mаintenanое with рto9el toolв, usinq antimagnёtic

ones if neсёssaly. вlank off P}ugs wiЕh Proteсtive сaps.
Insulate wire ends with electliоal tарe and insPесt so.ldeI
^^nn6^t
i
^n --- -..--"---v.
e f^'.inta.rl.it'
1. Remоval
a. Pu1l all сirоuit breakers аnd set all switсhes to 0Е'г.

b. Remove batt'ery соnneсtor 1P and seсцre agаinst inadvertent
!eсonneсtion.
с. Remove attaching hardпare.
d. If neсessаry, idеntify wiring to аid reсonneсtion.
e. Remove comРonеnt.
B0 105
сндPтЕR 92
Page 9
r^^hйrin а
I\,IAINтENANCЕ MANUAI, },1Bв - в0 105
2. Instal1аtion
a. Install nеw сomponёnt using attaсhing hardwale.
b. сonneсt wiring or eJ.eсЕriсal сonneсtors (sаfety as neсеssary) .
92 -4 Inspeсtion - сoшnon efectriсal оomрonents
1. Inspect eleсtriоаl wiring. for сorreсt routeing, seсurity, dаmage, аnd

evidenсe of оverheаting or buтns.
- ranяi т nr едnlrra шi ri nп
2. InsPeсt eleсtriсal teminals fоr corrosion, loosеness аnd dа]nage.

- reпiove сorrosionl tighten or reр1асe terminаls.
з. ]nspeсt all- bonding jumрers for сondition.

- repair oI reрlace.
4. Disоonnect pIugs and insРeсt сontaсt рins for сondition.
Visually insрeсt shrink sleeves fo! Polosity.
- replaсe сorroded or damaged Pins, replaсe shrink sleеve or р1ug.
5. visually insPect shoсk mounts for dапage.
- reрlacе shoсk mounts.
6. Insрeсt рarts for security, dаnager сorrosiоn, and burns.
- tighten оr replace раrts, retnove сorrosion.
в0 105
сllAPтER 92
Page 10
ltELIсoPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAт. !4вв - в0 105
1
ЕЕ'гЕсTIv]TY I I' 1..:n- '''\ т.].i

iL l' ltё _--*}
ltt-r/1 -lL
lrl / ;
series A. с,
s/N ? - 160
- {-*,'
dfi\t'* -r_-
М,* -t'....]i --.т --r
7 ---l
900091
,/r \ Emergenсy bus relay 40P

qt r rt 6 r-.raY\a r:t 103P' 20зP R:t f ar\r cwi f.h .L Or
^r'
/2\ Generаtor сot]tro1
2 Main Relav Box 1VЕ switсh 1 1 ',? D э11D
/\ rr^
v lJf
r
^-^ д*^-.T
|L d9Е Е9 ura-+Lvд
^* 104P,204P /r \ Genеrator сontrol
Д vufLaчЕ !-^-..1-! ^-
ЕУ цra LUr 108P,208P switсh 1 't QD 71Q0
Power suрp].У lelay 8P vo1tmeteг -L б,r
/A пA\'orq6-n]1rrAn+ rA.] :l/ 105P, 205P e!
дпunet 19P
7\ ёAnArAl-.li ro'] Al' 109P,209P Geпerator failure
A eAnAr^t
^f
rбi 5i' 10?P,207P
Lr0P t 1tp
210P
r.,^ **.i 6^
ЕмЕRG. Dс вUs
1; -L+
23Р
Shunt t1p рushbut,ton indiсator д,1 p

сircuit breaker L28P, 228P fuшnete r selесtor
Е,use switсh 24P
З4P, з5P BPU oN indiсator
JOr light
Еusе з9P Shunt 20P
Generatоr оontro] Alrvi'l i a11' ra l :r' zoE
,]1D
106Р | 206P t'use
Diode \rzP | 272P I ?ND 'RD
?)D
l.L1P, 211P t'use 1?D ?AD
Starter bus PPl luiain bus YYZL
lrrwi'] i я rtl Ьrlc
Instrшnent Pane]" 2vЕ гfiAЙfrAn.t' t1l1с PP2O
1P
Еxterna]" Poнer overhead Panel ]'2vЕ
IY .^-^ -^д ^- J,l ^1l
Еxternal Powe! сutоut switсh 104P,204P

Rrt t 6ri' ra l .rt og
Auxiliary bus 10P
ЕгЕ'ЕстIVIтY D series only A ЕгЕ'ЕсTIvIтY д and . eAfiёс
equipmenl locat ion

BO 105
сltAPTЕR 92
Page 11
}4вв нЕ],1с0PтЕRs
I,IAINTЕNANсЕ ]'{ANuA1 Мвв - вo 1 0 5
ЕE.гЕстIv]тY
Series A, C,
S/N 161 and subsequent
9000t1
:ji:::= 3 Instrument Panel 2vЕ

qt r t.t a r-.ranaret ].0зP,203P
^? tP
т.Yt Al"nr.] n^wд?
!,la.in Re.lav Boх ]-vЕ reсeptaсle 2Р
voltа9e regulаtor 104P,204P Rяt l. A?1' r\'тA,] 6P
n 6tra r e6-^!! rraf,t i^l rri 105P,205P E.vi 6rтr^ l ra l rv 'tP
Power supply relay 8P вattery master swit сh 16P
сonAr^аt rA] эrl 1"09P,209P st eтf a7 -пAnArrt
^r î
Shunt 11D ttD contlol switсh r1'7P, 2r1P
сirсuit breakёr r28P, 228P Voltmeter 18P
33P,34P, з5P AnEneter 19P
Genеrator
з8P !a!rrrllч arvrlL 23P
Geneтator сontrol Aп8nёter se]ector
rеlay 106P,206P switсh 24P
Starter bus PP ], ЕPU oN
,]
indiсator
'ir.тht
20P
Е'us e 't 1D
30P, ?,] D
5ZY
Еuse lJЕ
oрtional emёrgenсy ЕМЕRG. Dс вUs
bus Pushbutton indiсаtor 15P .0P
Atlчi 1 i яr.v h'ls -р] аv
Мain bus PP 21
Alrvi 1i а-w Ьllc PP22
гЙ6fa6h^l' Ьtl6 DD20
Еrпergenсy bus rе1ay 14P
4 Relay" box 10vЕ

equiрIпent locatiоn
вo ]05
снAPтЕR 92
l{Bв ltЕL]сOPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсв i'{ANUAL },1вв - Bo 105
ЕгЕ'ЕстIv1TY
Serles S
.]Еnгтi
_ :ji:jji: na Bаttery
qt a тtAr-.rAnAiэl-.\'^ '] n?D ?n?D пastrr switсh .L Or
St.arter-generator
2 Маin Relav вoх lvЕ control swiiсh
voltage regulato! L04P | 204P voltmeter 18P
Reverse-сuxrent Aттmeter 't qD
relay l nqD ,rlqD Generator

Pоwe! suPрly warning light 23P
8P AIrEneter seleсtor
l at0p ,n0D s}litсh 24P
Shunt ЕPU 0N indiсator
сirоuit breaker l tQD C1A9 light 2.7Р
fuse з3P, з 4P, Shunt 20P
т'!l ёA ?nD ?1 D 5ZY
Gеnerator сontrol 25Р 26P
relay 'I ntD ,41^D Nlainbus PP 21 '
Starter bus YE,J- Auхiliary bus PP22
staltеI relay 10зJ' 20зJ
Instrument Panеl 2vЕ Еngine Deсk (aft right)
=..--.-...-.....:--
ЕxЕernаJ power ваttеry ].P
rA.Ant а..1д 2P Rаtt ёrv iё,] аv 6P
Еxternal Power Strip fuse 5P
relay
llryi,] i:rrl Ьlr с э кeJ'av оoх t uVB
reLay l.0P
Еigure 92-3 Еleсtтiсal equipnent loсation
вo 105
сltAPтЕR 92
Pаge ]J
l4BB iIЕ],IсoPтЕRs
I'iAINтЕNдNсЕ I{ANUAL 14вв - вo 105
92 -5 мain relay boх lvЕ
тhe main re].ay box 1VЕ is lnstalled in the aft Rн side of the сargro сompаrt-
ment (see figures 92-1 to 92-3). тhe follоwing сornPonents of the main re].ay
boх are aссessible after removal of the соver]
- voltage regu.]-аto! I04P, 204P| 108P and 208P
- generator relays 102p, L09p, 20'tp t 209p, IIOP and 210p
. generator с'ontrоl relay 106P, 206P
- reverse-оurrent re]ay 105P, 205P
. рower supply relay 8P
- сirсuit breaker 128Р. 228P
- junсtion box 1vv
- diodes L:-| I12p | 2IIp | 2I2p
- shunts 2\P, 22P, L29P
-,fuses 29P, з3P' 34P, з5P, з6P' з?P? з8P, з9P
- e+ r rt Ar Ьrr с DD.1
As shown in figurеs 92-4 thru 92-1 , L\e соnfiguration of the main relay box
lvЕ varies with the helicopter series A, с, D aпd s.
вo 105
сIiAPтER 92
Page 14
!,1вв !tЕ1IсoPTERs
I{AINтЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL }.{вв - в0 105
EFr'ЕCтIv1тY
series A, с
+о*
+
J -.!_
I
li
t
rl
ti
ii
"о- -@' 'L-'l -, ---'--'
Еiqurе 92-4 lvlain relav box 1vЕ
в0 105
сllдPтЕR 92
yаgre ] э/ .r b
мвв }tЕlIсOPтЕRs
1i{AINтENANсЕ }.iANUA], IЧвв - вo 105
ЕгЕЕсT]vIтY
Series A,C
s/N 81 - 180
-*-
I
;бЬ
l,,r
{
"Т
I
--lа-
I
гigure 92.5 !4ain rеlay box lvЕ
BO 105
сilAPтЕR 92
Paqe 17
ItEI.Iс0PтЕRs
рlAINTЕNANсЕ I'1ANUAL мвB - вo 105
ЕЕгЕст]v1тY
д' с,
series s
s/N7-80
-1*
I
l
т I
.,r-.r-li
+ .-i."
Еigure 92-6 Мain lelay box 1vЕ
Bо 105
сl{APтЕR o)
Page 18
}4вв l.iЕl]сOPтERS
МAINтЕNдNсЕ I'{ANUA], }1вв - в0 105
пFnг.тт\'тфv
sеries A, с' D
s/N 7 - 160
г.*--] г---l
Ц-r_] L..,.--"l
гigurе 92-7 Маin relay box ]'VЕ
вo 105
снAPтЕR 92
'}4вB }lЕT,IсoPтЕRs,
I.IA]NтЕNANсE !,!ANUA! мвв - Bo 105
92 - 6 Relay boх 10vЕ

тhe re]-ay boх 10YЕ is installed in the front end of thе nose shell, on the
left side belovr the сabin f]oor 1see figures 92-1 Lo 92-3).
Aссеss to the сomponents of the Ielay box is obtained by opening thе nose
door (see figures 92-8 аnd 92-9) .
тhe following сomPonents are instаlledi
1 f,'^. t'тc Чvvt;дrlvд
l vд lr. A^''^'а^}. i
- relays 4I{A, sI(A аnd 6KA

- diode matrix L0KA
2' гo! сyс]iс stiсk trim:
, - retractlon relays 8сс, ].0сс
- exсension rёleys 9сс/ 11сс
з. Additiona] relаys сап be instаl].ed for optional equipmenсs.
вo 105
сllAPтЕR 92
Page 20
I{BB JlELIсoPтERs
}.IAINтENдNсЕ МANUAL }{вв - Bo 10 5
EЕ'Е.ЕстIvIтY
s/N 4 - 100
E
/-+-\
rЁэ to ol ггы
lo ol lo ol
lo ol гг6|
Еd lд.д
Ф @
t +
't
-д
I
+ tnl т
I
+ [J +
t
I
+ +
+ + +
t в + Е +
+ + +
-J- г;] + +
+ a + Еl +
+ + +
т +
г;1
Б]
I
ta{
+ г] + u +
Еiguтe 92-8 Relay boх 10VЕ
B0 105
сIIAPтЕR 92
Pаge 2l
JlЕI,IсoPтЕRs
l.lAINтвNANlЕ t.l}'}тUA]. Мвв - l1\J ]' Uэ
Еt'ЕЕстIvIтY
s/N 101 aзd subsequёnt and sgyig5 p
:'*,,::, ::::-.. -,
ЕJ Jrl
Еl
БI
I:I
gt t]
.L
гl ;;l
r'l t>( I
ЕJ
I
F-t
Е]
l:J
Ц+ I
Еigurе 92-9 Relay boх ].0vЕ
в0 105
с,IAPTER 92
Pagе 22
li{вв нЕiIсoPтЕRs
I.,IAINтЕNANсЕ }4ANUAL !.{вB - Bo 105
92. .7 Dс PoWЕR sYsTЕl.t
The DC рoъler systeп (see figuтe 92-10) main1y сonsists of the follоwing:
- TтёnArAт nr a!'сt A!т
- 6attеry sysiеm
- eхternal povler receptaсle
- monitoring system
]n order to рrоduсe and distribute dс рower tо the e].eсtriсаl ioаds, the
е]eсtriсal system must inсlude relays, сonЕrols and bussеs.
Еngines ]. аnd 2 arе started one after thе other by means of two st.altёr-
generаtors. voltаgё is suрplied by thе аirborne bаtterУ or by an external
Рower sourсe.
When an eпgine has reaсhed idle sPeed, its assoсiated startёr-generator
wi1] рIoduсe Power for the e]eс!riсaI system. Еaсh st аrLe r-generator is
сonneсted to a voltage regu1ator which maintains a сonstant generator
output voltage. тhe сonneсted loads aтe suрplied via the busses.
system voltage and сurrent сonsrцnрtion аre indiсаted by the voltmetеr and
аJпInet e r resPeсtively, inst'allеd in Lhe horizontal seсtion of the
i nsт rrглёnt nаne ] /sрр f iоtlrcs Q?-.] '1 thгll Q?-1 ? :nrl 9llqР l gl q1
^hentai 2l' l .
Both geneтaЕors and the airborne battеry саn be switсhed on and оff and
the generator fields still aсtivаted сan be switсhed off. The сonsцmеrs
are proteсtеd by сirсuit breakers (see Paragraрh 92-14) '
Warning lights are used to warn of genelatol failure, оverheatiпg of Lhe
airborne batteгy and ovеrhеating of thе starter-generat'ors (D series
onlУ). Utilization of external роwеr is aj'so indiсated.
2. тeсhniсal data
a. Airborne battery (see VARтA l']аintenanсe !'1anual)
. 1 v^1tяde
1.rni nа 24v
- nominаl сарaсit'у 25 Ah
- desiщ 20 сells (ni сke l-сadnium)
- met nArmi qci ь] A rli cnhаr.ra яnn д
- manufасturer VARтA
вo 105
сllAPтER 92
Page 2З
}{вв нЕlIсoPтЕRs,-
}4AINтЕNANсЕ I,,ANUAI, }.1Bв - вo 10 5
--
ЕxтЕRNAL PoWЕR
вАттЕRY
/ili\ m\
.м\
П I ll
| ,l
rG.,
-sЕ- lG-z
Tll
Оo с ooэ Т-..]-т
ltl
J. II
voLтAGЕ
II: i Ц VoLт
VoLтAGЕ li
I
I
I
l
l*
RЕGULAтoR я ЕGULAтoR
-AтoR
t_-]яЕGl" lr
l
l-:-f1 Г1-_]
I I
г.)
t cЭ
t- -i
t----
l-,
i l< /\
I Ф}--.
rl
. -т | v. -.'l
rrE- I
.r. ,r.- .a-

-{{..;*,-)э
!
sтАRтЕв вUs мA|N вUs ЕмЕвGЕNсY вUs
,/^ ггт'г.ттI7ттv
D series or when the oрtionа] еnergenсy bus is inst alled
Еigure 92 -10 Dс Power suPPly (Gеneral )
в0 105
сIIAPтЕR 92
Pagе 24
14вв I{E1]сoPтЕRS
}{AINтЕNд'NсЕ t'{ANUAt }{вв - вo ]. 0 5
b' stаrt er-gene rator (see LEAR sIЕGТrЕR маintenanсe Мanual)
- no:riinal voltagё 28v

- nominal сurrent 150д
- nominal power 4,5 kW
- рermissible сurrent
сonsumPt'ion at startl 200 .... ?00A аt 23v
t manufaсturer I,еar Sieglеr
с. voltаge regulator (see ],ЕдR sIЕGlЕR I'{aintenanсo Мanuаl)
- adjusting rаnge 21 ' '. ' , ' 28|0v

- adjusted voltagе 2?,5v + 0.1v
- design Dс voltаge regulаtor with Рro-
tection and monitorinq funсtion
- manufасturer ].ear Sieq.ler
92 - в сomponеnt ]oсat'ion - Dс power system
с0p1PoNЕNт I,0сAт10N E'I GURЕ
Starter-generators 103P, Engine 1 and 2

20зP (see сhaPter 61)
Ai rЬn-rд Ьэ++6*t' .lD NОse sрc'-'inn. fnrl{6д6 91 g2-I ta 92.з

iйЁ"r".i.йЁit ianel. zvп
Ехternаl рower reсeрtaсle 2P Nose seсLion 92-1 Lo 92-3
Dс Power system сontlols Instrument рaпe] 2vЕ 92-I Lo 92.3

Indiс'ators (vоltтneter !'8P Tпstrument рaneJ. 2VЕ 92-I Lo 92.3
and alrЕnel er 19P) (see сhapter 9]") 92-11 to 92-].з
harn].пg
r.1^**: ^- 1J.rgnЕs
,l
-L! - Instrument рanеI 2vЕr
verticaL sectlon (see
chaPtrr 92- 1з3 )
starter bus PP1 series с' D, s' IЕR 92-4' ta 92-.7

}4ainrelay boх lvЕ
таb1e 92-1 сomponent ]oсаtion - Dс рower system (1' оf 2)
в0 105
сHAPтЕR 92
}.1вв нЕLIсoPтЕRs
]'IAINтЕNANсЕ }4ANUAL !.{вв - вo 105
соl"IPоNЕNт I,осAтI0N T'IGURX
Еmergenсy bus PP20 series Dl s/N ] - 160 92-1'

}4ainrelаy boх 1vЕ
Series A, с s/N 16] and subsq. 92-2
Optional equipment, main
relаy boх 1vE
д{ain bus PP21 series д, c, D| 5 92-7 to 92-3
relаy boх ].vЕ
}4a]-n
Auхiliary bus PP22 seriёs A' с, D/ s 92-L Lo 92-з

Instrumеnt рaвel 2vE
shunts 20P, 2!P | 22P seтies A/ с, D, s 92-1 t'o 92-з
relay bo)r lvв
l"1ain
vo]tage regulator Мain relay box 1VЕ 92-4 Lo 92-.7

lA4Pt 205P, L08P and 208P
Generator relays 10]P' !.lain relay box 1vЕ 92-q Lo 92-1

I09P, 20'tP, 209P, 110P, 210P
сirсuit breakers Sеe paragraph 92-14
гuse 25P (з00A) series сl D 92-1

тnst'rшпent Panel 2vЕ
гuse 5 P (300A) series s 92-з

вe]ow the engines
next to batlery
Е,light essentiаI bus series A, с, D and s 92-1 to 92-3
relay 10P Instrшпent рanel 2VЕ
Balterу rеlay 6P sеries A, с, D' s/N 'i - 160 92-1

sёrles A' с S/N 161 аnd suЬsq. 92-2
Instrцтlent Panе] 2vЕ
seriёs s 92-З
Еngine deсk, aft right
Еxlernal pоwer relay ?P sеries A' с, D s/N ? - 160 92-I
Series A, с s/N 161 and subsq' 92-2
Sеries S 92-3
Instrlдпent Рanеl 2vЕ
Junctiоn box 1W seriеs A' с, D' s 92-4 ro 92-?
Маin re}ay boх
таble 92-1 соmPonent loсation - Dс рower system (2 af' 2|
B0 105
с l]AртЕa q,
Paqe 26
14вB llг т т.^DтгDс
МAINтENANсE }4ANUAT, Mвв
ЕЕ'гЕст]vIтY s/N 7 - 160
@@@@@@@(-.r",
шщ щшm;lгЛ lш -.lL- -j l - -
@@@(*)О@@}()
Е1gurе 92-11 Instrument Panel 2vЕ (Ilorizontal Seсrion)
B0 105
снAPтЕR 92
Paoe 21 /28
ltЕ],]сoPTERs
}',1AINTЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL }4вв . в0 105
Е!.ЕЕCTIVттY S/N 161 and subseguent
@@@@@
";@).i
\nEl
":".
",""i?
mг=
1_тltl_
i
l
Пil
l,lч
Гigure 92-12 InsсrшпenL Pаnе1 2VЕ (Horizonra] seсtion)
в0 105
.l] ! pтЕ',р q?
D.r.to ?q
МRn gЕ],тсoPтERs
},IA]NтЕN}NсЕ MANUA], I.{вв . вo 105
ЕFE.ЕсTIvIтY Serios D
ffi rAl rAl At /Ar /,Ar

/\72\l\72QZV
rl^-r r--,-r r-"-r
-
r.]]
V,_)r\'/\
||NsтF, IiL^,о}rэ ЕмвпG I:FUЕL.Ет l нYoq l| l п || : r l
\:7 lllcЕr
|
lц'|GI{тJJ цLaAтд L isrsтЕмI!я|eЕ WдвNJNG ]IЕ^.ЕeG Ft|ЕLvA].vt]

-J
,--, ,.r\ yft

,/-1 ,.-r
r0 tl((10))l r.20,{ 2 I
i7s;l
\--, \_,, Y2 \-.,. ч-z
Egtr@Ф]ЕЕ]tфФJ {Еф1Еfl
Еigure 92-13 InstIumeлt Panel 2vЕ (Horizоntal Seсtion)
вo1 05
сIIAP тЕR 92
Page 30
l{ЕL1сoPтERs
}4AINтЕNANсЕ MANUA! l,1вв - вo 105
92 -9 Dс po!'er system сontrols

1 i:оna rд l
The switсhes of thе Dс power systetn are loсatеd on the lower Rн side of
the instruпent paпel 2\E (see figures 92-].1 to 92-1'э).
тhе Dс Power system is сonЕrolled by the follo!'Iing switсhes:
- battery switсh, labellеd BAттЕRY !4Asт sW]Tсн (s/N ? - 160), BAт ЕPU
(s/N 161 аnd subsq.) and вAттflRY I"IASтЕR (series D) ,
- Е}.,IЕRG. Dс - вUs рushbutton indiсator (only s/N 161 and subsq. аnd
serirs D)
- generator switch/ }abeued ЕNG' I аnd ЕNG' Iт SтARTЕR-GENЕRATOR
(s/N 7 - 160) r sтARт SтARтЕR-GЕNЕRAтOR (s/N 161 аnd subsq.) and ЕNG.
1 and ЕNG. ]1 GЕNЕBдTOR (Series D) .
2, ваtteтy switсh вAтTЕRy }4Asт swIтсri; вAт ЕPU; вAттERY МAsтдR
тhis 2-pо1е Logg}e switсh has the positions ЕPU ON/BAтт 0Е.г and ЕPU
oгг/вATт 0N.
In the EPU ON/BAтт oEЕ positiоn (seе figurеs 92-16 аnd 92-1.7) t the
т1.,]eii-irrё
уvo!Llvс terminа,] оf thо hаt+o.v i s rli g6.6n1рntarl аnd tLA qtа-tA- hlrs PP1
and main bus PP21 are сonneсted to the positive terminal of ёxternal
power reсeptaсle 2P. Simultaneоusly, thё ЕPU 0N segment wi1l illu,ninate
on A, C and s series' s/N 161 and subsеquent' and on s/N ? thru 160.
In the ЁPU 0Е.г/BAтт oN position, the batt'ёry switсh enеrgizes battery
relay 6P and auxiliary relay 26P. Tn turnr external power relay 7P
dе-energlzes and disсonneсts the рositive termina] of external рovlеr
reсeрсaсIe 2P from starЕer bus PP1 and main bus PP21 (see figures 92-14
thru 92-LB).
During generator operation, Рower from the generators will сhaIge the
battery. In thе еvent of their failure, the bartery wil} supply the busеs
iavÂnt f^r
.9! arlvi,] i аr.'
ag^дrlЧly Ь!..\
r.]цJ, t..,i+Ь
пfLll
\Е4vеу- ^^l.lA' '
t,9wс!
3. ЕI'{!RG. Dс - BUs рushbutЕon indiсator 41P (D series o! oрtionа] eguiРnent )
In pоsition 0N (push button deрressed) l the emergenсy bus reLaу 40P

(s/N 7 - 160 and series D) and еmеrgеnсy bus relay 14P (s/N 16]. and
subsequent, and series S) are energized, thus сonneсLing the positive
tеrminal of airсraft batLerУ 1P to emergenсy bus PP20 (see figurеs 92-1'9
thru 92-21} . Al} other busses аre disсоnnected.
In рosition 0гг (switch released) , the emergenсy oРerating mode is
switсhed off.
4. Generator switch ЕNG 1 {ЕNG II) SтARтER/GЕNЕRATOR; sтARт SтARтЕR-
GENЕRATOR; ЕNG I (ЕNG II) GЕNЕRATOR'
This switсh is used to conneсt or disоonneсt generator 1 and 2 to o! trоm
the heliсоpter eleсtriсal systеm. llor,Jever, сonneсtion is onlу рossiblе if
t.hA rAcl.iAr.tilro гranдretnr ic nna!.яiinо
BO 105
сHдPтЕR 92
Page з1
!'1BB HЕт,IсoPтЕRS
мAINтЕNANсЕ мANUA! I'4вB - вo 105
ЕE.гEсттv]тY
Series A' с' D

s/N ? - 160
вАттЕвY lP
ЕxтЕFtNAL-
RЕLAY АUxlLIARY пЕLAY PoWЕв вELАY 7P
or
ЕPU oN lNDlсAтов
LlGнт 27P
RЕFЕR тo sw|тcнlNG
oN GЕNЕвАтoRs
PoWЕв SUPPLY
RЕLAY 8P
AUхlllARY вUs sтAвтЕв вUs

?'cP,,,t/Е.' PP2| ?вv PP1 28V
900219
Еigure 92-14 сonneсtion of eхternal power to Еhe line

в0 105
сH.APтЕR 92
Page з2
нЕ],]с0PTЕRs
мA]NтЕNANсЕ }.IANUAI, },188 - tU .LUэ
ЕггЕстIvIтY
Series Ar C, S
s/N 161 and subsеguent вАттЕRY 1P
вAттЕRY
gW|тcll 16P
ЕPU oЕF вAт oЕЕ
ЕХт. РoWЕR
l;
вАттЕяY ЕPU oN lND' 27P
RЕLАY 6P
sWlтсн|NG
oN GENЕRАтoRs
PoWЕв sUPPLY
АUxILlARY
RЕ LAY 26P
PP 2'l 28 V PPl 28 V
AUxILlAtiY вUs
Гigure 92-15 сonneсtion of exterпal рower to the ]ine

г |] lpтЕp q?
!'lвB l{ЕlIсoPтЕRs:
}.4AINтЕNдNсE }{ANUA! }'{вB - вo 105
Егl.ЕсTIv]тY
s/N 7 - 160
ЕхтERNAL PoWЕв.
f-r
BAттЕвY мAsтЕR
sW|тон 16P
l,
вAттЕRY AUXILIARY
RЕLАY 6P RЕLAY 26P
ЕхтE RNАL
PoWЕ в
RЕLAY 7P
Ем ЕвGЕNоY вUs
- Л' o] ррzo zвv- |6l
sтARтЕR вUs МA|N вUs

9001E2
ЕЕr.Ест]vIтY
Series D
сonneсtton of batterУ to the }ine
в0 105
сIjAPтЕR 92
Page з4
мвв нЕ]-',IсОPTЁRs
MAINтЕNANсE }'4ANUAi. I'1вB - бU lUэ
ЕгE.ЕстIvITY
s/N 161 and subsеguent
BAттЕRY'lP вАттЕвY мАsтЕн swlтсн 16P
l---r
ЕхтЕRNАL PoWЕR.
RЕLAY 7P
Е|\4 ЕFlGЕNсY вUs
;O t. PP2a 28v-) c;
sтARтЕR вUs MAIN вUs
With optional emergenсy bus installed
сonnection of battery to the line

вo 105
сllAPтЕR 92
РасIё ]5
}rпт'т.'.rDтгD e
мAINTENANсЕ МANUA], }4вв - PA lnq
ltFЕlг.ттl'ттv
Series S
вАттЕtlY
MAsTЕR ЕxтЕRNAL PoWЕв.
вАттЕвY 1P swlтсl] 16P пЕ9Ег l .il'/Lr Zr
вAт oN вАт oFt

ЕPU oFЕ ЕPU oN
J--r
ЕxтЕRNAL РoWЕя-
RЕLAY 7P
ЕмERGЕNсY вUs
iOiPP2o zsv- )Oi
sтARтЕ в вUs МА|N вUs
ЕFF,ЕсTIvIтY
Wi.ь
пдgl] an+ia...
vt/ u д vllоf ^й^r-^n^1'
еrПе!Чс..9J Ьllс inсtэ'] 1art
Е.igure 92-18 сonneсtion of bаttery to the line

BO 105
сrrAPтЕR 92
Page 36
MвB IlЕLIсoPTЕRs
},IAINтЕNANCЕ !,IANUA! МвB - в0 1 0 5
Еl'!'ЕсTтvтTY
s/N 7 - 160
voLтAGE
RЕGUL^тоR
208P
40Р
ЕмEЕG.
вUsвАR
вЕLAY
lNolсAтoв L|GHт 27P
11P
SтARтЕR вUs
ЕxlЕпNАL PoWЕп
RF.FртA.l Е 2P
l' вдттевv
вЕLАY 8P
ЕxтЕRNАL PowЕв.
RсL^Y 7P
r.igure 92-19 Aрplication оf power to emеrgenсy bus
вo 105
сItAPTЕR 92
Paоe з7
МBв ItЕlтсoPTЕRs
}4AтNтENANсЕ мANUдI r.1вв - Bo 105
ЕЕ'гEсT]vITY
s/N 16 ]- and subseФrent
вAттЕпY lP
PUsFl.вUпoN
swтcl.l15P
вАттЕRY
|\,lAsтЕR
sW|тcн
r6P
яЕvЕRsЕ cuввЕNт lN0lоAт0R
RЕLAY LIGHт 27P
sтАятЕв вUs
Еi,'ЕЕGЕNсY вt]s мА)N.вUs
lt lвЫ.ll.#Еiliiвi*.
voLт[,1ЕтЕв 18P
GЕN' <l-..-+E- ANt,
900?11
Еigure 92-2 0 APРliсаt'on of рorяer to ёmergency bus
вo 105
сItAPтЕR 92
Page з8
Мвв llЕlIсoPтERs
!4AINтЕNANсЕ рIANUA], MBв - B0 105
Егr'ЕстIvIтY
Seriеs S
вAттЕвY 1P
ЕxтЕRNАL
PoWЕЕl.
ri
t
I
Т
I
RЕVЕRsЕ сUBRЕNт
RЕLAY
205P ЕxтЕ вNА L

RЕсЕPтAс
sтARтЕя вUs
Еtl{ Е вG ЕNсY вUs t\.'1AlN-BUS
,ll:::"_-" I
-t---
li:Ьi.il.Л3;l+ъ?]Aтoв.
|...-..+ zubЕ
GЕNЕRАтoR сoNтвoL RЕLАY
voLтM ЕтЕ в 18P
ЕN..*ANL.
Aрр}iсation of рower to emеrgenсy bus
B0 105
CIiAPтER 92
},lвB IIЕL]сOPтЁRS
мAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL I.{вв . B0 105
ЕЕ'FЕстIVITY os/N7-80
тhё generator switсh has three positions narkеd GЕN,
nFЕ' /Ântё!" r'^qil-in.l\ and sтARт'
тhe рosition START is spring-loaded and safetied
ыith a сover аgаinst inаdvertenЕ aсtivation.
o s/N 81 and subsеquеnt
The generator switсh has three роsilions marked GЕN (or
GЕN oN) oгг (сenter Position) and sтARт.
'
The position sтARт is spring-loaded and protect'ed
against inadvertent aсtivation by a meоhaniсal stop,
whiсh mаy be relеased by pulling the сoggle.
o seтies A' с' s

WiЁh the engine running a,nd the generator switсh set to
positiоn GЕN or GЕN 0N' the vo]tagе suрPlied by the
.tAnргагnт is fрd tо thё -Atr6,eA..l1r16!^t. 16,]r!t via the
genеrator sr.litсh and the energized generаtоr сontrol
relay. ]f the generator volLage exсeeds сhe baЕLery
vo]tаge by 0.35v to 0.65v, the reverse сurrent-relаy wi]l
i-h6 .t6nд7a1..\r Еo the mаin bus.
о sёr1es D
With the engine runn.ing and the generator swj-tсh set to
Рosition GEN or GЕN ol{l the vo]tage supplied by the
.rоn6r^t^f -..е vartagе
i e fad t^ tЬ6 r'^,]+.^^ regu"talor
'^^'''].{-^- v]"a
''i ^ Еne
generator switсh and thе generat'or field сutout svlitсh.
тf thр vo]t,апa рxcррds the bагtр-v vоlгас'р
. v-eeYe Ьv 0.З5 сo
v_t
0.65v/ the generator relаy wi]l сonneсt the generator to
the main bus.
92 - I0 GeneraLor oреration
].. вot'h generat'ors operating (see figure 92-22 Lo 92-24)
Under norrпal opeIating сonditions сhe Dс Power sysLem is suPрlied by both

generators' After the generators hаve bui].t uР thе requiled voltаge, Ehey
ale сonneсted to the he}iсoрter eleсLriсal sуstem as described in рara-
graрh 92-9.4' тhe two rеd warning lights GЕN 1and GЕN 2, installed in
t}ё instrrlmёnt nаnA.] 1vт lvArtir'^.l sA.ii^t". €iпllrр Q2-Q?1 гl.en avt i'n-
guish. тhe voltagё rеgu]ators рrovide fоr equa1 distribution of the
load between both generators. AlI bussеs are suррlied with Рower (lefer
to Paragraph 92-13 tor рower distribution) .
вattery Po!'ler сan also be сonneсted to thе eleсLriсal system thru bаrtelу
sla'itсh вAттЕRY }.,IAsт sWIтсн, вAT ЕPU' or вAттЕRY }.4AsтЕR (depending оn
effeсtivity) . тhe battery will be сhalged and, if both generators shоuld
fail' яill iпЕпеdiate}y prоvide battеrу Power to the system (refer to
opеrаt ion-bаt t ery power, ParagrаPh 92-11) .
B0 L05
с}IAPтER 92
!4вB IlЕlIсoPтЕRs
МA]NтЕNANсЕ мANUA], I,1вв - в0 105
a. сonneсting the qenerators to the line
тhe methods of aсtivation and operation of the No.]. аnd

No.2 generаtors аre thе samе fol bоth generators.
гor s/N 7 thru 80l the auxiliary bus is automatiсal}y
enетgized when one gеnerator is сonneсted to the ]ine.
Е'оr s/N 8J' and subsequent, power .1lnn1!' +^ tЬ6 .ttw-
iJ.iаry bus is ensured only after Ь^t Ь d6no r, i
^7
с
have been сonnected to Ehe line.
Battery master switсh set to position ЕPU 0Е'Е.-вAтт

0N (0N position for D series) ,
ЕF.гЕстIvIтY seriёs A' C, S onlу

After generаtor contlol switсh 11?P (217P) is set in
рosition GЕN 0N oI GЕNl the genelator voltage is тouted
to the exсitation wlnding of the generatоr сontrol
relay 106P (206P) . тhe relay will сlose, thereby
routing the generator voltаge viа с1osеd сontaсt of
the Powe! supply re1ay 8P to the terminal sW of Еhe
reverse.сurrent rе]ay 105P (2о5Р) . When the gen€rator
voltage exсeeds the batteгy vo}tage by 0.З5 to 0.65vt
the reverse-сurrent relay routes the generator voltаge
1-^ tЬA hA1 i A'] A..i"ri et'Gf Arп
^^fltAr. â]
оsirо Оf thР rоvArsA-сurrFnt rc-аv cnртoizдs t,he

С.l
аted оenрrаtот re.l аv ,] 0gP (20qP\ аnd intёrгunts thе
re']
сirсuit to the generаtor failure wаrning light 23P.
s/N 7 - 80, seriеs A, с, s
via a сontaсt of the energized genelator relay ].09P
(209P)' the auxilialy bus interсonneсt relаy is ener-
gized allowing the аuхiliary bus PP22 to be supplied
nith voltage.
s/N 81 and subsequёnt, series A, C, S
via a contасt of the enеrgized relay 109P (209P)'
voltagе is тоuted to the сontaсt' соnnесled in series,
of the ёnёrgized lelay 209P (109P) . As sоon as boLh
сontaсts аrё сlosed (both gеnerators are сonnесted to
the 1ine) , the auхiliаry bus re]ay is energizеd,
al]owing the auxi].iаry bus PP22 tо be supрlied with
power.
в0 105
сllAPтЕR 92
p2аo А2
}.{вB ItE].,IсoPтЕRs
}4AINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAт. }4вв
seе 92-з1
FFгпr\тт\Iттv
Series A, C
s/N?-80
vr î
.orr,u",
-{-vr i
GЕNЕRAтoR ЕQUAL|zING LlNE

сoNтRoL RЕLАY
sтАвтЕв/
l,8i,T,'ff!
IT
lr- G Е NЕ FiАт'
Itl o !< RЕLAY GENЕпAтoR
iГ_
(s.9-6)
109P
VoLтAGЕ
вЕGULАтoR
sтAвтЕв,/
GЕN Е RАтoв
App < tNO
10зP
GЕN.l' I ,lBAт
(---+.-.r\
t-
\Jф
сURRЕNт
вЕLAY
205P АUХlLlARY вUsвAR RЕLAY
10P
900216
тiалтa 92 -)7 сonneсtion of g.eneтators to the line

вO 105
снAPтЕR 92
Pаor 4з
.r.вв нЕJ,IсoPTЕRs,
}.]A]NтЕNANсЕ }4ANUAl. },1вB . B0 105
з6в 92.з1
POWЕR SUPPLY RЕLAY 8P Еt'Е.EстIvITY
series д/ с, s
S/N 81 and sub-
t
2o5P (sw) б1.'-
v
GЕNЕвAтoR
coNтRoL
.106P
RЕLAY sтARTЕR/GЕN.
GЕN ЕRАтoв сoNтRoL
сoNтRoL sW|тсн
вЕLAY 206P
I zllе
sтARтEв/GЕNЕRAт
сoNтпoL sWlтоH l17P
GЕN, oN l
I *..с-
laa
I
i FтА
I L__J GЕNЕRАт.
I o l< o l< RЕLAY
lrl
GЕNЕRАтoв
9P вЕLAY 209P
tt
10
(sвe зtаrt/|gnition syst.}
пЕGuLAтoR RЕGULAтoв 204P

104P
GЕN.
20зP
r----1----o
{t*
Ttsw
\-J..о
cUвR Е Nт
RЕLАY 205P
AUх]L|А вY
RЕLAY 10P
id-lgg-Е
I
900217
сonnection of qenerators to the line

вo 105
сilдP тЕR 92
}4вB HЕl]сoPтЕRs
},1AINтЕNANсЕ }.1ANUAI, l'1вв - в0 105
пЕ'r'п.тт\IттY
Seriеs D
6ЕNЕвАтoв сoNтRoL swlтсн
P\
.Е> -
ч.
'
яE
г._' I
lllb
It
o
Ёiц
бй
:о-Q
ll-ч- PoWЕR SUРPLY ЕЕL^Y
-.--о |
-
ЕMЕвGЕNсY вUs
нЕLAY з
]tор ЕМ. Dс вUs
\;оl1'
t'
I
l. сEшEядтoя
RЕLAY I
GENЕпАтoн
вЕLAY Il
AUXlLlAпY вUs
вЕLAY
AUxILlAвY вUs
f\ ' r-{-?Fft-)tl
1
'
., s,"iБТf,-nn"n s,..".
900r8(
pirл1fё q2-2 А сonneсtion of generators to thе liпe
в0 105
сHдPтЕR 92
Pасe 45
швв HЕlIсoPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNдNсЕ I'{ANUAI, t4вв . во 105
o Series D
After gеnerator сontrol sfiitсh 118P (2].8P) is set in
рosition GЕN oN or GЕN, generator voltage is routed
viа thе ЕМЕRG. Dс BUs pushbutton indiсator 41P and
h^th thё v.\,]tаfiA rcmllаtот 0вP l20яP) апd the .1
normally сlosed сontaсt of the Power suрP]y relay 8P

baсk to the voltage regu]aЕor.
When thе generator voltage exceeds the battery
v.]tа.rФ hv 0.15 tn 0 6q\7r t]-a
vr.9 rr^11.а.rA
r У*99У9 t.Aiт'1Ia!o!
A9,q
routes the enеrgizing voltаge to the generaЕor re]ay

70.lP |20'lP| and the generаtor vо]'tage is сonneсted to
+Ьa ЬA] i e^r!l. Ar. A,] A.l-ri cr'el"om
^а1
Simu1taneously, the generator rеlаy 110P (210P) is
anarrti
сlr9!Y д zor1
&Еч. A а.\ntа.t nf l.he оnerпizarl rllrа']-nn]р тe.lаv
is interrupted, сausing Еhe generato! fai]ure warning
light 2зP to eхLinguish.
тhe second сontact сonnесted in series With generatоr
relay 210P (110P) is сlosed when generator 2 is
сonnесt'ed to the line, thereby energizing the
:llwi1i:rv .l
Ьr1c rA]Я1r -.......-
0р тhё rc]аv о,]оses .tt]UwfllУ
auхilialy Ьus PP22 to be energized'
Ь nnAfэt i
^n of the generаtors in рarallel
ЕггЕстIvIтY o Series A' с, s

When both generators are сonneсted to the 1ine/ the
egualizing сirсuit of the voltagгe requ}ator 104P аnd
204P is c}Оsed via generatо! control relaу 106P and
206P, whiсh are сonneсted in series. тhe voltage
regulators now ensurё аn equal lоad sharing between
tь6
^6nAr,t ^ra
o Series D
Whеn both generators аre сonnected to l1ne, the
egualizingr сirсuit of the voltage regulators 108P аnd
208P is с}osed. тhe vollage regu}ators now provide
for an equal load sharing betlreen the generators.
с. Disconneсtinq tbe generаtoтs from the 1ine
тhr genelato! is manually disсonneсted frоm the sLarter bus by seсting
the starter-geпelator сontrol switсh to oгЕ' (center Position) .
The genёlator is
disсonneсЕed аutomatiсally by the сorIesPonding rёverse-
сurrent re]ay when the generator voltage droPs bе1ow a сeтtаin
value .
ЕгЕЕ,стIvIтY Series D
тhe generator is dj.sсоnneсted automatiсally by the
corresрonding generator relay 10?P (20?P) when the
gene!аto! voltage droрs beloш a сer!аin va]ue.
BO 105
сl]дPтЕR 92
pА.т^ Д6
}4Bв I{ЕLIсoPтЕRS
}4AINтЕNANсЕ },IANUAL }.1Bв - B0 105
]n al1 cаses the сorresponding generator fai}ure warniпg segment will

illuminate to indiсate the disсonneсtion or failure of thе gеnerator.
2 Si nо] р .'An6.rаt.1r nnoration.
If a generato! fails or is disсonneсted, main bus PP21 wi].1 сontinue to
be supрliеd with Powe,.
AJ-l eщipmеnt and systems essentia]. to noппa] helicoPter operation'
are сonneсLed to the nain bus PP21 (see figure 92-25). In сase one
generatоr should fail, the eleсtrical power рroduсed by the seсond
generat'or is suffiсient to meet a1]- of the loads.
ЕгF'ЕсTIV]тY o seri€s D or when the optional emergenсy bus is

instal-led. Should both generators fail, the nain bus
тnay be disсonnectеd by рressing the ЕмЕRG. Dс вUs
рushbuЕtоn indiсato!. тhe eтпergenсy bus is then
suрPlied with eleсtriсal Power from the battery. гor
сonnеоted loads '
see figштe 92-25.
Auхiliary bus
Thе auxiliаry bus PP22 is supplied with eleсtriсal power during the
following system operating modes:
Еr.Е'ЕстIvIтY о Selies A, с (s/N ? - 80)
b. Sing}e generаtor operation and duаl generator оperаtion
Еt't.ЕстIvIтY o sеr1es D and series A' с, s

S/N 81 аnd subsёquent
с. Dual generator oрeration on]y
E'or Conneсted loads, see figurё 92-25.
в0 105
сIlдP тER 92
llЕlIсoPтЕRs
I'IAINтЕNANсE }4ANUAЪ }r1вB - BO 105
Еmеrg.ency bus
ЕгЕ'Ест]vIтY o series D or when oрtiona1 emergenсy bus is installed.
The emergёncy bus PP20 is supрlied x'ith eleсtrical рower during

operation of аny of the thlee Power suPply sourсes.
тn сase both generaLors should fail' batt'ery power is supPlied !o
all vital eщipmеnt through the emergenсy bus.
тhe battery is aсtivated аs an emergenсy рower sourсe via ЕМЕRG. Dc
вus Pushbutton indiсаtor 4].P (S/N 7 - ]'60 and seriеs D) or 15P (s/N 161
and subseguent, and series S) and energenсy bus re].аy 40P (s/N 7 - 160
and series D) or 14P (S/N 161 and subsequent, and series S) ,
resРeсt,ively. which illuminаtes as soon as the emergenсy bus is energizеd
(refer to figures 92-19 thru 92-21l. .
With Е},IЕRG Dс вUS рushbutton indiоalor dеprеssed, neithel the

generators nor an eхternal Power sourсe caa be сonneсted to the
a'l6/.t ri /'e'l e\rctam
92 - 17 oрerаtion - battеry рovrёr (see figures 92-16 to 92-18)
As thе bаttery has a limited сaрaсitу' it is onLy used as a Рot.Iеr sourсe for
starting the engines (sеe рaragraph 92-39) \t eхterna]" por^lеr is not
available, or to provide eпergenсy power if both generаtors fаil.
тhe вATTЕRY svlттсl], desсriЬеd in рaragraph 92-9.2| is used со energize
bat,teгy relay 6P, сauвing eхternal power relay ?P to de-energize (alI
series) . тhe starter bus PP]. and the main bus PP21 are then suDDlied with
pОWer froR the batterУ lP.
When changing to emergenсy operatiоn, i.e., push button indiсаtor Еl.{ЕRG Dс
вUs in oN (see figures 92-19 thru 92-2I|, the еmerqenсy bus refay 40P or ].4P
is energized and сonneсts the positive terminal of the bat'tery 1P Lo
ёmёrftAт1.tl Ьtla pD?n wL Dp1' ^nn1i^^ь1^
^f - L LL сlD
^. al/Рr.!Lсrurе '
In this сasel the starte! bus
' PP]. and the main bus PP21 are de-energized.
92 - |2 oPeration - external рower (see figures 92-14 Еo 92-1.5I
гor startinq the engines and during ground maintenаnсe. a 28v external Power
unit is noЦnally conneсted tо the airсraft syslen'
The maхimum сurrent input of the eхternаl рower sourсe is 400A. In рosition
ЕPU oN (Pushbutton switch depressed) and BATTЕRY }4ASтER switсh 0ггl bаttery
1P is disсonneсtеd and the eхtelnal Pohler reсeptасle 2P is сonneсted viа
сontасt of relаy ]P to the busses PP1 and PP21' ]n addition' рower supply
relay 8P is aсtuаted and сonneсts auхiliary bus PP22 to the other busses.
When external pоwer is сonneсted аnd s},itсhed on. the indiсat,or ]ight 27P
(s/N ].160 seтies Alс'D) or the indiсator tight ЕPU oN illшпinates (slN 161
rnd llr1 сAfi6с l г e\
sinсe boсh generator relays 109P' 209P and ].10P' 210P have droррed ouL, red
Warning lights GЕN 1and GЕN 2 loоated in instrrnпent panel 2vЕ wil]
i1luJпinate.
вo 105
с}iAPтЕR 92
Page 48
нЕlIс0PтЕRs'
I4AINтЕNANсЕ МANUA], },1вв - B0 105
92 - L3 Porier distribution
1. General
Distribution of the еleсtriсal рower suрplied by any of thе Lhree power

sourcеs (generators/ battery and eхternal рower unit) is aссomplished via
three or four busses to the indivj.duа1 loаds. тhе latter are Рroteсted by
fuses оr сirсuit breakers. E'or сirсuit breаker loсаtion, refer to para
92-L4.
t startеr bus
тhe startеr bus PP1 is suppJ.ied with e.leсtriсal рowеr duriпg operation of
any of Lhe three Power sourсes' and is рrimarily used for suррlying the
star!е r-gene rators during engine starting. In addition, high-powеr-сon-
suпing oрtional equipпeлts may be ionneсted to it. I'or lоads сonnеcted to
the starter bus, refеr to figure 92-25.
I I"lain bus
тhe main bus PP21 is suрplied with eleсtriсa] Power during the following
.)nоrлt ] n.' fl^.l6a .
a) ЕPU operat1on
h1 RЯttAitt .\т\Arэf i
^n
c) single generator oрeration

d) Dua] generator oрeratlon
Al1 equiPment and systens essential to normal helicoрter operation. are

сonneсted to the пain bus (refer to figure 92.25\ ' In сase one genelator
should fai]' the eleсtriсal рower рroduсed by the seсond genеrator is
suffiсient tо supply a1] of the сonneсted loads. In сase both gеneraЕors
fail, the пain bus j-s supрlied with eleсtriсa] Рower from the battеry.
ЕЕ,гЕстIVIтY series D оr when the optional emergenсy bus is insta}led.

Should both geneгatoтs fail' the main bus is de-energized
by рressing the Е}4ЕRG. DC вUs рushbutton indiсaLor' тhe
emergenсy bus is then supP]ied ыith battery рower. гot
сonnected loаds. refer t'o figure 92-25.
4. Auхi]-iary bus
тhё аuxiliary bus PP22 is supрlied wit'h elесtrical' poнer during the
f ollоr,ling oрerating modes :
B0 105
сttAPтЕR 92
Da.16 дq
}4вB ltЕl]с0PтЕRs
},!A1NтЕNANсЕ }4ANUAъ Мвв - BU IUэ
EPU oPеrаt]-on
ЕгЕЕCтIvIтY seriesA,с(s/N?-80)
h Sinqle qenerator and dual senerator operation
ЕггEстIvITY Series D and series A' с, s

S/N SL and subsequent
. nrir'l .ranar:t lJPЕдeLдUll
^^^*-+.i ^- vllдJ
^-1,,
^''
гor сonneсted ']nаds. rcfer tо fiоllrc Qf-!!.
т'Yn6т.r6h^17 hrl a
Еt.l'Ест1vIтY Seriеs D or whеn optioпal emergёnсY bus inБta}led.
тhe еmergenоУ bus PP20 is suррliеd with e].eсtriсal Power during oPeration
оf any of the lhrer PovJer supPly sourсes.
In сase both gеnеrators shou1d fail, the emergenсy bus provides
рoi\'er to а1l vital eguipment.
тhe battery is aсtivated аs an еmergency poпer sourcе via ЕN,!ЕRG Dс BUs
pushbutton indiсator 41P (s/N 7 - 160 and series D) or 15P (s/N 161 and
subsequent' and series s} and emеrgency bus relay 40P (s/N ? - 160 and
series D) or 14P {SlN 161 and subsequent, and seтiеs s) respectively'
tlhiсh illuminatёs as soon as the emеrgenсy bus is energгized (refer to
{.i пl-a о 0).,1 0 . Ь rl1 o' -)1' ) .
N0тЕ llith
Еl'1ЕRG Dс вUs рushbuttoп iпdiсаtor dePressed, neithеr the
genеrators nor an extelnal power source be сonneсted to the
system,
6. сirсuit breakers
The circuit breakers for the loads аre loсated on instrument panel 12vЕ
(refer uo figures
92-]"1 thru 92-Lз| in the overhead Pаnе] 12vЕ {see
flg. 92-100), and in Lhe сentеr Panel' (see fig' 92-].01) .
Tlre fusеs are installed on the }eft and right sides in thё bottom of thе
instrщпent Pаne]. 2vЕ (see flg. 92-40) .
'7. Dо soоket
тhe soсket 2vEG is loоated on thе ].ower ]eft side of the instrшnent рanel
2vЕ. When the aссess hole сover is removed frоm the instrulтent рanel
fairing, еxterna]- 28v Dс loads сan be connected to thё sockёt.
тhе Dс soсket is supрlied with ё]'eсtriсal Power from the emergenсy bus
via 20A сirсuit b'eaker lU пDс soсKЕтп.
вo 105
тЕR
сl]дP 92
Page 50
-l9l..ls^s lю|lvlvo.lJ .9a]W:l
v ]9t. rs^s NollvlvolJ .9вз}.l|з
-l
ээl.п|g1 dn
]зnJ
^ôl]oJ
з6'вf, l'.lIJogя|y{
vv l=
otlt"loон ovol or{l.)looн ovo.l v I
lo t'-
--1
Y18.1нo|.l oN|oNY.l
Vog-.vos..l ]]nJ зoNvн ONol
V.]e.lнэl.l 9NlсNv] с
vor.'ш]rs^s Nosllзг ]fnj гl7 Vol.},1з1s^s Nos|ll]г .]]nJ -l
vv
vнi . 9t||l vзн vнz.и{]1s^s эNl1vзн
J vэt.(svsl .1s^s .y{5nv вVls vэt.вvs .]s^s .lNз|-^lэnv .€vls
I
aм}'в^^t..ls^s .9Nltхз :lв|l 6м}. 8мс- ls^s .эNllХ] зв|J

f all.U]яvзdsono] .lvNUз1х] oll.взyVз Jsоno] lYNвзl.х]
f
t)
)
I
7 n}.эo l]хэos nr.cс 1])эos
d8zz.z вolvUзNзD взlвvls

I
a
d8аl-t 8o1va]N]9 нзlвvls
ээl . оNll,ll,Ч|вl
) 3нl'оNllV]н з€nl 1о1lа
мз0z.ElNINUvм ]anlvв]dl.iз1
x oNv ]anssзUd -,||o
:.1
]9.No|lvэ|oNl
звnssзвd 1|o
зg.Nol1VэiсNl
]UfuY8эdпзl llo
зt-оN|NUVм }.!dU
\.]l.1н9|1 No|s|l]oэ |lNv
\nz.slнol.,] Nol1|soJ
]01.и|]ls^s
oNNвYм Eolэзlto Jlнэ lr
vyt.]cвI}Jоэ ndв zN
lililtl.,oN| lNзиloиl ljvнs :
]6-5NINuvм
]вnsslUJ .,]зnJ 'lllс ]6-eN]Nнv.vl ssзaа ]зnl ll|с
}.'Joot.z аиmd
.,l]пl иlo0l.z dиJnа с
хNv! v lNvr tlnj
^.]аdпs
}.{o€.L d},{пd ^tddns сz
)lNv.l. ]зnJ
^]Jdns
}lo!-z driпJ t--
)NVl NtVп tJnl v,
иlot't Jи|пd ylot-t dyчnd ,)lNv.t N|Vиl -]]n]
')tNvl Nlvlit ttnl
.оN|
]в-slнo|-] эN|Nвvм ]зnJ
з1..оN| ]вnssзвd lJп.J
v
]c-.сN|
^llшvno
]z.эN|NaYi^ ]]nJ Jllo.l
]зnJ
v зс '.oN| ]зnJ
мo"l l]nl
^l|lNvnD
]z.эN|Nlv/t^
э.tt. эNilн5I"l lNзи{fl вIsNl \7 c ll. оN|ll'lэl.1 lNзи{nUlsN|
€ot.-]s^s 'вol|Noyl lNoо 'o^н \7
эJиz-z эN] 'No|lcзl]о Jв|j
оin|..l eNз 'No|rэзl]о зв|l
v\r' вol...Ls^s .Uol|No|/t rNoэ .с^l{
о,\û.z эN] .Nol-Lc]l]с звlJ
9/{t-l bNf No|lэ]lзo зв|J
.]нz-z
eN] '5N|э| J]Nv
-ll+.| eNз '9Nlэ| llNY
э.lz.oNllнD|.,l lN]}IrвYJl,lJoэ
oэнvэ оNV 1lJяэoэ
vм?.z эN] ']^]v^ ]зnJ .эвзl,!] vмz.z eN] з^.lv^-]]пj 9вз|,l]
v^^l.l eN] 'з^.]v^ ]зnj,эв]и|] .9нз},{]
v,\4t.l эN] з^.lv^ ]зnl
гl. ls^s No|l|No|/вз1вv1s
зsnJ uo Uзхvзuб l.InэU Hl|м sNзl.s^s
tl^
+
o эm
ц)
o,
эt! Еo
a i"
N
(\l
z
(-)
.с
(L z с{
(! З
i С]* TE
нЕlIс0PтERs
мAINTЕNANсЕ t{ANUAl, мBв
ЕЕЕ.ЕстTvIтY A When emе:genсy bus insсa11ed, сonneсtion сo еmergenсy bus

A sеries D oпlУ
t
sтAвтЕв BUs
Ёi u '-q
Е+я:
й
ФЕ= ;
rg9 9
' !
e :s < ;:
l iEs ЕЕ E=9g5?'ii:i i
'-*",,:.{J*Ё
i, a 2А = g ч
=Е
: ч
21i Е; i irz1:i:Eё э= z9
ts> =
;аiв!т Еа 'Е* Ё й Ё Е:
'i *;P ЕE EEЕEэ=iёЁe З; *i, ЭItI;Ё:! ;: Е Ё з ЭЕ
;Еg iЁ Е=EE!EE:5! 5э ae
6>
Hэ;ЁЁз Е; Ея H Е аэ
=
щ
lv,|АlN вUs Ф
ц
lf
llJ
ff
t
-г
АUХ|LlАFly вus tr
3
i'3
rlJ * o oI о o
F (,
сl]
з *бq
zz
аt z
(.t
U)
..:t.!1ф
5:Е>a ;-3
t,
6 6QЧЕr z sи
-> й
i:iiЕ Jо
Еzчrз ftР ;
o.
Q
oо о 6:di:
>Е J= *
Е Е1з<й dЕ o
sтANDARD ЕQUlPМЕNт
F lgure 92-25 Е]ectriсal Power Distribution Й

TU IU5
.HдpтгP 0?
:ion to eпergency bus lA s/Ni-160
^ 5/N ].b] аnс subsequent
Zls
IE <.:т|
4аsfI
il :6t
'9 1Е
2z 1= F
5
;<
:
ir
Фa Фo й=
= =#
I
lttl =
Ф
E з
:оt1
1ztо o Ф
J :< z- i Z
f
i
;- z
а2-ё: Е:tц
; сj = ? я
?3
o
z
o
o
E o
эо
т
9 Е ; Е:;iэ5 *,l о o я6 | , :z6sj

I* Ёп Ес
i Ё ;
2 oI
:= iЁ Еэ E в з ЁЕgЁЕё
д3;i Ёя H Е бЕ:Ё:: i= ЁЕ ЕЕ
iiЁ Б s
o s н ;:'
Е;3:;2
;iis<
б й tr
1 1 iiБt ЕЕ*gЁЁЕ;ЕЕЁЕЁЁ
I ll I I =
I I I I I lt I I i lll llltllllt lll i
ll
,,=
li
I
J ::
ll Б :Е
(J
Ё tst
! E*
ll
o t! а 22
I
й ;я
(t o
2
э
=>
=
9;
-z O
o 1
з
) ЕoulPMЕNт оPтlNAL ЕoUlPмЕNт
Jи Еl
-+- E
+-J A
Sril
3з
}',1вв }tЕ1,1сoPтЕRs
},tA1NтENANсE }lANUA], l'{вв * в0 105
92 - L4 ProЕeсtlon of Dс Power systeп cirсuits

1. Proteсtion of internal сircuits
The fоllowing fuses are installed to рroteсL the internal wiring сirсuits
oI
â rL^ n. power supPly sysЕеm:
Еne UU
a. гuses
PRoтЕст1oN INsтALIAтIoN ЕЕ'гЕсTIv1TY
NOI'1.
эr 300A stаrtеr bus roverload Еngine deсk Series S

lDaЕЕеry swlссп].ng
^,.i ^L; ^,
сirсuit)
-L-Lr 4A Еne.оi zinо сi rсu.it of A'1
.1 Ь61 i
^^ntAr"a
relaУ 6P and 26P s/N ? - 160
4A Еnergizing сirсuit of a,]] Ьо,] j^^nt^rс

relay 6P S/N 161 and
1зP дд пп6 !..-An.t' Ьl! с

ovеrloаd or with the opt -
ional emеrg. bus
instаl1ed
ZэE 130A мain bus overload 2vЕ Series S
I'эY з00A starter bus ovеrloаd 2vЕ series A, сl D

S/N ? and sub-
zor яnl Е,mA?.r6n^t' l^l1a Series S

ove!lоad
29P 4A Еneгсizino c'i тcuig 6f 1vЕ series A, с, s
relay 7P, 8P and 10P 5/I{ / ano suD-
аnd cirсuits of warning
lights GЕN 1and GЕN 2
Table 92-2 Protection of Dс Dower svsteп cirсuits t1 оf 2)
в0 105
сIIAPтЕR 92
}4вв нЕL]сOPTЕRS,
МAINтЕNANсE MANuAI, МвB - Bo 105
гUSES PRoTЕстIoN INSTAL].ATIoN EгЕ,ЕстIVIтY

No}4. сAP.
29Р 4д Еnergizing сirсuit оf ].vЕ Series D

relay 7P, 8P and 10P
and сirсuit of warning
]ight GЕN 1
з0P 4A соntrol cirсцit of 2vЕ Al1 heliсoPters

external power S/N 7 and sub-
supply аnd ЕPU oN seguenс
indiсator 1ight сirсuit
31P 4A вleсtriсal сircuit 2vЕ All heliсoltеrs
з2P 4A (shunt 20P) bus, S/N 7 and sub-
battеry sequent
з3P 4A Еleсtriсal сi!сuit 2vЕ All heliсoрtеrs

з4P 4A (shunt 21) genёra- S/N 7 аnd sub.
tor 1 seguent
35P 4A Eleсtriсal сirсuit 2vx Al] he]iсopters

з6P 4A (shunl 22) genera- S/N ? аnd sub.
tor 2 seguen.
з7P 4A Еnеrgizing сirсuit of lvЕ series A, C/ s
9e eIatоr теIaу 109! S/N l and sцЬ.
sequent
з8P 4A Еnergizing сirсuit of 1vЕ series Al сt s
generator relay 209P S/N 7 end sub-
seguent
з9P 4A Е]ёctriсal ciтcuit оf 1vE series D
generatoт failure
r,larning }ight GЕN 2
Table 92-2 Proteсtiоn of Dс poнer sУstem (2 af 2\
b. Cirсuit breаkers
Two сirсuit bIeakers ]-28P and 228P are loсаted in main re1ay box 1vЕ
and are used tо proteсt the сirсuits whiсh сonсrоl the сonnection of
the respeсtive st arter-generаto.rs to the e]'eсtriсаl system.
вo 105
сI]APтЕR 92
Page 54
}1BB IIEI,IсoPтERS
},IAINтЕNANсЕ I4ANI]AТ, мвв - в0 105
92 - t5 Trоub.leshooting - Dс Power system
1. General
]n order to perform ttоubleshooting the cirсuit brеаkers must be рowеred

and depтеssed/ aтld thе fuses intaсt.'
A laлrP tesL sha]l be сarried ouЕ to ёnsure thаt the annunсj.ators аre no!
defeсtive.
Prior to reр1aсenent of any system сomрonent, сheck еleсtriсаl wiring for
оontinuitу, insulation fаults аnd рroper сonneсtions.
Also сheсk fоr proper сonneсtion of eleсtriсa] сonneсtors to the units'
тhe rеsрeсtive wiring diagrans a!е contained in the Wiтing Diagram
!4anua1 .
сAUтIoN вЕWARЕ оl. si{ORт сIRсUIтING WllЕN }4ЕASURT'NG Т,IvE,

с'0r,1PoNENтs .
2, Troubleshootitg - qeneratot system
No. тRoUв!Е sY}4Pтo}4 PRoвAвI,Е сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIvЕ AстION
1 st aftеr -generаt o! Defeоtive сirсuit Using a пullimeter. сheсk

swiЕсh GЕN 1 breaker 128P (228P) . for Presenсe of 27'5v* at
(GЕN 2) i3 in posi- both connесtion рoinLs оf
tiоn GЕN or GЕN the оirсuit breaker against
0N, but generator is ground.
isоlаted froп eleсtri- Reр]aсе сirсuit breaker, as
сal systetn although the neоessary.
engines ale lunning.
Battеry master switсh * see adjustаble voltage
16P is oN. regп]laLor
Defeсtive starter. сheck сontro] si{itсh for

r.r.6nаt.5t,ir 7^1 лnnt i nlr.i rrl рan].i.o
^^nt
sl.litсh. switсh, as neсе s sarv.
ЕрnРтiт nт slrnn'] i рs {.hрn} пenотaf nт anri троIacё
novoltage. a5 neсessаry.
Dеfeсttve voltage Int.erсhange voltagё regu-
regulаtor. .lators.
Replaсe, аs required.
тab1e 92-з тroubleshoоting - DC po}ler system (i of 5)
BO 1.0 5
сtlаPтЕR 92
14вв flЕLICoPтЕRs
!,IAINTЕNANсЕ },IANUAI. l{вв - вo 105
тRoUBlЕsнoOтING (сontinцed)
Nо. тROUвЬЕ sY},lPтo!4 PROBAB].Е сAUsЕ сoRRЕсTIVB AстIoN
Faulty reversе- Using a rпu1timeter. сheсk

сurrent lelay 105P rAt7Arcо-^trrran+ rA.t эl' 4^r
(2osP) . presenсe of voltage at ter.
tninаl sW. (stаrtеr-genera-
tor switch in Рosition GЕN) .
If voltage is presеnt, re-
Plaсe reverse-сurrent lelаy.
]f vоltаge is not present,
generator contlol relay 106P
(206P) , or power supplу
re.l дrl AD i e .laf 6.+ i t'a
Pan'l aâ ,.la f a.t itra
e
^^rnw.\hanl_
Nтneter (19P) рoinЕer Defeсtive alrEneteт. set алEneter sё].eсtor switсh

does not defleсt to +г' дn^l-ЬAr nаoi t i nn
the Left, although both Cheсk for сorrect indiсation.
generators are сonnео- Reрlaсе а!шneter if
ted to the line' arrЕпeter neоеssary. '
se]"eсtor switсh set is
in position вAтт and Defeсtive aпЕ!еter set alтEnеter seleсtor srritсh
loads are being seleсtor switсh. t.) :n^tьAr nаci t i аn
Cheсk fоr сorтeсt indiсation.
RеPlaоe arlтпeter selector
switсh' if neсessary.
Defeоtive or set aпneter seleсtor switch
ih
^^ria^+
l u into another position.
сonneоted shunt, Cheсk for сorreсt indiсation.
RePlaсe shunt or conneсt it
сorrеct1y '
ЕPU oN indiсator lighi Defeсtive lаmр. Check lamp oPe!аtion by
doёs not illuтпinate depressing light сover.
with externel power Replace 1amр, if required '
sourсe соnneсted and
еnergized аnd Defective wiring. Cheсk for сontinцitу using
bаttery master switсh the appliсab1e wiriпg dia-
1 6D сai i п nасi t,i nn graп.
ЕPU oN - BдтT oгг
тable 92-3 тroubleshoоting - Dс power sуstem (2 of 5)
вo 105
сIiAPтЕR 92
Page 56
l4Bв ItЕ],IсoPTЕRs
}.IAINTЕNANсЕ МANUAI, },1вB - в0 105
тRoUB].Еsнooт]NG (сontinцed)
N0. тROUB!Е sYмPтo}4 PRoвAв],Е сAusЕ сoRRЕстIVЕ Aст]ON
ЕPo сannot be сonneс- Inadequate voltаge сhесk extelnal power source.

t a.l t.r tha lina- supPly from exter-
ar Lrrl,ц9rr t.-&+ ^-,,
r,,0uLЕrJ na] рower sourсe.
rnaster switch 16P
is 1n EPU ON - Defective wiring. сheсk wiring for сontinuityl
BAтт 0гE. оr oгг. using the applicable wiring
diagrап.
n6fA^j. i t'6 flrqо ?0P Cheсk fuse аnd rёPlaсe as
Defective eхternal сheck relay for continuity

power relay. and replaсе, as necessary.
вattеry 1s not сon- вattery not сonneо- r'^nn6^f hattarrt

neсted to the liпe' ted, or iпpropеrJ.y
Al ! l.lîtnЬ
dдLilvцчrt ь.+|^r!'
UaL u9 дJ conneсted.
master switсh 16Р
is set in position Battery voltage сheсk battеry voltage.
ЕPU oЕ'Е. - вAтт oN nil or too loli. сhargе or replaсe battery.
or ON.
l\^€^^+ 'i.'^
Uс!ч9LJ.vЕ ''; 9,i n-
tllд1l9. сheсk wiring for сontinuitУ,
using thе apрliсablе нiring
diagraп.
Defeсtive fuses сheсk fuses for сontinuity
(11P, 25P) . аnd replасe, as required.
nafa^f i va he+taru сheсk !o]аy for сontinuity
relay 6P. and replaсe, as reguired.
n6f A.+ i.t'A Ь2t t A ril сheck тelay for сontrnuity
пiaster switсh 16P . and reрlaсе, as reguired '
Auxiliary bus is not is Using the цтmёtert оheоk

One generator
enetgized аlthough nol сonneсted to thе whether both generaLors aтe
Ь^+h n6пarэt.1rc eтA line. сonneсted to the linе.
сonneсted to the line. сheсk generatоr failure
... .. 1 .l.Ь+
wo.LrlдrrЧ
'i ^^ ддУrru.
ЕPU still сonnеctеd сheсk ЕPU ON indiсator

tо the line. ,]
i tЬ+
дд9..g. ni G^^nnA^t
9д9Уv.. гDтт
т:Ь]a Q?-1 тroubleshooting - Dс poнer system (з of 5)
в0 105
сI{APTЕR 92
}4вв }tЕl]сoPтЕRs-
}.IAINтЕNANсE I,IANUAL t,IBв - вo 10 5
тRoUвrЕsнooтING (сontinued)
N0. тROUвт,! sY}lPтoМ PRoвAвlЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIvЕ Aст]ON
Defective auхiJ.iary сheсk for сontinuity' using

bus relay J.OP . the appliсable wiring dia-
gram.
Replace, as required.
Auxiliазy bus is not Defeсtive роl,'er сheсk for сontinuitУ аnd
energized; external- cllnn.1lr rо1 аrl RD replaсe, as nёcessary.
Power sourсе 1s
Defective auxiliary сheck for сontinuity and
bus relay 10P. rep1aсe, as necessary.
Defeсtive wiring. Cheсk for сontinuiсy, using
the appliсabJ'e wiring dia.
gтam.
Еmergenсy bus is not, Defeсtive fuse 11P. сheсk fuse and replaсe' as
neсessary.
Defective Е!,lЕRG Dс Cheсk for сontinuiLy using
aтlс nlt сЬЬt1+ i
^n wiring diagтa:n and тeрlaсe
indiсator. i n,li паtnr яe roпlri rдrl
Defeсtivе etnergency Гhaаl, far гant i nlli trr llqi nс

bus relаy. wiring diagram and replaоe,
voltage fluctuations nёfA.t i r'a 1'^1+:fiA Intelchange voltage regula-

at a сonstant loаd. i
^re
r n.,l !ron1aад
9уte99 .lAfёаi.i.'^
rе9ulаtor.
10 Warning light GЕN 1 Defeсtive generаtor Сheck lamрs by depressing
(GЕ 2) does not failure warning warning light test switсh
i]-lшпinate when right 23P. 6nn Pёn] râ f
tt' 1 эtl.]
generаtor is st,litched warning light, as
^mr|a
or
off or fails.
Defeсtive generator сheсk wiring for соnt inuity.
тe1ay 109P (209P). ReP1aсe relay as necessary.
тablе 92-з тroubleshooting - Dс po!0е! systеm (4 of 5)
вo 105
с]lAPтЕR 92
Page 58
!{вв нЕlIсoPтERs,
I.IAINтЕNдNсE }4ANUAL !4вB - в0 105
тRoUвlЕsнooт]NG (сontinued)
N0. тRоUвLЕ sYI,IPтoм PRoBAвLЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIvЕ AстION
11 lfarning light GЕN 1 Defeсtive reverse- Using a multimete!. сheсk

(GЕN 2) il}ulrrinatёs .11rFant ra l arr 1 06P reverse-сurrent relay for
when the gелerator (205P) . ^f
1|^1| э|Jo 2|
-is сonneоted to the teппinal APP (on S/N
Iinе. 9 - 80), or termiпal IND
on S/N 81 and subsq.).
If voltаge is not р.resent,
iAб,l дô r6t'о 1. aA-
^l1rrant
rь] rrl тf v^] i.,dA i a hrA-
sent' rеPlaсe generatоr
relay.
T2 No volЕage indiсation DefёсLive vо]tmeter Dan'l râ rr.11 iYnat a?
when battery. ЕPU or 18P .
поnаrяtnr ic
сonneсted to line . E'ault.y wiring сheck оontinuity of wiring,
using applicable wiring
diagram.
13 Pointe! of aпгneter Defective aпmete! . set alrEneter seleсtor switоh

19P does not defleсt t.^ in^t hAт .\êiti^n
to the right' аlthough Cheсk for сorrесt indiсation.
the qenerator selесted
Ьr' l- ЬA э!fimAf ar cA,] a.- Defeсtive aIrneter sеt aшnet e r seleсtor switсh
tor switch is con- seleсЕor sllitсh. t^ эn.'t har. nnсi t i nn
nected to the eleс- сheсk for сorreсt indiсation.
triâ? сrretarn эrl/.l Rерlaсe aтпnete r se.leсЕ or
.]
^эê
эi.A ЬAi п.r switсh.
сarried.
Defeсtive or set a]r'тieter selёсtor switсh
i 7\.^ r r'a.t l i' t^.n^th6r n.\сi+i^n
сonneсted shunts Cheсk for сorreсЕ indiсаЕion.
(,1D = сAnAтat г\? 1) Replaсe shunt or сonneст.
(22P = Genelator 2t cоrreсЕ1y.
taDle Уz-J Troubl.e shoot ing - Dс po}rel system
в0 105
сHдPтЕR 92
pЯ.tо qq
мвв ЕЕLIсOPTERS
I{AINтENдJ'ICЕ }.,дNuA], }.,1вв - в0 105
92 - 16 }.IAINтЕNANсЕ - Dс POWЕR sYsтЕM
92 - 11 сheck and adjustnent of generator vo1tage
1. General
Generator vo]-tage must be cheсked and adjusted after replасemeпt of a

generator' voltage le$llatorl reverse-сurrent relаУ and assoсiated
wiring. сheсk and adjustment shal] be рerformed on the glound with
engrnes runnrng.
2, тest еquiPneпt
1 vo}tmеtеr 0 . 30v' 0'38 aссulaсy (еrror s 0.1v)
? Dr.6naTrf^r.!i at6nc
a. сonneсt vo}tmeter to starter bus PP1 and сonneсt qround jumper to

main relay boх.
).' pl'n оnпi nд q it .tf Аlln.l i A e?lAA.l
^.]
с. Sеt battery switсh to 0N.

d. set а]rEneter seleсtor switch to сеntеr Position.
e. set genёrato! 1 and 2 switсhes to oN.
- GЕN 1and GЕN 2 warninq liqhts rnust not сome on.
. t! i,дЕoЕtrL,
т. ^.^^^^+ ..-.сh
^'.,i off ЕI,{ЕRG Dс BUs pushbutton indiсator.
+
4, I"Ieasurement and adjustпent of generator No. 1 and No. 2 voltages.
сAuт]oN вЕWARB oЕ' sI]oRт сIRсUIтING WIiЕN мЕASURING I,IvЕ PARтS.
NoтЕ Adjustпents shall be made after the qeneIators and voltage

regu}ators hаve had tjлe to warm uр. тherefore, the
geneтаtors shаll be oPerated undеr load fo! at least 5
m1nutes.
a. Pull сirсuit breaker 228P (11ъ)

- warning light GЕN 2 shall сome on.
b. Switсh on electriсal equipment сonneсtёd to main bus PP2].' e.g. fuel
PutnPs' landing tight, inЕerior lights. Thе applied load sha].l be
between 15 and з0 amрeres.
D/1 ] Nq
сII.APтЕR 92
},1вв I]E],тсoPтЕRs
}.{AINTЕNANсЕ i,1ANUAT, Мвв - в0 10 5
c. Reаd voltrneter indiсation.

- Nominal values i
19-сel1 battery: 27'5v + 0.1v
20-сe]1 bаttery: 28.0v l 0.1v
тf the reading on the vоltlпeter differs from the nominal value, turn
the vоItage regulating sсrew on the vоltage regn]lator 104P (see fig.
q'-?6\ .о qдt i.h6 ..rreсt value.
d. Deрress сirсuit breаker 228P and рull сirсuit breaker 128P (1vЕ)
- Warning light GЕN 2 must go out. warning light GЕN 1 must сome on.
e. Reрeat steP с. Тf neсessary, adjust voltage reщlator 204P to obtain
thё notrrinal va].ue.
NOTЕ o The maхimum difierence betvreen both generator voltages пust

not eхceed 0.2v.
ЕxamPle: Gen. No' I = 2.l .9Yl Gen. No. 2= 28.1v
If max, differenсe ls eхсeeded, reрeat аdjustment.
o If the вAт 60 warning oссuls frequently as а result of the
max. ambient temPeratule being exceeded , th€ required
nоminal va1ues саn be dесreаsed by 0.5v by resetting the
voltage regulato!.
o At eхtremely J.ow ambient temperatures, the voltagе
regu1ator сaп be leset to inсrease Еhe required nominal
value by 0. 5V.
t. Deрress сirсuit breaker 128P again.
- warniпg light, GЕN 1 musЕ' go out.
g, shut down engines.
h' swivel Lhr рloteсtive сaps in plaсe оver both voltage regГulаtor
adjusting sсrevs and tighten.
i. Disсonnect voltmeter. install сover on nаin rеlay box ].vЕ, and
i flсt2,],l .:r.'^ ..^lтY\er1-mAni- nrnэ.l <
вo 105
сllAPтЕR 92
Daпд 6]
нЕIIс0PтERs':
}4AINтЕNANсЕ мANuAI, I,1Bв - B0 105
Pot€ntlorп9tsr
'or
voIlаgе гog!latIon
N:й"
I rgute 9z-zb voltagе regulato'
92.Iв Generator system

тhе gеnerator sУsten соnsists оf:
- two starter-generator s 103P and 203P
- one vo]"tage regulator eасh 104P or 204P (108P or 208P on series D)
. one gene'atоr relаy each 109P aпd 209P \I01P /201P or 1i0P/210P on series D)
- one shunL field rеIаy ]'06P and 206P (sеries A' с only)
- one power suрply relay 8P
- auхiliаry start relay ].01.] and 201J (106P and 206P on series D)
- warning lighLs for gеnerator overheating (see paragraph 92.34).
Location see рaragrаph 92-8
BO 105
сJrAPтЕR 92
Pаge 62
I{ЕT.',IсoPTЕRs
}4A]NтЕNANсЕ МANUAТ, !,1вв - lJU lUэ
1. General
With the engines ruпfling, the generator system suррlies the Dс power
system With regulаted 28v power and сharges the airborne battery (see
nэ rа.'r.,:nh q,-1 0 |
2. Can6rat^'" ra'l !\r
ЕгЕ,Ест]v1TY series A, с to s/N 80
тhe generator relays 109P (T,!t generator) and 209P (Rн generaЕor) ale
loсated in the rпain relay bох 1vЕ. тhese relаys оontrol the rеlated
warninglights (GЕN 1 аnd GЕN 2) аnd the auxj.liary bus relay 10P (see
figures 92-22 Lhru 92-24) ' вoth relаys аre energized when the
сorresponding rеvelse-сurrent relays have cоnneсtеd the generators to t}re
busses.
a. Geпeтator relay 109P
When de-enеrgized (geпerator 1 failed or disсonneсted from the line) .

the single-рole generator relay сonneсts voltage to the GЕN 1 failurе
пarning light. When energized, it routes volLagе to the сonЕrol
сirсuit of thе auxiliarv bus relav.
b. Generator telaу 209P
т.flhen dr-energized (genеraLor 2 fаiled or disсonnrсted frоm the linе) ,

j.Ь6 /,ll]Я,] -n.t']a .lAnArl'..1r 7o'lа!r..'nno^te r'^.jte.rA tri^. .^nfr.t t^ ti1A
GЕN 2 fаilure warning light. The sесond сontасt disсоnneоts the
сontro.l line of the auхiliarv bus relаv.
ЕЕ,F,ЕсTIvIтY series Al с s/N 81 and subsequent
тhs rё1аv сontасts t109P аnd 209pl .nr the с61!19]

n. thр аr'тi'] .iаrtr hlls re1а\, ']0D аrр пnnnрnl.arl it)
sеriеs, i.e. on fаllure of a generator, the relay 10P
is dр-рnдуoizоd аnd t.hus disсonneсts the auхj.l iатv
bus PP22 from the heliсoрter eleсtriоal svstem'
с. Generаtor relay (10?P, 207P' 110P, 210P)
ЕЕЕЕст1vIтY series D
Еaсh starter-gene rator is сontrоl]ed by two generato!

relays whiсh are located in the main re]ay box 1vЕ.
The generato! relаys 107P and 207P сonneоt the
genеrators to the main bus and disсonnёсt them in
сase a rеverse сurrеnt oосurs. сontro] of
i < rlia tЬa avаiг:fiаn 1ina nf +hA r7^,]trdA
108P аnd 208P.
BO 105
сIIAPтЕR 92
Page 6з
Мвв flЕLIсoPтЕRs
}.,!A]NтЕNANсЕ I.IANUA], I,1BB - вo 105
тhe generatol relays 110P and 210P are a].so in thе

eхсitation ].ine of the voltage regulators and enerqlze
rеspeсtively the GЕN 1 and GвN 2 failure warnlng lights
and the auxiliary bus rel-ay 10p.
3. Gёnerator оontro] lelav
ЕггЕст]vIтY series A' с, s
тhe generator сontrоl relays 106P (L!i generator) аnd 206P (Rtt generator)
аrе loсаted in the main relay boх 1vЕ. тhe dual pole relays сontrol the
energizing of the тeversе.сurrent rеJ-аys, аs wеll- as the аquallzing
cirсuit of the voltage regulator.
The generato! сontro]" relаys are energized by the starter-generator
оontrol swltсh (position GEN oN or GЕN) .
energized, the generator сontrol reJ.ays feed voltage to thr resрeс-

!,lhen
tive SW terminаls of the revelsе-сurrent relays via the соxlesPonding
сlosed conLaсts of the power suPрly relay 8P (сontаcts аre сIosed if
eхternal Power sourсe is not' сonneсted) .
тhe second сontaсts (in series) с1ose the equatizing circuit of thе
vo1tage regгulаtor.
4, Po!,er supply relay
тhe power supply relаy 8P is loсаted in thе main relay bох ].\rЕ. This
triр}e-Pо]e relay contro1s the сonneсtion of the geneiаtоrs to the line
and thе aсtuation of the auxiliary bus relаy.
тhe powe! supply relay is energizеd when an eхternal power sourсe (ЕPU)
is оonneсted to the heliсopter еJ.есtriсal system (see paragтарh 92-12) '
When energized, the рower suрpJ"y relay interruPts Еhe сontro]. line of the
reverse-оurrent relay (two сontaсts), i.e. generators cannot bе conneсted
to the ]ine during ЕPU operation'
тhe thiId сontаct сlncAq !ЬA anarrтizin..t î-ûit of the auхitiary bus
-^1 -..
5. Shunt field relay 106P and 206P
ЕЕгЕсTIVIтY series D
Еасh generaLor сomрrises a shunt field re}ay loсated in the main rе1ay
box 1VЕ' пhich ensures constant gеnerator fj.eld exсitаtiоn.
With the generator сontro.]. switch in Position oN or sтARт. the stаrter
relay (see paragtaph 92-39) and thё shunt field гelaу are eпeтgized.
в0 105
сJ'IAPтЕR 92
Paoe 64
}tЕ!]сoPTERs
}.IAtNтЕNANсЕ МANUAL }.4вв - в0 105
тhe shunЕ field relay interruрts the poи'er q]].\n.]tr i.\ t\P fiP'd Axсitation
winding of the generасоr нith one сontaсt' and simultaneously short -
сj.rоuits the field exсitation winding with the other contaсt.
0, - 1q sl 't о r-.тeг рr а tor s

^
1. st arter-generator 10зP, 203P
д сtдrt6й-.rAnAr:i..1'^ ]..1.nn^^ +^ +ь. ,]

^r,Y^r дf- tiпht siс]e оf расh
дn6ina /T - ттl oeаrboх'
тhe st arс еr-gene rat or inсorporaues a shunt winding whiсh is ]ocated in
the shцnt сirсuit of the vo1Lage regulatort thus сontro]]ing the
оугitаtinn \I\r
lRPМ оrrtоlri v/]1tedA] 1f t]^р ocnerаtor. In thе starter modе
l l vg9l/gь
(еngine starting) а seriоs winding is сonneсLed in seriеs with the
armature.
тo сomPеnsаte for an armature тeaction (brush arсing during lоad), an

interр;lе winding аnd а сomРensation wind.ing is оonnected in series with
At 100t N2 engine RPМ the gеnеrator speed is 120?0 rpm. тhе norma] sРeed
range is ?200 Lo 1.2100 rpm but аn oversрeed of uр to 14000 rрm is per-
пгissible foт a short time. тhe nominal outрut of the sL art e r-gene rators
is 2 8v, 1504.
A fan attaсhed to the armature shaft is usеd for se]f-сooling the unit.
a^^;+i^й.,] ^^^.l
in^ ^f tь6 a]-rтt6 ic nrnrli rlAd ь\r r'атn lir
(refer to сhapter 65) '
s|-lUNт W]NDING
RЕGULАтoя. сoМPЕNsAт|oN
lNтЕвPoLЕ. W]ND|NG
WTNDING
sЕ RlЕs WIN0lNG
1 Drive Shaft 5 сoптnutator

2 тermina] 6 Amature
J !an ? Windings
4 вrush ho]der
тi аlra Q)-)1 сross-sectional view and schematlc Diagram
of the st arter-Geneтator
вo 105
сIIAPтЕR 92
мвв нЕ],IсoPтЕRs
}IAINтЕNANсE мANUAI, l'1вB - B0 105
92 - 20 Removal and installаtion . starter-generators

1. Rеmoval
а. Disсonneсt the bat'tery or. if сonneсted| the еxterna1 Power

sourсe from thе hеliсoРter еlесtriсal systеm, and seсurе against
inаdvertent rесoпneсtiоn.
b. Removе engine сowlings.
с. Disсonnесt wiring frоm tеrminal bloсk (l,.

d. ].oosen v-сlаftp {2) of the st arte r-generator and саrefully ]ift
st arter -generаt or (4) or (9) from пounting pad (1) .
ЕE.!'ЕстIVIтY sB 60-з1 or S/N 321 and subsеquent
o l,oosen hose clаmр (]) on GRP fаn сover (6) of

qt ert Aт-.rоnAr.Аl. An.l nlt'] .] nf f гna1 i nrт э i r
^r
hose (8) .
o l,oosen v-сlamp (2) of starter-generator and lift
stаrter-gene rator (4) or (9) from mounting pad (1) '
o Unsсrei' GRP fаn сover flom starter-generator аnd

xetain for later re-installation (clean the tаn
соvеr) .
2, InstaI1atioп
сAUт]ON o INsтAll SтARтER-GЕNЕRAтoR WITн пWЕT sP!тNЕп DR]vЕ

sнAгт (P/N з2032-021 ' A].,sO тo вЕ RЕсoGNIZЕD вY
тltЕ PAскING GRoovЕ вЕI{]ND DRIW sPLINЕs) oNLY тo
ЕNGINЕ GЕARBoх I.IoDII.IЕD гoR т8Is PURPOSЕ (RЕгЕR
тo sЕRvIсЕ ]Nr.oRt'{AтIoN N0. 50) .
o APPLY GRЕASE (IтЕ},1 ]'01} T0 DRIVЕ sPLINЕs oг

STARTЕR-GЕNЕRдтoR W]тtt llDRY sPlINЕt DRIVЕ silAt'т
|P /N 2З0з2-a22' No PAсKТNG GRоovЕ вЕIiIND тItЕ
DRIVE sPт,INЕs) .
o oN SтARтЕR-GЕNвBдтoRS Wтт!{ пWЕт

sP],rNЕt DRIYE
sllAгтs' сI{Eск O-RING (3' E'IGURЕ 92-28}
INSтAт.],ЕD вЕHIND тI.lв DRIVЕ sP].тNЕs r'OR DAI.IAGЕ AND
RЕPIдCЕ o-RINGs, IЕ, NЕсЕssARY'
вo 105
сllAPтЕR 92
Page 6?
I'1вB нЕ],]сoPTЕR's
МAтNтЕNANсE !,!ANUA]., t.IBв - B0 105
сAUтIoN INSTAт.L SтARTЕR-GENЕRдToR W!T!t

пWЕт SPI,INЕ п DRIvЕs]lAt.т oNI,Y 0N
ЕNGINЕ GEARBoxЕs мoDтгIЕD вY A],LISON
сЕB 179 oR сЕB 1082.
(Refer to 2. Installation)
.] м.lllnt.i n.r nэ.']

2 v-сlamP сAUт]oN INsтALl SтARтЕR-GЕNЕR.AтoR WIтн
3 O-ring
qt
llDRY sPl]NЕll DRIvЕsнAгт oNlY
д 2 !.l- A r.rtanArэf ..1r oN ЕNGINЕ GЕARвoxЕs Noт }.10DI-
(nwet sPlineп drive shaft Е']ЕD вY Aт,1,1s0N cЕB 179 oR сЕв
5
)
Terilinal b}oсk 1082.
(Rеfer to 2. InsЕаllation)
7 нose c]"ainр
Я гnn] i nrr ai r Ьnсд
q qi я rf A r-.lоna rrf.tt
/ пrir\7 qn.l inдп rtritrд shaft )
гigurе 92-28 RemovaL and Installation of the st arteт-qenёrat or

в0 ].05
с}lдPтЕR 92
Pаge 68
ЕURoсoPтЕR мA|NтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
а. InsРeсt' stа rter-generat'or for visible dаmаge.
ЕЕЕ'Ест IvIтY sв 60*з1 or s/N з21 аnd subsequent.

Instаl1 GRP fаn сover (6) to starter.generаtor.
b. Push stа rte r.gеnerator (4) or (9), together with V-сlаmp (2). in
mounting рad until drivе sрlines are fцlly engaged with sрlines
in I.D' of enginе geаrboх bushing.
сAUт10N PRвss SтARтЕR-GЕNЕRAToR Е'IR}4LY AGAINST i4OUNтING

PAD (1) T0 PRЕVЕNт sсRЕW l]ЕADs F.Rot.l SLIDING oUт
0Е TllE PAD RЕсЕssЕs (DAI4AGЕ тo sPtINЕs 0F, DRIVЕ
stiAЕт ) .
с. Align sстеw hеаds on stа rt'er-generаtor With reсesses on pаd so

thаt Lhe Lerminal bloеk (5) сomes to seat at the lower side, as
shown iп fiqure 201'
d. тighten nut аnd torque Lo 4-6 Nm.

e' Re-сonneсt wiring to terпinal bloсk (refer to wiriпg diagram) .
t. If a пew or ovеrhauled stа rter-gene rator is inst,alled. or the саIbon *

brushes hаve been reрlaсed. funсtionally test the genelator system *
аnd adjust the geпerаtol voltage as neсessary (rеfer Lo pаra 92.24) . *
92 - 20А InsрeсLion and mаintenanсe . sta rtor-genе'ators
Е'or shoр maintenanсeor overhаul of t'he startеr-

generators refeI to LЕAR sIЕGLЕR Manuаls.
1' сheсk for vrаrped or: сraсked termina] bloсk от dаmаqed terminals.
2, сheсk fan сover for dents аnd broken sрot We]'ds.
3. сleаn exterior surfaсes of unit with а сlean сloth moistened wlt,h

cleаning solvent (сt", 202l . idipe unit with a dry. сJеаn с]oth. Dry
and c1ean sрlines of drive shaft.
4' Rёmovё fan сovеr and cheсk for oill саlbon аnd сopрer dust, dirt and
ot,her foreiqn obieсts.
сAUTI0N o D0 N0т UsЕ сOt.,lPRЕssЕD AIR Е.oR INTЕRNAL

сLЕANING 0Е' SтARTЕR-GЕN0RATORS '
o D0 Noт WIPЕ с0}4l',lUTAт0R, BRUsI]Еs AND

BRUSн lioLDЕRs '
5. Remove deрosils with a сloLh moistened with сleаning solvent \С|1 2o2|
аnd remove foraign objeсts WiLh a vaсuum сleаner only.
|
B0 105
сllAPтЕR 92
Revision 14 Pagе 69
ЕUвoсoPтER I\.IA|NтENANсE I,IANUAL вo 105
6. Visually inspeсt fan for benЕ blаdes, friсt'ion marks. стacks or loose
сonneсtions.
NoтЕ Cheсk beаrings for сondit'j'on only wlth brцshes

removed {ron holders.
?. Rotate armalure sloвly \.lit.h youт fingеrs to feеl bearing сondition.

8' сheсk brushеs for оrасks' сhipsl fтayed leads and loosе rive|s.
- The remaining serviсe life of the brushes must be more
* than one quarLer of the Lotal serviсe life' other\.lise Lhe
* brushes musL be replасed'
9. Reinstаll blushes in their initiа]. positions mаking sure ЕhaЕ they аIe
p!oРeт].y seated on сoшnutаЕor surfaсe (100t in direсtion of rotаt'ion
and аt least 75t in aхial direсtion is mаndalory} .
10. hspeсt сomrnцtator for surfaсe сondition. тhe сorпrnцtaЕor must have а
bright aРрearanсе and a thin fi]m on the surfaсe.
11. ReinstaLl fan сover '
92 - 27 voltage regulators
The two vo]tage regulators 104P and 204P oт i08P and 208p are instal]ed in
the rnаin relay box lvЕ (see figure 92-1. to 92.3) . тhe voltаge legulаtors
perform the following funсtions:
1. voltage regul"ation
Generаt'or vo,ltageis regulaЕed to Lhе аdjusted nomina] value оf 27.5v or
28.0v resPeсtively using the eхсite! сulrenL in the regulat'or. voltаge
fluсtuat.ions beсause of load and sрeed сhапges must not be greater than
r 0.lv.
2. Pаral}el oРeration control
During pаrа]lel operation, the generaLols are rеgulatеd by Lhе voltage
rеgulators so that they are equаl]"y loаded. тhe voltage regulators are
сontrol].ed mutually via a equalizing ]inе.
з. Generаtor relay сont rol/ reverse-сuI rent plot'eсЕion

тhe generaEor relays are energized or de-energlzed by rhe voltаge !egu-
lators dерending on the сondit,ion of lhe Dс рower system. Thе generаtor
re]ay is аutomatiсally еnergized when thе vollage of thе resрeсLive
gёnerator almost' equals thаt of the heliсopter e]rсLriсal system (minus
0.3v of the adjusted vo}Lage). тhis is to prevent reversе сurrenL during
]oсk-on. тhe resрective generator is deenergized if reverse сurrent
flows.
в0 105
сttAЕ'TЕR 92
ЕURoсoPтЕR мA|NтЕNANoE мANUAL вo 105
4, Overvo1tage рrotесtioп
ErгЕс1IvIтY: A1]" heliсoРter models eхсeрt' model D, DBs-5. св-5 and свs.5.
тhe vо1tаge regulаtor opеns the geneтator relаy аnd generаtor field if an
overvoltage сondition oссurs. The gёnёrator is not automаtiсаlly re.
conneсted to the heliсopLer eleсtriсаl system but must be reасt1vаted by
momentarily setting the toggle sviitсh GЕN с0NтR0J, to 0E.г| then to GЕN.
ЕF.t.ЕстIvIтY: I{eliсopter models D and Dвs-s.
In D seriёs еасh generaLor is switсhed on by setting the GЕN с0NтR0L
toggle swiLсh Eo RЕsЕт and then to 0N.
ЕE'гЕстIVITY: t{eliсopter models св-5 аnd сBs-s. Heliсopter models с and s
afteI aосomр]ishmеnt of Asв-B0105-80-118 аnd/or sв-B0105-80.119.
тwo switсhes ale installed in the oveIheаd раnel by neаns af whiсh
geneIators. shut off аs а result of overvoltаge' саn be switсhed on again
individuа11y.
5. ShorL-сirсuit pIoteсt ion
The volLage regulаtor oрens the generator relаy аnd gёnerator field if
the generаt'or feeder or sLarter bus PP1 shoIts Lo ground.
92 - 22 Removal аnd instаllation . voltаqe regulators
l. Removаl
а. Disсonneсt bаttery or' if сonneсted. the еxternаl povJer sourсe from

the he]iсopter eleсtriсal system and seсure against inadvertеnt
rесonneсt1on.
b. Rеmove сover on lowеx right side of the саrgo сonраrtment Pаne11in9.
. с. оpen four quiсk-retease fаsteners of main relay box 1vЕ сoveI' Remove
сovеr.
d' Disсonneсt elесiriса1 сonneсtor from voltаge regulator.
e' Renove four mоunting sсreнs fтom vo].tаge regulаtor.
f. Lift voltаge regulаtor from main relay boх lvЕ.
2. hstallat ion
a. Inspeсt vo}tаgе rеguJ.ator for visiblе dаmage.
b. Position vo}t,аge regulator in its installаtion lоса|iоn and seсure in

рlасe with the four mounЕing sсrews.
с. Re.сonneсt e}eсtriсa1 сonпeсtor to volLage legu1аtor.
d. Perform funсtionаl test or the Dс generator system (refer La 92-24
t'unсtiona1 тest ) .
e. InsРeсt' nаin re1аy boх 1VЕ for foleign objeсts.
в0 105
CtlAРтЕR 92
Revision 16 Page 7l
ЕUнoсoPтЕR IiAINтЕNАNсЕ мANUAL вo 105
f. Position сover on main relay box 1VB and seсure With the four quiсk-
release fаsteners.
g. Re.instalI сovеr on саr9o сomРаrLtnent' pane].ling.
92 - 2з InsРeсtion and mаinLenanсe - voltage rеgulators
N0TB Refer to pаrаgraph 92-71 ror сheсkinq and аdjustment of

the generаtor voltage '
1. Cheсk vol.tage regu]ator for externаl damаge аnd damaged рlug сont,асts.
2. сheсk пonitoling and fault рroteс|lon funсt,ioпs of volt.аge regulаtor аnd
саrIy out гunсLiondl test of generаLoт sysLem (see pаrа9raрh 92-24).
92 . 24 ЕunсtionаI LеsL - gеnerator systеm
]'
' Generа l
The functional tesL must be сarried out аfteI having сhаnged one oI more
eleсtriсa]. сomPonenLs' саb}es, eleсtriса1 сonnесt'ions' etс. of the
generаtor syst,em, тhis test shal] be performed on the ground With the
enginеs running.
2. тesL equiрriюnt
. test vo,ltmeLer. 0-30V Dс' с].a5s 0.5
3. Р reра rat j.ons
a. сonnect, test vоltпlеLеI t,o rпain bus PP21.
b. сonneсt tesL Voltmetеr or tesL lаmp t'o auxiliary bus (Dс soсket
2vErG) .
с. slart' еnglne r.lith аn externаl рovler sourсe' Bot,h start'er-gеnerаtor

сont'ro1 switсhes must bе in OE,E,.
d. swltсh on baLtery swiLсh 16P.
e. Disсonneсt еxterna1 рower souIсe from he1iсoрter. ЕPU 0N indiсаt'or
J.ighi. musi: еxtinguish.
4, сonnес1-ion of generаtor 1 t'o i.he line

(eng1nes runnj,ng аL apрroх. 100t N2, buL with ideпtiсаl Nl j,d1e speed)
a. set st,аrtеr-genеrator сonLro1 sWitсh 11iP (118P) Lo рosit'ion GЕN.

Generator Warning light рanе]. GЕN 1 must' eхtinguish. The test voll-.
meter сonneсLed to nаin bus PP21 аnd voltmеter ],BP must' indiсаLe
* identiсаI voltаge. 2?.0 - 28.0v. In сase the reading deviates from
* thе speсifiеd voltage value' adjust VolЕаge (Iefer to Para. 92-17).
* тi]e t,еst voltmеter сonneсt,ed to auХi]iary bus PP22 must' not ind.iсаte
* volLage or: the Lеst lamp musL not illuminate.
B0 1.0 5
сitAвтвR 92
Pagе ]2 Revision 16
ЕUвoсoPтЕR I\'AINтENANсE MANUAL Bo 105
5. сonneсtion of ge']eratoI 2 tо the 1ine

(engines running aЕ apProx. 100t N2' but llith identiса]. N1 idle speed) '
а. set stаrtеr-genеrator сontrol switсh 217P (218P) to Position GBN or

0N' аnd set st'arter.gene rаtor сontrol switсh 117P (118P) to рosition
0Е'E.. Gеnerаtor warпiпg light GEN 2 must eхt'inguish. GeneraLor l,llarning
lighu GЕN 1nust illuminаte' The test voltmetеr сoпneсted to nаin bus
PP21 and voltmeter 18P shall both indiсatе 21.28v ' In саse |he
reading deviаtes from t'he speсified vo]tage valuel аdjust volLаgе
(refer to рarа. 92-17). тhe Еest voltmet'er сonneсted to the auхiliаry
bus PР22 must not indiсate voltаge or the test tаmp must not
illuminate.
b. Deleted
с. set anrneter seleсtor switсh 24P to position GЕN 2 and switсh on a

suitаble loаd. тhe апunёtеr пust indiсаte thе loаd сurrenL by a
РoinLer defleсtjоn to Lhe right.
6. Conneсtion of gёnerator 1 аnd 2 (рala1]el oрelation} to the line (engines
running at aрprox. 100t N2, but wit'h ldentlсal N1 ldle sрeed) .
a. set both s taItеr.generator сontro} s!,ritсhes to рosition GЕN or 0N.
вoth generаtor warning lights must extinguish. тhе тest voltmeter
сonnесtёd to t'he mаin bus PP21 and voltmeLеr l8P пusl bot,h indiсat,e
27.0 . 28.0v. In саse the reading devlates from the speсified
voltage vаlue. аdjust voltаge (Iefer to pafi. 92-71|. тhe test
voltmetёr сonneсted to the аuxiliаry bus PP22 пust' аIso indiсаte the
sаme voltаge or the test lamр must il1uпinate' whiсhevеr is
аpDliсab1e.
. llith еmergеnсy bus insta]lеd

- DеРress ЕмвRG. Dс вUs рushbutton indiсаtor 15P (41P) . It,
must illuminаte. liith аn externаl powёr sou.rce сonneсted.
the ЕPU 0N indiсatol light nust' eхtinguish' сheсk that
there is no vol|аge Present on the main, аuхlliary and
startеr busses. сheсk voltage suрply Lo emergenсy bus on
voltmeter l8P' voltmeter пusL indiсаte bаtt'ery voltаge.
- Set s Lа rte r.generator оontrol switсh to 0EЕ. then reLurn
iL t'o рosit,ion GЕN or оN' Aсtivation of the generаtors
shаl1 not be possible (main, auxiliаry and starter busses
still de-energized) .
- Reset pushbuLton indiсatol 15P {4rP) . сheсk thаt generа.

tors аre сonneсted to Lhе 1ine. аnd а1l busses are
energi zed .
B0 105
сltAPтЕR 92
Revision 16 Pаge ?3
EURoсoPтЕR N4AINТENANсЕ I'ANUAL вo 105
b. set аптnet'er seleсtor sr,'itсh 24P to сent-er position and switсh on a

lФad' - тhе ашnеter must' lndiсatе the tota]. сurrеnt GЕN 1 аnd GЕN 2
by рotnter defleсt'ion to the left'.
.1
. Еunсtiona] tеst of activated geneтators
a. switсh bat'tеry switсh 16P to 0N аnd 0!'Е.. сheсk that bot'h qenefа-
to-rs keep on oPerating l{lthout' interIuрtion.
b. seL bаttery switсh 16P to 0!'Е and switсh generator 1 on аnd off with
the starter-generator сontIol switсh. Generator 2 shall сontinue to
operаLe without аny interruрtlonl аnd genelatoI warning ]ighЕ GвN 1
shall illuminate when the generator is removed from the line and then
eХtinguish as soon as iЕ is reсonneсLed to the line.
8. Dlsсonneсtion of the generators from the ].ine by reverse сurrent
* NотЕ on heliсopte! models D and Dвs-5 with resPeсt Lo stёрs b.

аnd e.. the generators are disсonneсted from the line by
generator lеlаys ].0?P and 207P, rтhen the lattеr are
aоtuaLed by the respective vo]tage regulаtoIs.
а. set аmrneter seleсtor switсh 24P t'o position GBN 1.
b. Shut down engine ]'. The arrunеtеr 19P momеntатily indiсatеs a levelse-
current of аpprox. 5-l0A (Рointel def].eсtion to the left) . тhe
rёverse-сurrent' relay 105P then disсonлeсts the generator 1from the
hеliсoрter eIeсtriсаl systеm. Generаtor warning light' GЕN 1 mus1:
j-].1uminat'е.
с. Re.start engine 1аnd reсonneсL gёnerator 1tо the ]lne. The

geпeratol warning light GЕN ]. must eхtingЦish.
d' set aiftnёter seleсtor switсh 24P to рosition GЕN 2.
e. shut dоlin eпgine 2. The апuneter 19P momentari}y indiсat'es a reversе
сurrenL of aрproх. 5-10A (рointer defleсtion to the lеft) . тhe
revеrse-сurlenЕ relay 205P then disсonneсt's t'he generat'oI 2 fтom t.he
heliсoptеr eleсtriсаl system. Genelator warning lighL GЕN 2 must'
ill"uminate,
t. Re-starl englne 2 and reсonnесt generator 2 Lo the l.ine. тhe
generаt,or warning light GЕN 2 must eхtinquish.
B0 105
сtlAPTЕR 92
Page 74 Revision 16
ЕURoсoPтЕR МA|NтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
9. Еunсtionаl test of switсhes l10P and 210P
N0тЕ The funсLional test' is only neсessаry on heliсopter

models св-5 аnd свs.5. tlel1сoрLer models с аnd s аftёr
ассomрljshment' of A3в-B0105-80.l18 аnd/or sв.вOl05-80.119.
a. Press swj.Lсhes 110P and 210P in overheаd рane} momentarily to ''GEN
тRIP''. вot'h indiсators ''GЕN2,' in instrument pаne} must
сome on.
The main busses PP21 in the mаln reJ"аy boх 1VE аre сonduсting bаltery
voltаge.
тhe tеst voltmеter сonneсted to the аuхiliary bus PP22 rпцst not
indiсаte vo}tage or the test. lаmр must not illuпj.nаLe.
l.' Press аnd hold switсh 110P for apprоx. 2 seс. in
position.
IndiсаLоI ''GЕN1'' goes off.
тhe mаin busses PP21 are сonduсting genеrator voltage'
Thе tesL voltmеter сonneсt'еd t'o the auxi]-i.ary bus PP22 mus! noL
indiсate voltage or the test ].аmР must' not illuminate.
с. Press аnd ho].d si'ltсh 2I0P for арprox. 2 seс. in "GЕN2 RЕs.' рosition,
Indiсаtor '!GвN2.' goes off.
тhe mаin busses PP2]' аre supplied by both genёIаLors
тhe |ёsL voltmеLer сonneсt'ed to the auxiliary bus PP22 nust nol
indiсаLe voltage or the tеst lаmр musL not illuminate.
в0 105
сt]APтЕR 92
Revision 16 Pаge ]4A/B
},lBв IiЕL]сoPтЕRs
мA]NтЕNANсE }.1ANUA! tt{Bв - в0 10 5
92-25 вattery рower systеn
The battery po}Jer system сomprisesl
- battery 1P
- battery relay 6P
- battery switсh 16P
- bаttery оverheat wатning light (see paragrарh 92-34),
гor loсations refer Lo Рalagrаph 92.26
1. General
The battеry Pоiier systеm providеs Power to the DC power system when both
gеnerators are disconneсted, when the external power sourсe is
disengaged. and during eпergenсy oPeration (refer to Parаgrraph 92-L7I .
? пэt.i. ol.t' rд,1:rl 6p
ЕЕЕ'ЕстIVIтY o series A, с' D

тhe battery relay 6P is loсated on the batterУ
bloсk in the nose seсtion.
o Series S
The battery relay 6P is lосated underneath the
engine dесk (in flight dirесtion folirard of Lhe
batterv),
when energized' the battery гelay (bаttеry sпitсh set to EPU oгr*вAтт 0N)
routes the batterу vo1tаge to thе main bus PP21 and starter bus PP1.
з. вattery switсh (naster svritch) 16P
Thе batL€ry switсh is loсated on the lower right side of t'he instrument
раnеl , Thesingle or dual-pole toggle switсh is used to energize the
battery relay 6P and the auхiliary relay 26P or the eхternal power re]ay
?P rеspeсtive}y (for effесtivity see figurеs 92-L6l 92-71 and 92-18).
With the single-рole togg]e switсh set in Positiоn oN, the battery re].аy
6P and the auхiliary re}аy 26P are siпultaneously energized.
Thе energized batterУ гelay сomP]etes the batterУ power сirсuit to the
heliсoPter eleсtтiсal systeп аnd the аuхiliary re1ay sjлu]taneоusly
interrupts the eхсiter сircuit of the extelnal роwer relay 7P' This
ensures that no eхternal powe! sou!сe сan be connёсted to the 1ine
simultaneously. With the dual-po]e toggle switсh installed and set to
рosition ЕPU 0гг-BAтт 0N, the bаttery reley 6P is energized and the
eхсiter сirсuit of the eхternаl power relay ?P interruPted at the same
time, thereby preventing the external power sourсe from being сonnected
to the ].ine sjлultaneously '
вo 105
снAPTSR 92
мBв I{ЕrIсOPтЕis
I,IA]NTЕNANCЕ }.,IANUAL МвB - в0 105
92 - 26 вattery
тhe bаttery serves as an etnergenсy рowe! sourсe and pтоvides engine starting
рower and bаck-up рower for the genеrators, whiсh charge the battery during
nnrmэ'] nnorat i лn
тhe battЪry consists of 19 or 20 (oРtional) plasliс сells with niсke1 сaфnium
Plates, with a rated voltage of 24v when fully сhargеd'
ventilation of the battery is via vеnt tubes whiсh атe routed overboard. A
teRPerature }rarning systerтl (refe! to Para 92-34) ensurеs safe oрeтation of
the battery.
ЕE'гEстIVIтY o series A, с' D

тhe hаtterv is ll осаtесl in the nose section forward of the
instrumеnt Рanel 2vЕ and is aссessible thrоugгh a cover on
thA f f^nt бf thA hA] i.^ntA'.
o seriеs s
тhe batt'ery is loсаted on Lhe aft Rн side of the engine
deсk and is ассessible through а сover in the engine
cowling.
92 - 21 Reпоva]' and instal.1ati9n - battelv
сAuтIoN тт Is ЕssЕNтIAJ, тo AVOID SIiORт-стRсUIтING

тнE BAтTЕRY сoNNЕстORS.
sItORт сIRсUIт сURRЕNтS oг !.1oRЕ тHдN
1400A ARЕ PossIвLЕ.
'] . Rёmоvа1 (sec fio. 92-2!)
a. set battery switсh to 0гE..

b. oPen battery aссess door.
с. Unloсk conneсtor (11) аnd disсonneсt from battery.
d. Disconneсt сonneсtor (12) of the battery temPeratule wаrning systeп.
e. I,oosen сlamps (5) and disсonneсt vent Lubes from battery сase.
сAUтIoN SЕсURE vЕNт тUBЕs WIтH OPЕN ЕNDs UP oR PINсII or.г OPЕN
ЕNDs s0 тllAT N0 ELЕсTROIYтЕ RЕSIDUЕ сAN DR]P oN т0
SтRUсTURA! PARтS.
f. Loosen both wj-ng nuts (3) after removal of the spring (2) .
BO 105
сilдPтЕR 92
Page ?6
:- l4Bв IlЕi,IсоPтERs .
}..IAINтENANсЕ !,IANUAI. Мвв - в0 105
сAUтIoN AvoID тILтING TltЕ вдтTЕRY UPON RЕ},lovAL. Do N0т oPЕN вAттЕRY
сovER }l!lЕN вAттЕRY Is sтIL} тNsтAт,lЕD IN тItЕ llЕlIсoPтЕR.
g' rift bаttery from suрport (9) .
2, Installation
тnсnA.t Ь2ttArr7 frrr rri qi Ь,] a rlаmаrto
^
b. InsРeсt battely suPРort and venu tubes рrior to the insta}lаtiоn of
iЬ^ ьr+l^'r'
Lrlr r,aL lЕJ. J, .r^ uд9qrr'
grr\r .'] aдfl aе rагtlli rarl
тnat.'] 1 Ьri-tArr' irl .trnh^r.t /ql

^ v9ьЕ9.J
d. Insert hold-dotш bolts (8) Lhrough slotted lug on bаttery сover (1)/
. seсure with wing nuls (з) (сhannel positioned with flangеs down) , аnd
,i.^+..l 1 +ь^ DрJ-дtrY
J'rrьLсr.L.! l?\
Lrrr ^n.in.J \a/ .
e. Slide on vent tubes and seсure with сlamрs (5) .

'f. Re-сonneсt сonneсtor for bаttery temperature warning system.
s. Re-сonnесL and loсk battery сonneсtor (11) .
h. Perform funсtionаl tеst of the Dс Power systeп, bаttery (refeт to

n:rагtrаnh a?- 1 ?l
i' Insрeсt working area for foreiщ objeсts.

k . с] оso Ьаt]. рrv ассess door.
92 - 28 Insрeсtion аnd Мaintenаnсe - battery

1. GeneraL
a. сheсk battery сonneсtor (figure 92-29' I1\ and сab}es for faulty
insulation end other dаrnaqe.
b. сhесk battery reсePtaсle for unimpaired сondition.
с. сhёсk that batterY сase is free frоm sPilled eleсtrolуte or
alkaline deposits. If these are Present. remove the bаtrery and сlean
+Ьa
!r19 Ь,ttAr\r
v999Е!] ..AqA 1qAA VARтA RЯltcrv маintрnаnср lvlаnl]а1) .
N0тЕ l.Iаintenaпсe of niоkel-сadmiшn batteries sha1l be

Performed at battery shoPs only. Refеr to VARтA
вatterv Mаintenanсё Мanual.
B0 105
сltAPTЕR 92
Paqe ?7
}4вв }tЕi..IсoPTЕRs
}.,1AтNтЕNдNсЕ l,lANUAl МBB - в0 105
K"фj-]]
"$$
\li il
1 Е.l+6ft'.^t7or 1 vent tube

2 Seсuring spring I Itold-doпn bОlts
з Wing nut 9 Battery support
4 U-plate 10 sсrew
5 Clamp 11 Battery сonneсtor
6 vent tube elbow I2 сonneсtoi
ЕigL1tе 92-29 Removа1 and inslal.lation - bаttery
вo 105
cI{APтЕR ot
Dаrто ?Я
r.вв нЕI,IсoPтERS
I'IA]NтЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL 1'{вB - в0 105
2' Tеsting thе bartery сharge

a. sёt battery switсh resРeсtivе].y BATт ЕPU or вAттЕRY !.1AsтЕR toggle
switсh to 0N.
- тhe voltmetёr on instlument panel 2vЕ must indiсatе between
24V and 2 8V.
b. Еnergize а11 fоur fuel puпps via switсhes on ov€rheаd panel 12vE.
- The indicated battery voltage пust not droP bеlo!' 24v within onё
ninute,
qъ'ii.h
. nff ---- PщnPs
fllд'] l .
92 - 29 r'unctional tеst - battery Рoпer systetтl
1. Genеral
тhe funсtional test must be сarried оut eaсh tiпe one or more eleсtriсal
сonрonents' сab1еs, eleсtriсal ronneсtions, units еtc. of the battery
power system are reрlасed. тhis test shal] only be рerformed on the
grоuпd with the engines operating o! shut down.
2. тest Еquiрment
- 1 тest voltmeter 0-30V, сlass 0,5

- 1 vтv}1 with autотпаt iс Polaxity sпitсh over
- 1 Load bank 50-1004
- 1 тest ]аIflр
3. !.unсtional trst
а. вattery оPeration
]') сhесk that al1 fuses are installеd in the main relay boх and
inst ruroent panel .
2l set battery switch 16P tО oN position. сheоk that batterY

vоlt-ас'e indicated on the volttneter 18P is 24v.
з) тo сheсk voltage. on thе auxiliary bus PP22, сonnect test volt--

meter to Dс soсket 2vЕG and Push сilcuit breake! Dс soсKЕт ' тhere
must be no voltage indicаtion on the voltmeter.
BO 105
сI{APтЕR 92
Page ?9
}{вB нЕL1с0PTЕRs
l,1AINтЕNANсЕ }.{ANuAI, !.{вB - j,U j.Uэ
4| To сheсk bаttery cuтrent, рul1 all сirсuit breakers and рJ.aсe

alrпnet'er sёleсtor switсh 24P to eaсh of its three рositions in
tu!n. д,lEnetёr .].9P must not indiсate сurrent in any of the thтee
switсh Positions.
5) set aпmeter seleсtor slritсh to сеnter рosition and switсh on a
load (e.g. main tаnk fuel Pump) . AппnetЬr ].9P must indiсate the
load сurrent {pointer def]eсt'ion to the left) ' No сurrent
indiсation пlust be рresent in the trto other sъIitсh positiопs.
ь пpтт i
^r\ar:+ ^n
1) set battery switch ].6P to роsition oN or ЕPU oN - вAтт OЕ'г.

2t conneсЕ аn eхterпal Power source to the extelnal power recePtaсle
2P' The ЕPU 0N lndiсator light aпd both genetаtor warning lights
GЕN ]. and GEN 2 must i]1uлlinate.
3) сheсk that the aрplied eхternal po}'ex source vottage (аРPrох.

2?.5v) is indlсаted on the voltmeter ].8P.
4| тo сheсk vo]tage on the аuхiliаry bus PP22' сonnect test volr-
mеter to Dс soсket zvEG and push сirсuit breakеr DC SоCKЕт. The
voltage indiсatiоn on thе test voltmeter mus! сorresPond to thаЕ
on the voltmetеr 18P.
5) Place battery swltсh 16P to рosition QN or вAтт oN - ЕPU oЕЕ. Thе
vоltmetёr 18P пust indiсate the baЕtery voltаge (24v) . (тhe
еxternal power supрly is disсonnесted fron the heliсopter
eJ.eсtriсa] system by setting the batlery switсh to oш) . шo
vo]tagе must be рresent on the auхiliaтy bus PP22 (tёst vo}t-
mat ar. t
с. Eпelgenсy bus supрly (if installed) ,

(with battery and eхternal power 6ourсe сonn€оted).
1) switсh off Еl'{ЕRG. Dс BUs Pushbutton indicator 15P (41P) and set
battery tтtаster switсh 16P to oгЕ, or ЕPU oN - вAтт Oгг. сheсk that
voltmeter 18P indiсates the eхternаl Povrer sourсе voltage
(aPРrox. 21 '1vt . тhe EPU oN indiсator liqht 2?P аnd GЕN 1/GЕN 2
wаrning lights must illuпdnate,
2| сonneсt test voltmeter to maln bus PP21 (refer to wiring diagraп)
and to auхi]iary bus PP22 (Dc soсket) . Both busses must be
suрplied with voltage. сheck vo]tage supply to emergenсy bus on
thе voltmetёr 18P.
з) set battery master switсh lбP to рosition ON оr ЕPU OE.г - вATT

oN.The main bus and emеrgenсy bus must be supрIied wit.h battery
Power' whereas no voltage must be рresent on the auхiliary bus.
вo 105
nнlDтгD 0,
вage 80
},IAINтЕNANсЕ }дANUAI, Мвв - в0 105
4) Depresg ЕI,IЕRG. Dс BUs Pushbuttоn indiоator 15P (41P) ' Tt must

illuminate, and the EPU oN indiсаtоr light must ёxtinguish. No
voltage must.be pleseпt on the main bus, auхiliary bus and
starter bus (generator warning lights must eхtinguish) . Check
voltmeter for indiсation of battery PoWеr оn emergenсy bus.
5) set battery master switoh 16P in position oгЕ' or ЕPU 0N - BATт
oгE'. тhe rпain, auхilary and stаrter busses пust remаin de-enеr.
gized (Disсonneсtion of the e:{terna} power souтсe is not
possible)
6) set battеry rnаster switch 16P in positiоn oN or ЕPU 0Ег-
BATт oN. тhe main, auxiliary and starter buses must remain de-
energized (Norпal battery сonnection interruPted) .
.1| set battery rnaster swiLсh 16P to 0гг or EPU ON/BAтт o!.Е'
8) Switсh off ЕMЕRG. Dс вUs Pushbutton indicator 15P (41P) . It must

ext.inguish, and ЕPU oN indiсator light illщinate. сheсk that all
bussеs are supрlied from the external рower source.
9) Reпovе а1l test equipment and пiring requiтed for funсtional
!^^+:--
LЕD L'J.rrЧ t
92-з0 Ехternal powеr systetп

тhe externa]. Pоwer systern сomprises:
- externa] receptab]-e 2P
. external Рower
Power re}аy ]P
- power suPply rе1ay 8P
- auxiliary relay 26P
- ЕPU indiсatоr ligгht 27P
- battery switсh 16P
r'or loсatioпs of сomponents, lefer to paragraрh 92-8.
1. Genёra1
тhe external рower systоm supplies pоwer from an eхternаl рoweт sourсe tо
the bцsses (refer aIso to рaragraph 92-12). This power supply is used for
ground ftаintenаnсe and as the nor'nа] sourсе of powеt fot starting the
6n.ri hA с
в0 105
сI{APтЕR 92
Page 81
!,1Bв IIEI.,IсoPTЕRS
!4AINтENдNсЕ },IANUAI, IчBв - вo 105
2, Еxterna} power relay .]P
The re}аy 7P is l.oсated on the battery bloch. When the тelay is

energized, it сonneсts the externa]. power suрpIy to the mаin bцs PP21
(figures 92- ].4 аnd 92-15'.
з. Pouеr suррlУ relay 8P
When energizёd, the relay feeds сontrol voltаge to the аuxiliаry bus
rеlay 10P, thus соnneсting externa] Power to the auxiliary bus is well
(see figures 92-14 and 92-L5r,
4' ваttery switсh ].6P
тhe battery switсh сontrоls the aсtuation of the auхi1iary relаy and
batLery relay. These relays сontrol сhangeover from battery to eхternal
power (figures 92-14 and 92-15) .
5. Auхiliarv relаv
ЕгE.ЕсTIV]тY s/N7-160
The auхiliary relay 26P is loсatеd on the battery block {nose seсtion) .
тhe dual-рole relаy, when de-energized (bаttеry switсh in the oгг Po-
sition) . connects the сontro]. voltage from thе external power receptасIe
tо the ЕPU oN indiсatоr light and to the field сoit of the eхlernal powеr
rёlay 7P and the роwer suррly relay 8P (figure 92-14).
6. ЕPU oN indiсator light
NoTЕ Еxternal power сan only be сonneсted to thе tine when the
battery swiссh is set to вAтт oгг positlon.
тhe ЕPU oN indiсatоr light 2?P is loсated on the lower right side of the
instrшпent panel' and illutninates чhеnever the bаttery sr.litсh is set to
вAтт or.г and an exteтna.]- power sourсe is сonnected to the external рowe!
receptaсle аnd energized (figures 92-14 аnd, 92-1s) .
в0 l05
сI{APтER 92
Page 82
мвB tIЕlIсOPтERs
I4AINTЕNANсЕ МANUAI, !,1вв - в0 10 5
92 - з1 Extelnal Power тeсePtaс]e

тhe eхternal рower reсeptacle is lосatеd on the battery bloсk in thе nosе
seсtion. It is the plug-in рoint for a 28vdс external рotvеr sourсе whiсh
delivеrs 700 amр starting poыer and 200 аmp сontinuous Power,
тhe еxternal power сonneсtor has one negative аnd two positive Pins, тhе
shorter of the twо positive Pins сontrols thе extеrnal рower relay and does
not energize it until the externa] poweт sourсe is сoпnected tightly to Lhe
оther positive pin, thus preventing сharring Оf the сontaсts.
92 - з2 Insрeсtion аnd maintenanсe - rхternal power reсeptaсle
сAUт]oN oN тнE ЕXтERNAI, POWER RЕсЕPтAс!в МAкЕ SURE тIlдT

WIiЕN IÎORкING
вAттЕRY сoNNЕстoR 1P Is RЕМoyЕD дND тHAт No EXTЕRNA], PoWЕR
soURсЕ Is сoNNEстЕD. PROтЕст AGAINSт INADVЕRтENт сoNNEстION.
1. сheck attaсhment of busses for ProPer seat.

2. Check insulation of busses and cablеs for сharring and other damage.
з. сheоk сondiLion of fuses 25P and 30P,
92 - 3З гunсtiona]. tеst - external power svsteпl
1. General
тhe funсtiоnal test must be сarried out each time one o! rnore e]eсtriса]
сoтnрonents,сablеs, eleсtriсa] conneоtions, et'c. of the eхternal power
reсeptaсle are reрlaсеd. тhis test shall b0 Performed оn the ground with
thё engines shut down '
2, тest equiрment
- теst voltmeter. 0-з0 v Dсl сlass 0.5
вo 105
сI]APтЕR 92
: l',1вв нЕrf сoPTЕRs
!.IA]NTЕNANсЕ }.4ANUAL Мвв - вo 10 5
з. PreParations
- enginеs nust Ьe shut do!'n
- bаttery switсh resPeсtive}y BATT ЕPU or вAттЕRY },tAsтЕR set to oгг
- generator switсhes SтARTЕR/GЕNЕRAтoR resрeсtive}y sNG.I - ЕNG.]I set to
0Е'Е.
- ехternal power unit disсonneсtеd.

4 Pёrf^rmдn/'A l- A al.
^f
a. сonnect the externаl рower unit to the eхternal Power reсept'aс1е 2P
and switсh on.
- Ехternal сontrol 1ight 27P (series A, с, D s/N ?-160) and ЕPU oN

indiсator (series A, с' s s/N 161 аnd subsq. ) illuminate
b. set battery switсh respeсtive]y вAтт ЕPU or BAттЕRY МASтER toggle
switch to 0N,
- wаrning lights GEN 1 and 2 illuminate in red (onlv S/N 61 and

subsq. and Series D)
- vo1tmeter ].8P on inst,rrnnent panel 2vЕ indiсates appJ.iсatlon of
eхteтnal рower (2 8V)
- ronnect test vo.].сmeter to pin 10 оr 11 of reсeрt'aсle 2vЕP and
ground
- тest voltmete! indicates eхtеrnaf volLage if сircuit breakers 1R

and 2R are dеpressed
c. Press EМERG ' Dс вUs pushbutton indicator (only s/N 161 and subsq. аnd
series D) to aсtivate et3ergenсy Power mode.
- warning lights GЕN ]" аnd GЕN 2 illuminаte red (on]v s/N 161 and
subsеquent and series D)
- vоltmeter 18P on instrument panal 2vЕ indiсates the bаttery voltage
(24v - 2вvI '
d' Pтess Е},lЕRG. Dс вus рushbuttоn indicator agаin to deaсtivаte

emergenсy power modе. set bat!еry switсh resрeсLivelу BAтт ЕPU or
вAттЕRY МASтER toqq'}e sыitch to oЕP.
- warning lights GEN l and GEN 2 must extingmish

- voltmeter 18P on instruлent panel 2vЕ indiсates no voltage
e. Disсonneсt voltmeter.
f. Disconneсt external power supply flom extelnal Power reсepLaс}e 2P.
вo 105
сндPтЕR 92
Pа9ё 84
иBB I{ЕlIсoPтЕRs
!ЧAINтЕNANсЕ }.IANUAI Mвв - вo 105
92-з4 14onitoring Dr po!'er systrrn

Thе following monitoring 'systеms are installed in the Dс рower system:
- voltmeter and аlnmetеr

- genexator fаiluте warning
- extеrnal Power еngаgeпent warning
. genеraLoт overheat wаrning
- bаttery temрerаture warnang
92 - З4t Vo.Ltmeter and аnпneter (see figure 92-30)
тhe monitoring system conрrises the voltneter ].8P, шпеter ].9P. a test point
seleсtor swiLсh 24P, and Lhree shunts 20P' 2LP and 22P.
гor сomрonent lосations refer to рaragrаph 92-8.
1. voltage measuring equipment
тhe vоltmeter 18P is }ocated on the upper right side of the instrщnent
рanel 2vЕ right above the alЕneter. тhe voltnetеr is conneсted tО main bus
PP21 and indiсates the пomeпtаry va].ue of Lhe сonneоted Power sourcё.
вattery operation: battery voltage сheсk = 24V

Еxterna} рoweт operation: ЕPU voltagё сheоk = 28V
Generator operation: system voltаge сheсk = 2?v and 29v
2 ' сurreпЕ measuring equipment
The arrmeter 19P is ]oсated on the uрper right side of the instrujпent
рanel 2vE' Dеpending upon the pоsirlon of the аnпnete ! seleсtor sыitсh
24P' thе aJтEnеte! will indiсate either Lhe povler supply by o! Lhe ]oad
сurrent of the generator 1, generator 2 or the пain bus PP2]-. Thе
aпсneter has а measuring range of -150A to +150A with a zero indi-
саtion in the сenter of the sсale.
з. дmaeter seleоtor swit ch
тhе aппeter seleсtor switch 24P is loсated direсtly below the
Цтсneter. It is a toggle switсh with three роsitions for соnnecting
thе алЕneter tо the тespeсtive clrсuits (refel to table) .
4, Shunts
Three shunts 2IP 22P аnd 20P a!ё ].oсated in the пain cirсuits of
generator ]. (2rP)' and genеrator 2 (22P,, аnd main bus resPeсtively
(20P) .
тo measure one of Lhe сirсuits а shunt is соnneсted in раrаllel to
the aлтneter viа the аllrneter selесtor switch'
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 92
Раoe в:)
}{вв rIElIсoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ !.,lANUAl },lвв - Bo 105
sтАвтЕв/GЕNEпAтoR sтАвтЕя/GЕNЕвAтoв 2 ЕХтЕпNАL PowЕn.

вАттЕвY 1P
P uz-\ 20з P вЕсЕPтAсLЕ 2P
rM\
/.-.-\
103
/ \
\9Z
t'.{
Гъ-7 l-l
Г
tl=ll
Ч++
I lll
ll==
l I
Х?ЬТiЯIь' .J i--
l
хвь'.tять^
l
Г.l 1{ a'l
l
Ь1
Г-т tl
II
1 г_-.l
л-Т;]
вЕvЕRsE оUввЕNт.
Г;t_
l вЕvЕRsЕ сUнвЕNт. вАттЕRY
t. ЕxтЕnNAL
l
I
RЕLАY 105P ; вЕLAY 205P вЕLАY 6P PoWЕR.
RЕLAY 7Р
sтARтЕв вUs
.ёfi
nil
АUх|L|AЕY вUs
вЕLAY 10P
-Т]
GЕNЕRAтoя
@t ??
вЕLAY
tJ;
209P
|аliilr,iБ.v явiяГ r
г}тl
AммЕтЕя'
sЕLЕcтoв swlтcн
24P
voLтмЕ1.EP
1вP
L---I-
АммЕтЕn
19P
-r
90a221
vo1tmeter and аtпneter

вO 105
сtlAPтER
Paqe 86
14вв l{ЕL]сoPTЕRs
I,IAINтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAI, t.,1вв - в0 105
Amпeter Alrmeter fuшneter

Left sсale Range sе1ёсtоr Switсh Right scale Range
-1504 to 0 Settinq 0 to +1504
Generator operation Generator operation:

(parallel)
1 (left)
:
GЕN 1
Bevelse сurrent GEN сurrent generated by GЕN 1
GEN 2
Reverse сurrent GЕN 2 (right) сurrent generated by GЕN 2
тotal сurrent GвN ]. BAт or BUs
and GЕN 2 |сenter рosition)
ЕPU operation:
сurrent supрlied вAт or BUs
Dv ЕrU
Bаttery оperation:
load current вAт or вUs
тable 92-4 Дпrneter seleсtor switсh
92 - з4B Generator failure warninq
.nе warnlng right 23P is loсаted on the Wаrning раne] in the сenteI of Еhe
instrшnеnt Panel 2vЕ. It оontаins two disрlay сaPtions mаrked GЕN 1 and GEN
2' which will i]luminаte red, when a generatoт fаils or is switоhed оff.
OPerаtion of the lа!тrPs is tested by deрressing the warning light test sr,Iitсh
OLIJ.
92 - 3qс, Ехtelnal po}re! engаgement warning
ЕггЕстIvттY oS/N7-160
тhe yellow, rоund пPU oN indiсator ]ight 27P is loсated
on the instrument panel above the battery master sr'itсh
16P. During EPU oPeration with battery switсh set to вAтт
oЕ'Е/ЕPU oN. vo}tage is fed via a contaсt of the auxiliary
relay 26P to the indiсato! light, whiсh wil] i}luminatе
yellow.
в0 105
сllAPтвR 92
Paqe 8?
r.{вB I]ЕlIс0PтERs
I{AINтЕNд]{сЕ I'{ANUAT, I,1вв - вo 105
s/N 161 and subsequеnt and S serles

The yellow. square EPU 0N indicator light 27P is loсated
on the instr].шnепt panel above the batterУ master switсh
16P. When the eхternal power suрply is engaged and
switсhed on' the four 1аmps of thr indicatоr light will
be energized and light uP the ЕPU 0N саption. Oрerаtion
of all four lanps is tеsted by depressing the warning
]ight test switсh 6Е8 '
D series and ]гR

same as s/N 161 and subsq.' eхсePt that the ЕМЕRG. Dс вUs
pushbutton indiсator switch 4]"P/].5P пust not be
deрressed'
Generator overheat warning
ЕгЕЕст]vIтY D serles only
This warning indiоаtes overheating of genelators. It сonsists of two

thermo-switches 3DA and 4DA on the two generators and а red warning ]ight 2DA
installed in instrument panel 2VE.
If the generat'or telRРerature exсeeds 205 oс, the rеspeсtive warning 1ight
пGEN 1 o,/н or GEN 2 o/Hп is switсhed on bY tbe
thermo swiLсh.
92 - з4Е вattery temРerature walninq (see figuте 92-3J")
Purpose of thе system is to ind1сate any overheating of Lhe bаttery'

]ndiсation is via two warning lights marked BAT 60 and вдт 70. whiЬh are
сontrolled by two tenPeraturе switсhes insta]'led in the battery. тhеse
switches aсtivate аt' diffelent bаtterv tenрeratures.
N0тЕ When the warning light' BAт 60 illuminatеs l thе batterу

must be disсonneсtеd froп the .6.l Az't ri er'сt 6Й
^э.]
тr]э rh i n^ '] i пЬ+
ЕггЕстIvттY o s/N?-60
тhe Warning light 1WP is locаted on the instrшnent
pаnel neхt to the аImпeter seleсt'or switсh 24P.
o S/N 61 and subsequent and D series
тhe warning 1ight 1WP is laсaLed on the warning
pаnel of the instтument раnel 2vЕ.
When a battery temPerature of 60oс (140"l.) is reached, warning light
вAт 60 illuminates red. If 70"с (160oЕ') is leached the red warning
light вAт 70 will additionalJ.y illuminаte. The 4 lamp bulbs are
funоtional1y tested by рressing рushbutton /indiсator AI.E .
Rn I nq
сl]дPтЕR tz
Page 88
t'{Bв IlЕlIсoPтЕRs
MAINтЕNANсЕ }'{ANUA], }4BB - вo 10 5
МAlN BUs
зWPl 70. i l 60. |2WP
9оa?27
гigure 92.з1 Battery тempеrature Warning system
92 - 35 Bаtterv temDeratule switches
Both temPerature switсhes 2WP and 3WP (see figure 92.31) are sс!еwed onto two
сe1]. сonnectorв within the battery. TemPerature switch 2WP is set tо а
temPerature of 60"с (].40oE.) , If Еhе bаttery temрerature reасhes 60 oC, the
temperature switсh tv1ll с]ose and comрlete the сirсuit to the light BAт 60l
whiсh wi1l illuminate ' тhe telrrPerature switсh 3WP is set to с]ose at ?0 "с
(160 г)' thereby асtivаting both warning lights вAт 60 and BAT 70.
NoTЕ At high arnbient teтnperatures and/or as a rеsu}t

of inсolrect mаintenаnce of the batlery, the вAт 60
warning may oссur frequently
a) сheсk battery and tenPerature switсh (see рaragraph 92-28
b) сheсk generator vo1tagе setting. Reduсe vо]tagе

in сasе of high anbient temPeraЕures (see Paragrаph
92-71).
B0 105
сltAPтЕR 92
Paqe 89
}4BB нЕlIсoPTЕRs
}4A]NтЕNANсЕ мANUAL мBB - в0 105
92 - э6 Removal and insta]]ation - battery temperature switсhes
WARNING т}lЕ Е!ЕстROLYTЕ (POTAssIUl.l IiYDRoxIDЕ sol,UтIoN) ]s A sтRoN6

ALкALINЕ SOLUтION тндт тs vЕRY сoRRos]vв дND NoхIOUs. Ir, Art'Y Is
SPтLLЕD oN сloTl{ING, llANDS oR oтltЕR oвJЕстs 1т SноULD вЕ
NЕUTRALIZЕD WIтIi BoRIс AсID solUT]oN oR FIUSнЕD AWAY WIтн !{AтЕR
]Iч!4ЕDIAтЕ],Y. WЕAR RUBBЕR GLOvEs, RUвBЕR APRoN AND ЕAсЕ sttIЕLD
I{ItЕN IIANDLING тltЕ ELEстRoLYTЕ.
сAUт]ON NOTЕ тндT тItЕ INтЕRNAI RЕS]STANCЕ oг NIсIGL.сAD!.IIUI'{ вAттЕRIЕS

Is vЕRY LOW. тllЕ сURRЕNт l'lol'l Is ЕxтRЕl,tЕT,Y нЕAvY (I'4ORE тIlдN
1400A) ]Е.A гUI,],Y сtlARGЕD вAттЕRY Is sI{oRтED.
NOтЕ тhe eleоt'rol]rtе ]eve] of the сells nust not be adjusted without
knowing ,l Lhe state of battery сharge. The eleсtrolyte ].eve] of
thA .A.l q .]
qЬя,1 Ьё 1]nlr' эrlilrsiarl i f t.hA Ьatl-arrl i с flr'].]ll
сnargeo.
1. Remove battery аnd oPen cover.

2. Retпove сel] сonneсlor bars and temperatufe switсhes.
3. Remove tenрeratuтe warning leсePtaсle with tempеratule switсhеs.
92 - З1 InsPeсtion аnd maintenanсe - battеry temperature sнitсhes

Remove temрerature switсhёs and сheсk them for proper funсtioning, using аn
oven| oil bath or water bath. тemperature switch 2WP must close at 60"с.
Temрerature switсh зWP must сlose at ?0oс.
subsequently. сlean the temperature stlitсhes to remove rеsidцal оil оr water.
92 - з8 Еunсtionаl test - Dс Рower system пonitoring equipment
The resрeсtive Portion of the funсtionel test ]пusl be сarried out after
hаvlng сhаnged оne оr more eleсtriсal сo!пponents' cables, electrica1
сonneсtors. etс. of Еhe moniloring systems.
тhe tests are to be performёd on the glound only with the engines running
or shuL down.
BO 105
снAPтЕR 92
Page 90
l.lвв нЕlIсoРTЕRs
I4AINтЕNANсв },1ANUAl }.1BB - B0 105
? D fA!"ta rrt i
^nс
- engines must be shut down

. вAiтЕRY РESTЕR switсir or вAT ЕPU or BATтЕRY }lAsтЕR switсh
set to oгI'
. ЕI.IЕRG. DC BUS push indiсattor set 0гЕ'
3. Testing of voltmeter and а]шneter
a' set BAтTЕRY I4ASтЕR switсh resP. BAT ЕPU or BATTЕRY !,IASTЕR switсh to
0N.
- vol.tnetеr indiсates batterv voltaoe.
b' start engines апd let run in GRouND IDI'E.
i n^k-^n .'ёnArаiоrs.
- wаrning light GЕN 1and GЕN 2 extinguish.
с. сonneсt сonsщnels, 1ike both main fuel рuпps.
- set a]ттпeter seleсtor switсh 24P (see figure 92-з0) to GЕN 1
- дmnеter indiсates Consumer сurrent
d. set fumneter seleсtor switсh to GЕN 2
- дmneЕer indiсates сonsumer сuгrenс
e. set Aгшnetёr se1есtоr switоh to вAтт

- дшпeter indiсаtes no сonsumer сurrent.
f. switсh off engines and consшners' set вATтЕRY МASTЕR switсh resр. вAт
ЕPU sw1tch to 0гЕ'.
q, гunсtionally test battery temperature and generatоr оverheat warning
lights. Refеr to Palas 92-з4D and 92-3?.
5. Е'unсtionally tёst eхtёrnаl Power ёngagement warning light. Refer to
r"rэ ra пtэnh a2-?ln
6. гunсtionally test genelator failure warning llght. Rеfer tо рaragraрh

92-348.
92 - 39 SтARTЕR AND IGNIT]ON sYsтЕ},I
Еaсh engine hаs

q?-1Д\
its own starter and ignition systeп (see figures 92-з3 and
тhese systems are usеd Еo start boLh engines, one efter the oсher, but not
both at the same tirпe.
в0 105
сIrAPтЕR 92
MRR llгт,т..\DтElD с
}1AINтЕNдNсЕ МANUA! МBв - Bo 105
92 - 40 ],oсations - starter and ignition system
st art er-gene rators Еngines 1 аnd 2 92-32

]. and 2| ].03P and 203P (sеe chaPter 61)
stаrter relays 1 and 2 Main relay box lvЕ 92-4 Lo 92-,7
103J аnd 203.т
Warning ]ights 3J InstrumenL pane1 2vЕ 92-32

only Series D
тoggle switсhеs SтдRTЕR- Instrument Раnel 2vЕ 92-з2

GЕNЕRAтoR iesр. GЕNЕRAтOR
ENG. ] and ЕNG. II/ 1].7P
and 21?P
сirсuit breaker 1.] Instruпent рanеl 2vЕ 92-зз

сirсuit breaker J'J, 2.J only selies D
D202,]
Diodes D].02.т, !.Iain re1ay boх 1VЕ 92-4 Lo g2-.7
Ignition units Еngine 1 and 2 92-4 Lo 92-,7

105J,205J
.lgl.J'Llull
т^n,]|i^.
sWlLсп
^..,i+^L Instrщnent рane] 2vЕ 92-З2
I04J, 204J
starter/Ignition оnlY series D g2-з4

switch 10 8,I, 208,J
Ignitiоn plugs Еngine 1 and 2 g2-з4

106J, 206.J (see chaрter 61)
тable 92-5 Loсation, starter and iqnition svstem
вo 105
сHAPтЕR 92
Pag.e 92
!,1вB нЕL]сoPтЕRs
l4AтNтЕNANсЕ I..IANUAI, MBв - B0 105
-rF.-1г -
,. /i
п i=
lli
=-=\
_.
-т--
\ -ll-
// i/ r*' l ----
l/t
_il_ __./_
r]
г]
_
- lГ- _-.1 r--
r{
=-\ Е- --l,,ЕJ ,/*'2
=j
/' ,/
,r" /
,/
4
l; -, .Г.- -r \
'.'.
ь- -*. J- - _{
-: -t- -
eooloв -J 'А,..
-- L,_r-
Instrument pane1 (2vЕ) 2 },tain relaу boх (1vЕ)

U}гсult Dreакеr .5lAкtЕк5.
пsтARтЕR-GЕNERATORп switсh
.tJ stаrte! rё]ays
qtrrioт-.tAnAl.rt.r
(10 з 203J) J'
3 /'n?D\
(r11P, 2L1PJ q qnA rl. i.fni t Ar /20а'.тl
5 т.'nit i^n a!.i f or I205'.||
ЕЕ'гЕсT]vIтY seriеs D 6 cr\э rv i.тni tA1- l106.т]
1
qt:rf A r-.rAnё ret 110?P\
|'sтARтЕRs ^1.
Cirсuit breaker t-IIп 8 т.rniti^n avr'itдr /1 Г]5'.т\
п
SтARтER/ IGNIтIONп swit ch
(108J,208,1)
Waтning light (3J)
гi п'r ra Q2-t) qt-rrt6? and lgnition System
вo 105
ADтг,р q2
.i.l
Dэпa a? / QД
нЕъIсoPтЕRs
},IA1NтЕNANсЕ },1ANuAL МвB - в0 105
lvlAlN вUs
с|всU|т вRЕAкЕн
]J
lGN|тloN sW|тсн
sтAвтЕR/GЕNЕвАтoв 20ф
sWlтсн
GЕN {---.-.}
{ |GNlт|oN
{ ЕХс|тЕв
I 2o5J
l
Пt,
Г---l
l*Г
lr
It
sвlвк
[Т1
Ч]i"
-Г- l+l
sтAFiтЕR.GЕN ЕRAтoR T
9001?6
Еigure 92-33 staтter and lgnition systеm
BO 105
сltAPTЕR 92
Paoe 95
нЕLIсoPTЕRs
}',lдINтENдNсв МANUAL },lвв - B0 105
ЕггЕст1v1тY Series D
WAвNING LlGнт зJ WAвNING LIGHт 3J

с!воU|т ввЕАкЕя {-sтйii-l
sтА втЕ R/ |GNlт|oN

sW|тcн
+-1)+
VЕNт oЕF oN
_..'1
iЕ.
soe 92-7 rP-
sтAFlтE Еt sтАнт E R
яЕLAY 203J
sPARк
Пl
tl
r
l.l
? sтА втЕ в-GЕNЕRAтoя
900151
гi rnrтa Q ? -,1! starter and тgnition systen
в0 105
сHAPTЕR 92
Page 96
мRп нnт тг^DтгD q
МAINтЕNANсЕ I,1ANUA1 мвв - B0 105
92 - 4L Protection af сircuits of startеr аnd iqnition svstem
The fоllоwing сirсuit breakers are provided to рroteсt the starter and
iqnition svstem.
сIRсUIт BRЕAкЕR PROтЕсTЕD сTRсUIт roсAтIoN IDЕNтIг]сAт]ON

сoDЕ PR0TЕстION
lJ 3A Ignitiоn system Instrщnent sтARтЕRs

engine J" and2, panel 2vЕ
stertAт etr
'.a,I
103J,203,1
seriеs D
1.J зA ]gnition systeп Instrшпеnt sTARтЕRs

ZO J}t eng,ine J. and 2, pane]2vЕ 1-II
cfя rf Ar rA,j ai'
103J,20З.I' and
ыдrni nп ,] i.rht ?.т
Table 92-6 Protесtion| stаlter and iqnition systё,п
92 - 42 Troubteshooting - Starter and lgnition System
N0' тROUвI,Е sYl,lPтol.l PRoвAвLЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕсттvЕ AстIoN
1 qtа.tAЙ-fran6rэ}^r 10зP Defeсtive сirсuit рAn]аÂ

r\Еtr'дq99
(Lн engine) fails сo breaker lJ
.\nё 7дi A rlllrinп сtэrtinп
nr^^6А11rA т^ni+i^n is 'l SтARTЕR-GЕNЕRдтoRп RРD']аср
rt9уrq99
not рossib]ё s}ritch 117P defeсt-
t].vё
Тab]е 92-? Troubleshooting - starter and ignitioп system (1 of 4)
вo 105
сндPтЕR 92
Page 97
:}.,lвв ltЕtIс0PтЕRs
}4AINTЕNANсЕ !.lANUAl мвB - B0 10 5
TROUBЕ1SнOoтING (сontinued)
No. тRoUBLЕ SYPIPTOI'{ PRoвAвLЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIvЕ AстION
ЕrЕ'ЕстIvIтY Series D
Defeсtive пSтARтЕR/ Reрlaсe.

IGNIтION|! switch 10 8.].
n6fA^f i t7A q]-яrf Ar Rep]aсe.
Defeоtive eleсtri* сheck wiring for сontinuiEy

^- 1 ,,.i
Loд
,; n^
w Jд дrrY l using thе арpliсab]e wiring
dlagram (refer to WD!'l) .
RePlaсe deieсtive wiri.ng '
starter-generator 10зP Defeсtive stаrter Replaсe.

fsi le t^ .rnarai-a relay 103J,
n^ e].эfi.ih.r
^ttri
nтаnoАllrо тdniti^n Defective starter- Remove start er*gene rat or
of engine is possibJ"e. dAn6 rэr
^r
1n?р аnd repair or reр]aсe, аs
neсessary (refeт to 92-2a.
.Ьё^k hrrr choq fnr оanотal'
оondition) .
Defeс!ive eleсtri- Cheсk нiri.ng for сonсinuiсy
^-1
\.o4
,,,i n-
w lд -; дrlч i using the aрpliсable wiring
diaqram (refer to WDM). Re-
p.]-aсe defeоtive wiring.
qt Ar+Ar-.rAh6r1t^т 20?p naf6^t i A r/'i!i t Replaсe '

î
lpн 6r1-i nAl f :i ,]
с 1.^ breaker lJ,
operate during starting
nr^Â.l11?ё тftriitiгln Defeсtive пSтARTЕR- Replaсe .
iс nn| nлссih]a GЕNЕRAтoRi switсh
2L1P.
Еt'гЕстIvIтY series D
Defeоtive оirсuit RePlaсe '

breaker 2,J.
тable 92.? тroub.].eshoot ing - stаrter and ignition system (2 of 4)
B0 105
сIIAPTER 92
Pаge 98
:- l.1BB ltЕlIсoPтЕRs
I',IAINтЕNANсЕ МANUAI, }.{BB - в0 10 5
тROUвLЕSнooTING (continued)
N0. тRoUв].,Е SYМPто}',I PRoвAзLЕ сAUsЕ сORRЕCT]VЕ AсTION
Defeсtive пSтARтЕR- Replace.

GЕNЕRдтoRп switch
208J.
DefectivesLarter Replaсe.
relay 10 3,J.
Defeсtive eleсtri- Check wiтing for сontinuity

сal wiring. using the aрРliсable wiIing
diagram (refer to WDt4) . Re-
plaсe defeсtive wiring.
4 starter-geneтаto! 203P Defeсtive starter Reр1aсe.
(Rн еngine) fails to relay 203J.
operat e during starting
'prосed.ure. Ignition of Defeсtive starter- Rep1aсе'
anгrinд
9r'Удrrs
jc nnsqih]a
5J ооncrаtоr 201P-
Еvv9+?+9.
Defeсtive eleсtri- Check wiring for сontinuity

сal wiring' using the aрplicable wiring
diagram (refer to hDl,I. R€-
plaсe defeсt,ivе wiring.
5 lgnition of Т,H engine Defeсtive llIGNIтToN Reрlaсe.
tJ rr9L РL,/DDrr,дЕ switсh 104J.
althougЬ starter-
'
gerreraLor 103P is Defeсtive ignition RePlaсe.
oPerat ing. exciter 105J.
DefeсLive spark ReP]aсe.

ignitёr 106J.
Defeсtlve eleсtri- Cheсk wiring foт сontinuity

сal wiring. using the арpliсable wiring
diagram (rеfel to l.]Dм) . Re-
рlaсe defесtivе wi ring.
ЕЕЕЕст]vIтY seriеs D
Defeсtive пSтARтЕR/ Reрlaсe.

IGNIтIONп switсh
10 8J.
тable 92-7 тroubleshooting . startеr аnd ignition system (3 of 4)
вo 105
сI]APтЕR 92
Мвв нЕ],IсOPтERS
}{AINтЕNANсE }'4ANUAL МBB - в0 10 5
тRoUвlЕsltooт]NG (сontinued)
No. TRoUBLЕ SYМPтO}4 PRоBABI.в сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIvE AстIoN
6 Ignition af RH engine Defeсtive п]GNITIoNi! Reр]асe.

is not possible, switсh 204J.
although starter-
generator 20зP is Defeсtive ignition Reрlaсe.
oDeratinq. eхсiсer 5.]. 2 0
Defeсtive sPark Rep}aсe.
Defeсtive e}eсtri. Cheсk wiring for сontiпuity

са1 wirl.ng' using the appliсable wiring
diagram (refer to WDМ) . Re.
рlасe dёfeсtive wiring.
ЕЕ'гЕстIVIтY series D
DёfeсtiveпSтARтЕR/ Rеp]аce6witсh
IGNIтIoNп switch
208,1.
Tab1e 92-7 Troubleshooting - starter аnd iqnition system (4 of 4)
92 - 4з Inspeсtioп - starter and ignition system
IIARNING sW]Tсн 0гЕ' ANY Е].ЕстR]сAl PovlER SUРPLY PRIOR т0

WoRкING 0N тllЕ SтARтER дND IGN]тION sYsтЕl,l. }4AкЕ
sURЕ TIiAт IGN]тION LЕADS дRЕ PRoPЕRLY сoNNЕстЕD.
тAKЕ ALl SAгЕTY }4ЕAsUREs RЕoUIRЕD г0R WORK 0N
tlIcl{ voLTAGЕ INSтA],I,ATIoNS .
1 .Ь6^]. tЬo,i д!jrr+!4v.l
пnitian сrlctоm iдdrl]аr,l\' f.lr
- defective insulation оf high vОltage ]eads

. дапzl i i nn nf j пn] t i аn n] llrtс
+ vt.Yrrдu+У.| удЧ99
- nnnzlitiаn nf ЬiпЬ t'.']ta.rA .^nnA^+^re
?,. сhРck stаrtРт-оёnrтаtотs fот nrооer sРаtino of terrтЁnals.
вo 105
сllAPтЕR 92
Page 100
нЕlIс0PтЕRs
МAINтЕNдNсЕ I.1ANUAт, }.,вв - tsU l'Uэ
92-44 Starter svstem
тbe starter system сonsists of:

. two stаrter-gеnerators, 103P and 203P
- two starter relays, 103J and 20зJ
- oпe stаrter warning 1i9ht 3rI eaсh (only series D)
- one toggle switсh each, STARTЕR/GЕNЕRAтoR resр. ЕNG.I аnd ЕNG,II
1 Ii,ana,i l
The engines aIe started by neaпs of two startёr-gеnerators operated as

series motors for this PurРose' Thls dеsign maкes own starters unneс-
тьe stа'tе.-generat ors 103Pi 20зP (see figures 92-З2 and,92.з3) are
mountеd on the gearbox оf the ],It and Rlt engine. сontrol оf the starter-
generators is via two starter re]аys ].03J/203J installed in the main
relay boх 1VЕ, whiсh рrovide сonneсtion of starter-gёneraсor s to lhe
stаrter bus PP1.
stаrter relays arе supplied with elосtriсal poller fтom the main bus PP21
viа сirсuit breаkeт 1.] 'l sтARтERs n п and п SтARтЕR/GЕNERAтoRп switоh
э'1'1P l2I1Р (оn the instrшпent panel) . Diodes 102Jl202J whiсh are соnneсted
in parallel to the starter relаy cоi]s аre used for аrc suррression.
ЕггЕстIvIтY Series D (fiqures 92-32 and 92-34)

starter relals are suPрlied ъ'ith Ьleсtriсal Pоwer from
main bus PP21 via сirсuit breakers 1Jl2J "sтARтЕRs
I-]]п and |'SтARтЕR/ IGNIтIoN п switсhes 108,I/208J
(on the instrument panel) . llarning light 3J (on the
instrшnent panel) with legends пsтARт 1п аnd пSTART 2i
indicates оperation of the гespeсtivё stаlter systeп
by illu'пination.
With сirсuit breaker 1J pushed and switсh 11]P in position nsтARтп' con-
tro1 vo]tage flows via normally-сlosёd сontaсt of thе stаrLеr relav 20з.]
to energizing соil of sЕarter rеtay J.03.7. starLer relay 103J is enЪrgized
and сomP].etes the сirсuit between st arter-geпerator ]'0зP and stalter bug
PPl. тhe start e r-genеlator103P wi1l operate. In additioni starte! rеlаy
the сontrol сj-rсuit of starter re1ay 203J, thus rendering a
].0з.] oрens
simultaneous stаrt'ing of еnginе 2 impossible'
в0 105
снAPтЕR 92
Page 101
нЕLIсoPтЕRs
l4A]NтЕNANсЕ }'4ANuAl I\,lвв - B0 105
ЕЕ'r'Ест]vIтY series D (figures 92-32 and 92-З4)
With ci!сuit breakers l.]/2'] pushed and switсh 108J in

position пlTNтп or пsтARтп, соntrol voltage flot,i's via
n.lr.Ynэ]'] v-г.'] nqAd .nitа.t оf thF sта-re- rc'] аv 2|'зJ Lo
tЬ6 An6rrтi zi nп пni,] аf ct:rrar 76] r1' 1n?.т тhA c'-2r.1-ar
relay ]'0зJ is energized and сompletes the сirсuit be-
tween starter-generato! ].03P and starter bus PP1. тhe
stаrter-generator ].0зP will operate. ]n addition, the
starter relay LoзJ opens the сontro] сirсuit of the
starter relаy 203J, thus rendeтing а simultaneous
starting of engine 2 imрossib1e. Еurthermore, the
сirсuit of the warning liqht зJ nsTARт 1п is completed
and operation of the start er-genе rat or 10ЗP is indi-
сated resPeсtively.
, etar.+ar tчtgj
rA'] r!'e9 1eaA f i сllrр
\g99
Q?-,]5}
тhe two stаrter relays 103 J and 203J are installed in nain relay box 1vЕ
tigurе 92-4 to 92-.lI .
at. rrtAr i"A'] r1'с
^.\nnA.i the respective startеr-qеnerators to Lhe nаin
bus PP 21 .
вo 105
снAPтЕR 92
Paqгe l"02
l.lвB нЕ],IсoPтЕRs
МA]NTЕNANCE MANUAL Мвв - вo 105
1 Nut 9 Braсkёt
2 Washer 10 Sсrerт
З Еleсtriсal пiтing .Lr \âsnеr
4 JumРer 12 Е1eсtriсa] wf ri"n9
5 Washer 1з sсrew
6 Sсreп 74 Washе r
7 с]amP .L э U1oae
Q at f it ёr тA'] э\' 16 Маin ra,]:\' box 1VЕ
qf r rf ar' P.6 ] \t
в0 105
снAPтЕR 92
Page J.03/104
r{вB tiЕlIсoPтЕRs
}.IAINTENANсЕ I,IANuAL l.,tвв - B0 105
92 - 45 Еunсtional test - stаrter syslem
1. General
The funсtional test лlust bе саrried out after having changed onе or more
сomрonёnts, сables' eleсtliсal сonneсtions, etс. of the startеr systeR.
This functional test is performеd on the ground using eхternal рovleт.
NoтE As the engines are noL startеd, thё starter-genelatоr s

tnust be disсonneсted from power supply.
They arr thus not subjeсLed Еo tеsting.
2 Tдс{. дпlri nmant
- voltmeter' 0-з0v/ Dс
з. Preparаtions (see figure 92.36)

a. switch оff eleсtriсal powеr suPPly.
, b. Disconneсt bё.low listed leads from terminа] пС+o of stаrter-qenera-
tots 703P / 203P :
Еr'r'ЕстrvITY stаrter-Generаt or 10зP 203Р
o S/N 7 - 160 Lead 'тqгд '.т] ]Fд
o s/N 161 aпd up tead Jэr Z J!!| z
o Series D
S/N1-160 lead .]20г2 ,]21Е 2
SIN 161 and up lead о, LL o l!ъ.'
с. сonneсt a test voltmeter bet,ween disconnесtеd lead (+) and grоund

(-), (measuring ranqe: 30v Dс) .
сAUттON IsOlATЕ DISсONNЕстЕD lЕADs !"R0N.1 GROUND.
d. Sшitсh on eleсtriоal power supрlу and Push сirсuit breaker lJ

пsтARтЕRsп (or rirсuit breakers ]'J and 2J пsтARтЕRs I-]Iп for
series D) .
в0 105
с}rAPтЕR 92
},tвB }lЕL]сoPтЕRs
}4ATNтЕNANсЕ }'{ANUAт, l.1вB . вo 105
гi аllra 2L
t LЧцLc a?-16
Ju Tcrtri nяl Srrin оf stаrtёт-Ganеrаt,or
I еD L tirY of the starter systёm
NoтЕ тAsтin.т
r Е. L дrrУ оf г].Р st.агttl. svRttrm is identiса1 for the
Lн and Rtt engine. and is subsequently desсribed
for the Llt engine only.
a. set switсh 11?P '' SтARтЕR/GЕNЕRAтOR, ЕNG. !'l Lo Positlon пsтARтп and
Ьa]rl i n nâi t'i
^n
BЕ'гЕстIvITY series D
set switсh 108,I n SтARтЕR/ ]GNттION'' to posit1on
пvЕNтп.
b. Readinq on test vоltmeter, сonneсted to the disсonneсtеd lead of LIl

starte; -genelator shall be apрroх. 28V.
'
ЕE.ЕЕстIv1тY Selies D
Legend n sтARт 1п on waIning light shall illшtinate.
set switсh 217P SтARTЕRGЕNERAтoR,
п
ЕNG. ]Iп to Position пsTARтi and
hold ln рosition.
ЕггЕсттvттY seriеs D
set switсh 208.] n SтARтЕR/ IGNIтION|! to position
llvЕNтп.
B0 105
сI.IAPTER 92
Page 106
},1BB I{ЕL]CoPтЕRs
МA]NTЕNANсЕ }1вB
}.,IANUAT, - B0 ]-05
d. тhеre shа]} be no pointеr defleсtion Оn thе test vo]tmetеr| conneсted

to thе disconneсted lead of RI{ startёr-qenerator ,
Еt'гЕст]v]TY series D
llarning light пSTART 2п sha1l not illuпinate.
e. Releаse switсh 11?P and 21]P (108J and 208J for series D)
t, Release сirсuit breakers

].J and 2J аnd switсh off power suРply. Dis-
сonnесt test vo}tmeter
and reсonnect leads to terminal пс+|l of
qi аftAf-.'Anо-rt^rs 10зP аnd 203P.
92-46 Ignition system
тhe ignition sysЕem (see figures 92-3З and 92-34) соnsists of:
- оnc iггritjоn cxcitд- 105J and 205J eaсh
- one spark igniter 106J аnd 206J еаch
- ^na i.rniti^n
-_-.- г-.
а:Ь,]anar engtne
1. Gёnelal
The ignit'ion systems аrе aсtivated by setting toggle switсhes L04J and
204J nIGNIттoшп and ].08J/208J |' SтARтЕR/ IGNIттONп (series D} on instrument
Pane] 2VЕ {see figures 92-1.I to 92-1з) to sтARт. When the reguired
ignition vohаge is reached, energy stored in the ignition exсiter is
disсharqed at the relatеd sрark ignitеr 106.]/206.] in form of аn eleсtriс
аrс. After the disсharge, this рrосedure is repeаtеd for as long as the
irtnitiа'n awаitот i е t.Б,'t^r
дo glllrrЕl n^''^- l
РUwЕ!
WARNING WI{ЕN WORKING 0N тI{Е ]GNIтION sYsTЕМ, DIsсoNNЕст

ЕlЕстRIсAl POWЕR SUPPLY AND sЕсURЕ
вЕroR!
sW]тс}iтNG 0N AGA]N. DANGЕR 0Е нIGrt v01тAGЕ:
2' Ignitiоn rхсiter

The ignition eхсiters105.I/205,] are mounted on the gearbox of the I,!t and
RH engine. тhey are сonneсted viа shieldеd ignition 1eads to the sPark
igniters 106J/206.], whiсh are sсrеwed into the combustion сhаnфers.
тhA ionition svstrm en,.i ]-hё stаft6' qvstAтfl аrе interсonneсted suсh thаt
ignition is оn}y Possib]e during the starting proсedure.
вo 105
сHAPтЕR 92
Pаge 107
]},tвв нЕLIсOPтЕRs
I,IA]NтЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL t',1вв - вo 105
3, sрark igniteт
Thе spаrk igniters ]06.т апd 206J are insta11ed in the engines. тhev are
used to ignite the оngines by means оf an arс discharge.
NoтЕ гor removal and instal]-ation of spark igniter refer to ALT,ISON

OperaЕing and lvlaintenаnce l'{anual (DDA) 250-с20, C20B.
4
' Ignition сable
тhe t'wo ignition сables are mounted tо the еngines. тhёy сonnect the
respeсtj.vе ignition еxсiter with thе apрropriate sрark igniter.
N0тЕ E.or remоval and installation оf ignitiоn саblе refer to

AL],ISON operating and ]v1аintenaпсe мanua1.
92 - 4.l гunсtional Еest - igniЕion systеm
1. General
тest of the ignition sysЕem is made аfter test of the stаrtеr sysсem.
тhereforer observe preparatiоns for funсtional !еst of the staтtёI sуstem
(see рarаgraрh 92-45I .
? P ranэ тдt i дnс
Rеfрr tо nатас.аnh Q2-45.
N0тЕ Disconneсt 1ead fron terпina] пс+п as in Daraqraрh 92.45.
3. Performanсe оf test
сAUттON DISсONNЕстЕD rЕADs !{Usт вЕ PRoтЕстЕD AND !,rusт'

Noт сoNтAст GRoUND. DдNGЕR oг sI]oRT сIRсUIтS|
NoтЕ тesting of the ignition system is identlсal fоr the I,Il

and Rн engine' and is subsequent1y desсribed for the
т,!l engine оn]y.
a. set switсh 11?P п SтARTER/ GЕNERAтoR, ЕNG, Iп to position пSTARTп and

hold in posit.ion.
BO 105
с}lдPтЕR 92
Page 108
!,1вв вЕI,IсoPтЕRs
МAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAт, !,1вB - в0 105
b, set switch 104,] пIGNIт]ONi

to the 0N роsitiоn. ]gnition nоise (Ioud
аrасkl inп\ shа,] ] hA
раr]v аrldih]р аt i.'nitiОn рxсitcr 105..I аnd
e.l
sPark igfliter 106J of LtI engine. set swlЕch ].04.J Еo Еhe oгг position.
с' set switch 204J пIGNTTIONп to the oN Position. тhere shall be no
ignition noise on Rн engiпe, set switch 204J to the oгг рosition and
relёase switch 111P п STARтЕR/GЕNЕRAтOR, ЕNG. ]ll .
d. PulI сirсuil brеakеr lJ aпd switch off еlectriсаl рower supply.
Disсonneсt test voltmete! and rе-сonneсt leads to terminal л|э+n of
сt r тt a r.r.ran6ret q
î
ЕггЕстIVIтY series D
e. set to position tONп. Ignition noise

s},'j.tch 108J l' SтдRтЕR/IGNITIоN'
(loud сraсkling) shalt be сteаrly audib}e aL ignition eхсlter ]"05J
and spark ignitеr 106,] of the I,H engine.
t'' Еunctionally test igniЕion system of the Rн engines аs desсribed for

Lll eltginё.
g' Pull сirсuit breаker 1.] апd 2.] and switсh off eleсtriсal рoweт
test voltneter and re-cоnneсt leads to ternrinal
s]]r,t)]v. Dis.onneсt
пg+п of startеr-qenerators .
92 - 4в ЕNGтNЕ AND },IAIN тRдNsr4IssIoN sYsтЕ}.,ls
тhe eleсtriсal system of engine and main traпsпLlssion systems сomprises:
- nnnitаrinп et'с+6Ynс - An.linA fira .lёj.ёef i.)n evqtAm
. N2 governor - oil сooler fan fai]ure warning systen

- engine anti-icing
в0 105
сItAPтЕR 92
Paqе 109
i,IBB I{Е],]с0PTЕRs
мAINTENANсЕ МANUAL }4вв - вo 105
92 - 49 Loсations - engine and паin transmission svstems

(see figures 92-37 and 92-39)
сonponent ].oсаtion Eti ]!t^

^
Wdrnrng
*..; ^.
тr1r
J-}gnт's
'1
-Lд'l ^
InsLruпеnt Panel 2vЕ See рaragraрh 92-?7
(vеrtiсal Part)
сirсuit breakers Instrument panel 2VE Seе parаgrаph 92-50
Instruments ]nstrument panel 2vЕ See paragrаph 91
l,lonitoring svslens
RPl',t wаrning unit ].ЕW Instrument panel 2W See pаragraph 91-53
Pushbutton 2Ew сyс1iс stiсk grip 3/4vп See paragraрh 92-49
тaсhogenerators N1 ].02ЕN Engine ]' and 2 See chapter 61
and 202ЕN
тaсhogeneratols N2 101ЕN
and 201ЕN
сhiр detёctors 10].Еv
аnd 20].Еv
тbeпlocouP].e 10].El n
and 201ЕL
0i]" ртessure transmj.ttеr п п

101ЕD апd 201ЕD
0i1 temрeralure trans- ll !t
mltter ].0lпD and 20].ЕD

сhip dёteсtor ].02Еv t' п
and 202Еv
0i]. tёпPёrature trans. it п

mitte! 102ЕD and 2 02ЕD
сhip dеteсtoI 5Еv Мain transmisslon seе сhaPter ].].
тab1e 92-8 I.oсations, engine and mаin tran$rlission systems (1 оf 2)
B0 105
ADтгP 0'
i^l{
Pagе 110
!{вв flЕLIсoPтЕRs
I'{AINтЕNANсЕ !.IANUA], t48B - B0 105
loсаtions - engine and main transmission systems (сontinued)
Cornponent Location Гig.No. or
N2 Governor
Aсtuаtоrs 103I{A. 20зI{A Engines 1 and 2 see оhаPt€r 61
Relаy 4I(A, 5r'A and 6кд

Relay boх 10vE Eig. 92-8, 92-9
Diode board 10r'A
Four-wаy switсh 8Iё сolteсtije Pitсh PLg' 92-5I

sLIск э v!,
Еnqine аnti- iсing system
тoggle switсh ЕNG ANтI Insttшnent рanel 2vЕ гig. 92-11 to 92-].3
IсING ]. and 2
rеsР. ЕNG. ANTI-IсING
I and II (Series D)
Actuatols 21vЕ Еngines 1 and 2 see сhaрter 61 and
Еig' 92-54
таble 92-8 l.oсatj.ons' елgine and main transmission sysLems \2 ot 2I
BO 105
с}iAPтЕR 92
Page 111
: }1вB IIЕL1сOPтERS
I4AINтЕNANсЕ IЧANUAI, }.lвB - вo 10 5
92 - 50 Proteсtiоn оf engine and main transmission systems
тhe fo]lowing сirсuit breakers are installed to proteсt the ёngiпe and main
transпission systens:
сIRсUIт вRЕAKER PRоTЕстED с]RсUIт LOCAтION

сode Protection
4Е 1A Еngine RPl'1 indiсator E\9, 92-40
5Е 1A 0i1 pressure indiсator Еig' 92-40

Еngine 1and 2 and transnission
6E 1A 0i1 tеmpёrаtur€ indiсatоr FLg. 92-40

Еngine 1 and 2 аnd transmission
10Е 1A сhiP deteсtor warningг engine Fig. 92-40
1нL зA Anti iсing' engine 1 гig' 92-1]. to 92*13
11ltl зA Anсi iсing' engine 2 гig. 92-11 to 92-1з
1Wв (11iG) 1A Еiтe warning, engine 1 гig. 92-40
2Wв (2WG) 1A Еire warning, engine 2 fig. 92-4A
Table 92*9 Proteсtion of engine and main traпsmisston sуstеms
в0 105
сJiAPтЕR 92
Page 112
t.{вв нЕlIсoPтЕRs
MA]NтENANсЕ мANUAL мBв - B0 105
г]
=\
(
1. --al
-
*1Г_
П
=R=.J.Е
€:>
Instrument Panel 2vЕ oi1 tеmPerature transmitter 102ЕD

ТГцТБ-ввмinсrсator7ЕN сhip deteсtor 102Еv
Trip!.e оil temPerature
indiсator 5ЕD l^Ьi rl nAtAî^r '] .1,] ЕN
Triple oil рressure
indiсаtor 4ЕD N2 RPI'] taсho-generator 10lЕN
N1 RP},l indicator 108ЕN, 208ЕN
T0т indiсator 105ЕL' 205ЕL :::::i::---::
Vаriab1e tтiп rеsisior 104ЕL, 204Е! Nl RP}4 tаcho-generator 202ЕN
RPМ warning uпit ЕW
Warning light зЕltl oil pressure trаnsmitter 01ЕD 2
oil temPerаture transmitlex 2a2ED
сvсliс stiсk Grip з/4v .Ь,i .
\,llдР ,.l
'(lE
oAcЕtr
^|LЕt.
^ ^+L ^9 .w4!v
Ul
Еn.ri nA т /'] дft q'i rtд\ .Ьi n nAt6^t^т 2n1г\7

. -.- '
:j::д.-:-:::::
frT.EffiТaсho-gеnerator ]' o2ЕN
]neпnосouDte l U l!;! N2 RPl'l taсho-generator 201ЕN
oil рressure trans]пitter 101ЕD
Гiguгe 92-3? Еnginе }4onitoring
вo 105
с}IAPтЕR 92
M8в ЕЕLIс0PтЕRs
I\,IAINтENANсЕ !.IANuAL l',lвв - БU lUJ
Е__-:---:....: т@
з
H
-!G- сЕ'-
'lrт / \
,- t,
--lt: --\
irrill Ё.
,i,
-,,
Ч;т:
// i
,,:
(_ _l
ll i
- -г-
\:- г1 -!__-
--.1 r-
;Ь
,' ,/
,//
,/ ,/
\
"- :- +D
--t
_J .- \'ч
t'_......"-
ll\
-1t- ---.1
'Л\
\---
-/ ,/-
-L-.--
--*
1 с1rсuit Bleaker 1ItA 4 сolleсtive stiсk GriD

(сopilot) 6vЕ
2 Relav Box ]' 0VЕ l'our-way switсh (beeper) 8r(A
Relay 4f\A
Relay sKA 5 дсtuаtor (ЕNG.I) ]-0зrф-
Rеlаy 6r..A
Printed cirсuit board ].0кд 6 Actuator (ЕNG.Iт) 20зr\A
Гn.] '] oгt,i ua st i сri n
(PTтotт-зvЕ--._ ^l.
гour-lray switсh
(beeper) 8кA
гigure 92-38 Еngine }4onitoring (N2 соntrol)
в0 105
/.IlдDтl'p 0,
Page 114
ЕЕltс0PтЕRs
МAINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL 14вв . в0 105
1 N1 RPМ indiсаtor I02Е,N (2О2Е,Nl

2 N2 RP}4 indiсator 101ЕN (201ЕN)
З Chiр deteсtor 101Еv (201Еv)
4 сhip deteсtor 102Еv (202Еv)
5 тhermoсouple аssy 10iЕL (20lЕL)
Гrgurе 92-З9 loсarion of сomрonents
вo 105
сIjAPTЕR 92
Рage 115 / 11б
l{Еь]сoPтЕRs
мA]NтЕNANсЕ мANUAL l,lвв - в0 105
ЕггЕст 1vI тY s/N l-160
(e> .,
;itr
-.,--..( )
(z*")!
\-/A Х(,*)
("*)х
A\-/
/1\7 Х(*)
lNsтRUMЕNт PАNЕL
Rн slDЕ х(-) (..)- lNsтвUм ЕNт PANЕL
Lll s|DЕ
Ч/1} Hт +-
z:r\7
FLIG
DlнЕотloN
+
.I
r}\-/ +
c7 r+
+
EЕгEсттvIтY s/N 161 and subsequеnt
iNsтRUмЕNт PANЕL
Rн s|DЕ
Е'or series D оnly
в0 105
сHAPтЕR 92
Page 11?
МвB ltElIсOPтERs
I'{AINтЕNANсЕ МANUAI l,lвв - B0 105
92-51 Мonitorinq svstems
The fоllowing monitоring systems are installed to ensure Lhe рroРer funссiоn
оf пain transmission and engines аnd to сontinuаlIy сheck engine perfоrmanсe:
- RPМ сontrofl engines aпd rotor
- RPI4 monitoring Nl and NR
- engine RPI'I monitoring N2
- сhip wаrning systems for engines and mаin transmission
- оit pressure monitoring for engines and main transmission (refer to
сhарter 91)
- oi1 tempетature for engines аnd main transmission (refer to
сh-6рter 91) 'пonitoring
- т0т monitoring, (refer to сhapter 91)
- Lоrque monitoring, (refer to сhaPter 91}
The associated instrumеnts and the Proсedures for removing and instal]-ing
them are described in chaPter 91 .
о) - q, pDr!4 fr^nil.^rir\rt - anrтinое аnzl rntnт
Еaсh engine ls рrovided with two taсho-generators, see figure 92.40. They
generate an alternating voltage whose frequеnсy сhanges ртoPortionаl]y with
the RPl4. тachо-generatот 102EN (202ЕN} is used to соntrol the сomPrеssor RP!4
N1 and tacha-generat'or ].01ЕN (201ЕN) to сontrol thе poяer turbine RPNl N2. тhe
Aс voltage рrоduсed by Еhis tасho-generator is alsо used to drive the
synсhronous mоtоrs of the triple RP},t indicator 7EN.
The maj-n transmission is alsо provided with а taсho-generator зЕN. тhe Aс
vo]tagе produсed by this taсho-generаtor is used tо drive the tтiple RPМ
indiсаtor ?ЕN installed in the instrшnent pane] 2VЕ and is fed tо the RPМ
warning unit 1ЕW. гor reпova} and insLal1ation of the engine taсho-generator
refer to сhapter 61 and for main tlansmission to сhapter 11.
вo 105
снAPтвR 92
Page 118
!lЕLIс0PтЕRs
I'1A1NтENдNсЕ l4дNuAL 14вв - B0 105
92-53 RPI'Iwаrning N1 and NR (rotor

(see figure 92 - 41)
RPМ waIning is сonLrolled by thе RPl,1 wаrning цnit ЗЕl,[ installed on the in.
strument' Рaпel 2vЕ.
тhe Aс voltagе рroduсed by thе taсho-gene rators is fed iпLo thе RPм warning
unit' 1EW. тhe RPм t,lаrning signаl is releаsed if Еhere is аn N]. RPl4 differeйce
bеtween the engines. An intermit't'eпt warning sоund (600 нz) is audible in the
hеаdset and the warning 1ight iRР!,lfl flаshes.
1. Nl RPрl и,a rningr
тhе RPl4 warning (sоund and flashes) is generated if the N1 RPМ differеnсe
between the engines is gтеater thаn 12t t 0.8t. in the rangе from idlе сo
full power.
тhe warning сan be leset цsiпg рцsh.butt'on switсh RPI4 2Еv't on t.he РiLоt's
{сс\ni ].1г, q\ сvаl i.' ct i сk.
2. NR RPl4 wа Inlng
a. RoLor цndеrsPeеd
тhe RPt.4 warпing is le}eаsed if thе rot'or RP!"l is bet'wееn ?5t t 0.8t
аnd 95* 10'88. An interпit'tent wаrning sound is аudib]e j.n the
headset аnd the wаrning light '.RPl',l'. flashrs.
Ь р^t^r
^!'AfсъAA^
тhe RPl4 wаrning is Ieleаsed if the rotor RP[4 eХсeeds 10зъ i 0.8t.
I0 this сasе oпly the warning light' '.RPм'. зЕW flаshes {s/N ? - 160) .
ЕE.PЕст Iv1тY o S/N 161 and subsequent

If the lotor RPM ej<сееds 103t t 0.8t. the
warning light ''RPl,l.| flashеs. If the lot,or RPl4
eксeeds 1088 1 0.8t' а сontinuous wаrning tоne
is audibLe.
в0 L05
сttAPтЕR 92
Pagе ].19
ЕUFloсoPтЕR MAINтЕNАNсЕ МANUАL вo 105
мA|N вus
WARNING SOUND
r€'. lo Rаdlс/Nаи
syst€Ф
МAIN тRANsм|ssloN Г;;";-;;;._l

Ni.lNDlсAтon
ЕNG|NЕ N1
яPм-WАRNING UNlт
1ЕW
WARNING L|Gнт зЕN
L_______J
я Г_-- ----t
PUsl-lвUттoN оYcLlc
t, 2ЕW sтlcк
c
Figure 92-41 FIPM monitoriпg . enginв and rotor
,l9
сHАPтЕн Revisiоп
Раge 120
},1BB ]lErIсoPтЕRs
I4AINтЕNANсЕ }4ANUA! N-вв - Bo ].05
92 - 54 N2 overspeed warning (see figure 92-42)
A taсho-generator (ЕNG.] 101EN, ЕNG']I 201ЕN) is instаlled оn the left side

(in flight direсЕion, forward) of eaсh engine gearboх {refer Lo figure 92-40)
and generates аlteтnating current' the frequenсy of whiсh vаries in
prоpоrtion ro the poнeт turbine speed (N2) .
тhe Aс voltage drives a synсhronous motor inside the triрle RP!4 indiсator
?EN, сausiпg a display оf N2 sрeed in per сent via pointer 1 (ЕNG.]) and 2
(ЕNG.II) . (Refer to chaрter 9]") .
one hundred рerсent соrresponds to the noninal power outPut of the рowe!
turbine.
тR|PLЕ N2 RPM |NDlсАтoR 7ЕN
г
.11
IIН
'l i
I
О]
]AсРo.GЕNЕRАТ0R 101ЕN (201ЕN)
900195
F'i гтlrra a2-а, N2 oversрeed warnino
Removal
- Disconneсt the eleotlica} сonneсtor from the tachо-generаtor and

Рrotect with a сaр.
- Remove the four self-loсking nuts (nylstoP) with wаshers. Detaсh
tасho-generator and proteсt opening on engine gearboх With a сap.
b. Installation
I,ight].y grease drive Рinion with iteп 101 .
Iostallаtion is essentiallv the rеverse of the rеmova].
в0 105
сflдPтЕR 92
Paqе IzI
l,IBз нЕ],IсoPTЕRs
}.,lAINTЕNдNсЕ },lANUA], МBB - в0 105
92 - 55 тrоubleshooting . RP},l monitoring, engines and rotor
No. тRоUвLЕ sYl,lPтoМ PRoBAвLЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕст]vЕ AстION

RP},l.Ind1саt ors N1, N2 аnd NR
See Chapter 91.
RPм warnlnq - N]'
At an RPь1 differential
of 12ъ:
- warning light. RP!,! Wiring between RPl,r Check wiring and connec-
\r\./Е D rruL r J' a 5ll, warning unit 3ЕW tоr сontасts for continu-
intermittent and warnj.ng light .; +,, ^-/i
9vv\r ^^r-:]. { \.cf
ЕrЕUL ^^l
warning sound is defecLive
audible рanд i r nr rAn].^6
riдfoпr i rrд .^пn^пAnt G
as neсessary.
- warning light RPl4 RP}4 wаrning unit Replaсe RPМ waтning unit
зЕW defeсtive
interrтГittent sound
is not audible
- warnlng сannot be Push button RPl"1 WARN тest Push buttоn and
reset 2ЕW on piIot, в (co- renl if nапaесдrtl
pi]ot. s) сyсliс ^.A
st iсk
rтri n ..laf дгt i ua
RpМ wяrni n.r tlfli t ReP]aсe RP},l warning unit'.

зЕW defeсtive
RPl4 warninq - NR
At a rni.ir rn06.i
bёtween 75* and 958:
- wаrning light RP}a Wiring between RPМ Cheсk wiring and сonneс-
d.1A e nî f]эёЬ warning unit 3ЕW and t^т .^ntэ.t a f^r
^^n}
i n!1-
inteпnittent sound walrrJ-rlУ J'lчlrL i t 1' эn.l .r^^d A ] A^t ,i
is audible defective
^э'1
пAn,а.i r nr. 761.1.]

^â
.lAfa^f i uo с
^^пh^nAnt
- wаrning light does RP!'l warning unit ReРlaсe RP}4 warning unit.
not flash, inter- зЕш dеfeсtive
mittent sound is
not audible
Table 92 -10 тroub]eshooсing (1 of 2)
BO 105
снAPтЕR 92
Рage I22
МвB tlЕlIсoPTЕRs
!.IATNтENANсЕ }.{ANUAL l,1Bв - B0 105
Troub1eshooting (сontinued)
No, TRoUвLЕ sYt.tPTo}4 PROBABLЕ сдUsЕ сoRRЕсTIvЕ AсTION
з RPМ warning light sarne as item 1. and 2

does not flash at a
rotor RPl4 of 102 t
4 continuous warning ileаdset defeоtive сheсk heаdset and replaсe,
sound not audib]e if neсessаrY.
at a rotor RPl4 of
108t
Еno,ine N2 RPI,I rnonitorinq

Nо RPМ indiсaсion Loose reсePtaс]е RePlaсe t aсho-ge ne rator .
дт
vr nа]ntar ,1
: nr
vr l? лtё оn tаCho-
r)']
indiсation is erra-
РvJrrLЕt
generator 10LвN
tiс or sluggish. (201ЕN} .
Defeсtive tаcho- l"]eаsure output voltage.

oeneratОr 101ЕN 100t rotor RPM' 21 +svAс
(201ЕN) ' (70.0 rrz )
Intermittent сon- сheсkeleсtriсal сonnection

тасt аi n] uds fоr oОоd ё,ler]triса] соntaсt
10].BNa, 2vЕd' Repair оr replaсe defeсtive
111Wa' 7ЕNa, сomponent s .
(102ЕNa,2vЕd'
2l1wa, ?ЕNa) .
nAfo^t it'a irin]6 .ьё^k trin]o RpМ in.li-

indiсator ?ЕN. оator by temРorаrily re.
99-!vl.l9 v.4rдv
RPI'{
рlaсing it vlith nеw indi-
сator .
тable 92-10 Troubleshooting {2 of. 2|
вo ]'05
сHAPтЕR 92
Pаge 123
I{вв llЕlIсoPтERs
I'{AINтЕNANсE }4ANUAI, }{BB - Bo 105
92 - 56 Гunсtiоnal test - RP}4 monitoring, engines and rotor

1. General
тhe aPPliсable portion of this funсtional test must be сarried oцt after
eaсh rePlaсement of one or more electтical сomPonenLs, сables, eleсtrical
сonneсtions, etс, of a RPМ monitoring system.
N0тЕ тhe funсtional test of RPМ indiсators is desсribed in

Paragrаph 91.
2. гunctional test - RP}"1 monitoring N1 and N2
тni t h on.ri noc f

^ ^,f
- ]ndiсation
- Pointers on RPМ indiсator 108ЕN and 208ЕN пust reаd 0 t 0.5.
b. шith engines running at 100t N2 RPI,I
- Indiсation
. Pointers on RPм indicator 108ЕN and 208ЕN must rеad 86t.
- Warning
сAUтION WItЕN AстUAт]NG тIlЕ Е'OUR.WAY s}llтсll ' },lAкЕ

sURЕ сO].т,ЕстIVE PIтсtl sтIск RЕ}4AINS IN 1тs
toсltED POsIт]oN.
- !1ove four-way switсh 8r\A in position L+.

N1 RPN{ of ЕNG. I nust inсrease; N1 RP!,1 of ЕNG. I] must deсIease.
ЕЕ.гEстIV]тY o When trim aсtuator сirсцitrv is modified

(reter to figure 92-51).
o Мove four-wаy switсh in position L-.
N1 RPМ of ЕNG. I must, inоrease; N1 RPм of
ЕNG. II remains unсhanqed.
- At a N1 RPl'l differential eхсeeding 12\ x I, aсoustiс and optiсal

'лarпing shall corпе оn (coпtinuous нarning nRP!,ln).
sound in headset and
flashing indiсation on warning light 3Еvl
NoтЕ Make sure N2 RP!'l does not deсrease.
- Perform same work steps for ЕNG. II (рosition R+) .
в0 105
снAPTЕR 92
Paаo 1)А
МBв IlЕl]сoPтЕRs
},IAINTENANсЕ I4ANUA1 },lвв . в0 105
з. гunсtional test - RP},l monitoring rotor

i With an.rin6с
^ff
- ]ndiсation
- Pointer 1 and 2 оf the t'riple RP}.{ indiсator ?ЕN tтlust rеad 0 t 1.
b. With engines running (рower lever in рosition пЕ'LIGнтп}
- lndication
* Pointer ]. and 2 of the triр]e RP}4 indiсator must read ]"008.
с. Wаrning
NoтЕ ]f RP},l warning unit P/N IФW02-1 is instal]ed, y

warniпg lighЕ пRPмп may briefly illuпdnates onсe
or severаl tirne s llhen eleсtriсal power is switсhed
on.
- I,ow RPМwаrning
Slоwly reduсe lotor RP},I from ].00t. Within a roLor RPм range of
95t t 0.8t to ?5t 13t' the wаrning light зEW shall i1luminate,
with a flashing indiсatiоn and interтnittent audio tone warning
,]nq
ci.'nAl q eьа'] 1 Ь0 nrAeAnt in ЬA:.tcAte /pAfAr t^ ,n^
^ьrni.Ar
гш1. )
- Rotor overspeed warning (сan be tested in flight only) , (Refеr to

сhaрter 105 аnd r.Ц-1. )
Еt'гЕсT]vтTY гor hеliсopters up to and including s/N 160'

the warning light 3ЕW shall flаsh аt a rotor
sрeed of 103t t 0.8t.
гor he}iсoPter s/N 161 and subsequent. the
warning light 3ЕW sha]} flash at a rotor speed
of 10з* t 0.88 and an additionаl сontinuоus
set at a rotor sDeеd of = 1088 t 0.8t.
сltAPтЕR 92
:
l.1BB I{ЕL]сoPтЕRs
},IAINTЕNANсЕ MANUAL l,1вB - B0 105
q? - q'7 .Ьirl с1'ct6m /sAA fiгltlrд a2.n0 t^ q?-/1l

Ât6^rгrr
1. Engines
Мagnetiс сhip dеteсtoIs 10lЕv, 102Еv' (ЕNG. I) and 201Еv, 202Еv (ЕNG. II)
insLa]led in the enginё gearbox' аttrасt metalliс pаrtiс]es (сhiP
Partiсles, gеar debris and fragimёnts eЕс.) from engine lubriсating oil
by a deteсtor mаgnet, When the сontaсt 9aр on the deteсt'or magnet is
bridged by aссumulated meЕa]liс рartiс}es, an eleсtriсal ground is Pro-
vided to сomРlеte the warning light 3Еv сircuit and warning light зЕv
aМAG. PI.,UG 1п and/or llI'{AG. PLuG 2п illuminates, indicatinq ехсessive
m6tа,] in nат-in.р а.'сщnufation in the oil'
,]
|\,tA|N вUs
101 ЕV. 102 Еv
MAG, PLUG 1
MAG, PLUG 1
WARNlNG LlGl.lт
201 ЕV' 202 Еv

900201 МАG. РLUG 2
гirтllrо 0?-Д,] (rЬin nоtonrnr qi'сtAh - 6flîn6с
Еor remova1 and instal]"ation of the сhiР deteсtor refer to Allison

r)nёrаt j.ln ат'.l l'4'а i ni.ёnanсе Мanual.
2. Maln transmission
тhe сhiр deteсtor 5Еv (see figuтe 92-44) installed in the oil drаin
дnaninл ^f +Ь6 Й.;n t'ransmission аttraсts metа'] nаrtic]Ps fr.rm 1-hо
it.^ncmi eci^n vL! ] ьt'
уl e: dAf A.t^r пэ,/rnAt
t[qч.rЕ
î u l
тhe meta] рartiсles aссumulatеd (сhip partiсles, gear debris, fragmenсs
etс.) bridge the сontaсt gaр оn the deteсtor magneЕ and сomрLetе Lhe
eleсtriс ci'cuit of the warn1ng 1i9ht 4Еv to ground.
The warning 4Еv llт PIUG|' on the instrutn€nt pane] 2vЕ ilIшninates,
light
indiсаting metal acсumulation in the transmission oil.
Rn 1nq
снAPтЕR 92
Pagе 126
ItEт,1с0PтЕRs
}4AINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUA], l,1вв - bU IUf,
lv1А|N вUs
WARNING L|Gнт
Гigure 92-44 сhiр DeLeсtor systeп, Мain transmission
Еor removal and instаl]atjon of the сhin dAtё.tоr 5Еv r6fРr rо оhаn.cт 1.1
maiп transmission '
g2 . 58 Оi] nтрcslrrо mпnitотinrr lsee fiсrlтрs Q2-46 and a?-д]\
1. 0i1 pressure monitoring - engines (see figure 92-45)

тhe oil pressure transmitter 101ЕD {ЕNG. ]) and 201ED (ENG. Iт) is lo-
сated in the oil Pressure line on lower 1eft or right side in the enginе
comРartment (refer to figures 20з arrd 204) . тhe transmitter сomprises a
Pressure сontrolled рotеntiomеter, whosе resistanсe varies rеlative to
the oi] Pressure changes, саusing rotаtional movеmеnt' of the аrmature in
the сross сoi1 of the triрle oil pressure indiсator 4ЕD' and рrovides
Pressure reаdings in bаr (kp/сm2 ) .
вo 105
сIIAPтER 92
Pаоe 127
}{BB нЕl]сoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ l4ANUAr !4вB - DU lUэ
мA|N вus
o'L PвЕssuRЕ тRANsМ|ттЕR

101 ЕD (201 ЕD)
г -;i-.1
oIL PRЕssuвЕ твANslt,i|ттЕe 4 ЕD
Гigure 92-45 oil Pressure Indiсatiоn
Removal
- Removr loikwire, disсonnect eleсtriсal сonneсtor from t7дnсmittA'.

and Рroteсt with сaр.
. Unsсrew oil Prеssure transmitter and сaр the opening with a sealing
р1ug.
h Installation
Installation is essentially the reverse of the retnoval.
BO 105
сflAPтЕR 92
Page 128
нЕlIсoPTЕRs
l.1AINтENANсЕ МANUAI, l'.lвв - вo 105
vlЕWA v|Ewв
1 oil pressurе transmittёr 101ЕD

2 0i1 temperature transпш-tter 102ЕD
Еigure 92-46 Loсation of сomPonеnts
сllAPтЕR 92
Pаqe 129
flЕ11с0PтЕRs
t.4A1Nт8NANсЕ },jANUAт, t',1вв - t'U .LUэ
1 Oil prёssure transnittёr 201ЕD

2 0i1 temрerature transmittёr 202ЕD
92-4.l location of сomPonents
вo 105
сндPтЕR 92
Page 1-30
t'ББ ?
lvlDD п!!!1LUrtl!!(5
-
'!nr ^^.Йn ^;
I{AINтЕNANсЕ }4ANUAт, t'{вв * в0 105
2' oil рrеssure monitoring - main transmission (see figures 92-48 and 92-49|
тhe oi]. pressure warning system inсJ-udes the oi] Рressure switсh 22ЕW and
oil рressure transmitter 30LЕD at the same insta1lation locations as
dеsсribed above.
In сase of reduсtion or loss of pressure belоw 0.5 bar the Contaсt of the
oil рressure switсh 22ЕW сloses the eleсrriс сirсuit to the warning light
" r' UlL'' JEl,{
' Wn1сn 1l.Lumlnates .
l,4А|N BUs olL PRЕssURЕ swlтсl.]
?2 Еw
see Еig.92.50 I
clвсUlт
вRЕAKЕв
20 ЕW seе ЕiЕ' 92- 50
/:l
СЭ
()
-Т-
--.1 oIL PRЕssuвЕ тRАN slи|ттЕ R
тRIPLЕ olL Pн ЕssURЕ A з01 ЕD
INDlсAтоR 4ЕD Y
900078
:
ЕЕгЕст]vIтY 4ff up tо аnd inсluding s/N 160 аnd Series D

4\ s/N ]'61 and subsequеnt
гiguIe 92-48 0i1 Pressure Warning system - main transmission
a. Removal of o11 pressurе transmit,ter 301ЕD
- Reтпove loсkwirе/ disconnrct eleсtriсa1 сonnector from transmittеr

ana Drotесс }J]-Еn сaр.
- Unsсrew oil pressure transmitter and сap the opening with a sealing
b. т.^l^11.5:^.
тnstallation is essentially the reverse of the remоval.
Re'nоvаl and insta]-lation of PuБh-button switсh 22Ei,J
Removal and installalion is idenгiса1 сo оil pressure сransm]'tter

з 0lЕD .
в0 105
снAPтЕR 92
Paqе 1J "r
МBв нЕI.IсOPTЕRS
МAINтЕNANсЕ l"lANUAl мBB - в0 105
{o)
1 0i1 temperatuтe t rаnsr0itter 302ЕD uр to and inсludinq s/N 160

2 oi1 tеrпрerature switch 21ЕW
3 oit tempеIatuIe transmitter 302ЕD s/N 16]" and sцbsequent
4 o1l рressurе swit сh 22RW
5 Oil pressure transmitter 3 01ЕD
6 RP}"l тaсhometer-generator зEN
7 Differential рressurе svlitch 11ЕD
8 Chip detector sav folloh'ing iпplеmentаtiоn of
sв 80-41
гirrrlro Q2-n0 Маin trяn<mr qсrnn
вo 105
сIiAPтER 92
Pаge 132
ЕUнoсoPтЕв |vlAlNтЕNANcЕ MANUAL вo 105
92 - 59 Тemperature monitoring
1, oil tempeгaturo monitoring - engines aпd main transmjssioп

тhe oiI temрeraturr switсh 21 ЕW is insta|Ied oп the transmission hoUsing below the oil сoo|erfan assemDry
(sёe tigures 92.49 and 92-50). ll th6 oiI temperaturo risos above ] 05 " с' the switсh сloses and the ."Г otЦ'
Warning |ight 3 ЕW оomes on.
wARNING LlGнт зЕW

мА/N вus тЕlt,PЕяАтURg sw/тсн
21 ЕW
с|ясU|т
J
20 ЕW
I
soo Fig.92-48
\c
Zц
E
A Еffoсl|v|tу Up to s/N 160 аnd solios D
з' Ir ZA El.oсlivity s/N 161 аnd sLbsequ€nl
6 olL тЕМPЕвАтuRЕ oIL тЕмPЕRАтUвЕ

lNo|cAтoR 5 ЕD тяАNsмlттЕв з02 Eo
Figura 92-49 oi| тemperaturo Warning Sytem - Sсhematiс Diagram
Remova| аnd installation of the oil temperаture switоh is desсribed in chаpter 1'1.
тurbine out|6t temрerature monitoring.

вёfer to сhaptёr 91.
Revisioп 19 снAPтЕR 92
Page 1зз
EURoсoPтЕR i'AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
92.60 N2 Governor (seе figure 92-51)
The N2 governor сonsists of:
- aсtuаtor 103КA for ёngine 1and 20зKд for engine 2

- four-Way sнitсh 8кA
(if a duаl сonЕrol system is insta].led/ a seсond four.way swilch is рro-
vided for the сoPilol)
- two сhangeover re]ays 4r!A аnd 5кA
- an intelloсk le1ay 6кA (сonnected only if a dual сont'rol syst'em is
installed)
- diodе рlate 10кд
1. General
тhe N2 govеrnor сonЕro]s out'рut RP}l of the engines in relation to loаd
rеquirements of the hеliсoрter.
тn older to maintain a сonstant N2 RPl'{' the N2 fue] governor сontrols the
fue] floн meLering in the N1 gаs Рroduсer fuel- сontrol systеm.
в0 105
сtlAPтЕR 92
Рage 134
!.,lвв ttЕт,]с0PтЕRs
I{AINтЕNдNсЕ },IANUAI I,1вв - Bo 10 5
вy actuаting the four-way switсh 8I(A, torquё balance between еngines and
сhange in thе N2 RPM and Rotor RP}4 resPeсtivеly can bе асhieved.
тhe mёсhanj.сal сonporients of this systen and the rigging of the N]. аnd N2
сontrol linkage are desсribed in chapсеr 62.
a, Operation
via a mechanical linkagё betwеen соl].eсtive PiLch 1ever аnd N2

goveтnor thе N2 governor сontrоl .levers (refer to сhapter 41') are
moved towards пINСRп (maх') tqhеn сolleсtive bladе Ditсh anqle is
inстeаsed (сausing added fuel flow frоm the N1 fuei сontroi) ' тhis
prevents a droP in output RPM of the eng.ines аnd thus a drop in main
rotor RPl4.
Eасh gоvernor ]ever is equipped with а trim aоtuator (10зl{д/ rNG. ]

and 203КA, ЕNG. II) built into the meсhanical linkage, whiсh a]loыs
additional adjustmenЕ viа four-way swltсh ]oсated on the сolleсtive
strск gтJ.р э/ bvЕ.
вy aсtuating the four-way switсh 8кA, the fоllowing рower settings
сan be aсhieved:
'
Switсhingposition Funсtion
INсR Inсrease in pоwer of both engiпes

DЕсR Deсrease in рower of both engines
L+ Inсrease in Powe! of left еngine, deсrease i.n
power of right engine
R+ Inсrease in power of right engiпe. deоreаse in
povrеr of 1eft enoine
NoтE т{ith triп aсtuаtor сireuitry тпodified (lefer to wD}4)
l+ Inсrease in рower of lеft engine' and righ! engine

R+ :nсrease in power of right engine, and left engine
With сirсuit breaker 1кд Pushedr and depending upon the Position of
the four-wаy switch, relays 5КA and 6r'.A lосated in the relay boх 10VЕ
are energized, and switch to с]oсkwise or сounter сloсkwise rotation
of the асtuator motors 10ЗIG and 20зХA. Eхtensioл or retrасtjoл
mоtion of the actuatoт shaft is transmitted to the N2 goverпor lever,
thereby оontтolling the fuel floп mеtering in the N1 fuel rontro}.
When а dual сollective pitch сontrol is insta}led' the пPilotп
fоur-way switch has priority, whiсh when aсtuated, energizes the
relay бкA' thereby disсonnecting voltage supply to thе "сoPilot"
four-way switсh.
в0 105
сltдPтЕR 92
Dасrc ] З5
}.lвB IIЕLIсоPTЕRS
},IAТNтЕNANсЕ }4ANUAL МBB - B0 105
сс
F
Е
(E
F
Ё х
t; Ф
l>
i1 J
Е |Б
|с( с
ll,J щ
с(
;
g)
3
э
сЕ
сЕ
(!
t
(J
E
o
llJ
t-
z
Е
[!l LAY вox 10 кА _)
N0тЕ Whentrim асtuaLor ci!сuitry is пodified

(modified printеd сirсuit board) refer to WDl,l.
гiqure 92-51 N2 сontrol
в0 105
с}lдPтЕR 92
МвB ItЕ].',IсoPтЕRs
МAтNтENANсЕ !,IANUAL I',tвв . вo 1 0 5
2. Aсtuators 103KA and 203КA (sеe figure 92.52)
тhe two aсtuаtors 103кA and 203KA are instaIled in the N2 сontrol system
of the engines.
тhey are Dс aсtuators which сan be oрerаted as Llt and RIl drive. тwo
miсroswitсhes disсonneсt power supply as soon as their end Position is
reaсhed.
The extension аnd retraction sрeed is apprоximately 1пптr/s.
N0тЕ Refer to сhapter 61 for adjustment' maint enanсe / insPeсt ion,

rеmoval and installatiоn.
з. Relays 4кA to 5r\A (see figuтe 92-8)
Relays 4Г'A to 5кA are plugged irr relay box 10vЕ (see figure 92-7 Lo
92-3) . Relay bох 10VЕ is mounted to thё floor shel}.
NoтЕ r'оr work on relav box 10VE' the floor shell must be
opened and relay boх must be renoved if neсessary.
ц. Еour-way switch 8KA (see figure 92-73}
гour-waУ switсh 8кA сonsists of four miсrоswitches and j.s insЕalled in

the сolleсtive stiсk qriр 5/6vЕ.
NoTЕ мaintenanсe/ inspeсtion as well as remova1 and instа.].1ation

proсedures are desсribed in paragraph 92.95.
5. Printed сirсuit board 10кA
тhe Рrinted сirсuit board 10KA is installed in relay boх 10vЕ (sеe
fiqure 92-1 to 92-3) .
в0 105
с}IдPTЕR 92
Page 1з?
ltЕl,IсoPтвкs
t4AINтENANсЕ },lANuAL t.1вB - B0 105
I
1 Еleсtriсal соnneсtor
. a^nАi hа et ri h
!gr.ч4.rY У 9..t9
3 Self-loсking nut
'
4 sРlit рin
5 Bellстank
6 Trim aсtuator
7 Screw
8 Rod еnd
riа.tc 92-5? Aсtuаtоr N2 сontrol
в0 105
сI]APтER 92
Paoe 1З8
l,lвB riELIсoPTЕRs
l{ATNтЕNANсЕ ]'1ANUAL I,{вB - BO 105
92 - 61 Troubleshooting * N2 Governor
1. General
Еnsure that сirouits to be trоubleshooted are suPPlied with power.

Prior to сhаnging a system component, cheоk wiring for continuity, insu-
lation faults and lоose соnneсtion. subsequently/ сheсk if е]eсtriсal
сonneсtors arе proPerly сonnесted to Еhe units. тhe resPeсtive wiringг
diagrams аre соntаined in the Wiring Diagram Маnuа.l.
сAUтT0N WнЕN WORКING 0N I,IvЕ сOМPONЕNTS -

DAN6ЕR or. sнORт с]RсU]тs I
2. Troublёshootinq - N2 Governor
No. тRoUBLE sYl,IPтo},I PROBABI,Е сAUsЕ сoRRЕстTvЕ AстION
No engine triпning Break in wiring, or Cheсk wiring for сontinui!y

Possible' i. e. nо defeсtive elесtriса] using the appliсаb]e wiring
extenslon or re- сonneсtion 10vEa or .li а.'rаm сЬA^kA'l A/--.i ^аl
traсtion motiоn bvЕa. сОnna.ti.ln ..r .тnnd A,] Aсtri-
of trim aсtuаtor r'а,] ^nntа.f Rоnаir nr rg-
J.0ЗКA and 203IQ, Plасe defective сomPonents '
although four*way
switсh 8кд is llafa.f rra rlt"i nt.,.l
i Cheсk for contiлuity аcсor-
сorleсtly actuated ' сirсuit board 10KA ,.l;6'
o.] ng to
+^ aРрrrсaDJ.e wfrrng
-^-1: ^^r.'r ^ .,.: -] -
i n rр 1 аrr Ь^v 1 nvЕ. diagram' Reрlaсe defeоtive
diodes, oт printed сirсuit
board.
I.eft aсtuator ].0зкд nofant i rza rlri nt a.l sаme as аbovе.
is inoperative, оr сirсuit boerd ].0r,.A
moves in one direc-
tion only.
Defесtive switсhing Cheсk for соntinuity using
relay 4кA in relay the аppliсable wiring dia-
DOX tUVE. 9гrаrrl. RePlаce defective
re].аy.
Defeсtive aсtuatоr Rarl l .e,â 2

^t
t)>t
^r
103!(A,
'|'а n |0 ч/- |
тroub]еshоoting - N2 Govеrnor \1 ot' 2)
B0 105
с}IAPтЕR 92
Page 1з9
мnR I'lпт'т.npтпRR
мAINTЕNANсE }4ANUAI, MBв - в0 ].05
тRoUв1ЕSнoOтING (сontinued)
No. тRoUв!Е sYмPTo},l PROBAвLЕ сAUsЕ сORRЕстIVЕ AстION
3 Right aсtuator 203кA Defесtivе рrinted Cheсk tor сontinцitY using

is inоperative or сircuit boаrd 10](д the apРliсable wiring dj.a-
moves in one direс- in re]аy boх 10vЕ. gram. Replace defeсtive
tion only' diodе' or рrinted сi!сuit
board.
Defective switсhing сheсk for continuity aсcor-

relay sl(t in relаy ding tо apрtiсable wiring
box 10vЕ. diagram, Reрlacё defeсtive
re1аy.
Defeсtive aсtuato! сheсk асtuetor by temporarify

203кA. rePlaсing with new aсtuator.
Reрlacе dеfective aсtuato!.
4 switсhing positioп: R+ sаme corleсtive action as

described fоr defeсtive
teft aсtuator 103rG рrinLed сiгсuiЕ board or
j n^
eХteПoSr out r.lgtlf,'
L..} *l -1'+ оwдLulrlrr9
+
^',.; ^ъ. lЕtay.
'^]
.rl
aсtuator 203IG does

n^t т6t iд^t A... r-
nd +^ э^t!lri.^т
сircuitry {reier to
î
. тhe same happens

WDм)
in switоhing Positton l+.
5 Priority tour-way Dеfeсtive relaу 6r\A. Cheсk fоr continuity aосor-
switсh 8r''A nPilott ding to aрpliсable wiring
(6vЕ} fails. diagran. Rep}aсe re]ay'
тab].e 92-11 тroubleshooting - N2 Governor (2 of 2\
B0 105
сIIAPтER 92
l!1вB нE],IсoPTЕRS
I'.IAINтЕNANсЕ МANUA], I\,lвв - в0 105
92 . 62 Еunсtional test - N2 governor
1. тrim aсtuator 103кA (203кA)

a. Еngage and switсh on еxternal Power and press сirсuit breaker ]'кA.
b. Е'our-way switсh in рosition INсR:

* both governor сontro} levers movе to nmaхn, i'e. the N2 triл
aсЕuators ret raсt .
с. Eour-way switсh in position DЕcR:
- both governor сontrol levers гLove to пminп, i'e. the N2 triл aс-
tuаtors eхtend.
d. гour-way switоh in position l+:
- govеrnor сontrol ].ever on left engine moves to nmаxi, governor

control lever on right engine tпove s to nminn, i.e. trim aсtuаtor
..l ёff An.rinр) rcfrа.ts- lrim Я.i]]аt.\r iтi.тht An.rinA] AYl-on.lc
e. гour-way switсh in Position R+:
^^nl-
r^,] .evеr
1 A!'6f on riright
^n
пЬ+ engine
дnлi ьь moves
-а', to tmaхп and governor
сontro]. lever on left engine mоves to пдjпп; i.e. tlin aсtuator
(right enginе) retraсts and trim actuator (]eft engine) eхtends.
NoTЕ When trim actuаtor сirсuitry is modified (refer to WDм) .
f. Е'our-rray svlitсh in pоsition l+:
- governor сontrol lever on left engine moves to tmaхп, governоr

cоntro] ]ever on right engine renains unсhangedl i.e. triп aсtuator
(]eft Еt.ч4rrЕ/
1riohl endin€) reiraсts аnd trim aсtuator \дЕ!! рndinё] rрmаins 'lr.-
сhanged.
9. гour-way sнitсh in рosition R+t
- governor сontro] lever оn тight engine movеs to пmeхn, governor

сontrol }ever on lefс engine remains unсhanged; i.e. tri.rn aсtuаЕor
(right engine) reЕraсЁs алd trim aсtЦаtor (]eft engine) re]nаins un.
сhanged.
N0тЕ тrim aсtuators tnust have an extend travel of aDDrox.

30 mm and пust autolпаtiсаIlv switсh off in both trаvel
end positiопs.
вo 105
сHAPTЕR 92
Мвв нЕT.1с0PTERs
}.,IAINтЕNANсE МANUAL }',1вB . B0 105
2. Priority cirсuit of four-way switсh 8кA пPI!отn when dual сolleсtive

Рitch сont'rol system is installed,
a' Мove four-way switсh 8r!A пCOPIloтп to all four Рositions (refer to
stеP 1.). Trim aсtuators must eхtend and retraсt aссording to the
seleсted switсh position.
b. Simulraneously move four-way switсh nPlloтп to oppоsiсe sыirсh
pоsitions; trim aсtuаtor motor must сhange its rotationa]
direсtion.
c. switсhing off is mаde by limit switсhes installed in trim aсtuators.
d. Pull сirсuit breаker 1кA and switсh off eхternal Poi.Jer.
92- 6з Еngine аnt1-iсing systeп

(see figures 92-5з and 92-54}
тhe еngine anti-icing system сonsists of
- r.na эnti-ininп '.дlyр Aасh fОт enoinо 1 аnd 2

- оnё аct]lяtоr 12']V4] оа.h fоr рnоi nр ] аnd 2
. - t}'o re}ays slt], (6}t],) , two toggle switсhes 2flL (12ItL) and indicаtor
light 9!lL
- 1. General
When the аmbient temperаtцrе falls below +4oс, thе engine anti-iсing
system must be switсhed on to Protёсt the engine compressor ai! inlet
from iсinq.
2 ' E'unсtion
The ant,i-icing system is suppJ.ied with electriсa] power fron cirсuit

breakers ].l{L, 11нl пЕNG. ANтI-]сTNG 1-2i' and is srтitсhed on with toggle
switсhes 2|1Ъ | 12I1L пЕNG. ANтI-IсING 1-2п, тhe indicator llqht 9H! with
leqend panels
FгггrlттIIттv ^
q/х' ? - 1(n. nlп and nRп
o s/N 161 аnd subseguent: 'ANтI-IсING ]. and 2n
for the and RH еnginе| indiсates oPeration

LI.l of the аnti-iсing system.
тhe сircuit with rеJ.ays sHL| 6}tl ensrrres ti]at indiсator light 9нL lemаins
lit during the сIosing oрeraLiоn of the anti-iсing va1ve. AcЕuators are
autonatically switс'hed off by limit sr.]itсhes i'ANт]'-IсING 0N - oЕ!'п wherl
anti.iсing valve has reaсhed its тespeсtj.ve еnd рosition.
B0 105
сI]APтЕR 92
Pаge 142
Mвв }lЕт,IсoPтЕRs
}.{AINтENANсЕ }-IAI'I'UAL I',1вв - в0 ].0 5
NsтRUlй ЕNт PANЕL 2VЕ

MA|N вUs
оlвсUlт вRЕAкЕR с|всU|т вRЕAK ЕR

1нL 11HL
IND|оAтoR L|Gнт 9нL

ANтl.lс|NG АNт1- |сlNG
sWiтсн sW|тсн
ЕNGINE
Г -t ICING
АNт|-
Г,f\Тl.l\ Г_
{
tt
I t---
|
* "oN
OFF
D|oDЕ 27WW DloDЕ 25Ww
r-_
т FIE LAY 6II L RЕ LAY 5нL т
о l*r--l цl
o
6
|t-< ,' u,
Г?х-твшБ
|ввтвяст
lANт|-
/rсrпrс
l ANт|. i ANт]- i
\"8ffi lс/NG
ti
l wгг
P oN
I
---J _J
I
AстUАтoв 3llL
90012в
Еigure 92-5З Еngine Anti-Iсing Sysсem
в0 105
сILцPTЕR 92
Pаоe 14З /144
t',lBB ltЕlIс0PтЕRs
I,IAINтЕNANсЕ },IANUAL Mвв - вo 105
сompressor disсharge air (aррrox. 250 0с) is routed from !'he сomPressor
diffusеr (see figure 92-54) sсroll thrоugh an aсtuаtor оperасed аnсi-
iсing valve loсated on the front faсe of the diffuser sсroll and
assoсiated anti-iсing tubing to the сompressor front suppor!. тherеfore
iаjnа аf tho
e..v AnftinA аir
errY inlof ic nтavёnlёd
-i.v
With togg]e swiЕсh 2tll. (12}t],) set in the non-oрerating рosition/ aсtuator
is supplied with eleсtrical рower from ].imit switсh IIANT]-IсING oЕ'Е'п '
with reversed Polаrity. Aсtuator eхtends and с]oses the аnti-iсing valve'
During the сlоsing operation of the valve. relay 5lt! (6Hl) remаins
еnergized thrоugh limit switсh пANтI-IстNG oЕгпand relay сontaсt сloses
the сirсuit tо the indiсatol light' 9l{1,, whiсh therefoIe remains lit
during the va}ve сlosing oрerаtion'
When thе aсtuаtor is switсhed off in its eхtend sLoр positiоn by ]imit
switсh пANт].]сING 0Е'г'l rё]ay 5нt, (6ili,) wlll de-energize and the
indiсator ].ight 9HL will' extinguish.
/ inspeсt ion as v'ell as removal and installatiоn

}4aintenance
рroсedures are dеsсribed in сhaрter 61.
Anti-iсing tubes
Anti.iсing vа]ve
Aсtuator
Diffusor scroll
г^fi1"lrAсq^t. f r^ni-
т.7^h1-.ttnn^.t
radial struts
Comрressor inlet
гiguIe 92-54 Еngine Anti-тсing System
в0 105
сllAPтЕR 92
Mвв IiEL]сoPтЕRs
MAтNтENANсЕ !,!ANUAт, [4BB - Bo 1 0 5
92 - 64 тroubleshooting - engine anti-iсing system
N0. тRoUBlЕ sY}.4Pтo}'4 PRoBAвlЕ сAUSE сORRЕстIVЕ Aст]oN
]- Actuatоr does not Defесtive aсtuatоr. ReDlaсe aсtuatol .

retraсt or extend.
Defeсtive сirсuit RёPlaсe сirсuit bтeakеrs.
breakers 1t{l, 11ltl.
Defeсtive togg]e Rep]aсe togg]e swiссhes.
switсhes 2ltt. l2вr.
Defeсtive wiring. Cheсk wiring for соntinuity
using the aррliсable wiring
diagram (refёr to WD}4) ; re-
Рlace defective wiring.
2 Indiсator ]ight 9нL
fails to illшпinat,ё
а 1 dl'.r nп
.\naтаt,;
^'n Bulbs defессive. RPD.I асe hrr,]Ьs.
af |ha эnt j -i ni nn
systпn Diodes 25WWl 2?Wт{ Cheсk diоdes аnd replасe' if
defeсtive. neсessarv.
Vliring dеfeсtivе. Cheсk wiring fоr сonlinuity
using the aррliсable пiIing
diagram (refer to WDм) ; re-
рlaсё defeсtive wiring.
tJ] dl)ri nс' the ..l оci nсr Rё] Бt]т' 61].т. рAfl] тol Al'c
^\,s ^.A
.lnArаt i t ЬA defeсt'ive.
^г
аnti-iCing ^.
valve
only. ' Diodes ?il],, 8ltl сheсk diodes and rеP]ace, if
defeсtivе ' neсessarУ.
тab]e 92-12 тroub]eshooiino enоinр аn.i.iп,inп qrlqтorr
92 - 65 E.unctional test - enqine anLi-iсinq svstem
1. General
Thls funсtiоna] test must be сarried out after having сhanged one or more
eleсtriсa] сomPonеnts, саbles, e]eссriсa] соnneсtions. etc. of the enginе
anti-iсino svstem.
B0 105
сHAPтЕR 92
Page 146
мвв }tElIсoPтЕRs
MAтNтENANCЕ МANUAI, t,Iвв - вo 105
? p 1.Artа rat i nna
. ёn.'inёs rnllct hё shuЕ down

. сonneсt and swiLсh on eхtеrnal Power supрly unit
- set BAттЕRY мAsтЕR switch to ЕPU 0N
з. Рerfоrлаnce of test
NOTE тhe test is performed vlith the engines shut down

аnd is identiсal for both aсtuators, ],н and RH.
a. DeрIess сirсuitпЕNGINЕ
breaker пЕNGINЕ дNтI-TсING 1-2n 1I{T, (1].}tL) аnd set
toggle switсh ANт]-Iс]NG I-2|| 2|1I, (12нL) in the пONi
Posltion.
- тhe aсtuator retraсts and оPens Еhe anti-iсing valve.
- ]n the retraсt stоp pоsirion' асtuаlor is switсhed off by the 1imit
switсh and the indiсator light 9lil illщlinates.
b. set to991e switch пENGINЕ ANт]-IсING 7.2|| 2l1L (12н1) in the п0!'гп
рosition.
- тhe aсtuаtor extends аnd сloses the anti.iсing valve.
N0тЕ Tndiсator light gIrL remаins lit during the closing

operation of the anLi-iоing valve'
- ]n the eхtend stop posilionl aсLuator is swiЕсhed off by thе liлit
switсh and the indiсator liqht gttl eхtinquishes.
92-66 Еngine fire dёtection sysLem

(see fiqures 92-55 to 92-57)
тЬ6 An.rinA fi?A .lёta^ti^n с!гafA?h

^^nсiete ^f
- heat sensitive fire dёtectors 101WG, 102WG fоr engine 1 and 20lWG, 202WG
for engine 2
- сontrol unit 2 4VЕ
- warn!"пg ].ights 104I.jG and 204wG
- test switсhеs 103WG and 203WG
1 сAnArэ']
тhe engine fire deteсtion system moniвоrs рorenrial fire zones of the en-
gine сomрarLments and рrovides a visual warning via 2 пarning lights
labelled г on the instrument рanel 2VЕ in the event of fire оr overheat
оonditions.
вo 105
сIiAPтЕR,] 92
DidA д?
МBв ttЕ].IсoPтЕRs
мAINтЕNANсЕ }.4ANUд], }-lвB - вo 105
) naслri nt i дn
ЕЕ'Е.ЕстIv]тY s/N 7 - 160
тWо heаt*sensitive firе detесtоrs 101WG' 102WG and 201WG, 202WG re-
sPеоtive]y are mounted on eаch eng.ine (see figure 92-56)
When the ambient temPerаture increases in the engine comрartments' thё
.
detectors oрen and thus energize the warning.lights ]-04WG. 204WG thrоugh
тelays in the сontrol unit 24vЕ insta]led in the }оwer рortion оf the in.
strrгcni nаnр'1 2vЕ т^ еnsure а fliсkeт-frоc indicяtinn р.-1tnir ;с
сonneсted in parallel !o the rеl.ay сoi]s сausing a delаy ^ in relаy
energizing and de-energizing.
тhe engine fire deteсtion systeп is supptied wit'h eleсtriсal power via
сilcuit breaker 1I,lв and 2viв t.гIRЕ WARN]NG 1-]тп from the main bus PP21
or, if insЕal]ed' from the emerqеnсv bus PP20.
Е'unctional testing of the systeй is made by Push-Lo-test switсh птЕsт
гIRE" 1OЗWG, 2OзWG. Lаmp t'esting, of wаrning lighrs is by deрressing the
warning lights l04WG, 204!iG.
ЕгЕ'ЕсттvттY s/N 161 and subsёquent
тhe cirсuit breаkers lWв, 2wв пгIRЕ WARNING 1-IIп arе reрlaсеd by fuses
lWG, 2WG. тhe respeсtive сontrol unit is ident'ified 6WG.
вo 105
снAPтЕR 92
Page 148
ltELIс0PтЕR,s
I'{AINтЕNANсЕ },IANUAT, }4вв - B0 105
---1-- - --:1
tl
/>
.-, ,/
,/
3/,/
/
п ,/ ./z
:- l
/ >t'-1t-=*f
--,^*---ll]\
,/7 il ri I
iiF1Еi
I
,-*-
..\
-,1
l,',1,
/ t-, '
-7,-.ъ'э \^J
1 Instrшпent Pane]. 2vЕ Еnq|ines

FiББ:Т6:ТЕЗЕ-БiТТZББs гire deteсtors
(103WG/ 203I.lG) (10lWG, 102WG (1n) ,
Еiтe вarning light s 201lrc, 202wG (RH) )
(104!iG,204VrG)
Еr'гЕсттv1?Y s/N7- 10u з Еleсtriсa]- сonneсtions

;;-i-iф;;-;i-i:;.-
llLlvv, zrrvv/
Cirсuit breаkers (1Wв' 2Wв)
сontro1 unit (2 4\ъ)
Еl'гЕстIvIтY S/N 161. and subsequent
fuses (1!iG. 2WG)

соDtrol. unit (6W6)
92-55 Еngine гire Deteсtion sУstem

вo 105
снАPTER 92
Dдпa 1ДQ
}.4вB IIЕLIсoPтЕRS
МAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL МBв. B0 105
When the fire deteоtors 101WG/201I{G and 20IwG/2a2WG a'e сlosec, both
relays in the control unit 24vЕ are energized and the сirсuits
I04WG/204WG warning light open.
Should one of the two detесtоrs on either the lеft оr right englne оpеn
due to exсessive алbiёnt temperaturе| the respeсtive relay in the сontro]
unlt is de.energized аnd the assoс1ated warning light оircuit сomрlеted '
тhe same effeсt is obtаined by operating the Push-to-test switсhes 10зWG/
203WG, whiсh siпrulaLе an opening of the fire detectors.
lNsтnUМ ЕNт PANЕ L 2vЕ
Г_ MА|N вUs I
2WB
clвculт внЕАкЕв (2WG)
(FUs Е)
coNтRoL UNlт 24 VЕ (6 WG}
l,\
|Г.::.:^^
г|ltЕ UЕ | Er/ I
|v|.'{
I
ILa--+*t-.1
I
I zoz wG 2or wG i
90012?
ЕNGINЕ 2
Engine гire Warning system
BO 105
сttдPTЕR 92
Mвв ltЕlIсOPтERs
мAINтЕNANсЕ I\4ANUAЪ мвв - в0 ]"05
92 - 6.7 тroubleshooting - engine fire deteсtion system
No. TROUBLв sY]4PтoМ PROBABтJЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕсTIVЕ AстI0N
1 Fire lights
warning Defeсtive lamрs. Perform an inteтnal 1amp
104WG' 204WG do not Lest and replaсe de-
illuminаte when feсtivе lamPs, as neсessary.
рrёssing the Рush-
to-test switсhes Defeсtive cirсuit RePlaсe defeсtive сirсuit
103I{G. 20зWG. breaket or fuse. breakёr or fuse.
Defeсtive wiring. Cheсk wiring for сontinuity
using the appliсable wiring
diаgram (refer to WD!,I) .
Replaсe defeсtive wiring, as
nесessarv.
2 Warning light indica- Defeсtive relay in сheсk сontтo] unit and re-
tion at noпnаl tem- thе сontrol unit. placе, if rеquired'
рerature in ёngiпe
^^mn5.tЙ6n!. fire
Defeсtive сheсk file deteсtor and re-
detector. plaсe' if required.
Defeсtive push-to- сh€сk рush-to-test switсh
test sr.,itсh. and replасe, if required.
Defeоtive нiring. Cheсk wiгing for сontinuity
using the appliсablе wiring
diаgram (refer to WDМ) .
Replaсe dёfective wiring,
as necessary.
тable 92-13 Troublеshooting - eпgine fire deteсtion systеm
92 - 68 гunсtional тest . engine fire deteсtion system
N0тЕ гunctional teslinq is рerformed with enqines shut dol'n

and is identiсal fоr thе left and riqht enqine fire de-
ta^ti.ln cl'Gtоm
ЕгE.ЕсттVIтY o S/N ? - 160:

' Push сj-rсuit breakers 1Wв/ 2Wв,
o S/N 161 and subsequent:

дrrосl L luоЕэ rrt\,, ZUIJG.
liarning lights 104}lG. 204WG shall illuminate briefly (mах. 0.5 seс.).
BO 105
сIiAPтЕR 92
}4вB IlЕlIcOPTЕRs
мAINTЕNANсЕ }.{ANUAL !,IBB - вo 105
a. Intelnal Lamp testing

- Press i.rarning lights 104WG, 204!lG.
. Wаrning lights shall i}Luminate.
b. Signаl сiтоuit test ing.
- Press Push-to-test st.litсhes 10зvlc, 20зWG.
- Warning lights 1.04I{G, 204WG shall i]]u'пinate.
92 - 69 R:eпovаl and installatiоn - engine firё detection systeтn
1. Deteсt,оr switches (figure 92-57)
NoтЕ Removal and installation proсedures of the fire de-

tectors are identiоal for both engines, Lн and R!i.
а. Re'поval
- switсh off the he]iсоpter еteсtriса] power supрiy'

- Loosen hex nuts (5) and reпove сogether with serrаt,ed ]oсk Wаshers
(3) and еlectriсal wiring (4) .
- Loosen hex sсrews (].) and remove together r.'ith hex nuts (7)
washe'rs (6) and fire deteсtor (2) . '
'
b. Insta]1аtion
]nstallatiоn is essential1y the reversr of the removal.
NoTЕ observe identifiсation of eleсtriсal wiring when re-

сonneсting t,he wiring.
2. сontrol unit
a. Rёmoval
- Remove lower instrument Panel fаiring aссоrding to сhaPter ? and

hаj:f Aт\/ а..nrdin.' tn
9ч
q,-??
..hrnt6r
v|LgРw9L J. с l I
- Disconneсt the eleсtriсal соnneсtor 6WGa (24vЕa) at the loнer side

of, the сontrol unit 5WG (24VЕ)
- I.oosen round heаd screws with washers аnd remove together with
сontrol unit from the instluгnent Panel.
р.1 1nq
снAPтЕR 92
Page 152
MBB tlЕL]с0PTERs
l'{AINтЕNANсE MANUAт, MBB . Bо 105
b. Installation
Installation is essentially the revеrse of the rerfloval.
1 lleх sсrew
2 Fire deЕeсtor
з serrаted lock washer
4 Еleсtriсal wiring
5 lleх nut
6 Viasher
7 Hex nut
Еigure 92-5? Е'lre Dеteсtor switсh
в0 105
сHAPтЕR 92
Page ]'5з/154
,lvlBB нELIсoPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсЕ }.IANUAL I\,1вв - в0 105
92-10 oil сoo1er f an f ailure warning

е m (figule 92-58)
The oil сooler fan failure warninq svstem сonsists of

- differentiаl pressure switсh 1lЕD
- warning light 10ЕD
1. General
The oil сooler fan fаllure warning systеm monitors the funсtion of the
oi] сooler fan of the main transmission.
2, !'unсtion
тhе diffelentiaL рressuтe switсh 11ED for the оil сooler fan failure
,.^--.1 -- : r^ ^^-r ^-,1 -n
^ the ram air duсt asseп]bly above the oi] cooler (see
figure 92-49) ' If an oil сooler fan fаilure oсcurs. the differenЕial
рressure switсh 1lЕD сompletes
пOIL
the eleсtriс сirсuit of the warning light
]'0ЕD to ground and the light on the instrument Рanet 2vЕ
COOLп
i]luminаtes indiсating fai]ure in Lhe oil сooIer fan system.
PвЕssuRЕ sWlтсH
.-5
I
с:f
t
* NoтЕ тf tЬA Am6?dAn.\' bus is instа]led, сonneсс e ]eсt ri сa1

wiring to PP20.
oil сooler Е.аn Гailure Warning Svsren - sсhematiс Diаq!алl
вo 105
с}IAPтЕR 92
}4вв IiЕL]сoPTЕRs
MA]NтЕNANсE },lANUA! Мвв . в0 105
92 - 1r тroubleshooting - oi] сooler fаn failure wa'niпg systёm
N0. тRoUв!E sY!4Pтo}l PROвAвLЕ сAUsЕ сoRR8стIvЕ AстIoN
Warпing light 1OED Defeсtive differen. Disсonneсt P1ug 450Wа.

пO]t сo0T,п does not tiа] pressцre Wаrning light ].0ЕD пoIL с00I,ll
extinquish when ?08 switсh 1].ЕD. must eхtinguish.
rotor speed
is reachеd.
short сirсuit to Cheсk wiring for continuiLy
g:round in wire using the aррliсable wlring
T'D15Е22 or ЕD15Е22. diagram. Repаir or replaсe
defeоtive wirinq.
Tаble 92-].4 тroubleshooting . oil сooler fan failure wаrning system
92 - 12 r.unctional test - oi1 сoo1er fan failure warning system
1. W1th enginёs off

- сonneоl an external Power unit to the heliсоPte' and switсh on power
suPР1y to the main bus'
l^larning light iOIL с00T,'l 10ЕD must illuminate.
2. With engines running at ?0t N2 RPt'l

- тhё warning light ioI! COOLп musL extinguish when a rotor sрeed of ]0t
is reached.
92 - .|3 Removal and installation - oil оoole! fan failure wаrning svstem
1 nifдArрntiа] n?Assllre switсh 11ЕD
Е'or rёmoval and inst'a]lation refer to сhaрtёr 6з' Lubriсatlоn systeп.'

2. Warning light 10ЕD (4Еv)
Е.or removal end iпsta1lation and for funсtional tests refer io paragraph
УZ-llJ.
B0 105
снAPтЕR 92
Page 156
!4вв I]Еl]сoPтЕRs
}.IAINTENANсЕ МANUAL }4вв - B0 10 5
92 - 14 гUЕ], sYsTЕМ
The fuel system сonsists of:
- frre l qrrnnlrr crrql-am

- fue1 shutоff vаlves
- monitorj.ng systems
92 - .75 .Loсations - fue]. systeп (see figurе 92-59)
сomPonent Lосation
сhapter
Walning Lights Seе paragraph 92-13З ЕLg. 92-9.l
сirсuit breаkers cдo nдrэпrэnЬ o)-''74
Instrшnents q.aa 7,\д f э.rrэnЬ a.]
F11A'] ql]nn1rl elrat 6тn
тogg]'e switсhes 11Q},1. 12Q],1 s/N 7-160 Instrumеnt panel 2vЕ Еiq. 92-11
]'З0М and14QМ s/N 161 and subsequent and гig. 92-60
series D oveтhead рanel ]-2vЕ
Еuel pumps 5QМ and 60М !4ain tank see сhapter б2
l'uеl Рuп]Рs ?QМ and 8QМ suPрly tаnk see сhaрter 62
Е'uel shutoff valves

тogglе switches ЕМЕRGЕNCY Instlumeпt Panel 2\.Е гig. 92-11 to
гUЕL vAlvЕ т-II (104WA 92-1з
аnd 2 04WA}
E'ue] shutoff va1ve 1 and 2 гue] supPly lines between see сhaPter 62
(102WA) suРply tank аnd engines
МoniLorinq instrutnеnts
Еuel quаntiсy trаnsпitter зЕв Supply tank see сhаPter 62
Pressure transmitter 101ЕA Еngine compartment 1 and 2 see сhаPter 62

(201ЕA)
Differential Pressuтe sяitсh Еngine сonPаrtment ]. and 2 see сhaPter 62

103ЕA
tank
F.uel quаntity transmitter 1EB l"lain see сhaPter 62
гuel quantity transmitt€r 2Ев suррly tank see сhaptеr 62
тab}e 92-]'5 I,oсаtion - гuel system
вo 105
сllAPтЕR 92
}.{вB ltЕl]сoPтЕRs
МAINтENANсE МANUAIJ I'{BB - в0 ]"05
92 - 16 Proteсtion of сircuiЕs of fuel system
The following сirсuiL breakers are installеd to proteсt the fuеl system:
с]RсUIт BREAкЕR PROTЕстЕD CIRсUIт tOсAт]0N ]DЕNтIЕ'IсATIoN

Code P!oteс-
t10n
101"1 гuеl рu,тP main tank тnstrшnent- F'UЕL PUМP s },lAтN тANк
4оМ гuel Pump main tank рanel 2vЕ, гUЕL PUI4PS },1A1N тANк
2QМ гuel pшnP see chaPter rUEL PUМРs SUPPIY тANK
tank 91
100!'r rue] рuпlP Е.UЕL PUl,IPs sUPPlY тANк
tank
J i!, п.l1A 1 .r11эnf i tv
iIldiсator
2t Low fuel warning Instrшnent
]Е 1A r'!16.] nfA e с11f6
indicator кн sl'oe
9Е гllо1 f i .l t Ar .'] eAA.ьэntAr
^.r-
i n.r i nd i .':t 91
^ ^r.
1WA зA Еuеl shut,оff ЕМERG. I'UЕL vAI,vЕ I
valve 102WA
2wъ JA Гuel shutoff ЕМЕRG. гUЕ! vAlvЕ II
vatve lt lu zwA
-LaD.te I Z-1b Protection - Е.uel systеm
в0 105
сJiAPтER 92
Pа гrд 1БA
}4вв нЕт,тсOPтЕRS
1'1AINт8NдNсЕ мANUA], Mвв . БU tUэ
-:a
. :"t-:==:: ==:'"-z-'
1Г-
/ i\,
i- -.r '
Ё]_
| ..r'
t -'--
Ь //
ir
I
./ ./
2u,5 ./
,
_\'
\\
v\
.\*т--'
-'_-\_._,______J
(2vЕ )
(].Q}4, 4QI'{; 20М, 10Ql.1)
ЕЕ'гЕстш1тY s/N 7 - 160

тoggle switсhes (30l"l, 9Q!,1)
2 Fuel puяtp - supply tank (8QМ}

? E'lrо,1 nrrmn - mAin t.^nl. lqnМl
4 гuel purпр - main tank (6Q!4)
5 гuel Puпtр - supрly tank (]Q!,1)
6 Ovelhead рanel (12vЕ )
ЕЕr.ЕстIvIтY s/N 161 aпd subsequent

тoggle switсhes (11QМr 12Qм' 1зQМ, 14Q1.1)
Еigure 92-59 Е,uеl Е.eed system
гt,llDтFD o,
!,1BB llЕLIсoPтЕRs
}4AINтЕNANсЕ }.,1ANUA! }.1вв - вo 105
Е.iоure 92.60 Blank
вo 105
сllдPтвR 92
Page 160
ЦЕLIс0PTЕRs
Р1AINTЕNANCЕ I.IANUAL I'1BB - B0 ]05
92..71 Еue1suрРly sysbem (see fiqure 92.61)

1. Gеnrral
the fue1 supply system.сons ists. of two fеed syst,ems whiсh' indepеndent
оf eасh oсhеr, supрly fue}.to the Ll.i аnd RI.i engine' Еor this purpose, two
fue} pumps eасh are instаlled in Lhe main tank 5Ql4 аnd 6Ql4 anii in сhe
s ]рP1y tank iQ[',{ aпd 8Qi'4.
Еuel pumрs 5QМ and 60l,t of main tаnk are suррlied wi|h power from mаin bus
PP 21 viа сirсuit breakеrs 1Ql"l aпd 4Qм аnd.iogg].e s!,litсhes 11QМ аnd 12QM.
Еtjеl pumрs ?Ql4 and 8Ql,t of supрlУ t'ank arе suррriea wilh рower from PP2i
viа сirсuit breakers 2Ql'4 аnd 10Ql'1 аnd togg]e. switсhes 1зоl4 and 14Ql,1.
ЕЕгЕстIVITY Series D
10Qм is сoпnесЕed to emеrgenсy bus PP20.
8QM
[,lai ntеnаnсе /insрeсt ion and rеmova1 and instal]at'ion

proсedures are desсribed in сhаpter 62.
мA|N вUs
Г__ clRсU|т
BвЕАкЕв
oпn 4 aм 2 QI\4
'
INsтRUмЕNт
PANEL
2vЕ
"]Гсм-_l
Г
"t
]1 Оl.'l 12 Qм ]з QМ
i___l
ovЕвнЕAD
PАNЕL
12 VЕ
[Бнй-вo
--lГ_ i-rснт-
*-l
5Qм
L__
t00t?5 МАlN тANK
It_ sUPPLY тАNк
Еigurе 92-61 Еuеl геed sys tеm

B0 105
с]IAPтЕR 92
Page 761
MAINтЕNАNоЕ МANUAL вo 105
@.uгoооptег
92-1в тroubleshooting _ suPР|y systom
'uol
NO TRoUвLЕ sYinPToМ PRoвAвLЕ сAUsЕ coвRЕотlvЕ Аст|oN
Fuel рцmp (5Qм' 6оi/t' 7aм' Detgciivo сkоUit breaker (1QM' Roрlaс6 оirсUit brвakgr.
8OM) inoperative 4Qln' 2oM' 10QМ)
Dofective toggle switсh вep|aсв togglё switсh.
EFFЕст|v|тY
s/N 7-160: зQl.l' gQM
S/N 161 and subsoquent:
11Qм' 12aм' 13Qм' 14QM
Dofective eIoсtriоal wiring сhaсk eloctrlсаl wiring tor

coлtinUity using thg apр|iсаblо
Wiring diagram (r6tor to WDм)
and rep|ace defeсtive Wiring.
D6feсtive luel
'uol
таb|o 92.17 тroub|oshooting - fueI sUpp|y system
92 -79 Funсt|onаl tёst - tuel supply 8ystem
NoтE тhg followiпg |unctiona|test must be оarried out aftgr hаving сhangedoлe or more e|еоtri.
сa| оompononts, cab|es, e|oсhioа| сonnвctions, etc. of tho fu€| supp|y systom.
1. Еnginos must bo shut down.
2. сonneсt and switch oп exterпal power suрPly unit, soo para 92-э3.
3. set BATтERY l',|АsтER switcn to вAт oFF/ЕPU oN.
cHAPТER Rovision 21
Рaga 162
@.u,o.оptег MA|NтЕNANсЕ мANUАL вo 105
сAUт|oN lN cAsЕ oF ЕMPтY FUЕL тАNKs, тHЕ МAxlМUM DtY RUNN|NG Тl|\,l Е oF FUЕ I
PUI4PS мUsт Noт EХсEЕD 15 NiIN.
4. PUsh сircuit breakers (1oм,4Qi.,l for mаin tank,2QM, 10ol,4 for supp|y taпk)
5. set toggle switсhes for fuе| рumps in positioп ..oN''.
ЕFFЕст|V|тY From s/N 7.160 lnsta|led ln |nstrцment panel 2vE

lйain tank LH/Rн 3QМ
supply tank LHIпH gQM
s/N 161 and subsoquёnt; instal|ed |n overhead раnёl 12vЕ

Main tank 11Qt\л LH' 12Qм RH
supply tank 13Qм LH' 14Qм RH
6. operation o' the rospective fuei pump must bo аtJdible.
EFFEстlvlтY Fuel pumP ln the suPply lank

Dua| fuel pressura indiсator reading for the rвspeсtive fuel рUmp must ba withiп the
speоilied |imits (roler to FLМ).
Fuol pцmр ln the mаin tank

Dua| fUel quantlty indicator reading must inсrease on the supply side.
7. set togglg switсhes iп positioп ..oFP and pu|| сircuit broakers.
92 - 80 Fuel shutoff system (see tigute92-62't

тhe eleсtriоal system for fuel shutotf consists of:
- two emergency luel vаlves' 102WA and 202WA for enging 1 and engine 2 respeсtively
- two togg|a switchёs 104WА and 204WА and
- two сirсцit breаkers 1WA and 2WA for oroteсtion

тhe emergenсyjuel valves arc motor-opвratad va|ves, instal|ed in th6 two fuo|leеd linos brtweвл supp|ytank
andenginos iп tho LH аnd RH fusolаge side shell rrspeсtively (see figuro 92-63). ln an emergency (e.g. fire},
th6 fue| supрly to the enginos сan thus bo interrupted.
тhe motors ar6ofthe dцa|fieldwinding conliguretion, with onё winding eaсh foropening and closing oporation.
тhey ar6 activatod by togg|6 switсhes 104WA' 204WA "Еl.,lЕRG. FUЕL vALvЕ l-tP. тoggle sйitЬhas are
instal|ed in the iпstrumsni panel 2vЕ and proteоted by safety.-сovers.Тhв motors arв аutoйЬtica|ly switched
otl by l|mit switсhos.
тhe system is supp|i6d with e|6о.triсa| power via cirсuit brвakers 1WA, 2WА "ЕмrЕRG. FUЕL VALVЕ t-|l'' lrom
main bus PР 21 or emergenоy bus PP 20 raspeсtjve|y,
ЕFFЕстIvlтY seriвs D
Е|eсtrical power is supp|ied from conпectiоп 1 of fuso 25Р at the instrument panвl 2vЕ.
circuii breakers 1WA' 2WA "EMERG. FUEL VALVЕ |_ll''
NoтE For removal, instа|lation aпd leakаge test proceduros reler to сhapter 62.
With сircuit breakers pushed and toggIo switсhes in th6'CLoSЕD'' position, tho motors wi|| closo tho valves
in the fuе| lines and thus shut otl the fuel supply to the aпginos.
'egd
Flevision 21 сндртвн s2
Pags 163
[,'A|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
@-.,..орtег
мAlN вUs
сlвculтвпЕ^кЕR сlRсulтвпЕAкER zWA

'WA
г_ оLosЕD l_ сLosЕD
\l
Г oPЕN \д
-?
oввш
:--Y
тoGGLЕ sWтон 1 04WA тoGGLЕsW|тсн 204WА
ЕмЕRG. FUЕLvALvЕ ,Е31Еля.FUЕLv^LvЕ l
з,
I
I Figure 92-62 Fuol shutotf systom
оHАPтЕн 92 пevision 21
Pagв 164
?еuгoоопteг itlAlNтЕNАNоЕ I,'ANUАL вo ]05
:.'1::#'..-#+ё1
2 еfirliс,encу fua| va|ue е02wА'|

RH ongiпe
3 ЕmэroёLcv valve 1102WА)

Ltl engiп6 'uel
Figuro 92-63 Locations - Fuel shutotf system I
вevision 21 сHAPтЕFi 92
Pagё 165
МAINтЕNANOЕ MANUAL вo 105
вLANK PAGЕ
oHAPТЕR 92 Revision 21
Pаge 166
@*.,'o.орteг MA|NтЕNANoЕ ilnANUAL вo 105
92 - 81 тroublrshooting - luel shutofl system
NO. тRoUвLЕ sYMPтoM PRoвАвLЕ сAUsЕ coRRЕcтlvЕ Aст|oN

'1. Еmergвncy fue| valvё 102WAor Defaоtive tuel valvo Rep|aсe luo| va|vё.
202WA пeither ooens nor
closes.
Defeсtive circuit brеaker 1WA or Roрlaсe сircuit breаker.
2WА
Defective ioggle switch 104WA Fl6р|aсa toggIe sWitсh.
or 204WA
Dеtеоtive в|eсtriсa| Wiring Choсk wiring for оontinUity Using
the appliсab|e wiring diаgrаm
rёъr Io wDM) and rep|ace
dofectivё wirino.
Tab|o92-18 тroubleshooting-fue| shutot{sysiem -

I
92-82 Funсtlonа| lest -fue| shutotl system
l
NoтЕ тhe fo|towing tost must be carried out after replacoment o{ one or both |ua| shutott vatves.
.l. Еngines must bo shut down l
l
2. сonneсt aпd switсh on external рower supply unit' see рara 92_33.
3. set вАттEFiY MАsтЕн switch to BAт oFFlЕPU oN. l

4. Push сircuit b'eaker 1WA,2WA..ЕMЕRG. FUЕL VАLVЕ Flr,.
l
5. с|ose emergenсy luel valve.
a' Flemovo sаfety сoverof togg|e switch 104WA' 204WА,ЕмЕRG. FUЕL VALVE |-||"and settogg|e switоh l
l
to the'.сLosЕD'' positioп.
l
b. с|osiпg ofemergenоyfue|valve mustbo audible. Еmergency fuolvalvo mustswitch of'whenlutlyclosed. t
ЕFFEстIv|тY s/N 7-€50

Pointer in sight glass of emergoncy fuel valv6 must point at .F'.
S/N 351 and subsequenl
Position of mechaniсal seo-fee| indicator at еmergenсy fuel valve;
Flevision 21 оHAPтЕR 92
Pago 167
@-u-.орtег
I\лAINтЕNANoЕ }iANUAL вo 105
! 6. open emergency luе| valvв.

I ,l04WА,
l a. Set togg|e switch 204WA "ЕмЕRG. FUЕL VALVЕ l-l|'' to the..oPЕN'' position and reinsta||tho
l sаfoty сover.
T
l ь. opening ofemergeпсyillelvalve mustbo audiblo. Еmrrgencyfu6lva|Vв must switoh otfwhon tul|yopeп.
EFFЕстlv|тY s/N 7-350

Pointer in sight glass of emergenсy fuol valvo must рoint at "0'.
s/N з51 аnd subsoquent
Position oi meсhaп|сa| seф.fёe| indiсator at emergeпсy luol vаlve:

::i.t
, . .E}iЕRG. FUЕL VALVЕ
lI 7. PUll оkcuit breakе' 1WA, 2WA |-lr.
II
I 92 - 8з Leаkаgo tsst - luel shutoff system
1. c|ose emergenоy fuel valves as desоribed in pa'а 92-{2.
2. Switch on {uel pumps in the supply tank.

Th6ra must be no pressuro iпdication on tha dua|'uе| prossuro lndicator.
3. oрen emorgenсy va|vas as descriЬed in paё 92-{,2.

pressura o| 0.7 bar must Ьe shown on the dual fuo| Prsssuro indicаtor.
A minlmum Pump 'ue|
4. switch o|t luel рumps.
Pag6 168
|{!.т,т.^DтгD'q
]'{AINтЕNAI{сЕ мANUAL Mвв - в0 105
92-84 l.,Ionitoring - f uе1 su ppf y system

.systems
The fоllowing monitоring are installed for сontinuous monitoring of
fhо frla] ct'qt AYn.
. fuel quаntity monitoring' see сhaрter 9].

- loli fue] warning, see parаgraph 92-85
- fuel рressure пonitoring' sеe сhaPter 9].
- fuel filter bypass warning, see parаgraph 92-86
92 - 85 low fuel warning systeп (see figure 92-64 and 92-65)
'I ne 10w fuel wаrning system Providеs warning 1ight indiсation whеn а
^^ -+ ^,1- fuel level }imit is reaсhed дrl LrlЕ JцPIJry Larl^ l
тhe ]ow fuеl warning tlansnj.tter 3EB сonsists of a float interconnected
switс]r contact and is 1oсated i n iha еllnn'] rr t эnl-
Егl'Ест1vIтY s/N 7 - 120

Warning indicаtion is via warning light ]Ев пLoW
гUЕlп on the instrщnеnt panel and via аdditional
rеd warning light locatеd in the lower pоrtion of
the duаl fuel guаntity indiсаtor эЕБ.
Warning indiсation is via wаrninq ,]i^h+ ?гD пт /1г^т
гUЕLп.
тhe systeл is supрlied with eleсtriсаl Power via fuse 2E from thе main
bus PP21 o! emergenсy bus PP20. lаmp testing is пrаde by deрressing the
test switсh 6Е8 пTЕsт WARN. ],IGltTsп.
в0 105
сilAPтЕR 92
Mвв ttЕъIсoPTвRs
}',1A]NтЕNдNсЕ мANUAL l'1вB - !,U J. Uэ
L. гunction
]f fuеl level in the supрly tаnk fa11s
Lhе below the pеrmissible liпdt,
the float сloses thе switсh сoпtaсt in the 1ovl fuel warning tтansmitter
and thus the warnino liqht сirсuit.
|иА|N вUs
A
UAL FUЕL oUANт|тY
тЕsт sWlтсн
Пl
, olti
'1ff
16ww
\s/
(P{,4t1
-----J
( i'l'l.r6i*
'rJ-' \r'i
--?---?-"
I
LoW FUЕ L WAnN|NG
таANsмlттE Fi зЕв WARNING LlGнт 7E
9001?з
Е'igure 92- 64 low гuel Warning system
в0 105
с}lдPтЕR 92
Pagё 1?0
ItЕтJIсoPтЕRs
}.1A]NтЕNдNCЕ I',IANUAL мвв - вo 105
II
/ t!
I
ь ,/ ,
{^.. tr=-.-.-.-.---'
-l.'Y
'ffi)-\
.-...-.\. ,,/ r'
-_Т/l,
г]ffi€=ffi.-7a1}t=''
;Ji[]l
/1
Tiг-l JhtrБ|,Э=
у)E='1i<Jg_:\.*ftl, _._ lll \
:/',,1L--.-.S*
V Г_
i
I
Inst ru.тent pаnel (2vЕ)

! use zE
Dual fuel guantitv indiсator 5ЕB
Waтning light' ?ЕB
тest s!,itсh 6Ев
2 suррlv tank
low fuel warning transmitter зЕB
Еigure 92-65 Lосations' I,ow гuel Warning systёm

вo 105
сllдPтЕR 92
Page 171
[,IBв }1Е!]с0PтERs
I,1AINтЕNANсE },IANUA! },1вB - бU .rUэ
з. тroubleshooting - Low Е'ue] Warning system
N0. тRoUвlЕ sY}4PTo!.,I PRoвABlЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIvЕ AсTION
Warning light n6fa^f i rra f1re.6 ?l' Replace fuse.

lOW гUЕ], |l 7ЕB
|i
1nopеrafive. DefeсLive diode 9Ев. ГЬoл]z r],i nrla . rдn] эna i f nд-
сessаry.
Defective bulbs. Reрlaсe buJ.bs.
Defeсtive eleсtrica] сheck wiring for cont inuity
wiring between mаin us j-ng
the apрliсаble Wiring
L..^ ^-l ,.---;6&
wol- llдrrч diagram аnd replасe defective
lighu. wrr.].ng.
ЕFгвст]vIтY s/N '1 - 120
llarning light Defeсuive fuse зЕ. Replaсe fuse.

located in duaJ- Defeсtive bulb. Replaоe bu1b .
g..
! цеt] чцarrL
€..^
-..Аi+ r'i g.y
indiсator 5ЕB nafan+ i rra a l6.t ri
â1 Cheсk wiring for сontinuity
i n^n6 Fэt i !76 wiring bеtween main using the appliсable wiring
bus аnd dual fuel diagram (refеr to WD}4) and
quantity indiсator. replасe defeсtive wiring.
Defeсtive eleсtriсal Cheсk wiring for соnt inuity
wiring between !rar- using thе aPрlioable wiring
ning light ?Ев and diagrап (refer to WDм) and
цua.! l. це-l чц4rl
-..^-!:!.. Lд L.y replaсe defeсtive wiring, as
indiсator ' reguired.
Both warning Lights Defeсtive trаns- Pan'] a.A t rэneпi tto)"
i n^narat- i va nj.tter зЕB.
nof Ant 'i \16 A'] A.t r'i
^э'1 Cheсk wiring fol сont iпцity
.',; n'
wдl -; lrlЧ ь^9. wЕЕlr
!с L '^ ^. using the aPpliсable wiring
transmitter and war- diagram (refer to t'iDм) and
ning light 7Ев. rеplaсe drfeсLive wiring, as
required.
Table 92-19 тroubleshooting - I,ow fuel warning system
N0тЕ 'I"laintenance /insPесt ion' remova1 and installatiоn refer tо

сhaрter 62.
Bо L05
снAPтЕR 92
Page 172
мвв нЕт,тсOPтERS
I4AINтЕNANсE }{ANUAI l.1BB - вo 10 5
92 - 86 Differential fue] рressure (вYPAss) warning system

(see figures 92*66 and 92-67)
t. 6eлera1
Тhe system provides warning light indiсation on сhe insсrument pane] 2vЕ
when fue] filters in the engine assembly fuel Pumрs are сontаminated.
Differential Рressure switсhes 10зЕA' 2oзEA, installed in the byРass
lines of the fuel filters arё used as sigтal transmitters'
тhey сonsist of diaphragm-operated switсhes, whiсh close r''hen fuel
inсreases. Indiсation
рrеssure пЕ'тт,т is provided by warning light 1ЕA with
'Fr'рndq .1пfnт t\р T'H enсinо аnd пF'тт'т ?п fnr tho Rн an.rin. тЬa
system is supplied with eleсtriсal рower via fuse 9Е froп the main bus
PP2j. and emergenсy bus PP20 resрeсtively. lanP testing is by deрressing
test switсh 6Ев 'тЕsт WARN. l,Ic}tтs".
2. Е'unсtion
lteavy сontалination of the fuel filterl сauses a рressure inсreаse in the

bypass ]ines. тhe diffeIentia] рressure switсh will c1ose and thus
, сomPlete the warning ]ight сi!сuit.
МА|N вUs
sWlтсH 6Eв
":g+-
вYPАss
l
вYPАss l
D|ЕЕЕltЕNт|АL DIFFЕRЕNт|AL
PвE ssU вЕ swlтсH .Ъ PвЕ ssuRЕ swlтсн
.tryw! Г-zТ\-l\l !оww сЭ 20з ЕА
!
гigure 92.66 Different,iаl гuel Prёssure vlarninq svstёm
в0 105
сI]APтЕR 92
Раоe .i / J
}.,1вв нЕ],IсoPTERs
l'1AINTЕNANсЕ l',lANUAl !,1вB
--,-_--+!
/I
',.1r:iг
\,
Ё t+
/,! rl rtl
i*-
I
il
/,/
/,/
|i\ ittГ
lЁ,sв.lj l -
l-
(--1 ]Гl
'.:уJA'/'
il
90o11з
o./ .4t :_:-jЬ \!*i
тn сt r]lmant r\эna'] /?\7!'l

! usё 9E
Warning light 1ЕA
тest switсh 6Е8
2 Differentiаl Pressure switсh 10 3ЕA
J Diffёrential Pressure switch 203ЕA
Еigure 92-67 l'ocations' Differential Fuel Pressure Wаrnino svstem
B0 105
с}iAPтЕR 92
Paqё ].7 4
tlЕl]с0PтЕRs
}1AINтЕNANсЕ i'1ANUAL I'4вв - во 105
:--=:- ="=--:---r
2iJ.з
,. -47-
iг t'т]
/t
-ъ --.iГ_
П
-==j..в=- .r')
ilr /,/
t,r*jfi,;f <
-*у f +'-..-
\-J
InstrumenЕ .--
раnel (2vЕ)
Еuse эЕ
vlаrnlng }ighL 1ЕA
тest swi.tсh 6ЕB
2 DifferentiaI pressure swit'сh 10зЕA
з DiffeleпЕia] plеssurе switсh 2 0зЕA
Еigurе 92-58 Loсations,' Differential Pue] Pressule Warninq svsteп
B0 105
CtlAPTЕR 92
Rev. 1 Рage 175
?*.,..opteг мAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
92 - 88 Loсations - соntrol systems
сoMPoNENT LoоAтloN FIGUFIE
Warning lights see рaragraph 92-l з3 t 92-97
оircuit brёaker see рaragrаph 92*89 I 92-11 to 92-13
Hydrauliс svstеm
l НydrauIic switсh_over rёlay 6Dв Instrumeпt pаnel 2VЕ I 92-68
l Hydrautiо test switch 5DB |пstrument рanrl 2vЕ I 92-68 and 92-11 to 92-13
Pressure switсh systёm 1' 2o8;

Prossure switch system 2' 4Dв;
Мiоroswitch 10Dв1 to ] 0Dв6;
see chaрleг 43
Hydrau|iо unit
t 92-68
solвпoid va|ve 8Dв
cvсlic stiсk trim

Аоtuators 6cс and 7сc Nose shell Fiq.92-71
Four-way switсh 2cc сyсliо stiск grip з/4VЕ Fig.92-71
Еlotraсtion aпd extension relаy Relay box 10vЕ Еig' 92-в апd g2-9
6сc to 11cс
Тablo 92.21 Locations - оontro| systems
92 - 89 Proteсtion ol сlrсuits o' сontrol systems

Тhe following сircuit broaкers are installed to protect thё сontrol systems:
clвоUtТ BRЕAKЕR PRoтЕстЕD LoсAтloN |DЕNтIFIсAт|оN

сoDЕ PпoTЕстloN cIRсUlт
1DB Hydrauliоsys. |nstrument нYDнAULIO (s/N 7 - 160)'
tem рanel2vЕ HYDн. оoNТRoL (s/N 161
and subsoquent),
HYDR' sYsтЕl,,l (series o'
св-5' овs-5 aпd Dвs-s)
оyoliсstick |пstrument тFllмМlNG'
рana| 2vЕ тR|fu.l АстUAтoRs (s6ries D'
св-5' свs*б aпd
тaь|e 92-22 Proteоtion o, сontlol systems
сHAPТЕR Revraion 22
Page 176
?euгoоогtег мA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
92 - 90 Hydrаu|iо system (se6 |igures 92-68 thru 92-70)
NoтЕ For doscriPtion' maiпteпanсeлnspeсtion, remova| and iпstal|ation refrr to ohapter 43.
Tho hydrauliс system uti|izes а hydrаu|ic рressure monitorjng system and аn electriса|ly initiated system
sWitсh-оver.
I
B
s'
х
й
'l |nstrumeпt panel (2VЕ) 2 Dual hvdrauiic booster

cirсuit breaker (1 Dв) Pressuro switch, system 1 (2DB)
Warniпg light (7Ев) Prёssurв swilоh, system 2 (4DB)
Warning llght (3Dв) sol6noid vаlve (8Dв)
Hvdraulic test switсh (5Dв) мiсroswitсh system switch..оver
l т6st switсtr 1oвв1 (10Dв1' 10DB2' 10DB3' 10Dв4'
в8lay (6Dв) 10DB5' 10Dв6)
Diode (7Dв)
Priпted сircuit board (1WW)
Figure 92-68 Loсations - Hydrau|Ic system
Flovision 22 сHAPТЕR 92
?age 177
?-.,..орteг MAINтЕNANсЕ ilIАNUAL Bo 105
92 -91 llydrаulic pressure monitoring system (se€ flgure 92-€9)
1. DesсriDtion
Eaоh system (1 and 2) is equipped with a pressure switсh 2Dв' 4Dв. тhe pressure switch is hydrau|iсa||y
operated aпd оloses wheп hydrau|iс рressure lal|s be|ow 72-65 bar. Warning iпdication is via Warning |ight
3Dв' with legends'.HYDFi. '1'' and ''HYDR. 2'', located on the instrument рane| 2vЕ.
тhe system is sUpp|ied with eIectriсаlрower from main bUs PP21 oremergency bцs PP20 via сircЦit breaker
1Dв .нYDRАULiс" (slN 7-160)' "HYDR. сoNтRoL', (s/N 161 and subseqцent) or "HYDR. sYsтЕM"
(series D, св$-5 and DBs-s). Lamp testiпg of Warniпg |ights is сarrieф.out by means of test switоh 6Е8
'.ГEsт WARN. LlGHТs".
cIRоUlт впЕАKЕR
1Dв
WARN|NG LIGHт 3Dв 17WW
PRЕssURЕ PпЕssUнЕ
sWlтcH i; sW|ТсH
sYsТЕIl,4 2 sYsТЕM 1
;' 4BD 2Dв
3l
lttl
6 lp lр
Figure 92-69 Hydrau|iс pressurе monitoring systвm
сHAPтEB Revision 22
Page 178
}tЕlтсoPтERs
MA]NтENANсE MANUAI' }.,lвв - в0 105
Troфleshooting - hydrauliс рressure monitoring
N0. тROUв!Е sY!'lPтO}.,l PROвAв1Е сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIvЕ AстION
No indiсation froпI Pressuтe switсh 2Dв сheck рrеssure switсh and

warning light 3DB or 4Dв not сlosed. )"ёn.]аÂ яc rопrli rо.l
пнYD 1п or пIIYD 2п
аlthough systeтn is nAf о.t i tr6 пi rnl',i t Cheсk сi rсlli t Ь-eаkдг. re-
llnnrосqllri u ari breaker LDB. plaсе. as required,
Defeсtivе diode ?Dв. Cheсk diode and reрlaсe as
required.
Both 1 nps of еither Cheсk borh lаmРs аnd reрlaсe
warning light de- ao ! rЧцд.L gt!].
т\^.^^+,]..^ .'i ''i *-

пдддllч. Chесk wiring for сontinuity
using the apр]iсable wiring
diagram (refer to WDМ) '
Reрair or reР].асe' аs neсes-
sary .
i.]arning light пнYD ]'п Pressure switch 2DB Cheсk pressure switсh аnd
or пнYD 2п illцmi- or 4Dв does not rоn,] :.6 эc roпlli rд'.l
lrcLeD. -1+L^..-L
af L lr\J цчrr oPen.
сll clam i
qh^f|
urized. î -д''i + +^ Cheсk wiring foт сontinuity
ground. using the aрp]iсable wi ring
diagram (refer to WDl,l). Re-
pair or reР1aсе, as neсes.
SarY,
Table 92-23 тroubleshooting - liydlauliс pressure monitоring
в0 105
CHдPтЕR 92
Рage 1?8A/в
мAINTЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
?-..,.o.орtег
2. тroubIeshooting - hydrauIiо prеssurв monitoring system I
No. TROUвLЕ sYt\,lPтoM PRoBAвLЕ сАUsЕ сoRRЕсТ|VЕ AстloN
'1. No indicаtion from warning |ight Pressure switch 2DB or 4Dв сheсk pressura switсh aпd re.
3Dв "HYDR. 1', or ''нYDR. 2', not с|osed p|aсo as required
allhough system is unpressur-
ized
Defвоtive cirоuit breaker 1Dв cheсk сirоuit breaker and rф
plaсo аs lequired
Defective diode 7Dв оheсk diode and rep|ace as rф
quired
вoth iamps oi either Wаrning сheоk both |amps and replaсe
Iight deleсtiv6 as required
Defeсtive wiring check wiring tor оontiпuity us-
ing the аppIiсable wiring dia-
gram (refer to WDl'.t). Repаk or
rep|aоe' аs nесessary
.1"
Warning light 3Dв ''HYDR. or Pressure switch 2Dв or 4Dв сheсk pressurs switоh and rФ.
"l-tYDR. 2" illuminates, although does not oPеn p|aсo as required
system is prassurized
short оkоuit to ground chеоk wiring for оontinuity us-
ing tho app|iсable wiring dia.
gram (refer to WDM). Repair or
rвp|ace' as neоessery
Тab|e 92-23 тroubleshooting - hydrauliо pressure monitoring system I
Revision 22 сHАPTЕFi 92
Pagв 179
Ф.u,o.орtег MAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
92 _ 92 Еlectr|сally inltiated system swltсh-over - hydrau|ic system (refer to Figurr 92-70)
,1.
Dеsсription
Eaоh of thв threo aоtuators of hуdraulic system 1 is equiрped with two miсroswitсh assys 10Dв1i 10Dв2,
10D83/10Dв4' 10Dв5/10Dв6. Еaсh microswitсh assy оoпsistsoftwo miоroswitоhes сorineоted inparal|el.
l' a contro| spooI jamming oоcurs iп an aоtuator of sysiеm 1, tho overrido meсhanism actuatвs one of the
miоroswitоhes' energizing the re|ay 6Dв (evеn after a very short period of actuation), Whiсh then сIoses
the solenoid Valvo 8Dв. The re|ay 6DE} is se|f-|oсking in а ho|ding circuit via one oi its сontaсts and the
hydrau|iо test switоh 5Dв. Dua to th6 relaУs 6Dв ho|diпg cirсuit, the solenoid va|ve 8DB remains eneroized
and thus сlosed.
тhe so|enoid vаIve 8Dв оloses the pressure supp|y Iine of system 1 to the shUttle va|Vo and оonnects Iпe
syslem-]-line oj the shuttle valvo to thв low pressurв rёturn line. Тhis situation for the shuttle valve now
looks likg а loss of pressurs insystem ,1 and as a reaсtion it оloses the se|оctor vаlve of syslеm1 and oрens
'
the se|eсtor valve of system 2: the actuators of system 2 аrs pressurized' the actuato;s of system arei
on idIe. Now thg conlrol sрoo|s ol the аctuators of system 2 сontro| the he|iсopter instead o| ihg jammed
control spools ot system 1.
The second contасt ol the relay 6Dв c|oses the оirсuit o' warning |ight 7ЕB "ilY вLoсK', on tho instrumeпI
pane| 2VЕ' which il|uminаtes' indicating tho switсtr-оver to system 2.
ЕFFЕот|v|тY Dua| hydrau|iс boosters with P/N 10н3001, 10н3011, 105_45028 with
cАА-Rekofilkit 105-45018' 10}45039 and 1 05-450390
lп addition to ''HY вLoсK'wаrning, pressure switch 2Dв wi|| сlose and warning |ight 3DB ''НYDR. 1'' wiIl
illuminate,
FUnсtionа| le.s.ting o!]цqsy9tem is сarried-out by means ot hydrauliо test switсh 5Dв "HYDRAUL,' (s/N
7-160) or,'HYDR. тЕs]" (s/N 161 and subsequent) oп the instrument panel 2vЕ. Тhe switсh is spring
loaded to рosition 'тЕsT' ('HYDR |l'.) аnd "FiЕSЕT'. h position'тЕsт' ("I.|YDR lt') it simulates a contro]
spooljamming in an actuatoг o' systёm 1 by energiziпg the relay 6Dв. In рosjtion ,'FtЕsЕT' it deeпergizes
the sell-locking relаy 6Dв by opeпing the holding сiгсuit. тhe origina| situ;tion (system1 active) is thй re.
stored.
тhe system is sUpp|ied with eleсtriсa| рower from main bus PP21 or emergenсy bus PP2o vjacirоuit breaker
1DB'НYDRАULIo" (s/N 7-160)' "HYDв. coNтRoLj (s/N 161 and subseЬuent} or,'HYDR. sYsтEМ"
(se]ies D' cвs-s and Dвs-6). Lamp tёsting ot Warning |ights is сarrieф-оut by meаns o' test switch 6Ев
'тЕsТ WAFtN. LIGHтs".
сHAPTЕR tlevisioп 22
Page 180
мAINтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
Ф.u,o.оptег
t\,tA|N вUs
LoW FUЕL
WARN|NG sYsтЕМ
9Ев
с|RсUlт BнЕАKER
lDB
WARNING LIGHт 7Ев

rIt LOW FUEL
WARN|NG sYsTЕм
IE
D<l
soLЕNoID тЕsт sW|тсH
VALVЕ 8Dв 6Ев
jт.
+-L
,lr
+L
l\,{|овosWlтоH м|снosw|TсH
AssY 10Dв3' 10D84 AssY t0D85' 10Dв6
оoLLЕстlvЕ оoNтl
' Figure 92-70 Еlectriоa||y initiated system swilch-оver I
Revisioп 22 сHAРTEFI 92
Page 181
@-.,..орtег MА|NТЕNANсE МANUAL Е}o 105
l 2' тroubleshooting _ eleсtriсally initiated system switоh-оver- hydrauliо sуstem
No. ТttoUBLЕ sYМPТoM PвoвAвLЕ сАUsЕ сoннЕстlVЕ AсTloN

1. No indiсation from warning Iight Defeсtive re|ay.6DB cheсk оoi| and сonlaсts and re.
7Еp "HY вtoсK' during over. plaоe re|ay as rеquired
rjde or tёsting
Ueleстlve dlooe /UB сheоk diode аnd reрlaсe as re-
quired
,l
Defeсtive сirоuit breaker DЕ} chесk сirоuit breaker and re.
plaсe. as required
Мiсroswitсh assy doёs not сheсk microswitch and rep|aсe
close as required
Defeсtive hydrau|ic test switch chеck hуdrauIiо test switсh and
5DB rёp|aсe as required
Both |amрs of warning |ight de. Check tamps and replaсe as re-
feсtiva quiгed
Defeсtive e|eсtrical wiring Cheсk wiring for сontinuity Us-
ing the applicable wiring dia-
gram (refer to WDп,1). Flepair or
roplaоs as necessary
Warпing light 7EЕ} ''HY вLocK' сoпtaсt of relay 6Dв does not оheсk re|ay contact and re.
does not extinguish oрen р|aоe relay as required
Мiсroswitсh assy dоes not open сheck miсroswitсh апd replaсe
as required
Defoсtive hуdrauIic test swilсh сheсk hydrau|iс tёst switоh and
5DB replace аs required
SoIeпoid valve 8DB сIoses lor a Defective relay 6Dв Cheсk сoi| aпd contacts and re-
short lim6 only plaоe relay as required
Defective e|eоtriсal wiring Cheсk wiring for сontiпuity us.
ing the app|iсab|e wiring dia-
gram (refer to WDМ). Reраk or
repIaсr as necessary
| тaь|e 92-24 тroubleshooting _ e|ectrica|ly iпitiatеd system switоh-over - hydrau|ic system (1 of 2)
сHAPтЕR Rovision 22
Page 182
МAINтЕNANсЕ МАNUAL вo 105
@euгооoRtег
No. тROUвLE sY[/.|PТol',! РROвABLЕ сAUSE coвRЕсТ|VЕ Acт|oN
4. Solenoid vа|ve 8DB does not
с|ose:
a. at ovеrride and hydrauliс iest Dofective soIenoid va|ve check solenoid va|vе aлd re-
p|асo as required
Deleсtive оirсuit breakеr 1DЕ} сheсk оirоuit breaker and rФ.
o|аоe as reoulreo
Dofective eleсtriсa| wiring check Wiring
,l0r
continuity Us.
ing the app|icabIо wiring dia.
gram (retёr to WDм). Flepair or
replaсe as necossary
b. at ovorride on|y Deleоtive miоrФ.switсh assy choсk miоroswitоh and replaсe
as rsqurreo
Delectivo electriсa| wiriпg check wiring аs desсribed
аbove
с. at hyd'аulic test only Defective hydrau|ic test switсh сheck hydrauliс test switch and
5Dв rep|aсe as required
Deieсtivo eleоtrica! wiring сheck wiring as desоribed
аooVe
5. Soleпoid vа|ve does not oPen сontaсt of rе|ay 6Dв does not сheсk relаy contact and re.
open p|aсe re|ay as required
liliсroswitсh assy dоes not opeп check miсroswitсh and геplaсe
as rrqulrro
Defeсtivo hydrauliс test switсh Cheсk hydrauliо test switсh and
sDB rep|aоe as required
Shoi circuit to ground Check wiring for continuity us-
ing the applicable wiring dia-
gram (refer to WDм). Flepair or
replасe as necessary
таb|e 92-24 тroub|oshooting - eleckical|y initiated systёm switоh-оver - hydrau|iс syslem (2 ol2) l
Page 18з
?-..,,.сOрteг MAINтЕNАNсЕ fulANUAL Bo 105
BLANK PAGЕ
сHAPтЕR
.l
92 Revision 22
Pago 84
A.u.o.oрteг il,|A|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo
.105
92 -93 Cyоllс stlсk trlm (see figures 92*71 to 92-79)

тhe cyсlic stick trim consists of:
- trim аctuаtor 6cc (loпgitudinal) and trim actuator 7оо (lateral)
- retraсtion re|ays 8сG and 10сc
- extonsion re'ays 9ссand .1,lсо
- one eасh four-way switсh 2сс for рi|ot аnd copi|ot
1. Generаl
The hydrauliс system installed iп tho ho|iсopter a||ows atransmissioп ot oyс|iо b|аdе pitсh сhaпgrs W;th
reduсad atfort required 'or тo givo the pilot neverthe|ess an artifiсia|сontrol
inрuis at the оyс|ic stiсk.
fe9l when moving ths сyc|iо stiоk, provisions aгe mado that a сouпleraсtiпg lorсe of a preloadеd sрring
'orcontro|
(сomprossion sprin9) must b6 ovelоome.
lп orderto faсi|itаto сontrol olthe he|iсopter in cortain flight attitudos (hovering. cruiso)' it is possiblo for the
pilot (сopi|ot) to trim offths cyоiic stlck pressure holding tho cyс|ic stiоk 3/4vE (dual оontrol) in the particu|аr l
position. тhis is achieved by moving the |our-way switсh 2со on the сyс|ic stick griр in the samo direсtion l
as thаt in which thё сyс|iо stiсk is being he|d. Atrim actuа.torlor the |oпgitudinaland lorthe laterаI direсtion
resрectively is insta'lвd рara|lelto tho сorrespoпding trim Ep ring and connectеd to the spring tubo via а lever.
Dependiпg oл th6 рositioп o| tho four-wаy switоh' the trim aсtuators eхtend or retract' rr|iеving the load
raduced. l
on tho trim spriпg. тh6 pressцro oп the сyc|iс stiсk is thus !
тho trim аctuators aIo loсated in the nos6 shell b9twвеn thв trim sрriпg tube and the оyс|iс stiоk (reler to
|igure 92-72). Eleсtriоal рowor is supp|ied from tho mаin bus PP21 via cirоUit breaker 1ос.
Flevisioп 22 сHAPтЕR 92
Pаgr 185
t4BB ItЕL ICOPтЕRs
МдINTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL l\4BB - в0 105
I' l; г?0€ \ i]
|
LJ... .д-.-!l.'=:L
г-1
---]_
-..-,-.
t/!
)//
-
-.{. -.-
-. -.
-\, \_._._._.*
!\ \
-..\ --.-,-. ц]}.I)
1,1
iГ.]
jГl
я=-
,] тrim r^tl'rr.^7 ]эl-ara] .|сс

2 сirсult breаke r 1сс
3 Е'оur.!,{ay sWi!сh 2Сс.
4 тrin aсtuator, longi Еudinа 1 6сс
5 ReLay boХ 10vЕ
Еigцre 92.?1 Loсations . Trimming
B0 105
сllAPтЕR 92
Pagе 186
!4BB IlEl.]с0PтЕRs
t4AINзЕNANсЕ },IANUAL I4BB - B0 105
]- сompression sрriпg
(laterа1)
2 Trirn aсtuator 7сс
3 Compression spring
/
.]
аn.ri i l!..l i n: '] )
4 Rе1ay box 10vЕ

' 5 тrim aсtuator 6сс
Еlgutе 92-12 lосariоns - тriпning
2, Е'цnotion (see figure 92-]3)

a. гour-Way switсh 2сс in position пLeftп = laterа] tIiптning, trim
аоtuаtor ?СC wi}l еxtеnd.
The voltаge applied at сenter cоntaсt of four-нay switсh 2CC
energizes the сoil of the extend relаy ]'].сс.
The energized re]-ay switсhеs the Power supplу tо the triтп асtuator
]сс viа seсоnd normaIly-сlosed оontaсt of the retrасt lelay 10сс.
Cirсuit to ground is provided via switсhing сontaсt of Lhe de.ener-
gizеd retraсt relay and via lj:nit svJitсhl whiсh is с]osed until the
extend motion is cоmoletеd.
b' Еouт.way switch 2CC in роsition пRightп = т,ateral triпrrring. trim

aсtuator 7CC wi]l retraсt.
BO 105
сliдPтЕR 92
Pаoe 18?
I,IвB I{Ет,Iс0PтЕRs
},IA]NTЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL }',1вв - в0 105
MА|N BUs
FoUR.WAY swlтон 2cо

PlLoт
LAтЕRAL
ЕХтЕND
LoNG|тUD|NАL ЕХтЕN D l-1G;тRAс]
LoNGlтUDINАL
z
Е
=
l-
с(
UJ
t-
б ЕxтЕ ND. ЕxтЕNDь

_o\\ RЕLAY вЕLАY /
o всс ''"' с/ о
I
=
Э
Е
z 8сс
L_____*_
тR|м AстUАтoR (LoNGIтUDlNAL) 6сс
;
;--*-_____.1
тR|м AстUAтoR (LAтЕвAL) 7сс
90021з
Cyоliс stick trim

в0 105
снAPTER 92
Page 188
Мвв нЕLIсoPTЕRS
МAINтENANсE I'IANUAL l.,lвB - вo 105
тhe voltage is direсted frorn the four-vlay sшltсh 2CC to the сoil of
thA ?At Ё^.t !.6'1 rit 1n..
The trim асtuаto; is supplied with e.lёсtriсal Power via с].osed
7CC
limil switсh (until. retraсt motion is сompleted) and via switсhinq
сontaсt of the retraсt retay 10сс.
тhe сirсuit to ground is again рrovided viа swj-tсhinq сontаct оf the
energized retrасt re]ay.
Еour-wаy switсh 2CC in Position п!'orwardп = longitudinal Triпrning,
trim aсtuato! 6CC will extend.
тhe vоltage аpplied at сеnter сontасt of four-wаy switсh 2CC
eneтoizes thр соi.l .f thA AvtAn.! 161.r'
tЕrqJ oпrr
Jv\..
тhe еnergized relay switсhes the Power suрPly to the triп aсtuator
6сс via switching сontaсt of the retraсt re]ay вCC. тhe сirсuit to
ground is рrovided via seсond switсhing сontaсt of the deenergized
retraсt re]'ay and via limit switсh, vlhiсh renains сlosed until extend
уn^t i .'n i с 6t A^
^^'n^']
А Е'оur-way s}ritсh 2сс in position nAftn = ],ongiЕudina] triпming, trim

асtuator 6CC will retrect.
тhe voltage is direсted frorn the four.way switсh 2CC to the сoit of
the retraсt relay 8CC.
тhe trim aсtuator 6CC is supplied with elёсtriсal power via сlosed
1imit switch (until rrtract motj.on is сoпрteted) and viа switс}iлg
сontaсt of t'he retraсt relay 8сс. тhе сircuit to ground is agаin
рrovided via switсhing contaсt оf the energized retrасt rеlay.
Priority four-way switсh 2сc nPilotп (dual сontrol)
In саse thе four-wаy switсh 2сс псoРilotn is aсtuated in one of the
рositions desсribed under 2 a' to d.l the pitot may interruрt the
tтimrdng aL any tiпe аnd even triп in the оРPоsj.te direсtiоn by
aсtuating his four-way sv,itсh 2сс (refer to fi.gurё 92-7з) .
92 - 94 Troubleshooting - сyсlic stick trj:n
1. General
тroub]eshooting is реlformed with an extrrnal Рower sourсe conneсted to

the heliсopter and with cirсuit breaker ].сс dePressed. OРen nosе shell
for tesLing the oрelation of the trim aсtuаtors.
в0 105
сндPтЕR 92
Paqe 189
Мnn т{пт,т..lDтF D c
МAINTЕNANсЕ I'IANUAL I\4Bв - Bo 105
гor t roub.]-e shoot' ing the systems use thё aPргoPriate wiring diagrams
inсorрorated in the Wiring Diagram !.Ianuаt (WDм) . Troublesйooting and
сorreсtivе action of'the system related nreсhaniсal coпponent s are
described in сhaрter 41. Е.or funсtiona]- testing refer to 92-95.
сAUтI0N вЕWARE oг DANGER oI' sIlORT-с IRсU]тING W}IEN

}4EASURING lIvЕ сOl'4PoNENтs !
Cheсk eleсtriсal wiring, соnneсtions and сirсuit tlreаkers оf thr svstёm

fоr вeсure j'nstal}ation аnd damаqe.
No. тRoUBLЕ sYlt,lPтo!'4 PRoBAвlЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕстТvЕ AстIoN
Trin actuаtor ?сс Defeсtive extend Check relay at сonneсtions

(laterаl) does not relay 11сс. luvEA ano tuvtsc lor con-
extend. tinuity using the wiring
diagram, or с'heсk by terflро-
!аri1y reрlaсing with a new
relay.
Replaсe def eсt.ive relay.
Defeсtive t'im Cheсk trim aсtuаtor for cor-
act,uator ?сс. reоt Power suPply. RеPlaсe
defeсtive tlim aсtuator.
тrim actuator 7сс nAfA^t i t70 rat rэ^f Check relаy at сonnections
(lateral) does not relay 1"0CC. J.vvЕA/ tUv!;B Ior сontJ.nuJ.ty
using the wirlng diagram оr
cheсk by teпporаri]y replaс-
'i -- ..i !r. o t.lеп tе!сry l
Replаce defective relay.
Triп асtuatоr 6CC Defeсtive extend Cheсk re1ay at сonneоtions
(longitudinaL) does relay 9CC, ].UVЕA, 1UVЕв tor сont1nu]-tУ
not eхtеnd. using the wiring diagraтn or
сheсk by temporarily reрlac-
ing with а new relay.
Reрlace defeсtive relay.
Defeсtive Lriтn Cheсk power supрly to rriп
aсtuator 6сс.
Panl ,^6 /tafa.t i ira trirn
таЬ] o q?-2 c ,l'rоrrh]eqЬоntinft -.1l.1i^ ct,i .l. triп l'] аf ?l
BO l-05
сIIдPтER 92
Page 190
уlвв }IЕ].IсOPTЕRS
}4AINтENANсЕ }.IANUA], }4вв - в0 105
тRoUвlЕsHooтING (сontinuёd}
N0. тRoUBtЕ sY}4Pтou PROвAв],E сAUsЕ сORRЕстIVЕ AсTToN
4 тrim асtuator 6сс Defeсtive retraсt Cheсk re]ay at сonn€сtions

(longitudinal) relay 8CC. lovEAl 10vЕв for сontinuiсy
does not retraсt. us1л9 the wiring diаgram or
сheсk by tеmроrarily replaс-
ing with a neш re}ay.
Reрlaсe defeсЕive relay.
5 Priority four-waу Dеfeсtive re]ay Cheсk by temporarily replaс-
switсh 2сс пPilotn relаtive to fоur- ing with a new refay.
inoperative. way switеh рosition. Reрlaсe defесtive тelay.
Тable 92-25 тroubleshootinq - сvс]iс stiсk triп |2 of' 2'1
92 - 95 Гunсtional test . оvс].iс stiсk trin

.1 /:anarа,]
This funсtional test must be сarried out аfter having changed one o! moтe
e1eсtriсаl сomрonents, саbles, eleсtriсa1 сonnесtion of сhe сyсliс stiсk
2. ?est equipment
- hydrauliс ground serviсe сart
з. Preparations
- both еngines пust be shut down
- сonnect and switch on external power supply unit
- ьllsЬ аr rаlri + hraэl.р7 1сс nтRтMп ' f оr Sari es D пTRI}{ AстUAтoRslt
- .^nnA.t tЬa ht'drя1l'l i. rт'^r]n.l qA1.1''i .'ё ..A,it
- set вAттЕRY l,lAsтЕR switсh to 0N or ЕPU to oN.
N0тЕ When actuating the four-way switсh to the follovling

sttitсh positiols/ the сyсlic stiоk must bесome forсe-
free in whatever statlonary position.
In case a forсe-free сondition of the cyсliс stick сan
not be obtained' trave} directiоn of trim actuators
must be cheсkеd.
B0 105
сI]APтЕR 92
pяrre 1Q,1
мnn нnт,тгADтгD q
МAINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL }..1Bв - B0 105

4' Performаnсe of te st
а т'а*ёYа] tfiпmin.t 1trim '?.i"\
^.t11дt.\r
1} }4ove оyо}iс вtiсk l.lit,hin the actuаtor travel rаngе to the пleftп
and hоId in this position.
2l Push fоur-way sпitсh 2CC to the left and hold untif сyс1iс stiсk
beсomes forсe-free (trim aсtuator ?сс extends)
3) }.loveсyс}iс stiсk within the aсtuator travel ranqe past neutral

Рosition to the пrightп.
4) Push fоur-way switсh 2CC to the right and ho1d unLi] сyс}iс stiсk
beсomes fоrсе-free (trijп aсtuаtol retraсts} .
5) Trim lateral сontrol to neutral (neutral рosition

stiсk) ,
b. longitudinа] triпгning (trim aсЕuаtor 6сс)

1) Мovе сyсJ.iс stick within the actuator travel rаnge пforwardп аnd
ho'l d in ihis nОsiti.rn.
2I Push four-way switсh 2СC forward and ho]'d until сyсliс stick
beсomes forсe-free (trim aсtuator 6сс eхtends )
з) Моvе сyсliс stiсk wit'hin the aсtuator travel rangгe pasЕ neutrа]
pоsition in паft п dirесtion.
4) Push four-way switсh 2CС aft аnd hold until сyс].iо stiсk beсoтnes
forсe-free (сrш aссuаtor 6сс
5) тriп longitudinal сontfo] to neutral (neutra] рosirion оf сyсIiс

stiсk) .
с' теsting of lj:nit switсhes

сonsecutive]'y switсh four-way switсh 2CC to aJ.l four posj.tions and
hold in eасh Position for severа] seсonds'
тhe trim aсtuators wil]- rеLract or eхtёnd aсcording to the seleоtеd
switсh position and arе automaticаIly switсhed off by liпit switсhes
in eaсh travet direсtion.
d. тesting the Priority status of the fоur-i{ay switоh 2CC пPilotп (on].y
wi*.hduаl сontrol systеn) .
switсh four-шаy switсh 2сс псoPilotп to a]] four positions in turn,
trim actuato! 6CC and 7сс must retraсt оr ехLend aссording to the
switсh роsition,
simultaneous]y switch four-way switсh 2сс nPilotп to the oрPosite
switсh рositiоns. тrim aсtuato! 6CC or ?CC must оhange its direсtion
of trаvel.
тrim aсtualors arе autоnatiсally switсhed off by tfiпit switсhes
installed in the aсtuetors.
N0тЕ ion, removal and instalJ-аtion

l.lаintenanсe/ inspeсt
Proсedurёs are dеscribed in сhaptеr 43.
BO 105
.ндpтгр q?
P:.ra I Q,
Mвв llЕT.IсoPTЕRs
}{AINтЕNANсE !,IANUA! }.,tвв - в0 ].05
o' - o6 Гvf rz п '] i n

9дд9 ct i сk с r i n lseр fiortre 92-.74}
The grip and сycliс stiсk are conneсted via сonneсtor 3l4vE and sсrewed
together with an adapter assy.
The сyclic stiсk grip inсludes three рush buttoп switсhes' a four-way beeрe!
switсh and a two-stage рush-to-tatk button (Pтт button) . Push button switсh
2ЕW is used for RP}.l warning supPression and Push button swit'сh 7сA for
disengaging sAs/ if instаlled' The third Push button swj.tсh is spare. 0n
stage ]. of the Pтт button ].4Rг' intеrсorrununiсat ion is switсhеd on' whеreas
stage 2 is for transmission (aсtuating button fully depressed) .
The four-way beeper swiLсh 2CC is used for longitudinal and ]aterаl tEiпming.
I r'our-way beeper swiLсh 2сс

2 Push button switch (RPl.'l
warning^suррres sion) 2ЕW Z\
spare zlf
Push button switch (RPI'{
suрpression)
wаrninq_,/\ -
2Еl.fl
_
Push button switсh sAs

lJ.l' JДl\ l'Ji\,! l U.1
5 Knurled nut (adaptеr assy)
6 Cyсliс stiсk
1 Pтт button 14Rг
900119
ЕЕЕЕстIv1тY
s/N 7 - 160
s/N 161 аnd subsequent
сyсIiс stiсk GriP
в0 105
сI,IAPтЕR 92
IiELIсoPTЕRs
}4AтNтЕNд]iсE }.!ANUA]. Мвв - .AU lUэ
92- 9'1 Removal and instal.]'ation - сyсliс stiсk griр (see figure 92-75)
1. RеmovaI
a' nut (3) and pull griр (1) from сyсliс

]..oosen knur].ed stiсk (4) '
Pxotect сonnector (2) with а сap'
2. Installation
a. Remove сaр floп сonneсtor (2), sliр on grip (1) аnd seсure With
knurled nut (з) to сyоIiс stiсk.
1 Gtip
2 сonneсtor
з Knur]ed nut
Д .rln] iд сtiаl.
Removal and instaL]аtiоn - сyсIic stiсk griр
BO 105
гt'lъDтгa o'
Pаge 194
}4Bв ItЕlIсoPTЕRs
IIAINтENANсЕ мANUA], мвB - вo ].05
92 - 98 Removal and insta1]ation - four-tlay beeper вwitсh 2CC

(see figuтe 92- 7 6)
NOтE Sсrews (9, 10, 19. 20, figure 92-16\ l thrеaded Pin (?) аnd pin
(18} are potted with sealing сompound (с},1 6з5) , whiоh is tо be
remоved prior to disassemb}y. Parts have to be Рotted uРon
reinstallation.
1, Removal
a. Remove screw (9) together with washer (8) .
b. Loosen sсrew by approx. 2 to 3 turns.
NOтЕ This work steр has to be carried out сarefully, as

the mounting braсkеt (21) nay drop inside thе grip'
о. Remove the snap ring (15) from сonneсtor з/4vЕb (14) .
d. Pul] out сonneсtor з/4vЕb (14) and unsolder respeсtive шiring
aссording to the wiring diagran' Cut open the siliсone sleeving
located inside the elbоw (]'3)' if required.
e' solder an eхtеnsion wire оf ]'50 пm lenqth to eaсh of the unsolder
wire leads,
f. Pu1l out four-wаy switсh (2) and unsо]der ъ'ire J.eads.
NoтЕ Pull out fоur-wаv switch onlv to the eхtent that

wire leads inside the elbow can stili" be withdrawn
by pulling thе eхtension Wires.
2 ' тnsLallation
a. Solder wire }eads to terminа].s оf the four-wav switсh (2) аs
.Бh.I
oРРrд
,i
^.ь'] ^ '.',i
9aд,/дЕ -i.л
пJ-lдuч rli агтrаn
цд9Ytg i rlоnt i f i arl
b. Install fоur-wаy switсh (2) аnd seсure with sсrews (9, ],0) аnd
washer (8) .
с. Withdraw wire ]eаds from e1bow (13) by put]ing the eхtensioл wiresr
and solder wire l.eаds to teпniпals of the conneсtor 3/4VЕb аs the
...1 ; ^.!'1^ .'i j; r-9rЙ ,i.i^^+ i.i
dPPrl\.d!fе w.!l-.].^
"LJlУ \racaд at ^^
e.] i j nсrl,] эt i nпq,] aorzi nп аtlaт сn] .{ar- i^r... ^й ,l J-o9g

.1
r^^ flrэцraLrlrУ
i я^''] .. 'i r^
4llуoдЕЕvдllУ JvlrltD arltr
^ ô nп
q,1 earli лalгari nс }ь^ '.'i -^.
o lЕ1- v дll9 99vЕдfll9
ё. Install сonnertor з/4!1Еb (14) аnd seсuтe with snap ring (15) .
в0 105
сHAPтЕR 92
Paqe 195
}tЕт.,Iс0PтЕRs
},1AINтENANсЕ I.4ANUA! МвB - вo ].0 5
з 4567
llt
I lid
j
Г.-6
.!\ \
.--_t--
Jd*
g
I 10
1 Push Ьutton switоh l5 Еlboн

2 Еour-way switсh t4 сonпeсlor
3 Push button svritch _l- J
4 вa1.[ J-O
5 Spring 71 Pтт button
6 нexagon nut 18 Pln
? тhrеaded 19 sсrew
I Washer 20 s сrе9'
9 Sсrew 21 ing braсket
l.]ount
10 Screw Pin
11 тhreaded cцtting s сre}r IJ Spring
\2 Pцsh button switсh 24 саP nut
Еigure 92-?6 сyсliс stiсk gliР
в0 105
сJIAPTЕR 92
I'4вB ltЕLIсOPTERS
!,IAтNтENANсЕ мANUAI, !4вв - в0 105
92 - 99 Removal and installation . Pтт button 14Rт

(see figure 92-16t l'l I
1. Removal
VARIANт ].
a. Pu1l out four-way switch (2) ,
h nrirre6t1t nin 11R\ thA ri.rЬt qidA аf tЬa rrrin :nrl rдlnпuд
^t
trigger (16) .
c. loosen he].agon nut (6) and remove togеther with Lhreaded Рin (7),
spring (5) and ball (4) .
d' Uпsсrew сaр nut (24} and renove sPring {2з) together with рin (22) .
e. Unsolder lrire lеads from сonneсto! з/4vЕb as identified and solder аn

exteпsion wire оf 150 mn to eaсh unsoldered яire lead.
f. Rеmove sстews (19, 20)' рull оut PтT button (].]) from griр and
unsolder wirinq,
NoTЕ Pu1l out Pтт button only to the eхteпt that },ire
leads inside the elborys сan stil1 be Dullеd out lrith
rJttenslon rilres.
VARTANT 2
a. Remove snaр ring (15) and pull сonnecto! 3/4vЕb (14) frоm e]-bow (1з) .
b. Unsolde.r rеsрeсtivе wiring aосordingto wiring diagran. сut орen

siliсone sleeving loоatёd inside the elbow, if required.
c. solder аn ехteпsiоn !'i!e of 150 пm lenфh to eасh unsoldered wire
lead.
d nr,ivа nin IFimlro Q2-1.1 ']l rl thA fi.tht сiАё аf tha '.trin
^t'i
e. Pull out PTт button assy (2} from griр and unsolder wiling.
в0 105
сltAPтЕR 92
Page 19?
l'RR lтЕ' т. т l..lD т FP q
д,IAINтENANсЕ },IANUAL I\4BB - вo 105
ё'
tl:
L,
"^\q)-
I .g 1n
2 Pтт butLon
гigure 92-?? Removal Pтт butt,on 14Rт
э 1nstа}1аtion
VAR]ANт ].
a. Sоlder wiring to PтT button (1?) as the wiring diagran identified and
с']i,{o inсll]э.,inл "']ьрvinо оvёr t]^Р qо.]riдr inints.
b. Instal.l Pтт button (1'7) in grip bу suтпultaneоus]y pulling the
еxtension wires dоwnward, until button is properly seated on the
grip.
с. seсure PтT button with sсrews (19, 20) .
d. Instаl] four-way switсh (2) (see flgure 92-.16).

e. soldeI all wire leаds (of four-way switch and Pтт button) to termi-
nals of сonnector з/4vЕb (14) аs the wiring diаgraп identified.
в0 105
сIIAPTЕR 92
Page l- 98
l'4вB I{ЕlIсoPтERs
I.IAINтЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAL Mвв - в0 105
f c] i.la inсll,]аtinп e'loA\rin.т nt'ol. s^].lAт inintq..^

дrr9 g.ЧЕttrlY 1lда iяа'.rl+iвл
Jvtrr-J arrl.. rql.g r1rJц.louJlr9
sl Atv] гo соvёri nст тhe wires.
.т тгstа,]'l с^nnо.tот з/4vЕb and seсure vrith snаn тinсr (15\.

h qA^tl16 tri..тrтоr
ggvglЕ 9дJУ99 /16) wii.h nin /']я)
NOтE Install рin from the left sidе of the grip, so that
the knurled end is on the lеft.
тncёrt n;1 (2,) а.d qnriгп
*rrJ95LtJ+rr9уLL||'\.tl /2ll оf dрlAn} mдсhаnisп inго thA oriD аnd
nr^t6^l- thrд,rdA..J e,lA^''^ l.'irЬ лrа пrrl-
9qР rrцL /1.nl
уlv-q-L lu r/ l
iJ. тnё].211 hr.].1

Le.+ \a/ | qnтinrr
/Дl 9!,L-LLУ /Ч\
\J/ дn..l thraдr]дrl
qrlg q..Е^',- t,,
Juдrw l.7l t^^^}ь^у
L\J9gLllrд !.tirь
wrLrl
hотагrаn nllt /6) in thc гrrin
k. Adjust threaded Pin (7) in grip until it is Perсeptible thаt an

inсreased sPring
,]
load must be overсome When oPеrаting the Pтт button
f rnrr ctапр tо sтаоe 2.
1. When adjustment is mаde, seсure threaded pin (7) with heхаgon nut
(6) .
VARIANт 2
a. So1der wiring tо Pтт button (figure 92.1,7 t 2\ as the Wiring diagram

idеntified and slide insulating sleeving over solder jo1nts.
b. Install Ртт button in griр by simultaneouslу рulling thе extension
wires downvJаrd, unсil t'he button is proрerly seaLed oп thr griр.
с. seсure Pтт button with pin (18) .
NOтE Install pin from the left side оf the grip' so that
the knuт].ed end is on the left.
d. Solder wires to terminals of сonneсtor 3/4vЕ,b аs the wiring diagram
identified. Slidе insulating slеeve оver sоlder joints and 1aсe
i ncll,] эt i nп J-99
дllJч+оLдr.J c]oarlinп
v дl]Y vl,vсJ.дll9
e. hsta]l сonnеctor з/4vЕb in elbow and seоure with snaР ring.
вo 105
сIiAPтЕR 92
I'4вв ItЕ],IсoPTЕRs
I.{AINтЕNANCЕ I'IANUA! МвB . Bo 105
92 - ].00 Remоval and insta}]'alion - push button switch

(see figure 92--l6t lt 3t 12)
NOтЕ Removal and installation рrооedures are identiсal for а11

three push buttоn switches and therefore desсribed only
4^y ^n^.'',;t^ь
1. Removal
a. Remove thread сuЕting sсrew (11) .
ь DAй^r?6 оqaъ .4rrY

-iа- /1q\ {r^m ? /4vЕb (14)
\4vl ^^rnA^+^f '
c. Pull out conneсtor 3/4VЕb аnd unsolder resрeсtive wiring асcording to

Еnе wrrlng
+L^ ,,i*.i*a Il--*
o}аgram.
d. Solder an extеnsion wire оf 150 ппn lenфh !o eасh of the unsoJdered

пire leads.
e. Pull out push button switсh and unsolder the wiring.
NoтЕ Pull out рush but'ton switch only to an eхtent' that

wirе leads inside the e}bow ean sLi]l be Du]led out
with extёnsion wires.
о т*^r^1.].!]^.
a. Solder wire ]eads to push button switсh as the wiring diagram

i denr i fied .
b. Instаl] рush butLon switсh аnd sеcure with thread cutting sсrew (1].) .
N0тЕ When installing the рush buttоn switсh, be surё not to

арply рressure on the aсtuаting button' Press switсh into
griр by aрplying рressure on the сollar around the
.. -+
^ ^+ uoL
o\-L
.i
-^ !....5
rrl9 Uцс L ^-
Urr.
с. Withdraw wire ]eads from elbоw byРulling out extёnsion wires and'
solder wires to terminals of сonneсto! з/4vЕ'b as the vliring diagтalп
identified.
d q] ir]a incrl'] эtind
!ll9 с,]aa!,in.r
JдЕ\.уддtУ с^,]^ёr iîhrс 1.^^ rn..'...'in{
^t'6r JJд.lLJ ^.'{ fdug
alrЦ lrroцJ.aL.rrlч
sleeving covering the wires.
A. .istа'l l ..tnnё.tnr ?/4vЕb and seсure wit'h snaо
9ll9у дrino
lr]Y l.]51
\д9l l.
B0 105
сIiAPтЕR 92
Paоe 200
flЕl1сoPTERs
I\4AtNтЕNA.}lсЕ I.4ANUAI MBB - в0 105
92 - 101 сontr ol u nit on сo11eсtive

n i t.Ь st i
тhe control unit 6vЕ is nounted on the forward end of the сolleсt'ive pitсh
stiсk. It сontains the following switсhes:
- Roсkеr switch 11МЕ - Resсue hoist*
- Roсker switсh 20LA - Lаnding lighс*

- гour-way switсh 8кA - N2 сontro1
- Slide switсh 24l,A - Landing light*
- Slide switсh 2tvlD - ],оаd hook*

- тrigger switсh 1змг - сable сutter
1 Switch ]-].МЕ*
2 Switсh 2 0T,,A*
3 Еour-lгay swit сh
4 Switch 2414*
5 Switсh 2МD*
6 Switоh 13}4Е
* 0рtiona1 equipment
тl7n'i .^nt r^] l1ni i Ia.tiu6 Y\ii^h eti^L

^^.] ^n ^^l
BO 105
сltAPтЕR 92
Paqе 2a1 /202
I*1вв нЕlIсoPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNдNCЕ МANUA], },lвB . B0 105
92 - l02 Remova] and installation - сomроnents of сontrоl unit on

соllective рitch stiсk
92 - 70з Renova.l аnd instal]atiоn - four-wаy switch (8JtA) and

switсhes 11l.1г' 20],A. 24!A and 2I"1D (see figure 92-78)
WARN]NG DURING ALl !'-IAINтENANсЕ WoRKs oN сo!LЕст]vЕ PIтсrt

sтIск s}iтTсlt oE,г POWвR.
DANGЕR 0г SHORT CIRCUTTS;
NoтЕ Rеmoval and installation prоcedures for roсker and

slide switсhes (з and 15) аre identiсаl.
1. Removal
a. Switсh off e]eсtrical power suPРly'

b. Renove serews (16) and plastiс panel. (2) .
с. Withdraw switches (зt 15) together !'ith wiring from oрeniпg in metat
panel (4) .
d. Unsolder wiri.ng frоm sыitсh terminаIs and тemovе switсhes.

e. I,ift off the metal panel (4}. 1oosen с].amp (]"0) and withdraw fоur-lvay
switсh together with wiring from opening in the meЕal panet (4) .
t, Unsolder wires frоm switch terminals and remove fоur-wav sыitсh 8!{.A.
2. InstalLation
a. vii.thdraw wiring оf fouт-way svritсh (1) from opening in mеtal рanel
(4) аno solder wirеs to switch terminals aссolding to wiring diagram.
b. Install four.wау swj.tсh 8ГrA in mеtal рane1 aпd sесure with сlaпP
П"0).
с. Withdraw wiring of switсhes (3, 15) from opening in пeta} рane] (4)
and solder wires to switeh terлrinals aссordinq to wirino diaqraпr.
rt Dnеitinn mотэ,] nдnд.l /д\ in itс -..-*....Еion
inсrд] 1э po.i.ton
switсhes (3r 15) in opеnings of metal Panе}.
^no,.n,..,'
e. Position рlastiс рanel (2) on Еop and seсure with sсrews (16) .
в0 105
сндPтЕR 92
Page 203
мвв llELIсoPтЕRs
}{AINTENANсE }.,1ANUA! [,1вв - вo 105.
д
п
'6_---ilт
t Е'our-vJay switсh
2 Pl2eti/. nrnal
3 Roсker switсh
4 мёi-а] nяnA.]
5 тIiggёr switch
6
't Spring
8 Washer
9 Screw
10 с1amР
11 Wаsher
Nut
13 !{asher
a:-1--s 14 Rollрin
15 S]ide switсh
-LO sсrew
в7
я'i /т11ra q?-10 and Installation of the switсhes in
pAm^l'r,l
Control Unit on сolleсtive Рitсh stiсk
92 - 104 Removal and installation - switсh ]"з}4F'
1. Removal
N0тЕ Rollрin (14) is bonded со wаsher (8) at right sidе' Remove

tшo-сomрonent аdhesivc 1.}.4 601 } nriат тn rдmnwэ1 nf тn]'1nin
a. Remove rol]рin (14 ) Еogether with washers (8' 1з) , sрring {?) and
a^fat r7 l6\
ât\
b. Pull out trigger switсh (5) and unso]dёr wires at switch Lerminа}s.
2. Installation
a. solder Wires to switсh /q\
\J/ tArrlrihi,]с
9Е!l''rlral. eпаarzlinп
9ЧgvlurllУ r^ ''': -i^- ,ti.d'rЙ
цдq9!a](.
P^nn .^1,]nin lr6\

(дl/ r^
LU t.'r.Ьдi
Roоllg. ir
qw ri^ьi
д-9l.9 sidе (с}4 6 01) .
b. InsLаl1 trigger switсh (5) and seсure with aif6tt'

îh
/6,1 свтj nп
(7), washers (8, 13) and ro1lРin i14) .
B0 105
CнAPTЕR 92
Pagе 204
l{ELIс0PтЕRs
}.1AINтЕNANсЕ },1дNUA1. }.{вB - бU l.U 3
92 - 105 т.IGIIтING sYsтЕtvls
тhe lighting systеm сonsists of:

- nêiti^n 1i^ь|с
- anti-оol1ision lights
']irrЬ|inа
- iniArnя]
- i n cl" rl]mAri j. '] i пЬt i nа
92 - 106 loсations . lighting systens
Part loсation Е igure
Cirсu1t breakers
Pnsi t i аn i.rht Port side (I,н) оr on гi п 0,-яn
,]
rr.6^\ end
1O6I,A рlates of horizontal
qtаЬi'] i тar 16fi
Position light (greеn) starboаrd side (Rlt) or

on end рlates оf horizоnсal
сtrЬi]ilor
vvЧpд.+еv+ дYi^Ь+
4Yrr !
'
тail 1ight (white) сenter of tai] boom r 1g. 9l-6u
ToggJ-e switсh 2 9I,A orrдrЬaэrt r\! ha,] ,]

)\'E'
Anti-сollision light Tдn а{ l. эi.] rа+ау

(!ed) 41,4 transmission
Anti-сol1ision light Nose aсcess door or
(red) sLA betlrееn frame 4v and 4h
!'lasher unit 2LLA lower right side of the
instтument Panel 2vЕ
тoggle switсh 28LA Оt7ё iha,.,l nдno.] .]
?\7Е'
a^^Lni l- 1 i (t a I,}t side of the cаbin F'jл o).ao

^h{-
сeiling
fland laпр 4Lс ОllorЬoяJ nэ n6.] 1 э\IF
Table 92-2 6 Loсations - Lighting system (1 of 2)
в0 105
с}lAPтЕR 92
Page 205
Mвв нЕlIсoPTЕRs
I'IA]NTЕNANсЕ I..IANUA! !,lBB - Bo 105
Part I,oсation Еigure
саrgo сomPartment forward RIt side of Еig. 92-89

Iight ?Lс сargo сomPartment ceiling
сargо сomрartment afterward lI1 sidе оf гig. 92*89
light' 8lC сargo оompartrnent сеiling
тogg].e switch 40],с overhead Panel 12vЕ гig. 92.89
Light сontro.l unit 9LC Instrшnent раnel 2rE t!g. 92-94
Tablе 92-26 Loсations - Lighting systems (2 of 2'l
92 - I01 Proteсtiоn of liohtino svstеtns
гor protесЕion of lighting systems the following сirсuit, breаkers are

installed:
Cirсuit breakel Prоteсted сircuit Lоcаtion Nomёnсlature
ЕггЕст]VITY A s/N7-160
д\ s/N 161 and subsequent
тable 92-2? Prоteсtion of lightiпg systems
вo 105
сllAPтЕR 92
Paqe 206
l.{Bв I{ЕLIсoPтЕRs
МAINтЕNANсE MANUAL }4вв - вo 105
92.108 Position 1ight systeп

(see figures 92-80 and 92-81-)
The рosition lights help Еo identify positioп and flight direсtiоn of the
heliсoрter. тhey оonsists of a rеd light 106LA on the рolt side (I.rt) and a
green light 206I,A on the stаrboald slde (Rн) . тhе iпstallаtion loсation is as
follows:
ЕгЕ.Ест]vIтY o s/N ] - 120

on the left аnd right side оf the aft fuselage seсtiоn.
o s/N 121 аnd subsequent sefies

resсue hoist is ' insta]-led (s/N ?
D
and if - 120) on the
ёnd рlates of the horizontal stabilizer.
In addition' a white tai1 1i9ht 7LA is mounted on the tai} bооm.
Powеr supply of the рosition lights is from the nain bus PP2]. via
E!.гЕстIVIтY о s/N ? . 120

сirсuit breaker 2LA пPosTTIoN LIGIITп on
instruпent PаneI 2vE.
o S/N 121 -
160 and series D
сirсuit breaker 2],A on instrщпent panel 21ъ and
toggle switсh 20rA пPoSIтION rIGItтit loсated on
ovеrhead Panel 12vЕ.
o s/N 16]' and su.bseqцent
fuse 2lA loсаted on the lower right sj.de of thе
instrument Рanel аnd toggJ.e switсh 291Д in the
overhеad рanel 12vЕ.
92 - 109 Troubleshooting - position J.ights
N0. тROUBLЕ sYМPTo}4 PRoBAB!Е сAUsЕ сoRRЕсттvЕ AстIоN
1 One of the three }amр

Defесtive RePlaсe defeсtive lamp.
position light s
fails t'o illuminate Defeсtlve eleсtriсal Chеck wiring for rontinuitу
wiring between ter- using the wiring diagraп
minal striP 146\ry (refеr to WDм) . and rePair
and рosition light'. or rеplасe dеfeсtive и,iring.
Table 92-28 тroubleshooting - position light (1 of 2)
B0 105
с!]дPтЕR 92
Pаge 207
!,lвB нЕLIсOPтЕRS
}4AINTЕNANсE }'{ANUA! }4вв * вo 105
тroubleshooting (сontinued)
N0. TRоUBI,Е sY!,IPтoм PRовABLЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕсT]VЕ AстIoN
2 Al1 three position Defeсtive fuse or сheсk fuse or сirсuit breaker

lights fаi1 to сircuit breaker 2lA and rep]асel as required.
iI1цпinate
Defeсtive toggle сheсk toggle swiЕсh and
switоh 29I,A reD]aсe as required.
Defeсtive eleсtriсa] Cheоk е1eсtriсal wiring and
wiring оr соnnесtion сonneсtiоn fоr сontinuity
between instrument using the wiring diagram
рanel and terпinal (refer to h'D}.,l) .
srrip 146w. l:g?i'_
warJ.ng,"1_.:!11::.9::"".i""
or сonnёсЕ1on
rable 92 - 28 Troubleshoоtinq - Position liqht (2 of 2)
92 - 1]-0 InsPeсtiоn and maintenanсe - рosition lights
1. Cheсk lenses оf роsition lights and tail light to! dаmаge, coпtaminatioo
and сondensation wаter. Reрlaсe lensesl if required, or сleаn and make
leakproof.
2. сheck lanР base and soсket for сoтrosion. Remove corrosion, if Possible,
or replaсe lamp or lаmp soсket'.
3. сheс'k vibration dampers (if installed) for daпragе '
Replaсe as reсuired.
в0 105
сllAPтЕR 92
Page 208
цl.т т.nDтгDa
},lA1NтЕNANсЕ }'{ANUAl },lBв - AU J. Uэ
) -'--
<..t../
\'"
;\\
1 lтlstlurRent pane}
A
{2vЕ)
li ra'.i]- ъ'r^'],^f /'т ъ\ ЕЕгЕст]v]тY
гusё (2LA) A
? nr'6rhaid
- :j-::jj:::--д::j
nrn6'l ,A s/N ?-120
тоgg]e switсh (291,A) ,/A
-x- s/N ?.160 and sёries D
? pn<'i t i '] i ftьt
p^citi^n^n ']iftЬt
(2 0 6LA) lA s/N 121 and subsequent' s€ries
д
q
(20 6T,A) or whеn resсuе hoist insta]led
6
D^сitj^n']inЬi
p^qi t i 1i.rьt
(7LA)
(10 6r,A)
A s/N 161 аnd subseguent
^h
(.1V OrrAJ
Position lj.ght.s
вo 105
сI]APтЕR 92
Paqe 209
t',1вв t{ЕLтсoPтBRs
l.1AINTЕNANсЕ }IANUAI, l{вв - B0 105
МAlN вUs
PoslтloN LIGнт 206 LА
ЕгЕЕстIvIтY
Д\ S/N ?-1,60 and series D
A s/N 121 and sФsequent' selies D
A S/N 161 and subsequent
гigule 92-81 Position Lights
B0 105
сIIдPTER 92
Page 210
14вв нЕlтсoPTЕRs
]"1AINтЕNдNсE },lANUAl !]Bв - вo 105
92 - 111 Removal and installation - pоsitiоn lights
NoтЕ Removal and installation proсedures for the left аnd right'
Dosition liqht are identiса]..
1. Rеmovаl (see figure 92-82)
a. Switсh off e]eсtriсаl рower suррIy.

b. Loosrn sсrew (8) and remove tоgethеr нith lens retainer (?)l ]'ens (6)
and lеns sea1 (9) .
NOTЕ Do not touсh ]алР with fingefs.
с. Remove laпр (10) .
d. Rеmove sсrews (5) and рull lamР holdeI (4) irom housing tl).
e. Pul]' proteсtive сap baсkwardl disсonnесt eleсtriсa] wiring {11) and
remove ]апP holder (4) togelher ь'iЕh gаsket (3) аnd proteсtive
сaр (2) '
2. InstaJ-lation
a. s1ide proЕeсtive сap (2) and gasket (з) over eleсtriсa} wiring (11)
and leсonnect wiring to laпр holder (4) асcоrding to wiring diаgrаm.
b. slide Proteсtive сaP {2) over ыiring сonneсtion at the ]аmp
holder (4).
c. InsЕаll ]аmp ho]der (4) together liith gasket (3) in housing (1) and
seсure with sсrews {5) .
NoтE Do not touсh 1aпр with iinqers.
d. TnsLall lamp (10) .
e' PIасe lens (6) and lens seal (9) over lamp and secure in position
with lens retainer (7) аnd sсrew (8}.
f. Pelfоrm а funсtiona] test (refer to pаragraрh 92-11з) '
BO 105
сIIAPтЕR 92
Рaqе 211
нЕL]сoPTЕRs
МAINтЕNANсЕ },IANUAL },1вB - a^ lлq
7 l,ens retаiner
, pr^fa.'firгA..аn 8 Screw
3 Gasket 9 ],еns seal
j т'аflr\ Ь.\1 .16 r 10 lamp
5 sсf et.l 11 Еleсtriсal wiring
6 Lens
Гlgотe 92-82 Position Light
92 - lI2 Removal and .instаl]аtiоn - rаr1 1iсhg
Еl.Е'ЕcT1vIтY Without vibratiоn dаrnpеr
1. Remova]. (sеe figure 92-83)
a. Removr sсrews (5) with washers (4) and рull tail light assу fтoп
vertiCal tai]. fаiring (]") .
Ь Damаrra nrаtоntitl^
rtЕrL.9v9 l,дv-99u4vЕ л.я
ucr, /1\
\./
l.А
erru disсоnneсt еfесtriсal wiring (10) '
Do not tоuсh laпр with fingers.
с. Push retainer сliр (9) down and reпove leпs (8) with 1ens seа1 (?)
and lаmр (6) .
вO 105
сIIAPтвR 92
Pagе 2I2
}4вв ItЕlIсoPтЕRs
!,IAТNтЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL l.,lвв - в0 105
{i
4
@ф
2 P r"^t o.f i r'a ..ar\

? т':nn hа 1 .,ta r
4 }flаsher
5 Sсrеw
6 LaпP
7 Lens seal
Iq lens
Dдtэ i n6r ih
10 Еlеctriсal wiring
^,]
Еigure 92.83 таil }ight (without vibтatiоn daтnper)
2. lnstallation
a. Pul1 ProteсLive сaP (2) over ё]eсlrical wiring (10) and cоnneсъ vlirеs
to l аmр holder (3) ассording to the aрр].iсable wiring diagraп.
b. slide рroLecЕive сap over wiring сonneсtions аt' lamр holdеr.
с. Install }aтnр holder in vertiсal tail fairing (1) аnd seсure with
sсrews (5) and washers (4) .
Do not touсh 1amP with fingers.
d. Install ra'np (о) .
P1аce lens (8) with lens seal (]) over lamp and seсure with retainer
сriр (9) .
t, Pёrfom a funсtional test (see parаgraрh 92-11з) .
ЕF'гЕстIvIтY With vibration daтnРer {s/N 451 and subsequent

аnd when SB 90-21 incorPorated) .
в0 ].0 5
сIIAPтER 92
Page 213
llEт.]сoPTERs
}.1AINтЕNANсЕ I{ANUAI ltlвв - B0 105
1. Rеmoval (figure 92 -84 )
I^
vertiсal tail fairing

Мounting flange
Heх sсrew
D r.t 6î iva
.4v!vvv4r9vЧl,
ân
Еleсtriсal wiring
vibrаtion dаmPer
тail 1i9ht
Figure 92-84 тail light (with vibration damper)
switсh оff elесtriс'al Рo}leг supply.

Remove loсkwire from heх sсуews (3) and ]oosen heх sсrews.
Pul] tail 1i9ht (7) togеther with vibIаtion damрer (6) frоm mounting
flange (2) .
d. Pul] Prоt'eсtive сaр (4) baсkward and disсonneсt eleсtriсa] wiring (5)
e. Rеmove tail tight (?) froп vibration damper (6) .

f. !.or removаl of lamр rеfe! to Proсedu'es desсribed for tаil light
without vibration damper.
2 ' Instаllation
a. Pu1l vibrаtion darпper (6) over tail light (?) соllar'
b. Plасe proteсtive сар (4) over еleсtriсal wirlng (5) аnd сonneсt
wiring to tail light in aсcоrdanсe with the wiring diagram. Slidе
Proteсtive сaP over wiring соnneсtions on the tail right (1).
с' Install tаil tight (?) with vibration dаmper in rnounting flange (2)
аnd aIign threаded bushings
jn
in vibration daтnрer with assembly holes
f1эn
- --..9e ,
'n^llntind
d. Sесure tаil light t,lith hex screws (з) and saiety hеx sсrew wiLh
1oсkwire.
в0 105
сttAPтER 92
Page 214
},IвB ItЕt]сoPTЕRs
}.,IAINтЕNANсЕ }.IANUA! },IвB - B0 1 0 5
e. гor installation of lаmр refeг tо Proсedure desсribed for tаi] light

withоut vibratiоn damрer .
f. Pёrform a funсtiona] test (refer to paragraРh 92-113)

92 - 11з гunсtiоnal test - рosition lights system
1.
ЕггEстIVIтY os/N?-120
switсh on eleсrriсa] power supply and рush
сirсuit breaker 2LA пPosIтIoN !]GtlT".
o S/N 121 - 160 and series D
Srтitch on elесtriсa1 power supply; push сirсuit
breake! 2l,д аnd switсh toggle switch 29rA
пPosттION T.IGltтn to 0N positiоn.
о S/N 161 and subsеquёnt

InserL fuse 2rA. S.witсh on eleсtriса] Do!'er
suPр}y and set toggle switсh 29LA in oi'l position'
2, A1l three pоsition light's 106T..,A (red) , 206rA (g:reen) and ?LA (white)
shal1 illuminate.
з. Pu].l cirсuit bleaker and set togg1e switсh 29I.A to OЕЕ рosition and
switсh off eleсtriсal Роwеr suPp]y.
92 - 71'4 Anс i -со .] 'i r s i n n l i пt

.*>.l! sysЕem
{see figures 92-85 and 92-86)
тhe systeп сonsists of Lwo red аnti-сol]ision tights, whiсh are а]AernаЕe]y
сontro]led by the flasher unit 2].lA. тhe pu]se frequenсy of the flashеr unit
ls between 42 and 50 рulses per пinure'
тhe аnЕi-сo]1ision liqht 5lA is insLalled:
ЕгЕЕстIVIтY o s/N7 - 100'

on thе removab]-e nose aссess doоr
о s/N 101 and subsequent,

betweеn frame 4v and 5h
Aгti-сo],] is.i оn 1iо).r 4]'A iс iзстэ'],]^.l ^h l.^h ^. the tai1 rotor transmission
aпd the flashеr unit 21lA is insta]led on the }ower tight side оf instrцnent
pаne] 2vЕ. вoth anti-сollision lights have iodine-щartz lanPs, Powеr suРРly
to the anti-соllision J'ights is from the main bцsPP2]. via:
ЕЕ'гЕст]vIтY o s/N ? - 120,
оirсuit breakrr ].],A i'ANт]сoLr LIGttтп on instr. panel 2\ъ
o s/N 121 - 160 aпd series D

circuit breaker 1].A on instrlдnent pапel 2VЕ and toggle
toggle switсh 28],A пANттсOт,L lIG!tт'' on overhead panel
I2vЕ
в0 105
сHдPтЕR 92
Paoe 215
нE].1с0PтЕRs
I,1A]NтЕNANсЕ },IANuAI, !.IвB - в0 105
o S/N 161 and subsequent

fuse ]'1,A on thе lower right side of instruпent panёl 2vЕ
and tоggle switсh 28],A on overheаd panel 12VЕ
G:a=r-r.-=;-.€:1 ::: Г_. Г--r

3
,tl ,if
/n l;П$-в.E+>i-т--::.=.:::€
Fтl6- ,1
i\ I
:,:,,
\ ri
*\')(
s
1 ]nstrшnent раnel (2vЕ) .
.'1 r^l1i t h?orv6f {1тD\,
l д!л/ ЕгЕ.ЕстIvIтY
l.lf
г|] eA r.1 т'l l ,/]r\
ЕIasher unit (21LA)

A s/N ?-160 and series D
2 :Dn-,i-^^.
ji::i--:::i::i:
1i сj ая rj^ьr
ji-- ji:i: /qт'A)
\ - * A S/N 121 and subsequent, series D
A S/N 161 and subsequent
3 Overhead panel
-. /\
ogg1e s}l1Есn (zUl,A}
=.......".:_._...l..:....т-,^^-
'r
A
4 Anti-сollision light (4LA)
Гigure 92-85 Anti-сo1lision light system
вo 105
сllAPтЕR 92
Paqе 21.6
14вв }rЕ],IсoPтЕRs
!.,lA1NтвNANсЕ I'1ANUA1 t'IBв - в0 105
MАlN вUs
/A
FUSE 1LA
(с|RоUlт вRЕАкЕ R)
ANЕL
- - --l
swlтсн
/r \ ra -l.----^
|
I /2\
I
--J
rl
АNT!-сoLL'sloN LlGнт
(FUsЕLАGЕ) 5 LА
900t?l
ЕггЕстIvттY
A s/N ? - 160 and series D
A S/N ]-21 aпd subsequent and seтiёs D
A S/N 161 and
Гigure 92-86 Anti-сollision I,ight system
вo 105
сI]APTЕR 92
Paвc 21.1 / )1Р'
MBB ttЕl'IсOPтЕRs
MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL l.,1вB - в0 i05
92 - 1.I5 Troubleshooting - anti-сollislon J-ight system
NO. TRоUBLЕ sYl4PTOм PRoBABLЕ CAUSЕ сORRЕстIVE AсTION
1 дnli-сollision Defective iodine Replaсe.

]ight 4LA оr 5],A quaтt'z lamp.
fails to flash.
Defeсtivе elесtriсal Chесk wiring foт continuity
wiring betweеn using'the wiring diagram
f}asher unit and (rеfer to l,lDl"l) / and rерair
аnll-сollision or reр]ace dеfесtive wiring.
liqht.
Defeсtive flashеr Cheсk fLashеr unil fоr
unit 21],A. signal outрuts at сonneсtlon
points З and 5 of thе tеr-
minal striр 39W.
пеР.LoLс эr.^ь^. urtr L / 1tf
''ni+
requirеd.
2 Both anti-сollisioп Dеfeсtivе fuse or Сheсk fusе or сirсuit

J.ights fail Lo cirсuit breakel lLA. brеakеr and replaсе, as
flash. neсеssary.
nAfA^t it,a t^.t.Ylё гhA.k tn.].r]ё qьlitсh аnd
sшitсh 28LA. reр,].aсe. аs requj red.
Drfective flashеr Chесk flasher unil for sig-
2LL^. nаl inрut (сonnесtion
point 1), signaL output
(сonneсLion рoint з аnd 5)
rnrl пrnrrnrj .^nnA.t,i
^n
(сonnесtion рoint 2 and 4)
rt t. rm i nя.l сtrin tQ\^/
пrР!dLе !loi]rеl '.f
rеquired.
Dеfеctiveeleоtriсal Cheсk wiring and сonneсt'ion
.-'l уinп
dLLLI|Ч дr
ian
vL €a r ^^r{ i.'1:l-!.
гnnnant
rUl Lu'lL]tlцfLy l1^r4d
цJ!|'9 rh6
L|lс
between main bus and wiтing diagrаm (refer to
f]ashеr uniL. WD}4), Rерair or reрlaсe dе-
feсtivе wiring or сonneсt i on
CоmPonents.
1 тn.6rrё.i flаshino Defeсtive flаsher Cheсk flasher unit fоr sig-

rate. unit 21LA. nal outрuts. Rерlaсе flаsher,
if rеquirеd.
Tаblе 92-29 Troub]еshooting - anri-сoL1ision 1ighl sysсem
B0 105
сI]APTЕR 92
pА-ra 21q
!,1вB t{Е],IсоРTвRs
I4AINтЕNANсЕ }1ANuAL !lвв - вo 105
92 - 1L6 Inspeсtion for сondition - ant'i-сollision J.ights 4I,д' 5!A

1. сheсk glass dome s (2l figure 92-8?) for danage, сontаminаtion and сond€n-
sation Water. Reрlaсе glаss domes, lf neeessary. clean аnd make
leakрroof, if necessary.
2, Сheсk J.amр soсket (4) аnd сontaсtsof iodinе quartz laпP (3) for
сorrosion. Remove сorrosion, if present' or reрlaсe laпp and soсket
respectively.
3. сheсk vibration dшпpёrs (4) for damаge оr Porosity' and reрlaсe, if
4. сьесlr protесtive сap (6) or shrink-on s1eёve (б) fоr damage or poroslt,y,
-- nana
яn.l rAn]эпo if с
"--*-sary '
5. сheсk сlanр (1) for сorrosion dаnаge аnd deforпation. ]nsрeсt spоt wёlds
tor сracks.
RA ] NR
сIiAPтЕR 92
Page 220
I',1Bв I{ЕLтсOPтЕRS
МA]NтЕNANсЕ },1ANUA! Mвв - вo 105
92 - 1.t'7 Removal and instal}ation - anti-сollision ]ight systеm

92 - 118 Removal and iгrstallation - anti-сollision liqht 4LA
(see figure 92-81)
]'. Remоval
Switch оff eleсtriсаl power supp1y'
b. Remove сlaпp (1) аnd detaсh the glass domе (2} ,
Do not touсh iodine-quartz la'пр (з) with fingers.
Reтпоve iоdine-quartz lamP '
d. Withdraw lanLр soсket with vibration darпрer (4) flom mounting braсket
(?) tо the extent that Рroteсtive caр (6) may be pulled frоm
eleсtriсa] wiring сonnесtions or thаt the shrink-on s1еeve сan be
removed.
Disоonneс| eleсtriоa1 wiring (5) аnd remove laпp socket with

vi l-,rrt i .l^mn6r
^n
f. Remove screws (11) with washers (10) and pul] mounting brасket (7)
with shim (8) frоm rail rotоr transnission (9) .
1 Clanp
2 G.lаss dome
3 Iоdine-quаrtz lalпр
ц lamP sockёt with
vibration danper
5 Еleсtriсal wiring
o Pтotective сaP or
shrink-on s lееve
1 }4ounting braсket
I Shim
9 тail rotor Lransm.
10 IAla s he r
11 Screw
гigure 92-8] AnЕi-сollision Light 4LA

/^n thё tril !^.li i1!. t.rаnsmi csiопl в0 105
сflдPтЕR 92
Page 221
МРn pгт,т nnDтгp e
МAINтЕNANсЕ I,IANUAI. },IBв - Bo 10 5
2. 1nsta}lаtion
a. Push shim (8) аnd mounting braсket (7) оver ёlectriсal wiring (5) and
pоsition on rai] rotor trаnsmissiоn (9) . seсure wirh sсrews ltl) ano
washers (10 ) .
b, Pu1} proteсtive сap (6) or shrink-on sleeve over e]ёсtriсa] wiring
(5) and сonneсt wires to terminals of lamp soсket (4) acсording t,o
the wiring diagтam and slide Proteсtive сap over wiring сonneсtions
or shrink on thе s]eeve'
NoтЕ Do not touсh iodine.quartz ].amp (3) with fingers.
с, Install iodine-quarr z lаmp.

d. Position lamр sосket With vibration daJпper (4) and glass dome (2) on
mounting braсket (7) and seсure with сlаmp (1) .
e. Perform a funоtional test (refer tо Paragraph 92-121') .
92 - 1.1.9 Removal and installation - anti-сollision light 5ЪA

(see figure 92-88)
1. Removal
a. Rеfer to removal flr^âdllrдс ^f >nij-^^'] 1ision light 4l,A,

srePs a. Еo е.
b. Remove nose aссess dоor by loosening qulck-releasе fasteners
EггЕст]vттY o s/N ?.100

and disсonneсt PIug - leсeрtaсle conneсtion з?W (2).
Aссёss to anti-collision light 5LA is viа ассess
hole in fraпr 4v.
NoтЕ тho follоwing сФпponents are sea]ed with sёaling

сompound {сM 6з5), аnd therefore may stiсk Lоgёther.
c' Remove sсIews (1) with ъrashers (5) and nuts {6) and
ЕггЕстIVIтY o S/N ?-100

detaсh аngle braсket with reсeрtaсle (2) .
o S/N 101 and subseguent

PulI shrink s]eeve (10) baсkuard and remove
insulating sleeving 19) .
BO 105
сHAPтЕR 92
Page 222
нЕL]сoPтЕRs
}.1AINтЕNANсЕ I'1ANUA], I!,1вв - BU 1U5
d Remove mounting braсket (8) and shims (3) and remove residual sealing
l sсrew
2 Ang1e braсkеt with
ro.an1-:/.]ё ??тп/ l--\
/A
5 5n1m
r' N^cё ,.^ёсё ;^^}
fuselage
5 lfаsheI
6 Nut
? n]оr.rriа:1 r'i rjnл
R М/1llnt i nп Ьr,r.].At
9 Тnsu1аt inо s1oovi nс.....',z\
10 Shrink sleeve J
ЕгЕЕстIvIтY A s/N l-100
A s/N 101
and sub-
гigure 92-88 Anti-Cоllisiоn light 5rA

2. тй^} ^1,] .д l ^.
a. Install mounting brаоket (8). shims (3} аno
т] !'F !',ir т т 1I т тv o s/N l-100

ang]e braсket wirh reсeptасle {2)
о S/N !.01 and subsequent

eЬri n]. e'] 661'A l']ni
in nose aссess door (4) respeсtively аnd seсure with screws (1),
Washers (3) аnd nuts (6) .
Aрply seaIing сompоund (item 635) Lo shiтns (3) and mounting bIaсket
{8) prior to iпstallation.
b. Install nose ассеss doo!.
Refer tо j.nstallаtion Proсedures of аnti-collisi^n ,] jпh+ ,aт r\ .+^n ь\).
sLЕР
Pn l nq
сIiAPTЕR 92
Paaе 22З
}{вв l{Е],Iс0PтЕRs
}.,IAINTЕNANсЕ }{ANUAт. t4вв - вo 105
92 - 120 Removal and instаl}ation - flаsheт unit 21rA

1. Removal
a. Switсh off eleсtriсаl pоwer supp}y and remove instrurnent рanel

fairing.
Ь
ЕЕ,гЕсT]VIтY o s/N 7-160
Rеmove.sрliсеs frотп eleсtriсal wiring and

Remоvе рroteсtive сover froп terminal slrip
з9W and disсоnneсt eleсtriсаl wirino.
с. Loosen sсrews at the rear of the f.].asher unit аnd rerпove toqether
with flasher unit.
2. Installation
a. hstall flasheI unit in instrujпent panel and seсure with sсrews.
b. сut wires to reguired lenфh,
ЕЕ.l'Ест]vIтY o s/N ?-160

and re-сonneсt using new sрliсes in aссordаnсe
with the riiring diagram.
o s/N 161 and subsequent, sеries D
аnd рrovide with terminal 1ugs' Conneсt wiтe
terminals striP з9W in aссordanсe vJiсh the
нiring diаgraп (re-instal]. the proteсtive соver!).
с. Perfоrm а funсtiоnal tеst (refer to раragrаph 92-I2I) .
92 - L2r гunсtiona].test - anti-сollision lighсrng

1. Sь'itсh оп elёсtrioal Power supPly and
ЕггЕстIvттY о s/N 7-120

Push сirсuit' breaker 1lA пANт]сol.], I,IG}tтt.
o s/N 121-160
рush сirсuit breaker 1lA aпd sеt toggle switch
28LA пANтIсoll ' ],IGItтi' to oN Posltion.

insert fuse 1!A and set toggl-e switсh 28l,д t'o
0N position.
Pn ,] nБ
сндrтЕR 92
P rtL
^.1^
l.1вB нвLIсOPTERS
МAINтENANсв }4ANUAL l,1вB - в0 105
2. Anti-collisiоn Lights 4T,A and 5].A must flash аIternаtе at a rаte of

42-50 flashes рer minute.
3 switсh to
' set toggle power 0гЕ position, pull сirсuit breaker and switсh оff
eleсtriсa]. suрplу.
92 - L22 тnternal tighting system

{see fioure 92-89 and 92-911
тhe internal .] lighting system inс]udes сосkpir and сargo сomрarLment lighting.
тЬA ^^^l,ni+ iпЬtinп ^^.sisrs.f thр ..r.kni} 1i.тht 6Lс mounted on вhe ],H side
of the сabin сeiling abОve the сoрi]ot seat and the hand lаmp seсured to Еhe
Lн side of the overhead panel.
тhe hаnd lamp is desigrned for portable сoсkPit utilitу use and is сonneоted
to the heliоopter рower supply via an exlension сord' A rheostat сontrol fоr
ON/oгг and DIм/вRIGнт is inсorporated in the hand lamp.
тhе сargo сomрarЕmenl lighting сonsists of Lwo lrghts 7Lс and 8Lс insЕalled
in the сargo сoпpartment оeiling on the folward Rri side and aft Lн side.
Power suDDlv of the internal liqhtinq is from thе rпain bus PP21 via
ЕгrECTTVIтY o s/N ?-120

сirсuit bleaker 2lс 'l INтERNAL l]GiIтп on the in-
struлent рanel,
o S/N 12l-160 and series D
сircuit breakeI 2!с on thе instrшпеnt pane1 and
toggle swiLсh 40lс TNтЕRNAI I,tcltтl! loсаted
lI
in the overheаd Danеl '

o s/N 1"61
fusё 2I,с loсаted on the ].ower right side of thе in-
strштient Pane] and toggle switсh 40Lс in the over-
head рane] .
Power supply of the hand lamp is only via сirсuit breaker 2LC oт fuse 2Т,C.
сHдPтЕR 92
}1вв HE].тсoPTЕRs
MAINTЕNANсE }4ANUAl MBв - ЁU .LUJ
-:::-a:::-"i:-'-1
5
!i
н
tl
''-.'---L--/
__ ti
iг-
=\=i.Е .
/2
,.-.-. .*.J.Ь
.:=-:=j--:_..тЭ /. ,/
\ :i ,,'
L-_ lt/ / -/
s
_J
trl
I
,,I
,] тn ql. rl nAnt r\inA'] /,\Iг}

.ТrсБIг.ъ;йтer
Еuse (21LС),/э\
(2I,с) A ЕЕ'гЕстIvтTY
2 тoggle swiсEГ (40Lс) A

з нand lamp
.l
(4Lс) s/N 7-160 аnd series D
1 ..l.l.ni t i dЬt 16т,.l S/N 121 and subsequent, series
5 саrgo сompartment right (?LC) SiN 161 and subsequent
6 сargo cotпpartment light (8Lс)
тntornr.l тiпьtina
B0 105
Ci.tAPтЕR 92
Page 226
нЕL]с0PтЕRs
l4AINтЕNANсЕ }IANUAI, МBв - БU l'Uэ
|\,tAlN вUs
нАNDLАмP 4 Lо
-l oVЕRHЕАD PАNЕL
I I W - --i^-'
40 Lс . - |
J
{
)
оАвGo coi,4PARтмЕNт
г- -- -*l
оocкP|т
Jlt
г_-_-_ -l "lI
_Jl,
8lс-l
I
I
L-
ЕггE'ст1v1тY
,/r
4l-"1 s/N /-tbu ano serles u
A s/N 121 and subsequent, series D
A s/N
,]
61 5n/l ёr lь 0 A/tll6nt
j
lF LчgLv
q?-an
frtlfA 2L Jv тntArfirl т'i.]Ьt i n.r
1 нand 1аmр
2 RhеosLat еont ro1l
oN/оЕ'r' - DI},1/вRIGitт
3 Еxtensiоn сord
l МаrlnI r nа Ьr:nlza1-
B0 105
сI]APTЕR 92
Рaаё 221
мвB }IEI,]с0PTЕRs
}4A1NтЕNANсЕ MANUAI },JBB . вo 105
92 - r23 тrоub]eshooting - internal lighting
N0. тRoUвlЕ SY},IPTOI'{ PRoBAвlЕ сAUSE сoRRЕсTIVЕ AстION
Д,]'] 1irtЬЁс inа.]ll- Defесtive fuse or Cheсk fuse or сircuit brea*

ding thе hand laпp сirоuiL breaker 2LC. kеr, and reрlaсe, as necеs-
аiA in^nArэtit'6 sary.
Defective wiriпg or Сheсk wlring and соnnесtion
eleсtriсаl con'reс- fоr continuity using the
tion between main wiring diagram (refer to WDI,I) .
bus and terminal Reраir оr rePlaсe defeсtive
strip 31W. wiring or сonneсtion сom-
ponents.
0n1y the hand 1алр Defeсtive bulb.
fails to j.llшпinate.
Defeсtive rheostat Rep}aсe.
сontrоl 0N/0Е'F -
BRIGITT/DI!.I.
Defeсtive extension сheсk сord for e le сt riсаl

cord betlreen hand сontinuity using thе нiring
lanр and terminal diagram (refer tо WDМ) . Re-
striр з1vv' Placet as тequired'
CockРit and сargо Defeсtive !,'iring or Cheсk uiring and сonnесtion
сompartment lights оonneсtion between for continuity using the
t-.ir r^ ,l 11..-i--!^
J.l J. цltLJ-rld L е, iоrmi n:,1 rtrih ?1\пI wiring diаgram (rеfer to
r,rthereas hand lamp aп/l .^.].ni + '] i dЬ+ WDМ) . RePair or reрlaсe
iq
^na'.:tir'6 olJ(-. defесtivе wiring, or сon-
n6î i .^Йn^nan]" ё
^n
nё f 6.t i !'6 t
^d^']
6 Cheсk tо9g1e switсh and re-
switch 40T,C. Plaсe. as neсessary.
.п117 .\n6 1i^ht nofa..tir'6 I rnh Replace defeсtive lamp.
fаils to iJ.luminаte.
тab1e 92-з0 тroubleshooting - Internal lighting
!1U lUэ
сндrтЕR 92
Page 228
МвB ItЕlTсoPтЕRs
I'4AINTЕNдNCв }.{ANUA], мвв - B0 ]05
92 - I24 Insрection and maintenanсe . internal lighting

1. сheсk glass domes for daпage, contamination and condensation wаter.
P6n]эâ rtдfaпtirla .'']ass domes. с1eаn and make ]eakProof. аs required.
2. Cheсk l amp soсket and сonЕaоLs of }amp for corrosion. Remove сorrosi,on,
if Present. or replace lamp and soсket resPeсtively.
92 - 725 Removal and inslal]ation - internal lighting (see tiqure 92-921
N0тЕ Reтnoval and installation proсedurеs of both tYрes

are identical.
1. Removal
a, S}ritсh off elеctriоa] Po}ler supрly.

b. Reтnove sсrews (6) аnd detaсh lens (5)/ together with seа1.
p6г.^т'A 1^mn l?\
^
d. Reпove sсrews (8) and pulJ. 1i9ht аssy (4) downward frоm пountiпg
bracket (1) ,
e' PuI] proteсtivе сaр (2),] baсkwald over e].ectrica1 vliring (3) and dis-
'.'i Йi nt р6тfi^r76 i.rht Aeql'
2. Installаtiоn
Thе installation of thе сoсkрit and сargo сomрartment light is
Рssрn1-]а.l1v thр rrversе оf the remоval .
Periorm a funсt,ionаi test subsequent to insta:ja!'ion (refeI to paIa.

graph 92-126) .
в0 ]'05
сIIAPTЕR 92
Paoe 229
}4вB нЕlIсoPTЕRs
МAINтЕNANсЕ !.{ANUAL Мвв - Bo 105
it)
,--Ф
,] М^t1nt i nd hт:.kat
, рr^1-o^l- i 1'o ..in
з Еfectriсal wiring
4 light assy
5 lens
6 Sсrew
? LamР
8 Sстew
9 Rivet nut
Гigurе 92-92 Cосkpit and Cargо .^mn.rtтnAnf т,i .lЬt c
Эz - lzo гunсtionа} test - interna] lighting
ЕггЕстIvIтY o S/N l-12 0

switсh on e]eсtriсal Power supp]y and Push сir.
сuit breаker 2],с ll INтЕRNA], I,IGRтII '
^ s/N 12.] -] 60 аnd serios D
switсh on eleсtricaf power supрly; Push сirоuit
breаker 2Lс and set toqg]-e swiLсh 40I,с пINTЕRNAI,
I,IGIIтп tо 0N positiоn.
о s/N ].61 and subsequent

Insert fuse 2I,с switоh on eleсtriсаl Powrr supply
and set togglё sшitсh 40lс to 0N роsition.
.^^].ni l. .]
i dьi 6Lс and bоth сargo сomPartтпent lights ?Lс and 8Lс nust
illuminate,
BO 105
сндPтЕR 92
вage 230
}4BB }tЕlтсOPтЕRs
},IAтNтЕNANсЕ },IANUAI, }.{вB - B0 10 5
2. Pul] hand lamр out of the base and turn rheоstаt сontrol fully Еo the
- Hаrd ']
аmт) m]]st illuпiinate.
тurn lhёosLаt сontrol slowly to the ]eft until it indеnts in the пoЕГп
hâiti^n
- Thе hаnd lamр must s.lovJfy dim аnd finally e]rtingцish.

з. set togg.]"e switсh 40lс Еo 0Ег рosition аnd рull сirоuit breakеr 2lс,
92 - 121 I n s t r ume nt 1i ght i ng (see figurе 92-9З тo 92-95)
тhe instrunent lighting j.nс}udes Рos! and eyebroi,I lights whiсh fасi]itаte
tfAfînft
ЕoчдrlY thё inetrl1m6ntq gJ ggд..lY
dlrrinгт rl:тknAsq
тhe magnetiс сomрass uti]izes аn internaL ]ight 2LD and the ouЕside аir temР.
indiсator is illuпrinated by ]ight 20lс attaсhеd Lo сabin struсture.
]n additiоn' a reading right 5I,C is seсured to LIt side of the hоrizontal
instrument pаnel seсriоn, whiсh is adjustable thlough а flexib]e сonneсtiоn.
PoweI suPPly of the instrumеnс pаne] is from the main bus PP21 or. if
installed, from the emergency bus PP20 via
ЕггЕст]vIтY o s/N 7-160 and sеlies D

сirсuit breaker з].с птNsтR. LIGltт' on the
instrument Danel,
o s/N 161 аnd subsequent
fuse 1I,C and toggle switсh з],с l'INsTR. I,IGIIт'
on Lhe instrшnent pane].
-iпh- ir'+01qitv rрстtl']аti^n ]-hA inqtr'1m6nt '] iгrh.s is viа nОiр'.\*iоmetрт ].0i;
9J L9Y94g9+У.r
^.
п]NsтR. ].IGнтп and light сontrol unit 9LC in the instrr'цnent Pаnel .
Bо 105
сflAPтЕ'R 92
Pagе 2З1/232
!lгт.т..\Dтт!Da
l.4AINтЕNANсЕ I.IANUдIJ }4BB - DU .LUэ
:-':'
. |=--- "-=э:.
=э=i'::
ffii-т]
2
o.\'Ё.-. .-'
Tэ
',\ ./.,/.,'/
./
tt / /
1 {-llfrn .7 -.t-r.--
lnstrument panel (2vЕ )

Post and.] eyebxow lights ЕЕ'гEстIv1тY
Rоаrli nrr i.rht /чт.n\
сirсuit breakеI (ЗLс) ,4\ Д\ S/N 7-160 and series D
гuse (11,с) ,/^
тoggle sъ'itсh Гзlсl A 5/N 1b.t аnd suDsequenl
2 Маgnеtiс сotnpаss light (2LD )
з Outside air temp. ind. ^
1iqht (20tс)
Instrшnent Lighting
в0 105
с}IAPтЕR 92
Pagе 233
I.'4вB ltЕl1сoPтЕRs
}1AINтЕNANсЕ }'IANUAт, t'1Bв - B0 105
The fоllоwing indiсating instruments utilize еyebrow lights:
Instrument Light
Airsрeed indiсator
Altimeter t'tLc
Vertiсal sPeed indiсato! 2IЪс
тrj.рle oi] temрerature indiсаtor 5ЕD J J,LL-
тriple oil рressure indiсator 4ЕD з5Lс
The follоwing indiсating instrшnents utilizе a dual post light or two indivi-
dual Dost liqhts;
тi^h}
тriple RP!4 indiсator ?ЕN ]-1Lс

shaft moment indicator 2vФ1 19lс
N1 RPМ indicator ENG ]., 108ЕN 2lI 'с
lower right
N1 RPЦ indiсator ЕNG 21 208ЕN 26r,C
lower right 31l,с
The fo}}owing indiсating instruлents utilize a Post light vlhiсh is loсated on

the rн side above the instrщпent:
Instrunent
n1lа'] }^7.fl!a i nrli nэtnr 2зт.с

Toт indicator ЕNG 1, 105Eт., 25Lс
ToT indiсаtor ЕNG 2, 205ЕL 27Lс
с1oсk 2 8Lс
Dual fuel guantity indiсator 5Ев 29Ъс,
Dua} fuel pressure indiсatо! 2ЕA з2Т,с
Table 92-31 Instrument Lighting
в0 105
CHAPтЕR 92
DА.зo э?l
мвв нЕtIсoPтЕRs
!.IAINтвNANсЕ I'lANUAl l,1вB - в0 10 5
92 - I28 Troubleshoоting - instrutnent lighting
N0' тROUвT,Е SYМPTOI'{ PRoBAвLЕ сAUsЕ сoRRЕстIvЕ AстIoN
1 Entire instrument Defeсtive сirсuit Check сirсuit brёaker, fuse

1i/'ьi;n.r lrrurцuJ.rrg
-rgllL.llv inп]llrlin- Ьт6a].6r Jt9,
?т'li lJog
fllсa or Logg}e
^}
}^^^1^ switсh
6.''i{-^н and
..^ reрдauЕ,
raadi nп '] i аЬf i n- ]Дu or
'] т.
^' togg"tе
+^nfr.l A as neсessary.
oРerative. swltсh 3],с.
2 ЕnLire instrument Defeсtive рoten- Check potеntiometeт аnd
lightiпg fails to tiometer 10!с. rePlaсe. as xequired.
illшпinate, but
тeаdino .l joht is DAfAr-tiwо .l
i г'hi. RAn]аÂ .lAfor.ti\,a .]
idЬt
operаtive. сontrol unit 9lс'
^!9Е*Ь99
control unit.
l Reаd.inс 1i.'ht fяi 1s !]ёfA.ti\'ё ]Amn RA?.'']а.A dAfA.ti116
r!9Е4чv9Ччд99gfv9Jgцу.
']апh
to illurсinate.
Defeсtiveeleс- Cheсk wiriпg for сontinuity
triсal wiring. using the vliring diagraп
(refer tо WD!'I) . Repair or
тan,1 r l.6
4 on]v individlIа'] nefрntiwc ,]

аmnc Porr]я/'6
ПЕу!в99 ] дmn аr rдnэi т
to
].ights fai1 or eleсt'riсаl wiringi' as пeсessary.
illшninаte. wiring.
тable 92-32 тroubleshooLing - instrumenl Lighting
92 - 129 Removal and installation - eyеbrow lj.ghts аnd post tights
Removal and instа]1ation рrocedures of ].ights аre desсribed in the

l'laintenance Instruсtion of the respective systen to whiоh the indiсating
instruлent belonqs.
вo 105
снAPтЕR 92
},вв нЕlIсoPтЕRs
},IAINTЕNANсЕ }.{ANUAI, l,lвв - B0 105
92 - ].з0 Remоval aпd installаtion - tight сontrol unlt 9Lс

(sёe figure 92-94 )
] ' Rernovаl
a. Switсh off eleсtriсаl рower suРрly and relпоve instrument panel

fairing.
b. Disconпeсt eleсtriоal connection at ]ioht сontтn1 r1nit gт'c and
Proteсt р]ug 9],сa with a caP.
с. Remove sсrews (2) with тashers (з) аnd deLach ]ight' сon!ro1 unit.
-tl
^Ф-?
rj
I т j nЬ+ ] .'n i l.
^^n+ '^
2 sсrew
9O01lt" з Washer
Figure 92-94 'i'i.rht cnnt r^1 тIni + oт.
2. Instal-Lation
тhе instal]ation of the light сontrol цnit is еssentially the reverse оf
the removal. Peтform а fuпсtional test subsequent to instа1]ation (rёfer
i^ nA f r п7эб}r q,-.] 1,l
BO 105
сItAPтЕR 92
Page 236
нЕL1сoPтЕRs
МA]NтЕNANсЕ }{ANUAL }4вв - в0 105
AZ - LJL Renoval and installation - pоLentioтпeter ].0Lс

/cдо f i dlrra a2-aЧl
1. Removal
a' Switсh off eleсtriсal рower supPly аnd remove instlumenL pane.l
fаiтing.
b. Remove сontro]. knob (1) .
T.oosen heх nut (2) and Рull pоtentioneter (5) Ёackward from instru-
nent panel (4) .
d. Unsolder electriсal lfiring (6) and reпovё potentiometer.
1 сontrol knob
2 }lех nut
з
lnstrurnent рanеl
5 Potentiоneter
o Electriсai wiтing
P otent iоmete r
2, Insta1lаtion
тhe installation is essential].y the reverse of the removal.
When resoldering the eleсtriсal wiring, observe Lbe аPPlicab]e wiring
diagram' Perform a funсt,iоnаl test subsequent to the installаtiоn.
вo 105
сI]дPTЕR 92
Page 23?
мвB ItЕ],IсoPтЕRs
},IAINтЕNANсE I,IANUA! }.1вв - вO 105
92 - 1з2 гunсtional test - instruпent lighting
1.
ЕЕ'гЕстIVITY o s/N ? - ].60 and series D
Stтitсh on еlectriсal power supply and рush
сirсuit breaker 3Lс пINSтR. LIGflтll .
Insert fuse J.LC, switсh on electliсal Power
srrnn.]rr end qёt t.|.r.Y] A swiссh 3!C l'INSтR. tr]Gltтll
LU vrr lJUO.l-Lr\,rr t
- iiit,h the ll1NsтR. IIGHтп tuIned tо the right, a)}

PоtenЕiometeI 10].с
Pos! and eyebrow }ights on the indiсating instruпent's and the reading
light 5],C (s/N 16]- and subsёquent' switch on additionally) must
illuminate.
2, тurn potentiometer 10!с to the 1eft.
,]
- ть6 in.l-r1lmAnt L idhtinп
д +Уrru4rrУ ln^t tho r.Aяrlin.' ] iпhт) mllct dim
3. Pull сlrcuit breakers and set togglё sh'itсhes to oЕ.Е' Position

respectively and switrh off the eleсtriсal Рo}lеI suРply.
92 - I3з l{аrning light segments (see fig'ure 92-9?)
тhe toP sесcion of the instrumeпt рanel 2vЕ and the vertiсa]. seсtion сontains
the wаrning light segnents.
тhese warning lights indiсate пa]funсtions and failure of majоr systems.
!.unctional Lest of а11 warning }ighrs is рerformеd by pressing the сest
swltch птЕsт WдRN ' I.тGнтsп 6вв on instrument Pane]" 2vE.
1. Remоval and installation warning lights laIпрs (see figure 92-96).
a. Reпovаl
1) switсh off eleсtriсal Рoh'el supрly.

2I P!еss lagсh |22\ Еo the righL.
- I,аmР board assetnbly (3) wil1 slip out and then сan be рu]fed
from the housing (1) .
з) Pull out lamрs (4) fron 1amp bоard asseпrbly.

4) Disassеmble laпP board asseпbly as shofln in figure 92-96.
вo 105
снAPтER 92
Page 2з8
}4Bв нЕLIс0PтЕRs
МAINTЕNANсЕ !,IANUAL },'вв
{'Y?'-
#
-
ч^.
,!
1 I,aпр board assembIy

2 Push button housing
1 Housing
2 Lat.ch r' т^n^-'l
!ЕУеllu nl^ь^
tJJ.aLс
3 т,.,anp board assembly 5 ],еgendmask/diffuser
4 lamp 6 Гace plate
liarning lights
b. Installation
Тn ct э']
,]
дt. i rrn is essentially the revёlse of the гemoval .
в0 105
снAPтЕR 92
!lЕ],Iс0PтERs
}.,lA]NтЕNдNсЕ l{ANuAl }1Bв - bU .LUЭ
Е г r,E ст 1vI тY s/N 7-60
olL LOW вPМ GЕN FlLт НYD MАG

сooL FUEL
1 1 1
PLUG 1
i.IYD
н о.к т o|L GЕN 2 FlLт 2 lrYo 2
10ЕD зЕv
ЕЕЕЕсттvIтY S/N 61 and subsequent
LOW
-JЧ!!. _.tL A
HY вL0cк т o|L
GЕN 1 j':l
GEN 2 F|Lт 2
HYDR
мAG
ф 1
. LLLGI -
a
МАG
HYDR 2 PLUG 2
OL o
оooL 3
.^Lч
з
вAт 70
ЕгЕ'ЕстIv] TY Seri es D Е !'Е Ес T 1v]TY B0 105 DЕs
г.Е0г1 I RPU
Ф
-.YL 3 :з11 вАт 60
i I FUЕl
|TvБп-
I
t-l
т o|L
I
вLocк oll sтAвт вAт 70 tдlдGкl l

|
нV т 2 I
GEN 1 FlLт 1 GЕN ] oH

OIL
rcERn {sЕt{e.l
GЕN 2 GЕN 2 ol.. EN6
otL
3 I HLт1 | l пLт, I
l',i1
МАG
tLgGJ l'{YDR
1-l lпoпл
o -
t!4AG
_
lмrGl
|PЦ,G 'l l
IнAOI
].lYDв 2 6 IPLUO 2 I
PLUG
гЕЕ-]
2
гтпiG-t
_'ll'l
orL
ЕNG
orlr I oL2 I
з :111
.9LL qoql I
3
l**l
I
sтАвт 2 olt , sтAвт 2

ЕNG
olL
lвrorr|
о :'lLy 'iT1 з
GEN 1 о.l
911
l вAт.ol
l-t Г*тl
GЕN2 orl вAт 70 GЕN 2 o|- вAт 70 = |вAт70| J
sтAвт |
900J56
Wаrning Light seg,пents

вo 105
сIIAPтЕR 92
Pagе 240
нЕт,1с0PтlRs
l,1A]NTЕNANсЕ },]ANUA! l,1вв - в0 105
92 - 1ззA }.,1 1 s с Е I, I, A N в 0 U s ЕLЕсTRI сA I, s Y s т Е М s
92.1з4 Pitot tube hеаting (see figure 92-98)
тhе рitot tube supрlies the airsPeed indicator with dynafliс pressurel see
сhaPte! 91. The Pitot tube сan bе heated to Prevent the formation of iсе. тhe
рitot heating 3ltG is suррlied with e]ectriсal power from the main bus PP21.
ЕI'гЕсT]vITY e/\т ? - ,] (n
via cirсuit breaker lltc i n thо гnnt rn'] 1.!AnA1 ?\Iт.
viа fцsе 5нG and toggle sw.ltсh 4ItG in the
c /r'т .1 (.l эnn сllhсaаtlrant

via fuse 1rtc and toggle switch 4tlc in thе
сontrol рanel 2vЕ.
The indiсaЕor 2нG in the insЕrument pane] indiсаLes Lhe oРerаtion оf рitot
tube heating знG. тo drаin оondensаЕion water and to сonneсL test еquiPmenL'
a т-рieсe wit,h саР assenrbly is instа]]ed in the рiрe/hose line sУstem.
МAlN вUs
FUsЕ 1t{G
тoGGLЕ sWlтсн
4 вG
lNDlсAтoR
2нG
l.lЕAтlNG з |]G
Pitot tube heatino знG
B0 105
сltAPтЕR 92
Paqe 24\
мвв вЕL]сOPтЕRS
мAINтЕNANсЕ [,lANUA]. l.,1Bв - B0 ].05
92 - 1з5 TIoubleshooting - рitot tube heating
N0. тRoUBLЕ sYl4Pт0t.,1 PRоBABLЕ сAUSB сORRЕсTIVЕ AсT]ON
1 Pitot tube does EЕЕEсT]VITY s/N 7-160

nоt heаt Cirсuit breakеr .iPITOT Chесk сiтсult brеakеr and
TUBЕ IlЕAт]NG'! defeсtlvе. reр]aсе, if neсessаry.
ЕЕ'гEстIvITY
с /N 161 and subsequent
Е'usе 1HG defесtivе сheсk fцse аnd repiaсe, lf
neсessarY.
Togg1е swiLсh ,,Pitot сheсk toggle switсh and
tube hеatlng'' defeсtlvе rерlaсe. if neсessary.
Heаting element in сheсk hеаting element bet-
рitot tube defeсtive vreen сontaсt рins on рitot
trlЬa fnr anntinrritrl -a n.,l
;^;;":.' ;;";.;;..'^;'^-
Cabling betwееn сirсuit Chесk сabling foт сontuinit'y
bIеaker fusе and сonneс- and replaсe or rеpair' if
tion to рitot' tube neсessary.
defeсtive
ЕЕЕЕCTIVITY series D
FiБ-SiE-EБf eсt ive Cheсk fusе or терlaсе, if
neсessary.
тoggle switсh 'IPтTOT сhесk togglе switсh or re-
HЕATING. defeсtive pLaCе, if neсessary.
Heating еlement defeс- Chесk сontinuiсy and rерIасе,
tive if neсеssary.
Tаb]e 92-З3 Troubleshooсing - Pitor tube hеаting
92 - 136 Еunсtiona] test - рitot tube hеating
,1 . Conneс! eХternа] power unit and removе рilol tubе рrotесtion. 0n

indiсator 2нG "Р]T0T TUBЕ HEATING'' thе whltе sесtors must bе visrble on
f Ь6 Ь,].^]. Ь.э л]zлrnl rn.4
2 (ui tгh an ni tnl rrthФ hAаt i nft
NOTЕ The рitot tube heаting shou]d be switсhed on onLy briеfty r,lhen the
Чёl iс^n.er is nn ihP сrоund.
B0 105
СHAPTЕR 92
Paqe 242
I',IBB I]ЕIтсOPтЕRS
}4AINтENANсЕ I.IANUAI, мвв - в0 105
ЕгЕ'ЕсT]VIтY os/N 7- 160

DePress сirсuit brеаker ].нG пPIтOт тUвЕ
I{ЕдтINGп '
o Series D
Insert fuse 5flG а!d svritсh on togg]e si,''itch 4лG
пPIт0т нЕAтINGп.
o s/N 161 аnd subsequent

]nsert fuse 1I{G and sпitсh on togg].e switсh 4i1G
пPIтoT }IЕдтINGп.
- тhе WhiLe seсtors on indiсat'or 2ltc llPIтOт IIЕAттNGп must no lonоer Ьe

visible.
сAUтION PIтoт тUвЕ l4AY ovЕRнЕAт.
з. гind out wheсher the рitot tube is being heated by саrefully moving hand
towards it.
4. switсh off Pitot heating and external рower uтrit.
5. Put on pitot tubе рroteсtiоn rтhen the tube has cooled down.
92 - 1З1 0verhead paneI 12vЕ (see figure 92.99 and 92-100)

The overheаd panel 12vЕ is loсated above t'he pi1оt seats iп the сenЕе.r of the
сabin rоof. тhё overhead panel сonsists of an upper seсгion, sоlidly riveted
to the сabin сеiling, and а loweт seсtion, bo]Led to the upper seсЕion.
The оverheаd panel сontains - depending upon series nu,тbеr and configuratioп
- с]ontro1 units remliтerl fоr thё otrрrAtirrn оf vяri ^l1с A'1 A.t].iг.r.1 с!'сt6Ynq
(е. g. optional eguipmеnt) .
A hand lаmp is mounted сo left side of uррer overhead рanel section.
в0 105
сfiдPтЕR 92
Pagе 24з /24s
I
Мвв l{вL1сoPтЕRs I
l'{AINтЕNдNcЕ I.]ANUAI, }4вв - B0 r05
.] n!'A'.h6rя h> n6,] - llnnо r с..t i

2 нeadset jасkl vttг - radio соm. 10Rг*
^n
ЕггЕст]vIтY
3 }liстophоne jасk, Vtlг - rаdio сom. ]'1Rг*
flszш?-160 4 ovеrhёаd раnef - 1o e! seсtion
5 fland lаmр
6 ttеadset jасk. vBг . radio оom. 8Rг*
7 l{iсroрhone j aсk, vнг . radio com. 9Rг*
8 I'liсrophone jack, vllг - radio соm, ]RF*
9 Jtеadset jaсk' vнг - radio com. 6Rг*
* орtiona] еquipment
гigure 92-99 overhеаd рane] 12vЕ
в0 105
сltAPтЕR 92
р>пo 1А5
HЕ1]сoPтЕRs
}1A]NTЕNANсЕ I.IANUA]r }4вв - в0 105
lщ,.*
.-. Ffi,..
'" ''-'L:i'-" i:a:i'"'.,
r.^\: ),i 't i )i i ii
(t,
:Йt'"с n*iИ о\ ,,-.'

._iУ]-sУ2llgi-i-., i*,, '*-/ ,...
l'мg.i^. Pos'т'oi
ig::-.-ч:--:зl- j
^{nсэ.L] '},
1 Pushbuttonl vнE' radio сomm. 12Rг*

2 Pushbuttоn I04P 204P
'
3 Tоggle swiЕсh 28],Al 29l,A' 40].A
4 тoggle switch 1].0М/ 12Q!.{. зQI'1, 14QМ
].
* oрtional equiPmeDt
Еigure 92-100 тyPiсal overhead Pane] ].2vЕ lrith operаting switсh
Dv lvэ
l"ндртPр Q2
pА.\o
'АR
},вв нЕLIсoPTЕRs
}IAINтENANсЕ }4ANUA], I.,1вв - B0 105
0? - 1?a /. ё n r 6 i. n: n A ,] /cдо fiгпlro Q2-10.l 1
..i,.r:l
тhe сenter Panel is locаted between the рilоt seats and eхtends from thе
horizonta] seсtion of the instrument panel 2vЕ.
т\д сёnj.ё- nаnF] cnntаins lhр cоnтто']s Оf ihё ontiОnа.] PDl]iDmAnt irРfPr to
м.llv{ я01 t^ Д1'i^ni. M:nrlя1)
^hэnt6r ^r
? 'н'
1"
х
ы?1
..Ф
7 ч|1f1 *.r1 .{' i.l

a ', 'фr:
соPtот Рllol
_t /\u\rul-\
\ I
ё \_/ \.....- )
Е|}
stl
/Z\.ll \--l zl\r
'\=/,/ o
l/ |Aх ,i
r\=/, ])
PRE5S .!! тАl(
гidllrё q?-1n1 тr'ni.r1 .Ani!ar Бдnё.]
вo 105
снAPTЕR 92
p2.'o 2А1 /?Дя
сHAPTER
lNsPЕсТloNs AND
AIRWORTHINESS
LIMITATIONS
ЕURoоoPтER I'A|NтЕNANoЕ мANUAL вo 105
1 01 lNsPЕстloNs AND AlпWoRтнlNЕss LlllJllтAтloNs

тab|в o' Gontonts
seсtlon т|tlo Page
10t - 1 GЕNЕRAL - lNsPEcтloNs AND A|FlWoRтH|NЕss Llпn|тAтloNs

101 -2 INsPEст|oNs - т|мЕ L|м|Ts 5
101 *3 LUвR|сAТ|oN снAнт .. . . 7
101 - 3.1 Lubrication chart Basiс.Hвlicoptёl 7
101 -4 PRЕFLIGHтсHЕсK ....'.. t1
101 - 4.1 Pref Iight chacк вasic.l{eIiоoptor 11
101 - 4.2 Pr€|llght оhaоk optiona| Еquipmоnt 23

'i01 - 5 sUPPLЕ['ЕNтARY сHЕсK 25i50 FH 33
'101 5.1
- supp|smontary chack 25150 Fh вasic.Hвliоoptor 33
101 - 5.1 .1 supplem€пtary оheсk 25 Fh вasiс-He|icopter . 33
101 - 5.1.2 suрp|emontary сhвсk 50 Fh ваsiо.Hgliсopter s4
101 -6 SUPPLEI\'ЕNТARY сl-lЕоK.100 FH . .. . ....... з5
101 - 6.1 suPp|emeпtary сheсk 100 Fh вasiс.Hвl|сopter 35
101 - 6.2 supp|omentary checк 10o Fh oPtiona| Еquipmoni
101 -7 12-мoNтH |NsPЕстloN . . 39
101 - 7.1 12.Month lnsрeсtion вasiо.He|iсopter .
101 - 7.2 1 2-Month Inspoсtion optionа! Еquipment 43
101 -8 PЕFlioD|cАL |NsPEcтloN ...... 45
101 - 8.1 P€riodica| lлspeсtion вasic l{6liсoptor . 45
101 - 8.2 Periodical Inspsction Optional Equipmont 5t
101 -9 EXтЕNDЕD PЕв|oDlсAL lNsPЕGт|oN ..
'. ..... 53
101 - 9.1 Ехlвnd6d Periodicai Inspec1ioп
101 - 9.2 Еxtendвd Poriodical lnspoсtion optionaI Equiрmont
10t - 10 sUPPLЕ['ЕNтAпY lNsPЕcтloN AGсoвDlNG тo oPЕRAт|NG
TlMЕ |N FH AND/oR оALЕNDARтl}'Е ....... 6l
't01 - 10.1 supplamoпtаry |nsрeсtion ассolding tо oporаtiпg тimo in Fh and/oг оa|вndar т{mo
вa6iс Haliсoptor 61
101 - 10.2 supp|omentary |nsрeсtion aссоrdiпg to oрerаting тmg in Fh aпd/or оa|andar Timв
........ 69
opt|ona| Еquipment
'101- 11 SPЕс|AL |NsPЕотloNs AFтЕв MA|NтЕNANсЕ Aст|v|тY '...... 7g
101 - 11 .l spеоial |nspoсtions attor мaiпtвnanсe Activity вasiс Hв|icoptor '..... 7S
101 - 11.2 sDeсia| lпspaоtions attвr lv|aintonanсo Aсtlvity opllona| Еquipm€nt 81
101 - 12 |NsPEcтtoNs AFтER oPЕRAт|oN UNDЕR SPЕс|AL ЕNvlнoNMЕNтAL aa

сoND|TloNs
10t - t2.1 Inspections afler oрoration under speсial Еnvironmenta| сonditions
ва6ic He||copter 83
101 - 12.2 Inspeсt|ons after operation under speсia| Еnvironmental сonditions
optionаl Еqцipmant 85
101 - 13 SPЕс|AL lNsPЕстloNs AFтЕя oPЕвAтloNAL lNс|DЕNтs .
' '
ё|
101 - 13.1 spвсiа| |nspeсtions aft6r oporational |nсidonts Basiо He|iоopteг .. в7
Flovision 18 сHAPтЕв 10.l

Pago 1
EURocoPтЕR мAINтЕNANoE }'ANUAL вo 105
101 - 13.2 sPgci8| |nspeсtions attor operаtiona| |nсidonts optiona| Еquipmgпt 111
101 - 14 т|MЕ вЕTWEЕN oVЕRHAUL oF сoI\4PoNЕNтs (твo) . . . . ' . 1.l з
10'l - 14.1 тmв Betwoon ovrrhauI ot сomponэnts Basiо Heliсoptor 11з
'101
- 14.2 тime Bвtween ov€rhaul of Componants optlona| Equipmonl 1t5
101 - 15 AlвWoRТHINEss LIM|TAт|oNs 117
101 - 15.1 Gвnera| ' 117
101 - 15.2 sorviсe тmas o' Life-Limit6d Parts 119
101 - 15.2.1 sorviов тmos of Life.Limitвd Parts Basic.He||оoDter
Ho|lсopter series A' с' D' s' exсept for вo105 св-5' вo105 свs.5
аnd вol05 DBs.s .. 119
10.t - 15.2.2 sorv|сa тimos ot Lite-Limitod Parts E}asic.HolicoDtgr
Ha|icoptвr series Bo105 св-5' вo105 овs.5 and вo105 Dвs.s вasiс-||o|icooter 125
101 - 15.3 serviсo тmes ol Li{e.Limited Parts optional Еquipmont
All Sorios 125
oHAPтЕR 101 вov|s|on 18

Page 2
ЕURoоoPтЕв llilAlNтЕNANоЕ мANUAL вo 105
101 - 1 GЕNЕRAL.lNsPЕcтloNs AND AlпWoRтl|lNЕss Lli'tтAтloNs

1. Gengral
a. тhs inspectioпs/mвasures speсitied iп chaptar 101 must bs ассomР|ishвd by tho lаt€st on rвaоhing
thoso time Iimits as determiпed in section 101.2 to onsuгв coпtinucd a|rworth|nа8s of h6|lcoptоr.
b, |nspооtions of вaэ|c.н6l|coрter arв dgscr|bed iп sёсtions l01.x.1, inspeсtioпs ol oPt|oпa|

Equipmont ar€ dascrlbed in soоtions 10.|.x.2.
о. Fig.10l.1 r€pres6ntschaptar10.t
.l01.5
"Inspвctions andAirworthiness Limitatlons".тheconlants otsactions
thru 101-9 аre оomPilod iп such a way, that oп roасhing thв сorresponding timo limits on|y the
requirod InspEсtions haveto ba parlormgd. lпspoоtionswith shortвrint6iva|s are fU||y inсorporat€d' Тhis
means,thatthe Еxtendod PoriodicalInspoction 101-9 coпtainstho Per|odicallnspection 101.8' Which in
tum contаins ths suрplernоntary сheck 100 Fh 101-6 and the 1'2 lr'onth |nspэction 101-7. тhв
supplвmontаry сheck 25150 Fh 101-5 is inсorporatвd in tho supp|emeпtary оhoсk 100 Fh 101-6.
d. тhe inspвоtions/measures ars to be por{orm€d in compl|аnco with specif|ed sесtions. тhe оo|umn
Rвforonоe of lha iпspection schedu|es donoles aсоoding to whiсh dgtalled instruction tho inspoction
and maintвпaпс6 work is to be P6rlormod. тh€сo|umn Inltla| |s intsпd€d forv€ri|iоation of perlormanсo
of inspeсtion. A signalule iп this co|umп v9ri|iosthetlhe r€spectivo chocksЛnsрoctions andthe rвmova|
of aпy discrepanсies havв been perlormsd corr€оt|yand in сonsoquenоotho heliсopterсaп bo rоturпed
to flight oporations.
e. |nspeсtions ot vвndor сomponeпts and systems arg to bв performed ln aссordancв with аpp|icab|e
v6ndordoсumeпtation' R6terto ListotApp|lcablo Pub|iсations (LoAP).
f. supp|omontary chэcks may also ba porformвd bytraIned pilots.
schвdц|ed cheсks/|nspeсtions
a. тhesсhodu|edchёсk6/insрactions,ist6din soction 10'-зthru t0'.9аrэtobepвr'ormgd bythe|аt6st on

roaсhing corrвspondiпg 0р6rating tim6 of h6llcoptor. In сas6 tho oporating timos otсompongnts do not
coincido With those ol thё he|iсoРt6r, rёgard tho operating times ol сompononts аs appliоable.
b. тhe suрp|ementary insрeotions |ist6d in seоtlon 101.10 supplom6nt the poriodical

insoeоtions/measures 101-5 thru 1о1.8.
с. lnspeоtion resp. maint6nanсe points ol sсhodu|6d ch6cks/insр8оtions maybs performed earliar. ForIhis
maкe suro that th6 sрec||ied timo Iimits аrз not вхс6€dod forthosg measur6s pвrlormod in advanc€.
Furthgr sоh6du|ёd мeasures
a. тmo ввtweon overhaul-.оompononts ar€ сontainad in sвction 101.14. тhase componoпts aro to bE
overhau|od by tho raspeсtive manutacturer or an authorizad serviсo statioп aсlording to аpp|iоabl6
doсumentatlon.
b. sectioп 1o1.15 contаins a |isting o' a||timв сhangg itsms, lh€ir related timo limits as w6|l a8 sPoсlal
re9U|аtionsdot€.mininglhв UseotthesEitэms. тhs oPвratingtimes o'lhgse items mцst пotbe€xc€6ded.
4. UnsсheduIed lnspsсtions
a. seсtion l01.11 contains spoсia| inspeсtions lo bэ pBr{ormod аttэr speоi'ic mаintonanсo aоt|vlties.
b. sвction 101.12 сontains spocia| inspeсtions to bo portorm€d att€r |вngthy op€ration undor speсia|
environmenta|оoпditlons. specialenvironmonta|condit|ons оould bв: sа|inв atmosphero, high share of
sand partiolos in airor рollutod atmosphore. |t isiho resPoпsibiIity o' the he|iсoptar operator to ludge thв
nвоessity o' theso specla| inspeсtions.

Pagв з
ЕURoоoPтЕв |\,,IA|NтЕNANсE MANUAL Bo l05
с. soctioп 101.l3 оontains speciaIinspections to bop6rformad immediatelyaftertheoceurr€пco ofsp6сi'iс

operat|onaI incidents. тhe6e inspeсt;ons ensure the upho|ding rsspeсtivoly re-€stablishment ot
airwоrthinЁss.
5' |nsDection sсh6me

.t
01.3 Lubricаtion сhart
.101.4
Pr€f|ight сhвck
101.5 supp|gmanlary оheсk 25/50 Fh =]Г_--l

Fhlll 101-7
Jll 12мonlhI I
|nsв""tion
rll[
101-6 supp|gmontary оhoсk 100r гrl
Fh | 1
101-8 ParIodica| lnsp€ction
.1
01-9 Ехt6nd6d Period|oa| |пsp6оtion
101-10 supp|ementary |nspвctioп aоcording to opвrating тme in

F|ight Hours and/or оalendar тime
101.11 speoie| lnsрoсtlon aftgr мaintenanco AЕtivity
101.12 |nspsction att6r oporаtion under spoоia|

Еnvironmonta| оonditions
101.13 conditional lnspaоtion eftвr operаtiоna! lncident
101.14 тmo вetwe6n overhau|
101.15 Airworthiпoss
Fig. 101-1 - |пsp€сtioп scheme
6. Abbrэviations
|Pо |llustrated Parts сata|og
ЕPU Еxtoma| power unit
Fh Flight hours
FLм F|ight Manua|
LoAP List ol Appliсab|s Publiсations
NHA Next Higher Аssembly
oAт outsidg A|r тemporaturв
oinln oporation and Maintenanоe Manuat (A|lison)
PF Pref|ight сhecк
RЕ[,l в6pair Manua|
твo тme вgtwoon ovorhau|
тcl тime оhang€ |tвm
тs| тimo sinсe |пsp6сlion
тsN тime slnce New
Тso Tima slnce ovorhau|
.l0.t
снAPтЕR Rovision 18
Pago 4
@-',.o.орteг I/AINтЕNANсЕ MАNUАL Bo 105
101 -2 lNsPЕотloNs -тl}vlЕ Lltvtlтs
1. Notёs r9gardiпg тmo L|mits
a. тho time limits and allowable ovвr-thФ.|imit times for tha iпspeоtions/moasuros aro specified uпder
step 2.
b. Whвn цnusual local сonditions diotato. it is tha rosрonsibility ot tho h€tiоoрtёt opgrator to incroase the
frequoпcy and sоoр6 of |nsрвоtionym6аsures to guaranteo safe operation.
'liqht
c. |t is permissib|o to excood lпtorvаIs Up to spoсified |imits. тhese ovor-the-|imit times are to oe
disregardod whon datormIning tlms o' пext inspeсtion or maasuro.
d. Tho time o| inspoction is sрeci'i6d by th9lol|owing gxPreзslons:
1) Fllght hou.s (Fh) are th€ intgrvаts bot\'Yвsn takeott aпd leпdiпg ot the holiсoрter' lt timo timits arQ
eхpr6ssod in llight hours, th6y gonora||y app|y to th9 t|ight hours ol the holiоopter' unjoss tho listed
fl|ght hours ar6 directly re|ated to a sрecific оomponoпt (NomEлc|ature, Part Numbor).
2) cа|ondar тlmo ln moпths or yoaгs аra the intorva|s of Тimg Sinоs N6w сIsN) or тme s|поo
Insрoct|оп ггs|). |'lima |imits ar9 aхpressed |n cа|andartime' theygoпeral|y app|yto th6 ho|lоopt6r'
un|€ss th6 listed calsndаr timo ls dlreоtly re|atёd to a sрecif|o oomponont (Nomenclaluro' Part
Numbsr).
storego times following oрoretioп must bs takon iпto aссount. Theso inspection requirements do
not apply to пвw or ovorhаu|sd equiPmont that has been storвd aоcording to manufaсturor's
direсtivёs and that has not been operated' Uп|os3 th6y aro additiona||y requir€d'
3) NЦmbэI of F||ghts is tho numbor ol |аndiпgs (ground contасts).
4) Rвtlromont тlme is the pormisslblo operating timo lor тmё chаnge |tems сгс|) in f|ight hours,
calandar time or numbor of ll|ghts siпce пew. lt is always ro|ated to a сomponant identi,iвd bY
nomoпclature and part numbar.
5) тlme вotwo€n ovo.hаul (твo) ls tha operaling tim6 of a componвпt (Nomenclaluro, Part
Numb6r)' aftorwhich tho оomPoпвnt ls to bв overhau|ed. тho int€rvalbegins with тme siлсe New
(тsN) or тlma sinсo overhaul (тsO).

Paga 5
Q-.,..oрtег MA|NтЕNАNOЕ МANUAL вo 105
тme Limits
a. ThE olЬ/ Lubrlcаnt сhango isto be рerformsd ассordingto seоtlon 101.3' тhe Iist€d tim6 iпtorvals а(€
aррllcable. it ls pal.m issiblo to oхсoвd tho rospectivo intoNa|s bу 10o/o.
b. тhs Prof|lght сh6сk is to be pвrformed aссоrd|ng to soction 101-4 by ths latgst oriorlo thв ftight of
th6 daY lt6ms markad with а svmbol have to Ь6 сhaсkgd рaсh flloht bв'orа takeotf '|rsl
о. Тhg sцpp|gmentаry сheсk 25/50 Fh is to bo per'ormed acсordingto soction 101-5 evgry 25 r6sp.50
fllght hours' /' is pa rnissibla to aхcвod theso t|mo llmlts bу 5 |light hou|s,
.100
тhis does not aрp|y iltha supp|omontary оhock Fh, the Parlodical lnspвction orthв Ехtrnd6d P6.
riodiоal Inspootion is pgrformod oп 1eqching всhedu|od time.
d. Thr supptomentаryсheсk 100 Fh isto be porform€d aocordiпg tossctlon,l01.6 6v6ry 1oo t|ight hours.
It is permissib|o to oхcoad this tima llmit by 10 |light hours.
тh6 suPp|omeпiary сheоk 100 Fh does пot аpply if ths Por|od|ca| |nspaоtion oriho Еxtonded Pododь
саl lпsрrction is pedormgd оп reaоhlпg schodulod timo.
o. тh612{t/tonth lnsр€сtlon is to bo рrfЬrmod aссord|пg to srсtion ,101-7

вvsry .l2 months.
lt is pormissibleto вхcood this tlп1o lim bу a months.
тh6 12-Moпth lnsPectioп doet not aррly itth6 Porlodlсallnsрёсtion оrthв Ехt6пdod Periodiсallnspec-
, tion is pвrformed oп reaоhing schodu|оd tlmo.
f. Тho Porlod|сal |пэpoqt|oп is to b6 Porformed according to section 101-8 вvery 600 ltight hours or 4
yяаrs' dopsпdiflg on which tim9 |imit i8 roаohod first.
, lt is pomissib|o to exсaedth6s9 t,rпa tmits bу60 fl|ght hours rgsp, 6 months.
тhg Poriodlсa| lnsPeоtion doeg not aРp|y Ifthв Еxtondrd P€riodiоal InsPoсtion is porformad oп reaсhing
sсhэdu|6d timo.
g. тhg Extendod Pэr|od|саl lnsPoctlon isto boperformed acоordlngto section 1o1.9forih6l|rstt|meon

r6aching 6000 flight hours or 1eye+rs, doPёnding on whiсh timo Iimlt is reached firct.
lt is permisslblo to eхcoed thёso timo llmits bу 600 |tlght hours rosp. 12 months.
Тhe su-b!equeпt Еxtэndod P;;lod|а8l lпspoot|onE.a.s to be performod acоord|ng to section .l01.9

dgpeпdino on which tlmo limit is roaсhgd first.
'
perrnlssible to excoed thesb tino.linits
lt b,у 600 tilфl houls r6sp. 6 .лonths.
's
h. тha supP|omentаry ln3p€сt|ons arё to be pвrformed aссordlng to sectlon '1oJ.'l0. fh6 |lsted tim6
intorvels arв app|iоab|o.
It |s pormissible to oxcoed thв respoatlva lntвNals bу 10уo'
j' тhrsрeсIа|ln8P6сtlon8 аflo. м8lnt.nsпо€ Aсtlv|tyarotobo perfo|medaоcordiлgto soction 101-11.
тh6 |isted tim6 intorva|q ar6 app|iсab|E'
lt ls parmisвible to eхcoed tho rospёсtlvв inravals bу 1 o%.
i. тha lnsprсt|ons attor opgЕtlon uпdэr sрoc|аl Еnv|ronmэntal сondltlong а16 to ba p€rformod
aёcordlпg to sectlon 'l01.12. тhe l|stЬd timq int6rva|s ara app|icab|e.
lt is Dormlssiblв to oxcood thе E interyals bу | 0o/o.
тhe spgоlsl lnspoсtlons attrr oрэrаt|onа| |nс|donts arв to b6 pвrformed aооordlng to seсtlon
.101.13.
Тhe |Istsd t|me ht6rva|s arв app|icab|o. lr,laryа ls must not bв eхcrodod.
тlmo вetweon ovorhаulсomPon6nt8 ar6 to bo r€p|acod aсоording to soction 101.14. Tha lislodтmв
ввtw6an ovorhaul (твol is app|icab|o' /t,s porm issible to eхcaвd this tlmo rimit bу 3%,
m. LI't||mlted сompoпonls are to bo rop|aced aсoord|ng to sect|on 101.15. тh6 listod lim|ts are
app||cab|e. тhosв must not be вхceedвd.
cHАРтЕR 101 Revlsion 21

Page 6
[,tA|NтЕNANоЕ мANUAL вO 105
?e.,гооoptег
101 -3
101 - 3.1
NoтE
Rфlstration No.: Fh
11 . мAlN тRANstt'|ssloN
(1) оhango oil' lngpoс.t аnd сlоan filtor o|6ment 50Fh тsl'l/tso' 11-4 aпd 11.13
600Fh or 12
montns
тsttl/гso'
thrn
600Fh or
'12months,
whiсhovвr
occurs lirst
32 - тAlL RoтoR DR|vЕ

50FhтsN/гso'
600Fh or 12
months
тsN/rso'
lhen
600Fh or
12 months,
whiohever
ocсurs first
33 -тA|L Roтoв
(1) Groаso bal| boaring ol s|iding slsovo 600Fh or 33.27 stвp'13
12 months,
whichovor
oссurs lirst
(2) Graasa sp|lnas of tall rotor sha't for sl|d|ng s|savв 600Fh or
'12months,
whiсhovgr
ocсurs first
41 - FLIGнт сoNтRoLs lilA|N RoтoR

(1) Groass swashp|ato bвariпg
4з - нYDвAULIG sYsтЕм
тsbo| 101.3.1 - Lubrlсаt|on сhan ва3lc.н6llсopier (1 o' 2)
Rovlslon 22 сHAPтЕR 101

Page 7
ЕURoоoPтЕп MA|NTЕNANоЕ IVIANUAL вo 105
lnspeсtion or lvlаiпtensnсё Work
43 - HYDнAULlс sYsтЕtll
(2) Greaso sp|lnos of hydraulic pump drivo shаtt
61 - ENG|NЕ
(1) ЕFFЕст|vlтY Grease lubriсatвd starier. 61-2't,61.23
gonerator
Flemove s.tarteг-genorators, с|ean splines of stub
shaft and ёngine drivoshaft and then Iubricate
.l01-з.1
тabёl - Lubrlcatlon сhаrt вas|о.нв|iсopter (2 ol 2)
Тeоhnirian Date: |nsрector Date:

Name signаture Stamp Signature
сHAPТЕR 101 Flevision 18

ЕURoоoPтЕв мAINтЕNANoЕ IлANUAL вo 105
I.Цj
"IFбWЕп-тIаEЦ
.| |аEFЕR тo
iq |
oiмl
I ^LL|зоN 10w21
rw2l
s |.рPlor, 4| з.сh р6w€l|

:lplr s I
/ 1 \ WARNING GRЕASЕ lj|L.G-23827 |s NoТ сoMPAт|вLЕ W|TH GвЕAsЕ [il|L-G.81з22.

oвsЕRVЕ GвЕAsЕ IDЕNтlF|cAтloN PLAтЕ.
F|gure 101-з.1 : Lubr|catlon сhart ваs|c.нollсoptor

Pago I
ЕURoсoPтEв I4A|NтENANсЕ MANUAL вo .l05
BLANK PAGЕ
OHAPтЕR 101 Floviвiоn 1в

Page 10
ЕUвoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANоЕ IjANUAL вo 105
101 -4 PвEFL|GHто}|Eск
101 - 4.1 Preflight Cheсk Basiс.Heliсopler
'l
. General
тhe prы|ight оh6сk sha|| be aосomp|ished not |ater than the ||ight of the daу' аnd aосording t0 Flight
lilanual (soction 4) or tho Pilofs оheсk|ist' 'irst
тho prrf|ight chесk is not a detai|ed meсhaniсa| inspeсtion, but essentiai|y a visuа| сheck ot the helicoрtor
for оorreсt сondition'
|tёms mark€d With a star ()t) пeed to bo сheсkвd oасh lIigh,t betorё tаkeofi.
When uпUsua| |oсa| сoпditions diоtate' the 6хtent and/orfrёquanсy o| this оhoсk sha|| be increаsed as пe.
сessary to promote sate operаtion
NoтE тhe fo|Iowing list оontains on|y cheсk items for the basic ho|iоopter in standard
оontiguration,
|n additioп to these itёms, оheсk antennas. |п addition makr оertain that the
пeсessary inspections have boeп porlormed aоcording to the N,taintonaпce
MаnuaI'
For optiona| equiрmont сheck itвms rotвr to the rвsPeоtive F|ight ijanua|
sUooIements or Maintenanоe МaпUa|. сhaoter 10.l - 4.2'

Pagв 11
ЕURoоoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
2. Еxterior сh6сk
.-o
тh6 exlвrior оheсk is |aid out as a Walk.arouпd сheоk, starting lorward right at tho pI|оt's door, proс€ediпg
с|oсkwis6 to th6 taiI boom' to the |eft-hand side (inc|uding the upperand |owsrar€as o' the h6|icopter) and
boing complвtвd al the hё|iоopter nose area.
r00tt3
aYrl)
::Э
1. Fusolage - right side 4. сabin roof
2. Tail boom 5. Nos6 ar€a
3. Fuso|agв - lett side
Figure 101-2 Еxter|or сhaсk sвqu6nсe
NoтЕ .lfpossible,ensurethаtthёhe||сopterishaadedintotheWindb6forвstart|ngthe
6ngines.
. Thв area around the helicopter shou|d be сloar ol a|| foreigп ob,iects.
. Тo avoid exсessive draiп on tho ho|icoptor battery particularly during оold
Weather' a|| ground operatioпs shou|d bв оonducted using an external powor
unit (ЕPU).
. Whon the battery is used, tha op€ration of 6|eсt]iсal oquipmsnt shou|d bo kept
to a minimum.
* He|iсopter forms and doоuments _ сhock' оomp|€tё

Fuso|а96 undorside _ сoпdition' no fuol |eaks
Еaсh fuel tank (3) - Drain sample
lf OAT >+40"C or S-32'C:
Fu6l tomperature _ M6asure; Detormine fuё| type to be
used and/or |imit the opeгаtiоn a|ti.
tudo in accordаnсo with FLI!1 soc.
tion 2.
* сov€rs aпd tio-downs - R6moved
'k
|сe and snow (i' aпy) - Romoved
rk Ground handling whaels - Rвmoved
* тo b6 сhecked beforO gach flight
сHAPтЕR 10.l вevisioп.18

Pagв 12
ЕURoсoPтЕR МAINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL вo .105
сoсkрit
Al| switоnes OFF
Power levers OFF
Rotor bгake haпdle (it jnsta||ed) ln lowest position
сirсuit breakers/f uses As required
Battery switсh ON
voltmeter indiсаtion 24 vDс nom.nal

|f ЕРU is avai|аbie:
Battery switch OFF
Pitot tube h6ating Funсtion
Liqhting:
Posltion lights Function
Aпti co||ision Iights Еunоtion
Landing light(s) Funсtion
вetore Nioht Fliohts:
Dome and instrument lights Funоtion
Utility lamp Funоtion
нand lamp Funсtion
Battery switch OFF

Hand-held f ire eхtinguisher On board, chock pressu16
Flashlight on board' Funоtion

First аid kit (if installed here) On board
Fuselаge - Е|ght S|de

сockpit overh6ad windoW сondition
oAт indlоator probe Condition

't
coсkpit door coпdition' ,unction, jetlisoп hand|e seоUred
Pi|ot seat and sаfrty be|ts сondition
* Static port оlean, unоbstruсt6d
t( Pitot tube(s) оond.1ion, с|eаn, unobstruоted
* Тo be сheоked be'or€ gaсh flight
Revision l8 cl{APTЕFl 101

Page 13
ЕURocoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANOЕ MANUAL вo 105
Fuso|agэ - Rlght side (Gont')
Landing ggar and step - coпditlon
сabin door - сondition, lunсtion
* it6ms
вaggage' cargo' |oose - Stowвd, secured
Passengor s€ats and safety be|ts _ сonditioп
* тransmission compartment - No foreign objeоts, пo leakage, treв of iсe/

snow
сoo|6r
oil - No |eakage
)t Еngins oi| level - Abovo ..ADD o|L'' mark
Еngine oi|tanks - seсuritу ol mounting' пo teakage, ii|ler сaрs

seсured
sоav€nge oi| (if insta||sd) fi|ter сlogging - Gheсk in

indiоator pin {2x)
'i|t€r
* level
Main transmission oil - Oil lev6i abovo "MlN" mark
мaiп traпsmission - сondjtion' soоurity of mounting' no l6ak.

age' ti||er cap с|osad
instal|ed)
Rotor brake (it - сondition
Flotor bгake - oi| leve|, lil|er сap seсured
,< Еngin6 air lntake . сonditioп, no dirt, no foraign obi6сts, tree of

ic6/sпoW
сomprossor - Rotate by hand, оhaсk for smooth rotation
* тransm|ssion access door - сlosed, seоurоd

)k Еngine сompartment - No foreign obieсts, no lue|/oi| |eakage
)t Еngine compartment vsnti|atioп ajr intake - с|eаr

Еngjпo - Ggneral condition
Wiring' |inkag6s aпd lines _ сonditlon' no leaкago, no сhating

Engine mounts - сondition, seсurity
N,l-governor and сonneоtions - soоurity оt mounting
startor-gonerator _ seоurity ol mounting
)t Еngino ассoss door - c|osod' secured
* To b6 choсkвd before 6аch flioht
сHAPтЕR 101 Flgvision 18

Page 14
ЕURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
- Fusolage - в|ght sidэ (сont.)
Drain and vent ports - с|ear
вattery (il insta||ed here) - соndition, no e|ectrolиe spi||agё, seсurity

ot mouпting
вattery сonnec.tors (2) - conneсted
Battery vents - сlear
* Battery compartment door - closed, seоured
Еnginэ сow|ing - seсurod
Еngino вxhaust pipe - сondition' seсurity
)k Fusolage exterior - General сondition
с|am shel| doors аnd |a.tсhes - сondition' funсtion
First aid kit (ii installed h6re) - oп board
Avioniсs (in avioniс equiPment bay) - seсurity of mounting
>k Baggage, cargo, |oose items - stowed, seсured
Avionic bay door - с|osed
)k с|am sh6l| doors - о|osed, secured
spoi|er - оondition
тall вoom
* тail boom _ RH - оondition
* тail rotor drivёshafl,airing - secured
Drain ports - сlear

)k Rl.{ horizontal and vertiсa| stabi|izer, posilion - сondition
tight (grёen)
Vertiсel fin, position Iight (White)' anti.collь - сondition

sion light
cow|ing
Vortica| lin - seоurad
* тai| rotor - оondition
Pu-Еrosion proteсtive ti|m (il fitted) - сondilion' no separation
* lntermodiata gearbox - oil |ev€|' no |eakage
* тo be сheсked betore eаch llight
Flevision 18 сHАPтЕR 10t

Pag6 15
EURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
тail вoom (сont.)
NoтE re|iable oi| leve| readings may be obtained by tirst shaking th6 tai| boom
fl/,|ore
by means of the tаi| skid.
* тai| rotor gearbox - сondition, oi| levg|' no |eakagв
* lntermediate gearbox aссess door (if - оlosed, soсured

installed)
Тaii skid - сondition
* LH horizonta| and vortiоal stabilizer, position - сondition

light (red)
* тail boom - LH - condition
* тail rotor drivoshаft fairiпg - seсUred
Drain ports - Clear
Fuselago - Lett sidё
)t cap
Fue|filler - Closed, seсured
Fuselage 6xt6rior - оonditioп

'(
Engine exhaust pipe - Condition, seсurity
Еngine сowllng * seсUred
* Еngine сompartmeпt _ No foreign obieсts, no tuel/oii loakago
* Епglne сompartment vontilation air intake - clear

Еngine - Gengral сondition
Wiring, |inkages and lines - сondition, no |eakage' пo сhafing
Еngine mounts - сondition, seсurity
N2.governor and сontro| |inkage - сondition, seсUrity
star,ter.generator - seсurity ol mounting

Еnginв aоcвss door - c|osad, sвсured
't
* Hydrauliс сompartmoлt - No foreign objeсts, no |eakage. lrёo ol iсo/
snow
* Hydrau|iс syslem - No |oаkage
* Under icing conditions; - Frвs of ice/snow

Area bвtwoen hydrauliс unit and ХMsN f|oor'
espaоially сoпtrol rod bellows
* Тo be сhocked bofore each l|ioht
оHAPтER 101 Rgvisioп l8

Page 16
ЕURoоoPтER MA|NтЕNANоЕ мANUAL вo 105
FusaIege - Lэtt sidе (сont.)
Water drain ports _ c|eаr
Hydraulic li|ter сlogging indiсator pins (4х) _ cheсk in
* |.tydrauliо rssвrvoir oi| |evel (2x) - Abova ..F|LL'' mark
* caps
serviсe tittiпg * |nstal|ad, seсurod
тransmission - condition' seсUrity oJ mountiпg, no |eakage
)t Еngin€ air intake * condition' no dirt, no foreign objeсts' tro6 of

iсe/snoW
Compressor - Rolate by hапd' оheоk 1or smooth rolation
* Hydrau|iс compartment aссess door - с|osed' seoured
fliain rotor - Rotate by hand in direсtion of rotation,

сh6ck for smooth rotation
* level
Rotor hub oil - Between "MIN" and " 44X" marks
* Flotor b|ad6s - оondition
* tlotor b|ade attaсhment bo|ts - secured
Po|yurвthaпo erosion proteсtion tape (PUFI - Conditioп, no separatioп

tape), it fittod
* Driving |ink assy, mixing lever assy - conditioп, sвсured
)t Flotat|ng оontro| rods - сondition' free movemeпt' sвсurod
Flotating сontro| rod sрheriсal boarings - smooth oPeration
boot
swashplate aпd - сondition, secured
Pendu|um absorbers (i' iпsta||ed) - сondition' iroe movement
7k Air intake - condition' no foreign objects' troe of iсe/

sпow
instal|ad) -
Еngina in|et delloctor shield (if сondition' no iorвign objects
coсkpit ovвrnead window - Condition
оabin door - сonditiоn' function
* ваggage, оargo, |oosв items - stowod. seоurёd
Passёngor seats and seat belts - сondition
FUэl veпt _ claar
Landing goar and step - сondition
тo b6 оhвcked baforo aaоh f|ioht

'(
Flovision 18 оHAPтЕя 101

Page 17
ЕURocoPтЕв MAINтЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL вo 105
Fuselаge - Lаtt Slde (Cont.)
* Statlc port - с|€an' unobslruсtod
coсkpit door - сondition' funсtion' jottison handle seсured
сopiIot сyсlic stiсk (if insta|led) - soсUred'safety.Wired
сopilot сolleсtive lever (if insta||ed) - seсured

оopilot sвat and sa{ety bolts - conditioп
For singlё p||ot l|ights:

'(
оopi|ol satety be|ts - Closed, taut
Nose Arga
Windshiolds - сondition
вattery (if iпsta|lёd her6) - сondition' no eleоtroiyte spi||age, seсurity

oJ mounting
вattery оonnectors (2) . сonneсted
вattary vsnts - Clear
Nose compartment - N01oreign objвcts
* Nоs6 compartmeпt door - C|osed, seоurвd
сoоkpit air intake sсreens - Cl6ar

Drain ports - с|ear
Lower coсkрit Wiпdows - сondition
Fusglagё bottom - сondition
Anti-сollision Iighl - оondition
Landang light(s) - оondition
3. |n|erior сheck
* soat aпd podals - Adjust
* Safety belts - Fasten, adjust
* shou|d6r harnoss |ocks . Funсtion
* |nstrument panв|:
All instrumgnts оh6ci( and s6r
* тo b6 chвcked betore aaсh

'light
сHAPтЕR 101 Rovision 18

Pаge 18
ЕURocoPтЕR мA|NтENANoЕ I,iANUAL вo 105
lnt6r|or сhоck (сont.)

-
switоh рanel:
't
switсhes
Еmorgency fuel shutott - Guardod
Circuitbreakers - As rвquked
A|| switсhes - oFF

сolvlM/NAv equipmont - oFF
* ovвrhoad рanёl:
Powоl |sv6rs - oFF

A|| switсhes - oFF
oirсuit brвakers - As rвqцired
)k с9leсtiy9..t$.eщщil9hдaДel
A|| switоhss - oFF
Pre-start сheсk
вattory switch - oN
For ЕPU starts:
Battery switсh - oFF

ЕPU - оonnoоtёd
ЕPU сautioп |ight - oN

* Vo|tmet€r indiсation
ваttary - Minimum 24 v
ЕPU - 24 l28v
* Warning/оaution lights - тost
* мast momant indiсator - Тest
)t Fuelquanlity indiсator - chёсk read|ngs
* Fusl pumps (4) - Function
)t оyоlic stiоk loсk (if litted) - пamovad, saоцred
сol|ectiv€ l6ver |ock - Removed

'k
)t . stick, сo||ective le.
F|ight сontro|s (сyс|ic
:
- сh6сk lor ease qnd frgodom of mov€mont
v6; poda|s) through вntiro оoпtrol rаngg
* тo b6 сheоkod bвfore eaоh

'|ight
Rovision 18 сHAPтЕR 101

Pags 19
ЕURoсoPтЕп MAINтЕNANсЕ I'ANUAL вo 1o5
Pre'3t8rt chgсk (сont')
HydrаUliс override (HY вLoсK) - оhэсk tuпctioп

NoтE тo get aоcurat€ resu|ts, tho cyc|iс stiсk must be moved exaсt|y a|ong tho ro|| аnd
|ongitudinal axes o.f tha he|iсopter.
оo||всtiva lever - Raise s|ightly
Hydraulic tost switch - ЕlЕsЕт and releasr

HY вLocк Warning light - сh€оk oif
сo||eotive |over - Raise uпtil нY вLoск warniлg light comas

on' thвп lowor s|ow|y and гв|eаs€
switсh
Hydrau|iо test - RЕsЕт and release
нY вLoск warning light - Cheоk off
оol|eсtivo |evor - Lower unti| нY вLoск warning light

сom€s on, then raisg slowly and rs|easo
switсh
Hydrаu|iс t6st - FlЕsЕт and releaso
}lY вLoск Warning light - оheck otf
сyc|ic stiоk - Movв forward unti| нY вLoск waming

|ight comвs on and re|ease
Hydraulic lest switсh - FiЕSЕT and rerease
нY вLoск warning light - сhack ott

Еach remain|ng cyс|ic сontro| dirsc. - оheоk as above
tiоn
lover
сo||octive - Fu|l down
* сol|eсtiv6 |evar |oсk - Еngage
* HY вLoск Waming |ight - сheck on

тr|m асtuatol |imlt switсhes - сh6оk function аs follows
NoтЕ This оhвck is performed to ensure thatthe сyс|ic stiсk re.tains its fu|| range o'travg|
When thв trim aоtuators are switоhod otl.
cyоllс stiсk trim switch - тrim fu|| forward unti| aсtuаtor is hoard to
switоh otf
сyс|ic stick - check for fu|l fore/aft trave|, oas6 of move.

ment
Еach rema|ning сyс|iо сontro| - Chsok as above

axis
)t тo b9 chвсked bo'orё gaсh f|i6ht
сHAPтЕR 101 Rвvision 18

Pag6 20
EURoоoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANоЕ мANUAL Bo 105
l
\-- Pr.€tаrt сheck (сont,)
* сyоlic stiоk - Тrim neutra|
* fitted)
сyс|iс slick loоk (it - Еngag6
* вotor brak6 |ever (if inslа|led) - Fu|| down
тo bё сhвоked Ьefolв 6асh

'( '|ight
tlovision 18 снAPтЕR l01

PаgE 21
ЕURoсoPтЕFl MA|NтЕNANоE MANUAL Bo 105
BLANк PAGЕ
сHAPтEв 101 Revision l8

Page 22
EURoсoPтER мAINтЕNANсE мANUAL вo 105
|o1 -4.2 PrefIight сhoсk opt|ond вffiment
801 shou|d6r t|srnoss w|th Automat|c lnortla пэe|

shoulder harnoss - оoпdition
Automatiс inortia rеe| - Funсtion
802 Е|эсtr|cal Heatlng qnd vant||atlon systэm 4 kW3+1 kw

Four.light annunсiаtor - сheсk for Junоtion by pressing р|astic cover
NoтЕ Funсtiona|сhock ofthg hoating system is only poss|ble with ЕPU engaggd orgsnera.
tors opвrating
Hoating system - Function
80з w|ndsh|о|d Wlper system

сAUтloN oPЕRAтЕ WlNDsH|ЕLD W|PЕR oNLY oN WЕт WlNDsHlЕLDs oR LlFт W|-
PER ARMS
Windshield wipor system - Condition
Windshleld wip6r system - Function
8(и Dual W|ndshlold W|per systэm

сAUтloN oPЕRATЕ W|NDSH|ЕL0 WIPЕR oNLY oN WЕт WtNDsl.ttЕL0s oR LtFт Wl.
PЕR ARMS
Dual wiпdshie|d wipor system - оonditlon
DualwindshieId wiрвr system - Function
805 W|ndsh|в|d Wlрэr and Washor sltstsm

* Reservoir - Fluid lоve|
сover - seсUrity
Wiпdshiold Wipef and washer syst€m - Function
Wiпdshield wiosr - оondition
806 sPl|t вonoh soat

s€at
sp|it b€поh - сonditioп, correсt installаtioп
LаРsafety bё|ts - сondition
807 вэnсh seat

вeпсh srat - сondition, seсured
LаРsaletу belts . сondition
* тo be checked bвfore eaсh flioht
Revision 18 оHAPтЕв 101

Pag6 23
ЕUвoсoPтЕR MA|NТЕNANоЕ мANUAL вo 105
808 вonсh sgаt

Benсh seat - сondition, сorrect instal|ation
Lap.safety bo|ts or lap.sa'ety be|ts With - оondition

shoulder harnsssos
809 4.s€аt вaсk.To.Bасk Benсh

4-seat back-to.baсk benоh - сondition' сorreоt instal|ation
saloty be|ts - сondition
810 Rotraсtаb|€ Lаnding L|ght systom
Lаnding |ight system - сondition
NoтЕ Perform preflight funсtiona| test of landing |ight usiпg oхternaI power unit (EPU) or ge.
norators
Laпding light system - Funсtion
811 Retraсtab|э Land|ng Light systOm

Landiпg |ight system - сondition
NoтE Perform preflight functionaltest o' landing |ight using оxternal power Unit (ЕPU) or ge.
пorators
Landing light system - Function
812 Soaroh and Landlng Llght

search and |anding |ight - оondition, Fuпctlon
813 sэarch|lght
WARN|NG ALLOW SЕARоHL|GI]т тo cool DOWN BEFORЕ ТoUс|.l|NG |т
searсhlight, mouпting - сondition, corroсt insta|lation
soarсh|ight lens . о|oaп
814 мodlсal EqulPm€nt мountlng Plаto

M6diсa| gquipment mounting p|ato - оondition
815 W8|! сab|n6t Assembly

Wa|| сabinet assembly - сondition
816 suоtlon вottlo Ho|dor

suсtion bott|e ho|der - condition
тo bs сheсkod beforo eaсh f|ight

'(
сHAPтЕR 101 Revision '!

I
Paga 24
EURoсoPTЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ h,ANUAL вo 105
817 oxyg€n вott|e нo|der

oxygon bott|€ holder - condition
818 |nfuslon вottlE susPon9|on нooк

lпfusion bottls suspension hook - сondition
819 i'edlcаl Atteпdant.s sgat

l.trdiсal attendant's soat - сoпditiоn
820 сonvortоd сoр||ot seat

оopi|ot seat - оond|tion
821 L|ttэr пэtoпt|on systom

Littвr rai|s - c|oan|iпess aпd seсurity o' insta||ation
Litter moцnting - secured
Salety uti|ities - сondition, Funсtion
Litte(s) - conditioп' sgcured
safety b6|ts for pationts - Adjцst€d' soсured
822 сsrgo нooк sy8t6m

Gargo hook systom - сondition, seсurod
Meсhaniсa| and о|oсtriоa| rэ|easo m€сhа. - Fuпоtion

nism
LoAD нooк-switch - сLosЕD

мeоhаniсa| rв|eаs9 |over - оLosЕD
823 Antlsottllng Shoes
Antisвtt|ing shoos - сondition, сorreоt insta||ation
824 Snow Skld6

snow skids - condition' correсt installation
825 Emorgoncy Flotatlon Systom

NoтЕ тho fo||owing сheck shou|d bs psrform6d prior to eасh flight over Wаter.
F|oat сovers and attaсhing |ines - сondition
NoтЕ For over watorthe rubbor ropss must bg аttaоhed to the spoi|er. For othsrf|ights
thr '|ights
rop6s сaп be stowod in c|amps attached to the skids.
Rubber ropes * Attaсhed to spoilsr
* тo bo сhoоkod b€fore eaоh f|ight
Revision 1 I сHAPтЕв 101

Page 25
ЕUвoсoPтЕR МА|NтЕNАNoЕ MANUAL Bo 105
Pressurs pipgs - оondition, сorreсt insta||ation
Prsssurв bott|вs - ооndition, сorreсt insta|lation
Prgssurs of bottles - оheоk
ЕMЕRGЕNсY FLoтAт|oN ТЕsт switch - Pr6ss
Signal lamps - llluminatod
Cover of ЕMERGЕNOY FLoтAтloN switсh - сlosod, lвad wire sеa|od
828 Fuol мlcro'|ltor systom

t\,tiсrofilter - Drain
Warning segmonts FlLт 1 /F|Lт 2 - Funсtiona||y tost by pressing сontamination

iпdicator piп on 1oр ot the respeсtive fi|ter
8з.t Long пange Fue| тank

venl аnd drain pipes - оondition' сonneоted' no leakage
Long rаnge fuel tank(s) - secure insta||ation, no |вakage, no damago
Long rangs furl tank(s) - Drain
Only one long ran96 fuel tank installod:
таnk protвсt Wal| - lпstallsd
Fuolpipo(s) - сondition' сoпnoсted, no loakage
t\,lechaniсa| tank valvo indicator - .,оLosЕD.iпdicalion
Е|oсtriоal оonnвоtions - сonпoоtod
Fuв| levol, oach tank - open lid and сhaсk

тaпk |id(s) - socured
8з3 Еxtвrnа| Loudspoakэr systom

Loudspeakor systёm - сondition, оorrect instaIlation
NoтE Fo||owing сheоk is possib|e only with engines operating
Еxtorna| |oudspgaker - speeсh test
834 Extэrпа| Loudspваker system Bol05S

Loudspeaker system * сoпdition' сorroсt instal|ation
NoтЕ Fol|owing сheсk is possiblo on|y With onginos opвrating
Еxtorna| |oudsp€akвr - speвch tost
* тo bo оhsckod betore вaсh lIight
oHAPтЕR 101 вevision ,l8

Pagв 26
ЕUнoсoPТЕR MA|NTЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
835 sef9ty наrn€ss

Safety harnoss - Condation
вз6 вescu€ нolst Ass6mb|y

NoтЕ . During winch oрeration with battery power, the сablE wil| not retract comp|oto|y.
сomplete rotгасtion oftho сab|e is possibls аftor start of the generators. For сabIs
insooсtion. it is to uso tho ЕPU.
'ecommвndёd
. P|aоemоnt and lunсtion of tho Winсh switсh depgпds on thё s/N o' the he|iсoptsr.
,l60'
Upto siN a roоker_typo switch is instаllgd on the pitсh соntrol stiсk' For s/N
161 and subsq.' a rl-way switсh is instal|ed (r6f€rto Figures 836-2 and 836.€). For
oporation, refer to tho oPM 104.
сAUт|ON FoR вooмs OPЕRAтЕD W|тH A sЕRvo t\,loтoн Dо2040 M4с' тHЕ D|REст|ON oF
AстUAтoR MoVЕмENт ['UsТNoтвЕ сHANGЕD вЕFoнЕтHE MoтoR HAs сoMЕ
тo A sтANDsтlLL (RUN-DoWN т|мЕ ls APPRoxlмAтЕLY 5 sЕс.).
A DtRЕоTloNAL снANGE cAN вE PЕRFoRMЕD IMI\'ЕD|AтЕLY IF тнЕ вoolvl |s oP.
ЕRAтЕD вY A sЕRvo lnoтoR 13.1{100.
WAвN|NG THЕ RЕSсUE Holsт МUsт ALWAYS BЕ OPЕRAтЕD вY oNЕ PЕвsoN ONLY. s|lilul.
тANЕoUs coNтRoL |NPUтS тo сoLLEст|vE LЕvЕв AND W|NсH coNТRoL LЕ-
VЕR ARE Noт ALLoWЕD.
Prior to the first flioht of the dey
Winсh boom - сondition' sвсure instal|аtioп oп luselage
{2)
Еleоtriсa| сonnections - тght' soсured
сirсu|t breaker W|Nсн - Pulled
оirсuit breаker сАвLЕ сUттER
Prior to tho first resсUe hoiзt oparаtion o' ths dаy
E|ectrica| connвсtions (2) - т.ight' seсured
sоat
сopilot - Rвverвed as nосessary
Dua| сontrols - Removod

(сyс|ic stiоk and co||6оtivo lever)
Retaining be|t and salety belt - оondition, seсure iгrsta||ation, fastsn bёlt
Winоh оontrol grip - connocted
сircuit br€aksr WlNcH - Push

сirоuit breaker сAвLЕ GUттЕR'
ckоuit breakor HEAт|NG
(it installed)
твmperaturo оontro|'or oleоtr|сa| hoаting - тurn to maximum
* тo be сhвсked beforо eech f|ight
Bвvision 18 оHAPтЕR t 01
Pagr 27
ЕURoсoPтЕR мA|NтENANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
Prior to the first rescue hoist oрe.аtion of the dav (оont'}
мain switсh HЕAт|NG (if instа||ed) set to position HЕAтlNG, thg four indiоator
lights HЕAТ|NG must illuminаte
Main switсh WlNоH Set to ON,

indiсator light WlNоH must iIlцminatэ' the
four indiоator |ights HEAтlNG must extiп.
guish and th6 heating must be inoperative
EleсtriсaI hoating switсh oFF

(ifinstallod)
switоh оАBLЕ оUттЕR ТЕsт Push' indiоator Iight сAвLЕ сUттЕR ТЕsт
musl illuminate
Press annunсiator Lamp test
Winоh сontro| grip (winсh oporator) Еxtend wiпсh boom, ree| out approх. 1m o|
оaDЕ
Winсh boom сondition, soоure installation oп fuselage
сheck of indiоator pins and сable iпspeсtioп:
Boot oп hooldbumper аssy Dgtaсh at tho bottom' fold up
Ind|сator pins сheсk for dаmagв.

|f damagod end |ength is mole theп zmm
shortвr, rop!асo indiоator pins and iпsрgсt
cаbIe.
сable in viоinity of bumper сonditioп
вoot Fold down and reattach to hoovbumрer

aвsy
Winсh сontrol grip (winch operator) Fleel in сab|e unti| automаtiс switch-off oо-
cUrs, rotract winсh boom
сo||ectiv€ lsvor (piIot) Ехtend winсh boom, roe| out сable approхi-
mate|y 1m, ree| in сab|6 until automatic
switch-off oссurs, fUl|y rotract winсh boom
Main switсh W|NOH - Set to OFF
Skid guard assembly lnstal|вd
Prior to ovвrv rosсUe hoist oporatioп
E|oсtrical сonneсtions (2) тght' soоurod
Retaining boIt and salely bо|t сondition, seсur€ instа||ation, faslen boIt
Winсh сontrol grip (winсh operator} conneоlвd
* тo bо оheсked beforo ваch flight
оHAPтЕR 101 Ravisioп 18

Pagв 28
ЕUвoсoPTЕв MAINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL вo 105
cirоuit break€r WINсH - Push

сirсuit broaker оAвLЕ оUтТER
Prior to 6verv rescue hoist opвrаtion
tvlaiп switсh W|NсH . set to oN'

indiсator Ii9ht WlNcH mцst illuminate
Wjnсh оontro| grip (winсh oporator) - Ехtend Winсh boom' rеe| outapprox' 1mOf
оaDIe
Winсh boom - сondition' s€оure installation on fuselage'

winсh uпit and hook/bumper аssy for signs
of impaсt
choоk o' indiсator piпs inside hooldbumper assу and cab|в inspeсtion:
вoot on hook/bump€r assy - Dstach at the bottom' lold up
|ndiоator pins - ;::.#3:3xTЁ?Jngttr is more ttreп emm

shorter, rep|aоо indiсator pins and iпspeсt
cable'
cab|o in viоinity ol bumрer - сondition
вoot - Fo|d down and reattaсh to hooldbumрer

assy
Winсh control grip (winсh oporator) . Ra6| in оab|o unti| automatic switоh-otf oc.
сurs' .etraсt winch boom
Switсh GABLЕ CUттЕв тЕsт - Push, indiсator |ight оAвLЕ cUTтЕв тЕsт
must iI|umiпate
}iain switсh W|NсH - set to oFF
8к}7 Extоma| R9arv|ew lllrror

Мirror - secцro tit
мirror glass _ сondltion
сovar (night {|ights on|y) - Attaсhed
838 H|gh Laпd|ng Ggвr

gear
High landiпg - Propor lnsla|lation
сross tubes - Doformation
840 Llghtnlng Protoctor

Lightning Protoctor - Condition
* To b6 оheоked befor6 вach llioht
Rovisioп 18 OHAPтЕR 101

Pagв 29
ЕUнoоoPтER г\4A|NтЕNANсЕ MАNUАL Bo 105
841 Еnglne A|r с|oanor

Aг clranor panels - сondition, unсlogged
вypass doors (by operatiпg вowdon сabla or - Freedom of movoment

ао1uаtor)
842 Еnglne Alr с|eener (wlth в|6od Alr shuto'0

pane|s
Air с|eaner - сondition, unс|ogged
вypass doors using асtuаtor - Unrestricteo movement
843 Englno Inlet Scroen

Eпgiпo in|эt screen - сond:tion, unс|ogged
844 PEnduIum Absoфers

P6ndulum absoфe's - ProDer installation
Shaft seals - Leakags
845 сhlp warn|ng lnd|саtlon

т PLUG warning |ight - Press, warning light must il|uminatв
840 stаblllty Augmentаtlon system (sAs)

sAs system - Funсtioпa|сheоk por рara. 846.5
850 в|e€d Alr }le8tlng

в|asd airsystem - Function
A|r seleсtor lov6r - Еаsy oporat|on

Ail in|els aпd nozzlos4ets - No foreign obieсts
851 sэarch and Lаndlng Light450W

soаrсh and |anding |ight - condjtion
soarоh and |anding |ight t Funоtion
852 сomPteзsor R|ns|ng ЕquIpm6nt

Compressor rinsiпg equipmeпl * тght connoсtion
853 F|rэ Ехt|ngu|sh|ng systom

system
Fire oxtlnguishiпg - condition
Charge pressurв on pressuro gaugs - сheоk charge prassure oп prвssurs gaugв

against pеrmissible |imits in tab|в 85з.2
L|ght bu|bs - Functiona| chaоk per para. 853.5
* то be сheоkod bafore eaсh f|ight

Pags 30
ЕUвoоoPтЕR МAINтЕNANoЕ мANUAL вo 105
854 l'aIn Rotor вlado Folding syзtem

Loсkiпg |ev6r - corr€ct instа|lation
Locking |aver and pip рin - Funсtion aпd satetying
859 W|ro st]Ik€ P]oteсtion system (WsPs)

WsPs - сondition
860 Еnglne A|r сlёaner

Еaeiarcne!к
)t Partic|e seDarator - оondition' integrity
Housing _ seсure
Bypass door - C|ean, c|oar ot forвign objocts
NoтE When сonditions permit, open bypass door and сheсk peniоle separator interior for
cleanliness.
swirltube panels - сlean, с|eаr of toroign objeоts
NoтE Damago swir| tubes must be rep|aсad or sealed с|osed.
sсavenge b|ower duсts - seсur6' о|ear ol toreign obiocts
scаvenge b|ow6r eleсtгica| сonneclor - saоure

(eaоh side)
seаls (mast, сontro| rods aпd partiо|e - сonditioп, seсur€

separalor)
мast and contro| rods - оhsck tor оhafing
oi| сoo|ёr air intake sсoop and sсreen - seсure, о|ear of foreign obi6сts
oil сoo|er air out|et - clean, c|ear of loreign objeсts
Intёrior сheck
NoтЕ Under sand/dust coпditions, make certain that SANDF|LтЕR switch is oN balore swit-
сhing battery oп so that bурass door remains closed.
systom
Еnginв air сleaner - сh6ck funclion
SANDF|LTЕR switсh - oN; ch6сk thal SANDF. сaution |ightсomes

on lor approx. 2 soсonds (il bypass door
Was open), that byPass door сloses, and
that both blowers сome on'
* тo ba choсRad bolore eaсh {light
.l8 сHАPтЕR 101

Revisioп
Pagв 31
ЕUнoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
lnterior оheсk
SANDF|LтЕR switch - oЕF (as required); сhвсk that SANDF. cau-

tion |ight сomes on |or apрrox. 2 soсonds,
that bypass door opons, and that both
blowors go otf .
NoтE Usв Otthe pa(iсle sopаratoris neоossary during 6ngine staгting, pul|the two sANDF.
|t
BLWR сirсUit breakers so thatthe bypass door remains с|osed aпd the b|owsrs ale o'l'
)t Тo bo сhgоked befor€ eaсh f|ight
сHAPтЕFi 101 вevision .l8

Page з2
(Эрняяoрter мA|NтЕNANсЕ |\,|ANUAL вo 105
101 - 5 SUPPLЕ]IiЕNтARY снEсK 25150 Ft|
101 - 5.1 supplementаry check25/50 Fh ваsiо-}leliсopter
.to.t
- 5.l.1 supplementary сheсk 25 Fh вasiс.l|e|iсopte]
Registration No.: H/c s€rial No.: тotaI Hours: Fh
GENEвAL
(1) Review aircraft Iog book аnd eпsure a|l reсorded disc!.ёрanоies have
boen corrected
(2) Еnsure оomplianсe With a|l aРplicab|o airworthiness directives aпd
manцfactureг's (ЕcD) dirвоtives
(3) Еnsura оomp|iance with a|| supplemontary insрeсtioпs and speсia|
(4) Еnsur6 life-|imited pаrts do not еxcsed sorviсo life

(5) Еnsur6 твo-сompononts dо not oxоeed тBo
(6) Епsuro al| requked inspeоt|ons of engiпёs' oquipment and
comрonents have been perform6d асcording to rёspective
manufaсturer's docum0ntation
(7) Roсord оomp|iancе With these in нistoriсal Rоcord
11 - мAlN тRANsii|ss|oN
(1) EFFЕст|vlтY No eleоtriсa| оhф deteсlor insta{{ed:
lnspect magnetiо рlug o' main transmission {or depo8its aпd cleаn
magnetiс plug
41 . мAlN RoтoR сoNтRoLs
6з . LUвRIсAтIoN sYsтЕlti
(1) ЕFFEстlvlтY Rаm air ventilation not instal|еd:
Visua||y insрeоt bafi|e р|ate, |oсated between oi| сooIer and faп' and
attaсhiпg c|amps tor cracks'
Tablо 101.5.1 - supp|emontary check 25 Fh Basic.He|icoрter (1 of 1)
тeсhn|сlan Date: lngрeсtor Date:

Name Signature stаmp Signature
Revisiоn 23 сl.lAPтЕR 101

Peda ale
@нJR**-.. [{A|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo,l05
)
101 - 5.1.2 supрlemeпtary сheсk 50 Fh Basiс.Heliсopter
Еlegistration No': |-{/о seria| No.: тotаJ нours; Fh
GЕNERAL
(1) Rвview аirсraft log book and eпsцre a|I rocorded disсloрanоies have
been ооrгectэd
(2) Еnsure сomp|ianов With a|| app|iоab|e airworthiness diroоtives aпd
(Есo) direсtives
manuf aсturer's
(з) Еnsuro comp|ianсe with all supP|ementary inspect|ons aпd speсiaI
)
(4) Еnsurё |lfe-limited Parts do not oхоeed srrviсe |Ife
(5) Еnsure do not exсeod твo

(6) Еnsure all requirod inspeоtions of 6ngines, aquipment and
сompoпents have been performed acooгdiпg to respeсtive
manuf aоturer.s documentation
(7) Flecord сomp|ianсa with these insрeоtions in |.{istoriса| Record
11 - |l'A|N тпANslti||ss|oN
(1) ЕFFЕст|V|тY No electrical сhiD detsоtor insta||ed:
tnspeоt magnotic plug of main transmission for dsроsits аnd c|6an
magпetic p|ug
з2 - тA|L Roтoв DRlvЕ

(1) lnspect magnetiс p|ugs of tail rotoг gёarboх and iпt€rmediаtr gearbox
for deoosits and c|eап
41 . lnAlN Roтoн сoNтвols !
63 - LUвRlсAтloN sYsтEм
(1) EFFЕсТlv|тY Ram аir v6nti|at|on nat insta|lod:
Visuа||y inspoct baffle р|ate, Ioсated between oil coolgr аnd fan, and
attaching clamрs for оracks
тable 10,1.5'2- suрpIemontаry сhёck 50 Fh вas|с.He|iоoptar (1 оf 1)
тeсhn|c|аn Daie: lnsрgctor Dаte:

Name Signature Stamp Signaturo
сHАPтER 101 Revision 2з

j
Page 34
.105
IVIA|NTENANсЕ MАNUAL Bo
€рsr"-рорtег
101 - 6 SUPPLЕмЕNтARYctlЕсK100Ft|
101 - 6.1 supp|ementary сheсk 100 Fh вasiс.Heliсopter
Flegistration No.: H/с seria| No.: Тota| Hours:
GЕNERAL
(1) пeview aircraft |og book and ensure a|| reоorded discrepancies have
been correсted
(2) Еnsure compliance with all appliсable airworthiness direоtives аnd
manufaсturer's (ЕсD} direоtives
(3) Еnsure compIianсe with a|| suрp|ementary insрeоtions and spoоia|
Еnsure Iife-|imited Darts do not exсeed serviсe |ite
(5) Еnsure твo-сomponeпts do not exсeed TBo

(6) Еnsure a|I required inspeсtions oi engiпes, equiрment and
components have been performed aосording to respeсtive
manufaсturer's doсumentation
(7) Reсord сomP|ianсe With thеss insрeсtions in HistoriсaI Recoгd
l1 - tllAtN твANstvl|ss|oN
(,l) Inspeсt magnetiс Piug of main trаnsmission for deposits and сlean
(2) visual|y inspeоt area of tube f|ange for craсks 11-3, step 12.
14 * мAIN RoтoR вLADE

(1) ЕFFЕст|V|тY мain rotor b|ade tyрe 2 14.з, step 1з.
First time at 1o0a Fh тsN of maiп rotor blade:
lnsрeсt mаiп rotor blade for bu|ging in the viоinity of balanоe Woight 1
з1 - тA|L вoo|li AssEмвLY

(1) EFFЕст|v|w тai| boom assemb||os up to s/N 350. if Aв 15
пot aсоomplished:
Remove tai| rotor shaft tairing and visua||y inspeоt in the viсinity ot the
three bearing braсkets (Р/N 105.З0251'17l.18|.19) for сraсks. Rofer
to AB 15 tor further limitations
(2) |пspect tai| rotor gearboх attach fitting .n vort!оal tin for |oose rivets 31.2' steр 5.
and craскs
тab|e 10l-6.1 - supplementary сheоk 100 Fh Basiс-HeliсoPter (1 of2)
Rоvision 24 oHAPТER 101

Pаgo 35
MA|NтЕNANсЕ МANUAL Bo 105
€Р.н1o;'-oo,-'. \
32 - тAlL RoтoR DпlvЕ

(.1) |nspect magnetic рlugs of tai| rotor gearbox and intermediate gearbox
for dooosits and clean
(2) EFFЕст|vtтY .singlo
webbed'' type of gearbox housing (see
Fig.32.2з):
visual|y inspeоt f|ango to housing trаnsition area for оraсks and
conditions indiсating presence of оraоks, such as oi| |eakage and
aссumuIation of dirt
3з - тAlL RoтoR
(1) Without disassemblу' iлspect sphefica| bearings in fork end of tai| 3з.21' step 1.с.
rotor shaft for
(2) ЕFFЕст|vlтY тai| rotor b|ade mouoting forks made from 33-16, step 2.
aluminum a||oy P/N 105-3t 711' 105-з17221
Insрsоt b|ad6 mounting forks for cracks

Flemove tail rotor b|ade рrior to insрeоtion 34-4' з4-5
34 . тA|L вoтoR вLADЕ

ЕFFEстlvlтY A||tai| rotor b|ad€s exоeрt P/N: 105-31791' 34.2' steрs 2.' 4.'
,12.'
1 05.31791 5' 1 05.з1 793, 1 05-31970' 6' thru 9.' 1з.
105-31980
lnsрect tai| rotor b|ade for impaоt damage and оracks in surfaсe
proteсtion. тhs cover tape in the nose area must not be removed for
this
41 - iЛAlN RoтoR сoNтRoLs

(1) ЕFFЕcт|vlтY Lock Washer not instаl|ed: 41.3' step 4.о'
|nspect bolts оonnecting rotаting сontro| rods to оontrol levers of main

rotor head for tightness
tol сrаcks, рartiсular|y near |аtches
63 . LuвRlсAтloN sYsтЕп'l
(1} ЕFFЕстlv|тY Ram air venti|ation not instal|ed:
Visua|ly inspect bаffle p|ate, loсated between oi| оoo|er аnd fan, and
attaсhing оlamрs toI cracks
тab|o 101-6.1 - supp|ementary сheck 100 Fh вasic-Heliсoрter (2 ot 2t
тeсhniо|an Date: lnspector Date:
Name sigпature Stamp sigпature
)
сHAPтЕR l0,1 Revision 24
Page 36 <6ь-
@..,..oрteг MA|NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
63 . LUвRlсAт|oN sYsтЕi'
(1) ЕFFЕстtvtтY Ram air voпtilatioп nat lnstalled.:
VIsUa||y insрeсt batf|e p|atв' |ocatod betwoeп oi| сooler and fan, and
attaching o|amps lor сrасks
тab|o .101.5.2 - suрр|omentаry сheсk 50 Fh ваs|с.нellсoptor (2 ol 2)
тochnlсlаn Date: |nsP6сto. Dаto:

Namв Signaturo Stamp Signatu16
Havisioп 22 сHAPтЕR 101

Page 344
@-.,.o.орtег MAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
BLANK PAGE
сHАPтER l01 Flevlsion 22

Pago 348
ЕUвocoPтЕR t MA|NтЕNANсE MANUAL Bo l05
101 - 6.2 suрplomontаry сheсk 1o0 Fh optionaI Еquipment
Flegistration No.: |-|/с seria| No': тotal Hours:
GЕNЕнAL
(1) R6vigw aircraft |og book and ensuro a|l roоordsd discrePanсies have
been оoffected
(2) Ensu16 comp|ianоe With all applicabl6 airworthinass directives aпd
manufaсturer's
(з) Еnsure оomp|iаnce With all supplemвntary inspaсtioпs and sp6оia|
(4) Еnsura lilФ.|imited parts do not excoed sorviсe |ifo
(5) Еnsur6 твo-{omponents do not sxсeed ТBo

(6) Record comp|ianсe with thes€ inspёсtions in нistoriоa| Racord
831 - LoNG вANGE FUEL тANк
chaсk loпg range fue| tank tor condition (if tank romains installed)
845 - сHIP WARN|NG |NDlсAтloN

(1) |nsрeоt o|6оtriсa| сhip deteсtor on maiп transmission for deposits'
th6n claan and оheсk chiD detвсtor
857 - сoNт|NUous |GN|т|oN sYsтЕм

сheсk spark igniters lor coпdition
тab|o 101.6.2 - supP|omontary сh6сk 100 Fh oрtionaI Еqu|pmэnt (1 of 1)
тechniо|.n Date: ln8P6оtor Date:

Nams Signature Stamp Signature
вevislon 18 сНAPтЕв 101

Pago 37
ЕUROоoPтEв MA|NтЕNANсE мANUAL Bo 1o5
BLANK PAGЕ
oнAPтЕR 101 Revision 18

Page 38
ЕURoоoPтЕR МA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
101-7 12.MoNт}|lNsPЕстIoN
101 -7.1 12.Month Insрeсtion Basiс.Heliсopter
Flggistration No.: H/о seria| No.: тota| Hours:
GENЕRAL
(1) Rsview airсratt |og book and ensuro a|l recordod discrrpancies have
baen сorrected
(2) Еnsuro complianсs with all appliсable airworthinoss direоtivвs and
maпulacturer's (ЕсD) direсtives
(3) Еnsure comр|iance With a|| supplemontary insp6сtions and speсial
(4) Еnsuro life.|imited parts do not exоeed serviоe |ife
(5) Еnsurв тBo-оomponents do пot €xceed твo

(6) Ensure all required inspections ol engines, equiPment and
сomponents have beeп per|ormed aсоording to rospectivo
manuf aсturer's doсumentation
(7) Rвcord With thesё inspoctioпs in Historlсal Reсord
11 - rnA|N тRANsttilss|oN
('1) Removo magnetlс plug and tost magnetic rotaining lorce 11- t7, 11.19,
11-18,02-14
(2) EFFЕстlvlтY тransmission mounting struts P/N 105-10161 and 11-3, step 10.
'10s-10162:
lnsDeоt transmission struts tor оondition
21 - FUSЕLAGЕ
,lo.
(1) |nspeсt |anding gear mounting braсkots and sUrrounding lusslago 2l -з' step
area for сondition
(2) с|oan, grease and funсtiona||y сheck jottison dвviоs of оockpit doors'
Rsnew |€аd Wire sgal
з2 - тAIL RoтoR DRlvЕ
(1) Remove magпetiс рlugs ot intermediate gearbox aпd lai| rotor
oearbox and test lhвir lorce
41 - пoтoв сoNтRoLs
'tlAlN
(1) Visual|y insp6ф sgа|s on upper rod ends of сontro| rods for damage
тh6 {o||owiпg coпtrol rods are affёcted:
- Verliсalсoпtro| rods be|ow hydraulic unit (3 otf)
- сontro| rods bвtwgen hydrаuliс unit and miхing leveг assy (з otf)
сontrol rods (4
'102-t 6, stap 9.
|2) сheck of collecuve conttol torcas
.tab|в ofз)
101.7.,| - 12-ll'onth ln3poсtlon вaslс.н6||оoptgr (1
Flovision 18 сHAPтЕR 101

Pagв 39
EUяoсoPтЕR MAINTЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
lnspeсtion or п4aintenance Work
41 - MAIN пoтoн оoNтRoLs

(3) EFFEст|V|тY Flotating оoпtro| rods P/N 105-'l3121:
Distinguishing feature of control rod:
O.D. of tube is 20 mm
Visua||y iпspeоt roinforсemer]t sIeeves on сoпtro| rod ends for crасks'
сraсked control rods
(4) о|вan swash рlato s|iding surfасe on supрortiubв. Movs swash plate
to upрermost position to eхpose sliding surfaс6. Uso сloaning solvent
(оM 201' 202 o( 217')
42 - тAlL RoтoR сoNтвols

(1) Visually inspёоl sea|s on rod 6nd and сlavis lor damage
Fо|lowing rods are atfeсted:
'_ сontro| rod in the tailboom
- contro| rod in vertiоal fin (Upper сlevis)

(2) control rod in vertiсa| tin:
Visual i ol b|ind hole in fork €nd lor
43 - FiYDвAUL|с sYsтЕ|t;t
(1) |nspeсt hydrauIiо lor оondition
(2) spray.оoat Nz'lever (droop-сompensаtion) with сorrosion prвvontive
compound
) сheck оoпtamination indiсator (|atera| !ndicator pin Gonfiguratioп)
(4) 'ilter
Funсtionalty tвst
(5) Pertorm run оheсk of seleсtor va|ve 43- 16 or 43-16A
(6) system 1 soIeсtor valve for сorrosion
61 - ENGINЕ
(1) пomove сhip deteоtors and test their magnotic retаining lorсe
NoтЕ For romoval and iпsta||ation proоedures, sea A||ison oMM
.|0W2
or 5W2 as appliоable
62 - FUEL sYsтEM
(1) сheсk ft]el differёntia| pressura switсh foг funсtion
(2) Porlorm functioлa| test and loakage tэst of fuэ| shutotf valves
63 - LUвRIGAт|oN sYsтEм
(.l ) Romove oj| drain plugs of oil tank and test magnetiс rotaining forca of
aaсh
700 - SтANDARD ЕaUlPinЕNт

сondition
'or
тab|ё 101-7.1 - l2-lvlonth |ngpoctlon вas|c.HвlIоoрter (2oi3)
оHАPтЕR 101 Rвvision 18

Page 40
ЕURocoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ IiIANUAL вo 105
700 - SтANDARD Eоu|PмENт

(2} |nspact сabin vonti|ation lor сondilion, сheck for function
(3) |nspвot idвntilioаtioп and other markings tor legibil|ty' and
adhesive.baоked decals for damaoe and
(4) lпspect harnesses, buоkles and inertia r6els for coпdition
91 - lNsтвuмENт sYsтЕп/l
(1) Vantiiate dualtorque indiсаtion system
instruments for сondition
(3) с|gan and drain pitot-statiс systom, inspвct tor оoпdition and сh6сk 91-9 thru It -12
for tunсtion
(4) |nspeсt magnetic compass lor сondition and lunсtion aпd 91-24 thru 91-26
сomp6nsale
(5) оa|ibratв тoт indiоation system
(6) lnspeоt instrument panel, с€nter panel aпd оv€rhead paпol for
presenceI legibility and seсuritу of |abe|s aпd plaсards
NoтЕ RepIаоe missing p|aсards and rebond sэparated pIacards
92 - ЕLЕстRIоAL sYsтЕltls
тablв 10l.7.1 - 12-i,/lonth |пspeсt|on вesiс.нelicoPter (3 o' 3)
тeсhnician Date: |nspeсtor Date:

Name Signalure Stamp signаture
я€vision l8 оI{APтЕR 101

Page 41
мAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
?euгосовteг
101 -7.2 12J'i|onth lnspeоtlon optlonal Еqulpment
Flegistration No.: I-l/G Serial No.: тotаl Holrs:
GЕNERAL
(1) вeviow ahсraft log book and 6пsurв аll recordod discreрanоiеs hav6
beёn сorrectвd
(2) Еnsuro сomр|lапce with a|| аpp|iсable airworthinoss dirвсlives and
maпUfecturorъ {ЕcO) direotivвs
(3) Еnsure comp|ianсg witi a|| suРPlomeпtary iпsPвclions and speciа|
Еnsure |if+.|imitod рartg do not oxceod s6rviс6 |ifo
(5) Епsuro do not 6хсEad твo

(6) Record
к}6 - RЕsсUЕ нo|sт AssEiiвLY
845 . снIP wAвNlNG lNDlсAтloN

(1) Remove сhip detoctor and test magnotiс letainlпg lorсo
таbl6 101.7.2 - 1z-lrlonlh lnspoсtlon optlonаl Еqutpmonl
тэсhnlс|аn Date: Inspeclor Dato:
Nam€ Signalu16 Stamp sIgnаturв
Revision 22 оHAPТЕR 101

Pаgo 43
MAINTENANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
@рgp-рoвt-'.
101 - 8 PЕRIoDIсAL lNsPЕотloN
101 - 8.1 Periodicаl Inspection Basiс Heliсopter
Flegistratioп No.: н/с seria| No.: тota| |.{ours:
GЕNЕRAL
(1) Review airсrаtt |og book and ensure al| recolded discreрanоies have
beeп сorrected
(2) Еnsure comр|ianсe With a|| app|icable airworthiness directives and
man ufaсtu ref 's
(3) Еnsure comр|ianсe With a|| supp|emontary inspeсtions and speсial
insoections
(4) Еnsuro |ife.limited parts do not exсeed service li{e
Еnsure тBo-сomoonents do not eхсeed Tвo
(6) Еnsurr a!| required insPections of engines, equipment and оomponents
have been performed аосording to resрectivo manufaсturer's
doсumeflаtion
(7) Record with these in Historiсаl Reсord
11 - мAlN тяANsмlss|oN
(1) |nspeсt main transmissioп and аttached рarts for сondition I I.J
steр 1. thru 16.
(2' Remove mаgnetiо рlug and inspeсt for deposits' оIean аnd test for 't1-17, 11.18,
maonetiо retaiпino forоe 11-19, O2-14
(3) EFFЕсT|V|тY H/C up to s/N 690 if not instalied With Washers
P/N 105- 13104.17:
Inspeсl uпdrrside of rotor mast f|angо ifl thо areа ot bores' inоluding
webs between the bores, for сraсks, usiлg a magnifying g|аss
12 - RoтOR вRAкE sYsтЕм

Inspect rotor brake system for condition
.tз
- tl'A|N Roтoн sYsтЕtt'
main rotor svstem for сondition
Remove primary bo|ts and seсondary bo|ts, clean and inspect for 13-10, -11, -14,
condition; сraсk not -16, -17, -18
тab|e 101.8..1 . Pеriodiсa| lnsрeсtion Basiс.Heliсopter (1 of6)

Page 45
€PнIR*'.-'. MA|NТЕNANоЕ MANUAL Bo l05
14 . inA|N RoтoR вLADЕ

(1) lnspeоt main fotor blade for оondition 14-2 o( 14-3
Note fo|Iowing when iпspeоting erosion pro-
teсtive she|ls for deboпdiпg:
Whёn first{ime debonds aro found, or existing
debоnds havg incroased in area, the iпspeс-
tion shall bв repeated after 50Fh. On|y when
an inspeсtion has rovoa|od no fUrther debon-
ding do the periodiо iпspectiоп intervaIs
21 - FUSЕLAGЕ
(1) Inspect fol|owing frames craсks:
. 'or
upрorоorners offrames 7,8,9, forwardaпdaft, and diagonalframeand !
frame 10
- |ower frame segments 7 aпd 8
NoтE stop-dri|| craсks. Flepair aпy cracks in the up-
per area of frames 7 and I and diagonal frame
Within tho next 50Fh. Fleрair аny сraоks in the
uoDer area of frаmes 8 and 10 aлd in the
|ower area of trames 7 and 8 Within tho пeк
600Fh. cheсk for craсk propagation every
200Fh' Rвpair сraсks whiсh show propagation
within the neХt 50Fh.
(2} |nspeсt |aпdiлg gear mounting brасkets аnd surrounding fuse|age area 21-3, step 10.
fоr coпdition
(3) Inspect transmission strut attасh fittings and eпgine mount attaсh 21-5,
fittings for сondition and insрeсt fuse|ag€ areа аdjaсent to attасh step 5 and 7
fittinos for Ioose rivets and оracks
(4} о|ean' оreasв and functioпa|ly сheсk jettison device оf сoоkpit doors. 21-4
Reпвw |oаd Wire seal
(5) Еnsure drain ho|es are not obstruсted ?1-3, step 4.
3l . тA|L вooм
(1) ЕFFЕст|vlтY Тei| boom assemb|iвs uр to S/N з50 if Aв 15
not aсоomplished:
Remove tai| rotor shaft fairing and visual|y inspeоt in thв viсinity of the
three bearing braоkets P/N 105-30251.1z.18/.19 for cracks.
Refer to AB 15 for further limitations
(2} |nspeсt tai| boom assombly for сondition
з2 - тAIL вoтoв DR|VE

tail rotor drive for оondition
Flemovo mаgnetic p|ugs oi int9rmediate gearbox and ta|| rotor gearbox 32.9' о2.14
and test their maqnetic retaiпiпo force
Тable 101.8.1 - Рeriodiоal |nsрeotiоn Basiс-Heliоopter (2 of6)

I
сHAPтЕR 101 Revisioп 24

Page 46
(ЭянжрCIрteг MA|NТЕNANoЕ |VIANUAL Bo 105
32 . тAlL вoтoR DR|vЕ

(3) ЕFFEст|vlтY ..singie
webbed'' type of gearboх housing (see
Fig. з2-2э):
Visuаl|y insрect to housing transition area for оraсks and
'|angeрfesenоe oJ cracks, such as oil teakage aпd
conditions iпdicating
асоumUlation of dirt
33 - тA|L RoтoR
lnsoeсt tai| rotor for сondition
Wjthout disassemblи insрeсt spheriоa| bearings in fork end of taiI rotor 33.21 step 1.с
'
shaft
(3) EFFЕстlvlтY тail rotоr b]ade mounting torks made trom
.105-t,1711'
ээ.14 thru 3з.18
aluminum а|loy P/N 1o5.з1722:
Remove and forks for сondition
(4) Flemove br||cгank assy and inspect for coпdition 33-9 thru 33-I2
(5) сheсk bal| bearings of sliding s|eeve fol proper running and absenсe of t3-27, step 14.
(6) Remove bolt сoпneсting tail rotor shaft to tail rotor heаd' and сIean аnd 33-2'1' steр 1.e.
bolt for оondition
з4 - тA|L RoтoR вLADЕ

lnsDect tail rotor blades for condition
41 - i'A|N RoтoR сoNтвo|.s

(1) lnspeсt flight controI сomРonents (boosted seсtion of f|ight оontro|s)
|oсated above swash olate for сondition
(2) Cheсk swаsh
(3) сheсk rigging of colleсtive coпtlo| forоes 102-16, step 9.
(4) C|ean swash p|ate sliding suгfaоe on suPport tube. MoVe swash р|ate
to Uppermost position to expose sliding suгface. Use с|eaлing so|vent
(CM 201 , 202 ot 2171
(5) visually inspeсt seals oп uрper rod eпds ot сoпtrol rods tor condition
тhe following eontro| rods are affected:
- verticaI coпtro| rods be|ow hydrau|iо unit (3 ofO
- contro| rods betwoen hydrau|ic unit and miхing |evef assy (3 ofO
сontrol rods (4 ofO
(6) ЕFFЕст|vlтY Rotating coпtro| rods P/N,105-1з.t21:
Distinguishing feature of control rod:
O.D. ot flJbё is 20 mm
visual|y irrspeсt rejnJorcement s|eeves оn сoпtroI rod ends for оraсks'
ReD|aоe сraсked оontro| rods
тable 101.8..1 - Periodiоal |nsрeсtion Bаsiс-нeliоopter (3of 6)
Revlsion 22 сHAPтER 101

Page 47
@рнEwoрteг MA|NтENANоE MANUAL Bo 105
lnspection or i'aIntenanсe Work

42. тAlL RoтoR сoNтнols
(1) EFFЕстlv|тY H/c up to s/N з10 if sB.Bo105.30.17 пot
aссomplished:
Remove contro| rod in the tail boom and inspесt сhafe proteоtion for
сondition аnd grease
(2) Visua|ly.nspect sea|s on rod eпd and c|evis tor damage
Еol|owiпg гods are affeсted:
- сontro| rod in the tai|boom
_ сontrol rod in vartiоa|fin
(3) сontro| rod in verticalfin:
Visual of blind holo in fork end for damage
43 * нYDпAUЦс sYsтЕм
(l) lnspeсt switоhover оontrol 43.17 or 4э-17^
(2) for сondition
(3) spray.coat N2.|вver (droop.сompensation) with сolrosion preventive
compound (сtvl 508)
сheсk filter сontaminatioп indiсator (latera| indiсator
Fцпсtionаlly test
(6) Perform run check of se|eоtor valve 4з-] 6 or 4з-16А
(7} |nspeсt system 1 se|eсtor Valve for оorrosion
5.l - LдND|NG GEAR

(1) |пspeсt landing gear for сondition |sl-z I
la
61 - ЕNG|NE
eХhaust c|amDs for corrosion and сracks
(21 aссessor|es аr]o struts for сond|tion
(3) Romove anti.iсing va|Ve aсtuators and iпspeоt mounting brackets tor 6l.з7 thru 61.39
condition
(4) вemove оhip deteоtors and test their magnetic rgtaining force
NoтE For remova| and insta|lalion procedures' see Аllison
O[4M 10W2 or 5W2 as applicable
62 . FUЕL sYsтEм
(1) {ue| liпes in ths engino compa.tment for condition
(2) сheck fuel differential Pressuro switсh for function
{3) Porform funоtionа| tёst and test of fuel shutoff valves
тab|e 10J.8.1 - Periodica| lnspeсtion вasic-Нeliоopter (4of 6}

Paga 48
MAINтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
@-',."оpteг -,r: i',1.t1i1l]',l
63 _ LUвR|cAт|oN sYsтЕll'
Rem air venti|atioп not insta||ed:
Visua|ly |nsp6ct baff|e p|ato' located bвtwoen oil сoo|er and fan, аnd
attaоhiпg сlamps lor оracks
.lor
lubrication сoпditiоn
(3) Removo oil drain рlugs ol ol| tank and t6st thё magnetic retainiпg forов
64 - FIREWALLS
65 - ЕNGINЕ oPERAтloN AND coNтвol

(.l) |лspёct engiпo oporalion and оoпtro| |inkeges сoпdition l6e3 l
'or
700 - sтANDARD ЕQUlPinENт
seats for сoлdltion

for оondition
(3) lпspвct сabin vontilation for condit|on, chsоk lor functioп
(4) |nspвсt id9лtl|ication аnd oth6r mark|ngs lor 169ibi|ity' aпd
adheslvo-bаoked deоa|s for аnd
(5) |nspeоt hаmessss, buоk|€s and |nertiа roв|s for оondition
91 - |NSтRUмENт sYsтЕl'
Ventilato dual
instruments for condition
(3) C|oan and drаin pitot€latic syst6m' insрeсt loг сondilioп аnd chgсk for 91-9 thru 91-12
funоtion
(4) |nspeсt magлet|о оompass оondition and fuпct|oп and compensato 91-24 thru 91-26
'or
сelibrato тoТ ind|сation
(6) lnsрвct instrumont рenвl, сэnter рansl апd ovэrheаd pэnoi lor
prвsonсe, leglbility amd seоurity ol laЬelз and р|acards
NoтЕ R6p|aсe missing p|aсerds and rebond separatod
o|асerds
92 - ЕLЕствIсAL sYsтЕмs
Inspoct battвry bonding jUmper for tight instаlIation and unimpairod
таЬ|в 101.8.1 - Porlodtcаl Insрoсtlon ваs|с.нEllсoрtor (5 ol 6}
Revislon 22 снAPтЕR 101

Pago 49
Q|.u-.орtег N,.IА|NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
92 - ELEстR|сAL sYsтЕмs
soсkеt of antюoll|sion Iight сondition
Removo startorceпorator and 'or
тab|o 101.8.1 - P€tiodlсаl |nsP€ctlon ваs|с.нo|lсopter (6 of 6)
тeсhnlсlаn Dato: |nsp6сtor Dato:

Namв Signaturo Stamp sigпatura
сHАPтЕв 101 R€vision 22

Pаgo 50
MA|NтЕNANсЕ МANUAL вo 105
Ф.u,o.оptег
101 -8.2 Pеriodiсal |nspectioп oрtioпal ЕquiPment
Rogistrаtion No.: t.uс seria| No': тotal Hours:
GENЕRAL
(1) Review aircraft log book and ensuro a|l reоorded disсrepanсigs havё
b€вn correctod
(2) Еnsuro сomp|iance with all applicаbls airworthinoss dirgоtives and
manufactur6r's (ЕcD) dirgсtives
(3) Еnsuro оomplianco w|th all supp|omвntary |nspoctions aпd spoсia|
(4) Eпsurв |ife-limlted perts do not eхcoed s6rviсв lifo

do not eхоoed твo
Reсord оomolianсo with these in Historiсa| Rвоord
83l - LoNG RANGE FUEL тANK
836 - вЕsсuЕ нoIsт AssЕl'lвLY
8tl5 - сttlP wAвNING IND|сAтloN

Removg сhlp detoсtor' оheсk, с|ean,last for lunсtion aпd t6st magпetiс
854 - мA|N RoтoR вLADЕ FoLDING sYsтЕi,

(1) Flomovo |oсklng |sver assemb|и о|оan and inspёф lor coпdition (crack
пot
(2) Removв |oсkiпg lвvor ass6mb|y
. cleaп and inspgct nickeЬр|atod bo|ts for condition' and provido with в54.3' stop
.1.a
corrosion protection (crack inspeоtion not required) and

8544, step 2.t
- с|ean and inspвct so|id film lubriоаnt.coatвd bo|ts for condition (сraсk 854€' stвP 1.b
in6p6сtion not r6qЦhod). coat boltwith lubricаnt (см146) and
85.1-4, step 2.9
тab|o 101.8.2 - Porlodlсal |nsрeсtlon oрt|onа| Equ|Pm€nt (1 of 2)
tlovlslon 22 сHAPTЕR 101

Pаge 51
ЕUвoоoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
Ingpeсtion or мaintenancё Work
857 - сoNт|NUoUs lGN|т|oN sYsтЕtlt

(1) сheck for condition
(2) visUal|y inspect noise suppressor and aоagssible parts of wiring for
c0ndition
тab|o 10.t.8.2 - Periodlоa| lnsрeоt|on oРtiona| ЕquiPmeпt (2ol2)
тeсhniсian Dat6: |nsрeсtor Date;

Namo Signature Stamp sigпаture
oHAPтEп 101 Flevlsion 18

Рage 52
MAINтENANCЕ MANUAL вo
€рнн"Oрtег
105
101 - 9 ЕXтЕNDЕD PЕRloDlсAL lNsPЕотloN
101 - 9.1 Extendrd Period|caI lnspeсtlon Baslc HeIiсopter
Registration No.: н/e serial No.: тotal Hours:
GЕNЕRAL
(1) нвVieW airоraft |og book and ensure a|l recordоd discrepancies have
been сorr€сted
(2) Еnsure оomp|iапсe with al| app|icable airwoгthiness directives and
manufaоturer,s (ЕоD} directives
(3) Еnsure сomplianсe With all supplementary insprоtions and sрeсiаl
insDёctions
(4) Ensure |iir.|imited рarts do not eХceed serviсe |ite
Ensure ТBo-сomрonents do not exоeed твo

and compononts
Еnsurо аl| required inspeсtions of enginвs, €quipment
have boen performed aооording to rёspeоtive manufaоtureг's
doоumeпtation
(7) Reсord сomplianco with these inspections in Historiоg| Flecord
1l . iilA|N тEANsl'lssloN
(1) Inspeсt main transmission and attached parts for сondit.|on I t-o,
step 1 thru 16
(2) Remove magnetiс р|ug and inspeсt for dsposits, c|ean and test for 1't -17, 1l-tB,
magnetic retaining force 11-19,02-14
(з) ЕFFЕстшlry H/c up to siN 690 il not instal|od with wash€rs
P/N 105- 13104.17:
|nspeоt Цnderside ot rotor mast f|ang€ in the area of bor@s' inс|uding
Wёbs bofuveФn the bor6s' for оraсl(s, using Еi magnifying g|аss
12 - RoтoR ввAкЕ sYsтЕм

rotor brake system for condition
13 . l'lAlN вoтoR sYsтЕм

(1) lnspeсt main rоtor system {or оoпdition
(2) Remove primary bo|ts and seсondary bo|ts, оlean and inspect for
condition; оraсk noI
Tablo 101.9'1 - ЕХtendеd Periodica| |nsрoction вasiо.He|iоoptel (1 of 5)
Rovision 23 сHAPтЕЕI 101

Pago 53
tянжрopteг MАINтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
14 - iiAlN пoтoR вLADЕ

(1) |nsрeсt mаin rotor b|ade for сondition 14-2 oI 14-з
NoтE Notо following Wnen inspeсting erosion
ptoteоtivo shel|s for debonding:
When tirst-time doboпds are Jouпd' of eхisting
deboпds havo iпоreased in area, the insрectioп shalI
be repeated after 50Еh. only whrп an inspeсtion has
гevвa|ed no furthor debonding do the por|odiс
inspection iritervals re-apply
21 - FUSELAGE
(1) Inspect fuselago for condition
(2) |nspect fo|lowing frames for сracks:
- uрpоrcornorsofframes 7, 8, 9, forwardandаft' andd|agonalframвand !
lrame l0
- lowertrame segments Tand I
NoтЕ stop.dri|| оracks. Repair any сraоks in the
upper аrea of framos 7 and 9 and diagona| frame
withiп the next 50Fh. Flepair any оracks in the uрper
aroa of frames I and t0 and in tha lowor area of
frames 7 and 8 within the next 6ooFh. checк for оraоk
proрagation every 200Fh. вopair craсks Whiсh show
propаgation within tho next 50Fh.
(э} с|ean' greasa aпd funоtional|y сheck jettison deviсв of оockpit doors'
Rвnew |ead wiro soal
31 - тA|L вoo|t/|
(1) EFFEстIV|тY тai| boom assemb|ies Uр to s/N 350 if Aв 15
not acсomp|ished:
l
Remove tail rotor shaft fairing and visua|ly insрeоt in the viоinity of the
three bearlng braоkots P/N 105-3025l.17l.18/.19 for craсks.
Flefer to Aв 15 for lurther |imitat|ons
(e) |nspеct tai| boom for сondition
32 - тAlL пoтon DR|VE

tail rotor drivs for сonditioгl
(2) EFFEст|V!тY ,.singl9
webbod'typ€ of gёarboХ housing (sre
Fig. з2.2з);
visua||y insрect f|ang6 to housing trans|tion area for cracks and
сonditions indiсating рrBs€nоe oJ cracks, such as oi| |6akаgo and
acсumu|ation o{ dirt
ъb|e .!01.9.l - Еxtended Periodica| lnspection ваsiс-Heticopter (2 of 5)
оHAPтЕR 101
j
Rovision 2з
Page 54
€рннрoрtег MAINтENANсЕ MANUАL вo 105
InsPeсtion or шlaint€nаnсe work
3з - тAlL RoтoR
(2) Without disassemblyt iпsрeсt spheriоa| beariпgs in tork end of taiI rotoг 33-21, step 1.c
shaft for
(3) ЕFFEст|V|тY Tail rotor blade mounting forks made from з3.14 thru 33.18
aluminum аl|oy P/N 105-31711' 105.31722:
Remove and iпsDeсt blade mountiлo forks for сondition
(4) Remove be|lоrank assy and inspeсt for condition 3з.9 thru 33-12
(5) сheсk bal| bearings of s|iding s|eeve for рroper running and absenоe of 3з.27' slep 14
(6) Remove bolt оonneсting tail rotor shatt to tail rotor head, and о|ean and 33-21, step 1 .e
insoect bolt for condition
з4 - тA|L Roтoв вI-ADE
41 - мAlN пoтoR сoNтRoLs

for оoпdition
(2) сheсk swash P|atе bearing for runnang
(3) Cheсk rigging of сol|eсtive сontroIforсes 102-16, step I
(4't с|ean swаsh р|ate sliding surfaсe on suррort tube. Мove swash p|ate
to upрermost position to eХpose s|iding surfaсe. Use сleaniпg solvent
(CM 201, 202 or 217)
42 - тA|L RoтoR сoNтRoLs

(1) EFFEст|V|тY H/с up to s/N 310 if sв.Bo105-30.17 not
aссompIIsne0:
Remove сontro| rod in the tai| boom and insрeсt сhaJe protoоtion for
оondition and grease s|iding surfaсe
(2) visua||y inspeоt seaIs on rod ond and с|evis for damage
Fo|lowing rods аre affeсted:
- controlrod in the tail boom
- оontro! rod in verliсa|'iп
(з) сorrtro| rod in verticalfin:
Visua|ly inspeоt of blind hole in fork end for damage
4з . IiYDRAUL|с sYsтЕl'
Inspeсt switоhover control Iinkаge for play 4з-17 or 43-17^
(2) |nspeсt system for сondition
(3) spray.сoat N2-|ever (droop.сompensation) With сorrosion prevontive
508)
(4) оheоk filtёr сontamination indiоator {|atera| indiсator
Тable 101-9.1 - Еxtended Periodiсa| |nspeсtion Basiс-Heliсopter (3of 5}
Revision 21 сl.lAPТЕR 101

Page 55
(Эянr""рсэptеr MA|NТENANсЕ MANUAL вo'l05
4з - нYDRAUL|с sYsтEt\'l
test hydrаuliо
(6) Perform run сheсk of se|eсtor valvo setting 4з-,16 or 43-,16А
1 se|eсtоr va|Ve for corrosion
51 . LANDING GEAR
6l - ENGINЕ
l(p exhaust clamps for оorrosion aпd сracks
aсcessorIes ano struts for оondition
Remove antьidпg valve actuators and inspeоt mounting braсkets for
cоndition
(4) Flomove сhip deteс.tols and test thoir mаgпetiс retaining forсe
NoтE For removal and]installаtiofl рroсoduros' see Allison
oMM 10W2 or 5W2 as app|iсab|e
62 . FUEL sYsтElti
fuel linos in tile for oonditien
(2) сheck fue| ditferentia| pressure switch for function
Perform functional test and tost of fuе| shutoff vа|ves
63 . LUBR|oAтIoN sYsтEм
(1) ЕFFEст|vlтY Flam air ventilation пot instal|ed:
Visua|ly inspect batf|e p|ate, loсаted botwoen oi| coo|er and fan, and
attaсhing оlamps for cracks
lubrication system for condition
(з) Removo oil drain plugs of oi| tаnk and test the magnetic retaining forоe
of thoir
64 - F|RЕWALLS
(1) |nsрeоt fire Wal|s for сonditioп |вц-z l
65 . ENGINE oPЕпAтloN AND сoNтRoL

('l ) .nspeоt engiпe operation anJЪontro| Iinkagвs for condition
700 - SтANDARD EQUIPмЕNт

('1) lnspeоt рilot and сopilot seais for сondition
for condition
сabin Vёnti|ation for оondition, сheck for function
|пspect |dontifiоation and other markings for |egibility. and
аdhesive-backed deсaIs for and
тab|e 10'1.9''1 - Еxtended Periodica| |nsPection вasiо-Helicopter (4 of 5)
OHAPтER 101 Revision 24

Pаgs 56
ЕURoоoPтЕR МAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
, j ,, . r, ', ,.i' .il;;,,1'r.tit'i,L+.

',rr,
91 - lNsтRU]t'ЕNт sYsтЕм
(1} Venti|ate dual torque indiсation system
(2) |nsрвc1 instruments for condition
(3) с|gan aпd drain pitot.statiс system, inspeоt lor conditioл and сheсk 91-9 thru 91-12
tuпction 'or
(4) |nspeоt magnotiс сompass for оondition and function and compensate 91-24 thru 91-26
comрass
(5) calibrate тoт iгrdiоation system
(6) |nspect instrument pane|, сenter paneI and overhead pane|'or
prёsenсe, |egibility amd seсurity ot |abels and p|aоards
NoтE Replаce missing plaсards and rebond separated
92 - ЕLEстпiсAL sYsтЕмs
(1) hspeсt battвry bonding jumper for tight insta||ation and unimpaired
surfaсe
(2) сheсk regulator
(з) |nspeсt soсk6t ot anti.сo||ision Iight for сondition
Flemove and insDeсt сarbon brushes
т.bIэ 101.9.1 - Extendвd Periodiсa| Inэpecllon вa8ic.}|вIiсoPtgr (5of 5)
тechn|сian Dalё: |nsрeсtor Date:

Name Signature Stamp Signature
Ravision 18 сHAPтЕR 101

Pag€ 57
@.','ooоptег I,4AINтЕNANсE MANUAL вo 105
.t01
-9.2 Еxtended PeriodiсaI |nspectlon oрtiona| Еquiрment
Registratioп No.: |.Uс seria| No.: Тota| Hours:
GЕNЕвAL
(1) Raviow a|rcraft log book and ensurв a|l r8сorded discrepanоIes have
b6вn corrocted
(2) Ensurr сompliaпce with all appliоab|в airworthiness d|reсtives and
maпu'aсlurerъ (ЕсD) dkectivos
(3) Еnsure оompliaпоe with а|| supplemoпtary lnsp€ctions and specia|
Еnsure |ile.|imited oаrts do nol oхсeed serviсe lifё

(5) Eпsura do not eхоood тBo
in Historica| Reоord
&}1 - LoNG пANGЕ FuEL тANк
838 - вЕscuE Ho|sт AssЕмвLY

(1) Lubriсalo wiпсh unit |в36-22 l
845 - сн|P wARNING lND|сAтloN

Flemove сhip detecto( оheоk, с|6an, test for fuпсtion and test magnatiс
8{i4 - l'iAlN RoтoR вLADE FoLD|NG sYsтЕм

(1) Removo |ocking lever assomb|y, с|ean and inspect оondition (сraоk
not 'or
(2) Flemovв |oск|ng |over assomb|y
- C|ean aпd inspeоt nickeф|ated bo|tg condition, and provide with 854-3, stop 1 .a
сorroslon proteсtion (crасk inspectioп not
'or requlrвd) ano
854-4, stop 2.1
- c|oan and inspeсt solid fi|m |ubriоaпttoated bolts |orсonditioп (craоk 854-3' stеp 1.b
inspeоtion not raquired). coat bo|twith lubricant (cM146)
тabls 101.9.2 - Еxteпd6d Por|odlcа| |nspectlon oрl|oпa| Еquipment (1 ot 2)
Flavisioп 22 сHАPтER 10.1

Page 59
ЕURoоoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANоЕ МANUAL вo 105
857 - сoNтINUoUs lGN|тloN sYsтЕп/l

(1) сheсk spark igniters for condition
(2) visually inspeсt пoise suppressor and аcсessible parts of Wiring for
Table'l01-9.2 - Еxtended Per|odiсal |nsрection optional ЕquiPmont (2 ol2)
Tвсhniоlan 0at8; lnspector Dato:

Name sigпature Stamp Signature
сHAPтЕR 101 нвvision 18

Page 60
@euгoоогtег ltiA|NтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
101 -10 SUPPLЕмЕNтARY lNsPЕот|oN AоooRDING тo oPЕвAтlNG

тlмЕ lN FH AND/oR оALЕNDAR тlмE
10.t - 10.1 suPPlementаry lnsрeсtlon aссordlng to oporаt|ng тlmo ln Fh anфor

саlendаr тmo вaзlс нe|lсoрter
Registratlon No.: l-UC Sorial No.: тotаl нours:
Inspeсl|on or i'alntonаnc€ Worк

11 -мA|NтRANsмlss|oN
(1) ЕFFEстlvlтY вolts with P/N 10s60701 .15i.16: l tnсh 11-54, 11-55, part
А' step 10 or part
Rвmovo bo|ts and inspoсt coпditlon R etan q
'or
(2) ЕFFЕстlv|тY Driv€ P/N 4619 з02 037 on 300Fh '11-59, stap 1
mаin transmissioп:
'|ange and 2,
11€0' st6p 1l
сhecktorque of scraw on drive f|angs. lt torque is
too low, remova dfive f|ango aпd inspoct lor
(3) Rвmove iпРut driv6 shatts and inspect 3000Fh or 11-54 thru 11-56
оondltion 'or 6 yoars,
whichover
ocсuгs lirst
(4) R6mov6 trаnsmission mounting struв алd inspeсt 3000Fh 11-50 thru 11-52
foг оoпd|tioп
(5) ЕFFЕст|vlтY вorg Wamor 116в wh6ol unit P/N 1200Fh тsN'
.l1€0' 11.64'
4638202007: th6n av6ry I t-o/
600Fh
Remova froвwhea| unit аnd insoaсt for оoпdition
(6) ЕFFEст|vlтY Ka'lex shatts mаde by Kаmatics 6000Fh 11-54
Compапy:
Removв drive shatts and sond lo manutасtur€r
for assessmgпt
1з -tllA|N пoтoR sYsтЕlvl
(t) ЕFFEст|V|тY Quadruplв nuts P/N
10F14101.54/.55:
nuts end inspeсt lor сraоks
(2) ЕFFЕcт|vlтY воttg P/N 10$-14101.76/.77:
вemove bo|ts and insooсt сracks

'or
таblo 101.10'.t - supPlomэпtаry |nзр6ctlon aссo.dlng to oP6rаt|ng тlm6 ln Fh аndior
сalonda' тmo вas|с нol|сoptor (1 of 7)
н€vision 20 оHАPтЕR 101

Pa0o 61
Q..,..oрteг I\'AINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
lnsPэct|on or i|aIntэnапсэ woгk

1з.}lAlN Roтoп sYsтЕli
(3) EFFЕстlv|тY Quadrup|е nuts PN 1200Fh тsN'
10$-14101.19/.20: thrn ov6ry
з00Fh
Removo Upр6r and low€r quadrup|o пuts and
inspвсt сraсks
'or
NoтЕ Quadruрle nuts with soriа| numbэrs |isted
b6|ow do nol r6quIro period|c inspeсtions during
thoir sвrviсe |il6. Fo' th€s€ quadruP|a nuls it is
a|so not пocвssary to instа|| quadrup|в nuts With
th6 same soriа| number (a|so roler to sв 10-18).
sвrial nUmbвrs:
QuadrupIe nuts, upрer 1 05-1 41 01.1 9
s/N 6з' 145 thru 15.t, 15з thru 172' 197' 198t 212
thtu 221 , 247 , 249 thru 25 , 269, 270 , 272 lhru
1
281, 283, 290 thru 293

Quadrup|€ nuts, |owor 105-1410.1.20
s/N 6з' 145 thru 15'l, 153 thrц 171' 197' 21з ihru
221 .247 .249 lhtu 251 . 269 ihru
(4) ЕFFЕcтlv|w Bo|ts P/N 105-14101.221 2s|
Flвmove bo|ts aпd |nsoeсt for оracks
EFFEстlvlтY fulain rotor hoad P/N 1 0+.141 01: 1з€. RЕМ106

R6mov6 mаin rotor hваd and inspoсt for сondltion
pё. REм t0&5
lv|аln rotor hoad P/N 1 14104: 13.6' RЕM106

Flвmovo main rotor h6ad aпd |nsprct сond|tion
osr RЕм 10s5 'or
с/) ЕFFЕGт|vlтY Quadrupl9 nuts P/N
1121-14102.191.2O1
Flemоv6 пuts aпd for сracks
(8) EFFЕстlvПY вotts P/N 1121-1 41Q22?J'23:
Romovо bolts end crаoks
(s) R€mov€, оlean and insp€с-t 'orprimary aЛd 13-10' 1з..!1'
s6condary bol!9 for сracks and сondit'on 13-l4 and I&l6
thru 1$18
(10) п6move, disassembto aпd iпspoсt drlvlng |ink 1S20 thru 13-24
lor соndition
таblo 10.t.10.1 - supP|om6ntаry lпspэсl|on аcсord|ng to oрoгatlng тlmo 1п Fh аnd/or

сa|oпdar тlmэ вa3lс нol|сopl6r (2 o' 7)
снAPтЕR 101 Revlsion 20

Pago 62
ЕURoоoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANоЕ МANUAL вo 105
lnspeсtloп or ltdаintenanсa work

13 - |l'A|N Roтoв sYsтЕм
(11) ЕFFEстlvlтY Mаin rotor head P/N 105-141081: 4800Fh or 1з.6' RЕin 106
Fl6movo main rotor head ar]d inspect for сonditjon
8 yвars тsN'
Whiоhevor
por RЕМ ,l 06
oссurs first,
тпeп avory
4800Fh or
6 yaars,
Whiоhever
oссUrs first
14 - |tllA|N RoтoR вLADЕ
(1) Remove mаin rotor blade and iпspoct for 14.4, 14-5
coпdition
NoтЕ Noto fo|lowing when inspoсting arosion
protective shells for debonding:
Whвn first.time debonds are foUnd, or eхisting
debonds have inоreasвd in area, thg lnspeсtion
sha|l bo rspeatad atter 50Fh. oп|y Whвп an
inspвсtion hаs revealed no fUrther debonding do
21 - FUSЕLAGЕ
(1) lnsPeсt bores iп tha eпgine mounting fittings for з000Fh or 21-э
wear Wh€п ongine(s)
is removed,
whiсhover
0cоurs lirst
{2) hspeсt doors' Windows, struсture and tаilboom 2400Fh -3' staP
2,l 1
'
2' з
сonпectino f|anq6 for condltion and 9
(з) visuаlly inspeсt frame 2L of teil boom (fuselagё 2400Fh or 21-3
sid6) fol оreсks 6 yeаrs тsN'
whichever
NoтЕ Dвpending on tho operationa| spectrum of oсоurs first,
the heliсopter and on tho oхisting environmgnta| th6n every
conditioпs, ditforent inspвclion int6rvals may bв 1в00Fh or
ёstаblishgd uooп coпsu|tation with ЕcD. 3 yaars,
whichover
oссurs flrst
(4) visuа|ly iпspeсt connoсting ilange of tail boom 2400Fh or 21-з
(fцse|aga sido) and adjaceпt fusa|age areas for 6 years тsN,
сondition and сracks' using a magn|lying g|ass Whiсhеvor
oссurs lirst'
NoTЕ Depending on th6 operationa| speоtrum 0t theп evory
the heliоoptar and on the sxisting ёnvironmenta| 1800Fh o.
оonditions' ditfёrsnt insp6оtion interva|s may be 3 years,
ostаblished uDon сonsU|tation With ЕcD. Whiсhev€r
ocсurs first
Tab|e 101.10.1 - supP|omgntЕry lnsPэсtion acоording to ope'atlng тim6 in Fh end/or

са|anda] т|me вазlс H9|iсopter (3 of 7)

Pаge 63
ЕU гtljt,Ur l ЕH MА|NтЕNANoЕ MANUАL вo 105
ln6pection or .Ulaiпtэnаnсэ work

21 - FUSЕLAGЕ
(5) lnspect sphoriсal b€arings and сlaw bushlngs in
main transmission fittings for оondition
22 . сoWL|NGs
(1 ) Ramove cowlings and for сoпdition
31 - тAlL вooм AssЕмBLY

(1) Removo tai| boom and inspoоt interior and 2400Fh or
eХtвrioг for сondition 6 years тsN'
whiсhevgr
NoтЕ Dopeлdiпg on the op€ratiоnal spectrum o| occurs flrst,
the hоliсopter and on the eхistirig 6пvironmental lnon every
conditions' ditferont inspection iпterva|s may bg 1800Fh or
estabIished Upoп оoпsultation With ЕcD. 3 years,
whlchevor
ooсurs first
з2 - тAlL RoтoR DRlvE
(1) EFFЕст|V|тY тail rotor driv6 with вendix 6hafts 2400Fh or з2.36' 32.46'
and оoupling: 4 y€аrs' з2.50
wh|сhever
Flemove shatts аnd coupling end insрвсt th6ir oссurs tirst
oхterior and interior surfaсos |or оondltion
(2) EFFЕстlv|тY таil rotor drivё With laminatвd disk 3600Fh or э2-11, з2-17
'
coupling: 6 ysars, З2-2з' 32.29
Whiсhev6r
Romove, disassвmb|e and inspвct f0rward short occurs lirst
dr]voshatt, сouр|ings, loпg driveshaft and aft short
drivosha|t in vert|сa| fin for conditi0n
(3) нemove intermediate gearboх and tail rotor 3600Fh or з2.55 thru з2.57
9oarboх and insp6сt for сondition 6 years, and з2-59 thru
Whiсhav6r 32-61
oсоurs tirst
33 - тAlL вoтoR
(1) i/ваsure P|аy betwвen bladg mountiпg 1ork and 1200Fh з3-16' steP ,l
tnn6r sle6ve
(2) Romove bo|ts ooппoоting laminated strap pack to l200Fh or tз.16' step 5'
bladё mountlng forks, and iпsр€оt for сondltion 6 yoars,
Whiоhever
ocсUrs first
(3) Flemove, disassemble and inspect tail rotor head 2400Fh or зз.14 thru 33-17
for сOndition 6 years,
whiсhevsr
oссurs first
(4) |nspeсt taiI rotor shaft for p|ay 240Arn 33-4, step I
тab|e 101.10..t - suРрlomoпtаry |nspgсtloп aссording lo oPerating тims in Fh and/or
сa|endаr т|mE вaslo Hcllcopter (4 of 7)
сHAPтЕн 101 Hevisioп 19

Рago 64
€*нжг.,рter MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
lпspoсt|on or iЛаintenanсe Work Initiаl

34 - тA|L вoтoR вLADЕ
(1) |nspeоt laiI rotor blade for impaсt damage and 300Fh з4.2' steps 2''
оracks' and inspeсt instal|ed рarts for sepаrati 4. thru 9.' '12. 1з.
(2)
'
Flemove tai| rotor blade and inspeсt for оondition 2400Fh 34.2' з4-4' 34-5
41 * мA|N Roтoв соNтRoLs
(1) EFFEстIV|тY Pitсh shaft Without bondod 1200Fh + I.ээ
brake рads:
!nsoect Ditоh shafl for сondition
(2) Remove, disassёmbie сontro| rods аnd inspect fоr 3000Fh or 4'!-76 thru 41-83
condition. 4 years,
тhe fo|lowing оontrol rods are affeоted: whiоhever
oсcurs first
. оoпtro| rods between hydraulic unit and miхing
lever assy (3 off)
- rotating сontrolrods (4 ofO
(3) Remove оompression springs of longitudina| and 4 years 41-27 Ihru 41-34
iatera| trimmers' сlean and inspeсt for сonditioп.
Lubriоаte spring оаse
(4) Fiemove aii bolts trom the boosted seсtion of the 3000Fh or
main rotor controls (i.e. above hydrauliс Unit) and 4 years,
inspeоt for оondition and cracks Whiоhovsr
oосurs first
NoтE сraсk insрection per dye pene'
trant method ASTM-Е-l417 o|
magnetiс partic|e method
Asтм-Е-1444.
тhe fo||owing bolts are afieсted:
. |ower and uрper bolts ofthe 3 оontro| rods
between tandem hydraulic unit and mixing
lever assy
. |ower and upрer bolts oi the 2 contro| rods
between miхing |ever assy and swash plаte
- lower aпd upрer bo|ts oflhe 4 rotating сontrol
roos
NoтE Perform inspeсtions (5)' (6) and (7) on thв oсоasion of main trаnsmission overhaul, if
рossible
(5) Remove' disassemb|e mixiпg lеver assemb|y and 3000Fh 41-65 thru 41-70
insoect for оondition
(6) |nspeсt swash p|ate for оondition 3000Fh RЕM 40з
(7) Remove оontro| rods betwоen mixing |ever assy 3000Fh 41-78,41-80,
and swash o|ate and insDeсt for condition 4'l.8з
42 - тAlL RoтoR сoNтRoLs
lnsрoсt tai| rotor оontro|s tor condition
тab|e 101 -10.1 - supрlementary |nsрrсtion acсording to oрerating Т,]me in Fh аnd/or calendar
тime Basic He|iоoрter (5 of 7)
Rrvision 24 оHAPТЕR 101

Page 65
(Э*нярсэрteг мA|NТENANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
Insрection or ttiаintenanсe Wo.k

43 * HYDRAULIс sYsтEin
(1) hspeсt fIаt springs of hydrauliс system Il for 'l200Fh ТsN' 4з-19
сorreоt functioning then every
300Fh
(2) Flemove' disassemble aпd inspeоt оontrol rods for 3000Fh or 43-36, 43-37,
оoпd|tiоn 4 years, 41-79,41-80
Whiсhever
ocсurs first
(3) оhange fi|ter e|emen.ts 2 years 43-з1 43.з2
'
NoтE |f the hydrauliс unit Was not
returned to servico after replaоement, the
again until 2 years after
filter need not be replaced'i|ter
returп to serviсe
(4) EFFEст|ViтY E}ushings P/N 105-455'1.t: 2400Fh тsN' 43-!1, step 14.
Distinguishing feature: тhes6 Inen every
bushings сan be rotated in 600Fh
installed position.
tlemovв hydraulic unit and inspeоt gUide bushings
of оoup|ings for p|ay
61 . ENGINE
I (1) Inspeсt exhaust сlamрs for corrosiоn and сracks 300Fh 61-34
(1) Remove engine mounts and insрeоt for cоndition 2400Fh 61-8 thru 61-19
NoтE |fthe assoсiated engine is to be
removed Within 600Fh after tho inspeоtioп is duo.
the inspeоtioп can be Performed сonсurrent|y With
engino removаl,
(2) Bemove engine stub shaft and inspeоt for 3000Fh or 61-40
condition 6 yea.s,
whichever
occurs fiast
63 - LUвR|сAтIoN sYsтEin
(1) ЕFFЕст|V|тY H/с with sоavengo oi|
filtrrs:
Remove and replaсe fi|ter e|ements of scavenge
oil filters
700 . SтANDARD EQUIPшIENт
тab|e 'l01-.t0.1 . supplementary |nsрeсtion аcоording to oрaratiпg тime in Fh and/or сa|eпdar

.l-ime
вasiс Ho|iоopter (6 of 7)
сHAPтЕFi 101 Revision 24

Pago 66
ЕURoсoPTЕR МA|NтЕNANoЕ MАNUАL Bo 105
92 - ЕLEoтR|сAL sYsтЕMs
(1) Removg battery and inspect сondition in Time and 92-27
'or instruсtions
aоcordanсe With mаnu{aсturer's sсope of
insрeсtion in
aсcordаnое
with
mаnufaсturer's
instrцсtions
(2) lnsрoct comрonents of eleсtriоal system for 2400Fh g2-4
оondltion
таble 101.10.1 - supp|omёntary |nspoctloп sGcording to op€rating тlmё ln Fh and/or

са|endаr тlma вas|c Ho|icoptor г' of 7)
Тeсhniсian Date: |nsp€ctor Date:

Revisioп 1 8 сHAPТЕR 101

Page 67
ЕURocoPтER }/A|NTЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
101 - 10.2 suрplementаry lпsрeсtion ассordlng to opgrаting Тime in Fh аnd/or

сalendar тime optlonal Equipment
Registration No.: H/с soria| No.: Тotal Hours:
80l * sHoULDЕв HAпNЕss w|тн AUтoinAтlс |NЕRт|A REЕL

(1) lnspoсt shouldоr harness with automatiс inertia
roa| for сondition
(2) сhoсk shoulder harness with automalic iпsrtia
ree| tor funсlioп
NoтЕ Еor permissibls sh6lf |ifa and

service |il6 of shou|d6r harпess
and reel, refgr to Autoflug
l,aintenaпсe мanua|
802 - ЕLEстR|сAL HEAт|NG ANo vЕNтlLAтloN sYsТЕМ 4kW3+1kW

(1) lnspeсt systom for ёondition з00Fh 8024
(2) сheсk system for fuпсtion 300Fh 802-5
NoтE Functioпa| сheсk of tho hёating
systвm is on|y possible With ЁPU
enoaaed or oenorators ooeratino
803 -w|NDsн|ЕLD WPЕв sYsтEin

(1) windshiold system for сondition
{2) Pedorm e|oоiriсal funсtiona| tвst
804 - DUAL W|NDsнlЕLD W|PEп sYsтЕIri

(1) dual windshield wioer lor сoпdition
(2) Performe|eсtriсa|functiоna|test
805.W|NDSнIELD W|PЕR AND wAsнER sYsтЕм

Insp€оt windshie|d wipgr and washor systвm for
condition, and сh6ck for function
806 -sPLlт вENcн sEAт

(1) |nspeоt |aРsafety be|ts for сondition Refer to Аutollug Gmbl.l
manufacturer's Мaintenanсe
iпstructions for Мanua|
timo intervals
aпd sсoрe 0f
inspeсtion for
belts
(2) |лspoct sp|it benсh seat for сonditioп з00Fh 806-з
тable 10l..t 0.2 - sцpр|6moпtаry Insр6сtlon аccord|ng to operet|пg Tlme In Fh аnd/or

са|endаr тimв optionаl ЕqulPment (1 of 10)

Page 69
ЕURoоoPтЕR МAINтЕNАNоЕ I/ANUAL вo 105
807 - вЕNсн sEAт

(1) |nsр6ct laРsafety boits lor condition Refer to Autollug GmbH
manufaоturвr's мaintenanоe
instruсtions for Мanual
tima intervals
and sсope of
insр€ction for
bв|ts
(2) |пspeоt bвnсh seat condition 300Fh 807-3
'or
808 - BENсн sЕAт
(1) lnsрect |ap-safety belts or |ap-saf6ty be|ts With Аutof|ug GmbH
shoulder harnsssеs for оondition Maiпtenaпсe
NoтЕ Ref6r to АUtof|Ug GmbH МanuaI
Мaintenanсe Маnua| for
pоrmissib|e storage and Usage
time limits of lap-safety balts or
laРsafety be|ts with shoulder
hаrn6sses
(2) hsрeсt benоh seat for сondition 300Fh 808-3
809 - 4.sEAт вAск.тo.вAск вЕNсll

(1) |пspoct 4-sвai back-tФbaсk benсh for сondition
810- RЕтRAстAвLЕ LAND|NG L|Gнт sYsтEм

(1) hspeсt landing light system for condition 300Fh 810-4
(2) Perform funсtiona| test 300Fh 810-5
NoтЕ Perform funсtionaltsst o| laпd:ng
light Uslng вхterna| power unit
(ЕРU) or g9noratorg
8l1 - REтRAстAвLE |.ANDING L|GHт sYsтЕtl'
for сondition
Perform functional test
NoтE Pe'form funсtiona| test of lаnding
light usiпg extеrпa| power unit
812 - sЕAвсн AND I.AND|NG LIGHт

Inspeсt searсh and for с0ndition
(2) сheсk searсh and light for fuпсtion
т9blo 10l.10.2 - supp|em6ntаry lпзрeсtloп accord|ng to oрorsting тimo ln Fh аnd/o.

Calendаr Tlme oрt|onа| Еqulpmont (2 of 10}
сI-|APтER 101 Fievision 19

Page 70
ЕURocoPтЕR MAINтENANoЕ мANUAL вo 105
813 - sЕAвснL|Gнт
(1) |nspeсt soarch|ight for оond|tion
(2) тest searсh|ight for funсtion
NoтE Funсtiona||y test seаrсh|ight using
eithor externa| power (ЕPU) ol
of foam elёmont
(4} 'iltвr
сleaniпg of lR fi|ter
814 - мЕDlсAL ЕQU|PмЕNт мoUNтING PLAтЕ
8t5 - WALL сAвtNЕт AssЕмвLY
8.t6 - sUот|oN вoттLЕ нoLDЕR

suсtion bottle holder for сonditjon
817 - oxYGЕN вoттLЕ h|oLDЕп

lпsрвсt oхygen bonlg holdrr for condition
818. INFUs|oN вoттLЕ sUsPЕNsloN нooк
819 - мЕD|сAL AттЕNDANт's sЕAт

hspeсt mediсa| aflendant's seat for сondition
820 - сoNvЕRтЕD сoP|Loт sEAт

Inspeot сopilot srаt сoпditioп
'or
821 - LlттЕR RЕтЕNтloN sYsтЕfu!
таb|э 101..t0.2 - supp|omentary |пsрeсt|on аccord|ng to oP€rаt|пg т|me ln Fh aпd/or

са|endarт|mo oрt|oпаl Еqu|pm€nt (з of 10}
Flovlsion 1 I с|.iАPтЕR 10,l

Pege 7'l
ЕURoсoPтЕR |\,lA|NтЕNANсЕ [/ANUАL вo 105
822 - сAнGo HooK sYsтЕм

(1) lnspect cargo hook for оondition Aftar 1000 load Perform
NoтE one load cyсle = 1х opaning and
сyclвs or
3 years in
maintвnanсe ir]
aссordanсe with
сlosing of hook servrce, SIREN
whiсhever сomponent
oосurs first
Мaintепanсe
Mаnual
(2) lnspact cargo hook system {or conditlon 300Fh s22-4
(з) lnspeсt сross tube fittings for сracks 600Fh 822-4
82з - ANтlsEттL|NG sHoЕs

Inspeсt antisettling shoes for сondition А|Ways prior to
installation and
еvery 50Fh il
aпtisettling
shoes rвmаin
installed
824 - sNow sк|Ds

Inspect snow skids for condition Аlways prior to
installation and
evвry 50Fh if
Snow skids
rвmain
iпstallеd
825 - EмЕнGENcY FLoТAт|oN sYsтЕм

(1) lnspeсt for сonditioп
(2) оheсk emёrgenсy systgm for function
NoтЕ 'lotation
Refer to manufасtur€r's
doсUm6ntatioп for time int6rvals
and extgnt of inspeсtion for
prossцre сУlinders and tloats
826 - FUЕL JЕттlsoN sYsтEм

(1) сhесk fueljеttison system for сorrgоt funсtion 300Fh 826-4
NoтЕ or Whвп h€licopter is dofuo|ed
(2) visually iпspeсt fuеl jettison systgm for leakage 300Еh
lf fU6| |eakag€ is evidgnt, сheck threaded
сonnectiоns for presоribed torquе |oad. |f
neсessary, replaсe respёс.tive sealing rIemont
таb|e 10l.l0'2 - suрр|emontаry |nsрaсt|on aсcord|ng to oporat|ng т|mr in Fh аnd/or

оаI€ndаr тlm6 oрt|onal Еqu|рmant (4 of 10)
OHAPТEп 101 Revision 19

Page 72
ЕURoсoPТEв MАINтЕNАNоЕ il,{ANUAL вo 105
::-;ii i ..;.rrir.:ri
827 - FUЕL JEттlsoN sYsтЕм {7a mm dia.)
(1 ) сheсk fuel jettison systsm for сorrect {Uпсtion 300Fh 827-4

NoтЕ or Whon he|iоooter is defuoled
(2) Visual|y inspeоt fueljettison system for |eakаga 300Fh
lf fuei leakag6 is €vident' оheсk threаded
ооnnections for proscribed torqUE load. lf
neоossary, replaоe respeсtive sealinо вiement
828 - FUЕL ltil|сRoFlLтEп sYsтЕli

1) lnsрeсt fuol miсrofiIter system for сondition 300Fh 8284
2) chесk miсrofiltвr systgm lor funсtion 300Fh 828-5
(3) repIaсa 'uвl
liltвr €lement Еvsry 1200Fh
0r wnsn
clogged (n0t
Whвn сaused
by iоe оryslals)
829 - сRossFЕЕD LINEs

сh6сk сrossfeed l|nes for function
830 - sELF sЕALlNG FUЕL тANкs
шr - LoNG RANGE FUЕL тANK

lпspect |ong range fuol tank for сondition
8з2 - FuEL sYsтEм Wlтн Dlv|DED SUPPLY тANк

lnspoсt fuol system for сondition
(2) cheсk fue| for fUnctioп
83з - ExтЕRNAL LoUDsPEAкER sYsтЕttil

(1) lnspeсt system for сondition 300Fh 83з4
(2) оheck system for funсtion 300Fh ojl*'.э
(3) сheоk final amplifier 4тD for funclion Take aсtion Wandоl and
aсоordiпg to Goltermann
manutaсtUrors l,lаintenance
instruсtions Manual
таb|o 101.10.2 - suрplementаry |nspection аccording to operat|ng тim6 in Fh and/or

са|€ndar т|mo oPt|onаl ЕquiPmont (5of 10)
нevision 19 сHАPТЕR 10.1

Pаge 73
ЕURoсoPтЕв МAINтЕNANсЕ МANUAL вo 105
833 - ЕхтЕRNAL LoUDsPЕAкER sYsтЕln

оheck Dreamolifier Vv450 for funоtion тakв aоtjon
aсcordiпg to
manulaсtuler's
instruсtions
834 - ЕXтЕRNAL LoUDSPЕAкЕв sYsтЕм вo 105 s

(1) lnspeсt system for сondition 300Fh 834-4
(2) check system for tunсtion 300Fh oo4-c
(3) оh6сk final amp|i|ier 4ТD for funсtion таke aсlion Wandel and
aсcording to Goltormann
manufaсturer's мaintenaпсo
instruсt!ons lvlanUа|
(4) сheck preamplifieг VV450 for fuпсtion Take aсtion Wandel and
aссording to Goltermann
manUfaсtUrer's t\ilаintenaпсe
instructions МanUal
8з5 - sAFЕтY HAвNЕss

lпspЁct safetу halпrss оondition
'or
836 - вЕsсuЕ нolsт AssEt\,lвLY
For serviсo lif6 oJ lije-]imited parts, lвter to ,101.'l5.
one сable operаting cyclв сomprlses:
Flee| out of оable (fuil or раrtia|) in f|ight and subsequent reel in uпti| automatic
switсh-otf ocоurs.
з00Fh 827-4
(1) |nsрect resсuе hoist for сondition 20 cable ooo-J
op6ralrng
оyоles
(2) сheсk r.€sсUe hoist for fuпоt|on 20 сable 836-4
0perating
cyс|es
(з) lnspeсt сable 20 cable
0peraflng
оyс|es
(4) Lubriсato Winсh Unit Еaсh tjme 836-22
сable is
roplaced or 1x
annually,
Whiсhever
oссurs fkst
тab|e.l01.t0.2 - suPрlomontary |nspoоtlon аccording to oporating тime In Fh аnd/or

сa|endar тmo oрt|onаl Еquipment (6of 10)
сHAPтЕR 101 Flevision 19

Pag6 74
@рнtro*".. |\{AINтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
836 - REsсUЕ нo|sт AssEl'вLY

(5) Disassemb|e and inspeоt winсh boоm assy 600Fh or 836-'10, 836-'ll
4 years
(insta||atiоn
and stolage
time)
Disassemb|e and inspeсt hoo|dbumper assy 200 cаblе 836-17, 836- tI
operating
cyс|es or
4 years
(installation
aпd storage
time),
whichever
occurs first
Remove аnd inspeсt mounting flttings 600Fh or 836.38' 8з6-39
4 yoars
(installation
aпd storage
time),
whichever
occurs lirst
(8) lnspection of Winсh unit Fkst 836-зA
accompiished
atter 4 years,
then вV6ry
2 years
TsN/твo
trt7 - ЕXтЕRNAL RЕARVIEW inlRRoв
8з8 - нlGн LANDING GЕAR
Inspect high landing gear for condition
840 . LIGнтN|NG PRoтЕстoв

lnspeсt lightning рroteсtor for оondition
84l . ЕNGINE Alп CLEANER

(1) |nsPeсt eпgine air с|eaner for conditioп
(2) оheck eпgine air о|eaner {оr function
842 - ENGINЕ A|в cLEAt{Eв (wlтн вLЕЕD A|R s}luтoFF)
(1) lnspoсt ongiпe air c|eаner for сondition

(2) сheсk engine air оleaner for funсtion
тab|e 101.10.2 . supp|ementary |nspёction according to operating тme in Fh аndior сa|endar

тme opt|ona| Equipmвnt (7 ot 10)
Flevision 23 c|-lAPтЕR 10,1

Page 75
tрнн"Oрtег МAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
i
843 - ЕNG|NЕ |NLЕт sспЕEN

lnspeоt engine inlet sоroen for condition
s/r4 . PENDULUм AвsoRвERs

(1) |nsp9сt peлdu|um absorbers for сondition 300Fh 844-4, steps 1
thru 7.
(2) lnspect split lin6 of upper and low6r pendulum 300Fh or 1x 844-4, stop 8.
brackets fo. оraоks and corrosion (not for P/N annUа|lи
10s-81022.01/.02) Whiоhёv6r
oссuis first
846 - sтAвlLlтY AUGi'ENтAт|oN sYsтEi/l (sAs)

(1) |nspect аctuatol аnd сoпtro| rod assemb|iёs and
base p|аte With gyro аmplifiэrs for сondition J
(2) cheсk actuato. and control rod assemblies and
bas6 olato with qvro amDli{iers for tunction
(Ф Romovo actuator and сontro| rod ass6mb|y and
disassemb|e control rod and insogсt {or сondition
847 - FoLLow.UP тR|м

tгim for оondition
(2) chocк fo|low-up trim fol funоtion
848 - SРERRY нEL|PlLoт

Inspect sperry Нe|ipilot for сondition
850 . вLЕЕD Alн/AUx|LlAпY t|EAтlNG sYsтЕм
851 . sEAReн AND LAND|шG L|Gнт 45{t W

search and landing |ight {оr оondition
(2) оheсk e|rctгiсa| сomponents ot the searоh and
landino lioht for tunction
Table 101-10'2 - supplemeпtary |nspection aсcording to oроrating т]me in Fh and/or сalendar

тme optlona| Еquipmont (8 of 10)
cl-{APTЕR 101 Revision 22

Pag€ 76
@..,'o.орtег MАINТЕNANоЕ мANUAL Bo 105
852 - сoмPREssoR R|Ns|NG EQUIPiiЕNт
85з - FlвE ЕxтlNGU|sHlNG sYsтЕttl

(1) lnspeоt firo extinguishing syst9m for coпdition
observe speсiaI loсa|
safoty regulations
Perlorm fuпctiona| test
(3) Rgmovo and dispose of eхplosivo cartridge АссompIish 85з.8,85з.10
when оartridg6
Iil6 (сombined
storаge ano
in-situ time)
has eхpirod
(4) W6igh tirs e)dinguishor bottlo
854 - ]t/|AlN RoтoR вLADЕ FoLDING sYsтЕм

(1) lnspoct rotor b|аde foldiпg crad|es' ttrut' hаnd|ing Prlor to 85+3, step 2.
bar and сllo assemblirs for condition Instаllation
(2) Removo loсking |€ver assrmblи cloan and 2400Fh 854-3' stеp
,l
insD€ct coпdition and crасks

'or
856 * AттAсн FIттING$мULтIPURPoSЕ PYLoN
(.1
) visua||y inspect attaсh'Ittings.multlpurposo pylon After eасh
- as far as accosslble - for damage r6mova| оl the
multiРurpos6
pylon
hspoct attach littlngs.mu|tipurposo рyloп lor
condit|oп (
859 - wlRЕ sтRlкE PRoтЕотloN sYsтЕм (wsPs)
860 - ЕNGINЕ AlR сLЕANЕR
afu cleanor lor conditlon

Parlorm func.tionаl test
таblo 101.10.2 . suррlomonlary lnspосtIon according to oporatlng тlmo Iп Fh аnd/or

cаIendаr ТIme opllonаl Еqulрmont (9 o' l0l
Rovision 22 снАPтЕR 101

Pago 77
trUп\.^Jvr | trгt МA|NТЕNANoЕ МANUAL вo .l05
8в7 . сAвтIDGE.тYPЕ FUЕL PuttiP
тable 101.10.2 - suрplementary lnspвсt|on aссording to oрerating тlme in Fh аnd./oг

сa|endar тimе optional Еquipmonl (10o{10)
Teоhniсian Date: |nspeсtor Date:

Name Signature Stamp signatuгe
oнAPтER 101 вevisiоn 19

Pago 78
ЕUпoсoPтЕR |vAlNТЕNANcE MANUАL вo 105
101 - 11 sPЕсlAL lNsPЕстloNs AFTЕR MAlNтЕNANсЕ AстIv|тY
10l - 11.1 Speсial Inspeсtions аfter ]t/taintenanоe Aсtivity Basiс Helicopter
Registration No.: HiC Serial No.: тota| Hours: Fh
11 - t\,lAlN тRANsмlss|oN
(1) ЕFFEcтlv|тY Inspeсt transmissiоn Аlways be{ore
тraпsmission mounting mounting struts for and attor the
struts PiN 105-10155, missing or dаmagrd transmission
105-10156, 'l 05*10161 seaIaпt on rivet heads оompartment is
uпd 105-10162: high-pressuro
о|eaned
H]gh.pressure clear]еr
Used in transmissioп
companmenl
14 - мAlN вoтoR вLADЕ
(1) lnstallation ol now main lпsрeсt er0sIon sFh - 1oFh after '14-2,
rotor b|ade or replaсemont proteоtive shglls lor iпсiden.t and step'12.
o' erosion protвсtive shelI peeling
aftеr 200Fh 14-3,
NoтE
ttpoeling oссurs after bot. step 10.
weon sFh to 1oFh, inform
ЕоD product supрort be.
fore next fliqht
If dёbonding was |ound in Inspeсt orosion Еvery 25 Fh after 1+2,
the warпing arёa of the prolёсtiv€ shells for iпсideпt' bUt step 12.
blade. prrform spесia| increase iп debonding have erosion or
taрpingtest to drtеrmine protective shell 14-3,
whether debonding has replaсod by step 10.
inсrgased manufaсturer
betore more than
100Fh have
olapsed
32 -тA|L RoтoR DR|VE
(1) |nstа]lation of tail rotor lnspect attaсhmont sFh- 1oFh after Figure 32-23
gearboХ bolts and nuts ol tail installation
NoтЕ rotor gвarboх lor
Not apрliсab|e if sрring required torquo and
Washers Werо used in tпё tighten аs neсessary
attaсhment of the taiI rotor
gearboх
тable 101-,il.1 - spgоiаl lnsPoctions а'tor мaintenanсe Aсtivlty вasic He|iсoрtor

(1 ol 2)

Page 79
MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
Q..-,l.o.oрtег
34 - тA.l. RoтoR вLADЕ

(1) lпstailatlon o| n6W tai| rotor Inspoоt instal|€d рarts sFh - 10Fh aftor 34.2' staрs 7.
bledo or reр|acemont o' for peeling inоldent and thru 9., 12.
arosion Protoсt|ve shgl| 0nо€
NoтE atter 100Fh
lf peёi|ng oооurs afl6r bot-
w6on sFh to 1oFh, inform
ЕсD produоt support be.
|ors пsxt
9r - lNSтRUtlilENтs
Attor major structurel
modi{iсat|on o' h6|iоopter
тab|e 101.l1.1 - sp9olal ln8p9сt|on8 аlt6] мalnlenanco Aсllvlty ва8|c нollcoptor

(2 ol2,
т€сtn|clаn Dato: lnspsсtor Dat6;

Name Slgnature stamр slgпature
оHAPтЕR 101 вev|sioл 21

Pago 80
ЕURoсoPтЕR MAINтЕNANоЕ MANUAL Bo 105
101 - 11'2 Speсial ]nspeсtions аfter Maintenanсe Aсtivity optionаI Еquipment
H/с serial No.: Total Hours:
857 - сoNт|NUoUs lGNlтloN sYsтЕм
таble 101.1.|.2 - SPecia| lnspectiong atter lllaintenanco Aсtlvlty oрtional ЕquiРment

(1 of 1)
тесhnlсlarr Date: lnspector Date:
Name Signalure Slamp sigпature
вevision 18 сHAPтЕR l01

Page 81
ЕURoсoPтЕFl MA|NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
101 - 12 lNsPЕст]oNs AFтЕR oPЕRAт|oN UNDЕR sPЕсtAL ЕNvlRoNttiЕNтAL

сoNDlтloNs
101 - 12.1 ]nspeсtions after opeгаtion under Speсial Еnvironmental Conditlons
Bавiс Helicopter
Registration No.: H/C Serial No.: тota| HoUrs:
1l - мAlN тпANstti|ssloN
(1) lnspect housing of main transmission 1or conditioп
13 - |l/lAlN RoтoR sYsтЕi'

(1) Remove primary and seсondary bolts' clean and
inspect for оondition; craоk inspection not
пecassаry
33 - тA|L вoтoR
(1) |nspeсt pitсh |inks s0Fh 3з.4' step 1
Remove' с|6an аnd inspect fo||owiпg bolts lor з00Fh

сondition:
- вolt between tai| rotor shaft аnd ta.l rotor 33-21, step l.
nead
- Bolts bstlveen tail rotor head and tail rotor 33-16, step 6.
blad6
- вo|ts between |aminated strap pack апd b|ado 3з.16' step 5.

mounting fork
NoтЕ
Proteоt nickel-plated bolts against cоrrosion by
brush-{oating thёm with greasв (оM 101' 102,
120' '146) or With оorrosion preventive compound
(сM 505) prior to insta||ation. Do not lubricate nвw
bo|ts сoated With solid liIm lubriоant. App|y |Ubriсaпt
(cM .' 46) to proviously iпstaI|ed bo|ts сoаt6d with
solid ti|m |ubriсаnt.
тab|o101-12.1 - lnspeсtion3 attэr op9r6l|on under Speсial Еnvironm€nta| сondltions

ваsic }lelIсopts]
(1 ot 2)
Revision 18 сI{APтЕR.101
Pаge 8з
ЕURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
61 - ЕNG|NE
(1) Wash compressor of both engines Aftrr th6 last Allison O[,lM Pub.
l|ight of thв day No. 5W2 or 10W2
(2) |nspect air inlet o{ compressor for сondition Atter the last Allison OIVIM Pub.
tlight ot ths day No. 5W2 or 10W2
in snow
таble 101.12.1 - lnspёсtions alter oporation under sрgсial Еnvlronmgnta| сondltions

вaз|c нoIicopt'Er
(2 oI 2t
тeсhnic|an Date: lnspoctor Date:

оHAPтЕR 101 вevision 18

Page 84
ЕUвocoPтER MA|NтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo 105
1o1 - 12.2 ln3peсtions аfter oрgration under sрeсiа| Еnvironmentа] conditions

oрtiona| Equipment
Registrаtion No.: Н/C Ssrjal No': Тotal нours:
854 - lvlA|N вoтoп вLADЕ FoLDING sYsтЕll|

(1) Remove |oсking |ever assemb|y
_ сlsan and inspoсt niсke|-p|ated bolts for 854-3, step 1.a
сondition, and provide with сorrosion protaоtion aлd
(оraсk inspection not requirod) 854-4, step 2.f
- Cleaп апd insoeсtsoIid fiIm lubriсant-оoated bo|ts 854-3, step 1.b

(craоk inspeсtion not r€quirod). сoat ano
bolt with |ubriоant (оi/146)
'orcondition 854-4, step 2.9
тab|e 101.12.2 - |n8pёctions atter oPerаtlon undвr sрacial Еnvironmontа| сonditions

oPtiona| Еquipmont
(1 ot 1)
тoсhn|c|an Date: |n9рeсtor Dale:

Flevision 18 oHAPтЕR 10l

Pаg6 в5
IVIA|NTЕNANсЕ MАNUАL Bo 105
€Р#IР-Рoo.-.
101 . 1з SPЕс|AL INsPEотloNs AFтЕR oPEнAтloNAL |Nс|DЕNтS
101 - 13.1 Speciаl |nspeсtions аfter operational lnсidents вasiс l|eliсoрter
1. Measures to be taken after exceeding rotor speed ot 110k 88

2. speciaI inspection aftrr contaсt of maiп rotor With an obstaсle. 89
3. speciа| inspeсtioп after сoпtaсt of tai| rotor With an obstaоle. .''....... 91
4. specia| inspeсtion after a hard |аnding 93

5. I\лeasures to be taken if mast moment |imIs are eХсeeded (М|\4-Limit Warning light remains oп) 97
6. speсia| iпspeоtioп after exсessive main rotor blade beпding 98
7. speсia| inspeоtior] of main trаnsmissioп and when mast moment indiсaling sys. defeсtive/removed 100 l
- Presence of deposits
. Defeсtive or removed mast moment indiсаtiпg system
8. Measures to be takеn with regard to main transmission Fs 72 A
аfter reaоhing mах. torque ranges or eхсeeding mах. permissible torquo limits 101
9. [4easures to be taken With regаrd to main transmission Fs 72 B

after reaching maх. torque ranges or exсeeding maх. permissible torque limits 102
,10.
п,4easures to bo taken With regard to main transmission Fs 72 Е
after reaching max. torque ranges or exсeeding max. permissible torque limits 104
11. sрeсial inspeсtion ot thё hydrauliс system 105
- Fi|ter contаminаtion indiсator pin hаs popped out

. |ndicatоr ring сhanges position
,12.
Measures to be taken followiпg {reewheel сlutch slippage due to engine rрm N2
eхсeediпg rotor rpm NFlo 106
13. sрrcial inspeсtion of instrumenls 1o7
- After flight in thunderstorm

. Aftor parking the helicopter for a longer рeriod of time (з months) in one direоtion
14. Measures to be taken аfter f|ights in falling sпow 108
15. Measures to be taken after tlights in sandy environment ..... 108
16. I\4easures to be taken when oрerating at extreme|y |oW temperatures 109

Page 87
MA|NТENANOЕ МANUAL Bo 105
{Э*нгярорteг
1. i'easulos to be taken after exсeed|ng rotor speed ot 11Оo/o
1. тhe service li{e of the pаrts |isted below is aфersely affeсted if rotor speed eхceeds 110%.
а. Dur|ngtheirserviсe|ife, these раrts maybesubjeсted 60tlmestotаi|rotorsрeeds abovo 1107o butnot

exceeding 115%. Еaсhtimea rotor sрeвd of 110% is exсeoded' an entry mustbe mаde in the rolated
historiсaI record.
b. Bisсard the fo||owing parts itthey hаV6 be6n subjoсtod 60 times to a rotor speed above.110% oronоe
to a rotorspeed above 115%.
Registration No.: H/с soria| No.: тota| Hours: Fh
lnsрoоt|on or liаlnteпanсo work

(1) !!elщat9!-hr3d:
- вendiх tie barltension torsion strap (4 otO
- Quadruple nut, upper (1 ofO
- Quadruple nut, lower (1 otO
- вo|ts tor quadruPle nuts - bвпdixti€ bar/tension

torsion strар (4 ot0
- Bоlts for bendiх tie bar/teпsion to'sioп strap - nut

(outside) (4 off)
(2) тai| rotor heаd:

- Lаminated straP paсk assombIy (1 ofO
- B|ade mountiпg fork (2 ofO
- Fitted bolt (blade mounting fork - laminated stф paсk) (2 оf0
- Fitted bolt (blade mounting fark - tallrotorblade) (4 ofO
тable 10.!.1з.1..| - ltIeaau.es to bg iаken afl€r oxсoodlng rotor sрeed of 110% (1 of 1)
тechn|сlan Date: lnspector Date:


Page 88
@rнягоpteг IЛAINтЕNANоЕ MANUАL Bo 105
2. speсia| lnspeоtlon afle] сontact of maln lotor with an obstaс|e. T
WAвNING |F sЕVЕRЕ v|вRAтIoNs. oUТ.oF-твAсK PRoвLЕмs OR вALАNоЕ PRoBLЕMS

oссUR FoшoWlNG кNoWN oR sUsPЕстЕD RoтoR coNТAcТ WlтH АN
oвsтАсLЕ' coNтAcT тHЕ ЕсD cusтolnЕR sЕRV|сЕ FoR ADVIсЕ oN HoW тo
PRocЕЕD.
NoтE |fthe a|lowable damage |imits on any сomponent hav6 boon exсeeded as a result oJ сon.
tact with аn obstаc|o' сontact th€ ЕcD оUstomer serviсe tor adviоe on how to proоeed.
Registrаtion No.: HiC Serial No.: тotal Houгs:
a. speс|a| inspeсtion аfte] сontact ol mаln rotor Wllh an ob6taс|e wlthout a change |n main roto.
rpm.
тhis inspeоtion shаl| bo perfoгmedif оontaсt with an obstaс|€ did not cause a сhange in the rotor rpm
or suddeп stoppаgo of the main rotor.
Insрeсtlon o] i'аinteпanсo Work lnltiаl

.l4
- мAlN яoтoR вl-ADЕ
b. speоia| lnspectioп after сontaсt of ma|n rotor wlth аn obstасloWlth a сhange in main rotor rрm.
Тhe suddоn stoppago of the main roto( or change in mаin rotor rpm, is саused by сontаct of tho main
rotor blades with the ground. water, snow, denso Vegоtation, or othol obieсts ol sufficient mass.
тhe {o||owing typёs о' main rotor blade damаge may be гogarded as evidenсe of a b|ade stгike:
. skin damage, suсh as deformation, de|am|nations or оraсks.
. De{ormation of erosion proteсtion and end cap.
. Trai|ing edge damage, suсh as bu|ging, delaminations and cnipping.
. od-of-track and imbalanсe conditions that caпnol bo roctified.
lnspeсtion or liаiпtenanсe Work
1.l - мAlN вoтoп тRANsniБs|oN
(1) lnspeсt main rotol trапsгnissioп {or condition 11.3' stgр 1' thru
lnsDect drive shafts fot condition

(з) |nspect transmission V-mounting struts for coпdition, also for
correсt insta||ed of main transmisslon rolative to tusolaoe
(4) NoтE lf drive shаft Is damaged' inspect
engines рer "sudden stoppage |nspection" in the
AlIison operation and ft,laintonanсe l/anua| No.
5W2 or 10W2, as
13 - IЛAIN RoтoR sYsтЕ|li|
(1) |пspeсt main rotor system for condition' in partiсular the main
rotor h6ad (inс|uding visib|e аraa ol inner s|eevвs) and driving
links Iitted bolts and othsr аttaching hardware)
тable 10l.13'1.2 - speо|al Inspeсtlon а'ter contасt of ma|n .oto. wlth аn obstaс|e (1 o| 2)
Flevision 2з о||APтER 101

Page 89
@Р.нR"oo.-. мA|NтENANOЕ MANUAL вo 105
]
lnspeсtlon or мa|nten8nсe Work
13 - tlilA|N пoтoR sYsтEin
(2) Cheоk torque on speсia| nuts o' main rotor head to main rotor
mast сonnection
14 . i,A|N RoтoR вLADЕ
Flemove maiп rotor b|ade and
and engine mount areas for condition

(2) Inspeсt fuso|ago eХtorior, iпcludiпg inboard aroa of traпsmission
deck (romovо сow|ings to obtain acсess) for оondition
31 - тAlL вooм
,
з2 - тAlL вoтoв DпIvЕ
(1) |nspect tai| rotor drive and сoup|ings for condition
(2) visua|ly inspeоt tai| rotor gearbox for cracks аnd cheоk torque on
its vertiса| fin оonnoоtion
з8 . тA|L RoтoR
Insoеct tai| rotor for condition
зrl . тAlL RoтoR вLADЕ
4l . tliA|N Roтoя сoNтRoLs

(1) |nsp9оt оondition of contro| вlements in the boost€d sectioп (inс|.
mountings of tho hydraulic unit), in particular tho rotating control
rods, swashp|ato, iтlixing |ever assemb|y and assoоiated аttaсhing
j
hardware
тab|e 101.1з.1.2 - specia| |nsрOctlon afier сontact of maln rotor W|th an obstaс|o (2 o'2)
тochn|сlаn Date:
сHAPтЕR 101
.)
Revision | 9
Page 90
MА|NтЕNANoЕ I,iANUAL вo 105
3. sPoclа| lnsРect|on аftвl coпtaсt ol tаIl rotor with aп obstас|o.
wAвNlNG |F SEVЕRЕ v|ввАтloNs oR BALANсЕ PRoвLЕМs oоcUR FoLLoW|NG KNoWN

oR sUsPЕcтЕD Roтoн оoNтAст W|тH AN oвsтAоLЕ' сoNтAст тНE ЕGD
сUsтol./ER sЕRVlсЕ FoR ADvlоЕ oN HoW тo PRocЕЕD.
NoтЕ |f tho al|owablo damаgo |imits 0п any оomponent havr bs6n exceeded аs а result ol сon-
taсt With an obstaс|в' contact thg ЕсD оustomor serviсo for advice on how to proceed.
тhIs inspection sha|| bв porformed itthera hаs boeп сontact With 8.g. tho ground, snow, cab|es ordens6 vegеta-
tion. тail rotor blad6 coпtaоt w|th an obstaсl9 might not neсessаrily b9 пotiоod by th€ pi|ot.
Registration No.: H/C Serial No.: тota| Hours: Fh
31 - тAlL вooм
(1) vlsua|ly lnspoot tai| boom for cracks, loosв rivets and other
(e.g. dolormat|oп of vertice|
(2) Romovo tail rotor gearbox and visua||y insрsct tail rotor goarboх 31-2, step 5
attаchmвпt on vortiсal lin сrасks
'or
32 - тAlL RoтoR DвtvЕ
(.1) v|sually inspect tai| rotor drivo and couр|ings for сondition,
the rivats tho shatt to tho
(2) vlsua||y inspect intgrmodiata geаrbox and tail rotor gearbox fo.
craок9
33 * тAlL RoтoR
(1) |nspeсt tail rolor for oonditioп. |l pitоh ||пk(g) aro damagвd/broken, 33-4
or savеr6 lmbalance is prssenUsuspaoted' perlorm lo|lowing
iпso6ctIons:
- Remove, disаssomb|g and iпspoct lail rotor hoad per RЕM вЕn 301
or
REi,4 308
Remove fo|Iowiпg bolts and inspвсt crаcks (using visible dyo

mothod.): 'or
-* Laminatвd strap paok to blаdo moцnting
.fork
coпnect|ng boits 33-16, stap 5
в|ado mounting to tai| rotor b|ado сonnectiпg bolts 3&'! 6, stop 6
- bolt betwoon ta|| rotor hoad and tai| rotor shatt
с|oso.tolarence 'ork
- Bo|ts batweon tail rotor hёad end pltоh |inks '*:"
_ вo|ts betwoon s|iding sleeve and pitоh |iпks
- вolts botweoп slidiпg sloeve and bgllсrank
- вolts botwoeп be|lсrank аnd tai| rotor
34 - тA|L Roтoв вLAoЕ

(1) Removё tail rotor blad9 aпd lor condition
тab|a 101.1з.1.3 - sp6ciа| lпspoсtlon afto. сontаct o' tа|| rotor with ап obstsс|o (1 of 2)
Flёvision 21 сHAPТEв 10.1

Pаge 91
ЕURocoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
42 - тA|L RoтoR сoNтRoLs
Visua||y insрeсt pivot pjn for ballоrаnk qп tail lotot gearbox

оracks, 'or
таЬ|6 10.t.13.1'3 - sPoсlа| |nspeсlion attor сontact aftai| lotor With аn obstaс|3 (2 o'-?)
тechnlclan Dalo: Inspector Date:

Namo Signature Stamp Signalure
ri
cНAPTЕFl 101 Revision 18

Page 92
ЕURoсoPтEн MA|NтENANоЕ I4ANUAL Bo 105
sрoсiaI iпspeсtion att6r a hard |anding
A hard |anding is oпe whiсh results not on|y in deformation of one or both cross tubes but a|so in one or
more o| the lo||owing damage сonditions:
- Damage to tho lower part ot f rame I

- Damage to the upper part of the сanted frame (in the area ot the roar door)
- Damage to underside of fuselage as a result of ground contaсt
- visible permanent deformation of the tail boom

тho entire heliсoptrr must b0 sUbjeсted to a thorough visual inspeclion. Forthis purposo, remove al| вngine
сowlings, taiI rotor fairings, int€rior рaneIs and other pane|s аnd fairings' inоIuding alI firewalls and сovers.
А 1Ф.рower mаgnifying gIass is required lor some iпspection areas.
Flegistrаtion No.: H/с seria| No.: тota| Hours: FN
GЕNERAL
(1) Rёmovв al| pane|s and firewa|ls and the tall boom
'airings, тRANsinlss|oN
11 - |l,,tAlN
(1) |nspeсt bo|ts of trаnsmission struts for сracks by penetrant method

per М|L-SТD.6866'
(2) lnsрect main transmission struts for deformation and inspeоl for
craсks, using magnifying glass' |f deformation is evidвnt' replaсa
attected V-strut only. |t one of the V_struts is оraоked' it must be
rеmoved with the opposite V-strut
21 - FUSЕLAGЕ
(1) |nsPect engine and transmissioп attaсhment fittings for damage аnd
propor riveting' and ba|| bearings of trаnsmission attaсhment fittings
for damagё and exсossive play
(2) |nsp6оt engina and transmission attaоhmont areas on fusв|agв for
detormation and damage. lf damаge is susрeсt6d, рerform dys
penetranl сraсk inspeоtion per MtL-sтD-6866' ll, visible
(3) lnspeсt f rame 7, lramo 9' саn.ted trame and trаme 2L for |oоaI buck.
For ot {rame 2L, remove tail boom
(4) Insрact aft сross tubs attaоhment areas on fuso|age, outor skin, laiI
boom and tai| сonё for dвformation and
(5) Inspect |аnding gear fittings and the rivets coпnaсting th6m to the
for
(6) |nspact doors and paпe|s for flush fit. |mproper fit is an indiоation ol
struсtura| deformation o{ the
(7) || de'ormаtion ol thr fuselage is suspeоted, рerfоrm levo|ing of tho
fus€|ag€ and оomрare va|ues With origiпa| data in tha lavo|ing table.
lf detormation is vвrifiod, оontaсt ЕcD or a serviсe authorized
ЕсD for adviоe on how to 'acility
тable .! 01.1з.'|.4 - specia| inspeсtion a,ter а hard |anding (1 o' 4)

Page 9з
ЕURoсoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ I,ANUAL Bo 1o5
31 * тAlL Boo|l,l
(1) |nspeоt nocksd-down bolts in the tail boom to fuse|ago f|anga con.
nsсtion for tha speci'iвd torque load (7'5 Nm). Replaсo bo|ts having
less thаn the reoul.6d torouв
(2) visuа||y inspgct tai| boom damago
(3) 'or
Visua||У inspsсt attaсhment litting of intermodiate geаrbox and tai|
rotor goarboх craсks and proper riveting to vortiсalf|n' |l damag9
is suspeсted' 'or
remove intermёdiate gёarbox or tai| rotor goarbox, as
app|icabl0' aпd perform a penвtrant craсk inspection of attaching
аroas and bo|ts pgr [4IL.sтD.6866' type ||, visibte dye
з2 - тA|L Roтoп D8lvE

(1) |nspeоt tai| rotor drive shаtts for сorreсt a|
(2) |nspoоt int€rmodiate gearbox and tаiI rotor gearboх lor seоUre
аnd lor сracks, using a
(з) сhвсk tai| rotor gearboх and intermediate gealboх With a|ignment
device for corroсt iпstа|led
зз - тAlL вoтoп
(1 ) Visual|y inspвсt tai| rotor tor damagё. lt there is ev|dsпсe of a blad€
strike, perlorm 'sp€сial inspoction after contaсt ol tail rotor Witn an
obstaо|o''
41 * I\IA|N RoтoR сoNтRoLs

(1) Visua|ly inspeсt в|l control rods betwoen hydrau|ic uпit аnd main ro-
tor hoad aпd bвtween m'хjng leyer assembly аnd swashp|ate |o|
and bearings for frea movement without play
43 - t|YDRAULlс sYsтЕш
(1) V|sua||y inspaоt hydrau|iс unit for damage and choоk for secure
on fuselago
(2) Apply hydrаu|ic pressure to the hуdraulic unit' u6|ng a ground hy.
drauliс оad or a portab|e unit' and visually inspвct hydrau|iс syst6m
lor leaks
51 - LANDING GЕAR
сross tubes for doformation
(2) lnspect for сondition
61 - ENGINЕ
Whsn the luselage hits the ground duriпg a hard |aпding, it must be аssumsd that the
enginos have sutfored aп impaсt |oad o' 10 g or morэ.
(1) For inspeсtions pёrtaining to engines and engino accessories, refer
to maпutacturor's documentation. Aftёr loading in eхcsss ot 10 g,
return вngine tor overhaU|
тable 10.|.13.1.4 - speсial |nspeсtlon аftвr a hard landing (2o'4)
оHAPТЕFl l01 Rovision 18

Page 94
ЕURoоoPтЕR IiA|NтЕNANоE MANUAL вo 105
,r ", r) , r:.1 r,t:i !;r-
6.t - ЕNG|NЕ
(2) |nspeсt engine moun.ts for deformation and оraсks. Use a magnity.
(3) lnspect rцbber bushings ol mounting supports for damage bУ rock.

ing the engine. тhe rёsu|ting movem6nt within th6 rubber bushiпgs
must not b6 so great as to сause the Washers on 6ach eпd ol the
rubbэr bushings to сontaсt the outвr meta| part of the rubber bush.
ings (meta| сontact is aцdib|6)
(4) |nspaсt вxhaust duсts tirm attaоhment
'or
62 - FUЕL sYsтЕlti
Inspsсt fua|tanks for evidenсе 0t |sakage
Visua|ly inspect tUel lines for damage' Ioose conneсtions and seоU.
of attachment
(з) |nspeсt tue| for evidence of at operating prвssu16
63 - LUвR|сAтIoN sYsтEllЛ
(1) Visually inspeоt lubriсatioп system for damage' Ioose c0nпections
and seсuritv of attаоhment
(2) lnspвct lubriсation system |or evidenсe of |oakage at operating pres-
sure
64 - F|RЕWALLS
700 - sтANDAвD ЕaUIP|l/lЕNт

inspeсt interior pane|s for damage
(2) |nspect sвat littings and sаtety be|ts for оf attachmвnt
800 - oPт|oNAL ЕoUlPмENт

(1) |nspeсt optional equipmeпt for condition and оorr6сt funсtioning. |l in
doubt, сontact ЕоD or a servic€ authoriz6d bv EсD
91 - lNsтвUlvlENтs
92 - ЕLЕcтв|сAL sYsтЕlt's
(1) lnspect battory for сondition (reler to manu'acturer's instruсtions) | |
t"Ot. rOr-ra.,

Pago 95
ЕURocoРтЕR I\ЛAINтЕNANоЕ МАNUAL вo 105
92 - ELЕстRlсAL sYsтЕItis
тab|в 101.13.1.4 - sрecia| insPect|on after а hard land|ng (4 of 4)
тechniсian Date: lnspector Date:

Name Signaturo stamр Slgnalure
оHAPтЕR 101 Rвvisioп 18

Page 96
ЕUвocoPтЕв MA|NтЕNANoЕ MANUAL вo 105
5' мeasцres to be taken i' mast moment ||m|ts sro oхсged€d ('vlм-Limlt warning light remains on)
After exоeeding the maх. permissib|e mast moment, whiсh is indicated by сontinuous illumination oi the
t\,tM-Limit Warning |ight, proоoed aсоording to тabl6 101-1з.1.5 be|ow:
Registration No.: H/C Serial No.: тotal Hours:
lnspeсtion or Maintenance Work

(1) Entвr the inсident in the historiсa| record
(2) оheck torquo on special nuts soсuring the rotor mast to the studs of
the main rotor head. |f the tightening torqЦe on a|| nuts is at |east
140 Nm' l|ight oPerations may be сontinued
(3) lf the tightening torque on one or moro nuts is below l40 Nm, stop
and qive ЕcD a dёtailed report o| lha inоident
таbIe 101.13'.t.5 - Jvleasures to be tаken atter mast moment limits have bвen exсeeded (1 o' 1)
тeсhnic|an Date: Inrpector Date:
Name Signatu re Stamp Signature
Ravision 18 сHAPTЕв 101

Page 97
ЕUвoсoPтER MAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL вo.|o5
6. spэсia| lnsр€ct|on afler вхcэss|ve main ]otor b|аd8 ьond|ng
WARNING ТНЕ DЕS|GN oF тHЕ MA|N нoтoR вLADЕ ls suсl.{ THAт DАtvlAGЕ Noт
|l'i'ЕDlAтЕLY DЕтEOTAвLЕ oN THЕ вLADЕ EХтЕR|oR W|LL вЕоol\,lЕ
ЕV|DЕNТ тHRoUGH D|sт|Ncт сHANGЕS lN тнЕ вALANсE AND тRAcк
BЕHAVIoR oЕ тHЕ BLADЕ.
вogistration No.: H/C Serial No.: тota| Hours: Fh
lnsрeсtloп or lvlаintonаnоe Work

(1) тhe main rotor b|ades sha|| be romoved and inspeоted if it is chaptвr 14
suspвсtod that they have b6en bent beyond an aссeptab|e degree,
e.g'' by gЦsts ol Wind when not or inadequately tied down.
Aсоeрtab|e / Unacceptable bending (sea |igure 101-13.1.6):
Acсoрtab|s: Upward and downward b|ads bвnding o| up to 1.4 m from

the rotor plaпe апd/or a onсe-oп|y downward bladё bend
.l
of .4 to 1.6 m. A bend of 'l '6 m оorresponds to a ground
оloaranсe of approx. 1.4 m. тhвse measuromвnts sha||be
takon at the blade tip.
Uпaсceptab|o:Morё than tha onс+-oп|y a|lowabl€ band ol betweon

1.4mand 1.6m. Bending in oxсвssof 1'4mupwardsand in
exсoss of 1 .6 m downwards. тhe |atter сorrasponds to a
ground cIearanоe of less than '4 m. .l
тhose
moasurements shall be taken at the blado taD.
сheck ba|anо6 aпd traсk behavior duriп0 nёхt

тablo 101.13.1.6 - speсial lnsPeсt|on a'ter эxcэssivo boпd|ng ol thg main rotor blsdes
(1 o, 1)
сHAPтЕн 101 Rovision 18

Pag6 98
МА|NтENАNOE I\лANUAL вo 105
€Р"нLo#oo...
ЧФ
"\д
dф
маin Rotor в|аdo

gtаtiо Droop щ,1 oq
Flgure 1o1.13.1.6 tl,laiп Rotor Blade вending
тeсhnician Dаte: lnsPeсtor Da1e:
Name Signature Stamp signаture
.l01
Revisioл 18 сHAPтЕR
Pago 99
@гнr"яoрtег I\4AINТЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
l 7. sрeс|a| |nspeсtion of main transmiss|on and wheп mast moment indiсatlng system
l defeсt|v6/removed
Registration No.: H/с serial No.: Тota{ Hours: rп
11 - мA|N тRANsl\Л|ssIoN
(1) Presenоo of deposits Remove oil filter sFh to lsFh 11-12 thru 11-14
element from main after inсident
transmissioп and
inspeсt for depoEits
Defeсtive or removod сheсk torque on Within the next
mast moment indiсating speоia| nuts seоurlng 150Fh after
system the rotor mast to the failure of the
studs of the mаin rotor mast momeпt
head. lf the torquo on indicatlng
any of the special nuts
system, then
every '150Fh
is less than 140 Nm,
until it is
stop flight operations
returned to
and consult ЕCD serviоe
таb|6 101-13.1.7 - speс|al lnsPoction of main trаnsmission (1 of 1)
тochnlсlan Date: |nspoсtor Date:

Name Signature stаmp Signature
оHAPтЕR l01 Revision 24

Page 100
ЕURoсoPтЕR MAINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
8. i'ваsuros to bo taken wllh r€gard to main trantm|ssion Fs 72 A efter roаch|ng maх. torque lаnges'
or вxоэoding max. permissibl€ torque limits
вegistration No.: H/о soria| No.: тola| Hours:
А. ov6r|oаd ranges and overload limits

тhe fol|owing overload ranges and ovar|oad Iimits (torque/duration) app|y to the main transmission Fs
72 A Within the overhau| interva| (твo) (for moаsures to b6 taken aft6r reaсhing or €xсвeding these
ranggs/|imits' retвr to step B):
(1) тWin.engine operation:
тoroue rangв (%) Max. duration
2x94- 100% 5s
or
2хв0-93o/o 15 s
or
a total torque of '158% on both engines with one en- 15 min
gine allowed to reach 80% to max. 93%
(2) Sing,e-engine operation (one engino inoperative):
тorque range (o/") пiax. duration
1x101 - 110% 5s
or
1 х 94_ 100% 15 s
в' Mвasures to bв tak€n after reaсhing over|oad raпgas or exceeding over|oad limits
Inspection or llteintenanco Work

(1) When6v6r th6 overload ranges specified und6r point A (torqu€ va|-
ues/duratlon) ara reаоhed or their respeсtive limits gxсeeded' notice
to this offect must be вntered into the historical reоord o' the maiп
transmission.
lt is nsсessаry to h avr the main transmiss;on inspect9d by the
manutacturer zF in thg lol|owiпg сases:
- |l aл9 ot the va|ues for torque range/duration sPocified in (1) or (2)

Was.Iэасhed moro than twica within the overhаUI interva| (гвo).
- |l ona of thв values fortorque |imits/durat|oп spocif|ed in (1) or (2)
was exсeвded withiп the overhaul int6rva| (твo).
тablё - l!|easurёs to be tаk€n after reaching ovor|oed rаng€a or oxсgodlng ovёr|oad

'01.1з.1.8 llmlts
(1 of 1)
т6chnlс|an Date: Inspector Date:

Name signatuгe Stamp Slgnature

Page 101
ЕURocoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANоЕ МANUАL вo 1o5
|вasure3to b€ taken with rвg8rd to mаin transmlss|on Fs 72 в а't6r roaсьing max. to]qцe
rango3
or exсeэding msx. pormlsslЬ|o torque Iim|ts
Registrаtion No.: Н/с seria| No.: тоta| HoUrs: Fh
A. Overload ranges and overload limits

тhe fo||owing over|oad rаngos and.over|oad llmits (torque/duratioп) app|y to thв op8ration ol the main
traпsmission Fs 72 B lor the time interva| betw€en ovorhau|s (твo1i |Ёetвr to siep в. tormeasuйs
to be tak€n afler reaching or exсeeding thes6 ranges/|imits);
EFFEст|vIтY toTчe
-тls зlq91аnd their respёсtive duration listed be|ow und6r points (1) aпd
(2) app|y to вo 105 с23, cs' с-2' сs_2. D and Ds he|icopter serios' pюvidЬi that
they havo boen modified by sв 6н4 or sB 6G-47. тhe ovarIoad raпges and limits
|istod be|ow do not app|y lo вo 105 A heliсoрters.
(1) ТWin-gngiпe operation:
тorquo range (%) Maх. duration

2х 96. 105% 5s
2хв7 - 95oЬ l5 s
or
а tota|torquo of 172olo on both eng|nёs With oпe en. 15 min
gine a|lowod to rоach 87olo to max. 95olo torque.
(2) sing|e.-€ngine operation (on€ 6ngino inop6rativв):
тorquв lange (%) [,lax. duration

1х101 - 110% 5s
or
1x 96 - 100% 15 s
EFFEстlv|тY тhe toщu6 ranges aпd thgir regpgсtive duration listod below undвr items (з) and
(4) app|yto вo 105 с23, сs' c-2, сs-2, D and Ds he|iсopter sвries, pюvidЬi
that
th6y havв not beon modifird by о|ther sв 60-44 or sв 60-47. |t th6v hav6 bean
modified by these bu||otins, the valuos speciligd und6r poiпts (l) aпd (2) app|y to
them.
(3) Twin-ongine oрeration:
Torquo rang6 (%) mах. duration
2х94-1o5% 5s
or
2x80-93% '15 s
or
a total torquo of 158% on both engin€s With one gn. 15 min
gine al|owod to rёaсh 80% to max. 93% torque.
сHAPтЕR 101 веvisiorl .t8

Page 102
ЕUFlocoPтEв MA|NтЕNANсЕ I'ANUAL вo 1o5
(4) sing|+-eng|ne operation (one eпgino inoporativa):
тorqUe rаnge (%) мaх. duration

1 x 101 - 110% 5s
1x 94 - 100% 15 s
в' Measurёs to be taken after roaсhing overload ranges or вхсeoding ovar|oad |imits
Inspeсtion or ш|alntвnanсe Work

(.t) Wh6nev6rthe ovor|oad ranges spoоified under point A (torquo va|.
ues/duratlon) are reached or their respeсtive |imits exовedsd, notice
to this atfeоi must bo eпtered into th6 historiсal recоrd o' the main
transmission.
lt is neсessary to hаve the maln transmission inspoоted by the
manufaсturer zF 'n the fo||oWing сases:
- |f aл9 of the va|ues tor torquo range/duration speсified in (1) or (2)

or in (3) and (4) Was roaоhed more than twiоё within the overhaul
interva| ffBо).
- lf one ol the values lor torque limits/duration speclfied in (1) or (2)

or in (з) or (4) Was exсeedod Within the overhau| interva| (твo).
тable 101.1з.1.9 - [tieasures to be teken a,tвr rgeсhing ove]loаd 1аngg3 or exс9вding ove]load
llmlts
(l of 1)
тechnlc|an Dаte: |n3pвcto] Date:

Name Signature Stamp signаture
нevision 18 сHAPтЕR 101

Pagв 10з
ЕURocoPтЕR MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
10' пЛeasurэs to bв taken with regard to main transmiss|on Fs 72 Е after rвaсh|ng max. torquв rangeg
or oxовodlпg max, pёrmiзslble torque Iimits
A. overloаd ranges and ovsгload |imits

тhe.fo||owing overload rаnges and overload Ijmits (lorque/duration) app|yto tho main transmission Fs
72 Е Within the overhau| interval (твo); (for mвasuros to be taken after reаching oг вхсooding theso
rangas/|imits' rёfer t0 step B.):
ЕFFEст|vlтY Тho fo||owing torque rang6s aпd respactiva duration in steps (1) and (2) аpply to
heIiсoptors Whiсh hav6 boan modified for VтoL mode.
(1) тWiп-engine operation :
Тorqle range (%} [vlaх. dUration
2х96-.|05% 5S
or
2x87 - s5"Ь 15 s
oг
a tota|torquo of 172% on both engiпes With one on" .l5
min
ginё a|lowed to reaсh 87% to max. 95% torque
(2\ singlо.€ngine operation (one engine inoperative):
тorque range (%) [rax. duration

1х111 - 123"Ь '16 s
в' liloasures to be taken att6r roaching overload rangвs or exceoding overload |imits
Inspвоtion or [!|аinloпance Work

('1) Whёnsver tho overload raпgеs speоilied under point A. (torque val-
ues/duration) are reached or their respeсtive Iimits exceedвd, entвr
notice to this effoсt in the historiсal |eсord of the main transmission.
An inspoction of tho main tЕnsmission by the manu|aсturor zF is
raqui16d:
_ |f ono of the Vа|ues fortorque rango/duration specilied in (1) or (2)
Was roaсhod moro than ten tim€s WithIn the ovorhaul iпtorva|
(тBo).
- |f Qng of the values for torquo |imits/duratioп sPeоifisd in (1) or (2)
Was eхcgвded Within the overhaul intarva| (твo).
тable 101.13..|.10 - ll/leаsures to be taken after raechlng ovo]load ranges or exсeвding overload
limits
(1 ol 1)
т€chniсian Dale: lnspeсtor Datё:

Namo signаturё stamр Signature
сHAPтЕR l01 Revision 18

Page 104
ЕUвoоoPтER MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo 105
11' speс|а| inspeсtlon of the hydrauliс system
Registration No.: H/с s6ria| No.: TotaI Нours: Fh
43 - нYDRAUL|с sYsтЕiл
(2) Filterоontamination Inspect for deposits in 1oFh atter 43-30
indicator piп has popp6d filter elвment oссUrrenсe
out
(3) ЕFFЕстlvlтY Hydrau|iс Bleed hydraulic Within 1oFh att6r 43-5
reservoir with trappad аir system initiaI oссUrrenоe
indicator (ring)
lndiсator ring сhanges
тablr 101.13.1..|1 - Speсial insPeсtlon ol thg hydraul|c 6ystёm (1 ot 1)
тeсhniсian Date: |пspoctor Daie:
Namв Signature stаmp slgnature

Pago 105
ЕURocoPтЕв I,IA|NтЕNANOЕ MANUAL вo 105
12. |l,ll6аsuroa to ba taken following l]eewhoвl о|цtсh s|lPpagэ duo to oпgino rpm N2 eхcgвding rotor
rpП N36
ln the svвnt of fгrewheel clutоh slippage, i.e., Whon N2 speod o{ ono ol th€ ongiпes has exсaвdвd rotor
spoed Nao' the rpm ditfar€nсe.betweвn N2 and NRo may result in a sudden hardъ|utоh engag9mont, thus
сaushg damage to tho drivo shatts betwёen 6ngino and transmission. Porform correсtive й6;sures iisted
below in тabl6 10,l .13.1.12 ,
Registration No.: н/с ss.iа| No.: тotal Hours: Fh
lnspaсtion or мelntenanсo Work

(1) Flemove and discаrd appropriate drive shatt betwвsп main
transmission and Inslall nsw driv6 shaft.
(2) Removg and disсard freewheol с|utсh. Insta|I now ft0owh6el c|utоh'
(3) |nspeоt and' if пвсessary rep|aсe drive Units of trаnsmission input
(4) NoтE тho inspeоtion referred to balow sha|| bo perforтn9d spsсiaI

itthe above-ment|oned inсident oсcurs more than lnspeоtions in
oпс,c. A onсe-on|y oссurronco does not require A|lison olйtvl 5W2
inspeсtioп ot the engiпe. нowover' tho inсideлt shal| оr 10W2
bo roсorded in the engino log' togeth€r with tho dat6
of oсcurrenс€ and tho aооumu|atod hou16 at
thэ tima. 'light
Еg. с|utсh s|ippage oссurred for th6 first timo
on ........... atter.......... flight hours.
Insрoct engin6 as dssсribed under,.s|ippags aпd/or sudden
of о|utсh unit'' in A||ison oMМ
'reёWheel
тab|в 101.13.1.12 - llleasuras to be tаkon in tho вvont o' lrээWhoel elutсh stiPpаg. (1 of l)
тoсhnician Dale: lnзpёctor Date:

Namв Signature Stamp Signature
снAPтЕR 101 Flвvision 18

Page 106
ЕUвoсoPтЕв I'A|NтЕNANOЕ MANUAL Bo 105
13. spвс|al in8peсtlon оf iпstruments
H/о serial No.: тota| нours:
91 * |NsтRui'ЕNтs
(1) After llight in Compensato
thunderstorm оompasses ocоurrenсв
(2) Atler parking the Componsate Atler
hoIiсopter for a longer compasses ocоurrence
poriod ol timо (3 months)
in one direсlion
тabt6 1ol-13.l.13 - sPocia| lnsPвсt|on of |nstrumэnts (1 of 1)
Teсhnioian Date: |n3p6сtor Date:
Name Signature stаmp signaturв
Revision 18 сHAPтЕн 101

Pago 107
ЕURoсoPтЕR t\лAlNтЕNANcЕ мANUAL вo 105
14. ltitoaзures to bв taken atter l|ightз in fа|ling snow
R€gistratlon No.: Н/с seria| No.: тota| Hours: Fh
Afterl|ights in fa||iпg sпow' inspeсt engines aоcording to doсumantat|on o' engin€ manufaоturer'
Tосhn|сlan Dаte: |ngpэсto] Dаto:

Name S ignatura Stamp Signature
15. tlioasuros lo b6 tаken aft6r f|ights in sandy oпvironmвnt
Rogistration No.: H/с se.а| No.: Тotal Hours: Fh
After flights in sandy eпvironment, inspect Bnginos acсording to doсumsntation of gngiпe manufaоturвr.
Тrсhniсlan Date: |ngp€оtor Dаie:

Nаmв Signature Stamp Signature
сHAPтЕR l01 Rovi6ion 18

Pag@ 108
EURoоoPтER IIA|NтENANoE МANUAL вo'105
16. ll,laa3ur6s to be taken when oPerating аt exilgme|y low tempвratures
Тh6 fo||owing measures oпly app|y Whеn tho helicoрter is сoпtiпUous|y operated аt
temDeratures be|ow -30 Фс.
inspeсtlon or lvla|ntenвnсё Work
LlFтlNG sYsтЕ|t'
Do not operate rotor brakв at tomperatures bв|ow -30 "c
(1) Preheat oil in main transmission to a tempвraturo otat |oast-25"с PF' refer to FLм
(2) lnspeоt boot on swashp|ate for сonditioп
FUSЕLAGЕ
(1) At ambioпt tsmperatures of -зо "с and b6|oщ heat thв cabin interior
unti| tho сabin thermometer indiсatos a temDeraturo of -10 "о for at
least l5 min.
тA|L вooltll
(1) TaiI rotor drive shaft (вendix):
Aхiаl play neсessary for operation at extreme|y low tomperatures

must have been
(2) |nspaоl boots on tai| r0t0r sliding sleovss for сondition
FLlGнт сoNтRoLs
(1) |nspeсt neoprene edge proteciors for оondition at loсations Where
contro| rods ot tandem hvdrauliс unit
PoWЕвPLANт
(1) Prehвat oil to at least -25 "C PЕ refer to FLМ
(2) Prehsat engiпe fue| contro|s PF, rвfer to A||isoп
oMM und FLМ
oPтlo},|AL EoUlP}llЕNт
- Do not switсh on sAs wheп outside temDoraturas are be|ow
- observo oporating |imits |aid down by manufaоturors of optionа|

€qцipmont
(2) |l iпstа||ed' visua||y inspoct resсцe hoist for signs of |sakage.
Loakag€ of |Ubricant Indiсates a deteriorated saal. Replaс€ suоh
seals.
INsтRUlvlЕNтs AND ELЕgтRlсAL sYsтЕl|'s

(1) Prehoat battory with elвctric blanket or stor€ battery in heated room l PF l
Rovision 18 оHAPтЕR l01

Page 109
ЕURoсoPтЕR IvlAlNтЕNANсЕ N{ANUAL Bo 105
101 - 13.2 SpeоiaI lnspeсtions after oрratlonal lnсidentз optlonaI Еquipment
'1. t\'вasures to bв tаken Wheп вe'leоtoг o{ searсhlight is contaminatod ..... '... 112
вovision lE оHAPтЕR 10l

Pagв 111
ЕURocoPтЕR мAINтЕNANоЕ мANUAL вo 105
.|. ltioasuros to bo taken when Raf|ecto] of sвarch||ght |s сontaminatвd
lf сontаmiпants form a fi|m oп rhodium p|ating оt the searоh|ight re'l6сtor, proоeod aооording to тab|o
101.1з.2.1 below:
пegistration No.: H/с seria| No.: Тota| Hours:
InsPoction or Jtiвlntonance Wolk

1) сleaning of rэf|oсtor 813-19
тab|e 101.13.2.1 - шl6a6ures to br tаkэn whon Ref|eсtor is сontamlnated (1 of1)
Tвсhnlсian Date: |nsPsсtor Date:

снAPтЕR 10.l Rovisioп 18

Page 112
@рнжорter МAINтЕNANоЕ I/ANUAL вo 105
101 - 14 тlfulЕ вEтWЕEN ovERt|AUL oF сoмрoNЕNтs (rвo)

101 - 14.1 тime вetween overhaul of сompoпents Basiс Heliсopter
тhotol|owing tab|es are arranged in сhapter sequeпсe and tistthe overhau|interva|s oвo) of individua|assem.
b|ies. When overhau|is due' the unitconcerned must be romoved and ovвrhauled or replaоed by anew оr over.
hauled unit. |f a рart has been assignod ditferent overhau| iпtervа|s, the interval expiring first sha|I apрly. Perio-
diо insDoctions do not affeсt overhau| intervals.
ll - L|FтING sYsтEln
мain тransmission bui|Еup) 4619 001 00з (Fs 72 А) 1200Fh
[,lаin тransmission 4638 001 001 (FS 72 B) з000Fh

I\4аin тransmission 46з8 001 00з (Fs 72 в) з000Fh
lvtain тгansmission (built-up) 46з8 001 004 (Еs 72 в) 3000Fh
Main тransmission (bui|ьup) 46з8 001 011 (Fs 72 в) 3000Fh
lJtain тransmisslon 46з8 001 007 (Fs 72 Е) з000Fh

Мain тransmission 46з8 001 00B (Fs 72 Е) з000Fh
мain тransmissi0n (bui|t.up) 46з8 001 009 (Fs 72 Е) з000Fh
мain тansmission (bui|t.uP) 46з8 001 010 (Fs 72 Е) з0фFh
з2 . тA|L Roтoн DR|VE
lntermediate Gearboх (bui|t-up)
lntermediate Goarbox
ТaiI Rotor тraпsmission (bui|t.up)
I
/кl - FL|GI.|т оoNтRoL sYsтЕlЛ
6l - PowЕR PLANт
Allison 250-с18 Refer to 250.с.18 csl 8
Allison Engine 250.с20 пefer to A|lisoп 250.с20
ODeration and Maintenance
Manual
A||isoп Еngine 250-с20в вefer to Allison 250.о20
operation and
мanuaI îaintenanоo
Starter/Gonerator 1000Fh
тable 101.14..| - тlme вetween overhаu| of comрonents вasiс He|lоopter (1 ol 1)
Revision 23 oнAPтЕR 101

Page 113
€рнярoрter MA|NTЕNANoЕ MANUAL Bo 105
1o1 - 14.2 Тime Between overhauI of Compoпents optionа| Еquipment

тhe follow.ng tab|es are arranged in сhаpter sёquonоe and {ist the overhaulintervаls сгBo) of individua| аssem-
blies of Oрtional ЕqUipment. Whеn overhaul is due, the unit conоerned must be removed and overhаuled or
replaced by a пёW or overhau|ed unit. |f a part has beeп аssigned different ovёrhaul intervals, the interva| expi-
ring tirst sha!l аpply. Periodiс inspeсtions do not afteоt overhaul intervals.
822 - сARGo HooK sYsтЕм

Loаd hook s 1609.1.1184 1000 release ooerations* or
5 Whiоhever oоcurs tirst
* one reloase oPeration is defined as one times openiпg and c|osening.
836 . RESсUE нo|sт AssЕinвLY

Winсh unit 10s-81215 300 сable operating сyс|es or
8 \,вars, Whiоhever oооurs first
Winсh Unit 300 сab|e оperating сyс|es or
8 vears. Whiсhever oсcurs first
Servo motor
Servo motor 1з.1-0100
Servo motor 13.1-0110
тab|e 101.14.2 - тims вetween overhau| o' сomPonents optionа| EquiPment (1 of 1)

Page 115
MAINтЕNANOЕ MANUAL Bo 105
@Р#IР-Рoo.-..
101 -
.|5 AlRWoRтFllNЕss L||t,llтAтloNs
101 - 15.1 General
'1. List oJ Revisions
Revision LвA аpprova|
seсond lssue Deс. 1' 1990 signed by schёnemann

Revisioп 1 not apрliоab|e' оhapter 101-15 (former 101-9) not atfeсted
Revlslon 2 i,lаy 15' 1991 signed by sсhtinemаnn

Revision з not apрiiсable, chaрter 101 ..15 (former 1o1.9) not affected
Revision 4 not app|iсablo, сhapter 101 -15 (former 101.9) not affeоted
.101-9)
Flevision 5 not аpplicab|e, сhapter 101.15 (former not affeсted
Revision 6 not appliсab|e, chapter 101.15 (former 10.1.g) not affeсted
Revision 7 not applicable' оhapter 101.15 (former 101.9) not аffeсted
пevlsion 8 signed by sсhёnemаnn

Revision 9 not aрр|icable, chаpter 101.15 (former 101.9) not affeоted
Revisaon 10 Feb. 1, 1994 signed by sсh6nemаnn

Revisiоn 1't not app|iоab|e, сhapter 101.15 (former '10.1.9) not atfeсted
Flevision 12 not app|icable' оhapter 101.15 (former 101.9) пot affeоted
Revision 1з пot appliсab|e, оhaрter 101.,15 (formёr 101.9) not affeсted
Revision 14 Sept. 21, 1995 signed by schёnemаnn
Еevision 15 signed by каyser-нero|d
пevision 16 July 26, 1996 signed by кayser.Herold
Flevision 17 not app|iсab|e' сhaPter 101.15 (former 101.9) not affeсted
вevision 18 signod by sсhёnemann
Revision 19 not aрpliсable' chapter 101.15 (former 101.9) not affected
Revision 20 not applicаb|e' сhapter 101.15 (former '101.9) not affected
вevision 21 not app|iсable, сhapter 101-15 (tormer 10'l-9} not atfected
Revision 22 not app|icab|e, оhapter 101.15 (tormer 101.9) not affeсted
Revision 2з signed by каyser.нerold
Revisoin of сhapter .l0l -.l5 ЕAsA аpproval number аnd

date
Revislon 24 2005-1зз9 dated 09.02.2005
Revision 24 oнAPТЕR 101

Page 117
€Р#Р.oo.-. МA|NТЕNANсЕ МANUAL вo 105
2. Genвra|
Тhe tab|еs in this sectioп сontain retirement timos of parts Whose failure Wou|d adversely affeсt the airworthь
ness of the helicoрter. Retiгemeпt times must not be eХсeedgd.
In addition' it.is neсessary to observe the Intermediato |nspeсtioпs, Periodiо |nspeсtions and
speоia| Inspeо.
tions outliпed in рaras 101-5 thru 'l01-13' and thв overhau| lntervals out|ined in рara ,101 .,14.
.
тhe |ife.|imited parts |isted in this paragraрh must be letirвd from servjоo as soon as their serviсe times are
оomp]eted. тhey must be removed and reр|aсed by newраrts orserviceable used
рarts Whiоh stillhave a num-
ber of usefu| lif6 hours. |t must also bs notф thаt as a consoquence of eхсeeding the opеrationаl timits
-101-.1з)' of a
Part (refer to para the retirеment |ife of th9 Part may iаve to be reduced.
In pаragraрh 15.2 are listedthe |ife.limited paгts forthe вasic Helicopter' in
рaragraрh 15.3 are Iisted the {ife.|im-
ited parts for optional ЕqUipment.
WARNING
L|FЕ-L|MlтED сoMPoNENтS tvtUsт Noт BЕ |NтЕRсНANGЕD вЕтWEЕN вo105
АND вo105 Ls HЕL|сoPтЕRs oR вЕTWЕEN вo105 АND вK117 HЕL|oоPтERS.
WARNING
IF PARТS WHIоH HAVE A L|FE L|I\,i|TAт|ON ARЕ |NтЕRс|.iANGED BЕтWEЕN
DIFFЕRЕNт вo105 sЕR|Es HЕL|сoPТЕFls' тHE PARтS МUsт вЕ FlЕsтR|сТЕD
тo тl.|E LoWEsТ RЕтlRЕIv,|ЕNт т|MЕ.
WARNING
WнЕN L|FЕ-L|МIтЕD PARтS АRЕ RЕP|доЕD, THЕ|R AТТAOН|NG HARDWARE
MUsт BЕ RЕPLАсЕD Aт ТHЕ sAMЕ т|ME.
AFтЕR пЕl/4ovAl' тHls AтTAo|I|NG |iARDWАRЕ SHALL BЕ FiЕNDЕFiЕD
UNsЕRvlсЕАBLЕ AND NEW (UNUSЕD) АTтAсH lNG нARDWARЕ |NSтАLLЕD lN lтs
P|ясE.
тH|s DoЕs Nот APPLY To L|FE-L|M|TЕD AттAоHING нARDWARЕ. sUсH
AттAсH|NG |-|ARDWARE SнALL вE RЕPLАсЕD WHEN |Т RЕАcНЕs |тs oWN LlFЕ
L|t\'lТ
сertain раrt nUmbers havo boan сhanged byАsв-вo 105- 1o- 1,13. Both the new and old
part-numbors of the аtfected pars are shown in thofo|lowing Iist 101..15.2.2..serviceтimes
l** of Life.Цmited Parts вasic.H€liёoptor |.lelicoрter sories вo105 сB.5' вo105 сBs.s and
вo105 DBs.s Basiс.Helicopter". The old part nцmbers are shown in brаckets.
oHAPтЕн l01 Revision 23

Pazl,o 11e
@*gp-рoptег MA|NтЕNANсЕ MANUAL Bo 105
l01 . 15.2 serviсe тimes of Life-Limited Parts

.|01
- 15.2.1 Serv|сe Times of Life.Limited Pаrts Еtasiс.нe|icoPter
Heliсopter series A, C, D, S, exсept for вo105 св.5, в0105 свs.5 and
вo105 Dвs.s
LlFтlNG sYsтЕм
Rotor Mast
Transmissioп support /'\
4619 з05 0з2
10s-10161
9000 Fh
6800 Fh
t
struts, Lн
тransmissioп supPort /'\ 105-10162 6800 Fh
struts, FIH
Free Wheel Unit A CL-42071-1 or з00 Fh
4619 302 06з
Free Wheel Unit A 46'19 з02 048 1500 Fh
Free Wheel Unit

A 4619 302 059 1500 Fh
Free Wheel Unit A 4638 202 006 '1500 Fh
Main Flotor Blade A 105-15103 10000Fh A A

t\4ain Rotor Blado 10000 Fh
A 105-47214 A A
тension-тorsioп.strаp 260 2559 10 years or 2400 Fh or 15600 /6\
flights
тensior] -тorsiоn- strap 260 6576 10 years or 2400 Еh or 15600 /\
flights
тension -тorsion.s.trap 260 4067 10 years or 40000 flights ,A
тension-тorsion-strao J17322-1 10 yeаrs or 40000 flights A
Quadrup|e Nut, uppвr A '105- 14101.19 2400 Fh or 15600 flights A
Quadrup|e Ni.]t, upрer flights A

A 10s-14101.54 2400 Fh or 15600
Quadruple Nut, upper з0000 flights

A 1121-14102.15 A
Ouadruple Nut, lower flights A
A 105-14101 .20 2400 Fh or 15600
тab|e 101.15.2.1 - serviсe тimea of Life-Llmited Рa]ts вasiо.He||coрter

He|icoрter selies A' с' D' s' eхсeрt for в0105 св.5; вo1o5 свs.5 and вo1o5 Dвs-s (.t of a)
WAвN|NG FoR WARN|NGS' REЕЕRтo OHAPтЕR ]01' PAGЕ 118
l\ serviоe life is un|imited When b|ade is modilied by a cutf in the b|ade fittinq area, using retrofit kit
P/N 105-87218. нefer also 1o the historiсa| records.
l\ lf the number of flights сannot be determined; 4800 Fh
ln this оonnoоtion tho пumber o| fliоhts is to bo considered equa| to the number of |andings
(grouпd сontaсts).
A оonсurrent rep|aоement o{ аttaоhiпg hardware is not required.

A Whiсhever oосurs first.
A For alternalive part without life Iimit, refrr to lPC.
Revisioп 24 OнAPTER 101

Pаge 1,19
€рнr"-рoptег МA|NтЕNANоE MANUAL вo 105
L|Fт|NG sYsтEn't
Quadruple Nut, lower A '105-14101.55 2400 Fh or 15600 flights A
Quadruple Nut, lower flights
A 1121-14102.20 30000 A
Nut 105-142241.01 122850 flisths AA
вo|t 105-141041.22 109200 fligths /,\/,\
Bolt 105-141041.23 '10e2oo flisths AA
вolt
A '105-14101.229 and up 2400 Fh or 15600 tlights ,A
Bolt
A 105- 14101.76 2400 Fh or 15600 flights A
Bolt
A 105- 14101.239 and up 2400 Fh or 15600 flights ,A
Bolt
A 105-14'101.77 2400 Fh or '15600 tlights A
BoIt
A 1121-14102.22 2000о t|ights A
вolt
A 1121-14102.2t 20000 flights A
seсondary в|ade /'\ 105_'14101.з5 thru e 2400 Fh
N4ounting вo|t
тA|L UN|т
B|ade t\4ounting Еork 105-з1711 2400 Fh
в|ade мounting Fork 10s-3't722 1200 Fh
тab|e 10l-l5.2.1 - serviсe тimоa of Llfe.Llm|ted Parts Еlas|с.Hellcopter

нe|lсopt€l serlos A' с, D' s' exоept for Bo105 св€' вol05 свs.5 аnd вo1o5 Dвs.s (2 of 4)
WARNING FoR WARNiNGS' RЕFЕFi тo снAPтЕR .l01, PAGE 118
A |fthe number ol flights cannot be detеrmined: 4800 Fh

In this connoсtion tho number of f|ights is to be coпsidered equa| to the number of landings
(ground оontacts).
A lf ths numb6r of flights сannоt be determined: 3600 Eh

|n this оonnection the number off|ights is to be considgred rqua|to thr number of landings
(ground coпtaсts).
A Whiоhev€r oсоurs first.
A For a|ternаtivo pаrt Without |ife limit, refer to |Pс.
A lf |ftho totalinstаllаtion time is not known, the tota|oрerating time ofthe main rotor heаd оan be assumed
instвad.
A ll lf the number of flights саnnot bo determinod: 189oo Fh.

The пumber of f|ights is to bo сonsidered equa| to the number ot landings (ground оontaсts).
A ll |f the пumber of f|ights сanпot be determined: 16800 Fh.

Тhe number of flights is to be сonsidered equa|to the number of landings (grouпd contacts).
)
оHAPтЕR 101 Revision 24
Page 120
|\4AINтЕNANсЕ MANUAL вo
€Эрнr"-рoptег 105
тA|L UNlт
Laminated skap Paсk Assy. 105-з1727 25з50 f|ights A
Lаminaled strаo Paсk Assv. 105-з17261 25э50 f|ights A
сlose тoleranсe вolt A 105-э1725.12l.14l.16 600 Fh
c|ose тo|erаnсo Bolt 1121-з1712.1o 25350 flights A

с|ose Тo|eraпоe вo|t 105-317з91 .12 25з50 flights A
тai| Rotor Blade A Lr!\ 105-31742 4800 Fh
тai| Rotor 8lade

.!05-87161
A 4800 Fh
тai| Rotor в|ade

A 105-t174э|44l45I46 6000 Fh
Bendix Shaft A 19Е144-1 1800 Fh
Bendix Shatt A 19Е,145-1 1800 Fh
Bendix Shaft A 19Е144-3 1800 Fh
вendiХ shаft
A 19Е145-3 1800 Fh
Beпdix shaft Еh
A 105-з1503
(19Е144-3' mod.)
з600 A
вendix shaft A 105_з1504 3600 Fh A
(19Е145-3' mod.)
вeпdiх shaft A 105-31505 2400 Fh A
(19E1.и-1' mod'}
Bendix shаtt A '105-31506 2400 Fh A
(19Е145.1' mod.)
Еlendixshaft A 19Е144-2l2^ 6000 Fh
Bendiх shail
A 19Е145-Ц2^ 6000 Fh
Beпdix сouрling
A 19Е143- 1Л A 6000 Fh
тab|e 101..|5.2.1 - servlсe тimes of Life.Limited Pаrts вasiс-lie|iсopter

He|lcopter series A' c' D' s' exceрt for в0105 св.5' в0105 свs.5 and вo105 Dвs.s (з of 4)
WAвN|NG FoR WARN|NGS. RЕFЕR тo сHAPтЕR 101. PAGЕ 118
A l |f the пumber of f|ights сannot be determined: 3900 Fh

t The number of f|ights is to be оonsldered equa| to the пumber of |andings (ground сontacts).
A sorviсe life after modification.
A For alterпative part without |ife |imit, refer to |Pc.
A сanпot be used urrmodified. see sв з0-32.
Revision 24 сHAPтЕR '101

da^^ 121
tRнI.o-Рoo.-,. MA|NТЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL вo 105
j
PARт ЕARтщ
HYDпAUL|с UNIт
Piston Rod a D13з-750,08Е 1800 Fh A
Flat Spring ЕЕ.4-2054 2400 Fh
F|at spriпg D133-741.11Е 2400 Fh
FIat sрring 105-457211.14 2400 Fh
PoWER PLANт
нubber вushirrg /'\ 01'18 530 300 Fh
(FreuoenDerg)
Rubber вushing (Lord) A J 144A3-2 300 Fh
Rubber вushing (Lord) A J 14326-2 300 Fh
Тoflon вushing A D1зз-867 з00 Fh
Flubber вushing
A 105-60з76 300 Fh
Rubber Bushing
A 105-60з77 300 Fh
Rubber вushing
A l05.60з78 300 Fh
v.stгuts 10000 Fh
V.strut' LН 10б-60з7.1 10000 Fh
V-Strut, FtH 105-60372 10000 Fh
Lower Strut D133-597 10000 Fh
Lower Strut 105.60з6.1 10000 Fh
Lower Strut 105-6036з 10000 Fh
Flange
A D1з3-592 10000 Fh
ЕNGINЕ
Refer to 250-о18 сsL 10
Flefer to Allison 250-с20 oOэra.

tlon and мaintonanоe мanual
Rofer to Allisоn 250.с20 opera.

tion and мaintenance Manua|
таb|e 10.t.15.2.1 - servico т|mos of L|to.L|mitёd Parts ваsic.нeliсopter
He|lсoрter serios A' с' D, s, exсePt for вo105 св.5' Bo105 свs.5 аnd в0105 Dвs-s (4of 4)
WARNING FoR WАFiN|NGS' RЕFЕR To OHAPTЕR 101. PАGЕ 1.l8
A Тhis.serviсe |ife aрp|ies only to piston rods with s/N 101 1о 440, manufactured by тe|edyne нydra.Power
OHP).
lц For alterпative part without life Iimit' refer to IPс.
сHAPтЕR 101
.)-
Flevision 24
Page 122
(Эрннрoрteг МA|NтЕNANoЕ N4ANUAL вo 105
101 - 15.2.2 Serviсe тimes of Life.Limited Pаrts ваsiс.гle|iсopter

Heliсopter series
.
вo105 св.5' вo105 CBS.S and Bo105 DBS-S Basiс.
HeIiсopter
L|FтlNG sYsтEtt,l
вeariпg B|oсk 117-1320з1.11 6000 Fh
Heхagon Bo|t 117-.13203,1.1з 6000 Fh
Heхagon Bolt
.105-1з104.1з
46,19 305 0з2

4500 Fh
9000 Fh
I
Rotor ljlаst
тension -тorsion.strap 260 4067 10 years or 25000 flights A
тensioп-тorsion- strap J17322-1 10 years or 25000 flights A
Nut 105-142241.O1 122850 ftisths AA

вolt 105-141041.22 '1o92oo fligths
,(X,/'\
вo|t 105-141041.23 109200 ftisths AA
Free Whoe| Uпit A CL-42071-1 or 300 Fh
4619 з02 063
Free WheеI Unit A 4619 t02 048 1500 Fh
Free Wheel Unit l\ 4619 t02 059 1 500 Fh
Free Wheel Unit

A 46з8 202 006 1500 Fh
тAlL UNlт
Lаminated strap Pасk Assy. 105-t1727 25з50 flights A
Lаminated strap Pack Assy. 105-з17261 25350 flights A
сlose тo|eranсe Bo|t 1121-31712.10 25350 flights A
сlose Тo|eraпоe вo|t 105-317391.'12 25з50 flights A
тabIe 101-l5.2.2 . serviсe тimes of Life.Limited Pads вasiс.Heliоopter
t|e|iсoPtвr serles вo105 св-5' вo105 овs-5 аnd вo105 Dвs.s вaslс.нe|iсoрter
(1 of 2)
WARN|NG FoR WАRNiNGS. RЕЕER тo с|{APTЕR 101. PAGЕ 118
A I lf the number of f|ights сannot be determined: 3900 Fh

l тhe пumber of f|ights is to be оonsidered equаlto the number of lаndiпgs (ground сontaсts).
A Whiсhever oсоurs first.
A For a|ternative Part Without life limit, refer to |Pс.
lf the total installation time is not known, the totaloperating time ofthe main rotol head can beassumed
../N I instead.
I
,18900
A l ltthe number of flights сannot be determined:
l5 Fh.
t The numbeг of f|ights is to be considered щua| to the number of landings (ground сontaсts).
o/\ l! |f the numbеr of flights сannot be determined: 16800 Fh.
The number of f|ights is to be сonsidered equaI to the пumber of !аndings (ground оontacts).
Revision 24 CHAРTЕR 101

Pаge 12з
€Р.k,Iffo,,",. MA|NтЕNАNoЕ MANUAL Bo 105
RЕтlREllrtЕNт т||l,lE
FL|GHт сoNтRoL sYsтЕtt'
Control Ring
сontrol нod 1120-1з281
Control Rod
I{YDвAULlс UNlт
Piston Flod D'l33-750.08Е 1800 Fh A
Flаt spring EЕ-4-20м 2400 Fh
Flat Spring D.!33-741.11Е 2400 Fh
Flаt Spring 105-457211.14 2400 Fh
Hex. воlt (iпstalled iп forkend 105-45016.26 7000 Fh
assy P/N 105-45613, (lN9485-8x22)
105-45631 1)
PoWER PLANт
V-Strut, LH
V-Strut, FIH
Lower Strut
ENGINЕ
Flofer to Аllison 250-с2o oрera.
tion and мaiпtenanco Manua|
тablo .l01.15.2.2 . sorviсe тlmes of |-|lo.L|mlted Pаrts вasic.t|e|icopter
llo|icoрter sor|os вo105 св.5' вo105 свs.5 аnd вo105 DBs.s ваslс-H;|iсoрter
(2 ot 2)
WARN|NG FoR WARNINGS' RЕFЕR тo оHAPтЕR 10.l. PAGE 118
A Тhis-lervice life аpp|ies оnly to piston rods With s/N 101 to 44o, mаnufartured by Telеdyne Hydra-Power
(тHP).
сHAPтЕR
l-
101 Revisioп 24
Pаgо 124
MA|NтЕNANoЕ МANUAL Bo l05
@p.g;9-рoпt-,.
101 - 15.з Serviсe тimes of Life.Limited Parts oрtionaI Еquipment
All Series
REsсUE W|Nсн
сabIe wA-2485 300 оab|e operating сyсles A
.lo-year
Holler, driving WA-4з54 рeriod of installation and
sтorage
нoIler' driving w^-2479 1o-year periоd of instal|ation aпd

storage
Explosivs сartridge тA 97155 s-year рeriod ot instal|ation aпd

storage
EХPIosive сartridge lr,lаrk 23 Мod. o s.year рeriod of installation аnd

storage
NoтE
Driving rol|ёrs may on|y bo r9plaоed by ЕсD.
FlRЕ ЕxтlNGU|sнlNG sYsтЕм

ЕХрlosive сartridge 8 yеars l\
Еxр|osive саtridge 4 years A
Eil|ЕRGENсY FLoтAт|oN sYsтЕ|l'
Pressure вottlo 16D 17194-1e 24.yoar period of installatioп and
storage
таbte.|01.15.3 - serviсe тimes ot Life.Limited Parts optlona| ЕqЦiрment
all Serles (1 of 1)
WARNING FoR WARN|NGS' RЕFЕв тo сHAPТЕH 101' PАGЕ 118
A For detinition of cable operating сycles, refer to parаgraрh 10.2: supp|ementary lnspeсtion aссordiпg
to operatlng тime in Fh andlor сa|endel Tiiтe, optional Еquipment, Point 8з6 - Rescue Winсh
A tfсartridgos are stored in thв origiпa|factory рaсkaging, the tota| |ife of the сartridge Wii| be l
10 years (storage timo and service |ife), iп which case serviсe life may not eХсeed 8 years. t
A |f cartridges are stored in the original faоtory paоkaging, the tota| |ife of the сartridge Wi|| be l
6 years (storage time and service |ife), iп Whiсh сase service |ife may not exсeed 4 years l
Revision 24 OнAPTЕR 101
Pago 125
сHAPTER
PlLoт/сoPlLoT sEAт
l.tBB IiЕtIсoPтЕRs
I'{AINтЕNANсЕ IIiANUAI. l.tBB . B0 105
?01 PILоT AND с0P1ьoT sЕATs
Table of сontents
Paragraph Titlе Pа9e
701 -1 DЕSсRIPTIoN - PILoт AND с0PI],0T sЕATs
tuL - z INSPEстIoN E.oR сONDITIoN - PII.oT AND сoPItoT sЕAтs
701 -з RЕ!.{oVAL - P]Loт AND с0PIl0т sЕAтs 5
?01 - 4 INSтAI.LAт]oN - PI].oT AND с0P1L0т sЕATs
701 -5 Rеmoval . sеat Rails

'?01 - 6 hstallation - Seat Rails
BO 105
сttAPтЕR 701
l.!8в ltЕLIсoPтЕRs
I.iAINтЕNANсЕ I.IANUAL мвB - B0 105
701 -1 DЕSсRIPттoN - PILoт AND с0PIt0т sЕATs
тhe Pilot aпd сopilot seats are Posit'ioned between frames З and 4. Baсh seat
is mounted on two longitudinal seat rails (9 and 11, figure ?01-1) rvhiсh arе
fiхed to the сabin floor. Stoр bolts (13) hold the seats on the rails. If Еhe
trаvel adjustment handIe (18) is pressed inwаrds, it allol.'s the seаt to be
s1id forwаrds or rearwаrds in thе seat rai}s.
W| seаt turned by 180"
1 seat subs|ruсturе
2 вuсket seat
3 sёat сushioning
4 Lap belt
5 Shoulder belt
v
o
6 Еairing
I 7 Baсk сushioning
8 Еitting
I 9 sеat rail' righL
10 вaсking
].1 sеаt rаi]./ left
ф 12 васking
1з stoр bolt
14 Washer
L5 Nut
16 sсrew
1.1 Sсrew
18 Travel adjustment
hand}е
19 Disеngagiпg shаft
Е'j.gure 701-1 Pilot аnd сoРilot seat

в0 105
сIIAPтER ]01
Page 3
ЕURocoPтЕR I\'A|NтЕNANсЕ NiANUAL вo 105
тhe sgat has the parls:

'o||owing
- seat substructure (1) with buсket seat (2) and faking (6).
- seat сushioning (3) and baоk сUshioning (7).
- Lap b6lt (4) aпd shouldоr bo|t (5).
- Fittings (8) for sёcuring lap be|t to fioor
- seat rai|s (9 aпd 11)With stop bо|ts (1з).
тo1 -2 ]NsPЕстoN - PlLoт AND сoPILoт sЕAтs
1. Inspeоt soаt substructure (1' figuro 701-1) for deformation and r|veted сonngctions for оondition.
a. сhang6 seat substruсture i' d€lormed.
b. Rep|acв |oose rivets.
2. lnspect s6at and baсk сushioning covers for damago. сhange or rоpair сushioпing if damaged.
3. оheсk that dis€ngaging shaft (19) operates froв|y and rasi|y. lt stiffnoss is evidont' с|saп haпd|в (18)
mochanism With dry cleaning so|vent (сM 202) and Iubriсate with oiI (с[4 103)'
4. lnspoct fairing (6) tor damage. Fiep|aсe fairing if damaged (cгaсked).
5. lnspoсt shouldэr balts (5) and lap b6|ts (4) dаmage, оontamination aпd dampness.
'or
a. lfthere is evidenсв of broken stilchiпg, toars, сha'ing, аnd oth€r impa|r|пg marks, rep|acо tho b6|ts or
repair in accordanсe With manufaоturor's instruеtions (refsr to Auto'|ug оomрoпent t\,laintonenсв
Manual).
b. оlean diny be|t with Water aг]d mild soaр (e' g. Nis|in 4tv'|).
c. Dry damp b6|t straps either in ths opeп or in a We||-vanti|ated room away from direсt sun|ight.
l 6. Inspect lаp bв|t loсk tor сonditioп (refer to Autof|ug сomponont Ma|пtвпanсe t\'anual).
7. cheсk bolt locking aсtion lor correсt lunctioning' Flo'er to optional EqUipm6nt, chaptor вo.l-5.
8. Un|ock seat and push it forwаrds aпd reашards. |f stitf to move, removo soai and с|ean seat rails 8nd ro||ers
with dry cleaning solvont (сI4 202).
снAPтЕR 701 Rovision 18

Pag€ 4
}.4вв I{ЕLIсOPтЕRS
I',AINтЕNдNсE мANUA], l,Iвв - в0 105
]01 -з Rеmоval - Pilot and сoPilot seаts
1. separate 1ap bеlt (4, figure 101.1) from fittings (8).
2, Renovr stop bolts (13) with washers (14) anA nuts (15) .
з. Press handle (18) inwards аnd рugh seat learwаrds out of the
seat rails (9 and 11) .
?01 -4 Instа].lаtion - Pi1ot and сopilot seats
1. ]ngert seat iпto the lear of the geat rai}s (9 апd 11, figure ?01-1) and
Push it forwards, аt the sаme time Press handlе (18) inwards
and loсk seat.
2' ]nstall gtoр sсrews (13) пith wаshers (14) and nuts (15) '
з. seсure laP belt (4) to fitting (8) .
701 -5 Removal - Seat Rails
1. Remove pllot/сoрitot seat' a9 reФired (rеfer to Paragraph 701-3) .
2, Remove sсrews (16 and 17, figure ?01-1} and take out seat rаi1 (9 оr 11) .
?01 -6 Instаllation - seat Rails
}loтЕ A1l heliсoptels sрёсified aв follows tflust be fitted нith guidе

!.!i'] с ,]
6q-a,ч1a n; .]
A(-Я)Ч90 /э,l qгr 1.Afд'. +^ тD.\
- Iteliсopters with en eхtended с.G. enve1oрe (lefer to

сhaрter 849 and sв 80.67}
- IteliсoРters with closs rnass 2'5 t.
1. seсule seat rаil (9 or 11, figurе 701-1) to fl.oоr with sсrews

(15 and 17) .
2. Instal] pilot/сoPilot seat, as rеquired (lefer to paragraрh ?01-4} '
в0 105
снAPTЕR ?01
Pаqe 5/6
CHAPTER
сABIN EQUIPMЕNт
мвB IlEtIсoPтвRs
}lAIN1ЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL l.tBB - в0 105
102 сABIN ЕQUIPIt1 вNт
Table af сontents
pа rдdrаnh тi i 1в Page
102 -I DЕSсRIPT]oN - сABIN ЕQU]PмЕNT J
1a2 -2 INSPвстIoN E'oR с0NDITIoN - сAвIN 8oUIPмЕNт А
102 - з RЕllOvAL. сAвIN ЕQUIPмЕNT
102-4 lNsTAtLAтIoN . сABIN ЕQUIPшЕNт Б
в0 105
снAPтЕR 702
l'{Bв IlЕlIсOPтЕRs
I{AINTЕNANсЕ !.lAltUAl l,lвB . B0 105
,lo2
- 1. DЕSсRIPTION - сABIN ЕoUIP!,IE'Nт
The сabin egulрment сonsists of a fire extinguisher, hаnd lamp аnd mediсal
kir.
тhe firе eхtinguisher (1' figure 702-1) is seсured in a сlampinq rеtainer to
the pilot or сopilot seat, The соntents are indiсatеd by a рressure gauge. If
сorreсt]y fil].ed the pointer of рressuxe gaugre rcill be in thе glreen zоne.
The i}and latпр (1.0} is seсurеd in 'hё
a сlip (13) next to the piIot sеat'.
The mediсal kit (16) is seсured in a braсket (1B} tо the right of the сopilot
DЕтAIL
l}ЕтAlL в
1 !.i rд 6vt i n/'l]i сhAt

2 Clamрing retainer
З Scrеw
4 $lashеr
5 Nut
6 Washer
7 sсrew
I Nut
9 Fit t ing
10 i]and lamр
11 Sсrew
12 Washer
1З Clip
14 Rubber strap
15 toсking сlip
16 l,lediсal kil
L7 sсrew
18 Braсkеt
Figure 702.1 Cabin Еquiрment
B0 .7105
сI1APTЕR 02
P^.ra 'l
IЧBв llЕlIсoPTERs
},IAINTЕNANс'E }.,IANUAI I',IBB - B0 105
1o2 -2 ]NSPЕсTION гoR сONDITIoN - сABIN ЕQUIPмЕNT
1. Inspeсt' firе eхtinguisher for damaget seсurity of installаtion and for

сorreсt' fi}Iing.
a. Rеturn the fire еxtinguisher to manufaсturer if damaged (for eхamр]e:
glass of РIessure gauge broken' сarтying handle not movаble) .
b. If lrad seаl is missing but fire eхtinguisher is сorrесtly fillеd'

fit a nеw lead seal.
с. If рointer of prеssurе gauge is not in green zone, return fire
ехtinguisher to manufaсturеr.
2. Cheсk hand lamp for сorreсt funсtioning and sеоurity of instal].ation.
a. Rеplaсе dеfесtive hand lamp or сhange defесtive item.
b. Replaсе defeсtive сliP, tighten loosе sсrews.
з ' Inspeсt braсkeЕ of mediсa] kid for obvious daпagre and seсurity of
instaI1atiоn.
a. RеPlaсe or repair braсket in сare of damage.
b. Re*tighten loose sстews.
102-з REI.,IOVAL - сABIN ЕQUIP},IЕNT

1. Rеmoval - Еire eхtinguisher
a. Remove firе еxtingulsher (]., figure 702-1) from сlamPing rеtainеr
(2\ .
b. Rеmovе sсrews (7) with washers (б) and nцts (5) and takе oЦt fitting
(9) '
с. Rеmove sсrews (3) wlth washеrs (4) and nuts (8) and rеmove сlamрing
relainer (2) from fitling (9) .
2, Removal - Hand lamp
a. Remove hand ]amp {10) frgm сlip (13) .
b. Rеmove sсrevrs (11) with washеrs (12) and removе сIip (1з) from f]oor.
з ' Removal - Мediсal kit and braсket
a, Open loсking cliр (15) and renove mеdical kit.

b. Removе sсrews (17) and takе out brackеt (].8).
B0 105
сltAPTЕR 702
Paqе 4
l4Bв ttЕlIс,OPтЕRs
!.{AINтENANсЕ l,lANUA], l,lBB - во 105
702 -4 ]NSTALLATIoN - сAB]N ЕQUIPмЕNт
1. hstаllаtion - l.ire eхtinguisher

a. Seсure сlamping retainer (2) with sсrews (З)' wаshers (4) and nuts
(8) to fitвing (9) '
b. Seсure fitting (9) in position with sсrews (]). lrashеrs (6) and nuts
(s) ,
с. PIaсe fire eхtinguisher (1) in сlaпping retainer (2).

2. Installation - lland lamр
a. sесure сlip (13) to floоr with sсrews (11} and washers (12) .
b. Plасе hand lamp (10) in сlip (13) '
3. ]nstallation - мediсal kit and braсket
a. sесure braсket (18) to f1oor with sсrews (17) .
b' Plасe пrediс'a] kit t16) in braсkеt {18) аnd сlose loсking с]ip (15) on
rubber strаP (14 ) .
B0 105
сltAPTЕR ]02
Рaвa \/6
сHAPтER
lNТЕRIoR
PANЕLLlNG
l.lBв IIЕLтсoPTЕRS
мAINTЕNANсЕ !'IANUAL !.{вв - B0 105
70з INTЕRI0R PANE.t1ING
Table of сontents
703-1 DЕSсRIPтIoN - INтЕRIoR PANЕLLING 5
103-2 INSPEсTIоN E.oR сoNDIтIoN - INтЕRIoR PANЕlLING I
703-3 RЕl,lovAI., - INтЕRIoR PANЕILING E
103-4 INSTAL],Aт]oN - INтЕRIoR PANЕLLING
70з-5 Removal - Instrшnеnt Pane1 гairing

703-6 hstallation - 1nstrument Panel Еairing 9
в0 105
сttAPTЕR 703
мвB ltЕlIс0PтЕRs
l',AINTЕNANсE l,lANUAт, l,lвB . !,v lvэ
70з-1 DЕSсRIPтIoN - INтЕRIoR PANЕLLING
The interiоr panelling is тпanufaсturеd froпr gtass.fibrе reinforсed plastiсs

(GRP), polyоarbonat'е (Pс) оr from щl1ted mattlng. The interiоr pane]ling
сonsists еssentially of thе fо]lowing рanels тchiсh are attaсhёd by means of
sсrews, studs' prеss fasteners and hоok. and - рilе tape.
Cabin struсture panel]ing

Cabin roof panelling
Cabin rеar }rall Рanеlling
сargo comрartmеnt рanеlling
ReaI рanelling
Instrumеnt Danel fаirinq
DЕтA|t в
qб
Ilt
?0001з
1 сabin struсLure Panеl1ing 4

q
Cargo сompartmrnt рanelling
2 Elap PArY nэnо]']int
6
i,чlrv+ддirY
з Cabin roof- and reат wаl1 sс revrs
^^^^11,1-- / Рroг rle
! lgure /uJ-1 Cabin Interior Panelling' сargo Comрarlmеnt

and Rear Pane11ing (сonfiguration I)
B0 105
сt]APTЕR 7 0 з
Pаoe 3
ItЕT,]с0PTЕRs
t.IAINтENANсЕ I4ANUA1 I4BB - B0 105
>-
I
t
\
11
[ф]
n
ф
1
I
'I
Ч _1
700002.1
1 UADIN struсture Panel1ing, I Cаbin rеar wa]] pane]ling. uрреr

2 Cabin .LUvr
.^^€.^.^,]1]n- rf lr\j
РoJlЕf r -]^ь|
lдУlrL 9 сabln rеar wa] L рanеlling, 1ower
З Cabin lvUr
-^â ---^11.1
yallс1lr'tУ' -^ 1âr
fЕдu 10 Stud sсrevl
4 Cabin roof рane]Iing. rеar 11 T'nп]tinп nin
5 нook tape 11 Сabin rеaт wall pane]].ingr uРper
b vlre tube 1з Cabln rear r.rall pane]ling' upрer
7 E lap
Еigure ?03-2 .эhin тnl-дrinr Pаnal,l in.r /.^nfir.тlrr:tian тт]
B0 105
сttAPTЕR 703
Paqе 4
мBB IiE1IсoPTЕRS
мAтNтENANсЕ }4ANUA], ]'1Bв - B0 105
Kё-
k%Ь-''
,4
х ,,/,/
Ytl"
1
.ъ
сargo сompartment panelling, Cargo сomрartment pane1.ling,

1^..^. l
!vYir .idь}
д дУll u forward
сarqo compartmеnt panelling, 1 Itandhole plug
lower left I сargо соmрartment рane]]ing,
з Сover uPpe r rеar
4 сargo сompartmenL Рanelling, 9 Rеar paneJ'ling, right
rlnnдr rirrht 10 Rear рane11ing' ]rfL
сargo сomрartment panelling, 11 Rеar panellingl uрpеr
1t Rеar рane\lilg. uрpel (Bо 1053)
Еigurе 703-3 Cаrgo сomраItment and ReaI Pаne]ling (СonfiguraLion II)
B0 105
CIIAPTЕR ?0з
Pаoе 5
ttЕ1IсoPTERs
I.,lA1NTЕNANсЕ MANUAL }.]вB - B0 105
1 сabin roof рane.lling' right 6 Cover, uрper

2 Cabin rear wall рanеlling 7 VenLilat ion
rlght 8 Cargo сomрartmеnt раne]Iing' left
сomPartmеnt panelling' 9 сover' left
10
,]1 Cabin
roof panеlling. lefL
сomрartmenL pаne11ing, .1Ьin efтl1^}ltra
l! nяnдll ll дltY
уqrr!
inrr
upРе т
l э^1n Inierlor Panelling and саrgo Compагtпient

/r.nn f i гtt l rд| !91 ]II)
вo 105
сttAРтЕR 703
Pаоe 6
мвв нЕ].Iс0PтЕRs
мAINTвNANсв !.{ANUAI, мBв - в0 i05
%в
рФ
1 sсud 5 сover, ]efl 9 sсrew

2 Sleeve 6 Side fairing, l eft 10 Wаsher
3 l,ight shleld 7 sidе fairing. rlght t1 \,vvс!, -.i -r.
ддУl'L +
4 Sidе shiеJ.d' Ieft B Side shiеld, right !2 сoverl rеar

13 Чvvсl' цyРсl
Figurе .7
03-5 Instrumеnt Panel
B0 105
сttAPтЕR ?0з
P^da 1
}1вв нЕLIсoPтЕRS
МATNTЕNANсЕ I'IANUA! MвB - B0 105
.10з
-2 INSPЕсттON г0R с0NDIT10N - INтЕRIoR PANЕLLING
1' Insрeсt inteIior Pаne1ling (сabin struсturе рanelling, cabin rоof

panellingl cargo сomрartment panelllng, instrumеnt рanеl fairing etс.)
nr
f!v! сanll ri l-rr с!..*
oЕ9цlдLf аnrt *..аge
rlаm .
r D^п^r'^ tЬд эnr' .lamagеd palt and either reРair or reр]aсe'

}.\ PA}i.rh|оn
!\gufYrluull ]^^с6 -^+.i.'jnnrlч ri+^й.
LrrtLD l
2. сheсk that а1l тetaining items arе fitted. Rеplaсe missing retaining
items (loсking рins, sсrews, рress buttons' hook taрes a.s.o.).
?0з -з REмOVAL - INTЕR]oR PANЕILING
1. Configurations I аnd II (figuIe 10з-L' 10з-2 and 70з-з) :
Rеmove or ]oosen rеtaining it'еms (sсrews, loсking pins, studs) of

resрeсtive interior panelling сomрonent and remove pаnelling.
2. сonfiguration I1I (figure 703-4) :

],oosеn hоok tapes and рress buLtons of respeсtivе interior panеLling
сomрonent and removе panеlling.
]0з-4 INSTALLATIoN - TNTЕRIOR PANЕт,LING
1. сonfigurations I and ]I (figure 703-1, ?0з-2 and 703-З) :
Sесure resрeсtive interior рanеlling соmрonent. using retaining itens

(sсrews, loсking pins, studs )
2. Configuralion II-t (figure 703-4) :
seсure rеsрeсtivе interior panelling сomponent usinq рress buttons and

hook tape. '
B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 703
Paoe I
l'1BB }tЕ].,]сoPTЕRs
I.IAINTЕNANсЕ l'1Al.IUAl l.1BB - BO 105
?03 -5 Removal - Instrument Panel Е'airing
1' Loosеn studs (1, flgure 703-5) and takе out light shiёld (3) and side
shields 1а and 8) .
2' toosen studs (1) and take out side fairings (6 and 7) and сovers (5, 1].
and 12) .
3. Remove scrеws (9) with washers (10) and take out upрer сovеr (13) .
703 - 6 Instatlation - ]nstrшnеnt' Pаnel Еairing
1. seсure uрper сovеr (13, figure 703.5) wit.h sсrews (9} and washers (10) .
2. seсure side fairings (6 and 7) and сovers (5. ].1. and 12) ъlith studs (1} .
3. sесure side shields (4 and 8) and light shield (3) with studs (1).
в0 105
сIIAPтER 703
P^.ra q/10
сHAPтЕR
сABIN VENT sYsTEM

}tвв llЕlIсoPтЕRs
I'IAINTвNANсЕ !,tANtIAl !'lBB - B0 105
704 сAвIN vЕNт sYsTЕl.{
тable of сOntents
Paragгraph тitle Page
104-I DЕSсRIPT]oN . сAB]N vЕNт sYsтЕ!{
?04-2 INSPЕстIoN FoR сoNDIтIoN - сABIN vвNт sYsтЕм J
?04-3 Rеmoval - Aсtuating Deviсe з
104-4 Instаllat'iоn - Aсtuating Deviсe

't04 - 5 Removal - vent Box 4
104-6 Instal}ation - vеnt' вoх 4
BO 105
сIIAPTЕR ] 0 4
мBв llB].IсoPтЕRs
шArNтENANCЕ мANUAL l.tвB * B0 105
?04 . 1 D]SсR]PTIoN - сABIN vЕNт sYsTЕм
The cabin vеnt. systen сonsist's of vent boxes, spring wires and асtuating
dеviсes. It is installed in the сabin on the left- and right-hand side of the
instrшпrnt panеl.
The flow of fresh аir into the сabin is regulatеd by means of levers (2,
figurе 704-1) whiсh are сonneсLed to f1aps (12) in the vеnt boхes (13) by
mеans of the spring нirеs.
.l04 .2 ]NSPЕсTION E.oR сONDITIoN . сAB]N vЕNT sYSTЕl,l
1. InsРесt the aсtuating drviсes and vent boxes for damаge and seсurity.
сhange damaged рarts. Tighten loose threaded сonneсtlons.
2. Cheсk that the funсtiоn of the aсtuating deviсеs is сorreсt and free' ]f
there is too mцсh friсtion' loosen nuts (4 and 25' figurе ?04-1)t rеmove
sprlng wire (26) and wash with dry сleaning solvent (cуt 202). Liqhtty
lцbriсate the beаrings of levers (2 and 22) With lubriсating oil
(сI{ 10з) . Instal] sprinq wire (26) (refer to paragraрh 704-4) .
704-3 Removal - Aсtuating Deviсe

1. Remove instrument Pаnel fairings as fаr as neсessaIy {rеfer to сhaрtrr
703) .
2. toosеn nut (4' figure '704.]") and allow spring wirе (26) to hang free.
3. Remove aсLuating deviсe (З0 or 311 togеthеr with sсrews (29) and i.,ashеrs
(28).
4' If neсеssary: remove sсrew (?) and wаshers (6) and tаke out lеver {2} .
5. ]f neсessary: remove sсrews (8) and wаshers (9) and take out roрe
sleеving (27), sPrlng' wire (26) and рipе сlaтпрs (10) '
B0 105
сltAPTЕR 704
D.^^ ?
},tвB IIЕLIсOPTЕRS
I.IAINTЕNANсЕ I4ANUAт, МBв - B0 105
?04-4 ]nstallation - Aсtuating Deviсe

].' ]f Еemoved: seсure roрe sleеving (2.l I figlre104.Ll I sprlng wire (26) and
pipe сlamps (10) with wаshers (9} and screws (8} to the instruшent pane]. '
2. ]t reтпoved: lightly }ubriсate bearing Pivot of base plate (1) with grease
(см 101} аnd sесure 1ever (2) with sсrew (?) and Washer (6) .
з. Insta]1 aсtuating. deviсе (30 or 31) with sсrevls (29) and washers (28) .
4. Plaсe spring wire (26) in bushing (3) and sсrew (23) and seсure with nцts
(4 and 25) .
5. Adjust lever (2} and flaр (12) as folloi.ls:

a, ),lovelever (2) forward to posit.ion "2 V".
b. I.oosen nut (25) seсure flaр (12) in сIosed position
' and tighten nut
(2s) .
C. l"Iove lеvеr (2) and сheсk funсtion. Reреat adjustment if neсеssary.

6. Instal1 instrument panеl fairings (refer to сhapt.er ?0З) .
704-5 Removal - Vent Box

i' Removе instrumеnt panel fairings as far as nесessаIy (refеr to Chaptеr
70з) .
2. Loosеn nut (25) and allow spring wire (26) to hang free.
з. Remove sсrews (20} with washers (21).
4. Lift vent box (13) and loosen с]aпp (14) . Removе hose (15) and take out
vеnt box (1З).
]aц-6 Inslallalion - vent Box

1' Plaсe venL box (13) in insta]lation рosition and seсure hose (15) to venL
box (1З) with сlamр (14) .
2. seсure vent, box (13) to instrшпеnt panel and сabln framе With sсrews (20)
and washеrs (21) .
з. Attасh spring wj.re (26) Lo lever \22) and seсure with nut (25) .
Adjust flap (12) as described in paragraph 704-4, step 5.
4 Тnqtа,l l i n<t rlImAni nяnо1 fя i ri n.rс
B0 105
снAPTЕR ]04
Pаoе 4
ч'ч
Ч..-. +A/
'r';-\ f
,' $!. /
'''-Y.-r''
-t,,h.
/\ o
/
l-
lrJ
o
Р
ч..r U'
o .Ёl
r-{ lr
Ф 0,)
.: .3
..
"' сol Фс)
о
р 9g;*'
A1
зФ
.IБ
ЕA
u.ф
б rл = u' 'Хo
.ч .a.|1
.-{ Й r]
н t,Ф 0]тqq,р
q,,.5 зБзэ6"6
r'j н.)я .q
; Ч
вijзнE9tJto
ц ёaE a 55
.р
Ф{ 9 9 д
..4
.t o .c Ф E Ф Ф д o .a o. Р ? a Тl i б Ф o.o tr.]J9
й Ёй+, йъ i й vl a.э.s-;
rв с, 5 я O |б o o ..'
ts й н.о Ч > ч 9 ?q ч
э j 6 J(J йd йij t.g й<; бb йr.l -.в "Iд5 н
ч,6 о. o ld O o O
Ф А Ф 2.D в c. Е. i Ё t дФЕz v' в Е.л 4 4
=.л.л !q. rо \9 г- oo o1 O rl
ol o n (\ .' <l lr' to г. сo ot O i n
..t (\| (?l зl rо \о г'. <p
* - j ; i'з й.з i.ч сq с.r (ч n
бl Gl (\ оI c.| б| с! с) r)
сHAPTER
MAsт MoMENт
lNDlсAтoR sYsТEM
I{вв нЕLIсoPTЕRS
!,IAINTЕNAI'IсЕ i.'ANUAL мвв - B0 105
705 l{As T l.t0}tЕNT I ND I с Aт0R s Ys т Е!.{
Table of сontents
Paragraph Title P age
705-1 DЕSсRIPTтoN - !.1Asт мol,tЕNT INDIсAтoR sYsтЕl'l з
105-2 SPЕс]AL т00ts AND тЕsт ЕQUтPi.1ЕNт 5
/Uэ - 5 тRoUBI,ЕSнooтING - !,tAsT l.{о!,tЕNT INDIсAтoR SYsтвм 't
705 - 4 INSPЕсTION - мAsт l'60l.1ЕNт тNDIсATоR sYsтЕM 9
705-5 l'!ast noment indiсator 11
705-6 Removal - mast moment lndiсator 11
IUэ - l Installation - mаst moment indiсator

?05-8 p^}эЕr'}r ansnitter LZ
705-9 BALANсТNG - !,lAsT l{oмЕNт INDIсAтOR/RoTARY тRANSI"IITTЕR J.J
?05 - 10 Strain ga u9e (D l.1 s) mounting рlate

ltr r i.l .r al LL
705 - 11 Relпova] - strаin gаuge rпounting plate (bridgе} 2l

705 - 12 Installation - stlain gauge mounting рlate (bridge) 2з
,Uэ - l.l zЕRo BAIANсING - STRAIN GAUGЕ BRIDGЕ з0
705 - 14 сAlIBRAтION - STRдIN GAUGE BRIDGЕ JJ
705 - 15 SA!.IPLЕ E'0Rl4 0F тЕsт RЕсoRD JO
BO 105
сHAPтЕR 705
I.{BB нЕLIс0PтЕRs
},lAINTЕNANсЕ l,lANUAl l.lBв - B0 105
705 . 1 DЕSсRIPтIoN - !.{Asт l.lol'lENт INDIсAToR sYsTЕl,l
1. General
тhe mast moment indiсator is used to measure and transmit thе bending
moments oссurring at the main rotor mast.
Thе system consists of the following parts:
1 l4ast moment indiсаtor
2 Rolаry transmittеr
З Strain gauge bridge (Dl.,Is bridge)
4 Fusе or сirсuit breaker (aссording to сonfiguration)
5 сables
General view - mast momеnt indiсator system
BO 105
сttAPTЕR ]05
Pаde з
Мвв нЕLIсoPTЕRS
}IAINTЕNANсЕ t.lANUAt },tBB - B0 105
2. opеration
E'ourstrain gauges (ltDl,lsll ) whiсh are bonded t'o the uрpеr seсtion of Lhr
rotoт mast and сonbined to form a bridge сirсuit (3. figurе 705.1) supрly
measured values resulting from t,he bending moment of the rotor mast.
тhese values are transmitlеd via Lhe lnduсtive rotary transmilter (2) to
the mast moment indiсator (1) and indiсated on thе analog disрtay. тhe
sсale is divided lnto several ranges.
Thеse rangеs are сo]or-сoded as fol]ows:
- grеen is normal opeтating тange
- yеl1ow is сaution rangе

- red malk maximum (permissible bеnding moment is exсeeded)
1llЕ 5y D Lсl|'
,i^
fD .....1red wlth сurrеnt frоm the mаin bus PP21.
JuРl,дд
EЕЕ.ЕсT]VITY o S/N 7-160 - the сirсuit breaker 1ll}1

o S/N 161 and up . thе fuse 1W}4
.l05
-2 SPЕCIAL T00I,s AND TЕsT ЕQUIP},IвNT
Sресial too]s and tеst equipment сan bе Iep]aсеd by tools and equiрmеnt of
equlvalеnt standaId. тhе tools and test equj"pment for whiсh a PаrL Numbеr ls
given сan be obtained f lom I.,1вB.
Too] No. PaIt No. Desiqnation Use },tanufaсturет
1 ЕT B0 105 мAsт }4М replaсement ReрlасemenL MBB

l.loмЕNT paсkage reраir of strain
kit gauges (DI'{S )
2 Dl4D 20 Digital strain zero t{oLtinger

gauge balanсing Baldwin Мeв-
and сaLi- teсhnik Gтnbtl
bтation of Box 4235
the strain 610 0 Darm-
пэrrпд ]..riАпa сtlrlt 1
WesL GеImany
з 105-94564 W1 BaLanсer Balanсing },1BB

of rolary
transmitLеI/
indiсat o r
l'ш4
B0 105
сHAPTER 705
Pаoр 4
l'lBB ttЕLIсoPTЕRs
мA]NTЕNANсE шANUAL мвB. Bo 105
тoo1 No. Pаrt No. Dеsignation Use l'lanufaсturex
4 - Ohtnmeter/ Resistаnсe Commerсial

multiпеter and insu-
lat ion
measurement
.
5 - Soldering lron sotdering Commerсiа]
of resistors
6 - tlot-aiт blowеr Detасhment сoшпerсial
of adhesi.ve
jointв and
chrinl.in.т-nn
of heat
shrink s1еeves
7 1х56 1з6 848 Bоnding deviсe Bonding of zЕ
sЕra1п gauges
8 1х56 136 905 Holdlng and Bonding of zF
f ,iwi nл zlarli дa mounЕrng
рlatе for
plug-type
сonneсtor
in rotor masL
9 1x56 136 910 мu]ti-рurрose bar PreParation zt

of bonding
surfaсes
10 105.1з101 W5 Cаlibration deviсe Calibrаtion l.1вB
of st ra in
.rr 1r.16 hri zlfta
11 1x56 136 906 E'iХture Soldеring ZP

of res istors
L2 1x56 136 909 Protraсtor Мarking of ZF
bonding
surfaсes
13 - Connесt'ing сable сonneсtion }1Bв
of digital
с|rriа п:llпа
(Dr,lD 2 0 )
в0 105
сHAPTЕR 705
Б. -^ Е,.
l*Е q n.
Е;E: - ЕE.
Е"E ij' Р EiE
Ёъе.
€.аt i
dзt dа Е ч;Ё
вE д -lgi:';] ГЁl
€р#нРoo.".. MАINтENANсЕ MАNUAL Bo 105
тo5 - 4 |NsPЕстloN - tvlAsт lлot'JlЕNт |NDlсAтoR sYsтЕtlл
1. Funоtiona| test With stationary rotor
а. сoпneоt externalpow€r Unit.
b. Aсcording to conflguration, push the t\jlAsт МoМENT cirсuit breaker (4, ligure 705.1) or insertfuse
1WM. Тhe LlМ|Тwarning Iight may theп i||uminate. |n this оase, press тЕsт push-button aррroximаte|y
тЕsт рush-button, pointer must return to home position UntiIWarning light extinguishes.
2 seо.. re|eаse
о. Press ТЕsт push-button (8, figure 705-7) on the mast moment indicator.
- тhe pointer must move to the White mark (fu||_sоale def|ection .10). |f the pointer does not reaсh
the whjte mark' or goes beyond it' аdjust fu||.sсa|e defleоtion using the сa|ibrating screw ''cАL' (7).
- тhe L||!l|т Warning |ight (9) must i||umiпate.
d. ReIease тЕsт pUsh-bUtlon'
. тhe Warning Iight must extinguish.
_ Pointer must return to home рosition.
e. Pul| l/Asт MoMЕNт сirсuit breaker or remove tuse iWМ.
f. Disоonneсt externa| power unit.
2. Functional test with rotating rotor
WARNING . т|.i|sтЕsт мUsт вЕ рЕRFoRмED вY AN AUтl-toR|zЕD PЕRsoN.

. т|.lЕ оoLLЕст|vЕ PlтсH sт|сK I\,lUsт вE lN тHE LoскЕD PoslтloN.
. ТHЕ ШND SPЕЕD Noт ЕХсЕЕD 10 kts АND тl.|Е llЕLlоoРтЕв MUsт вЕ
HЕADЕD |Nтo тHE^4Usт
W|ND.
a. Aсcordiпg to сonflguration, push МASТ MoМЕNT оircuit breaker or insert fuse

,1WtvI
(4. figure 7o5-1).
b. оonnect exterпaiрower Unit.
о. start engines aпd set rotor speed to 97olo nRo

The рointer of the МM indiоator must сome to rest at a value around the ''o.' mark аt ths beginning of
lhe groen range.
сHАPтЕR 705
Page 9
€янгярoрtег MА|NтЕNANоЕ MANUAL вo 105
)
d. Unloск cyоlic stjck and slowty pushloтWards. For Hc modol cв.5' овs-5 and Dвs-s (70 mm)' ior all
other Hс mode|s (75 mm )' measured from оenter of cyс|iс stiоk grip.
'1) Тhe pointer of the Mм indiсator must advаnce up to the junction of lho g.een and yeIlow ranges and
must remain within 4 mm of lhe iunction in either range.
e. Fleturn оyc|ic stick to nеutra| position and |oоk.
t. shцtdown engines and disconпect eхternal poweruпit. Aоcording to оonfiguration, pu|lМASт tiloмЕNт
сi(cuit breaker oг remove tuse.1 WM.
з. сheсk of the resistanсe va|Ues (strain gauge bridge},
NoтЕ тhis test is only to be performed if ma|funсtions occur in the mast momвnt iпdicator sys.
tвm.
Remove rotary transmitter (r6fёr to сhaрteг 1.l).
Using ohmmёter (too| no.4)' checkthe resistаnоe va|Ues ofthe strain gaug6 bridge at сonneсtor 4Wмb'
lt oпe or several oJ the msasufed valuos a.e outside thв toleranсrs spёciiied in ligure 705-э' raplace
strain oauge bridge (refeг to paragraph 705-11)'
1) At ''-'' resistanсe, rep|aсe Wiring harness.
straiп Gauge Strain Gauge Bridge
Froпt vi9W
сoлneсtor, 4W[4b
a = Pin
= soсket
Resistanсе beweenwires сonnecting wke
3and4 to 126 O
=1'14
2 and '1
to 126 Cl
=114 mёasured
зand2 = 84 to 96с)
2and4 = 84 to 96 rr at оonnector
4 Wмb
Ir 1und4 - 84 to 96о сonnector' 4Wмb
uпd 3 = 84 to 96 с)
.1
B
в'
тo|eranсet
.t
6 %
Figure 705.з мeasцrement of the resistanсe of the strain gauge bridge
)
Page 10
l4Bв ttЕllсoPтЕRs
I,IA]NTЕNANсЕ },IANUAL I.IBB - B0 10 5
705-5 },last moment indiсator
705 -6 Removal - rnast moment indiсatоr

1. D-isсonneсt power supply.
2, Remove sсrе\,Js (4, figure 705-4} attaсhing the light stop (5) . Еleсtriс
и,ire (3) mаy remаin on Еhe ]ight stoр (5) .
3. Disсonneсt сonneсt'ors 2ш.1a. 2ш4b (1} and Protесt with сaрs.
4. дссording tо сonfigurаt'ion' loosen tightеning сlаmp sсrews (6), or remove
attaсhing sсrews of thе MМ indiсator.
5. Pu1l out 14М indiсаtor (2) baсkvlards from thе instrumenl panel and рrotесL
wiring сonneсtors with сaрs.
2>
1 сonnесtors 2wl"ta 6 Tightening сIamp sсrеr.ls /

2 М}4 indiсator '
2}{},lb
atlaсhing sсrews
3,i ЕleсLтic wire 7 Tightening сlamр
.r nl....Ь]n-.n.^''
lrL LaLl't'lЧ оl. J.Е
w 8 Instrument рanеl
5 l,ight stop 9 Light stoр braсket
Еigure 705-4 мast momеnt indiсaLor
B0 105
снAPтЕR 705
Pаqe 11
IlEI,IсoPтЕRs
l.{AINтЕNANсЕ мANUAL l,1вв - bu Lu5
.l05
- 'l Installation - mast moment indiсator
N0тЕ A тeplaсеment Of one рart of the mast molпеnL indiсatoI assemblv

is only рermittеd for the folloиing сombination of equiрmеnt -
mast momеnt indlсator P/N 105-94564/rotary translRitter P/N
105-94575 - Witlr subsequent balancing per рaragraрh 705-9. Еor
all other сombinations of еquipmеnt only the replасement of both
Parts togеther, taking carе that both items have thе samе serial
numberr is permisslblе, These items of equiрment hаve been
ba]anсed together '
1. Balanсе mast moment indiсalor if neсessary (тefer t'o рaIagraph 705-9).

2. Tnstа]l ММ indiсator (2, figure 705-4) on instrument рane1 (8), align
and, aссоrding to оonfiguration, seсure by tightening the tightening
сlamр sсrеws (6) or inserting and tightening the attaсhing sсrews,
з. Rсmovе сaрs and plug in еlесtriсal сonnесtors (1) .
s. Tnstall light stoр (5) with attaсhing sсreт.ls оn tight slop braсket (9) '
5. PerfoIm funсtiona] tеst (rerer to Рaragraрh 705.4) .
?05-B Rotary transmitter

Remova] and inst'а]]аtion of rоtary transmitter (refer to сhaPt'er 11)
в0 105
CllAРTЕR ?05
Paoё 12
l{Е].,Iс0РтЕRs
!,tAINтЕNANсв I,iANUA1 !{вB . в0 ].05
705 - 9 вAЬANсING - t,lAsT }10мЕNт IND ICAтOR/RoTARY TRANSI',IITтЕR
NoTЕ The balanсing пust always be performed whеn eltheт

the mast moment indiсator P/N 105-94564 or the
rotary transmitter P/N 105-94575 is rеplaсed or vlhen
both are replaсed at the same tjлe.
1. маke sure that the рower supp1y of the mast moment indiсator systeп is
disоonneсted.
2. Renove rolary transmitter (refer to сhaPteт ].1) and rесоnnес't сonnеctor
4Wмa (1, figure 705-5) to rotary transmitter.
3. сonneсt bа]anсer (tool no. 3) to reсерLaс]e 4t'l},1B (2) .
4, Connect conneсtors 2ItMa, 29'Ilф, (1, f iguтe 705-4| Lo mast mojnent

indiсaLor.
5. Remove сover (?, figure ]05-6) and side рanel (6) from mast moment
indiсator.
6. Remove meпory рlug-in сard (2) from masL mornent indiсator.
1 ' Set switсh s4 of the nemory plug-in сard to oN position (see figuте
705-7) and rеinsеrt сard into mast moment indiсator.
I Connесtor 4!{1'1a
2 ReсеРtaсle 4W}4B
E'i arr тa 10(-R P^tэrl' }/ansпitLеr
B0 105
сI]APTЕR 705
Ра.to | 1
l.lBB IIЕъIсoPTЕRS
}4AINTЕNANсЕ I',IANUAI, }4BB.- B0 105
1 сomParator plug-in сard

2 l.lemory plug-in сard
3 Carrier rеpeatеr plug-in
сard
4 Regulatеd supply plug-ln
сard
5 Base plate
6 LH side panel
7 Cover
Figure 705-6 мast moment indiсator

8. Connесt еxtеrnal power unit and' aсcording to сonfiguration, push l'lAsT
м0}4ЕNт сirсuiL breaker {4' figure 705-1) or insert, fusе 1WМ.
9. ]f thе ],IMIT Warning light i]luminates' press тEsT рush.buLton for
approx. 2 seс., rеleasе TЕST push-button. pointеr must rеturn |o home
position, warning ]ight eхtinguishes.
N0TЕ вefore the ba}anсing сan be staItеd' the mast moment

indiсator syslem must be- in operat'ion for aрprox.
5 minutes. гor eaсh setting, рrior to reading thе
indiсаtion' the friсtion of the mast moment indiсator
must be overсome by tapping it slightLy.
10' sеt toggLe switсh {1, figure 705-7) to '.0'' position. The point'er of thе
mast momеnt indiсator should point |o the inltial va]ue of thе sсale
('0').
If this value is nоt indiсatеd, рroceed as follows:
a' 0n the сarrlеI repeater рlug-in сard, set the рotentiomеtеr R43 (14)
t'o apрroximаtе mid-posiLion.
b. Adjust .'0'' indiсaсion (6) by alternaЕely turning Lhe рotenliomeLers
R43 (14) on the сarrier rеpeater P]ug.in сard and R10 (1?) oп the
base plate.
вo 105
сIIAPTЕR ?05
Pagе 14
I.1вB нЕLTсoPтЕRS
I.IAINтЕNANсЕ I4ANUAL l,jвв . в0 105
11. set toggle switсh (1) to .'1000 kpm.l position.

].2. Turn tuning potentiometer (2) allеrnate1y from stop A to stop B.
a' At eaсh of the stops of the tuning potentiometer, the defleсLion of

thе mast moment indiсator, s рointer should not deviate by more than
1 mm from the defleсtion at thе prеvious stop of the рotentiometrr.
b. Ba]anсe indiсation diffеrenсes greater thеn ]" mm using potеntiometer

R31 (16) on the сarrier lepeater plug.in сa!d.
13. sеt toggle switсh (1) to '11425 kpm'. position and turn tuning potentio-
-^]-^- /o\
пlЕLс.L l4J L\J ьLvР tl.
14. sеt pointer of the mast moment indiсator to ful]-sсale def]eсtion (10)
' using сAL Potеntiometer (?). Do not rеadjust t'his setling.
]'5. RеРeat steps 11. and 12'
16. ]f аnother сorreсtion tn ассordаnce ыith step 12. item b. is neсеssary,
JLеI/D 1
rU. r-ЬтаlrлЬ
Lrrl Uцчrr 1,l1 Йllс| ЬA
wЕ rAhAf,ta,.l
!ЕуЕquLцt
1?. Switсh off power supp1y аnd remove meпory рtug-in сatd |2, fiqure ?05-6)
from masL moment indiсator.
18. Sеt sl'ltсh s4 (figurе 705-?) to normal рosition (OPЕN) . Rеinsert plug.in
сard into mast moment indiсator and switсh on power suPРly.
19. Press TЕsT push-button (8) on mast momеnt indiсalor for aрproх. 2
seсonds.
a. The instrumenlls pointеr must. go t'o fu]l-sсa1е dеf]eсtion (10).

b. If full-sсale dеfleсtion is not reaсhed. this must bе adjustеd by
means of the potеnliomеter R54 (14) of thе сaтrier reрeater plug-in
сard.
20. Switсh off рower supрly and rеmove memo ry p]ug-in сard (2/ fiqure ?05-6)
fron mast шomеnt indiсаtor.
21. Sеt switсh 54 to 0N рosition (see figure ?05-?) . Rеinsert plug-in сard
into mast moment indiсator and switсh on powеr supр]y'
22' seL togg1е switсh (1) and tuning potentiometer (2) to "0' рosition.
в0 105
CнAPTЕR ?05
Pаоe I)
},1вв IIELIсOPтЕRS
},IAINTENANсЕ }4ANUAL мBB . в0 ]-05
2з. Press TEST push-button (B) for approx. 2 seсonds.
a' The instrumenL,s pointer must go to full-sсale defleсtion (10) .
b. Aftеr releasing the TЕsт push-button, the pointer must return to thе
sсa1e/s initial valuе (6) and the ll].I!'IITll warniпg light (9) must
extinguish.
24. set toggle switсh (1) to ll1425 kPтп'' рosition, slowly t'urn tuning
рotentiomеteI (2) towards stoр A and observe the mast mоnеnt indiсator
and thе ],IМIT }rarning light while doing so'
a. The L1}41T warning ]iqht (9) musl illuminate if thе рointеr goes
bеyond Lhe red mark (11) by more than 2 mrn.
b.' If thе warningг llght' does not l}]uminаtr in this рosition of the
pointеr, the potentiometer R99 (12) on the сomparator рlug-l"n сaтd
mцst bе Lurned сounterс loсkwise until thе warning light illuminates.
25. set togglе switсh (1) to ',0'. рosition. тhe LII4Iт warning ]ighL (9) must
eхtinguish if the рointer defleсts bеlow the red mark (11).
26. set toggte sпitсh (1) Lo ''1425 kрm'! рosition and turn tuning potentio.
meter (2) towards stop A until the pointer is approx. 3 шn bеfore
full-sсale dоfleсtion (10).
- тhe I.IМIT warning }ight' (9) must not eхtinguish as long as thе
poinlеr is moving between thе red mark (1L) and full-sсaLe dеflесt'ion
(10).
2]. Rереat steр 25.
2B. Sеt toggle switсh (1) to ''1425 kpml' positlon and turn tuning potent'io-
metеr (2) towards stoр A.
- The рointеr musL go to ful]-sсale dеflесtiоn (10) and thе II}4IT
warning light (9) musl illuminat.e.
29. set toggle swilсh (L) t'o "0n рosition'
a. Thе рointеr must rеturn to the sсa1e|s initial value (''0.,) (6). Thё
LIMIT warning light. (9) must not extinguish.
b. If thе wаrning ],ight еxtinguishes. proceed as folloнs:
- set togg1е switсh (1) to ,|1425 kpm'.

Position.
- Turn potentiometеr R107 (13) on thе сomparator p]ug-in сard hаlf
a LцIn сounterс loсkwlse '
- Reреat step 29' a. If the warning light еxtinguishеs again'
сontinue to rеРеat step 29. b. uпti} thе Wаrning lighl nо longer
eхtinquishes.
B0 105
снAPTЕR ?05
Pаqe 16
I'1BB IlЕLIсoPтЕRs
!,IAINтENANсЕ I'{ANUAI I',IBB - B0 r05
30. Press TЕsT push.button (8) for approх. 2 seсonds.

After rеleasing the push-buttoп, the LI}'{IT lrаrning light. (9) must
eхtinguish.
31' Switсh off рower supply and remove plug-in сard (2, figure ?05-6) from
mast moment indiсator.
32. Set switсh 54 (figure 705-7) to normal position (OPEN} аnd reinsеrt
plug-in сard lnto mast moment indiсator.
33. Seсure all рotеntiometer adjust,ing sсrews whiсh werе turnеd duтinq the
balancing procedure rvith loсking adhеsive (с},{ 623)
з4' Install сovеr (7, figurе ?05.6) аnd sidе pane] (6) on паst moment
indiсator.
35. Install mast moment indiсator (refer to paragraph ]05-7).
36. Disсonneсt balanсеr (tоol no. З) from rotary transmitteт and install
r^tаr\' irяnemifi]-от lrafar t^ .ьAnl-Ar 1.1 \
B0 105
сHAPTER 705
Da-^ 11/1a
a: q) Еil
I
Ar оr ..{
|ле rl I
I
ull
о
Ф бФ
6r ФЕ
?'
*l
з0) fl
o (l)l,]
F
Ф Фo
ad >l O
U'
-Е} tl н|
qr] OI
Фo ol
a,
Ч
+
rd чi
rl ()
-(:l- '-t O
Фр
0.) '-l
oo
tJq
=Д
(aO
Р н
lttl lо
._l з
dс)
l,l
lll O
€t.
б
'1 li l.
.,/Г\.ФФ ЕР Гl tt I
I
| \./
\) A.,
l
,, I
Ф
-1--J- tt'
оцotшq0 0- llll( ) тIl:fl--

O.
*q ГE YY^v
..'-\---
ll
v г.--r lIlIIIll' Ф
oПoОcЦЧ
o ППП П
ПlЕ
{J
н (n
o
Р(б "/-\^шY[lYП
\)A с,
А,Ь\. ддд 11г,
Y
?.L-.iр (.)
н
б пfi i--..J_ , Al н
llI Ir r z.\ ЁI|v
a
I
н
o ''П0пLJЧV. o)
-.l-.u ;<А н
.в
OJ
|J1Ф A
l] э5 o
o Lн..,| Р ..]
JJ lr ld д]J г.
Ф o tl> ч ФO 6rO(n<f .{о
Е р o 0, A..l с) оr r-| sr rл с) Fl
o р .l +J o-l ..,l d&dййф
..l ..{ |'. ((l o| .р ll-l
дO +.) |,{яннl,.}r
d EФ.rrEроtФ
oдр o ! Еrd Ф 0J ФФФ с)
рФ Ё iб..{..l д..| ррррр.J
..l ]J fб lrсJJ l Ёo. oOФсj()o
:ro нд.iЕдн.l
o o]rrр 0) Ф(/1 ббА{oooooo
ЕrеЕEe
Ф р р B o н.-l .'l ..{ ..l ..|..{
Ф ФO >l..t- oo. Фбррр.РР]J
..{ A A lr эс,l pr ' EJ| ЕAёёcaс1
bt..{ (6 б O.-l l (днНr{ Ф с) 0J Ф Ф 0)
ФA.lд я б д Е .l ! 9 р р р JJ р
o э {d o..|O<F]li э Ф o o o o o o
н н Ф й (JФ (J н ь] Er .( рr p] or Ar р{ д{
rl (\ (' <! L.) \o l-- ф ol о г.{ .ч .i <l rо \o г-
...l r.{ ri г.,l r.l е{ J r-l
нЕLIс0PтЕRs
}jlAтNтЕNANсЕ l4дNuAl !,tвB . в0 105
705 - 10 qt rаi n .rаlr.lA

Y . * :'
lпьlq\ m.\11 Yl tinп
Ч д rr У Б15t6
r д ц g !
/hri..lzrдl
705 - 11 Removal - strain g'auge mounting plate (bridqe)
].. Remove main rotor head (rеfer to сhapter 13} '
2. Remove rotary trаnsmittеr (refer to сhaPt'eI 11) .
з. Release wiring harnеss (].' figure 705-8) . Еor this purрose. remove сlamр
(8) .
сoNFlGUвАт|oN l сoNF|GURAт|oN II
1
r тil 9,l n-
пдДrl'Ч ь^-n^^.
? RAAаininrт r]icn
? тllЬi nп /rrnnar Ьэ'l f )
q UоnneсLor эlvva
5 }4ounting рlatе With
.'^nnA.l.^r ассv Б?\^/
6 sсrew
7 Washeт
8 с]amp
9 Rotor mast
10 Nut (2 pieсе)
11 NUL
I2 Tubing assy
Е'igure 705-8 RemovaL of wiring harness and mounting pLate (bridge )
B0 105
с}IAPTЕR 705
швв liЕLIсoPтЕRs
I'{AINTЕNANCЕ l'{дNUдi, I{Bв.. B0 105
4. Carefully pull wiring harness (1) upwards.
5. Remove retaining disс (2) from rotor nast (9}

'
6. toosen nuts (10}' disсonneсt connector (4) from the mounting plate (5)
and remove wiring hlrness (1) .
7' Aссording to сonfigurаtion, remove upper hаlf of the tubing (3) or tцbing
assy (12) from rotor пast.
сAUTION INSтA1L sUIтABtЕ сATсIiING

BЕE.ORЕ TAK]NG ЕURTI{ЕR l'{ЕAsUREs'
DЕVIсE (Е.G. сARDвoARD DIsс) ТN тIlЕ R0т0R ItlAsT BЕNЕAтfl ?нЕ
STRAIN GAUGЕS T0 PREVЕNт TнЕ 1NGRЕss 0Е Е'0RЕ1GN OBJЕстS INTo
THЕ мAIN тRANst'IIssION.
8, Remove nutз (1' figure 705.9} wilh washers (8) and lemove сiIсuit board
(2) frоm mounting p1ate (3).
9. кnoсk off пounting р]аte with flat plastiс chisel (7) .
10. CцL lеads leading to strain gaugеs (4) and renove mounting plaLе (3) from
roЕor mast .
11. Heat strain gaugеs using hot-аir b]oweI (too} no. 6) and detaсh togеthеI
with the leads.
12. Iпsert a suitab]e 1ight sourсe in rotor mast.
13. Careful1y removе аdhеsive residuеs from the rotol mast's inner vlall,
гаkinп cяrр tо аvoid sсores and sсratсhes.
в0 105
CнAPтЕR 705
Р aqе 22
l,lвB llЕLIс0PTЕRs
I'{A]NTЕNANсЕ I'{ANUAI I4Bв - в0 105
I
1
1 Nut (2 рieсе 5 Bonding surfaсе

2 Cirсuit board
)
6 /.аrnhi nа rlarli no
? м^ltnt i nd 6,1 rt6 7 Plastiс сhisel
4 Strаin gaugеs (Dмs ) 8 Washers (2 piесе)
Eigure 705-9 Removal of strain gauge bridge
.|05
- 72 Inslallation - strain gauge mounting рlatе (bridge}
1 _- l.ha
Rnnrii nп nf -^._ __---n
сl- rei gauges
t
сAUтI0N сARRY oUт вoNDING 0Е' тltЕ SтRдIN GAUGE s II4},1ЕD]ATEТ,Y AЕ'TЕR
COМP],ETIoN oг TI{Е сLЕANING PROCЕss.
a. сlean flange surface of Lhe rotor mast and the surfaсe in the rotоI
mast to be bonded, inсluding thе surrounding areas' with AсeLonе
(сl{ 20з) .
b. }4ark bоnding surfaсеs (3 and 4' figurе 705-10) using proLraсtoI

(tool no. 12) .
Еor thls Purрose, insert the bonding deviсe in thе bore holеs (1)'
рress pressulе Рad against inner side of t.he rotor mаst using ]еvеr
and mark сont'our of thе pressure рad.
B0 i05
сHAPTвR ]05
Рaqe 23
нв11с0PтERs
мAINтЕNANсЕ мANUAI, МвB - B0 105
Rеmove bonding tool.

.l Prepare strain gaugеs for bonding:
1) Rеmovе 1ever from the bоnding tool and сlamp it in a viсe.
сAUT]ON DUR]NG TIlЕ .E0].,,L0I{ING WoRк sTЕP, TI{Е вONDING sURЕ'AсЕs

0E' TItЕ SтR.AIN GAUGES l4usт NOT BЕ TOUснЕD AND SoILЕD
AND тttЕ SoLDЕR сoNNвст]ONS t.,IUsT NoT BЕ DAI'{AGЕD.
2| Fasten strain gauge paiт 3-1 (wire сolors brown, red, orange,
ye}low) to the ]ever using adhesive taрe, as sho!,n in figure
705-11.
Clеan marked bonding surfaсes with Aсetonе (сl,I 203) and threat with
abrasive сloth ]-B0 and pollshing с1oth 400 using thе mu]ti-рulрose
bar (tool no. 9) .
Then thoroughly c].ean wit,h сlеaning tissue, lint-frеe сotton с1oth or
сleanj.ng pad and Aсetone (сМ 203) .
Repeat сlеaning proсеss sevеral times until it is сertain thаt the
bonding suIfaсes are сompletely frеe from qrease and с}ean.
1 вore holes 5 м^tlnt i n.r n,] rtA

2 Bore holеs 6 Bondlng surfaсе of
3 R^n/.l i
qiтаin
fl.r сll rf ana nf strаin gaugе ]eads
rт:llrтa nrir ?-1 Bonding surfaсe of
R^fl'.li n.r elrrf r.a й^1]n+
lцwцllufllYi nd .+^
^f ^,]
удo Lс
strain рair
gаuge 4-2 I Rotor mast
t 19urе /U5-lU вondIng surfaсes in the rotor mast
B0 l-05
снAPTЕR 705
Page 24
MвR I1ЕIJ]сoPтЕRs
!.lAINтЕNдNсЕ }{ANUA! 14вв - tU lUэ
I
)
рrAssl]тё nа.l nf thё 4 strain gаuge pair assy

.'a
l'rnfl.li n.r dawi 5 Dэ rl. i nп f i ,tt
strain gauge bоnding 6 .rgtlЕэr v Е LaРЕ,
adhesive side
lever of the bonding
гi rnrrд ?0Ч-1 1 тnq+!'].]:+i^n of the strain qauoes
сlean bonding surfaсes of thе stlain gauges (2) with сleaning tissue
аnd Aсetone (см 203) .
вrush-сoat bonding sulfaсes with adhesive x60 (quiоk-сure adhеsivet

suPPlterI llottinger Baldwin l"leвteсhnik Gmb}t) iпrпediatefy insert the
'
lever of t}.re bonding deviсe with the strain gauges into the bonding
device, tnouпt bonding dеviсe on the rotor mast flang.e and Press the
strain gauges against the inner wall оf the rot'or mast until the
aфesivе has set (apProх. 3 minutes at room tеrпPeratцre} .
сAUтIoN D0 N0т RE!.10vЕ ЕxсЕss AD}lЕsIvЕ' As тнЕRЕ Is тнЕ DANGЕR 0г

WЕAKENING тItЕ ADltЕsтoN 0t. тItЕ J01Nт.
i. A11ow adhesive to сure (approx. 20-30:пinutes at 20 0C) . тhen dеLaсh

film strip, remove bonding device and take off adhesive tape.
n^ 1nc
сtlдPTER ?05
},lBB IiЕьтсoPтЕRs
МAINтЕNANсЕ MANUA! !4вв - в0 105
j. Bond seсond strain gauge рair in the rotor mast in the sаJпe waу,
loсating it at ].80o lelative to the first Pai!.
k. Route cable of thё strain gauges horizontally below the bonding
surface of thё mоunting рlate' bond with adhesive x60 (quiсk-сure
adhesive' supplier: нottinger Baldwin Мe8teсhпik GmbH) and press
against the inner wall of the тotor nast usiпg the multi-рurpose bar
(too} no. 9) (вee figure 705-9} .
l. After сompletion of bondin9l aPPlУ an aPProa. 0.S.пuп-thiсk proteсtivе

coаting of тerostat to the strain gaugе bridge and its 1eads. Ехtend
proЕeсtive сoating з to 5 пm beyond the сable arеa. Al].ow to сure for
the Period оf time sРeсified by thе пranufaсturer.
2' Bоnding of the mounting Рlate
сAUтIoN o сARRY oUт BoND ING or. тflЕ }{ouNтING PLAтЕ Iм},IЕDIAтЕLY Al.тЕR
сoмPlЕTToN 0Е тнЕ сLЕANING PRoсЕss.
o PRoтЕсTIvЕ сoAтING or. TIIE STRAIN GAUGЕS AND LEADS !,IUsт Noт
сol.lE тNтo сONTAст !{TтIt AсЕтoNЕ.
a. Мark bonding surfасes (6 and ?. figure 705-10) using Prоtraсtor (tool

no. 12) .
b. с1ean bonding surfaсes with Aсet6ne (сь,1 20з) and.t'reat with аbrasive
сloth 180 and polishing cloth 400 using the multi-purpose bаr (too1
no. 9) .
тhen thoroughJ.y сleaп rтith сleaning tissue, lint-free сotЕoп оloth o!
сleaning pad аnd Aсetone (с},1 203) .
с. Reprat сleaning Proсеss severаl times until it is сertain that the
bonding surfaсes аre сoпp}etely free from grease and сlean.
d. Route the ends of the strein gauge leads from belоw through the
heat-shrink sleeve (5, figure 705-12) ,
e. вrush-сoat bonding surfaсes of thё nounting pl.ate (8) with adhesive
Х60 (quiсk-сure adhesive, supрlier: llottinger вaldwin }.teBteсhпik
GпфIt) and, usiпg the holding and fixing deviоe (tool no. 8) , press
mounting Plate with сonneсtol assy (4) against the innеr watl of the
rotor паst until the adhеsive hаs set (aррrох. 3 пrinutes at room
temperature ) .
сAUтION Do N0т RЕмOvЕ ЕxсЕss ADttЕsIW' As TIIЕRЕ Is rнЕ DANSЕR oЕ'

WЕAкЕNING тIlЕ ADItЕsIoN oг тItЕ JoINт.
f' Allow adhesive to сurе (apP!oх. 20-30 minutes at 20 "с) .
сIiAPтЕR 705
Page 26
Мвв нЕlIсoPтЕRs
мAINTЕNANсЕ !.IANUAI l.,tвв - вo 10 5
s. Warm uP heаt-shrink sleeve (5) using hot-air blower (tоol no. 6) . Do

not overheat heаt-shrink sleeve, as othёrwise the insulаtion of the
6+Fзjn ЁэltÂ h.iАges шill be dеstroyed.
h' solder strain gauge bridge leads to the сiтсuit board (see figure
/ Uэ -1J l .
з. Perform insulation trst
сAUт]oN TнЕ тЕsт voI,тAGЕ !,tUsT Noт ExсЕЕD 60v.
a. сonneсt оtшЕneter (tool no. 4) suссessively betwеen the individual

pins of the сonneсtor 52W (3) and a pоint without Paint on the rоtor
mast ,
- In the maхiпum measurement rangё, the neasuled resistanоe valuе

must not fall below 100 !4 O .
- If resistanсe vаlue is lowеr, replaсe strаin gauge bridgе.
4. Perform zero balancing (refer to Pаrаgrаph ?05-13) .
5. сalibIate strain gauge bridge (refer to ParagraРh 705-14) .
6. Assemble сirсuit board (3, figure 705-12) with сonneсtor (4) in the rotor
?. Remove dirt. foreign mattёr аnd other residцes from the rotor tnast аnd
take the сatсhing deviсe loсated below the strain gгauges out оf the rotor
8. Arсоrding to сonfiguration, insert upper hаIf of the tubing (3, figure

]05-8) or tubing assy (12) into the rotor mast аnd route wiтing harness
(1) downwards thrоugh thе retaining digс аnd the tubing.
9. Plug in сonneсtors (4' 5), tighten nuts (l0) and seсure with loсking
adhesive (см 623).
10. Insert тetaining disс (2) into rotor mаst (9) and attaсh wiring halness
with сlапp (8) .
1.1.Install rotary t'rаnsmittеr (refe! to chaрtеr 11} .
12. Install main rotor head (refer to сhapter 1з) .

1з. Perform funсtionаl test (refer to paragraрh 705-4) .
вo 105
снAPTЕR 705
Page 27
HЕ1Iс0PTЕRs
}.,IAINтENANсЕ I.4ANIIAL I"IBB - в0 105
DЕтAlL A
1 ]\т!1t /, ni A^6l 4 }4ounting plate vrith сonneсtor

2 l']asheI (2 рieсe ) 5 Hеat.shrink sleeve
з Cirсuit board 6 St.rain gauge
'1
Rotor mast
8 Bondlng surfaсе Of mounting plate
Еigurе ?05.12 Insta]lation рosition of thе mоunting рlatе and сirсцit. board
B0 105
CIIAPTЕR 705
Paqе 28
нЕtIс0PTЕRs
l.{AINтЕNANсE I.IANUAL l4вв - B0 105
I'
Itl st2t B(1
?".
t-'
r**, I \
I
st 1
--+*
I
тelminal lеad сolors

BRl brown. green
BR2 red. blue
BR3 orange, violet
BR4 yellow' grеen
1 Strain gaцgеs (D!4s
2 Cirсult' board
}
З Conneсtor 52W
Еigurе 705-13 Wiring diagra!п of the strain пэrlrra Ьr i rlсa 1П]Vel
B0 105
CHAPTЕR 705
Pаqe 29
l,tBB ltBlIс0PтЕRs
!,IAINтENANсЕ мANUAт, l.1BB - B0 10 5
705 -13 zЕRo BALANсING - SтRAIN GAUGЕ BRIDGЕ
NOTЕ lhe following' desсription is appliсable for the сalibIation by

mеans of the digital strain gaugе D}.,ID 20' Other deviсes of
equivalеnt standard сan also be used. The оperating instruсtions
fоr the measuring instrument usеd must bе obsеrved. A11 valuеs
measurеd must' be document,ed in a test reсord.
].. сonneсt Dt"lD 20 (too] no. 2) to сonneсtor 52W (з. figure 705-13) .
2. Sеt' bridge sеleсtor switсh to Graеtz bridge Position.

з. set gauge faсtor (к-faсtor) se}eсLor switсh to 02'00.
4' sеL сompensation switсh to + 00.

5. set switсh of zero balanсing Potentiometer to 0гЕ position.
6. Cheсk statе of сharge of the mеasurinq instrumеnt, s battеry as fo}]ows:
a. Sеt operating mode seleсtor switсh to BATT. сONTROI рosition and read
off oрerating voltage on t'he digital indiсator.
].\ т€ tЬ^ ralninл is below 10 V. rеplaсe battery.
7. set oреrating selесЕor switсh to !'l.,1easurе.' рosition and Iead off thе
mode
balanсe value of the strain gauge bridge on thе digita]' indiсаtor.
8. Using the measurеd value, determine the resistor R4 or R5 from figure
705-14.
9. сirсuit board (3, figurе ]05-12) from thе mounting р]atе (4) and
Removе
insert it in fiхture (too] no. 11) . Insert fixture in rotor masl f]ange.
10. soldеr selеcted resistor R4 or R5 on the сilсuit boатd using refined
sоldРr lsёe fiоtlrо ?П6-1 Чl ninnh nff nrntrrldiго 1Раds оf the rеsist.or and
о9!цЕl \JЕЕ llYц!Ч lwJ fJl. rtlrvrr
с]еan so]dered joint' With spirit.
11. сheсk zeIo elror of the sLrain gauge bridge (Iefer to stеР ?). Permissible
rаngе: . 100 to + 100 рm/m.
12. Removе Dl,lD 20 (tool no. 2) and сonneсting сable.

1з. Rеmovefiхture (too] no. 11) and temporarily instaL1 сirсuiL board (з,
figure 705-12) on mounting plate {4) .
14. сarry out сalibration of the strain gauge bridge (тefеr tо рaragraph
705-14) .
B0 105
снAPTЕR ?05
Paoe з0
}4BB HЕI,]с'OPTЕRs
}'IAINTЕNANсЕ },lANUA], !.1вB - в0 ].05
*Е €g a3gЕ ЕЕ 3g
a
!нA',&e)lE!3х
g3я3RР8;ЁE3g
3вдsgБэ:кЗiЕiR!RЕЕ
х 1 х 3 3,у !,'). х g l. х д ! ri
I
.;3i3Е э; €
А :<
3eя Е эЕ х RЁ
700016
t tgure i Uз-r{ seleсti.on diagram and table fоr R4 аnd R5
B0 105
снAPTЕR l05
Pапc З.l
мвв }lЕlIсoPтЕRs
I{AINTЕNANсЕ I,IANUAL },1BB . B0 105
900495
Еigurе ?05-15 Soldеring of rеsistors Rl - Rs
B0 105
CIiAPTЕR 705
Раoе з2
!{вв HELTсоPTвRS
I{AINTвNANCЕ шANUAL мBв - в0 105
705 - 14 сALIвRAтIoN - SтRAIN GAUGЕ BRIDGЕ
N0тE The folIowing desоription ls appliсable for the

сalibration by means of the digital strain gauge DМD 20.
othеr dеviсes of equivalent stаndard сan a1so be usеd.
The operаting instruсtions for the measuring instrument
used must be obsетved. A1l values measured must bе
doсumented in a tеst тeсord.
1' lvlountbar of the сalibration deviсe (Lool no. 10) on rotol mast (for
dirесtion of installation see figure 705.16) and сonneсt strain gauge
Dl.lD 20 (1) to сonneсtor (6).
oвтдrr- A
1 strain gauge DМD 20 Wеights of Lhe са]ibrаtion

2
q].rаin .Yяlr.тёa dеviсe (9 81 N)
3 Bar of the сa].ibration 5 Rotor mast
deviсe 6 сonnесtor 52W
Еiqure 705-16 Calibration deviсе
BO 105
CiIAPTЕR ? 0 5
prпо 1?
l.1вB IIЕLIсoPTERS
},IAINTENANсЕ мANUAL I'{BB - B0 105
2. Set switсh Qf zero balanсing potentioneter to floNп position.

3. Adjust' digital indiсаtоr to ..0'' using zero ba1anсing potentiometer.
4. Altaсh weights (4, figure 705-16) to bar (3} .
5. Rеad off first сalibration va1uе on the diqital lndiсator and enter it in
the test reсord.
6, Based on t'he сalibrat,ion value read on the indlсator, take the
сorresponding resistanсe values for R' through Rз froп tablе ?05-1.
сalibralion г --.1
rrа l rrд I''-/. R1 R2
t' " "t
I (Ka) {O) t\з {a)
87з 890 0 0 0
891 910 6.2 2.4 0
911 921 J.U t1 1T

928 94'1 2.0 1q
948 96't 5.1
968 990 r.2 6.8 6.2
991 r01.2 1.0 8.2 8.2
1013 10з7 8.82 10 10
1038 1.062 0.75 12 11
10 63 10 90 0.68 13 LJ
Tab].e 705-]. se]есtion of thе сa1ibration resistors
BO 105
сllAPтER 705
Paqe з4
!.{Bв llЕLIс0PTERS
I'IATNTвNANсЕ }4ANUAL lv1Bв - B0 105
?. Remove сircuit board (3' figure ?05-12) from conneсtor and mounting plate
(4) and insert in fiхturе (tool no. 11) .
8. Solder тeslstor R1 through R3 on the сirсuil board using rеfined soldеr

(see figure 705-].5)' pinch off pIotluding leads of the resistors аnd'
n1даn сn,] rlaтarlч inin|.а ilith .ni уi+
J w..r9 D rvrLrr DнJ-!.j"L.
9. Rеad off сalibration va.].ue on the digital indiсator and ent'er it in сnе
Lеst reсord.
Permissible tolеranсe: 8?3 - 890 рm/m.
10. Remove DI,ID 20 (tool no. 2) and сonnесting сablе.
11. Aрply an aPProx. 3-mm-thiсk proteсtivе coaling of si]iсonе rubber
(сI,1 612) to both sidеs of the сirсuit board.
].2. Remove fiхturе and рlaсe сirсuit board (3. figure ?05-12) on the
сonneсLоr and mounting platе {4} ,
NoTЕ Usе a suitable sрaсer to ensurе that the сonneсtor

52Wa is held at the distanсе neсessarv for ils
сonneсL1on.
13. Instа]l сirсuit board (3} with washeIs (2) ana nuts (1) and handtightrn
nuts.
14. After Lhe proteсtivе сoating has сured. remove the spасer.
15. Еor further assembly refer to Paragraph .|05-12| steрs 9 through 13.
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 705
Pаоe з5
!.,lвB ttЕtIсoPтЕRS
I.iAINтЕNANсЕ !'1ANUAL l.,lвB * B0 105
705 - 15 sA}.{P].Е E'oR!,t 0Е. TЕsT RЕсoRD
МBB мast l.Ioment hdiсator systёm теst Reсord Datеl

Zеro Balanсing / Calibration Drpartment:
Page: of
1. Zero balanсing
.(refer to paragraph 705-1з) .
1.1 Ba]anсe value: ...... '.рm/n
1,.2 R4 ........ . or Rs = , . .,' (values from figure ?05-14)
1.з Aсtual value after balanсing ........

(permissibte range: - 100 + 100 рm/m)
2' сalibration (refеr t'o рaragraph 705-14)
2.1 Еirst calibration value:
2,2 Resistanсе va1ue from table 705-]";

Rr = ... ... . Ko; Rz = ....... ' о; Rз = .. . .. .. o;
z.1 UneсK сa.LlDraЕ1oп
2.4 Cаlibration value

(permissible range: 8?3 - 890 рm/m}
Tnspectj.on: Signature:
B0 105
сHAPTЕR 705
Paoe 36

BO105 Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BO105 Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BO105 Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

сHAPTЕR

01 DIt\,lЕNsIoNs AND RЕE,ЕRЕNсЕ P1ANЕs

Paragraph Title Page

01 -1 D]}IЕNSIONS (sеe figure 01-1)

Width (= main rotor diametеr) 9.B4 m ,(

Width (wlthout main rotor blades) 2.24 n

Lеngth including tаllbооrп

Blade сhord length 0.27 m 0.30 m (0 ,22 sтt *

Мain rotor disс area 76.00 n2 ?5. з9 m2 /з\ *

Thе heliсopter models B0 105 s

A Depending on tail rotor blade version

A Thе heliсopter mоdеls B0 105 сBs-s' DBs.s *

ЕE'Е'EстIVIтY Мodels B0 105 СundD

Гigure 01-1. Threе.view drawing (1 of 3)

ЕFЕ'ЕсTIVITY Мodels tsO DBS.5

Еigure 01.1. Three-view drawing (2 of 3)

ЕЕ'Е'ЕсTIVIтY }4odеls B0 105 s

Eigure 0L-1 Three-view drawing (3 of 3)

0I - 2 RЕE'ЕRЕNсE PLANЕS (figurе 01.2)

LЕVELING PoNт sтA з000

Figurе 01.2 Referenсe planes

Paragraph Title Page

02-I RЕPLAсEI.,!ЕNт 0Е' BЕARINGS

a2-2 RЕPIAсЕмЕNт 0F. сAI'{L0с.E'ASтЕNЕRS

a2-4 RЕPAIn. 0E' SURЕ'AсЕ PRoтЕстIVЕ сOATING 0E ALUI'{INIUI,{ PARTS 1v

02-s RЕPAIR 0F. SURE'AсЕ PR0тЕст1vЕ сoAтING O!' I'{AGNЕSIUI'{ PARTS tv

02-'t RЕPA]R 0F, F'IBЕRGLASS сOl,lPONЕNтs 21

02-B тORQUЕ vALUЕs 22

02-9 CоLoR сoDING 0E' P]PЕ AND ltosЕ LINЕS zЧ

02-10 ANтT-сORROSION TRЕAT},IENT oE. TRANsI\,lIss10N AssЕI{вLIBs 25

02-7L PRЕSЕRVAтIоN 0Е' тRANS}4ISSION AssЕMBT,]Еs 26

vZ-!ч TЕsT]NG }{AGNЕTIс RЕтA]NING г0RсЕ 0Е' II,IAGNЕTIс PtUGs

02 -l RЕPI,AсЕMЕNT 0t' BЕARINGS

ЕЕ'E.ЕсTIVITY Thе bеarings list.еd ln the B0 105 IPс may be replaсed ln *

1. Rеnova1 оf sрheriсal bearings

Eigure 02-1 l,lilling tool

Plaсe part with lnstаlled bearing on suрРort of aрpropriate mi}ling

NoTЕ The following tехb desсribes spheriсal bеarlng instal}atiоn using

WARN]NG BЕARINGS WITH TнЕ Е.OLLOWING P/N:

ATBY6V' ADBY6V, AвYт6V.2002 AND кDsY6-14

}4UST NoT BЕ ТNSTALLЕD USING TOоL 105.rз141 W1 OR 105-].З141

BЕARINGS 105.].3142.0з ARЕ NOT TNтENDЕD Е,0R INSTALLATIoN BY

Staking tool retainer 105-40001 W1

a. Inspeсt aссornodatlng part for slgns of damag,е

d. Sсrеw retainer ring |2) in plaсe, handtight '

е. Using сaliреr gaugё' aссurat,ely mеasure diamеtеr D. of bеaring

f. Turn posit'ioning sсrew (5) on staking too] until diamеtеr D. of the

g, Dеburr outеr edgеs оf bеaring.

j. Plaсe part with installed bearing оn 1ower pa:i:t of pressing-ln Lool,

WARNTNG D0 NOT ЕxсЕЕD тilЕ SтAI{]NG Е.ORсE 0R THE I{AXII\,1U}4 SтAKING

k. Apply a gra<irrally inсreаsing st'aking forсe up to the valuе sрeсlfiеd

1. Rеmоve exсessive сorrqsion prеventivе past,e

1) Sрheriсal bеariпgs installеd in рarts listed in Tablе 02-1.

TitE BRЕAкAWAY TORQUЕ 0E. T}tЕ sPttЕRIсAL BЕARING

If the existing brеakaway tоrque is not within thе tоlеranсеs

a) The bearing is properly instal]ed lf its brеakaway torque is

с) If the еxist'ing brеakaway torquе is ]еss t.han thе speсifiеd

NOTЕ Deрending on the diametеr of the staking groove and, сonsеquеnt_

Table 02-1 B0 105